new – Radio Free https://www.radiofree.org Independent Media for People, Not Profits. Fri, 01 Aug 2025 23:18:18 +0000 en-US hourly 1 https://www.radiofree.org/wp-content/uploads/2019/12/cropped-Radio-Free-Social-Icon-2-32x32.png new – Radio Free https://www.radiofree.org 32 32 141331581 The New York Times Does Not Fear Trump… But Bret Stephens Is Another Matter https://www.radiofree.org/2025/08/01/the-new-york-times-does-not-fear-trump-but-bret-stephens-is-another-matter/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/08/01/the-new-york-times-does-not-fear-trump-but-bret-stephens-is-another-matter/#respond Fri, 01 Aug 2025 23:18:18 +0000 https://nader.org/?p=6564
This content originally appeared on Ralph Nader and was authored by matthew.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2025/08/01/the-new-york-times-does-not-fear-trump-but-bret-stephens-is-another-matter/feed/ 0 547399
A year after new Bangladesh leader vows reform, journalists still behind bars  https://www.radiofree.org/2025/08/01/a-year-after-new-bangladesh-leader-vows-reform-journalists-still-behind-bars/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/08/01/a-year-after-new-bangladesh-leader-vows-reform-journalists-still-behind-bars/#respond Fri, 01 Aug 2025 14:45:39 +0000 https://cpj.org/?p=502028 On March 5, 2025, in a crowded Dhaka courtroom, journalist Farzana Rupa stood without a lawyer as a judge moved to register yet another murder case against her. Already in jail, she quietly asked for bail. The judge said the hearing was only procedural.

“There are already a dozen cases piling up against me,” she said. “I’m a journalist. One murder case is enough to frame me.”

Rupa, a former chief correspondent at privately owned broadcaster Ekattor TV, now faces nine murder cases. Her husband, Shakil Ahmed, the channel’s former head of news, is named in eight.  

A year ago, Nobel Laureate Muhammad Yunus took charge of Bangladesh’s interim government after Sheikh Hasina resigned and fled the country following weeks of student-led protests, during which two journalists were killed.

Yunus promised media reform and repealed the Cyber Security Act, a law used to target journalists under Hasina. But in a November 2024 interview with newspaper The Daily Star, Yunus said that murder accusations against journalists were being made hastily. He said the government had since halted such actions and that a committee had been formed to review the cases.

Still, nearly a year later, Rupa, Ahmed, Shyamal Dutta and Mozammel Haque Babu, arrested on accusations of instigating murders in separate cases, remain behind bars. The repeated use of such charges against journalists who are widely seen as sympathetic to the former regime appear to be politically motivated censorship.

In addition to such legal charges, CPJ has documented physical attacks against journalists, threats from political activists, and exile. At least 25 journalists are under investigation for genocide by Bangladesh’s International Crimes Tribunal – a charge that has been used to target figures linked to the former Hasina government. 

“Keeping four journalists behind bars without credible evidence a year on undermines the interim government’s stated commitment to protect press freedom,” said CPJ Regional Director Beh Lih Yi. “Real reform means breaking from the past, not replicating its abuses. All political parties must respect journalists’ right to report as the country is set for polls in coming months.”

A CPJ review of legal documents and reports found that journalists are often added to First Information Reports (FIRs) – documents that open an investigation – long after they are filed. In May, UN experts raised concern that over 140 journalists had been charged with murder following last year’s protests.

Shyamal Dutta’s daughter, Shashi, told CPJ the family has lost track of how many cases he now faces. They are aware of at least six murder cases in which he is named, while Babu’s family is aware of 10. Rupa and Ahmed’s family told CPJ that they haven’t received FIRs for five cases in which one or the other journalist has been named, which means that neither can apply for bail.

Shafiqul Alam, Yunus’s press secretary, and police spokesperson Enamul Haque Sagor did not respond to CPJ’s emailed request for comment. 

Violence and threats

In 2025, reporters across Bangladesh have faced violence and harassment while covering political events, with CPJ documenting at least 10 such incidents, most of which were carried out by members or affiliates of the Bangladesh Nationalist Party (BNP) and its student wing, Chhatra Dal. In several instances, journalists sustained serious injuries or were prevented from reporting after footage was deleted or phones seized, including Bahar RaihanAbdullah Al Mahmud, and Rocky Hossain.

Responding to the allegations, Mahdi Amin, adviser to Acting BNP Chair Tarique Rahman, told CPJ that while isolated misconduct may occur in a party of BNP’s size, the party does not protect wrongdoers. 

Others have faced threats from supporters of different political parties and the student groups that led the protests against Hasina. Reporters covering opposition groups like Jamaat-e-Islami or its student wing, Islami Chhatra Shibir, have come under particular pressure. On June 9, Hasanat Kamal, editor of EyeNews.news, told CPJ he’d fled to the United Kingdom after being falsely accused by Islami Chhatra Shibir of participating in a violent student protest. Anwar Hossain, a journalist for the local daily Dabanol, told CPJ he’d been threatened by Jamaat supporters after publishing negative reports about a local party leader. 

CPJ reached out via messaging app to Abdus Sattar Sumon, a spokesperson for Jamaat-e-Islami, but received no response.

Since Hasina’s ouster, student protesters from the Anti-Discrimination Students Movement (ADSM) have increasinglytargeted journalists they accuse of supporting the former regime, which in one case led to the firing of five journalists. Student-led mobs have also besieged outlets like Prothom Alo and The Daily Star

CPJ reached out via messaging app to ADSM leader Rifat Rashid but received no response.

On July 14, exiled investigative journalist Zulkarnain Saer Khan, who fled Bangladesh after exposing alleged high-level corruption under Hasina and receiving threats from Awami League officials, posted on X about the repression of the media: “The more things change, the more they stay the same.”


This content originally appeared on Committee to Protect Journalists and was authored by Kunal Majumder/CPJ India Representative.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2025/08/01/a-year-after-new-bangladesh-leader-vows-reform-journalists-still-behind-bars/feed/ 0 547284
Roch Wamytan: Paris political agreement for New Caledonia ‘not enough’ for Kanaks https://www.radiofree.org/2025/08/01/roch-wamytan-paris-political-agreement-for-new-caledonia-not-enough-for-kanaks/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/08/01/roch-wamytan-paris-political-agreement-for-new-caledonia-not-enough-for-kanaks/#respond Fri, 01 Aug 2025 06:41:55 +0000 https://asiapacificreport.nz/?p=118051 By Lydia Lewis, RNZ Pacific presenter/bulletin editor

A former New Caledonia Congress president says there are “not enough” benefits for Kanaks in a new “draft” agreement he signed alongside pro and anti-independence stakeholders in France last month.

Roch Wamytan said that, after 10 days of deadlock discussions in Paris, he failed to secure the pro-independence mandate.

He told RNZ Pacific that he refused to sign a “final agreement”.

Instead, he said, he opted for a “draft” agreement, which is what he signed. It has been hailed as “historic” by all parties involved.

While France maintains its “neutrality”, Wamytan said that at the negotiating table it was two (France and New Caledonia’s pro-France bloc) against one (pro-Kanaky).

A main point of tension was the electoral law changes, which sparked last year’s civil unrest.

“We call on France to respect the provisions of international law, which remains our main protective shield until the process of decolonisation and emancipation is completed. Hence, our incessant interventions during negotiations on this subject [electoral law changes],” Wamytan told RNZ Pacific.

He said it was difficult to understand whether France wanted to decolonise New Caledonia or not.

Concrete measures
“We have a lot of concrete measures in this proposed agreement, but the main question is a political question. Where are you [France] going with this? Independence or integration with France?”

The document, signed in the city of Bougival, involves a series of measures and recognition by France of New Caledonia as a “State” as well as dual citizenship — French and New Caledonian — provided future New Caledonian citizens are French nationals in the first place.

But this week, New Caledonia’s oldest pro-independence party, the Union Calédonienne (UC), officially rejected the political agreement signed in Paris.

Wamytan maintains New Caledonia is not France. But the French ambassador to the Pacific has previously told RNZ Pacific New Caledonia is France.

However, Sonia Backès, the leader of the Caledonian Republicans Party and the president of the Provincial Assembly of Southern Province, says the agreement signed in France is “final”.

“Roch Wamytan and the pro-independence delegation signed an agreement in Bougival. Since their return to New Caledonia, their political supports have been fiercely critical of the agreement,” her office said via a statement.

“As a result, radical pro-independence leaders like Roch Wamytan have chosen to renege on their commitment and withdraw their signature. This agreement is final; there is no other viable political balance outside of it.”

So why did Wamytan sign?
When asked why he signed the draft agreement when he did not agree with it, he said: “After the 10 days they obliged us to sign something.”

“We told them that we [didn’t have] the mandate of our parties to sign an agreement, but only a ‘project’ or ‘draft’.

“It was important for us to return with a paper and to show, to explain, to present, to debate, for the debate of our political party. This is the stage where we are at now, but for the moment, we do not agree with that.

“We [tried] to explain to [France and pro-France bloc] that we have a problem [with electoral law change being included].

“This is our problem. So we signed only for one reason . . . that we have to return back home and to explain where we are now, after 10 days of negotiation. [Did we] achieve the objectives, the mandate given by our political parties?”

He said one thing he wanted to make clear was that what he had signed was not definitive and was now up for negotiation.

An FLNKS (Kanak and Socialist National Liberation Front) Congress meeting is set down for this weekend with the Union Calédonienne Congress meeting held a weekend prior.

Wamytan said that it was now up to the FLNKS members to have their say and decide where to next.

“They will decide if we accept this draft agreement or we reject,” he said.

“We have two options: we accept with certain conditions, for example, on the question of the right to vote on the electoral rule. Or for the question of the trajectory from here to independence, through a referendum or the framework proposed by President Macron.”

“This is an important element to discuss with France, but after this round of discussions.”

He expected further meetings with France after community consultations.

 

Communication problem
Wamytan admitted that the pro-independence negotiators did not communicate clearly about the agreement to their supporters.

He said after signing the document, President Macron and the pro-France signatories were quick to communicate to the media and their supporters — and the messages filtered to his supporters resulting in anger and frustrations.

He said the anger has mostly been around the signing itself, with people mistaking the draft proposal as final.

“The political, pro-Kanaky party were very, very, very angry against us. We did not communicate and this I think is our problem.”

Bribery allegations
Wamytan has also dismissed unconfirmed reports that negotiators were bribed to sign a historic deal in Paris.

He said he was aware of people “chucking accusations of bribery” around, but said they were false.

“It has never been in the minds of Kanak independence leaders doing such practices,” he said.

“After the signature of the Matignon Accord 37 years ago, with [FLNKS leader Jean-Marie Tjibaou] and with us after the signature of Nouméa accord in 1998, we heard about the same allegation and some rumours like this.”

This article is republished under a community partnership agreement with RNZ.


This content originally appeared on Asia Pacific Report and was authored by APR editor.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2025/08/01/roch-wamytan-paris-political-agreement-for-new-caledonia-not-enough-for-kanaks/feed/ 0 547220
New Caledonia’s oldest party for independence rejects ‘Bougival’ deal https://www.radiofree.org/2025/08/01/new-caledonias-oldest-party-for-independence-rejects-bougival-deal/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/08/01/new-caledonias-oldest-party-for-independence-rejects-bougival-deal/#respond Fri, 01 Aug 2025 02:28:40 +0000 https://asiapacificreport.nz/?p=118032 By Patrick Decloitre, RNZ Pacific correspondent French Pacific Desk

New Caledonia’s oldest pro-independence party, the Union Calédonienne (UC), has officially rejected a political agreement on the Pacific territory’s political future signed in Paris last month.

The text, bearing the signatures of all of New Caledonia’s political parties represented in the local Congress — a total of 18 leaders, both pro-France and pro-independence — is described as a “project” for an agreement that would shape politics.

Since it was signed in the city of Bougival, west of Paris, on July 12, after 10 days of intense negotiations, it has been dubbed a “bet on trust” and has been described by French Minister for Overseas Manuel Valls as a commitment from all signing parties to report to their respective bases and explain its contents.

The Bougival document involves a series of measures and recognition by France of New Caledonia as a “State” which could become empowered with its own international relations and foreign affairs, provided they do not contradict France’s key interests.

It also envisages dual citizenship — French and New Caledonian — provided future New Caledonian citizens are French nationals in the first place.

It also describes a future devolution of stronger powers for each of the three provinces (North, South and Loyalty Islands), especially in terms of tax collection.

Since it was published, the document, bearing a commitment to defend the text “as is”, was hailed as “innovative” and “historic”.

New Caledonia’s leaders have started to hold regular meetings — sometimes daily — and sessions with their respective supporters and militants, mostly to explain the contents of what they have signed.

The meetings were held by most pro-France parties and within the pro-independence camp, the two main moderate parties, UPM (Union Progressiste en Mélanésie) and PALIKA (Kanak Liberation Party).

Over the past two weeks, all of these parties have strived to defend the agreement, which is sometimes described as a Memorandum of Agreement or a roadmap for future changes in New Caledonia.

Most of the leaders who have inked the text have also held lengthy interviews with local media.

Parties who have unreservedly pledged their support to and signed the Bougival document are:

Pro-France side: Les Loyalistes, Rassemblement-LR, Wallisian-based Eveil Océanien and Calédonie Ensemble

Pro-independence: UNI-FLNKS (which comprises UPM and PALIKA).

But one of the main components of the pro-independence movement, the FLNKS (Kanak and Socialist National Liberation Front) — as its main pillar — the Union Calédonienne, has held a series of meetings indicating their resentment at their negotiators for having signed the contested document.

UC held its executive committee on July 21, its steering committee on July 26, and FLNKS convened its political bureau on July 23.

A ‘lure of sovereignty’
All of these meetings concluded with an increasingly clear rejection of the Bougival document.

Speaking at a news conference in Nouméa yesterday, UC leaders made it clear that they “formally reject” the agreement because they regard it as a “lure of sovereignty” and does not guarantee either real sovereignty or political balance.

FLNKS chief negotiator Emmanuel Tjibaou, who is also UC’s chair, told local reporters he understood his signature on the document meant a commitment to return to New Caledonia, explain the text and obtain the approval of the political base.

“I didn’t have a mandate to sign a political agreement, my mandate was to register the talks and bring them back to our people so that a decision can be made . . . it didn’t mean an acceptance on our part,” he said, mentioning it was a “temporary” document subject to further discussions.

Tjibaou said some amendments his delegation had put on the table in Bougival “went missing” in the final text.

Emmanuel Tjibaou
Union Calédonienne chair and chief FLNKS negotiator Emmanuel Tjibaou . .. some amendments that his delegation had put on the table in Bougival “went missing” in the final text. Image: RNZ Pacific

‘Bougival, it’s over’
“As far as we’re concerned, Bougival, it’s over”, UC vice-president Mickaël Forrest said.

He said it was now time to move onto a “post-Bougival phase”.

Meanwhile, the FLNKS also consulted its own “constitutionalists” to obtain legal advice and interpretation of the document.

In a release about yesterday’s media conference, UC stated that the Bougival text could not be regarded as a balance between two “visions” for Kanaky New Caledonia, but rather a way of “maintaining New Caledonia as French”.

The text, UC said, had led the political dialogue into a “new impasse” and it left several questions unanswered.

“With the denomination of a ‘State’, a fundamental law (a de facto Constitution), the capacity to self-organise, and international recognition, this document is perceived as a project for an agreement to integrate (New Caledonia) into France under the guise of a decolonisation”.

“The FLNKS has never accepted a status of autonomy within France, but an external decolonisation by means of accession to full sovereignty [which] grants us the right to choose our inter-dependencies,” the media release stated.

The pro-independence party also criticised plans to enlarge the list of people entitled to vote at New Caledonia’s local elections — the very issue that triggered deadly and destructive riots in May 2024.

It is also critical of a proposed mechanism that would require a vote at the Congress with a minimum majority of 64 percent (two thirds) before any future powers can be requested for transfer from France to New Caledonia.

Assuming that current population trends and a fresh system of representation at the Congress will allow more representatives from the Southern province (about three quarters of New Caledonia’s population), UC said “in other words, it would be the non-independence [camp] who will have the power to authorise us — or not — to ask for our sovereignty”.

They party confirmed that it had “formally rejected the Bougival project of agreement as it stands” following a decision made by its steering committee on July 26 “since the fundamentals of our struggle and the principles of decolonisation are not there”.

Negotiators no longer mandated
The decision also means that every member of its negotiating team who signed the document on July 12 is now de facto demoted and no longer mandated by the party until a new negotiating team is appointed, if required.

“Union Calédonienne remains mobilised to arrive at a political agreement that takes into account the achievement of a trajectory towards full sovereignty”.

On Tuesday, FLNKS president Christian Téin, as an invited guest of Corsica’s “Nazione” pro-independence movement, told French media he declared himself “individually against” the Bougival document, adding this was “far from being akin to full sovereignty”.

Téin said that during the days that led to the signing of the document in Bougival “the pressure” exerted on negotiators was “terrible”.

He said the result was that due to “excessive force” applied by “France’s representatives”, the final text’s content “looks like it is the French State and right-wing people who will decide the (indigenous) Kanak people’s future”.

Facing crime-related charges, Téin is awaiting his trial, but was released from jail, under the condition that he does not return to New Caledonia.

The leader of a CCAT (field action coordinating cell) created by Union Calédonienne late in 2023 to protest against a proposed French Constitutional amendment to alter voters’ rules of eligibility at local elections, was jailed for one year in mainland France. However, he was elected president of FLNKS in absentia in late August 2024.

CCAT, meanwhile, was admitted as one of the new components of FLNKS.

In a de facto split, the two main moderate pillars of FLNKS, UPM and PALIKA, at the same time, distanced themselves from the pro-independence UC-dominated platform, opening a rift within the pro-independence umbrella.

The FLNKS is scheduled to hold an extraordinary meeting on August 9 (it was initially scheduled to be held on August 2), to “highlight the prospects of the pursuit of dialogue through a repositioning of the pro-independence movement’s political orientations”.

French Minister for Overseas Manuel Valls (centre) shows signatures on the last page of New Caledonia’s new agreement
French Minister for Overseas Manuel Valls (centre) shows signatures on the last page of New Caledonia’s new Bougival agreement earlier this month . . . “If tomorrow there was to be no agreement, it would mean the future, hope, would be put into question” Image: FB/RNZ Pacific

Valls: ‘I’m not giving up’
Reacting to the latest UC statements, Valls told French media he called on UC to have “a great sense of responsibility”.

“If tomorrow there was to be no agreement, it would mean the future, hope, would be put into question. Investment, including for the nickel mining industry, would no longer be possible.”

“I’m not giving up. Union Calédonienne has chosen to reject, as it stands, the Bougival accord project. I take note of this, but I profoundly regret this position.

“An institutional void would be a disaster for [New Caledonia]. It would be a prolonged uncertainty, the risk of further instability, the return of violence,” he said.

“But my door is not closed and I remain available for dialogue at all times. Impasse is not an option.”

Valls said the Bougival document was “‘neither someone’s victory on another one, nor an imposed text: it was built day after day with partners around the table following months of long discussions.”

In a recent letter specifically sent to Union Calédonienne, the French former Prime Minister suggested the creation of an editorial committee to start drafting future-shaping documents for New Caledonia, such as its “fundamental law”, akin to a Constitution for New Caledonia.

Valls also stressed France’s financial assistance to New Caledonia, which last year totalled around 3 billion euros because of the costs associated to the May 2024 riots.

The riots caused 14 dead, hundreds of injured and an estimated financial cost of more than 2 billion euros (NZ$5.8 billion) in damage.

This article is republished under a community partnership agreement with RNZ.


This content originally appeared on Asia Pacific Report and was authored by APR editor.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2025/08/01/new-caledonias-oldest-party-for-independence-rejects-bougival-deal/feed/ 0 547210
Myanmar junta forms new government ahead of elections | Radio Free Asia (RFA) https://www.radiofree.org/2025/08/01/myanmar-junta-forms-new-government-ahead-of-elections-radio-free-asia-rfa/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/08/01/myanmar-junta-forms-new-government-ahead-of-elections-radio-free-asia-rfa/#respond Fri, 01 Aug 2025 01:47:53 +0000 http://www.radiofree.org/?guid=27f2d92ad510fca7a56137e4fb45339d
This content originally appeared on Radio Free Asia and was authored by Radio Free Asia.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2025/08/01/myanmar-junta-forms-new-government-ahead-of-elections-radio-free-asia-rfa/feed/ 0 547200
New Zealand Government Overturns Ban on New Offshore Oil and Gas Exploration https://www.radiofree.org/2025/07/31/new-zealand-government-overturns-ban-on-new-offshore-oil-and-gas-exploration/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/07/31/new-zealand-government-overturns-ban-on-new-offshore-oil-and-gas-exploration/#respond Thu, 31 Jul 2025 21:10:32 +0000 https://www.commondreams.org/newswire/new-zealand-government-overturns-ban-on-new-offshore-oil-and-gas-exploration Today, New Zealand’s government passed legislation amending the Crown Minerals Act to reopen new offshore oil and gas exploration, a move that climate and energy experts at Oil Change International are calling an unjustifiable step backwards.

Today’s vote follows the New Zealand government’s June exit from the Beyond Oil and Gas Alliance, an international coalition working together for a managed phaseout of oil and gas production

David Tong, Global Industry Campaign Manager at Oil Change International said:

“Just days ago, the highest court in the world affirmed that every country has a legal duty to act in line with the 1.5ºC survival limit - a threshold that demands, at minimum, an immediate end to new oil, gas, and coal expansion. Yet today, the New Zealand government has raced in the opposite direction, recklessly overturning the ban on new offshore oil and gas exploration, after conducting an underhanded process that blocked public participation.

“The current retrograde government has once again exposed its loyalty to fossil fuel companies, but the reality is that no matter how deep Minister Shane Jones tries to dig, the oil and gas industry has no future in New Zealand.

“Next year’s election must deliver a government that not only restores the ban, but goes further to end all new fossil fuel extraction, onshore and offshore, once and for all.”


This content originally appeared on Common Dreams and was authored by Newswire Editor.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2025/07/31/new-zealand-government-overturns-ban-on-new-offshore-oil-and-gas-exploration/feed/ 0 547171
Myanmar junta forms new government ahead of elections https://rfa.org/english/myanmar/2025/07/31/myanmar-state-of-emergency-elections/ https://rfa.org/english/myanmar/2025/07/31/myanmar-state-of-emergency-elections/#respond Thu, 31 Jul 2025 15:59:05 +0000 https://rfa.org/english/myanmar/2025/07/31/myanmar-state-of-emergency-elections/ The military junta that controls Myanmar nominally transferred power to an interim government on Thursday ahead of a planned election in December and January.

A state of emergency that was due to expire Thursday after seven extensions was lifted, Zaw Min Tun, a government spokesman, told state media. The decree had given legislative, judicial, and executive powers to Min Aung Hlang as head of the ruling military council.

But state media reported late Thursday that martial law and a state of emergency would be imposed in more than 60 townships across nine regions and states due to the threat of violence and insurgency.

Despite the moves, the junta remains in power. Gen. Min Aung Hlaing, leader of the February 2021 coup that toppled Myanmar’s democratically elected government helmed by Aung San Suu Kyi, holds the title of interim president in the new structure and retains his role of chief of the armed forces. He was also named the head of an 11-member commission in charge of elections.

Min Aung Hlaing said the election would take place in phases during December and January due to security concerns, state television reported Thursday.

This Feb. 2, 2021, photo shows Myanmar soldiers blocking a road leading to the parliament building in Naypyidaw as hundreds of members of Myanmar's parliament remained confined inside their government housing a day after the military staged a coup and detained senior politicians including Aung San Suu Kyi.
This Feb. 2, 2021, photo shows Myanmar soldiers blocking a road leading to the parliament building in Naypyidaw as hundreds of members of Myanmar's parliament remained confined inside their government housing a day after the military staged a coup and detained senior politicians including Aung San Suu Kyi.
(AP)

David Mathieson, an independent analyst, framed Thursday’s moves as a cosmetic change.

“They are just rearranging the same pieces and calling the regime a new name,” he told Reuters. “Nothing will change in the near term, but this is part of preparations for an election which we don’t know much about.”

Analysts say the planned election could also have little practical impact.

“It’s the same people still in charge of everything,” Morgan Michaels, a research fellow at the International Institute for Strategic Studies, told Agence France-Presse. “These guys are not planning to just hand over power back to the civilians.”

The 2021 coup touched off a brutal civil war that has raged across Myanmar. Established ethnic minority armies and new armed groups have mounted a persistent resistance and have gained control of significant territory.

Since the coup, the military has killed more than 6,000 people and arbitrarily detained more than 20,000, according to Amnesty International.

The war has been devastating for the military, too. As of earlier this year, the junta controlled less than half of the country. More than 24,000 junta troops have been killed and more than 12,000 wounded, according to an RFA analysis in February. Over the past year, the military has been conscripting men under age 35, sometimes snatching people off the street to fill the military’s depleted ranks.

Includes reporting from Agence France-Presse, The Associated Press, and Reuters.


This content originally appeared on Radio Free Asia and was authored by RFA Staff.

]]>
https://rfa.org/english/myanmar/2025/07/31/myanmar-state-of-emergency-elections/feed/ 0 547096
New Russiagate release: Russia held damaging info on Hillary https://www.radiofree.org/2025/07/30/new-russiagate-release-russia-held-damaging-info-on-hillary/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/07/30/new-russiagate-release-russia-held-damaging-info-on-hillary/#respond Wed, 30 Jul 2025 04:14:18 +0000 http://www.radiofree.org/?guid=92be54fcb54c8ec2ddd108fd90677057
This content originally appeared on The Grayzone and was authored by The Grayzone.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2025/07/30/new-russiagate-release-russia-held-damaging-info-on-hillary/feed/ 0 546789
New Caledonia’s population drops to below 265,000, census reveals https://www.radiofree.org/2025/07/30/new-caledonias-population-drops-to-below-265000-census-reveals/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/07/30/new-caledonias-population-drops-to-below-265000-census-reveals/#respond Wed, 30 Jul 2025 01:10:03 +0000 https://asiapacificreport.nz/?p=117987 By Patrick Decloitre, RNZ Pacific correspondent French Pacific desk

New Caledonia’s population has shrunk to 264,596 over the past six years, the latest census, conducted in April and May 2025, has revealed.

This compares to the previous census, conducted in 2019, which recorded a population of 271,400 in the French Pacific territory.

To explain the population drop of almost seven thousand (6811), Jean Philippe Grouthier, Census Chef de Mission at the French national statistical institute INSEE, said that even though the population natural balance (the difference between births and deaths during the period) was more than 11,000, the net migration balance showed a deficit of 18,000.

READ MORE

In terms of permanent departures and arrivals, earlier informal studies (based on the international Nouméa-La Tontouta airport traffic figures) already hinted at a sharp increase in residents leaving New Caledonia for good, after the destructive and deadly riots that erupted in May 2014, causing 14 dead and over 2 billion euros (NZ$3.8 billion) in damages.

The census was originally scheduled to take place in 2024, but had to be postponed due to the civil unrest.

“New Caledonia is probably less attractive than it could have been in the 2000s and 2010s years,” Grouthier told local media yesterday.

However, he stressed that the downward trend was already there at the previous 2019 census.

‘Not entirely due to riots’
During the 2014-2019 period, a net balance of around then 1000 residents had already left New Caledonia.

“It’s not as if it was something that would be entirely due to the May 2024 riots,” he said.

At the provincial level, New Caledonia’s most populated region (194,978), the Southern Province, which makes up three quarters of the population, has registered the sharpest drop (about four percent).

Meanwhile, the other two provinces (North, Loyalty Islands) have slightly gained in population over the same period, respectively +2.1 (50,947) and +1.7 percent (18,671).

The preliminary figures released yesterday are now to be processed and analysed in detail, before public release, ISEE said.

The latest population statistics are regarded as essential in order to serve as the basis for further calculation for the three provinces’ share in public aid as well as planning for upgrades or building of public infrastructure.

The latest count will also be used to organise upcoming elections, starting with municipal elections (March 2026) and provincial elections later that year.


This content originally appeared on Asia Pacific Report and was authored by APR editor.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2025/07/30/new-caledonias-population-drops-to-below-265000-census-reveals/feed/ 0 546768
John Filax and Otto The Watchdog discuss new cop watcher documentary ‘I Am But the Mirror’ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/07/29/john-filax-and-otto-the-watchdog-discuss-new-cop-watcher-documentary-i-am-but-the-mirror/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/07/29/john-filax-and-otto-the-watchdog-discuss-new-cop-watcher-documentary-i-am-but-the-mirror/#respond Tue, 29 Jul 2025 23:41:57 +0000 http://www.radiofree.org/?guid=cce7bd9863b9d3e48eed5d7c8bdaf10f
This content originally appeared on The Real News Network and was authored by The Real News Network.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2025/07/29/john-filax-and-otto-the-watchdog-discuss-new-cop-watcher-documentary-i-am-but-the-mirror/feed/ 0 546891
John Filax and Otto The Watchdog discuss new cop watcher documentary ‘I Am But the Mirror’ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/07/29/john-filax-and-otto-the-watchdog-discuss-new-cop-watcher-documentary-i-am-but-the-mirror-2/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/07/29/john-filax-and-otto-the-watchdog-discuss-new-cop-watcher-documentary-i-am-but-the-mirror-2/#respond Tue, 29 Jul 2025 23:41:57 +0000 http://www.radiofree.org/?guid=cce7bd9863b9d3e48eed5d7c8bdaf10f
This content originally appeared on The Real News Network and was authored by The Real News Network.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2025/07/29/john-filax-and-otto-the-watchdog-discuss-new-cop-watcher-documentary-i-am-but-the-mirror-2/feed/ 0 546892
New Zealand’s shameful role in the 1917 destruction of Gaza https://www.radiofree.org/2025/07/29/new-zealands-shameful-role-in-the-1917-destruction-of-gaza/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/07/29/new-zealands-shameful-role-in-the-1917-destruction-of-gaza/#respond Tue, 29 Jul 2025 23:39:58 +0000 https://asiapacificreport.nz/?p=117978 As we’ve watched from afar the tragedy unfolding in Gaza over the past 22 months, it’s worth remembering the part New Zealand troops played in setting in motion the cycle of violence that continues today in Palestine and Israel.

HISTORY: By Scott Hamilton

The man in the photo walks down the deserted street, over rubble. On both sides of the street buildings have lost their roofs and walls. A pockmarked minaret totters over the wrecked townscape. The photo is captioned “Ruins of Gaza at the Time of the Great Attack”.

The photo I’m describing wasn’t taken in 2025, but in 1917. Today Gaza is being destroyed by the armies of Israel and Hamas. In 1917 the British and Ottoman empires wrecked the city. New Zealanders played an important role in the destruction.

In 1917 most Gazans lived in village-suburbs interspersed with gardens and orchards. Their houses were made with mud bricks. The highest building in their town was the Great Mosque, whose foundations dated from the 7th century.

The Ottomans had made Gaza into a fortress, and had connected it by rail and road to a series of redoubts further east. These guarded the southern border of the province of Palestine, and were manned by German and Austrian as well as Ottoman troops.

Britain’s new prime minister David Lloyd George was desperate to capture Palestine, in the hope a victory there would shift public attention from the disaster on the western front, where tens of thousands of Britons had died fighting over mud.

The Egyptian Expeditionary Force, which crossed the Sinai desert to attack Gaza and Palestine, was made up of British, Anzacs, South Africans, West Indians, a volunteer Jewish Legion and Indians.

The Anzac Mounted Division was an essential part of the EEF. Its men rode to battles but fought on foot. Many of them had learned to ride on the farms of their homelands. Some were survivors of Gallipoli, where they had battled without their horses; others had arrived in Egypt after that catastrophe.

Farmland confiscated
Gaza’s suffering began before the British attack. Its defenders confiscated farmland for trenches, and demolished houses to give artillerymen better sight lines. The Great Mosque was seized and turned into an ammunition dump.

Captioned "Gaza Beauty Show"
Captioned “Gaza Beauty Show”, this photo was likely taken by New Zealander Private Robert Kerr of the Anzac Mounted Rifle Division. Image: NZ Army Museum

It took the British empire three battles to capture Gaza. A photo taken before the second assault shows New Zealanders trying on gas masks. It is captioned “Gaza Beauty Show”. The attackers fired 4000 canisters of asphyxiating gas towards the city. No Gazan had a gas mask.

Before the final assault the city was bombarded for four days by naval guns, artillery and planes. When they finally captured Gaza, the New Zealanders found it empty. Almost the entire population had fled the bombardment; the Ottomans had followed them.

On the day its troops entered Gaza the British government issued the Balfour Declaration, which committed it to establishing a Jewish homeland in Palestine. In 1917, though, Jews made up less than a tenth of Palestine’s population.

And Britain had made contradictory promises to Arabs, promising them independence if they rose up against Ottoman rule, and funding an Arab army that had advanced to the edge of Palestine.

There was still another group that wanted Palestine. When the Auckland Mounted Rifles had passed the stone pillar that marked the border between Sinai and Palestine, Henry Mackesy had stopped his men, and prayed to thank god for delivering the “Holy Land” to Britain.

Like New Zealand’s wartime prime minister William Massey, Mackesy was a British Israelite, who believed that Anglo-Saxons were a lost tribe of Israel, and that the British empire was god’s kingdom on earth. For Mackesy and many other Anzacs, Palestine belonged rightfully to Britons, not Jews or Arabs.

Conquerors warned
So many Anzacs wanted to settle in Palestine that Kia ora Coo-ee, their official magazine, had to run an article warning them that conquerors could not legally take locals’ land.

For most Anzacs, the inhabitants of Palestine — the Arabs of the villages and towns, the nomadic Bedouin of the deserts, the small and ancient Jewish communities in towns like Jerusalem — were at best an inconvenience, and at worst a reminder of the decadence and evil condemned in the Old Testament.

New Zealander Alexander McNeur summed up a widespread feeling when he wrote “no wonder the old inhabitants of Palestine had to be destroyed . . .  many a chap is disgusted by the people”. (The only Palestinians the Anzacs really liked were the settlers in Zionist colonies, who looked, spoke and acted like Europeans.)

The Anzacs complained about the dirtiness and dishonesty of Palestinians. Many complained they had been cheated by Arab or Jewish traders; others said that Bedouins dug up soldiers’ graves and plundered them.

But the Anzacs themselves had a reputation for taking whatever they could from Palestinians, as well as from Ottoman soldiers. In 1988, Australian veteran Ted O’Brien gave an interview in which he confessed to killing a wounded Ottoman so that he could steal the man’s possessions. Robbing the dead was routine, O’Brien said.

O’Brien added that he and his comrades would immediately kill any Bedouins they found in the desert. Edwin McKay, a member of the Otago section of the New Zealand Mounted Rifles, said that theft was a “two-way thing”, with Anzacs and Palestinians preying on each other.

After its defeat of Gaza the Ottoman army began to disintegrate, but as the EEF advanced through Palestine and into Jordan and Syria, it did not always bring peace. Arabs who fought alongside the British imperial forces, hoping for independence, became possessive about the areas they had captured.

Pushed off land
Ottoman deserters became bandits. Bedouins who had been pushed off their land by war raided EEF camps in search of loot. The Jewish Legion clashed with Arabs so often that the EEF commander General Allenby asked the War Office not to send him any more Jews.

The Anzacs’ contempt towards Arabs grew even greater after a calamitous attempt to capture Amman near the end of the war. Rain, cold and tougher-than-expected Ottoman resistance sent the mounted riflemen away with heavy losses.

As they rode towards safety, the Wellington Mounted Rifles entered Ain es Sir, a small village set amid hills and ravines. Villagers opened fire from houses and from nearby ledges, and seven Wellingtonians died. The Anzacs counterattacked Ain es Sir ferociously, shelling the village and killing 38 of its inhabitants. They took no prisoners.

Two members of the Canterbury Mounted Rifles – their exact identities haven’t been established – are flogging Egyptians charged with rioting
Two members of the Canterbury Mounted Rifles – their exact identities haven’t been established – are flogging Egyptians charged with rioting. Egyptian police are holding the victim down, and other Egyptians are waiting, often in states of undress. 1919. Image: NZ Army Museum

The attack on Amman had made been made in partnership with an Arab force, and the Anzacs seem to have believed that the ambush at Ain es Sir was an act of treachery by their supposed allies.

They do not seem to have known, or cared, that Ain es Sir was not an Arab village. Its inhabitants were Circassians, a Caucasian group that migrated to the Middle East centuries ago.

On the night of December 10, more than a month after the end of the war, the Anzacs’ hatred of Arabs erupted. Hundreds of them were camped outside a village named Surafend, waiting impatiently for a ship to take them home. On the night of December 9 a man entered the tent of a New Zealand soldier named Leslie Lowry. Lowry had been using his kitbag as a pillow. The intruder grabbed it and fled.

Lowry chased the thief across the dunes that separated the Anzac camp from Surafend. The thief turned and fired a pistol. Lowry died three hours later. The next morning Anzacs found Lowry’s blood in the sand. Footprints led from the stain towards Surafend.

Surafend attacked
On December 10, up to 200 Anzacs and a few Scots smashed through the fence that surrounded Surafend. They beat and stabbed scores of male inhabitants of the village, leaving between 40 and 120 dead and many more wounded, then set fire to the Arabs’ homes.

A nearby Bedouin encampment was also set ablaze. Ted O’Brien was one of the raiders. He and his comrades had “done their blocks”. They “all went for” the Arabs with “the bayonet”. “It was a godawful thing,” O’Brien remembered.

New Zealander Ted Andrews explained that the massacre was not just about Lowry’s murder. “The treacherous ambush at Ain es Sir was still fresh in the minds of New Zealand troops,” he wrote, ignoring the fact that the men of Surafend had nothing to do with that village.

Andrews said that victims at Surafend were castrated. Some historians have dismissed this claim, but American scholar Edward Woodfin has shown that castration and humiliation of the dead were being practised in 1918 by the Indian members of the Egypt Expeditionary Force, with whom the Anzacs were friendly.

Most historians say that children, women and old men were removed from Surafend before the slaughter, but they ignore the testimony of Australian John Doran, who was at the Anzacs’ medical station the night of the massacre. Doran said that women and children appeared there with burns and bullet wounds.

The Jewish soldier Roman Freulich said that Australians had fired a machine gun at the Bedouin encampment on the night of December 10. Freulich also reported that the members of the Jewish Legion were excited by the massacre — they hated Arabs even more than the Anzacs — and that they used what he called “the Australian method” on a group of Bedouin civilians shortly after. Freulich said that he and his comrades sealed off a Bedouin camp and stabbed the men with bayonets.

Caption reads "ruins of Gaza at the time of the Great Attack"
Caption reads “ruins of Gaza at the time of the Great Attack”. Image: Library of Congress

No one prosecuted
Although the Anzacs’ commander General Allenby condemned the attackers, calling them “cowards and murderers”, no one was ever prosecuted for the massacre at Surafend. In 2009, the New Zealand television programme Sunday ran a story on the massacre.

Sunday’s team visited the site of Surafend, which has now been covered by an Israeli town, interviewed an old man who remembered the massacre, and asked why New Zealand had never apologised for the crime. The question is just as pertinent now.

When we look back from 2025 to the destruction of Gaza and the rest of the Palestine campaign, we can see that New Zealand troops played a part in setting in motion the cycle of violence that continues today in Palestine and Israel.

Scott Hamilton is the author of two great modern works of sociology and place, Ghost South Road (Titus Books, 2018), and Searching for Ata’a (Bridget Williams, 2017). He writes the blog Reading the Maps and is currently working on a book about sorcery and sorcery-related violence in Melanesia as part of his ongoing exploration of Pasifika arts and colonial Pākehā histories. This article was first published by The Spinoff and is republished with the author’s permission.


This content originally appeared on Asia Pacific Report and was authored by APR editor.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2025/07/29/new-zealands-shameful-role-in-the-1917-destruction-of-gaza/feed/ 0 546765
New Report Highlights New Legal Protections for Critical Brazilian River Basin https://www.radiofree.org/2025/07/28/new-report-highlights-new-legal-protections-for-critical-brazilian-river-basin/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/07/28/new-report-highlights-new-legal-protections-for-critical-brazilian-river-basin/#respond Mon, 28 Jul 2025 21:06:26 +0000 https://www.commondreams.org/newswire/new-report-highlights-new-legal-protections-for-critical-brazilian-river-basin In the wake of Brazil’s Congress passing the “Devastation Bill,” which would dismantle critical components of the country’s National Environmental Policy and rollback decades of environmental safeguards protecting communities from large-scale extractive projects, International Rivers today released a new study outlining the threats facing the Tapajós River Basin and innovative legal measures that communities can take to protect themselves. The report arrives just months ahead of COP30, which will be held in Brazil.

Tapajós River: Legal Analysis of the Brazilian Environmental Legislation (Rio Tapajós Análise Jurídico da Legislação Ambiental Brasileira) and its accompanying executive summary, Tapajós River: Prospects for Permanent Protection, shows how the combined effects of climate change, dams, unregulated mining, and other large-scale infrastructure harm Indigenous and frontline communities, and undermine the environment and biodiversity. It highlights measures that affected peoples can take to protect the Tapajós River Basin, including securing permanent legal protections.

Encompassing over 493,000 square kilometers across the Pará, Mato Grosso, and Amazonas states, the Tapajós is one of the Amazon’s most biodiverse river systems, home to over 300 fish species, including giant piraíba catfish and colorful tucunaré, and endangered river turtles like the tracajá and the giant Amazon turtle. Seasonal flood cycles shape a dynamic landscape of várzea, igarapés, igapó forests, and wetlands — vital nurseries for fish, nesting sites for turtles, and feeding grounds for migratory birds. This vast watershed regulates the hydrological cycle across a significant portion of the Amazon, supports food and water security for riverine and Indigenous populations, and contributes to climate regulation at regional and global scales. For local Indigenous communities, its waters are sacred—tied to origin stories, traditional knowledge, and survival.

Hydroelectric development threatens the Tapajós River system. As of January 2024, 180 hydroelectric projects have been planned on the Juruena River alone. Four major dams—the Teles Pires, Colíder, São Manoel, and Sinop—have fundamentally altered the river basin's hydrology and ecology. Brazil’s piecemeal regulatory system means that each new project is not considered in conjunction with existing ones, so their long-term cumulative effects are often underestimated.

Furthermore, 2,000 illegal mines operate with virtual impunity throughout the river system, representing an estimated 75% of all mining activity in the region. This has left a scar on Indigenous communities. Studies by the Fiocruz Foundation reveal that more than 60% of Munduruku Indigenous community members tested in certain areas exhibit elevated mercury levels, with more than half of the Munduruku people—including children—showing unsafe mercury concentrations in their bodies.

“Although Brazil’s current regulatory framework fails to account for the ecological and human rights violations imposed by large-scale infrastructure, our new research identifies innovative new pathways for frontline communities to reclaim their rivers and their rights,” said Flávio Montiel of International Rivers. “With the upcoming COP30 in Belem, all eyes will be on Brazil. Now is the time for Brazil to be a world leader in the management and protection of nature and human rights by legally recognizing the rights of rivers in the Tapajós Basin.”

Brazil currently has the legal tools to protect communities and their resources from the climate crisis. The country’s Constitutional Article 225 establishes environmental protection as both a governmental obligation and a fundamental human right. Working in tandem with this provision, Article 231 recognizes Indigenous Peoples' original rights to their lands, including their customs, languages, beliefs, and traditions, mandating that public authorities demarcate, protect, and respect all their assets. Further protections also include a review of the State System of Nature Conservation Units (SEUC). This legislation introduced an innovative conservation category called “Rivers of Special Protection” – specifically designed to protect waterways of exceptional value. The Law also provides provisions for the restoration of freshwater ecosystems, making the Rivers of Special Protection designation a promising model for river conservation that could be replicated across Brazil’s river systems.

Ultimately, protecting the Tapajós River system demands a multi-level strategy that leverages Brazil’s existing legal frameworks while addressing structural weaknesses in implementation and enforcement. Moving beyond traditional environmental regulation, the report offers a framework that aligns with Indigenous worldviews and suggests enforceable protections grounded in legal innovations.

It calls on policymakers in Brazil to:

-Adopt a Rights of Rivers legal framework to support communities that rely on the Tapajós River Basin for cultural, physical, and economic sustenance;

-Coordinate action among Federal and State Public Agencies to ensure jurisdictional alignment and robust legal enforcement across federal, state, and municipal levels;

-Implement real-time channels for communities to report violations;

-Establish Popular Committees in the Tapajos River Basin and build capacity for representatives of local social organizations, to ensure effective participation of civil society, for the future creation of the Tapajos River Basin Committee;

-Close legal and institutional loopholes by implementing a Strategic Environmental Assessment for the entire Tapajós basin that includes cumulative and synergic impacts, to ensure that the long-term consequences of development are considered.

The report calls on frontline and Indigenous communities to exercise their rights to Free, Prior, and Informed Consent by:

-Pursuing strategic litigation to challenge harmful projects and regulatory failures;

Serving as co-litigants in precedent-setting cases defending rivers’ rights and ecological limits.

“Ultimately, a nation's environmental conscience can be measured not by the depth of its laws, but by the quality of its waters—and both can run muddy despite the best of intentions written on paper,” said Monti Aguirre of International Rivers.

Read the report.


This content originally appeared on Common Dreams and was authored by Newswire Editor.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2025/07/28/new-report-highlights-new-legal-protections-for-critical-brazilian-river-basin/feed/ 0 546584
Iran’s plan to abandon GPS is more about a looming new ‘tech cold war’ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/07/28/irans-plan-to-abandon-gps-is-more-about-a-looming-new-tech-cold-war/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/07/28/irans-plan-to-abandon-gps-is-more-about-a-looming-new-tech-cold-war/#respond Mon, 28 Jul 2025 11:36:31 +0000 https://asiapacificreport.nz/?p=117924 COMMENTARY: By Jasim Al-Azzawi

For the past few years, governments across the world have paid close attention to conflicts in Ukraine and the Middle East. There, it is said, we see the first glimpses of what warfare of the future will look like, not just in terms of weaponry, but also in terms of new technologies and tactics.

Most recently, the United States-Israeli attacks on Iran demonstrated not just new strategies of drone deployment and infiltration but also new vulnerabilities. During the 12-day conflict, Iran and vessels in the waters of the Gulf experienced repeated disruptions of GPS signal.

This clearly worried the Iranian authorities who, after the end of the war, began to look for alternatives.

“At times, disruptions are created on this [GPS] system by internal systems, and this very issue has pushed us toward alternative options like BeiDou,” Ehsan Chitsaz, deputy communications minister, told Iranian media in mid-July. He added that the government was developing a plan to switch transportation, agriculture and the internet from GPS to BeiDou.

Iran’s decision to explore adopting China’s navigation satellite system may appear at first glance to be merely a tactical manoeuvre. Yet, its implications are far more profound. This move is yet another indication of a major global realignment.

For decades, the West, and the US in particular, have dominated the world’s technological infrastructure from computer operating systems and the internet to telecommunications and satellite networks.

This has left much of the world dependent on an infrastructure it cannot match or challenge. This dependency can easily become vulnerability. Since 2013, whistleblowers and media investigations have revealed how various Western technologies and schemes have enabled illicit surveillance and data gathering on a global scale — something that has worried governments around the world.

Clear message
Iran’s possible shift to BeiDou sends a clear message to other nations grappling with the delicate balance between technological convenience and strategic self-defence: The era of blind, naive dependence on US-controlled infrastructure is rapidly coming to an end. Nations can no longer afford to have their military capabilities and vital digital sovereignty tied to the satellite grid of a superpower they cannot trust.

This sentiment is one of the driving forces behind the creation of national or regional satellite navigation systems, from Europe’s Galileo to Russia’s GLONASS, each vying for a share of the global positioning market and offering a perceived guarantee of sovereign control.

GPS was not the only vulnerability Iran encountered during the US-Israeli attacks. The Israeli army was able to assassinate a number of nuclear scientists and senior commanders in the Iranian security and military forces. The fact that Israel was able to obtain their exact locations raised fears that it was able to infiltrate telecommunications and trace people via their phones.

On June 17 as the conflict was still raging, the Iranian authorities urged the Iranian people to stop using the messaging app WhatsApp and delete it from their phones, saying it was gathering user information to send to Israel.

Whether this appeal was linked to the assassinations of the senior officials is unclear, but Iranian mistrust of the app run by US-based corporation Meta is not without merit.

Cybersecurity experts have long been sceptical about the security of the app. Recently, media reports have revealed that the artificial intelligence software Israel uses to target Palestinians in Gaza is reportedly fed data from social media.

Furthermore, shortly after the end of the attacks on Iran, the US House of Representatives moved to ban WhatsApp from official devices.

Western platforms not trusted
For Iran and other countries around the world, the implications are clear: Western platforms can no longer be trusted as mere conduits for communication; they are now seen as tools in a broader digital intelligence war.

Tehran has already been developing its own intranet system, the National Information Network, which gives more control over internet use to state authorities. Moving forward, Iran will likely expand this process and possibly try to emulate China’s Great Firewall.

By seeking to break with Western-dominated infrastructure, Tehran is definitively aligning itself with a growing sphere of influence that fundamentally challenges Western dominance. This partnership transcends simple transactional exchanges as China offers Iran tools essential for genuine digital and strategic independence.

The broader context for this is China’s colossal Belt and Road Initiative (BRI). While often framed as an infrastructure and trade project, BRI has always been about much more than roads and ports. It is an ambitious blueprint for building an alternative global order.

Iran — strategically positioned and a key energy supplier — is becoming an increasingly important partner in this expansive vision.

What we are witnessing is the emergence of a new powerful tech bloc — one that inextricably unites digital infrastructure with a shared sense of political defiance. Countries weary of the West’s double standards, unilateral sanctions and overwhelming digital hegemony will increasingly find both comfort and significant leverage in Beijing’s expanding clout.

This accelerating shift heralds the dawn of a new “tech cold war”, a low-temperature confrontation in which nations will increasingly choose their critical infrastructure, from navigation and communications to data flows and financial payment systems, not primarily based on technological superiority or comprehensive global coverage but increasingly on political allegiance and perceived security.

As more and more countries follow suit, the Western technological advantage will begin to shrink in real time, resulting in redesigned international power dynamics.

Jasim Al-Azzawi is an analyst, news anchor, programme presenter and media instructor. He has presented a weekly show called Inside Iraq.


This content originally appeared on Asia Pacific Report and was authored by APR editor.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2025/07/28/irans-plan-to-abandon-gps-is-more-about-a-looming-new-tech-cold-war/feed/ 0 546463
8 Things to Know About New Research on Earth’s Rapid Drying and the Loss of Its Groundwater https://www.radiofree.org/2025/07/28/8-things-to-know-about-new-research-on-earths-rapid-drying-and-the-loss-of-its-groundwater/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/07/28/8-things-to-know-about-new-research-on-earths-rapid-drying-and-the-loss-of-its-groundwater/#respond Mon, 28 Jul 2025 09:00:00 +0000 https://www.propublica.org/article/groundwater-fresh-water-depletion-research-science-advances-takeaways by ProPublica

ProPublica is a nonprofit newsroom that investigates abuses of power. Sign up to receive our biggest stories as soon as they’re published.

The continents are rapidly drying out and the earth’s vast freshwater resources are under threat, according to a recently released study based on more than 20 years of NASA satellite data. Here are the report’s key findings and what they portend for humankind:

Much of the Earth is suffering a pandemic of “continental drying,” affecting the countries containing 75% of the world’s population, the new research shows.

The study, published in the journal Science Advances, examined changes to Earth’s total supply of fresh water and found that nearly 6 billion people live in the 101 countries facing a net decline in water supply, posing a “critical, emerging threat to humanity.”

Mining of underground freshwater aquifers is driving much of the loss.

According to the study, the uninhibited pumping of groundwater by farmers, cities and corporations around the world now accounts for 68% of the total loss of fresh water at the latitudes where most people live.

Much of the water taken from aquifers ends up in the oceans, contributing to the rise of sea levels.

Mined groundwater rarely seeps back into the aquifers from which it was pumped. Rather, a large portion runs off into streams, then rivers and ultimately the oceans. According to the researchers, moisture lost to evaporation and drought, plus runoff from pumped groundwater, now outpaces the melting of glaciers and the ice sheets of either Antarctica or Greenland as the largest contributor of water to the oceans.

Water From Land Has Become a Leading Driver of Sea Level Rise

Most of the water lost from drying regions is from groundwater pumping, which ultimately shifts fresh water from aquifers into the oceans.

Note: Glaciers refer to the parts of the continents covered in glaciers but excludes the ice sheets of Greenland and Antarctica. Drying land and aquifers refer to the water lost by the continents in areas not covered by glaciers, including river flow and evaporation. Groundwater loss accounts for 68% of the drying in those places. As droughts grow more extreme, farmers increasingly turn to groundwater.

Worldwide, 70% of fresh water is used for growing crops, with more of it coming from groundwater as droughts grow more extreme. Only a small amount of that water seeps back into aquifers. Research has long established that people take more water from underground when climate-driven heat and drought are at their worst.

Drying regions of the planet are merging.

The parts of the world drying most acutely are becoming interconnected, forming what the study’s authors describe as “mega” regions. One such region covers almost the whole of Europe, the Middle East, North Africa and parts of Asia.

Drying of the Earth has accelerated in recent years.

The study examines 22 years of observational data from NASA’s Gravity Recovery and Climate Experiment, or GRACE, satellites, which measure changes in the mass of the earth and have been applied to estimate its water content. Since 2002, the sensors have detected a rapid shift in water loss across the planet. Around 2014, the study found the pace of drying appears to have accelerated. It is now growing by an area twice the size of California each year.

The Drying of the Earth Accelerated in Recent Years

The dramatic depletion of groundwater and surface water plus the melting of glaciers between 2014-24 has connected once-separate arid places, forming “mega-drying” regions that stretch across whole continents.

Watch video ➜

Note: Data is for February 2003 to December 2013 and January 2014 to April 2024. The first time period contains seven more months of data than the second. Water pumped from aquifers is not easily replaced, if it can be at all.

Major groundwater basins underlie roughly one-third of the planet, including about half of Africa, Europe and South America. Many of those aquifers took millions of years to form and might take thousands of years to refill. The researchers warn that it is now nearly impossible to reverse the loss of water “on human timescales.”

As continents dry and coastal areas flood, the risk for conflict and instability increases.

The accelerated drying, combined with the flooding of coastal cities and food-producing lowlands, heralds “potentially staggering” and cascading risks for global order, the researchers warn. Their findings all point to the likelihood of widespread famine, the migration of large numbers of people seeking a more stable environment and the carry-on impact of geopolitical disorder.

Data Source: Hrishikesh. A. Chandanpurkar, James S. Famiglietti, Kaushik Gopalan, David N. Wiese, Yoshihide Wada, Kaoru Kakinuma, John T. Reager, Fan Zhang (2025). Unprecedented Continental Drying, Shrinking Freshwater Availability, and Increasing Land Contributions to Sea Level Rise. Science Advances. https://www.science.org/doi/10.1126/sciadv.adx0298

Graphics by Lucas Waldron


This content originally appeared on ProPublica and was authored by by ProPublica.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2025/07/28/8-things-to-know-about-new-research-on-earths-rapid-drying-and-the-loss-of-its-groundwater/feed/ 0 546457
‘We pose no threat – our aim is to break the siege’: Tan Safi on joining the Handala Gaza flotilla https://www.radiofree.org/2025/07/27/we-pose-no-threat-our-aim-is-to-break-the-siege-tan-safi-on-joining-the-handala-gaza-flotilla/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/07/27/we-pose-no-threat-our-aim-is-to-break-the-siege-tan-safi-on-joining-the-handala-gaza-flotilla/#respond Sun, 27 Jul 2025 22:16:47 +0000 https://asiapacificreport.nz/?p=117891 No New Zealanders were on board the Handala in the latest arrest and abductions of Freedom Flotilla crew on humanitarian siege-busting missions to Gaza. However, two Australians were and one talks to The New Arab just before the attack on Saturday.

INTERVIEW: By Sebastian Shehadi

The Handala, a 1968 Norwegian trawler repurposed by the Freedom Flotilla Coalition (FFC), set sail for Gaza from southern Italy on July 20, carrying around 21 people and a cargo of food, medical kits, baby formula, water desalination units and more.

The ship is named after the iconic Palestinian cartoon figure, Handala, who symbolises Palestinian identity, resilience and the ongoing struggle against displacement and occupation.

Just hours before departure, the crew uncovered deliberate sabotage: a rope tightly bound around the propeller and a sulfuric acid swap mistaken for water, leading to chemical burns in two people.

Despite this alarming start, the mission continued, echoing the defiance of past flotilla efforts such as the interception of the Madleen in June and the Israeli drone strike on the Conscience in May.

However, contact with the vessel was reported lost on July 24, with coalition officials warning that communications have been jammed and drones have been seen near the ship, raising concerns about interception or further hostile action.

The mission resumed following the brief two-hour communications blackout. “Connection has now been re-established. ‘Handala’ is continuing its mission and is currently less than 349 nautical miles from Gaza,” the Freedom Flotilla Coalition (FFC) announced on Telegram on July 25.

Then on Saturday, the Israeli military attacked the ship and violently detained and “abducted” the entire crew and issued a statement saying they were “safe” and on their way to Israel.

The New Arab spoke to one of Handala’s crew, Lebanese-Australian filmmaker, human rights activist and journalist Tan Safi, before the arrest to find out more about the mission and why she chose to be on board this mission:

The New Arab: How’s the mood on the ship at the moment?
Tan Safi: The morale of everyone at the moment is high, as everyone is happy to be here. Of course, different emotions come up, and we talk them out, but as a collective, we’re all looking out for one another. Everyone is very caring and kind.

We are a group of 21 people from 10 different countries. We have a very proud grandmother, as well as MPs, nurses, a human rights lawyer, a comedian, an actor, human rights activists and more. We’re from many different walks of life, and we pose absolutely no threat to anyone.

We’re simply trying to challenge something illegal. Like previous Freedom Flotilla actions, we will be sailing through international waters into Palestinian territorial waters.

Australian Handala crew member Tan Safi
Australian Handala crew member Tan Safi . . . “Back in 2010, we sent a flotilla that was caught in a deadly raid. The Israelis came in a helicopter, boarded the ship and killed nine people instantaneously, while another person died from a coma years later.” Image: FFC

How are you preparing for the very real threat of Israeli violence?
Back in 2010, we sent a flotilla that was caught in a deadly raid. The Israelis came in a helicopter, boarded the ship and killed nine people instantaneously, while another person died from a coma years later.

So we know very well that Israel poses a real threat.

More importantly, we’ve seen what they’re capable of over the last two years. The most horrific things imaginable. Israeli soldiers are committing endless crimes against Gazan children, and then going into the homes of the Palestinians they’ve murdered and taking selfies in women’s lingerie. We know what they’re capable of.

Any interception of our vessel would violate international maritime law. The ICJ [International Court of Justice] itself ordered Israel not to interfere with any delivery of international aid. Of course, we know that Israel gets to exist in this world by hopping over international law, without any accountability, without any real sanctions.

In terms of processing, what might happen to me? I’ve had to do it time and time again whenever I’ve joined FFC missions over the last two years. I’ve had to say goodbye to my friends and family, but also try to keep them reassured.

Sometimes I feel like I’m lying, to be honest. I tell them that “everything will be okay”. But it’s psychologically impossible to explain.

Are you worried that Handala is less protected than the last ship, Madleen, which had the global media attention (and protection) of having Greta Thunberg on board?

A Gaza Freedom Flotilla Instagram poster
A Gaza Freedom Flotilla Instagram poster. Image: Instagram/@loremresists

No matter how many Instagram followers you have, your life is just as important as the next person’s. We have people on this boat who have Instagram. We have people who do.

The lives of all these people are as valuable as everyone else’s. I would just try to focus on the fact that we’re all human beings, just as every Palestinian in Gaza is. I’m more worried that Israel’s violence will expand until it’s too late, and people wish that they had done more. The time is now.

What is your message to global or Australian leaders?
I’m Lebanese, but I grew up in so-called Australia, a country that has such a dark history. What our politicians forget is that so-called Australia was not theirs to begin with. Australia was, and will always be, Aboriginal land. They can try to hide their dark truths, just like Israel used to as well. But the truth will become exposed in time.

To this day, Aboriginal people are abused and discriminated against by the state. My message to Australia’s leadership is: how can you watch tens of thousands of men, women and children being slaughtered and still be enabling Israel’s siege and genocide?

The Australian embassy in Israel sent me a message urging me to “please reconsider your decision to join a humanitarian aid trip to Gaza”. If they’re so concerned about the two Australians on this boat, I would urge them to be more concerned with the millions of Palestinians who are suffering daily.

The Palestinian cartoon character Handala
The Palestinian cartoon character Handala . . . reimagined with deliberate starvation by the Israeli military forces. Image: X/@RimaHas

Can you tell us more about daily life and organisation on the ship?
We all put our hands up to volunteer for various tasks throughout the day. Some of us are more skilled in certain areas than others. For example, we have someone here from France who is a nurse, and they’re helping anyone who is feeling sick.

We have the proud grandmother, Vigdis from Norway, who loves to cook. And then someone will put their hand up to do the dishes. No one is too good to clean the toilets.

We’re all helping out to keep this ship organised. We also do shifts, helping out with the crew when needed. No one is sitting around. And if someone is, it’s because it’s really hot or the seas are rough.

What do you hope Handala will achieve, beyond potentially breaking the siege?
I hope this action will encourage all forms of solidarity and, more importantly, inspire direct action. I know that protests and non-direct actions serve a purpose, but we have talked and talked and talked at length. I don’t know how people are finding the strength.

Sometimes when I’m asked to talk at events, I just don’t know what to say, because if you need me to explain this, maybe you will never understand.

But what we clearly need to do is disrupt the financial flow that enables and fuels this genocide. The BDS movement is huge. People used to look down on it and question its efficacy. But now we’re able to quantify that it’s actually affecting real, big business.

I’ve always been advocating for that and asking people to be aware of the companies they consume from, such as Unilever, Nestle and Coke. This is having a real impact on these companies that are profiteering from unethical practices to begin with, that extends far beyond the genocide in Gaza.

Direct action could also involve blockading shipments of weapons from ports and docks, as seen in Greece. It’s amazing to see more countries step up. However, we often see a lot of lip service as well. It takes everyday people to actually stand up and say: “I’m able-bodied. I’m sick to my stomach. I’m gonna listen to my instinct and explore other options”.

If protesting is not working, explore other options. If there is no direct action group, create one. All it takes is one person to begin.

Are there any final or other messages you’d like to convey?
The Handala ship is the 37th boat from the FFC to travel to Gaza. There are thousands of people behind each of these journeys who make these voyages happen.

The FFC has existed for as many years as Israel’s siege on Gaza has. The FFC exists only because of Israel’s illegal siege.

We are people from around the world who are united in our shared consciousness and care for Palestine. We pose no threat. I’m looking at a bunch of toys and baby formula. We have as much food as we can carry, but our main goal is to break Israel’s illegal siege of Gaza because you need to fix a problem at the root of the cause.

Sebastian Shehadi is a freelance journalist and a contributing writer at the New Statesman. This article was first published by The New Arab. Follow Shehadi on X: @seblebanon


This content originally appeared on Asia Pacific Report and was authored by Pacific Media Watch.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2025/07/27/we-pose-no-threat-our-aim-is-to-break-the-siege-tan-safi-on-joining-the-handala-gaza-flotilla/feed/ 0 546434
Georgia sterilization plants using toxic gas among those exempt from new rules https://grist.org/regulation/georgia-sterilization-plants-using-toxic-gas-among-those-exempt-from-new-rules/ https://grist.org/regulation/georgia-sterilization-plants-using-toxic-gas-among-those-exempt-from-new-rules/#respond Sat, 26 Jul 2025 13:00:00 +0000 https://grist.org/?p=670992 President Donald Trump is temporarily exempting medical sterilization facilities that use the colorless gas ethylene oxide from tighter emissions standards, including plants in Georgia that have generated health concerns for residents living nearby.

Last year, then President Joe Biden’s administration finalized new emissions limits for plants that use ethylene oxide, also known as EtO.

The rules require facilities install new controls to limit releases of the gas, monitor continuously for leaks, and meet other requirements. The standards were set to phase in starting in 2026, with the largest EtO users given an extra year to comply. Under Biden, the Environmental Protection Agency said the stiffer regulations would reduce emissions from EtO facilities by 90 percent and protect residents living near them.

But in a Thursday proclamation, Trump said he would extend the deadline for a slew of facilities across the country to meet the requirements, claiming the technology is not “commercially viable” to meet the timelines. Now, sterilizers will have two more years to make upgrades.

Trump argued the current rules would “likely force existing sterilization facilities to close down, seriously disrupting the supply of medical equipment.”

“In short, the current compliance timeline would undermine our national security,” Trump’s proclamation says.

The extension applies to several Georgia facilities, including: Becton Dickinson, or BD, facilities in Covington and Madison; the Sterigenics plant in Cobb County; Kendall Patient Recovery, or KPR, near Augusta; and Sterilization Services of Georgia’s facility 15 miles from downtown Atlanta.

EtO plays a critical role maintaining safety in medical and dental settings by killing dangerous bacteria that can’t be eliminated by other methods, like steam or radiation. About half the medical devices used in the United States — approximately 20 billion devices each year — are sterilized with EtO, according to the EPA. It is also used to kill potentially harmful microbes lurking in spices, dried vegetables, walnuts and other food products.

But the gas has been known for years to be dangerous to humans.

In 2016, the EPA reclassified ethylene oxide as a human carcinogen and the gas has been linked to breast, lymphoid, leukemia and other types of cancers. That same year, the EPA determined ethylene oxide is dangerous at much lower levels than previously thought.

Based on its new threshold, EPA air modeling flagged several census tracts in Georgia for potential elevated cancer risks from exposure to ethylene oxide in 2018. But neither the agency nor the state Environmental Protection Division alerted the public. A year later, media reports revealed the potential for increased cancer risk based on the modeling faced by residents in neighborhoods surrounding Sterigenics’ Cobb County plant.

The situation spawned a slew of lawsuits and in 2023, Sterigenics agreed to pay $35 million to settle dozens of claims by people who alleged their exposure to EtO from the plant caused cancer and other injuries. Sterigenics did not immediately respond to a request for comment on Trump’s proclamation.

Hundreds of lawsuits are still pending in Georgia against BD, Sterigenics, and KPR. In May, the first of those to reach trial resulted in a $20 million verdict for a retired Covington-area truck driver, Gary Walker, who claimed decades of exposure to EtO from BD and its predecessor, C.R. Bard, was to blame for his non-Hodgkin lymphoma.

Michael Geoffroy, an attorney who’s part of Walker’s legal team and involved in many other EtO cases, said the Trump administration’s move “is only going to make things worse.”

“Loosening rules or delaying implementation of safety standards that are there to keep communities safe and make it to where fewer people get sick with cancer is just a step in the wrong direction,” Geoffroy said.

In a statement, BD spokeswoman Fallon McLoughlin said the company is “committed to the safe and responsible operation of our medical sterilization facilities and has a long history of compliance with local, state and federal regulations related to EtO emissions.”

She added BD has already installed new emissions controls at many facilities and is committed to meeting the new standards. But she said doing so could require new equipment that may not be available in time to meet the deadline.

“The recently announced exemption will ensure there is a more realistic time frame to comply with the new requirements,” McLoughlin said.

A representative for Sterilization Services declined to comment. KPR did not immediately respond to requests for comment.

Mindy Goldstein, director of the Turner Environmental Law Clinic at Emory University, said the federal Clean Air Act allows presidents to exempt certain facilities from compliance for up to two years. But to do so, they must prove that the technology to meet the requirement is not available and the extension serves a national security interest.

Trump used both rationales in his proclamation. But Goldstein said he included little evidence to support the claims, which could give opponents an opening to challenge the move.
The Trump administration, meanwhile, has already said it’s reevaluating the Biden-era EtO rules, but it’s unclear whether they’ll seek to change the standard. Trump’s EPA has already unwound much of his predecessors’ environmental legacy, announcing plans to reconsider drinking water standards for certain toxic “forever chemicals,” roll back limits on greenhouse gas emissions from power plants and much more.

This story was originally published by Grist with the headline Georgia sterilization plants using toxic gas among those exempt from new rules on Jul 26, 2025.


This content originally appeared on Grist and was authored by Drew Kann, The Atlanta Journal Constitution.

]]>
https://grist.org/regulation/georgia-sterilization-plants-using-toxic-gas-among-those-exempt-from-new-rules/feed/ 0 546332
Georgia sterilization plants using toxic gas among those exempt from new rules https://grist.org/regulation/georgia-sterilization-plants-using-toxic-gas-among-those-exempt-from-new-rules/ https://grist.org/regulation/georgia-sterilization-plants-using-toxic-gas-among-those-exempt-from-new-rules/#respond Sat, 26 Jul 2025 13:00:00 +0000 https://grist.org/?p=670992 President Donald Trump is temporarily exempting medical sterilization facilities that use the colorless gas ethylene oxide from tighter emissions standards, including plants in Georgia that have generated health concerns for residents living nearby.

Last year, then President Joe Biden’s administration finalized new emissions limits for plants that use ethylene oxide, also known as EtO.

The rules require facilities install new controls to limit releases of the gas, monitor continuously for leaks, and meet other requirements. The standards were set to phase in starting in 2026, with the largest EtO users given an extra year to comply. Under Biden, the Environmental Protection Agency said the stiffer regulations would reduce emissions from EtO facilities by 90 percent and protect residents living near them.

But in a Thursday proclamation, Trump said he would extend the deadline for a slew of facilities across the country to meet the requirements, claiming the technology is not “commercially viable” to meet the timelines. Now, sterilizers will have two more years to make upgrades.

Trump argued the current rules would “likely force existing sterilization facilities to close down, seriously disrupting the supply of medical equipment.”

“In short, the current compliance timeline would undermine our national security,” Trump’s proclamation says.

The extension applies to several Georgia facilities, including: Becton Dickinson, or BD, facilities in Covington and Madison; the Sterigenics plant in Cobb County; Kendall Patient Recovery, or KPR, near Augusta; and Sterilization Services of Georgia’s facility 15 miles from downtown Atlanta.

EtO plays a critical role maintaining safety in medical and dental settings by killing dangerous bacteria that can’t be eliminated by other methods, like steam or radiation. About half the medical devices used in the United States — approximately 20 billion devices each year — are sterilized with EtO, according to the EPA. It is also used to kill potentially harmful microbes lurking in spices, dried vegetables, walnuts and other food products.

But the gas has been known for years to be dangerous to humans.

In 2016, the EPA reclassified ethylene oxide as a human carcinogen and the gas has been linked to breast, lymphoid, leukemia and other types of cancers. That same year, the EPA determined ethylene oxide is dangerous at much lower levels than previously thought.

Based on its new threshold, EPA air modeling flagged several census tracts in Georgia for potential elevated cancer risks from exposure to ethylene oxide in 2018. But neither the agency nor the state Environmental Protection Division alerted the public. A year later, media reports revealed the potential for increased cancer risk based on the modeling faced by residents in neighborhoods surrounding Sterigenics’ Cobb County plant.

The situation spawned a slew of lawsuits and in 2023, Sterigenics agreed to pay $35 million to settle dozens of claims by people who alleged their exposure to EtO from the plant caused cancer and other injuries. Sterigenics did not immediately respond to a request for comment on Trump’s proclamation.

Hundreds of lawsuits are still pending in Georgia against BD, Sterigenics, and KPR. In May, the first of those to reach trial resulted in a $20 million verdict for a retired Covington-area truck driver, Gary Walker, who claimed decades of exposure to EtO from BD and its predecessor, C.R. Bard, was to blame for his non-Hodgkin lymphoma.

Michael Geoffroy, an attorney who’s part of Walker’s legal team and involved in many other EtO cases, said the Trump administration’s move “is only going to make things worse.”

“Loosening rules or delaying implementation of safety standards that are there to keep communities safe and make it to where fewer people get sick with cancer is just a step in the wrong direction,” Geoffroy said.

In a statement, BD spokeswoman Fallon McLoughlin said the company is “committed to the safe and responsible operation of our medical sterilization facilities and has a long history of compliance with local, state and federal regulations related to EtO emissions.”

She added BD has already installed new emissions controls at many facilities and is committed to meeting the new standards. But she said doing so could require new equipment that may not be available in time to meet the deadline.

“The recently announced exemption will ensure there is a more realistic time frame to comply with the new requirements,” McLoughlin said.

A representative for Sterilization Services declined to comment. KPR did not immediately respond to requests for comment.

Mindy Goldstein, director of the Turner Environmental Law Clinic at Emory University, said the federal Clean Air Act allows presidents to exempt certain facilities from compliance for up to two years. But to do so, they must prove that the technology to meet the requirement is not available and the extension serves a national security interest.

Trump used both rationales in his proclamation. But Goldstein said he included little evidence to support the claims, which could give opponents an opening to challenge the move.
The Trump administration, meanwhile, has already said it’s reevaluating the Biden-era EtO rules, but it’s unclear whether they’ll seek to change the standard. Trump’s EPA has already unwound much of his predecessors’ environmental legacy, announcing plans to reconsider drinking water standards for certain toxic “forever chemicals,” roll back limits on greenhouse gas emissions from power plants and much more.

This story was originally published by Grist with the headline Georgia sterilization plants using toxic gas among those exempt from new rules on Jul 26, 2025.


This content originally appeared on Grist and was authored by Drew Kann, The Atlanta Journal Constitution.

]]>
https://grist.org/regulation/georgia-sterilization-plants-using-toxic-gas-among-those-exempt-from-new-rules/feed/ 0 546333
New Bill Would End $190 Billion in Polluter Subsidies https://www.radiofree.org/2025/07/25/new-bill-would-end-190-billion-in-polluter-subsidies/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/07/25/new-bill-would-end-190-billion-in-polluter-subsidies/#respond Fri, 25 Jul 2025 23:26:33 +0000 https://www.commondreams.org/newswire/new-bill-would-end-190-billion-in-polluter-subsidies Lawmakers on Capitol Hill today unveiled legislation that, if enacted, would slash $190 billion in tax loopholes and federal subsidies for the fossil fuel industry over a decade, an increase of roughly $20 billion from the new Republican budget and tax law. The End Polluter Welfare Act, led by U.S. Senator Bernie Sanders (I-Vt.) and U.S. Rep. Ilhan Omar (D-Minn), would roll back new and existing loopholes and subsidies over the next 10 years.

With support from over 175 groups, this comprehensive legislative proposal would close tax loopholes and eliminate corporate handouts to the oil, gas, and coal industry by:
Eliminating all of the fossil fuel giveaways in Trump’s “One Big Beautiful Bill’ including a $1.5 billion last-minute giveaway for coal used to produce steel and restoring a fee for methane pollution.

  • Abolishing dozens of tax loopholes and subsidies throughout the federal tax code that benefit oil, gas, and coal special interests.
  • Updating below-market royalty rates for oil and gas production on federal lands, recouping royalties from offshore drilling in public waters, and ensuring competitive bidding and leasing practices for coal development on federal lands.
  • Prohibiting taxpayer-funded fossil fuel research and development.
  • Ending federal support for international oil, gas, and coal projects and supporting the global community’s fight to move away from dirty fossil fuels.

You can read the bill text and section by section here.

Quotes:

U.S. Senator Bernie Sanders said: “Donald Trump has sold out the young people of America and future generations. Big Oil spent $450 million to elected Donald Trump and Republicans during the last election cycle. In return, the president has directed the full regulatory, legal and financial weight of the federal government toward helping his fossil fuel executive friends get rich at the expense of a healthy and habitable planet for our kids and grandkids. The fossil fuel industry, with the support of Trump, is more concerned about their short-term profits than the wellbeing of the planet. No more polluter welfare for an industry that is making billions every year destroying the planet.”

U.S. Representative Ilhan Omar said: “We are done letting fossil fuel executives write the rules while our communities pay the price. For decades, Big Oil has raked in billions in taxpayer handouts while destabilizing our climate. The End Polluter Welfare Act will finally hold polluters accountable and eliminate these harmful subsidies once and for all. I'm proud to reintroduce this legislation with Senator Sanders because our planet can’t wait, and neither can we.”

Meghan Pazik, senior policy advocate with Public Citizen’s Climate Program said: “For too long, billions of American tax dollars have propped up the corrupt and polluting fossil fuel industry while ordinary people struggle with rising energy bills and climate disasters. The End Polluter Welfare Act would rein in the corporate power of fossil fuel interests. Ending these subsidies isn’t just good policy and responsible government tax reform—it’s climate justice. There is no place for the government to enrich an unchecked industry causing unfathomable environmental and health damage in our backyards and around the world.”

Lukas Shankar-Ross, deputy director for climate and energy justice at Friends of the Earth said: “Trump and the GOP just sent polluters another $20 billion in corporate welfare. Ending fossil fuel subsidies once and for all has never been more urgent.”

Mahyar Sorour, director of Beyond Fossil Fuels Policy at Sierra Club: “Fossil fuel companies have known for decades that their product harms the climate, but have made obscene profits while communities are left to clean up the mess. Taxpayers can not afford to write a blank check to Big Oil and Gas companies through subsidies, corporate giveaways, and sweetheart deals. We must end the billions of dollars in giveaways to the oil and gas industry.”


This content originally appeared on Common Dreams and was authored by Newswire Editor.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2025/07/25/new-bill-would-end-190-billion-in-polluter-subsidies/feed/ 0 546299
Will new Interior Department rules shackle wind and solar? Insiders are divided. https://grist.org/energy/interior-department-rules-wind-solar/ https://grist.org/energy/interior-department-rules-wind-solar/#respond Fri, 25 Jul 2025 08:15:00 +0000 https://grist.org/?p=670893 The massive budget bill that President Trump signed into law earlier this month took aim at a robust system of tax credits that have aided the explosion of U.S. wind and solar energy in recent years. While the move was primarily intended to help enable the law’s extension of tax breaks for high-earning Americans, some Republicans felt the law did not go far enough in discouraging the growth of wind and solar power. Those holdouts, however, voted for the bill after saying they’d received assurances from President Trump that he’d use his executive authority to further stymie the energy sources. 

“We believe we’re going to get 90-plus percent of all future projects terminated,” U.S. Representative Chip Roy of Texas told Politico after the bill passed. “And we talked to lawyers in the administration.”

Last week, Trump’s Department of the Interior announced what appeared to be a fulfillment of the president’s promise to his party’s right wing. The department’s new guidelines for wind and solar developers now require all federal approvals for clean energy projects to undergo “elevated review” by Interior Secretary Doug Bergum, who was appointed by President Trump in January.

The new guidelines include a granular outline of steps that will now require personal approval from Bergum’s office, rather than being delegated to department bureaucrats as had previously been customary. Experts who spoke to Grist say that this could create an unmanageable slowdown for developers and allow the administration to quietly kill wind and solar projects on public land. Some are even worried that the effect of the updated regulations will spill over into private projects, which sometimes have to consult with the Interior Department when their work bleeds into federal lands or a habitat for endangered species.

Since only 4 percent of existing renewable energy projects are on public land, clean industry insiders who have interpreted the new policy narrowly are not yet panicking. But those with a broader interpretation of the text — or those who suspect that the administration will take a broad interpretation — wonder if the new rules will amount to a de facto gag order on the industry. For now, only time will tell just how many of their fears come to pass.  

Much of the memo’s power to wreak havoc for renewables depends on how strictly it’s enforced. The Interior Department maintains a website called Information for Planning and Consultation, or IPaC, which developers often use to plan large-scale projects. You type in the name of a locale, draw a border around the general area of your proposed project, and IPaC will tell you what kind of federal permitting you might need to move forward. (For example, it would flag if there are any protected wetlands or endangered species that would be affected by your development.) As of last week, the website now displays a pop-up warning users that “solar and wind projects are currently not eligible to utilize the Information for Planning and Consultation website.” This kind of opacity could make it especially hard for developers to plan for an endless bureaucratic battle with Interior. 

“It’s one thing to take away our [tax] credits, but it’s another to basically just put impediments so projects can’t get built,” a source who works for a renewables developer told E&E News. (He was granted anonymity due to his ongoing professional engagement with the federal government.) “The level of review here is so ridiculous.”

Others say that, while the outlook for wind and solar has become much dimmer, the new Interior rules aren’t necessarily a kill shot. “I was personally very worried when I saw it come out,” said Jason Kaminsky, CEO of kWh Analytics, a solar risk management firm. “But after doing more reading, it does seem like it affects, hopefully, a minority of assets.” 

An internal report from the investment bank and research firm Roth Capital Partners, which was obtained by Grist, estimated that only 5 percent of projects on private land — specifically, those that require an easement or need to cross public land to connect a transmission line to the main electrical grid — would be affected by the new regulations. 

“If [projects are on] a private piece of land, that’s a totally different story that would not be impacted by this,” said Doug Vine, director of energy analysis at the nonprofit Center for Climate and Energy Solutions. “There’s plenty of projects that are going to go ahead.” 

Others warn that it will be hard to know anything for certain until the dust clears and the permitting process begins to play out. “Just how broad and wide-scoped the activities listed in the memo were, points towards an attempt to quash [private] projects, not just the ones on federal land,” said Dan O’Brien, a senior modeling analyst at the clean energy think tank Energy Innovations, noting that developers often end up consulting the Interior Department on issues like wildlife protection.

Regardless of the scope of the memo, any move with the potential to slow the deployment of renewables is almost certainly bad news for American energy, since most other sources of new electricity simply aren’t being built: 93 percent of new energy that came online in 2024 was renewable. But upon taking office, President Trump warned that the United States was reliant on a “precariously inadequate and intermittent energy supply” and immediately set about revoking previously approved federal funding from green energy projects, trying to cancel offshore wind leases, and rescinding clean energy tax credits that had been expanded by his predecessor. How this will lead the nation toward the current administration’s promise of “energy dominance” is unclear. 

“You don’t have enough [electricity] supply to meet new demand,” said O’Brien. “Instead of new capacity coming online — cheap renewables — you have existing gas plants running longer, and so gas demand goes up and prices go up, both for power plants and for household consumers. … All signs point toward this being a bad, bad scenario.”

This story was originally published by Grist with the headline Will new Interior Department rules shackle wind and solar? Insiders are divided. on Jul 25, 2025.


This content originally appeared on Grist and was authored by Rebecca Egan McCarthy.

]]>
https://grist.org/energy/interior-department-rules-wind-solar/feed/ 0 546113
Watchdog: Amid ‘AI Summit’, Commerce Sec. Lutnick’s Family Business Conveniently Holds $1.1B Stake in AI Chip Companies Benefiting From Lax New Administration Trade Agreement https://www.radiofree.org/2025/07/23/watchdog-amid-ai-summit-commerce-sec-lutnicks-family-business-conveniently-holds-1-1b-stake-in-ai-chip-companies-benefiting-from-lax-new-administration-trade-agreement/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/07/23/watchdog-amid-ai-summit-commerce-sec-lutnicks-family-business-conveniently-holds-1-1b-stake-in-ai-chip-companies-benefiting-from-lax-new-administration-trade-agreement/#respond Wed, 23 Jul 2025 22:09:20 +0000 https://www.commondreams.org/newswire/watchdog-amid-ai-summit-commerce-sec-lutnick-s-family-business-conveniently-holds-1-1b-stake-in-ai-chip-companies-benefiting-from-lax-new-administration-trade-agreement President Trump's ‘AI Summit’ today comes on the heels of major AI industry news last week that Nvidia—which controls over 90% of the AI chip market—celebrated assurances from the Trump administration that it could resume sales of its H20 AI chip in China, after the administration placed export controls on the chip over national security concerns. Meanwhile, semiconductor company AMD also reported that the Commerce Department said its MI308 chip export license was “moving forward.” The administration’s softer stance was also no doubt cause for celebration for the family of Trump Commerce Secretary Howard Lutnick, which holds a massive financial stake in both Nvidia and AMD.

A new analysis from government watchdog Accountable.US finds that Lutnick’s family business empire, Cantor Fitzgerald, reported over $886 million in Nvidia positions in Q1 2025, while Lutnick played a prominent role in lifting the administration’s trade restrictions -- even arranging a meeting between Trump and Nvidia’s CEO. Additionally, Lutnick’s family business reported positions of over $230 million in AMD, which said Lutnick’s Commerce Dept. would likely lift China trade restrictions on one of its own advanced chips.

Accountable.US Executive Director Tony Carrk: “Trump’s billionaire Commerce Secretary Howard Lutnick once again played a central role in administration trade policy that just so happened to set up his family business for a massive pay day. Alarmingly, it has become the norm for the President and his cabinet to use their positions of power to drive more money into their own pockets while defending Trump’s brutal budget cuts, robbing millions of working Americans and seniors of basic health care and food security.”

The Trump Commerce Department’s 180 on Chinese export controls for AI is just the latest case of the heavily conflicted Secretary Lutnick playing a central role in Trump administration policy that coincidentally benefits his family business empire. In March, Lutnick told a national TV audience to buy Tesla stock, as his family business reportedly held approximately $840 million in the company. In May, Lutnick’s family increased its stake in the largest corporate Bitcoin holder, to a total of $1.3 billion, as Lutnick helped establish President Trump’s Strategic Bitcoin Reserve.

By temporarily divesting from Cantor Fitzgerald while he serves the Trump White House, Secretary Lutnick would have the public believe that the arrangement grants him plausible deniability regarding how administration policy could benefit his family's business empire. Beyond the implausibility of Lutnick never comparing notes with his 20-something-year-old sons in ‘control’ of the company, “nearly two dozen current and former employees and associates” of Lutnick’s have stated that the billionaire’s “grip on his various businesses is bolted tight.”


This content originally appeared on Common Dreams and was authored by Newswire Editor.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2025/07/23/watchdog-amid-ai-summit-commerce-sec-lutnicks-family-business-conveniently-holds-1-1b-stake-in-ai-chip-companies-benefiting-from-lax-new-administration-trade-agreement/feed/ 0 545876
Trump’s Latin American Policies Go South https://www.radiofree.org/2025/07/23/trumps-latin-american-policies-go-south/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/07/23/trumps-latin-american-policies-go-south/#respond Wed, 23 Jul 2025 14:00:03 +0000 https://dissidentvoice.org/?p=160123 With the Trump imperium passing the half-year mark, the posture of the US empire is ever clearer. Whether animated by “America First” or globalism, the objective remains “full spectrum dominance.” And now with the neocon capture of the Democrats, there are no guardrails from the so-called opposition party. Call it the “new cold war,” the […]

The post Trump’s Latin American Policies Go South first appeared on Dissident Voice.]]>
With the Trump imperium passing the half-year mark, the posture of the US empire is ever clearer. Whether animated by “America First” or globalism, the objective remains “full spectrum dominance.” And now with the neocon capture of the Democrats, there are no guardrails from the so-called opposition party.

Call it the “new cold war,” the “beginning of World War III,” or – in Trump’s words – “endless war,” this is the era that the world has entered. The US/Zionist war against Iran has paused, but no one has any illusions that it is over. And it won’t likely be resolved until one side decisively and totally prevails. Ditto for the proxy war with Russia in Ukraine. Likely the same with Palestine, where the barbarity of war worsened to genocide. Meanwhile, since Obama’s “pivot to Asia,” the empire is building up for war with China.

In Latin America and the Caribbean, the empire’s war on the world assumes a hybrid form. The carnage is less apparent because the weapons take the form of “soft power” – sanctions, tariffs, and deportations. These can have the same lethal consequences as bombs, only less overt.

Making the world unsafe for socialism

Some Western leftists vilify the defensive measures that Cuba, Venezuela, and Nicaragua must take to protect themselves from the empire’s regime-change schemes. In contrast, Washington clearly understands that these countries pose “threats of a good example” to the empire. Each subsequent US president, from Obama on, has certified them as “extraordinary threats to US national security.” Accordingly, they are targeted with the harshest coercive measures.

In this war of attrition, historian Isaac Saney uses the example of Cuba to show how any misstep by the revolutionary government or societal deficiency is exaggerated and weaponized. The empire’s siege, he explains, is not merely an attempt to destabilize the economy but is a deliberate strategy of suffocation. The empire aims to instigate internal discontent, distort people’s perception of the government, and ultimately erode social gains.

While Cuba is affected the worst by the hybrid war, both Venezuela and Nicaragua have also been damaged. All three countries have seen the “humanitarian parole” for their migrants in the US come to an end. Temporary Protected Status (TPS) was also withdrawn for Venezuelans and Nicaraguans. The strain of returning migrants, along with cuts in the remittances they had sent (amounting to a quarter of Nicaragua’s GDP), further impacts their respective economies.

Higher-than-average tariffs are threatened on Venezuelan and Nicaraguan exports to the US, together with severe restrictions on Caracas’s oil exports. Meanwhile, the screws have been tightened on the six-decade US blockade of Cuba with disastrous humanitarian consequences.

However, all three countries are fighting back. They are forming new trade alliances with China and elsewhere. Providing relief to Cuba, Mexico has supplied oil, and China is installing solar panel farms to address the now-daily power outages. High levels of food security in Venezuela and Nicaragua have strengthened their ability to resist US sanctions, while Caracas successfully defeated one of Washington’s harshest migration measures by securing the release of 252 of its citizens who had been incarcerated in El Salvador’s torturous CECOT prison.

Venezuela’s US-backed far-right opposition is in disarray. The first Trump administration had recognized the “interim presidency” of Juan Guaidó, followed by the Biden administration declaring Edmundo González the winner of Venezuela’s last presidential election. But the current Trump administration has yet to back González, de facto recognizing Venezuelan President Nicolás Maduro.

Nicaragua’s right-wing opposition is also reeling from a side-effect of Trump’s harsh treatment of migrants – many are returning voluntarily to a country claimed by the opposition to be “unsafe,” while US Homeland Security has even extolled their home country’s recent achievements. And some of Trump’s prominent Cuban-American supporters are now questioning his “maximum pressure” campaign for going too far.

Troubled waters for the Pink Tide

The current progressive wave, the so-called Pink Tide, was initiated by Mexican President Andrés Manuel López Obrador’s landslide victory in 2018. His MORENA Party successor, Claudia Sheinbaum, won by an even greater margin in 2024. Mexico’s first woman president has proven to be perhaps the world’s most dignified and capable sparring partner with the buffoon in the White House, who has threatened tariffs, deportations, military interdictions, and more on his southern neighbor.

Left-leaning presidents Gabriel Boric in Chile and Gustavo Petro in Colombia are limited to a single term. Both have faced opposition-aligned legislatures and deep-rooted reactionary power blocs. Chilean Communist Party candidate Jeanette Jara is favored to advance to the second-round presidential election in November 2025, but will face a challenging final round if the right unifies, as is likely, around an extremist candidate.

As the first non-rightist in Colombia’s history, Petro has had a tumultuous presidential tenure. He credibly accuses his former foreign minister of colluding with the US to overthrow him. However, the presidency could well revert to the right in the May 2026 elections.

Boric, Petro, Uruguay’s Yamandú Orsi, and Brazil’s Luiz Inácio Lula da Silva met in July as the region’s center-left presidents, with an agenda of dealing with Trump, promoting multilateralism, and (we can assume) keeping their distance from the region’s more left-wing governments.

With shaky popularity ratings, Lula will likely run for reelection in October 2026. As head of the region’s largest economy, Lula plays a world leadership role, chairing three global summits in a year. Yet, with less than a majority legislative backing, Lula has triangulated between Washington and the Global South, often capitulating to US interests (as in his veto of BRICS membership for Nicaragua and Venezuela). Regardless, Trump is threatening Brazil with a crippling 50% export tariff and is blatantly interfering in the trial of former right-wing President Jair Bolsonaro, accused of insurrection. So far, Trump’s actions have backfired, arousing anger among Brazilians. Lula commented that Trump was “not elected to be emperor of the world.”

In 2021, Honduran President Xiomara Castro took over a narcostate subservient to Washington and has tried to push the envelope to the left. Being constitutionally restricted to one term, Castro hands the Libre party candidacy in November’s election to former defense minister Rixi Moncada, who faces a tough contest with persistent US interference.

Bolivia’s ruling Movement Toward Socialism (MAS) Party is embroiled in a self-destructive internal conflict between former President Evo Morales and his former protégé and current President, Luis Arce. The energized Bolivian right wing is spoiling for the August 17th presidential election.

Israeli infiltration accompanies US military penetration

Analyst Joe Emersberger notes: “Today, all geopolitics relates back to Gaza where the imperial order has been unmasked like never before.” Defying Washington, the Hague Group met in Colombia for an emergency summit on Gaza to “take collective action grounded in international law.” On July 16, regional states – Bolivia, Cuba, Colombia, Nicaragua, and Saint Vincent and the Grenadines – endorsed the pledge to take measures in support of Palestine, with others likely to follow. Brazil will join South Africa’s ICJ complaint against Israel.

At the other end of the political spectrum are self-described “world’s coolest dictator” Nayib Bukele of El Salvador and confederates Javier Milei of Argentina and Daniel Noboa of Ecuador. As well as cozying up to Trump, they devotedly support Israel, which has been instrumental in enabling the most brutal reactionaries in the region. Noboa duly tells Israel’s Netanyahu that they “share the same enemies.”

In February, the US Southern Command warned: “Time is not on our side.” The perceived danger is “methodical incursion” into our “neighborhood” by both Russia and China. Indeed, China has become the region’s second-largest trading partner after the US, and even right-wing governments are reluctant to jeopardize their relations with Beijing. The empire’s solution is to “redouble our efforts to nest military engagement,” using humanitarian assistance as “an essential soft power tool.”

Picking up where Biden left off, Trump has furthered US military penetration, notably in Ecuador, Guyana, Brazil, Panama, and Argentina. The pandemic of narcotics trafficking, itself a product of US-induced demand, has been a Trojan Horse for militarist US intervention in Haiti, Ecuador, Peru, and threatened in Mexico.

In Panama, President José Mulino’s obeisance to Trump’s ambitions to control the Panama Canal and reduce China’s influence provoked massive protests. Trump’s collaboration in the genocide of Palestinians motivated Petro to declare that Colombia must leave the NATO alliance and keep its distance from “militaries that drop bombs on children.” Colombia had been collaborating with NATO since 2013 and became the only Latin American global partner in 2017.

Despite Trump’s bluster – what the Financial Times calls “imperial incontinence” – his administration has produced mixed results. While rightist political movements have basked in Trump’s fitful praise, his escalating coercion provokes resentment against Yankee influence. Resistance is growing, with new alliances bypassing Washington. As the empire’s grip tightens, so too does the resolve of those determined to break free from it.

The post Trump’s Latin American Policies Go South first appeared on Dissident Voice.


This content originally appeared on Dissident Voice and was authored by John Perry and Roger D. Harris.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2025/07/23/trumps-latin-american-policies-go-south/feed/ 0 545784
Veteran Bougainville politician wants new approach to independence and development https://www.radiofree.org/2025/07/22/veteran-bougainville-politician-wants-new-approach-to-independence-and-development/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/07/22/veteran-bougainville-politician-wants-new-approach-to-independence-and-development/#respond Tue, 22 Jul 2025 23:39:27 +0000 https://asiapacificreport.nz/?p=117698 By Don Wiseman, RNZ Pacific senior journalist

A longtime Bougainville politician, Joe Lera, wants to see widespread changes in the way the Autonomous Bougainville Government (ABG) is run.

The Papua New Guinea region, which is seeking independence from Port Moresby, is holding elections in the first week of September.

Seven candidates are running for president, including Lera.

He held the regional seat in the PNG national Parliament for 10 years before resigning to contest the presidency in the 2020 election.

This time around, Lera is campaigning on what he sees as faults in the approach of the Ishmael Toroama administration and told RNZ Pacific he is offering a different tack.

JOE LERA: This time, people have seen that the current government is the most corrupt. They have addressed only one side of independence, which is the political side, the other two sides, They have not done it very well.

DON WISEMAN: What do we mean by that? We can’t bandy around words like corruption. What do you mean by corruption?

JL: What they have done is huge. They are putting public funds into personal members’ accounts, like the constituency grant – 360,000 kina a year.

DW: As someone who has operated in the national parliament, you know that that is done there as well. So it’s not corrupt necessarily, is it?

JL:Well, when they go into their personal account, they use it for their own family goods, and that development, it should be development funds. The people are not seeing the tangible outcomes in the number two side, which is the development side.

All the roads are bad. The hospitals are now running out of drugs. Doctors are checking the patients, sending them to pharmaceutical shops to buy the medicine, because the hospitals have run out.

DW: These are problems that are affecting the entire country, aren’t they, and there’s a shortage of money. So how would you solve it? What would you do differently?

JL: We will try to make big changes in addressing sustainable development, in agriculture, fishing, forestry, so we can create jobs for the small people.

Instead of talking about big, billion dollar mining projects, which will take a long time, we should start with what we already have, and develop and create opportunities for the people to be engaged in nation building through sustainable development first, then we progress into the higher billion dollar projects.

Now we are going talking about mining when the people don’t have opportunity and they are getting poorer and poorer. That’s one area, the other area, to create change we will try to fix the government structure, from ABG to community governments to village assemblies, down to the chiefs.

At the moment, the policies they have have fragmented the conduit of getting the services from the top government down to to the village people.

DW: In the past, you’ve spoken out against the push for independence, suggesting I think, that Bougainville is not ready yet, and it should take its time. Where do you stand at the moment on the independence question?

JL: The independence question? We are all for it. I’m not against it, but I’m against the process. How they are going about it. I think the answer has been already given in the Bougainville Peace Agreement, which is a joint creation between the PNG and ABG government, and the process is very clear.

Now, what the current government is doing is they are going outside of the Peace Agreement, and they are trying to shortcut based on the [referendum] result.

But the Peace Agreement doe not say independence will be given to us based on the result. What it says is, after we know the result, the two governments must continue to dialogue, consult each other and find ways of how to improve the economy, the law and order issues, the development issues.

When we fix those, the nation building pillars, we can then apply for the ratification to take place.

DW: So you’re talking about something that would be quite a way further down the line than what this current government is talking about?

JL: The issue is timing. They are putting deadlines themselves, and they are trying to push the PNG government to swallow it. The PNG government is a sovereign nation already.

We should respect and honestly, in a family room situation, negotiate, talk with them, as the Peace Agreement says, and reach understanding on the timing and other related issues, but not to even take a confrontational approach, which is what they are doing now, but take a family room approach, where we sit and negotiate in the spirit of the Peace Agreement.

This transcript has been edited for brevity and clarity. Don Wiseman is a senior journalist with RNZ Pacific. This article is republished under a community partnership agreement with RNZ.


This content originally appeared on Asia Pacific Report and was authored by APR editor.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2025/07/22/veteran-bougainville-politician-wants-new-approach-to-independence-and-development/feed/ 0 545711
Greenpeace Calls for Drastic Cut in Plastic Production as New Report Reveals Millions at Risk of Toxic Air Pollution Exposure https://www.radiofree.org/2025/07/22/greenpeace-calls-for-drastic-cut-in-plastic-production-as-new-report-reveals-millions-at-risk-of-toxic-air-pollution-exposure/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/07/22/greenpeace-calls-for-drastic-cut-in-plastic-production-as-new-report-reveals-millions-at-risk-of-toxic-air-pollution-exposure/#respond Tue, 22 Jul 2025 20:06:53 +0000 https://www.commondreams.org/newswire/greenpeace-calls-for-drastic-cut-in-plastic-production-as-new-report-reveals-millions-at-risk-of-toxic-air-pollution-exposure A new Greenpeace International report released today reveals that over 50 million people in 11 countries [1] are at risk of exposure to hazardous air pollution from plastic linked petrochemical production. The findings intensify pressure on negotiators at the Global Plastics Treaty talks in Geneva to secure a treaty that tackles the problem at its source: plastic production.

Graham Forbes, Global Plastics Campaign Lead for Greenpeace USA and Greenpeace Head of Delegation for the Global Plastics Treaty negotiation said: “What this report shows is that the plastics crisis is a public health emergency. The Global Plastics Treaty must deliver a 75% cut in plastic production by 2040 to reduce escalating threats to human and planetary health. People are being poisoned so fossil fuel and petrochemical companies can churn out more unnecessary plastic. Without a treaty that cuts production, the plastic crisis will only grow worse.”

The report, Every breath you take: air pollution risks from petrochemicals production for the plastics supply chain, shifts the lens to midstream level plastic production—to the petrochemical plants that produce precursors to plastic and expose frontline communities living near to these facilities who are potentially facing exposure to dangerous air pollutants.

During the production of feedstock, petrochemical facilities emit a suite of harmful airborne substances typically including Volatile Organic Compounds (VOCs), nitrogen oxides (NOₓ), and sulfur oxides (SOₓ) and particulate matter (PM). Studies report higher concentrations of these pollutants near petrochemical facilities, with proximity linked to increased illness—raising a serious cause for concern.

Key findings from the report include:

  • Over 51 million people in the 11 countries studied live within 10 km of plastics-linked petrochemical facilities; 16 million live within 5 km. In every country studied, residential areas lie within 10 km of plastic-linked petrochemical plants.
  • The United States has the highest number of people living at a distance that is linked to elevated risk—13 million, especially in Texas and Louisiana.
  • One in four people in the Netherlands live at a distance that is linked to elevated risk of exposure to air pollution emissions, including toxic emissions, from petrochemical plants. It has the highest proportion of its population at risk with 4.5 million people or 25.6% of the entire population within the exposure zones assessed in the analysis. The country with the second highest proportion is Switzerland at 10.9% of the population.
  • The pollution created by some petrochemical plants in the regions reviewed for the report is transboundary. Several plants are located in border zones, affecting communities in Austria, Poland, Singapore, Belgium, France and Germany.[2]
  • In documented case studies, communities near petrochemical facilities suffer disproportionately from cancer, respiratory disease, and premature death. The UN has labeled some of these areas "sacrifice zones."

The report also warns of industry plans to expand global plastic production through 2050, which would create more sacrifice zones, more waste exported to low-income countries, and more short-lived products driving the climate, health and waste crisis.

The global Greenpeace network is demanding that the Global Plastics Treaty must reduce plastic production by at least 75% by 2040 to protect people’s health, the climate and the environment. The next round of negotiations will happen on August 5 to 14, 2025 in Geneva, Switzerland.

Full report can be found here.

Photos and videos can be accessed in the Greenpeace Media Library.

Interactive maps of petrochemical production zones can be found here.

Notes:

[1] The report, Every breath you take: air pollution risks from petrochemicals production for the plastics supply chain, identified the locations of petrochemical facilities linked to plastics in 11 countries: Philippines, Thailand, Malaysia, Indonesia, South Korea, Canada, USA, Germany, United Kingdom, Switzerland, and the Netherlands. The countries were selected because of their significant petrochemical presence or association with major plastic-related concerns.

[2] The transboundary zones include populations in Austria and Poland (from German facilities), Singapore (from Malaysian facilities) Belgium and Germany (from Dutch facilities) France and Germany (from Swiss facilities).


This content originally appeared on Common Dreams and was authored by Newswire Editor.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2025/07/22/greenpeace-calls-for-drastic-cut-in-plastic-production-as-new-report-reveals-millions-at-risk-of-toxic-air-pollution-exposure/feed/ 0 545687
UAE’s ‘new policy’ for Golden Visas leaves Indian media red-faced: How it all started https://www.radiofree.org/2025/07/22/uaes-new-policy-for-golden-visas-leaves-indian-media-red-faced-how-it-all-started/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/07/22/uaes-new-policy-for-golden-visas-leaves-indian-media-red-faced-how-it-all-started/#respond Tue, 22 Jul 2025 16:08:34 +0000 https://www.altnews.in/?p=302234 In the first week of July, several media outlets misreported that the United Arab Emirates (UAE) was introducing a new nomination-based Golden Visa. According to these reports, Indians could enjoy...

The post UAE’s ‘new policy’ for Golden Visas leaves Indian media red-faced: How it all started appeared first on Alt News.

]]>
In the first week of July, several media outlets misreported that the United Arab Emirates (UAE) was introducing a new nomination-based Golden Visa. According to these reports, Indians could enjoy long-term residency in the UAE by paying a fee of AED 100,000 or Rs 23 lakh.

The Golden Visa programme was launched in 2019 and allows foreigners the right to live and work in the UAE for long periods (five or 10 years) with renewal options. Designed for investors, entrepreneurs, and highly skilled individuals, this visa requires sizeable investments into the country. In 2022, the UAE reduced the minimum property investment requirement to AED 2 million, broadening access to more applicants.

On July 7, 2025, multiple media outlets, including PTI, Indian Express, The Hindu, Times of India, Republic, India Today, Business Standard, Hindustan Times, Outlook Business, Moneycontrol, Zee Business, Times of Oman, CNBCTV18, Moneylife, Mint, India TV News, Gulf News and others, published reports on this new policy. The reports claimed the UAE government launched a new nomination-based Golden Visa and India and Bangladesh were selected for the first phase of ‘testing’ this visa. The report alleged that a UAE-based consultancy, the Rayad group, was “chosen to test the initial nomination-based golden visa in India”.

What unfolded the next day was embarrassing.

On July 8, 2025, the UAE government’s federal authority for identity, citizenship, customs, and port security (ICP) refuted these media reports. Calling it a “rumour,” the ICP clarified that there is no new policy that confers citizenship upon paying a fee. The government also urged “individuals wishing to visit, live, or invest in the UAE not to respond to inaccurate rumours and false news” and advised referring only to “official sources” for such procedures.

UAE’s ambassador to India, Dr Abdulnasser Jamal Hussain Mohammed Alshaali, also shared this clarification on his Instagram account on July 8.

 

So how did so many media outlets get it wrong? Where did this “rumour” originate from, and could it have been avoided?

Tracing the Trail

The first report on this was by news wire agency Press Trust of India (PTI) on July 6, subsequently republished by other outlets. While the report claimed that the UAE government had launched the new visa, it attributed much of the information in it to a single source—Rayad Kamal Ayub, the managing director (MD) of Rayad Group, a consultancy firm that also handles immigration applications. The visa allows family sponsorship, domestic staff, and business freedom, and, unlike property-based visas, it remains valid permanently, Rayad Kamal Ayub was quoted as saying.

These reports, citing the Rayad group’s MD, said that applicants for the nomination-based Golden Visa would undergo thorough background checks, including for money laundering and criminal history. They would also undergo social media screening carried out by the Rayad group. The ‘assessment’ would evaluate the applicants’ potential contributions to sectors such as culture, trade, or startups. However, it said, after these thorough screenings, the UAE government would take the final call.

Citing “beneficiaries and people involved in the process”, PTI reported that the new nomination-based visa policy would allow some Indians to enjoy the UAE’s Golden Visa for life by paying a fee of AED 1,00,000 (roughly Rs 23.3 lakh).

However, it wasn’t clear who the people involved in the process were. While these reports all hinted that the UAE government was introducing the new policy, there was no mention of an official statement by the concerned UAE ministry, nor were any government officials quoted. It seemed like the report was published based on the Rayad group’s claims without any verification from official authorities.

A quick keyword search on Google confirmed this. We located a press release that likely sparked the ‘news’ reports.

However, this release, issued by VFS Global—an agency that handles passport and visa applications—was deleted. We found an archived version of this. The PDF can be accessed here.

Several points from this release have been mentioned in the PTI report. PTI’s report, however, went into more detail but quoted unnamed beneficiaries and the Rayad group’s MD. Conversations with a Dubai-based journalist revealed that while VFS Global is a well-known visa and passport agency, the Rayad group isn’t. Their website too does not give much detail about the company, its founders or others in the leadership besides the MD. The copyright on the website indicates that it was made recently, and we also found some language-related issues and typos in it. All in all, besides its tie-up with VFS Global, there’s little on the Rayad group that makes it a credible source of information.

On July 9, the group took “full responsibility” for the confusion and told the Khaleej Times that “the initiative in question was part of an exploratory collaboration between the Rayad group and licensed partners specialising in immigration services.” It also said that the effort was aimed at assessing the feasibility of providing advisory support for Golden Visa applications to eligible individuals.

“We take full responsibility and remain committed to ensuring that all future communications are clear, accurate, and fully aligned with the UAE’s stringent regulatory framework,” it added

Further, it said that public comments made by Rayad group’s MD “were misplaced and have contributed to the misinterpretation of our role and the nature of the initiative in question. These statements did not accurately reflect our intent, our scope of services, or the limitations of our authority in relation to the UAE Golden Visa programme. To reiterate with full clarity: no guaranteed visa, fixed-price programme, or lifetime UAE residency product currently exists, and the Rayad group does not offer, support, participate, or endorse any such arrangement.

“Due to the confusion caused, the Rayad group is discontinuing private advisory services for Golden Visas,” the publication reported citing the the group’s statement.

Meanwhile, VFS Global group released a separate statement to Khaleej Times on Wednesday, clarifying that its role was “strictly limited to informing interested individuals about the services.”

The company explained that it had entered into a non-exclusive referral agreement with Rayad group, under which it was authorised solely to receive enquiries from individuals interested in the UAE Golden Visa scheme.

“Our involvement was limited to sharing information about Rayad group’s services and referring interested individuals to them,” the statement read. “It was solely Rayad group’s responsibility to assess these profiles and forward them to the relevant UAE authorities for eligibility determination.”

Could This Have Been Avoided?

Yes. By simply verifying or cross-checking with official authorities or waiting for a government statement on it. A press release of an initiative by a not-so-credible business entity about whom little is known was published by credible Indian news agencies without making additional checks. Worse, even those who did not publish this initially republished based on other outlets’ reports.

Also, at first glance or mention, the visa policy should have set some alarm bells ringing because with the growing influx of Indians migrating to UAE, the offer sounded too good to be true. It does not pass a basic logical evaluation test.

The widespread misreporting shows a striking lack of due diligence by media outlets, many of which have still not corrected these stories or issued clarifications.

The post UAE’s ‘new policy’ for Golden Visas leaves Indian media red-faced: How it all started appeared first on Alt News.


This content originally appeared on Alt News and was authored by Ankita Mahalanobish.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2025/07/22/uaes-new-policy-for-golden-visas-leaves-indian-media-red-faced-how-it-all-started/feed/ 0 545626
"Dehumanizing": New Human Rights Watch Report Exposes Abuses in Trump’s Immigration Jails https://www.radiofree.org/2025/07/22/you-feel-like-your-life-is-over-hrw-report-exposes-abuses-in-trumps-immigration-jails-in-florida/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/07/22/you-feel-like-your-life-is-over-hrw-report-exposes-abuses-in-trumps-immigration-jails-in-florida/#respond Tue, 22 Jul 2025 14:39:37 +0000 http://www.radiofree.org/?guid=0a7cfb63466d5f2ea03517e01351dc22
This content originally appeared on Democracy Now! and was authored by Democracy Now!.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2025/07/22/you-feel-like-your-life-is-over-hrw-report-exposes-abuses-in-trumps-immigration-jails-in-florida/feed/ 0 545594
Gaza: Empty rhetoric from New Zealand and other Western countries https://www.radiofree.org/2025/07/22/gaza-empty-rhetoric-from-new-zealand-and-other-western-countries/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/07/22/gaza-empty-rhetoric-from-new-zealand-and-other-western-countries/#respond Tue, 22 Jul 2025 06:39:57 +0000 https://asiapacificreport.nz/?p=117644 In a joint statement, more than two dozen Western countries, including New Zealand, have called for an immediate end to the war on Gaza. But the statement is merely empty rhetoric that declines to take any concrete action against Israel, and which Israel will duly ignore. 

AGAINST THE CURRENT: By Steven Cowan

The New Zealand government has joined 27 other countries calling for an “immediate end” to the war in Gaza. The joint statement says  “the suffering of civilians in Gaza has reached new depths”.

It goes on to say that the drip feeding of aid and the inhumane killing of civilians, including children, seeking to meet their most basic needs of water and food.

But many of the countries that have signed this statement stand condemned for actively enabling Israel to pursue its genocidal assault on Gaza. Countries like Britain, Canada and Australia, continue to supply Israel with arms, have continued to trade with Israel, and have turned a blind eye to the atrocities and war crimes Israel continues to commit in Gaza.

It’s more than ironic that while Western countries like Britain and New Zealand are calling for an end to the war in Gaza, they continue to be hostile toward the anti-war protest movements in their own countries.

The British government recently classified the protest group Palestine Action as a “terrorist” group.

In New Zealand, the Minister of Foreign Affairs, Winston Peters, has denounced pro-Palestine protesters as “left wing fascists” and “communist, fascist and anti-democratic losers”. He has pushed back against the growing demands that the New Zealand government take direct action against Israel, including the cutting of all diplomatic ties.

The New Zealand government, which contains a number of Zionists within its cabinet, including Act leader David Seymour and co-leader Brooke van Velden, will be more than comfortable with a statement that proposes to do nothing.

‘Statement lacks leadership’
Its call for an end to the war is empty rhetoric, and which Israel will duly ignore — as it has ignored other calls for its genocidal war to end.  As Amnesty International has said, ‘the statement lacks any resolve, leadership, or action to help end the genocide in Gaza.’

"This is cruelty - this is not a war," says this young girl's placard
“This is cruelty – this is not a war,” says this young girl’s placard quoting the late Pope Francis in an Auckland march last Saturday . . . this featured in an earlier report. Image: Asia Pacific Report

New Zealand has declined to join The Hague Group alliance of countries that recently met in Colombia.

It announced six immediate steps it would be taking against Israel. But since The Hague Group has already been attacked by the United States, it’s never been likely that New Zealand would join it.

The National-led coalition government has surrendered New Zealand’s independent foreign policy in favour of supporting the interests of a declining American Empire.

Republished from Steven Cowan’s blog Against The Current with permission.


This content originally appeared on Asia Pacific Report and was authored by APR editor.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2025/07/22/gaza-empty-rhetoric-from-new-zealand-and-other-western-countries/feed/ 0 545544
Cuomo Gets One Thing Right: Young New York Jews Support Zohran https://www.radiofree.org/2025/07/21/cuomo-gets-one-thing-right-young-new-york-jews-support-zohran/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/07/21/cuomo-gets-one-thing-right-young-new-york-jews-support-zohran/#respond Mon, 21 Jul 2025 20:24:05 +0000 https://www.commondreams.org/newswire/cuomo-gets-one-thing-right-young-new-york-jews-support-zohran In response to former Governor Andrew Cuomo’s recent comments that young, Jewish, and pro-Palestinian voters overwhelmingly supported and helped Democratic mayoral nominee Zohran Mamdani win in June, Jewish Voice for Peace Action issued the following statement:

Beth Miller, Political Director, JVP Action:

“In a shocking turn of events, Andrew Cuomo got one thing right: young Jewish voters overwhelmingly supported Zohran Mamdani for mayor. And they did this not in spite of, but because of, his support for Palestinian rights. Jewish New Yorkers want elected officials with consistent values, whose progressive politics do not stop at our city’s borders.

“Mamdani’s unapologetic support for freedom, justice, and equality for all people — including Palestinians — was a political boon to his campaign, and was one of the primary motivators for many Jews in his historic canvassing operation. Meanwhile, Cuomo decided his path back to political power was through Islamophobic fearmongering about antisemitism, and doubling down on support for Israeli Prime Minister Netanyahu, even going so far as to join Netanyahu’s legal team after the International Court charged him with war crimes. The pro-Cuomo Super PAC spent over $25 million, relying on Islamophobic smears to attack Mamdani. It failed spectacularly.

“Corrupt and cynical politicians like Cuomo and Eric Adams will continue to fail because they are offering nothing more than hate and division. New York Jews see that Mamdani is putting forward a vision rooted in humanity and dignity. He’s working for a better life for all. And that’s what we are fighting for.”

JVP Action endorsed Mamdani on October 23, the day he launched his campaign. The organization mobilized over 2,500 volunteers and led canvasses across Brooklyn, Manhattan, Queens, and Staten Island that knocked an estimated 80,000 doors.

While Cuomo holds closed-door fundraisers in the Hamptons, JVP Action members will continue knocking doors across the city to elect a mayor who supports humanity for everyone, from NYC to Palestine.

Beth Miller is available to speak with the media.


This content originally appeared on Common Dreams and was authored by Newswire Editor.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2025/07/21/cuomo-gets-one-thing-right-young-new-york-jews-support-zohran/feed/ 0 545488
The race to build solar and wind in New York before Trump’s tax credit deadline https://grist.org/energy/the-race-to-build-solar-and-wind-in-new-york-before-trumps-tax-credit-deadline/ https://grist.org/energy/the-race-to-build-solar-and-wind-in-new-york-before-trumps-tax-credit-deadline/#respond Sat, 19 Jul 2025 13:00:00 +0000 https://grist.org/?p=670464 As negotiations over President Donald Trump’s “Big Beautiful Bill” came down to the wire in early July, renewable energy developers were holding their breath. Until the eleventh hour, it looked like Congress was ready to make good on Trump’s promise of “terminating” key subsidies for wind and solar virtually overnight.

In the end, the industry breathed a small sigh of relief after the Senate reached a compromise that would, at least in principle, give new projects a slim window to go ahead. Under the final law, wind and solar projects that begin construction by July 4 of next year are eligible for the full federal tax credits. Halfway through that window, a new requirement kicks in: Projects that begin construction after January 1, 2026, can only keep the tax credits if they follow restrictions on the use of Chinese materials.

That could still upend New York’s renewable energy transition.

Federal tax credits have typically covered almost a third of the cost of building a solar or wind farm. That’s made them “critical to financing and ultimately building renewable energy projects,” said Carl Weatherley-White, interim chief financial officer at the development firm Greenbacker, which is currently building New York’s largest solar farm and has several smaller projects in the works. “It’s been a core part of the business for 20 years.”

The bill will also impact New York’s public power authority, NYPA, which this year issued a plan to put up more than three gigawatts’ worth of solar and batteries, and has been counting on federal tax credits to deliver.

Developers now have less than a year to start digging if they want the subsidies. The impending deadline is lighting a fire under the industry — and, developers hope, under New York’s leaders, too.

“Now, the game is in the states,” said Marguerite Wells, executive director of the renewable energy lobbying group Alliance for Clean Energy New York. “I would say there’s many thousands of megawatts’ worth of wind and solar in upstate that would be eligible to fall into that start of construction if we played the cards right.”

For a start, there are 26 permitted but unbuilt wind and solar projects in the state, which in total could unlock about 3,000 megawatts’ worth of energy — enough to power some half a million homes. Only two of the large projects the state has approved in the last four years have even started construction; one of them was completed in late 2024, more than six years after filing its first paperwork. (The most recent permit was issued last week, but most of the permits date back to 2023 or earlier.)

The problem? The state doesn’t make it easy to move quickly. It normally takes years for wind and solar projects just to get permits to begin construction in New York, despite reforms intended to speed up the process. The rest of the approval process can take years, too. More environmental reviews are required even after the main permit is approved. And it’s just as complicated getting approval to connect to the grid.

All told, at least three different sets of regulators have to weigh in before a company can put shovels in the ground. That makes New York far more restrictive than other states in allowing developers to start building.

There are things the state could do to speed things up, like allowing developers to start construction even while they finalize certain details of their projects, but it’s largely in Governor Kathy Hochul’s hands.

Jolting the process forward would require a concerted push across her agencies. Besides permits, building a wind or solar farm in New York requires a contract with the state’s energy research and development arm, NYSERDA, guaranteeing that the developer will get paid for the energy the facility produces. Sometimes it requires the state Department of Environmental Conservation to weigh in on water quality plans, with additional input from the US Army Corps of Engineers. And it requires the state’s grid operator — which acts independently — to assess the impact and cost of connecting the facility to the grid.

Developers need answers from all of those entities before they can break ground, Wells said: “Every last whisper of detail of the project has to be finalized before they generally let you start construction.”

In her eyes, improving coordination between all of New York’s energy regulators is the single biggest thing the state could do to help move construction forward.

It’s not yet clear how committed Hochul is to the effort.

“The Governor has directed the state’s energy agencies to conduct a high-level review of the federal legislation and specific impacts to New Yorkers,” spokesperson Ken Lovett told New York Focus, when asked whether the Hochul administration shared developers’ goal of accelerating construction.

A green field rimmed by trees is filled with rows of black solar panels
Greenbacker’s 20-megawatt “Albany 1” solar project, in Albany County, New York. Courtesy of Greenbacker Renewable Energy Company

Before most developers even had a chance to fully digest the changes coming down from Congress, Trump threw in another gut punch. Last week, he issued an executive order directing the Treasury Department, which enforces tax credit rules, to revisit how it defines a project’s “start of construction.”

That throws even the megabill’s one-year deadline into doubt. Historically, developers have been allowed to qualify for tax credits by proving either that they’ve started physical construction or spent a certain amount of money. Now, Trump has given federal regulators 45 days to revise those definitions.

The specific definitions that the Treasury adopts could prove decisive in some cases. But whatever exact language the administration lands on, the bottom line is that Trump still has significant leeway to kill wind and solar projects if he’s committed to it, said Advait Arun, senior associate for energy finance at the think tank Center for Public Enterprise.

“Simply, I think Trump is trying to use control over the IRS to exercise his judgment about what projects should proceed and what shouldn’t,” he said.

Trump will have even more sway after the end of this calendar year, when additional requirements kick in. Starting in January 2026, developers hoping to claim tax credits will have to abide by restrictions on sourcing from “Foreign Entities of Concern,” including those connected to the Chinese government. The megabill tasks the Treasury with updating those rules, giving Trump another opportunity to crack down on what he’s called the “Green New Scam.”

It all adds up to shaky terrain for renewable developers, even those who stand a chance of getting shovels in the ground within a year.

“The big concern … is that no matter what we do, someone in the Treasury is going to just say no,” said Weatherley-White, of Greenbacker, speaking to New York Focus a few hours before Trump issued his executive order last week. (Reporting earlier this month had already suggested that the construction rules could be in the crosshairs.)

Neither Weatherley-White nor Wells, of ACE NY, responded to follow-up inquiries about the order.

Unless the Trump administration completely upends what counts as the “start of construction,” there’s still a lot New York could do to help more projects get in under the one-year bar.

For example, in many states, wind and solar developers can begin construction on projects that don’t have all of their final approvals, but have the main elements of their design — like the location of roads and buildings — agreed upon, Wells said. But in New York, that initial green light is hard to get. It would make a big difference if the state were to adopt the practice more readily, she said.

New York could also jumpstart the contracting process for wind and solar projects. Close to half of the state’s permitted but unbuilt projects had contracts that were canceled after post-pandemic inflation upended their finances. Over the last year, the state has announced new contracts for dozens of projects in this situation, but others remain in limbo.

NYSERDA had plans to kick off a fresh round of wind and solar contracting by the end of June, but it’s behind schedule. A spokesperson said the agency would begin the process by the end of September.

Those nitty-gritty steps are unlikely to change, though, unless Hochul makes it a priority. The governor could direct agencies to fast track permitting or contracts, as she did with offshore wind a couple of years ago. She has lately shown a keen interest in cutting red tape for other forms of energy — specifically, a nuclear plant that she has tasked NYPA to build by 2040. (There, though, the key approvals need to come from the Trump administration rather than her own.)

Her Department of Environmental Conservation also appears to be speeding along a revived pipeline project that would bring gas into New York City and Long Island. The agency said earlier this month that it had received a complete application from the pipeline company and opened a 30-day comment period with no public hearing. The notice came just five weeks after it was revealed that the state would reconsider the previously abandoned project — reportedly as part of a deal with the Trump administration to allow a major offshore wind project to move ahead, though Hochul’s office has denied a quid pro quo.

Renewable developers, by contrast, can spend years applying and reapplying for permits before they’re allowed to proceed to a mandatory, 60-day public comment period.

“If we’re cutting red tape for other forms of energy, we should cut red tape for renewable energy, too,” Wells said.

Whether any wind or solar projects remain viable in New York after the federal tax credits expire remains an open question. Although Trump has framed his efforts as rolling back Biden-era policies, solar and wind tax credits date as far back as the 1970s, and have remained largely steady since 2005.

Some, like Weatherley-White, remain optimistic that the renewable industry can learn to live without them.

“The renewable energy industry has adapted to lots of changes over time,” he said, suggesting that developers could find ways to cut costs to cushion the blow from losing the tax credits.

“Unfortunately, there will be losers and winners,” Weatherley-White continued. “I think we’re going to see some short-term pain. But in the long run or medium term, let’s say, I think people will adapt and succeed.”

The labor coalition Climate Jobs NY struck a similarly bullish tone in a statement earlier this month. “With or without the support from our federal lawmakers, union workers in New York will find ways to build the pro-worker clean energy economy we need,” the group wrote.

Others see the glass half empty. Arun said that a key part of how the industry hoped to bring down costs was by using tax credits to build momentum and standardize the development process.

“If you can’t build, there’s no standardization or lowering costs through economies of scale,” he said. “And that’s what I’m really worried about.”

Hochul’s office, too, is striking a sober note.

“The federal budget bill slashes the very tools states need to achieve energy independence and economic growth,” Lovett said, “and no state will be able to backfill the massive cuts they face across so many key areas.”

This story was originally published by Grist with the headline The race to build solar and wind in New York before Trump’s tax credit deadline on Jul 19, 2025.


This content originally appeared on Grist and was authored by Colin Kinniburgh.

]]>
https://grist.org/energy/the-race-to-build-solar-and-wind-in-new-york-before-trumps-tax-credit-deadline/feed/ 0 545200
A Catastrophic New Normal Has Arrived https://www.radiofree.org/2025/07/18/a-catastrophic-new-normal-has-arrived/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/07/18/a-catastrophic-new-normal-has-arrived/#respond Fri, 18 Jul 2025 14:00:58 +0000 https://dissidentvoice.org/?p=159992 A new study published in Earth’s Future by researchers from Uppsala University with Belgian, French, and German universities have shown that climate change is morphing into a full blown ogre of destruction as several regions of the world are no longer affected by isolated events, instead, several different events occur concurrently or in quick succession. […]

The post A Catastrophic New Normal Has Arrived first appeared on Dissident Voice.]]>
A new study published in Earth’s Future by researchers from Uppsala University with Belgian, French, and German universities have shown that climate change is morphing into a full blown ogre of destruction as several regions of the world are no longer affected by isolated events, instead, several different events occur concurrently or in quick succession. These multi-series events are a new phenomenon that typically overwhelms society with unparalleled suddenness, speed, and ferocity, increasingly striking urban areas as well as the hinterlands.

It’s happening more frequently with more ferocity than ever before, for example, massive LA Fires (Jan. 2025); village of Blatten, Switzerland buried by collapsing glacier (May 2025); flash floods slam Vermont third year in a row (July 2025); Texas river rises 30 feet in one hour (July 2025), China real-life apocalypse 11-level winds, 4-story high flood, 150°F heat (July 2025); fatal storms flood south France (May 2025); glacial lake outburst washes away five villages, Afghanistan (June 2025); Queensland, one of worst floods of all time (2025); Kentucky flood kills eleven (Feb. 2025); glacial lake outburst kills 28, Nepal (July 2025); deadly flash floods kill 32 Pakistan (June 2025); northeastern India States devastated by massive flooding, landslides, buildings collapse, 34 dead (June 2025); Eastern Cape Province, South Africa, 49 dead flash flood (May 2025); villages washed away in seconds, Nigeria flash flood, killing 151 (May 2025); East Africa massive flood kills hundreds (March 2025) Balkans pounded by thunderous storms as wildfires break out in Türkiye, Greece, Spain, and France (July 2025); Massive flood, northeastern Spain (July 2025); severe drought, northern and western Europe, river transport and agriculture threatened under emergency drought alert (June 2025).

“We have long known, for example, that there will be more heat waves, forest fires and severe droughts in many regions—that in itself is no surprise. What surprised us is that the increase is so large that we see a clear paradigm shift with multiple coinciding extreme events becoming the new normal,” according to Professor Gabriele Messori, the study’s lead author.” (“Heat Waves, Droughts, and Fires May Soon Hit Together as ‘New Normal’ Study Finds,” Topics, Uppsala University, June 5, 2025).

As of July 15, 2025: Dangerous flooding has hit several locations in the United States. Water gushed into subways, New York City, roads flooded, New Jersey in a series of pounding thunderstorms. Flash floods hit a mountainous region, New Mexico. Massive downpour clobbered roads and homes, North Carolina. In every case, the flooding was caused by sudden extremely heavy pounding rainstorms. Global warming has turned into a monster of mass destruction on a biblical scale. It has hatched ‘Weather Whiplash’, a vicious cycle of sudden sizeable wet periods bringing on rapid vegetation growth followed by extreme dry hotness followed by ferocious wildfires as weather cocktails of catastrophic scale hit in quick succession.

The Messori study clearly identified this new phenomenon:

By analyzing postprocessed data from the Inter-Sectoral Impact Model Intercomparison Project, we provide a global mapping of future changes in the compound occurrence of six categories of hazards or impacts related to climate extremes. These are: river floods, droughts, heatwaves, wildfires, tropical cyclone-induced winds and crop failures…  A striking change is projected for the future recurrence of compound hazards or impacts, with many locations experiencing specific compound occurrences at least once a year for several years, or even decades, in a row. In the absence of effective global climate mitigation actions, we may thus witness a qualitative regime shift from a world dominated by individual climate-related hazards and impacts to one where compound occurrences become the norm. (Source: Earth’s Future)

Climate change has broadened its reach via temperatures climbing globally, which feeds into a series of increasingly powerful events. Insurance companies worldwide have been caught flat-footed, unable to turn left or right politically, as neither offers serious solutions. According to Gallagher Re, a major reinsurance company: “World on Fire 2025: Impacts of an Expanding Wildfire Season”: “As events during the past 12 months have demonstrated, every season is now wildfire season, and fires in urban areas are an increasingly growing concern.”

Out of control wildfires as well as flooding from sudden ‘atmospheric rivers’ are hitting cities, towns, and villages worldwide on a scale never seen before. This is climate change strutting its stuff on TV, nightly somewhere in the world. This new TV stardom brings to light, in every living room, the brutal truth of an obscenely crazed human-induced climate system flailing wildly on its own power that humans ignited. Now, nobody can turn it off.

Consequently, governments of the world are massively beefing up relief agencies to help their citizens. “Trump is Gutting Weather Science and Reducing Disaster Relief,” New York Times, July 12, 2025, as he gooses up the wallets of billionaires via obscene tax cuts that will blow up America’s deficit like a hot air balloon. Watch for it to burst. This is presidential?

The post A Catastrophic New Normal Has Arrived first appeared on Dissident Voice.


This content originally appeared on Dissident Voice and was authored by Robert Hunziker.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2025/07/18/a-catastrophic-new-normal-has-arrived/feed/ 0 545021
Trump is fast-tracking new coal mines – even when they don’t make economic sense https://grist.org/article/trump-is-fast-tracking-new-coal-mines-even-when-they-dont-make-economic-sense/ https://grist.org/article/trump-is-fast-tracking-new-coal-mines-even-when-they-dont-make-economic-sense/#respond Fri, 18 Jul 2025 08:30:00 +0000 https://grist.org/?p=670474 It looked for a while like the coal mining era was over in the Clearfork Valley of East Tennessee, a pocket of mountainous land on the Kentucky border. A permit for a new mine hasn’t been issued since 2020, and the last mine in the region shuttered two years ago. One company after another has filed for bankruptcy, with many of them simply walking away from the ecological damage they’d wrought without remediating the land as the law requires.

But there’s going to be a new mine in East Tennessee — one of a few slated across the country, their permits expedited by President Donald Trump’s declaration of an “energy emergency” and his designating coal a critical mineral.

Trump was only hours into his second term when he signed an executive order declaring a national energy emergency that directed federal agencies to “identify and exercise any lawful emergency authorities available to them” to identify and exploit domestic energy resources. The administration also has scrapped Biden-era rules that made it easier to bring mining-related complaints to the federal government.

The emergency designation compresses the typically years-long environmental review required for a new mine to just weeks. These assessments are to be compiled within 14 days of receiving a permit application, limiting comment periods to 10 days. The process of compiling an environmental impact statement – a time-intensive procedure involving scientists from many disciplines and assessments of wildlife populations, water quality, and other factors –  is reduced to less than a month. The government insists this eliminates burdensome red tape.

“We’re not just issuing permits — we’re supporting communities, securing supply chains for critical industries, and making sure the U.S. stays competitive in a changing global energy landscape,” Adam Suess,  the acting assistant secretary for land and minerals management at the Interior Department, said in a statement. A representative of the Office of Surface Mining Reclamation and Enforcement told Grist that community safety is top of mind, pointing to the administration’s $725 million investment in abandoned mineland reclamation.

The Department of Interior ruled that the Hurricane Creek Mine slated for Claiborne County, Tennessee, would have “no significant impact” and approved it. It will provide about two dozen jobs. The strip mine will cover 635 acres of previously mined land that has reverted to forest. Hurricane Creek Mining, LLC plans to pry 1.8 million tons of coal from the earth over 10 years.

The Clearfork Valley, which straddles two rural counties and has long struggled economically, bears the scars of more than a century’s underground and surface mining. Local residents and scientists regularly test the creeks for signs of bright-orange mine drainage and other toxins.

The land is part of a tract the Nature Conservancy bought in 2019 for conservation purposes, but because of ownership structures in the coalfields, it owns only the land, not the minerals within it. “We have concerns about the potential environmental impacts of the operation,” the organization said in a statement. “We seek assurance that there will be adequate bonding, consistent and transparent environmental monitoring, and good reclamation practices.”

Matt Hepler, an environmental scientist with environmental advocacy group Appalachian Voices, has been following the mine’s public review process since the company applied for a permit in 2023. He remains skeptical that things will work out well for Hurricane Creek. Despite Trump’s promise that he is “bringing back an industry that’s been abandoned,” coal has seen a steady decline, driven in no small part by the plummeting price of natural gas. The number of people working the nation’s coal mines has steadily declined from 89,000 or so in 2012 to about 41,300 today. Production fell 31 percent during Trump’s first term, and has continued that slide. 

“What is this company doing differently that’s going to allow them to profitably succeed while so many other mines have not been able to make that work?” he said. “All the time I’ve been working in Tennessee there’s only been a couple of mines permitted to begin with because production has been on the downswing there,” Hepler added. 

Economists say opening more mines may not reverse the global downward trend. Plentiful, cheap natural gas, along with increasingly affordable wind and solar, are displacing coal as an energy source. The situation is so dire that one Stanford University study argued that the gas would continue its climb even with the elimination of coal-related regulations. Metallurgical coal, used to make steel — and which Hurricane Creek hopes  to excavate — fares no better. It has seen flat or declining demand amid innovation in steel production.

Expedited permits are leading to new mines in the West as well. The Department of Interior just approved a land lease for Wyoming’s first new coal mine in 50 years. Ramaco Resources will extract and process the material in order to retrieve the rare earth and other critical minerals found alongside it. The Trump administration also is selling coal leases on previously protected federal land. Shiloh Hernandez, a senior attorney at the Northern Rockies office of the environmental nonprofit Earthjustice, thinks it is a fool’s errand.

“I don’t see them changing the fundamental dynamics of coal,” he said. “That’s not to say that the Trump administration won’t cause lots of harm in the process by both making the public pay more money for energy than they should and by keeping some of these coal plants and coal mines that really are zombies.”

Still, Hernandez said he isn’t seeing many new permits, just quicker approval of those already in the pipeline. That said, the Trump administration’s moves to streamline environmental review will reduce oversight and the time the public has to scrutinize coal projects.

“The result is there’s just going to be it’s going to be more difficult for the public to participate, and more harm is going to occur,” Hernandez said. “There’s going to be less attention to the harm that’s caused by these operations.”

This story was originally published by Grist with the headline Trump is fast-tracking new coal mines – even when they don’t make economic sense on Jul 18, 2025.


This content originally appeared on Grist and was authored by Katie Myers.

]]>
https://grist.org/article/trump-is-fast-tracking-new-coal-mines-even-when-they-dont-make-economic-sense/feed/ 0 544993
Activist Aziz Muhamat on his time in Australia’s offshore detention centre in Papua New Guinea https://www.radiofree.org/2025/07/17/activist-aziz-muhamat-on-his-time-in-australias-offshore-detention-centre-in-papua-new-guinea/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/07/17/activist-aziz-muhamat-on-his-time-in-australias-offshore-detention-centre-in-papua-new-guinea/#respond Thu, 17 Jul 2025 11:25:44 +0000 http://www.radiofree.org/?guid=37e8581386a4c6fe527bd5d0fe9ccfe1
This content originally appeared on Human Rights Watch and was authored by Human Rights Watch.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2025/07/17/activist-aziz-muhamat-on-his-time-in-australias-offshore-detention-centre-in-papua-new-guinea/feed/ 0 544822
Police protection for New Caledonian politicians following death threats https://www.radiofree.org/2025/07/17/police-protection-for-new-caledonian-politicians-following-death-threats/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/07/17/police-protection-for-new-caledonian-politicians-following-death-threats/#respond Thu, 17 Jul 2025 09:53:05 +0000 https://asiapacificreport.nz/?p=117444 By Patrick Decloitre, RNZ Pacific correspondent French Pacific desk

New Caledonian politicians who inked their commitment to a deal with France last weekend will be offered special police protection following threats, especially made on social media networks.

The group includes almost 20 members of New Caledonia’s parties — both pro-France and pro-independence — who took part in deal-breaking negotiations with the French State that ended on 12 July 2025, and a joint commitment regarding New Caledonia’s political future.

The endorsed document envisages a roadmap in the coming months to turn New Caledonia into a “state” within the French realm.

It is what some legal experts have sometimes referred to as “a state within the state”, while others say this was tantamount to pushing the French Constitution to its very limits.

The document is a commitment by all signatories that they will stick to their respective positions from now on.

The tense but conclusive negotiations took place behind closed doors in a hotel in the small city of Bougival, near Paris, under talks driven by French Minister for Overseas Manuel Valls and a team of high-level French government representatives and advisers.

It followed Valls’ several unsuccessful attempts earlier this year to reach a consensus between parties who want New Caledonia to remain part of France and others representing the pro-independence movement.

Concessions from both sides
But to reach a compromise agreement, both sides have had to make concessions.

The pro-French parties, for instance, have had to endorse the notion of a State of New Caledonia or that of a double French-New Caledonian nationality.

Pro-independence parties have had to accept the plan to modify the rules of eligibility to vote at local elections so as to allow more non-native French nationals to join the local electoral roll.

They also had to postpone or even give up on the hard-line full sovereignty demand for now.

Over the past five years and after a series of three referendums (held between 2018 and 2021) on self-determination, both camps have increasingly radicalised.

This resulted in destructive and deadly riots that broke out in May 2024, resulting in 14 deaths, more than 2 billion euros (NZ$3.9 billion) in damage, thousands of jobless and the destruction of hundreds of businesses.

Over one year later, the atmosphere in New Caledonia remains marked by a sense of tension, fear and uncertainty on both sides of the political chessboard.

Since the deal was signed and made public, on July 12, and even before flying back to New Caledonia, all parties have been targeted by a wide range of reactions from their militant bases, especially on social media.

Some of the reactions have included thinly-veiled death threats in response to a perception that, on one side or another, the deal was not up to the militants’ expectations and that the parties’ negotiators are now regarded as “traitors”.

Since signing the Paris agreement, all parties have also recognised the need to “sell” and “explain” the new agreement to their respective militants.

Most of the political parties represented during the talks have already announced they will hold meetings in the coming days, in what is described as “an exercise in pedagogy”.

“In a certain number of countries, when you sign compromises after hundreds of hours of discussions and when it’s not accepted [by your militants], you lose your reputation. In our country . . . you can risk your life,” said moderate pro-France Calédonie Ensemble leader Philippe Gomès told public broadcaster NC La Première on Wednesday.

Pro-independence FLNKS (Kanak and Socialist National Liberation Front) chief negotiator Emmanuel Tjibaou was the first to face negative repercussions back in New Caledonia.

Tjibaou’s fateful precedent
“To choose this difficult and new path also means we’ll be subject to criticism. We’re going to get insulted, threatened, precisely because we have chosen a different path,” he told a debriefing meeting hosted by French President Emmanuel Macron.

In 1988, Tjibaou’s father, pro-independence leader Jean-Marie Tjibaou, also signed a historic deal (known as the Matignon-Oudinot accords) with pro-France’s Jacques Lafleur, under the auspices of then Prime Minister Michel Rocard.

The deal largely contributed to restoring peace in New Caledonia, after a quasi-civil war during the second half of the 1980s.

The following year, he and his deputy, Yeiwéné Yeiwéné, were both shot dead by Djubelly Wéa, a hard-line member of the pro-independence movement, who believed the signing of the 1988 deal had been a “betrayal” of the indigenous Kanak people’s struggle for sovereignty and independence.

‘Nobody has betrayed anybody’
“Nobody has betrayed anybody, whichever party he belongs to. All of us, on both sides, have defended and remained faithful to their beliefs. We had to work and together find a common ground for the years to come, for Caledonians. Now that’s what we need to explain,” said pro-France Rassemblement-LR leader Virginie Ruffenach.

In an interview earlier this week, Valls said he was very aware of the local tensions.

“I’m aware there are risks, even serious ones. And not only political. There are threats on elections, on politicians, on the delegations. What I’m calling for is debate, confrontation of ideas and calm.

“I’m aware that there are extremists out there, who may want to provoke a civil war . . . a tragedy is always possible.

“The risk is always there. Since the accord was signed, there have been direct threats on New Caledonian leaders, pro-independence or anti-independence.

“We’re going to act to prevent this. There cannot be death threats on social networks against pro-independence or anti-independence leaders,” Valls said.

Over the past few days, special protection French police officers have already been deployed to New Caledonia to take care of politicians who took part in the Bougival talks and wish to be placed under special scrutiny.

“They will be more protected than (French cabinet) ministers,” French national public broadcaster France Inter reported on Tuesday.

This article is republished under a community partnership agreement with RNZ.


This content originally appeared on Asia Pacific Report and was authored by APR editor.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2025/07/17/police-protection-for-new-caledonian-politicians-following-death-threats/feed/ 0 544812
The New Mason-Dixon Line: How the Ruling on Nationwide Injunctions Takes Us Back to the Past https://www.radiofree.org/2025/07/16/the-new-mason-dixon-line-how-the-ruling-on-nationwide-injunctions-takes-us-back-to-the-past/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/07/16/the-new-mason-dixon-line-how-the-ruling-on-nationwide-injunctions-takes-us-back-to-the-past/#respond Wed, 16 Jul 2025 21:33:44 +0000 https://progressive.org/latest/the-new-mason-dixon-line-how-the-ruling-on-nationwide-injunctions-takes-us-back-to-the-past-sullivan-20250716/
This content originally appeared on The Progressive — A voice for peace, social justice, and the common good and was authored by Terrance Sullivan.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2025/07/16/the-new-mason-dixon-line-how-the-ruling-on-nationwide-injunctions-takes-us-back-to-the-past/feed/ 0 544764
The New York Times Finally Stops Avoiding The G-Word https://www.radiofree.org/2025/07/16/the-new-york-times-finally-stops-avoiding-the-g-word/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/07/16/the-new-york-times-finally-stops-avoiding-the-g-word/#respond Wed, 16 Jul 2025 21:08:38 +0000 https://dissidentvoice.org/?p=159957 The New York Times has published an op-ed by a genocide scholar who says that he resisted acknowledging the truth of what Israel is doing in Gaza for as long as he could, but can no longer deny the obvious. It’s an admission that may as well have come from The New York Times itself. […]

The post The New York Times Finally Stops Avoiding The G-Word first appeared on Dissident Voice.]]>
The New York Times has published an op-ed by a genocide scholar who says that he resisted acknowledging the truth of what Israel is doing in Gaza for as long as he could, but can no longer deny the obvious.

It’s an admission that may as well have come from The New York Times itself.

In an article titled “I’m a Genocide Scholar. I Know It When I See It.”, a Brown University professor of Holocaust and genocide studies named Omer Bartov argues that “Israel is literally trying to wipe out Palestinian existence in Gaza,” and denounces his fellow Holocaust scholars for failing to acknowledge reality.

“My inescapable conclusion has become that Israel is committing genocide against the Palestinian people,” Bartov writes. “Having grown up in a Zionist home, lived the first half of my life in Israel, served in the I.D.F. as a soldier and officer, and spent most of my career researching and writing on war crimes and the Holocaust, this was a painful conclusion to reach, and one that I resisted as long as I could. But I have been teaching classes on genocide for a quarter of a century. I can recognize one when I see one.”

https://x.com/rcbregman/status/1945171514682114535

And resist he did. In November 2023, Bartov wrote another op-ed for The New York Times saying, “As a historian of genocide, I believe that there is no proof that genocide is currently taking place in Gaza, although it is very likely that war crimes, and even crimes against humanity, are happening.”

Apparently, he is seeing the proof now and has stopped resisting what has been clear from the very beginning. And it would seem the editors of the Gray Lady have ceased resisting as well.

The New York Times, which has an extensively documented pro-Israel bias, has frenetically avoided the use of the g-word on its pages from the very beginning of the Gaza onslaught. Even in its opinion and analysis pieces the NYT Overton window has cut off at framing the issue as a complex matter of rigorous debate, with headlines like “Accused of Genocide, Israelis See Reversal of Reality. Palestinians See Justice.” and “The Bitter Fight Over the Meaning of ‘Genocide’” representing the closest thing to the pro-Palestinian side of the debate you’d see. During the same time, we’ve seen headlines like “From the Embers of an Old Genocide, a New One May Be Emerging” used in reference to Sudan.

In an internal memo obtained by The Intercept last year, New York Times reporters were explicitly told to avoid the use of the word “genocide”, as well as terms like “ethnic cleansing” and “occupied territory”.

“‘Genocide’ has a specific definition in international law,” the memo reads. “In our own voice, we should generally use it only in the context of those legal parameters. We should also set a high bar for allowing others to use it as an accusation, whether in quotations or not, unless they are making a substantive argument based on the legal definition.”

https://x.com/AssalRad/status/1877181727447142846

Earlier this year, the American Friends Service Committee cancelled its paid advertisement in The New York Times calling for an end to the genocide in Gaza, saying the outlet had wanted them to change the word “genocide” to “war” in order for their ad to be published.

So there has been a significant change.

To be clear, this analysis by Omer Bartov is not significant in and of itself. He is only joining the chorus of what has already been said by human rights organizations like Amnesty InternationalHuman Rights WatchUnited Nations human rights experts, and the overwhelming majority of leading authorities on the subject of genocide.

What is significant is that even experts who’ve been resisting acknowledging the reality of the genocide in Gaza because of their bias toward Israel have stopped doing so, and that even the imperial media outlets most fiendishly devoted to running propaganda cover for that genocide have run out of room to hide.

The Israel apologists have lost the argument. They might not know it yet, but they have. Public sentiment has turned irreversibly against them as people’s eyes are opened to the truth of what’s happening in Gaza, and more and more propagandists are choosing to rescue what’s left of their tattered credibility instead of going down with the sinking ship.

Truth is slowly beginning to get a word in edgewise.

Keep pushing. Keep fighting. Keep resisting.

It’s working.

The post The New York Times Finally Stops Avoiding The G-Word first appeared on Dissident Voice.


This content originally appeared on Dissident Voice and was authored by Caitlin Johnstone.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2025/07/16/the-new-york-times-finally-stops-avoiding-the-g-word/feed/ 0 544757
Progressive Caucus Launches New Task Forces Aimed at Reclaiming a Democratic Majority in 2026 https://www.radiofree.org/2025/07/16/progressive-caucus-launches-new-task-forces-aimed-at-reclaiming-a-democratic-majority-in-2026/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/07/16/progressive-caucus-launches-new-task-forces-aimed-at-reclaiming-a-democratic-majority-in-2026/#respond Wed, 16 Jul 2025 21:08:27 +0000 https://www.commondreams.org/newswire/progressive-caucus-launches-new-task-forces-aimed-at-reclaiming-a-democratic-majority-in-2026 Today, the Congressional Progressive Caucus (CPC)announced four newly constituted Task Forces aimed at helping Democrats reclaim the House majority in 2026—with a sharp, populist, pro-working-class agenda that meets the moment.

These four Task Forces—focused on lowering costs, ending corporate greed, fighting corruption, and securing better pay and benefits—are part of a broader effort by the CPC to define a Democratic governing agenda that is clear, popular, easy to understand, and quickly delivers material benefits to working people.

Among other work, the Task Forces will be focused on advancing a slate of policy proposals members have been working on internally for several months that are not only progressive, but also enjoy support from voters across the ideological and demographic spectrum—from suburban voters to non-college-educated to independents—and could be passed by a Democratic House after the midterms. New polling from Data for Progress finds these policies enjoy a supermajority and give a 9-point advantage for Democrats who lead with these themes compared to a generic Democratic message against a Republican opponent.

The four new Task Forces are:

    • Lowering Costs

Chair: Rep. Yassamin Ansari

    • Fighting Corruption

Chair: Rep. Dave Min

Vice Chair: Rep. Hank Johnson

    • Ending Corporate Greed

Chair: Rep. Becca Balint

    • Better Pay and Benefits

Chair: Rep. Emily Randall

Vice Chair: Rep. Mark DeSaulnier

In addition, CPC Deputy Chair Rep. Ilhan Omar will help lead the coordination of Task Force work and take over as Chair of the Caucus’s longstanding Peace & Security Task Force this Congress.

"Working people in America are getting screwed by corrupt politicians and big corporations that are driving costs up and keeping pay and benefits down,” said Rep. Greg Casar (TX-35). “Our four new task forces go directly at those big problems facing Americans: fighting corruption and corporate greed in order to lower costs and win better pay and benefits."

“In my home state of Arizona, families have been crushed by rising costs brought on by Trump and Republicans—whether it’s skyrocketing healthcare premiums, unaffordable housing, or the soaring costs of education, childcare, long-term care, and even just commuting to work,” said Rep. Yassamin Ansari (AZ-03). “I’m honored to lead the Lowering Costs Task Force as one of the ways we’re fighting back to deliver bold policies that will help working families.”

“Whether it was prosecuting fraud at the SEC or teaching the next generation of advocates as a law professor at UC Irvine, I’ve spent my career fighting to uphold the rule of law and root out corruption,” said Rep. Dave Min (CA-47). “Americans are fed up with an economy and a government that are rigged in favor of the powerful and well connected while failing to serve working people. I’m proud to continue the anti-corruption fight in Congress and look forward to working with my colleagues in the Progressive Caucus to fight for transparency and fairness.”

“I came to Congress to unrig a system that makes it so hard for so many Americans to get a fair shot,” said Rep. Becca Balint (VT-AL). “And today, I’m fired up to launch the Ending Corporate Greed Task Force alongside my progressive colleagues to do the real work necessary to build an America that gives people a real chance at an easier life. Corporate greed is at the root of so many of the struggles working people face. And it’s time we take back power over our rigged economy and fight back against the greed that makes everything harder for the rest of us. Because we have a vision for a reality where we can all afford to make rent, have affordable health care, get paid fair wages, and get an education without crippling debt. ”

“In my family and in my community, I’ve seen firsthand how good Union wages and pensions open doors to stability, to opportunity, to economic security. I’ve seen my grandparents, my teachers, my neighbors afford homes and vacations and childcare because they had good jobs. But over the years, affording a good life has gotten harder and harder,” said Rep. Emily Randall (WA-06). “Our neighbors deserve leaders who put people before profits and stand up for what’s right. They deserve leaders who understand that an economy that is centered on working people is a stronger economy for everyone. As Chair of the Better Pay and Benefits Task Force, I’m committed to fighting for fairer wages, stronger benefits, safer workplaces, and an economy that puts working people first – right at the center of our policies.”

“In a time of record-breaking income inequality and rampant corporate greed, it is more important than ever that we as Democrats reassert and reinforce our commitment to working people,” said Rep. Mark DeSaulnier (CA-10). “As both a former union member and small business owner, I have seen firsthand how American workers have for too long been taken advantage of by big corporations and greedy CEOs. I am proud to help lead the Task Force for Better Pay and Benefits as Vice Chair to restore power to working people, the engine of our economy, so they can continue to be the best, most productive labor force in the world while living with the respect and dignity they deserve.”

“I am thrilled to take over as Chair of the Promoting Peace and Security Task Force and follow in the footsteps of my mentor, the incredible Barbara Lee,” said Rep. Ilhan Omar (MN-05). “This task force is needed now more than ever to hold this corrupt administration accountable. Our task force will focus on limiting our global armed presence and instead investing in diplomacy that will allow us to reorient our engagement with the world.”


This content originally appeared on Common Dreams and was authored by Newswire Editor.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2025/07/16/progressive-caucus-launches-new-task-forces-aimed-at-reclaiming-a-democratic-majority-in-2026/feed/ 0 544761
New Release of Bob Dylan’s "Hard Rain" as Nobel Winners Warn of Nuclear Risk on Trinity Test Anniv. https://www.radiofree.org/2025/07/16/new-release-of-bob-dylans-hard-rain-as-nobel-winners-warn-of-nuclear-risk-on-trinity-test-anniv/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/07/16/new-release-of-bob-dylans-hard-rain-as-nobel-winners-warn-of-nuclear-risk-on-trinity-test-anniv/#respond Wed, 16 Jul 2025 14:50:25 +0000 http://www.radiofree.org/?guid=6cdf2b72d4d7c68795a920b38e3e84fb
This content originally appeared on Democracy Now! and was authored by Democracy Now!.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2025/07/16/new-release-of-bob-dylans-hard-rain-as-nobel-winners-warn-of-nuclear-risk-on-trinity-test-anniv/feed/ 0 544689
New Release of Bob Dylan’s “Hard Rain” as Nobel Winners Warn of Nuclear Risk on Trinity Test 80th Anniversary https://www.radiofree.org/2025/07/16/new-release-of-bob-dylans-hard-rain-as-nobel-winners-warn-of-nuclear-risk-on-trinity-test-80th-anniversary/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/07/16/new-release-of-bob-dylans-hard-rain-as-nobel-winners-warn-of-nuclear-risk-on-trinity-test-80th-anniversary/#respond Wed, 16 Jul 2025 12:31:24 +0000 http://www.radiofree.org/?guid=da93edc64c4f3dfe0ec17086ece55dde Seg2 trinity

On July 16, 1945, the United States carried out the Trinity test, the world’s first nuclear detonation. Today, 80 years later, the University of Chicago — the site of the first self-sustaining nuclear chain reaction — is host to the Nobel Laureate Assembly for the Prevention of Nuclear War, an event that brings Nobel laureates and nuclear experts together to confront the growing global risk of nuclear war. The event features a performance by the award-winning string ensemble Kronos Quartet, who have spearheaded two new renditions of Bob Dylan’s “A Hard Rain’s A-Gonna Fall” featuring nearly 50 more artists from around the world. Titled “Hard Rain” and “Hard Rain (Drone),” the new pieces aim to raise awareness of the ongoing threat of nuclear war.

As the global political situation becomes increasingly unstable, says professor Daniel Holz, chair of the Science and Security Board of the Bulletin of the Atomic Scientists and one of the organizers of the assembly, “the likelihood that we’ll sort of stumble into a nuclear war and the end of civilization … has gone way up.” Holz joins Democracy Now! alongside violinist, artistic director and founder of the Kronos Quartet, David Harrington, to share what inspired them to commission and create “Hard Rain,” which debuts today. “We need everyone in the world to know how dangerous and how awful this is for all of us. And if music and musicians can step up and project those kinds of concerns about all of our futures, then music is doing its job,” says Harrington.


This content originally appeared on Democracy Now! and was authored by Democracy Now!.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2025/07/16/new-release-of-bob-dylans-hard-rain-as-nobel-winners-warn-of-nuclear-risk-on-trinity-test-80th-anniversary/feed/ 0 544681
David Robie: New Zealand must do more for Pacific and confront nuclear powers https://www.radiofree.org/2025/07/16/david-robie-new-zealand-must-do-more-for-pacific-and-confront-nuclear-powers/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/07/16/david-robie-new-zealand-must-do-more-for-pacific-and-confront-nuclear-powers/#respond Wed, 16 Jul 2025 09:11:22 +0000 https://asiapacificreport.nz/?p=117400 By Susana Suisuiki, RNZ Pacific Waves presenter/producer, and Lydia Lewis, RNZ Pacific presenter/bulletin editor

The New Zealand government needs to do more for its Pacific Island neighbours and stand up to nuclear powers, a distinguished journalist, media educator and author says.

Professor David Robie, a recipient of the New Zealand Order of Merit (MNZM), released the latest edition of his book Eyes of Fire: The last voyage and Legacy of the Rainbow Warrior (Little Island Press), which highlights the nuclear legacies of the United States and France.

Dr Robie, who has worked in Pacific journalism and academia for more than 50 years, recounts the crew’s experiences aboard the Greenpeace flagship the Rainbow Warrior in 1985, before it was bombed in Auckland Harbour.

At the time, New Zealand stood up to nuclear powers, he said.

“It was pretty callous [of] the US and French authorities to think they could just carry on nuclear tests in the Pacific, far away from the metropolitan countries, out of the range of most media, and just do what they like,” Dr Robie told RNZ Pacific. “It is shocking, really.”

The bombed Rainbow Warrior next morning
The bombed Rainbow Warrior next morning . . . as photographed by protest photojournalist John Miller. Image: Frontispiece in Eyes of Fire © John Miller

Speaking to Pacific Waves, Dr Robie said that Aotearoa had “forgotten” how to stand up for the region.

“The real issue in the Pacific is about climate crisis and climate justice. And we’re being pushed this way and that by the US [and] by the French. The French want to make a stake in their Indo-Pacific policies as well,” he said.

‘We need to stand up’
“We need to stand up for smaller Pacific countries.”

Dr Robie believes that New Zealand is failing with its diplomacy in the region.

Rongelap Islanders on board the Greenpeace flagship Rainbow Warrior travelling to their new home on Mejatto Island in 1985
Rongelap Islanders on board the Greenpeace flagship Rainbow Warrior travelling to their new home on Mejatto Island in 1985 — less than two months before the bombing. Image: ©1985 David Robie/Eyes of Fire

He accused the coalition government of being “too timid” and “afraid of offending President Donald Trump” to make a stand on the nuclear issue.

However, a spokesperson for New Zealand Foreign Minister Winston Peters told RNZ Pacific that New Zealand’s “overarching priority . . . is to work with Pacific partners to achieve a secure, stable, and prosperous region that preserves Pacific sovereignty and agency”.

The spokesperson said that through its foreign policy “reset”, New Zealand was committed to “comprehensive relationships” with Pacific Island countries.

“New Zealand’s identity, prosperity and security are intertwined with the Pacific through deep cultural, people, historical, security, and economic linkages.”

The New Zealand government commits almost 60 percent of its development funding to the region.

Pacific ‘increasingly contested’
The spokesperson said that the Pacific was becoming increasingly contested and complex.

“New Zealand has been clear with all of our partners that it is important that engagement in the Pacific takes place in a manner which advances Pacific priorities, is consistent with established regional practices, and supportive of Pacific regional institutions.”

They added that New Zealand’s main focus remained on the Pacific, “where we will be working with partners including the United States, Australia, Japan and in Europe to more intensively leverage greater support for the region.

“We will maintain the high tempo of political engagement across the Pacific to ensure alignment between our programme and New Zealand and partner priorities. And we will work more strategically with Pacific Governments to strengthen their systems, so they can better deliver the services their people need,” the spokesperson said.

The cover of the latest edition of Eyes of Fire: The Last Voyage and Legacy of the Rainbow Warrior
The cover of the latest edition of Eyes of Fire: The Last Voyage and Legacy of the Rainbow Warrior. Image: Little Island Press

However, former New Zealand prime minister Helen Clark, writing in the prologue of Dr Robie’s book, said: “New Zealand needs to re-emphasise the principles and values which drove its nuclear-free legislation and its advocacy for a nuclear-free South Pacific and global nuclear disarmament.”

Dr Robie added that looking back 40 years to the 1980s, there was a strong sense of pride in being from Aotearoa, the small country which set an example around the world.

“We took on . . . the nuclear powers,” Dr Robie said.

“And the bombing of the Rainbow Warrior was symbolic of that struggle, in a way, but it was a struggle that most New Zealanders felt a part of, and we were very proud of that [anti-nuclear] role that we took.

“Over the years, it has sort of been forgotten”.

‘Look at history’
France conducted 193 nuclear tests over three decades until 1996 in French Polynesia.

Until 2009, France claimed that its tests were “clean” and caused no harm, but in 2010, under the stewardship of Defence Minister Herve Morin, a compensation law was passed.

From 1946 to 1962, 67 nuclear bombs were detonated in the Marshall Islands by the US.

The 1954 Bravo hydrogen bomb test at Bikini Atoll, the largest nuclear weapon ever exploded by the United States, left a legacy of fallout and radiation contamination that continues to this day.
The 1 March 1954 Bravo hydrogen bomb test at Bikini Atoll, the largest nuclear weapon ever exploded by the United States, left a legacy of fallout and radiation contamination that continues to this day. Image: Marshall Islands Journal

In 2024, then-US deputy secretary of state Kurt Campbell, while responding to a question from RNZ Pacific about America’s nuclear legacy, said: “Washington has attempted to address it constructively with massive resources and a sustained commitment.”

However, Dr Robie said that was not good enough and labelled the destruction left behind by the US, and France, as “outrageous”.

“It is political speak; politicians trying to cover their backs and so on. If you look at history, [the response] is nowhere near good enough, both by the US and the French.”

This article is republished under a community partnership agreement with RNZ.


This content originally appeared on Asia Pacific Report and was authored by APR editor.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2025/07/16/david-robie-new-zealand-must-do-more-for-pacific-and-confront-nuclear-powers/feed/ 0 544622
Kyrgyzstan tightens control over media with new false news laws https://www.radiofree.org/2025/07/15/kyrgyzstan-tightens-control-over-media-with-new-false-news-laws/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/07/15/kyrgyzstan-tightens-control-over-media-with-new-false-news-laws/#respond Tue, 15 Jul 2025 17:03:57 +0000 https://cpj.org/?p=497747 New York, July 15, 2025—President Sadyr Japarov signed amendments to the Kyrgyz Code of Offenses on July 8, introducing administrative penalties for spreading “false or unreliable” information via mass media or the internet — another in a series of ongoing moves toward cracking down on the country’s independent press. The law, whose signing was announced July 11, will go into effect in the third week of July.

The new regulations establish fines of 20,000 soms (US$230) for individuals, and 65,000 soms (US$740) against outlets found to have violated the law.

“The new law on so-called fake news is just one element of a broader legislative campaign under President Japarov aimed at restricting media, civil society, and public discourse in Kyrgyzstan,” said Gulnoza Said, CPJ’s Europe and Central Asia program coordinator. “Kyrgyz authorities should repeal the law and reverse their escalating legal assault on the independent press.”

The new false news legislation follows similar amendments that went into force in February. These introduced identical administrative fines for defamation and insult. In both cases, complaints are handled by the police and adjudicated in brief administrative court hearings, which journalists fear will allow authorities to swiftly fine media and avoid a thorough judicial review.

Since Japarov came to power in 2020, Kyrgyz authorities have dramatically expanded their arsenal of laws targeting the press while shuttering critical outlets and jailing journalists. A 2021 law empowers the government to extrajudicially block news websites for what it deems false news, and in 2024, Japarov enacted a Russian-style foreign agent law.

On June 25, parliament passed a controversial mass media that allows the government to determine which individuals and organizations are permitted to publish news. The law has sparked criticism from journalists and international organizations such as CPJ, which urged Japarov to veto the bill. 

The president stated earlier this month that he has not yet reviewed the mass media law and will decide whether to sign or return it after careful consideration.


This content originally appeared on Committee to Protect Journalists and was authored by Lauren Wolfe.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2025/07/15/kyrgyzstan-tightens-control-over-media-with-new-false-news-laws/feed/ 0 544552
Don’t go to Kashmir & Muslim majority areas, says Bengal LoP Suvendu amid new state BJP chief’s minority outreach https://www.radiofree.org/2025/07/15/dont-go-to-kashmir-muslim-majority-areas-says-bengal-lop-suvendu-amid-new-state-bjp-chiefs-minority-outreach/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/07/15/dont-go-to-kashmir-muslim-majority-areas-says-bengal-lop-suvendu-amid-new-state-bjp-chiefs-minority-outreach/#respond Tue, 15 Jul 2025 10:21:58 +0000 https://www.altnews.in/?p=302100 BJP leader and West Bengal Leader of Opposition Suvendu Adhikari on July 10 urged Bengalis not to visit Kashmir owing to the northern state’s majority Muslim population. Adhikari’s comments came...

The post Don’t go to Kashmir & Muslim majority areas, says Bengal LoP Suvendu amid new state BJP chief’s minority outreach appeared first on Alt News.

]]>
BJP leader and West Bengal Leader of Opposition Suvendu Adhikari on July 10 urged Bengalis not to visit Kashmir owing to the northern state’s majority Muslim population. Adhikari’s comments came in response to Jammu and Kashmir chief minister Omar Abdullah’s invitation to the people of West Bengal to visit Kashmir while speaking at the inauguration of a travel and tourism fair in Kolkata on the same day.

Adhikari said,Koi Bangali Kashmir nahi jayega. Jahan Musalman abaadi zyada hai, main party affiliation mein nahi bolta hu, mai BJP ke MLA (hokar) nahi (bolta hu)… main jiss tareekein se Bitan Adhikary ji ka wife, Samir Guha ji ka wife ka aasun dekha na… mai unko sujhaav de diya. Bhai jahaan musalmaan abaadi hai, usmein mat jao… Kashmir jana hai toh Jammu jao. Kashmir jaana hai toh Jammu mein jao, jahaan musalmaan abaadi zyada hai, mat jao. Mat jao. Apne kapda khulke, aur sindoor dekh ke chunchun ke maara hai. Humara Himachal Pradesh hai jaiye na, Devbhoomi hai. Uttarakhand jaiyena, Jaiye Orissa jaiye…Pura desh ghumna chahiye humlogo ko… lekin Bangal mein mai personal mera mai ek sensible citizen hu, mai airport mein Bitan Adhikari ji ka wife aur Sameer Guha ji ka wife jo mujhe bataya aplogo ka saamne, aur unka jitna bhi aansu dekha hai na… Main Bangali logon (ko) bata raha hu, aap musalmaan jahaan hai zyada, mat jaiye. Jaan pehle. Apne jaan ko raksha kijiye, chhota chhota bachha ko rakhsa kijiye. Didi behen ko raksha (kijiye)…”

(Translation: No Bengali will go to Kashmir. I am not saying this from my party affiliation or as a BJP MLA… The way I saw the tears of Bitan Adhikari’s wife, Samir Guha’s wife… I suggested to them. Don’t go where there is a majority Muslim population… If you want to go to Kashmir, go to Jammu… If you want to go to Kashmir, go to Jammu, but don’t go to a place where there is a majority of Muslims. Don’t go. (They) took off clothes, and checked the vermilion (on the women’s foreheads), and killed selectively. We have Himachal Pradesh, go there, it is our Devbhoomi. Go to Uttarakhand, go to Odisha… We should travel the whole country.. I am a sensible citizen… I saw Bitan Adhikari’s wife and Sameer Guha’s wife at the airport, whatever they told me in front of you people… I have seen their tears. I am telling the Bengali people — do not go to a place which has a majority Muslim population. Life first. Protect your life, protect your children. Protect your sisters.)

Hours before Adhikari’s comments, Abdullah had assured potential tourists from West Bengal that the J&K government had taken sufficient security-related steps after the terrorist attack in Pahalgam. He also urged people to trust those who had been to Kashmir after the attack rather than believing “those sitting outside and making judgments without even knowing the place.” It is worth noting that on an average, 25-30% of Kashmir tourists are reportedly from Bengal.

In his remarks, Adhikari used the attack in Pahalgam to ‘warn’ Bengalis against visiting Muslim majority areas. Adhikari had met the families of two victims of the attack, Bitan Adhikari and Sameer Guha — both of whom were Bengali. The implications of Adhikari’s remarks are layered. In a statement after India’s retaliatory Operation Sindoor, Foreign Secretary Vikram Misri had said that the terrorists “didn’t just want to traumatise victims and families to ‘send a message’, but targeted the economy in Jammu Kashmir, and attempted to provoke ‘communal discord’ in India, which failed.”

However, when the Leader of Opposition of West Bengal, a state that provides a significant fraction of tourism to Kashmir, urges the residents of his state to refrain from visiting due to the majority of Muslims, it furthers the communal narrative while also implicitly calling for an economic boycott of Muslims. This clearly amounts to religious discrimination and hate speech.

New Bengal BJP Chief’s ‘Muslim Outreach’

Interestingly, Adhikari’s comments come days after newly elected Bengal BJP president Samik Bhattacharya spoke about the BJP’s outreach to the minority community in West Bengal. “Even if the Muslims do not vote for us, our development must and will reach their homes,” Bhattacharya said in an interview with India Today’s Insight. Before this, in a seeming departure from the party’s erstwhile political stance, Bhattacharya stated that his party was not against Muslims, and envisaged a West Bengal where Muharram and Durga puja immersion could be held side by side without communal clashes. This remark came at the very event where he was formally introduced as the state unit chief and in the presence of Adhikari.

In stark contrast to this, Adhikari has clearly said in the past the Bengal BJP MLAs had been elected by Hindus, while the Mamata Banerjee government was “a govt of Mollahs”. Addressing media persons outside the state assembly on February 17, 2025, Adhikari had said, “I, along with Agnimitra Pal, Biswanath Karak, and Bankim Ghosh, take pride in the fact that we won with Hindu votes — not with Muslim votes. BJP MLAs and MPs hold their positions today because of Hindu and ST votes… this government — a government of Mollahs, a government for Muslims… has targeted me. The chief minister is an appeaser of Muslims, an enemy of Hindus, leading a government that is nothing less than Muslim League 2.0…”

Again, in July 2024, while claiming that Muslims of West Bengal had not voted for the BJP in the Lok Sabha election, Adhikari called for putting an end to the party’s slogan of ‘Sabka Saath Sabka Vikaas’. Speaking to journalists after the party’s first working committee meeting following the poll results, he also called for doing away with BJP’s ‘minority morchas’.

When asked to comment on Suvendu’s remarks on Kashmir, Bhattacharya said, “I don’t know in what context our Leader of Opposition is saying this. The stone pelting in Kashmir has stopped, and after the Pahalgam incident, there is panic in the minds of the people. I don’t know under what situation he (Adhikari) has said this now, and I haven’t heard (what he said). Maybe he said it because he thinks Himachal Pradesh is more beautiful. There is no dispute in the party about this (the remarks).”

Bhattacharya has also called Adhikari’s controversial remarks on Sabka Saath Sabka Vikas a ‘personal stance’. One wonders whether it is the new state unit chief’s minority outreach agenda that made Suvendu sound the disclaimer on July 10 that he was not speaking from party affiliation.

Adhikari, once Mamata Banerjee’s protege, beat Banerjee from the Nandigram seat in the 2021 assembly polls by a margin of 1,956 votes. According to the 2011 census, Nandigram has a Muslim population of 40.32%, second to the Hindu population of 59.37%.

The post Don’t go to Kashmir & Muslim majority areas, says Bengal LoP Suvendu amid new state BJP chief’s minority outreach appeared first on Alt News.


This content originally appeared on Alt News and was authored by Shinjinee Majumder.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2025/07/15/dont-go-to-kashmir-muslim-majority-areas-says-bengal-lop-suvendu-amid-new-state-bjp-chiefs-minority-outreach/feed/ 0 544445
A heat wave hit New England’s grid. Clean energy saved the day. https://grist.org/energy/a-heat-wave-hit-new-englands-grid-clean-energy-saved-the-day/ https://grist.org/energy/a-heat-wave-hit-new-englands-grid-clean-energy-saved-the-day/#respond Sun, 13 Jul 2025 13:00:00 +0000 https://grist.org/?p=670073 As temperatures across New England soared above 100 degrees Fahrenheit in recent weeks, solar panels and batteries helped keep air conditioners running while reducing fossil-fuel generation and likely saving consumers more than $20 million.

“Local solar, energy efficiency, and other clean energy resources helped make the power grid more reliable and more affordable for consumers,” said Jamie Dickerson, senior director of clean energy and climate programs at the Acadia Center, a regional nonprofit that analyzed clean energy’s financial benefits during the recent heat wave.

On June 24, as temperatures in the Northeast hit their highest levels so far this year, demand on the New England grid approached maximum capacity, climbing even higher than forecast. Then, unexpected outages at power plants reduced available generation by more than 1 gigawatt. As pressure increased, grid operator ISO New England made sure the power kept flowing by reducing exports to other regions, arranging for imports from neighboring areas, and tapping into reserve resources.

At the same time, rooftop and other ​“behind-the-meter” solar panels throughout the region, plus Vermont’s network of thousands of batteries, supplied several gigawatts of needed power, reducing demand on an already-strained system and saving customers millions of dollars. It was a demonstration, supporters say, of the way clean energy and battery storage can make the grid less carbon-intensive and more resilient, adaptable, and affordable as climate change drives increased extreme weather events.

“As we see more extremes, the region still will need to pursue an even more robust and diverse fleet of clean energy resources,” Dickerson said. ​“The power grid was not built for climate change.”

On June 24, behind-the-meter solar made up as much as 22 percent of the power being used in New England at any given time, according to the Acadia Center. At 3:40 p.m., total demand peaked at 28.5 GW, of which 4.4 GW was met by solar installed by homeowners, businesses, and other institutions.

As wholesale power prices surpassed $1,000 per megawatt-hour, this avoided consumption from the grid saved consumers at least $8.2 million, according to the Acadia Center.

This estimate, however, is conservative, Dickerson said. He and his colleagues also did a more rigorous analysis accounting for the fact that solar suppresses wholesale energy prices by reducing overall demand on the system. By these calculations, the true savings for consumers actually topped $19 million, and even that seems low, Dickerson said.

In Vermont, the state’s largest utility also relieved some of the pressure on the grid by deploying its widespread network of residential and EV batteries. That could save its customers some $3 million by eliminating the utility’s need to buy expensive power from the grid and reducing fees tied to peak demand.

“Green Mountain Power has proven that by making these upfront investments in batteries, you can save ratepayers money,” said Peter Sterling, executive director of trade association Renewable Energy Vermont. ​“It’s something I think is replicable by other utilities in the country.”

Green Mountain Power’s system of thousands of batteries is what is often called a ​“virtual power plant” — a collection of geographically distributed resources like residential batteries, electric vehicles, solar panels, and wind turbines that can work together to supply power to the grid and or reduce demand. In Vermont, Green Mountain Power’s virtual power plant is its largest dispatchable resource, spokesperson Kristin Carlson said. The 72-MW system includes batteries from 5,000 customers, electric school bus batteries, and a mobile, utility-scale battery on wheels.

The network began in 2015 with the construction of a 3.4-megawatt-hour storage facility at a solar field in Rutland, Vermont. Two years later, the utility launched a modest pilot program offering Tesla’s Powerwall batteries to 20 customers, followed in 2018 by a pilot that paid customers to share their battery capacity during high-demand times. In 2022, a partnership with South Burlington’s school district linked electric school buses to the system, and in 2023, state regulators lifted an annual cap on new enrollments it had imposed on a Green Mountain Power program that leases batteries to households. The number of customers with home batteries has since grown by 72%.

“We’ve had a really dramatic expansion,” Carlson said. ​“It is growing by leaps and bounds.”

The network saved consumers money during the heat wave by avoiding the need to buy power at the high prices the market reached that day, but also by helping to lower the ​“capacity fees” charged by ISO New England. These charges are determined by the one hour of highest demand on the grid all year, and then allocated to each utility based on their contributions to that peak. By pulling power from batteries rather than just the grid, Green Mountain Power lowered its part of the peak.

If the afternoon of June 24 remains the time of peak demand for 2025, Green Mountain Power’s 275,000 customers will save about $3 million in total and avoided power purchases, the utility calculated. Looking ahead, more hot weather and further expansion of the utility’s virtual power plant will likely continue to put money back in customers’ pockets, Sterling said: ​“When you play that out over many years, that’s real savings to ratepayers.”

This story was originally published by Grist with the headline A heat wave hit New England’s grid. Clean energy saved the day. on Jul 13, 2025.


This content originally appeared on Grist and was authored by Sarah Shemkus, Canary Media.

]]>
https://grist.org/energy/a-heat-wave-hit-new-englands-grid-clean-energy-saved-the-day/feed/ 0 544180
New Caledonia’s political parties commit to ‘historic’ statehood deal https://www.radiofree.org/2025/07/12/new-caledonias-political-parties-commit-to-historic-statehood-deal/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/07/12/new-caledonias-political-parties-commit-to-historic-statehood-deal/#respond Sat, 12 Jul 2025 23:53:46 +0000 https://asiapacificreport.nz/?p=117257 By Patrick Decloitre, RNZ Pacific correspondent French Pacific desk

New Caledonia’s pro-and-anti-independence parties have committed to an “historic” deal over the future political status of the French Pacific territory, which is set to become — for the first time — a “state” within the French realm.

The 13-page agreement yesterday, officially entitled “Agreement Project of the Future of New Caledonia”, is the result of a solid 10 days of difficult negotiations between both pro and anti-independence parties.

They have stayed under closed doors at a hotel in the small city of Bougival, in the outskirts of Paris.

French Minister for Overseas Manuel Valls (centre) shows signatures on the last page of New Caledonia’s new agreement
French Minister for Overseas Manuel Valls (centre) shows signatures on the last page of New Caledonia’s new agreement. Image: RNZ Pacific/FB

The talks were convened by French President Emmanuel Macron after an earlier series of talks held between February and May 2025 failed to yield an agreement.

After opening the talks on July 2, Macron handed over them to his Minister for Overseas, Manuel Valls, to oversee. Valls managed to bring together all parties around the same table earlier this year.

In his opening speech earlier this month, Macron insisted on the need to restore New Caledonia’s economy, which was brought to its knees following destructive and deadly riots that erupted in May 2024.

He said France was ready to study any solution, including an “associated state” for New Caledonia.

During the following days, all political players exchanged views under the seal of strict confidentiality.

While the pro-independence movement, and its Kanak and Socialist National Liberation Front (FLNKS), remained adamant they would settle for no less than “full sovereignty”, the pro-France parties were mostly arguing that three referendums — held between 2018 and 2021 — had already concluded that most New Caledonians wanted New Caledonia to remain part of France.

Those results, they said, dictated that the democratic result of the three consultations be respected.

Group photo of participants at the end of negotiations
Group photo of participants at the end of negotiations. Image: Philippe Gomes

With this confrontational context, which resulted in an increasingly radicalised background in New Caledonia, that eventually led to the 2024 riots, the Bougival summit was dubbed the “last chance summit”.

In the early hours of Saturday, just before 7 am (Paris time, 5 pm NZ time), after a sleepless night, the secrecy surrounding the Bougival talks finally ended with an announcement from Valls.

He wrote in a release that all partners taking part in the talks had signed and “committed to present and defend the agreement’s text on New Caledonia’s future.”

Valls said this was a “major commitment resulting from a long work of negotiations during which New Caledonia’s partners made the choice of courage and responsibility”.

The released document, signed by almost 20 politicians, details what the deal would imply for New Caledonia’s future.

In its preamble, the fresh deal underlines that New Caledonia was “once again betting on trust, dialogue and peace”, through “a new political organisation, a more widely shared sovereignty and an economic and social refoundation” for a “reinvented common destiny.”

New Caledonia’s population will be called to approve the agreement in February 2026.

If approved, the text would be the centrepiece of a “special organic law” voted by the local Congress.

It would later have to be endorsed by the French Parliament and enshrined in an article of the French Constitution.

What does the agreement contain?
One of the most notable developments in terms of future status for New Caledonia is the notion of a “State of New Caledonia”, under a regime that would maintain it as part of France, but with a dual citizenship — France/New Caledonia.

Another formulation used for the change of status is the often-used “sui generis”, which in legal Latin, describes a unique evolution, comparable to no other.

This would be formalised through a fundamental law to be endorsed by New Caledonia’s Congress by a required majority of three-fifths.

The number of MPs in the Congress would be 56.

The text also envisages a gradual transfer of key powers currently held by France (such as international relations), but would not include portfolios such as defence, currency or justice.

In diplomacy, New Caledonia would be empowered to conduct its own affairs, but “in respect of France’s international commitments and vital interests”.

On defence matters, even though this would remain under France’s powers, it is envisaged that New Caledonia would be “strongly” associated, consulted and kept informed, regarding strategy, goals and actions led by France in the Pacific region.

On police and public order matters, New Caledonia would be entitled to create its own provincial and traditional security forces, in addition to national French law enforcement agencies.

New Caledonia’s sensitive electoral roll
The sensitive issue of New Caledonia’s electoral roll and conditions of eligibility to vote at local elections (including for the three Provincial Assemblies) is also mentioned in the agreement.

It was this very issue that was perceived as the main trigger for the May 2024 riots, the pro-independence movement feared at the time that changing the conditions to vote would gradually place the indigenous Kanak community in a position of minority.

It is now agreed that the electoral roll would be partly opened to those people of New Caledonia who were born after 1998.

The roll was frozen in 2007 and restricted to people born before 1998, which is the date the previous major autonomy agreement of Nouméa was signed.

Under the new proposed conditions to access New Caledonia’s “citizenship”, those entitled would include people who already can vote at local elections, but also their children or any person who has resided in New Caledonia for an uninterrupted ten years or who has been married or lived in a civil de facto partnership with a qualified citizen for at least five years.

Provincial elections once again postponed
One of the first deadlines on the electoral calendar, the provincial elections, was to take place no later than 30 November 2025.

It will be moved once again — for the third time — to May-June 2026.

A significant part of the political deal is also dedicated to New Caledonia’s economic “refoundation”, with a high priority for the young generations, who have felt left out of the system and disenfranchised for too long.

One of the main goals was to bring New Caledonia’s public debts to a level of sustainability.

In 2024, following the riots, France granted, in the form of loans, over 1 billion euros (NZ $1.9 billion) for New Caledonia’s key institutions to remain afloat.

But some components of the political chessboard criticised the measure, saying this was placing the French territory in a state of excessive and long-term debt.

Group photo of participants at the end of negotiations with the signed agreement
Group photo of participants at the end of negotiations with the signed agreement. Image: Philippe_Gomes/RNZ Pacific

Strategic nickel
A major topic, on the macro-economic side, concerns New Caledonia’s nickel mining industry, after years of decline that has left it (even before 2024) in a state of near-collapse.

Nickel is regarded as the backbone of New Caledonia’s economy.

A nickel “strategic plan” would aim at re-starting New Caledonia nickel’s processing plants, especially in the Northern province, but at the same time facilitating the export of raw nickel.

There was also a will to ensure that all mining sites (many of which have been blocked and its installations damaged since the May 2024 riots) became accessible again.

Meanwhile, France would push the European Union to include New Caledonia’s nickel in its list of strategic resources.

New Caledonia’s nickel industry’s woes are also caused by its lack of competitiveness on the world market — especially compared to Indonesia’s recent rise in prominence in nickel production — because of the high cost of energy.

Swift reactions, mostly positive

Left to right – Sonia Backès, Nicolas Metzdorf, Gil Brial and Victor Tutugoro
New Caledonian politicians Sonia Backès (left to right), Nicolas Metzdorf, Gil Brial and Victor Tutugoro. Image: Nicolas Metzdorf/RNZ Pacific

The announcement yesterday was followed by quick reactions from all sides of New Caledonia’s political spectrum and also from mainland France’s political leaders.

French Prime Minister François Bayrou expressed “pride” to see an agreement “on par with history”, emerge.

“Bravo also to the work and patience of Manuel Valls” and “the decisive implication of Emmanuel Macron,” he wrote on X-Twitter.

From the ranks of New Caledonia’s political players, pro-France Nicolas Metzdorf said he perceived as one of the deal’s main benefits the fact that “we will at last be able to project ourselves in the future, in economic, social and societal reconstruction without any deadline.”

Metzdorf admitted that reaching an agreement required concessions and compromise from both sides.

“But the fact that we are no longer faced with referendums and to reinforce the powers of our provinces, this was our mandate”, he told public broadcaster NC La 1ère.

“We’ve had to accept this change from New Caledonia citizenship to New Caledonian nationality, which remains to be defined by New Caledonia’s Congress. We have also created a completely new status as part of the French Republic, a sui generis State”, he noted.

He said the innovative status kept New Caledonia within France, without going as far as an “associated state” mooted earlier.

“At least, what we have arrived at is that New Caledonians remain French”, pro-France Le Rassemblement-LR prominent leader Virginie Ruffenach commented.

“And those who want to contribute to New Caledonia’s development will be able to do so through a minimum stay of residence, the right to vote and to become citizens and later New Caledonia nationals”

“I’m aware that some could be wary of the concessions we made, but let’s face it: New Caledonia nationality does not make New Caledonia an independent State . . . It does not take away anything from us, neither of us belonging to the French Republic nor our French nationality,” Southern Province pro-France President Sonia Backès wrote on social media.

In a joint release, the two main pro-France parties, Les Loyalistes and Rassemblement-LR, said the deal was no less than “historic” and “perennial” for New Caledonia as a whole, to “offer New Caledonia a future of peace, stability and prosperity” while at the same time considering France’s Indo-Pacific strategy.

From the pro-independence side, one of the negotiators, Victor Tutugoro of UNI-UPM (Progressist Union in Melanesia) said what mattered was that “all of us have placed our bets on intelligence, beyond our respective beliefs, our positions, our postures”.

“We put all of these aside for the good of the country.”

“Of course, by definition, a compromise cannot satisfy anyone 100 percent. But it’s a balanced compromise for everyone,” he said.

“And it allows us to look ahead, to build New Caledonia together, a citizenship and this common destiny everyone’s been talking about for many years.”

Before politicians fly back to New Caledonia to present the deal to their respective bases, President Macron received all delegation members last evening to congratulate them on their achievements.

During the Presidential meeting at the Elysée Palace, FLNKS chief negotiator Emmanuel Tjibaou (whose father Jean-Marie Tjibaou also struck a historic agreement and shook hands with pro-France leader Jacques Lafleur, in 1988), stressed the agreement was one step along the path and it allows to envisage new perspectives for the Kanak people.

A sign of the changing times, but in a striking parallel — 37 years after his father’s historic handshake with Lafleur, Emmanuel Tjibaou (whose father was shot dead in 1989 by a radical pro-independence partisan who felt the independence cause had been betrayed — did not shake hands, but instead fist pumped with pro-France’s Metzdorf.

In a brief message on social networks, the French Head of State hailed the conclusive talks, which he labelled “A State of New Caledonia within the (French) Republic,” a win for a “bet on trust.”

“Now is the time for respect, for stability and for the sum of good wills to build a shared future.”

This article is republished under a community partnership agreement with RNZ.

Signatures on the last page of New Caledonia's new agreement
Signatures on the last page of New Caledonia’s new agreement. Image: Philippe Dunoyer/RNZ Pacific


This content originally appeared on Asia Pacific Report and was authored by APR editor.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2025/07/12/new-caledonias-political-parties-commit-to-historic-statehood-deal/feed/ 0 544147
Inside New Orleans’ plan to fix its energy-hogging buildings https://grist.org/buildings/inside-new-orleans-plan-to-fix-its-energy-hogging-buildings/ https://grist.org/buildings/inside-new-orleans-plan-to-fix-its-energy-hogging-buildings/#respond Fri, 11 Jul 2025 20:38:59 +0000 https://grist.org/?p=670138 This coverage is made possible through a partnership between Grist and Verite News, a nonprofit news organization with a mission to produce in-depth journalism in underserved communities in the New Orleans area.

As thousands of architects and planners flocked to New Orleans in 2014 for the world’s largest sustainable design conference, the city saw a chance to prove it belonged in the green building big leagues.

City leaders announced at the Greenbuild International Conference and Expo that New Orleans would join Minneapolis, Seattle and a vanguard of other cities in developing a program requiring large building owners to track and disclose their energy use.

New Orleans’ embrace of “energy benchmarking” drew praise at the conference, with one green building expert declaring that the city was “paving the way” for the rest of the country to follow. 

But New Orleans lost momentum, waiting more than a decade before finally approving its benchmarking ordinance on Thursday. In the meantime, New Orleans fell behind about 50 other cities that have approved energy tracking and disclosure requirements for most large buildings.

“The benchmarking ordinance — finally!” New Orleans City Council member Helena Moreno said. “After many, many years, we’re finally getting there.” 

Benchmarking can both shame the power hogs and extol the virtues of the frugal. The data spurs investment in older, inefficient buildings and encourages more climate-conscious design in new ones, advocates say. 

“It’s well understood that one cannot change what one does not measure,” said Christopher Johnson, a board member with the New Orleans chapter of the American Institute of Architects. By passing the ordinance, the city is “empowering owners to take matters into their own hands to improve their buildings.”  

Buildings are responsible for 40 percent of total energy use in the U.S., and about 35 percent of the country’s carbon emissions, according to the National Renewable Energy Laboratory. Compared to much of the country, buildings in New Orleans tend to be older and less energy-efficient, with high air conditioning use and little insulation. 

Under the city’s plan, owners of buildings 50,000 square feet and larger would need to report annual energy use starting in 2026. In 2027, the requirement would expand to buildings more than 20,000 square feet. Noncompliance could result in fines between $1,000 and $3,000. 

The fines aren’t for inefficiency, Council President JP Morrell said. “They’re for failing to report the data.”

Energy use will be tracked on an interactive map and published in an annual report. 

The ordinance covers about 1,500 properties. While buildings over 20,000 square feet make up just 1 percent of all structures, they account for nearly 40 percent of the city’s total building area, said Greg Nichols, the city’s deputy chief resilience officer. 

Nearly 80 percent of the buildings covered under the ordinance are categorized as commercial, and about 20 percent are residential. Of the commercial buildings, a quarter are warehouses, 16 percent are hotels and 12 percent are offices.  

Funding for implementing the ordinance is covered with $1.5 million from a $50 million greenhouse gas reduction grant awarded to the city by the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency last year. Much of the money for the program would support a full-time employee tasked with promoting it and helping property owners with compliance. 

While President Donald Trump has been canceling or reclaiming many climate-related grants awarded by former President Joe Biden’s administration, the EPA grant appears secure, Nichols said. 

“Climate action is under threat right now from the Trump administration,” he said. “But this is an action that the City Council can take right now to show leadership at a time when other efforts are being imperiled.” 

Benchmarking is a key component of the city’s climate action plan. Updated in 2022, the plan aims to cut the city’s greenhouse gas emissions in half before 2035 and achieve net-zero emissions by 2050. The benchmarking ordinance was supposed to be passed by the end of last year, according to the plan. 

“We are a city that’s committed to significant climate goals,” Morrell said. “It is nigh impossible to do that without benchmarking.” 

Cities with similar ordinances have seen building energy use drop by an average of 2.4 percent annually, according to the EPA. At that rate, the agency calculates that a 500,000-square-foot office building can save about $120,000 per year. 

Utility bill envy can be a potent motivator for property owners, Morrell said.

“It encourages a person to say, ‘Wait a second, we have similarly situated buildings, and I’m paying triple the cost in utility fees,’” he said. “‘It might be worth seeing how we can reduce those costs.’”  

New Orleans can look to its city-owned buildings for further proof of benchmarking’s effectiveness. The city began tracking each building’s energy use more than a decade ago. Between 2018 and 2021, energy use fell by about 23 percent, Nichols said. 

Most cities that require energy consumption tracking are concentrated in the Northeast, Midwest and West Coast. Austin, Atlanta, Orlando and Miami are the only other Southern cities with benchmarking ordinances, according to the Institute for Market Transformation

“I’d love (New Orleans) to be one of the leading cities in the South in this area,” Nichols said. 

Concerns about privacy and fines hindered the ordinance’s progress, city leaders said. To ease those worries, the city will now require property owners to disclose a building’s total energy use, not that of its tenants or other occupants. The ordinance would also waive penalties during the first year and cap fines at $3,000. 

Councilmember Oliver Thomas expressed doubts about the ordinance, saying it may do little more than burnish New Orleans’ image. He cited the city’s recycling program, which diverts only about 2 percent of household waste from landfills — a rate that’s less than a tenth of the national average. 

“We have to be more cautious because we keep producing investments and more money that comes from the public to create a lot of trendy things,” he said. “I don’t want to make the same mistakes we made with recycling and some other initiatives.” 

Morrell called the comparison to recycling “inappropriate.” While recycling may be a costly solution for conserving some materials, benchmarking is a low-cost means of conserving both money and energy, he said. 

 “We’re showing that if you’re more energy efficient, you’ll see a direct reduction in costs,” said. 

Tracking the energy consumption of buildings can also spur economic growth, Nichols said. As property owners recognize the savings from energy upgrades, demand for the skilled workers who implement them will grow, he said.

Energy efficiency is projected to be Louisiana’s top clean energy job creator, with about 9,300 new roles for architects and heating, air conditioning and related tradespeople expected by 2030, according to a recent NREL report. The solar industry was expected to create up to 8,300 jobs, and wind energy would add nearly 600 positions during the same period. 

“While solar and wind have huge potential, it’s actually energy efficiency that has the most job potential,” Nichols said. “And that’s because it includes a wide range of jobs, such as HVAC (technicians), electricians and insulation contractors.” 

Benchmarking could also ease demand on the city’s outage-prone power grid, said Jesse George, the New Orleans policy director for the Alliance for Affordable Energy. A spike in power use during the sweltering Memorial Day weekend overwhelmed transmission lines and triggered rolling blackouts that cut the lights and AC for more than 100,000 households. 

“That showed we need every possible tool in our toolbox to reduce our energy load and demand,” George said. “This ordinance, in terms of the cost to implement versus the potential benefit, is a no-brainer.” 

This story was originally published by Grist with the headline Inside New Orleans’ plan to fix its energy-hogging buildings on Jul 11, 2025.


This content originally appeared on Grist and was authored by Tristan Baurick.

]]>
https://grist.org/buildings/inside-new-orleans-plan-to-fix-its-energy-hogging-buildings/feed/ 0 544046
New Superman Movie in MAGA Crosshairs: Will Right-Wing Critics Be Box Office Kryptonite? https://www.radiofree.org/2025/07/11/new-superman-movie-in-maga-crosshairs-will-right-wing-critics-be-box-office-kryptonite/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/07/11/new-superman-movie-in-maga-crosshairs-will-right-wing-critics-be-box-office-kryptonite/#respond Fri, 11 Jul 2025 14:29:21 +0000 https://dissidentvoice.org/?p=159821 These days, it doesn’t take much to antagonize MAGA, and James Gunn, the director of the new Superman film, scheduled to be released on July 11,  has set off another outrage cycle. “I mean, Superman is the story of America,” Gunn said in an interview with the Times of London, “An immigrant that came from […]

The post New Superman Movie in MAGA Crosshairs: Will Right-Wing Critics Be Box Office Kryptonite? first appeared on Dissident Voice.]]>
A remastered version of the 1949 Superman book cover with the Man of Steel teaching kids about tolerance

These days, it doesn’t take much to antagonize MAGA, and James Gunn, the director of the new Superman film, scheduled to be released on July 11,  has set off another outrage cycle.

“I mean, Superman is the story of America,” Gunn said in an interview with the Times of London, “An immigrant that came from other places […] but for me it is mostly a story that says basic human kindness is a value and is something we have lost.”

Amid the Trump administration’s immigration crackdown, mass deportation plans, and creation of concentration camps like Alligator Alcatraz, Gunn also noted that his film leans into the character’s well-known backstory as an otherworldly refugee, a plot point that has been explored in Superman comics over the years.

MAGA influencers jumped on Gunn speedier than longtime Superman antagonist Lex Luther, General Zod, and Mister Mxyzptlk.  Fox News host Laura Ingraham dismissed the film entirely, declaring it as “another film we won’t be seeing.”

“He’s creating a moat of woke, enlightened opinion around him. He’s got a woke shield,” Fox News host Greg Gutfeld said as an on-screen graphic blared that the “Superwoke” movie embraced “pro-immigrant themes.”

“I’m going to skip seeing Superman now. Director is an absolute moron to say this publicly the week before release,” conservative radio host and OutKick founder Clay Travis complained.

“I can’t believe that we’ve come down to that,” she complained. “We don’t go to the movie theater to be lectured to and to have somebody throw their ideology onto us. I wonder if it will be successful.” MAGA-boosting Fox News host Jesse Watters, meanwhile, followed up by joking that Superman’s cape is now emblazoned with “MS-13.”

The Daily Dot’s Anna Good reported that “Gunn’s version of Superman focuses on empathy, morality, and alienation. These themes have been embedded in the character since his 1938 debut in the first issue of Action Comics. In his interview, Gunn acknowledged that the movie might be received differently in liberal vs. conservative parts of the country.”

Gunn’s take on aligns with the character’s Jewish roots. Created in the 1930s by Jerry Siegel and Joe Shuster, sons of Jewish immigrants who fled the European pogroms, Superman was born of a need for hope during a time of rising anti-Semitism.

“Yes, it’s about politics,” Gunn told The Times of London. “But on another level it’s about morality. Do you never kill no matter what — which is what Superman believes — or do you have some balance, as Lois believes? It’s really about their relationship and the way different opinions on basic moral beliefs can tear two people apart.”

Gunn pointed out that “I’m telling a story about a guy who is uniquely good, and that feels needed now because there is a meanness that has emerged due to cultural figures being mean online.”

“My reaction to [the backlash] is that it is exactly what the movie is about,” he declared. “We support our people, you know? We love our immigrants. Yes, Superman is an immigrant, and yes, the people that we support in this country are immigrants and if you don’t like that, you’re not American. People who say no to immigrants are against the American way.”

The post New Superman Movie in MAGA Crosshairs: Will Right-Wing Critics Be Box Office Kryptonite? first appeared on Dissident Voice.


This content originally appeared on Dissident Voice and was authored by Bill Berkowitz.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2025/07/11/new-superman-movie-in-maga-crosshairs-will-right-wing-critics-be-box-office-kryptonite/feed/ 0 543956
Why So Many People At My New Jersey Prison Support Trump https://www.radiofree.org/2025/07/10/why-so-many-people-at-my-new-jersey-prison-support-trump/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/07/10/why-so-many-people-at-my-new-jersey-prison-support-trump/#respond Thu, 10 Jul 2025 19:59:32 +0000 https://progressive.org/latest/why-so-many-people-at-my-new-jersey-prison-support-trump-maqbool-20250710/
This content originally appeared on The Progressive — A voice for peace, social justice, and the common good and was authored by Tariq MaQbool.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2025/07/10/why-so-many-people-at-my-new-jersey-prison-support-trump/feed/ 0 543820
‘New handshake’ as Secretary of State Marco Rubio attends ASEAN summit | Radio Free Asia (RFA) https://www.radiofree.org/2025/07/10/new-handshake-as-secretary-of-state-marco-rubio-attends-asean-summit-radio-free-asia-rfa/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/07/10/new-handshake-as-secretary-of-state-marco-rubio-attends-asean-summit-radio-free-asia-rfa/#respond Thu, 10 Jul 2025 17:40:31 +0000 http://www.radiofree.org/?guid=326f90c04068c8669567ea4dde201efc
This content originally appeared on Radio Free Asia and was authored by Radio Free Asia.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2025/07/10/new-handshake-as-secretary-of-state-marco-rubio-attends-asean-summit-radio-free-asia-rfa/feed/ 0 543797
New Analysis of Five Major U.S. LNG Export Projects Finds Every One Fails the “Climate Test” https://www.radiofree.org/2025/07/09/new-analysis-of-five-major-u-s-lng-export-projects-finds-every-one-fails-the-climate-test/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/07/09/new-analysis-of-five-major-u-s-lng-export-projects-finds-every-one-fails-the-climate-test/#respond Wed, 09 Jul 2025 15:31:20 +0000 https://www.commondreams.org/newswire/new-analysis-of-five-major-u-s-lng-export-projects-finds-every-one-fails-the-climate-test “Failing the ‘Climate Test’: LNG Projects Awaiting Final Investment Decision Do Not Stand Up to U.S. Government Analysis” shows that U.S. LNG exports displace renewable energy and drive up emissions – making them incompatible with a habitable climate.

As the Trump administration barrels forward with its pro-fossil fuel agenda, and European and Asian governments and financial institutions debate whether to increase investments in U.S. liquified natural gas (LNG) projects, a report published today by Greenpeace USA, Earthworks, and Oil Change International highlights the climate threats and financial risks posed by five major new liquefied gas export projects proposed for the US Gulf Coast, all but one of them still awaiting a final investment decision.

“What we found was crystal clear – any further investment in LNG is not compatible with a livable climate,” says Andres Chang, Senior Research Specialist at Greenpeace USA and lead author of the report. “The massive growth in infrastructure along the Texas and Louisiana Gulf Coast has already created significant public health and ecosystem impacts, threatening entire coastal communities. But it doesn’t stop there. This report shows that if built, these projects would put global climate goals even further out of reach.”

The report analyzes five major U.S. LNG projects – Venture Global CP2, Cameron LNG Phase II, Sabine Pass Stage V, Cheniere Corpus Christi LNG Midscale 8-9, and Freeport LNG Expansion – and finds that each and every one fails a “climate test” derived from models in the DOE’s 2024 LNG Export public interest studies. Contrary to industry claims, the report shows that decreasing methane venting and leaking during gas drilling, transportation, and liquefaction is not enough to make these projects “climate neutral.”

“Focusing the Department of Energy’s model on individual US LNG terminals that are yet to be built, we found that they all result in increased greenhouse gas emissions because they pollute the climate, displace renewable energy, and drive up gas demand,” says Lorne Stockman, Oil Change International Research Director and report co-author. “It is very clear that governments, investors, and insurers must stop supporting the reckless LNG buildout now and instead invest in a rapid and just transition to renewable energy that will protect our communities from toxic pollution and climate-fueled superstorms.”

Future administrations could revoke export authorizations that were rubber-stamped under Trump based on their failure to pass the DOE “climate test,” which introduces a new layer of uncertainty to these already-risky projects. This report adds to a rapidly growing body of evidence that financing U.S. LNG is not a sound decision for insurers, investors, or purchasers – something the EU and America’s Asian allies must keep in mind as President Trump pressures them to increase their imports of U.S. LNG under threat of sweeping tariffs. “Countries with climate commitments, such as those in the EU, should be very wary of the climate cost of importing US LNG,” says Dr. Dakota Raynes, Senior Manager of Research, Policy, and Data at Earthworks and report co-author.

“Fossil fuel dependency has long externalized its true costs, forcing communities to bear the burden of pollution, sickness, and economic instability,” says James Hiatt, founder and director of For a Better Bayou. “For decades the oil and gas industry has known about the devastating health and climate impacts of its operations, yet it continues to expand, backed by billions in private and public financing. These harms are not isolated – they’re systemic, and they threaten all of us. This report is a call to conscience. It’s time we stop propping up deadly false solutions and start investing in a transition to energy systems that sustain life, not sacrifice it.”


This content originally appeared on Common Dreams and was authored by Newswire Editor.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2025/07/09/new-analysis-of-five-major-u-s-lng-export-projects-finds-every-one-fails-the-climate-test/feed/ 0 543591
‘Our Hands Are Loud’: Documentary Creates a New Visual Language to Tell a Trailblazer’s Story https://www.radiofree.org/2025/07/08/our-hands-are-loud-documentary-creates-a-new-visual-language-to-tell-a-trailblazers-story/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/07/08/our-hands-are-loud-documentary-creates-a-new-visual-language-to-tell-a-trailblazers-story/#respond Tue, 08 Jul 2025 17:41:27 +0000 https://progressive.org/latest/our-hands-are-loud-documentary-creates-a-new-visual-language-minton-20250708/
This content originally appeared on The Progressive — A voice for peace, social justice, and the common good and was authored by Matt Minton.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2025/07/08/our-hands-are-loud-documentary-creates-a-new-visual-language-to-tell-a-trailblazers-story/feed/ 0 543424
What Is the Trump Doctrine? John Bellamy Foster on U.S. Foreign Policy & the "New MAGA Imperialism" https://www.radiofree.org/2025/07/08/what-is-the-trump-doctrine-john-bellamy-foster-on-u-s-foreign-policy-the-new-maga-imperialism-2/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/07/08/what-is-the-trump-doctrine-john-bellamy-foster-on-u-s-foreign-policy-the-new-maga-imperialism-2/#respond Tue, 08 Jul 2025 14:51:36 +0000 http://www.radiofree.org/?guid=f446eabad82bca0a5f319d29c8283552
This content originally appeared on Democracy Now! and was authored by Democracy Now!.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2025/07/08/what-is-the-trump-doctrine-john-bellamy-foster-on-u-s-foreign-policy-the-new-maga-imperialism-2/feed/ 0 543409
What Is the Trump Doctrine? John Bellamy Foster on U.S. Foreign Policy & the “New MAGA Imperialism” https://www.radiofree.org/2025/07/08/what-is-the-trump-doctrine-john-bellamy-foster-on-u-s-foreign-policy-the-new-maga-imperialism/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/07/08/what-is-the-trump-doctrine-john-bellamy-foster-on-u-s-foreign-policy-the-new-maga-imperialism/#respond Tue, 08 Jul 2025 12:47:09 +0000 http://www.radiofree.org/?guid=9c6daf6853a6570807d16da561c9971a Seg3 trump4

What is MAGA imperialism? Monthly Review editor John Bellamy Foster says that, despite its feints toward anti-imperialist isolationism, President Donald Trump’s foreign policy has coalesced into a “hyper-nationalist” form of populism that rejects the U.S.'s post-WWII adherence to liberal internationalism and promotes dominance over other countries via military power rather than through economic globalization. Foster explains that this “Trump doctrine is opposed to multi-ethnic empires and multi-ethnic nations,” operating under a “racial definition of foreign policy, with the notion that the United States is a white country and other ethnicities don't belong.” And while some analyses of the Trump coalition locate its base in the “white working class,” in reality this ideology is rooted in the lower middle class, which owns more property and is less opposed to the wealthy capitalist class. “If you go back to the 1930s, to Italy and Germany, it’s the same constituency that drove the fascist movement, but it’s a result of an alliance between big capital … and the lower middle class.”


This content originally appeared on Democracy Now! and was authored by Democracy Now!.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2025/07/08/what-is-the-trump-doctrine-john-bellamy-foster-on-u-s-foreign-policy-the-new-maga-imperialism/feed/ 0 543391
A deadline looms for a new Colorado River plan. What happens if there isn’t one? https://grist.org/drought/a-deadline-looms-for-a-new-colorado-river-plan-what-happens-if-there-isnt-one/ https://grist.org/drought/a-deadline-looms-for-a-new-colorado-river-plan-what-happens-if-there-isnt-one/#respond Sat, 05 Jul 2025 13:00:00 +0000 https://grist.org/?p=669612 The clock is ticking on the Colorado River. The seven states that use its water are nearing a 2026 deadline to come up with new rules for sharing its shrinking supplies. After more than a year of deadlock, there are rumblings of a new plan, but it’s far from final.

So what happens if the states can’t agree before that deadline?

There’s no roadmap for exactly what would happen next, but policy experts and former officials can give us some ideas. It would likely be complicated, messy and involve big lawsuits.

“I think people are looking for a concise answer here,” said Brenda Burman, former commissioner of the Bureau of Reclamation. “But there isn’t a concise answer.”

While the details of that hypothetical future are fuzzy, experts generally agree on one thing: the states should do everything they can to avoid missing that deadline and heading into uncharted territory.

“It’s our job to make sure that we are setting the path for the next 20 or 30 years of stability,” said Burman, who now manages the Central Arizona Project. “And if we fail in that job, shame on us.”

An aerial view of train tracks running through red rocks next to water
Rail tracks, emerge above the surface of Lake Powell on November 2, 2022. They are were part of a system to cart away rock during the construction of Glen Canyon Dam in the 1950s and 60s, and were dry again thanks to rapidly-dropping levels in Lake Powell. Alex Hager / KUNC

Former federal officials can give some of the best insight into what might happen without a state deal, because federal agencies would likely step in to make sure reservoirs and dams stay functional. The Bureau of Reclamation, which manages water infrastructure across the West, and its parent agency, the Department of the Interior, would become major power players.

Falling back to a ‘nightmare scenario’

For more than a century, the Colorado River has been governed by a legal agreement called the Colorado River Compact. It was signed in 1922, when the river — and the West — looked a lot different. Over the years, policymakers have added a patchwork of temporary rules to adapt to modern times.

In this century, climate change has driven the need to adapt. The river has been in a megadrought that goes back to 2000. With less water in the river, states have had to cut back on demand, even though the compact promises more water to users than the river itself could ever provide naturally. Drought conditions have become the new normal over the past two decades, and temporary rules that were implemented to rein in water demand aren’t keeping up with the pace of drying.

The current rules for managing water were first implemented in 2007. They were slightly modified in 2012 and then expanded in 2019. All of those rules are set to expire in 2026. That expiration is the reason states are in a pinch to draw up new rules right now.

The absolute last-chance deadline to implement new guidelines is October 1, 2026. If the states fail to submit a plan for managing water by then, the Colorado River would fall back to management rules from the 1970s.

Brenda Burman, then commissioner of the Bureau of Reclamation, speaks at a conference in Las Vegas in December 2019. Alex Hager / KUNC

Experts say those rules, known as the Long Range Operating Criteria, or LROC, are “woefully insufficient” to deal with today’s drier, smaller river.

“That’s a nightmare scenario,” said Anne Castle. “And I don’t think that the states or the federal government would allow that to happen.”

Castle, a longtime water lawyer who served as assistant secretary for water and science at the Interior Department, said releasing water in accordance with those 1970s rules would quickly drain the nation’s largest reservoirs, Lake Mead and Lake Powell. That would jeopardize hydropower generation at major dams and could make it impossible to pass water from one side of those dams to the people and businesses downstream.

Interior, which would presumably prefer to avoid failure at the dams it runs — Hoover Dam and Glen Canyon Dam — would likely get involved to stop reservoirs from losing their water. In the absence of guidance from the states, the Secretary of Interior could use his authority as the river’s “water master,” a role that gives him some legal power to make decisions about who gets how much water.

And this administration has already made it clear that the current chief — Doug Burgum — would take advantage of that position. Scott Cameron, one of the highest ranking Colorado River officials in the Trump Administration, said as much to a conference of water experts gathered in Colorado in early June.

“Secretary Burgum is prepared to exercise his responsibility as water master,” Cameron said. “He’s not looking forward to that, but in the absence of a seven state agreement, he will do it.”

Federal action and likely lawsuits

Say the Interior Secretary becomes water master and has to pull some levers on the Colorado River. The next big question is, which levers would he pull?

His first option is the path of least resistance — sticking with those 1970s rules. They would send a lot of water from the top half of the river to the bottom. So the Upper Basin states of Colorado, Utah, Wyoming and New Mexico might want to take Interior to court.

“No one could possibly come up with a set of rules that pleases everyone,” Castle said. “And [Interior will] do what they think they have the authority to do. But we all know that lawyers may disagree.”

His second option is a little more involved, but would also likely result in a lawsuit. There’s a catch with Interior’s power on the Colorado River. It is mostly able to make changes in the Lower Basin states of California, Arizona and Nevada.

If Interior wanted to act boldly and force cutbacks to water use, cuts would likely hit those states disproportionately.

A carving on the Hoover Dam shows one of the Bureau of Reclamation’s responsibilities, along with irrigation, power, and others. Alex Hager / KUNC

“In either situation,” said Mike Connor, another former Reclamation commissioner. “Somebody is going to object and say, ‘You’re not acting consistent with the law’ and sue the Secretary to say ‘You made a bad decision.’”

Connor, who served from 2009 to 2014, said Interior’s authority has never been specifically defined, but it mostly comes from the 1928 Boulder Canyon Project Act. That legislation created Hoover Dam, which creates Lake Mead, and the All-American Canal, which supplies water to California’s Imperial Valley. That gives the federal government some control of the nation’s largest reservoir and the water supply for the Imperial Irrigation District, the river’s single largest water user.

There are a few other options besides Interior’s two paths, but they’re much harder to predict.

While states hold most of the planning power on the Colorado River, other big entities could try to go around them. For example, the water department in a major city, or a large farm group could use their big budgets and legal teams to influence lawmakers and get a form of Colorado River rules passed by the U.S. Congress.

States could also ask for an extension, kicking the can down the road by another year or two. The extended deadline could give them more time to coalesce around new rules, but policy experts say states should try to avoid that and agree on rules that are urgently needed to manage the shrinking river.

“That sort of takes the foot off the accelerator and we haven’t really done anything,” Castle said.

Will the states agree before the deadline?

There is at least some reason to believe the states will steer the Colorado River away from collapse or court. For all of their disagreements, state water negotiators do seem to be on the same page about one thing: keeping their situation out of the Supreme Court.

Amy Haas, executive director of the Colorado River Authority of Utah, told KUNC in February that it would be “folly” to take their negotiations to court.

“We are the ones who should really shape the outcome here,” she said. “We’re the experts. We’re the water managers. We understand the system. Why would we want to relinquish that control and that responsibility?”

States appear to be moving closer to implementing new Colorado River rules without any messy court battles. Early details of a proposal to distribute water cutbacks are emerging, and it appears that it could push states long mired in disagreement toward consensus.

Three men and a woman sit at a table in front of a series of flags
Water policymakers from (left to right) Utah, New Mexico, Colorado and Wyoming speak on a panel at the Colorado River Water Users Association conference in Las Vegas on December 5, 2024. Alex Hager / KUNC

Instead of those states leaning on old rules that don’t account for climate change, they’re proposing a new system that divides the river based on how much water is in it today.

State leaders were quick to emphasize that the plan is in its early stages, but cast it as a way to agree before the 2026 deadline.

“I was very pessimistic that we were on a path towards litigation,” said Tom Buschatzke, Arizona’s top water negotiator. “I’m more optimistic now that we can avoid that path if we can make this work.”

This story is part of ongoing coverage of the Colorado River, produced by KUNC and supported by the Walton Family Foundation.

This story was originally published by Grist with the headline A deadline looms for a new Colorado River plan. What happens if there isn’t one? on Jul 5, 2025.


This content originally appeared on Grist and was authored by Alex Hager, KUNC.

]]>
https://grist.org/drought/a-deadline-looms-for-a-new-colorado-river-plan-what-happens-if-there-isnt-one/feed/ 0 542987
Greenpeace chief recalls New Zealand’s nuclear free exploits, seeks ‘peace’ voice for Gaza https://www.radiofree.org/2025/07/05/greenpeace-chief-recalls-new-zealands-nuclear-free-exploits-seeks-peace-voice-for-gaza/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/07/05/greenpeace-chief-recalls-new-zealands-nuclear-free-exploits-seeks-peace-voice-for-gaza/#respond Sat, 05 Jul 2025 10:45:43 +0000 https://asiapacificreport.nz/?p=117051 Asia Pacific Report

Greenpeace Aotearoa executive director Russel Norman today recalled New Zealand’s heyday as a Pacific nuclear free champion in the 1980s, and challenged the country to again become a leading voice for “peace and justice”, this time for the Palestinian people.

He told the weekly Palestinian solidarity rally in Auckland’s central Te Komititanga Square that it was time for New Zealand to take action and recognise the state of Palestine and impose sanctions on Israel over its Gaza atrocities.

“From 1946 to 1996, over 300 nuclear weapons were exploded across the Pacific and consistently the New Zealand government spoke out against it,” he said.

“It took cases to the International Court of Justice, supported by Australia and Fiji, against the nuclear testing across the Pacific.

“Aotearoa New Zealand was a voice for peace, it was a voice for justice, and when the French government bombed the Greenpeace ship Rainbow Warrior here and killed Fernando Pereira, it spoke out and took action against France.”

He said New Zealand could return to that global leadership as a small and peaceful country.

New Zealand will this week be commemorating the 40th anniversary of the bombing of the Rainbow Warrior by French secret agents on 10 July 1985 and the killing of Greenpeace photographer Fernando Pereira.

Dawn vigil on Greenpeace III
Greenpeace plans a dawn vigil on board their current flagship Rainbow Warrior III at Halsey Wharf.

He spoke about the Gaza war crimes, saying it was time for New Zealand to take serious action to help end this 20 months of settler colonial genocide.

“There are millions of people [around the world] who are trying to end this colonial occupation of Palestinian land,” Norman said.

“And millions of people who are trying to stop people simply standing to get food who are hungry who are being shelled and killed by the Israeli military simply for the ‘crime’ of being born in the land that Israel wants to occupy.”

Rocket Lab . . . a target for protests
Rocket Lab . . . a target for protests this week against the Gaza genocide. Image: David Robie/APR

Norman’s message echoed an open letter that he wrote to Prime Minister Christopher Luxon and Foreign Minister Winston Peters earlier this week criticising the government for its “ongoing failure … to impose meaningful sanctions on Israel”.

He cited the recent UN Human Rights Office report that said the killing of hundreds of Palestinians by the Israeli military while trying to fetch food from the controversial new “Gaza Humanitarian Foundation” aid hubs was a ‘likely war crime”.

“Israel’s ongoing blockade of aid to Gaza has placed over 2 million people on the precipice of famine. Malnutrition and starvation are rife,” he said.

Israel ‘weaponising aid’
“Israel is weaponising aid, using starvation as a tool of genocide and is now shooting at civilians trying to access the scraps of aid that are available.”

He said this was “catastrophic”, quoting Luxon’s own words, and the human suffering was “unacceptable”.

Labour MP for Te Atatu and disarmament spokesperson Phil Twyford also spoke at the rally and march today, saying the Labour Party was calling for sanctions and accountability.

He condemned the failure to hold “the people who have been enabling the genocide in Gaza”.

“It’s been going on for too long. Not just the last [20 months], but actually the last 77 years.

“And it is time the Western world snapped out of the spell that the Zionists have had on the Western imagination — at least on the political classes, government MPs, the policy makers in Western countries, who for so long have enabled, have stayed quiet in the face of the US who have armed and funded the genocide”

For the Palestinian solidarity movement in New Zealand it has been a big week with four politicians — including Prime Minister Luxon — and two business leaders, the chief executives of Rocket Lab and Rakon, who have been referred by the Palestine Solidarity Network Aotearoa to the International Criminal Court (ICC) for investigation over allegations of complicity with the Israeli war crimes.

This unprecedented legal development has been largely ignored by the mainstream media.

On Friday, protesters picketed a Rocket Lab manufacturing site in Warkworth, the head office in Mount Wellington and the Māhia peninsula where satellites are launched.

Amnesty International, Human Rights Watch, leading international scholars and the UN Special Committee to investigate Israel’s practices have all condemned Israel’s actions as genocide.

Palestinian solidarity protesters in Auckland's Queen Street march today
Palestinian solidarity protesters in Auckland’s Queen Street march today. Image: David Robie/APR


This content originally appeared on Asia Pacific Report and was authored by APR editor.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2025/07/05/greenpeace-chief-recalls-new-zealands-nuclear-free-exploits-seeks-peace-voice-for-gaza/feed/ 0 542979
New World Odor https://www.radiofree.org/2025/07/04/new-world-odor/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/07/04/new-world-odor/#respond Fri, 04 Jul 2025 14:30:48 +0000 https://dissidentvoice.org/?p=159633 President Donald Trump has just released fragrances for God-fearing, America-loving patriots. While proudly wearing Trump’s trademark red MAGA caps, they can now make an olfactory declaration of their love of the U S of A! The fragrances named “Trump Victory 45-47” — referring to his capturing the 45th and 47th presidencies — are available as […]

The post New World Odor first appeared on Dissident Voice.]]>

President Donald Trump has just released fragrances for God-fearing, America-loving patriots. While proudly wearing Trump’s trademark red MAGA caps, they can now make an olfactory declaration of their love of the U S of A!

The fragrances named “Trump Victory 45-47” — referring to his capturing the 45th and 47th presidencies — are available as cologne for men and perfume for women, and are bargain priced at only $249 for the limited edition 3.3 fl oz numbered collectors version. You can get them at the dedicated website. Hurry! They won’t last.

I recognize that there are some nasty people out there, cynics who would want to portray Trump as being a crude, obnoxious opportunist, using his prominence as the world-renowned leader of the most powerful and wealthiest country in human history, to suck money out of the wallets of Trump loyalists and other gullible chumps. This would obviously be a grotesque and insulting abuse of power.

But hey, let’s cut the man some slack.

What’s his motto? It’s not MTRGA: ‘Make Trump Resorts Great Again’. It’s MAGA! ‘Make America Great Again!’ That says it all! That tells us where his loyalties really lie.

Trump is not getting any younger. He probably hasn’t — especially considering his diet — got that many years left on this Earth. Yet he’s dedicating this final chapter in his life to service to our nation. His devotion to the United States of America limitless and beyond dispute.

Look at the reality. He’s been a super-entrepreneur all his life, wheeling, dealing, perfecting the art of the deal. He could right now be in the private sector bankrupting companies. Instead, he is selflessly committed his life to the public sector, bankrupting the country.

No, you negative nitpickers, ‘Trump Fragrances’ is not some scam. Trump Fragrances is our deeply patriotic, courageous, noble president’s bold and history-changing attack on the stench that now exhales from our bilious economy, the noxious cloud hovering over our whole putrid and stagnating society, the effluvium exuded by the political milieu of Washington DC.

And what a stinky mess our governing institutions, including the Executive Branch, have become! The swamp creatures roaming the halls of power are exclusively beholden to the ruling elite — the extreme ultra wealthy — pathologically beguiled by American exceptionalism, addicted to war, paranoid, xenophobic, ill-informed, myopic, misinformed, insular, delusional, deaf, dumb, and blind. And that’s on a good day!

But there is hope!

Trump Fragrances will displace the putrefying off-gassing of our dying democracy, the foul stench of corruption and treachery, the malodor of malfeasance and incompetence, the rank miasma of hypocrisy and betrayal, and doggedly overpower the fetid reek of failure with the SWEET SMELL OF SUCCESS … of winning and winning and winning again and again.

Yes, good people, with Trump Fragrances, we are witnessing a revolution in the making!

Call it the New World Odor.

The post New World Odor first appeared on Dissident Voice.


This content originally appeared on Dissident Voice and was authored by John Rachel.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2025/07/04/new-world-odor/feed/ 0 542912
"Empire of AI": Karen Hao on How AI Is Threatening Democracy & Creating a New Colonial World https://www.radiofree.org/2025/07/04/empire-of-ai-karen-hao-on-how-ai-is-threatening-democracy-creating-a-new-colonial-world-4/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/07/04/empire-of-ai-karen-hao-on-how-ai-is-threatening-democracy-creating-a-new-colonial-world-4/#respond Fri, 04 Jul 2025 13:45:02 +0000 http://www.radiofree.org/?guid=8a1b4fc2c258bb09dcbcefe7e6eb23a3
This content originally appeared on Democracy Now! and was authored by Democracy Now!.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2025/07/04/empire-of-ai-karen-hao-on-how-ai-is-threatening-democracy-creating-a-new-colonial-world-4/feed/ 0 542884
“Empire of AI”: Karen Hao on How AI Is Threatening Democracy & Creating a New Colonial World https://www.radiofree.org/2025/07/04/empire-of-ai-karen-hao-on-how-ai-is-threatening-democracy-creating-a-new-colonial-world-3/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/07/04/empire-of-ai-karen-hao-on-how-ai-is-threatening-democracy-creating-a-new-colonial-world-3/#respond Fri, 04 Jul 2025 12:08:29 +0000 http://www.radiofree.org/?guid=63ff19628bb9b9c522c8fcc57d28306a Seg karen book

In our July Fourth special broadcast, we revisit our interview with longtime technology reporter Karen Hao, author of the new book Empire of AI, which unveils the accruing political and economic power of AI companies — especially Sam Altman’s OpenAI. Her reporting uncovered the exploitation of workers in Kenya, attempts to take massive amounts of freshwater from communities in Chile, along with numerous accounts of the technology’s detrimental impact on the environment. “This is an extraordinary type of AI development that is causing a lot of social, labor and environmental harms,” says Hao, in an extended interview.


This content originally appeared on Democracy Now! and was authored by Democracy Now!.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2025/07/04/empire-of-ai-karen-hao-on-how-ai-is-threatening-democracy-creating-a-new-colonial-world-3/feed/ 0 542873
Eyewitness account of Rainbow Warrior voyage – new Eyes of Fire edition https://www.radiofree.org/2025/07/04/eyewitness-account-of-rainbow-warrior-voyage-new-eyes-of-fire-edition/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/07/04/eyewitness-account-of-rainbow-warrior-voyage-new-eyes-of-fire-edition/#respond Fri, 04 Jul 2025 02:50:59 +0000 https://asiapacificreport.nz/?p=117010 By Giff Johnson, editor of the Marshall Islands Journal

Author David Robie and Little Island Press are about to publish next week a 40th anniversary edition of Eyes of Fire: The Last Voyage and Legacy of the Rainbow Warrior, a first-hand account of the relocation of the Rongelap people by Greenpeace’s flagship Rainbow Warrior in 1985.

Dr Robie joined what turned out to be the ill-fated voyage of the Rainbow Warrior from Hawai’i across the Pacific, with its first stop in the Marshall Islands and the momentous evacuation of Rongelap Atoll.

After completing the evacuation of the 320 people of Rongelap from their unsafe nuclear test-affected home islands to Mejatto Island in Kwajalein Atoll, the Rainbow Warrior headed south via Kiribati and Vanuatu.

After a stop in New Zealand, it was scheduled to head to the French nuclear testing zone at Moruroa in French Polynesia to protest the then-ongoing atmospheric nuclear tests conducted by France for decades.

But French secret agents attached bombs to the hull of the Rainbow Warrior while it was tied up at a pier in Auckland. The bombs mortally damaged the Warrior and killed Greenpeace photographer Fernando Peirera, preventing the vessel from continuing its Pacific voyage.

The new edition of Eyes of Fire will be launched on July 10 in New Zealand.

“This edition has a small change of title, Eyes of Fire: The Last Voyage and Legacy of the Rainbow Warrior, and has an extra 30 pages, with a new prologue by former Prime Minister Helen Clark,” Dr Robie said in an email to the Journal.

“The core of the book is similar to earlier editions, but bookended by a lot of new material: Helen’s Prologue, Bunny McDiarmid’s updated Preface and a long Postscript 2025 by me with a lot more photographs, some in colour.”

Dr Robie added: “I hope this edition is doing justice to our humanitarian mission and the Rongelap people that we helped.”

He said the new edition is published by a small publisher that specialises in Pacific Island books, often in Pacific languages, Little Island Press.


This content originally appeared on Asia Pacific Report and was authored by APR editor.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2025/07/04/eyewitness-account-of-rainbow-warrior-voyage-new-eyes-of-fire-edition/feed/ 0 542827
Home or exile? Syrian journalists grapple with new realities post-Assad https://www.radiofree.org/2025/07/03/home-or-exile-syrian-journalists-grapple-with-new-realities-post-assad/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/07/03/home-or-exile-syrian-journalists-grapple-with-new-realities-post-assad/#respond Thu, 03 Jul 2025 17:26:13 +0000 https://cpj.org/?p=494874 Berlin, July 3, 2025—After almost 14 years of civil war, the lightning overthrow of Syria’s President Bashar al-Assad in December has unleashed the possibility of returning home for hundreds of exiled journalists.

For Ahmad Primo, who was arrested by the government for reporting that the 2011 protests were a revolution and then jailed by Islamic State, the idea was tantalizing.

“If I were single, I would go back and join those fighting for the future of Syria,” said Primo, who lives in Norway with his wife and children. “But I have a family and I cannot gamble with their future.”

Primo said his Norwegian passport bars him from returning to Syria, so he will continue working as a researcher for a Norwegian news platform, in addition to running his own Arabic fact-checking platform Verify-Sy.

“It’s not about where we are, it’s about what we’re doing,” he said.

Journalist Ahmad Primo works while holding his one-month-old daughter Laya in December 2024.
Journalist Ahmad Primo works in Norway while holding his one-month-old daughter Laya in December 2024. (Photo: Courtesy of Ahmad Primo)

After 54 years of al-Assad family rule, renewed energy has emerged among exiled Syrian journalists to use their skills to support media development and truth-telling back home.

Complex legal and family obligations, security concerns, and sectarian tensions mean permanent return is rarely an option. Some make irregular trips to report and train other journalists, but risk burning their ticket back to Europe without European citizenship.

A few have taken the plunge.

In a Facebook video, Syrian reporter Besher Kanakri stood in front of an airport arrivals sign in Damascus and announced, “I am returning to my homeland after seven years of forced absence.”

After years working for Istanbul-based Syria TV from Germany, he was pleased to be transferred to the Syrian capital.  

“Our country needs us and we must go back to contribute to rebuilding it,” Kanakri told CPJ. “The risks are significant but I still want to return.”

Syria has long been among the world’s deadliest countries for journalists with at least 145 killed since 2011, when al-Assad began to crack down on protesters. CPJ is investigating the cases of hundreds of other missing and killed journalists.

Syria topped CPJ’s 2023 Global Impunity Index, which measures where murderers of journalists are most likely to go free.

Tired of being a refugee reporter

Others are staying put, for now.

Journalist Yahya Alaous, 52, arrived in the German capital Berlin, a renowned hub for Arab intelligentsia, a decade ago and found work reporting on refugee life for German outlets.

Women at a protest organized by the anti-immigrant AfD party in Berlin in 2018. (Photo: Reuters/Axel Schmidt)

But he soon got tired of being stereotyped, particularly after 2017, when the anti-immigrant and far-right Alternative for Germany (AfD) rose to prominence as the third-largest party in parliament.

“Every time there was a terrorist attack, I felt I had to defend myself – to explain that we’re not all the same, since many assumed that refugees were the ones coming to Europe and carrying out these attacks,” said Alaous.

“You start to lose patience. I didn’t want to spend my life constantly defending myself for something I had nothing to do with,” he said.

Despite his disillusionment with Berlin, Alaous has prioritized his children’s future and chosen to stay. He mainly writes for Arabic-language media, using contacts back home to report on Syria.

‘Afraid of what might come next’

Security concerns make relocation difficult for many journalists, especially minorities. About 70% of Syrians in the country are Sunni and the remainder are mostly Shia and Ismaili Muslims, Christians, Druze, and Alawites — the community of the al-Assad family.

The new government, Hayat Tahrir al-Sham (HTS), is a Sunni Islamist group with roots in al-Qaeda. HTS has said it supports “Syria for all Syrians” and pledged not to prosecute journalists, but some have reported arrests, assaults, and intimidation in areas like northwest Syria, where the rebels-turned-rulers have been in power since 2017.

Minorities, like Amloud Alamir, are cautious.

“It was an astonishing moment when I woke up and realized the Assad regime had fallen,” said Alamir, who fled to Germany from Syria with her husband after he was imprisoned for his political views.

“I was also afraid of what might come next. I thought there would be chaos, or that radical Islamist militias might take over,” Alamir told CPJ. “We were scared. But we also knew it was a moment to be acknowledged, even if it was too early to celebrate.” 

Julia Gerlach, founder of Amal Berlin, (left) and Syrian journalist Amloud Alamir (right) in Damascus.
Julia Gerlach, founder of Amal Berlin (left), Syrian journalist Amloud Alamir (right), and another journalist in Damascus in April. (Photo: Courtesy of Amloud Alamir)

In April, Alamir visited Syria for the first time in 14 years, on a reporting trip. She found a deeply divided country.

“No one sees me as Amloud,” she said, explaining how she was labeled according to her sectarian identity, even though she doesn’t practice the faith. “It’s not easy.”

Despite her deep longing to return, Alamir believes some painful truths cannot be ignored.

“Stay in Damascus if you want to be happy,” she said. “But if you want to see the reality, you have to go elsewhere, like Latakia,” she said, referring to the coastal province where some 1,300 people were massacred in March.

In Latakia’s al-Sanawbar village, where Alawite civilians were executed in revenge killings against al-Assad’s community and buried in mass graves, she found devastation.

“All the women were in black,” she said. “Everyone had lost someone.”

She visited a church where the faithful said they regarded themselves as Syrians first, rather than Christians. While hoping the new government would treat all citizens equally, they also felt hopeless and were quietly looking for ways to leave, Alamir said.

Syrian journalists attend a free media training event in the capital Damascus in May. (Photo: Credit withheld)
A man prays over a grave of an Alawite family in Latakia in March. (Photo: Reuters/Stringer)

´We didn’t choose to leave´

Divisions between exiles and those who stayed in Syria add further complications.

“We are no longer seen as Syrian journalists by those inside the country,” said Alaous in Berlin. “They believe we didn’t suffer like they did … Some even see us as traitors because we live abroad, while they endured the hardships.”

“But leaving wasn’t our choice, we were forced to flee,” he insisted.

Carola Richter, a communications professor at the Free University of Berlin, believes the development of domestic Syrian media is critical.

“People want transparency about who’s behind the information to decide whether they can trust it,” she said. “Exiled media targeting Syrians is not the ideal solution.”

The fractured nature of exiled media reflects mistrust among Syrians, divided by social and ideological backgrounds, she said, describing a mix of “hope, enthusiasm, fear, and fatigue” among those considering return.

“Many feel disillusioned with journalism in exile, yet unsure if going back would allow them to truly serve their community or put them at risk. This mix of emotions and conflicting thoughts is intense and still needs to be channeled into a clear direction,” she said.

Summer school in Syria

Exiled Syrian journalists discuss the future of Syria in Amal Berlin's office in January.
Exiled Syrian journalists discuss the future of Syria in Amal Berlin’s office in January. (Photo: Lamiya Adilgizi)

The online outlet Amal Berlin, staffed by a dozen Syrian exiles, plans to harness some of that energy to train young journalists in reporting and fact-checking at a summer school in Syria.

“The fall of the Assad regime created a necessity for Syrians in exile to do something in Syria,” said Julia Gerlach, a German journalist who set up the Arabic-language platform in 2016 to provide practical information to help Syrians settle in Germany.

Another Syrian journalist, who declined to be named, citing fear of reprisals, told CPJ that he went to Damascus in December to work as a fixer for international media and to run free training workshops, hosted by visiting exiles, for “a new generation of journalists.”

“The lucky Syrians were able to flee and have better life and education, and now it’s time for them to give back,” he said, describing it as his duty to improve journalism standards in Syria.

“We have been struggling with propaganda and disinformation during war and it’s always been hard to get verified news … I’m trying to transfer what I’ve learned from the last decade working with international media outlets to my people,” he said.

“I would love to travel around Syria and give workshops nonstop. It means a lot to me to give to anyone, so imagine how it feels when it’s my people who are receiving.”


This content originally appeared on Committee to Protect Journalists and was authored by Lamiya Adilgizi.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2025/07/03/home-or-exile-syrian-journalists-grapple-with-new-realities-post-assad/feed/ 0 542736
Is “Alligator Alcatraz” a new Guantánamo? https://www.radiofree.org/2025/07/02/is-alligator-alcatraz-a-new-guantanamo/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/07/02/is-alligator-alcatraz-a-new-guantanamo/#respond Wed, 02 Jul 2025 18:38:23 +0000 http://www.radiofree.org/?guid=ab0e69ad18edeb5474a93b4d97758872
This content originally appeared on Democracy Now! and was authored by Democracy Now!.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2025/07/02/is-alligator-alcatraz-a-new-guantanamo/feed/ 0 542525
Oxfam reaction to Spain, Brazil and South Africa launching a new coalition to tax the super-rich https://www.radiofree.org/2025/07/01/oxfam-reaction-to-spain-brazil-and-south-africa-launching-a-new-coalition-to-tax-the-super-rich/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/07/01/oxfam-reaction-to-spain-brazil-and-south-africa-launching-a-new-coalition-to-tax-the-super-rich/#respond Tue, 01 Jul 2025 15:45:04 +0000 https://www.commondreams.org/newswire/oxfam-reaction-to-spain-brazil-and-south-africa-launching-a-new-coalition-to-tax-the-super-rich In response to Spain, Brazil and South Africa’s new global coalition to tax the super-rich, launched today at the Fourth Financing for Development Conference in Seville, Oxfam Tax Justice Policy Lead Susana Ruiz said:

"We welcome the leadership of Brazil, Spain and South Africa in calling for taxes on the super-rich. People around the world are pushing for more countries to reject the corrupting political influence of oligarchies. Taxation of the super-rich is a vital tool to secure sustainable development and fight inequalities. The wealth of the richest 1% has surged $33.9 trillion since 2015, enough to end annual poverty 22 times, yet billionaires only pay around 0.3% in real taxes.

“This extreme inequality is being driven by a financial system that puts the interests of a wealthy few above everyone else. This concentration of wealth is blocking progress towards the Sustainable Development Goals and keeping over three billion people living in poverty: over half of poor countries are spending more on debt repayments than on healthcare or education.

“In a tense geopolitical environment, Spain, Brazil and South Africa have taken an important step in forging an alliance here at the UN conference in Seville to show political will for taxation of the super-rich. Now other countries must follow their lead and join forces. This year, the FFD in Seville, COP30 in Brazil and G20 in South Africa are key opportunities for international cooperation to tax the super-rich and invest in a sustainable future that puts human rights and equality at its core.”


This content originally appeared on Common Dreams and was authored by Newswire Editor.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2025/07/01/oxfam-reaction-to-spain-brazil-and-south-africa-launching-a-new-coalition-to-tax-the-super-rich/feed/ 0 542520
350.org welcomes Spain and Brazil’s new initiative to tax the super-rich https://www.radiofree.org/2025/07/01/350-org-welcomes-spain-and-brazils-new-initiative-to-tax-the-super-rich/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/07/01/350-org-welcomes-spain-and-brazils-new-initiative-to-tax-the-super-rich/#respond Tue, 01 Jul 2025 15:43:37 +0000 https://www.commondreams.org/newswire/350-org-welcomes-spain-and-brazils-new-initiative-to-tax-the-super-rich The governments of Spain and Brazil have announced plans for a Platform for Action on Taxing the Super-Rich in a move that could see more funds made available to tackle the climate and development crises. The initiative was launched at the UN Financing for Development conference in Seville and has been welcomed by 350.org.

“This is a bold move by Spain and Brazil to drive forward taxing the super-rich as a key solution to the lack of funds being delivered by rich countries for climate action. We want more countries to join this coalition so that billionaires and multi-millionaires help to foot the bill for the climate damage they have caused and decrease the huge gap between the rich and the poorest. We won't rest until governments like the UK, France, and Germany make the right choice to force the super rich to pay what they owe and increase their spending on climate action and public services at home and around the world.” Kate Blagojevic, 350.org Associate Director for Europe Campaigns.


This content originally appeared on Common Dreams and was authored by Newswire Editor.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2025/07/01/350-org-welcomes-spain-and-brazils-new-initiative-to-tax-the-super-rich/feed/ 0 542243
These 5 Charts Show How Hotels Became New York’s Response to Homelessness https://www.radiofree.org/2025/07/01/these-5-charts-show-how-hotels-became-new-yorks-response-to-homelessness/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/07/01/these-5-charts-show-how-hotels-became-new-yorks-response-to-homelessness/#respond Tue, 01 Jul 2025 11:00:00 +0000 https://www.propublica.org/article/new-york-homelessness-hotels-five-charts by Spencer Norris, New York Focus, and Joel Jacobs, ProPublica, graphics by Lucas Waldron, ProPublica

This article was produced for ProPublica’s Local Reporting Network in partnership with New York Focus, an investigative news outlet reporting on New York. Sign up for Dispatches to get our stories in your inbox every week, and sign up for New York Focus’ newsletter here.

Hotels have long been considered a last resort for sheltering people who’ve lost their housing. But over the past few years, they’ve become New York’s predominant response to homelessness outside New York City, a recent investigation by New York Focus and ProPublica found.

Social services agencies across the state now place nearly half of all individuals and families seeking shelter in hotels. Yet those placed in hotels often go without services that they’re supposed to receive in shelters, such as meals, help finding housing and sometimes child care so they can look for work.

The growing reliance on hotels has been driven by soaring rent, shelter closures and a spike in evictions that followed a moratorium during the COVID-19 pandemic.

The state Office of Temporary and Disability Assistance has known about the problem for years and even put rules to address the issue on its regulatory agenda. But the agency has failed to formally propose the rules or come up with a way to ensure people receive services they need.

Here are five charts to explain our investigation.

Statewide Spending on Hotels More Than Tripled From 2018 to 2024 Data source: Analysis of Office of Temporary and Disability Assistance data on emergency shelter payments. Years are fiscal years. (Lucas Waldron/ProPublica)

The number of families and individuals placed in hotels doubled in the two years following the end of New York’s eviction moratorium in 2022. As the population in hotels shot up, so did the bill. Over that period, spending on hotels outside of New York City more than tripled to $110 million.

OTDA oversees the state’s county-run social services districts. The agency’s commissioner, Barbara Guinn, said that it prefers that counties use shelters, but that there aren’t enough beds for everyone who needs one. She said that the agency hadn’t studied the growth in hotel use.

Required Services in Shelters vs. Hotels Note: Requirements are for hotels outside of New York City. New York regulations state that hotels can be considered shelters, and thus mandated to provide services. But there aren’t any that are currently required to do so, Office of Temporary and Disability Assistance spokesperson Anthony Farmer said. Source: New York Codes, Rules and Regulations.

Despite the growth in spending, families placed in hotels aren’t promised the same services as people in shelters. New York requires family shelters to provide services like child care, assistance finding housing and three meals a day. But the regulations generally exempt hotels.

There’s an exception: A hotel is supposed to be considered a shelter if it “primarily” serves temporary housing recipients. OTDA spokesperson Anthony Farmer said that the agency interprets “primarily” to mean “exclusively, or almost exclusively,” and that no hotels currently meet that standard. An analysis of the agency’s data by New York Focus and ProPublica found that welfare recipients made up over half of the capacity for at least 16 hotels during fiscal year 2024.

Guinn said that social services offices have to work within the confines of what hotel owners will allow, and that counties try to provide services off-site.

The Number of Individuals and Families Housed in Hotels for More Than Six Months Nearly Tripled From 2022 to 2024 Data Source: Analysis of Office of Temporary and Disability Assistance data on emergency shelter payments. Years are fiscal years. Stays may not be continuous. (Lucas Waldron/ProPublica)

Not only are more people being placed in the hotels, but they are staying for much longer periods. The number of families and individuals spending at least six months out of the year in hotels nearly tripled from 2022 to 2024.

The lack of services leads to people getting stuck in the system, creating a snowball effect, said Steve Berg, chief policy officer for the National Alliance to End Homelessness.

“It’s this expanding problem,” he said. “A good shelter should be housing-focused. If they don’t have a pretty substantial effort to move people quickly back into housing and provide the services that are necessary to do that, the shelters quickly fill up, and then they just need more shelters.”

Farmer said via email that a lack of affordable housing contributes to the longer stays, and that counties can use other funding to help people move back into permanent housing.

New York Social Services Agencies Frequently Paid Hotels Over Fair Market Rent for a Two-Bedroom Apartment

Nearly half of all payments to hotels were for more than twice the counties’ FMR.

Data Source: Analysis of Office of Temporary and Disability Assistance data on emergency shelter payments; U.S. Department of Housing and Urban Development fair market rent data for two-bedroom apartments in each county for federal fiscal year 2024. (Lucas Waldron/ProPublica)

Many hotels are charging rates higher than rent for permanent housing.

The news organizations found that the overwhelming majority of hotel payments exceeded fair market rent for a two-bedroom apartment in the same county. (Fair market rent is defined by the U.S. Department of Housing and Urban Development as the 40th percentile of rent plus utilities in the local housing market.) The rates charged were often more than twice that.

“We’re forced to rent hotel rooms across the state, and the operators of these places understand that,” said state Sen. Roxanne Persaud, a Democrat and chair of the chamber’s Social Services Committee. “The municipalities’ backs are against the wall. And so they must place the unhoused person or persons somewhere. And so that’s why you see the cost is skyrocketing, because people understand that it’s an easy way to make money off the government.”

More Than a Third of Hotels Used to Shelter Homeless People Were Out of Date on Social Services Inspections as of October 2024 Data Source: Analysis of Office of Temporary and Disability Assistance data on inspections of hotels and motels used for emergency shelter. (Lucas Waldron/ProPublica)

New York Focus and ProPublica found numerous examples of families with children living in sordid and dangerous conditions. Roaches, mold, broken windows and filthy linens were common. Some hotels were subject to over a hundred emergency calls a year for assaults, robberies, mental health crises, overdoses and other incidents.

Hotels sheltering homeless families are supposed to be inspected every six months by their county’s social services office. Yet data obtained from OTDA shows that many wind up behind schedule. As of October, about 40% of hotels were either out of date on their inspection or didn’t have one listed.

Farmer, the OTDA spokesperson, said that nearly all hotels were inspected within a year, and that some had stopped accepting welfare recipients.

Guinn, the commissioner, said that OTDA will formally propose rules this year clarifying that people in hotels must receive the same services as they would receive in shelters. She also said her agency will increase oversight of how social services offices are delivering those services.


This content originally appeared on ProPublica and was authored by .

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2025/07/01/these-5-charts-show-how-hotels-became-new-yorks-response-to-homelessness/feed/ 0 542173
How Hotels, Once a Last Resort, Became New York’s Default Answer to Homelessness https://www.radiofree.org/2025/06/30/how-hotels-once-a-last-resort-became-new-yorks-default-answer-to-homelessness-2/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/06/30/how-hotels-once-a-last-resort-became-new-yorks-default-answer-to-homelessness-2/#respond Mon, 30 Jun 2025 18:34:59 +0000 http://www.radiofree.org/?guid=be4ec0bc259c3ceb908dd00ea8e173c8
This content originally appeared on ProPublica and was authored by ProPublica.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2025/06/30/how-hotels-once-a-last-resort-became-new-yorks-default-answer-to-homelessness-2/feed/ 0 542045
Fiji human rights coalition challenges Rabuka over decolonisation ‘unfinished business’ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/06/30/fiji-human-rights-coalition-challenges-rabuka-over-decolonisation-unfinished-business/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/06/30/fiji-human-rights-coalition-challenges-rabuka-over-decolonisation-unfinished-business/#respond Mon, 30 Jun 2025 11:30:43 +0000 https://asiapacificreport.nz/?p=116854 Asia Pacific Report

The NGO Coalition on Human Rights in Fiji (NGOCHR) has called on Prime Minister Sitiveni Rabuka as the new chair of the Melanesian Spearhead Group (MSG) to “uphold justice, stability and security” for Kanaky New Caledonia and West Papua.

In a statement today after last week’s MSG leaders’ summit in Suva, the coalition also warned over Indonesia’s “chequebook diplomacy” as an obstacle for the self-determination aspirations of Melanesian peoples not yet independent.

Indonesia is a controversial associate member of the MSG in what is widely seen in the region as a “complication” for the regional Melanesian body.

The statement said that with Rabuka’s “extensive experience as a seasoned statesman in the Pacific, we hope that this second chapter will chart a different course, one rooted in genuine commitment to uphold justice, stability and security for all our Melanesian brothers and sisters in Kanaky New Caledonia and West Papua”.

The coalition said the summit’s theme, “A peaceful and prosperous Melanesia”, served as a reminder that even after several decades of regional bilaterals, “our Melanesian leaders have made little to no progress in fulfilling its purpose in the region — to support the independence and sovereignty of all Melanesians”.

“Fiji, as incoming chair, inherits the unfinished work of the MSG. As rightly stated by the late great Father Walter Lini, ‘We will not be free until all of Melanesia is free”, the statement said.

“The challenges for Fiji’s chair to meet the goals of the MSG are complex and made more complicated by the inclusion of Indonesia as an associate member in 2015.

‘Indonesia active repression’
“Indonesia plays an active role in the ongoing repression of West Papuans in their desire for independence. Their associate member status provides a particular obstacle for Fiji as chair in furthering the self-determination goals of the MSG.”

Complicating matters further was the asymmetry in the relationship between Indonesia and the rest of the MSG members, the statement said.

“As a donor government and emerging economic power, Indonesia’s ‘chequebook and cultural diplomacy’ continues to wield significant influence across the region.

“Its status as an associate member of the MSG raises serious concerns about whether it is appropriate, as this pathway risks further marginalising the voices of our West Papuan sisters and brothers.”

This defeated the “whole purpose of the MSG: ‘Excelling together towards a progressive and prosperous Melanesia’.”

The coalition acknowledged Rabuka’s longstanding commitment to the people of Kanaky New Caledonia. A relationship and shared journey that had been forged since 1989.

‘Stark reminder’
The pro-independence riots of May 2024 served as a “stark reminder that much work remains to be done to realise the full aspirations of the Kanak people”.

As the Pacific awaited a “hopeful and favourable outcome” from the Troika Plus mission to Kanaky New Caledonia, the coalition said that it trusted Rabuka to “carry forward the voices, struggles, dreams and enduring aspirations of the people of Kanaky New Caledonia”.

The statement called on Rabuka as the new chair of MSG to:

  • Ensure the core founding values, and mission of the MSG are upheld;
  • Re-evaluate Indonesia’s appropriateness as an associate member of the MSG; and
  • Elevate discussions on West Papua and Kanaky New Caledonia at the MSG level and through discussions at the Pacific Islands Forum Leaders.

The Fiji NGO Coalition on Human Rights (NGOCHR) represents the Fiji Women’s Crisis Centre (chair), Fiji Women’s Rights Movement, Citizens’ Constitutional Forum, femLINKpacific, Social Empowerment and Education Program, and Diverse Voices and Action (DIVA) for Equality Fiji. Pacific Network on Globalisation (PANG) is an observer.


This content originally appeared on Asia Pacific Report and was authored by APR editor.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2025/06/30/fiji-human-rights-coalition-challenges-rabuka-over-decolonisation-unfinished-business/feed/ 0 541925
Fiji human rights coalition challenges Rabuka over decolonisation ‘unfinished business’ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/06/30/fiji-human-rights-coalition-challenges-rabuka-over-decolonisation-unfinished-business-2/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/06/30/fiji-human-rights-coalition-challenges-rabuka-over-decolonisation-unfinished-business-2/#respond Mon, 30 Jun 2025 11:30:43 +0000 https://asiapacificreport.nz/?p=116854 Asia Pacific Report

The NGO Coalition on Human Rights in Fiji (NGOCHR) has called on Prime Minister Sitiveni Rabuka as the new chair of the Melanesian Spearhead Group (MSG) to “uphold justice, stability and security” for Kanaky New Caledonia and West Papua.

In a statement today after last week’s MSG leaders’ summit in Suva, the coalition also warned over Indonesia’s “chequebook diplomacy” as an obstacle for the self-determination aspirations of Melanesian peoples not yet independent.

Indonesia is a controversial associate member of the MSG in what is widely seen in the region as a “complication” for the regional Melanesian body.

The statement said that with Rabuka’s “extensive experience as a seasoned statesman in the Pacific, we hope that this second chapter will chart a different course, one rooted in genuine commitment to uphold justice, stability and security for all our Melanesian brothers and sisters in Kanaky New Caledonia and West Papua”.

The coalition said the summit’s theme, “A peaceful and prosperous Melanesia”, served as a reminder that even after several decades of regional bilaterals, “our Melanesian leaders have made little to no progress in fulfilling its purpose in the region — to support the independence and sovereignty of all Melanesians”.

“Fiji, as incoming chair, inherits the unfinished work of the MSG. As rightly stated by the late great Father Walter Lini, ‘We will not be free until all of Melanesia is free”, the statement said.

“The challenges for Fiji’s chair to meet the goals of the MSG are complex and made more complicated by the inclusion of Indonesia as an associate member in 2015.

‘Indonesia active repression’
“Indonesia plays an active role in the ongoing repression of West Papuans in their desire for independence. Their associate member status provides a particular obstacle for Fiji as chair in furthering the self-determination goals of the MSG.”

Complicating matters further was the asymmetry in the relationship between Indonesia and the rest of the MSG members, the statement said.

“As a donor government and emerging economic power, Indonesia’s ‘chequebook and cultural diplomacy’ continues to wield significant influence across the region.

“Its status as an associate member of the MSG raises serious concerns about whether it is appropriate, as this pathway risks further marginalising the voices of our West Papuan sisters and brothers.”

This defeated the “whole purpose of the MSG: ‘Excelling together towards a progressive and prosperous Melanesia’.”

The coalition acknowledged Rabuka’s longstanding commitment to the people of Kanaky New Caledonia. A relationship and shared journey that had been forged since 1989.

‘Stark reminder’
The pro-independence riots of May 2024 served as a “stark reminder that much work remains to be done to realise the full aspirations of the Kanak people”.

As the Pacific awaited a “hopeful and favourable outcome” from the Troika Plus mission to Kanaky New Caledonia, the coalition said that it trusted Rabuka to “carry forward the voices, struggles, dreams and enduring aspirations of the people of Kanaky New Caledonia”.

The statement called on Rabuka as the new chair of MSG to:

  • Ensure the core founding values, and mission of the MSG are upheld;
  • Re-evaluate Indonesia’s appropriateness as an associate member of the MSG; and
  • Elevate discussions on West Papua and Kanaky New Caledonia at the MSG level and through discussions at the Pacific Islands Forum Leaders.

The Fiji NGO Coalition on Human Rights (NGOCHR) represents the Fiji Women’s Crisis Centre (chair), Fiji Women’s Rights Movement, Citizens’ Constitutional Forum, femLINKpacific, Social Empowerment and Education Program, and Diverse Voices and Action (DIVA) for Equality Fiji. Pacific Network on Globalisation (PANG) is an observer.


This content originally appeared on Asia Pacific Report and was authored by APR editor.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2025/06/30/fiji-human-rights-coalition-challenges-rabuka-over-decolonisation-unfinished-business-2/feed/ 0 541926
Connecticut’s New Towing Law Will Help Some, but Not All, Drivers. Here’s What They Told Us. https://www.radiofree.org/2025/06/30/connecticuts-new-towing-law-will-help-some-but-not-all-drivers-heres-what-they-told-us/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/06/30/connecticuts-new-towing-law-will-help-some-but-not-all-drivers-heres-what-they-told-us/#respond Mon, 30 Jun 2025 11:00:00 +0000 https://www.propublica.org/article/connecticut-drivers-towing-law-reform by Dave Altimari, Ginny Monk and Shahrzad Rasekh, The Connecticut Mirror

This article was produced for ProPublica’s Local Reporting Network in partnership with The Connecticut Mirror. Sign up for Dispatches to get stories like this one as soon as they are published.

A Hartford woman never saw her car again after it was towed while she sat in housing court fighting an eviction.

A home care worker had her car towed while she hurried to assist a patient down the stairs.

A young man lost his car and slipped into financial instability after he mistakenly put his apartment’s parking sticker in the wrong spot.

Late last month, Connecticut lawmakers, following a series of stories by The Connecticut Mirror and ProPublica, passed sweeping reforms to the state’s towing laws that will address many of the issues drivers have complained about. The stories highlighted how towing companies can begin the process to sell people’s cars after 15 days, one of the shortest windows in the country.

Reporters heard from dozens of drivers across Connecticut who had to pay exorbitant fees or had their vehicles sold when they couldn’t afford the charges. Many told reporters about the severe consequences they experienced after their cars were towed or sold, including the loss of jobs, personal mementos and housing.

While some people’s cars might not have been towed under the new law, which takes effect Oct. 1, it doesn’t solve all the problems that vehicle owners raised.

Here are some of their stories, as well as whether the changes in the new law would have helped them.

Towing Home Health Aides

Not fixed: The bill does not address this issue.

Home care worker Maria Jiménez circled the Hartford apartment complex for low-income seniors, looking for a place to park. Jiménez drives patients to and from errands like doctor’s appointments and grocery shopping. Her patient that day last November used a cane, and Jiménez planned to park close so that her patient wouldn’t have to walk too far.

Unsuccessful, Jiménez stopped in front of the building’s entrance.

“I turned on the hazard lights and left the car on, just long enough to let her know I had arrived, since I didn’t have her phone number,” she said. Jiménez said she told a few bystanders she would be right back and asked them to keep an eye on her car.

She said she went inside only briefly, and when she returned, the car was gone. Bystanders told Jiménez the car had been towed and that they’d pleaded with the truck’s driver, to no avail.

Tracy Wodatch, president and CEO at Connecticut Association for Healthcare at Home, said many of her members complain about getting ticketed or towed when they’re doing their jobs helping people.

When it happens frequently enough at a particular complex, she said, an agency might speak with the landlord to ask for a designated spot. But there isn’t a statewide mandate.

New Jersey passed a law in 2018 allowing home health care workers, visiting nurses and others to apply for a placard similar to an accessible parking tag to place in their cars.

“Maybe we can talk to the legislators off session to see if there’s anything we can do,” Wodatch said.

The company that towed Jiménez, MyHoopty.com, was in Watertown, and Jiménez was stranded over 30 miles away in Hartford. “How will I get there if I don’t have a car?” she recalled thinking.

MyHoopty owner Michael Festa said the vehicle was parked in the fire lane without its hazard lights on for 17 minutes before it was towed and that the apartment complex had hired MyHoopty to prevent such parking violations.

“This is a critical safety issue, particularly at an elderly housing complex where the emergency access can be a matter of life and death,” Festa said. (MyHoopty has appeared in other stories in our series.)

Get in Touch

If you have information about health workers and caregivers being towed while on the job, email Dave Altimari at daltimari@ctmirror.org or Ginny Monk at gmonk@ctmirror.org, or call 203-626-4705.

The apartment complex owners didn’t respond to calls and emails for comment.

Jiménez said she makes about $290 a week. By the time she got to MyHoopty, the company told her the bill was more than $400.

Her husband footed the bill. But it wasn’t easy: “The only reason I could afford it is because I work mornings, I work nights,” he said.

Short Meters and Unpaid Tickets

Not fixed: The bill does not address this issue.

Marie Franklin paid the parking meter and dashed into Hartford housing court for a December 2023 hearing that would determine if she would get evicted from her apartment. She worried about the parking. People can wait for hours for the judge to call their cases, but the Hartford Parking Authority limits nearby meters to two hours.

So people facing eviction sometimes run the risk of getting a parking violation, getting their cars towed or missing their names being called for hearings, which can cause them to lose their housing in a default judgement for not showing up to court.

Joshua Michtom, a Hartford City Council member and an attorney who has represented children and parents in juvenile court, said although there’s a nearby parking garage, it’s more expensive and it fills up.

“You have to be there, but then you don’t know how long you’re going to have to wait,” Michtom said. “And the courts are not particularly forgiving if you’re not there the moment your case gets called.”

When Franklin’s name was finally called, a judge rejected her plea to stave off eviction. Dejected and stressed about losing her home, she walked out of court only to discover her 2015 Volvo was gone. Franklin had more than a dozen unpaid parking tickets, some of which were nearly 20 years old. She’d forgotten about some, and others were for vehicles she no longer owned. About half of the tickets were for exceeding the meter limit or parking over the line near the courthouse.

“I had paid for the parking meter and everything,” Franklin said. “They drive around, and they look for people’s cars.”

Marie Franklin’s car was towed during her eviction hearing. (Shahrzad Rasekh/CT Mirror)

Jill Turlo, CEO of the Hartford Parking Authority, said the agency’s officers use license plate scanners to find people with outstanding tickets. Turlo said “high-traffic metered areas,” like the street the courthouse is on, are “regularly patrolled by parking enforcement.” Turlo said that the parking authority has not received any requests to extend the time for metered parking near the courthouses.

While towing cars for unpaid parking tickets is a common practice for cities, Minnesota passed a law last year barring such tows, seeing them as an unfair burden on low-income families. Several cities, including Los Angeles, San Diego and San Francisco, have also stopped such tows after a California appeals court ruled that towing cars for unpaid parking tickets violated people’s rights against warrantless seizures, said Rebecca Miller, an attorney with the Western Center on Law & Poverty.

Hartford has one of the strictest policies in Connecticut. A city ordinance allows tows after two or more unpaid tickets that date back to September 2012. Other cities including Danbury and New Britain don’t tow for unpaid tickets. Norwalk and Waterbury will tow if there are four unpaid tickets; Stamford tows for three unpaid tickets or more than $250 owed, officials in those cities said. The limit in Bridgeport is $100, and New Haven’s is $200.

“We do have an ordinance where we can boot a car for unpaid tickets, but we haven’t used it in years,” said Deborah Pacific, director of the Danbury Parking Authority.

When Franklin went to eviction court, she had been trying to hold onto the place she and her daughter lived while she looked for a new job. Between unpaid fines, late fees, and towing and storage charges, it would have cost almost $3,000 to get her car back, she said.

Get in Touch

If you have information about towing near courthouses, email Dave Altimari at daltimari@ctmirror.org or Ginny Monk at gmonk@ctmirror.org, or call 203-626-4705.

“I would have chose to pay whatever I owed to my housing. So my car, there was nothing I could do,” Franklin said.

The vehicle was towed by Metro Auto Body & Towing, which did not return calls and emails for comment. It was later sold by the lender.

After losing her car and housing, Franklin moved to Florida to stay with her son.

Parking Sticker in the Wrong Place

Fixed: Apartment residents now have 72 hours if caught without a parking permit or with an expired one.

It’s often little discrepancies that lead to big consequences. When Tishawn Tillman moved into his Hartford apartment in September, he got a parking sticker that allowed him to park in the building’s private lot. He said he wasn’t sure where to put it, so he stuck it on the driver’s side window.

But less than a month later, his car was towed by Cross Country Automotive in Hartford.

“There is absolutely no legal documentation in my lease that says that this has to be strictly on the windshield,” Tillman said.

Minor rule violations such as parking crooked or not backing into a space have caused people’s cars to be towed and then sold when they couldn’t afford the fees. Stories like Tillman’s drove legislators to act. Under the new law, the towing company would have had to warn Tillman, giving him 72 hours to get a new sticker and place it in the right spot. The law also says towers have to get permission from the apartment complex to tow a vehicle unless it’s blocking traffic or parked in a fire lane.

Tillman said he assumed his car had been stolen. But the police told him it had been towed.

Tillman contacted Cross Country: “I asked them, ‘Did you see my sticker?’ And they said, ‘We didn’t see the sticker.’” He said he called the apartment manager, but he wouldn’t help.

“When I realized that neither of the parties were going to budge on the matter, I told them that I wasn’t going to pay the fine, even if I had the money, which I didn’t at the time,” Tillman said.

Tillman said his bill was “$200 but growing every day.”

He filed a complaint with the attorney general’s office, which said it unsuccessfully tried to resolve the issue through its voluntary mediation program and recommended he complain to the Department of Motor Vehicles.

Sal Sena, Cross Country’s owner, submitted a letter to the attorney general saying there are signs all over the parking lot explaining the rules. The apartment manager, Jack Matos, wrote to the attorney general that he talked with Sena about giving TIllman a discount on the towing fees.

“I reiterated Tishawn needs to make sure that it’s placed on the windshield,” Matos wrote.

Frustrated, Tillman eventually gave up trying to get his car back.

“I went from being a self-made young man with his own apartment and car to having to burn a hole in my pocket just to get to and from work on ride-share services like Uber and Lyft,” he said.

Unable to Reclaim Car Despite Having the Title

Fixed: The law allows vehicle owners to reclaim their cars with other documents besides DMV registration.

Shaleah Carr needed two more weeks until her DMV appointment in April to register the Chevrolet Malibu she had just bought from her mom. It was the earliest appointment she could get.

Her boyfriend had taken the car to his brother’s house to work on it when they decided to take it for a test drive. But the car broke down on U.S. Route 5 in South Windsor, and police called for a tow.

Her boyfriend told the tow truck driver that the car was registered to Carr’s mother and that Carr had the title and proof of insurance. But the towing company, Tolland Automotive, wouldn’t release the vehicle to Carr because she wasn’t the registered owner, said the company’s owner, George Fellows. The vehicle was towed on a Friday afternoon, and by the time Carr was able to get to the lot on Monday morning, she owed more than $300.

“I told them I’m on one income and I can’t afford it,” Carr said. “I just paid my rent for that month, and I even asked, ‘Do you guys do payments?’”

Since then, her Malibu has been sitting in the company’s lot.

Shaleah Carr couldn’t reclaim her car even though she has the title. (Shahrzad Rasekh/CT Mirror)

Carr’s dilemma has happened to people whose cars have been towed across Connecticut — they’ve been unable to quickly register their cars and then blocked from reclaiming them because they’re not registered in their names yet. By the time they can register their cars, so much time has passed that the tow bill is too expensive or the company has sold their car.

The new law gives consumers time to register their car before it can be towed and requires towers to release vehicles if presented with the title or a bill of sale as proof of ownership. The law also requires towers to accept other forms of payment besides cash and demands towers have business hours on weekends so fees don’t accrue while they’re closed.

Fellows said police called them to the scene. “Then we found out that this guy didn’t own the car at all,” Fellows said. Without the owner there, “it had to come back to our shop.”

Carr called her mother. “I was like, ‘You’re going to have to come up here,’ but even if she does, she can’t really do much,” Carr said. “She didn’t have the money to get it back either.”

Carr said the last time she called Tolland Automotive, the bill was $800. Given that she paid her mother only $500 for the car, she said, it almost wasn’t worth trying to get it back anymore.

Fellows said Carr’s mother did come into the office earlier this month with proof of registration, and he is willing to release the vehicle if she pays what is owed.

“It’s all on them,” he said. “I mean they knew what the issue was back then. Why haven’t they come back?”

Asia Fields contributed reporting.


This content originally appeared on ProPublica and was authored by by Dave Altimari, Ginny Monk and Shahrzad Rasekh, The Connecticut Mirror.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2025/06/30/connecticuts-new-towing-law-will-help-some-but-not-all-drivers-heres-what-they-told-us/feed/ 0 541943
Clark warns in new Pacific book renewed nuclear tensions pose ‘existential threat to humanity’ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/06/29/clark-warns-in-new-pacific-book-renewed-nuclear-tensions-pose-existential-threat-to-humanity/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/06/29/clark-warns-in-new-pacific-book-renewed-nuclear-tensions-pose-existential-threat-to-humanity/#respond Sun, 29 Jun 2025 12:01:29 +0000 https://asiapacificreport.nz/?p=116808 Asia Pacific Report

Former New Zealand prime minister Helen Clark has warned the country needs to maintain its nuclear-free policy as a “fundamental tenet” of its independent foreign policy in the face of gathering global storm clouds.

Writing in a new book being published next week, she says “nuclear war is an existential threat to humanity. Far from receding, the threat of use of nuclear weapons is ever present.

The Doomsday Clock of the Bulletin of Atomic Scientists now sits at 89 seconds to midnight,” she says in the prologue to journalist and media academic David Robie’s book Eyes of Fire: The Last Voyage and Legacy of the Rainbow Warrior.

Writing before the US surprise attack with B-2 stealth bombers and “bunker-buster” bombs on three Iranian nuclear facilities on June 22, Clark says “the Middle East is a tinder box with the failure of the Iran nuclear deal and with Israel widely believed to possess nuclear weapons”.

The Doomsday Clock references the Ukraine war theatre where “use of nuclear weapons has been floated by Russia”.

Also, the arms control architecture for Europe is unravelling, leaving the continent much less secure. India and Pakistan both have nuclear arsenals, she says.

“North Korea continues to develop its nuclear weapons capacity.”

‘Serious ramifications’
Clark, who was also United Nations Development Programme administrator from 2009 to 2017, a member of The Elders group of global leaders founded by Nelson Mandela in 2007, and is an advocate for multilateralism and nuclear disarmament, says an outright military conflict between China and the United States “would be one between two nuclear powers with serious ramifications for East Asia, Southeast Asia, the Pacific, and far beyond.”

She advises New Zealand to be wary of Australia’s decision to enter a nuclear submarine purchase programme with the United States.

“There has been much speculation about a potential Pillar Two of the AUKUS agreement which would see others in the region become partners in the development of advanced weaponry,” Clark says.

“This is occurring in the context of rising tensions between the United States and China.

“Many of us share the view that New Zealand should be a voice for de-escalation, not for enthusiastic expansion of nuclear submarine fleets in the Pacific and the development
of more lethal weaponry.”

Eyes of Fire: The Last Voyage and Legacy of the Rainbow Warrior . . . publication July 2025. Image: Little Island Press

In the face of the “current global turbulence, New Zealand needs to reemphasise the principles and values which drove its nuclear-free legislation and its advocacy for a nuclear-free South Pacific and global nuclear disarmament.

Clark says that the years 1985 – the Rainbow Warrior was bombed by French secret agents on 10 July 1985 — and 1986 were critical years in the lead up to New Zealand’s nuclear-free legislation in 1987.

“New Zealanders were clear – we did not want to be defended by nuclear weapons. We wanted our country to be a force for diplomacy and for dialogue, not for warmongering.”

Chronicles humanitarian voyage
The book Eyes of Fire chronicles the humanitarian voyage by the Greenpeace flagship to the Marshall Islands to relocate 320 Rongelap Islanders who were suffering serious community health consequences from the US nuclear tests in the 1950s.

The author, Dr David Robie, founder of the Pacific Media Centre at Auckland University of Technology, was the only journalist on board the Rainbow Warrior in the weeks leading up to the bombing.

His book recounts the voyage and nuclear colonialism, and the transition to climate justice as the major challenge facing the Pacific, although the “Indo-Pacific” rivalries between the US, France and China mean that geopolitical tensions are recalling the Cold War era in the Pacific.

Dr Robie is also critical of Indonesian colonialism in the Melanesian region of the Pacific, arguing that a just-outcome for Jakarta-ruled West Papua and also the French territories of Kanaky New Caledonia and “French” Polynesia are vital for peace and stability in the region.

Eyes of Fire is being published by Little Island Press, which also produced one of his earlier books, Don’t Spoil My Beautiful Face: Media, Mayhem and Human Rights in the Pacific.


This content originally appeared on Asia Pacific Report and was authored by APR editor.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2025/06/29/clark-warns-in-new-pacific-book-renewed-nuclear-tensions-pose-existential-threat-to-humanity/feed/ 0 541829
A year after Helene, river guides in Appalachia are navigating a new world https://grist.org/extreme-weather/a-year-after-helene-river-guides-in-appalachia-are-navigating-a-new-world/ https://grist.org/extreme-weather/a-year-after-helene-river-guides-in-appalachia-are-navigating-a-new-world/#respond Fri, 27 Jun 2025 08:45:00 +0000 https://grist.org/?p=669050 On a clear, sunny day in May, just a few weeks into the Smoky Mountain rafting season, Heather Ellis took a dozen people through the Pigeon River Gorge to celebrate its grand reopening. She led them over and through roaring rapids with a practiced ease. “Forward!” she called. When the water rose, everyone heaved on their oar, ducking against the spray. The rubber float surged forward. “And relax.” 

Ellis, bubbly and blonde and smiling behind an enormous pair of shades, is overjoyed to be back on the water after an uncertain winter. It has been nine months since Hurricane Helene ravaged central Appalachia, crumbling highways and roads, leveling forests, and reshaping rivers.

The Pigeon runs through Western North Carolina into the eastern end of Tennessee, roughly parallel to Interstate 40. When the river flooded after Helene, it took huge bites out of the highway, closing it for months and isolating small communities. Debris tumbled into the river, and the crews scrambling to make repairs have replaced sections of riverbank with concrete. Their efforts have been complicated by ongoing flooding and mudslide, creating new scars alongside the old.  

 “The whole thing basically changed,” Ellis said. “It moved major boulders and mountains.”

Ellis possesses an infectiously sunny outlook, even though things have been hard. She lost her home and most of her belongings to Helene and lives in a camper parked in the lot at work. She shares her uncertainty with many thousands of people, especially those who are paid to lead visitors into the beautiful places that make the Great Smoky Mountains so popular. 

kayaks are seen piled on top of a driving car through the window of a viehicle
Despite setbacks, commercial rafting on the Pigeon is open this year. The reopening has had to contend with construction on a major highway, as well as some repeated flooding and mudslides. Gerard Albert III / Blue Ridge Public Radio

As many as 149,000 people in North Carolina alone draw a paycheck related in some way to outdoor recreation, and by one count the seven rivers of the southern Blue Ridge help sustain 68,000 jobs. The Pigeon River provides about $6 million in revenue annually to the rural counties along its banks, and some seven million people visit the French Broad, which flows through Asheville, each year. Rafting is second only to property taxes in the amount of money it brings to Cocke County, Tennessee.

Helene’s disruption of the rafting industry underscores how climate change — and the extreme weather it brings — threatens tourism-dependent economies. A dozen outfitters on the Pigeon, French Broad, and other rivers shut down after the storm and haven’t reopened. Many guides moved on. Those who remain grapple with what Helene wrought, trying to work during a season that, while active, remains well short of its usual vigor.

Those crammed into Ellis’ boat shouted joyfully over the din of roaring rapids, and when the water calmed, guides playfully pushed each other in. Yet everyone was keenly aware of what’s been lost. The patterns of the most popular rapids have shifted. Some vanished, others grew bigger and wilder. In some ways, the Pigeon is a different river. “Stuff will come back eventually but, you know … it’ll probably be a bit,” Ellis said as the boat approached a construction zone.

two rafters look at a construction site near the edge of the water
Tourists have so far been okay with the views of construction, according to raft guides. The river is still runnable, and the construction provides interesting fodder for conversation about Helene recovery. Gerard Albert III / Blue Ridge Public Radio

The bustling work on shore highlighted the dissonance of life on the Pigeon. To the left, the riverbank met a dense and dark mountain forest. To the right, it rose sharply into concrete and gravel shoring up the storm-damaged highway. The sound of singing birds and running water mingled with the rumble of heavy equipment and traffic on Interstate 40. As Ellis’s raft passed the site, she waved. A man in a bulldozer honked a friendly response.

Hurricane Helene made a mess of the Pigeon. Much of the debris the storm knocked loose and the flood carried away choked the waterway, which meanders 70 miles through Pisgah National Forest and drains a watershed of some 700 square miles. Downed trees, vast tangles of brush, even the remains of buildings that once stood along its banks clogged it for months. Although an intrepid rafter or kayaker could run its full length, some of the most popular spots for putting in remain inaccessible.

A giant pile of wood and trash runs from the top of a bridge all the way into a shallow river
Hurricane Helene caused debris, like this pile seen on October 4, 2024, in Canton, North Carolina,
to build up along the Pigeon River. While many parts of the river have since recovered, other sections remain inaccessible. MeliSue Gerrits / Getty Images

Other rivers that course through the Smokies saw similar devastation, and uneven recoveries. Some are running clear and strong enough to host rafters, others lag behind. “It’s a story of haves and have nots,” said Kevin Colbourn, executive director of American Whitewater and a river enthusiast himself.

The Pigeon is among those that are open for business but marred by quarrying, riverbank stabilization, and construction. Others, like the French Broad, are ready to ride but businesses along their shores have been washed out. The Nolichucky, which runs 115 miles through North Carolina into Tennessee, is, to Colbourn’s mind, the most tragic. Rafting season is on hold as CSX Transportation rebuilds its rail line through the gorge. A lot of people aren’t happy about that. Guides have watched, aghast, as the company dug rock from the riverbed to shore up the tracks. “‘The river will be there,’ is what people say,” Colbourn said. “What the storm taught us is that’s not always true.”

When the flood swept dozens of businesses away, many guides were left without a reason to return. Others have been hindered by the lugubrious pace of recovery and reconstruction. With nothing else to do, Trey Moore, a kayak instructor and guide in Erwin, Tennessee, turned to activism to get the Nolichucky open again. The river has long kept towns like his alive even as other industries moved on by attracting a steady stream of people who fall in love with the area and settle there to raise families. “We’re a small, tight-knit community,” he said of those who work the rivers.

A young woman guides a river raft with two passengers in
Heather Ellis rafts down a section of the Pigeon River with two of her friends and fellow guides. Some parts of the river are running clear and strong enough to host rafters, while others areas are still recovering almost a year after Hurricane Helene Gerard Albert III / Blue Ridge Public Radio

Moore, a guide for more than 20 years, said many feel a responsibility to their neighbors. During and after the storm, many used their swiftwater rescue skills, and knowledge of the rivers’ contours, to pull people from raging waters. Some hiked for miles up broken roads bringing supplies to isolated elders. Others administered first aid and guided helicopters and first responders to those needing help. They saved lives.

That overwhelming feeling of purpose has since given way to worry. Guiding people down a river is by most accounts incredibly fun for people who love it, but it can also be an unstable way to earn a living. It’s a dangerous seasonal gig, it doesn’t pay all that well, and it rarely comes with benefits. Many who do it live in communal housing or mobile homes. So when the jobs vanished, a lot of them left. “We’ve lost so many guides to so many other rivers,” Moore said. “The guides that are sticking around are struggling.”

Moore is outraged by how CSX is handling reconstruction of the railroad and feels agencies like the U.S. Forest Service have backburnered people like him. As someone who loves the river, and as chairman of the Nolichucky River Outdoor Association, he feels a responsibility to help restore the paddling community to glory. In the meantime, a lot of guides are working on debris removal crews clearing the rivers and surrounding areas. Leslie Beninato is among them. She worked as a guide and owned a small boat rental business before Helene. “Both places do not exist anymore,” she said. “It was just, ‘Oh God, what am I going to do now?’” 

These days she leads crews picking trash off the banks of the French Broad. The only requirement is that anyone joining her must have lost their job to Helene. Most worked in rafting or other river-related industries. Some of them have cleared away remnants of their own workplaces.

Beninato is in her late thirties, and has lived in the mountains of western North Carolina since graduating from Appalachian State University 20 years ago. Unlike some of the younger, greener guides, she’s settled enough to feel stubborn about staying. “To look at the positives of it, how our community came together, that’s one of the reasons why I love the Appalachian mountains,” she said. “I’ve chosen to make these mountains my home because they mean so much to me and they really captured my heart.”

A river guide in a green jacket smiles while sitting in a kayak
Leslie Beninato leads a debris cleanup crew with MountainTrue along the French Broad River. She is hoping the region’s debris pickup crews can be a continued source of employment for outdoor recreation workers facing economic instability. Katie Myers / Grist / Blue Ridge Public Radio

She spoke while paddling across the river, wearing gloves, waders, and a sun hat. Her small canoe carried a pile of trash bags and some trash grabbers; the sun was hot, and mounds of silt covered the tangled riverbanks where trees and businesses once stood. “Just a lot of uncertainty, a lot of fear, but then everyone else was in that same boat,” she said, jumping out of hers into waist-deep water. 

A few months after the storm, she started exploring the river and grabbing trash, keeping Excel spreadsheets detailing what she found and where, and what more needed to be removed. That work turned into the crew, and the possibility of something more permanent as destructive storms continue to wreak havoc on the mountains. Things are OK for now, she said, yanking a few pieces of twisted metal out of the brush. Besides, she’s used to improvising. All guides are. “That’s what you have to do in outdoor scenarios,” she said. “You have to think, ‘All right, well here’s plan A, how we think and we want things to go. Here’s plan B, if it doesn’t really go this way, then, oh crap, here’s plan C, if plan A and B just got thrown out the window.’”

Earlier this month, just as rafting season was getting in swing, the Pigeon’s wounds reopened. Four inches of rain doused western North Carolina, causing a rockslide on Interstate 40 and washing construction equipment into the river. All but the lowest reaches of the waterway is closed to rafting, and several put-in spots washed out.

Even before the water started to recede, raft guides once again piled into their boats to rescue neighbors, then set to work mucking out damaged houses and businesses. It was another blow to an industry, and a community, that is, in the words of one young guide, “getting some PTSD from the flood in September.”

As best as Heather Ellis can tell, no more than half the rafting companies in the Cocke County area have managed to reopen since Helene,, and some may not come back at all. She feels like one of the lucky ones, even if she is living in a camper until her new home is built.

A young woman sits in a camp chair outside a trailer
Heather Ellis lives in an RV near her company while her home gets rebuilt. She says while it’s been hard, storm recovery has helped her get to know her neighbors better. Gerard Albert III / Blue Ridge Public Radio

After that May day on the Pigeon, she and two guide friends relaxed in front of her RV, watching the next group of lifejacket-clad tourists prepare to set out. Ellis started working here eight years ago, when she was 20, long enough that it started feeling like home. She recalled the moment her boyfriend called her to say Helene had taken their house. “It was heartbreaking,” she said.

In the months since, Ellis has found solace in growing more connected to the community, helping people rebuild, and getting to know the Pigeon River in its new form — exciting and frightening in equal measure. For Ellis and other guides, the only constant is the way these rivers change. 

“It kind of made me feel like a rookie again, cause I had to read water,” Ellis said. “That’s what we say when we’re just kind of seeing where the path needs to be, how we’re going to navigate down the river.”

Gerard Albert III contributed reporting to this story.

This story was originally published by Grist with the headline A year after Helene, river guides in Appalachia are navigating a new world on Jun 27, 2025.


This content originally appeared on Grist and was authored by Katie Myers.

]]>
https://grist.org/extreme-weather/a-year-after-helene-river-guides-in-appalachia-are-navigating-a-new-world/feed/ 0 541459
A year after Helene, river guides in Appalachia are navigating a new world https://grist.org/extreme-weather/a-year-after-helene-river-guides-in-appalachia-are-navigating-a-new-world/ https://grist.org/extreme-weather/a-year-after-helene-river-guides-in-appalachia-are-navigating-a-new-world/#respond Fri, 27 Jun 2025 08:45:00 +0000 https://grist.org/?p=669050 On a clear, sunny day in May, just a few weeks into the Smoky Mountain rafting season, Heather Ellis took a dozen people through the Pigeon River Gorge to celebrate its grand reopening. She led them over and through roaring rapids with a practiced ease. “Forward!” she called. When the water rose, everyone heaved on their oar, ducking against the spray. The rubber float surged forward. “And relax.” 

Ellis, bubbly and blonde and smiling behind an enormous pair of shades, is overjoyed to be back on the water after an uncertain winter. It has been nine months since Hurricane Helene ravaged central Appalachia, crumbling highways and roads, leveling forests, and reshaping rivers.

The Pigeon runs through Western North Carolina into the eastern end of Tennessee, roughly parallel to Interstate 40. When the river flooded after Helene, it took huge bites out of the highway, closing it for months and isolating small communities. Debris tumbled into the river, and the crews scrambling to make repairs have replaced sections of riverbank with concrete. Their efforts have been complicated by ongoing flooding and mudslide, creating new scars alongside the old.  

 “The whole thing basically changed,” Ellis said. “It moved major boulders and mountains.”

Ellis possesses an infectiously sunny outlook, even though things have been hard. She lost her home and most of her belongings to Helene and lives in a camper parked in the lot at work. She shares her uncertainty with many thousands of people, especially those who are paid to lead visitors into the beautiful places that make the Great Smoky Mountains so popular. 

kayaks are seen piled on top of a driving car through the window of a viehicle
Despite setbacks, commercial rafting on the Pigeon is open this year. The reopening has had to contend with construction on a major highway, as well as some repeated flooding and mudslides. Gerard Albert III / Blue Ridge Public Radio

As many as 149,000 people in North Carolina alone draw a paycheck related in some way to outdoor recreation, and by one count the seven rivers of the southern Blue Ridge help sustain 68,000 jobs. The Pigeon River provides about $6 million in revenue annually to the rural counties along its banks, and some seven million people visit the French Broad, which flows through Asheville, each year. Rafting is second only to property taxes in the amount of money it brings to Cocke County, Tennessee.

Helene’s disruption of the rafting industry underscores how climate change — and the extreme weather it brings — threatens tourism-dependent economies. A dozen outfitters on the Pigeon, French Broad, and other rivers shut down after the storm and haven’t reopened. Many guides moved on. Those who remain grapple with what Helene wrought, trying to work during a season that, while active, remains well short of its usual vigor.

Those crammed into Ellis’ boat shouted joyfully over the din of roaring rapids, and when the water calmed, guides playfully pushed each other in. Yet everyone was keenly aware of what’s been lost. The patterns of the most popular rapids have shifted. Some vanished, others grew bigger and wilder. In some ways, the Pigeon is a different river. “Stuff will come back eventually but, you know … it’ll probably be a bit,” Ellis said as the boat approached a construction zone.

two rafters look at a construction site near the edge of the water
Tourists have so far been okay with the views of construction, according to raft guides. The river is still runnable, and the construction provides interesting fodder for conversation about Helene recovery. Gerard Albert III / Blue Ridge Public Radio

The bustling work on shore highlighted the dissonance of life on the Pigeon. To the left, the riverbank met a dense and dark mountain forest. To the right, it rose sharply into concrete and gravel shoring up the storm-damaged highway. The sound of singing birds and running water mingled with the rumble of heavy equipment and traffic on Interstate 40. As Ellis’s raft passed the site, she waved. A man in a bulldozer honked a friendly response.

Hurricane Helene made a mess of the Pigeon. Much of the debris the storm knocked loose and the flood carried away choked the waterway, which meanders 70 miles through Pisgah National Forest and drains a watershed of some 700 square miles. Downed trees, vast tangles of brush, even the remains of buildings that once stood along its banks clogged it for months. Although an intrepid rafter or kayaker could run its full length, some of the most popular spots for putting in remain inaccessible.

A giant pile of wood and trash runs from the top of a bridge all the way into a shallow river
Hurricane Helene caused debris, like this pile seen on October 4, 2024, in Canton, North Carolina,
to build up along the Pigeon River. While many parts of the river have since recovered, other sections remain inaccessible. MeliSue Gerrits / Getty Images

Other rivers that course through the Smokies saw similar devastation, and uneven recoveries. Some are running clear and strong enough to host rafters, others lag behind. “It’s a story of haves and have nots,” said Kevin Colbourn, executive director of American Whitewater and a river enthusiast himself.

The Pigeon is among those that are open for business but marred by quarrying, riverbank stabilization, and construction. Others, like the French Broad, are ready to ride but businesses along their shores have been washed out. The Nolichucky, which runs 115 miles through North Carolina into Tennessee, is, to Colbourn’s mind, the most tragic. Rafting season is on hold as CSX Transportation rebuilds its rail line through the gorge. A lot of people aren’t happy about that. Guides have watched, aghast, as the company dug rock from the riverbed to shore up the tracks. “‘The river will be there,’ is what people say,” Colbourn said. “What the storm taught us is that’s not always true.”

When the flood swept dozens of businesses away, many guides were left without a reason to return. Others have been hindered by the lugubrious pace of recovery and reconstruction. With nothing else to do, Trey Moore, a kayak instructor and guide in Erwin, Tennessee, turned to activism to get the Nolichucky open again. The river has long kept towns like his alive even as other industries moved on by attracting a steady stream of people who fall in love with the area and settle there to raise families. “We’re a small, tight-knit community,” he said of those who work the rivers.

A young woman guides a river raft with two passengers in
Heather Ellis rafts down a section of the Pigeon River with two of her friends and fellow guides. Some parts of the river are running clear and strong enough to host rafters, while others areas are still recovering almost a year after Hurricane Helene Gerard Albert III / Blue Ridge Public Radio

Moore, a guide for more than 20 years, said many feel a responsibility to their neighbors. During and after the storm, many used their swiftwater rescue skills, and knowledge of the rivers’ contours, to pull people from raging waters. Some hiked for miles up broken roads bringing supplies to isolated elders. Others administered first aid and guided helicopters and first responders to those needing help. They saved lives.

That overwhelming feeling of purpose has since given way to worry. Guiding people down a river is by most accounts incredibly fun for people who love it, but it can also be an unstable way to earn a living. It’s a dangerous seasonal gig, it doesn’t pay all that well, and it rarely comes with benefits. Many who do it live in communal housing or mobile homes. So when the jobs vanished, a lot of them left. “We’ve lost so many guides to so many other rivers,” Moore said. “The guides that are sticking around are struggling.”

Moore is outraged by how CSX is handling reconstruction of the railroad and feels agencies like the U.S. Forest Service have backburnered people like him. As someone who loves the river, and as chairman of the Nolichucky River Outdoor Association, he feels a responsibility to help restore the paddling community to glory. In the meantime, a lot of guides are working on debris removal crews clearing the rivers and surrounding areas. Leslie Beninato is among them. She worked as a guide and owned a small boat rental business before Helene. “Both places do not exist anymore,” she said. “It was just, ‘Oh God, what am I going to do now?’” 

These days she leads crews picking trash off the banks of the French Broad. The only requirement is that anyone joining her must have lost their job to Helene. Most worked in rafting or other river-related industries. Some of them have cleared away remnants of their own workplaces.

Beninato is in her late thirties, and has lived in the mountains of western North Carolina since graduating from Appalachian State University 20 years ago. Unlike some of the younger, greener guides, she’s settled enough to feel stubborn about staying. “To look at the positives of it, how our community came together, that’s one of the reasons why I love the Appalachian mountains,” she said. “I’ve chosen to make these mountains my home because they mean so much to me and they really captured my heart.”

A river guide in a green jacket smiles while sitting in a kayak
Leslie Beninato leads a debris cleanup crew with MountainTrue along the French Broad River. She is hoping the region’s debris pickup crews can be a continued source of employment for outdoor recreation workers facing economic instability. Katie Myers / Grist / Blue Ridge Public Radio

She spoke while paddling across the river, wearing gloves, waders, and a sun hat. Her small canoe carried a pile of trash bags and some trash grabbers; the sun was hot, and mounds of silt covered the tangled riverbanks where trees and businesses once stood. “Just a lot of uncertainty, a lot of fear, but then everyone else was in that same boat,” she said, jumping out of hers into waist-deep water. 

A few months after the storm, she started exploring the river and grabbing trash, keeping Excel spreadsheets detailing what she found and where, and what more needed to be removed. That work turned into the crew, and the possibility of something more permanent as destructive storms continue to wreak havoc on the mountains. Things are OK for now, she said, yanking a few pieces of twisted metal out of the brush. Besides, she’s used to improvising. All guides are. “That’s what you have to do in outdoor scenarios,” she said. “You have to think, ‘All right, well here’s plan A, how we think and we want things to go. Here’s plan B, if it doesn’t really go this way, then, oh crap, here’s plan C, if plan A and B just got thrown out the window.’”

Earlier this month, just as rafting season was getting in swing, the Pigeon’s wounds reopened. Four inches of rain doused western North Carolina, causing a rockslide on Interstate 40 and washing construction equipment into the river. All but the lowest reaches of the waterway is closed to rafting, and several put-in spots washed out.

Even before the water started to recede, raft guides once again piled into their boats to rescue neighbors, then set to work mucking out damaged houses and businesses. It was another blow to an industry, and a community, that is, in the words of one young guide, “getting some PTSD from the flood in September.”

As best as Heather Ellis can tell, no more than half the rafting companies in the Cocke County area have managed to reopen since Helene,, and some may not come back at all. She feels like one of the lucky ones, even if she is living in a camper until her new home is built.

A young woman sits in a camp chair outside a trailer
Heather Ellis lives in an RV near her company while her home gets rebuilt. She says while it’s been hard, storm recovery has helped her get to know her neighbors better. Gerard Albert III / Blue Ridge Public Radio

After that May day on the Pigeon, she and two guide friends relaxed in front of her RV, watching the next group of lifejacket-clad tourists prepare to set out. Ellis started working here eight years ago, when she was 20, long enough that it started feeling like home. She recalled the moment her boyfriend called her to say Helene had taken their house. “It was heartbreaking,” she said.

In the months since, Ellis has found solace in growing more connected to the community, helping people rebuild, and getting to know the Pigeon River in its new form — exciting and frightening in equal measure. For Ellis and other guides, the only constant is the way these rivers change. 

“It kind of made me feel like a rookie again, cause I had to read water,” Ellis said. “That’s what we say when we’re just kind of seeing where the path needs to be, how we’re going to navigate down the river.”

Gerard Albert III contributed reporting to this story.

This story was originally published by Grist with the headline A year after Helene, river guides in Appalachia are navigating a new world on Jun 27, 2025.


This content originally appeared on Grist and was authored by Katie Myers.

]]>
https://grist.org/extreme-weather/a-year-after-helene-river-guides-in-appalachia-are-navigating-a-new-world/feed/ 0 541460
Pollution from wildfires can contaminate our water for up to eight years, new study finds https://grist.org/wildfires/pollution-from-wildfires-can-contaminate-our-water-for-up-to-eight-years-new-study-finds/ https://grist.org/wildfires/pollution-from-wildfires-can-contaminate-our-water-for-up-to-eight-years-new-study-finds/#respond Fri, 27 Jun 2025 08:15:00 +0000 https://grist.org/?p=669080 When wildfires devastated a wide swath of Los Angeles last winter, officials warned residents of several ZIP codes not to drink the water, or boil it first if they must. They worried that soot, ash, and other debris from the blazes might have infiltrated the groundwater, or that damaged pipes might allow toxins into the supply. The last of these “do not drink” orders was lifted last month.

But the first large-scale study of post-wildfire water quality has found that pollution created by such a blaze can threaten water supplies for eight years — far longer than previous studies indicated. Researchers at the Cooperative Institute for Research in Environmental Science, or CIRES, at the University of Colorado Boulder analyzed 100,000 samples from 500 watersheds across the western United States. They found “contaminants like organic carbon, phosphorus, nitrogen, and sediment” throughout those that had burned. At their peak, those pollutants can be found at levels up to 103 times higher than before the fire. There also can be 9 to 286 times as much sediment in water after a fire. 

The findings have great implications for water systems as they prepare for a world in which fires like those that burned in Los Angeles and, more recently, North Carolina and a great swath of Canada, grow more common. One in six people in the United States lives in a wildfire risk zone, and forested watersheds provide water to almost two-thirds of municipalities in the U.S., making water systems everywhere vulnerable. 

“I’ve had a lot of conversations with different utilities and water managers in the West, and every single one of them are concerned about wildfire impacts,” said Carli Brucker, lead author of the study, published Tuesday. But, she added, what they don’t have is longer-term data. “I’m hoping that this research provides these concrete numbers that can really back up water managers’ concerns, and turn those concerns into real funding that they can start putting towards climate resilience. Strong evidence can be really helpful in securing funding.”

Water utilities in the LA area addressed the threat posed by the fires that burned in January in the short term by flushing water mains and pipes. Officials with the Los Angeles Department of Water & Power said they are conducting ongoing water testing in the Palisades area, and are offering free water quality testing to any resident that wants it.

“These urban fires are creating these unprecedented challenges that treatment plants can’t really deal with,” Brucker said. “Burning buildings and businesses and roads and cars, it creates all these contaminants that are just way more dangerous and way more difficult to deal with.”

Across the locations the researchers analyzed, contamination levels varied widely. In general, post-fire pollution was worse in heavily forested or heavily urbanized areas. The “most dramatic spikes” in pollutants like phosphorus, nitrate, organic carbon and sediment generally occurred in the first few years after a fire, according to researcher Ben Livneh. 

“We found the impacts to be really persistent,” Livneh wrote in The Conversation. “We saw significantly elevated levels of nitrogen and sediment for up to eight years following a fire.” Even years after a fire, a major rainfall can trigger a mudslide, unearthing contaminants. Beyond polluting groundwater, that can cause unexpected environmental issues. “Nitrogen and phosphorus act like fertilizer for algae. A surge of these nutrients can trigger algal blooms in reservoirs, which can produce toxins and create foul odors,” Livneh said. 

There are several ways to fight these threats to water supply.

“The first line of defense is just diversifying water sources,” Brucker said. Ideally, a utility would draw from several watersheds, so it has a backup in the event one of them is impacted by a fire, she said. They also can build additional sedimentation basins to increase their capacity for sediment handling. 

“But all of these things cost a lot more,” Brucker said. And it’s difficult to convince strained utilities in Western states – already dealing with things like water shortages – to spend money on wildfire mitigation without numbers. Rural communities, in particular, often rely on single-source water systems and limited funding, which makes responding to emergencies much more challenging. 

“Utilities don’t usually have these sorts of process improvements in place, unless they have a good reason,” she said. “I’m hoping this research can point to – this is a pretty good reason to start planning for and trying to budget for those resilience improvements.”

This story was originally published by Grist with the headline Pollution from wildfires can contaminate our water for up to eight years, new study finds on Jun 27, 2025.


This content originally appeared on Grist and was authored by Sophie Hurwitz.

]]>
https://grist.org/wildfires/pollution-from-wildfires-can-contaminate-our-water-for-up-to-eight-years-new-study-finds/feed/ 0 541449
The Fight for Fair Funding in New Hampshire https://www.radiofree.org/2025/06/26/the-fight-for-fair-funding-in-new-hampshire/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/06/26/the-fight-for-fair-funding-in-new-hampshire/#respond Thu, 26 Jun 2025 23:09:07 +0000 https://progressive.org/public-schools-advocate/the-fight-for-fair-funding-in-new-hampshire-goodwin-20250626/
This content originally appeared on The Progressive — A voice for peace, social justice, and the common good and was authored by Jacob Goodwin.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2025/06/26/the-fight-for-fair-funding-in-new-hampshire/feed/ 0 541409
A New Dimension of Sally Ride’s Story https://www.radiofree.org/2025/06/26/a-new-dimension-of-sally-rides-story/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/06/26/a-new-dimension-of-sally-rides-story/#respond Thu, 26 Jun 2025 21:26:20 +0000 https://progressive.org/latest/a-new-dimension-of-sally-rides-story-minton-20250626/
This content originally appeared on The Progressive — A voice for peace, social justice, and the common good and was authored by Matt Minton.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2025/06/26/a-new-dimension-of-sally-rides-story/feed/ 0 541381
New charges filed against Spanish-language journalist amid ICE detention https://www.radiofree.org/2025/06/26/new-charges-filed-against-spanish-language-journalist-amid-ice-detention/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/06/26/new-charges-filed-against-spanish-language-journalist-amid-ice-detention/#respond Thu, 26 Jun 2025 20:40:26 +0000 https://pressfreedomtracker.us/all-incidents/new-charges-filed-against-spanish-language-journalist-amid-ice-detention/

Immigration reporter Mario Guevara, currently in federal custody and facing possible deportation, was charged June 17 with three additional misdemeanors for traffic violations that allegedly occurred more than a month before his mid-June arrest at a protest near Atlanta.

Guevara, a Salvadoran journalist who has lived in the U.S. for more than 20 years, was arrested during a “No Kings” protest against President Donald Trump in Chamblee, Georgia. The demonstration coincided with a military parade attended by Trump in Washington, D.C., marking the 250th anniversary of the U.S. Army.

Guevara was livestreaming the protest to over a million followers when Doraville police arrested him. At the time, he was wearing a press vest and helmet and repeatedly identified himself as a journalist. He was later charged with obstruction, unlawful assembly and walking on a roadway.

On June 18, Guevara was transferred to Immigration and Customs Enforcement custody after federal immigration officials placed a detainer on him. Guevara, who lacks permanent legal status, has work authorization and a potential path to a green card through his U.S.-citizen son.

The Gwinnett County Sheriff’s Office then filed three new misdemeanor charges — distracted driving, reckless driving and failure to obey a traffic control device — against Guevara. The new charges appear to stem from an incident 31 days earlier, when he was reportedly livestreaming immigration enforcement activity while driving.

The incidents listed in the warrants happened on May 13 and May 20, but the warrants weren’t taken out against Guevara until June 17, his attorney Giovanni Diaz said in a video news update posted to the social platform Facebook.

“We’ve only been able to see the warrants. We’re trying to get a little more information,” Diaz said in Spanish. “I think the timing, to a lot of people, is a bit concerning. I’ll allow other folks to speculate about that.”

Diaz did not return U.S. Press Freedom Tracker requests for comment.

In a statement provided to the Gwinnett Daily Post, the sheriff’s office claimed Guevara “compromised operational integrity” and “jeopardized the safety of victims of the case, investigators, and Gwinnett County residents” during an unrelated investigation.

A spokesperson for the Sheriff’s Office denied a Tracker request for the arrest warrants, stating that they are still active and an investigation is ongoing.

In an interview with The Atlanta Journal-Constitution this spring, Guevara reflected on the risks of his reporting: “My lawyers are asking me to tone it down, to not be so aggressive,” he said. “I’m acting as if I were a citizen … but I’m not scared.”

In response to mounting public scrutiny, the Department of Homeland Security issued a statement on social media June 20 denying that Guevara’s detention was related to his journalism.

“This El Salvador national is in ICE custody because he entered the country illegally in 2004,” the agency said. “He was arrested for willful obstruction after refusing lawful orders.”

In 2012, an immigration court denied Guevara’s asylum application and issued a deportation order. That case was later administratively closed — a discretionary decision that paused removal proceedings. He built his reputation covering immigration enforcement in Georgia for Mundo Hispanico before founding his own outlet, MGNews.

The Committee to Protect Journalists called for Guevara’s release and for removal proceedings to be dropped in a June 20 letter with a coalition of local and national civil society and media groups (including Freedom of the Press Foundation, of which the Tracker is a project). The letter warned that his continued detention raises serious press freedom concerns.

“If Guevara’s case proceeds, it would represent a grim erosion of both freedom of the press and the rule of law,” the letter stated. “Journalists who are not U.S. citizens could be at risk of deportation solely because local law enforcement filed misdemeanor charges against them in retaliation for reporting without those charges ever being tried in court.”


This content originally appeared on U.S. Press Freedom Tracker: Incident Database and was authored by U.S. Press Freedom Tracker: Incident Database.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2025/06/26/new-charges-filed-against-spanish-language-journalist-amid-ice-detention/feed/ 0 541383
Zohran Mamdani offers a new path for Democrats https://www.radiofree.org/2025/06/26/zohran-mamdani-offers-a-new-path-for-democrats/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/06/26/zohran-mamdani-offers-a-new-path-for-democrats/#respond Thu, 26 Jun 2025 16:49:13 +0000 http://www.radiofree.org/?guid=3b9a2e09a0fa2bcdcdcf00d647aa55f4
This content originally appeared on Democracy Now! and was authored by Democracy Now!.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2025/06/26/zohran-mamdani-offers-a-new-path-for-democrats/feed/ 0 541310
Papua New Guinea police blame overrun system for prison breakouts https://www.radiofree.org/2025/06/26/papua-new-guinea-police-blame-overrun-system-for-prison-breakouts/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/06/26/papua-new-guinea-police-blame-overrun-system-for-prison-breakouts/#respond Thu, 26 Jun 2025 00:05:56 +0000 https://asiapacificreport.nz/?p=116674 By Margot Staunton, RNZ Pacific senior journalist

Police in Papua New Guinea say the country’s overrun courts and prisons are behind mass breakouts from police custody.

Chief Superintendent Clement Dala made the comment after 13 detainees escaped on Tuesday in Simbu Province, including eight who were facing murder charges.

Dala said an auxiliary policeman who had the keys to a holding cell at Kundiawa Police Station is also on the run.

Police are investigating a claim by local media that he is the partner of a female escapee who was facing trial for murder.

Six police officers on duty at the time have been suspended for 21 days while investigations continue.

“The auxiliary officer is not a recognised police officer and should not have had the key, but it appears he was helping the sole police officer on cell duties,” said Dala, who is the acting assistant commissioner for three Highlands provinces.

Dala said it appeared the auxiliary officer wandered off for a meal and left the cell door open at the entrance to the police station.

“He may have played a role in assisting the escapees, but we are still trying to find out exactly what happened.”

‘Probably hiding somewhere’
“If we find it was deliberate then he will definitely be arrested. He is probably hiding somewhere nearby and we’ll get to him as soon as we can,” he said.

As of yesterday, none of the escapees had been caught. Police are relying on community leaders to encourage them to surrender.

But this could take a month or longer and police fear some could reoffend.

He said the police have previously been told not to use auxiliary officers in any official capacity as they were community liaison officers.

“This is a symptom of our severe staff shortages, but I have reissued an instruction banning them from frontline duties,” he said.

Dala said PNG’s courts and prisons were completely overrun, and this was the main reason detainees in police custody escape.

Up to 200 people on remand
He said on any given day there could be up to 200 people on remand in police cells under his command and many brought in weapons and drugs.

“We have different cells for different remandees, but if we are overcrowded we have to keep prisoners in the main corridor, especially those who have committed minor crimes,” he said.

Dala said some remand prisoners were being kept in police holding cells for more than a month.

He said the police had faced a lack of political will to deal with severe staff shortages, a lack of training across the force and outdated infrastructure.

This article is republished under a community partnership agreement with RNZ.


This content originally appeared on Asia Pacific Report and was authored by APR editor.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2025/06/26/papua-new-guinea-police-blame-overrun-system-for-prison-breakouts/feed/ 0 541157
Papua New Guinea police blame overrun system for prison breakouts https://www.radiofree.org/2025/06/26/papua-new-guinea-police-blame-overrun-system-for-prison-breakouts-2/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/06/26/papua-new-guinea-police-blame-overrun-system-for-prison-breakouts-2/#respond Thu, 26 Jun 2025 00:05:56 +0000 https://asiapacificreport.nz/?p=116674 By Margot Staunton, RNZ Pacific senior journalist

Police in Papua New Guinea say the country’s overrun courts and prisons are behind mass breakouts from police custody.

Chief Superintendent Clement Dala made the comment after 13 detainees escaped on Tuesday in Simbu Province, including eight who were facing murder charges.

Dala said an auxiliary policeman who had the keys to a holding cell at Kundiawa Police Station is also on the run.

Police are investigating a claim by local media that he is the partner of a female escapee who was facing trial for murder.

Six police officers on duty at the time have been suspended for 21 days while investigations continue.

“The auxiliary officer is not a recognised police officer and should not have had the key, but it appears he was helping the sole police officer on cell duties,” said Dala, who is the acting assistant commissioner for three Highlands provinces.

Dala said it appeared the auxiliary officer wandered off for a meal and left the cell door open at the entrance to the police station.

“He may have played a role in assisting the escapees, but we are still trying to find out exactly what happened.”

‘Probably hiding somewhere’
“If we find it was deliberate then he will definitely be arrested. He is probably hiding somewhere nearby and we’ll get to him as soon as we can,” he said.

As of yesterday, none of the escapees had been caught. Police are relying on community leaders to encourage them to surrender.

But this could take a month or longer and police fear some could reoffend.

He said the police have previously been told not to use auxiliary officers in any official capacity as they were community liaison officers.

“This is a symptom of our severe staff shortages, but I have reissued an instruction banning them from frontline duties,” he said.

Dala said PNG’s courts and prisons were completely overrun, and this was the main reason detainees in police custody escape.

Up to 200 people on remand
He said on any given day there could be up to 200 people on remand in police cells under his command and many brought in weapons and drugs.

“We have different cells for different remandees, but if we are overcrowded we have to keep prisoners in the main corridor, especially those who have committed minor crimes,” he said.

Dala said some remand prisoners were being kept in police holding cells for more than a month.

He said the police had faced a lack of political will to deal with severe staff shortages, a lack of training across the force and outdated infrastructure.

This article is republished under a community partnership agreement with RNZ.


This content originally appeared on Asia Pacific Report and was authored by APR editor.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2025/06/26/papua-new-guinea-police-blame-overrun-system-for-prison-breakouts-2/feed/ 0 541158
How a 1.3-mile stretch of street became a much-needed park space in Queens, New York https://grist.org/looking-forward/how-a-1-3-mile-stretch-of-street-became-a-much-needed-park-space-in-queens-new-york/ https://grist.org/looking-forward/how-a-1-3-mile-stretch-of-street-became-a-much-needed-park-space-in-queens-new-york/#respond Wed, 25 Jun 2025 14:35:05 +0000 http://www.radiofree.org/?guid=ef43f44de31b35e73b9d23293a132887

Illustration of bench along park path with buildings in background

The spotlight

During the COVID lockdowns of 2020, people in cities all over the world were desperate to get outside. As everything slowed down, residents and city governments organized to block off sections of some streets to cars, instead giving them over to pedestrians and leisure activities — a global phenomenon of “open,” “slow,” or “shared” streets, depending on the local parlance.

One of the most lauded examples of a successful open street was 34th Avenue in the Jackson Heights neighborhood of Queens, New York, described by many as the gold standard of what open, human-first streets can look like.

Jackson Heights is one of the most diverse neighborhoods in one of the most diverse boroughs of New York City. More than 60 percent of its population is made up of people who were born outside the U.S. And like many working-class neighborhoods where a majority of the residents are people of color, it suffers from a lack of green space.

“Jackson Heights ranks last in per capita park space in all of New York City,” said Dawn Siff, executive director of the Alliance for Paseo Park, a community-led nonprofit organization that emerged to advocate for the 34th Avenue park. “There’s nowhere for your children to learn to ride bikes,” she said. “My children and my nieces attended, and still attend, two of the seven public schools that are basically right up and down 34th Avenue — and they don’t have room for recess.”

The open street initiative has started to change that. For the past five years, a 1.3-mile stretch of 34th Avenue, now known as Paseo Park, has been closed to cars during daytime hours. The park has become such a beloved fixture of the neighborhood that there are now plans to make it permanent. New York City Council Member Shekar Krishnan, who represents the district that includes Jackson Heights and also chairs the Committee on Parks and Recreation, called it “a lifeline” for the community. “What started out as a necessity during the pandemic has really evolved into an incredible place that brings people together — families, children, seniors,” said Krishnan.

This month, following more than a year of planning and visioning sessions, a group of community members released a report offering an ambitious vision for what the space could look like — and a roadmap for how to transform a temporary structure that has grown organically into an organized way to meet a variety of community needs.

Two stacked images show renderings of a current residential block on 34th avenue, and a reimagined version of the block with a widened median and clear walking paths

A rendering showing what an improved residential block could look like. Courtesy of Alliance for Paseo Park / WXY

Luz Maria Mercado, the board chair of Alliance for Paseo Park, moved to Jackson Heights with her mother when she was around 9 years old, after her parents divorced. “When my parents were together, they had a house. I had a backyard,” she said. “I came to an apartment with absolutely no green space.” What she noticed, from a young age, was that Jackson Heights did have lovely gardens — in the courtyards of private, gated residences in some of the more upscale corners of the neighborhood. Mercado remembered peering through those gates with a degree of envy. “I would think, ‘Wow, this is so nice,’” she said. “‘It would be so nice if we could have this. But this is not meant for people like me and my mom.’”

Mercado now lives on 34th Avenue with her husband and her own children. It’s a nice building — they even have a little terrace. “But what would I see outside? Cars zooming by,” she said. “It was loud. The air was stagnant.”

The pandemic, and the citywide open streets initiative, created an opportunity to reimagine what the neighborhood could look like. When then-mayor Bill de Blasio opened up an application portal for communities to request an open street in their area, several Jackson Heights residents submitted 34th Avenue, Siff recalled. Initially, the city designated just a few blocks in front of Travers Park. But the community wanted more than that — and they began holding rallies to advocate for it.

“As our rallies grew, so did our open street,” Siff said, and eventually 34th Avenue became the longest open street in New York City: 26 whole blocks. “And as soon as we got that space, something magical happened” — even in the midst of an incredibly dark and scary time, Siff said. “Suddenly, we had this 1.3-mile park space, and people started to make it their own.”

Neighbors organized and volunteered to put the barricades up in the morning and take them down in the evening, allowing cars to pass through at night. People began gardening in the median. They took up running for the first time. They taught Zumba classes and English lessons, and set up food pantries. Kids learned to ride bikes.

“Now that we have Paseo Park, the noise level is down, the air quality is better,” Mercado said. Instead of cars honking, “we hear children outside leaving school, enjoying the space, playing soccer.”

As the pandemic eased and things began to reopen, Paseo Park persisted. In 2021, Alliance for Paseo Park (formerly known as Friends of 34th Avenue Linear Park) began advocating for more permanent infrastructure, circulating a petition that more than 2,600 neighbors signed. As wonderful as the newfound space was, it was still a street — and the daily conversion to a park was being managed by volunteers running on fumes.

The city made some improvements, for instance designating “plaza blocks” in front of schools with markings that indicate the space is for pedestrians. But residents still have a bigger vision — and the city has allocated nearly $90 million in capital funding to make the linear park permanent. Last summer, the alliance, wanting to ensure that money would go toward accomplishing the things that residents most cared about, launched a yearlong process of community engagement.

Over the past year, the organization has run surveys online and on paper, conducted visioning sessions and pop-up tabling sessions, appointed outreach ambassadors to host conversations, and even helped facilitate a survey specifically for kids. A number of core priorities emerged, including safety, uninterrupted space for pedestrians, and climate resilience.

The project is not without its detractors — residents who object to the banishment of cars from the avenue, citing a lack of parking, increased traffic on neighboring streets, and for some, a simple desire to live on a street rather than within a park. But this contingent is a vocal minority, Council Member Krishnan said. “It’s very clear this is a project that is beloved by this community,” he said. “I have run multiple times on a platform where Paseo Park is a central part of my work for our community.”

Two stacked images show renderings of a current school block on 34th Avenue, and a reimagined version of the same block with a huge media featuring planters and play structures

A rendering shows what a school block might look like with additional improvements. Courtesy of Alliance for Paseo Park / WXY

The Alliance for Paseo Park worked with an architecture firm, WXY, to bring the community’s dreams to life in a design — showing what the space could actually look like, and what sorts of infrastructural improvements could accomplish the goals that residents expressed.

The resulting report presents two possible designs: one prioritizing an expanded “super sidewalk” to give ample room for pedestrians, and another prioritizing a “super median” that would offer more green space in between pedestrian lanes. Different blocks would center different needs, like recreation, rest, and play areas specifically for school kids. Stormwater gardens and other features like permeable pavers would reduce flooding in the area. Retractable bollards would allow essential vehicles to enter when needed — like ambulances, sanitation trucks, and Access-A-Ride, the city’s transportation service for residents with disabilities — another thing community members said was important to them.

Yet another priority residents emphasized was clarity about the use of the space. The report notes that currently, Paseo Park is straining under the need to be everything to the community. This is perhaps most embodied by the competition between pedestrians and riders of two-wheeled vehicles. To ease some of this tension, the report proposes making improvements to a parallel street, Northern Boulevard, to create a protected corridor for bikes, mopeds, and scooters.

While it is detailed, the report is not meant to be prescriptive. “We’re not calling specifically for any measures, but one of the things that we are communicating in this report is that this is possible,” Siff said. Their hope is that the city — and the community — will think big about how the space could be transformed, and how clever designs could meet a variety of needs.

“We’re showing the community, we’re showing the city, we’re showing the state, we’re showing the world that it can be done,” Mercado said. “We just have to have the vision and the resources to implement it.”

As far as that implementation goes, infrastructure projects often move slowly in New York, Siff said. Not to mention, the city is currently gearing up for a mayoral election, with the Democratic primary taking place yesterday. “We need really strong leadership in the city to get this done,” said Siff. But she is hopeful that the next mayor will see the opportunity for impact in this project, and “for New York City to take its place among great cities around the world that are repurposing street space to park space, and giving it back to communities.”

— Claire Elise Thompson

More exposure

A parting shot

In December 2022, New York City experimented with a temporary open street on Sundays on the iconic Fifth Avenue, to make more room for holiday shoppers. It marked the first time in half a century that the thoroughfare was closed to cars. The city has repeated the initiative every December since, although last year Mayor Eric Adams scaled it down to just a single day.

A photo shows a crowd of people walking on a New York City street, with skyscrapers on either side

This story was originally published by Grist with the headline How a 1.3-mile stretch of street became a much-needed park space in Queens, New York on Jun 25, 2025.


This content originally appeared on Grist and was authored by Claire Elise Thompson.

]]>
https://grist.org/looking-forward/how-a-1-3-mile-stretch-of-street-became-a-much-needed-park-space-in-queens-new-york/feed/ 0 541056
A New Trump Plan Gives DHS and the White House Greater Influence in the Fight Against Organized Crime https://www.radiofree.org/2025/06/25/a-new-trump-plan-gives-dhs-and-the-white-house-greater-influence-in-the-fight-against-organized-crime/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/06/25/a-new-trump-plan-gives-dhs-and-the-white-house-greater-influence-in-the-fight-against-organized-crime/#respond Wed, 25 Jun 2025 10:00:00 +0000 https://www.propublica.org/article/stephen-miller-trump-dhs-fbi-doj-war-on-drugs by Tim Golden

ProPublica is a nonprofit newsroom that investigates abuses of power. Sign up to receive our biggest stories as soon as they’re published.

The Trump administration has launched a major reorganization of the U.S. fight against drug traffickers and other transnational criminal groups, setting out a strategy that would give new authority to the Department of Homeland Security and deepen the influence of the White House.

The administration’s plans, described in internal documents and by government officials, would reduce federal prosecutors’ control over investigations, shifting key decisions to a network of task forces jointly led by the FBI and Homeland Security Investigations, the primary investigative arm of DHS.

Officials said the plan to bring law enforcement agencies together in the new Homeland Security Task Forces has been driven primarily by President Donald Trump’s homeland security adviser, Stephen Miller, who is closely overseeing the project’s implementation.

Current and former officials said the proposed reorganization would make it easier for senior officials like Miller to disregard norms that have long walled off the White House from active criminal investigations.

“To the administration’s credit, they are trying to break down barriers that are hard to break down,” said Adam W. Cohen, a career Justice Department attorney who was fired in March as head of the office that coordinates organized crime investigations involving often-competing federal agencies. “But you won’t have neutral prosecutors weighing the facts and making decisions about who to investigate,” he added of the task force plan. “The White House will be able to decide.”

The proposed reorganization would elevate the stature and influence of Homeland Security Investigations and Immigration and Customs Enforcement among law enforcement agencies, while continuing to push other agencies to pursue immigration-related crimes.

The task forces would at least formally subordinate the Drug Enforcement Administration to HSI and the FBI after half a century in which the DEA has been the government’s lead agency for narcotics enforcement.

Trump’s directive to establish the new task forces was included in an Inauguration Day executive order, “Protecting the American People Against Invasion,” which focused on immigration.

The new task forces will seek “to end the presence of criminal cartels, foreign gangs and transnational criminal organizations throughout the United States,” the order states. They will also aim to “end the scourge of human smuggling and trafficking, with a particular focus on such offenses involving children.”

Since that order was issued, the administration has proceeded with considerable secrecy. Some Justice Department officials who work on organized crime have been excluded from planning meetings, as have leaders of the DEA, people familiar with the process said.

A White House spokesperson, Abigail Jackson, did not comment on Miller’s role in directing the task force project or the secrecy of the process. “While the Biden Administration opened the border and looked the other way while Americans were put at risk,” she said, “the Trump Administration is taking action to dismantle cross-border human smuggling and trafficking and ensure the use of all available law enforcement tools to faithfully execute immigration laws and to Make America Safe Again.”

The task force project was described in interviews with current and former officials who have been briefed on it. ProPublica also reviewed documents about the implementation of the task forces, including a briefing paper prepared for Cabinet-level officials on the president’s Homeland Security Council.

The Homeland Security Task Forces will take a “coordinated, whole-of-government approach” to combatting transnational criminal groups, the paper states. They will also draw support from state and local police forces and U.S. intelligence agencies.

Until now, the government has coordinated that same work through a Justice Department program established by President Ronald Reagan, the Organized Crime Drug Enforcement Task Forces — which the Trump administration is shutting down.

Known by the ungainly acronym OCDETF (pronounced “oh-suh-def”), the $550-million program is above all an incentive system: To receive funding, different agencies (including the DEA, the FBI and HSI) must come together to propose investigations, which are then vetted and approved by prosecutor-led OCDETF teams.

The agents are required to include a financial investigation of the criminal activity, typically with help from the Treasury Department, and they often recruit support from state and local police. The OCDETF intelligence center, located in the northern Virginia suburbs, manages the only federal database in which different law-enforcement agencies share their raw investigative files.

While officials describe OCDETF as an imperfect structure, they also say it has become a crucial means of law enforcement cooperation. Its mandate was expanded under the Biden and first Trump administrations to encompass all types of organized crime, not just drug trafficking.

As recently as a few months ago, the deputy attorney general, Todd Blanche, declared that OCDETF would play a central role in stopping illegal immigration, drug trafficking and street gangs. He even suggested that it investigate the governments of so-called sanctuary cities for obstructing immigration enforcement.

But just weeks after Blanche’s announcement, the administration informed OCDETF officials their operations would be shut down by the end of the fiscal year in September. In a letter to Democratic senators on June 23, the Justice Department confirmed that the Homeland Security Task Forces would absorb OCDETF’s “mission and resources” but did not explain how the new structure would take charge of the roughly 5,000 investigations OCDETF now oversees.

“These were not broken programs,” said a former Homeland Security official who, like others, would only discuss the administration’s plans on condition of anonymity. “If you wanted to build them out and make sure that the immigration side of things got more importance, you could have done that. You did not have to build a new wheel.”

Officials also cited other concerns about the administration’s plan, including whether the new task force system will incorporate some version of the elaborate safeguards OCDETF has used to persuade law enforcement agencies to share their case files in its intelligence database. Under those rules, OCDETF analysts must obtain permission from the agency that provided the records before sharing them with others.

Many officials said they worried that the new task forces seem to be abandoning OCDETF’s incentive structure. OCDETF funds are conditioned on multiple agencies working together on important cases; officials said the monies will now be distributed to law enforcement agencies directly and without the requirement that they collaborate.

“They are taking away a lot of the organization that the government uses to attack organized crime,” a Justice Department official said. “If you want to improve something, great, but they don’t even seem to have a vision for how this is going to work. There are no specifics.”

The Homeland Security Task Forces will try to enforce interagency cooperation by a “supremacy clause,” that gives task force leaders the right to pursue the cases they want and shut down others that might overlap.

An excerpt from a planning document drafted for the president’s Homeland Security Council describes how the new Homeland Security Task Forces would take charge of major organized crime investigations. (Text reproduced from a document obtained by ProPublica.)

The clause will require “that any new or existing investigative and/or intelligence initiatives” targeting transnational criminal organizations “must be presented to the HSTF with a right of first refusal,” according to the briefing paper reviewed by ProPublica.

“Further,” it adds, “the supremacy clause prohibits parallel or competitive activities by member agencies, effectively eliminating duplicative structures such as stand-alone task forces or specialized units, to include narcotics, financial, or others.”

Several senior law enforcement officials said that approach would curtail the independence that investigators need to follow good leads when they see them; newer and less-visible criminal organizations would be more likely to escape scrutiny.

In recent years, those officials noted, both Democratic and Republican administrations have tried at times to short-circuit competition for big cases among law enforcement agencies and judicial districts. But that has often led to as many problems as it has solved, they said.

One notable example, several officials said, was a move by the Biden administration’s DEA administrator, Anne Milgram, to limit her agency’s cooperation with FBI and HSI investigations into fentanyl smuggling by Los Chapitos, the mafia led by sons of the Mexican drug boss Joaquín Guzmán Loera, known as “El Chapo.”

Although the DEA eventually indicted the Chapitos’ leaders in New York, officials from other agencies complained that Milgram’s approach wasted months of work and delayed the indictments of some traffickers. Later, when the FBI secretly arranged the surrender of one of the sons, Joaquín Guzmán López, DEA officials were not told about the operation until it was underway, officials said. (Guzmán López initially pleaded not guilty but is believed to be negotiating with the government. Milgram did not respond to messages asking for comment.)

As to the benefits of competition, prosecutors and agents cite the case of El Chapo himself. Before he was extradited to the United States in January 2017, Guzmán Loera had been indicted by seven U.S. attorneys’ offices, reflecting yearslong investigations by the DEA, the FBI and HSI, among others. In the agreement that the Obama Justice Department brokered, three offices led the prosecution, which used the best evidence gathered by the others.

Under the new structure of the Homeland Security Task Forces, several officials said, federal prosecutors will still generally decide whether to bring charges against criminal groups, but they will have less of a role in determining which criminals to investigate.

Regional and national task forces will be overseen by “executive committees” that are expected to include political appointees, officials said. The committees will guide broader decisions about which criminal groups to target, they said.

“The HSTF model unleashes the full might of our federal law enforcement agencies and federal prosecutors to deliver justice for the American people, whose plight Biden and Garland ignored for four years,” a Justice Department spokesperson said, referring to former Attorney General Merrick Garland. “Any suggestion that the Department is abandoning its mission of cracking down on violent organized crime is unequivocally false.”

During Trump’s first term, veteran officials of the FBI, DEA and HSI all complained that the administration’s overarching focus on immigration diverted agents from more urgent national security threats, including the fentanyl epidemic. Now, as hundreds more agents have been dispatched to immigration enforcement, those officials worry that the new task forces will focus on rounding up undocumented immigrants who have any sort of criminal record at the cost of more significant organized crime investigations.

The first task forces to begin operating under the new model have not assuaged such concerns. In late May, Attorney General Pam Bondi and Virginia Gov. Glenn Youngkin announced that the Virginia Homeland Security Task Force had arrested more than 1,000 “criminal illegal aliens” in just two months, but the authorities have provided almost no details connecting those suspects to transnational criminal organizations.

Agents of Homeland Security Investigations and the FBI, part of the new Gulf of America Homeland Security Task Force, arrested dozens of undocumented immigrants in connection with a cockfighting ring in northern Alabama in mid-June. (Via HSI Atlanta’s X profile)

On June 16, the Gulf of America Homeland Security Task Force, a new unit based in Alabama and Georgia, announced the arrests of 60 people, nearly all of them undocumented immigrants, at a cockfighting event in northern Alabama. Although cockfighting is typically subject to a maximum fine of $50 in the state, a senior HSI official claimed the suspects were “tied to a broader network of serious crimes, including illegal gambling, drug trafficking and violent offenses.” Once again, however, no details were provided.

It is unclear how widely the new task force rules might be applied. While OCDETF funds the salaries of more than a thousand federal agents and hundreds of prosecutors, thousands more DEA, FBI and HSI agents work on other narcotics and organized crime cases.

In early June, five Democratic senators wrote to Bondi questioning the decision to dismantle OCDETF. That decision was first reported by Bloomberg News.

“As the Department’s website notes, OCDETF ‘is the centerpiece of the Attorney General’s strategy to combat transnational-organized crime and to reduce the availability of illicit narcotics in the nation,’” the senators wrote.

In a June 23 response, a Justice Department official, Daniel Boatright, wrote that OCDETF’s operations would be taken over by the new task forces and managed by the office of the Deputy Attorney General. But Boatright did not clarify what role federal prosecutors would play in the new system.

“A lot of good, smart people are trying to make this work,” said one former senior official. “But without having prosecutors drive the process, it is going to completely fracture how we do things.”

Veteran officials at the DEA — who appear to have had almost no say in the creation of the new task forces— are said to be even more concerned. Already the DEA has been fighting pressure to provide access to investigative files without assurances that the safeguards of the OCDETF intelligence center will remain in place, officials said.

“DEA has not even been invited to any of the task force meetings,” one former senior official said. “It is mind-boggling. They’re just getting orders saying, ‘This is what Stephen Miller wants and you’ve got to give it to us.’”


This content originally appeared on ProPublica and was authored by by Tim Golden.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2025/06/25/a-new-trump-plan-gives-dhs-and-the-white-house-greater-influence-in-the-fight-against-organized-crime/feed/ 0 540994
Macron invites all New Caledonia stakeholders for Paris talks https://www.radiofree.org/2025/06/25/macron-invites-all-new-caledonia-stakeholders-for-paris-talks/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/06/25/macron-invites-all-new-caledonia-stakeholders-for-paris-talks/#respond Wed, 25 Jun 2025 09:30:55 +0000 https://asiapacificreport.nz/?p=116660 By Patrick Decloitre, RNZ Pacific correspondent French Pacific desk

French President Emmanuel Macron has sent a formal invitation to “all New Caledonia stakeholders” for talks in Paris on the French Pacific territory’s political and economic future to be held on July 2.

The confirmation came on Thursday in the form of a letter sent individually to an undisclosed list of recipients and June 24.

The talks follow a series of roundtables fostered earlier this year by French Minister for Overseas Manuel Valls.

But the latest talks, held in New Caledonia under a so-called “conclave” format, stalled on  May 8.

This was mainly because several main components of the pro-France (anti-independence) parties said the draft agreement proposed by Valls was tantamount to a form of independence, which they reject.

The project implied that New Caledonia’s future political status vis-à-vis France could be an associated independence “within France” with a transfer of key powers (justice, defence, law and order, foreign affairs, currency ), a dual New Caledonia-France citizenship and an international standing.

Instead, the pro-France Rassemblement-LR and Loyalistes suggested another project of “internal federalism” which would give more powers (including on tax matters) to each of the three provinces, a notion often criticised as a de facto partition of New Caledonia.

Local elections issue
In May 2024, on the sensitive issue of eligibility at local elections, deadly riots broke out in New Caledonia, resulting in 14 deaths and more than 2 billion euros (NZ$3.8 billion) in damage.

In his letter, Macron writes that although Valls “managed to restore dialogue…this did not allow reaching an agreement on (New Caledonia’s) institutional future”.

“This is why I decided to host, under my presidency, a summit dedicated to New Caledonia and associating the whole of the territory’s stakeholders”.

Macron also wrote that “beyond institutional topics, I wish that our exchanges can also touch on (New Caledonia’s) economic and societal issues”.

Macron made earlier announcements, including on 10 June 2025, on the margins of the recent UNOC Oceans Summit in Nice (France), when he dedicated a significant part of his speech to Pacific leaders attending a “Pacific-France” summit to the situation in New Caledonia.

“Our exchanges will last as long as it takes so that the heavy topics . . . can be dealt with with all the seriousness they deserve”.

Macron also points out that after New Caledonia’s “crisis” broke out on 13 May 2024, “the tension was too high to allow for a dialogue between all the components of New Caledonia’s society”.

Letter sent by French President Emmanuel Macron to New Caledonia’s stakeholders for Paris talks on 2 July 2025.
Letter sent by French President Emmanuel Macron to New Caledonia’s stakeholders for Paris talks on 2 July 2025. Image: RNZ Pacific

A new deal?
The main political objective of the talks remains to find a comprehensive agreement between all local political stakeholders, in order to arrive at a new agreement that would define the French Pacific territory’s political future and status.

This would then allow to replace the 27-year-old Nouméa Accord, signed in 1998.

That pact put a heavy focus on the notions of “living together” and “common destiny” for New Caledonia’s indigenous Kanaks and all of the other components of its ethnically and culturally diverse society.

It also envisaged an economic “rebalancing” between the Northern and Islands provinces and the more affluent Southern province, where the capital Nouméa is located.

The Nouméa Accord also contained provisions to hold three referendums on self-determination.

The three polls took place in 2018, 2020 and 2021, all of those resulting in a majority of people rejecting independence.

But the last referendum, in December 2021, was largely boycotted by the pro-independence movement.

‘Examine the situation’
According to the Nouméa Accord, after the referendums, political stakeholders were to “examine the situation thus created”, Macron recalled.

But despite several attempts, including under previous governments, to promote political talks, the situation has remained deadlocked and increasingly polarised between the pro-independence and the pro-France camps.

A few days after the May 2024 riots, Macron made a trip to New Caledonia, calling for the situation to be appeased so that talks could resume.

In his June 10 speech to Pacific leaders, Macron also mentioned a “new project” and in relation to the past referendums process, pledged “not to make the same mistakes again”.

He said he believed the referendum, as an instrument, was not necessarily adapted to Melanesian and Kanak cultures.

In practice, the Paris “summit” would also involve French minister for Overseas Manuel Valls.

The list of invited participants would include all parties, pro-independence and pro-France, represented at New Caledonia’s Congress (the local parliament).

But it would also include a number of economic stakeholders, as well as a delegation of Mayors of New Caledonia, as well as representatives of the civil society and NGOs.

Talks could also come in several formats, with the political side being treated separately.

The pro-independence platform FLNKS (Kanak and Socialist National Liberation Front) has to decide at the weekend whether it will take part in the Paris talks.

FLNKS leader Christian Téin
FLNKS leader Christian Téin . . . still facing charges over last year’s riots, but released from prison in France providing he does not return to New Caledonia and checks in with investigating judges. Image: Opinion International

Will Christian Téin take part?
During a whirlwind visit to New Caledonia in June 2024, Macron met Christian Téin, the leader of a pro-independence CCAT (Field Action Coordination Cell), created by Union Calédonienne (UC).

Téin was arrested and jailed in mainland France.

In August 2024, while in custody in the Mulhouse prison (northeastern France), he was elected in absentia as president of a UC-dominated FLNKS.

Even though he still faces charges for allegedly being one of the masterminds of the May 2024 riots, Téin was released from jail on June 12 on condition that he does not travel to New Caledonia and reports regularly to French judges.

On the pro-France side, Téin’s release triggered mixed angry reactions.

Other pro-France hard-line components said the Kanak leader’s participation in the Paris talks was simply “unthinkable”.

Pro-independence Tjibaou said Téin’s release was “a sign of appeasement”, but that his participation was probably subject to “conditions”.

“But I’m not the one who makes the invitations,” he told public broadcaster NC la 1ère on 15 June 2025.

FLNKS spokesman Dominique Fochi said in a release Téin’s participation in the talks was earlier declared a prerequisite.

“Now our FLNKS president has been released. He’s the FLNKS boss and we are awaiting his instructions,” Fochi said.

At former roundtables earlier this year, the FLNKS delegation was headed by Union Calédonienne (UC, the main and dominating component of the FLNKS) president Emmanuel Tjibaou.

‘Concluding the decolonisation process’, says Valls
In a press conference on Tuesday in Paris, Valls elaborated some more on the upcoming Paris talks.

“Obviously there will be a sequence of political negotiations which I will lead with all of New Caledonia’s players, that is all groups represented at the Congress. But there will also be an economic and social sequence with economic, social and societal players who will be invited”, Valls said.

During question time at the French National Assembly in Paris on 3 June 2025, Valls said he remained confident that it was “still possible” to reach an agreement and to “reconcile” the “contradictory aspirations” of the pro-independence and pro-France camps.

During the same sitting, pro-France New Caledonia MP Nicolas Metzdorf decried what he termed “France’s lack of ambition” and his camp’s feeling of being “let down”.

The other MP for New Caledonia’s, pro-independence Emmanuel Tjibaou, also took the floor to call on France to “close the colonial chapter” and that France has to “take its part in the conclusion of the emancipation process” of New Caledonia.

“With the President of the Republic and the Prime Minister, and the political forces, we will make offers, while concluding the decolonisation process, the self-determination process, while respecting New Caledonians’ words and at the same time not forgetting history, and the past that have led to the disaster of the 1980s and the catastrophe of May 2024,” he said.

This article is republished under a community partnership agreement with RNZ.


This content originally appeared on Asia Pacific Report and was authored by APR editor.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2025/06/25/macron-invites-all-new-caledonia-stakeholders-for-paris-talks/feed/ 0 541006
How Hotels, Once a Last Resort, Became New York’s Default Answer to Homelessness https://www.radiofree.org/2025/06/24/how-hotels-once-a-last-resort-became-new-yorks-default-answer-to-homelessness/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/06/24/how-hotels-once-a-last-resort-became-new-yorks-default-answer-to-homelessness/#respond Tue, 24 Jun 2025 09:00:00 +0000 https://www.propublica.org/article/new-york-homelessness-hotels by Spencer Norris, New York Focus

This article was produced for ProPublica’s Local Reporting Network in partnership with New York Focus, an investigative news outlet reporting on New York. Sign up for Dispatches to get our stories in your inbox every week, and sign up for New York Focus’ newsletter here.

Jasmine Stradford sat on her porch near Binghamton, New York, with toys, furniture, garbage bags full of clothing and other possessions piled up around her. She and her partner were being evicted after falling behind on rent.

So last June, they and their children — then ages 3, 12 and 15 — turned to New York’s emergency shelter system for help. It was built to provide homeless residents not only beds, but also food, help finding permanent housing and sometimes child care so parents can find work, attend school or look for apartments.

Stradford and her family received almost none of that. Instead of placing them in a shelter, the Broome County Department of Social Services cycled them through four roadside hotels over three months, where they mostly had to fend for themselves.

“I remember staring at my kids, thinking that I’d failed them,” Stradford said. “Then I remember going to DSS and being completely dehumanized.”

Stradford’s family was part of a growing trend: In the past few years, hotels have quietly become the state’s predominant response to homelessness outside New York City. New York Focus and ProPublica found that the state’s social services agencies placed just under half the 34,000 individuals and families receiving emergency shelter outside the city in fiscal year 2024 in hotels — up from 29% in 2018. The change was most pronounced in Broome County, where hotel cases more than quintupled.

Statewide spending on hotels more than tripled over that period to $110 million, according to an analysis of state temporary housing data by the news organizations. In total, hotels outside New York City were paid about $420 million to shelter unhoused people from April 2017 to September 2024.

Statewide Spending on Hotels More Than Tripled From 2018 to 2024 Data source: Analysis of Office of Temporary and Disability Assistance data on emergency shelter payments. Years are fiscal years. (Lucas Waldron/ProPublica)

It’s a makeshift arrangement that provides people a roof over their head but little else. State regulations exempt hotels from providing the same services that families are supposed to receive in the shelter system.

The hotels are “less supportive, less conducive for good health outcomes, good education outcomes,” said Adam Bosch, CEO of Hudson Valley Pattern for Progress, a policy research nonprofit. “If our ultimate goal is to get people moving back toward independence, sticking them in a hotel on a hillside away from services, away from schools, away from transportation networks is not a great strategy.”

Homelessness in New York City received intense media coverage as the migrant crisis became fodder in the presidential election. But far less attention has been paid to the homeless population throughout the rest of New York, which far surpasses most other states on its own.

Few of the migrants were relocated to hotels outside the city. Instead, the spike in hotel housing stems from a combination of soaring rent, dozens of shelter closures and what housing advocates and industry representatives said was a botched response to the end of the state’s pandemic-related eviction moratorium in 2022. After the moratorium ended, landlords began evicting tenants at rates exceeding previous years. With fewer shelters and more people in need, the number of individuals and families placed in hotels shot up.

An unhoused family living at the Knights Inn in Endwell, New York. It was one of the hotels where the Broome County Department of Social Services placed the Stradford-Moses family. (Michelle Gabel for ProPublica)

Barbara Guinn, the commissioner of the state Office of Temporary and Disability Assistance, said in an interview that her agency hadn’t studied the growth in hotel use for emergency shelter. The trend has been scarcely mentioned at legislative hearings in Albany.

But OTDA, which supervises the county social services offices, has long known about the problems the hotels present. In early 2020, state auditors warned the agency that it wasn’t adequately overseeing shelters, including hotels used as temporary housing. OTDA acknowledged that hotels present challenges because they don’t have on-site support services or the same level of supervision as shelters.

Samir, Moses and Stradford’s 3-year-old son, tries to pass the time in one of the hotel rooms the family stayed in after its eviction. (Courtesy of Jasmine Stradford)

Watch video ➜

Rules clarifying the requirement that temporary housing recipients in hotels receive shelter-like services have been on OTDA’s regulatory agenda for at least four years. But the agency, and lawmakers who oversee it, stood by as hotel housing increased. Guinn said she couldn’t “provide insight” on why the agency never formally proposed the rules, but she committed to advancing them this year. The Broome County Department of Social Services did not make its commissioner, Nancy Williams, available for an interview and did not respond to a detailed list of questions.

Reporting across the state, the news organizations found people living for months and sometimes years in hotels, doing what they can to get by. Families share beds while their belongings fill the corners of their rooms. Without kitchens and barred from using most appliances, they trek down shoulderless highways to grocery stores or scour food pantries for anything they can cook in a microwave. They squish cockroaches skittering in dressers. And hotels often force them to move out every few weeks, keeping stability out of reach.

The four hotels that Stradford’s family was placed in last summer collectively made about $10,000 sheltering it over three months — more than what the family owed in back rent. That works out to more than twice the monthly fair market rent for a four-bedroom apartment in Binghamton at the time.

New York Social Services Agencies Frequently Paid Hotels Over Fair Market Rent for a Two-Bedroom Apartment

Nearly half of all payments to hotels were for more than twice the counties’ FMR.

Data Source: Analysis of Office of Temporary and Disability Assistance data on emergency shelter payments; HUD Fair Market Rent data for two-bedroom apartments in each county for federal fiscal year 2024. (Lucas Waldron/ProPublica)

This isn’t unusual. County social services offices regularly pay the hotels rates that are worth many times fair market rent for permanent housing in their areas, according to the analysis of OTDA’s housing payment data. One motel in Rome, outside Utica, that was the scene of a shooting last fall charged the county $250 a night for a room at times, according to invoices submitted to the county’s Department of Social Services.

Over three months, Stradford’s family struggled to maintain some semblance of its old life while bouncing from hotel to hotel. The family would lose countless possessions. The kids’ educations would be disrupted, as the school bus failed to keep up with their moves. Their experiences would show the importance of the services they weren’t receiving and what happens to New York’s homeless families when they can’t access them.

“It’s Like Malpractice”

Stradford and her partner, Tiberious Moses, had been evicted after she missed work at a children’s group home while recovering from surgery and Moses struggled to support the family with temporary jobs. At first, Stradford was relieved when the Department of Social Services informed her that it would place them in a hotel instead of a shelter.

“Going to the hotel, I originally thought, ‘OK, this gives a little bit more leeway, a little bit more comfort, hospitality, all of that,’ only to find out that it’s not that at all,” she said. “If you are a DSS recipient, you’re nothing. You are the bottom of the pit.”

Stradford’s family — two adults, three children and four dogs — was packed into a room with two beds at an Econo Lodge sandwiched between a gas station and another budget hotel. Stradford said she found cockroaches and had trouble getting the hotel to clean their room. She said she often saw drug use at the hotel and felt unsafe. Law enforcement and emergency services were called to the hotel 116 times in the first half of that year, dispatch logs show.

Despite those conditions, the Econo Lodge received more money to house temporary assistance recipients than any other known hotel outside New York City, according to the OTDA payments data for the 2024 fiscal year. The hotel, now called Hillside Inn & Suites, served more than 900 individuals and families placed by the Department of Social Services for at least 30,000 total nights, earning over $2.3 million.

The Hillside Inn & Suites, formerly an Econo Lodge, in Binghamton, New York. The Stradford-Moses family spent 26 nights here. (Michelle Gabel for ProPublica)

“We’re forced to rent hotel rooms across the state, and the operators of these places understand that,” said state Sen. Roxanne Persaud, chair of the chamber’s Social Services Committee. “The municipalities’ backs are against the wall. And so they must place the unhoused person or persons somewhere. And so that’s why you see the cost is skyrocketing, because people understand that it’s an easy way to make money off the government.”

OTDA’s regulations say hotels should be considered shelters and provide services if they are used “primarily” as temporary housing for homeless welfare recipients. At least 16 hotels appear to house mostly welfare recipients, the analysis showed.

OTDA spokesperson Anthony Farmer said the agency interprets “primarily” to mean hotels that “house recipients exclusively, or almost exclusively, throughout the year.” He said that hotels aren’t required to deliver services but that county social services agencies “are responsible for some level of service provision.” The state, however, doesn’t regularly collect information on how counties provide services. Guinn said OTDA plans to create a formal process for counties to submit it under new regulations.

(Illustration by ProPublica)

The Econo Lodge’s contract with Broome County doesn’t call for the services offered by shelters, like food and assistance finding housing. It requires the hotel to provide little more than a room with housekeeping, linens and toiletries. The hotel’s CEO, Paresh Patel, declined to comment.

In contrast, traditional shelters often put a significant amount of their funding toward social services. Shelter budgets obtained from OTDA show that they frequently retain at least part-time employees to prepare food and help people find jobs and housing. Local social services offices try to offset the lack of on-site services by hiring caseworkers but have struggled to retain them.

Instead, hotel residents like Stradford’s family are caught in a web of conflicts between the way those services are provided, the strings attached to benefits and the rules and limitations of living in hotels. Social services departments might provide them food stamps to buy groceries, but hotel residents usually don’t have kitchens and are often not allowed to have appliances like hot plates. To keep their lodging, they’re generally required to seek housing and to work or look for jobs, but they often don’t receive child care. They have to regularly meet with caseworkers at social services offices but must rely on spotty public transportation.

“To me, it’s like malpractice as a homeless services provider to place people without support services” in hotels, said Deborah Padgett, a professor of social work at New York University. “It’s good in the sense that they get more privacy, but for them to get a life and not be dependent on the government, they need to be close to services and not be punished for making mistakes.”

Guinn said that her agency would prefer counties use regulated shelters in housing emergencies but that there aren’t enough beds to accommodate everyone. Social services offices must rely on hotels when shelters don’t have space or don’t exist in a particular county, Farmer said in an email.

After 26 nights, Broome County relocated Stradford’s family to the Quality Inn & Suites in Vestal, a Binghamton suburb down the Susquehanna River that’s home to Binghamton University. Stradford’s car had been repossessed, so they stuffed a suitcase and the kids’ book bags with as many clothes as they could and hopped on the bus.

(Illustration by ProPublica)

At the Quality Inn, the family struggled to eat. They had applied for food stamps, but Stradford said she couldn’t get wage records from her former employer proving she was eligible. Instead, the county provided them a restaurant allowance worth about $15 a day to cover all five of them. To get by, they took the bus to food pantries like Catholic Charities, which had started creating “hotel bags” stuffed with canned food, oatmeal, crackers, macaroni and cheese and snacks for the kids — anything that could be eaten cold or prepared with a microwave.

While many shelters provide food on site, contracts between the hotels and Broome County forbid emergency housing recipients from eating the hotels’ food. Stradford said her family was threatened with removal from the Quality Inn after her 12-year-old daughter, Taylor, tried to eat the continental breakfast.

“When we first started taking families on, we did allow breakfast, and unfortunately there was too much being carried away, so we chose to change that,” the hotel’s general manager, Bernadine Morris, said. The Quality Inn has since closed and could not be reached for follow-up questions.

People can get kicked out of hotels and lose their housing assistance for repeatedly violating hotels’ policies, including by using their own cooking appliances. One woman who previously lived at the Motel 6 in Binghamton said she avoided sanctions by throwing an extension cord from the window of her second-story room to use a pressure cooker on the sidewalk.

Stradford’s nonstop juggling act left her on edge. She was grieving her mother’s death, feeding five people and four dogs, apartment-hunting and hustling to culinary classes and social services appointments. She said her children started feeling the stress too: Her 3-year-old, Samir, was wetting the bed frequently, and the older kids missed classes for their summer courses.

The family began butting heads with Quality Inn managers, who accused them of being disruptive and terminated their stay, according to Stradford’s social services case file.

“I’m not totally surprised that they run into problems with the hotel supervisors and the staff just because they’re trying to find some way to get their needs attended to, and it’s not really fair to expect the hotel to do what those people are not trained to do,” Padgett said.

During the three months her family lived in hotels, Stradford’s nonstop juggling act left her on edge. (Michelle Gabel for ProPublica)

Shelters are required to have enough qualified staff to meet residents’ needs. The staff members generally have at least some training in how to handle populations with complex needs, said Elizabeth Bowen, an associate professor at the University at Buffalo School of Social Work.

After Stradford and her family lost their room at the Quality Inn, the county sanctioned them and declined to find them a new place to stay. Moses, who had just gotten a job at Dave & Buster’s, paid out of his own pocket for a room at the Red Roof Inn in Johnson City. When they arrived, the woman at the front desk saw their belongings and dogs and told them the motel wouldn’t honor the reservation. They had used what little money was left on Ubers and the room deposit. The motel did not return requests for comment.

As it rained, Stradford got ahold of the Department of Social Services and pleaded their case. The county decided to continue housing her family until her sanction could be appealed. It booked them at the Knights Inn, another 10 minutes down the road in a town called Endwell.

“I Got Into Protection Mode”

Stradford’s family became skilled at sleeping on a single bed at the Knights Inn. Stradford, Moses, Samir and 15-year-old De’Vante would sleep side by side while Taylor slept horizontally at their feet.

The rest of the facility was in chaos, Stradford said. She saw hypodermic needles and other drug paraphernalia lying in the grass and underneath the stairwell and people slumped over while standing beside the dumpster. Over about six years that the county used it for temporary housing, law enforcement and emergency services were summoned to the motel for 789 incidents, including assaults, overdoses, robberies, domestic disputes and mental health crises.

Note: Knights Inn charged $109.09 per day for two rooms for at least part of their stay. (Illustration by ProPublica)

The Knights Inn had a litany of issues that prevented it from passing Broome County Social Services’ inspections from 2018 to 2021. According to inspection reports, the rooms were dimly lit due to missing light bulbs and broken lamps. The walls were stained and punched through, and the wallpaper peeled off. Some rooms’ doors didn’t lock. Windows didn’t either or were broken. Carpets were torn, and inspectors found cockroaches in dressers.

Health and safety issues plague hotels used as emergency shelters across the state. A 2020 state comptroller audit found that 60% of the hotels they reviewed outside New York City were in “unsatisfactory” condition — about the same as the percentage of shelters.

One woman, who was living with her children in a motel south of Albany, showed paint flaking off their walls and mattresses covered in black mold. Two other parents placed in the motel said they felt that if the Department of Social Services caught them in private housing that resembled their living conditions, their kid could be taken away by Child Protective Services.

OTDA requires social services agencies to inspect hotels housing families every six months. But an analysis of OTDA compliance data showed that social services districts often fail to keep up with hotel inspections: About 40% of the 351 hotels used to house homeless people outside New York City were out of date on their social services inspections as of mid-October or didn’t have an inspection date listed.

Farmer, the OTDA spokesperson, said that most hotels had been inspected within a year and that some others had stopped housing people.

Even when social services agencies do inspections, records show they sometimes fail to take action. Hotels have to correct problems within 30 days, unless it’s a safety problem. If they don’t, counties are supposed to stop placing people there, according to a directive from OTDA.

Records show that the Knights Inn fixed some of the issues as it went but continued to get written up in every inspection for two and a half years. Despite this, Broome County placed hundreds of social services cases there, earning the motel over $750,000.

A Knights Inn manager, Aizaz Siddiqui, said that the motel moved people out of rooms that needed the most work until they were renovated.

In January 2021, the county said it would stop placing people at the Knights Inn until the violations were corrected. The motel received a clean inspection in July 2022. But Stradford said the Knights Inn wouldn’t give them toilet paper or fresh sheets, which are required in shelters. A bedsheet was used as a curtain for their rear window.

Taylor and Samir watch TV in the Knights Inn room. (Courtesy of Jasmine Stradford)

The family stayed for three weeks, but tensions with management boiled over when the family failed to get rid of their dogs by the deadline set by the motel. Eventually, the Knights Inn told them to leave. After giving them a few extra days to find other accommodations, Siddiqui called the police to remove them.

Siddiqui said the families placed at the inn by the Department of Social Services deserve sympathy, but he still has to maintain order. “It’s a tough situation to be in, and we try to work with them as much as we can,” he said. “But again, we do have to fulfill our policies, and we have to stand by them.” The motel declined to respond to additional questions about the conditions.

Stradford’s family didn’t have anywhere else to go. As the State Police arrived, she planted herself on a red cooler in front of their room and refused to leave until the county found them somewhere to stay.

Some community activists she met through local charity work showed up to support her and livestreamed the incident on Facebook.

Note: Motel 6 charged $190 per day for two rooms. (Illustration by ProPublica)

After a three-hour standoff, management relented and allowed the family to stay two more nights. One of the activists arrived with a U-Haul and drove their stuff to the Motel 6, a 15-minute drive back up the river, past the Econo Lodge on the outskirts of Binghamton.

Things were initially calm at the Motel 6. But about three weeks into their stay, the Motel 6 complained to the county that Stradford had left the children alone, which they were told violated the motel’s guest policy. Stradford said she was doing charity work at the time but complained that she couldn’t attend school or meet the state’s requirements to look for housing if she had to constantly supervise her children.

The motel gave the family the weekend to leave. When they missed their checkout time, the Sheriff’s Office came to remove them.

Moses called Stradford, who was at school, to tell her what was happening. She headed to the Department of Social Services to plead their case.

“I got into protection mode,” Stradford said. “I wasn’t going to leave there and just put myself in a seriously homeless situation. So I told them I wasn’t leaving until I knew that we had a secure spot to go to.”

But her attempts failed. The agency said it would no longer help her family due to the complaints. The clerk used a special tool to unlock the room for the deputies.

Community members once again showed up to livestream the encounter and pressure the county. The Sheriff’s Office helped the family find a motel, where it stayed for two more nights.

In the end, it wasn’t New York’s social services system that found stable housing for Stradford’s family; it was a local landlord who heard about the case and offered an apartment at a rate the family could afford on Moses’ wages and temporary assistance from the county.

Moses holds Samir in the family’s new apartment. (Michelle Gabel for ProPublica)

Stradford’s family was placed in hotels for 89 days, about the average for a social services case. Many stay far longer. More than 1,500 individuals and families spent six months or more in hotels, according to payment data from the 2024 fiscal year.

“Some of us really get into a hard time and we really do need the help. We don’t just rely on the system,” Stradford said. “I pay my hard-earned tax dollars. I worked multiple jobs. I’m the one that tried to keep afloat and stuff like that. But things happen in life.”

Between their six moves, the family lost most of its possessions: furniture, Social Security cards, birth certificates, tax documents, family photos, laptops, coats, a painting from someone Jasmine was taking care of, Samir’s toy box, Taylor’s art projects and a blanket covered in motivational quotes that Stradford’s mom had given her before she passed. They had to give up two of their dogs.

When they arrived at their new home, they had only a couple of suitcases and garbage bags full of clothes.

(Illustration by ProPublica) How We Measured Hotel Stays

To track temporary housing recipients placed in hotels, New York Focus and ProPublica used data obtained from the New York Office of Temporary and Disability Assistance through an open records request. The data contains 1.1 million payments issued from April 2017 to September 2024 for emergency shelter stays outside New York City. OTDA repeatedly delayed releasing the data for 10 months but finally did so after ProPublica’s attorneys got involved in the appeals process.

The data classified payments by type of shelter, including family shelters, transitional housing and hotels. It also included an “emergency shelter” category for temporary housing assistance provided before a case is fully approved, which can flow to both hotels and shelters.

Our analysis includes only payments explicitly classified as hotel payments. We excluded some payments that were classified as hotel payments but where the recipients appeared to be nonprofits that operated homeless shelters.

The data also included unique IDs for each assistance case that received shelter, allowing us to determine how many people stayed in hotels and for about how long. Each case represents either an individual or a family.

To find hotels that housed mostly welfare recipients, New York Focus and ProPublica relied on each hotel’s total number of rooms reported to the New York State Department of Health and checked whether shelter payments covered at least half of the hotel’s total capacity from April 1, 2023, to March 31, 2024.

The data listed the start and end date for each payment, but it was not always clear whether the stay was inclusive or exclusive of the final date. As a result, we chose to exclude the final night whenever counting up dates to create the most conservative estimates possible, unless the payment covered a single night. When comparing the payments against fair market rent, we included the final night, which would decrease the daily rate.

Hotels used to house homeless families outside New York City must be inspected by counties once every six months. After that, the district has 30 days to submit the report to OTDA for review.

OTDA provided a database of inspections for hotels as of Oct. 15, 2024. To determine whether a hotel was past due on inspection, we checked whether the most recent inspection was completed and submitted to OTDA in the seven months leading up to that date. In some cases, the inspection may have been conducted but was not submitted to the state on time.

This story was supported by the journalism nonprofit the Economic Hardship Reporting Project.

If you have been placed in a hotel or have information about the use of hotels as emergency housing in New York, contact New York Focus reporter Spencer Norris at 570-690-3469 or spencer@nysfocus.com.

Joel Jacobs contributed data reporting.


This content originally appeared on ProPublica and was authored by by Spencer Norris, New York Focus.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2025/06/24/how-hotels-once-a-last-resort-became-new-yorks-default-answer-to-homelessness/feed/ 0 540769
Calls for New Zealand to denounce United States attack on Iran https://www.radiofree.org/2025/06/23/calls-for-new-zealand-to-denounce-united-states-attack-on-iran/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/06/23/calls-for-new-zealand-to-denounce-united-states-attack-on-iran/#respond Mon, 23 Jun 2025 19:51:19 +0000 https://asiapacificreport.nz/?p=116590 By Lillian Hanly, RNZ News political reporter

Prominent lawyers are joining opposition parties as they call for the New Zealand government to denounce the United States attack on Iranian nuclear facilities.

Iranian New Zealander and lawyer Arman Askarany said the New Zealand government was showing “indifference”.

It comes as acting Prime Minister David Seymour told reporters on Monday there was “no benefit” in rushing to a judgment regarding the US attack.

“We’re far better to keep our counsel, because it costs nothing to get more information, but going off half-cocked can be very costly for a small nation.”

Iran and Israel continued to exchange strikes over the weekend after Israel’s initial attack nearly two weeks ago.

Israeli authorities say at least 25 people have been killed, and Iran said on Sunday Israeli strikes had killed at least 224 people since June 13.

The Human Rights Activists news agency puts the death toll in Iran above 650 people.

US attacked Iran nuclear sites
The US entered the war at the weekend by attacking what it said was key nuclear sites in Iran — including Fordow, Natanz, and Isfahan — on Sunday.

On Monday, the Australian government signalled its support for the strike, and called for de-escalation and a return to diplomacy.

Australia’s Foreign Minister Penny Wong said the strike was a unilateral action by its security ally the United States, and Australia was joining calls from Britain and other countries for Iran to return to the negotiating table

Not long after, Foreign Minister Winston Peters issued a statement on X, giving tacit endorsement to the decision to bomb nuclear facilities.

The statement was also released just ahead of the NATO meeting in Brussels, which Prime Minister Christopher Luxon was attending.

Peters said Iran could not be allowed to develop nuclear weapons, and noted the United States’ targeted attacks aimed at “degrading Iran’s nuclear capabilities”.

He went on to acknowledge the US statement to the UN Security Council saying the attack was “acting in collective self-defence consistent with the UN Charter”.

Self-defence ‘complete joke’
Askarany told RNZ it was a “complete joke” that New Zealand had acknowledged the US statement saying it was self-defence.

“It would be funny if it wasn’t so horrific.”

He said it was a clear escalation by the US and Israel, and believed New Zealand was undermining the rules-based order it purported to support, given it refused to say Israel and the US had attacked Iran.

Askarany acknolwedged the calls for deescalation and for peace in the region, but said they were “abstract platitudes” if the aggressor was not named.

He called on people who might not know about Iran to learn more about it.

“There’s so much history and culture and beautiful things about Iran that represent my people far more than the words of Trump and Netanyahu.”

Peters told RNZ Morning Report on Monday the government wanted to know all the facts before taking a position on the US strike on Iran’s nuclear facilities.

Politicians at a crossroads
Acting Prime Minister David Seymour held his first post-cabinet media conference on Monday, in which he said nobody was calling on New Zealand to rush to a judgment on the rights and wrongs of the situation.

He echoed the Foreign Minister’s statement, saying “of course” New Zealand noted the US assertion of the legality of their actions.

He also indicated, “like just about every country in the world, that we cannot have a nuclear-armed Iran.”

“That does not mean that we are rushing to form our own judgment on the rights or wrongs or legality of any action.”

He insisted New Zealand was not sitting on the fence, but said “nor are we rushing to judgement.”

“I believe the world is not sitting there waiting for New Zealand to give its position on the legality of the situation.

“What people do want to see is de escalation and dialogue, and most critically for us, the safety of New Zealanders in the region.”

When asked about the Australian government’s position, Seymour said New Zealand did not have the intelligence that other countries may have.

Hikpins says attack ‘disappointing’
Labour leader Chris Hipkins called the attack by the US on Iran “very disappointing”, “not justified” and “almost certainly” against international law.

He wanted New Zealand to take a stronger stance on the issue.

“New Zealand should take a stronger position in condemning the attacks and saying that we do not believe they are justified, and we do not believe that they are consistent with international law.”

Hipkins said the US had not made a case for the action taken, and they should step back and get back around the table with Iran.

The Green Party and Te Pāti Māori both called on the government to condemn the attack by the US.

“The actions of the United States pose a fundamental threat to world peace.

‘Dangerous escalation’
“The rest of the world, including New Zealand, must take a stand and make it clear that this dangerous escalation is unacceptable,” said Green Party coleader Marama Davidson.

“We saw this with the US war on Iraq, and we are seeing it again with this recent attack on Iran. We are at risk of a violent history repeating itself.”

Te Pāti Māori co-leader Rawiri Waititi said the government was remaining silent on Israel.

“When the US bombs Iran, Luxon calls it an ‘opportunity’. But when Cook Islanders assert their sovereignty or Chinese vessels travel through international waters, he leaps to condemnation,” said Waititi.

“Israel continues to maintain an undeclared nuclear arsenal. Yet this government won’t say a word.

“It condemns non-Western powers at every turn but remains silent when its allies act with impunity.”

International law experts weigh in
University of Waikato Professor Alexander Gillespie said it was “an illegal war” and the option of diplomacy should have been exhausted before the first strike.

As Luxon headed to NATO, Gillespie acknowledged it would be difficult for him to take a “hard line” on the issue, “because he’s going to be caught up with the members and the partners of NATO.”

He said the question would be whether NATO members accept there was a right of self-defence and whether the actions of the US and Israel were justified.

Gillespie said former prime minister Helen Clark spoke very clearly in 2003 against the invasion of Iraq, but he could not see New Zealand’s current Prime Minister saying that.

“That’s not because they don’t believe it, but because there would be a risk of a backhand from the United States.

“And we’re spending a lot of time right now trying not to offend this Trump administration.”

‘Might is right’ precedent
University of Otago Professor Robert Patman said the US strike on Iran would likely “make things worse” and set a precedent for “might is right.”

He said he had “no brief” for the repressive Iranian regime, but under international law it had been subject of “two illegal attacks in the last 10 days”, from Israel and now from the US.

Patman said New Zealand had been guarded in its comments about the attacks on Iran, and believed the country should speak out.

“We have championed non nuclear security since the mid 80s. We were a key player, a leader, of the treaty to abolish nuclear weapons, and that now has 94 signatories.”

He said New Zealand does have a voice and an expectation to contribute to an international debate that’s beginning to unfold.

“We seem to be at a fork in the road moment internationally, we can seek to reinstate the idea that international relations should be based on rules, principles and procedures, or we can simply passively accept the erosion of that architecture, which is to the detriment of the majority of countries in the world.”

This article is republished under a community partnership agreement with RNZ.


This content originally appeared on Asia Pacific Report and was authored by APR editor.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2025/06/23/calls-for-new-zealand-to-denounce-united-states-attack-on-iran/feed/ 0 540709
Mahmoud Khalil leads rally in New York after release from ICE jail https://www.radiofree.org/2025/06/23/mahmoud-khalil-leads-rally-in-new-york-after-release-from-ice-jail/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/06/23/mahmoud-khalil-leads-rally-in-new-york-after-release-from-ice-jail/#respond Mon, 23 Jun 2025 16:42:34 +0000 http://www.radiofree.org/?guid=cd99250d77a10871c594caa65915d61c
This content originally appeared on Democracy Now! and was authored by Democracy Now!.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2025/06/23/mahmoud-khalil-leads-rally-in-new-york-after-release-from-ice-jail/feed/ 0 540635
Defence Force to send plane to assist New Zealanders stranded in Iran and Israel https://www.radiofree.org/2025/06/23/defence-force-to-send-plane-to-assist-new-zealanders-stranded-in-iran-and-israel/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/06/23/defence-force-to-send-plane-to-assist-new-zealanders-stranded-in-iran-and-israel/#respond Mon, 23 Jun 2025 00:20:41 +0000 https://asiapacificreport.nz/?p=116552 By Giles Dexter, RNZ News political reporter

The Defence Force is sending a plane to the Middle East to assist any New Zealanders stranded in Iran or Israel.

The C-130J Hercules, along with government personnel, will leave Auckland on Monday.

Airspace is still closed in the region, but Defence Minister Judith Collins said the deployment was part of New Zealand’s contingency plans.

“Airspace in Israel and Iran remains heavily restricted, which means getting people out by aircraft is not yet possible, but by positioning an aircraft, and defence and foreign affairs personnel in the region, we may be able to do more when airspace reopens,” she said.

The government was also in discussions with commercial airlines to see what they could do to assist, although it was uncertain when airspace would reopen.

Foreign Affairs Minister Winston Peters said New Zealanders should do everything they could to leave now, if they could find a safe route.

“We know it will not be safe for everyone to leave Iran or Israel, and many people may not have access to transport or fuel supplies,” he said.

‘Stay in touch’
“If you are in this situation, you should shelter in place, follow appropriate advice from local authorities and stay in touch with family and friends where possible.”

Peters reiterated New Zealand’s call for diplomacy and dialogue.

“Ongoing military action in the Middle East is extremely worrying and it is critical further escalation is avoided,” he said. “New Zealand strongly supports efforts towards diplomacy.

“We urge all parties to return to talks. Diplomacy will deliver a more enduring resolution than further military action.”

Winston Peters & Judith Collins at the announcement that the Defence Force was sending a plane to the Middle East
NZ’s Defence Minister Judith Collins and Foreign Minister Winston Peters address the media . . . “Look, this is a danger zone . . . Get out if you possibly can.” Image: RNZ/Calvin Samuel

It will take a few days for the Hercules to reach the region.

New Zealanders in Iran and Israel needing urgent consular assistance should call the Ministry’s Emergency Consular Call Centre on +64 99 20 20 20.

New Zealand hoped the aircraft and personnel would not be needed, and diplomatic efforts would prevail, Collins re-iterated.

The ministers would not say where exactly the plane and personnel would be based, for security reasons.

Registered number in Iran jumps
Peters told reporters the number of New Zealanders registered in Iran had jumped since the escalation of the crisis.

How the New Zealand Herald, the country's largest newspaper, reported the US strike on Iran
How the New Zealand Herald, the country’s largest newspaper, reported the US strike on Iran today. Image: APR

“We thought, at a certain time, we had them all counted out at 46,” he said. “It’s far more closer to 80 now, because they’re coming out of the woodwork, despite the fact that, for months, we said, ‘Look, this is a danger zone’, and for a number of days we’ve said, ‘Get out if you possibly can’.”

There were 101 New Zealanders registered in Israel. Again, Peters said the figure had risen recently.

He indicated people from other nations could be assisted, similar to when the NZDF assisted in repatriations from New Caledonia last year.

Labour defence spokesperson Peeni Henare supported the move.

“I acknowledge the news that the New Zealand Defence Force will soon begin a repatriation mission to the Middle East, and thank the crew and officials on this mission for their ongoing work to bring New Zealanders home safely,” he said.

While he agreed with the government that the attacks were a dangerous escalation of the conflict and supported the government’s calls for dialogue, he said the US bombing of Iran was a breach of international law and the government should be saying it.

This article is republished under a community partnership agreement with RNZ.


This content originally appeared on Asia Pacific Report and was authored by APR editor.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2025/06/23/defence-force-to-send-plane-to-assist-new-zealanders-stranded-in-iran-and-israel/feed/ 0 540503
Can a socialist win in New York City? https://www.radiofree.org/2025/06/21/can-a-socialist-win-in-new-york-city/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/06/21/can-a-socialist-win-in-new-york-city/#respond Sat, 21 Jun 2025 17:49:45 +0000 http://www.radiofree.org/?guid=12137c4d0d18ceb847448c62ee9977a0
This content originally appeared on Democracy Now! and was authored by Democracy Now!.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2025/06/21/can-a-socialist-win-in-new-york-city/feed/ 0 540394
Former New Zealand PM Helen Clark blames Cook Islands for crisis https://www.radiofree.org/2025/06/21/former-new-zealand-pm-helen-clark-blames-cook-islands-for-crisis/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/06/21/former-new-zealand-pm-helen-clark-blames-cook-islands-for-crisis/#respond Sat, 21 Jun 2025 00:02:52 +0000 https://asiapacificreport.nz/?p=116448 By Lydia Lewis, RNZ Pacific presenter/producer

Former New Zealand Prime Minister Helen Clark believes the Cook Islands, a realm of New Zealand, caused a crisis for itself by not consulting Wellington before signing a deal with China.

The New Zealand government has paused more than $18 million in development assistance to the Cook Islands after the latter failed to provide satisfactory answers to Aotearoa’s questions about its partnership agreement with Beijing.

The Cook Islands is in free association with New Zealand and governs its own affairs. But New Zealand provides assistance with foreign affairs (upon request), disaster relief, and defence.

Helen Clark, middle, says Cook Islands caused a crisis for itself by not consulting Wellington before signing a deal with China.
Helen Clark (middle) . . . Cook Islands caused a crisis for itself by not consulting Wellington before signing a deal with China. Image: RNZ Pacific montage

The 2001 Joint Centenary Declaration signed between the two nations requires them to consult each other on defence and security, which Foreign Minister Winston Peters said had not been honoured.

Peters and Cook Islands Prime Minister Mark Brown both have a difference of opinion on the level of consultation required between the two nations on such matters.

“There is no way that the 2001 declaration envisaged that Cook Islands would enter into a strategic partnership with a great power behind New Zealand’s back,” Clark told RNZ Pacific on Thursday.

Clark was a signatory of the 2001 agreement with the Cook Islands as New Zealand prime minister at the time.

“It is the Cook Islands government’s actions which have created this crisis,” she said.

Urgent need for dialogue
“The urgent need now is for face-to-face dialogue at a high level to mend the NZ-CI relationship.”

Prime Minister Christopher Luxon has downplayed the pause in funding to the Cook Islands during his second day of his trip to China.

Brown told Parliament on Thursday (Wednesday, Cook Islands time) that his government knew the funding cut was coming.

He also suggested a double standard, pointing out that New Zealand had also entered deals with China that the Cook Islands was not “privy to or being consulted on”.

"We'll remove it": Mark Brown said to China's Ambassador to the Pacific, Qian Bo, who told the media an affirming reference to Taiwan in the PIF 2024 communique "must be corrected".
Prime Minister Mark Brown and China’s Ambassador to the Pacific Qian Bo last year. Image: RNZ Pacific/ Lydia Lewis

A Pacific law expert says that, while New Zealand has every right to withhold its aid to the Cook Islands, the way it is going about it will not endear it to Pacific nations.

Auckland University of Technology senior law lecturer and a former Pacific Islands Forum advisor Sione Tekiteki told RNZ Pacific that for Aotearoa to keep highlighting that it is “a Pacific country and yet posture like the United States gives mixed messages”.

“Obviously, Pacific nations in true Pacific fashion will not say much, but they are indeed thinking it,” Tekiteki said.

Misunderstanding of agreement
Since day dot there has been a misunderstanding on what the 2001 agreement legally required New Zealand and Cook Islands to consult on, and the word consultation has become somewhat of a sticking point.

The latest statement from the Cook Islands government confirms it is still a discrepancy both sides want to hash out.

“There has been a breakdown and difference in the interpretation of the consultation requirements committed to by the two governments in the 2001 Joint Centenary Declaration,” the Ministry for Foreign Affairs and Immigration (MFAI) said.

“An issue that the Cook Islands is determined to address as a matter of urgency”.

Tekiteki said that, unlike a treaty, the 2001 declaration was not “legally binding” per se but serves more to express the intentions, principles and commitments of the parties to work together in “recognition of the close traditional, cultural and social ties that have existed between the two countries for many hundreds of years”.

He said the declaration made it explicitly clear that Cook Islands had full conduct of its foreign affairs, capacity to enter treaties and international agreements in its own right and full competence of its defence and security.

However, he added that there was a commitment of the parties to “consult regularly”.

This, for Clark, the New Zealand leader who signed the all-important agreement more than two decades ago, is where Brown misstepped.

Clark previously labelled the Cook Islands-China deal “clandestine” which has “damaged” its relationship with New Zealand.

RNZ Pacific contacted the Cook Islands Ministry of Foreign Affairs for comment but was advised by the MFAI secretary that they are not currently accommodating interviews.

This article is republished under a community partnership agreement with RNZ.


This content originally appeared on Asia Pacific Report and was authored by APR editor.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2025/06/21/former-new-zealand-pm-helen-clark-blames-cook-islands-for-crisis/feed/ 0 540283
New York’s mayoral race could decide the city’s climate future https://grist.org/article/new-yorks-mayoral-race-could-decide-the-citys-climate-future/ https://grist.org/article/new-yorks-mayoral-race-could-decide-the-citys-climate-future/#respond Fri, 20 Jun 2025 22:02:14 +0000 https://grist.org/?p=668740 Six years ago, New York City Mayor Bill de Blasio hosted a chaotic press conference in the lobby of Trump Tower to announce the city’s commitment to its version of the Green New Deal

The mayor, whose term ended in 2022, planned to achieve this through the Climate Mobilization Act, which later passed the city council and aims to cut municipal emissions 85 percent by 2050. Shortly before de Blasio was scheduled to speak, however, Trump Tower employees began blasting music to drown him out. Reporters were forced to shout questions over the vocal stylings of Tony Bennett.

Six months into the second Trump administration and the theatrics surrounding de Blasio’s 2019 announcement seem almost quaint. Although New York’s climate goals remain among the nation’s most ambitious, the city has struggled to fulfill them. 

While transportation emissions are down about 10 percent since de Blasio announced the Climate Mobilization Act, those from buildings — which account for roughly 70 percent of the city’s total, due largely to the heating and cooling needs of 8 million people — are down approximately 2 percent, nowhere near what’s needed to meet the 2050 target. Local Law 97, a key component of de Blasio’s climate plan, set emissions limits for buildings greater than 25,000 square feet and instituted fines for owners who refuse to comply. (Because the city has limited control over the subway and public utilities, so efforts to retrofit buildings, encourage public transit use are among its most meaningful ways to control emissions locally.)

With Adams’ popularity in free fall after a scandal-plagued tenure, this year’s mayoral race will likely sweep a newcomer into office — and with it a chance to realize de Blasio’s thwarted ambitions. (The general election is in November, but the city’s partisan skew means the Democratic primary probably will determine the winner.) In recent debates, however, climate change has been overshadowed by New York’s affordability and quality of life. This, activists say, elides the scale of the problems the city faces. 

“We need someone who has vision and who isn’t just giving [voters] ‘green-lite,’” said Elizabeth Yeampierre, executive director of the Brooklyn-based climate justice nonprofit Uprose. Yeampierre wants to see the next mayor “really looking deeply at the possibilities for New York City to lead when it comes to preparing such a huge population of people for disaster.” 

Nine candidates are competing in the Democratic primary, but the field has narrowed to two front-runners: Andrew Cuomo, the state’s former governor and the son of former governor Mario Cuomo, and Zohran Mamdani, a state legislator and member of the Democratic Socialists of America. 

Cuomo’s governorship ended in controversy when sexual harassment allegations, which he has denied, led to his resignation in 2021. During his tenure, he drew fire for approving gas pipelines, defunding public transportation, and supporting the Independent Democratic Caucus, or IDC. The nine Democrats of that group caucused with Republicans, giving them control of the State Senate despite having fewer seats. The IDC blocked the Climate Leadership and Community Protection Act, a statewide commitment to decarbonization, which that later passed after an activist coalition ousted IDC members.  

“We didn’t see any major climate legislation passed until 2019,” said Keanu Arpels-Josiah, an organizer with the youth climate justice group Fridays for Future NYC.  “And that’s because of Governor Cuomo.” 

The former governor’s opponents worry Cuomo will do more of the same as mayor. Although the city is making good progress in reducing building emissions – nearly half of the city’s largest buildings already meet 2030 targets – Cuomo has shown a willingness to gut the law. He tried to undermine it as governor, his candidacy is supported by lobbyists representing landlords who oppose it, and he’s met with co-op and condo leaders to let them know he’s open to weakening the law’s requirements. 

New York City mayoral candidate Zohran Mamdani speaks at a rally in Brooklyn New York.
New York mayoral candidate Zohran Mamdani addresses the crowd at a rally in Brooklyn. Madison Swart / Hans Lucas / Hans Lucas via AFP

Cuomo’s campaign disputed this characterization, and not all environmentalists oppose the former governor. The New York League of Conservation Voters argues that Cuomo’s detractors are an unavoidable byproduct of his time in office. That group endorsed Cuomo and New York City Comptroller Brad Lander, and they say Cuomo’s statewide fracking ban, instituted in 2014, and offshore wind victories under the first Trump administration show he’ll be able to advance green energy in the current political environment. 

Others aren’t convinced. The Director of Policy at the American Institute of Architects warned that the changes Cuomo proposed to Local Law 97 as governor would effectively render it toothless, and Cuomo did not release a climate plan, which puts many environmentalists on edge. “Andrew Cuomo is ruled by his resentments,” said Pete Sikora, the Climate and Inequality Campaigns Director for New York Communities for Change. “He does whatever powerful lobbies want.”

New York Communities for Change, a nonprofit focused on affordability, has endorsed Mamdani. His climate plan includes free bus rides, expanding renewable energy on municipal land, and an ambitious “Green Schools” plan. The proposal calls for renovating 500 public schools to make them resilience hubs that would serve as evacuation centers during floods and cooling centers in the event of extreme heat. Mamdani has also pledged to prioritize more resilient waterfront infrastructure, oppose utility rate hikes, and direct more money toward NYC Accelerator, which helps building owners figure out how to decarbonize their energy systems. 

“The climate crisis is growing increasingly dire,” Sikora said. “The opportunity is there to create lots of good jobs and save people money through reducing pollution and moving to clean energy.”

Mandani enthusiastically supports Local Law 97, which provided a long grace period for building owners to comply. That ended this year, and the city will begin levying fines against violators in  August. “It’s a pretty good bet that if [Cuomo] became our mayor, he would be looking for ways to weaken Local Law 97,” said Laura Shindell, the New York state director at the nonprofit Food and Water Watch, which has urged voters to choose anyone but Cuomo. The Cuomo campaign insisted he had not tried to undermine the law as governor, but did not speak to his plans if elected mayor.  

Cuomo’s failure to release a climate plan also rankles activists, especially when the climate threats facing New York City are far from theoretical. For example, a report from the New York City Department of Health and Mental Hygiene identified flash flooding as the city’s most pressing problem. 

“Not enough attention is being paid to what could reduce the impacts that people are suffering now in the short term, before we figure out what makes sense to do in the long term,” said Malgosia Madajewicz. She is an economist and associate research scientist at the Columbia Climate School who has studied the effects of flooding on neighborhoods around Jamaica Bay. Some will have to relocate, like those who experienced the worst flooding wrought by Hurricane  Sandy in 2012. Others may be able to adapt, but it’s difficult for residents to make that decision without help from experts — and funding from the city.

“There’s a big information gap there that wouldn’t be very difficult to address,” said Madajewicz, explaining that small changes, such as helping individual homeowners raise their boilers and electrical systems, could have a big impact. “A little bit of public assistance would go a long way.”

This story was originally published by Grist with the headline New York’s mayoral race could decide the city’s climate future on Jun 20, 2025.


This content originally appeared on Grist and was authored by Rebecca Egan McCarthy.

]]>
https://grist.org/article/new-yorks-mayoral-race-could-decide-the-citys-climate-future/feed/ 0 540258
New IEA Report on Liquified Natural Gas Emissions Regurgitates Old Fallacies https://www.radiofree.org/2025/06/20/new-iea-report-on-liquified-natural-gas-emissions-regurgitates-old-fallacies/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/06/20/new-iea-report-on-liquified-natural-gas-emissions-regurgitates-old-fallacies/#respond Fri, 20 Jun 2025 20:35:44 +0000 https://www.commondreams.org/newswire/new-iea-report-on-liquified-natural-gas-emissions-regurgitates-old-fallacies In response to the International Energy Agency (IEA)’s just-released report on the greenhouse gas emissions of liquefied natural gas (LNG), Oil Change International Research Director Lorne Stockman said:

“This latest IEA report repeats the decade-old fallacy that the LNG industry is on the cusp of cleaning up its act, even though it has consistently refused to do so. The methane reductions that are supposed to result from a suite of new technologies and a slew of industry-led voluntary initiatives have failed to materialize again and again. The IEA’s own Methane Tracker data shows that the oil and gas industry’s methane emissions are massive and growing, and “have still not reached a definitive peak.” While the IEA attempts to downplay the life-cycle GHG emissions of LNG compared to coal, The IEA’s own modelling also clearly shows that there is no room for any new LNG export projects if the world is to stave off climate disaster.

“The IEA estimates that 80.5 million metric tons of methane were emitted from the global oil and gas industry in 2024, while highlighting that “methane emissions are widely underreported.” In the short term (20-year equivalency), this equates to over 6.4 billion tons of CO2. This is like adding nearly 1,700 US coal plants.

“It is beyond time that the IEA, the oil and gas industry, and enabling governments such as Japan and the US stop spreading misinformation about gas. The only way to reduce emissions from oil and gas, and the toxic pollution they spread into communities’ air and water, is to phase out fossil fuel production and use. We have waited too long. The planet is literally burning while the oil and gas industry fiddles.”


This content originally appeared on Common Dreams and was authored by Newswire Editor.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2025/06/20/new-iea-report-on-liquified-natural-gas-emissions-regurgitates-old-fallacies/feed/ 0 540263
New York Bans Anonymous Child Welfare Reports https://www.radiofree.org/2025/06/20/new-york-bans-anonymous-child-welfare-reports/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/06/20/new-york-bans-anonymous-child-welfare-reports/#respond Fri, 20 Jun 2025 18:00:00 +0000 https://www.propublica.org/article/new-york-bans-anonymous-child-welfare-reports by Eli Hager

ProPublica is a nonprofit newsroom that investigates abuses of power. Sign up for Dispatches, a newsletter that spotlights wrongdoing around the country, to receive our stories in your inbox every week.

The New York State Legislature this week passed a bill banning anonymous complaints to the state child abuse hotline. If Gov. Kathy Hochul signs the legislation, New Yorkers will now have to provide their name and contact information if they want to make an allegation that someone might be neglecting a child.

This dramatic change in the law comes a year and a half after a ProPublica investigation showed how the hotline had been weaponized by jealous exes, spiteful landlords and others who endlessly called in baseless allegations. Even if a caller didn’t leave their name or any details, and even if the same allegation had repeatedly been investigated and found to be unsubstantiated, it automatically triggered an invasive search of the accused’s home and often a strip search of the children.

We detailed the case of one Brooklyn mother whose apartment was searched dozens of times — by police officers and child protective services caseworkers who never had a warrant and often showed up at her door after midnight — all because an angry former acquaintance kept anonymously calling the hotline about her. She was never found to have mistreated her children in any way.

According to federal statistics, 96% of anonymous calls to child abuse hotlines are deemed baseless after an investigation. Among all allegations of child abuse or neglect, including non-anonymous calls, 83% are ultimately deemed unfounded.

In New York, more than 4,000 children every year had experienced child protective services investigations as a result of anonymous calls — until now.

The legislation passing is “a win-win for everybody,” said Democratic state Sen. Jabari Brisport, the bill’s sponsor. Not only will it protect victims of domestic violence who may have an abusive current or former partner who has used the anonymous reporting system to harass them or to influence a custody dispute, it will also help caseworkers themselves, Brisport said. “They are stretched so thin already,” he said. “By reducing the number of these false complaints, we can let them do their jobs better.”

“But the fact that false reports make such an effective method of harassment is a symptom of deeper issues in how CPS operates,” Brisport added, referring to how the home searches and investigations that result from these calls often turn families’ lives upside-down. Black parents especially are affected, he said, and they can feel helplessly unable to comfort their children through a terrifying and opaque process that can lead to their separation from their mom and dad.

A committee of the U.S. Commission on Civil Rights last year published a report that cited ProPublica’s journalism on these issues and called on New York to abolish anonymous reporting. ProPublica’s articles were also circulated among lawmakers and legislative staff in Albany both last year and this spring.

California and Texas, too, have passed legislation to curtail anonymous reporting. Several other states are considering similar bills.

New York’s new law will maintain the confidentiality of callers to the child abuse hotline, just not their anonymity. That means that if someone thinks that a family member, neighbor or colleague is harming a child, and they call it in, they can still be assured that the state will not reveal their identity to the alleged abuser or publicly in any way. The caller will just have to provide their name and contact information so that caseworkers can follow up, in part to make sure that they don’t have an ulterior motive for making a malicious accusation and so that caseworkers can gather more details from the caller to conduct a more informed investigation.

If they refuse to identify themselves, hotline staff will decline to pass along the tip to child protective services. But an amendment was added to the bill stating that if a caller doesn’t want to leave their name, they can still speak to a supervisor, who will then explain to them that if they provide their name it will remain confidential; that intentionally making a false report is illegal; and that issues involving children in need can also be addressed through housing, food and other services. Contact information for such services will be provided.

The new law will not affect mandated reporters of child abuse, such as teachers and police officers, who already were not anonymous.

Chris Gottlieb, director of the NYU School of Law Family Defense Clinic, helped to shepherd the legislation to its passage. She said that when she used to bring up this issue in Albany — and talk about how child protective services agents searching families’ homes without a warrant can be deeply traumatizing for both parents and children — she was often met with blank stares. But then ProPublica’s reporting “helped to change the conversation,” she said, and more importantly, parents themselves, many of them Black and Latino and led by the community organizer Joyce McMillan, started holding regular rallies on the steps of the Legislature and testifying at hearings.

In fact, parents have filed a first-of-its-kind class-action lawsuit challenging warrantless child protective services searches of their homes as unconstitutional. New York City is contesting the suit, but the city’s Administration for Children’s Services has said that it is committed to addressing child safety concerns while also respecting families’ rights.

In past statements to ProPublica, ACS has said that it is required by state law to investigate fully and to seek to conduct a home assessment whenever it receives a report of child maltreatment from the state, no matter the original source of that report. But a spokesperson said that the agency supports anonymous reporting reform with the perspective that protections for children who are in danger should also be preserved.

One of the plaintiffs in the class-action suit, Shavona Warmington, praised New York state lawmakers for abolishing anonymous reporting once and for all.

The Queens mother of six alleges that someone called in complaints about her every several months for a decade, knowing that the mere fact of a call would cause caseworkers to pound on her door; threaten that they would call the police if she didn’t let them in; search her refrigerator, cabinets, closets and bed while her kids watched; and then strip search and interrogate them. She said that the content of the reports to the hotline always sounded familiar, clearly from the same person, but that this never mattered.

In the suit, she contended that the person who made the complaints was likely the man who abused her. He could call every day and they would still send somebody out.

Her children have been traumatized by the sound of a knock on the door, she said.

“I have no contact with him otherwise, just through ACS,” Warmington said, referring to her abuser.


This content originally appeared on ProPublica and was authored by by Eli Hager.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2025/06/20/new-york-bans-anonymous-child-welfare-reports/feed/ 0 540164
Lawyers fear Vietnam’s new licensing rule could have chilling effect https://rfa.org/english/vietnam/2025/06/20/vietnam-lawyer-practice-rule/ https://rfa.org/english/vietnam/2025/06/20/vietnam-lawyer-practice-rule/#respond Fri, 20 Jun 2025 17:12:15 +0000 https://rfa.org/english/vietnam/2025/06/20/vietnam-lawyer-practice-rule/ Lawyers across Vietnam are voicing concern over a new government decree regulating the issuance and revocation of law practice licenses, with many taking to social media to publicly express their grievances.

Decree 121, issued on June 11, shifts the authority to grant, revoke, and renew law practice licenses from the Minister of Justice to provincial chairpersons — a move seen as part of a broader agenda to restructure Vietnam’s state apparatus. Government officials have not offered a direct explanation for the decree.

However, law professionals have raised alarms over the change, warning that it not only violates existing law but also hands sweeping powers to local leaders, raising concerns the authority could be abused to intimidate lawyers involved in cases against provincial governments.

Writing on his Facebook page, Ho Chi Minh City-based attorney Trinh Dinh Dung argued that Decree 121 violates existing legislation, specifically the 2006 Law on Lawyers, which stipulates that only the Minister of Justice has the authority to issue, revoke, and renew law practicing licenses. “As a matter of principle, a legal document issued by the National Assembly can only be amended by the National Assembly itself,” he wrote.

The ongoing session of the National Assembly is scheduled to conclude on June 30, but its agenda does not include any discussion on the Law on Lawyers.

With no indication that the existing law will be amended, attorney Trinh Dinh Dung concluded that the executive branch is showing “signs of power abuse.”

The most troubling aspect of the new rule, critics say, is that it grants the power to strip lawyers of their right to practice law to provincial leaders, who frequently face public opposition over local policies.

Dang Dinh Manh, a former attorney from Ho Chi Minh City who has given up practicing law in Vietnam due to government harassment, told RFA that local governments are frequently the target of legal challenges.

“Often, when the authorities issue documents related to land or housing confiscation, even a single affected area can prompt hundreds of households to file lawsuits,” he said.

Local communities typically hire lawyers from within the same province to represent their cases. With local leaders now holding the power to end legal careers, lawyers will be “intimidated into submission,” the former attorney warned.

This concern is echoed by lawyers in other parts of the country as well.

Speaking to RFA on condition of anonymity, a Hanoi-based lawyer cited a hypothetical case involving a city chairperson. “It will be easy for favoritism and fear to take hold, as the chairperson has the power to revoke lawyers’ practicing licenses at any time,” he warned.

The new rule is set to add an additional layer of deterrence for lawyers, supplementing existing regulations. Under current law, all practicing lawyers must be registered with a bar association, which operates under the oversight of government authorities.

In 2024, authorities in the southern province of Long An launched an investigation into three lawyers over their online commentary on a local legal case. The move prompted all three to flee the country, marking a turning point in the government’s approach to legal professionals involved in sensitive matters.

Speaking to RFA, Dang Dinh Manh, one of the three lawyers who fled Vietnam fearing government retribution, said the regime’s decision to grant provincial leaders the authority to revoke lawyers’ practicing licenses shows that it views legal professionals as a “target” to be “struggled against,” rather than as partners in upholding the rule of law.

Edited by Greg Barber


This content originally appeared on Radio Free Asia and was authored by Truong Son for RFA Vietnamese.

]]>
https://rfa.org/english/vietnam/2025/06/20/vietnam-lawyer-practice-rule/feed/ 0 540124
Israel’s Attack on Iran: The Violent New World is Going to Horrify You https://www.radiofree.org/2025/06/20/israels-attack-on-iran-the-violent-new-world-is-going-to-horrify-you/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/06/20/israels-attack-on-iran-the-violent-new-world-is-going-to-horrify-you/#respond Fri, 20 Jun 2025 08:46:13 +0000 https://dissidentvoice.org/?p=159233 Western politicians and media are tying themselves up in knots trying to spin the impossible: presenting Israel’s unmistakable war of aggression against Iran as some kind of “defensive” move. This time there was no rationalising pretext, as there was for Israel to inflict a genocide in Gaza following Hamas’ one-day attack on 7 October 2023. […]

The post Israel’s Attack on Iran: The Violent New World is Going to Horrify You first appeared on Dissident Voice.]]>

Western politicians and media are tying themselves up in knots trying to spin the impossible: presenting Israel’s unmistakable war of aggression against Iran as some kind of “defensive” move.

This time there was no rationalising pretext, as there was for Israel to inflict a genocide in Gaza following Hamas’ one-day attack on 7 October 2023.

There was not a serious attempt beforehand to concoct a bogus doomsday scenario – as there was in the months leading up to the US and UK’s illegal invasion of Iraq in 2003. Then we were lied to about Baghdad having “weapons of mass destruction” that could be launched at Europe in 45 minutes.

Rather, Iran was deep in negotiations with the United States on its nuclear enrichment programme when Israel launched its unprovoked attack last Friday.

The West has happily regurgitated claims by Israeli Prime Minister Benjamin Netanyahu that Israel was forced to act because Iran was on the cusp of producing a nuclear bomb – an entirely evidence-free claim he has been making since 1992.

None of his dire warnings has ever been borne out by events.

In fact, Israel struck Iran shortly after President Donald Trump had expressed hope of reaching a nuclear agreement with Tehran, and two days before the two countries’ negotiators were due to meet again.

In late March Trump’s head of national intelligence, Tulsi Gabbard, had expressly statedas part of the US intelligence community’s annual assessment: “Iran is not building a nuclear weapon and Supreme Leader [Ali] Khameini has not authorised a nuclear weapons programme he suspended in 2003.”

This week four sources said to be familiar with that assessment told CNN that Iran was not trying to build a bomb but, if it changed tack, it would be “up to three years away from being able to produce and deliver one [a nuclear warhead] to a target of its choosing”.

Nonetheless, by Tuesday this week Trump appeared to be readying to join Israel’s attack. He publicly rebuked his own intelligence chief’s verdict, sent US warplanes to the Middle East via the UK and Spain, demanded Iran’s “unconditional surrender”, and made barely veiled threats to kill Khameini.

‘Samson option’

Israel’s engineering of a pretext to attack Iran – defined by the Nuremberg tribunal in 1945 as the “supreme international crime” – has been many years in the making.

The current talks between the US and Iran were only needed because, under intense Israeli pressure during his first term as president, Trump tore up an existing agreement with Tehran.

That deal, negotiated by his predecessor, Barack Obama, had been intended to quieten Israel’s relentless calls for a strike on Iran. It tightly limited Tehran’s enrichment of uranium to far below the level where it could “break out” from its civilian energy programme to build a bomb.

Israel, by contrast, has been allowed to maintain a nuclear arsenal of at least 100 warheads, while refusing – unlike Iran – to sign the Nuclear Non-Proliferation Treaty and – again unlike Iran – denying access to monitors from the International Atomic Energy Agency.

The West’s collusion in the pretence that Israel’s nuclear weapons are secret – a policy formally known in Israel as “ambiguity” – has been necessary only because the US is not allowed to provide military aid to a state with undeclared nuclear weapons.

Israel is by far the largest recipient of such aid.

No one – apart from incorrigible racists – believes Iran would take the suicidal step of firing a nuclear missile at Israel, even if it had one. That is not the real grounds for Israeli or US concern.

Rather, the double standards are enforced to keep Israel as the only nuclear-armed state in the Middle East so that it can project unrestrained military power across an oil-rich region the West is determined to control.

Israel’s bomb has left it untouchable and unaccountable, and ready to intimidate its neighbours with the “Samson option” – the threat that Israel will use its nuclear arsenal rather than risk an existential threat.

Israel’s national security minister, Itamar Ben Gvir, appeared to imply just such a scenario against Iran this week in a reported comment: “There will be other difficult days ahead, but always remember Hiroshima and Nagasaki.”

Bear in mind that Israeli governments count as “existential” any threat to Israel’s current status as a settler-colonial state, one occupying and forcibly uprooting the Palestinian people from their homeland.

Israel’s nuclear weapons ensure it can do as it pleases in the region – including commit genocide in Gaza – without significant fear of reprisals.

War propaganda

The claim that Israel is “defending itself” in attacking Iran – promoted by France, Germany, Britain, the European Union, the G7 and the US – should be understood as a further assault on the foundational principles of international law.

The assertion is premised on the idea that Israel’s attack was “pre-emptive” – potentially justified if Israel could show there was an imminent, credible and severe threat of an attack or invasion by Iran that could not be averted by other means.

And yet, even assuming there is evidence to support Israel’s claim it was in imminent danger – there isn’t – the very fact that Iran was in the midst of talks with the US about its nuclear programme voided that justification.

Rather, Israel’s contention that Iran posed a threat at some point in the future that needed to be neutralised counts as a “preventive” war – and is indisputably illegal under international law.

Note the striking contrast with the West’s reaction to Russia’s so-called “unprovoked” attack on Ukraine just three years ago.

Western capitals and their media were only too clear then that Moscow’s actions were unconscionable – and that severe economic sanctions on Russia, and military support for Ukraine, were the only possible responses.

So much so that early efforts to negotiate a ceasefire deal between Moscow and Kyiv, premised on a Russian withdrawal, were stymied by Prime Minister Boris Johnson, presumably on Washington’s orders. Ukraine was instructed to fight on.

Israel’s attack on Iran is even more flagrantly in violation of international law.

Netanyahu, who is already a fugitive from the International Criminal Court, which wants to try him for committing crimes against humanity in Gaza by starving the population there, is now guilty of the “supreme international crime” too.

Not that one would not know any of this from listening to western politicians or the billionaire-owned media.

There, the narrative is once again of a plucky Israel, forced to act unilaterally; of Israel facing down an existential threat; of Israel being menaced by barbaric terrorists; of the unique suffering – and humanity – of Israel’s population; of Netanyahu as a strong leader rather than an out-and-out war criminal.

It is the same, well-worn script, trotted out on every occasion, whatever the facts or circumstances. Which is clue enough that western audiences are not being informed; they are being subjected to yet more war propaganda.

Regime change

But Israel’s pretexts for its war of aggression are a moving target – hard to grapple with because they keep changing.

If Netanyahu started by touting an implausible claim that Iran’s nuclear programme was an imminent threat, he soon shifted to arguing that Israel’s war of aggression was also justified to remove a supposed threat from Iran’s ballistic missile programme.

In the ultimate example of chutzpah, Israel cited as its evidence the fact that it was being hit by Iranian missiles – missiles fired by Tehran in direct response to Israel’s rain of missiles on Iran.

Israel’s protestations at the rising death toll among Israeli civilians overlooked two inconvenient facts that should have underscored Israel’s hypocrisy, were the western media not working so hard to obscure it.

First, Israel has turned its own civilian population into human shields by placing key military installations – such as its spy agency and its defence ministry – in the centre of densely populated Tel Aviv, as well as firing its interception rockets from inside the city.

Recall that Israel has blamed Hamas for the deaths of tens of thousands of Palestinians in Gaza over the past 20 months based on the largely unevidenced claim that its fighters have been hiding among the population. Now that same argument can, and should, be turned against Israel.

And second, Israel is all too obviously itself hitting residential areas in Iran – just as, of course, it did earlier by destroying almost all of Gaza’s buildings, including homes, hospitals, schools, universities and bakeries.

Both Netanyahu and Trump have called on Iranians to “evacuate immediately” the city of Tehran – something impossible for most of its 10 million inhabitants to do in the time allowed.

But their demand raises too the question of why, if Israel is trying to stop the development of an Iranian nuclear warhead, it is focusing so many of its attacks on residential areas of Iran’s capital.

More generally, Israel’s argument that Tehran must be stripped of its ballistic missiles assumes that only Israel – and those allied with it – are allowed any kind of military deterrence capability.

It seems not only is Iran not allowed a nuclear arsenal as a counter-weight to Israel’s nukes, but it is not even allowed to strike back when Israel decides to launch its US-supplied missiles at Tehran.

What Israel is effectively demanding is that Iran be turned into a larger equivalent of the Palestinian Authority – a compliant, lightly armed regime completely under Israel’s thumb.

Which gets to the heart of what Israel’s current attack on Iran is really designed to achieve.

It is about instituting regime change in Tehran.

Trained in torture

Again, the western media are assisting with this new narrative.

Extraordinarily, TV politics shows such as the BBC’s Sunday with Laura Kuenssberg invited on as a guest Reza Pahlavi, the son of the Iranian shah ousted by the ayatollahs in 1979 to create an Islamic republic. He used the slot to call on Iranians to “rise up” against their leaders.

The framing – an entirely Israeli confected one – is that Iranian society is desperate to throw off the yoke of Islamic dictatorship and return to the halcyon days of monarchical rule under the Pahlavis.

It is a beyond-absurd analysis of modern Iran.

Asking Pahlavi to discuss how Iran might be freed from clerical rule is the equivalent of inviting Josef Stalin’s grandson into the studio to discuss how he plans to lead a pro-democracy movement in Russia.

In fact, the much-feared Pahlavis were only in power in 1979 – and in a position to be overthrown – because Israel, Britain and the US meddled deeply in Iran to keep them in place for so long.

When Iranians elected the secular reformist Mohammed Mossadegh, a lawyer and intellectual, as prime minister in 1951, Britain and the US worked tirelessly to topple him. His chief crime was that he took back control of Iran’s oil industry – and its profits – from the UK.

Within two years, Mossadegh was overthrown in US-led Operation Ajax, and the Shah re-installed as dictator. Israel was drafted in to train Iran’s Savak secret police in torture techniques to use on Iranian dissidents, learnt from torturing Palestinians.

Predictably, the West’s crushing of all efforts to democratically reform Iran opened up a space for resistance to the Shah that was quickly occupied by Islamist parties instead.

In 1979, these revolutionary forces overthrew the western-backed dictator Mohammad Reza Pahlavi. Ayatollah Ruhollah Khomeini returned from exile in Paris to found the Islamic Republic of Iran.

Crescent of resistance

Notably Khomeini’s successor as supreme leader, Ali Khameini, issued a religious edict in 2003 banning Iran from developing a nuclear weapon. He considered it a violation of Islamic law.

Which is why Iran has been so reluctant to develop a bomb, despite Israel’s endless provocations and claims to the contrary.

What Iran has done instead is two things that are the real trigger for Israel’s war of aggression.

First, it developed the best alternative military strategy it could muster to protect itself from Israeli and western belligerence – a belligerence related to Iran’s refusal to serve as a client of the West, as the Shah once had, rather than the issue of human rights under clerical rule.

Iran’s leaders understood they were a target. Iran has huge reserves of oil and gas, but unlike the neighbouring Gulf regimes it is not a puppet of the West. It can also shut down the Strait of Hormuz, the main gateway for the flow of oil and gas to the West and Asia.

And as a Shia-led state (in contrast to the Sunni Islam that dominates much of the rest of the Middle East), Iran has a series of co-religionist communities across the region – in Lebanon, Syria, Iraq, Yemen and elsewhere – with which it has developed strong ties.

For example, with Iran’s help, Hezbollah in Lebanon built up a large stockpile of rockets and missiles close to Israel’s border. That was supposed to deter Israel from trying to attack and occupy Lebanon again, as it did for two decades from the early 1980s through to 2000.

But it also meant that any longer-range attack by Israel on Iran would prove risky, exposing it to a barrage of missiles on its northern border.

Ideologues in Washington, known as the neoconservatives, who are keenly supportive of Israeli hegemony in the Middle East, deeply opposed what came to be seen as “the axis of resistance”.

The neocons, seeking a way to crush Iran, quickly exploited the 9-11 attacks on the Twin Towers in New York in 2001 as an opportunity to erode Iranian power.

General Wesley Clark was told at the Pentagon in the days after the attack that the US had come up with a plan to “take out seven countries in five years”.

Notably, even though most of the hijackers who crashed planes into the Twin Towers were from Saudi Arabia, the Pentagon’s list of targets centrally featured members of the so-called “Shia crescent”.

All have been attacked since. As Clark noted, the seventh and final state on that list – the hardest to take on – is Iran.

Show of strength

Israel’s other concern was that Iran and its allies, unlike the Arab regimes, had proved steadfast in their support for the Palestinian people against decades of Israeli occupation and oppression.

Iran’s defiance on the Palestinian cause was underscored during Trump’s first presidency, when Arab states began actively normalising with Israel through the US-brokered Abraham accords, even as the plight of the Palestinians worsened under Israeli rule.

Infuriatingly for Israel, Iran and the late Hezbollah leader Hassan Nasarallah became the main flagbearers of popular support for the Palestinians – among Muslims across the board.

With the Palestinian Authority largely quiescent by the mid-2000s, Iran channelled its assistance to Hamas in besieged Gaza, the main Palestinian group still ready to struggle against Israeli apartheid rule and ethnic cleansing.

The result was a tense stability of sorts, with each side restraining itself in a Middle Eastern version of “mutually assured destruction”. Neither side had an incentive to risk an all-out attack for fear of the severe consequences.

That model came to an abrupt end on 7 October 2023, when Hamas decided its previous calculations needed reassessing.

With the Palestinians feeling increasingly isolated, choked by Israel’s siege and abandoned by the Arab regimes, Hamas staged a show of force, breaking out for one day from the concentration camp of Gaza.

Israel seized the opportunity to complete two related tasks: destroying the Palestinians as a people once and for all, and with it their ambitions for a state in their homeland; and rolling back the Shia crescent, just as the Pentagon had planned more than 20 years earlier.

Israel started by levelling Gaza – slaughtering and starving its people. Then it moved to destroy Hezbollah’s southern heartlands in Lebanon. And with the collapse of the Syrian regime of Bashar al-Assad, Israel was able to occupy parts of Syria, smash what remained of its military infastructure, and clear a flight path to Iran.

These were the preconditions for launching the current war of aggression on Iran.

‘Birth pangs’

Back in 2006, as Israel was bombing swaths of Lebanon in an earlier attempt to realise the Pentagon’s plan, Condoleezza Rice, the then US secretary of state, prematurely labelled Israel’s violence as the “birth pangs of a new Middle East”.What we have been witnessing over the past 20 months of Israel’s slow rampage towards Iran is precisely a revival of those birth pangs. Israel and the US are jointly remaking the Middle East through extreme violence and the eradication of international law.

Success for Israel can come in one of two ways.

Either it installs a new authoritarian ruler in Tehran, like the Shah’s son, who will do the bidding of Israel and the US. Or Israel leaves the country so wrecked that it devolves into violent factionalism, too taken up with civil war to expend its limited energies on developing a nuclear bomb or organising a “Shia crescent” of resistance.

But ultimately this is about more than redrawing the map of the Middle East. And it is about more than toppling the rulers in Tehran.

Just as Israel needed to take out Hamas, Hezbollah and Syria before it could consider clearing a path to Iran’s destruction, the US and its western allies needs the axis of resistance eradicated, as well as Russia bogged down in an interminable war in Ukraine, before it can consider taking on China.

Or as the German Chancellor Friedrich Merz noted this week, in one of those quiet-part-out-loud moments: “This [the attack on Iran] is the dirty work Israel is doing for all of us.”

This is a key moment in the Pentagon’s 20-year plan for “global full-spectrum dominance”: a unipolar world in which the US is unconstrained by military rivals or the imposition of international law. A world in which a tiny, unaccountable elite, enriched by wars, dictate terms to the rest of us.

If all this sounds like a sociopath’s approach to foreign relations, that is because it is. Years of impunity for Israel and the US have brought us to this point. Both feel entitled to destroy what remains of an international order that does not let them get precisely what they want.

The current birth pangs will grow. If you believe in human rights, in limits on the power of government, in the use of diplomacy before military aggression, in the freedoms you grew up with, the new world being born is going to horrify you.

  • First published at Middle East Eye.
The post Israel’s Attack on Iran: The Violent New World is Going to Horrify You first appeared on Dissident Voice.


This content originally appeared on Dissident Voice and was authored by Jonathan Cook.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2025/06/20/israels-attack-on-iran-the-violent-new-world-is-going-to-horrify-you/feed/ 0 540029
“Another Wasted Life”: Rhiannon Giddens on How Death of Kalief Browder Inspired New Song https://www.radiofree.org/2025/06/19/another-wasted-life-rhiannon-giddens-on-how-death-of-kalief-browder-inspired-new-song-3/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/06/19/another-wasted-life-rhiannon-giddens-on-how-death-of-kalief-browder-inspired-new-song-3/#respond Thu, 19 Jun 2025 12:39:46 +0000 http://www.radiofree.org/?guid=5d86e0ae52e9167ec48499e38550ff6e Segbutton juneteenth rhiannon awl

“Another Wasted Life.” That’s the name of a remarkable new song by the Pulitzer Prize-winning, Grammy-winning artist Rhiannon Giddens. She released a video of the song on October 2 to mark International Wrongful Conviction Day. The song was inspired by Kalief Browder, a Bronx resident who died by suicide in 2015 at the age of 22 after being detained at Rikers Island jail for nearly three years, after being falsely accused at the age of 16 of stealing a backpack. He was held in solitary confinement for two years and was repeatedly assaulted by guards and other prisoners.

In the video for “Another Wasted Life,” Rhiannon Giddens features 22 people who were wrongly incarcerated. Together, they collectively served more than 500 years in prison for crimes they didn’t commit. The video includes two men, David Bryant and Tyrone Jones, who each spent 40 years in prison. Another seven of the men each spent over 25 years locked up after wrongful convictions. Rhiannon Giddens made the video in partnership with the Pennsylvania Innocence Project.


This content originally appeared on Democracy Now! and was authored by Democracy Now!.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2025/06/19/another-wasted-life-rhiannon-giddens-on-how-death-of-kalief-browder-inspired-new-song-3/feed/ 0 539886
Why New Zealand has paused funding to the Cook Islands over China deal https://www.radiofree.org/2025/06/19/why-new-zealand-has-paused-funding-to-the-cook-islands-over-china-deal/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/06/19/why-new-zealand-has-paused-funding-to-the-cook-islands-over-china-deal/#respond Thu, 19 Jun 2025 10:32:03 +0000 https://asiapacificreport.nz/?p=116390 BACKGROUNDER: By Christina Persico, RNZ Pacific bulletin editor/presenter;
Caleb Fotheringham, RNZ Pacific; and Don Wiseman, RNZ Pacific senior journalist

New Zealand has paused $18.2 million in development assistance funding to the Cook Islands after its government signed partnership agreements with China earlier this year.

This move is causing consternation in the realm country, with one local political leader calling it “a significant escalation” between Avarua and Wellington.

A spokesperson for Foreign Minister Winston Peters said the Cook Islands did not consult with Aotearoa over the China deals and failed to ensure shared interests were not put at risk.

On Thursday (Wednesday local time), Cook Islands Prime Minister Mark Brown told Parliament that his government knew the funding cut was coming.

“We have been aware that this core sector support would not be forthcoming in this budget because this had not been signed off by the New Zealand government in previous months, so it has not been included in the budget that we are debating this week,” he said.

How the diplomatic stoush started
A diplomatic row first kicked off in February between the two nations.

Prime Minister Brown went on an official visit to China, where he signed a “comprehensive strategic partnership” agreement.

The agreements focus in areas of economy, infrastructure and maritime cooperation and seabed mineral development, among others. They do not include security or defence.

However, to New Zealand’s annoyance, Brown did not discuss the details with it first.

Prior to signing, Brown said he was aware of the strong interest in the outcomes of his visit to China.

Afterwards, a spokesperson for Peters released a statement saying New Zealand would consider the agreements closely, in light of the countries’ mutual constitutional responsibilities.

The Cook Islands-New Zealand relationship
Cook Islands is in free association with New Zealand. The country governs its own affairs, but New Zealand provides assistance with foreign affairs (upon request), disaster relief and defence.

Cook Islanders also hold New Zealand passports entitling them to live and work there.

In 2001, New Zealand and the Cook Islands signed a joint centenary declaration, which required the two to “consult regularly on defence and security issues”.

The Cook Islands did not think it needed to consult with New Zealand on the China agreement.

Peters said there is an expectation that the government of the Cook Islands would not pursue policies that were “significantly at variance with New Zealand’s interests”.

Later in February, the Cooks confirmed it had struck a five-year agreement with China to cooperate in exploring and researching seabed mineral riches.

A spokesperson for Peters said at the time said the New Zealand government noted the mining agreements and would analyse them.

How New Zealand reacted
On Thursday morning, Peters said the Cook Islands had not lived up to the 2001 declaration.

Peters said the Cook Islands had failed to give satisfactory answers to New Zealand’s questions about the arrangement.

“We have made it very clear in our response to statements that were being made — which we do not think laid out the facts and truth behind this matter — of what New Zealand’s position is,” he said.

“We’ve got responsibilities ourselves here. And we wanted to make sure that we didn’t put a step wrong in our commitment and our special arrangement which goes back decades.”

Officials would be working through what the Cook Islands had to do so New Zealand was satisfied the funding could resume.

He said New Zealand’s message was conveyed to the Cook Islands government “in its finality” on June 4.

“When we made this decision, we said to them our senior officials need to work on clearing up this misunderstanding and confusion about our arrangements and about our relationship.”

Prime Minister Christopher Luxon is in China this week.

Asked about the timing of Luxon’s visit to China, and what he thought the response from China might be, Peters said the decision to pause the funding was not connected to China.

He said he had raised the matter with his China counterpart Wang Yi, when he last visited China in February, and Wang understood New Zealand’s relationship with the Cook Islands.

Concerns in the Cook Islands
Over the past three years, New Zealand has provided nearly $194.6 million (about US$117m) to the Cook Islands through the development programme.

Cook Islands opposition leader Tina Browne said she was deeply concerned about the pause.

Browne said she was informed of the funding pause on Wednesday night, and she was worried about the indication from Peters that it might affect future funding.

She issued a “please explain” request to Mark Brown:

“The prime minister has been leading the country to think that everything with New Zealand has been repaired, hunky dory, etcetera — trust is still there,” she said.

“Wham-bam, we get this in the Cook Islands News this morning. What does that tell you?”

Mark Brown, left, and Winston Peters in Rarotonga. 8 February 2024
Cook Islands Prime Minister Mark Brown (left) and Foreign Affairs Minister Winston Peters in Rarotonga in February last year. Image: RNZ Pacific/Eleisha Foon

Will NZ’s action ‘be a very good news story’ for Beijing?
Massey University’s defence and security expert Dr Anna Powles told RNZ Pacific that aid should not be on the table in debate between New Zealand and the Cook Islands.

“That spirit of the [2001] declaration is really in question here,” she said.

“The negotiation between the two countries needs to take aid as a bargaining chip off the table for it to be able to continue — for it to be successful.”

Dr Powles said New Zealand’s moves might help China strengthen its hand in the Pacific.

She said China could contrast its position on using aid as a bargaining chip.

“By Beijing being able to tell its partners in the region, ‘we would never do that, and certainly we would never seek to leverage our relationships in this way’. This could be a very good news story for China, and it certainly puts New Zealand in a weaker position, as a consequence.”

However, a prominent Cook Islands lawyer said it was fair that New Zealand was pressing pause.

Norman George said Brown should implore New Zealand for forgiveness.

“It is absolutely a fair thing to do because our prime minister betrayed New Zealand and let the government and people of New Zealand down.”

Brown has not responded to multiple attempts by RNZ Pacific for comment.

This article is republished under a community partnership agreement with RNZ.


This content originally appeared on Asia Pacific Report and was authored by APR editor.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2025/06/19/why-new-zealand-has-paused-funding-to-the-cook-islands-over-china-deal/feed/ 0 539864
A new app details where your food comes from — and just how fragile the global food system really is https://grist.org/food-and-agriculture/a-new-app-details-where-your-food-comes-from-and-just-how-fragile-the-global-food-system-really-is/ https://grist.org/food-and-agriculture/a-new-app-details-where-your-food-comes-from-and-just-how-fragile-the-global-food-system-really-is/#respond Thu, 19 Jun 2025 08:45:00 +0000 https://grist.org/?p=668467 After founding the Better Planet Laboratory at the University of Colorado Boulder in 2021, Zia Mehrabi, one of a handful of scientists studying the intersection of food insecurity and climate change, soon found himself fielding a steady stream of calls from policymakers and peers. Everyone wanted more quantitative insight into how extreme weather events affect food supply chains and contribute to hunger around the world. But Mehrabi found the economic puzzle difficult to solve due to the limited public information available. What he could readily find mostly analyzed each disruption in isolation, focusing on one specific part of the world. It failed to account for the expansive flow of goods in global markets or the compounding effects of climate change on the supply chain — and it had to be laboriously mined from reports and one-off case studies. 

So when the nonprofit Earth Genome, which builds data-driven tools and resources for a more sustainable planet, approached Mehrabi to collaborate on developing his vision for a digital food supply map, he leapt at the chance. When their U.S. prototype proved successful, they went global.

The resulting app, which launched Thursday and was shared exclusively with Grist, identifies food flows through just about every major port, road, rail, and shipping lane across the world and traces goods to where they are ultimately consumed. The developers have crowned it a “digital twin of the global food system” and hope it will be used by policymakers and researchers working to better adapt to an increasingly fragile supply chain beleaguered by climate change. The model pinpoints critical global transportation chokepoints where disruptions, such as extreme weather, would have domino effects on food security and, in doing so, identifies opportunities for local and regional agricultural producers to gain a forward-thinking market foothold.

“Food is so important to us,” said Mehrabi. “There’s a need for building these systems, these digital food twins that can be used in decision-making contexts. The first step to doing that is building the data.”

The model is a “first of its kind,” according to Alla Semenova, an economist at St. Mary’s College of Maryland who was not involved with the development of the project. The tool makes the interconnected nature of the global food supply system clear and “underlines the importance of government policies aimed at supporting diversified and localized food production and distribution systems,” she said.

Food flows

Top 20 U.S. imports by volume (selected commodities)

Country Region Commodity Flow (1000 t)

Table shows top U.S. food imports by commodity and source region. Only the top exporting region per country is listed. U.S. destination states are omitted because food is distributed by demand and may be reallocated internally after import.

Source: Global Food Twin / Earth Genome / Better Planet Laboratory

Chart: Clayton Aldern / Grist

Food systems don’t operate independently. From seeds sprouting to life in fallow fields to the very moment a shopper buys a packaged good from a local vendor, the supply chain links producers, consumers, laborers, processors, regulators, analysts, drivers, and retailers together in a complex web. It’s a network that stretches beyond borders and bodies of water, connecting people and places across the globe. That complexity also makes our understanding of the ripple effect of climate disruptions across the planet’s food system inherently fragmented.

The map attempts to make sense of the tangled maze of food supply chains across the world. It provides a detailed view of the amount of the most common agricultural food groups — from grains and oils to dairy, eggs, and meat — exported outside states, districts, and municipalities. Other elements embedded into its data repository measure the total economic impact of the supply chain on people and food accessibility in a region, tallying the size of its agricultural sector, the average annual economic output per person, population size, and measures of human health, standard of living, and education. The tool also calculates the total mass, calories, and macronutrient content of all crop, aquatic, and livestock commodities flowing in and out of a place. It illustrates trade data, too, for nearly 3,800 regions across 240 countries. 

The model also visualizes critical choke points where disruptions, such as extreme weather, would have cascading effects on these commodity flows. In the data, the Suez Canal, the Panama Canal, the Turkish Straits, the Strait of Malacca, the Black Sea, and a relatively small number of ports, inland waterways and railway networks in the U.S. and Brazil all stand out as bottlenecks — key maritime passages and coastal and island choke points handling considerable portions of the world’s food trade.

It can even be proactively used to assess how a corresponding series of climate shocks on a trade route is measured in calories, protein, or critical micronutrients — all prime food insecurity benchmarks, said Mehrabi. Roughly 9 percent of the world’s supply chain routes — fewer than 350 — account for 80 percent of global caloric flows.

The U.S. is not insulated from the effects of extreme weather shocks on the food system. It imports about 128 megatonnes of food from roughly 154 countries around the world, which represents about a third of the nation’s food supply, according to an analysis by Better Planet Laboratory data scientist Ginni Braich. Some of its top imports, including bananas, coffee, olive oil, cocoa beans, and oranges, face the most imminent climate-related risks.

Similarly, if a series of simultaneous and destabilizing climate shocks hit one of the leading wheat exporters in Western Australia, India’s rice powerhouse in Uttar Pradesh, and Paraná, Brazil, which is among the planet’s biggest exporters of soybeans, it could disrupt food supplies and affect food energy requirements for tens of millions of people. These regions have already experienced severe extreme weather in recent years. In 2023, parts of the state of Western Australia confronted the lowest annual rainfall on record since 1900, above-average temperatures, and everything from severe heat waves to catastrophic fire danger conditions and significant blazes. Uttar Pradesh experienced extreme weather events on 167 days of 2024 — up from 119 days in the year before — while periods of heavy rainfall flooded swaths of Paraná and droughts dried up rivers throughout Brazil.

According to the open-source data the team released with the map, severe disruptions to food exports from these three regions could affect the calories that support more than a million people in the U.S. and Mexico and 55 million people in China for a year. The cascading effects would be most acutely felt by low-income households in these locations that are already struggling with food access.

Given the implications for food security, Mehrabi’s team has heard from several groups interested in understanding how the tool might be used to help governments prepare emergency food reserves. The initial U.S. prototype garnered interest from officials at the State Department and Department of Homeland Security during the Biden administration, including former Special Envoy for Global Food Security Cary Fowler.

Fowler told Grist that when he was at the State Department, his office had “a number of interactions” with the team behind the map while they were developing it. “I thought then and think now that this approach holds much promise in helping us understand and analyze large amounts of data and complex relationships,” said Fowler. “As these tools are improved, I can imagine that they will catalyze new insights and help with program and policy development. They could potentially provide us with an ‘early warning’ of where food system problems are set to erupt into crisis.”

Despite its clear benefits, the map does have some limitations. It doesn’t display what specific agricultural goods a place may import or where residents’ food comes from. (Though the developers say that can be mined from the data.) The map shows where the food is flowing based on estimates of the cheapest route to transport the food and satellite data on known routes — and not, say, the precise numbers of trucks or rail cars, or port capacities. And unlike its U.S.-geared predecessor, the tool does not have an embedded model of what different climate shocks and extreme weather events might do to food availability in an area.

“We’re not directly competing with a very specific use case for something like ‘How much do you stock a warehouse?’” said Mehrabi of the model’s limitations. “That’s not what we’re trying to do … our aim is from a humanitarian perspective.”

And that shows up in how the tool visualizes the brittleness of the current food system, according to Earth Genome’s creative technologist, Cameron Kruse. While their initial U.S. model showed that just 5.5 percent of the nation’s total counties produce half the country’s food, this global picture is even more concentrated, he said. Just 1.2 percent of the world’s countries are responsible for half of all domestic wheat exports, exposing critical vulnerabilities in the global food supply. It also sounds the alarm about the global effects of localized transport disruptions and provides a framework for future simulations that could predict the effects of climate shocks.

“As long as these models stay siloed and isolated, they continue growing siloed and isolated,” said Kruse. “If you hear about a drought in the news, or you hear about certain hurricanes impacting a region, go to that region in Food Twin, and see where that region is producing food. And then check out the news and see if global leaders are talking about it,” he said. “Use this as almost a gut-check of like, ‘Are we focusing on the right issues?’”

Editor’s note: Cary Fowler is a former Grist donor. Funders have no role in Grist’s editorial decisions.

This story was originally published by Grist with the headline A new app details where your food comes from — and just how fragile the global food system really is on Jun 19, 2025.


This content originally appeared on Grist and was authored by Ayurella Horn-Muller.

]]>
https://grist.org/food-and-agriculture/a-new-app-details-where-your-food-comes-from-and-just-how-fragile-the-global-food-system-really-is/feed/ 0 539855
New York Daily News reporter banned by mayor from future news conferences https://www.radiofree.org/2025/06/18/new-york-daily-news-reporter-banned-by-mayor-from-future-news-conferences/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/06/18/new-york-daily-news-reporter-banned-by-mayor-from-future-news-conferences/#respond Wed, 18 Jun 2025 21:25:53 +0000 https://pressfreedomtracker.us/all-incidents/new-york-daily-news-reporter-banned-by-mayor-from-future-news-conferences/

New York Daily News reporter Chris Sommerfeldt was barred by Mayor Eric Adams from attending future press conferences after Sommerfeldt called out a question to the mayor during a news briefing.

In a video posted by the mayor’s office of an announcement on housing, Adams is seen opening the floor and taking questions from other reporters.

After Sommerfeldt attempts to ask a question, Adams responds in a mocking tone, “You’re calling out a lot, Chris. Stop calling out. You must have done that in school.”

The mayor then turns gruff, saying, “You’re not going to be disruptive in our conferences. You’re going to stop at the gate. You do that again, you’re going to stop at the gate. You’re not going to come into this conference off topic, be disrespectful, and call out and think you’re going to do what you want.”

After Sommerfeldt calls out again, Adams responds, turning aside to staff and saying, “He did it again, make sure security knows he’s not allowed back into this room.”

Daily News Executive Editor Andrew Julien, in a statement issued via email to the U.S. Press Freedom Tracker, said, “Our reporters have the right to ask questions, and taxpayers aren’t funding the police to keep reporters out of City Hall press conferences.”

The union that represents Daily News reporters and staff later wrote the mayor demanding that he reverse the restriction. “To ban a reporter from future press conferences for doing the very thing a press conference is designed to facilitate—asking a question—shows a flagrant disregard for the role of the press and for our colleagues’ professionalism,” the union wrote.

The union’s letter also noted that Adams had not called on Sommerfeldt during press conferences for the past three months.

The mayor’s press secretary, Kayla Mamelak Altus, told The New York Times that she didn’t know Sommerfeldt hadn’t been called on for that long. But Katie Honan, a reporter at The City, said on social media, “This is a blatant lie.”

Other journalists took to social media to criticize the mayor.

Craig McCarthy, City Hall bureau chief at the New York Post, said that Sommerfeldt was not interrupting: “He injected a follow-up question during a pause, actually furthering the line of questioning from Politico.”

Joe Anuta, who covers City Hall for Politico NY, also confirmed that the mayor’s teams hadn’t called on Sommerfeldt for months. “Chris does not interrupt other reporters. Let him ask his Qs like the rest of us,” he added.

The New York Press Club responded to the ban, saying, “We are reaching the height of absurdity when the Mayor of New York City is applying a hostile tactic seen in the White House.”

The Tracker reached out to Adams’ press office for comment but did not receive a response.

“Chris was doing his job,” the union wrote the mayor. “The only person being disrespectful is you.”


This content originally appeared on U.S. Press Freedom Tracker: Incident Database and was authored by U.S. Press Freedom Tracker: Incident Database.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2025/06/18/new-york-daily-news-reporter-banned-by-mayor-from-future-news-conferences/feed/ 0 539790
CPJ, partners call for an end to Georgia’s assault on media, repeal of new laws https://www.radiofree.org/2025/06/18/cpj-partners-call-for-an-end-to-georgias-assault-on-media-repeal-of-new-laws/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/06/18/cpj-partners-call-for-an-end-to-georgias-assault-on-media-repeal-of-new-laws/#respond Wed, 18 Jun 2025 18:38:37 +0000 https://cpj.org/?p=491178 The Committee to Protect Journalists joined 23 other press freedom and journalist organizations on June 17 in condemning Georgia’s deepening restrictions on the media, including several repressive new laws, and calling on the international community to pressure the ruling Georgian Dream party to end its suppression of the independent press.

The statement warned that independent media in Georgia may only have months left before they are forced to close as outlets now require government approval for foreign grants, broadcasters face arbitrary fines, and journalists can be jailed for up to five years for violating the “foreign agent” law.

The group also called for the immediate release of prominent media manager Mzia Amaghlobeli, who has been in pre-trial detention since January and faces up to seven years in prison on charges widely perceived as retaliatory.

Read the full statement here.


This content originally appeared on Committee to Protect Journalists and was authored by CPJ Staff.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2025/06/18/cpj-partners-call-for-an-end-to-georgias-assault-on-media-repeal-of-new-laws/feed/ 0 539707
With new Senate legislation, Congress is one step closer to gutting the Inflation Reduction Act https://grist.org/politics/big-beautiful-bill-inflation-reduction-act-senate/ https://grist.org/politics/big-beautiful-bill-inflation-reduction-act-senate/#respond Tue, 17 Jun 2025 23:36:17 +0000 https://grist.org/?p=668503 When the U.S. House of Representatives passed President Trump’s “One Big, Beautiful Bill” last month, gutting former President Biden’s landmark 2022 climate law almost in its entirety, all eyes turned to the Senate. The upper chamber of Congress must pass its own version of the bill to be reconciled with the House text before anything can get the president’s signature and become law.

On Monday, the Senate Finance Committee released legislative text that showed just how willing Senate Republicans are to follow in the House’s footsteps. The results offer little reassurance to climate advocates.

“Senate Republicans want to get credit for their version being less extreme than House colleagues,” said Seth Nelson, deputy communications director for the climate advocacy group Evergreen Action. “The emissions goals that President Biden laid out cannot be fulfilled if this stands as is.” 

Biden’s 2022 law aimed to put the U.S. on the path to net-zero emissions primarily by doling out generous tax credits to companies who build carbon-free sources of power; the GOP majority that took control of the House of Representatives this year has aimed to phase out these credits as soon as possible. But while the Senate text is less drastic, extending existing tax credits for energy sources like nuclear, geothermal, and battery storage into the 2030s, it maintains a rapid phase-out of federal support for the two main pillars of the energy transition: wind and solar power. The Senate also showed no mercy for climate-conscious consumers, proposing to eliminate generous federal subsidies for adopting energy-efficient technologies, like heat pumps and rooftop solar panels, as well as electric vehicles.

Robbie Orvis, a senior director for modeling and analysis at the nonpartisan think tank Energy Innovation, said that while the Senate text is meaningfully different from the House version, it “may still end up very close to the same point on emissions.”

Indeed, if the Senate text is passed and signed by the president, the Finance Committee’s cuts — particularly the loss of hundreds of billions of dollars in estimated tax credits for wind and solar — make it far less likely that the U.S. will get anywhere close to the emissions reductions forecasted as a result of Biden’s law. That legislation was projected to bring U.S. emissions down by close to 50 percent from their 2005 peak by 2035, putting the country within close reach of its goals under the 2015 Paris Agreement. Now, Democrats and environmentalists are facing the possibility that they were overconfident in the staying power of their biggest victory of the past decade.

“I think a lot of single-issue climate groups woefully overestimated the salience of climate and the tax credits for individual members of Congress,” said Josh Freed, senior vice president for climate and energy at the think tank Third Way.

When Democrats passed the Inflation Reduction Act, or IRA, in 2022, the theory underpinning the largest climate spending legislation in world history was that Republicans, should they wrest back control of Congress, wouldn’t vote to repeal a bill that funnels billions of dollars into the less-developed parts of the country where plans for factories like new battery manufacturing plants sprung up shortly after the law’s passage — the same parts of the country that are more likely to be represented by Republicans. That theory didn’t hold up in the House of Representatives last month, when moderate Republicans — representing districts receiving the vast majority of the clean energy benefits of the IRA — voted to effectively repeal the legislation in a massive budget reconciliation bill that aims primarily to extend and deepen the large tax cuts that President Trump pursued during his first term as president.

The theory had better success in the Senate — but not the way that Democrats were hoping. So far the Senate has preserved the parts of the bill that could lead to high-profile factory openings and permanent jobs — support for things like battery manufacturing facilities and nuclear power plants — but not the stuff that is likely to have the greatest impact on emissions: installing more and more wind and solar power to crowd out fossil fuels in the U.S. energy mix. In terms of building political support for climate action, Democrats may be learning that there is no substitute for persuading their opponents that the ends of their energy policies — bringing emissions down to net-zero — are just as desirable as the means of creating jobs and building out a more diversified and efficient energy system.

It remains to be seen if the Senate Finance Committee’s text can secure the 50 Republican votes needed to pass the chamber. In April, before the committee’s deliberations, Alaska’s Lisa Murkowski, Utah’s John Curtis, Kansas’ Jerry Moran, and North Carolina’s Thom Tillis sent an open letter to Senate Majority Leader (and Finance committee member) John Thune warning him that dismantling the IRA tax credits would destabilize investments already underway in their states. 

“A wholesale repeal, or the termination of certain individual credits, would create uncertainty, jeopardizing capital allocation, long-term project planning, and job creation in the energy sector and across our broader economy,” they wrote

Other Republican senators — Iowa’s Chuck Grassley, president pro tempore of the Senate and the godfather of the clean energy production tax credit, Louisiana’s Bill Cassidy, North Dakota’s John Hoeven, and West Virginia’s Shelley Moore Capito — have signaled interest in preserving the tax credits. It’s not clear yet if the current text’s relatively stingy preservation of the credits is enough to satisfy them. Susan Collins, a moderate Republican from Maine, has been the target of a pressure campaign being waged by a coalition of climate-aware labor groups in her state who want her to go to bat for the IRA. 

IRA funding has already been a boon to a range of clean energy businesses, including everything from solar, wind, and battery manufacturers to sustainable aviation fuel providers and electric vehicle component makers. A little more than half of the $321 billion in clean energy investments that have resulted from IRA’s financial incentives have landed in states represented by Republican senators — and a full 80 percent are in Republican House districts. According to the Clean Investment Monitor, a project led by the Rhodium Group and MIT’s Center for Energy and Environmental Policy Research, the investments have created more than 26,000 jobs so far and are projected to create nearly 63,000 more. Separately, a Grist analysis of the funding that the IRA made available through federal grants and loans shows that an additional $15 billion has gone to Republican-led states.  

“The same is not true in places that are more urban, for instance, in the Northeast,” said Hannah Hess, an associate director with Rhodium Group’s energy and climate practice. “We aren’t seeing a ton of investment and a ton of jobs.”

As senators begin to consider the Finance Committee’s text, Majority Leader Thune still has his work cut out for him. The GOP has to walk two tightropes at the same time, because its ultra-conservative and moderate Senate factions have competing priorities. While moderates want to preserve federal support for (some) sources of next-generation energy, fiscal hawks like Senator Ron Johnson of Wisconsin want deeper spending cuts. Thune, from South Dakota, can only afford three “no” votes. Whatever bill the Senate passes has to go back to the House for its approval, and multiple House lawmakers have said they will tank the legislation if the Senate has materially changed it — which it already has. 

Despite the fact that House Republicans voted nearly unanimously to phase out the IRA clean energy credits, the lower chamber seems divided on what it wants the ultimate outcome to be: 13 House Republicans sent the Senate a letter last week urging it to undo the damage they did. 

“We remain deeply concerned by several provisions, including those which would abruptly terminate several credits just 60 days after enactment for projects that have not yet begun construction,” the letter said.  

New York’s Chuck Schumer, the Democrat who is the Senate’s Minority Leader, has assembled a team of Democrats to lobby the 16 Republican senators whom he has identified as potentially persuadable. “We want a critical mass of Republicans to go to [Majority Leader John] Thune and say, ‘You’ve got to change this, because I’ll lose thousands of jobs in my state,'” he told Axios in an interview. If that approach fails, Democrats have a few additional options. They could introduce a long list of amendments to the bill, or push House Republicans to protect the clean energy incentives when the bill is sent back to the House. But given paltry GOP support for the bulk of the IRA so far, their best hope may well be dysfunction across the aisle.

This story was originally published by Grist with the headline With new Senate legislation, Congress is one step closer to gutting the Inflation Reduction Act on Jun 17, 2025.


This content originally appeared on Grist and was authored by Zoya Teirstein.

]]>
https://grist.org/politics/big-beautiful-bill-inflation-reduction-act-senate/feed/ 0 539510
New Washington Post Opinion editor claims explicitly right-wing revamp isn’t ‘Ideological’ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/06/17/new-washington-post-opinion-editor-claims-explicitly-right-wing-revamp-isnt-ideological/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/06/17/new-washington-post-opinion-editor-claims-explicitly-right-wing-revamp-isnt-ideological/#respond Tue, 17 Jun 2025 17:37:46 +0000 https://therealnews.com/?p=334889 A breakdown of Bezos’ final coup and the bizarre pathology of right-wing ideologues really, really wanting you not to think they’re ideological.]]>

As I wrote for TRNN back in February, mega-billionaire Jeff Bezos is now completing the full ideological take over of the US’s second-most influential newspaper’s opinion section. But, like all good right-wing takeovers, it’s important for those engaging in said right-wing takeover that you not think of it as right-wing, or them as agents of right-wing ideology but, instead, above such petty, small-minded, and worldly matters. They are not only not right-wing—they really, really need you to know they exist above and outside of ideology. 

On Wednesday, the Washington Post named the Economist’s Washington correspondent Adam O’Neal as its next opinion editor. In his announcement on Twitter, O’Neal parroted his new boss’ words from last February almost verbatim, telling Post readers in a chummy front-facing camera announcement that:

[Washington Post opinion page writers and editors are] going to be stalwart advocates of free markets and personal liberties. We’ll be unapologetically patriotic too. Our philosophy will be rooted in fundamental optimism about the future of this country. What we won’t be are people who lecture you about ideology or demand you think certain ways about policy.

(This phrasing is copy and pasted from Bezos’ announcement five months ago that the Post opinion section will work in “support and defense of two pillars: personal liberties and free markets.”)

To recap: Post opinion section writers will be “stalwart advocates of free markets” and be “unapologetically patriotic” but also not “lecture [us] about ideology.” The obvious flaw in this plan, of course, is that advocating for “free markets,” e.g. capitalism and patriotism, e.g. advocating for US supremacy, is very much an ideological position.. One may think they are inarguably cool and self-evidently awesome but they, nonetheless, are ideological conceits requiring ideological production and reproduction. 

Despite the second-richest person in the world and his new mercenary mouthpiece’s implied claims to the contrary, “free markets” and “patriotism” are not organic features of reality like gravity or the cosmological constant, but ideological constructs. And requiring opinion writers embrace these ideological constructs, as slippery and vague as they may be, is an ideological litmus test for writing for Bezos’ publication. The Post opinion page revamp is thus an explicitly right-wing project designed to advance the ideologies of capitalism and US hegemony.

In a country of 330 million self-perceived free-thinking rebels––including, most gratingly, all of our mega-billionaires––all ideological formations must therefore present as edgy and subversive, as speaking truth to the powerful, even those openly marionetting for the world’s second-richest person.

So the question is: why is someone working for Toyota, walking around a Toyota car lot wearing a Toyota polo shirt walking up to me on the showroom floor and giving me a speech about how they don’t like cars, car companies, or driving? Why are right-wingers so concerned about not being perceived as such, but instead presenting themselves as post-ideological arbiters of “open debate” indifferent to the very thing they’ve been hired to do? 

There are many reasons—some cynical, some psychological—but before we detail these, let’s examine the long, strange history of right-wing media personalities suspiciously insisting to their audiences, over and over again, that they are, in fact, ideology-free truth-tellers. It’s a subject I’ve long been fascinated with, having done two podcast episodes on this and related topics. Since the 1990s, it’s been a consistent feature of conservatives to lay claim to post-ideology. Bill O’Relly insisted he wasn’t conservative or Republican. “I’m not a political guy in the sense that I embrace an ideology… I’m an independent thinker, I’m an independent voter, I’m a registered Independent,” he told NPR’s Terry Gross in 2003. “I basically look at the world from the point of view of let’s solve the problem, right? Whatever the problem is, let’s find the best solution to it. And if the solution is on the left, I grab it. If it’s on the right, I grab it.” 

Glenn Beck made this his whole schtick as well. “You’ve lived your whole life in a responsible way,” the former Fox News huckster told his audience in 2009 while promoting the GOP’s Tea Party rebrand. “You’ve been concerned about this country through the last administration, in this administration. If you’re like most people, both administrations, it’s not about politics, you actually believe in something, and you thought for a while there, your politicians did as well.”

It’s not about going after Democrats, it’s about going after both parties. But then Beck, like O’Rielly and dozens before them, invariably proceeded to go after Democrats 98% of the time. It’s a popular posture. Everyone from Bill Maher to Andrew Yang to Bari Weiss to Republican Senator Rand Paul—who wrote a book called “Taking a Stand: Moving Beyond Partisan Politics to Unite America,” in which he claimed to go “beyond the left-right paradigm kind of thinking,”—has embraced this branding: I don’t do ideology, they consistently remind us, I’m a political actor unmoored from your oppressive labels—a maverick, a rogue, an independent iconoclast.  

The most infamous recent example of this phenomenon is Elon Musk who—while openly promoting white nationalist bile on social media, bashing minorities, trans people and women, doing nazi salutes during Trump’s inauguration––continued to insist he wasn’t right or left wing, but instead a secret third thing. “I’m probably left of center on social issues and right of center on economic issues,” the sage-like enlightened centrist Musk claimed in late 2023, right before he dumped $250 million into successfully reelecting Donald Trump.  

Obviously, the type of right-wing of each right-winger who claims They Don’t Do Ideology varies. There are differences between Fox News MAGA nationalism, Musk’s internet-addled neonazism, Maher’s glibertarian Zionism, Yang’s Silicon Valley techno-authorianism, neoconservatism, and what will likely be Jeff Bezos’ preferred flavor of right-wing—Club for Growth Republicanism promoting low taxes and generic Bush-era patriotism. But the new Washington Post op-ed section will no doubt be welcoming to all of the above while excluding those on the left, e.g. those who think “free markets” and “patriotism” are fraught concepts worthy of critique rather than mantras to mindlessly embrace or, at the very least, empty buzzwords that are the intellectual equivalent of Gerber apple-chicken pouches. 

Interestingly, this is not, for the most part, a pathology on the left. I am a leftist, I write for left-wing outlets. I say so openly. Just the same, liberals are almost always openly liberal, openly Democrats. They wear their ideological preferences on their sleeve. Of course they’re ideological, because to do politics at all is inherently ideological. To be human is to be ideological. To deny this obvious fact, outside of being, say, a ‘neutral’ reporter who has to fake neutrality for professional reasons, isn’t just dishonest, it’s insulting to everyone’s intelligence. 

Alas, being conservative is to be on the side of the establishment, of the powerful, of the billionaire class who O’Neal is literally parroting. It’s both inherent in the American cultural self-image, but also a necessary component of media branding, to perceive one’s self and one’s media project as not on the side of power. In a country of 330 million self-perceived free-thinking rebels—including, most gratingly, all of our mega-billionaires—all ideological formations must therefore present as edgy and subversive, as speaking truth to the powerful, even those openly marionetting for the world’s second-richest person. 

It’s impossible to conceive of someone worth $250 billion taking over a publication and re-making it into his own image and telling the public, “I am a very rich person who wants to produce content that reinforces the ideology that permitted and continues to permit my obscene wealth and power.” This would be cartoonishly evil and undermine the efficiency of said ideological output. So, instead, we must continue to play this bizarre game where open promoters of right-wing ideology, of oligarchical power and control, of US global hegemony, are presented as free-thinkers allergic to ideology rather than public relations agents working on behalf of the most banal and ubiquitous of ideologies—American conservatism—in open service of their corporate and billionaire patrons. 

As monied control over our media and the platforms required for their distribution grows tighter and tighter, this post-ideological “open debate” schtick grows more and more tedious and insulting to everyone’s intelligence. Advocating for “free markets” is obviously ideological. Promoting American “patriotism” is obviously ideological. If the super-rich are going to use media and social media as their ideological play toys, to promote their preferred worldview, the least they can do is have the decency to be honest about this fact, rather than smothering their right-wing rebrands in faux neutral, above-the-fray smarm.


This content originally appeared on The Real News Network and was authored by Adam Johnson.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2025/06/17/new-washington-post-opinion-editor-claims-explicitly-right-wing-revamp-isnt-ideological/feed/ 0 539424
New Report: Global Bank Financing of Fossil Fuels Totals $869B In 2024, A Dramatic Increase In Financing https://www.radiofree.org/2025/06/17/new-report-global-bank-financing-of-fossil-fuels-totals-869b-in-2024-a-dramatic-increase-in-financing/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/06/17/new-report-global-bank-financing-of-fossil-fuels-totals-869b-in-2024-a-dramatic-increase-in-financing/#respond Tue, 17 Jun 2025 13:02:14 +0000 https://www.commondreams.org/newswire/new-report-global-bank-financing-of-fossil-fuels-totals-869b-in-2024-a-dramatic-increase-in-financing Released today, the 16th annual Banking on Climate Chaos (BOCC) report covers the lending and underwriting activities of the world’s top 65 banks to more than 2,700 fossil fuel companies. While the world’s top scientists from the International Energy Agency (IEA) and others have repeatedly stated there can be no new fossil fuel expansion in a net-zero by 2050 scenario, banks have ignored this climate risk and continue to increase their financing for dirty energy companies expanding fossil fuel infrastructure. This financing comes amid a rapid retreat from climate commitments made by many banks at COP26 in Glasgow in 2021.

“The retreat by U.S. banks from robust climate commitments is unacceptable, deeply irresponsible, and a clear capitulation to political pressure. Banks must shift away from risky financing and commit to reducing emissions via the companies they finance, with a genuine focus on helping to decarbonize the economy and support the urgent and necessary clean energy transition. For example, it’s indefensible that US banks reject direct project finance as too risky, only to support the same projects indirectly through corporate lending—these loopholes must be closed,” said Jessye Waxman, Campaign Advisor for the Sierra Club’s Sustainable Finance campaign.
See more quotes from report co-authors.

OVERALL TRENDS

The report shows that global banks increased their fossil fuel financing by $162 billion from 2023 to 2024. This is a new trend, since overall fossil fuel finance had been decreasing since 2021. Global banks have financed $7.9 trillion in fossil fuels since 2016, when the Paris Agreement was signed.

In 2024, loans were the top form of financing with an increase to $467 billion from $422 billion from 2023. Bonds saw the largest increase to $401 billion from $284 billion in 2023. Acquisition financing also rose to $82.9 billion from $63.7 billion in 2023.

COMPANIES EXPANDING FOSSIL FUELS

The report reveals that global banks have financed companies expanding fossil fuels with $1.6 trillion since 2021. In 2024, global banks financed these companies with $429 billion alone — a rise of $84.8 billion from 2023.

Some of the top companies that received 2024 financing to expand fossil fuels from the 65 global banks listed in the report include:

  • Diamondback Energy, $20.9 billion. Its oil & gas expansion plans are located largely in the Permian Basin in Texas.
  • Enbridge, $16.5 billion. Its pipeline expansion plans are located in Canada and the US. The Sierra Club is fighting Enbridge’s T15 pipeline expansion in North Carolina intended to service Duke’s planned gas-burning power plants in Person County.
  • BP, $10.9 billion. Its oil & gas expansion plans are located in 30 countries and include focusing on exploration, pipeline development, LNG terminals, and gas-fired power.
  • Energy Transfer, $7.8 billion. Its pipeline and LNG expansion plans are located largely in the US. The Sierra Club has opposed the Dakota Access Pipeline, arguing it poses significant risks to the climate, local communities, and Indigenous sovereignty.
  • Duke Energy, $7.1 billion. It is the second largest utility burning fossil fuels in the US, and it operates in six states. Duke’s expansion plans include a heavy reliance on coal and gas, with very little renewable energy. The Sierra Club is calling on utilities across the US to prioritize powering the electric grid with renewable energy to support a healthy and sustainable future.

BANK FINANCING: BY THE NUMBERS

JP Morgan Chase is the largest fossil fuel financier in the world, committing $53.5 billion to fossil fuel companies in 2024. Four banks increased their fossil fuel financing by more than $10 billion. The top four banks with the largest absolute increase are JP Morgan Chase, Citigroup, Bank of America, and Barclays.

U.S. banks committed $289 billion in fossil fuel financing in 2024, one third of the global financing for that year in the scope of the report. JPMorgan Chase, Bank of America, Citigroup, and Wells Fargo, the top four U.S. banks, alone represent 21% of total global fossil fuel financing in the scope of this report.

Japanese companies Mizuho, MUFG, and SMBC contributed 12% of this report’s overall financing for that year. Nearly half of that financing went to companies headquartered in the United States.

In Europe, the UK bank Barclay’s is the largest fossil fuel financier in 2024 with $35.4 billion. Spain’s Santander, France’s BNP Paribas, Germany’s Deutsche Bank, and the UK’s HSBC each contributed between $14 and $17.3 billion to the industry in 2024.

BACKGROUND

The Banking on Climate Chaos report is authored by Rainforest Action Network, BankTrack, the Center for Energy, Ecology, and Development, Indigenous Environmental Network, Oil Change International, Reclaim Finance, Sierra Club, and Urgewald. It has been endorsed by 480 organizations in 69 countries. Learn more at www.bankingonclimatechaos.org.


This content originally appeared on Common Dreams and was authored by Newswire Editor.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2025/06/17/new-report-global-bank-financing-of-fossil-fuels-totals-869b-in-2024-a-dramatic-increase-in-financing/feed/ 0 539360
Attack on Iran’s state media – Israel bombs IRIB building in new war crime https://www.radiofree.org/2025/06/17/attack-on-irans-state-media-israel-bombs-irib-building-in-new-war-crime/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/06/17/attack-on-irans-state-media-israel-bombs-irib-building-in-new-war-crime/#respond Tue, 17 Jun 2025 01:24:52 +0000 https://asiapacificreport.nz/?p=116235 Pacific Media Watch

Israel targeted one of the buildings of the state-run Islamic Republic of Iran Broadcasting (IRIB) in Tehran on the fourth day of attacks on Iran, interrupting a live news broadcast, reports Press TV.

The attack, involving at least four bombs, struck the central building housing IRIB’s news department, while a live news broadcast was underway.

The transmission was briefly interrupted before Hassan Abedini, IRIB’s news director and deputy for political affairs, appeared on air to condemn the “terrorist crime”.

At the time of the attack, news anchor Sahar Emami was presenting the news. Despite the building trembling under the first strike, she stood her ground and continued the broadcast.

“Allah o Akbar” (God is Great), she proclaimed, drawing global attention to the war crime committed by Israel against Iran’s national broadcaster.

Moments later, another blast filled the studio with smoke and dust, forcing her to evacuate. She returned shortly after to join Abedini and share her harrowing experience.

“If I die, others will take my place and expose your crimes to the world,” she declared, looking straight into the camera with courage and composure.

Casualties unconfirmed
While the number of casualties remains unconfirmed, insiders reported that several journalists inside the building had been injured in the bombing.

Israel’s war ministry promptly claimed responsibility for the attack.

Iran’s foreign ministry condemned the aggression on the state broadcaster as a “war crime” and called on the United Nations to take immediate action against the regime.

. . . ABut after a brief interruption on screen as debris fell from a bomb strike, Sahar Emami was back presenting the news
. . . But after a brief interruption on screen as debris fell from a bomb strike, Sahar Emami was back courageously presenting the news and denouncing the attack. Image: AJ screenshot APR

Foreign Ministry spokesman Esmaeil Baghaei denounced the attack and urged the international community to hold the regime accountable for its assault on the media.

“The world is watching: targeting Iran’s news agency #IRIB’s office during a live broadcast is a wicked act of war crime,” Baghaei wrote on X.

The Islamic Revolution Guards Corps (IRGC) also condemned the bombing of the IRIB news building, labeling it an “inhuman, criminal, and a terrorist act.”

CPJ ‘appalled’ by Israeli attack
The Committee to Protect Journalists said it was “appalled by Israel’s bombing of Iran’s state TV channel while live on air.”

“Israel’s killing, with impunity, of almost 200 journalists in Gaza has emboldened it to target media elsewhere in the region,” Sara Qudah, the West Asia representative for CPJ, said in a statement after the attack on an IRIB building.

The Israeli regime has a documented history of targeting journalists globally. Since October 2023, it has killed more than 250 Palestinian journalists in the besieged Gaza Strip.

The regime launched its aggression against the Islamic Republic, including Tehran, early on Friday, leading to the assassination of several high-ranking military officials, nuclear scientists, and civilians, including women and children.

In response, Iran launched a barrage of missiles and drones late Friday night, followed by more retaliatory operations on Saturday and Sunday as part of Operation True Promise III.

In Israel, 24 people have been killed and hundreds wounded since hostilities began. In Iran, 224 people have been killed.

Plumes of black smoke billowing after an Israeli attack against Iran's state broadcaster
Plumes of black smoke billowing after an Israeli attack against Iran’s state broadcaster yesterday. Image: PressTV


This content originally appeared on Asia Pacific Report and was authored by Pacific Media Watch.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2025/06/17/attack-on-irans-state-media-israel-bombs-irib-building-in-new-war-crime/feed/ 0 539259
New Trump Phone Appears Likely To Join Long Ling of Trump Family Scams and Ripoffs https://www.radiofree.org/2025/06/16/new-trump-phone-appears-likely-to-join-long-ling-of-trump-family-scams-and-ripoffs/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/06/16/new-trump-phone-appears-likely-to-join-long-ling-of-trump-family-scams-and-ripoffs/#respond Mon, 16 Jun 2025 17:51:10 +0000 https://www.commondreams.org/newswire/new-trump-phone-appears-likely-to-join-long-ling-of-trump-family-scams-and-ripoffs Today, the Trump Organization announced a new mobile phone plan and a $499 smartphone that is set to launch in September.

Robert Weissman, co-president of Public Citizen, issued the following statement in response:

“Americans should slam down the phone in response to the latest marketing ploy from the Trump family business. Everything about this plan should tell Americans to disconnect right away.

“First, while the details of the Trump phone plan remain murky, the plan appears to be far more expensive than options available from existing competitors — suggesting it will join a long line of Trump consumer scams and ripoffs. And good luck getting a federal agency to hold the company accountable if service fails or things go off the rails.

“Second, the Trump announcement claims the physical phone will be made in the USA, but there is reason to doubt that claim. There is only one existing phone that is made in the United States — costing $2000 — so the phone is, at minimum, likely to rely heavily on imported parts, raising questions about how Trump’s chaotic tariffs will apply to any imported parts for the Trump phone.

“Third, if the phone actually takes off, how are competitors supposed to respond? Should they advertise, truthfully, that they have a cheaper, comparable product? Or will they be too frightened? Will other businesses choose to rely on the Trump phone plan as a way to curry favor with the president? Does this portend a Trump corruption of the economy to parallel the Trump corruption of politics?

“We’ll need many more details to fully assess what’s going on — including the worrisome claim of offering a pharmacy and telehealth benefit — but it’s already clear this is a plan that should be cancelled, immediately.”


This content originally appeared on Common Dreams and was authored by Newswire Editor.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2025/06/16/new-trump-phone-appears-likely-to-join-long-ling-of-trump-family-scams-and-ripoffs/feed/ 0 539204
New Footage Of Bucha Massacre Reveals How Russia Targeted Civilians On Yablunska Street https://www.radiofree.org/2025/06/16/new-footage-of-bucha-massacre-reveals-how-russia-targeted-civilians-on-yablunska-street/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/06/16/new-footage-of-bucha-massacre-reveals-how-russia-targeted-civilians-on-yablunska-street/#respond Mon, 16 Jun 2025 09:50:25 +0000 http://www.radiofree.org/?guid=9349580e1a2f96f887ab64bc23032f68
This content originally appeared on Radio Free Europe/Radio Liberty and was authored by Radio Free Europe/Radio Liberty.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2025/06/16/new-footage-of-bucha-massacre-reveals-how-russia-targeted-civilians-on-yablunska-street/feed/ 0 539074
What warped the minds of serial killers? Lead pollution, a new book argues. https://grist.org/culture/murderland-caroline-fraser-serial-killers-pacific-northwest-lead-pollution/ https://grist.org/culture/murderland-caroline-fraser-serial-killers-pacific-northwest-lead-pollution/#respond Mon, 16 Jun 2025 08:30:00 +0000 https://grist.org/?p=668311 When Ted Bundy was a child in the 1950s, he hunted for frogs in the nearby swamps in Tacoma, Washington. The young Gary Ridgway, the future Green River Killer, grew up just a short drive north. Both men went on to become prolific serial killers, raping and mutilating dozens of women, starting in the 1970s and ’80s. These types of sociopaths are exceedingly rare, representing less than a tenth of 1 percent of all murderers by some accounts. Yet in Tacoma, they were surprisingly common — and there were more than just Bundy and Ridgway.

In her new book Murderland: Crime and Bloodlust in the Time of Serial Killers, the Pulitzer Prize-winning author Caroline Fraser maps the rise of serial killers in the Pacific Northwest to the proliferation of pollution. In this case, the lead- and arsenic-poisoned plume that flowed from Asarco’s metal smelter northwest of Tacoma, which operated for almost a century and polluted more than 1,000 square miles of the Puget Sound area, the source of the famous “aroma of Tacoma.”

Fraser grew up in the 1970s on Mercer Island, connected to Seattle by a floating bridge with a deadly design, not far from a terrifying lineup of serial killers. George Waterfield Russell Jr., who went on to murder three women, lived just down the street, a few years ahead of Fraser at Mercer Island High School. (No surprise, his family once lived in Tacoma.) She had always thought the idea that the Pacific Northwest was a breeding ground for serial killers was “some kind of urban legend,” she told Grist. 

But after much time spent staring at pollution maps, and looking up the former addresses of serial killers, she came up with an irresistible hypothesis: What if lead exposure was warping the minds of the country’s most harrowing murderers? In Murderland, Fraser makes a convincing case that these killers were exposed to heavy metal pollution in their youth, often from nearby smelters and the leaded gasoline that was once burned on every road in the country.

Studies have shown that childhood lead exposure is connected to rising crime rates, aggression, and psychopathy. In children, it can lead to behavior that’s been described as cruel, impulsive, and “crazy-like”; by adulthood, it’s been linked to a loss of brain volume, particularly for men. Fraser doesn’t pin sociopathy solely on exposure to lead, though she suggests that it’s a key ingredient. 

“Recipes for making a serial killer may vary, including such ingredients as poverty, crude forceps deliveries, poor diet, physical and sexual abuse, brain damage, and neglect,” Fraser writes. “Many horrors play a role in warping these tortured souls, but what happens if we add a light dusting from the periodic table on top of all that trauma?”

side by side of book cover for Murderland by Caroline Fraser and a headshot of the author
Penguin Press / Hal Espen

Fraser is a fan of true crime, but when writing the book, she tried to correct for what she sees as the genre’s problems, she said. Biographers often zoom in on a killer in isolation, like Ted Bundy or the Zodiac killer, and he comes off as some kind of mastermind. In Fraser’s telling, with all their deprived murders placed side-by-side, these killers seem patterned, almost predictable. “It was also revealing to see that they’re not only not as smart as we may have thought they were after Hollywood got through with them, but that their behavior is so similar,” she said. “Like, they’re almost kind of automatons, where their behavior’s very robotlike.” 

Fraser draws a parallel between murderers as we normally understand them and more indirect killers, the book’s true arch-villain: smelting companies and the people profiting off them, like the famous Guggenheim family that acquired Asarco. In 1974, officials at Asarco’s Bunker Hill smelter in Kellogg, Idaho, did a back-of-the-napkin estimate and found that poisoning 500 children with lead had a legal liability of merely $6-7 million, compared to the $10-11 million they’d make by increasing lead production. So the choice was easy. 

“The behavior of the people who built these smelters, invested in them, ran them, continued to emit tons of lead and arsenic into the air in populated cities — I mean, it’s beyond astonishing, what they did,” she said. Take Dr. Sherman Pinto, the medical director at the Tacoma smelter, who claimed that the lung cancer deaths among workers were simply because of pneumonia. “It just struck me how much their behavior is comparable to that of serial killers, because they’re constantly lying,” Fraser said.

Beyond the Pacific Northwest, the book follows the depraved behavior of Dennis Rader in Kansas in the 1970s and 1980s, and Richard Ramirez in California in the 1980s — both of whom also grew up near smelting. Even London’s famous Jack the Ripper was probably poisoned by the lead smelting boom in the 19th century, driven by demand for paint. Yet Murderland focuses on Washington state for a reason. When Fraser looked at the Washington Department of Ecology’s map of lead and arsenic contamination, she saw four plumes: The fallout from Asarco’s Tacoma smelter, another smelter plume in Everett, former orchard lands in central Washington that were sprayed with lead arsenate as a pesticide, and a cleanup site on the upper Columbia River. 

“Every one of those plumes, including the most remote and least populated site on the Columbia, has hosted the activities of one or more serial rapists or murderers,” Fraser notes. (Israel Keyes, the serial killer and necrophiliac, grew up downriver from the Trail smelter in British Columbia.)

Leaded gas was fully phased out in the United States by 1996, and metal smelters have largely been decommissioned for financial reasons. But the legacy of lead remains with us. A recent experiment found that about 90 percent of toothpastes tested contained lead; a few weeks ago, the supermarket chain Publix recalled baby food pouches after product testing detected lead contamination. Last year, the Biden administration issued a regulation requiring drinking water systems across the country to replace lead pipes within 10 years, but the Trump administration and some Republicans in Congress are trying to roll back these protections.

“Regardless of whether you agree with my connection between lead exposure and serial killers, I do think people really need to be aware that that was a huge part of our history, and it’s still out there,” Fraser said. “I hope that this book does something to help people make connections between where they live, and what they might be exposed to, and what that might mean.”

This story was originally published by Grist with the headline What warped the minds of serial killers? Lead pollution, a new book argues. on Jun 16, 2025.


This content originally appeared on Grist and was authored by Kate Yoder.

]]>
https://grist.org/culture/murderland-caroline-fraser-serial-killers-pacific-northwest-lead-pollution/feed/ 0 539068
Is genocide the new normal? Could Israel and the US destroy Iran? https://www.radiofree.org/2025/06/15/is-genocide-the-new-normal-could-israel-and-the-us-destroy-iran/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/06/15/is-genocide-the-new-normal-could-israel-and-the-us-destroy-iran/#respond Sun, 15 Jun 2025 04:09:19 +0000 https://asiapacificreport.nz/?p=116126 COMMENTARY: By Eugene Doyle

“Just do it, before it is too late,” US President Donald Trump said.

The Western media described Trump’s and Israeli Prime Minister Benjamin Netanyahu’s threats after the first wave of attacks on Iran as “warnings”. They were, in fact, expressions of genocidal intent.

“The United States makes the best and most lethal military equipment anywhere in the World, BY FAR, and Israel has a lot of it, with much more to come.

“And they know how to use it. Iran must make a deal, before there is nothing left, and save what was once known as the Iranian Empire … JUST DO IT, BEFORE IT IS TOO LATE.”

As Pascal Lottaz and a number of other analysts pointed out on Friday, preemptive war or just war theory requires imminent threats not conceptual ones. As I also pointed out on Friday, the United States’ own intelligence agencies have consistently determined that Iran does not have an active nuclear weapons programme and there has been no change to the regime’s position since the Grand Ayatollah issued a fatwa against such weapons in 2003.

Israel and the US may now have forced a change in that theology or calculus.

What we are witnessing is a war of aggression designed to trigger regime change and destroy Iran — to reduce it to the kind of chaos that Israel and the US have inflicted on Iraq, Libya, Lebanon and many other countries.

This is only possible because of the collusion of the Collective West. At the core of this project of endless violence towards non-white people is racism: contempt for people who are not like us.

Nearly half of Israelis support army killing all Palestinians in Gaza, poll finds.
Today an overwhelming majority of Israelis want to ethnically cleanse the Palestinians — one of the very definitions of genocide — not just from Gaza but from Israel itself. Nearly half of Israelis support the army killing all Palestinians in Gaza, a recent US Penn State University poll finds.

Genocide has been normalised in Israel. Yet our political leaders and much of our media tell us we share values with these people.

One of the sickest, most profoundly tragic ironies of history is that the long suffering of the Jewish people at the hands of Western racism has culminated in a triumphalist Jewish State doing to the Palestinians what the Plantagenets and the Popes, the Medicis and the Russian boyars, the Italian Fascists and the Nazis did to the Jews.

Europeans perpetrated the Holocaust not the Palestinians or the Iranians. Israel, dominated as it is by Ashkenazi Jews, has now been incorporated into the Western project to maintain global hegemony.

They are today’s uber Aryans lording it over the untermenschen. It is the grim fulfillment of what the Israeli scholar Yeshayahu Leibowitz warned back in the 1980s was Israel’s incipient slide into what he termed “Judeo Nazism”.

‘We, the Israelis, are the victims’
Isn’t it time we woke from our deep slumber? Generations of people in Western countries were lied to for generations about the Zionist project. We were bombarded with propaganda that the Israelis were the victims, the plucky battlers; the Palestinians were somehow a nation of terrorists in their own land.

So too, the propaganda goes, are pretty much all of Israel’s neighbours, particularly Iran.

The propaganda shredded our minds, particularly people of my generation. It made most of our populations and all of our governments totally indifferent to the constant killing, repression and land thieving by generations of Israelis.

“We, the Israelis, are the victims.” They weep for themselves as they rape Palestinian prisoners — and call themselves heroes for doing so. In researching stories like this I had the unpleasant experience of watching videos of both the rape of Palestinians prisoners at Sde Temein (gloatingly shared by the perpetrators) and the repellent sight of Benjamin Netanyahu’s rabbi blessing one of these rapists and praising him for his work.

We are repeatedly told we share values with these people. I believe our governments really do share those values. I do not.

‘Hath not a Palestinian eyes? If you prick an Iranian do they not bleed?’
I’m a student of Shakespeare and have spent hours every month reading, watching and studying his plays. The Merchant of Venice, a complex play with highly contested interpretations, can be viewed as a masterful exploration of a dominant society enforcing its own double standards on a Hated Other.

The last time I watched it was a Royal Shakespeare Company performance with Palestinian actor Makram Khoury in the role of Shylock (the Jew).

Over the centuries Shylock had morphed from a pantomime villain, to an arch-villain to, in the 19th Century, a figure of pathos, dignity and loss, through to 20th Century interpretations of him as a powerful, albeit highly flawed, figure of resistance in the face of a supremacist society.

Palestinian Makram Khoury’s performance capped this transition and was an eloquent plea to see our common humanity whether we be Jewish, Muslim, Christian or any other slice of humanity.

“Hath not a Jew eyes? Hath not a Jew hands, organs, dimensions, senses, affections, passions; fed with the same food, hurt with the same weapons, subject to the same diseases, healed by the same means, warmed and cooled by the same winter and summer as a Christian is? If you prick us do we not bleed? If you tickle us do we not laugh? If you poison us, do we not die? And if you wrong us, shall we not revenge?”

How would our reading of this passage change if we changed “Jew” to “Palestinian” or “Iranian”?

Only an utterly incoherent and damaged mind can continue to believe the propaganda coming out of the White House, the Pentagon, and out of the mouths of psychotic madmen like Netanyahu, Smotrich and the rest of Team Genocide.

It’s time to wake up. If not, we ourselves become victims. Only a hollowed-out heart and mind could content themselves with turning a blind eye to genocide, to turn a blind eye to the war of aggression just launched against Iran.

How will this end?

Eugene Doyle is a writer based in Wellington. He has written extensively on the Middle East, as well as peace and security issues in the Asia Pacific region. He contributes to Asia Pacific Report and Café Pacific, and hosts the public policy platform solidarity.co.nz.


This content originally appeared on Asia Pacific Report and was authored by APR editor.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2025/06/15/is-genocide-the-new-normal-could-israel-and-the-us-destroy-iran/feed/ 0 538987
NZ’s Islamic Council calls on Luxon to condemn Israel over ‘unprovoked’ military strikes https://www.radiofree.org/2025/06/15/nzs-islamic-council-calls-on-luxon-to-condemn-israel-over-unprovoked-military-strikes/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/06/15/nzs-islamic-council-calls-on-luxon-to-condemn-israel-over-unprovoked-military-strikes/#respond Sun, 15 Jun 2025 00:41:29 +0000 https://asiapacificreport.nz/?p=116113 Asia Pacific Report

The Islamic Council of New Zealand (ICONZ) has protested over Israel’s “unprovoked military strikes” against Iran, killing at least 80 people — 20 of them children, and called on the NZ government to publicly condemn Israeli’s actions.

An open letter to Prime Minister Christopher Luxon, read out to a Palestine rally in Henderson yesterday by advocate Dr Adnan Ali, said the attacks — targeting residential areas as well as military and nuclear facilities — represented a “grave escalation in regional tensions and pose a serious threat to global peace and stability”.

“This act of aggression undermines international diplomatic efforts and risks igniting a broader conflict that could engulf the Middle East and beyond,” the letter said.

The council’s letter, signed by ICONZ president Dr Muhammad Sajjad Haider Naqvi, said it was “particularly alarmed by the timing of the strikes, which come amid ongoing negotiations over Iran’s nuclear programme”.

The ICONZ letter sent to Prime Minister Christopher Luxon
The ICONZ letter sent to Prime Minister Christopher Luxon on Friday protesting over the Israeli attacks on Iran. Image: APR

It said the Israeli attack set a “dangerous precedent” and violated international law and sovereignty.

The council urged the NZ government to:

  • Publicly condemn the Israeli government’s actions and call for an immediate cessation of hostilities;
  • Engage diplomatically with international partners to de-escalate tensions and promote peaceful resolution;
  • Support humanitarian efforts to assist affected civilians in Iran; and
  • Reaffirm NZ’s commitment to international law, peace and justice.

The council said New Zealand had “long been a voice of reason and compassion on the global stage” and it hoped that this would guide Luxon’s leadership.

In retaliatory missile attacks by Iran, at least four people have been killed and 200 wounded in Israel.

Meanwhile, Al Jazeera’s Bernard Smith, reporting from Amman, Jordan, because Israel has banned Al Jazeera from reporting on its territory, said attacking Iran allowed Israel to deflect attention away from Gaza.

“Israel says the focus of its military activities is now on Iran and not on Gaza. But it also conveniently allows . . . the focus of attention on what’s happening in Israel to move from Gaza to Iran,” he said.

“Until Israel hit those targets in Iran, it was coming under increasing international scrutiny over the conduct of the war in Gaza.”


This content originally appeared on Asia Pacific Report and was authored by APR editor.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2025/06/15/nzs-islamic-council-calls-on-luxon-to-condemn-israel-over-unprovoked-military-strikes/feed/ 0 538961
NZ’s Islamic Council calls on Luxon to condemn Israel over ‘unprovoked’ military strikes https://www.radiofree.org/2025/06/15/nzs-islamic-council-calls-on-luxon-to-condemn-israel-over-unprovoked-military-strikes-2/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/06/15/nzs-islamic-council-calls-on-luxon-to-condemn-israel-over-unprovoked-military-strikes-2/#respond Sun, 15 Jun 2025 00:41:29 +0000 https://asiapacificreport.nz/?p=116113 Asia Pacific Report

The Islamic Council of New Zealand (ICONZ) has protested over Israel’s “unprovoked military strikes” against Iran, killing at least 80 people — 20 of them children, and called on the NZ government to publicly condemn Israeli’s actions.

An open letter to Prime Minister Christopher Luxon, read out to a Palestine rally in Henderson yesterday by advocate Dr Adnan Ali, said the attacks — targeting residential areas as well as military and nuclear facilities — represented a “grave escalation in regional tensions and pose a serious threat to global peace and stability”.

“This act of aggression undermines international diplomatic efforts and risks igniting a broader conflict that could engulf the Middle East and beyond,” the letter said.

The council’s letter, signed by ICONZ president Dr Muhammad Sajjad Haider Naqvi, said it was “particularly alarmed by the timing of the strikes, which come amid ongoing negotiations over Iran’s nuclear programme”.

The ICONZ letter sent to Prime Minister Christopher Luxon
The ICONZ letter sent to Prime Minister Christopher Luxon on Friday protesting over the Israeli attacks on Iran. Image: APR

It said the Israeli attack set a “dangerous precedent” and violated international law and sovereignty.

The council urged the NZ government to:

  • Publicly condemn the Israeli government’s actions and call for an immediate cessation of hostilities;
  • Engage diplomatically with international partners to de-escalate tensions and promote peaceful resolution;
  • Support humanitarian efforts to assist affected civilians in Iran; and
  • Reaffirm NZ’s commitment to international law, peace and justice.

The council said New Zealand had “long been a voice of reason and compassion on the global stage” and it hoped that this would guide Luxon’s leadership.

In retaliatory missile attacks by Iran, at least four people have been killed and 200 wounded in Israel.

Meanwhile, Al Jazeera’s Bernard Smith, reporting from Amman, Jordan, because Israel has banned Al Jazeera from reporting on its territory, said attacking Iran allowed Israel to deflect attention away from Gaza.

“Israel says the focus of its military activities is now on Iran and not on Gaza. But it also conveniently allows . . . the focus of attention on what’s happening in Israel to move from Gaza to Iran,” he said.

“Until Israel hit those targets in Iran, it was coming under increasing international scrutiny over the conduct of the war in Gaza.”


This content originally appeared on Asia Pacific Report and was authored by APR editor.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2025/06/15/nzs-islamic-council-calls-on-luxon-to-condemn-israel-over-unprovoked-military-strikes-2/feed/ 0 538962
"Satanic acts": Iran’s Dr. Foad Izadi on Israel’s new regime change war https://www.radiofree.org/2025/06/14/satanic-acts-irans-dr-foad-izadi-on-israels-new-regime-change-war/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/06/14/satanic-acts-irans-dr-foad-izadi-on-israels-new-regime-change-war/#respond Sat, 14 Jun 2025 15:25:11 +0000 http://www.radiofree.org/?guid=8ec9e6e35e3ecd65ca82b50b9f78f362
This content originally appeared on The Grayzone and was authored by The Grayzone.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2025/06/14/satanic-acts-irans-dr-foad-izadi-on-israels-new-regime-change-war/feed/ 0 538886
Progressive Democrats of America-New York and Progressives for Democracy in America proudly Endorse Zohran Mamdani for Mayor of New York City. https://www.radiofree.org/2025/06/14/progressive-democrats-of-america-new-york-and-progressives-for-democracy-in-america-proudly-endorse-zohran-mamdani-for-mayor-of-new-york-city/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/06/14/progressive-democrats-of-america-new-york-and-progressives-for-democracy-in-america-proudly-endorse-zohran-mamdani-for-mayor-of-new-york-city/#respond Sat, 14 Jun 2025 10:52:43 +0000 https://www.commondreams.org/newswire/progressive-democrats-of-america-new-york-and-progressives-for-democracy-in-america-proudly-endorse-zohran-mamdani-for-mayor-of-new-york-city Over the past week both Progressive Democrats of America-New York (PDA-NY) and Progressives for Democracy in America (P4DA) polled its members in NYC.

Well-over 90% of respondents supported endorsing Zohran Mamdani for Mayor.

Given these overwhelming results PDA-NY and P4DA are singularly endorsing State Representative Zohran Mamdani for Mayor of New York City.

This is fitting for two organizations associated with Progressive Democrats of America (PDA) since Mamdani's platform is perfectly in line with PDA's policy positions.

Indeed! PDA has authored proposals for a 21st Century Economic Bill of Rights (which Mamdani's platform matches up with perfectly) and also a 21st Century Rural New Deal, and, most significantly, we are in the process of composing a 21st Century Template for Urban Renewal.

Zohran Mamdani's platform is exemplary, providing a vision of a dramatically improved life for urban dwellers.

On issue after issue, PDA-NY and P4DA feel that Mr. Mamdani is spot-on: from his extraordinary proposals to improve NYC housing, his visionary proposals for transportation, public safety, food security, child care, and higher education, as well as his sane approach to the climate emergency, wages, labor, libraries, healthcare, small businesses, and taxation, his call clarion call for peace and justice in the Middle East, and his compassionate support and protection for immigrants and the LGBTQIA+ communities, which are under hateful, bigoted attacks by Trump and the GOP.

And, yes, we love his proposal for Trump-proofing NYC!

Also, in these dark days in which the nation's politics are dominated by another native New Yorker, it's worth noting that Mr. Mamdani has proven himself to be as charismatic and as he is thoughtful. This is significant unto itself. The country and the world longs for such a leader in Trump's hometown, to be a countervailing force to the reprehensible, anti-democratic, and clearly fascist President. Comparisons will inevitably be made between the President and the next Mayor. We are confident that Mr. Mamdani will inspire people across the City, the State, the country and the world to recognize and support democracy over authoritarianism, and the people over the oligarchs

Lastly, it must be said, we at PDA are thrilled to endorse a Democratic Socialist candidate for Mayor!

Let us not forget that NYC's greatest Mayor, Fiorella La Guardia, was a socialist; and that the socialist Mayors of Milwaukee were consistently acknowledged as the best Mayors in the country during their multiple decades in office in the 20th century.

Likewise, no region in the world was more heralded for its local governance, than the socialist-led cities of Central and Northern Italy in their post-fascist era. And, to this day, no city in the world has better housing than Vienna, Austria where they've maintained the housing model established by their great socialist city leaders in the 1920s.

Socialist Mayors have an unrivalled legacy of urban governance and it's time again for the richest city in the world to do right by its working class majority – and, in the process, improve the lives of all New Yorkers, and the experience of all visitors to the Big Apple, by electing Zohran Mamdani the Mayor of New York.

Early voting begins today Saturday June 14 and election day is Tuesday June 24th.

When you vote for Mayor of NYC, rank Zohran Mamdani first!

One final note: PDA-NY's and P4DA's endorsement of Zohran Mamdani is especially notable because PDA has rarely made state, county or municipal endorsements in NY State because of a quirk of PDA's history. When PDA was founded in 2004, the founding Executive Director had such respect for the Working Families Party that it decided not to emphasize organizing in NY State. So, as PDA grew rapidly across the country in the first decade of the century, there was one state where that wasn't the case, New York. Then, PDA transformed American politics by successfully drafting Bernie Sanders to run for President as a Democrat in 2016 (PDA launched the Run Bernie Run campaign in 2013!). As a consequence of that, PDA now has thousands of members across the State and in the City - and when we polled our NYC members the result was spectacular: over 90% support for Zohran Mamdani.


This content originally appeared on Common Dreams and was authored by Newswire Editor.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2025/06/14/progressive-democrats-of-america-new-york-and-progressives-for-democracy-in-america-proudly-endorse-zohran-mamdani-for-mayor-of-new-york-city/feed/ 0 538832
[Claudia de la Cruz] Imagining a New World https://www.radiofree.org/2025/06/12/claudia-de-la-cruz-imagining-a-new-world/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/06/12/claudia-de-la-cruz-imagining-a-new-world/#respond Thu, 12 Jun 2025 21:00:23 +0000 https://www.alternativeradio.org/products/cruc001/
This content originally appeared on AlternativeRadio and was authored by info@alternativeradio.org.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2025/06/12/claudia-de-la-cruz-imagining-a-new-world/feed/ 0 538394
Jordan Peterson on Academia, the New Right, & Saving the West | Shane Has Questions | Vice News https://www.radiofree.org/2025/06/12/jordan-peterson-on-academia-the-new-right-saving-the-west-shane-has-questions/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/06/12/jordan-peterson-on-academia-the-new-right-saving-the-west-shane-has-questions/#respond Thu, 12 Jun 2025 16:00:04 +0000 http://www.radiofree.org/?guid=c6a76e07f4a16ed7257ad65c509e9ff4
This content originally appeared on VICE News and was authored by VICE News.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2025/06/12/jordan-peterson-on-academia-the-new-right-saving-the-west-shane-has-questions/feed/ 0 538326
ProPublica Opens Application for Five New Local Partners to Join Its 50 State Initiative https://www.radiofree.org/2025/06/11/propublica-opens-application-for-five-new-local-partners-to-join-its-50-state-initiative/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/06/11/propublica-opens-application-for-five-new-local-partners-to-join-its-50-state-initiative/#respond Wed, 11 Jun 2025 16:30:00 +0000 https://www.propublica.org/atpropublica/propublica-opens-application-for-five-new-local-partners-to-join-its-50-state-initiative by ProPublica

ProPublica announced on Wednesday a new call for proposals to select the next five partners in its Local Reporting Network. These newsrooms will be chosen to be part of the organization’s 50 State Initiative, a commitment to partnering with one newsroom from each state by 2029. The deadline for applications is July 21 at 5 p.m. Eastern. Reporters selected for the one-year program will begin work on Oct. 1, 2025.

Through this partnership, ProPublica will reimburse news organizations for the salary of the selected reporter (up to $75,000 plus a benefits stipend) so they can spend a year working full time on an accountability journalism project of importance to their communities. Additionally, ProPublica provides editing support, along with our data, research, visual storytelling, graphics, design, audience and engagement expertise.

More information about how to apply and the application for prospective newsrooms have just been posted. Newsrooms from 35 states are eligible to apply for this round. Please see our eligibility map for details.

As part of the 50 State Initiative, ProPublica is currently working with newsrooms from the first 10 states; another five newsrooms will start in July. Reporting with The Connecticut Mirror on car towing in the state sparked legislative reforms to overhaul century-old towing laws that favored tow companies at the expense of drivers. In Georgia, we have documented how the state’s Medicaid work requirement, which is being heralded as a model for the rest of the country, has fallen short and cost millions. And in Tennessee, we’ve shown how one company has vastly expanded the use of a unique high-interest loan — and then gone on to sue more than 100,000 borrowers.

“It’s thrilling to see ProPublica’s Local Reporting Network reach newsrooms in all regions of the country,” said Sarah Blustain, an assistant managing editor at ProPublica. “With each additional state, we are able to bring urgent local issues to readers nationwide.”

The 50 State Initiative expands the scope of ProPublica’s work at the local and regional level, which includes a growing team of journalists reporting from communities across the country and groundbreaking partnerships with local news organizations through the LRN program.

The initiative broadens our support for local journalism, which now includes the LRN alongside dedicated reporting hubs in the Midwest, South, Southwest and Northwest, as well as an investigative unit in Texas in partnership with The Texas Tribune. ProPublica has more than 25 staff reporters and more than 20 reporting partnerships around the country contributing to regional and local accountability reporting, ensuring people can benefit from world-class journalism that can drive measurable change in their communities.

The LRN began in January 2018 in an effort to help remedy the lack of investigative reporting at the local level. It has since led to partnerships with some 80 news organizations across the country.


This content originally appeared on ProPublica and was authored by by ProPublica.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2025/06/11/propublica-opens-application-for-five-new-local-partners-to-join-its-50-state-initiative/feed/ 0 538064
New Zealand’s ‘symbolic’ sanctions on Israel too little, too late, say opposition parties https://www.radiofree.org/2025/06/11/new-zealands-symbolic-sanctions-on-israel-too-little-too-late-say-opposition-parties/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/06/11/new-zealands-symbolic-sanctions-on-israel-too-little-too-late-say-opposition-parties/#respond Wed, 11 Jun 2025 10:21:29 +0000 https://asiapacificreport.nz/?p=115962 By Russell Palmer, RNZ News political reporter

Opposition parties say Aotearoa New Zealand’s government should be going much further, much faster in sanctioning Israel.

Foreign Minister Winston Peters overnight revealed New Zealand had joined Australia, Canada, the UK and Norway in imposing travel bans on Israel’s Finance Minister Bezalel Smotrich and National Security Minister Itamar Ben-Gvir.

Some of the partner countries went further, adding asset freezes and business restrictions on the far-right ministers.

Peters said the pair had used their leadership positions to actively undermine peace and security and remove prospects for a two-state solution.

Israel and the United States criticised the sanctions, with the US saying it undermined progress towards a ceasefire.

Prime Minister Christopher Luxon, attending Fieldays in Waikato, told reporters New Zealand still enjoyed a good relationship with the US administration, but would not be backing down.

“We have a view that this is the right course of action for us,” he said.

Behind the scenes job
“We have differences in approach but the Americans are doing an excellent job of behind the scenes trying to get Israel and the Palestinians to the table to talk about a ceasefire.”

Asked if there could be further sanctions, Luxon said the government was “monitoring the situation all the time”.

Peters has been busy travelling in Europe and was unavailable to be interviewed. ACT — probably the most vocally pro-Israel party in Parliament — refused to comment on the situation.

The opposition parties also backed the move, but argued the government should have gone much further.

Greens co-leader Chlöe Swarbrick has since December been urging the coalition to back her bill imposing economic sanctions on Israel. With support from Labour and Te Pāti Māori it would need just six MPs to cross the floor to pass.

Calling the Israeli actions in Gaza “genocide”, she told RNZ the government’s sanctions fell far short of those imposed on Russia.

“This is symbolic, and it’s unfortunate that it’s taken so long to get to this point, nearly two years . . .  the Minister of Foreign Affairs also invoked the similarities with Russia in his statement this morning, yet we have seen far less harsh sanctions applied to Israel.

“We’re well past the time for first steps.”

‘Cowardice’ by government
The pushback from the US was “probably precisely part of the reason that our government has been so scared of doing the right thing”, she said, calling it “cowardice” on the government’s part.

“What else are you supposed to call it at the end of the day?,” she said, saying at a bare minimum the Israeli ambassador should be expelled, Palestinian statehood should be recognised, and a special category of visas for Palestinians should be introduced.

She rejected categorisation of her stance as anti-semitic, saying that made no sense.

“If we are critiquing a government of a certain country, that is not the same thing as critiquing the people of that country. I think it’s actually far more anti-semitic to conflate the actions of the Israeli government with the entire Jewish peoples.”

Debbie Ngarewa-Packer
Te Pāti Māori co-leader Debbie Ngarewa-Packer . . . “It’s not a war, it’s an annihilation”. Image: RNZ/Samuel Rillstone

Te Pāti Māori co-leader Debbie Ngarewa-Packer said the sanctions were political hypocrisy.

“When it comes to war, human rights and the extent of violence and genocide that we’re seeing, Palestine is its own independent nation . . .  why is this government sanctioning only two ministers? They should be sanctioning the whole of Israel,” she said.

“These two Israel far right ministers don’t act alone. They belong to an entire Israel government which has used its military might and everything it can possibly do to bombard, to murder and to commit genocide and occupy Gaza and the West Bank.”

Suspend diplomatic ties
She also wanted all diplomatic ties with Israel suspended, along with sanctions against Israeli companies, military officials and additional support for the international courts — also saying the government should have done more.

“This government has been doing everything to do nothing . . .  to appease allies that have dangerously overstepped unjustifiable marks, and they should not be silent.

“It’s not a war, it’s an annihilation, it’s an absolute annihilation of human beings . . .  we’re way out there supporting those allies that are helping to weaponise Israel and the flattening and the continual cruel occupation of a nation, and it’s just nothing that I thought in my living days I’d be witnessing.”

She said the government should be pushing back against “a very polarised, very Trump attitude” to the conflict.

“Trumpism has arrived in Aotearoa . . .  and we continue to go down that line, that is a really frightening part for this beautiful nation of ours.

“As a nation, we have a different set of values. We’re a Pacific-based country with a long history of going against the grain – the mainstream, easy grind. We’ve been a peaceful, loving nation that stood up against the big boys when it came to our anti nuclear stance and that’s our role in this, our role is not to follow blindly.”

Undermining two-state solution
In a statement, Labour’s foreign affairs spokesperson Peeni Henare said the actions of Smotrich and Ben-Gvir had attempted to undermine the two-state solution and international law, and described the situation in Gaza as horrific.

“The travel bans echo the sanctions placed on Russian individuals and organisations that supported the illegal invasion of Ukraine,” he said.

He called for further action.

“Labour has been calling for stronger action from the government on Israel’s invasion of Gaza, including intervening in South Africa’s case against Israel in the International Court of Justice, creation of a special visa for family members of New Zealanders fleeing Gaza, and ending government procurement from companies operating illegally in the Occupied Territories.”

This article is republished under a community partnership agreement with RNZ.


This content originally appeared on Asia Pacific Report and was authored by APR editor.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2025/06/11/new-zealands-symbolic-sanctions-on-israel-too-little-too-late-say-opposition-parties/feed/ 0 537980
Pacific civil society groups challenge France over hosting UN oceans event as political ‘rebranding’ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/06/10/pacific-civil-society-groups-challenge-france-over-hosting-un-oceans-event-as-political-rebranding/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/06/10/pacific-civil-society-groups-challenge-france-over-hosting-un-oceans-event-as-political-rebranding/#respond Tue, 10 Jun 2025 00:33:39 +0000 https://asiapacificreport.nz/?p=115866 Asia Pacific Report

Pacific advocacy movements and civil society organisations have challenged French credentials in hosting a global ocean conference, saying that unless France is accountable for its actions in the Pacific, it is merely “rebranding”.

The call for accountability marked the French-sponsored UN Ocean Conference (UNOC) in Nice this week, during which President Emmanuel Macron will be hosting a France-Pacific Summit.

French officials have described the UNOC event as a coming together “in the true spirit of Talanoa” and one that would be inconceivable without the Pacific.

While acknowledging the importance of leveraging global partnerships for urgent climate action and ocean protection through the UNOC process, Pacific civil society groups have issued a joint statement saying that their political leaders must hold France accountable for its past actions and not allow it to “launder its dirty linen in ‘Blue Pacific’ and ‘critical transition’ narratives”.

‘Responsible steward’ image undermined
France’s claims of being a “responsible steward” of the ocean were undermined by its historical actions in the Pacific, said the statement. This included:

● A brutal colonial legacy dating back to the mid-1800s, with the annexation of island nations now known as Kanaky-New Caledonia and Ma’ohi Nui-French Polynesia;

● A refusal to complete the decolonisation process, and in fact the perpetuation of the colonial condition, particularly for the those “territories” on the UN decolonisation list. In Kanaky-New Caledonia, for instance, France and its agents continue to renege on longstanding decolonisation commitments, while weaponising democratic ideals and processes such as “universal” voting rights to deny the fundamental rights of the indigenous population to self-determination;

● 30 years of nuclear violence in Ma’ohi Nui-French Polynesia with 193 test detonations — 46 in the atmosphere and close to 150 under the Moruroa and Fangataufa atolls, irradiating both land and sea, and people. Approximately 90 percent of the local population was exposed to radioactive fallout, resulting in long-term health impacts, including elevated rates of cancer and other radiation-related illnesses;

● Active efforts to obscure the true extent of its nuclear violence in Maʻohi Nui-French Polynesia, diverting resources to discredit independent research and obstructing transparency around health and environmental impacts. These actions reveal a persistent pattern of denial and narrative control that continues to undermine compensation efforts and delay justice for victims and communities;

● French claims to approximately one-third of the Pacific’s combined EEZ, and to being the world’s second largest ocean state, accruing largely from its so-called Pacific dependencies; and

● The supply of French military equipment, and the 1985 bombing of the Greenpeace flagship Rainbow Warrior by French secret service agents — a state-sponsored terrorist attack with the 40th anniversary this year.

A poster highlighting the issue of political prisoners depicting the Kanak flag after the pro-independence unrest and riots
A poster highlighting the issue of political prisoners depicting the Kanak flag after the pro-independence unrest and riots in New Caledonia last year. Image: Collectif Solidarité Kanaky

Seeking diplomatic support
“Since the late 1980s, France has worked to build on diplomatic, development and defence fronts to garner support from Pacific governments.

This includes development assistance through the Agence Française de Développement (AFD), Asian Development Fund, language and cultural exchanges, scientific collaboration and humanitarian assistance.

A strong diplomatic presence in Pacific capitals as well as a full schedule of high-level exchanges, including a triennial France-Oceania leaders’ Summit commencing in 2003, together function to enhance proximity with and inclination towards Paris sentiments and priorities.

The Pacific civil society statement said that French leadership at this UNOC process was once again central to its ongoing efforts to rebrand itself as a global leader on climate action, a champion of ocean protection, and a promoter of sovereignty.

“Nothing can be further from the truth,” the groups said.

“The reality is that France is rather more interested in strengthening its position as a middle power in an Indo-Pacific rather than a Pacific framework, and as a balancing power within the context of big-power rivalry between the US and China, all of which undermines rather than enhances Pacific sovereignty.”

New global image
The statement said that leaders must not allow France to build this new global image on the “foundations of its atrocities against Pacific peoples” and the ocean continent.

Pacific civil society called on France:

● For immediate and irreversible commitments and practical steps to bring its colonial presence in the Pacific to an end before the conclusion, in 2030, of the 4th International Decade on the Eradication of Colonialism; and

● To acknowledge and take responsibility for the oceanic and human harms caused by 30 years of nuclear violence in Maʻohi Nui–French Polynesia, and to commit to full and just reparations, including support for affected communities, environmental remediation of test sites, and full public disclosure of all health and contamination data.

The statement also called on Pacific leaders to:

● Keep France accountable for its multiple and longstanding debt to Pacific people; and

● Ensure that Ma’ohi Nui-French Polynesia and Kanaky-New Caledonia remain on the UN list of non-self-governing territories to be decolonised (UN decolonisation list).

“Pacific leaders must ensure that France does not succeed in laundering its soiled linen — soiled by the blood of thousands of Pacific Islanders who resisted colonial occupation and/or who were used as test subjects for its industrial-military machinery — in the UNOC process,” said the statement.


This content originally appeared on Asia Pacific Report and was authored by APR editor.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2025/06/10/pacific-civil-society-groups-challenge-france-over-hosting-un-oceans-event-as-political-rebranding/feed/ 0 537633
Pacific civil society groups challenge France over hosting UN oceans event as political ‘rebranding’ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/06/10/pacific-civil-society-groups-challenge-france-over-hosting-un-oceans-event-as-political-rebranding-2/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/06/10/pacific-civil-society-groups-challenge-france-over-hosting-un-oceans-event-as-political-rebranding-2/#respond Tue, 10 Jun 2025 00:33:39 +0000 https://asiapacificreport.nz/?p=115866 Asia Pacific Report

Pacific advocacy movements and civil society organisations have challenged French credentials in hosting a global ocean conference, saying that unless France is accountable for its actions in the Pacific, it is merely “rebranding”.

The call for accountability marked the French-sponsored UN Ocean Conference (UNOC) in Nice this week, during which President Emmanuel Macron will be hosting a France-Pacific Summit.

French officials have described the UNOC event as a coming together “in the true spirit of Talanoa” and one that would be inconceivable without the Pacific.

While acknowledging the importance of leveraging global partnerships for urgent climate action and ocean protection through the UNOC process, Pacific civil society groups have issued a joint statement saying that their political leaders must hold France accountable for its past actions and not allow it to “launder its dirty linen in ‘Blue Pacific’ and ‘critical transition’ narratives”.

‘Responsible steward’ image undermined
France’s claims of being a “responsible steward” of the ocean were undermined by its historical actions in the Pacific, said the statement. This included:

● A brutal colonial legacy dating back to the mid-1800s, with the annexation of island nations now known as Kanaky-New Caledonia and Ma’ohi Nui-French Polynesia;

● A refusal to complete the decolonisation process, and in fact the perpetuation of the colonial condition, particularly for the those “territories” on the UN decolonisation list. In Kanaky-New Caledonia, for instance, France and its agents continue to renege on longstanding decolonisation commitments, while weaponising democratic ideals and processes such as “universal” voting rights to deny the fundamental rights of the indigenous population to self-determination;

● 30 years of nuclear violence in Ma’ohi Nui-French Polynesia with 193 test detonations — 46 in the atmosphere and close to 150 under the Moruroa and Fangataufa atolls, irradiating both land and sea, and people. Approximately 90 percent of the local population was exposed to radioactive fallout, resulting in long-term health impacts, including elevated rates of cancer and other radiation-related illnesses;

● Active efforts to obscure the true extent of its nuclear violence in Maʻohi Nui-French Polynesia, diverting resources to discredit independent research and obstructing transparency around health and environmental impacts. These actions reveal a persistent pattern of denial and narrative control that continues to undermine compensation efforts and delay justice for victims and communities;

● French claims to approximately one-third of the Pacific’s combined EEZ, and to being the world’s second largest ocean state, accruing largely from its so-called Pacific dependencies; and

● The supply of French military equipment, and the 1985 bombing of the Greenpeace flagship Rainbow Warrior by French secret service agents — a state-sponsored terrorist attack with the 40th anniversary this year.

A poster highlighting the issue of political prisoners depicting the Kanak flag after the pro-independence unrest and riots
A poster highlighting the issue of political prisoners depicting the Kanak flag after the pro-independence unrest and riots in New Caledonia last year. Image: Collectif Solidarité Kanaky

Seeking diplomatic support
“Since the late 1980s, France has worked to build on diplomatic, development and defence fronts to garner support from Pacific governments.

This includes development assistance through the Agence Française de Développement (AFD), Asian Development Fund, language and cultural exchanges, scientific collaboration and humanitarian assistance.

A strong diplomatic presence in Pacific capitals as well as a full schedule of high-level exchanges, including a triennial France-Oceania leaders’ Summit commencing in 2003, together function to enhance proximity with and inclination towards Paris sentiments and priorities.

The Pacific civil society statement said that French leadership at this UNOC process was once again central to its ongoing efforts to rebrand itself as a global leader on climate action, a champion of ocean protection, and a promoter of sovereignty.

“Nothing can be further from the truth,” the groups said.

“The reality is that France is rather more interested in strengthening its position as a middle power in an Indo-Pacific rather than a Pacific framework, and as a balancing power within the context of big-power rivalry between the US and China, all of which undermines rather than enhances Pacific sovereignty.”

New global image
The statement said that leaders must not allow France to build this new global image on the “foundations of its atrocities against Pacific peoples” and the ocean continent.

Pacific civil society called on France:

● For immediate and irreversible commitments and practical steps to bring its colonial presence in the Pacific to an end before the conclusion, in 2030, of the 4th International Decade on the Eradication of Colonialism; and

● To acknowledge and take responsibility for the oceanic and human harms caused by 30 years of nuclear violence in Maʻohi Nui–French Polynesia, and to commit to full and just reparations, including support for affected communities, environmental remediation of test sites, and full public disclosure of all health and contamination data.

The statement also called on Pacific leaders to:

● Keep France accountable for its multiple and longstanding debt to Pacific people; and

● Ensure that Ma’ohi Nui-French Polynesia and Kanaky-New Caledonia remain on the UN list of non-self-governing territories to be decolonised (UN decolonisation list).

“Pacific leaders must ensure that France does not succeed in laundering its soiled linen — soiled by the blood of thousands of Pacific Islanders who resisted colonial occupation and/or who were used as test subjects for its industrial-military machinery — in the UNOC process,” said the statement.


This content originally appeared on Asia Pacific Report and was authored by APR editor.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2025/06/10/pacific-civil-society-groups-challenge-france-over-hosting-un-oceans-event-as-political-rebranding-2/feed/ 0 537634
New Zealand’s foreign policy stance on Palestine lacks transparency https://www.radiofree.org/2025/06/08/new-zealands-foreign-policy-stance-on-palestine-lacks-transparency/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/06/08/new-zealands-foreign-policy-stance-on-palestine-lacks-transparency/#respond Sun, 08 Jun 2025 11:49:02 +0000 https://asiapacificreport.nz/?p=115799 COMMENTARY: By John Hobbs

It is difficult to understand what sits behind the New Zealand government’s unwillingness to sanction, or threaten to sanction, the Israeli government for its genocide against the Palestinian people.

The United Nations, human rights groups, legal experts and now genocide experts have all agreed it really is “genocide” which is being committed by the state of Israel against the civilian population of Gaza.

It is hard to argue with the conclusion genocide is happening, given the tragic images being portrayed across social and increasingly mainstream media.

Prime Minister Netanyahu has presented Israel’s assault on Gaza war as pitting “the sons of light” against “the sons of darkness”. And promised the victory of Judeo-Christian civilisation against barbarism.

A real encouragement to his military there should be no-holds barred in exercising indiscriminate destruction over the people of Gaza.

Given this background, one wonders what the nature of the advice being provided by New Zealand’s Ministry of Foreign Affairs and Trade to the minister entails?

Does the ministry fail to see the destruction and brutal killing of a huge proportion of the civilian people of Gaza? And if they see it, are they saying as much to the minister?

Cloak of ‘diplomatic language’
Or is the advice so nuanced in the cloak of “diplomatic language” it effectively says nothing and is crafted in a way which gives the minister ultimate freedom to make his own political choices.

The advice of the officials becomes a reflection of what the minister is looking for — namely, a foreign policy approach that gives him enough freedom to support the Israeli government and at the same time be in step with its closest ally, the United States.

The problem is there is no transparency around the decision-making process, so it is impossible to tell how decisions are being made.

I placed an Official Information Act request with the Minister of Foreign Affairs in January 2024 seeking advice received by the minister on New Zealand’s obligations under the Genocide Convention.

The request was refused because while the advice did exist, it fell outside the timeline indicated by my request.

It was emphasised if I were to put in a further request for the advice, it was unlikely to be released.

They then advised releasing the information would be likely to prejudice the security or defence of New Zealand and the international relations of the government of New Zealand, and withholding it was necessary to maintain legal professional privilege.

Public interest vital
It is hard to imagine how the release of such information might prejudice the security or defence of New Zealand or that the legal issues could override the public interest.

It could not be more important for New Zealanders to understand the basis for New Zealand’s foreign policy choices.

New Zealand is a contracting party to the Convention on the Prevention and Punishment of the Crime of Genocide. Under the convention, “genocide, whether committed in time of peace or in time of war, is a crime under international law which they [the contracting parties] undertake to prevent and punish”.

Furthermore: The Contracting Parties undertake to enact, in accordance with their respective Constitutions, the necessary legislation to give effect to the provisions of the present Convention, and, in particular, to provide effective penalties for persons guilty of genocide. (Article 5).

Accordingly, New Zealand must play an active part in its prevention and put in place effective penalties. Chlöe Swarbrick’s private member’s Bill to impose sanctions is one mechanism to do this.

In response to its two-month blockade of food, water and medical supplies to Gaza, and international pressure, Israel has agreed to allow a trickle of food to enter Gaza.

However, this is only a tiny fraction of what is needed to avert famine. Understandably, Israel’s response has been criticised by most of the international community, including New Zealand.

Carefully worded statement
In a carefully worded statement, signed by a collective of European countries, together with New Zealand and Australia, it is requested that Israel allow a full resumption of aid into Gaza, an immediate return to ceasefire and a return of the hostages.

Radio New Zealand interviewed the Foreign Minister Winston Peters to better understand the New Zealand position.

Peters reiterated his previous statements, expressing Israel’s actions of withholding food as “intolerable” but when asked about putting in place concrete sanctions he stated any such action was a “long, long way off”, without explaining why.

New Zealand must be clear about its foreign policy position, not hide behind diplomatic and insincere rhetoric and exercise courage by sanctioning Israel as it has done with Russia over its invasion of Ukraine.

As a minimum, it must honour its responsibilities under the Convention on Genocide and, not least, to offer hope and support for the utterly powerless and vulnerable Palestinian people before it is too late.

John Hobbs is a doctoral candidate at the National Centre for Peace and Conflict Studies (NCPACS) at the University of Otago. This article was first published by the Otago Daily Times and is republished with the author’s permission.


This content originally appeared on Asia Pacific Report and was authored by APR editor.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2025/06/08/new-zealands-foreign-policy-stance-on-palestine-lacks-transparency/feed/ 0 537301
Nightmare of Nightmares: New (Big) CO2 Emissions https://www.radiofree.org/2025/06/07/nightmare-of-nightmares-new-big-co2-emissions/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/06/07/nightmare-of-nightmares-new-big-co2-emissions/#respond Sat, 07 Jun 2025 13:45:02 +0000 https://dissidentvoice.org/?p=158855 Global warming just got a brand-new source for trapping heat as Arctic tundra turns up the dial on CO2 emissions. It’s now in the ranks of cars, trains, and planes as an official emitter of carbon dioxide, CO2. But it distinguishes itself in one critical way. There’s no “on/off” switch. Once turned on, it’ll self-reinforce […]

The post Nightmare of Nightmares: New (Big) CO2 Emissions first appeared on Dissident Voice.]]>
Global warming just got a brand-new source for trapping heat as Arctic tundra turns up the dial on CO2 emissions. It’s now in the ranks of cars, trains, and planes as an official emitter of carbon dioxide, CO2. But it distinguishes itself in one critical way. There’s no “on/off” switch. Once turned on, it’ll self-reinforce continued growth, meaning ever-increasing levels of CO2 emissions year-over-year.

The National Oceanic & Atmospheric Administration, NOAA, made the official announcement only recently: “2024 Arctic Report Card: The Arctic Tundra is Now a Net Source of Carbon Dioxide.” climate.gov .

Arctic tundra covers a significant portion of the Northern Hemisphere, accounting for approximately 20% of the Earth’s surface, and nearly 25% of the land surface in the Northern Hemisphere. Obviously, this has big impact on global CO2 emissions and the many dangers attendant to rising global temperatures, e.g. BBC News May 31, 2025: “The village of Blatten has stood for centuries, then in seconds it was gone.”

It doesn’t take a brain surgeon to figure this one out, i.e., it means the planet is going to get a lot hotter a lot sooner as vital ecosystems wilt/melt/thaw and disintegrate. Already, one of Arctic tundra’s distant cousins, the Amazon rainforest, joined the CO2 Net-Emissions Club a couple of years ago. The magnificent rainforest is net-emitting CO2 in portions of the forest in harmony with cars, planes and trains. For example, The Economist recognized his unsettling event 3 years ago: “The Brazilian Amazon Has Been a Net Carbon Emitter Since 2016,” The Economist, May 21, 2022.

As for the rainforest, there are several contributing factors to CO2 emissions, for example:  Conversion of rainforest to agriculture has caused a 17 percent decrease in forest extent in the Amazon, which stretches over an area almost as large as the continental U.S.  Replacing dense, humid forest canopies with drier pastures and cropland has increased local temperatures and decreased evaporation of water from the rainforest, which deprives downwind locations of rainfall. (NOAA)

Now, the planet’s two largest warehouses, serving as carbon sinks for millions of years, over 10 million years for the Amazon, have opened business with the Anthropocene (era of human domination). Although, in all fairness, the Anthropocene doesn’t really need help in heating up the planet. It’s doing a spectacular job on its own. “Earth Shattered Heat Records in 2023 and 2024; Is Global Warming Speeding Up?” Nature, January 6, 2025.

In the case of Arctic tundra, NOAA says: “The land areas of the Arctic have been a carbon sink for thousands of years, meaning there has been a net removal of carbon dioxide from the atmosphere by plants, with long-term storage in the soil and permafrost. However, increasing surface air temperatures are causing permafrost to warm and thaw, allowing stored carbon dioxide and methane to be released into the atmosphere. Wildfires and other disturbances are adding pulse releases of carbon dioxide and methane. These changes together have shifted the Arctic tundra from a net carbon sink into a source.” (2024 Arctic Report Card).

A New Regime – Insurance/Homeowners Replace Dinosaurs

The Anthropocene has pushed the Arctic into a new, dangerous regime. Studies over the decades show that it has dramatically changed from even a decade or two ago. All of this is spearheaded by its new role as a net emitter of carbon dioxide CO2 and methane CH4. Arctic tundra stores 1,600 billion metric tons of organic carbon, mostly in permafrost. This is double the amount currently in the planet’s atmosphere, which is already causing the planet to heat up. The Amazon rainforest holds another 124 billion tons of carbon. This tandem, by increasing carbon emissions above and beyond cars, trains and planes, and industry, is likely zeroing out all of the saved CO2 via electric vehicles, and then some.

The new regime has the earmarks of a big troublemaker. It’s reminiscent of that last big encounter with climate change 65 million years ago when the villain was an asteroid, the victim, dinosaurs. Poof! Gone after 165 million years living on Earth.

Today’s version has fossil fuel playing the role of the asteroid and the property/casualty insurance industry with homeowners the victims. This sorrowful arrangement is likely how things stretch out over time because world leadership has never taken climate change seriously enough to head it off at the pass. As such, as global temperatures increase, over time, more people are displaced by repetitive high tide flooding, unlivable regions of recurring temperatures too high for survival, desertification, loss of glacial potable water, major rivers seasonally drying up, etc. It’s a long list.

For example: “Will Flooding Force Seattle’s South Park Residents to Leave?” Seattle Times, June 1, 2025: “Sea-level rise, which globally is linked to fossil fuel emissions, is expected to worsen all types of flooding in South Park and climate change is expected to make storms — and storm surges — worse. The average high tide in Elliott Bay has already risen about 10 inches since 1899, according to data from the National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration,” Ibid.

The property/casualty insurance industry is already de facto declaring some regions uninsurable and/or so costly as to cause people flight. For Example: “Florida has lost more than 30 home insurance companies in recent years. Most recently, AAA, Farmers and Progressive made headlines for rolling back coverage availability in Florida. As of May 2024, there are 11 Florida home insurance companies in liquidation.” (“Home Insurance ‘Crisis’: First Florida, Now California — is my State Next?” Bankrate, Sept. 16, 2024)

“Florida and California may receive the most press for their home insurance problems, but the future of home insurance in other states also looks grim. Across the country, home insurance rates are on the rise,” Ibid.

And, even worse yet: “Map Shows 9 States Where Homeowners Are Losing Their Insurance,” Newsweek, March 1, 2024. In all cases of insurance crises, climate change is the villain.

The disinformed who believe climate change a hoax or no big deal should do a reality check with a casual search on Google using only six words: “homeownership and climate change insurance crisis.” They’ll spend hours and hours, likely days, reading articles about climate change ruining the property insurance industry while undermining homeownership. Then, maybe pass along findings to representatives in Congress and asked them what to do about it. Several articles already show Congress informed of climate change endangering homeownership insurance, for example: (“New Data Reveal Climate Change-Driven Insurance Crisis is Spreading,” Senate Committee on the Budget)

When conservatively managed property/casualty insurance companies complain about the damage caused by excessive global heat uprooting ecosystems that support life and structure for homeownership, you know for certain climate change is not regular ole climate change of the ages; it’s something much worse, and most certainly, it’s not a hoax! Ask y0ur insurance agent for confirmation of this obvious fact.

In fact, more to the point: Risk of extinction of the entire fabric of the capitalist system goes to the heart of a recent article written by Gunther Thallinger, Member of the Board of Management of Allianz Group (est. 1889, Munich) the world’s largest insurance company: “Climate, Risk, Insurance: The Future of Capitalism,” March 25, 2025.

Solution: It’s all about burning fossil fuels. Figure it out!

The post Nightmare of Nightmares: New (Big) CO2 Emissions first appeared on Dissident Voice.


This content originally appeared on Dissident Voice and was authored by Robert Hunziker.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2025/06/07/nightmare-of-nightmares-new-big-co2-emissions/feed/ 0 537181
Nightmare of Nightmares: New (Big) CO2 Emissions https://www.radiofree.org/2025/06/07/nightmare-of-nightmares-new-big-co2-emissions-2/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/06/07/nightmare-of-nightmares-new-big-co2-emissions-2/#respond Sat, 07 Jun 2025 13:45:02 +0000 https://dissidentvoice.org/?p=158855 Global warming just got a brand-new source for trapping heat as Arctic tundra turns up the dial on CO2 emissions. It’s now in the ranks of cars, trains, and planes as an official emitter of carbon dioxide, CO2. But it distinguishes itself in one critical way. There’s no “on/off” switch. Once turned on, it’ll self-reinforce […]

The post Nightmare of Nightmares: New (Big) CO2 Emissions first appeared on Dissident Voice.]]>
Global warming just got a brand-new source for trapping heat as Arctic tundra turns up the dial on CO2 emissions. It’s now in the ranks of cars, trains, and planes as an official emitter of carbon dioxide, CO2. But it distinguishes itself in one critical way. There’s no “on/off” switch. Once turned on, it’ll self-reinforce continued growth, meaning ever-increasing levels of CO2 emissions year-over-year.

The National Oceanic & Atmospheric Administration, NOAA, made the official announcement only recently: “2024 Arctic Report Card: The Arctic Tundra is Now a Net Source of Carbon Dioxide.” climate.gov .

Arctic tundra covers a significant portion of the Northern Hemisphere, accounting for approximately 20% of the Earth’s surface, and nearly 25% of the land surface in the Northern Hemisphere. Obviously, this has big impact on global CO2 emissions and the many dangers attendant to rising global temperatures, e.g. BBC News May 31, 2025: “The village of Blatten has stood for centuries, then in seconds it was gone.”

It doesn’t take a brain surgeon to figure this one out, i.e., it means the planet is going to get a lot hotter a lot sooner as vital ecosystems wilt/melt/thaw and disintegrate. Already, one of Arctic tundra’s distant cousins, the Amazon rainforest, joined the CO2 Net-Emissions Club a couple of years ago. The magnificent rainforest is net-emitting CO2 in portions of the forest in harmony with cars, planes and trains. For example, The Economist recognized his unsettling event 3 years ago: “The Brazilian Amazon Has Been a Net Carbon Emitter Since 2016,” The Economist, May 21, 2022.

As for the rainforest, there are several contributing factors to CO2 emissions, for example:  Conversion of rainforest to agriculture has caused a 17 percent decrease in forest extent in the Amazon, which stretches over an area almost as large as the continental U.S.  Replacing dense, humid forest canopies with drier pastures and cropland has increased local temperatures and decreased evaporation of water from the rainforest, which deprives downwind locations of rainfall. (NOAA)

Now, the planet’s two largest warehouses, serving as carbon sinks for millions of years, over 10 million years for the Amazon, have opened business with the Anthropocene (era of human domination). Although, in all fairness, the Anthropocene doesn’t really need help in heating up the planet. It’s doing a spectacular job on its own. “Earth Shattered Heat Records in 2023 and 2024; Is Global Warming Speeding Up?” Nature, January 6, 2025.

In the case of Arctic tundra, NOAA says: “The land areas of the Arctic have been a carbon sink for thousands of years, meaning there has been a net removal of carbon dioxide from the atmosphere by plants, with long-term storage in the soil and permafrost. However, increasing surface air temperatures are causing permafrost to warm and thaw, allowing stored carbon dioxide and methane to be released into the atmosphere. Wildfires and other disturbances are adding pulse releases of carbon dioxide and methane. These changes together have shifted the Arctic tundra from a net carbon sink into a source.” (2024 Arctic Report Card).

A New Regime – Insurance/Homeowners Replace Dinosaurs

The Anthropocene has pushed the Arctic into a new, dangerous regime. Studies over the decades show that it has dramatically changed from even a decade or two ago. All of this is spearheaded by its new role as a net emitter of carbon dioxide CO2 and methane CH4. Arctic tundra stores 1,600 billion metric tons of organic carbon, mostly in permafrost. This is double the amount currently in the planet’s atmosphere, which is already causing the planet to heat up. The Amazon rainforest holds another 124 billion tons of carbon. This tandem, by increasing carbon emissions above and beyond cars, trains and planes, and industry, is likely zeroing out all of the saved CO2 via electric vehicles, and then some.

The new regime has the earmarks of a big troublemaker. It’s reminiscent of that last big encounter with climate change 65 million years ago when the villain was an asteroid, the victim, dinosaurs. Poof! Gone after 165 million years living on Earth.

Today’s version has fossil fuel playing the role of the asteroid and the property/casualty insurance industry with homeowners the victims. This sorrowful arrangement is likely how things stretch out over time because world leadership has never taken climate change seriously enough to head it off at the pass. As such, as global temperatures increase, over time, more people are displaced by repetitive high tide flooding, unlivable regions of recurring temperatures too high for survival, desertification, loss of glacial potable water, major rivers seasonally drying up, etc. It’s a long list.

For example: “Will Flooding Force Seattle’s South Park Residents to Leave?” Seattle Times, June 1, 2025: “Sea-level rise, which globally is linked to fossil fuel emissions, is expected to worsen all types of flooding in South Park and climate change is expected to make storms — and storm surges — worse. The average high tide in Elliott Bay has already risen about 10 inches since 1899, according to data from the National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration,” Ibid.

The property/casualty insurance industry is already de facto declaring some regions uninsurable and/or so costly as to cause people flight. For Example: “Florida has lost more than 30 home insurance companies in recent years. Most recently, AAA, Farmers and Progressive made headlines for rolling back coverage availability in Florida. As of May 2024, there are 11 Florida home insurance companies in liquidation.” (“Home Insurance ‘Crisis’: First Florida, Now California — is my State Next?” Bankrate, Sept. 16, 2024)

“Florida and California may receive the most press for their home insurance problems, but the future of home insurance in other states also looks grim. Across the country, home insurance rates are on the rise,” Ibid.

And, even worse yet: “Map Shows 9 States Where Homeowners Are Losing Their Insurance,” Newsweek, March 1, 2024. In all cases of insurance crises, climate change is the villain.

The disinformed who believe climate change a hoax or no big deal should do a reality check with a casual search on Google using only six words: “homeownership and climate change insurance crisis.” They’ll spend hours and hours, likely days, reading articles about climate change ruining the property insurance industry while undermining homeownership. Then, maybe pass along findings to representatives in Congress and asked them what to do about it. Several articles already show Congress informed of climate change endangering homeownership insurance, for example: (“New Data Reveal Climate Change-Driven Insurance Crisis is Spreading,” Senate Committee on the Budget)

When conservatively managed property/casualty insurance companies complain about the damage caused by excessive global heat uprooting ecosystems that support life and structure for homeownership, you know for certain climate change is not regular ole climate change of the ages; it’s something much worse, and most certainly, it’s not a hoax! Ask y0ur insurance agent for confirmation of this obvious fact.

In fact, more to the point: Risk of extinction of the entire fabric of the capitalist system goes to the heart of a recent article written by Gunther Thallinger, Member of the Board of Management of Allianz Group (est. 1889, Munich) the world’s largest insurance company: “Climate, Risk, Insurance: The Future of Capitalism,” March 25, 2025.

Solution: It’s all about burning fossil fuels. Figure it out!

The post Nightmare of Nightmares: New (Big) CO2 Emissions first appeared on Dissident Voice.


This content originally appeared on Dissident Voice and was authored by Robert Hunziker.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2025/06/07/nightmare-of-nightmares-new-big-co2-emissions-2/feed/ 0 537182
Nightmare of Nightmares: New (Big) CO2 Emissions https://www.radiofree.org/2025/06/07/nightmare-of-nightmares-new-big-co2-emissions-3/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/06/07/nightmare-of-nightmares-new-big-co2-emissions-3/#respond Sat, 07 Jun 2025 13:45:02 +0000 https://dissidentvoice.org/?p=158855 Global warming just got a brand-new source for trapping heat as Arctic tundra turns up the dial on CO2 emissions. It’s now in the ranks of cars, trains, and planes as an official emitter of carbon dioxide, CO2. But it distinguishes itself in one critical way. There’s no “on/off” switch. Once turned on, it’ll self-reinforce […]

The post Nightmare of Nightmares: New (Big) CO2 Emissions first appeared on Dissident Voice.]]>
Global warming just got a brand-new source for trapping heat as Arctic tundra turns up the dial on CO2 emissions. It’s now in the ranks of cars, trains, and planes as an official emitter of carbon dioxide, CO2. But it distinguishes itself in one critical way. There’s no “on/off” switch. Once turned on, it’ll self-reinforce continued growth, meaning ever-increasing levels of CO2 emissions year-over-year.

The National Oceanic & Atmospheric Administration, NOAA, made the official announcement only recently: “2024 Arctic Report Card: The Arctic Tundra is Now a Net Source of Carbon Dioxide.” climate.gov .

Arctic tundra covers a significant portion of the Northern Hemisphere, accounting for approximately 20% of the Earth’s surface, and nearly 25% of the land surface in the Northern Hemisphere. Obviously, this has big impact on global CO2 emissions and the many dangers attendant to rising global temperatures, e.g. BBC News May 31, 2025: “The village of Blatten has stood for centuries, then in seconds it was gone.”

It doesn’t take a brain surgeon to figure this one out, i.e., it means the planet is going to get a lot hotter a lot sooner as vital ecosystems wilt/melt/thaw and disintegrate. Already, one of Arctic tundra’s distant cousins, the Amazon rainforest, joined the CO2 Net-Emissions Club a couple of years ago. The magnificent rainforest is net-emitting CO2 in portions of the forest in harmony with cars, planes and trains. For example, The Economist recognized his unsettling event 3 years ago: “The Brazilian Amazon Has Been a Net Carbon Emitter Since 2016,” The Economist, May 21, 2022.

As for the rainforest, there are several contributing factors to CO2 emissions, for example:  Conversion of rainforest to agriculture has caused a 17 percent decrease in forest extent in the Amazon, which stretches over an area almost as large as the continental U.S.  Replacing dense, humid forest canopies with drier pastures and cropland has increased local temperatures and decreased evaporation of water from the rainforest, which deprives downwind locations of rainfall. (NOAA)

Now, the planet’s two largest warehouses, serving as carbon sinks for millions of years, over 10 million years for the Amazon, have opened business with the Anthropocene (era of human domination). Although, in all fairness, the Anthropocene doesn’t really need help in heating up the planet. It’s doing a spectacular job on its own. “Earth Shattered Heat Records in 2023 and 2024; Is Global Warming Speeding Up?” Nature, January 6, 2025.

In the case of Arctic tundra, NOAA says: “The land areas of the Arctic have been a carbon sink for thousands of years, meaning there has been a net removal of carbon dioxide from the atmosphere by plants, with long-term storage in the soil and permafrost. However, increasing surface air temperatures are causing permafrost to warm and thaw, allowing stored carbon dioxide and methane to be released into the atmosphere. Wildfires and other disturbances are adding pulse releases of carbon dioxide and methane. These changes together have shifted the Arctic tundra from a net carbon sink into a source.” (2024 Arctic Report Card).

A New Regime – Insurance/Homeowners Replace Dinosaurs

The Anthropocene has pushed the Arctic into a new, dangerous regime. Studies over the decades show that it has dramatically changed from even a decade or two ago. All of this is spearheaded by its new role as a net emitter of carbon dioxide CO2 and methane CH4. Arctic tundra stores 1,600 billion metric tons of organic carbon, mostly in permafrost. This is double the amount currently in the planet’s atmosphere, which is already causing the planet to heat up. The Amazon rainforest holds another 124 billion tons of carbon. This tandem, by increasing carbon emissions above and beyond cars, trains and planes, and industry, is likely zeroing out all of the saved CO2 via electric vehicles, and then some.

The new regime has the earmarks of a big troublemaker. It’s reminiscent of that last big encounter with climate change 65 million years ago when the villain was an asteroid, the victim, dinosaurs. Poof! Gone after 165 million years living on Earth.

Today’s version has fossil fuel playing the role of the asteroid and the property/casualty insurance industry with homeowners the victims. This sorrowful arrangement is likely how things stretch out over time because world leadership has never taken climate change seriously enough to head it off at the pass. As such, as global temperatures increase, over time, more people are displaced by repetitive high tide flooding, unlivable regions of recurring temperatures too high for survival, desertification, loss of glacial potable water, major rivers seasonally drying up, etc. It’s a long list.

For example: “Will Flooding Force Seattle’s South Park Residents to Leave?” Seattle Times, June 1, 2025: “Sea-level rise, which globally is linked to fossil fuel emissions, is expected to worsen all types of flooding in South Park and climate change is expected to make storms — and storm surges — worse. The average high tide in Elliott Bay has already risen about 10 inches since 1899, according to data from the National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration,” Ibid.

The property/casualty insurance industry is already de facto declaring some regions uninsurable and/or so costly as to cause people flight. For Example: “Florida has lost more than 30 home insurance companies in recent years. Most recently, AAA, Farmers and Progressive made headlines for rolling back coverage availability in Florida. As of May 2024, there are 11 Florida home insurance companies in liquidation.” (“Home Insurance ‘Crisis’: First Florida, Now California — is my State Next?” Bankrate, Sept. 16, 2024)

“Florida and California may receive the most press for their home insurance problems, but the future of home insurance in other states also looks grim. Across the country, home insurance rates are on the rise,” Ibid.

And, even worse yet: “Map Shows 9 States Where Homeowners Are Losing Their Insurance,” Newsweek, March 1, 2024. In all cases of insurance crises, climate change is the villain.

The disinformed who believe climate change a hoax or no big deal should do a reality check with a casual search on Google using only six words: “homeownership and climate change insurance crisis.” They’ll spend hours and hours, likely days, reading articles about climate change ruining the property insurance industry while undermining homeownership. Then, maybe pass along findings to representatives in Congress and asked them what to do about it. Several articles already show Congress informed of climate change endangering homeownership insurance, for example: (“New Data Reveal Climate Change-Driven Insurance Crisis is Spreading,” Senate Committee on the Budget)

When conservatively managed property/casualty insurance companies complain about the damage caused by excessive global heat uprooting ecosystems that support life and structure for homeownership, you know for certain climate change is not regular ole climate change of the ages; it’s something much worse, and most certainly, it’s not a hoax! Ask y0ur insurance agent for confirmation of this obvious fact.

In fact, more to the point: Risk of extinction of the entire fabric of the capitalist system goes to the heart of a recent article written by Gunther Thallinger, Member of the Board of Management of Allianz Group (est. 1889, Munich) the world’s largest insurance company: “Climate, Risk, Insurance: The Future of Capitalism,” March 25, 2025.

Solution: It’s all about burning fossil fuels. Figure it out!

The post Nightmare of Nightmares: New (Big) CO2 Emissions first appeared on Dissident Voice.


This content originally appeared on Dissident Voice and was authored by Robert Hunziker.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2025/06/07/nightmare-of-nightmares-new-big-co2-emissions-3/feed/ 0 537183
New study shows huge groundwater losses along Colorado River https://grist.org/science/new-study-shows-huge-groundwater-losses-along-colorado-river/ https://grist.org/science/new-study-shows-huge-groundwater-losses-along-colorado-river/#respond Sat, 07 Jun 2025 13:00:00 +0000 https://grist.org/?p=667768 The Colorado River basin has lost huge volumes of groundwater over the past two decades according to a new report from researchers at Arizona State University. Researchers used data from NASA satellites to map the rapidly depleting resource.

The region, which includes seven western states, has lost 27.8 million acre-feet of groundwater since 2003. That’s roughly the volume of Lake Mead, the nation’s largest reservoir.

The findings add a layer of complication for the already-stressed Colorado River. As demand for its water outpaces supply, more users may be turning to groundwater instead, which is often less regulated than water from aboveground rivers and streams.

The majority of water conservation work throughout the Colorado River basin has been focused on cutbacks to surface water use. Some river experts say the focus should be broader.

Brian Richter analyzes water policy and science as president of Sustainable Waters. He was not an author of the study but says its findings show the need for a “holistic perspective” on water management from the region’s leaders.

“It suggests that we have to become more aggressive and more urgent in our reduction of our overall consumption of water,” he said. 

The study found that groundwater losses in the Colorado River basin were 2.4 times greater than the amount of water lost from the surfaces of Lake Powell, Lake Mead, and a number of other smaller reservoirs that store Colorado River water. The study highlights agriculture’s outsized water use in the Colorado River basin and said that industry could suffer some of the greatest consequences if the region keeps sapping limited water supplies.

Most of the losses happened in the river’s Lower Basin states of Arizona, California, and Nevada. The study says Arizona’s “Active Management Areas,” which the state set up to regulate groundwater withdrawal, may have helped slow depletion.

Kathleen Ferris, an architect of Arizona’s groundwater laws, said much more work is needed to protect groundwater.

“We are not on track,” said Ferris, who was not involved in the study. “We are way behind the eight ball, and I’m really sad that nothing seems to get done. We should have been thinking about this issue 25 years ago.”

Ferris is now a senior research fellow at Arizona State University’s Kyl Center for Water Policy.

As experts call for more robust groundwater management policies, Richter said this study presents a small silver lining: Scientists are producing better data than ever before, giving policymakers a better sense of the region’s water problems.

“From a public policy standpoint, this is bad news,” he said. “This tells us that it’s worse than we thought, because now we understand what’s going on underground as well. From a science perspective, this kind of study is good news, because it says that we are now much more capable of accurately describing a water problem like what we’re experiencing in the Colorado River system.”

This story is part of ongoing coverage of water in the West, produced by KUNC in Colorado and supported by the Walton Family Foundation. KUNC is solely responsible for its editorial coverage.

This story was originally published by Grist with the headline New study shows huge groundwater losses along Colorado River on Jun 7, 2025.


This content originally appeared on Grist and was authored by Alex Hager, KUNC.

]]>
https://grist.org/science/new-study-shows-huge-groundwater-losses-along-colorado-river/feed/ 0 537189
Joshua Wong – imprisoned Hong Kong democracy activist – faces new charge | Radio Free Asia (RFA) https://www.radiofree.org/2025/06/06/joshua-wong-imprisoned-hong-kong-democracy-activist-faces-new-charge-radio-free-asia-rfa/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/06/06/joshua-wong-imprisoned-hong-kong-democracy-activist-faces-new-charge-radio-free-asia-rfa/#respond Fri, 06 Jun 2025 18:43:05 +0000 http://www.radiofree.org/?guid=d2a776021579b43a1748641cebc44150
This content originally appeared on Radio Free Asia and was authored by Radio Free Asia.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2025/06/06/joshua-wong-imprisoned-hong-kong-democracy-activist-faces-new-charge-radio-free-asia-rfa/feed/ 0 537062
Imprisoned Hong Kong activist Joshua Wong faces new ‘foreign collusion’ charge https://rfa.org/english/china/2025/06/06/china-hong-kong-joshua-wong/ https://rfa.org/english/china/2025/06/06/china-hong-kong-joshua-wong/#respond Fri, 06 Jun 2025 15:17:45 +0000 https://rfa.org/english/china/2025/06/06/china-hong-kong-joshua-wong/ Read about this topic in Cantonese.

One of Hong Kong’s most prominent pro-democracy activists, Joshua Wong, was transported from prison to court Friday and charged with colluding with foreign forces, which carries a maximum penalty of life imprisonment.

Wong, 28, is already serving a four-year-and-eight-month sentence for subversion. He is currently due for release about one-and-a-half years from now. If found guilty on the new charge it could prolong his imprisonment.

Wong is one of the most internationally recognizable faces of the now-quashed democracy movement in the city. He was among 45 Hong Kong opposition politicians and pro-democracy activists who were convicted with “conspiracy to commit subversion” under the city’s 2020 National Security Law for taking part in a democratic primary in the summer of 2020.

Wong appeared at West Kowloon Magistrates’ Courts on Friday afternoon wearing a navy blue shirt. He appeared in good spirits. After the court clerk read out the charge, Wong responded, “Understood,” and waved and nodded to supporters as he left. The entire hearing lasted about three minutes.

He was charged with one count of “conspiring to collude with foreign or external forces to endanger national security.” He was specifically accused of conspiring with exiled activist Nathan Law and others in 2020.

The case was adjourned until Aug. 8 to allow for further investigation, and Wong did not apply for bail and will remain in custody. He was not required to enter a plea.

In this March 4, 2021, photo, Hong Kong activist Joshua Wong is escorted by Correctional Services officers to a prison van in Hong Kong.
In this March 4, 2021, photo, Hong Kong activist Joshua Wong is escorted by Correctional Services officers to a prison van in Hong Kong.
(Kin Cheung/AP)

Dozens of uniformed officers were stationed outside the courthouse. Police set up barricades and vehicle-stoppers at nearby intersections, and police dogs were deployed for searches.

Sarah Brooks, China director at Amnesty International, said: “This new charge underscores the authorities’ fear of prominent dissenters and their willingness to do whatever it takes to keep them locked up for as long as possible.”

The nongovernment Hong Kong Human Rights Information Centre condemned what it called strategic abuse of the National Security Law to launch politically motivated prosecutions of pro-democracy leaders.

The group said the timing of the new charge—nearly five years after the alleged events—as clearly designed to avoid any overlap in sentencing, thereby maximizing Wong’s time in prison.

Wong rose to prominence during student-led protests more than a decade ago. He also joined massive democracy rallies in 2019 that triggered the imposition of the national security law.

China maintains the law is required to maintain order. It has cracked down on political dissent and squelched a once vibrant civil society in the territory.

Edited by Mat Pennington.


This content originally appeared on Radio Free Asia and was authored by RFA Cantonese.

]]>
https://rfa.org/english/china/2025/06/06/china-hong-kong-joshua-wong/feed/ 0 537021
"They Targeted Me”: Mayor Ras Baraka on His Arrest, Immigration Rights & Leading New Jersey https://www.radiofree.org/2025/06/06/they-targeted-me-mayor-ras-baraka-on-his-arrest-immigration-rights-leading-new-jersey/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/06/06/they-targeted-me-mayor-ras-baraka-on-his-arrest-immigration-rights-leading-new-jersey/#respond Fri, 06 Jun 2025 14:19:08 +0000 http://www.radiofree.org/?guid=f886ec71c9d641808b7544464666c8dc
This content originally appeared on Laura Flanders & Friends and was authored by Laura Flanders & Friends.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2025/06/06/they-targeted-me-mayor-ras-baraka-on-his-arrest-immigration-rights-leading-new-jersey/feed/ 0 537052
“For Venida, For Kalief”: Kalief Browder’s Late Mother’s Poetry Drives New Film on Impact of Solitary https://www.radiofree.org/2025/06/06/for-venida-for-kalief-kalief-browders-late-mothers-poetry-drives-new-film-on-impact-of-solitary/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/06/06/for-venida-for-kalief-kalief-browders-late-mothers-poetry-drives-new-film-on-impact-of-solitary/#respond Fri, 06 Jun 2025 12:00:00 +0000 http://www.radiofree.org/?guid=e813d4ef7ec9fb8270e9d0e212b57f64
This content originally appeared on Democracy Now! Audio and was authored by Democracy Now!.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2025/06/06/for-venida-for-kalief-kalief-browders-late-mothers-poetry-drives-new-film-on-impact-of-solitary/feed/ 0 537060
Zen And The Art Of New York Times Headline Writing https://www.radiofree.org/2025/06/05/zen-and-the-art-of-new-york-times-headline-writing/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/06/05/zen-and-the-art-of-new-york-times-headline-writing/#respond Thu, 05 Jun 2025 21:31:24 +0000 https://dissidentvoice.org/?p=158840 The New York Times has just published one of the most insane headlines I have ever seen it publish, which is really saying something. “Gaza’s Deadly Aid Deliveries,” the title blares. If you were among the majority of people who only skim the headline without reading the rest of the article, you would have no idea that […]

The post Zen And The Art Of New York Times Headline Writing first appeared on Dissident Voice.]]>
The New York Times has just published one of the most insane headlines I have ever seen it publish, which is really saying something.

Gaza’s Deadly Aid Deliveries,” the title blares.

If you were among the majority of people who only skim the headline without reading the rest of the article, you would have no idea that Israel has spent the last few days massacring starving civilians at aid sites and lying about it. You would also have no idea that it is Israel who’s been starving them in the first place.

https://x.com/AssalRad/status/1930322086767276353

The headline is written in such a passive, amorphous way that it sounds like the aid deliveries themselves are deadly. Like the bags of flour are picking up assault rifles and firing on desperate Palestinians queuing for food or something.

The sub-headline is no better: “Israel’s troops have repeatedly shot near food distribution sites.”

Oh? They’ve shot “near” food distribution sites, have they? Could their discharging their weapons in close proximity to the aid sites possibly have something to do with the aforementioned deadliness of the aid deliveries? Are we the readers supposed to connect these two pieces of information for ourselves, or are we meant to view them as two separate data points which may or may not have anything to do with one another?

The article itself makes it clear that Israel has admitted that IDF troops fired their weapons “near” people waiting for aid after they failed to respond to “warning shots”, so you don’t have to be Sherlock Holmes to figure out what happened here. But in mainstream publications, the headlines are written by editors, not by the journalists who write the articles. So, they get to frame the story in whatever way suits their propaganda agenda for the majority who never read past the headline.

https://x.com/AssalRad/status/1925342359912685809

We saw another amazingly manipulative New York Times headline last month, “Israeli Soldiers Fire in Air to Disperse Western Diplomats in West Bank,” about the IDF firing “warning shots” at a delegation of foreign officials attempting to visit Jenin.

This was a story that provoked outcry and condemnation throughout the Western world, but look at the lengths the New York Times editor went to in order to frame the IDF’s actions in the most innocent way possible. They were firing into the air. They were firing “to disperse western diplomats”—like that’s a thing. Like diplomats are crows on a cornfield or something. Oh yeah, ya know ya get too many diplomats flockin’ around and ya gotta fire a few rounds to disperse ’em. Just normal stuff.

It’s amazing how creative these freaks get when they need to exonerate Israel and its Western allies of their crimes publicly. The IDF commits a war crime, and suddenly these stuffy mass media editors who’ve never created any art in their lives transform into poets, bending and twisting the English language to come up with lines that read more like Zen koans than reporting on an important news event.

It’s impossible to have too much disdain for these people.

The post Zen And The Art Of New York Times Headline Writing first appeared on Dissident Voice.


This content originally appeared on Dissident Voice and was authored by Caitlin Johnstone.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2025/06/05/zen-and-the-art-of-new-york-times-headline-writing/feed/ 0 536860
Zen And The Art Of New York Times Headline Writing https://www.radiofree.org/2025/06/05/zen-and-the-art-of-new-york-times-headline-writing-2/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/06/05/zen-and-the-art-of-new-york-times-headline-writing-2/#respond Thu, 05 Jun 2025 21:31:24 +0000 https://dissidentvoice.org/?p=158840 The New York Times has just published one of the most insane headlines I have ever seen it publish, which is really saying something. “Gaza’s Deadly Aid Deliveries,” the title blares. If you were among the majority of people who only skim the headline without reading the rest of the article, you would have no idea that […]

The post Zen And The Art Of New York Times Headline Writing first appeared on Dissident Voice.]]>
The New York Times has just published one of the most insane headlines I have ever seen it publish, which is really saying something.

Gaza’s Deadly Aid Deliveries,” the title blares.

If you were among the majority of people who only skim the headline without reading the rest of the article, you would have no idea that Israel has spent the last few days massacring starving civilians at aid sites and lying about it. You would also have no idea that it is Israel who’s been starving them in the first place.

https://x.com/AssalRad/status/1930322086767276353

The headline is written in such a passive, amorphous way that it sounds like the aid deliveries themselves are deadly. Like the bags of flour are picking up assault rifles and firing on desperate Palestinians queuing for food or something.

The sub-headline is no better: “Israel’s troops have repeatedly shot near food distribution sites.”

Oh? They’ve shot “near” food distribution sites, have they? Could their discharging their weapons in close proximity to the aid sites possibly have something to do with the aforementioned deadliness of the aid deliveries? Are we the readers supposed to connect these two pieces of information for ourselves, or are we meant to view them as two separate data points which may or may not have anything to do with one another?

The article itself makes it clear that Israel has admitted that IDF troops fired their weapons “near” people waiting for aid after they failed to respond to “warning shots”, so you don’t have to be Sherlock Holmes to figure out what happened here. But in mainstream publications, the headlines are written by editors, not by the journalists who write the articles. So, they get to frame the story in whatever way suits their propaganda agenda for the majority who never read past the headline.

https://x.com/AssalRad/status/1925342359912685809

We saw another amazingly manipulative New York Times headline last month, “Israeli Soldiers Fire in Air to Disperse Western Diplomats in West Bank,” about the IDF firing “warning shots” at a delegation of foreign officials attempting to visit Jenin.

This was a story that provoked outcry and condemnation throughout the Western world, but look at the lengths the New York Times editor went to in order to frame the IDF’s actions in the most innocent way possible. They were firing into the air. They were firing “to disperse western diplomats”—like that’s a thing. Like diplomats are crows on a cornfield or something. Oh yeah, ya know ya get too many diplomats flockin’ around and ya gotta fire a few rounds to disperse ’em. Just normal stuff.

It’s amazing how creative these freaks get when they need to exonerate Israel and its Western allies of their crimes publicly. The IDF commits a war crime, and suddenly these stuffy mass media editors who’ve never created any art in their lives transform into poets, bending and twisting the English language to come up with lines that read more like Zen koans than reporting on an important news event.

It’s impossible to have too much disdain for these people.

The post Zen And The Art Of New York Times Headline Writing first appeared on Dissident Voice.


This content originally appeared on Dissident Voice and was authored by Caitlin Johnstone.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2025/06/05/zen-and-the-art-of-new-york-times-headline-writing-2/feed/ 0 536861
Will Trump’s new travel ban hold up in court? https://www.radiofree.org/2025/06/05/will-trumps-new-travel-ban-hold-up-in-court/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/06/05/will-trumps-new-travel-ban-hold-up-in-court/#respond Thu, 05 Jun 2025 21:30:06 +0000 http://www.radiofree.org/?guid=b1067a41a5ba51a0dd1e99eec1c950c7
This content originally appeared on Democracy Now! and was authored by Democracy Now!.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2025/06/05/will-trumps-new-travel-ban-hold-up-in-court/feed/ 0 536878
North Koreans have mixed reactions to South Korea’s new pro-engagement president https://rfa.org/english/korea/2025/06/05/north-korea-election-reaction-lee-jae-myung/ https://rfa.org/english/korea/2025/06/05/north-korea-election-reaction-lee-jae-myung/#respond Thu, 05 Jun 2025 18:15:07 +0000 https://rfa.org/english/korea/2025/06/05/north-korea-election-reaction-lee-jae-myung/ Read about this topic in Korean.

As South Korean President Lee Jae-myung begins his term pledging dialogue and economic cooperation with Pyongyang, North Koreans—both at home and abroad—are reacting with a mix of hope, indifference, and deep-rooted skepticism.

According to sources inside North Korea, the outcome of South Korea’s 21st presidential election quickly spread among the population after Lee’s victory on Tuesday. North Korean authorities confirmed Lee’s win via state media the following day, offering only a brief, commentary-free report.

In interviews with RFA’s Korean Service, several North Korean citizens expressed disillusionment with past inter-Korean outreach efforts and remained doubtful that new leadership in Seoul would lead to any material change in their daily lives.

“People remember that former South Korean presidents like Kim Dae-jung and Moon Jae-in were friendly toward the North,” said a resident of North Hamgyong Province who requested anonymity for safety reasons. “But their policies did nothing to improve the living standards of ordinary North Koreans. So there’s a lot of cynicism now.”

The source added that while Lee’s stated interest in inter-Korean dialogue had generated some initial attention, many in the North believe that hostility between the two governments—still technically at war—will limit any real progress.

Another source in North Pyongan Province echoed the sentiment. “No matter who becomes the president in the South, it’s always the same,” the resident said. “They talk about peace and unification, but nothing ever really changes for us.”

North Korean traders are upbeat

Some officials within North Korea’s foreign trade sector, however, appeared more optimistic.

In Dalian and Shenyang, two Chinese cities where many North Korean business officials are based, news of Lee’s election was met with guarded hope. One trade official in Dalian told RFA that he had been closely following South Korean media coverage throughout the election and was “glad” to see Lee, a Democratic Party candidate, win.

“Some of us gathered this morning at the logistics center in Dandong,” he said. “People were saying Lee’s victory could be a good sign for inter-Korean economic cooperation.”

Restaurant operators and businesspeople in China, many of whom rely on South Korean clientele, also welcomed the news. “When inter-Korean tensions rise, we see a steep drop in South Korean customers,” said a North Korean restaurant owner in Shenyang. “So a president like Lee, who might revive cross-border ties, gives us hope for better business.”

Due to government measures, North Korean restaurants abroad have not accepted South Korean customers since 2023. However, during periods of improved inter-Korean relations, South Koreans have been allowed to visit and have been a major source of income for these establishments.

North treats South as ‘hostile separate state’

Observers note that Lee’s predecessor, Yoon Suk Yeol, took a hardline stance on North Korea, which contributed to a prolonged freeze in inter-Korean exchanges. Lee, by contrast, emphasized diplomacy and engagement in his inaugural address.

“While we will firmly respond to provocations, we will keep communication channels open with the North,” Lee said during his swearing-in ceremony at the National Assembly on Wednesday. “Through dialogue and cooperation, we aim to build peace on the Korean Peninsula.”

Despite these words, some North Koreans remain unconvinced. “Unless inter-Korean relations lead to tangible benefits for people’s lives, there will be little enthusiasm here,” said the source in North Hamgyong Province. “Right now, most people don’t see much to be hopeful about.”

In contrast to past elections, North Korea hasn’t commented much on this campaign and the outcome.

In previous elections, particularly those resulting in conservative victories, North Korea media greeted the result with hostile commentary. This time, they simply reported Lee’s win without ideological framing or criticism.

Analysts say this restraint aligns with Pyongyang’s current doctrine of treating South Korea as a “hostile separate state,” a stance solidified since late 2023.

Former U.S. diplomat Evans Revere told RFA this reflects a formal shift in policy by the People’s Democratic Republic of Korea, or DPRK, as the North is formally known.

“It is now officially the policy of the DPRK leadership and ruling party not only to cut off all communication with the South but also to abandon the very idea of reunification and reconciliation,” Revere said.

“There are now no ties, no contacts, no communications—virtually nothing in common between the two sides,” he said.

Video: Will South Korea’s new president restart dialogue with North Korea?

Victor Cha, a former White House official and Korea Chair at the Center for Strategic and International Studies think tank in Washington, noted that Lee’s administration is still rooted in the progressive belief that inter-Korean engagement and reconciliation are essential.

“I think he will continue to make that point and press forward with it,” Cha said at a CSIS event, but he was skeptical it would work, adding: “The North Koreans do not appear to be interested in engaging.”

Translation and additional reporting by Jaewoo Park. Edited by Sungwon Yang


This content originally appeared on Radio Free Asia and was authored by Jieun Kim and Hyemin Son for RFA Korean.

]]>
https://rfa.org/english/korea/2025/06/05/north-korea-election-reaction-lee-jae-myung/feed/ 0 536830
"We Need Louder Voices": Why Newark, New Jersey Mayor Ras Baraka is Running for Governor https://www.radiofree.org/2025/06/05/we-need-louder-voices-why-newark-new-jersey-mayor-ras-baraka-is-running-for-governor/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/06/05/we-need-louder-voices-why-newark-new-jersey-mayor-ras-baraka-is-running-for-governor/#respond Thu, 05 Jun 2025 18:00:37 +0000 http://www.radiofree.org/?guid=274e1100c7b8ebdca181d1d256e561cb
This content originally appeared on Laura Flanders & Friends and was authored by Laura Flanders & Friends.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2025/06/05/we-need-louder-voices-why-newark-new-jersey-mayor-ras-baraka-is-running-for-governor/feed/ 0 536827
New report reveals OpenAI’s impact on the environment https://www.radiofree.org/2025/06/04/new-report-reveals-openais-impact-on-the-environment/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/06/04/new-report-reveals-openais-impact-on-the-environment/#respond Wed, 04 Jun 2025 22:00:12 +0000 http://www.radiofree.org/?guid=5a46693743bfcf24d4f2fa7eed52811b
This content originally appeared on Democracy Now! and was authored by Democracy Now!.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2025/06/04/new-report-reveals-openais-impact-on-the-environment/feed/ 0 536635
New Video Shows Details Of Ukraine’s ‘Spiderweb’ Drone Attack On Russian Bases https://www.radiofree.org/2025/06/04/new-video-shows-details-of-ukraines-spiderweb-drone-attack-on-russian-bases/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/06/04/new-video-shows-details-of-ukraines-spiderweb-drone-attack-on-russian-bases/#respond Wed, 04 Jun 2025 16:26:19 +0000 http://www.radiofree.org/?guid=3af293b1379e2db309549cea4160b2ff
This content originally appeared on Radio Free Europe/Radio Liberty and was authored by Radio Free Europe/Radio Liberty.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2025/06/04/new-video-shows-details-of-ukraines-spiderweb-drone-attack-on-russian-bases/feed/ 0 536581
"Empire of AI": Karen Hao on How AI Is Threatening Democracy & Creating a New Colonial World https://www.radiofree.org/2025/06/04/empire-of-ai-karen-hao-on-how-ai-is-threatening-democracy-creating-a-new-colonial-world-2/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/06/04/empire-of-ai-karen-hao-on-how-ai-is-threatening-democracy-creating-a-new-colonial-world-2/#respond Wed, 04 Jun 2025 15:15:44 +0000 http://www.radiofree.org/?guid=46d51d9effb6eeac3e80a7076d99e55b
This content originally appeared on Democracy Now! and was authored by Democracy Now!.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2025/06/04/empire-of-ai-karen-hao-on-how-ai-is-threatening-democracy-creating-a-new-colonial-world-2/feed/ 0 536568
“Empire of AI”: Karen Hao on How AI Is Threatening Democracy & Creating a New Colonial World https://www.radiofree.org/2025/06/04/empire-of-ai-karen-hao-on-how-ai-is-threatening-democracy-creating-a-new-colonial-world/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/06/04/empire-of-ai-karen-hao-on-how-ai-is-threatening-democracy-creating-a-new-colonial-world/#respond Wed, 04 Jun 2025 12:41:54 +0000 http://www.radiofree.org/?guid=ede1880a773720e515f827937f83db70 Seg karen book

The new book Empire of AI by longtime technology reporter Karen Hao unveils the accruing political and economic power of AI companies — especially Sam Altman’s OpenAI. Her reporting uncovered the exploitation of workers in Kenya, attempts to take massive amounts of freshwater from communities in Chile, along with numerous accounts of the technology’s detrimental impact on the environment. “This is an extraordinary type of AI development that is causing a lot of social, labor and environmental harms,” says Hao.


This content originally appeared on Democracy Now! and was authored by Democracy Now!.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2025/06/04/empire-of-ai-karen-hao-on-how-ai-is-threatening-democracy-creating-a-new-colonial-world/feed/ 0 536549
Will South Korea’s new president restart dialogue with North Korea? https://rfa.org/english/korea/2025/06/04/south-north-korea-lee-jae-myung-kim-jong-un-talks/ https://rfa.org/english/korea/2025/06/04/south-north-korea-lee-jae-myung-kim-jong-un-talks/#respond Wed, 04 Jun 2025 05:50:08 +0000 https://rfa.org/english/korea/2025/06/04/south-north-korea-lee-jae-myung-kim-jong-un-talks/ South Korea has elected a new president - liberal opposition candidate Lee Jae-myung - which represents a change in political direction for the country after the ouster of his conservative predecessor.

Video: Will South Korea’s new president restart dialogue with North Korea?

Tuesday’s national election follows months of turmoil after Yoon Suk Yeol was impeached for briefly imposing martial law in a move that sent shockwaves through its democracy.

Lee won by a comfortable margin over his main conservative rival, Kim Moon Soo, raising questions about relations with South Korea’s key ally, the United States, and its main adversary North Korea.

Lee has repeatedly stressed Washington as the foundation of Seoul’s foreign policy, as Yoon did, but he’s expected to take a softer approach toward Pyongyang.

South Korea's new President Lee Jae-myung, and his wife Kim Hye-kyung, greet people after attending the Presidential Inauguration at the National Assembly in Seoul, June 4, 2025.
South Korea's new President Lee Jae-myung, and his wife Kim Hye-kyung, greet people after attending the Presidential Inauguration at the National Assembly in Seoul, June 4, 2025.
(Lee Jin-man/Pool via Reuters)

During the campaign, Lee promised active engagement with North Korea, unlike Yoon, but the big question is whether North Korea is interested in resuming dialogue.

RFA Korean’s Jaewoo Park looks at whether it’s possible for South Korea to revive the spirit of 2018, when there was a high level of engagement between North and South and U.S. President Donald Trump held historic summits with North Korean leader Kim Jong Un.

The high-level diplomacy ultimately failed to prevent the North advancing its nuclear weapons program. Pyongyang has since hatched closer ties with Moscow and sent troops and weapons to assist Russia’s war against Ukraine.


This content originally appeared on Radio Free Asia and was authored by Jaewoo Park for RFA Korean.

]]>
https://rfa.org/english/korea/2025/06/04/south-north-korea-lee-jae-myung-kim-jong-un-talks/feed/ 0 536482
Former Congress staffer allowed to return to Kanaky New Caledonia https://www.radiofree.org/2025/06/04/former-congress-staffer-allowed-to-return-to-kanaky-new-caledonia/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/06/04/former-congress-staffer-allowed-to-return-to-kanaky-new-caledonia/#respond Wed, 04 Jun 2025 01:14:38 +0000 https://asiapacificreport.nz/?p=115623 By Patrick Decloitre, RNZ Pacific correspondent French Pacific desk

One of seven people transferred to mainland France almost a year ago, following the May 2024 riots in New Caledonia, has been allowed to return home, a French court has ruled.

Frédérique Muliava, a former Congress staffer, was part of a group of six who were charged in relation to the riots.

Under her new judicial requirements, set out by the judge in charge of the case, Muliava, once she returns to New Caledonia, is allowed to return to work, but must not make any contact with other individuals related to her case and not take part in any public demonstration.

Four days after their arrest in Nouméa in June 2024, Muliava and six others were transferred to mainland France aboard a chartered plane.

They were charged with criminal-related offences (including being a party or being accomplice to murder attempts and thefts involving the use of weapons) and have since been remanded in several prisons across France pending their trial.

In January 2025, the whole case was removed from the jurisdiction of New Caledonia-based judges and has since been transferred back to investigating judges in mainland France.

This article is republished under a community partnership agreement with RNZ.


This content originally appeared on Asia Pacific Report and was authored by APR editor.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2025/06/04/former-congress-staffer-allowed-to-return-to-kanaky-new-caledonia/feed/ 0 536450
Newark, New Jersey Mayor Ras Baraka Won’t Back Down https://www.radiofree.org/2025/06/03/newark-new-jersey-mayor-ras-baraka-wont-back-down/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/06/03/newark-new-jersey-mayor-ras-baraka-wont-back-down/#respond Tue, 03 Jun 2025 18:05:09 +0000 http://www.radiofree.org/?guid=9f2ba0bd0995f2896f923f92615704f7
This content originally appeared on Laura Flanders & Friends and was authored by Laura Flanders & Friends.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2025/06/03/newark-new-jersey-mayor-ras-baraka-wont-back-down/feed/ 0 536385
Uber’s new shuttles look suspiciously familiar to anyone who’s taken a bus https://grist.org/transportation/uber-shared-route-buses/ https://grist.org/transportation/uber-shared-route-buses/#respond Tue, 03 Jun 2025 08:45:00 +0000 https://grist.org/?p=667591 Every few years, a Silicon Valley gig-economy company announces a “disruptive” innovation that looks a whole lot like a bus. Uber rolled out Smart Routes a decade ago, followed a short time later by the Lyft Shuttle of its biggest competitor. Even Elon Musk gave it a try in 2018 with the “urban loop system” that never quite materialized beyond the Vegas Strip. And does anyone remember Chariot? 

Now it’s Uber’s turn again. The ride-hailing company recently announced Route Share, in which shuttles will travel dozens of fixed routes, with fixed stops, picking up passengers and dropping them off at fixed times. Amid the inevitable jokes about Silicon Valley once again discovering buses are serious questions about what this will mean for struggling transit systems, air quality, and congestion. 

Uber promised the program, which rolled out in seven cities at the end of May, will bring “more affordable, more predictable” transportation during peak commuting hours. 

“Many of our users, they live in generally the same area, they work in generally the same area, and they commute at the same time,” Sachin Kansal, the company’s chief product officer, said during the company’s May 14 announcement. “The concept of Route Share is not new,” he admitted — though he never used the word “bus.” Instead, pictures of horse-drawn buggies, rickshaws, and pedicabs appeared onscreen. 

CEO Dara Khosrowshahi was a bit more forthcoming when he told The Verge the whole thing is “to some extent inspired by the bus.” The goal, he said, “is just to reduce prices to the consumer and then help with congestion and the environment.”

But Kevin Shen, who studies this sort of thing at the Union of Concerned Scientists, questions whether Uber’s “next-gen bus” will do much for commuters or the climate. “Everybody will say, ‘Silicon Valley’s reinventing the bus again,’” Shen said. “But it’s more like they’re reinventing a worse bus.” 

Five years ago, the Union of Concerned Scientists released a report that found ride-share services emit 69 percent more planet-warming carbon dioxide and other pollutants than the trips they displace — largely because as many as 40 percent of the miles traveled by Uber and Lyft drivers are driven without a passenger, something called “deadheading.” That climate disadvantage decreases with pooled services like UberX Share — but it’s still not much greener than owning and driving a vehicle, the report noted, unless the car is electric

Beyond the iffy climate benefit lie broader concerns about what this means for the transit systems in New York, San Francisco, Chicago, Philadelphia, Dallas, Boston, and Baltimore — and the people who rely on them.

“Transit is a public service, so a transit agency’s goal is to serve all of its customers, whether they’re rich or poor, whether it’s the maximum profit-inducing route or not,” Shen said. The entities that do all of this come with accountability mechanisms — boards, public meetings, vocal riders — to ensure they do what they’re supposed to. “Barely any of that is in place for Uber.” This, he said, is a pivot toward a public-transit model without public accountability.

Compounding the threat, Philadelphia and Dallas have struggling transit systems at risk of defunding. The situation is so dire in Philly that it may cut service by nearly 45 percent on July 1 amid a chronic financial crisis. (That, as one Reddit user pointed out, would be good news for Uber.) 

Meanwhile, the federal government is cutting support for public services, including transit systems — many of which still haven’t fully recovered from COVID-era budget crunches. Though ridership nationwide is up to 85 percent of pre-pandemic levels, Bloomberg News recently estimated that transit systems across the country face a $6 billion budget shortfall. So it’s easy to see why companies like Uber see a business opportunity in public transit. 

Khosrowshahi insists Uber is “in competition with personal car ownership,” not public transportation. “Public transport is a teammate,” he told The Verge. But a study released last year by the University of California, Davis found that in three California cities, over half of all ride-hailing trips didn’t replace personal cars, they replaced more sustainable modes of getting around, like walking, public transportation, and bicycling. 

And then there’s the fact cities like New York grapple with chronic congestion and don’t need more vehicles cluttering crowded streets. During Uber’s big announcement, Kansal showed a video of one possible Route Share ride in the Big Apple. It covered about 3 miles from Midtown to Lower Manhattan, which would take about 30 minutes and cost $13.

But here’s the thing: The addresses are served by three different subway lines. It is possible to commute between those two points, avoid congestion, and arrive sooner, for $2.90. So, yes, Uber Route Share is cheaper than Uber’s standard car service (which has gotten 7.2 percent pricier in the past year) — but Route Share is far from the most efficient or economical way to get around in the biggest markets it’s launching in. 

“If anything,” Shen said, “it’s reducing transit efficiency by gumming up those same routes with even more vehicles.” 

This story was originally published by Grist with the headline Uber’s new shuttles look suspiciously familiar to anyone who’s taken a bus on Jun 3, 2025.


This content originally appeared on Grist and was authored by Sophie Hurwitz.

]]>
https://grist.org/transportation/uber-shared-route-buses/feed/ 0 536259
Ukrainians Try New ‘Life Capsule’ To Shelter From Air Strikes https://www.radiofree.org/2025/06/03/ukrainians-try-new-life-capsule-to-shelter-from-air-strikes/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/06/03/ukrainians-try-new-life-capsule-to-shelter-from-air-strikes/#respond Tue, 03 Jun 2025 08:00:14 +0000 http://www.radiofree.org/?guid=2f79684b70b821084e7d1b012dd6c8d4
This content originally appeared on Radio Free Europe/Radio Liberty and was authored by Radio Free Europe/Radio Liberty.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2025/06/03/ukrainians-try-new-life-capsule-to-shelter-from-air-strikes/feed/ 0 536255
New Research Shows How Russia Uses Drones to Hunt and Kill Civilians in Kherson | Trailer https://www.radiofree.org/2025/06/03/how-russia-uses-drones-to-hunt-and-kill-civilians-in-kherson-trailer/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/06/03/how-russia-uses-drones-to-hunt-and-kill-civilians-in-kherson-trailer/#respond Tue, 03 Jun 2025 07:40:00 +0000 http://www.radiofree.org/?guid=0419cecf4363de4aacae50882db22bbe
This content originally appeared on Human Rights Watch and was authored by Human Rights Watch.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2025/06/03/how-russia-uses-drones-to-hunt-and-kill-civilians-in-kherson-trailer/feed/ 0 536500
Gaza Aid Worker: Israel’s New Shadowy Humanitarian Aid Scheme Is “Tool to Increase Suffering” https://www.radiofree.org/2025/06/02/gaza-aid-worker-israels-new-shadowy-humanitarian-aid-scheme-is-tool-to-increase-suffering/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/06/02/gaza-aid-worker-israels-new-shadowy-humanitarian-aid-scheme-is-tool-to-increase-suffering/#respond Mon, 02 Jun 2025 14:28:57 +0000 http://www.radiofree.org/?guid=a32edef825c5e603e4d50f6dae0de488
This content originally appeared on Democracy Now! and was authored by Democracy Now!.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2025/06/02/gaza-aid-worker-israels-new-shadowy-humanitarian-aid-scheme-is-tool-to-increase-suffering/feed/ 0 536102
Ex-Israeli Negotiator Daniel Levy: Netanyahu Wants "Permanent War" in Gaza, Not a New Ceasefire https://www.radiofree.org/2025/06/02/ex-israeli-negotiator-daniel-levy-netanyahu-wants-permanent-war-in-gaza-not-a-new-ceasefire/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/06/02/ex-israeli-negotiator-daniel-levy-netanyahu-wants-permanent-war-in-gaza-not-a-new-ceasefire/#respond Mon, 02 Jun 2025 14:19:50 +0000 http://www.radiofree.org/?guid=35cf182296609b0a08c824af6a00577a
This content originally appeared on Democracy Now! and was authored by Democracy Now!.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2025/06/02/ex-israeli-negotiator-daniel-levy-netanyahu-wants-permanent-war-in-gaza-not-a-new-ceasefire/feed/ 0 536107
Gaza Aid Worker: Israel’s New Shadowy Humanitarian Aid Scheme Is “Tool to Increase Suffering” https://www.radiofree.org/2025/06/02/gaza-aid-worker-israels-new-shadowy-humanitarian-aid-scheme-is-tool-to-increase-suffering-2/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/06/02/gaza-aid-worker-israels-new-shadowy-humanitarian-aid-scheme-is-tool-to-increase-suffering-2/#respond Mon, 02 Jun 2025 12:41:01 +0000 http://www.radiofree.org/?guid=f65b6cea304d617fe2047258d182c261 Seg eyad suffring palestinians

A massacre of dozens of starving Palestinians waiting for aid occurred at a site operated by the shadowy Gaza Humanitarian Foundation over the weekend. It is exactly what many observers warned about when they expressed skepticism over the U.S.- and Israel-backed aid scheme. “It’s not a real organization,” says Eyad Amawi, a coordinator for local NGOs based in Gaza who accuses the Israeli military of using the slow trickle of aid it allows into southern Gaza “as a tool to increase suffering.”


This content originally appeared on Democracy Now! and was authored by Democracy Now!.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2025/06/02/gaza-aid-worker-israels-new-shadowy-humanitarian-aid-scheme-is-tool-to-increase-suffering-2/feed/ 0 536127
Gaza Aid Worker: Israel’s New Shadowy Humanitarian Aid Scheme Is “Tool to Increase Suffering” https://www.radiofree.org/2025/06/02/gaza-aid-worker-israels-new-shadowy-humanitarian-aid-scheme-is-tool-to-increase-suffering-3/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/06/02/gaza-aid-worker-israels-new-shadowy-humanitarian-aid-scheme-is-tool-to-increase-suffering-3/#respond Mon, 02 Jun 2025 12:41:01 +0000 http://www.radiofree.org/?guid=f65b6cea304d617fe2047258d182c261 Seg eyad suffring palestinians

A massacre of dozens of starving Palestinians waiting for aid occurred at a site operated by the shadowy Gaza Humanitarian Foundation over the weekend. It is exactly what many observers warned about when they expressed skepticism over the U.S.- and Israel-backed aid scheme. “It’s not a real organization,” says Eyad Amawi, a coordinator for local NGOs based in Gaza who accuses the Israeli military of using the slow trickle of aid it allows into southern Gaza “as a tool to increase suffering.”


This content originally appeared on Democracy Now! and was authored by Democracy Now!.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2025/06/02/gaza-aid-worker-israels-new-shadowy-humanitarian-aid-scheme-is-tool-to-increase-suffering-3/feed/ 0 536128
Ex-Israeli Negotiator Daniel Levy: Netanyahu Wants “Permanent War” in Gaza, Not a New Ceasefire https://www.radiofree.org/2025/06/02/ex-israeli-negotiator-daniel-levy-netanyahu-wants-permanent-war-in-gaza-not-a-new-ceasefire-2/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/06/02/ex-israeli-negotiator-daniel-levy-netanyahu-wants-permanent-war-in-gaza-not-a-new-ceasefire-2/#respond Mon, 02 Jun 2025 12:14:50 +0000 http://www.radiofree.org/?guid=ff7c0c0a16899f5ba1a88d7dc2ad36a4 Seg levy gaza strike

We get an update on ongoing ceasefire negotiations between Hamas and Israel from former Israeli peace negotiator Daniel Levy. The latest proposal, mediated by U.S. Middle East envoy Steve Witkoff, “walks back the commitment for a permanent ceasefire, Israeli withdrawal and allowing in of humanitarian aid.” It’s a bad deal for the Palestinians that will allow Israel to continue its ethnic cleansing of Gaza, says Levy. Meanwhile, families of Israeli hostages are protesting Israeli Prime Minister Benjamin Netanyahu’s delays in securing a deal as he works toward “permanent war” and the eventual annexation of Gaza. “None of this would be possible if so much of the Israeli media and society was not mobilized in support of this, and none of that would be possible if Israel wasn’t treated with impunity.” Levy also responds to the latest massacre of Palestinians at an aid site operated by the U.S.-Israeli aid initiative, the Gaza Humanitarian Foundation.


This content originally appeared on Democracy Now! and was authored by Democracy Now!.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2025/06/02/ex-israeli-negotiator-daniel-levy-netanyahu-wants-permanent-war-in-gaza-not-a-new-ceasefire-2/feed/ 0 536132
He Died Without Getting Mental Health Care He Sought. A New Lawsuit Says His Insurer’s Ghost Network Is to Blame. https://www.radiofree.org/2025/06/02/he-died-without-getting-mental-health-care-he-sought-a-new-lawsuit-says-his-insurers-ghost-network-is-to-blame/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/06/02/he-died-without-getting-mental-health-care-he-sought-a-new-lawsuit-says-his-insurers-ghost-network-is-to-blame/#respond Mon, 02 Jun 2025 09:00:00 +0000 https://www.propublica.org/article/centene-ghost-network-lawsuit-ambetter-ravi-coutinho by Max Blau

ProPublica is a nonprofit newsroom that investigates abuses of power. Sign up to receive our biggest stories as soon as they’re published.

The mother of an Arizona man who died after being unable to find mental health treatment is suing his health insurer, saying it broke the law by publishing false information that misled its customers.

Ravi Coutinho, a 36-year-old entrepreneur, bought insurance from Ambetter, the most popular plan on HealthCare.gov, because it seemed to offer plenty of mental health and addiction treatment options near his home in Phoenix. But after struggling for months in early 2023 to find in-network care covered by his plan, he wasn’t able to find a therapist. In May 2023, after 21 calls with the insurer without getting the treatment he sought, he was found dead in his apartment. His death was ruled an accident, likely due to complications from excessive drinking.

Coutinho was the subject of a September 2024 investigation by ProPublica that showed how he was trapped in what’s commonly known as a “ghost network.” Many of the mental health providers that Ambetter listed as accepting its insurance were not actually able to see him. ProPublica’s investigation also revealed how customer service representatives and care managers repeatedly failed to connect Coutinho to the care he needed after he and his mother asked for help. The story was part of a yearlong series, “America’s Mental Barrier,” that investigated the ways insurers employed practices that interfered with their customers’ ability to access mental health care.

The lawsuit, filed on May 23 in Maricopa County by Coutinho’s mother, Barbara Webber, accused the insurer Centene, along with the subsidiary that oversaw her son’s plan, Health Net of Arizona, of publishing an “inaccurate and misleading” provider directory. The suit also accused the companies of breaking state and federal laws, including ones that require directories to be kept accurate.

The errors in the Ambetter directory gave Coutinho a false impression about the kinds of mental health care that were actually available, the lawsuit said. According to the lawsuit, the failure to correct those errors concealed the fact that Centene companies had provided insufficient services through the Ambetter plan.

The lawsuit draws upon the findings of ProPublica’s investigation, summarizing Coutinho’s repeated attempts to find a therapist in Ambetter’s network and to get Centene representatives to connect him with a mental health provider that he could actually see.

The lawsuit also describes how Arizona insurance regulators had previously informed Health Net of Arizona that it had failed to maintain accurate provider directories. Health Net of Arizona promised to correct the errors. Regulators did not fine the insurer and declined to answer ProPublica’s questions about whether the Centene subsidiary addressed their concerns.

Centene and Health Net of Arizona didn’t respond to multiple requests for comment on the lawsuit. ProPublica previously reached out to Centene and Health Net of Arizona more than two dozen times and sent them both a detailed list of questions. None of their media representatives responded.

One of the 25 largest companies in America, Centene and its subsidiaries have been accused in past lawsuits of purposefully misrepresenting the number of in-network providers by publishing inaccurate directories. Centene lawyers have previously denied such claims in two of the bigger cases, in Illinois and California. Both cases are ongoing.

The top trade group for the industry, AHIP, has told lawmakers that companies contact in-network providers to ensure the listings are accurate. AHIP also stated that the companies could correct inaccuracies faster if providers did a better job updating their listings. Providers have told ProPublica, however, that insurers don’t always remove their names from insurer lists when they officially request to leave their networks.

Mel C. Orchard III, a partner with The Spence Law Firm who is representing Webber, told ProPublica that he intended to bring the case before a jury to hold Centene accountable for negligence and consumer fraud. The lawsuit does not state a specified amount that Webber is seeking in damages.

“Ravi is an example of the abject failure of the insurance industry to do what it’s supposed to do — and that is to insure us in times when we need them the most,” Orchard told ProPublica. “Instead they prey upon our vulnerabilities; that is what happened in this case.”

Watch a live performance of Max Blau’s investigation of Ravi Coutinho’s death, performed by actors Oscar Isaac, Kathryn Erbe and Bill Camp, produced by Theater of War Productions and presented by WNYC.


This content originally appeared on ProPublica and was authored by by Max Blau.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2025/06/02/he-died-without-getting-mental-health-care-he-sought-a-new-lawsuit-says-his-insurers-ghost-network-is-to-blame/feed/ 0 536055
PNG faces deadline for fixing issues with money laundering and terrorist financing https://www.radiofree.org/2025/06/01/png-faces-deadline-for-fixing-issues-with-money-laundering-and-terrorist-financing/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/06/01/png-faces-deadline-for-fixing-issues-with-money-laundering-and-terrorist-financing/#respond Sun, 01 Jun 2025 11:30:38 +0000 https://asiapacificreport.nz/?p=115482 ANALYSIS: By Scott Waide, RNZ Pacific PNG correspondent

Papua New Guinea has five months remaining to fix its anti-money laundering and counter-terrorist financing (AML/CTF) systems or face the severe repercussions of being placed on the Financial Action Task Force’s (FATF) “grey list”.

The FATF has imposed an October 2025 deadline, and the government is scrambling to prove its commitment to global partners.

Speaking in Parliament, Prime Minister James Marape said Treasury Minister, Ian Ling-Stuckey had been given the responsibility to lead a taskforce to fix PNG’s issues associated with money laundering and terrorist financing.

“I summoned all agency heads to a critical meeting last week giving them clear direction, in no uncertain terms, that they work day and night to avert the possibility of us getting grey listed,” Marape said.

“This review comes around every five years.

“We have only three or four areas that are outstanding that we must dispatch forthwith.”

PNG is no stranger to the FATF grey list, having been placed under increased monitoring in 2014 before successfully being removed in 2016.

Deficiencies highlighted
However, a recent assessment by the Asia Pacific Group on Money Laundering (APG) highlighted ongoing deficiencies, particularly in the effectiveness of PNG’s AML/CTF regime.

While the country has made strides in establishing the necessary laws and regulations (technical compliance), the real challenge lies in PNG’s implementation and enforcement.

The core of the problem, according to analysts, is a lack of effective prosecution and punishment for money laundering and terrorism financing.

High-risk sectors such as corruption, fraud against government programmes, illegal logging, illicit fishing, and tax evasion, remain largely unchecked by successful legal actions.

Capacity gaps within key agencies like the Royal Papua New Guinea Constabulary and the Office of the Public Prosecutor have been cited as significant hurdles.

Recent drug hauls have also highlighted existing flaws in detection in the country’s financial systems.

The implications of greylisting are far-reaching and potentially devastating for a developing nation like PNG, which is heavily reliant on foreign investment and international financial flows.

Impact on economy
Deputy Opposition leader James Nomane warned in Parliament that greylisting “will severely affect the economy, investor confidence, and make things worse for Papua New Guinea with respect to inflationary pressures, the cost of imports, and a whole host of issues”.

If PNG is greylisted, the immediate economic fallout could be substantial. It would signal to global financial institutions that PNG carries a heightened risk for financial crimes, potentially leading to a sharp decline in foreign direct investment.

Critical resource projects, including Papua LNG, P’nyang LNG, Wafi-Golpu, and Frieda River Mines, could face delays or even be halted as investors become wary of the increased financial and reputational risks.

Beyond investment, the cost of doing business in PNG could also rise. International correspondent banks, vital conduits for cross-border transactions, may de-risk by cutting ties or scaling back operations with PNG financial institutions.

This “de-risking” could make it more expensive and complex for businesses and individuals alike to conduct international transactions, leading to higher fees and increased scrutiny.

This article is republished under a community partnership agreement with RNZ.


This content originally appeared on Asia Pacific Report and was authored by APR editor.

]]>
https://www.radiofree.org/2025/06/01/png-faces-deadline-for-fixing-issues-with-money-laundering-and-terrorist-financing/feed/ 0 535967
Watch This New Hollywood Movie About Gaza https://www.radiofree.org/2025/05/30/watch-this-new-hollywood-movie-about-gaza/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/05/30/watch-this-new-hollywood-movie-about-gaza/#respond Fri, 30 May 2025 15:02:12 +0000 https://dissidentvoice.org/?p=158725 Our society doesn’t always stand out for its values, but damn well does for its production values. There may be nothing more powerful in the world than a film — or even a commercial — with high production values. So I’m deeply appreciative when a well-made movie actually says something that needed saying, when you […]

The post Watch This New Hollywood Movie About Gaza first appeared on Dissident Voice.]]>
Our society doesn’t always stand out for its values, but damn well does for its production values. There may be nothing more powerful in the world than a film — or even a commercial — with high production values. So I’m deeply appreciative when a well-made movie actually says something that needed saying, when you can watch the closing credits feeling wiser, rather than dirtier, more aware of what’s worst in the world and yet inspired to change it, rather than outraged at the normalization of violence or stupidity.

A good place to go for such rarities is Brave New Films, where the latest release is Gaza Journalists Under Fire. The page at that link lists public screenings and let’s you download the film to screen it for a small or large gathering. It also provides fact sheets and action ideas to further enrich your post-screening discussion. One idea is to share the film on social media where paid ads for it (on Facebook and Instagram) have been censored.

I’ve seen an awful lot of movies, not to mention news reports and social media posts, about Palestine. It’s a topic that can easily lead to weeping and withdrawing. It’s also a simple story (the Israeli government is slaughtering people) that can easily be complicated in unhelpful ways. This new 41-minute film avoids those dangers by being a stand-out work of journalism not simply about Gaza but about journalism about Gaza, and specifically the killing of journalists.

At 178 at the time of publication — and now higher — the count of journalists and media workers killed by the Israeli military was already higher than the count of journalists killed on all sides of the U.S. Civil War, the two world wars, the Korean and Vietnam wars, and the war on Afghanistan combined — not to mention 93 journalists wounded, 84 journalists arrested and locked up, and 70 media facilities turned to rubble in Gaza — all while people in western corporate media are deemed brave simply for announcing that they’ve noticed there’s a genocide happening.

The record number of killings is not because Gaza is being flooded with the world’s journalists. On the contrary, they’ve been shut out by Israel, along with human rights organizations. It’s not because the local people are disproportionately journalists. Perhaps they are if you consider their use of social media, but these statistics refer to professional journalists. It’s not because Israel has killed so many people that this many journalists are simply a portion of that larger massacre. No, it’s because the Israeli military has been specifically targeting journalists for assassination, including tracking them with drones, often just following a particularly powerful report produced by one of them. Journalists are dying disproportionately, and this means that they can be a danger rather than a protection to those they are near. Their PRESS jackets and vests are treated as targets. Their families have been killed with them when they have been targeted.

One of the journalists particularly featured in the film trained many young people to use social media — an invaluable service as it has turned out. She was killed along with her five-year-old daughter. But many of the journalists we see in this film are responsible for much of what we know about Gaza. It’s disturbing to imagine what horrors we would not have learned of without them, and what we have in fact not learned because of this killing spree targeting journalists. Even more disturbing is how many journalists we see reporting on the attacks on journalists prior to themselves being killed — as well as some we see reporting just as a missile hits nearby.

I do not, and this film does not, suggest that killing a journalist is worse than killing anyone else. I, in fact, diverge from popular opinion in maintaining that killing a civilian or a child or any human being is no worse and no better than killing any other human being. The significance of this unprecedented slaughter of journalists is that it helps to hide the war and facilitate lies about the war. The film includes a few choice lies as spoken by Israeli and U.S. officials, and provides the context for the film’s particular focus, including the context of the provision of much of the weaponry to the Israeli government by the U.S. government.

The Israeli government has, of course, held not one person accountable for the killings of journalists that voice after voice in this film — and not only in this film — calls a “war crime.” Over and over: “war crime,” “war crime,” “war crime.” Forgive me please if I quibble. The entire war is a crime. It is the crime of war in violation of the UN Charter. It is the crime of genocide in violation of the Convention on Genocide — “plausibly” in the pre-ruling ruling of the International Court of Justice, but obviously to anyone not living under a rock or within a pro-genocide media bubble. The Nazis were prosecuted for their various actions based on the argument that their war was illegal under Kellogg-Briand and therefore every bit of it illegal. To say never again to genocide and war, we have to say yes again to war being a crime in its totality.

Part of that totality is now the targeted murders of journalists. And just as we must continue asking “Where is the solidarity of the world’s people?” we must also ask “Where is the solidarity of the world’s journalists?”

  • First published at Progressive Hub.
  • The post Watch This New Hollywood Movie About Gaza first appeared on Dissident Voice.


    This content originally appeared on Dissident Voice and was authored by David Swanson.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2025/05/30/watch-this-new-hollywood-movie-about-gaza/feed/ 0 535678
    As Cease-Fire Talks Fail, Ukraine Fears New Russian Offensive https://www.radiofree.org/2025/05/30/as-cease-fire-talks-fail-ukraine-fears-new-russian-offensive/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/05/30/as-cease-fire-talks-fail-ukraine-fears-new-russian-offensive/#respond Fri, 30 May 2025 10:27:26 +0000 http://www.radiofree.org/?guid=74a6463a6265a9aa7d43dd76deec9f5d
    This content originally appeared on Radio Free Europe/Radio Liberty and was authored by Radio Free Europe/Radio Liberty.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2025/05/30/as-cease-fire-talks-fail-ukraine-fears-new-russian-offensive/feed/ 0 535656
    In her new book ‘Kuleana,’ Sara Kehaulani Goo fights to keep her family’s land https://grist.org/arts-culture/in-her-new-book-kuleana-sara-kehaulani-goo-fights-to-keep-her-familys-land/ https://grist.org/arts-culture/in-her-new-book-kuleana-sara-kehaulani-goo-fights-to-keep-her-familys-land/#respond Fri, 30 May 2025 08:30:00 +0000 https://grist.org/?p=667364 Sara Kehaulani Goo’s journey to save her family’s land on Maui began in 2019 with an email she read at her kitchen table in Washington, D.C.

    “Sara, the Hāna property taxes went up 500%,” her dad wrote. “If we can’t find a way to pay, then the trust funds will be depleted in 7 years and we may be forced to sell it.”

    Goo, who is Native Hawaiian, said it was the moment she realized she had to fight for her ancestral home, or risk it being lost forever. 

    In her new memoir, Kuleana — a Hawaiian word that loosely translates into both “privilege” and “responsibility” — Goo describes the efforts she and her relatives undertook to fight the tax increase and ensure that the land would remain in their family. But Kuleana is more than a story about rising taxes in Hawai’i, it’s about what it means to be Indigenous and reclaim identity in diaspora while highlighting the costs of colonial land theft and its continuing harm to Hawaiʻi. Goo challenges readers to think about what their responsibility to Hawaiʻi is in light of how Indigenous land loss has drastically altered Hawaiʻi’s environment and made the archipelago precariously dependent upon imported food. 

    Despite the U.S. overthrow of the Hawaiian Kingdom, Goo’s family had kept the title to their ancestral land that they’d received from Hawaiian royals, and they had the documents to prove it. They had setup a trust fund to pay for the property taxes, but despite those precautions, rising property taxes — partially driven by out-of-state millionaires and billionaires buying up land — threw the future of the family’s land into question. 

    Goo is a former staff writer at The Washington Post and former editor-in-chief of Axios. Grist spoke with her about what she learned writing her memoir, and what she hopes her readers take away from it. The following interview has been edited for length and clarity. 

    Q. Your memoir focuses on your fight to keep your family’s land. Can you tell us more about what that land meant to you and why it was so important to keep it?

    A. Some people might think of it as an inheritance, but it’s more than that. This was something that my grandmother talked about to our family as something that she promised to her mother and her grandma. That it was something that she wanted us to continue to carry on. So it was an intergenerational promise, and even before I knew the word, it was how I understood kuleana to be. 

    I was very aware of how far a distance there was between me and Hawaiʻi. That was uncomfortable for me, and I think that’s why sitting there reading that email in my home in Washington, D.C., felt so uncomfortable: It could be the end of the line, and I very much did not want that to end with me. So I realized I needed to act and it was more than just about money. It was more than being about me. I needed to act on behalf of my children. It was a big wake-up call about where I was in my life and where my generation was in our lives. We had drifted too far from Hawaiʻi in more ways than one. 

    Q. Climate change doesn’t figure heavily in this book, but it is something you acknowledge as an ongoing threat to the islands that compounds the trauma of colonialism. How do you see the relationship between Indigenous land ownership and climate change? 

    A. One thing I hope that people will take away from this book is that they will think about, “What is my kuleana?” Because I think that it is a word that Hawaiians can teach the world. The word gets boiled down to responsibility, but I don’t think it’s just that. The Western concept often feels like a burden, right? But the Hawaiian concept is much more than that, it is more about honor. It’s more about your role in society and being part of a whole. That concept was part of the Hawaiian way of life and it had to do with stewardship, not just my role and my responsibility, but how do I care for something? My stewardship and my responsibility for my part of an ahupua’a (land divisions, often from the mountains to the sea).

    If you think about the way Hawaiians lived, that is something they’re trying to get back to today. You have a place that once was self-sustaining for up to 800,000 people in the middle of the ocean because they figured out how to sustain themselves with just the natural resources around them. And today, Hawaiʻi imports 90 percent of its food. Now Hawaiʻi’s looking at, How do we go back to that? 

    I think that Hawaiians can inspire future sustainability concepts by looking to the past. That’s not a crazy idea. I think it’s quite an inspired idea. And especially when you think about the Lahaina fires, you look at what has gone wrong and it’s not too hard to figure out. My book is not about policy, but I do think that it is about how you draw that line through history to understand a little more context for how we got here. That’s a big reason I wrote this book: It wasn’t really to tell a story about me. I really felt like as a journalist, the story of the Hawaiian people and the real story of their history was not accurately understood, even by people who visit Hawaiʻi and love Hawaiʻi. I felt like that story really needed to be better understood. 

    Q. Can you tell us more about what that real story of Hawaiʻi is that you say needs to be better understood?

    A. Ten million people visit Hawaiʻi every year and they love it, and I think what’s missing is the real story about the economic crisis and displacement of the Hawaiian people. It’s not even just the Hawaiian people, it’s the local people: The economy is not working for them and hasn’t been working for them for quite a long time. It made a headline for a week, maybe, when the census in 2020 showed that more Native Hawaiians live outside of Hawaiʻi than live on the islands. But what is Hawaiʻi without Hawaiians? This has been a slow boil crisis that no one’s been paying attention to.

    As a journalist, I’ve seen this happening where housing and real estate have been out of reach for a very long time. The housing that exists is of poor quality. It’s multiple generations of a family living under one roof and homes are unoccupied and owned by people who don’t live there: They’re owned by investors, they’re owned by people who live off-island. And you have no place that is worse than in Maui, where now you have thousands of people who have had to leave because of a fire. Meanwhile, you have all these homes available for them that are empty. But they’re not for them. They’re for wealthy vacationers. So who is Hawaiʻi for? It’s not for local people. Who is the food for? It’s not for local people. What is going on? We’re importing people, importing food — it doesn’t feel like a real place.

    I wanted to tell a real story here about our most recent colonial experience that we still haven’t quite dealt with the aftermath of, and no one wants to talk about it because we just want to have a lovely vacation. I just have to bring up a really uncomfortable truth here because I’ve been seeing it and experiencing it for quite a long time, my whole life. This is the reality.

    Q. One of the aspects of your experience was your frustration with government bureaucracy. How would you describe the role of government in your fight to keep your family’s land? 

    A. We were fighting just the latest version of this kind of faceless, shape-shifting bureaucracy when it came to this tax fight. We didn’t know who was on the other side. We didn’t know when we were going to hear back. We didn’t know what the timetable was. We didn’t know why any decision was made. It didn’t feel like we had any recourse. And I think what was interesting is that I would look through all the documents that my family had collected over the course of the 175 years this land had been in our family, and it felt like we were always fighting the same faceless bureaucracy.

    We had all kinds of paper-trail evidence of court documents declaring that the land was deeded to us. We’ve been in this fight all along; this was just today’s modern version of it, and we’re always going to be in it. My kids are going to be in it too. At the end of the day, it didn’t matter who was on the other side: You feel powerless. You feel like you’re just at the mercy of some bureaucrat with a rubber stamp with an official set of documents, and it’s very frightening. 

    Q. Many other Indigenous people face similar experiences of feeling disconnected, either from their land, their culture, or their communities. What can they learn from your book? 

    A. We’re all given breadcrumbs of our family history and some of us have more and some of us have less. We all have a choice in what we choose to do with that. Some of us kind of let it go and others of us choose to investigate and are curious and we want to know more. And so that’s all up to you. For me, I was so curious and I was surprised to learn that even my cousins who lived in Hawaiʻi, some of them had the same insecurities that I did about being Hawaiian. And I realized if they’re feeling uncertain about their Hawaiian-ness and I’m feeling uncertain about my Hawaiian-ness, then who is anyone else to tell me how Hawaiian I am?

    You either live your culture or you don’t. You either embrace it or you don’t. You either pass it on to your children or you don’t. It’s either part of you and speaks to you and brings you joy or it doesn’t, and you only have one life to live, so why worry about what other people think? I think that we all are on our own journeys and each person has to decide to either connect with their community or not, and how you want to do that. But you have to do so with intention.

    Q. One of the most meaningful aspects of your book was your experience learning hula and how that anchored you in your Hawaiian culture. But there were challenges too: You wrote about how your children didn’t want to attend hula and how your daughter refused to wear a lei. What happened with that struggle after the book ended? 

    A. It has a happy ending. So my daughter Chloe is now in the eighth grade, and she has her eighth grade promotion next month. And she read the book and said, “Mom, I was young and I didn’t know, I didn’t understand.” And she said, “For my eighth grade promotion, will you make me a lei?” And I said, “Of course I will.”

    So I feel like Hawaiʻi’s in their heart, you know? At some point you have to let your kids go and they will find their own way. You cannot force them. My kids have said, “Hula is not my thing,” but they have to find their thing. It may not be next year or the year after, but they have to find their own way. I just hope that I have given them enough. I’m grateful that I found myself and was able to teach them what I could and had surrounded them, I think, with enough other people in their lives to teach them, and that they will find their own way back to Hawaiʻi and the culture, and then it speaks to them. But that is up to them and their own journey. So I can just hope that it’s part of their journey. It means a lot to me, and I wrote this book for them.

    This story was originally published by Grist with the headline In her new book ‘Kuleana,’ Sara Kehaulani Goo fights to keep her family’s land on May 30, 2025.


    This content originally appeared on Grist and was authored by Anita Hofschneider.

    ]]>
    https://grist.org/arts-culture/in-her-new-book-kuleana-sara-kehaulani-goo-fights-to-keep-her-familys-land/feed/ 0 535631
    French politicians in New Caledonia to stir the political melting pot https://www.radiofree.org/2025/05/30/french-politicians-in-new-caledonia-to-stir-the-political-melting-pot/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/05/30/french-politicians-in-new-caledonia-to-stir-the-political-melting-pot/#respond Fri, 30 May 2025 01:42:53 +0000 https://asiapacificreport.nz/?p=115457 By Patrick Decloitre, RNZ Pacific correspondent French Pacific desk

    French national politicians have been in New Caledonia as the territory’s future remains undecided.

    Leaders from both right-wing Les Républicains (LR) and Rassemblement National (RN), — vice-president François-Xavier Bellamy and Marine Le Pen respectively — have been in the French Pacific territory this week.

    They expressed their views about New Caledonia’s political, economic and social status one year after riots broke out in May 2024.

    Since then, latest attempts to hold political talks between all stakeholders and France have been met with fluctuating responses, but the latest round of discussions earlier this month ended in a stalemate.

    This was because hardline pro-France parties regarded the project of “sovereignty with France” offered by French Overseas Minister Manuel Valls was not acceptable. They consider that three self-determination referendums held in 2018, 2020 and 2021 rejected independence.

    However, the last referendum, in December 2021, was largely boycotted by the pro-independence movement and its followers due to indigenous Kanak cultural concerns around the covid-19 pandemic.

    The pro-France camp is accusing Valls of siding with the pro-independence FLNKS bloc and other more moderate parties such as PALIKA (Kanak Liberation Party) and UPM (Union Progressiste en Mélanésie), who want independence from France.

    Transferring key powers
    Valls is considering transferring key French powers to New Caledonia, introducing a double French/New Caledonian citizenship, and an international standing.

    The pro-France camp is adamant that this ignores the three no referendum votes.

    Speaking to a crowd of several hundred supporters in Nouméa on Tuesday evening, Bellamy said he now favoured going ahead with modifying conditions of eligibility for voters at local provincial elections.

    The same attempts to change the locked local electoral roll — which is restricted to people residing in New Caledonia from before November 1998 — was widely perceived as the main cause for the May 2024 riots, which left 14 dead.

    Bellamy said giving in to violence that erupted last year was out of the question because it was “an attempt to topple a democratic process”.

    Les Républicains, to which the Rassemblement-LR local party is affiliated, is one of the major parties in the French Parliament.

    Its newly-elected president Bruno Retailleau is the Minister for Home Affairs in French President Emmanuel Macron’s coalition government.

    Nouméa Accord ‘now over’
    Bellamy told a crowd of supporters in Nouméa that in his view the decolonisation process prescribed by the 1998 Nouméa Accord “is now over”.

    “New Caledonians have democratically decided, three times, that they belong to France. And this should be respected,” he told a crowd during a political rally.

    In Nouméa, Bellamy said if the three referendum results were ignored as part of a future political agreement, then LR could go as far as pulling out of the French government.

    Marine Le Pen, this week also expressed her views on New Caledonia’s situation, saying instead of focusing on the territory’s institutional future, the priority should be placed on its economy, which is still reeling from the devastation caused during the 2024 riots.

    The efforts included diversifying the economy.

    A Paris court convicted Le Pen and two dozen (RN) party members of embezzling European Union funds last month, and imposed a sentence that will prevent her from standing in France’s 2027 presidential election unless she can get the ruling overturned within 18 months.

    The high-profile visits to New Caledonia from mainland French leaders come within two years of France’s scheduled presidential elections.

    And it looks like New Caledonia could become a significant issue in the pre-poll debates and campaign.

    LFI (La France Insoumise), a major party in the French Parliament, and its caucus leader Mathilde Panot also visited New Caledonia from May 9-17, this time mainly focusing on supporting the pro-independence camp’s views.

    Macron invites all parties for fresh talks in Paris
    On Tuesday, May 27, the French President’s office issued a brief statement indicating that it had decided to convene “all stakeholders” for fresh talks in Paris in mid-June.

    The talks would aim at “clarifying” New Caledonia’s economic, political and institutional situation with a view to reaching “a shared agreement”.

    Depending on New Caledonia’s often opposing political camps, Macron’s announcement is perceived either as a dismissal of Valls’ approach or a mere continuation of the overseas minister’s efforts, but at a higher level.

    New Caledonia’s pro-France parties are adamant that Macron’s proposal is entirely new and that it signifies Valls’ approach has been disavowed at the highest level.

    Valls himself wrote to New Caledonia’s political stakeholders last weekend, insisting on the need to pursue talks through a so-called “follow-up committee”.

    It is not clear whether the “follow-up committee” format is what Macron has in mind.

    But at the weekend, Valls made statements on several French national media outlets, stressing that he was still the one in charge of New Caledonia’s case.

    “The one who is taking care of New Caledonia’s case, at the request of French Prime Minister François Bayrou, that’s me and no one else,” Valls told French national news channel LCI on May 25.

    “I’m not being disavowed by anyone.”

    Local parties still willing to talk
    Most parties have since reacted swiftly to Macron’s call, saying they were ready to take part in further discussions.

    Rassemblement-LR leader Virginie Ruffenach said this was “necessary to clarify the French state’s position”.

    She said the clarification was needed, since Valls, during his last visit, “offered an independence solution that goes way beyond what the pro-independence camp was even asking”.

    Local pro-France figure and New Caledonia’s elected MP at the French National Assembly, Nicolas Metzdorf, met Macron in Paris last Friday.

    He said at the time that an “initiative” from the French president was to be expected.

    Pro-independence bloc FLNKS said Valls’ proposal was now “the foundation stone”.

    Spokesman Dominique Fochi said the invitation was scheduled to be discussed at a special FLNKS convention this weekend.

    Valls’ ‘independence-association’ solution worries other French territories
    Because of the signals it sends, New Caledonia’s proposed political future plans are also causing concern in other French overseas territories, including their elected MPs in Paris.

    In the French Senate on Wednesday, French Polynesia’s MP Lana Tetuanui, who is pro-France, asked during question time for French Foreign Affairs Minister Jean-Noël Barrot to explain what France was doing in the Pacific region in the face of growing influence from major powers such as China.

    She told the minister she still had doubts, “unless of course France is considering sinking its own aircraft carrier ships named New Caledonia, French Polynesia and Wallis and Futuna”.

    French president Emmanuel Macron has been on a southeast Asian tour this week to Vietnam, Indonesia and Singapore, where he will be the keynote speaker of the annual Shangri-La Dialogue.

    He delivers his speech today to mark the opening of the 22nd edition of the Dialogue, Asia’s premier defence summit.

    The event brings together defence ministers, military leaders and senior defence officials, as well as business leaders and security experts, from across the Asia-Pacific, Europe, North America and beyond to discuss critical security and geopolitical challenges.

    More specifically on the Pacific region, Macron also said one of France’s future challenges included speeding up efforts to “build a new strategy in New Caledonia and French Polynesia”.

    As part of Macron’s Indo-Pacific doctrine, developed since 2017, France earlier this year deployed significant forces in the region, including its naval and air strike group and its only aircraft carrier, the Charles de Gaulle.

    The multinational exercise, called Clémenceau 25, involved joint exercises with allied forces from Australia, Japan and the United States.

    This article is republished under a community partnership agreement with RNZ.


    This content originally appeared on Asia Pacific Report and was authored by APR editor.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2025/05/30/french-politicians-in-new-caledonia-to-stir-the-political-melting-pot/feed/ 0 535588
    French politicians in New Caledonia to stir the political melting pot https://www.radiofree.org/2025/05/30/french-politicians-in-new-caledonia-to-stir-the-political-melting-pot-2/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/05/30/french-politicians-in-new-caledonia-to-stir-the-political-melting-pot-2/#respond Fri, 30 May 2025 01:42:53 +0000 https://asiapacificreport.nz/?p=115457 By Patrick Decloitre, RNZ Pacific correspondent French Pacific desk

    French national politicians have been in New Caledonia as the territory’s future remains undecided.

    Leaders from both right-wing Les Républicains (LR) and Rassemblement National (RN), — vice-president François-Xavier Bellamy and Marine Le Pen respectively — have been in the French Pacific territory this week.

    They expressed their views about New Caledonia’s political, economic and social status one year after riots broke out in May 2024.

    Since then, latest attempts to hold political talks between all stakeholders and France have been met with fluctuating responses, but the latest round of discussions earlier this month ended in a stalemate.

    This was because hardline pro-France parties regarded the project of “sovereignty with France” offered by French Overseas Minister Manuel Valls was not acceptable. They consider that three self-determination referendums held in 2018, 2020 and 2021 rejected independence.

    However, the last referendum, in December 2021, was largely boycotted by the pro-independence movement and its followers due to indigenous Kanak cultural concerns around the covid-19 pandemic.

    The pro-France camp is accusing Valls of siding with the pro-independence FLNKS bloc and other more moderate parties such as PALIKA (Kanak Liberation Party) and UPM (Union Progressiste en Mélanésie), who want independence from France.

    Transferring key powers
    Valls is considering transferring key French powers to New Caledonia, introducing a double French/New Caledonian citizenship, and an international standing.

    The pro-France camp is adamant that this ignores the three no referendum votes.

    Speaking to a crowd of several hundred supporters in Nouméa on Tuesday evening, Bellamy said he now favoured going ahead with modifying conditions of eligibility for voters at local provincial elections.

    The same attempts to change the locked local electoral roll — which is restricted to people residing in New Caledonia from before November 1998 — was widely perceived as the main cause for the May 2024 riots, which left 14 dead.

    Bellamy said giving in to violence that erupted last year was out of the question because it was “an attempt to topple a democratic process”.

    Les Républicains, to which the Rassemblement-LR local party is affiliated, is one of the major parties in the French Parliament.

    Its newly-elected president Bruno Retailleau is the Minister for Home Affairs in French President Emmanuel Macron’s coalition government.

    Nouméa Accord ‘now over’
    Bellamy told a crowd of supporters in Nouméa that in his view the decolonisation process prescribed by the 1998 Nouméa Accord “is now over”.

    “New Caledonians have democratically decided, three times, that they belong to France. And this should be respected,” he told a crowd during a political rally.

    In Nouméa, Bellamy said if the three referendum results were ignored as part of a future political agreement, then LR could go as far as pulling out of the French government.

    Marine Le Pen, this week also expressed her views on New Caledonia’s situation, saying instead of focusing on the territory’s institutional future, the priority should be placed on its economy, which is still reeling from the devastation caused during the 2024 riots.

    The efforts included diversifying the economy.

    A Paris court convicted Le Pen and two dozen (RN) party members of embezzling European Union funds last month, and imposed a sentence that will prevent her from standing in France’s 2027 presidential election unless she can get the ruling overturned within 18 months.

    The high-profile visits to New Caledonia from mainland French leaders come within two years of France’s scheduled presidential elections.

    And it looks like New Caledonia could become a significant issue in the pre-poll debates and campaign.

    LFI (La France Insoumise), a major party in the French Parliament, and its caucus leader Mathilde Panot also visited New Caledonia from May 9-17, this time mainly focusing on supporting the pro-independence camp’s views.

    Macron invites all parties for fresh talks in Paris
    On Tuesday, May 27, the French President’s office issued a brief statement indicating that it had decided to convene “all stakeholders” for fresh talks in Paris in mid-June.

    The talks would aim at “clarifying” New Caledonia’s economic, political and institutional situation with a view to reaching “a shared agreement”.

    Depending on New Caledonia’s often opposing political camps, Macron’s announcement is perceived either as a dismissal of Valls’ approach or a mere continuation of the overseas minister’s efforts, but at a higher level.

    New Caledonia’s pro-France parties are adamant that Macron’s proposal is entirely new and that it signifies Valls’ approach has been disavowed at the highest level.

    Valls himself wrote to New Caledonia’s political stakeholders last weekend, insisting on the need to pursue talks through a so-called “follow-up committee”.

    It is not clear whether the “follow-up committee” format is what Macron has in mind.

    But at the weekend, Valls made statements on several French national media outlets, stressing that he was still the one in charge of New Caledonia’s case.

    “The one who is taking care of New Caledonia’s case, at the request of French Prime Minister François Bayrou, that’s me and no one else,” Valls told French national news channel LCI on May 25.

    “I’m not being disavowed by anyone.”

    Local parties still willing to talk
    Most parties have since reacted swiftly to Macron’s call, saying they were ready to take part in further discussions.

    Rassemblement-LR leader Virginie Ruffenach said this was “necessary to clarify the French state’s position”.

    She said the clarification was needed, since Valls, during his last visit, “offered an independence solution that goes way beyond what the pro-independence camp was even asking”.

    Local pro-France figure and New Caledonia’s elected MP at the French National Assembly, Nicolas Metzdorf, met Macron in Paris last Friday.

    He said at the time that an “initiative” from the French president was to be expected.

    Pro-independence bloc FLNKS said Valls’ proposal was now “the foundation stone”.

    Spokesman Dominique Fochi said the invitation was scheduled to be discussed at a special FLNKS convention this weekend.

    Valls’ ‘independence-association’ solution worries other French territories
    Because of the signals it sends, New Caledonia’s proposed political future plans are also causing concern in other French overseas territories, including their elected MPs in Paris.

    In the French Senate on Wednesday, French Polynesia’s MP Lana Tetuanui, who is pro-France, asked during question time for French Foreign Affairs Minister Jean-Noël Barrot to explain what France was doing in the Pacific region in the face of growing influence from major powers such as China.

    She told the minister she still had doubts, “unless of course France is considering sinking its own aircraft carrier ships named New Caledonia, French Polynesia and Wallis and Futuna”.

    French president Emmanuel Macron has been on a southeast Asian tour this week to Vietnam, Indonesia and Singapore, where he will be the keynote speaker of the annual Shangri-La Dialogue.

    He delivers his speech today to mark the opening of the 22nd edition of the Dialogue, Asia’s premier defence summit.

    The event brings together defence ministers, military leaders and senior defence officials, as well as business leaders and security experts, from across the Asia-Pacific, Europe, North America and beyond to discuss critical security and geopolitical challenges.

    More specifically on the Pacific region, Macron also said one of France’s future challenges included speeding up efforts to “build a new strategy in New Caledonia and French Polynesia”.

    As part of Macron’s Indo-Pacific doctrine, developed since 2017, France earlier this year deployed significant forces in the region, including its naval and air strike group and its only aircraft carrier, the Charles de Gaulle.

    The multinational exercise, called Clémenceau 25, involved joint exercises with allied forces from Australia, Japan and the United States.

    This article is republished under a community partnership agreement with RNZ.


    This content originally appeared on Asia Pacific Report and was authored by APR editor.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2025/05/30/french-politicians-in-new-caledonia-to-stir-the-political-melting-pot-2/feed/ 0 535589
    "Corporate Criminal": Nadia Milleron, Whose Daughter Died in 737 Crash, Slams New DOJ-Boeing Deal https://www.radiofree.org/2025/05/28/corporate-criminal-nadia-milleron-whose-daughter-died-in-737-crash-slams-new-doj-boeing-deal-2/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/05/28/corporate-criminal-nadia-milleron-whose-daughter-died-in-737-crash-slams-new-doj-boeing-deal-2/#respond Wed, 28 May 2025 15:51:25 +0000 http://www.radiofree.org/?guid=057e1f8c2497bae05157dacfb6f2af0f
    This content originally appeared on Democracy Now! and was authored by Democracy Now!.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2025/05/28/corporate-criminal-nadia-milleron-whose-daughter-died-in-737-crash-slams-new-doj-boeing-deal-2/feed/ 0 535294
    “Corporate Criminal”: Nadia Milleron, Whose Daughter Died in 737 Crash, Slams New DOJ-Boeing Deal https://www.radiofree.org/2025/05/28/corporate-criminal-nadia-milleron-whose-daughter-died-in-737-crash-slams-new-doj-boeing-deal/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/05/28/corporate-criminal-nadia-milleron-whose-daughter-died-in-737-crash-slams-new-doj-boeing-deal/#respond Wed, 28 May 2025 12:40:51 +0000 http://www.radiofree.org/?guid=0c5b8dea91c82f4b4836a44cb2c518c8 Seg2 boeing1

    The Trump administration has reached a deal with the aerospace giant Boeing that will allow the company to pay $1.1 billion to avoid criminal prosecution for two deadly crashes of the company’s 737 MAX jet in 2018 and 2019, which together killed 346 people. Under the non-prosecution agreement with the Justice Department, Boeing would pay fines and fund safety improvements while providing an additional $445 million for crash victims’ families, among other measures. The Justice Department says the deal is supported by many victims’ relatives, but some, like Nadia Milleron, say they want to keep pushing for a public reckoning in court. “We have a corporate criminal that committed the deadliest crime in U.S. history,” says Milleron, whose daughter Samya Rose Stumo was killed when Ethiopian Airlines Flight 302, a Boeing 737 MAX, crashed in 2019. “Boeing is continuing to risk people’s lives.” Robert Weissman, the co-president of the consumer rights advocacy group Public Citizen, says the Trump administration’s deal with Boeing is another sign that it’s “soft on corporate criminals.”


    This content originally appeared on Democracy Now! and was authored by Democracy Now!.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2025/05/28/corporate-criminal-nadia-milleron-whose-daughter-died-in-737-crash-slams-new-doj-boeing-deal/feed/ 0 535249
    Israel bombs Gaza journalist’s home, kills 8 – shoots 3 at new ‘aid’ point https://www.radiofree.org/2025/05/28/israel-bombs-gaza-journalists-home-kills-8-shoots-3-at-new-aid-point/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/05/28/israel-bombs-gaza-journalists-home-kills-8-shoots-3-at-new-aid-point/#respond Wed, 28 May 2025 07:26:18 +0000 https://asiapacificreport.nz/?p=115391 Asia Pacific Report

    Eight people were reported killed and others wounded when the Israeli army bombed the home of journalist Osama al-Arbid in the as-Saftawi area of northern Gaza today, Al Jazeera Arabic reports.

    Al-Arbid reportedly survived the strike, with dramatic video showing him being pulled from the rubble of the house.

    Medical sources said that at least 15 people in total had been killed by Israeli attacks since the early hours of today across the Strip.

    Large crowds gathered in chaotic scenes in southern Rafah as the controversial US and Israel-backed Gaza Humanitarian Foundation (GHF) opened its first aid distribution point, with thousands of Palestinians storming past barricades in desperation for food after a three-month blockade.

    Israeli forces opened fire on the crowd during the chaos, with Gaza’s Government Media Office saying Israel’s military killed three people and wounded 46.

    A spokesman for the UN secretary-general, Antonio Guterres, said the images and videos from the aid points set up by GHF were “heartbreaking, to say the least”.

    The UN and other aid groups have condemned the GHF’s aid distribution model, saying it does not abide by humanitarian principles and could displace people further from their homes.

    People go missing in chaos
    Amid the buzz of Israeli military helicopters overhead and gunfire rattling in the background, several people also went missing in the ensuing stampede, officials in Gaza said.

    Gaza’s Government Media Office said Israeli forces around the area “opened live fire on starving civilians who were lured to these locations under the pretence of receiving aid”.

    The Israeli military said its soldiers had fired “warning shots” in the area outside the distribution site and that control was re-established.

    Gaza had been under total Israeli blockade for close to three months, since March 2.

    Al Jazeera correspondent Mohamed Vall reported there was no evidence that Hamas had disrupted the aid distribution, as claimed by Israeli-sourced reports. He instead pointed to the sheer need — more than two million Palestinians live in Gaza.

    “These are the people of Gaza, the civilians of Gaza, trying to get just a piece of food — just any piece of food for their children, for themselves,” he said.

    More than 54,000 killed
    Aid officials said that moving Palestinians southwards could be a “preliminary phase for the complete ousting” of Gaza’s population.

    Last Sunday, hours before the GHF was due to begin delivering food, Jake Wood, the head of the controversial aid organisation, resigned saying he did not believe it was possible for the organisation to operate independently or adhere to strict humanitarian principles, reports Middle East Eye.

    According to Gaza’s Ministry of Health, at least 54,056 Palestinians have been killed since the start of the war in October 2023, which humanitarian aid groups and United Nations experts have described as a genocide.

    Yemen’s Houthis claimed responsibility for two missile attacks on Israel, saying they came in response to the storming of occupied East Jerusalem’s Al-Aqsa Mosque compound a day earlier by Israeli settlers.


    This content originally appeared on Asia Pacific Report and was authored by APR editor.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2025/05/28/israel-bombs-gaza-journalists-home-kills-8-shoots-3-at-new-aid-point/feed/ 0 535165
    Israel bombs Gaza journalist’s home, kills 8 – shoots 3 at new ‘aid’ point https://www.radiofree.org/2025/05/28/israel-bombs-gaza-journalists-home-kills-8-shoots-3-at-new-aid-point-2/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/05/28/israel-bombs-gaza-journalists-home-kills-8-shoots-3-at-new-aid-point-2/#respond Wed, 28 May 2025 07:26:18 +0000 https://asiapacificreport.nz/?p=115391 Asia Pacific Report

    Eight people were reported killed and others wounded when the Israeli army bombed the home of journalist Osama al-Arbid in the as-Saftawi area of northern Gaza today, Al Jazeera Arabic reports.

    Al-Arbid reportedly survived the strike, with dramatic video showing him being pulled from the rubble of the house.

    Medical sources said that at least 15 people in total had been killed by Israeli attacks since the early hours of today across the Strip.

    Large crowds gathered in chaotic scenes in southern Rafah as the controversial US and Israel-backed Gaza Humanitarian Foundation (GHF) opened its first aid distribution point, with thousands of Palestinians storming past barricades in desperation for food after a three-month blockade.

    Israeli forces opened fire on the crowd during the chaos, with Gaza’s Government Media Office saying Israel’s military killed three people and wounded 46.

    A spokesman for the UN secretary-general, Antonio Guterres, said the images and videos from the aid points set up by GHF were “heartbreaking, to say the least”.

    The UN and other aid groups have condemned the GHF’s aid distribution model, saying it does not abide by humanitarian principles and could displace people further from their homes.

    People go missing in chaos
    Amid the buzz of Israeli military helicopters overhead and gunfire rattling in the background, several people also went missing in the ensuing stampede, officials in Gaza said.

    Gaza’s Government Media Office said Israeli forces around the area “opened live fire on starving civilians who were lured to these locations under the pretence of receiving aid”.

    The Israeli military said its soldiers had fired “warning shots” in the area outside the distribution site and that control was re-established.

    Gaza had been under total Israeli blockade for close to three months, since March 2.

    Al Jazeera correspondent Mohamed Vall reported there was no evidence that Hamas had disrupted the aid distribution, as claimed by Israeli-sourced reports. He instead pointed to the sheer need — more than two million Palestinians live in Gaza.

    “These are the people of Gaza, the civilians of Gaza, trying to get just a piece of food — just any piece of food for their children, for themselves,” he said.

    More than 54,000 killed
    Aid officials said that moving Palestinians southwards could be a “preliminary phase for the complete ousting” of Gaza’s population.

    Last Sunday, hours before the GHF was due to begin delivering food, Jake Wood, the head of the controversial aid organisation, resigned saying he did not believe it was possible for the organisation to operate independently or adhere to strict humanitarian principles, reports Middle East Eye.

    According to Gaza’s Ministry of Health, at least 54,056 Palestinians have been killed since the start of the war in October 2023, which humanitarian aid groups and United Nations experts have described as a genocide.

    Yemen’s Houthis claimed responsibility for two missile attacks on Israel, saying they came in response to the storming of occupied East Jerusalem’s Al-Aqsa Mosque compound a day earlier by Israeli settlers.


    This content originally appeared on Asia Pacific Report and was authored by APR editor.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2025/05/28/israel-bombs-gaza-journalists-home-kills-8-shoots-3-at-new-aid-point-2/feed/ 0 535166
    Papua New Guinea seeks ‘fast track’ advice on resurrecting shortwave radio https://www.radiofree.org/2025/05/28/papua-new-guinea-seeks-fast-track-advice-on-resurrecting-shortwave-radio/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/05/28/papua-new-guinea-seeks-fast-track-advice-on-resurrecting-shortwave-radio/#respond Wed, 28 May 2025 06:06:26 +0000 https://asiapacificreport.nz/?p=115381 By Don Wiseman, RNZ Pacific senior journalist

    Papua New Guinea’s state broadcaster NBC wants shortwave radio reintroduced to achieve the government’s goal of 100 percent broadcast coverage by 2030.

    Last week, the broadcaster hosted a workshop on the reintroduction of shortwave radio transmission, bringing together key government agencies and other stakeholders.

    NBC had previously a shortwave signal, but due to poor maintenance and other factors, the system failed.

    The NBC's 50-year logo to coincide with Papua New Guinea's half century independence anniversary
    The NBC’s 50-year logo to coincide with Papua New Guinea’s half century independence anniversary celebrations. Image: NBC

    Its managing director Kora Nou spoke with RNZ Pacific about the merits of a return to shortwave.

    Kora Nou: We had shortwave at NBC about 20 or so years ago, and it reached almost the length and breadth of the country.

    So fast forward 20, we are going to celebrate our 50th anniversary. Our network has a lot more room for improvement at the moment, that’s why there’s the thinking to revisit shortwave again after all this time.

    Don Wiseman: It’s a pretty cheap medium, as we here at RNZ Pacific know, but not too many people are involved with shortwave anymore. In terms of the anniversary in September, you’re not going to have things up and running by then, are you?

    KN: It’s still early days. We haven’t fully committed, but we are actively pursuing it to see the viability of it.

    We’ve visited one or two manufacturers that are still doing it. We’ve seen some that are still on, still been manufactured, and also issues surrounding receivers. So there’s still hard thinking behind it.

    We still have to do our homework as well. So still early days and we’ve got the minister who’s asked us to explore this and then give him the pros and cons of it.

    DW: Who would you get backing from? You’d need backing from international donors, wouldn’t you?

    KN: We will put a business case into it, and then see where we go from there, including where the funding comes from — from government or we talk to our development partners.

    There’s a lot of thinking and work still involved before we get there, but we’ve been asked to fast track the advice that we can give to government.

    DW: How important do you think it is for everyone in the country to be able to hear the national broadcaster?

    KN: It’s important, not only being the national broadcaster, but [with] the service it provides to our people.

    We’ve got FM, which is good with good quality sound. But the question is, how many does it reach? It’s pretty critical in terms of broadcasting services to our people, and 50 years on, where are we? It’s that kind of consideration.

    I think the bigger contention is to reintroduce software transmission. But how does it compare or how can we enhance it through the improved technology that we have nowadays as well? That’s where we are right now.

    This article is republished under a community partnership agreement with RNZ.


    This content originally appeared on Asia Pacific Report and was authored by Pacific Media Watch.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2025/05/28/papua-new-guinea-seeks-fast-track-advice-on-resurrecting-shortwave-radio/feed/ 0 535148
    New book examines MLK’s fight against police brutality & racism outside the South https://www.radiofree.org/2025/05/25/new-book-examines-mlks-fight-against-police-brutality-racism-outside-the-south/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/05/25/new-book-examines-mlks-fight-against-police-brutality-racism-outside-the-south/#respond Sun, 25 May 2025 17:00:52 +0000 http://www.radiofree.org/?guid=a6a03615f2e66230c8b1f8252f31a05d
    This content originally appeared on Democracy Now! and was authored by Democracy Now!.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2025/05/25/new-book-examines-mlks-fight-against-police-brutality-racism-outside-the-south/feed/ 0 534829
    While Pacific is target of geopolitics, many nations still fight for basic sovereignty https://www.radiofree.org/2025/05/25/while-pacific-is-target-of-geopolitics-many-nations-still-fight-for-basic-sovereignty/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/05/25/while-pacific-is-target-of-geopolitics-many-nations-still-fight-for-basic-sovereignty/#respond Sun, 25 May 2025 13:49:54 +0000 https://asiapacificreport.nz/?p=115235 Samoan-Kiwi filmmaker Tuki Laumea checks in with indigenous communities in 10 Pacific nations for a new Al Jazeera documentary series, reports RNZ Saturday Morning.

    RNZ News

    As the Pacific region becomes a battleground for global power-play, many island nations are still fighting for basic sovereignty and autonomy, says Pacific filmmaker Tuki Laumea.

    Pacific leaders are smart, well-educated and perfectly capable of making their own decisions, the Fight for the Pacific filmmaker told RNZ Saturday Morning, so they should be allowed to do that.

    “Pacific nations all want to be able to say what it is they need without other countries coming in and trying to manipulate them for their resources, their people, and their positioning.”


    Fight for the Pacific: Episode 1 – The Battlefield.       Video: Al Jazeera

    Laumea knew the Pacific was a “poor place” but filming Fight for the Pacific, he was shocked by the extreme poverty of New Caledonia’s indigenous Kanak population.

    While indigenous people generally have what they need in countries like Samoa and Tonga, it is a different story in Kanaky New Caledonia, Laumea says.

    Laumea and fellow journalist Cleo Fraser — who produced the series — discovered that the country was home to two divided worlds.

    In the prosperous French south, people sip coffee and smoke cigarettes and seem to be “basically swimming in money”.

    Pacific filmmaker Tuki Laumea
    Pacific filmmaker Tuki Laumea . . .Kanaky New Caledonia home to two divided worlds. Image: RNZ/Nine Island Media

    Living in extreme poverty
    But just over the hill to the north, the Kanak people — who are 172 years into a fight for independence from French colonisers – live in extreme poverty, he says.

    “People don’t have enough, and they don’t have access to the things that they really needed.”

    Kanak community leader Jean Baptiste
    Kanak community leader Jean Baptiste . . . how New Caledonia has been caught up in the geopolitical dynamics between the United States, China and France. Image: AJ screenshot APR

    “They’re so close to us, it’s crazy. But because they’re French, no-one really speaks English much.”

    The “biggest disconnect” he saw between life there and life in NZ was internet prices.

    “Internet was so, so expensive. We paid probably 100 euros [around NZ$190] for 8 to 10 gig of data.

    “These guys can’t afford a 50-cent baguette so we’re not going to get lots and lots of videos coming out of Kanaky New Caledonia of what their struggle looks like. We just don’t get to hear what they’ve got to say.”

    Over the years, the French government has reneged on promises made to the Kanak people, Laumea says, who just want what all of us want — “a bit of a say”.

    Struggling for decades
    “They’ve been struggling for decades for independence, for autonomy, and it’s been getting harder. I think it’s really important that we listen now.”

    With a higher rate of homelessness than any US state, the majority of dispossessed people on Hawai'i are indigenous
    With a higher rate of homelessness than any US state, the majority of dispossessed people on Hawai’i are indigenous. Image: RNZ/Nine Island Media/Grassroot Institute of Hawai’i

    With a higher rate of homelessness than any US state, the majority of dispossessed people are indigenous, he says.

    “You leave Waikiki — which probably not a lot of people do — and the beaches are just lined with hundreds and hundreds and hundreds of homeless people, and they’re all sick, and they’re all not eating well.”

    Indigenous Hawai’ians never ceded national sovereignty, Laumea says. During World War II, the land was “just taken” by the American military who still reign supreme.

    “The military personnel, they all live on subsidised housing, subsidised petrol, subsidised education. All of the costs are really low for them, but that drives up the price of housing and food for everyone else.

    “It’s actually devastating, and we all need to maybe have a little look at that when we’re going to places like that and how we contribute to it.”

    Half of the Marshall Islands’ 50,000-strong population live in the capital city of Majuro
    Half of the Marshall Islands’ 50,000-strong population live in the capital city of Majuro. Image: Public domain/RNZ

    Treated poorly over nuclear tests
    Laumea and Fraser also visited the Marshall Islands for Fight for the Pacific, where they spoke to locals about the effects of nuclear testing carried out in the Micronesian nation between 1946 and 1958.

    The incredibly resilient indigenous Marshall Islanders have been treated very poorly over the years, and are suffering widespread poverty as well as intergenerational trauma and the genetic effects of radiation, Laumea says.

    “They had needles stuck in them full of radiation . . .  They were used as human guinea pigs and the US has never, ever, ever apologised.”

    Laumea and Fraser — who are also partners in life — found that getting a series made about the Pacific experience wasn’t easy because Al Jazeera’s huge international audience does not have much interest in the region, Laumea says.

    “On the global stage, we’re very much voiceless. They don’t really care about us that much. We’re not that important. Even though we know we are, the rest of the world doesn’t think that.”

    Journalist Cleo Fraser and filmmaker Tuki Laumea at work
    Journalist Cleo Fraser and filmmaker Tuki Laumea at work. Image: Matt Klitscher/Nine Island Media/RNZ

    To ensure Fight for the Pacific (a four-part series) had “story sovereignty”, Laumea ensured the only voices heard are real Pacific residents sharing their own perspectives.

    Sovereign storytellers
    “We have the skills, we’re smart enough to do it, and the only thing that people should really be acknowledging are sovereign storytellers, because they’re going to get the most authentic representation of it.”

    Being Pasifika himself, the enormous responsibility of making a documentary series that traverses the experiences of 10 individual Pacific cultures loomed large for Laumea.

    Editing hundreds of hours of footage was often very overwhelming, he says, yet the drive to honour and share the precious stories he had gathered was also his fuel.

    “That was the thing that I found the most difficult about making Fight for the Pacific but also probably the most rewarding in the end.”

    This article is republished under a community partnership agreement with RNZ.


    This content originally appeared on Asia Pacific Report and was authored by Pacific Media Watch.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2025/05/25/while-pacific-is-target-of-geopolitics-many-nations-still-fight-for-basic-sovereignty/feed/ 0 534819
    “King of the North”: New Book Examines MLK’s Fight Against Police Brutality & Racism Outside Dixie https://www.radiofree.org/2025/05/23/king-of-the-north-new-book-examines-mlks-fight-against-police-brutality-racism-outside-dixie-2/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/05/23/king-of-the-north-new-book-examines-mlks-fight-against-police-brutality-racism-outside-dixie-2/#respond Fri, 23 May 2025 16:10:59 +0000 http://www.radiofree.org/?guid=6141d23c09f89b907d5f6eba60d4d8d2
    This content originally appeared on Democracy Now! and was authored by Democracy Now!.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2025/05/23/king-of-the-north-new-book-examines-mlks-fight-against-police-brutality-racism-outside-dixie-2/feed/ 0 534594
    “King of the North”: New Book Examines MLK’s Fight Against Police Brutality & Racism Outside Dixie https://www.radiofree.org/2025/05/23/king-of-the-north-new-book-examines-mlks-fight-against-police-brutality-racism-outside-dixie/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/05/23/king-of-the-north-new-book-examines-mlks-fight-against-police-brutality-racism-outside-dixie/#respond Fri, 23 May 2025 12:52:30 +0000 http://www.radiofree.org/?guid=95fce6df7ef4be23d01c034be360fa12 Seg king book

    Historian Jeanne Theoharis’s new book, King of the North: Martin Luther King Jr.’s Life of Struggle Outside the South, is a major reexamination of the civil rights leader that offers a different picture of both King’s own experiences of police brutality and his sustained critique of police brutality and the criminal legal system in the North as well as the South.

    “We’ve southernized Dr. King. And so, his critique of police brutality outside the South, his long-standing critique of school segregation, of housing segregation, of job discrimination, King sees these as national, not local,” says Theoharis, distinguished professor at Brooklyn College.


    This content originally appeared on Democracy Now! and was authored by Democracy Now!.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2025/05/23/king-of-the-north-new-book-examines-mlks-fight-against-police-brutality-racism-outside-dixie/feed/ 0 534540
    Air New Zealand to resume Auckland-Nouméa flights from November https://www.radiofree.org/2025/05/23/air-new-zealand-to-resume-auckland-noumea-flights-from-november/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/05/23/air-new-zealand-to-resume-auckland-noumea-flights-from-november/#respond Fri, 23 May 2025 01:10:00 +0000 https://asiapacificreport.nz/?p=115194 By Patrick Decloitre, RNZ Pacific correspondent French Pacific desk

    Air New Zealand has announced it plans to resume its Auckland-Nouméa flights from November, almost one and a half years after deadly civil unrest broke out in the French Pacific territory.

    “Air New Zealand is resuming its Auckland-Nouméa service starting 1 November 2025. Initially, flights will operate once a week on a Saturday. This follows the New Zealand Government’s decision to update its safe travel advisory level for New Caledonia”, the company stated in its latest update yesterday.

    “The resumption of services reflects our commitment to reconnecting New Zealand and New Caledonia, ensuring that travel is safe and reliable for our customers. We will continue to monitor this route closely.

    “Passengers are encouraged to check the latest travel advisories and Air New Zealand’s official channels for updates on flight schedules”, said Air New Zealand general manager short haul Lucy Hall.

    In its updated advisory regarding New Caledonia, the New Zealand government still recommends “Exercise increased caution” (Level 2 of 4).

    It said this was “due to the ongoing risk of civil unrest”.

    In some specific areas (the Loyalty Islands, the Isle of Pines (Iles de Pins), and inland of the coastal strip between Mont Dore and Koné), it is still recommended to “avoid non-essential travel (Level 3 of 4).”

    Warning over ‘civil unrest’
    The advisory also recalls that “there was a prolonged period of civil unrest in New Caledonia in 2024. Political tensions and civil unrest may increase at short notice”.

    “Avoid all demonstrations, protests, and rallies as they have the potential to turn violent with little warning”.

    Air New Zealand ceased flights between Auckland and the French territory’s capital, Nouméa on 15 June 2024, at the height of violent civil unrest.

    Since then, it has maintained its no-show for the French Pacific territory, one of its closest neighbours.

    Air New Zealand’s general manager international Jeremy O’Brien said at the time this was due to “pockets of unrest” remaining in New Caledonia and “safety is priority”.

    New Caledonia’s international carrier Air Calédonie International (Aircalin) is also operating two weekly flights to Auckland from the Nouméa-La Tontouta international airport.

    The riots that broke out on 13 May 2024 resulted in 14 deaths and more than 2.2 billion euros (NZ$4.1 billion) in damages, bringing New Caledonia’s economy to its knees, with thousands of businesses and jobs destroyed.

    Tourism from its main regional source markets, namely Australia and New Zealand, also came to a standstill.

    Specifically regarding New Zealand, local statistics show that between the first quarters of 2024 and 2025, visitor numbers collapsed by 90 percent (from 1731 to 186).

    New Caledonia’s tourism stakeholders have welcomed the resumption of the service to and from New Zealand, saying this will allow the industry to relaunch targeted promotional campaigns in the New Zealand market.

    This article is republished under a community partnership agreement with RNZ.


    This content originally appeared on Asia Pacific Report and was authored by APR editor.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2025/05/23/air-new-zealand-to-resume-auckland-noumea-flights-from-november/feed/ 0 534459
    As Trump’s Mass Deportation Agenda Unfolds, New Haven is Fighting Back https://www.radiofree.org/2025/05/22/as-trumps-mass-deportation-agenda-unfolds-new-haven-is-fighting-back/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/05/22/as-trumps-mass-deportation-agenda-unfolds-new-haven-is-fighting-back/#respond Thu, 22 May 2025 22:40:33 +0000 https://progressive.org/latest/as-trumps-mass-deportation-agenda-unfolds-new-haven-is-fighting-back-tuhus-20250522/
    This content originally appeared on The Progressive — A voice for peace, social justice, and the common good and was authored by Melinda Tuhus.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2025/05/22/as-trumps-mass-deportation-agenda-unfolds-new-haven-is-fighting-back/feed/ 0 534436
    Freelance journalist barred from New York school board meeting https://www.radiofree.org/2025/05/22/freelance-journalist-barred-from-new-york-school-board-meeting/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/05/22/freelance-journalist-barred-from-new-york-school-board-meeting/#respond Thu, 22 May 2025 17:22:47 +0000 https://pressfreedomtracker.us/all-incidents/freelance-journalist-barred-from-new-york-school-board-meeting/

    Freelance reporter Jennifer Holloway was barred from attending a William Floyd School Board meeting in Mastic Beach, New York, on April 22, 2025, after she filmed the arrest of an attendee and was removed from the building.

    Holloway told the U.S. Press Freedom Tracker she was on assignment for PRO_NYC, a New York-based digital news outlet that focuses on protests, events, demonstrations and rallies in the tristate area. The meeting’s public comment portion was expected to include comments on the inclusion of a transgender student-athlete on the William Floyd High School track team, and Holloway said there had been rumors that anti-trans counterprotesters were planning to attend.

    She said that the school board meeting followed a normal routine and, when she learned that it would be at least half an hour before the public comment section would begin, she left temporarily to go to her car.

    “As I was walking back, lo and behold, what did I see? Two policemen literally running inside the school building,” Holloway said. “I had my phone in my hand and I turned on the video. Very shortly after, I was literally pushed out of the school.”

    In a clip of the interaction reviewed by the Tracker, a school security officer is seen approaching Holloway while she stands a reasonable distance from the ongoing arrest. The officer then tells her to take her phone outside while directing her toward the door.

    “I’m press,” Holloway responds. “I know. Turn around, go outside,” the officer replies. When Holloway asserts that she has a right to be there, as it’s a public area, the officer replies, “No you don’t” and “No it’s not.”

    She told the Tracker that in addition to identifying herself verbally as a member of the press, she was wearing a media credential issued by the New York City mayor’s office.

    Holloway said that being barred from reentering prevented her from observing the entirety of the public comment section, which was her primary reporting objective.

    “We did get a tweet out, and I did manage to take some photographs that we put out, but the part that I really wanted to get was some of the speeches and public comment,” she added.

    While Holloway noted an argument could be made that her removal violated not only the First Amendment but also the state’s open meeting laws, she said she is unlikely to pursue any legal recourse.

    “I never caused any disturbance at all, as witnessed in the video. And it was just really unfair,” Holloway said. “I don’t expect any compensation. Probably the best I can hope for is an apology.”

    School Board President April Coppola did not respond to a request for comment.


    This content originally appeared on U.S. Press Freedom Tracker: Incident Database and was authored by U.S. Press Freedom Tracker: Incident Database.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2025/05/22/freelance-journalist-barred-from-new-york-school-board-meeting/feed/ 0 534371
    Budget 2025: Pacific Ministry faces major cuts, yet new initiatives aim for development https://www.radiofree.org/2025/05/22/budget-2025-pacific-ministry-faces-major-cuts-yet-new-initiatives-aim-for-development/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/05/22/budget-2025-pacific-ministry-faces-major-cuts-yet-new-initiatives-aim-for-development/#respond Thu, 22 May 2025 11:34:39 +0000 https://asiapacificreport.nz/?p=115184 By Alakihihifo Vailala of PMN News

    Funding for New Zealand’s Ministry for Pacific Peoples (MPP) is set to be reduced by almost $36 million in Budget 2025.

    This follows a cut of nearly $26 million in the 2024 budget.

    As part of these budgetary savings, the Tauola Business Fund will be closed. But, $6.3 million a year will remain to support Pacific economic and business development through the Pacific Business Trust and Pacific Business Village.

    The Budget cuts also affect the Tupu Aotearoa programme, which supports Pacific people in finding employment and training, alongside the Ministry of Social Development’s employment initiatives.

    While $5.25 million a year will still fund the programme, a total of $22 million a year has been cut over the last four years.

    The ministry will save almost $1 million by returning funding allocated for the Dawn Raids reconciliation programme from 2027/28 onwards.

    There are two years of limited funding left to complete the ministry Dawn Raids programmes, which support the Crown’s reconciliation efforts.

    Funding for Pasifika Wardens
    Despite these reductions, a new initiative providing funding for Pasifika Wardens will introduce $1 million of new spending over the next four years.

    The initiative will improve services to Pacific communities through capacity building, volunteer training, transportation, and enhanced administrative support.

    Funding for the National Fale Malae has ceased, as only $2.7 million of the allocated $10 million has been spent since funding was granted in Budget 2020.

    The remaining $6.6 million will be reprioritised over the next two years to address other priorities within the Arts, Culture and Heritage portfolio, including the National Music Centre.

    Foreign Affairs funding for the International Development Cooperation (IDC) projects, particularly focussed on the Pacific, is also affected. The IDC received an $800 million commitment in 2021 from the Labour government.

    The funding was time-limited, leading to a $200 million annual fiscal cliff starting in January 2026.

    Budget 2025 aims to mitigate this impact by providing ongoing, baselined funding of $100 million a year to cover half of the shortfall. An additional $5 million will address a $10 million annual shortfall in departmental funding.

    Support for IDC projects
    The new funding will support IDC projects, emphasising the Pacific region without being exclusively aimed at climate finance objectives. Overall, $367.5 million will be allocated to the IDC over four years.

    Finance Minister Nicola Willis said the Budget addressed a prominent fiscal cliff, especially concerning climate finance.

    “The Budget addresses this, at least in part, through ongoing, baselined funding of $100 million a year, focused on the Pacific,” she said in her Budget speech.

    “Members will not be surprised to know that the Minister of Foreign Affairs has made a case for more funding, and this will be looked at in future Budgets.”

    More funding has been allocated for new homework and tutoring services for learners in Years nine and 10 at schools with at least 50 percent Pacific students to meet the requirements for the National Certificate of Educational Achievement (NCEA).

    About 50 schools across New Zealand are expected to benefit from the initiative, which will receive nearly $7 million over the next four years, having been reprioritised from funding for the Pacific Education Programme.

    As a result, funding will be stopped for three programmes aimed at supporting Tu’u Mālohi, Pacific Reading Together and Developing Mathematical Inquiry Communities.

    Republished from Pacific Media Network News with permission.


    This content originally appeared on Asia Pacific Report and was authored by APR editor.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2025/05/22/budget-2025-pacific-ministry-faces-major-cuts-yet-new-initiatives-aim-for-development/feed/ 0 534451
    New Caledonia, French Polynesia at UN decolonisation seminar in Dili https://www.radiofree.org/2025/05/21/new-caledonia-french-polynesia-at-un-decolonisation-seminar-in-dili/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/05/21/new-caledonia-french-polynesia-at-un-decolonisation-seminar-in-dili/#respond Wed, 21 May 2025 07:13:24 +0000 https://asiapacificreport.nz/?p=115038 By Patrick Decloitre, RNZ Pacific correspondent French Pacific desk

    New Caledonia and French Polynesia have sent strong delegations this week to the United Nations Pacific regional seminar on the implementation of the Fourth International Decade for the Eradication of Colonialism in Timor-Leste.

    The seminar opened in Dili today and ends on Friday.

    As French Pacific non-self-governing territories, the two Pacific possessions will brief the UN on recent developments at the event, which is themed “Pathways to a sustainable future — advancing socioeconomic and cultural development of the Non-Self-Governing Territories”.

    New Caledonia and French Polynesia are both in the UN’s list of non-self-governing territories to be decolonised, respectively since 1986 and 2013.

    Nouméa-based French Ambassador for the Pacific Véronique Roger-Lacan is also attending.

    After the Dili meeting this week, the UN’s Fourth Commission is holding its formal meeting in New York in July and again in October in the margins of the UN General Assembly.

    As New Caledonia marks the first anniversary this month of the civil unrest that killed 14 people and caused material damage to the tune of 2.2 billion euros last year (NZ$4.1 billion), the French Pacific territory’s political parties have been engaged for the past four months in political talks with France to define New Caledonia’s political future.

    However, the talks have not yet managed to produce a consensual way forward between pro-France and pro-independence groups.

    French Minister for Overseas Manuel Valls, at the end of the most recent session on May 8, put a project of “sovereignty with France” on the table which was met by strong opposition by the pro-France Loyalists (anti-independence) camp.

    This year again, parties and groups from around the political spectrum are planning to travel to Dili to plead their respective cases.

    New Caledonia’s newly-installed government has elected pro-France Alcide Ponga as its President.
    New Caledonia territorial President Alcide Ponga . . . pro-France groups have become more aware of the need for them to be more vocal and present at regional and international fora. Image: Media pool/RNZ Pacific

    Topping the list is New Caledonia’s government President Alcide Ponga, who chairs the pro-France Rassemblement party and came to power in January 2025.

    Other represented institutions include New Caledonia’s customary (traditional) Senate, a kind of Great Council of Chiefs, which also sends participants to ensure the voice of indigenous Kanak people is heard.

    Over the past two years, pro-France groups have become more aware of the need for them to be more vocal and present at regional and international fora.

    French Polynesia back on the UN list since 2013
    In French Polynesia, the pro-independence ruling Tavini Huiraatira party commemorated the 12th anniversary of re-inscription to the UN list of territories to be decolonised on 17 May 2013.

    This week, Tavini also sent a strong delegation to Timor-Leste, which includes territorial Assembly President Antony Géros.

    However, the pro-France parties, locally known as “pro-autonomy”, also want to ensure their views are taken into account.

    One of them is Moerani Frébault, one of French Polynesia’s representatives at the French National Assembly.

    “Contrary to what the pro-independence people are saying, we’re not dominated by the French Republic,” he told local media at a news conference at the weekend.

    Frébault said the pro-autonomy parties now want to invite a UN delegation to French Polynesia “so they can see for themselves that we have all the tools we need for our development.

    “This is the message we want to get across”.

    [L to R] Pro-autonomy Tapura party leaders Tepuaraurii Teriitahi, Edouard Fritch and Moerani Frébault, at a press conference in Papeete on 17 May 2025 – PHOTO Radio 1
    Pro-autonomy Tapura Party leaders Tepuaraurii Teriitahi (from left), Edouard Fritch and Moerani Frébault, at a press conference in Papeete last week . . . . “We want to counter those who allege that the whole of [French] Polynesians are sharing this aspiration for independence.” Image: Radio 1/RNZ Pacific

    Territorial Assembly member Tepuaraurii Teriitahi, from the pro-autonomy Tapura Huiraatira party, is also travelling to Dili.

    “The majority of (French) Polynesians is not pro-independence. So when we travel to this kind of seminar, it is because we want to counter those who allege that the whole of (French) Polynesians is sharing this aspiration for independence,” she said.

    ‘Constitution of a Federated Republic of Ma’ohi Nui’
    On the pro-independence side in Pape’ete, the official line is that it wants Paris to at least engage in talks with French Polynesia to “open the subject of decolonisation”.

    For the same purpose, the Tavini Party, in April 2025, officially presented a draft for what could become a “Constitution of a Federated Republic of Ma’ohi Nui”.

    The document is sometimes described as drawing inspirations from France and the United States, but is not yet regarded as fully matured.

    Earlier this month, French Polynesia’s President Moetai Brotherson was in Paris for a series of meetings with several members of the French cabinet, including Minister for Overseas Manuel Valls and French Foreign Affairs Minister Yannick Neuder.

    Valls is currently contemplating visiting French Polynesia early in July.

    Brotherson came to power in May 2023. Since being elected to the top post, he has stressed that independence — although it remained a longterm goal — was not an immediate priority.

    He also said many times that he wished relations with France to evolve, especially on the decolonisation.

    “I think we should put those 10 years of misunderstanding, of denial of dialogue behind us,” he said.

    In October 2023, for the first time since French Polynesia was re-inscribed on the UN list, France made representations at the UN Special Political and Decolonisation Committee (Fourth Committee), ending a 10-year empty chair hiatus .

    But the message delivered by the French Ambassador to the UN, Nicolas De Rivière, was unambiguous.

    He said French Polynesia “has no place” on the UN list of non-autonomous territories because “French Polynesia’s history is not the history of New Caledonia”.

    He also voiced France’s wish to have French Polynesia withdrawn from the UN list.

    The UN list of non-self-governing territories currently includes 17 territories worldwide and six of those are located in the Pacific — American Samoa, Guam, French Polynesia, New Caledonia, Pitcairn Islands and Tokelau.

    This article is republished under a community partnership agreement with RNZ.


    This content originally appeared on Asia Pacific Report and was authored by APR editor.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2025/05/21/new-caledonia-french-polynesia-at-un-decolonisation-seminar-in-dili/feed/ 0 534056
    A new podcast asks: Are ‘radical’ climate activists really that radical? https://grist.org/culture/sabotage-podcast-just-stop-oil-radical-climate-activists/ https://grist.org/culture/sabotage-podcast-just-stop-oil-radical-climate-activists/#respond Tue, 20 May 2025 08:45:00 +0000 https://grist.org/?p=665640 In October 2022, two protesters with the group Just Stop Oil shocked the world by tossing tomato soup at Vincent van Gogh’s iconic “Sunflowers” in London’s National Gallery. “Are you more concerned about the protection of a painting or the protection of our planet and people?” said one of them, Phoebe Plummer, moments after the two soup-throwers glued their hands to the wall.

    The painting, safely behind glass, was unharmed. But the soup-throwers were ridiculed. Piers Morgan, the British media personality, called it an act of “childish, petty, pathetic vandalism.” Journalists and scientists warned that stunts like this would alienate people and undermine support for climate action. Just Stop Oil, however, didn’t change course. They spray-painted Stonehenge with orange powder, zip-tied themselves to soccer goalposts, and blocked rush-hour traffic in London, with hundreds getting arrested.

    A new podcast series digs into what drove these activists to pull these shocking stunts — and whether they actually work. In 2023, Alessandra Ram and Samantha Oltman, two journalists who met at Wired over a decade ago, quit their jobs to investigate every aspect of this story, from the street blockades and court drama to the money trail that supports disruptive climate activism. After they gained trust with activists, they embedded with Just Stop Oil, at one point observing how its members get trained for police confrontations (they “go floppy,” with their limp weight making it harder to get dragged out of the street). The podcast, “Sabotage,” landed in Apple’s top 40 podcasts and just wrapped up with its series finale last week. 

    “Sabotage” raises a key question: Are “radical” climate activists really that radical? After all, the suffragettes actually slashed famous paintings, and “Sunflowers,” despite all the uproar over the soup incident, still sits untarnished in the National Gallery. All kinds of people have gotten arrested in order to bring attention to climate change, as the podcast documents, including climate scientists and a doctor motivated by how a warmer world spreads infectious diseases. If you take a clear-eyed look at what climate change means for life on this planet, Ram and Oltman ask, what’s the sane thing to do? 

    The pair launched their production company, Good Luck Media, to “tell stories you won’t be able to stop talking about” — ones that just happen to concern climate change. As they developed the podcast, they used a litmus test to see if a particular story was worth telling: If they shared it while getting a haircut, would the stylist be into it?

    Ram and Oltman stand beside “Sunflowers” at the National Gallery in London.
    Andy Fallon for Good Luck Media

    Their podcast goes in unexpected directions — one episode follows a love story disrupted by a prison sentence, while others explore the wealthy heirs, like Aileen Getty of the Getty oil fortune, who are giving their inheritance away to controversial climate activist groups. The podcast was co-produced by Adam McKay (the director of Don’t Look Up and Succession) and Staci Roberts-Steele of Yellow Dot Studios.

    Convincing Just Stop Oil activists to talk wasn’t easy. “There are so many misconceptions around this group, even though they have been, especially in the U.K., covered all the time,” Ram said. “People really just like to troll them.” The journalists slowly gained trust by approaching interviews with curiosity instead of judgment. 

    “What we found really fascinating as we embedded with them was understanding they’re incredibly strategic, despite how almost goofy some of their stunts are,” Oltman said. The soup-throwing protest in London’s National Gallery, for instance, was critiqued as nonsensical — what does attacking art have to do with climate change? — but it turns out that the absurdity was the point. Recent research by the Social Change Lab in London shows that Just Stop Oil’s illogical protests get more media attention than those with a clear rationale and also lead to an increase in donations. It’s part of a growing body of research that shows climate protests achieve results, even unpopular ones.

    Just Stop Oil’s stunts appeared to work. Just two and a half years after the infamous soup-launching — and despite the United Kingdom cracking down on peaceful protests with years-long jail sentences and raiding activists’ homes — Just Stop Oil has already achieved its central goal. This spring, the U.K. confirmed it was banning new drilling licenses for oil and gas. Just Stop Oil announced in March that it would be “hanging up the hi vis,” boasting that its movement kept 4.4 billion barrels of oil in the ground and was “one of the most successful civil resistance campaigns in recent history.” Hundreds of protesters marched through Westminster at the end of April for the group’s final action — though there’s been plenty of speculation that their disruptive stunts will continue under a new name.

    A crowd of people march in a road, holding a sign saying "resistance works"
    Just Stop Oil activists march on Waterloo Bridge in London as they staged their final protest on April 26. Vuk Valcic / SOPA Images / LightRocket via Getty Images

    Given Just Stop Oil’s over-the-top actions, you might expect the activists to have big personalities. But Ram and Oltman found that many of the protesters they met were shy, quiet, and anxious. “I was startled by the gulf between who these people seemed to be in their actual personality and the risks they were willing to take, particularly in the public shame and outrage front, to try to move the needle on climate change,” Oltman said. 

    “Sabotage” paints their stories with nuance, managing to avoid the usual media caricatures to reveal the real people behind the movement through small, vivid details. The infamous soup-throwers, for instance? The night before their demonstration, they practiced the Campbell’s toss in a tiny bathroom, making a mess as they hurled tomato soup at the glass in the shower.

    “I haven’t been acting in a radical way by joining Just Stop Oil,” Anna Holland, one of the soup-throwers, says in the podcast. “We’re facing the extinction of everything we know and love. And the only radical thing a person could be doing right now is ignoring it.”

    This story was originally published by Grist with the headline A new podcast asks: Are ‘radical’ climate activists really that radical? on May 20, 2025.


    This content originally appeared on Grist and was authored by Kate Yoder.

    ]]>
    https://grist.org/culture/sabotage-podcast-just-stop-oil-radical-climate-activists/feed/ 0 533890
    ACLU and ACLU of Louisiana Sound Alarm on New Orleans Police Department’s Secret Use of Real-Time Facial Recognition https://www.radiofree.org/2025/05/19/aclu-and-aclu-of-louisiana-sound-alarm-on-new-orleans-police-departments-secret-use-of-real-time-facial-recognition/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/05/19/aclu-and-aclu-of-louisiana-sound-alarm-on-new-orleans-police-departments-secret-use-of-real-time-facial-recognition/#respond Mon, 19 May 2025 16:11:19 +0000 https://www.commondreams.org/newswire/aclu-and-aclu-of-louisiana-sound-alarm-on-new-orleans-police-departments-secret-use-of-real-time-facial-recognition The American Civil Liberties Union and ACLU of Louisiana are raising urgent concerns following an investigation that shows the New Orleans Police Department has secretly used real-time face recognition technology to track and arrest residents without public oversight or City Council approval. This not only flouts local law, but endangers all of our civil liberties. This is the first known time an American police department has relied on live facial recognition technology cameras at scale, and is a radical and dangerous escalation of the power to surveil people as we go about our daily lives.

    According to The Washington Post, since 2023 the city has relied on face recognition-enabled surveillance cameras through the “Project NOLA” private camera network. These cameras scan every face that passes by and send real-time alerts directly to officers’ phones when they detect a purported match to someone on a secretive, privately maintained watchlist.

    The use of facial recognition technology by Project NOLA and New Orleans police raises serious concerns regarding misidentifications and the targeting of marginalized communities. Consider Randal Reid, for example. He was wrongfully arrested based on faulty Louisiana facial recognition technology, despite never having set foot in the state. The false match cost him his freedom, his dignity, and thousands of dollars in legal fees. That misidentification happened based on a still image run through a facial recognition search in an investigation; the Project NOLA real-time surveillance system supercharges the risks.

    “We cannot ignore the real possibility of this tool being weaponized against marginalized communities, especially immigrants, activists, and others whose only crime is speaking out or challenging government policies. These individuals could be added to Project NOLA's watchlist without the public’s knowledge, and with no accountability or transparency on the part of the police departments,” said Alanah Odoms, Executive Director of the ACLU of Louisiana. "Facial recognition technology poses a direct threat to the fundamental rights of every individual and has no place in our cities. We call on the New Orleans Police Department and the City of New Orleans to halt this program indefinitely and terminate all use of live-feed facial recognition technology. The ACLU of Louisiana will continue to fight the expansion of facial recognition systems and remain vigilant in defending the privacy rights of all Louisiana residents.”

    Key details revealed in the reporting include:

    • Real-time tracking: More than 200 surveillance cameras across New Orleans, particularly around the French Quarter, are equipped with facial recognition software that automatically scans passersby and alerts police when someone on a “watch list” is detected.
    • Privately run, publicly weaponized: The watch list is assembled by the head of Project NOLA and includes tens of thousands of faces scraped from police mugshot databases—without due process or any meaningful accuracy standards.
    • Police use to justify stops and arrests: Alerts are sent directly to a phone app used by officers, enabling immediate stops and detentions based on unverified purported facial recognition matches.
    • Searchable database: Project NOLA also has the capability to search stored video footage for a particular face or faces appearing in the past. So in other words, they could upload an image of someone’s face, and then search for all appearances of them across all the camera feeds over the last 30 days, thus retracing their movements, activities, and associations. Pervasive technological location tracking raises grave concerns under the Fourth Amendment to the Constitution.
    • No retention, no oversight: NOPD reportedly does not retain records about the alerts it receives and officers rarely record their reliance on the Project NOLA FRT results in investigative reports, raising serious questions about compliance with constitutional requirements to preserve and turn over evidence to people accused of crimes and to courts, thus undermining accountability in criminal prosecutions.
    • Violates city law: When the New Orleans City Council lifted the city’s ban on face recognition and imposed guardrails in 2022, it maintained a ban on use of facial recognition technology as a surveillance tool. This system baldly circumvents that ban. The system also circumvents transparency and reporting requirements imposed by City Council. Officials never disclosed the program in mandated public reports.

    In 2021, the ACLU of Louisiana sued the Louisiana State Police for information about secretly deploying facial recognition technology, despite years of officials assuring the public it wasn’t in use. Time and again, officials claim these tools are only used responsibly, but history proves otherwise. After the Washington Post began investigating this time around, city officials acknowledged the program and said they had “paused” it and that they “are in discussions with the city council” to change the city’s facial recognition technology law to permit this pervasive monitoring.

    The ACLU is now urging the New Orleans City Council to launch a full investigation and reimpose a moratorium on facial recognition use until robust privacy protections, due process safeguards, and accountability measures are in place.

    “Until now, no American police department has been willing to risk the massive public blowback from using such a brazen face recognition surveillance system,” said Nathan Freed Wessler, deputy director of ACLU’s Speech, Privacy, and Technology Project. “By adopting this system–in secret, without safeguards, and at tremendous threat to our privacy and security–the City of New Orleans has crossed a thick red line. This is the stuff of authoritarian surveillance states, and has no place in American policing.”


    This content originally appeared on Common Dreams and was authored by Newswire Editor.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2025/05/19/aclu-and-aclu-of-louisiana-sound-alarm-on-new-orleans-police-departments-secret-use-of-real-time-facial-recognition/feed/ 0 533788
    Meet Romania’s New Mathematician President https://www.radiofree.org/2025/05/19/meet-romanias-new-mathematician-president/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/05/19/meet-romanias-new-mathematician-president/#respond Mon, 19 May 2025 14:12:48 +0000 http://www.radiofree.org/?guid=8453b0e2429962efce73eb0ac5b1a0fd
    This content originally appeared on Radio Free Europe/Radio Liberty and was authored by Radio Free Europe/Radio Liberty.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2025/05/19/meet-romanias-new-mathematician-president/feed/ 0 533751
    Pacific children as young as 6 adopted, made to work as house slaves https://www.radiofree.org/2025/05/19/pacific-children-as-young-as-6-adopted-made-to-work-as-house-slaves/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/05/19/pacific-children-as-young-as-6-adopted-made-to-work-as-house-slaves/#respond Mon, 19 May 2025 01:54:14 +0000 https://asiapacificreport.nz/?p=114874 By Gill Bonnett, RNZ immigration reporter

    This story discusses graphic details of slavery, sexual abuse and violence

    Pacific children as young as six are being adopted overseas and being made to work as house slaves, suffering threats, beatings and rape.

    Kris Teikamata — a social worker at a community agency — spoke about the harrowing cases she encountered in her work, from 2019 to 2024, with children who had escaped their abusers in Auckland and Wellington.

    “They’re incredibly traumatised because it’s years and years and years of physical abuse, physical labour and and a lot of the time, sexual abuse, either by the siblings or other family members,” she said.

    “They were definitely threatened, they were definitely coerced and they had no freedom.

    “When I met each girl, [by then] 17, 18, 19 years old, it was like meeting a 50-year-old. The light had gone out of their eyes. They were just really withdrawn and shut down.”

    In one case a church minister raped his adopted daughter and got her pregnant.

    Teikamata and her team helped 10 Samoan teenagers who had managed to escape their homes, and slavery — two boys and eight girls — with health, housing and counselling. She fears they are the tip of the iceberg, and that many remain under lock and key.

    “They were brought over as a child or a teenager, sometimes they knew the family in Samoa, sometimes they didn’t — they had promised them a better life over here, an education and citizenship.

    Social worker Kris Teikamata.
    Social worker Kris Teikamata . . . “They were brought over as a child or a teenager, sometimes they knew the family in Samoa, sometimes they didn’t .” Image: RNZ Pacific

    “When they arrived they would generally always be put into slavery. They would have to get up at 5, 6 in the morning, start cleaning, start breakfast, do the washing, then go to school and then after school again do cleaning and dinner and the chores — and do that everyday until a certain age, until they were workable.

    “Then they were sent out to factories in Auckland or Wellington and their bank account was taken away from them and their Eftpos card. They were given $20 a week.

    “From the age of 16 they were put to work. And they were also not allowed to have a phone — most of them had no contact with family back in Samoa.”

    ‘A thousand kids a year… and it’s still going on’
    Nothing stopped the abusive families from being able to adopt again and they did, she said.

    A recent briefing to ministers reiterated that New Zealanders with criminal histories or significant child welfare records have used overseas courts to approve adoptions, which were recognised under New Zealand law without further checks.

    “When I delved more into it, I just found out that it was a very easy process to adopt from Samoa,” she said.

    “There’s no checks, it’s a very easy process. So about a thousand kids [a year] are today being adopted from Samoa. It’s such a high number — whereas other countries have checks or very robust systems. And it’s still going on.”

    As children, they could not play with friends and all of their movements were controlled.

    Oranga Tamariki uplifted younger children, who were sometimes siblings of older children who had escaped.

    “The ones that I met had escaped and found a friend or were homeless or had reached out to the police.”

    Loving families
    When they were reunited with their birth parents on video calls, it was clear they came from loving families who had been deceived, she said.

    While some adoptive parents faced court for assault, only one has been prosecuted for trafficking.

    Government, police and Oranga Tamariki were aware and in talks with the Samoan government, she said.

    Adoption Action member and researcher Anne Else said several opportunities to overhaul the 70-year-old Adoption Act had been thwarted, and the whole legislation needed ripping up.

    “The entire law needs to be redone, it dates back to 1955 for goodness sake,” she said.

    “But there’s a big difference between understanding how badly and urgently the law needs changing and actually getting it done.

    “Oranga Tamariki are trying, I know, to work with for example Tonga to try and make sure that their law is a bit more conformant with ours, and ensure there are more checks done to avoid these exploitative cases.”

    Sold for adoption
    Children from other countries had been sold for adoption, she said, and the adoption rules depended on which country they came from. Even the Hague Convention, which is supposed to provide safeguards between countries, was no guarantee.

    Immigration minister Erica Stanford said other ministers were looking at what could be done to crack down on trafficking through international adoption.

    “If there are non-genuine adoptions and and potential trafficking, we need to get on top of that,” she sad.

    “It falls outside of the legislation that I am responsible for, but there are other ministers who have it on their radars because we’re all worried about it. I’ve read a recent report on it and it was pretty horrifying. So it is being looked at.”

    A meeting was held between New Zealand and Samoan authorities in March. A summary of discussions said it focused on aligning policies, information sharing, and “culturally grounded frameworks” that uphold the rights, identity, and wellbeing of children, following earlier work in 2018 and 2021.

    This article is republished under a community partnership agreement with RNZ.


    This content originally appeared on Asia Pacific Report and was authored by APR editor.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2025/05/19/pacific-children-as-young-as-6-adopted-made-to-work-as-house-slaves/feed/ 0 533688
    New U.S.-Israeli aid plan in Gaza may use facial recognition software https://www.radiofree.org/2025/05/15/new-u-s-israeli-aid-plan-in-gaza-may-use-facial-recognition-software/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/05/15/new-u-s-israeli-aid-plan-in-gaza-may-use-facial-recognition-software/#respond Thu, 15 May 2025 23:00:37 +0000 http://www.radiofree.org/?guid=98f6f5dcbf4be17bb7a8510a0099180a
    This content originally appeared on Democracy Now! and was authored by Democracy Now!.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2025/05/15/new-u-s-israeli-aid-plan-in-gaza-may-use-facial-recognition-software/feed/ 0 533268
    This new model for worker organizing could supercharge today’s labor movement https://www.radiofree.org/2025/05/15/this-new-model-for-worker-organizing-could-supercharge-todays-labor-movement/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/05/15/this-new-model-for-worker-organizing-could-supercharge-todays-labor-movement/#respond Thu, 15 May 2025 16:29:57 +0000 https://therealnews.com/?p=334128 Starbucks union members and their supporters, including baristas who have just walked off the job, effectively closing a local branch, picket in front of the store, February 28, 2025 in New York City. Photo by Andrew Lichtenstein/Corbis via Getty ImagesLess than 10% of American workers are now unionized. To reverse decades of decline and bring millions of new workers into the labor movement, unions need to embrace the worker-to-worker organizing model.]]> Starbucks union members and their supporters, including baristas who have just walked off the job, effectively closing a local branch, picket in front of the store, February 28, 2025 in New York City. Photo by Andrew Lichtenstein/Corbis via Getty Images

    Labor’s decline over the past half century has devastated working-class communities, undermined democracy, and deepened the grip of big business over our work lives, our political system, and our planet,” Eric Blanc writes in his new book, We Are the Union: How Worker-to-Worker Organizing Is Revitalizing Labor and Winning Big. “To turn this around, we need tens of millions more people forming, joining, and transforming unions”; however, to achieve that level of growth, “a new unionization model is necessary because the only way to build power at scale is by relying less on paid full-timers and more on workers.” In this episode of Working People, recorded at Red Emma’s Cooperative Bookstore in Baltimore on March 27, TRNN Editor-in-Chief Maximillian Alvarez speaks with Blanc about his book and how worker-to-worker organizing campaigns at companies like Starbucks and Amazon are breathing life back into the labor movement.

    Eric Blanc is Assistant Professor of Labor Studies at Rutgers University, an organizer trainer in the Emergency Workplace Organizing Committee, author of Red State Revolt: The Teachers’ Strike Wave and Working-Class Politics, and director of the Worker to Worker Collaborative.

    Additional links/info:

    Permanent links below…

    Featured Music…

    • Jules Taylor, “Working People” Theme Song

    Audio Post-Production: Stephen Frank


    Transcript

    The following is a rushed transcript and may contain errors. A proofread version will be made available as soon as possible.

    Maximillian Alvarez:

    Alright, thank you so much, Analysis. Thank you as always to the great Red Emma’s cooperative bookstore cafe gathering space. Please, please, please support Red Emma’s however you can. We need spaces like this and many more now more than ever. And thank you all for coming out tonight. It’s a real shot to the heart to see your faces in these dark times. And we are here to talk about fighting the bosses, fighting the oligarchs, building worker power, and taking our world back. Does that sound all right to you guys? Oh, come on. I said who wants to talk about building worker power? Hell yeah. And we are here to jump into that discussion with a really, really vital new book by brother Eric Blanc. It is called We Are the Union: How Worker-to-Worker Organizing is Revitalizing Labor and Winning Big, which you can buy right over there.

    Our goal here is not to try to condense this book into a 30 minute talk. Our goal is to try to get you to read it, to think about it, to let Eric know what you think about it, use what’s usable in it, build on it. Alright, so Eric, I’m going to shut up and I want to toss things to you. There’s so much that I could ask you about here, but I wanted to start, since both of our books grew out of Covid—and the book that I’ve got over there, that Analysis mentioned, was interviews with 10 workers during the first year of Covid. And you have a really, I think, touching part in this book where you talk about the first call that you took as a member of what would become EWOC (Emergency Workplace Organizing Committee). And you talk about Enrique. I wanted to first ask if you could just tell us a little bit about that call, and you have a line here where you said, “without the resistance of workers like Enrique,” and I’ll let you tell what that resistance was, “many thousands more people would likely have died across the US.” I wanted to ask if you could take us to that moment: what was happening with Enrique, your involvement with it, and how this book grew out of it, but also, in that telling, can you say a little bit about how the story of Covid—when we’re not talking about government policy and total death tolls… What does that story look like when we look at it from the ground, through the stories of working people like the ones you spoke to in the book?

    Eric Blanc:

    Yeah, thanks. That’s a great question and thanks to all you for being here. Thanks Maximillian for discussing, thanks to Red Emma’s. And yeah, going back, it’s interesting going back to that moment of crisis, I felt like the last few months I’ve had this visceral sense of almost deja vu of this very intense crisis. And trying to think what that looked like in early 2020, I had been labor organizer for the Bernie campaign. And what ended up happening is once Covid hit, we started getting inundated with workers reaching out from all over the country just saying, my boss is making me go in. Nobody has masks. My coworkers are being forced to come in because, so just give a concrete example. So Enrique is a meat packing worker in Pennsylvania and reached out because he knew that his coworker had covid had to keep on coming in because at that factory, if they had missed more than three days total, they would just get the boot.

    There was no job protection. And so there was just a level of fear for people’s lives. That was a crisis for all of them. There’s hundreds of workers at this meat packing plant. And so they reached out to the Bernie campaign. And because I spoke Spanish, I ended up talking to Enrique and helping him for weeks and eventually months and trying to build a fight back campaign. And they ended up doing some really brave actions, including not showing up to work. They wrote an open letter and got over WhatsApp chat and got a huge number of their workers not to show up until basic safety demands were met. They won many of those through this struggle. So yeah, exactly that courage, that heroism because it was terrifying for them. A lot of were undocumented and they had no idea what was going to happen to them.

    And so I just think about so many stories. You got no press, nobody ever heard about it. And we don’t even know the numbers of workers that did that basic level of collective action and militancy all over the country and frankly just saved so many people’s lives. And it’s exactly what you said. And it seems to me, again, just to bring it back to this moment, that there is a similar thing going on right now where people, the labor movement, we talk about it in general, but it does ultimately come down to these initial acts, the first people who are willing to speak out when other people aren’t. And it’s risky and it’s something I think is worth celebrating though in the hindsight when things seem impossible and things seem like everything is against us, you can see that those actions did make a real difference.

    Maximillian Alvarez:

    So I know that obviously this story goes back before Covid and your first book, and you talk about this in your current book, you talk about the sort of lineage going to the red bread teacher strikes. You can trace that lineage even further back with the sort of revitalization of the Chicago Teachers Union. It depends on where you want to start the clock. But sticking with Covid for a moment, I wanted to ask if you could just condense a little bit, I don’t think we fully reckoned as a society with how much Covid fucked our brains and our society. Pardon my friends. But there are parts of that story that can get lost easily if we’re not looking at the shop floor struggles that emerged in response to it. So I wanted to ask first, since you talked about some of the major struggles that working people were facing in the midst of a deadly pandemic, so what was the organizing response to that that sort of led to this book in this argument that you make in it? And how was that sort of changing what had been the dominant trends in organized labor up until Covid?

    Eric Blanc:

    Yeah, it’s a good question. And you’re right that the thrust of worker to worker organizing in some ways predates the pandemic. I would really would say this sort of wide scale worker led organizing. The first really big instance of it in recent memory we have was the 2018 teacher strikes that were initiated over these viral Facebook groups. And a lot of the dynamics we’ve seen in recent years were presaged there. But the pandemic sort of supercharged this all over the country because it showed overnight that the bosses didn’t care whether you died. And the organizing and the questions that led to this book, frankly as you mentioned, came out of that the Emergency Workplace Organizing Committee emerged literally as a Google form that we had to set up because we were getting so many workers reaching out like Enrique who were just saying, give us any help.

    Well, how can we fight back? And so we set up a Google form and connected these workers reaching out with volunteer organizers, a lot of people coming out of Bernie World, out of Democratic Socialists of America, out of United Electrical Left Union. And we were able to start building a really interesting project to help workers start. And the book in many ways comes out of this direct organizing experience. We’re just trying to figure out, well, how do you organize and help support large numbers of workers when you have very few staff? We were just volunteers, right? We didn’t have any staff at first. And then the question becomes, well, what kind of organizing matters are possible when you’re giving workers the tools to start self-organizing in a way that doesn’t require the traditional model where you have a full-time staff organizer, very intensely coaching every worker because that actually can be very effective, but we just didn’t have the staff to do it.

    And I think we’ve seen that similar dynamic with a lot of the other early covid sparks. So Starbucks would be a classic example. Late 2021, they win one union election in Buffalo, New York to their great surprise, because this wasn’t a plan to organize Starbucks nationally. They had no plan on doing that. They were just trying to organize very modestly upstate New York, see if you could get some Starbucks, get other coffee shops at upstate New York. Well, to their great surprise, hundreds and then thousands of workers start reaching out nationally and saying, we want to do what you did. And if they had tried to do a staff intensive model, they just literally wouldn’t have had the ability to talk to so many workers. There weren’t enough staff, they had a couple staff barely. And so they had to have workers jump on Zoom to talk to all of their coworkers nationally. So you do get a sense then of the question of scale. How do you get enough workers? Organizing is not possible. These moments of crisis of urg through a very staff intensive way.

    Maximillian Alvarez:

    Let’s unpack that just a little bit more, right? You have a great line, many great lines, and I think one of the real strengths of this book is your ability to articulate very clearly. I mean these three points of analysis that help us, I think move past what have been very slow moving debates. And you succinctly put that Labor’s powerful approaches haven’t been scalable and labor’s scalable approaches haven’t been very powerful. So I wanted ask if you could unpack that statement a little more and then give us some sort of more of the concrete details about what a worker to worker organizing camp, what makes it different from say a staff model. I mean, you give the example of Bessemer, Alabama that was workers at Amazon leading a campaign, but with the help of an established union didn’t win. Then Amazon workers in Staten Island do a more work of the worker model and they win. So maybe we could use that as sort of the concrete example to show people what we’re talking about.

    Eric Blanc:

    Sure. So yeah, the argument is that both for labor and frankly for social movements more generally, I try to say that we’re in this impasse where the most powerful methods we have are too small scale. And so you have real, very strong unions that have been able to win very important gains for their members across the country. And so I actually don’t try to diminish the importance of staff or the importance of this model. The problem is that there hasn’t been a way to generalize that for reasons essentially of costs too expensive and takes too much time through staff intensive ways to organize tens of millions of workers that way. It’s true frankly for community organizing as well. You have a lot of really smart, deep base building organizations that haven’t had the mechanisms to build that power widely. On the other hand, you’ve had had then as a response to that scale issue attempts to go really big.

    So you have things like our Walmart or Fight for 15, which in the labor world did make, they made some differences. They were able to get wage increases for a large number of workers, but they weren’t trying to do the traditional power building of deep organizing in which the ideas, the union is built from the workers from below by talking to your coworkers, building solidarity, having an organized committee. These basic building blocks of worker organizing were sort of dropped because the assumption is you couldn’t do that on a nationwide level. And so what you see in the recent period is the merging of this national scalable meeting, the moment using digital tools type ethos and structure, but combining that with really classic structures and tactics of deep labor organizing. And that’s really exciting. And I think the example I would give is maybe not Bessemer and Amazon because a little messy, all these are a little bit messy.

    But just to give one other example of a worker to worker drive that I think is really, really sort of emblematic beyond Starbucks is the news. So not everybody follows the news guild, but this is one of the main unions that organizes in media and there’s been massive wins against really evil hedge funds that have taken over media companies. And the News Guild over the last five years has organized hundreds of newspapers in very intense battles. These are not easy fights by any means. You have people who’ve been striking for over a year in some cases currently as we speak. And they won through a thing called the Member Organizing program in which their ethos is every worker leader should be trained to do anything a staff person normally does. And so this is in some ways the thesis of the book is that it turns out worker leaders can do many of these things that traditionally we assume that only full-time staff could do.

    So that’s concretely initiating campaigns. Crucially, it’s coaching other workers. Normally it’ll be a staff person has to coach another worker and how to build power. We hear workers are coaching other workers and there’s some staff in the background, staff and resources play a big role, but really it’s workers talking to other workers and then strategizing who’s making the big decisions over the campaign. Well, staff can be in there, but are workers going to have a decisive say? And that turns out it makes a big difference for workers’ ownership over their drives for their ability to not get burnt out. They feel it truly, the union is us. We are the union unions always say this. This is a classic thing that unions say. The question is actually how do you do it and how do you make it feel real and how do you make it be real? And I think that the recent worker to worker drives have put the meat on that in a way that traditional organizing hasn’t to the same extent.

    Maximillian Alvarez:

    Well, and that creates sort of opportunities for success that maybe we didn’t anticipate ourselves three years ago. I think a lot of what’s happened in that time has been surprising even to folks in the neighborhood world or I know so, but you are also very careful in this book to sort of make it clear. Don’t hear what I’m not saying. Don’t take away the wrong lesson here that union staffers are evil, bad, stupid people. Just flip the ways that we’re looking at this, understanding it. And in that vein, I wanted to sort of ask about the particular challenges that come with a worker to worker organizing model, what that lack of institutional support along with a labor law that’s stacked so heavily in favor of the bosses and anemic NLRB that now is I’m dysfunctional at the current moment. So what are some of the real drawbacks to a work of the worker model or what have we learned from the past couple of years about those?

    Eric Blanc:

    Yeah, it’s a really good question. And I would say that the first thing is there’s really different varieties of worker, worker unions going as much to completely independent unions like in the Amazon JFK eight where they had no institutional backing or very little to worker to worker drives like Starbucks or the News Guild in which you have really driving things and having this worker to worker approach but with serious resources. And I think that one of the lessons of the book and the research and recent experience is that if you’re going up against the biggest companies, you do need actually this sweet spot of combined resources with the worker leadership that it’s very hard to win and to sustain your organizing without some level of institutional backend for basic reasons that you can imagine organizing is so hard. It’s so labor intensive that it’s easy to get burnt out.

    It frankly is easy to get burnt out. And so I would say that this is both the power of the new model is that it depends on workers’ leadership, but then people have jobs, people have families. And so you have to have a realistic assessment of how far you can ask people to go. And it turns out they can go very far, but there’s still limits. There’s still limits to what you can do without any staff and union backing. So I think that’s one big lesson. And then I would say that one of the things we’re seeing right now is it’s a very open question about what new organizing in the private sector looks like under Trump. And I’m actually very optimistic about that labor can keep up its momentum. It might be through fighting defensive battles, you can win and defeat Musk and Trump.

    That would be a historic victory, whether that will mean we’re going to get tens of millions of new workers in unions under the next four years. Those are separate questions. So I do think that we need to be sober about the ability to organize tens of millions of workers, doesn’t just depend on having the right models. There has to be some combination of right strategy, good organizing, and frankly favorable conditions, whether it’s in the political sphere or things like the covid crisis that can galvanize people. And so it’s not just a question of putting out the right ideas and then inevitably you’ll win. You have to have the meeting of the various conditions, and that’s not always clear how far you can go at a given moment. It’s an open question. Right now

    Maximillian Alvarez:

    We got about, let’s say 10 more minutes and then we want to open it up to q and a, but I thought it was really eyeopening for me and helpful for me to read in this book how you’re showing how this applies beyond later, and these are lessons that can be learned and implemented and built on in other social movements. I wanted to ask if you could unpack that a little more. What does Worker to worker organizing teach us about how we can improve on our existing social movements and build the ones that we don’t have, but also you give Sunrise movement as also another example of a different kind of model that doesn’t have the worker to worker ethos and actually suffered from that. So I was wondering if you could touch on that as well.

    Eric Blanc:

    Yeah. This goes to the earlier question of wide but shallow or a small, but deep, right? You have this impasse. The really big things aren’t powerful enough. And we’ve seen that in social movements in part because the big national campaigns we’ve had are still for the most part, imbued with kind of a nonprofit top down type structure in which you’re not building membership organizations. There’s not really a truly democratic structure to which people can sustain themselves. And it doesn’t mean that these aren’t effective. In some ways, the Bernie campaign was tremendously effective, but then Bernie closed up shop and the organizing went home. And similar with the Sunrise and some of these other distributed campaigns, it’s not to say what they did was unimportant, but if you’re not building membership democratic organizations in the process of these national campaigns, you’re really limiting your ability to build sustained power because people don’t keep on dedicating themselves.

    They don’t keep on showing up unless they feel real ownership and have real ownership over the organizing. And so just to give a concrete example, as we speak, as we speak, you might be aware that there’s an authoritarian coup in our country and they’re trying to destroy all public services and they are rounding up people off the street. Did you see this at Tufts yesterday just for speaking out on Palestine? So it’s a pretty intense moment we’re in, and it’s worth thinking through. Well concretely, what does this mean for that? Because frankly, if we’re not talking about this moment, then I am not sure why we’re here. So I just want to be really specific about naming that. And to me, one of the limitations we’ve seen right now is that there’s so many people who are angry about what’s going on but don’t know how to get plugged in.

    There’s not a clear onboarding mechanism to get literally the millions of people right now who are up in arms against what’s happening with social security or around democracy or free speech, any of these things. You need to have a mechanism to train up hundreds of thousands of new organizers. So to be really concrete, for instance, I love Bernie and AOCs rallies, they’ve been amazing. They show that people want to fight back. But the thing that was missing there, and this goes to your question, is a direct ask of people to get involved and organized. And that’s different than just showing up for another action. You basically need to give all the people who went to that rally to know that they need to get their coworkers and their friends and their family members to go to the next action. In other words, they need to become an organizer.

    And you need to have a structure for those organizers to keep on organizing. That is the missing thing we have. We just tell people to go from one action to another, and then people go home and they don’t know how to develop themselves, and we’re not building sustained power. So one of the things that I’m working on now, there’s other people in this room who are even more involved, is the Federal Unionist Network, which is building this type of bottom up worker to Warrior Shout out to fund, which is building this kind of worker to worker network and the federal unionist to overcome these divisions and to really train up workers to fight back in conjunction with the community. And so that I think is a type of model that hopefully we can see replicated more widely. And one shout out is if you want to get involved, you should go to save public services.com. And I’m getting into it. And in Baltimore specifically, there’s a signup sheet there that everyone should sign up for it because the organizing starts now, if you’re not already involved, now is the moment. So please sign up. There’s an upcoming action that will get announced in the q and a.

    Maximillian Alvarez:

    Oh yeah, you anticipated me, brother. That was going to be my last question. But I’m really, you’re absolutely right. If we’re not talking about what we can do right now to stop what’s happening and what alternative future we’re fighting for that we’re not having the right conversation, we’re not in the game, and we need to get our heads in the game yesterday. And with the final sort of minutes that we’ve got, before we open up the q and a, I wanted to kind of hook that urgency to the other urgent question you’re addressing here, which is before the technical fascist takeover really got supercharged in this new administration, we were already facing the crisis that produced this monstrous administration and our monster politics, which is decades of neoliberal rot, corporate consolidation, mass inequality, climate destroying economics and politics, collapse in popular faith in the institutions of government to represent the people.

    I could go on and on and on. And with that, a corresponding and even causative decline in organized labor power. So the less unions we have, the less organized workers are, the more the bosses win and the more the bosses start taking over society and making it such. And we’ve ended up here. So the urgency in your book, which you couldn’t fully anticipate the urgency that we’re feeling right this second, was like we are in a society destroying crisis that needs to be fixed by workers getting organized and in the millions, the tens of millions. And this is the model that can actually help us scale to that number. So I wanted to ask if you could drive home that point, why do we need to organize so many workers? Why does this model help us, and what does an organized working class mean for saving democracy and society?

    Eric Blanc:

    Yeah, that’s a great question slash maybe you also gave the answer in the question, but it’s the question. And I would say that the graph that is the graph to understand this is the relationship between income inequality and union density. The income inequality goes up when union density goes down. And that’s one reflection of the basic question of power. Do working people have power? Do corporations have power? And what is the relationship between these two? How much power do workers have? And we frankly had our power decline, decline and decline for decade. And that is why we’re in the crisis we’re in across the board. It’s why Trump was able to get elected. It’s why we’re in climate catastrophes, why we don’t have the power yet to stop the genocide and Gaza and Palestine. And so the urgency of this is no matter what question you feel most strongly about, no matter what issue it is, that is deeply rooted in the power imbalance between working people and the bosses.

    And our best way to turn that around is through organizing ourselves as working people by the millions. And so that is a scale question. It’s a question of how you get to power that can actually defeat the fascists and the millionaires. And I think that one of the things I didn’t fully even anticipate in the book, and we was just talking about this earlier over dinner, is the extent to which this model turns out to be extremely important, even for the defensive battles. So if you just think about what is going to stop, what is it going to take to stop Musk in Trump’s coup, essentially, right? Well, it turns out there’s not enough staff in the labor movement to organize tens of millions of federal workers, right? If you’re going to organize tens of millions of workers generally, and millions of workers to fight back, the only mechanism to do that is workers start organizing each other.

    Obviously you need to support the unions. We need the labor movement to be doing a lot more. So again, this isn’t to say we don’t need the unions, we need ’em doing a lot more. But I think the model to how we win in this moment, it’s going to look a lot more like the 2018 teacher strikes where when the workers lead from below, then the leaders in quotes of the official unions will follow if we do our organizing and we have to get to that kind of scale. And I’m personally optimistic. I was saying just before I’m actually, this is the least depressed I’ve been for a couple months because A, I’ve just been too busy organizing to doom scroll. But then there is actually, I think something about the moment we’re in where Musk and Trump are overreaching, what they’re doing is extremely unpopular.

    It’s not a popular thing. It turns out to destroy people’s social security to take away their Medicaid. These, they’re playing with fire, they’re frankly playing with fire, and it’s up to us to make them pay and not just pay in the short term. They make it so that this movement that they have goes away for good. And I think that we can do that, but it’s going to require, at this moment, a leap of faith for everybody out there to go all in on organizing. Because the major obstacle we still have at this moment is so many people feel a sense of resignation and a sense of despair. That becomes a self-fulfilling prophecy. If you think nothing can be done, if you think Trump is all powerful, then you don’t go out and you don’t spend all your time organizing. And so you just have to, I think, believe that it’s possible. It is go all in and then history will would be made. And I think actually we in a very good position to defeat these bastards, but it’s going to take a lot of organizing and I hope that we do it all together.

    Maximillian Alvarez:

    Give it up, give it up for Eric.


    This content originally appeared on The Real News Network and was authored by Maximillian Alvarez.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2025/05/15/this-new-model-for-worker-organizing-could-supercharge-todays-labor-movement/feed/ 0 533192
    Israel’s “Crime of Apartheid”: New Report by U.S. Professors as Palestinians Mark Nakba Day https://www.radiofree.org/2025/05/15/israels-crime-of-apartheid-new-report-by-u-s-professors-as-palestinians-mark-nakba-day-2/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/05/15/israels-crime-of-apartheid-new-report-by-u-s-professors-as-palestinians-mark-nakba-day-2/#respond Thu, 15 May 2025 15:09:20 +0000 http://www.radiofree.org/?guid=709457b2a8f77e1eb95aac2872696edc
    This content originally appeared on Democracy Now! and was authored by Democracy Now!.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2025/05/15/israels-crime-of-apartheid-new-report-by-u-s-professors-as-palestinians-mark-nakba-day-2/feed/ 0 533176
    Israel’s “Crime of Apartheid”: New Report by U.S. Professors as Palestinians Mark Nakba Day https://www.radiofree.org/2025/05/15/israels-crime-of-apartheid-new-report-by-u-s-professors-as-palestinians-mark-nakba-day/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/05/15/israels-crime-of-apartheid-new-report-by-u-s-professors-as-palestinians-mark-nakba-day/#respond Thu, 15 May 2025 12:34:07 +0000 http://www.radiofree.org/?guid=aa05fe60860e27d1a70413c4ed61a49d H2 nakba

    A major new report by U.S. academics analyzes Israel’s occupation of Palestine under the legal framework of the crime of apartheid. The report was intentionally released on Nakba Day — the day that marks the mass expulsion of Palestinians from their homes during Israel’s violent founding in 1948. Citing dozens of experts, human rights organizations and judicial decisions, it concludes that Israel’s treatment of Palestinians “meets the legal threshold of apartheid.” Researchers found that Israel imposes “policies that are designed to ensure the perpetual racial subordination of the Palestinian people,” says Sandra Babcock, a clinical professor at Cornell Law School who helped author the report.


    This content originally appeared on Democracy Now! and was authored by Democracy Now!.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2025/05/15/israels-crime-of-apartheid-new-report-by-u-s-professors-as-palestinians-mark-nakba-day/feed/ 0 533154
    U.S. & Saudis Sign $142B Arms Deal as Trump Meets with Syria’s New Leader & Drops Syrian Sanctions https://www.radiofree.org/2025/05/14/u-s-saudis-sign-142b-arms-deal-as-trump-meets-with-syrias-new-leader-drops-syrian-sanctions-2/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/05/14/u-s-saudis-sign-142b-arms-deal-as-trump-meets-with-syrias-new-leader-drops-syrian-sanctions-2/#respond Wed, 14 May 2025 15:14:36 +0000 http://www.radiofree.org/?guid=248cf4d0dcf892ab75e5440303785e5b
    This content originally appeared on Democracy Now! and was authored by Democracy Now!.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2025/05/14/u-s-saudis-sign-142b-arms-deal-as-trump-meets-with-syrias-new-leader-drops-syrian-sanctions-2/feed/ 0 532952
    U.S. & Saudis Sign $142B Arms Deal as Trump Meets with Syria’s New Leader & Drops Syrian Sanctions https://www.radiofree.org/2025/05/14/u-s-saudis-sign-142b-arms-deal-as-trump-meets-with-syrias-new-leader-drops-syrian-sanctions/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/05/14/u-s-saudis-sign-142b-arms-deal-as-trump-meets-with-syrias-new-leader-drops-syrian-sanctions/#respond Wed, 14 May 2025 12:15:48 +0000 http://www.radiofree.org/?guid=3876f29e8b7897c5e91b3e80d13221ae Trumpmbssaudi

    We look at President Donald Trump’s diplomatic visit to the Middle East and discuss his administration’s foreign policy in the region with Akbar Shahid Ahmed, senior diplomatic correspondent for HuffPost, and Sarah Leah Whitson, executive director of DAWN. As Trump sells U.S. military power in the Gulf in exchange for investments in U.S. businesses, they warn that Trump’s transactional business philosophy is spreading to the administration’s dealings around the world. As Whitson puts it, “if you can pay, then you can play.” This approach extends to the new Syrian government, as Trump pledges to lift sanctions on the country. However, explains Ahmed, while the thawing of relationships between the U.S. and Arab states has the added effect of divergence from tight-knit U.S.-Israel coordination, these changes can be attributed to Trump’s “America First” agenda, rather than any concern for Palestinians, whom Trump is happy to allow Israel to “pummel.”


    This content originally appeared on Democracy Now! and was authored by Democracy Now!.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2025/05/14/u-s-saudis-sign-142b-arms-deal-as-trump-meets-with-syrias-new-leader-drops-syrian-sanctions/feed/ 0 532938
    New Human Rights Watch research on Burkina Faso https://www.radiofree.org/2025/05/13/new-human-rights-watch-research-on-burkina-faso/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/05/13/new-human-rights-watch-research-on-burkina-faso/#respond Tue, 13 May 2025 15:19:08 +0000 http://www.radiofree.org/?guid=7fcd88c04e2ee733edd706343570415e
    This content originally appeared on Human Rights Watch and was authored by Human Rights Watch.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2025/05/13/new-human-rights-watch-research-on-burkina-faso/feed/ 0 532726
    New Caledonia riots one year on: ‘Like the country was at war’ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/05/13/new-caledonia-riots-one-year-on-like-the-country-was-at-war/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/05/13/new-caledonia-riots-one-year-on-like-the-country-was-at-war/#respond Tue, 13 May 2025 02:34:20 +0000 https://asiapacificreport.nz/?p=114637 SPECIAL REPORT: By Lydia Lewis, RNZ Pacific presenter/bulletin editor

    Stuck in a state of disbelief for months, journalist Coralie Cochin was one of many media personnel who inadvertently put their lives on the line as New Caledonia burned.

    “It was very shocking. I don’t know the word in English, you can’t believe what you’re seeing,” Cochin, who works for public broadcaster NC la 1ère, said on the anniversary of the violent and deadly riots today.

    She recounted her experience covering the civil unrest that broke out on 13 May 2024, which resulted in 14 deaths and more than NZ$4.2 billion (2.2 billion euros) in damages.

    “It was like the country was [at] war. Every[thing] was burning,” Cochin told RNZ Pacific.

    The next day, on May 14, Cochin said the environment was hectic. She was being pulled in many directions as she tried to decide which story to tell next.

    “We didn’t know where to go [or] what to tell because there were things happening everywhere.”

    She drove home trying to dodge burning debris, not knowing that later that evening the situation would get worse.

    “The day after, it was completely crazy. There was fire everywhere, and it was like the country was [at] war suddenly. It was very, very shocking.”

    Over the weeks that followed, both Cochin and her husband — also a journalist — juggled two children and reporting from the sidelines of violent demonstrations.

    “The most shocking period was when we knew that three young people were killed, and then a police officer was killed too.”

    She said verifying the deaths was a big task, amid fears far more people had died than had been reported.

    Piled up . . . burnt out cars block a road near Nouméa
    Piled up . . . burnt out cars block a road near Nouméa after last year’s riots in New Caledonia. Image NC 1ère TV screenshot APR

    ‘We were targets’
    After days of running on adrenaline and simply getting the job done, Cochin’s colleagues were attacked on the street.

    “At the beginning, we were so focused on doing our job that we forgot to be very careful,” she said.

    But then,”we were targets, so we had to be very more careful.”

    News chiefs decided to send reporters out in unmarked cars with security guards.

    They did not have much protective equipment, something that has changed since then.

    “We didn’t feel secure [at all] one year ago,” she said.

    But after lobbying for better protection as a union representative, her team is more prepared.

    She believes local journalists need to be supported with protective equipment, such as helmets and bulletproof vests, for personal protection.

    “We really need more to be prepared to that kind of riots because I think those riots will be more and more frequent in the future.”

    Protesters at Molodoï, Strasbourg, demanding the release of Kanak indigenous political prisoners being detained in France
    Protesters at Molodoï, Strasbourg, demanding the release of Kanak indigenous political prisoners being detained in France pending trial for their alleged role in the pro-independence riots in May 2024. Image: @67Kanaky/X

    Social media
    She also pointed out that, while journalists are “here to inform people”, social media can make their jobs difficult.

    “It is more difficult now with social media because there was so [much] misinformation on social media [at the time of the rioting] that we had to check everything all the time, during the day, during the night . . . ”

    She recalled that when she was out on the burning streets speaking with rioters from both sides, they would say to her, “you don’t say the truth” and “why do you not report that?” she would have to explain to then that she would report it, but only once it had been fact-checked.

    “And it was sometimes [it was] very difficult, because even with the official authorities didn’t have the answers.”

    This article is republished under a community partnership agreement with RNZ.


    This content originally appeared on Asia Pacific Report and was authored by APR editor.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2025/05/13/new-caledonia-riots-one-year-on-like-the-country-was-at-war/feed/ 0 532601
    Indigenous Kanaks support New Caledonia’s 50-year ban on seabed mining https://www.radiofree.org/2025/05/13/indigenous-kanaks-support-new-caledonias-50-year-ban-on-seabed-mining/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/05/13/indigenous-kanaks-support-new-caledonias-50-year-ban-on-seabed-mining/#respond Tue, 13 May 2025 00:51:59 +0000 https://asiapacificreport.nz/?p=114625 By Andrew Mathieson

    New Caledonia has imposed a 50-year ban on deep-sea mining across its entire maritime zone in a rare and sweeping move that places the French Pacific territory among the most restricted exploration areas on the planet’s waters.

    The law blocks commercial exploration, prospecting and mining of mineral resources that sits within Kanaky New Caledonia’s exclusive economic zone.

    Nauru and the Cook Islands have already publicly expressed support for seabed exploration.

    Sovereign island states discussed the issue earlier this year during last year’s Pacific Islands Forum, but no joint position has yet been agreed on.

    Only non-invasive, scientific research will be permitted across New Caledonia’s surrounding maritime zone that covers 1.3 million sq km.

    Lawmakers in the New Caledonian territorial Congress adopted a moratorium following broad support mostly from Kanak-aligned political parties.

    “Rather than giving in to the logic of immediate profit, New Caledonia can choose to be pioneers in ocean protection,” Jérémie Katidjo Monnier, the local government member responsible for the issue, told Congress.

    A ‘strategic lever’
    “It is a strategic lever to assert our environmental sovereignty in the face of the multinationals and a strong signal of commitment to future generations.”

    New Caledonia’s location has been a global hotspot for marine biodiversity.

    Its waters are home to nearly one-third of the world’s remaining pristine coral reefs that account for 1.5 percent of reefs worldwide.

    Environmental supporters of the new law argue that deep-sea mining could cause a serious and irreversible harm to its fragile marine ecosystems.

    But the pro-French, anti-independence parties, including Caledonian Republicans, Caledonian People’s Movement, Générations NC, Renaissance and the Caledonian Republican Movement all planned to abstain from the vote the politically conservative bloc knew they could not win.

    The Loyalists coalition argued that the decision clashed with the territory’s “broader economic goals” and the measure was “too rigid”, describing its legal basis as “largely disproportionate”.

    “All our political action on the nickel question is directed toward more exploitation and here we are presenting ourselves as defenders of the environment for deep-sea beds we’ve never even seen,” Renaissance MP Nicolas Metzdorf said.

    Ambassador’s support
    But France’s Ambassador for Maritime Affairs, Olivier Poivre d’Arvor, had already asserted “the deep sea is not for sale” and that the high seas “belong to no one”, appearing to back the policy led by pro-independence Kanak alliances.

    The vote in New Caledonia also coincided with US President Donald Trump signing a decree a week earlier authorising deep-sea mining in international waters.

    “No state has the right to unilaterally exploit the mineral resources of the area outside the legal framework established by UNCLOS,” said the head of the International Seabed Authority (ISA), Leticia Carvalho, in a statement referring back to the United Nations’ Convention on the Law of the Sea.

    Republished from the National Indigenous Times.


    This content originally appeared on Asia Pacific Report and was authored by APR editor.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2025/05/13/indigenous-kanaks-support-new-caledonias-50-year-ban-on-seabed-mining/feed/ 0 532598
    Taiwan test fires new U.S.-supplied rocket system for first time | Radio Free Asia (RFA) https://www.radiofree.org/2025/05/12/taiwan-test-fires-new-u-s-supplied-rocket-system-for-first-time-radio-free-asia-rfa/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/05/12/taiwan-test-fires-new-u-s-supplied-rocket-system-for-first-time-radio-free-asia-rfa/#respond Mon, 12 May 2025 21:40:29 +0000 http://www.radiofree.org/?guid=af73909a11fb93f3f748662e1b309fe7
    This content originally appeared on Radio Free Asia and was authored by Radio Free Asia.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2025/05/12/taiwan-test-fires-new-u-s-supplied-rocket-system-for-first-time-radio-free-asia-rfa/feed/ 0 532573
    Taiwan test fires new U.S.-supplied rocket system for first time https://rfa.org/english/china/2025/05/12/taiwan-china-missiles/ https://rfa.org/english/china/2025/05/12/taiwan-china-missiles/#respond Mon, 12 May 2025 21:18:59 +0000 https://rfa.org/english/china/2025/05/12/taiwan-china-missiles/ TAIPEI, Taiwan — Taiwan’s military test-fired for the first time on Monday a new U.S.-supplied rocket system intended to stiffen its defenses against China.

    The self-ruling island received its first batch of the U.S.-made High Mobility Artillery Rocket System, or HIMARS, last year. The same system has been used by Ukraine in its war against Russia.

    Taiwan conducted the tests during an annual missile exercise, firing the projectiles into oceans off the south of the island.

    Taiwan faces growing pressure from China’s expanding warfare capabilities, as Beijing seeks to assert its sovereignty claim over Taiwan.

    “The HIMARS can suppress China’s launch capabilities at the source,” Su Tzu-yun, director of the Division of Defense Strategy and Resources at Taiwan’s Institute for National Defense and Security Research, told RFA. “It can more effectively counter China’s potential amphibious invasion and enhance Taiwan’s overall defense capabilities.”

    The HIMARS represents a significant upgrade for Taiwan.

    The maximum range of Taiwan’s existing Thunderbolt-2000 multiple rocket system is just 45 kilometers (28 miles), according to Heh Tzeng-yuan, director of the institute’s Cyber Warfare and Decision-Making Simulation Division. In contrast, HIMARS is capable of striking targets up to 300 kilometers (186 miles) away with an accuracy margin of about 10 meters. It could hit coastal targets in China’s southern province of Fujian, on the other side of the Taiwan Strait, according to Reuters.

    A Taiwanese army officer told Radio Free Asia that a total of 33 HIMARS rockets were fired on Monday, with 11 launch vehicles each firing three rounds. The officer did not provide any details on how the drills went.

    Separately, Taiwan’s army artillery units on Sunday conducted a live-fire exercise using the Thunderbolt-2000 system, firing a total of 837 rockets in six volleys. The drills drew crowds of military enthusiasts.

    Chieh Chung, associate researcher at the Institute for National Defense and Security Research in Taiwan, said the HIMARS’ guided rockets could help fill critical gaps in Taiwan’s defenses.

    The United States has close, unofficial ties with Taiwan and is required by U.S. law to provide defense supplies for the island’s defense. What’s new, analysts say, is Washington’s willingness to provide weapons capable of striking across the Taiwan Strait, like HIMARS.

    China has been dialing up the military pressure on Taiwan with drills and maneuvers close to the island. For years, Beijing has threatened to take Taiwan by force if it declares independence.

    On Sunday, Taiwan’s defense ministry reported detecting 36 Chinese military aircraft in the past 24 hours, 17 of which crossed the Taiwan Strait’s median line. Eight Chinese navy vessels and two government ships were also spotted.

    Edited by xxxx and Mat Pennington.


    This content originally appeared on Radio Free Asia and was authored by Xiaoxia Hua for RFA Mandarin.

    ]]>
    https://rfa.org/english/china/2025/05/12/taiwan-china-missiles/feed/ 0 532570
    ‘Banned Together’: New Documentary Highlights the Power of Organizing Against Book Bans https://www.radiofree.org/2025/05/12/banned-together-new-documentary-highlights-the-power-of-organizing-against-book-bans/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/05/12/banned-together-new-documentary-highlights-the-power-of-organizing-against-book-bans/#respond Mon, 12 May 2025 16:50:17 +0000 https://progressive.org/public-schools-advocate/banned-together-new-documentary-highlights-the-power-of-organizing-against-book-bans-lahm-20250512/
    This content originally appeared on The Progressive — A voice for peace, social justice, and the common good and was authored by Sarah Lahm.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2025/05/12/banned-together-new-documentary-highlights-the-power-of-organizing-against-book-bans/feed/ 0 532525
    France tightens security for riots anniversary after aborted New Caledonia political talks https://www.radiofree.org/2025/05/12/france-tightens-security-for-riots-anniversary-after-aborted-new-caledonia-political-talks/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/05/12/france-tightens-security-for-riots-anniversary-after-aborted-new-caledonia-political-talks/#respond Mon, 12 May 2025 06:31:09 +0000 https://asiapacificreport.nz/?p=114556 By Patrick Decloitre, RNZ Pacific correspondent French Pacific desk

    Fresh, stringent security measures have been imposed in New Caledonia following aborted political talks last week and ahead of the first anniversary of the deadly riots that broke out on 13 May 2024, which resulted in 14 deaths and 2.2 billion euros (NZ$4.2 billion) in damages.

    On Sunday, the French High Commission in Nouméa announced that from Monday, May 12, to Friday, May 15, all public marches and demonstrations will be banned in the Greater Nouméa Area.

    Restrictions have also been imposed on the sale of firearms, ammunition, and takeaway alcoholic drinks.

    The measures aim to “ensure public security”.

    In the wake of the May 2024 civil unrest, a state of emergency and a curfew had been imposed and had since been gradually lifted.

    The decision also comes as “confrontations” between law enforcement agencies and violent groups took place mid-last week, especially in the township of Dumbéa — on the outskirts of Nouméa — where there were attempts to erect fresh roadblocks, High Commissioner Jacques Billant said.

    The clashes, including incidents of arson, stone-throwing and vehicles being set on fire, are reported to have involved a group of about 50 individuals and occurred near Médipôle, New Caledonia’s main hospital, and a shopping mall.

    Clashes also occurred in other parts of New Caledonia, including outside the capital Nouméa.

    It adds another reason for the measures is the “anniversary date of the beginning of the 2024 riots”.

    Wrecked and burnt-out cars gathered after the May 2024 riots and dumped at Koutio-Koueta on Ducos island in Nouméa
    Wrecked and burnt-out cars gathered after the May 2024 riots and dumped at Koutio-Koueta on Ducos island in Nouméa. Image: NC 1ère TV

    Law and order stepped up
    French authorities have also announced that in view of the first anniversary of the start of the riots tomorrow, law and order reinforcements have been significantly increased in New Caledonia until further notice.

    This includes a total of 2600 officers from the Gendarmerie, police, as well as reinforcements from special elite SWAT squads and units equipped with 16 Centaur armoured vehicles.

    Drones are also included.

    The aim is to enforce a “zero tolerance” policy against “urban violence” through a permanent deployment “night and day”, with a priority to stop any attempt to blockade roads, especially in Greater Nouméa, to preserve freedom of movement.

    One particularly sensitive focus would be placed on the township of Saint-Louis in Mont-Dore often described as a pro-independence stronghold which was a hot spot and the scene of violent and deadly clashes at the height of the 2024 riots.

    “We’ll be present wherever and whenever required. We are much stronger than we were in 2024,” High Commissioner Billant told local media during a joint inspection with French gendarmes commander General Nicolas Matthéos and Nouméa Public Prosecutor Yves Dupas.

    Dupas said that over the past few months the bulk of criminal acts was regarded as “delinquency” — nothing that could be likened to a coordinated preparation for fresh public unrest similar to last year’s.

    Billant said that, depending on how the situation evolves in the next few days, he could also rely on additional “potential reinforcements” from mainland France if needed.

    French High Commissioner Jacques Billant, Public Prosecutor Yves Dupas and Gendarmerie commander, General Nicolas Matthéos on 7 May 2025 - PHOTO Haut-Commissariat de la République en Nouvelle-Calédonie
    French High Commissioner Jacques Billant, Public Prosecutor Yves Dupas and the Gendarmerie commander, General Nicolas Matthéos, confer last Wednesday . . . “We are much stronger than we were in 2024.”  Image: Haut-Commissariat de la République en Nouvelle-Calédonie

    New Zealand ANZAC war memorial set alight
    A New Zealand ANZAC war memorial in the small rural town of Boulouparis (west coast of the main island of Grande Terre) was found vandalised last Friday evening.

    The monument, inaugurated just one year ago at last year’s ANZAC Day to commemorate the sacrifice of New Zealand soldiers during world wars in the 20th century, was set alight by unidentified people, police said.

    Tyres were used to keep the fire burning.

    An investigation into the circumstances of the incident is underway, the Nouméa Public Prosecutor’s office said, invoking charges of wilful damage.

    Australia, New Zealand travel warnings
    In the neighbouring Pacific, two of New Caledonia’s main tourism source markets, Australia and New Zealand, are maintaining a high level or increased caution advisory.

    The main identified cause is an “ongoing risk of civil unrest”.

    In its latest travel advisory, the Australian brief says “demonstrations and protests may increase in the days leading up to and on days of national or commemorative significance, including the anniversary of the start of civil unrest on May 13.

    “Avoid demonstrations and public gatherings. Demonstrations and protests may turn violent at short notice.”

    Pro-France political leaders at a post-conclave media conference in Nouméa – 8 May 2025 – PHOTO RRB
    Pro-France political leaders at a post-conclave media conference in Nouméa last Thursday . . . objected to the proposed “sovereignty with France”, a kind of independence in association with France. Image: RRB/RNZ Pacific

    Inconclusive talks
    Last Thursday, May 8, French Minister for Overseas Manuel Valls, who had managed to gather all political parties around the same table for negotiations on New Caledonia’s political future, finally left the French Pacific territory. He admitted no agreement could be found at this stage.

    In the final stage of the talks, the “conclave” on May 5-7, he had put on the table a project for New Caledonia’s accession to a “sovereignty with France”, a kind of independence in association with France.

    This option was not opposed by pro-independence groups, including the FLNKS (Kanak Socialist National Liberation Front).

    French Overseas Territories Minister Manuel Valls
    French Overseas Territories Minister Manuel Valls . . . returned to Paris last week without a deal on New Caledonia’s political future. Image: Caledonia TV screenshot APR

    But the pro-France movement, in support of New Caledonia remaining a part of France, said it could not approve this.

    The main pillar of their argument remained that after three self-determination referendums held between 2018 and 2021, a majority of voters had rejected independence (even though the last referendum, in December 2021, was massively boycotted by the pro-independence camp because of the covid-19 pandemic).

    The anti-independence block had repeatedly stated that they would not accept any suggestion that New Caledonia could endorse a status bringing it closer to independence.

    New Caledonia’s pro-France MP at the French National Assembly, Nicolas Metzdorf, told local media at this stage, his camp was de facto in opposition to Valls, “but not with the pro-independence camp”.

    Metzdorf said a number of issues could very well be settled by talking to the pro-independence camp.

    Electoral roll issue sensitive
    This included the very sensitive issue of New Caledonia’s electoral roll, and conditions of eligibility at the next provincial elections.

    Direct contacts with Macron
    Both Metzdorf and Backès also said during interviews with local media that in the midst of their “conclave” negotiations, they had had contacts as high as French President Emmanuel Macron, asking him whether he was aware of the “sovereignty with France” plan and if he endorsed it.

    Another pro-France leader, Virginie Ruffenach (Le Rassemblement-Les Républicains), also confirmed she had similar exchanges, through her party Les Républicains, with French Minister of Home Affairs Bruno Retailleau, from the same right-wing party.

    As Minister of Home Affairs, Retailleau would have to be involved later in the New Caledonian issue.

    Divided reactions
    Since minister Valls’s departure, reactions were still flowing at the weekend from across New Caledonia’s political chessboard.

    “We have to admit frankly that no agreement was struck”, Valls said last week during a media conference.

    “Maybe the minds were not mature yet.”

    But he said France would now appoint a “follow up committee” to keep working on the “positive points” already identified between all parties.

    During numerous press conferences and interviews, anti-independence leaders have consistently maintained that the draft compromise put to them by Minister Valls during the latest round of negotiations last week, was not acceptable.

    They said this was because it contained several elements of “independence-association”, including the transfer of key powers from Paris to Nouméa, a project of “dual citizenship” and possibly a seat at the United Nations.

    “In proposing this solution, minister [Valls] was biased and blocked the negotiations. So he has prevented the advent of an agreement”, pro-France Les Loyalistes and Southern Province President leader Sonia Backès told public broadcaster NC la 1ère on Sunday.

    “For us, an independence association was out of the question because the majority of [New] Caledonians voted three time against independence,” she said.

    More provincial power plan
    Instead, the Le Rassemblement-LR and Les Loyalistes bloc were advocating a project that would provide more powers to each of the three provinces, including in terms of tax revenue collection.

    The project, often described as a de facto partition, however, was not retained in the latest phases of the negotiations, because it contravened France’s constitutional principle of a united and indivisible nation.

    “But no agreement does not mean chaos”, Backès said.

    On the contrary, she believes that by not agreeing to the French minister’s deal plan, her camp had “averted disaster for New Caledonia”.

    “Tomorrow, there will be another minister . . . and another project”, she said, implicitly betting on Valls’s departure.

    On the pro-independence front, a moderate “UNI” (National Union For Independence) said a in a statement even though negotiations did not eventuate into a comprehensive agreement, the French State’s commitment and method had allowed to offer “clear and transparent terms of negotiations on New Caledonia’s institutional and political future”.

    The main FLNKS group, mainly consisting of pro-independence Union Calédonienne (UC) party, also said that even though no agreement could be found as a result of the latest round of talks, the whole project could be regarded as “advances” and “one more step . . . not a failure” in New Caledonia’s decolonisation, as specified in the 1998 Nouméa Accord, FLNKS chief negotiator and UC party president Emmanuel Tjibaou said.

    Deplored the empty outcome
    Other parties involved in the talks, including Eveil Océanien and Calédonie Ensemble, have deplored the empty outcome of talks last week.

    They called it a “collective failure” and stressed that above all, reaching a consensual solution was the only way forward, and that the forthcoming elections and the preceding campaign could bear the risk of further radicalisation and potential violence.

    In the economic and business sector, the conclave’s inconclusive outcome has brought more anxiety and uncertainty.

    “What businesses need, now, is political stability, confidence. But without a political agreement that many of us were hoping for, the confidence and visibility is not there, there’s no investment”, New Caledonia’s MEDEF-NC (Business Leaders Union) vice-president Bertrand Courte told NC La Première.

    As a result of the May 2024 riots, more than 600 businesses, mainly in Nouméa, were destroyed, causing the loss of more than 10,000 jobs.

    Over the past 12 months, New Caledonia GDP (gross domestic product) has shrunk by an estimated 10 to 15 percent, according to the latest figures produced by New Caledonia statistical institute ISEE.

    What next? Crucial provincial elections
    As no agreement was found, the next course of action for New Caledonia was to hold provincial elections no later than 30 November 2025, under the existing system, which still restricts the list of persons eligible to vote at those local elections.

    The makeup of the electoral roll for local polls was the very issue that triggered the May 2024 riots, as the French Parliament, at the time, had endorsed a Constitutional amendment to push through opening the list.

    At the time, the pro-independence camp argued the changes to eligibility conditions would eventually “dilute” their votes and make indigenous Kanaks a minority in their own country.

    The Constitutional bill was abandoned after the May 2024 rots.

    The sensitive issue remains part of the comprehensive pact that Valls had been working on for the past four months.

    The provincial elections are crucial in that they also determine the proportional makeup of New Caledonia’s Congress and its government and president.

    The provincial elections, initially scheduled to take place in May 2024, and later in December 2024, and finally no later than 30 November 2025, were already postponed twice.

    Even if the provincial elections are held later this year (under the current “frozen” rules), the anti-independence camp has already announced it would contest its result.

    According to the anti-independence camp, the current restrictions on New Caledonia’s electoral roll contradict democratic principles and have to be “unfrozen” and opened up to any citizen residing for more than 10 uninterrupted years.

    The present electoral roll is “frozen”, which means it only allows citizens who have have been livingin New Caledonia before November 1998 to cast their vote at local elections.

    The case could be brought to the French Constitutional Council, or even higher, to a European or international level, said pro-France politicians.

    This article is republished under a community partnership agreement with RNZ.


    This content originally appeared on Asia Pacific Report and was authored by APR editor.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2025/05/12/france-tightens-security-for-riots-anniversary-after-aborted-new-caledonia-political-talks/feed/ 0 532408
    New Pope Promises ‘to Be Close to the People He Serves’ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/05/11/new-pope-promises-to-be-close-to-the-people-he-serves/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/05/11/new-pope-promises-to-be-close-to-the-people-he-serves/#respond Sun, 11 May 2025 04:46:52 +0000 https://progressive.org/latest/new-pope-promises-to-be-close-to-the-people-he-serves-mcconohay-20250509/
    This content originally appeared on The Progressive — A voice for peace, social justice, and the common good and was authored by Mary Jo McConahay.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2025/05/11/new-pope-promises-to-be-close-to-the-people-he-serves/feed/ 0 532343
    Missouri Puts Profits Over People’s Lives with New ICL Facility https://www.radiofree.org/2025/05/10/missouri-puts-profits-over-peoples-lives-with-new-icl-facility/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/05/10/missouri-puts-profits-over-peoples-lives-with-new-icl-facility/#respond Sat, 10 May 2025 13:45:40 +0000 https://dissidentvoice.org/?p=158085 Early this year, as snow froze into sheets of solid ice, covering the ground for weeks, almost 20% of St. Louis Public School students were unhoused. Meanwhile, in warm town halls, former city Mayor Tishaura Jones praised a proposed new hazardous chemical facility, displaying the city’s economic priorities. St. Louis’s northside has long been subjected […]

    The post Missouri Puts Profits Over People’s Lives with New ICL Facility first appeared on Dissident Voice.]]>
    Early this year, as snow froze into sheets of solid ice, covering the ground for weeks, almost 20% of St. Louis Public School students were unhoused. Meanwhile, in warm town halls, former city Mayor Tishaura Jones praised a proposed new hazardous chemical facility, displaying the city’s economic priorities. St. Louis’s northside has long been subjected to the environmental effects of militarization, from the radiation secretly sprayed on residents of Pruitt Igoe and Northside communities in the 1950s, to the dumped cancer-causing Manhattan Project radioactive waste that poisoned ColdWater Creek. A proposed new Israeli Chemical Limited (ICL) facility in north St. Louis would not only be another colonial imposition, but it also poses disastrous environmental risks for the entire state.

    A new ICL facility would further establish St. Louis as a hub of militarization and an exporter of global death and destruction. In St. Charles, Boeing has built more than 500,000 Joint Direct Attack Munition guidance kits, known as JDAMS. An Amnesty International report tied these to attacks on Palestinian civilian homes, families, and children, making our region complicit in war crimes. In addition to hosting the explosives weapons manufacturer Boeing, Missouri is home to Monsanto (now Bayer), which produced Agent Orange. What’s lesser known is that Monsanto is responsible for white phosphorus production in a supply chain trifecta with ICL and Pine Bluffs Arsenal. White phosphorus is a horrific incendiary weapon that heats up to 1400 degrees F, and international law bans its use against civilians. From 2020 to 2023, the U.S. Department of Defense ordered and paid ICL for over 180,000 lbs of white phosphorus, shipped from their South City Carondelet location to Pine Bluff Arsenal in Arkansas. White phosphorus artillery shells with Pine Bluff Arsenal codes were identified in Lebanon and Gaza after the IDF unlawfully used them over residential homes and refugee camps, according to the Human Rights Watch and Amnesty International. Another ICL facility, combined with the new National Geo Space Intelligence Agency that analyzes drone footage to direct US military attacks, would put North St. Louis squarely on the map for military retaliation from any country seeking to strike back against US global interventionism.

    Within a mile of the Carondelet ICL site, the EPA has identified unsafe levels of cancer-risking air toxins, hazardous waste, and wastewater discharge. The new facility would be built within 5 miles of intake towers and open-air sedimentation ponds that provide drinking water to St. Louis. An explosion or leak could destroy the city’s water supply and harm eastern Missouri towns along the Mississippi.  ICL has committed multiple Environmental and Workplace Safety violations, including violating the Clean Air Act at its South City facility. In 2023, they were declared the worst environmental offenders by Israel’s own Environmental Protection Ministry after the 2017 Ashalim Creek disaster, and were fined $33 million.

    ICL claims the new North City site is a safe and green facility for manufacturing lithium iron phosphate for electric vehicles; however, lithium manufacturing is hardly a green or safe process. Lithium and phosphorus mining require enormous amounts of freshwater – a protected resource – resulting in poisoned ecosystems and a limited water supply for residents and wildlife in the local communities where they are sourced.

    In October 2024, a lithium battery plant in Fredericktown, Missouri, burst into flames, forcing residents to evacuate and killing thousands of fish in nearby rivers. The company had claimed to have one of the most sophisticated automated fire suppression systems in the world, yet it still caused a fire whose aftermath continues to affect residents today, with comparisons being drawn to East Palestine, Ohio. Meanwhile, in January, over 1,000 people in California had to evacuate due to a massive fire at a lithium facility, the fourth fire there since 2019. Despite ICL claiming that the new site will use a ‘safer’ form of lithium processing, it’s clear that lithium facilities are not as safe as profit-driven corporations claim them to be.

    Missouri leaders repeatedly prioritize corporate profits over people via tax abatements. ICL is receiving 197 million dollars from the federal government. The city is forgiving a $500,000 loan to troubled investors Green Street to sell the land to ICL and is proposing a 90% tax abatement in personal property taxes for ICL, plus 15 years of real estate tax abatements. This is a troubling regional trend, considering that in 2023, St. Louis County approved $155 million in tax breaks to expand Boeing, also giving them a 50% cut in real estate and personal property taxes over 10 years. Corporate tax breaks in the city have cost minority students in St. Louis Public Schools 260 million dollars in a region where 30% of children are food insecure. Over 2000 people in St. Louis city are homeless.  Enough babies die each year in St Louis to fill 15 kindergarten classrooms. Black babies are 3 times more likely to die than white babies before their first birthday, and Black women are 2.4 times more likely to die during pregnancy. Spending public funds on corporate tax breaks instead of directing them toward food, housing, and life-saving medical care for black women and babies is inexcusable. Why does a foreign chemical company with almost 7 billion in earnings need so much funding from our local and federal government at the expense of our residents?

    Officials cite ‘job creation’ as a major reason to expand ICL. Still, the new facility is only expected to create 150 jobs, and there is no evidence that these jobs will be given to people in the community where it is being built. Investing in black and minority businesses would lead to actual self-sustaining economic development.

    Despite receiving hundreds of millions of dollars from the federal government, local tax breaks, the backing of former Governor Mike Parsons, and approval from city committees, the facility’s opening is not a done deal. The St. Louis City Board of Alders could still intervene. Stopping a facility with this much federal and international backing would require massive pushback from Missourians. Residents deserve more information and input in this process, especially considering the city’s resistance to hearing public comments. Notably, when locals submitted a Sunshine request for the ICL permit in March, it was so heavily redacted that it was unreadable.

    This facility would turn local black neighborhoods into environmental and military sacrifice zones, and our response to city, state, and federal leaders should be a definitive and resounding No!

    CODEPINK Missouri has a petition to stop the building of the ICL facility in St. Louis.

    The post Missouri Puts Profits Over People’s Lives with New ICL Facility first appeared on Dissident Voice.


    This content originally appeared on Dissident Voice and was authored by Lauren Filla and Seraph Kunkel.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2025/05/10/missouri-puts-profits-over-peoples-lives-with-new-icl-facility/feed/ 0 532285
    Absurd attack on free speech by Israel Institute over social media comment https://www.radiofree.org/2025/05/10/absurd-attack-on-free-speech-by-israel-institute-over-social-media-comment/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/05/10/absurd-attack-on-free-speech-by-israel-institute-over-social-media-comment/#respond Sat, 10 May 2025 08:29:08 +0000 https://asiapacificreport.nz/?p=114443 By Gordon Campbell

    The calls by the Israel Institute of New Zealand for Peter Davis to resign from the Helen Clark Foundation because of comments he made with regard to an ugly, hateful piece of graffiti are absurd.

    The graffiti in question said “I hated Jews before it was cool!” On social media, Davis made this comment :

    “Netanyahu govt actions have isolated Israel from global south and the west, and have stoked anti-Semitism. Yitzak Rabin was the last leader to effectively foster a political-diplomatic solution to the Israel-Palestine impasse. He was assassinated by a settler. You reap what you sow.”

    IMO, this sounds like an expression of sorrow and regret about the conflict, and about the evils it is feeding and fostering. Regardless, the institute has described that comment by Davis as antisemitic.

    “‘You cannot claim to champion social cohesion while minimising or rationalising antisemitic hate,’ the institute said. ‘Social trust depends on moral consistency, especially from those in leadership. Peter Davis’s actions erode that trust.'”

    For the record, Davis wasn’t rationalising or minimising antisemitic hate. His comments look far more like a legitimate observation that the longer the need for a political-diplomatic solution is violently resisted, the worse things will be for everyone — including Jewish citizens, via the stoking of antisemitism.

    The basic point at issue here is that criticisms of the actions of the Israeli government do not equate to a racist hostility to the Jewish people. (Similarly, the criticisms of Donald Trump’s actions cannot be minimised or rationalised as due to anti-Americanism.)

    Appalled by Netanyahu actions
    Many Jewish people in fact, also feel appalled by the actions of the Netanyahu government, which repeatedly violate international law.

    In the light of the extreme acts of violence being inflicted daily by the IDF on the people of Gaza, the upsurge in hateful graffiti by neo-Nazi opportunists while still being vile, is hardly surprising.

    Around the world, the security of innocent Israeli citizens is being recklessly endangered by the ultra-violent actions of their own government.

    If you want to protect your citizens from an existing fire, it’s best not to toss gasoline on the flames.

    To repeat: the vast majority of the current criticisms of the Israeli state have nothing whatsoever to do with antisemitism. At a time when Israel is killing scores of innocent Palestinians on a nightly basis with systematic air strikes and the shelling of civilian neighbourhoods, when it is weaponising access to humanitarian aid as an apparent tool of ethnic cleansing, when it is executing medical staff and assassinating journalists, when it is killing thousands of children and starving the survivors . . . antisemitism is not the reason why most people oppose these evils. Common humanity demands it.

    Ironically, the press release by the NZ Israel Institute concludes with these words: “There must be zero tolerance for hate in any form.” Too bad the institute seems to have such a limited capacity for self-reflection.

    Footnote One: For the best part of 80 years, the world has felt sympathy to Jews in recognition of the Holocaust. The genocide now being committed in Gaza by the Netanyahu government cannot help but reduce public support for Israel.

    It also cannot help but erode the status of the Holocaust as a unique expression of human evil.

    One would have hoped the NZ Israel Institute might acknowledge the self-defeating nature of the Netanyahu government policies — if only because, on a daily basis, the state of Israel is abetting its enemies, and alienating its friends.

    Footnote Two: As yet, the so-called Free Speech Union has not come out to support the free speech rights of Peter Davis, and to rebuke the NZ Israel Institute for trying to muzzle them.

    Colour me not surprised.

    This is a section of Gordon Campbell’s Scoop column published yesterday under the subheading “Pot Calls Out Kettle”; the main portion of the column about the new Pope is here. Republished by Asia Pacific Report with permission.


    This content originally appeared on Asia Pacific Report and was authored by Pacific Media Watch.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2025/05/10/absurd-attack-on-free-speech-by-israel-institute-over-social-media-comment/feed/ 0 532238
    Priest Sexual Abuse Survivors Demand Accountability from New Pope: "Open Up Those Archives" https://www.radiofree.org/2025/05/09/priest-sexual-abuse-survivors-demand-accountability-from-new-pope-open-up-those-archives-2/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/05/09/priest-sexual-abuse-survivors-demand-accountability-from-new-pope-open-up-those-archives-2/#respond Fri, 09 May 2025 14:53:59 +0000 http://www.radiofree.org/?guid=0b8915e5c8bf2af06347883ee0fdb16d
    This content originally appeared on Democracy Now! and was authored by Democracy Now!.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2025/05/09/priest-sexual-abuse-survivors-demand-accountability-from-new-pope-open-up-those-archives-2/feed/ 0 532164
    Priest Sexual Abuse Survivors Demand Accountability from New Pope: “Open Up Those Archives” https://www.radiofree.org/2025/05/09/priest-sexual-abuse-survivors-demand-accountability-from-new-pope-open-up-those-archives/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/05/09/priest-sexual-abuse-survivors-demand-accountability-from-new-pope-open-up-those-archives/#respond Fri, 09 May 2025 12:31:15 +0000 http://www.radiofree.org/?guid=0af10c7e8c1df60c0f270dd2d31218f7 Seg2 pope2

    Survivors of sexual abuse by Catholic priests are calling for Pope Leo XIV to institute a zero-tolerance policy and for the church to investigate his handling of prior sexual abuse allegations. “He needs to be transparent. He needs to be honest,” says Peter Isely, a survivor of sexual assault by a Catholic priest and a co-founder of the Survivors Network of Those Abused by Priests. “Wait and see,” says James V. Grimaldi, executive editor of National Catholic Reporter. “Don’t listen to what they say. Watch what they do.” We are also joined by Father Bryan Massingale, professor of theological and social ethics at Fordham University.


    This content originally appeared on Democracy Now! and was authored by Democracy Now!.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2025/05/09/priest-sexual-abuse-survivors-demand-accountability-from-new-pope-open-up-those-archives/feed/ 0 532084
    Experts split on Australia’s Papua New Guinea military recruitment plan https://www.radiofree.org/2025/05/08/experts-split-on-australias-papua-new-guinea-military-recruitment-plan/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/05/08/experts-split-on-australias-papua-new-guinea-military-recruitment-plan/#respond Thu, 08 May 2025 23:20:34 +0000 https://asiapacificreport.nz/?p=114349 By Caleb Fotheringham, RNZ Pacific journalist

    Australia’s plan to recruit from Papua New Guinea for its Defence Force raises “major ethical concerns”, according to the Australia Defence Association, while another expert thinks it is broadly a good idea.

    The two nations are set to begin negotiating a new defence treaty that is expected to see Papua New Guineans join the Australian Defence Force (ADF).

    Australia Defence Association executive director Neil James believes “it’s an idiot idea” if there is no pathway to citizenship for Papua New Guineans who serve in the ADF

    “You can’t expect other people to defend your country if you’re not willing to do it and until this scheme actually addresses this in any detail, we’re not going to know whether it’s an idiot idea or it’s something that might be workable in the long run.”

    However, an expert associate at the Australian National University’s National Security College, Jennifer Parker, believes it is a good idea.

    “Australia having a closer relationship with Papua New Guinea through that cross pollination of people going and working in each other’s defence forces, that’s incredibly positive.”

    Parker said recruiting from the Pacific has been an ongoing conversation, but the exact nature of what the recruitment might look like is unknown, including whether there is a pathway to citizenship or if there would be a separate PNG unit within the ADF.

    Extreme scenario
    When asked whether it was ethical for people from PNG to fight Australia’s wars, Parker said that would be an extreme scenario.

    “We’re not talking about conscripting people from other countries or anything like that. We’re talking about offering the opportunity for people, if they choose to join,” she said.

    “There are many defence forces around the world where people choose, people who are born in other countries, choose to join.”

    However, James disagrees.

    “Whether they’re volunteers or whether they’re conscripted, you’re still expecting foreigners to defend your society and with no link to that society.”

    Both Parker and James brought up concerns surrounding brain drain.

    James said in Timor-Leste, in the early 2000s, many New Zealanders in the army infantry who were serving alongside Australia joined the Australian Army, attracted by the higher pay, which was not in the interest of New Zealand or Australia in the long run.

    Care needed
    “You’ve got to be real careful that you don’t ruin the Papua New Guinea Defence Force by making it too easy for Papua New Guineans to serve in the Australian Defence Force.”

    Parker said the policy needed to be crafted very clearly in conjunction with Papua New Guinea to make sure it strengthened the two nations relationship, not undermined it.

    Australia aims to grow the number of ADF uniformed personnel to 80,000 by 2040. However, it is not on track to meet that target.

    Parker said she did not think Australia was trying to fill the shortfall.

    “There are a couple of challenges in the recruitment issues for the Australian Defence Force.

    “But I don’t think the scoping of recruiting people from Papua New Guinea and the Pacific Islands, if it indeed goes ahead, is about addressing recruitment for the Australian Defence Force.

    “I think it’s about increasing closer security ties between Papua New Guinea, the Pacific Islands, and Australia.”

    This article is republished under a community partnership agreement with RNZ.


    This content originally appeared on Asia Pacific Report and was authored by APR editor.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2025/05/08/experts-split-on-australias-papua-new-guinea-military-recruitment-plan/feed/ 0 531952
    New Caledonia’s political talks – no outcome after three days of ‘conclave’ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/05/08/new-caledonias-political-talks-no-outcome-after-three-days-of-conclave/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/05/08/new-caledonias-political-talks-no-outcome-after-three-days-of-conclave/#respond Thu, 08 May 2025 00:58:40 +0000 https://asiapacificreport.nz/?p=114281 By Patrick Decloitre, RNZ Pacific correspondent French Pacific Desk

    After three solid days of talks in retreat mode, New Caledonia’s political parties have yet to reach an agreement on the French Pacific territory’s future status.

    The talks, held with French Minister for Overseas Manuel Valls and French Prime Minister’s special advisor Eric Thiers, have since Monday moved from Nouméa to a seaside resort in Bourail — on the west coast of the main island, about 200 km from the capital — in what has been labelled a “conclave”, a direct reference to this week’s meeting of Catholic cardinals in Rome to elect a new pope.

    However, the Bourail conclave is yet to produce any kind of white smoke, and no one, as yet, claims “Habemus Pactum” to say that an agreement has been reached.

    Under heavy security, representatives of both pro-France and pro-independence parties are being kept in isolation and are supposed to stay there until a compromise is found to define New Caledonia’s political future, and an agreement that would later serve as the basis for a pact designed to replace the Nouméa Accord that was signed in 1998.

    The talks were supposed to conclude yesterday, but it has been confirmed that the discussions were going to last longer, at least one more day, probably well into the night.

    Valls was initially scheduled to fly back to Paris today, but it has also been confirmed that he will stay longer.

    Almost one year after civil unrest broke out in New Caledonia on 13 May 2024, leaving 14 dead and causing 2.2 billion euros (NZ$4.2 billion) in damage, the talks involve pro-France Les Loyalistes, Le Rassemblement, Calédonie Ensemble and pro-independence FLNKS (Kanak and Socialist National Liberation Front), UNI-PALIKA (Kanak Liberation Party).

    Wallisian ‘third way’
    Éveil Océanien, a Wallisian-based party, defends a “neither pro, nor against independence” line — what it calls a “third way”.

    The talks, over the past few days, have been described as “tense but respectful”, with some interruptions at times.

    The most sensitive issues among the numerous topics covered by the talks on New Caledonia’s future, are reported to be the question of New Caledonia’s future status and relationship to France.

    Other sensitive topics include New Caledonia’s future citizenship and the transfer of remaining key powers (defence, law and order, currency, foreign affairs, justice) from Paris to Nouméa.

    Valls, who is visiting New Caledonia for the third time since February 2025, said he would stay in New Caledonia “as long as necessary” for an inclusive and comprehensive agreement to be reached.

    Earlier this week, Valls also likened the current situation as “walking on a tightrope above embers.”

    “The choice is between an agreement and chaos,” he told local media.

    Clashing demands
    On both sides of the discussion table, local parties have all stated earlier that bearing in mind their respective demands, they were “not ready to sign at all costs.”

    The FLNKS is demanding full sovereignty while on the pro-France side, that view is rejected after three referendums were held there between 2018 and 2021 said no to independence.

    Valls’s approach was still trying to reconcile those two very antagonistic views, often described as “irreconcilable”.

    “But the thread is not broken. Only more time is required”, local media quoted a close source as saying.

    Last week, an earlier session of talks in Nouméa had to be interrupted due to severe frictions and disagreement from the pro-France side.

    Speaking to public broadcaster NC la 1ère on Sunday, Rassemblement leader Virginie Ruffenach elaborated, saying “there had been profound elements of disagreements on a certain number of words uttered by the minister (Valls)”.

    One of the controversial concepts, strongly opposed by the most radical pro-French parties, was a possible transfer of key powers from Paris to Nouméa, as part of a possible agreement.

    Loyalists opposed to ‘independence-association’
    “In what was advanced, the land of New Caledonia would no longer be a French land”, Ruffenach stressed on Sunday, adding this was “unacceptable” to her camp.

    She also said the two main pro-France parties were opposed to any notion of “independence-association”.

    “Neither Rassemblement, nor Les Loyalistes will sign for New Caledonia’s independence, let this be very clear.”

    The pro-France camp is advocating for increased powers (including on tax matters) for each of the three provinces of New Caledonia, a solution sometimes regarded by critics as a form of partition of the French Pacific territory.

    In a media release on Sunday, FLNKS “reaffirmed its . . . ultimate goal was Kanaky (New Caledonia’s) accession to full sovereignty”.

    Series of fateful anniversaries
    On the general public level, a feeling of high expectations, but also wariness, seems to prevail at the news that discussions were still inconclusive.

    In 1988, the Matignon-Oudinot peace talks between pro-independence leader at the time, Jean-Marie Tjibaou and pro-France leader Jacques Lafleur, were also held, in their final stage, in Paris, behind closed doors, under the close supervision of French Socialist Prime Minister Michel Rocard.

    The present crucial talks also coincide with a series of fateful anniversaries in New Caledonia’s recent history — on 5 May 1988, French special forces ended a hostage situation and intervened on Ouvéa Island in the Gossana grotto, where a group of hard-line pro-independent militants had held a group of French gendarmes.

    The human toll was heavy: 19 Kanak militants and 2 gendarmes were killed.

    On 4 May 1989, one year after the Matignon-Oudinot peace accords were signed, Jean-Marie Tjibaou and his deputy Yeiwene Yeiwene were gunned down by hard-line pro-independence Kanak activist Djubelly Wea.

    Valls attended most of these commemoration ceremonies at the weekend.

    On 5 May 1998, the 27-year-old Nouméa Accord was signed between New Caledonia’s parties and then French Prime Minister Lionel Jospin.

    De facto Constitution
    The Nouméa pact, which is often regarded as a de facto Constitution, was placing a particular stress on the notions of “re-balancing” economic wealth, a “common destiny” for all ethnic communities “living together” and a gradual transfer of powers from Paris to Nouméa.

    The Accord also prescribed that if three self-determination referendums (initially scheduled between 2014 and 2018) had produced three rejections (in the form of “no”), then all political stakeholders were supposed to “meet and examine the situation thus generated”.

    The current talks aimed at arriving at a new document, which was destined to replace the Nouméa Accord and bring New Caledonia closer to having its own Constitution.

    Valls said he was determined to “finalise New Caledonia’s decolonisation” process.

    This article is republished under a community partnership agreement with RNZ.


    This content originally appeared on Asia Pacific Report and was authored by APR editor.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2025/05/08/new-caledonias-political-talks-no-outcome-after-three-days-of-conclave/feed/ 0 531698
    ‘Under no illusions’ about France, says author of new Rainbow Warrior book https://www.radiofree.org/2025/05/07/under-no-illusions-about-france-says-author-of-new-rainbow-warrior-book/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/05/07/under-no-illusions-about-france-says-author-of-new-rainbow-warrior-book/#respond Wed, 07 May 2025 09:43:36 +0000 https://asiapacificreport.nz/?p=114232 Pacific Media Watch

    The author of the book Eyes of Fire, one of the countless publications on the Rainbow Warrior bombing almost 40 years ago but the only one by somebody actually on board the bombed ship, says he was under no illusions that France was behind the attack.

    Journalist David Robie was speaking last month at a Greenpeace Aotearoa workship at Mātauri Bay for environmental activists and revealed that he has a forthcoming new book to mark the anniversary of the bombing.

    “I don’t think I had any illusions at the time. For me, I knew it was the French immediately the bombing happened,” he said.

    Eyes of Fire
    Eyes of Fire . . . the earlier 30th anniversary edition in 2015. Image: Little Island Press/DR

    “You know with the horrible things they were doing at the time with their colonial policies in Kanaky New Caledonia, assassinating independence leaders and so on, and they had a heavy military presence.

    “A sort of clamp down in New Caledonia, so it just fitted in with the pattern — an absolute disregard for the Pacific.”

    He said it was ironic that four decades on, France had trashed the goodwill that had been evolving with the 1988 Matignon and 1998 Nouméa accords towards independence with harsh new policies that led to the riots in May last year.

    Dr Robie’s series of books on the Rainbow Warrior focus on the impact of nuclear testing by both the Americans and the French, in particular, on Pacific peoples and especially the humanitarian voyages to relocate the Rongelap Islanders in the Marshall Islands barely two months before the bombing at Marsden wharf in Auckland on 10 July 1985.

    Detained by French military
    He was detained by the French military while on assignment in New Caledonia a year after Eyes of Fire: The Last Voyage of the Rainbow Warrior was first published in New Zealand.

    His reporting won the NZ Media Peace Prize in 1985.


    David Robie’s 2025 talk on the Rainbow Warrior.     Video: Greenpeace Aotearoa

    Dr Robie confirmed that Little island Press was publishing a new book this year with a focus on the legacy of the Rainbow Warrior.

    Plantu's cartoon on the Rainbow Warrior bombers
    Plantu’s cartoon on the Rainbow Warrior bombers from the slideshow. Image: David Robie/Plantu

    “This edition is the most comprehensive work on the sinking of the first Rainbow Warrior, but also speaks to the first humanitarian mission undertaken by Greenpeace,” said publisher Tony Murrow.

    “It’s an important work that shows us how we can act in the world and how we must continue to support all life on this unusual planet that is our only home.”

    Little Island Press produced an educational microsite as a resource to accompany Eyes of Fire with print, image and video resources.

    The book will be launched in association with a nuclear-free Pacific exhibition at Ellen Melville Centre in mid-July.

    Find out more at the Eyes of Fire microsite
    Find out more at the microsite: eyes-of-fire.littleisland.co.nz


    This content originally appeared on Asia Pacific Report and was authored by APR editor.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2025/05/07/under-no-illusions-about-france-says-author-of-new-rainbow-warrior-book/feed/ 0 531490
    Nature Always Wins: A.I. Worship and the New Tech Gods https://www.radiofree.org/2025/05/07/nature-always-wins-a-i-worship-and-the-new-tech-gods/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/05/07/nature-always-wins-a-i-worship-and-the-new-tech-gods/#respond Wed, 07 May 2025 03:11:00 +0000 http://www.radiofree.org/?guid=ff305c89f8825d13d77d469c26eb26cd In 1816, 18-year-old Mary Wollstonecraft Godwin (later Shelley) birthed science fiction during a rainy vacation on Lake Geneva. Inspired by a vision of a man crouched beside the corpse he reanimated, Frankenstein warned of what happens when man tries to play God. Two centuries later, the monsters are real, and they’re called Musk, Altman, and Zuckerberg.

    Today’s tech titans, like Frankenstein’s Victor, race to build superintelligent machines in their image: soulless wannabe-gods with devastating reach. Gil Duran, of the Nerd Reich newsletter, connects this to A.I. worship, quoting a billionaire obsessed with “creating God” through algorithms. M.I.T.’s annotated Frankenstein likens Victor’s horror to Oppenheimer’s nuclear regret. We’ve entered a new atomic age, but instead of bombs, it’s information weapons and hacked minds.

    As Pulitzer-nominated journalist Carole Cadwalladr warns, this is what a digital coup looks like. A.I. is trained to replace journalists, strip away privacy, and deepen inequality, just as Gaslit Nation has warned since 2018.

    What’s the answer? Community. Skill-sharing. Nature. The real world. Jack Welch, once worshipped like Musk is today, gutted G.E. with fear-based leadership. Now he’s a cautionary tale. So will today’s tech gods be.

    Mary Shelley saw it coming. “Frightful must it be,” she wrote. We agree. But there’s power in human connection, in rejecting the machine's illusions. Frankenstein’s monster was abandoned. Let’s not abandon each other.

    Join our resilience salons. Find your people. Build the future together.

    Want to enjoy Gaslit Nation ad-free? Join our community of listeners for bonus shows, ad-free episodes, exclusive Q&A sessions, our group chat, invites to live events like our Monday political salons at 4pm ET over Zoom, and more! Sign up at Patreon.com/Gaslit!

    Show Notes

     

    The song you heard in this week’s episode is “Unspoken Word” by Evrette Allen: https://soundcloud.com/user-726164627/unspoken-word-mix-13/s-GEvlnfQnmh4?si=954f31de09d644948d51a225224bd7ba&utm_source=clipboard&utm_medium=text&utm_campaign=social_sharing

     

    Nerd Reich: https://www.newyorker.com/magazine/2018/02/12/the-strange-and-twisted-life-of-frankenstein

     

    After two hundred years, are we ready for the truth about Mary Shelley’s novel? https://www.newyorker.com/magazine/2018/02/12/the-strange-and-twisted-life-of-frankenstein

     

    Astronomers have determined the exact hour that Mary Shelley thought of Frankenstein. https://lithub.com/astronomers-have-determined-the-exact-hour-that-mary-shelley-thought-of-frankenstein/

     

    AI's Energy Demands Are Out of Control. Welcome to the Internet's Hyper-Consumption Era Generative artificial intelligence tools, now part of the everyday user experience online, are causing stress on local power grids and mass water evaporation. https://www.wired.com/story/ai-energy-demands-water-impact-internet-hyper-consumption-era/

     

    Short-term profits and long-term consequences — did Jack Welch break capitalism? https://www.npr.org/2022/06/01/1101505691/short-term-profits-and-long-term-consequences-did-jack-welch-break-capitalism

     

    Carole Cadwalladr TED Talk: This Is What a Digital Coup Looks Like https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=TZOoT8AbkNE

     

    Self-styled prophets are claiming they have "awakened" chatbots and accessed the secrets of the universe through ChatGPT https://www.rollingstone.com/culture/culture-features/ai-spiritual-delusions-destroying-human-relationships-1235330175/


    This content originally appeared on Gaslit Nation and was authored by Andrea Chalupa.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2025/05/07/nature-always-wins-a-i-worship-and-the-new-tech-gods/feed/ 0 531439
    The New Face of Globalist Tyranny? https://www.radiofree.org/2025/05/05/the-new-face-of-globalist-tyranny/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/05/05/the-new-face-of-globalist-tyranny/#respond Mon, 05 May 2025 14:20:42 +0000 https://dissidentvoice.org/?p=157939

    Klaus Scwab is gone and so is WEF alumnus Justin Trudeau. But in comes Mark Carney whose curriculum vitae is displayed on the WEF website as a WEF agenda contributor.

    The post The New Face of Globalist Tyranny? first appeared on Dissident Voice.


    This content originally appeared on Dissident Voice and was authored by Allen Forrest.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2025/05/05/the-new-face-of-globalist-tyranny/feed/ 0 531142
    PINA on World Press Freedom Day – facing new and complex AI challenges https://www.radiofree.org/2025/05/05/pina-on-world-press-freedom-day-facing-new-and-complex-ai-challenges/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/05/05/pina-on-world-press-freedom-day-facing-new-and-complex-ai-challenges/#respond Mon, 05 May 2025 03:15:39 +0000 https://asiapacificreport.nz/?p=114126 By Kalafi Moala in Nuku’alofa

    On this World Press Freedom Day, we in the Pacific stand together to defend and promote the right to freedom of expression — now facing new and complex challenges in the age of Artificial Intelligence (AI).

    This year’s global theme is “Reporting a Brave New World: The impact of Artificial Intelligence on Press Freedom.”

    AI is changing the way we gather, share, and consume information. It offers exciting tools that can help journalists work faster and reach more people, even across our scattered islands.

    But AI also brings serious risks. It can be used to spread misinformation, silence voices, and make powerful tech companies the gatekeepers of what people see and hear.

    In the Pacific, our media are already working with limited resources. Now we face even greater pressure as AI tools are used without fair recognition or payment to those who create original content.

    Our small newsrooms struggle to compete with global platforms that are reshaping the media landscape.

    We must not allow AI to weaken media freedom, independence, or diversity in our region.

    Respect our Pacific voices
    Instead, we must ensure that new technologies serve our people, respect our voices, and support the role of journalism in democracy and development.

    Today, PINA calls for stronger regional collaboration to understand and manage the impact of AI. We urge governments, tech companies, and development partners to support Pacific media in building digital skills, protecting press freedom, and ensuring fair use of our content.

    Let us ensure that the future of journalism in the Pacific is guided by truth, fairness, and freedom — not by unchecked algorithms.

    Happy World Press Freedom to all media workers across the Pacific!

     Kalafi Moala is president of the Pacific Islands News Association (PINA) and also editor of Talanoa ‘o Tonga. Republished from TOT with permission.


    This content originally appeared on Asia Pacific Report and was authored by Pacific Media Watch.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2025/05/05/pina-on-world-press-freedom-day-facing-new-and-complex-ai-challenges/feed/ 0 531117
    New deal for journalism – RSF’s 11 steps to ‘reconstruct’ global media https://www.radiofree.org/2025/05/04/new-deal-for-journalism-rsfs-11-steps-to-reconstruct-global-media/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/05/04/new-deal-for-journalism-rsfs-11-steps-to-reconstruct-global-media/#respond Sun, 04 May 2025 11:30:14 +0000 https://asiapacificreport.nz/?p=114062 Australia (ranked 29th) and New Zealand (ranked 16th) are cited as positive examples by Reporters Without Borders in the 2025 World Press Freedom Index of commitment to public media development aid, showing support through regional media development such as in the Pacific Islands.

    Reporters Without Borders

    The 2025 World Press Freedom Index by Reporters Without Borders (RSF) has revealed the dire state of the news economy and how it severely threatens newsrooms’ editorial independence and media pluralism.

    In light of this alarming situation, RSF has called on public authorities, private actors and regional institutions to commit to a “New Deal for Journalism” by following 11 key recommendations.

    The media’s economic fragility has emerged as one of the foremost threats to press freedom.

    According to the findings of the 2025 World Press Freedom Index, the overall conditions for practising journalism are poor (categorised as “difficult” or “very serious”) in half of the world’s countries.

    When looking at the economic conditions alone, that figure becomes three-quarters.

    Concrete commitments are urgently needed to preserve press freedom, uphold the right to reliable information, and lift the media out of the destructive economic spiral endangering their independence and survival.

    That is where a New Deal for Journalism comes in.

    The 11 RSF recommendations for a New Deal for Journalism:

    1. Protect media pluralism through economic regulation
    Media outlets are not like other businesses and journalism does not provide services like other industries.

    Although most news outlets are private entities, they serve the public interest by ensuring citizens’ access to reliable information, a fundamental pillar of democracy.

    Media pluralism must therefore be guaranteed, both at market level and by ensuring individual newsrooms reflect a variety of ideas and viewpoints, regardless of who owns them.

    In France (25th), debates around media ownership consolidation — particularly involving the Bolloré Group — have highlighted the risks to media pluralism.

    In South Africa (27th), the Competition Commission is considering solutions to mitigate the threats posed by giant online platforms to the pluralism of the digital information space.


    RSF 2025 World Press Freedom Index summary.   Video: RSF

    2. Adopt the JTI as a common standard
    News outlets, tech giants, and governments should embrace the Journalism Trust Initiative (JTI), an international standard for journalism.

    More than 2000 media outlets in 119 countries are already engaged in the JTI certification process. Launched by RSF, the JTI acts as a common professional reference that does not judge an outlet’s content but evaluates the processes in its production of information, improving transparency around media ownership and editorial procedures, and promoting trustworthy outlets.

    This certification provides a foundation to guide public funding, inform indexing and ranking policies, and enable online platforms and search engines to highlight reliable information while protecting themselves against disinformation campaigns.

    3. Establish advertisers’ democratic responsibility
    Governments should introduce the principle that companies have a responsibility to help uphold democracy, similar to corporate social responsibility (CSR). Advertisers should be the first to adopt this concept as a priority, as their decision to shift their budgets to online platforms — or, worse, websites that fuel disinformation — makes them partially responsible for the economic decline of journalism.

    Advertisers should be encouraged to link their advertising investments to criteria on reliability and journalistic ethics. Aligning advertising strategies with the public interest is vital for fostering a healthy media ecosystem and maintaining democracies.

    This notion of a democratic responsibility for companies has notably been promoted by the steering committee of the French General Assembly of Information (États généraux de l’information) and may be included in the bill that will be examined in 2025 by the French National Assembly.

    4. Regulate the gatekeepers of online information
    Democratic states must require digital platforms to ensure that reliable sources of information are visible to the public and remunerated.

    The European Union’s Copyright Directive and Australia’s (29th) News Media Bargaining Code in — the first legislation regulating Google and Facebook — are two examples of legally requiring major platforms to pay for online journalistic content.

    Canada (ranked 21st) has undertaken similar reforms but has faced strong resistance, particularly from Meta, which has retaliated by removing news content from its platforms.

    To ensure the economic value generated by online journalistic content is fairly distributed, these types of laws must be broadly adopted and their effective implementation must be guaranteed.

    Public authorities must also ensure fair negotiations so that media outlets are not crushed by the current imbalance of power between economically fragile news companies and global tech giants.

    Lastly, the rise of artificial intelligence (AI) has made the need for fair remuneration for content creators all the more urgent, as their work is now used to train or feed AI models. This is simply the latest example of why regulation is necessary to protect journalistic content from new forms of technological exploitation.

    To mark World Press Freedom Day, 3 May, Europeans Without Borders (ESF), Cartooning for Peace and Reporters Without Borders (RSF) have joined forces for Caricartoons, a campaign celebrating press freedom
    To mark World Press Freedom Day, 3 May, Europeans Without Borders (ESF), Cartooning for Peace and Reporters Without Borders (RSF) have joined forces for Caricartoons, a campaign celebrating press freedom. Image: RSF screenshot PMW

    5. Introduce a tax on tech giants to fund quality information
    The goal of introducing such a tax should be to redistribute all or part of the revenue unfairly captured by digital giants to the detriment of the media. The proceeds would be redirected to news media outlets and would finance the production of reliable information.

    Several countries have already committed to reforms that tax major digital platforms, but almost none are specifically aimed at supporting the production of quality information from independent sources. 

    Indonesia (127th) implemented a tax on foreign digital services, while also requiring platforms to remunerate media outlets for the use of their content starting in 2024. France also established a specific tax on digital companies’ revenues in 2019.

    6. Use public development aid to combat news deserts and strengthen reliable information from independent sources
    As crises, conflicts and authoritarian regimes multiply, supporting reliable information from independent sources and countering emerging news deserts has never been more important.

    Official Development Assistance (ODA) must incorporate support for independent journalism, recognising that it is indispensable not only for economic development but also for strengthening democratic governance and promoting peace.

    At least 1 percent of ODA should be allocated to financing independent media outlets in order to guarantee their sustainability.

    At a time when certain support mechanisms — such as the United States Agency for International Development (USAID) — are under threat, commitments from donor states are more crucial than ever.

    Australia (ranked 29th) and New Zealand (ranked 16th) are positive examples of this commitment, showing support through regional media development programmes, notably in the Pacific Islands.

    7. Encourage the development of hybrid and other innovative funding models
    It is essential to develop support mechanisms that combine public funding with private contributions (donations, investments, and loans), such as the IFRUM, a fund proposed by RSF to reconstruct the media in Ukraine (62nd).

    To diversify funding sources, states could strengthen tax incentives for investors and broaden the call for donors beyond their own residents and taxpayers.

    8. Guarantee transparency and independence in the allocation of media aid
    Granting public or private subsidies to the media must be based on objective and transparent criteria that are subject to oversight by civil society. Only clear, equitable aid distribution can safeguard editorial independence and protect media outlets from political interference.

    One such legislative solution is the European Media Freedom Act (EMFA), which will come into force in 2025 across all European Union member states. It includes transparency requirements for aid distribution, obliges member states to guarantee the editorial independence of newsrooms, and mandates safeguards against political pressure.

    Other countries have also established exemplary frameworks, such as Canada (21st), which has implemented a transparent system combining tax credits and subsidies while ensuring editorial independence.

    9. Combat the erosion of public service media
    Public service media are not state media: they are independent actors, funded by citizens to fulfil a public interest mission. Their role is to guarantee universal access to reliable, diverse information from independent sources, serving social cohesion and democracy.

    Financial and political attacks against these outlets — seen in many countries — threaten the public’s access to trustworthy information.

    10. Strengthen media literacy and journalism training
    Supporting reliable information means that everyone should be trained from an early age to recognise trustworthy information and be involved in media education initiatives. University and higher education programmes in journalism must also be supported, on the condition that they are independent.

    Finland (5th) is recognised worldwide for its media education, with media literacy programmes starting in primary school, contributing to greater resilience against disinformation.

    11. Encourage nations to join and implement international initiatives, such as the Partnership for Information and Democracy
    The International Partnership for Information and Democracy, which promotes a global communication and information space that is free, pluralistic and reliable, already counts more than fifty signatory countries.

    RSF stresses that journalism is a vital common good at a time when democracies are faltering.

    This New Deal is a call to collectively rebuild the foundations of a free, trustworthy, and pluralistic public space.

    Republished by Pacific Media Watch in collaboration with Reporters Without Borders.


    This content originally appeared on Asia Pacific Report and was authored by Pacific Media Watch.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2025/05/04/new-deal-for-journalism-rsfs-11-steps-to-reconstruct-global-media/feed/ 0 531015
    R.E.M. Releases New Remix To Support Radio Free Europe https://www.radiofree.org/2025/05/03/r-e-m-releases-new-remix-to-support-radio-free-europe/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/05/03/r-e-m-releases-new-remix-to-support-radio-free-europe/#respond Sat, 03 May 2025 12:09:52 +0000 http://www.radiofree.org/?guid=28bf2ed889c815f1c9ef9e044e4cfcd0
    This content originally appeared on Radio Free Europe/Radio Liberty and was authored by Radio Free Europe/Radio Liberty.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2025/05/03/r-e-m-releases-new-remix-to-support-radio-free-europe/feed/ 0 530936
    New York unions protest Trump administration this May Day https://www.radiofree.org/2025/05/02/new-york-unions-protest-trump-administration-this-may-day/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/05/02/new-york-unions-protest-trump-administration-this-may-day/#respond Fri, 02 May 2025 19:00:57 +0000 http://www.radiofree.org/?guid=73f08bc63485e799fa041eae9603acf6
    This content originally appeared on Democracy Now! and was authored by Democracy Now!.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2025/05/02/new-york-unions-protest-trump-administration-this-may-day/feed/ 0 530843
    Lebanese nun fights to save Alawites massacred in the ‘new’ Syria https://www.radiofree.org/2025/05/02/lebanese-nun-fights-to-save-alawites-massacred-in-the-new-syria/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/05/02/lebanese-nun-fights-to-save-alawites-massacred-in-the-new-syria/#respond Fri, 02 May 2025 18:35:55 +0000 http://www.radiofree.org/?guid=df038637b7e849cf052d2ab0c772ba06
    This content originally appeared on The Grayzone and was authored by The Grayzone.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2025/05/02/lebanese-nun-fights-to-save-alawites-massacred-in-the-new-syria/feed/ 0 530832
    A Gutted Education Department’s New Agenda: Roll Back Civil Rights Cases, Target Transgender Students https://www.radiofree.org/2025/05/02/a-gutted-education-departments-new-agenda-roll-back-civil-rights-cases-target-transgender-students/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/05/02/a-gutted-education-departments-new-agenda-roll-back-civil-rights-cases-target-transgender-students/#respond Fri, 02 May 2025 09:00:00 +0000 https://www.propublica.org/article/education-department-civil-rights-donald-trump-discrimination by Jennifer Smith Richards and Jodi S. Cohen

    ProPublica is a nonprofit newsroom that investigates abuses of power. Sign up to receive our biggest stories as soon as they’re published.

    In California, the federal government was deep into an investigation of alleged racial discrimination at a school district where, a parent said, students called a Black peer racial slurs and played whipping sounds from their cellphones during a lesson about slavery. Then the U.S. Department of Education in March suddenly closed the California regional outpost of its Office for Civil Rights and fired all its employees there. That investigation and others went silent.

    In South Dakota, the OCR abruptly terminated its work with a school district that had agreed to take steps to end discrimination against its Native American students. The same office that helped craft the agreement to treat indigenous students equally made a stunning about-face and decided in March that helping Native American students would discriminate against white students.

    During its first 100 days, as the Trump administration has dismantled the Education Department, one of its biggest targets has been the civil rights arm. Now, Education Secretary Linda McMahon is “reorienting” what’s left of it.

    Part of that shift has been ordering investigations related to the administration’s priorities, such as ending the participation of transgender girls and women in girls’ and women’s sports. After hearing that a transgender woman from Wagner College in New York competed in a women’s fencing tournament at the University of Maryland last month, the head of the OCR launched a special investigation into both schools and threatened their access to federal funding.

    Through internal memos and case data, interviews with more than a dozen current agency attorneys, and public records requests to school districts and other targets of investigations across the country, ProPublica has documented how the Trump administration has radically reshaped the OCR.

    Only 57 investigations that found a civil rights violation and led to change at a school or college were completed in March, ProPublica has learned. Only 51 were resolved by finding violations in April. The Biden administration completed as many as 200 investigations a month.

    Leadership under President Donald Trump also has made it easier for the OCR to drop discrimination complaints quickly. In March, 91% of cases closed by the office were dismissed without an investigation, and 89% were dismissed outright in April, according to internal case data obtained by ProPublica. Typically, 70% of cases are dismissed because they don’t meet criteria to warrant an investigation.

    With more than half of the Education Department’s civil rights offices closed and the division reduced to a fraction of its former staff, families’ pleas for updates and action have gone unheard. One OCR attorney, who asked not to be named for fear of retaliation, told ProPublica that her caseload went from 60 to 380 as she absorbed cases previously handled by employees who worked in offices that had been closed. Some remaining employees have not been able to access documents, voicemail and email of fired employees.

    As with civil rights divisions in other federal agencies that the Trump administration has fundamentally altered, the OCR has worked for decades to uphold constitutional rights against discrimination based on disability, race and gender.

    “OCR is the most useless it’s ever been, and it’s the most dangerous it’s ever been. And by useless, I mean unavailable. Unable to do the work,” said Michael Pillera, who until recently was an OCR attorney in Washington, D.C. He is now with the Lawyers’ Committee for Civil Rights Under Law.

    Investigating cases that allege racism, discrimination based on sexual orientation or mistreatment of students with disabilities now requires permission from Trump appointees, according to a memo from OCR leadership. As a result, thousands of discrimination investigations are idled, even ones that were nearing a resolution when Trump took office again.

    “I thought we were somewhere, and now we are back to square one because they are closed,” said K.D., the mother of the Black California student who said her daughter has been called racial epithets by her classmates. She emailed the agency more than a month ago to try to get an update on the investigation, but said the agency has not responded. ProPublica is identifying her by initials to protect her child’s privacy. “I never would have imagined that something so essential would go away,” she said.

    Education Department spokespeople did not respond to questions and requests for comment sent over several weeks about changes in the civil rights division.

    The OCR attorney who said she is working through 380 cases said the job is now “impossible.”

    “The people who remain are doing all they can. We’re doing all we can. But it isn’t enough, and it keeps us up at night,” she said.

    Another OCR attorney who, like others, asked not to be named for fear of retaliation, said the administration’s new vision for civil rights enforcement has harmed families.

    “We were sort of the last bit of hope for them,” he said, “and now they’re calling and emailing and saying, ‘Hey, I thought you all were going to help me.’”

    Protesters rally outside of the headquarters of the Department of Education in Washington in March. More than half of the department’s Office of Civil Rights outposts have been closed, and more than half of its employees have been laid off since the new administration took over. (Jason Andrew for ProPublica) A Shadow Division

    The arduous, grinding work undertaken by OCR attorneys is starkly different from the high-speed investigations that the Education Department announces in press releases every few days.

    The OCR, historically one of the government’s largest enforcers of the Civil Rights Act of 1964, has been known for being a neutral fact-finder. Its investigators followed a process to determine whether complaints from the public met legal criteria for a civil rights claim, then carried out investigations methodically.

    Help Us Report on How the Department of Education Is Handling Civil Rights Cases

    We want to better understand how changes at the Office for Civil Rights are affecting students, families and school communities. If you have recently submitted a civil rights complaint or have a pending case, please get in touch.

    Share Your Story

    The vast majority of investigations were based on discrimination complaints from students and families, and a large share of those were related to disability discrimination. The inquiries typically took months and, in complex cases, years. The lengthy investigations sometimes were a source of criticism. The agency didn’t share details of the investigations until they were completed, and the agreements often involved federal oversight going forward.

    Investigations being publicized now have largely bypassed the agency’s civil rights attorneys, according to Education Department employees. McMahon and OCR head Craig Trainor created what amounts to a shadow division.

    The Trump administration has ordered more than a dozen investigations in the past three months on its own, not initiated by an outside complainant. These “directed investigations” are typically rare; there were none during President Joseph Biden’s administration.

    The investigations have targeted schools with transgender athletes, gender-neutral bathrooms and initiatives that the administration views as discriminatory to white students. OCR attorneys told ProPublica they’ve been given prewritten letters, which they’ve reluctantly signed, to send to targets of these investigations. Some letters describe transgender girls as “biological males,” which is ideologically pointed language that OCR attorneys say they’ve never used before.

    “They’re blowing through past precedents, past practices, best practices,” said Catherine Lhamon, who led OCR under former Presidents Barack Obama and Biden and departed the office in January. “And they’re not even attempting to appear like neutral arbiters of the law.”

    In a first, McMahon and Trainor created ways to divert complaints and investigations away from the OCR’s legal experts entirely. The administration made an “End DEI” portal that bypasses the traditional online complaint system and seeks only grievances about diversity, equity and inclusion in schools. Unlike the regular complaint system, the diversity portal submissions are not routed to OCR staff.

    “We have no idea where that portal goes, who it goes to, how they review the cases. No idea,” said the attorney who said he struggles with being unable to help families. “That avoids us interfering with the games they’re trying to play, if they silo off the real civil rights lawyers.”

    McMahon then announced a “Title IX Special Investigations Team” last month to work with the Department of Justice and appointed Trainor to it. It launches its own investigations into schools that include transgender girls in athletics.

    In an internal memo to the new team that was obtained by ProPublica, Trainor defined the special team’s purpose: “To effectively and efficiently address the increasing volume of Title IX single-sex sports/spaces cases, expedite those investigations and resolutions, and collaborate seamlessly with DOJ to conclude investigations that go to DOJ for enforcement.”

    There’s no indication that more complaints related to transgender students are coming from the public, according to internal case data. Last month, in what appears to be the first case assigned to the Title IX team, the group notified the University of Maryland and Wagner College that it would investigate each school. The investigation began after Fox News and other media reported about a fencing tournament at the University of Maryland in which a transgender player from Wagner competed. Trainor signed the notification letters himself, a departure from Lhamon’s practice.

    A Wagner College spokesperson declined to comment. A University of Maryland spokesperson declined to comment about the investigation but said the tournament, while on the university’s campus, was run by USA Fencing.

    The public used to be able to see what the OCR was investigating. But an online database that is supposed to list all investigations underway hasn’t been updated since Trump took office.

    At that time, about 12,000 pending investigations were listed. Among them were two related to a family’s complaints that their California school district discriminated against students with disabilities, including by barricading them inside what it called a “reset” room. But then the OCR closed its California office and fired its employees.

    “All work came to a halt. They stopped responding. Nothing was being done to stop the practice and protect kids,” Genevieve Goldstone, the parent of the Del Mar Union School District student who filed the disability discrimination complaint, said in an interview. “My federal complaints were meant to protect more kids and stop the abuses in the district.”

    The district said it could not comment on the pending investigation but said it participated in more than a dozen interviews with an OCR attorney. It also said it conducted its own review of the allegations and determined that they were unsubstantiated.

    OCR attorneys say they have been repeatedly blindsided by public announcements about policy changes and investigations. To find out what Trainor and McMahon have launched on their behalf, they check the Education Department’s website daily for press releases.

    Those statements sometimes quote Trainor preemptively saying a school “appears to violate” civil rights law. The attorneys worry they will have no choice, despite what their investigations uncover, but to find against schools that have already been excoriated by the department publicly.

    For example, in a press release announcing an investigation into a transgender athlete participating in girls’ track and field in Portland Public Schools in Oregon, Trainor said, “We will not allow the Portland Public Schools District or any other educational entity that receives federal funds to trample on the antidiscrimination protections that women and girls are guaranteed under law.”

    A third current OCR attorney, who asked not to be named for fear of losing her job, said the administration is misinterpreting civil rights law. “It’s subverting our office, or weaponizing it in these ways, without following our process,” she said.

    Conservative groups with complaints about diversity or transgender students have been able to file complaints directly with Trainor and get quick results — another norm-breaking way to operate outside of the OCR’s protocol.

    America First Legal, a group founded by Trump deputy chief of staff Stephen Miller that considers itself the “answer to the ACLU,” emailed Trainor a few days after Trump’s “Ending Radical Indoctrination in K-12 Schooling” executive order. The order directs schools to stop teaching about or supporting diversity, equity and gender identity.

    “AFL respectfully requests that the Department of Education open investigations into the following public-school districts in Northern Virginia for continuing violations of Title IX,” the letter read, listing five districts that have policies welcoming to transgender students.

    Senior leadership in Washington opened the cases the following week. America First issued a press release headlined “VICTORY.” The group declined to comment further.

    First image: A letter from Craig Trainor, the Education Department’s acting assistant secretary for civil rights, claims that American educational institutions have discriminated against white and Asian students. Second image: A letter addressed to the superintendent of the Denver Public Schools announces a Title IX investigation into a gender-neutral bathroom. (Obtained and highlighted by ProPublica) Backtracking on Civil Rights

    Remaking the OCR isn’t just about increasing caseloads and reordering political priorities. The Trump administration now is taking steps to roll back OCR’s previous civil rights work.

    Last month, Trump issued an executive order that directs all federal agencies, including the Education Department, to stop enforcing cases involving policies that disproportionately affect certain groups — for example, when Black students are disciplined more harshly than white students for the same infractions or when students with disabilities are suspended more than any other group even though they represent a small percentage of student enrollment.

    Trump’s order requires the agencies to “assess all pending investigations, lawsuits, and consent judgements” that consider disproportionate discipline and “take appropriate action.” Complaints made to the OCR that students were unfairly disciplined could be thrown out; existing enforcement actions or monitoring of schools that had disciplined students disproportionately could be revoked.

    The OCR under Trainor did this in Rapid City, South Dakota — even before the executive order. About a year ago, the office had signed an agreement with Rapid City Area Schools after an investigation found that the district’s Native American students were disciplined far more harshly than white ones. They also were kept from enrolling in advanced courses.

    The OCR said that when speaking with an investigator, the superintendent of schools at the time said that Native American students in her district had higher truancy rates because they operated on what she termed “Indian Time.” She said, too, that they don’t value education, according to the investigation’s findings.

    The former superintendent, Nicole Swigart, denied saying any of that.

    “I recognize those comments are horrendous,” Swigart said in an interview with ProPublica. She noted that the OCR investigation was opened in 2010 and that she first spoke to an investigator in 2022. “I’m not lying when I say I didn’t say it. I didn’t say it, and I don’t know where it came from.”

    In the agreement with the OCR, the district promised to examine its practices and make things right; the OCR would monitor its progress. The district also brought in a new superintendent.

    But last month, the OCR abruptly terminated that agreement, based on its differing interpretation of civil rights law. The OCR’s new view is that equity and diversity efforts discriminate against white students. It was, in the view of agency attorneys, the most severe breach of the OCR’s mission and methods to date. There was no public announcement.

    “Native students in Rapid City just lost a layer of protection,” the Lakota People’s Law Project announced on Facebook. “Native students are still being pushed out of classrooms and denied opportunities.”

    Darren Thompson, who is Ojibwe, said the OCR’s decision to abandon the agreement was “another cycle of the federal government failing to uphold its promises.”

    “And this time, they are partisan, political,” said Thompson, who works for the nonprofit Sacred Defense Fund affiliated with the Lakota group in Rapid City.

    In response to questions from ProPublica, the school district said it has completed much of the work — including broader access to educational opportunities and an improved behavior tracking process — and plans to continue it even without federal oversight. But it also said this week that under the OCR’s new directives, “we must shift our approach.” The district did not elaborate on what will change.

    It’s unclear whether the OCR has ended agreements with other districts or colleges. Education Department spokespeople did not respond to questions from ProPublica.

    Pushing Back

    Some subjects of the OCR’s new directives and investigations have capitulated. A school district in Tumwater, Washington, that Trainor targeted for allowing a transgender basketball player from an opposing team to compete responded by voting to support the state athletic association excluding trans players altogether.

    But some are pushing back.

    Denver Public Schools was the first target of one of Trainor’s “directed investigations” in late January — over the existence of one all-gender, multistall bathroom on one floor of a Denver high school. According to communication obtained by ProPublica through public records requests, the district called out the OCR for “continuing to take a different approach with this case without explanation, a case with no complainant who is awaiting any form of relief or remedy.”

    Kristin Bailey, a Denver Public Schools attorney, wrote to an OCR supervisor that the way the investigation is being handled “appears to be retaliatory.”

    Since February, at least half a dozen lawsuits have been filed to try to stop the dismantling of the Education Department and its civil rights functions — among them, suits by Democratic state attorneys general and from the National Education Association and American Federation of Teachers. A recent suit by the Council of Parent Attorneys and Advocates on behalf of children and their parents — all of whom have pending complaints alleging discrimination — claims they’re suffering from the OCR’s “abandonment” of its core mission.

    The NAACP also sued the department, McMahon and Trainor, citing the “End DEI” portal and seeking a halt to such anti-diversity efforts. And the Victim Rights Law Center, representing students and parents, sued to try to restore what has been cut from the OCR so the agency can fulfill its mandate. It noted that under McMahon and Trainor, “cherry-picked investigations appear to be the only matters the Department is currently pursuing.” Those lawsuits are pending. The government has argued in the NAACP lawsuit that the group lacks standing, and in the other it has not filed a response.

    Several OCR attorneys told ProPublica that they hope these groups and school districts continue to push back. In the meantime, they said, they will continue to try to work on behalf of the public to uphold the nation’s civil rights laws.

    “I have to keep putting one foot in front of the other, helping the people I can help, and keep my eye on the long game,” said a fourth OCR attorney. “Hopefully we’re still here and can help rebuild in the future.”


    This content originally appeared on ProPublica and was authored by by Jennifer Smith Richards and Jodi S. Cohen.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2025/05/02/a-gutted-education-departments-new-agenda-roll-back-civil-rights-cases-target-transgender-students/feed/ 0 530704
    ‘Build, baby, build:’ Canada’s new prime minister wants to make the country into an ‘energy superpower’ https://grist.org/global-indigenous-affairs-desk/build-baby-build-canadas-new-prime-minister-wants-to-make-the-country-into-an-energy-superpower/ https://grist.org/global-indigenous-affairs-desk/build-baby-build-canadas-new-prime-minister-wants-to-make-the-country-into-an-energy-superpower/#respond Fri, 02 May 2025 08:15:00 +0000 https://grist.org/?p=664634 Canada’s newly elected prime minister wants to turn the country into an “energy superpower,” while promising to respect Indigenous rights, prompting both cautious optimism and skepticism from Indigenous leaders and advocates in Canada. 

    Prime Minister Mark Carney won Canada’s election this week in what many observers are calling an embrace of Canadian nationalism and rebuke of U.S. President Donald Trump. Carney is a former central banker who became prime minister in March after Justin Trudeau stepped down. He is largely expected to continue the policies adopted by his centrist Liberal predecessor, who supported aligning Canadian law with the United Nations Declaration on the Rights of Indigenous Peoples, the cornerstone of international rights for Indigenous peoples, but also faced criticism for his support for the Trans Mountain oil pipeline. 

    Carney’s Conservative opponent Pierre Poilievre embraced a major expansion of domestic oil and gas development and voted against the 2021 bill to ensure Canadian laws are consistent with the U.N. Declaration on the Rights of Indigenous Peoples.  

    “I am very proud to say that I oppose this bill,” Poilievre said at the time. One study found that if Poilievre won, Canada’s emissions would increase, whereas Carney’s win means the country’s emissions will continue to fall — albeit not low enough to avoid the worst effects of global warming.

    Indigenous Climate Action, an advocacy group for Indigenous peoples and climate justice in Canada, said in a statement that Carney was considered the “lesser of two evils” compared to his Conservative opponent but that the organization is concerned that both Carney and Poilievre promised to speed up extractive energy projects in the name of Canadian sovereignty.

    “So-called Canadian sovereignty shouldn’t come at the expense of Indigenous sovereignty, nor should it be an excuse to violate our inherent rights,” the organization said. “True climate justice can only be achieved when Indigenous Peoples are given the rightful power to determine the fate of our lands and territories.”

    Prior to his election, Carney had a track record of climate advocacy: In 2019, he became the United Nations’ special envoy for climate action and finance, with the goal of drumming up private financing to help countries prevent the earth from warning more than 1.5 degrees. A decade ago, he said the “vast majority of reserves are unburnable” if the world is to avoid the worst-case scenarios of climate change.

    Carney’s rhetoric has since shifted. One of his first decisions after replacing Trudeau was to remove the federal carbon tax on fossil fuel usage that was widely criticized for increasing the cost of living, despite data indicating rebates reached more than 80 percent of Canadians. The issue had become a political liability for the Liberal party and scrapping the tax ahead of the election undercut what had become a rallying cry for his opponent. Carney has also promised to fast-track resource development projects to decrease Canada’s reliance on energy imports.

    “Build, baby, build,” Carney said in his victory speech this week, a play on Trump’s “drill, baby, drill” motto that refers to ramping up oil production. For Carney, “build, baby, build” expresses his commitment to shoring up Canadian infrastructure, including building half a million affordable housing units and expanding domestic energy production. 

    “It’s time to build new trade and energy corridors working in partnership with the provinces, territories, and Indigenous peoples,” he said in the same speech. “It’s time to build Canada into an energy superpower in both clean and conventional energy.” 

    Both Carney and Poilievre embraced constructing energy corridors, but it’s not clear what pipelines or other projects would comprise the corridor Carney has championed. 

    Cindy Woodhouse Nepinak, the national chief of the Assembly of First Nations, an advocacy organization for Canada’s First Nations, said she is optimistic Carney’s administration will involve Indigenous communities with planning and decision-making as he pursues his aggressive energy development goal.  

    “They’re going to have to make sure that they work with First Peoples on whose land Canada is made,” Nepinak said. “First Nations aren’t anti-development but they do want to do things in a balanced and sustainable way because we don’t have another planet to send our children to. We always try to think to the generations ahead: Are we ruining what we have?” 

    Carney’s campaign has been full of promises to that effect. “A Mark Carney-led government will: work in full partnership with First Nation, Inuit, and Métis to advance and realize the rights of Indigenous peoples through a distinctions-based approach,” according to his website. A Mark Carney-led government will “support Indigenous-led processes for advancing self-determination,” it continued, and “implement the United Nations Declaration on the Rights of Indigenous Peoples Act.” The website frequently described Indigenous peoples as partners and promised to expand funding and services for them. In March, Carney doubled federal infrastructure financing for Indigenous communities from $5 billion to $10 billion.

    Carney has also promised to support Indigenous-led conservation efforts, and “enshrine First Nations’ right to water into law.” He pledged to add at least 10 new national parks or marine conservation areas and 15 new urban parks, and make national park access free this summer. He’s also promised to create new programs to support Arctic Indigenous guardianship over ecosystems and Indigenous climate adaptation.

    Carney’s ability to enact his agenda might be hampered by the fact that, unlike with his predecessor Trudeau, the Liberal party did not win a majority of seats in Parliament this week, which will require the party to work with others to pass legislation.

    “When the Liberals won a majority under Justin Trudeau in 2015, the government was able to implement major climate policy, like the carbon pollution pricing system and regulations restricting methane,” the Canadian nonprofit news site The Narwhal reported. Carney’s climate goals include making Canada “a world leader in carbon removal and sequestration,” and compared to Trudeau, his platform has been described as “more carrot, less stick.” 

    The newly-elected Carney is now facing pressure from energy developers to be friendlier to the oil and gas industry than Trudeau was, as well as calls from environmentalists to take a hard stance against burning more fossil fuels.

    “We stopped a far-right government from taking power,” said Amara Possian, Canada team lead at 350.org. “But the real work lies ahead as we build a future where our climate is protected and our communities thrive.”

    This story was originally published by Grist with the headline ‘Build, baby, build:’ Canada’s new prime minister wants to make the country into an ‘energy superpower’ on May 2, 2025.


    This content originally appeared on Grist and was authored by Anita Hofschneider.

    ]]>
    https://grist.org/global-indigenous-affairs-desk/build-baby-build-canadas-new-prime-minister-wants-to-make-the-country-into-an-energy-superpower/feed/ 0 530698
    Global press freedom ebbs to a new low https://rfa.org/english/asia/2025/05/02/press-freedom/ https://rfa.org/english/asia/2025/05/02/press-freedom/#respond Fri, 02 May 2025 06:08:27 +0000 https://rfa.org/english/asia/2025/05/02/press-freedom/ BANGKOK and WASHINGTON Press freedom is at its lowest ebb globally in more than two decades, Reporters Without Borders said Friday, as economic pressures shake the foundations of journalism.

    The advocacy group, also known as Reporters sans frontières or RSF, said it classified the global state of press freedom as “difficult” for the first time since it began compiling its media index in 2002.

    “Without economic independence, there can be no free press,” RSF said in a statement announcing the 2025 iteration of the press freedom index.

    “When news media are financially strained, they are drawn into a race to attract audiences at the expense of quality reporting, and can fall prey to the oligarchs and public authorities who seek to exploit them,” it said.

    News outlets are shutting down in nearly a third of the 180 countries included in the index, RSF said. Media in even relatively highly ranked nations such as New Zealand and South Africa are grappling with challenges of financial viability.

    Tech companies such as Google, Meta and Apple are absorbing an ever growing share of advertising revenue at the same time as they contribute to the spread of manipulated and misleading content, according to RSF.

    President Donald Trump’s second term has delivered an additional blow, the group said, by ending funding for U.S. public media including Voice of America and Radio Free Asia that reported on countries where authoritarian governments suppress independent voices.

    The bottom three spots in the 2025 press freedom index were occupied by China, North Korea and Eritrea. The top three countries, from first to third respectively, were Norway, Estonia and the Netherlands.

    China dropped six places from the previous year to 178th in a worsening of an already dire picture.

    “China right now is the biggest jailor of journalists in the world,” said Aleksandra Bielakowska, RSF’s Asia Pacific advocacy manager.

    “They really managed to arrest all the people that were courageous enough and who still wanted to report on issues in the ground,” she told RFA.

    Press freedom is at its lowest ebb globally in the more than two decades, according to Reporters Without Borders.
    Press freedom is at its lowest ebb globally in the more than two decades, according to Reporters Without Borders.
    (Reporters Without Borders)

    The erosion of what was limited press freedom in China began more than a decade ago and accelerated under President Xi Jinping, Bielakowska said, as he and loyalists concentrated state power in his person.

    The media freedom situation in China is now almost akin to the total control over information exercised by North Korea’s dynastic government, she said.

    The ability of foreign media to operate in China has also become heavily circumscribed.

    Some 15 years ago foreign reporters could go to regions that chafed against Beijing’s rule such as Xinjiang and Tibet, but it is now impossible unless as part of a government-supervised propaganda trip, Bielakowska said.

    “Not just an authoritarian country, but a really totalitarian system where nobody can speak up, nobody can report on any issues,” she said. “And reporters can only work as the party’s propaganda.”

    Cambodian freelance journalist Mech Dara, who was released on bail, waves from a car in front of the main provincial prison of Kendal Province, southern Phnom Penh, Oct. 24, 2024.
    Cambodian freelance journalist Mech Dara, who was released on bail, waves from a car in front of the main provincial prison of Kendal Province, southern Phnom Penh, Oct. 24, 2024.
    (Heng Sinith/AP)

    China’s aggressive suppression of independent media is increasingly emulated in Southeast Asia and elsewhere.

    Cambodia, a Beijing ally in Southeast Asia, dropped 10 places in the index to 161st.

    Its continued slide reflected persecution and violence against reporters including the fatal December 2024 shooting of environmental journalist Chhoeung Chheung, who was investigating illegal logging.

    A prominent Cambodian journalist, Mech Dara, who drew attention to corruption and human rights abuses, left the profession after being detained for several weeks last year.

    “There’s been many journalists like this,” said Bielakowska. “For Mech Dara, he decided to give up on journalistic work despite being one of the most valued journalists inside of Cambodia because he could not continue working under this type of pressure.”

    Edited by Mike Firn and Taejun Kang.


    This content originally appeared on Radio Free Asia and was authored by Tenzin Pema and Stephen Wright for RFA.

    ]]>
    https://rfa.org/english/asia/2025/05/02/press-freedom/feed/ 0 530673
    New Zealand condemned for failing to make ICJ humanitarian case over Gaza genocide https://www.radiofree.org/2025/05/02/new-zealand-condemned-for-failing-to-make-icj-humanitarian-case-over-gaza-genocide/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/05/02/new-zealand-condemned-for-failing-to-make-icj-humanitarian-case-over-gaza-genocide/#respond Fri, 02 May 2025 02:34:54 +0000 https://asiapacificreport.nz/?p=113916 Asia Pacific Report

    The advocacy group Palestine Solidarity Network Aotearoa has condemned the New Zealand government fpr failing to make a humanitarian submission to the International Court of Justice (ICJ) hearings at The Hague this week into Israel blocking vital supplies entering Gaza.

    The ICJ’s ongoing investigation into Israeli genocide in the besieged enclave is now considering the illegality of Israel cutting off all food, water, fuel, medicine and other essential aid entering Gaza since early March.

    Forty three countries and organisations have been submitting this week — including the small Pacific country Vanuatu (pop. 328,000) — but New Zealand is not on the list for making a submission.

    Only Israel’s main backer, United States, and Hungary have argued in support of Tel Aviv while other nations have been highly critical.

    “If even small countries, such as Vanuatu, can commit their meagre resources to go to make a case to the ICJ, then surely our government can at the very least do the same,” said PSNA national co-chair Maher Nazzal.

    He said in a statement that the New Zealand government had gone “completely silent” on Israeli atrocities in Gaza.

    “A year ago, the Prime Minister and Foreign Minister were making statements about how Israel must comply with international law,” Nazzal said

    NZ ‘avoided blaming Israel’
    “They carefully avoided blaming Israel for doing anything wrong, but they issued strong warnings, such as telling Israel that it should not attack the city of Rafah.

    “Israel then bombed Rafah flat. The New Zealand response was to go completely silent.

    Nazzal said Israeli ministers were quite open about driving Palestinians out of Gaza, so Israel could build Israeli settlements there.

    Advocate Maher Nazzal at today's New Zealand rally for Gaza in Auckland
    PSNA co-chair Maher Nazzal  . . . New Zealand response on Gaza is to “go completely silent”. Image: Asia Pacific Report

    “And they are just as open about using starvation as a weapon,” he added.

    “Our government says and does nothing. Prime Minister Christopher Luxon had nothing to say about Gaza when he met British Prime Minister Keir Stamer in London earlier in the month.

    “Yet Israel is perpetuating the holocaust of the 21st century under the noses of both Prime Ministers.”

    Nazzal said that it was “deeply disappointing” that a nation which had so proudly invoked its history of standing against apartheid and of championing nuclear disarmament, yet chose to “not even appear on the sidelines” of the ICJ’s legal considerations.


    ICJ examines Israel’s obligations in Occupied Palestine.  Video: Middle East Eye

    “New Zealand cannot claim to stand for a rules-based international order while selectively avoiding the rules when it comes to Palestine,” Nazzal said.

    “We want the New Zealand government to urgently explain to the public its absence from the ICJ hearings.

    “We need it to commit to participating in all future international legal processes to uphold Palestinian rights, and fulfil its ICJ obligations to impose sanctions on Israel to force its withdrawal from the Palestinian Occupied Territory.”


    This content originally appeared on Asia Pacific Report and was authored by APR editor.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2025/05/02/new-zealand-condemned-for-failing-to-make-icj-humanitarian-case-over-gaza-genocide/feed/ 0 530662
    Is Trump’s "Minerals Deal" a Fossil Fuel Shakedown? Antonia Juhasz on New U.S.-Ukraine Agreement https://www.radiofree.org/2025/05/01/is-trumps-minerals-deal-a-fossil-fuel-shakedown-antonia-juhasz-on-new-u-s-ukraine-agreement/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/05/01/is-trumps-minerals-deal-a-fossil-fuel-shakedown-antonia-juhasz-on-new-u-s-ukraine-agreement/#respond Thu, 01 May 2025 14:33:23 +0000 http://www.radiofree.org/?guid=6987dd36b28e7d66f4330a4f2ca744ee
    This content originally appeared on Democracy Now! and was authored by Democracy Now!.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2025/05/01/is-trumps-minerals-deal-a-fossil-fuel-shakedown-antonia-juhasz-on-new-u-s-ukraine-agreement/feed/ 0 530554
    Is Trump’s “Minerals Deal” a Fossil Fuel Shakedown? Antonia Juhasz on New U.S.-Ukraine Agreement https://www.radiofree.org/2025/05/01/is-trumps-minerals-deal-a-fossil-fuel-shakedown-antonia-juhasz-on-new-u-s-ukraine-agreement-2/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/05/01/is-trumps-minerals-deal-a-fossil-fuel-shakedown-antonia-juhasz-on-new-u-s-ukraine-agreement-2/#respond Thu, 01 May 2025 12:43:46 +0000 http://www.radiofree.org/?guid=7e304288288bbf6f29752c08bdbf150c Seg3 ukraine1

    The Trump administration has signed a deal with Ukraine to give the United States a long-term stake in the country’s oil, gas, coal and mineral resources as part of a joint investment fund with Kyiv. President Trump has sought to frame the agreement as repayment of U.S. military aid to Ukraine since the start of Russia’s invasion in February 2022. We speak with investigative journalist Antonia Juhasz, who characterizes the deal as an “unprecedented” resource “grab” that allows Trump to reopen U.S. access to Russian oil and gas, which can be channeled through Ukrainian energy infrastructure.


    This content originally appeared on Democracy Now! and was authored by Democracy Now!.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2025/05/01/is-trumps-minerals-deal-a-fossil-fuel-shakedown-antonia-juhasz-on-new-u-s-ukraine-agreement-2/feed/ 0 530573
    “To Save and to Destroy”: Viet Thanh Nguyen on New Book Exploring Otherness, Refugees, Gaza & More https://www.radiofree.org/2025/04/30/to-save-and-to-destroy-viet-thanh-nguyen-on-new-book-exploring-otherness-refugees-gaza-more/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/04/30/to-save-and-to-destroy-viet-thanh-nguyen-on-new-book-exploring-otherness-refugees-gaza-more/#respond Wed, 30 Apr 2025 14:37:14 +0000 http://www.radiofree.org/?guid=fd4953f261b607a47c4bd069a515a1a0
    This content originally appeared on Democracy Now! and was authored by Democracy Now!.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2025/04/30/to-save-and-to-destroy-viet-thanh-nguyen-on-new-book-exploring-otherness-refugees-gaza-more/feed/ 0 530343
    “To Save and to Destroy”: Viet Thanh Nguyen on New Book Exploring Otherness, Refugees, Gaza & More https://www.radiofree.org/2025/04/30/to-save-and-to-destroy-viet-thanh-nguyen-on-new-book-exploring-otherness-refugees-gaza-more-2/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/04/30/to-save-and-to-destroy-viet-thanh-nguyen-on-new-book-exploring-otherness-refugees-gaza-more-2/#respond Wed, 30 Apr 2025 12:47:08 +0000 http://www.radiofree.org/?guid=b5397bf4789999c3841cd1239b028826 Seg4 viet

    Pulitzer Prize-winning author Viet Thanh Nguyen reflects on the first 100 days of the second Trump administration, the president’s chaotic trade war, detentions and deportations of pro-Palestinian advocates and more. Nguyen has just released a new book of essays, originally delivered as lectures, that explore otherness and belonging in U.S. history. “I think otherness is a universal condition,” says Nguyen. “I’m sure we all have, at one time or another, thought ourselves to be odd or alienated or not fitting in in some way. But the difference for certain people is that otherness is constantly imposed on us.”


    This content originally appeared on Democracy Now! and was authored by Democracy Now!.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2025/04/30/to-save-and-to-destroy-viet-thanh-nguyen-on-new-book-exploring-otherness-refugees-gaza-more-2/feed/ 0 530353
    Farmers are making bank harvesting a new crop: Solar energy https://grist.org/climate-energy/farmers-are-making-bank-harvesting-a-new-crop-solar-energy/ https://grist.org/climate-energy/farmers-are-making-bank-harvesting-a-new-crop-solar-energy/#respond Wed, 30 Apr 2025 08:30:00 +0000 https://grist.org/?p=664372 Around the world, farmers are retooling their land to harvest the hottest new commodity: sunlight. As the price of renewable energy technology has plummeted and water has gotten more scarce, growers are fallowing acreage and installing solar panels. Some are even growing crops beneath them, which is great for plants stressed by too many rays. Still others are letting that shaded land go wild, providing habitat for pollinators and fodder for grazing livestock.

    According to a new study, this practice of agrisolar has been quite lucrative for farmers in California’s Central Valley over the last 25 years — and for the environment. Researchers looked at producers who had idled land and installed solar, using the electricity to run equipment like water pumps and selling the excess power to utilities. 

    On average, that energy savings and revenue added up to $124,000 per hectare (about 2.5 acres) each year, 25 times the value of using the land to grow crops. Collectively, the juice generated in the Central Valley could power around 500,000 households while saving enough water to hydrate 27 million people annually. “If a farmer owns 10 acres of land, and they choose to convert one or two acres to a solar array, that could produce enough income for them to feel security for their whole operation,” said Jake Stid, a renewable energy landscape scientist at Michigan State University and lead author of the paper, published in the journal Nature Sustainability. 

    The Central Valley is among the most productive agricultural regions in the world: It makes up just 1 percent of all farmland acreage in the United States, yet generates a third of the nation’s fruits and vegetables. But it’s also extremely water-stressed as California whiplashes between years of significant rainfall and drought. To irrigate all those crops, farmers have drawn so much groundwater that aquifers collapse like empty water bottles, making the earth itself sink by many feet.

    Farmers can’t make their crops less thirsty, so many have been converting some of their acreage to solar. The Central Valley is ideal for this, being mostly flat and very sunny, hence the agricultural productivity. At the same time, farmers have been getting good rates for the electricity that they offset and that they send back to the grid. 

    Now, though, California has adopted standards that reduce those rates by 75 percent on average. For a farmer investing in panels, the investment looks less enticing. “The algebra or calculus — or whatever math discipline you want to reference — it just doesn’t work out the same way,” said Karen Norene Mills, vice president of legal advocacy at the California Farm Bureau, which promotes the state’s agricultural community. 

    Also, the study found that by fallowing land for solar panels, food production in the Central Valley dropped by enough calories to feed 86,000 people a year. But, Stid said, markets can adjust, as crops are grown elsewhere to make up the deficit. By tapping the sun instead, Stid added, growers can simultaneously help California reach its goals of deploying renewable and reducing groundwater usage. 

    The tension, though, is meeting those objectives while still producing incredible quantities of food. “That is always our concern about some of these pressures,” Mills said.

    But this isn’t an either-or proposition: Many farmers are finding ways to grow some crops, like leafy greens and berries, under the panels. The shade reduces evaporation from the soil, allowing growers to water less often. In turn, a wetted landscape cools the panels, which improves their efficiency. “This is the compromise that’s going to allow for both energy independence and food security,” said horticulturalist Jennifer Bousselot, who studies agrisolar at Colorado State University but wasn’t involved in the new study. 

    Farmers are also turning livestock loose to graze under their panels. Their droppings fertilize the soil, leading to more plant growth and more flowers that support native pollinators. “The grass, it’s so much more lush under the panels, it’s amazing,” said Ryan Romack, founder of Virginia-based AgriSolar Ranch, which provides grazing services. “Especially when the sheep have been on site long-term, you can really see the added benefits of the manure load.”

    Then, if a farmer decides not to replace the solar panels at the end of their lifespan — usually around 25 or 30 years — the soil will be refreshed with nutrients and ready to grow more crops. Even if a grower simply lets them sit for decades without any management, the fallowing can restore the soil’s health. “We really see solar as a collective landscape,” Stid said, “that can be sited, managed, and designed in a way to benefit both people and the planet and ecosystems as well.”

    This story was originally published by Grist with the headline Farmers are making bank harvesting a new crop: Solar energy on Apr 30, 2025.


    This content originally appeared on Grist and was authored by Matt Simon.

    ]]>
    https://grist.org/climate-energy/farmers-are-making-bank-harvesting-a-new-crop-solar-energy/feed/ 0 530301
    Farmers are making bank harvesting a new crop: Solar energy https://grist.org/climate-energy/farmers-are-making-bank-harvesting-a-new-crop-solar-energy/ https://grist.org/climate-energy/farmers-are-making-bank-harvesting-a-new-crop-solar-energy/#respond Wed, 30 Apr 2025 08:30:00 +0000 https://grist.org/?p=664372 Around the world, farmers are retooling their land to harvest the hottest new commodity: sunlight. As the price of renewable energy technology has plummeted and water has gotten more scarce, growers are fallowing acreage and installing solar panels. Some are even growing crops beneath them, which is great for plants stressed by too many rays. Still others are letting that shaded land go wild, providing habitat for pollinators and fodder for grazing livestock.

    According to a new study, this practice of agrisolar has been quite lucrative for farmers in California’s Central Valley over the last 25 years — and for the environment. Researchers looked at producers who had idled land and installed solar, using the electricity to run equipment like water pumps and selling the excess power to utilities. 

    On average, that energy savings and revenue added up to $124,000 per hectare (about 2.5 acres) each year, 25 times the value of using the land to grow crops. Collectively, the juice generated in the Central Valley could power around 500,000 households while saving enough water to hydrate 27 million people annually. “If a farmer owns 10 acres of land, and they choose to convert one or two acres to a solar array, that could produce enough income for them to feel security for their whole operation,” said Jake Stid, a renewable energy landscape scientist at Michigan State University and lead author of the paper, published in the journal Nature Sustainability. 

    The Central Valley is among the most productive agricultural regions in the world: It makes up just 1 percent of all farmland acreage in the United States, yet generates a third of the nation’s fruits and vegetables. But it’s also extremely water-stressed as California whiplashes between years of significant rainfall and drought. To irrigate all those crops, farmers have drawn so much groundwater that aquifers collapse like empty water bottles, making the earth itself sink by many feet.

    Farmers can’t make their crops less thirsty, so many have been converting some of their acreage to solar. The Central Valley is ideal for this, being mostly flat and very sunny, hence the agricultural productivity. At the same time, farmers have been getting good rates for the electricity that they offset and that they send back to the grid. 

    Now, though, California has adopted standards that reduce those rates by 75 percent on average. For a farmer investing in panels, the investment looks less enticing. “The algebra or calculus — or whatever math discipline you want to reference — it just doesn’t work out the same way,” said Karen Norene Mills, vice president of legal advocacy at the California Farm Bureau, which promotes the state’s agricultural community. 

    Also, the study found that by fallowing land for solar panels, food production in the Central Valley dropped by enough calories to feed 86,000 people a year. But, Stid said, markets can adjust, as crops are grown elsewhere to make up the deficit. By tapping the sun instead, Stid added, growers can simultaneously help California reach its goals of deploying renewable and reducing groundwater usage. 

    The tension, though, is meeting those objectives while still producing incredible quantities of food. “That is always our concern about some of these pressures,” Mills said.

    But this isn’t an either-or proposition: Many farmers are finding ways to grow some crops, like leafy greens and berries, under the panels. The shade reduces evaporation from the soil, allowing growers to water less often. In turn, a wetted landscape cools the panels, which improves their efficiency. “This is the compromise that’s going to allow for both energy independence and food security,” said horticulturalist Jennifer Bousselot, who studies agrisolar at Colorado State University but wasn’t involved in the new study. 

    Farmers are also turning livestock loose to graze under their panels. Their droppings fertilize the soil, leading to more plant growth and more flowers that support native pollinators. “The grass, it’s so much more lush under the panels, it’s amazing,” said Ryan Romack, founder of Virginia-based AgriSolar Ranch, which provides grazing services. “Especially when the sheep have been on site long-term, you can really see the added benefits of the manure load.”

    Then, if a farmer decides not to replace the solar panels at the end of their lifespan — usually around 25 or 30 years — the soil will be refreshed with nutrients and ready to grow more crops. Even if a grower simply lets them sit for decades without any management, the fallowing can restore the soil’s health. “We really see solar as a collective landscape,” Stid said, “that can be sited, managed, and designed in a way to benefit both people and the planet and ecosystems as well.”

    This story was originally published by Grist with the headline Farmers are making bank harvesting a new crop: Solar energy on Apr 30, 2025.


    This content originally appeared on Grist and was authored by Matt Simon.

    ]]>
    https://grist.org/climate-energy/farmers-are-making-bank-harvesting-a-new-crop-solar-energy/feed/ 0 530302
    North Korea’s reveal of new warship’s weapon system hints at Russian support: expert https://rfa.org/english/korea/2025/04/30/north-korea-new-warship-russian-support/ https://rfa.org/english/korea/2025/04/30/north-korea-new-warship-russian-support/#respond Wed, 30 Apr 2025 04:14:16 +0000 https://rfa.org/english/korea/2025/04/30/north-korea-new-warship-russian-support/ TAIPEI, Taiwan – North Korea’s recent test launches of key weapon systems aboard its new destroyer – including supersonic strategic cruise missiles – suggest possible assistance from Russia, according to a Seoul-based military expert.

    The North’s state-run Korean Central News Agency, or KCNA, reported that the country carried out the “combat application test” of weapons systems mounted on Choe Hyon, its new 5,000-ton destroyer.

    It conducted a test firing of supersonic cruise missiles, strategic cruise missiles, anti-aircraft missiles and 127 millimeter ship-based automatic guns Monday. A test of firing ship-to-ship tactical guided weapons, the ship’s automatic guns, smoke and electronic jamming guns took place the following day.

    Dubbing the new warship as North Korea’s “Aegis Combat System,” Yu Yong-weon, a military journalist-turned-lawmaker, said North Korea may have received assistance from Russia.

    The supersonic strategic cruise missile unveiled by North Korean state media resembles Russia’s ship-launched hypersonic cruise missile, the Zircon, he said in an analysis published on his website.

    The four-faced phased array radar mounted on the Choe Hyon is similar in layout and installation angle to the radar systems deployed on Russia’s Karakurt-class warships. Phased array radars, also found on Aegis destroyers, enable 360-degree surveillance.

    Additionally, the integrated air defence system installed on the Choe Hyon – including vertical missile launchers, tracking radar, autocannons, and actuating shafts – bears a striking resemblance to Russia’s Pantsir system, suggesting it may be a replica, according to Yu.

    “There is a strong possibility that North Korea received advanced military technology from Russia in exchange for its involvement in the war in Ukraine,” said Yu.

    North Korea and Russia have been deepening their military and economic ties in recent months. Pyongyang reportedly supplied Moscow with large quantities of munitions and other military aid for its war in Ukraine.

    North Korea on Monday acknowledged for the first time that it sent troops to Russia to support Moscow’s war against Ukraine, six months after reports of their presence first emerged.

    In return, Russia has provided technological assistance and expanded cooperation in various sectors, fueling concerns over potential arms transfers and security threats.

    The North’s latest firing tests came amid Pyongyang’s increased focus on strengthening its naval power in an effort to build a platform capable of delivering nuclear attacks from the sea.

    Last week, North Korean leader Kim Jong Un called for building more warships of “Choe Hyon class” and larger cruisers, as well as various types of escort ships, next year and also developing “nuclear-powered submarines” in the future.

    In March, the North unveiled what appears to be a nuclear-powered submarine under construction, with its leader warning that his country’s maritime defense capability will be “fully projected in any necessary waters without limitation.”

    Edited by Stephen Wright.


    This content originally appeared on Radio Free Asia and was authored by Taejun Kang for RFA.

    ]]>
    https://rfa.org/english/korea/2025/04/30/north-korea-new-warship-russian-support/feed/ 0 530260
    New Report Reveals No-Till’s Massive Pesticide Problem https://www.radiofree.org/2025/04/29/new-report-reveals-no-tills-massive-pesticide-problem/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/04/29/new-report-reveals-no-tills-massive-pesticide-problem/#respond Tue, 29 Apr 2025 17:42:03 +0000 https://www.commondreams.org/newswire/new-report-reveals-no-tills-massive-pesticide-problem A new report from Friends of the Earth refutes the widely-held assumption that conventional no-till agriculture is “regenerative.” Based on a first-of-its-kind analysis of U.S. Department of Agriculture (USDA) data, the report finds that most no-till systems are so heavily dependent on toxic herbicides to manage weeds that a staggering one-third of the U.S.’s total annual pesticide use (a term that includes herbicides, insecticides, and fungicides) can be attributed to no- and minimum-till corn and soy production alone.

    Chemical-intensive agriculture predominates in the U.S. not through the fault of farmers, but because that is what public policies and markets support. Farmers have widely adopted no-till to minimize soil erosion and now must be supported to reduce agrochemical inputs.

    The report finds that the vast majority (93%) of acreage of the top two no- and minimum-till crops, corn and soy, use toxic herbicides that have devastating consequences for soil life and human health. These chemicals, being broadcast across nearly 100 million acres nationwide, predominantly in the Heartland and Great Plains, have been linked to cancer, birth defects, infertility, neurotoxicity, disruption of the gut microbiome, endocrine disruption, and more. The majority (61%) of use is chemicals that are classified as highly hazardous. Glyphosate, the cancer-linked main ingredient in the widely criticized weedkiller Roundup, is the most widely used herbicide in no-till corn and soy.

    The cost of chemical-intensive no-till goes beyond impacts on our health: It is also destroying the soil that grows our food. The pesticides widely used in conventional no-till devastate soil health, harming the soil microbiome and invertebrates like worms and beetles, as well as essential pollinators and other wildlife. Healthy, living soil improves farmers’ resilience to droughts and floods, conserves water, and draws more carbon down from the atmosphere. Soil ravaged by toxic pesticides, on the other hand, threatens resources needed for a healthy food system.

    The report debunks the faulty assumption that conventional no-till is a climate solution, summarizing extensive scientific research showing there is no clear relationship between no-till and soil carbon sequestration. And the greenhouse gas emissions associated with the fossil-fuel-based synthetic pesticides and fertilizers used in no- and minimum-till corn and soy are equivalent to that of 11.4 million cars on the road over an entire year — about the number of cars in the top 9 no-till states combined.

    “As regenerative agriculture takes center stage in national conversations about how to make America healthy, it’s crucial that we advance truly regenerative agriculture,” said Dr. Kendra Klein, Deputy Director of Science at Friends of the Earth. “Conventional no-till, soaked in toxic pesticides that threaten our children’s health, ravage soil, and exacerbate climate change, is taking us in the wrong direction.”

    The ascendance of no-till is linked to the chemical industry’s attempt to deepen farmers’ dependence on their toxic products. Chemical companies such as Imperial Chemical Industries and Chevron conducted no-till experiments and helped spread the concept of industrial no-till in the 1970s, recognizing it as an opportunity to increase the market for their herbicides. Currently, pesticide giant Bayer is offering to pay farmers to practice no-till as part of their “regenerative agriculture” program.

    “Major food companies investing in regenerative agriculture need to avoid greenwashed conventional no-till and instead support the transition to legitimately regenerative agriculture that will protect soil health, human health — and their future bottom line,” said Sarah Starman, Senior Campaigner of Food & Agriculture with Friends of the Earth.

    Truly regenerative agriculture cannot be boiled down to single practices, it works with the farming system as a whole. Research shows that careful tillage in holistic farming systems can achieve better soil outcomes than chemical-intensive no-till agriculture.

    A central tenet of truly regenerative agriculture is dramatic reduction of harmful agrochemicals. Research shows that reducing use of synthetic pesticides and fertilizers in conventional agriculture is not only possible, it can increase yields by fostering beneficial insects and healthy soil and can increase profitability by reducing farmers’ input costs.

    A leading form of truly regenerative agriculture is organic farming. And unlike the term ‘regenerative,’ the USDA organic seal is enforced through a rigorous legal standard. Decades of research shows that organic farms, on average, improve soil health, climate resilience, and soil carbon sequestration; reduce emissions; and protect biodiversity, human health, and community wellbeing.

    Key findings

    • At least 93% of no-till and minimum-till corn and soy acreage in the U.S. uses synthetic herbicides, representing an area the size of California (99.5 million acres).
    • Herbicide use in no-till corn and soy can be associated with 33% of total annual pesticide use in the U.S. — 285 million out of 851 million pounds of pesticides.
    • The majority of use (61%) is herbicides classified as highly hazardous to human health and/or the environment — 173 million pounds.
    • Glyphosate accounts for an estimated 40% of the total use of herbicides in no-till corn and soy.
    • At least 26 million pounds of additional herbicides are used annually due to conventional no- and minimum-till management in corn and soy.
    • At least 89% of conventional no- and minimum-till corn and soy acres rely on seeds genetically engineered to be herbicide tolerant.
    • Neonicotinoid seed coatings are used on up to 100% of conventional no-till corn acreage.
    • Fossil-fuel-based inputs to no- and minimum-till corn and soy in the form of synthetic pesticides and fertilizers can be associated with ~49.3 million metric tons of CO2-equivalent emissions.
    • Conventional no-till production does not increase soil carbon and in some cases has been found to reduce it.
    • Tillage is not universally detrimental to soil health and can be incorporated into regenerative farming systems.


    This content originally appeared on Common Dreams and was authored by Newswire Editor.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2025/04/29/new-report-reveals-no-tills-massive-pesticide-problem/feed/ 0 530206
    French Minister Valls warns New Caledonia is ‘on a tightrope’, pleads for ‘innovative’ solutions https://www.radiofree.org/2025/04/29/french-minister-valls-warns-new-caledonia-is-on-a-tightrope-pleads-for-innovative-solutions/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/04/29/french-minister-valls-warns-new-caledonia-is-on-a-tightrope-pleads-for-innovative-solutions/#respond Tue, 29 Apr 2025 09:04:13 +0000 https://asiapacificreport.nz/?p=113776 By Patrick Decloitre, RNZ Pacific correspondent French Pacific desk

    French Minister for Overseas Manuel Valls, who is visiting New Caledonia this week for the third time in two months, has once again called on all parties to live up to their responsibilities in order to make a new political agreement possible.

    Failing that, he said a potential civil war was looming.

    “We’ll take our responsibilities, on our part, and we will put on the table a project that touches New Caledonia’s society, economic recovery, including nickel, and the future of the younger generation,” he told a panel of French journalists on Sunday.

    He said that he hoped a revised version on a draft document — resulting from his previous visits in the French Pacific territory and new proposals from the French government — there existed a “difficult path” to possibly reconcile radically opposing views expressed so far from the pro-independence parties in New Caledonia and those who want the territory to remain part of France.

    The target remains an agreement that would accommodate both “the right and aspiration to self-determination” and “the link with France”.

    “If there is no agreement, then economic and political uncertainty can lead to a new disaster, to confrontation and to civil war,” he told reporters.

    “That is why I have appealed several times to all political stakeholders, those for and against independence,” he warned.

    “Everyone must take a step towards each other. An agreement is indispensable.”

    Valls said this week he hoped everyone would “enter a real negotiations phase”.

    He said one of the ways to achieve this will be to find “innovative” solutions and “a new way of looking at the future”.

    This also included relevant amendments to the French Constitution.

    Local parties will not sign any agreement ‘at all costs’
    Local parties are not so enthusiastic.

    In fact, each camp remains on their guard, in an atmosphere of defiance.

    And on both sides, they agree at least on one thing — they will not sign any agreement “at all costs”.

    Just like has been the case since talks between Valls and local parties began earlier this year, the two main opposing camps remain adamant on their respective pre-conditions and sometimes demands.

    The pro-independence Kanak and Socialist National Liberation Front (FLNKS), largely dominated by the Union Calédonienne, held a convention at the weekend to decide on whether they would attend this week’s new round of talks with Valls.

    They eventually resolved that they would attend, but have not yet decided to call this “negotiations”, only “discussions”.

    They said another decision would be made this Thursday, May 1, after they had examined Valls’s new proposals and documents which the French minister is expected to circulate as soon as he hosts the first meeting tomorrow.

    FLNKS reaffirms ‘Kanaky Agreement’ demand
    During their weekend convention, the FLNKS reaffirmed their demands for a “Kanaky Agreement” to be signed not later than 24 September 2025, to be followed by a five-year transition period.

    The official line was to “maintain the trajectory” to full sovereignty, including in terms of schedule.

    On the pro-France side, the main pillar of their stance is the fact that three self-determination referendums have been held between 2018 and 2021, even though the third and last consultation was largely boycotted by the pro-independence camp.

    All three referendums resulted in votes rejecting full sovereignty.

    One of their most outspoken leaders, Les Loyalistes party and Southern Province President Sonia Backès, told a public rally last week that they had refused another date for yet another referendum.

    “A new referendum would mean civil war. And we don’t want to fix the date for civil war. So we don’t want to fix the date for a new referendum,” she said.

    However, Backès said they “still want to believe in an agreement”.

    “We’re part of all discussions on seeking solutions in a constructive and creative spirit.”

    Granting more provincial powers
    One of their other proposals was to grant more powers to each of the three provinces of New Caledonia, including on tax collection matters.

    “We don’t want differences along ethnic lines. We want the provinces to have more powers so that each of them is responsible for their respective society models.”

    Under a draft text leaked last week, any new referendum could only be called by at least three-fifths of the Congress and would no longer pose a “binary” question on yes or no to independence, but would consider endorsing a “project” for New Caledonia’s future society.

    Another prominent pro-France leader, MP Nicolas Metzdorf, repeated this weekend he and his supporters “remain mobilised to defend New Caledonia within France”.

    “We will not budge,” Metzdorf said.

    Despite Valls’s warnings, another scenario could be that New Caledonia’s political stakeholders find it more appealing or convenient to agree on no agreement at all, especially as New Caledonia’s crucial provincial elections are in the pipeline and scheduled for no later than November 30.

    Concerns about security
    But during the same interview, Valls repeated that he remained concerned that the situation on the ground remained “serious”.

    “We are walking on a tightrope above embers”.

    He said top of his concerns were New Caledonia’s economic and financial situation, the tense atmosphere, a resurgence in “racism, hatred” as well as a fast-deteriorating public health services situation or the rise in poverty caused by an increasing number of jobless.

    “So yes, all these risks are there, and that is why it is everyone’s responsibility to find an agreement. And I will stay as long as needed and I will put all my energy so that an agreement takes place.

    “Not for me, for them.”

    Valls also recalled that since the riots broke out in May 2024, almost one year ago, French security and law enforcement agencies are still maintaining about 20 squads of French gendarmes (1500 personnel) in the territory.

    This is on top of the normal deployment of 550 gendarmes and 680 police officers.

    Valls said this was necessary because “any time, it could flare up again”.

    Outgoing French High Commissioner Louis Le Franc said in an interview recently that in case of a “new May 13” situation, the pre-positioned forces could ensure law enforcement “for three or four days . . . until reinforcements arrive”.

    If fresh violence erupts again, reinforcements could be sent again from mainland France and bring the total number to up to 6000 law enforcement personnel, a number similar to the level deployed in 2024 in the weeks following the riots that killed 14 and caused some 2.2 billion euros (NZ$4.2 billion) in damage.

    Carefully chosen words
    Valls said earlier in April the main pillars of future negotiations were articulated around the themes of:

    • “democracy and the rule of law”;
    • a “decolonisation process”;
    • the right to self-determination;
    • a “fundamental law” that would seal New Caledonia’s future status;
    • the powers of New Caledonia’s three provinces; and a future New Caledonia citizenship with the associated definition of who meets the requirements to vote at local elections.

    Valls has already travelled to Nouméa twice this year — in February and March.

    Since his last visit that ended on April 1, discussions have been maintained in conference mode between local political stakeholders and Valls, and his cabinet, as well as French Prime Minister François Bayrou’s special advisor on New Caledonia, constitutionalist Eric Thiers.

    This article is republished under a community partnership agreement with RNZ.


    This content originally appeared on Asia Pacific Report and was authored by APR editor.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2025/04/29/french-minister-valls-warns-new-caledonia-is-on-a-tightrope-pleads-for-innovative-solutions/feed/ 0 530075
    The New Jersey fire signals a new era for the Northeast https://grist.org/wildfires/the-new-jersey-fire-signals-a-new-era-for-the-northeast/ https://grist.org/wildfires/the-new-jersey-fire-signals-a-new-era-for-the-northeast/#respond Tue, 29 Apr 2025 08:45:00 +0000 https://grist.org/?p=664138 The Jones Road Wildfire, which started Tuesday in the Pine Barrens of New Jersey, is on track to become the worst in state history. Fueled by gusty winds, low humidity, and dry undergrowth — conditions increasingly common in the region — the blaze has scorched more than 23 square miles, forced thousands to evacuate, and threatened nuclear waste at a power plant. As of Monday, firefighters had contained just 45 percent of the inferno.

    It follows an unprecedented wildfire season in the Northeast, which saw the Hudson Valley and Catskills burn last fall, and a record number of blazes in the five boroughs of New York City. It’s a stark reminder that conflagrations are not confined to the West, said Aaron Weiskittel, director of the Center for Research on Sustainable Forests at the University of Maine. “If you’ve got fuel, there’s a potential for a fire,” he said. Though many people don’t consider it a common hazard, “there’s no reason that what has happened in the western U.S. can’t happen here.”

    Despite the growing threat, communities find themselves increasingly unprepared as more people move to vulnerable areas and the federal government slashes funding and eliminates jobs. Last week, internal emails obtained by Grist reveal that the Interior Department is planning further staffing cuts.

    Forest density, Weiskittel explained, is a major driver of mounting fire danger. For decades, aggressive suppression policies allowed vegetation to accumulate along the eastern seaboard, increasing the threat of more intense and unpredictable blazes. Historically, New England saw periodic, low-intensity burns — many set by Indigenous communities to manage the landscape and promote biodiversity. But for the last half-century, state and federal agencies stifled traditional fire patterns, creating a landscape all but destined to burn.

    This year’s tinderbox conditions heightened the risk: According to the U.S. Drought Monitor, large swaths of New Jersey have been experiencing drought for nearly a year, with March and April bringing less than half their typical rainfall. The parched spring has prevented prescribed burns, said Michael R. Gallagher, a research ecologist with the U.S. Forest Service’s Northern Research Station. “The conditions are primed for catastrophic fire,” he said. 

    Police have arrested a 19-year-old man they believe started the New Jersey fire when failed to properly extinguish a bonfire. But climate change exacerbated the factors that propelled the flames by providing ample fuel and dry conditions. ​As temperatures rise, predictions of wetter weather in the northeast have been coming true; however, it’s arriving primarily as intense storms, interspersed with longer, drier periods and warmer temperatures. “That’s exactly what you need for fire,” said Lisa Doner, a paleoclimatologist at Plymouth State University. Despite enjoying a reasonable amount of snow this year, New Hampshire has seen little rain this spring, stressing the forests.

    Doner’s research strives to understand what might happen as New England’s trees fall out of equilibrium with local temperatures. She does this by looking back at fires during geologic eras when the climate warmed. She’s analyzing sediments at sites around New Hampshire which provide continuous ecological records going back nearly 13,000 years. She and her colleagues have found a notable spike in charcoal dating to the peak of the last naturally warm phase, in the post-glacial Holocene era around 7,000 years ago. Preliminary data suggests that the “last time things got really warm and dry, New England had widespread fires,” Doner said.

    Because of how long trees live, forests tend to be resilient even when conditions move beyond species’ optimal conditions — until a major disturbance like a fire. Doner is working with the U.S. Forest Service to study whether the region’s forests will be able to return to their prior state after major blazes. “We are entering into a regime of climate that is unprecedented in recent times, and we don’t really know how our forests are going to respond,” Doner said. 

    While climate change is one driver of fire risk, it’s not the only one. An extensive outbreak of spruce budworm, an insect native to New England, is killing trees. “I call them standing matchsticks,” Doner said. Meanwhile, invasive pests like the emerald ash borer and the hemlock woolly adelgid are creeping north as winters grow more mild. “There’s a multidimensional threat from a variety of pests,” Weiskittel said.

    Despite the growing danger, people continue to move into fire-prone areas known as the wildland-urban interface, where development meets forests. Of the 50 states, New Hampshire has the most people living in these zones, with many homes surrounded by dense tree cover. To make things worse, much of the region relies on small, volunteer fire departments. “We just don’t have that infrastructure, that knowledge,” said Weiskittel. 

    Last year, Art Perryman, a New York State forest ranger director, told the state legislature that its firefighters were woefully unprepared. “We do not currently have the resources and support that we need to adequately address that mission,” he testified

    Federal cuts will only deepen this crisis, preventing the timely detection or response to fires once they start. The U.S. Interior Department plans to continue eliminating jobs. Last week, the agency told its roughly 70,000 employees to submit information that would help superiors evaluate their work, according to emails Grist received from one federal firefighter. Fire crews will be impacted even without cuts to their teams, this person  said, because they rely on support from others for things like food, logistical support, and technical expertise. “You can’t just call people off the streets to fight fire,” Weiskittel said. “It takes specialized equipment, and specialized operators to run them.” 

    In states like California, education campaigns and financial incentives have made it easier for homeowners to learn and implement risk reduction strategies, like replacing shingled roofs and removing vegetation near structures. But many hard-learned lessons, from comprehensive evacuation plans to hazardous material protections, aren’t yet common across the Northeast. 

    Some experts are focusing on proactive solutions: Gallagher, for example, has been developing tools that help the region’s forest managers reduce fire risk by identifying areas where fuels can be removed. By combining a type of laser called LiDAR with new fire behavior simulation tools, he and others are making it easier to map vegetation structure at finer scales and simulate how fires might behave. In practice, this could help target prescribed burns and make setting them safer and easier, even for people with less fire experience. “Risk isn’t just about weather and fuels, but about the vulnerability of a population,” he says. 

    But that vulnerability, experts noted, is shaped as much by policy choices as by environmental or technical considerations. “It’s more a societal issue than a biological issue,” Weiskittel said. Cutting grants because they use the word ‘climate’ certainly won’t help, he adds, as federal budget cuts reduce towns’ ability to respond to unusual or unexpected circumstances. “We know how to manage forests to increase productivity and improve resilience. It just costs money to implement.” 

    This story was originally published by Grist with the headline The New Jersey fire signals a new era for the Northeast on Apr 29, 2025.


    This content originally appeared on Grist and was authored by Lois Parshley.

    ]]>
    https://grist.org/wildfires/the-new-jersey-fire-signals-a-new-era-for-the-northeast/feed/ 0 530064
    EU’s Kos: Enlargement Now a Geopolitical Imperative — New EU Members By 2029 https://www.radiofree.org/2025/04/28/eus-kos-enlargement-now-a-geopolitical-imperative-new-eu-members-by-2029/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/04/28/eus-kos-enlargement-now-a-geopolitical-imperative-new-eu-members-by-2029/#respond Mon, 28 Apr 2025 23:03:30 +0000 http://www.radiofree.org/?guid=a5638c86cda2c7728aad4c15389c179c
    This content originally appeared on Radio Free Europe/Radio Liberty and was authored by Radio Free Europe/Radio Liberty.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2025/04/28/eus-kos-enlargement-now-a-geopolitical-imperative-new-eu-members-by-2029/feed/ 0 529991
    PodTalk.live ushers in new ‘indie’ information and debate era https://www.radiofree.org/2025/04/28/podtalk-live-ushers-in-new-indie-information-and-debate-era/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/04/28/podtalk-live-ushers-in-new-indie-information-and-debate-era/#respond Mon, 28 Apr 2025 06:16:35 +0000 https://asiapacificreport.nz/?p=113722 PodTalk.live

    After a successful beta-launch this month, PodTalk.live has now called for people to register as foundation members — it’s free to join the post and podcast social platform.

    The foundation membership soft-launch is a great opportunity for founders to help shape a brand new, vibrant, algorithm-free, info discussion and debate social platform.

    “PodTalk.live has been put to test by selected individuals and we’re pleased to report that it has performed fabulously,” said the the platform developer Selwyn Manning.

    Manning is founder and managing director of the company that custom-developed PodTalk.live — Multimedia Investments Ltd.

    PodTalk.live
    PodTalk.live . . . a new era. Image: PodTalk screenshot APR

    MIL is based in Aotearoa New Zealand, where PodTalk.live was developed and is served from.

    And now, PodTalk.live has emerged from its beta stage and is ready for foundation members to shape the next phase of its development.

    An alternative platform
    PodTalk.live was designed to be an alternative platform to other social media platforms.

    PodTalk has all the functions that most social media platforms have but has placed the user-experience at the centre of its backend design and engineering.

    PodTalk.live has been custom-designed, created and is served from New Zealand.

    “We ourselves became annoyed at how social media giants use algorithms to drive what content their users see and experience,” Manning said.

    “And, we also were appalled at how some social media companies trade user data, and were unresponsive to user-concerns.

    “So we decided to create a platform that focuses on ‘discussion and debate’ communities, and we have engineered PodTalk to ensure the content that users see is what they choose — rather than some obscure algorithm making that decision for them.

    “PodTalk.live is independent from other social media platforms, and at best will become an alternative choice for people who seek a community where they are the centre of a platform’s core purpose.

    Sign-up invitation
    ““And today, we invite people to sign up now and become foundation members of this new and ethically-based social community platform,” Manning said.

    What PodTalk.live provides includes:

    • user profiles with full interactivities with other users and friends;
    • user created groups, posts, video, images, polls, and file sharing;
    • private and secure one-on-one (and group) messages;
    • availability of all the above for entry users with a free membership;
    • premium membership for podcasters and event publishers requiring easy to use podcast publication and syndication services; and next-level community engagement tools that users have all on the one platform.

    Manning said PodTalk.live was founded on the belief that for social, political and economical progress to occur people needed to discuss issues in a safe environment and embark on robust debate.


    This content originally appeared on Asia Pacific Report and was authored by Pacific Media Watch.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2025/04/28/podtalk-live-ushers-in-new-indie-information-and-debate-era/feed/ 0 529821
    PodTalk.live ushers in new ‘indie’ information and debate era https://www.radiofree.org/2025/04/28/podtalk-live-ushers-in-new-indie-information-and-debate-era-2/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/04/28/podtalk-live-ushers-in-new-indie-information-and-debate-era-2/#respond Mon, 28 Apr 2025 06:16:35 +0000 https://asiapacificreport.nz/?p=113722 PodTalk.live

    After a successful beta-launch this month, PodTalk.live has now called for people to register as foundation members — it’s free to join the post and podcast social platform.

    The foundation membership soft-launch is a great opportunity for founders to help shape a brand new, vibrant, algorithm-free, info discussion and debate social platform.

    “PodTalk.live has been put to test by selected individuals and we’re pleased to report that it has performed fabulously,” said the the platform developer Selwyn Manning.

    Manning is founder and managing director of the company that custom-developed PodTalk.live — Multimedia Investments Ltd.

    PodTalk.live
    PodTalk.live . . . a new era. Image: PodTalk screenshot APR

    MIL is based in Aotearoa New Zealand, where PodTalk.live was developed and is served from.

    And now, PodTalk.live has emerged from its beta stage and is ready for foundation members to shape the next phase of its development.

    An alternative platform
    PodTalk.live was designed to be an alternative platform to other social media platforms.

    PodTalk has all the functions that most social media platforms have but has placed the user-experience at the centre of its backend design and engineering.

    PodTalk.live has been custom-designed, created and is served from New Zealand.

    “We ourselves became annoyed at how social media giants use algorithms to drive what content their users see and experience,” Manning said.

    “And, we also were appalled at how some social media companies trade user data, and were unresponsive to user-concerns.

    “So we decided to create a platform that focuses on ‘discussion and debate’ communities, and we have engineered PodTalk to ensure the content that users see is what they choose — rather than some obscure algorithm making that decision for them.

    “PodTalk.live is independent from other social media platforms, and at best will become an alternative choice for people who seek a community where they are the centre of a platform’s core purpose.

    Sign-up invitation
    ““And today, we invite people to sign up now and become foundation members of this new and ethically-based social community platform,” Manning said.

    What PodTalk.live provides includes:

    • user profiles with full interactivities with other users and friends;
    • user created groups, posts, video, images, polls, and file sharing;
    • private and secure one-on-one (and group) messages;
    • availability of all the above for entry users with a free membership;
    • premium membership for podcasters and event publishers requiring easy to use podcast publication and syndication services; and next-level community engagement tools that users have all on the one platform.

    Manning said PodTalk.live was founded on the belief that for social, political and economical progress to occur people needed to discuss issues in a safe environment and embark on robust debate.


    This content originally appeared on Asia Pacific Report and was authored by Pacific Media Watch.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2025/04/28/podtalk-live-ushers-in-new-indie-information-and-debate-era-2/feed/ 0 529822
    PodTalk.live ushers in new ‘indie’ information and debate era https://www.radiofree.org/2025/04/28/podtalk-live-ushers-in-new-indie-information-and-debate-era-3/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/04/28/podtalk-live-ushers-in-new-indie-information-and-debate-era-3/#respond Mon, 28 Apr 2025 06:16:35 +0000 https://asiapacificreport.nz/?p=113722 PodTalk.live

    After a successful beta-launch this month, PodTalk.live has now called for people to register as foundation members — it’s free to join the post and podcast social platform.

    The foundation membership soft-launch is a great opportunity for founders to help shape a brand new, vibrant, algorithm-free, info discussion and debate social platform.

    “PodTalk.live has been put to test by selected individuals and we’re pleased to report that it has performed fabulously,” said the the platform developer Selwyn Manning.

    Manning is founder and managing director of the company that custom-developed PodTalk.live — Multimedia Investments Ltd.

    PodTalk.live
    PodTalk.live . . . a new era. Image: PodTalk screenshot APR

    MIL is based in Aotearoa New Zealand, where PodTalk.live was developed and is served from.

    And now, PodTalk.live has emerged from its beta stage and is ready for foundation members to shape the next phase of its development.

    An alternative platform
    PodTalk.live was designed to be an alternative platform to other social media platforms.

    PodTalk has all the functions that most social media platforms have but has placed the user-experience at the centre of its backend design and engineering.

    PodTalk.live has been custom-designed, created and is served from New Zealand.

    “We ourselves became annoyed at how social media giants use algorithms to drive what content their users see and experience,” Manning said.

    “And, we also were appalled at how some social media companies trade user data, and were unresponsive to user-concerns.

    “So we decided to create a platform that focuses on ‘discussion and debate’ communities, and we have engineered PodTalk to ensure the content that users see is what they choose — rather than some obscure algorithm making that decision for them.

    “PodTalk.live is independent from other social media platforms, and at best will become an alternative choice for people who seek a community where they are the centre of a platform’s core purpose.

    Sign-up invitation
    ““And today, we invite people to sign up now and become foundation members of this new and ethically-based social community platform,” Manning said.

    What PodTalk.live provides includes:

    • user profiles with full interactivities with other users and friends;
    • user created groups, posts, video, images, polls, and file sharing;
    • private and secure one-on-one (and group) messages;
    • availability of all the above for entry users with a free membership;
    • premium membership for podcasters and event publishers requiring easy to use podcast publication and syndication services; and next-level community engagement tools that users have all on the one platform.

    Manning said PodTalk.live was founded on the belief that for social, political and economical progress to occur people needed to discuss issues in a safe environment and embark on robust debate.


    This content originally appeared on Asia Pacific Report and was authored by Pacific Media Watch.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2025/04/28/podtalk-live-ushers-in-new-indie-information-and-debate-era-3/feed/ 0 529823
    New Filings: Government Admits It Had No Warrant for Mahmoud Khalil When Agents Took Him https://www.radiofree.org/2025/04/25/new-filings-government-admits-it-had-no-warrant-for-mahmoud-khalil-when-agents-took-him/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/04/25/new-filings-government-admits-it-had-no-warrant-for-mahmoud-khalil-when-agents-took-him/#respond Fri, 25 Apr 2025 13:45:24 +0000 https://www.commondreams.org/newswire/new-filings-government-admits-it-had-no-warrant-for-mahmoud-khalil-when-agents-took-him In filings in the case of Mahmoud Khalil submitted to immigration court yesterday and federal court today, the Trump administration admitted he was taken without any kind of warrant and made new, false claims that Mr. Khalil had refused to cooperate with ICE agents and told them he was going to leave the scene to justify the agents’ actions. The government’s new version of events is contradicted by previous descriptions and video taken by his wife, Dr. Noor Abdalla, who was eight months pregnant at the time.

    Said Marc Van Der Hout of Van Der Hout, LLP, who is representing Mr. Khalil along with his partner Johnny Sinodis, “In DHS' filing in immigration court this week, we learned for the first time that the DHS agents who arrested Mahmoud lied to him: they wrote in their arrest report that the agents told him that they had an arrest warrant, but DHS has now admitted in their filing that that was a lie and that there was no warrant at all at the time of the arrest. The government's admission is astounding, and it is completely outrageous that they tried to assert to the immigration judge – and the world – in their initial filing of the arrest report that there was an arrest warrant when there was none. This is egregious conduct by DHS that should require under the law termination of these proceedings, and we hope that the immigration court will so rule.”

    The filings were made in response to an April 23rd deadline set by the judge in Mr. Khalil’s immigration case in Jena, Louisiana. The judge in his federal case in New Jersey asked for copies of the filings to be submitted to him today.

    Mr. Khalil also submitted an application for asylum that is sealed due to the sensitive nature of the information that could affect his safety in the future.

    In the federal court, Mr. Khalil’s legal team is continuing to seek bail, an order compelling the government to return him to New Jersey, and a preliminary injunction (PI) that would immediately release him from custody and allow him to reunite with his family in New York while his immigration case proceeds. If granted, the PI would also block President Trump’s policy of arresting and detaining noncitizens who have engaged in First Amendment protected activity in support of Palestinian rights.

    On March 8, the Trump administration and Department of Homeland Security (DHS) illegally arrested and detained Mr. Khalil in direct retaliation for his advocacy for Palestinian rights at Columbia University. Shortly after, DHS transferred him 1,400 miles away to a Louisiana detention facility — ripping him away from his wife and legal counsel. His legal team is arguing that his arrest and continued detention violate his constitutional rights, including rights to free speech and due process, and that they go beyond the government’s legal authority.

    ICE denied Mr. Khalil’s request to be at his wife’s side as she went into labor this past weekend, causing him to miss the birth of their son on Monday, April 21.

    Mr. Khalil is represented by Dratel & Lewis, the Center for Constitutional Rights, CLEAR, Van Der Hout LLP, Washington Square Legal Services, the New York Civil Liberties Union (NYCLU), the American Civil Liberties Union (ACLU), and the ACLU of New Jersey.

    The following are quotes from the rest of Mr. Khalil’s legal team:

    Ramzi Kassem, Co-Director of CLEAR:
    “The government now finally admits what the whole world already saw and knows: that ICE had no warrant to apprehend Mahmoud Khalil. No one should take seriously the government's patent lie, which it offers for the first time many weeks after the fact, that somehow Mahmoud was anything other than compliant when ICE agents unlawfully abducted him under cover of darkness.”

    Samah Sisay, staff attorney at the Center for Constitutional Rights:
    “ICE has admitted it detained Mahmoud illegally and without a warrant– to justify it, they are now flat out lying with an absurd claim that he tried to flee. At every step of the way, the Trump administration has flouted the law.”

    Veronica Salama, staff attorney at the NYCLU:
    “The Trump administration's latest motion shows that they are steadfast in smearing Mahmound Khalil to justify his horrific and unconstitutional abduction. We have the receipts: Mr. Khalil was taken from his family with no warrant and in clear retaliation for his protected speech. We will continue to fight for Mr. Khalil's freedom, and defend the right to speak freely about Palestinian rights without fear of detention and deportation.”

    Sidra Mahfooz, staff attorney with the ACLU’s Immigrants’ Rights Project:
    “We now know why ICE could not show Mahmoud the warrant he repeatedly requested upon his arrest. They did not obtain a warrant. In its efforts to unlawfully arrest, detain, and target Mahmoud and others for exercising their First Amendment rights, this administration has shown an utter disregard for the most basic principles of legal authority.”

    Amy Greer, associate attorney at Dratel & Lewis:
    “That night, I was on the phone with Mahmoud, Noor, and even the arresting agent. In the face of multiple agents in plain clothes who clearly intended to abduct him, and despite the fact that those agents repeatedly failed to show us a warrant, Mahmoud remained calm and complied with their orders. Today we now know why they never showed Mahmoud that warrant - they didn’t have one. This is clearly yet another desperate attempt by the Trump administration to justify its unlawful arrest and detention of human rights defender Mahmoud Khalil, who is now, by the government’s own tacit admission, a political prisoner of the United States. Our team, and indeed everyone in this nation, should be fighting for Mahmoud’s freedom, and defending our collective rights to advocate for Palestinian human rights, and express opinions generally that do not conform with government policy.”

    Amol Sinha, Executive Director of the ACLU-NJ:
    “This latest motion from the government further shows it is determined to persecute Mahmoud Khalil by any means necessary. We know the truth: Mr. Khalil remains unlawfully detained in direct retaliation for his advocacy in support of Palestinian rights. We will continue to defend Mr. Khalil’s freedom in the face of these baseless attacks, and we are confident he will ultimately prevail.”

    More information about the case can be found here: https://ccrjustice.org/home/what-we-do/our-cases/khalil-v-trump


    This content originally appeared on Common Dreams and was authored by Newswire Editor.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2025/04/25/new-filings-government-admits-it-had-no-warrant-for-mahmoud-khalil-when-agents-took-him/feed/ 0 529447
    ICE Air Has a New Contractor. This State Is Asking How It Will Protect the Detainees on Board. https://www.radiofree.org/2025/04/25/ice-air-has-a-new-contractor-this-state-is-asking-how-it-will-protect-the-detainees-on-board/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/04/25/ice-air-has-a-new-contractor-this-state-is-asking-how-it-will-protect-the-detainees-on-board/#respond Fri, 25 Apr 2025 09:00:00 +0000 https://www.propublica.org/article/avelo-airlines-ice-air-connecticut by McKenzie Funk

    ProPublica is a nonprofit newsroom that investigates abuses of power. Sign up to receive our biggest stories as soon as they’re published.

    Connecticut’s attorney general has sent his second warning in a month to the low-cost carrier Avelo Airlines, telling the startup it has jeopardized tax breaks and other local support by agreeing to conduct deportation flights for U.S. Immigration and Customs Enforcement.

    Democrats in the Connecticut legislature, meanwhile, are working to expand the state’s sanctuary law to penalize companies like Avelo for working with federal immigration authorities.

    The backlash comes after Texas-based Avelo signed an agreement early this month to dedicate three of its 20 planes to carrying out deportation flights as part of the charter network known as ICE Air. It also follows a report by ProPublica, which Connecticut Attorney General William Tong cited in an April 8 letter to Avelo, revealing flight attendants’ unease over the treatment and safety of detainees on such flights. The concerns airline staffers raised included how difficult it could be to evacuate people wearing wrist and ankle shackles.

    “Can Avelo confirm that it will never operate flights while non-violent passengers are in shackles, handcuffs, waist chains and/or leg irons?” Tong’s April 8 letter asks. “Can Avelo confirm that it will never operate a flight without a safe and timely evacuation strategy for all passengers?”

    Tong then issued a public statement on April 15 reiterating his concerns.

    In 2022, before its current ICE Air contract, Avelo flew a series of charters for the immigration agency. A flight attendant captured photos of detainees in wrist and ankle shackles. (Obtained by ProPublica)

    In an April 3 email to Avelo employees obtained by ProPublica and other publications, CEO Andrew Levy called the deportation contract “too valuable not to pursue” at a time when his startup was losing money and consumer confidence was declining, leading Americans to take fewer trips. Avelo would close one of its bases, in Sonoma County, California, and move certain flight routes to off-peak days as resources shifted to ICE Air. Deportation flights would be based out of Mesa, Arizona, and would begin in May.

    Avelo has a major hub in New Haven, Connecticut, and it recently expanded to Bradley International Airport near Hartford. In 2023, the airline won a two-year fuel-tax moratorium from state lawmakers after extensive lobbying.

    Last Thursday, U.S. Sen. Richard Blumenthal was among the nearly 300 attendees at a rally outside the New Haven airport. “Avelo has to change its course,” he said. “To the president of Avelo: You really stepped in it.”

    Members of the public are raising objections as well. An online petition calling for a boycott of Avelo unless it drops its new ICE contract has collected almost 35,000 signatures since April 6. And protests are spreading from Connecticut to cities the airline serves across the country, including Eugene, Oregon; Rochester, New York; Burbank, California; and Wilmington, Delaware.

    Tong’s letter to Avelo demanded that the airline produce a copy of its ICE Air contract. The attorney general also asked if Avelo would deport people in defiance of court orders, pointing to March flights to El Salvador carried out by another charter airline, GlobalX, after a federal judge ordered that the planes be turned back. Neither ICE nor GlobalX responded to ProPublica’s requests for comment.

    Levy answered Tong with a one-page letter. In it, Levy suggested that if Connecticut wanted more information about Avelo’s ICE Air contract, it should file a public records request. (Federal statistics show that such requests to ICE typically take months or years to be answered.)

    If the attorney general wanted to know more about the use of shackles on deportation flights, Levy continued, he should ask the Department of Homeland Security. If Tong wanted to know more about evacuation requirements, he should address questions to the Federal Aviation Administration. For Avelo’s part, Levy assured Tong, the airline “remains committed to public safety and the rule of law.”

    “Regardless of the administration or party affiliation,” an Avelo spokesperson told ProPublica in an emailed statement, “when our country calls our practice is to say yes. We follow all protocols from DHS and FAA.”

    A Democrat-sponsored bill to expand Connecticut’s sanctuary law has now cleared its House Judiciary Committee in a 29-12, party-line vote, over the strong objections of Republicans, and awaits a full vote on the floor. If it passes, any companies — including airlines — proposing to do business with the state must pledge not to “cooperate or contract with any federal immigration authority for purposes of the detention, holding or transportation of an individual.”

    Meanwhile, Avelo’s fuel-tax moratorium expires on June 30. So far, no legislation has been introduced to extend it, and activists are urging Connecticut lawmakers to let the tax break die.


    This content originally appeared on ProPublica and was authored by by McKenzie Funk.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2025/04/25/ice-air-has-a-new-contractor-this-state-is-asking-how-it-will-protect-the-detainees-on-board/feed/ 0 529423
    The Self-Liberation of the Jasenovac Death Camp and a New Serbian Catharsis https://www.radiofree.org/2025/04/25/the-self-liberation-of-the-jasenovac-death-camp-and-a-new-serbian-catharsis/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/04/25/the-self-liberation-of-the-jasenovac-death-camp-and-a-new-serbian-catharsis/#respond Fri, 25 Apr 2025 05:56:08 +0000 https://www.counterpunch.org/?p=361674 Eighty years have passed since April 1945, when the surviving inmates of the Croatian Nazi camp—Jasenovac—rose in revolt, staged a breakout, and thus brought an end to the existence of the largest death camp in the Balkans during the Second World War. That prompted me to reflect on a dilemma from the past. As a More

    The post The Self-Liberation of the Jasenovac Death Camp and a New Serbian Catharsis appeared first on CounterPunch.org.

    ]]>

    Jewish families arriving at Jasenovac Death Camp. Public Domain.

    Eighty years have passed since April 1945, when the surviving inmates of the Croatian Nazi camp—Jasenovac—rose in revolt, staged a breakout, and thus brought an end to the existence of the largest death camp in the Balkans during the Second World War. That prompted me to reflect on a dilemma from the past.

    As a young author, I was prone to reductive comparisons. In contemplating the civil war in Bosnia and Herzegovina from 1992 to 1995, I wrote a text entitled The Serbian NDH, in which I compared Republika Srpska—on account of the systematic crimes committed against the Bosniak population, for which its wartime leadership is unquestionably responsible—to the criminal puppet creation of the Second World War: the Independent State of Croatia (Serbian: Nezavisna država Hrvatska – NDH). Today, more than fifteen years after that text was written, I better understand what in it was exaggeration—and what was not.

    Republika Srpska and the NDH cannot be likened, if only because the former arose from the plebiscitary will of the Serb people during the disintegration of Yugoslavia, at a time when monoethnic political organization had no viable—or even conceivable—alternative. It was not proclaimed in the midst of war, but on the threshold of armed conflict. Unlike the NDH, it was not founded by a foreign power installing a black-shirted fascist clique it had long groomed for that very purpose. Nor was it grounded in racial laws, but in a liberal constitution adopted by a freely elected constituent assembly. Its army was not partisan, but conscripted—of the people—and its officer corps was made up predominantly of former Yugoslav People’s Army personnel. The individuals who led it had not, until shortly before the war, stood at the helm of a movement defined by a clearly articulated ideology of extermination.

    And yet, when these differences are set aside, we are left to confront other indisputable truths. The wartime government of Republika Srpska bears direct responsibility for the brutal deaths of more than 20,000 Bosniak civilians; for their dehumanization in media echoing the racist rhetoric of the Ku Klux Klan; for acts of sadistic torture; for the mass rape of women who, in parts of eastern Bosnia, were treated as sexual slaves—bought and sold for barely a hundred German marks; for forced deportations; and for the systematic destruction of Bosniak material and spiritual culture, within which not a single Muslim sacred site survived the war.

    There is no doubt that the Serbian people west of the Drina, deeply scarred by the horrors endured between 1875 and 1941, had every reason to believe they were fighting against a new NDH. For, hand on heart, neither Zagreb’s nor Sarajevo’s policies—despite their cheap rhetoric about “European values”—harbored any sincere goodwill toward them, neither in the short nor long term.

    But equally, there is no doubt that their own leadership, inspired by the dark, racist, and fundamentally neo-Nazi ideology of Dragoš Kalajić and Dragoslav Bokan, exploited those collective traumas to burden them with the historical weight of Ustasha methods. That comparison remains firm as a rock, no matter how different the historical conditions and origins of Republika Srpska may have been to casually call it the “Serbian NDH.” In that light, let my youthful exaggerations be forgiven—for they were not without foundation.

    It is for this reason that the speech of veteran Goran Samardžić before the assembled Serbian students outside the blockaded RTS (Radio Television of Serbia) on April 17 carries such historical weight. Greeting the crowd with “Pomoz’ Bog” (God be with you) and “Es-selamu alejkum,” he then said the following:

    “I was wounded in May of ’92 in Sarajevo, not yet 21 years old—about the same age as most of these young people here. My generation either marched into the war in Bosnia or found themselves caught up in it.

    Some of us went off to fight, quote-unquote, ‘the Balijas,’ ‘the Turks’—believing, as we were told, that they wanted to establish an Islamic state in the heart of Europe. And we wanted to defend Serbian lands and protect the Serbian people.

    In April ’92, the bloody Bosnian cauldron was set ablaze. All sides rushed to stoke the fire—each racing to inflame it more than the other. Our own ‘kitchen’ for spreading hatred and lies was right here, in the building above us—yes, in this very RTS, which even today continues to spread lies and hatred.

    My generation believed those lies. We thought we were doing the right thing, that we were on the side of truth and justice—and that the others were evil. And the others believed the same about us. That’s how the wheel of evil began to turn—a wheel that, to this day, has not stopped.”

    This reminded me of another, far less known historical piece—not a speech, but a written reflection about Nataša Zimonjić-Čengić, granddaughter of the Metropolitan of Dabar-Bosna, Saint Petar Zimonjić (1866–1941), published in the Trebinje periodical Vidoslov by Archpriest Danilo Dangubić.

    “Petar was my grandfather. I remember his love; the warmth of his hand, the safety in his gaze, the joy I felt when I saw him. My father would sometimes take us to Sarajevo, because Pata (as we called him) served there. If I told you that I remember how the Bishop would take us for walks along the Miljacka, holding us gently by the hand…” Nataša recounted to Father Dangubić.

    Not long ago, for the first time, I held in my hands the family photo album from the funeral of my great-grandfather, Bogdan Babić, then Director of Forests of the Drina Banovina—buried by none other than Metropolitan Petar. During liturgy in the Sarajevo Cathedral, I always stand near his icon and recall the testimony left behind by Vojislav Kecmanović–Đedo, the first president of the State Anti-Fascist Council for the Liberation of Bosnia and Herzegovina:

    “When Metropolitan Zimonjić was being led through Zagreb to his execution site—along with a group of Orthodox priests (I’ve forgotten the name of the place)—a mob of Ustaša scum (Croatian Nazis, editor’s note) jeered at him and spat upon him. Metropolitan Zimonjić, who stood out among that great throng of martyrs—his towering height, silver hair, and ascetic appearance unmistakable—was kneeling from hunger and torture, yet still he offered blessings to both sides of the street, to these monsters of Western European and Christian civilization.”

    Archpriest Dangubić’s text is historical in its essence, for it records the historical truth of the martyrdom of his great-grandson, Goran Čengić—son of Nataša. At the outbreak of the war in Bosnia and Herzegovina, the authorities of Republika Srpska armed criminal riffraff and gathered them into so-called “paramilitary formations” to carry out the dirtiest of tasks. One such unit rampaged through the Sarajevo neighborhood of Grbavica. In a grim twist of blasphemy, it was named the White Angels, and at its head stood Veselin Vlahović Batko, a former boxer and nightclub bouncer, who answered directly to the Minister of Internal Affairs of Republika Srpska, Momo Mandić.

    When the croatian nazis seized power in Sarajevo in 1941, Metropolitan Petar was offered the chance to flee to Montenegro. He refused, choosing instead to share in the suffering of his flock, just as he had shared in their joys.

    In the final decade of the 20th century, as Sarajevo was ravaged by roaming paramilitary bands of psychopathic killers, Goran Čengić—a descendant, no less, of fierce historical adversaries: Deda-aga Čengić, a high Bosniak nobleman from Herzegovina, and Vojvoda Bogdan Zimonjić, one of the Serb rebel leaders against Ottoman rule—did not turn his face away from a sick neighbor.

    Here is how Archpriest Danilo Dangubić described it:

    “…the sound of footsteps echoes through the stairwell, a fist pounding on a neighbor’s wooden door, a sharp voice yelling something like: ‘Open up!’; the metallic clatter of a Kalashnikov barrel striking the blade of a knife strapped to the executioner’s waist; then the deafening pounding of one’s own heart in the ears—so loud that even the quiet voice of the neighbor they’ve come for is drowned out; and then, the hand, as if by its own will, reaches for the latch and opens the door…

    “’What are you doing? Can’t you see the man is ill?’

    “In those dark June days of 1992, evil had taken up residence in the Sarajevo neighborhood of Grbavica—and Goran Čengić knew it. He also knew that when he opened that door and uttered the words with which he tried to protect his helpless neighbor, Dr. Husnija Ćerimagić, that evil would come crashing down upon him as well. He knew that facing evil meant only one thing—death.

    “And yet, he did not remain on the other side of the door. He did not stay silent, waiting for the evil to pass. He did not dig through his conscience for excuses not to act. He did not lean his sweat-soaked back against the wall in fear and wait for the butchers to drag away a defenseless, sick old man.”

    And so, the Metropolitan’s grandson was tortured and killed by men who called themselves the White Angels, inspired by Bokan’s brand of neopaganism. Whoever fails to see the terrifying symbolism in this act—the attempted murder of the Metropolitan’s immortal legacy—and in so many ways, a reenactment of the satanic humiliation he endured on the streets of Zagreb and later in Jasenovac (the largest death camp for Serbs, Jews, and Roma on the territory of the Independent State of Croatia (editor’s note)), will never understand that the comparison of such atrocities to those of the NDH does not arise from malice on the part of the observer, but from the NDH-like darkness within the hearts of the perpetrators.

    It is no wonder that fear, panic, and revulsion reign in hearts like theirs at the sight of what is unfolding in the spring of 2025 on the streets of Belgrade and Novi Pazar (a city in Serbia with a predominantly Muslim population). No wonder that the hordes of demonic agitators—those who greet each anniversary of the Jasenovac breakout with sorrow, solely because they have yet to succeed in establishing their own sanctuary of evil—feel fear, panic, and revulsion at the catharsis of a veteran who was wounded in the almost vanished Sarajevo of Petar and Goran.

    “I want to send a message to the parents of children from Novi Pazar—do not be afraid. There is no more ‘our’ and ‘your’ children. They are all our children. We, the war veterans, will protect them with our honor and with our lives. No one has the right to harm them. These children, in just the past few months since they awakened, have lifted many of us—yes, even us war veterans. I want to express my admiration and gratitude to the true heroes of our time—our students, our children. Thank you, children!”

    Thank you, children. On this anniversary of the breakout from the Jasenovac death camp: never again the NDH. Never again anything that even faintly resembles it.

    The post The Self-Liberation of the Jasenovac Death Camp and a New Serbian Catharsis appeared first on CounterPunch.org.


    This content originally appeared on CounterPunch.org and was authored by Vuk Bačanović.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2025/04/25/the-self-liberation-of-the-jasenovac-death-camp-and-a-new-serbian-catharsis/feed/ 0 529323
    Ten Commandments for the New American Century https://www.radiofree.org/2025/04/24/ten-commandments-for-the-new-american-century/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/04/24/ten-commandments-for-the-new-american-century/#respond Thu, 24 Apr 2025 14:35:06 +0000 https://dissidentvoice.org/?p=157705 First Commandment: THOU SHALT TAKE MONEY OUT OF POLITICS No money in politics. Zero! First, people should stand up and declare unequivocally they will not vote for anyone who takes ANY money from corporations, lobbyists and PACs. Then, down the road, by having elections 100% financed out of public funds, we can build a democracy […]

    The post Ten Commandments for the New American Century first appeared on Dissident Voice.]]>
    First Commandment: THOU SHALT TAKE MONEY OUT OF POLITICS

    No money in politics. Zero! First, people should stand up and declare unequivocally they will not vote for anyone who takes ANY money from corporations, lobbyists and PACs. Then, down the road, by having elections 100% financed out of public funds, we can build a democracy where our legislators might actually have some time to legislate. It is common knowledge, most federal office holders spend enormous amounts of time raising funds and worrying about winning the next election, instead of doing the job we voted them in office to do. Let’s end this right now!

    Second Commandment: THOU SHALT HONOR CHOICE AT THE POLLS

    It’s time to institute instant run-off, approval or range voting. This will allow minor party candidates to run at all levels of government without the understandable fear that a voter is throwing away her or his vote. Our current system has, as Ralph Nader has been saying all along, become a choice between Tweedle-dee and Tweedle-dum. Without real choice, meaning a range that covers the entire spectrum of political opinion, democracy becomes a sham, and purely an exercise in futility.

    Third Commandment: THOU SHALT RESPECT THE COMMONS

    Right off, we need to re-establish a commons. So much of what constitutes the foundation for a functioning society has been privatized — prisons, education, utilities, mail, roads, bridges. And it hasn’t worked out well, has it? The nation’s infrastructure is a shambles. There are some basic things we should all be able to have free and open access to, facilities and services which should not be at the mercy of the so-called free market: education, clean air and water, energy, health care, retirement security, the INTERNET, police, fire and ambulance services, nutrition and mental health counseling. This is not socialism. It’s having a country that works.

    Fourth Commandment: THOU SHALT PUT MONEY CREATION AND THE CONTROL OF THE NATION’S CURRENCY BACK INTO THE PUBLIC DOMAIN

    The control and issuance of currency must be returned to the federal government. The Federal Reserve is no more “federal” than Federal Express, and as a result America is now hostage to private banks and we rapidly becoming their serf-slaves. Either nationalize or abolish the Federal Reserve and return creation of our fiat currency to the people of America, regulated by a legitimate, functioning system of representative government.

    Fifth Commandment: THOU SHALT LIVE BY RULE OF LAW

    We have a two-tiered legal system, a gentle one for the privileged, a brutal one for the rest of us. The oligarchs do what they want unfettered by pesky legal restraints. Sometimes the same laws which should apply are used to oppress and incarcerate the rest of us. Same thing on an international level. Two tiers. The U.S. bullies the world, ignoring treaty obligations and international law, treating other countries as vassal states. But it uses the same legal instruments as a bludgeon, holding every other nation’s feet to the fire with sanctions, UN resolutions, trade agreements — whatever — when it serves our interests, or more accurately, the interests of corporations and Wall Street banks, which are really setting the agenda. This gross hypocrisy is creating enemies everywhere. We are long overdue to again respect the law, apply it equally and fairly across the board, both at home and around the world.

    Sixth Commandment: THOU SHALT REIN IN CAPITALISM

    A nice breeze on a clear spring day — good! . . . A level 5 hurricane that destroys vast swaths of dwellings and kills countless people — bad! . . . Surfer and swimmer-friendly waves lapping up on a sandy beach — good! . . . A tsunami crushing whole towns with a 100 foot wall of terrifying force — bad! . . . Sunlight from hydrogen fusion nurturing our planet with gentle rays of light and warmth — good! . . . An inferno of hydrogen fusion raining down on cities across the world as mammoth nuclear bombs, destroying the entire human race — bad! We mostly tend to agree that capitalism provides a powerful engine to drive development and progress. But too much of it and societies are crushed, democracies destroyed, vast numbers of people are relegated to serf status. Other countries have strict regulation and state control to check the ravaging effects of unfettered capitalism. Now it’s America’s turn. Either we rein it in or we can kiss good-bye our once-great country as it descends into the dustbin of history. And if the capitalist monster cannot be tamed, then it’s high time we eliminated it completely, replacing it with a system which more incentivizes noble and sustaining human traits than no-holds-barred competition, sociopathic greed, and ruthless exploitation.

    Seventh Commandment: THOU SHALT MAKE CORPORATIONS SERVANTS OF THE GREATER GOOD

    It will be tough but the whole bogus concept of corporate personhood must be expunged. Totally voided. It was put in place by devious methods and now must be rooted out. In general, it’s way past time to drastically restrict the charters of corporations, such that the interests of people are balanced with the pursuit of profit. This is the way it used to be in the early days of our nation. Back then, corporations were set up for specific and usually public-spirited projects, assigned a very narrowly defined charter and a fixed duration. When whatever was supposed to get done got done, the corporation was dissolved. Maybe we don’t have to return to such a limited implementation in our modern world, but we do have to require that corporations serve the common good. It is entirely legal to dictate that corporations act responsibly and take into account the needs of the community they serve, especially the communities where they reside. We have to elect individuals who are not in the pockets of the corporations and have them re-write the laws for doing the business of America. If the multinational behemoths don’t like it, let them set up in China, Vietnam or Bangladesh. That’s where they already have their factories anyway. Ultimately this will not harm the economy, it will create a society which is healthy and prosperous for everyone.

    Eighth Commandment: THOU SHALT PROMOTE PEACE AND BE LOVED AGAIN

    America must be taken off its war footing. The high-alert status both at home and around the world is nothing more than highly destructive fear-mongering. It is used to promote a belligerent self-sabotaging approach to international relations. It’s the product of a grossly delusional neocon imperialistic agenda which Americans don’t support — “exceptionalist” chest-beating which fills the coffers of the defense contractors but bankrupts the rest of us both financially and spiritually. We’ve meddled and bombed enough. It has accomplished nothing and created more problems and more enemies than we had before we decided that military force was the only way to deal with disagreements and crises in the world. It has also subjected the American people to unprecedented and unconstitutional levels of surveillance and a gross abrogation of our rights as citizens. Time to try peace and cooperation instead of threats and bullying.

    Ninth Commandment: THOU SHALT RESPECT MOTHER EARTH

    Enough silly arguing and tiptoeing around climate change. It’s happening, it could destroy the human race. It will without a doubt reduce civilization to a shell of its former glory and sophistication. Let’s get to work. Global warming and resource depletion represent the greatest threats to mankind in recorded history. Responsible use of resources and creation of sustainable sources of energy are not only necessary, but could be the greatest unifying force ever! Brainstorming and planning will create a monumental paradigm shift and the subsequent implementation of our collective ingenuity will create jobs and bring together behind a common purpose, a world which is torn by divisiveness, fear, suspicion, anger. Though time is quickly running out, the challenge of a planet in crisis doesn’t have to end in total disaster. On the contrary, this could be a historic opportunity for a massive global initiative — one of renewal and fellowship.

    Tenth Commandment: THOU SHALT LEVEL THE PLAYING FIELD

    The rich and powerful have had a good run. The party is over. The wealthy should start paying back the country which gave birth to their monumental success. Inherited wealth does not give back to the community, the social and political environment that supported the accumulation of all that money. Tax it at 95% above $5 million. The heirs of the Koch brothers will just have to squeak by on their $5.2 billion. Capital gains? Capital gains is income. Tax it at the same rate as personal income. Speaking of which — time to return to the progressive tax rates of the 60s and 70s. You know them. The ones which resulted in a thriving economy! Massive tax reform across the board is in order, closing of all loopholes, penalizing off-shoring of profits, and the complete elimination of corporate welfare. Do I hear screaming of ‘SOCIALISM!’ out there? Get a life! Yes, this is redistribution of wealth. It’s been going on for thousands of years. It’s what makes a functioning society possible.

    I confess, I’m not up to speed on my Bible studies. But I remember hearing at some point, there were originally twenty commandments. I guess our good guy, Moses, lost a tablet or two on his way down from the mountain.

    I take this as meaning there’s room on my list for even more. So let’s come up with some ideas for Commandments 11-20. All reasonable and constructive ideas are welcome.

    I’ll bet there’s a little Moses in everyone just hankering to bust out.

    Come on. Go for it!

    Let’s make America serve all its citizens, not just the rich and powerful.

    The post Ten Commandments for the New American Century first appeared on Dissident Voice.


    This content originally appeared on Dissident Voice and was authored by John Rachel.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2025/04/24/ten-commandments-for-the-new-american-century/feed/ 0 529189
    New Survey:  Overwhelming Majority of Progressives Back Primary Challenges to Status Quo Democrats https://www.radiofree.org/2025/04/23/new-survey-overwhelming-majority-of-progressives-back-primary-challenges-to-status-quo-democrats/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/04/23/new-survey-overwhelming-majority-of-progressives-back-primary-challenges-to-status-quo-democrats/#respond Wed, 23 Apr 2025 16:18:32 +0000 https://www.commondreams.org/newswire/new-survey-overwhelming-majority-of-progressives-back-primary-challenges-to-status-quo-democrats As Donald Trump and far-right forces escalate their attacks on working families, civil rights, and the rule of law, a new survey conducted by Our Revolution, the nation’s largest progressive political organizing group, reveals a deep crisis of confidence in the Democratic Party establishment, and overwhelming support for primary challenges to incumbents who are failing to meet the moment. Grassroots Democrats are demanding bold action, saying many current leaders have failed to inspire confidence, mobilize energy, or confront Trumpism with the urgency it demands.

    Fielded from April 18–20, the poll surveyed more than 4,100 politically active progressive and Democratic-leaning voters. The results show deep frustration with Democratic Party leadership and growing momentum to transform the party from within—by electing bold, grassroots challengers who reject corporate PAC money and are ready to take the fight directly to Trump and his enablers.

    “The voters we organize with are sounding the alarm: they want fighters, not placeholders,” said Joseph Geevarghese, Executive Director of Our Revolution. “If the party establishment continues to sleepwalk through this crisis, they’ll be replaced by a new generation of leaders who aren’t afraid to take on the fight of our lives.”

    Key Findings:

    • 92% support primarying establishment Democrats who lack grassroots energy or urgency
    • 87% say the Democratic Party has lost its way—up from 76% just months ago
    • 88% say the DSCC and DCCC should stop automatically protecting incumbents
    • 96% support Our Revolution’s efforts to transform the party by electing progressives at every level
    • 82% want the Democratic Party to stop accepting Big Money from billionaires and corporations
    • 70% say they are not confident Democratic leaders will do what’s necessary to stop Trump
    • 72% support abandoning a cautious, centrist approach in confronting Trump and the far right

    The results come days after DNC Vice Chair David Hogg announced a $20 million effort to support younger progressive candidates, including primary challengers to incumbents, through his PAC, Leaders We Deserve. While the announcement sparked fierce backlash from party insiders, Our Revolution polling shows Hogg’s sentiment is shared by a large majority of engaged progressive voters.

    Geevarghese added,This is not about division—it’s about transformation. The time to protect the status quo has long passed. Our response to Trump’s assault on our democracy and billionaire takeout of our government is to make the party reflect the people it claims to serve.


    This content originally appeared on Common Dreams and was authored by Newswire Editor.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2025/04/23/new-survey-overwhelming-majority-of-progressives-back-primary-challenges-to-status-quo-democrats/feed/ 0 528976
    “A Bright Spot Amidst the Chaos” – From New York to Minnesota, the Rights of Nature are Growing https://www.radiofree.org/2025/04/22/a-bright-spot-amidst-the-chaos-from-new-york-to-minnesota-the-rights-of-nature-are-growing/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/04/22/a-bright-spot-amidst-the-chaos-from-new-york-to-minnesota-the-rights-of-nature-are-growing/#respond Tue, 22 Apr 2025 18:43:04 +0000 https://www.commondreams.org/newswire/a-bright-spot-amidst-the-chaos-from-new-york-to-minnesota-the-rights-of-nature-are-growing About half of all waters in the United States are too polluted for swimming, fishing, or drinking.

    That, according to advocates, is why we need the Great Lakes and State Waters Bill of Rights, a new law which was introduced into the New York legislature by Assemblyman Patrick Burke (District 142) on March 19th.

    The bill, AO5156A, if passed, would be the first ever state-level “rights of nature” law in the United States. It would recognize “unalienable and fundamental rights to exist, persist, flourish, naturally evolve, regenerate and be restored” for the Great Lakes and other watersheds and ecosystems throughout the state.

    Under the current system of law in almost every country, nature is considered to be property. Thus, those who “own” wetlands, forestland, and other ecosystems and natural communities, are largely permitted to use them however they wish, even if that includes destroying or polluting them..

    According to the Community Environmental Legal Defense Fund, which kickstarted the rights of nature movement in the United States, rights of nature means recognizing that ecosystems and natural communities are not merely property that can be owned. Rather, they are entities that have an inherent and inalienable right to exist and flourish.

    “We must be bold”

    Today, April 22nd (Earth Day), advocates for the New York bill have been invited to the United Nations to address a high-level meeting on harmony with nature. Alongside New York State Assemblyman Patrick Burke, who introduced the bill last month, and other rights of nature supporters and advocates such as Movement Rights, Ben Price, Education Director for the Community Environmental Legal Defense Fund (CELDF), which drafted the bill, has also been invited to speak. The invitation was extended by the Plurinational State of Bolivia, which includes some protections for nature in its national constitution.

    Besides playing a key role in drafting the New York bill, Price was instrumental to a 2006 rights of nature law passed in Tamaqua, Pennsylvania, which was the first time rights of nature were recognized in any western legal system. “Tamaqua didn’t even get statewide media attention, let alone national or international press,” Price says. “Yet it lit a fire and helped to inform Ecuador’s constitutional amendment of the rights of Pachamama (Mother Earth).”

    Since 2006, more than 400 rights of nature initiatives have been introduced around the globe, with Latin America accounting for more than any other region.

    Here in the United States, rights of nature has been an uphill battle, as courts have ruled previous laws illegal and even pursued financial penalties against communities and lawyers for pursuing it. According to CELDF Executive Director Kai Huschke, the political moment we find ourselves in calls for a willingness to be bold and challenge systems of law and power that aren’t working.

    “Rights of nature would not be where it is today had people and communities followed unjust rules,” Huschke says. “We’ve made progress because of people taking risks, being disobedient, and taking action. That’s what we’re trying to facilitate with our current rights of nature work.”

    “Making sure future generations inherit more than just our mistakes”

    It’s hard to swim against the current inside institutions — like government — that reward sticking with the status quo.

    But Assemblyman Patrick Burke, who represents South Buffalo, the City of Lackawanna, and the towns of West Seneca, Ellicott, and Orchard Park, is willing to push these boundaries — especially given the dire state of our waterways.

    “When I passed one of the nation’s first microplastic bans as an Erie County legislator, it was because our communities demanded more than environmental regulation, they demanded accountability,” Burke says. “I carry that same responsibility into my role as Chair of the Great Lakes Taskforce [in the New York State Assembly]. The Great Lakes & State Waters Bill of Rights is about restoring balance between people and the ecosystems we depend on, making sure future generations inherit more than just our mistakes.”

    Communities lift their voices in support of rights of nature

    Across the region, support is growing for the New York bill.

    “It’s a paradigm shift,” says Paul Winnie, a member of Tonawanda Seneca Nation who has been active in issues relating to tribal sovereignty, food, and environmental protection for many years. Winnie says that the bill represents an attempt to create a different way of relating to the natural world beyond extraction and exploitation. It’s something “that could combat the existing system to balance out corporate rights,” he says. “It’s trying to reignite that connection to nature.”

    Anna Castonguay, Chair of the Western New York Environmental Alliance, also says that this bill would help bring some balance.

    “We give legal personhood to corporations,” Castonguay says, “but have limited protections for the air we breathe, the water we drink, and the land where we grow our food and live our lives on. The Great Lakes Bill of Rights would make it so that the health and vitality of the Earth and our communities is not an afterthought.”

    “Allowing communities to keep polluters out”

    Dr. Kirk Scirto, a primary care physician and public health specialist based in Buffalo, says that the bill is really about self-protection.

    “Since we depend entirely on Nature for our survival, by destroying it throughout New York, we’re actually hurting ourselves,” Dr. Scirto says. “Striking at Nature is self-injury. This bill would allow communities to protect their rivers, creeks, lakes, and other ecosystems. It would allow each community to protect its water in its own way, without being overridden by state and federal government. Whether it’s a chemical company or a loud crypto mining center, it could allow communities to keep these polluters out if they choose. And it could be used to make corporations restore waters they’ve already polluted! So, it expands both community rights and Nature’s.”

    Talking Rivers, an organization based in the St. Lawrence River / Kaniatarowanénhne and Adirondack Watersheds, wrote a memorandum of support for the bill, stating:

    “At this critical juncture as it becomes apparent that the federal government is going to scale back, if not outright abandon, efforts to protect our environment, in particular our waters, it is vitally important that state and local governments step up in a major way. The Great Lakes and State Waters Bill of Rights is that major step forward.”

    Pope Francis: “Nature cannot be regarded as something separate from ourselves”

    Carol De Angelo, the Director of the Office of Peace, Justice and Integrity of Creation at the Sisters of Charity New York, a Catholic religious organization, is another supporter of the bill.

    “I am grateful that Representative Burke has introduced this bill,” De Angelo says. “Over the years as a Sister of Charity of New York and a longtime member of ROAR (Religious Organizations Along the River), my awareness and advocacy of the Hudson River and all God’s Creation have strengthened as I become more aware of the interconnectedness of all life.”

    De Angelo’s belief in the importance of protecting the environment was reinforced by the late Pope Francis, who was the first Pope to address rights of nature and who passed away on April 20th.

    “The 2015 encyclical, Laudato Si’ confirmed my belief and commitment,” De Angelo says. “In Laudato Si’ #139, Pope Francis says, ‘When we speak of the environment, what we really mean is a relationship existing between nature and the society which lives in it. Nature cannot be regarded as something separate from ourselves or as a mere setting in which we live. We are part of nature, included in it and thus in constant interaction with it.’ This Bill, in recognizing the rights of nature, calls us to accountability and responsibility in creating a flourishing Earth Community for today’s children and future generations.”

    Rights of Manoomin (Wild Rice) in Minnesota

    Meanwhile, in Minnesota, an effort to protect a sacred and ecologically important plant — manoomin, more commonly known as wild rice — using a rights-based approach is underway. The Wild Rice Act was introduced by Senator Mary Kunesh, the first Indigenous woman to serve in the state senate, in February.

    Leanna Goose, an enrolled member of the Leech Lake Band of Ojibwe and co-author of the bill, says it is an attempt to recognize the inherent rights of non-human life forms.

    “The issue at the core of the bill is the need to recognize and honor the living beings we share this Earth with,” Goose says. “They have an inherent right — separate from any right ‘assigned’ by humans — to exist and thrive, just as we do. In Anishinaabe culture, we understand that without all living beings we will cease to exist; our survival would not be possible. We show respect to our plant and animal kin, along with gratitude for this. This is what it means to recognize the inherent right of a living being. It is an invitation into a generational relationship of mutuality and whether we acknowledge it or not, that right exists. Recognizing it is a powerful first step toward fostering a deep respect for the Earth and all the living beings that call it home.”

    Next Steps

    The New York bill, like the Wild Rice Act in Minnesota, faces serious challenges going forward. In other rights of nature campaigns, even laws that have passed have faced legal challenges arguing they are unconstitutional. Ben Price, who says he was invited to the United Nations after Bolivian officials saw the New York bill and recognized it as a counterweight to anti-environmental federal policies, says that these efforts are all part of a larger process of culture change.

    “Good things come in small packages,” he says. “Like Tamaqua, the likelihood of this bill having national or global effect may not be obvious. But given the current political atmosphere, people are looking for answers. Climate funding has been canceled. References to environmental harm removed from government websites. Under these circumstances, people rising up and passing laws like this at the local and state level is essential. These efforts are a voice in the wilderness and a bright spot amidst the chaos.”

    How to support

    With growing threats to water nationwide — including rapid growth in data centers, power plants, nuclear energy, industrial agriculture, and beyond — communities are looking for ways to protect the rivers, lakes, streams, and aquifers.

    Tish O’Dell, one of the CELDF organizers behind this bill, encourages people to reach out to her. She says that with the growing media coverage of this effort, people in several states have already expressed interest in bringing rights of nature to their areas. O’Dell also said that individuals, organizations, and businesses can sign on to a list of supporters to make their voice heard and start making connections to form coalitions.

    Huschke, the CELDF Executive Director, also reminds supporters that they can donate to support the organization’s rights of nature work, including in New York.


    This content originally appeared on Common Dreams and was authored by Newswire Editor.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2025/04/22/a-bright-spot-amidst-the-chaos-from-new-york-to-minnesota-the-rights-of-nature-are-growing/feed/ 0 528347
    Oceana Celebrates Historic Bills to Permanently Protect U.S. Coastlines from New Offshore Oil and Gas Drilling https://www.radiofree.org/2025/04/22/oceana-celebrates-historic-bills-to-permanently-protect-u-s-coastlines-from-new-offshore-oil-and-gas-drilling/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/04/22/oceana-celebrates-historic-bills-to-permanently-protect-u-s-coastlines-from-new-offshore-oil-and-gas-drilling/#respond Tue, 22 Apr 2025 15:41:27 +0000 https://www.commondreams.org/newswire/oceana-celebrates-historic-bills-to-permanently-protect-u-s-coastlines-from-new-offshore-oil-and-gas-drilling A set of bills introduced in April would codify permanent coastal protections for millions of acres of U.S. oceans. These laws would prevent future offshore oil and gas exploration, development, and drilling off coastlines across the United States. The package of legislation, proposed in the U.S. Senate and House of Representatives, includes:

    • The COAST Anti-Drilling Act, introduced by Sen. Cory Booker (D-NJ) and Rep. Frank Pallone (D-NJ), which would permanently protect the entire East Coast, from Maine to Florida, from offshore drilling exploration, development, and production;
    • The West Coast Ocean Protection Act, introduced by Sen. Alex Padilla (D-CA) and Rep. Jared Huffman (D-CA), which would permanently protect the coasts of California, Oregon, and Washington from offshore drilling exploration, development, and production;
    • The Stop Arctic Ocean Drilling Act, introduced by Sen. Jeff Merkley (D-OR) and Rep. Jared Huffman (D-CA), which would permanently protect the Arctic Ocean from offshore drilling exploration, development, and production;
    • The Florida Coastal Protection Act, introduced by Rep. Kathy Castor (D-FL), Rep. Vern Buchanan (R-FL), Rep. Gus Bilirakis (R-FL), and Rep. Darren Soto (D-FL), which would permanently protect the coast of Florida and eastern Gulf of Mexico from offshore drilling exploration, development, and production;
    • The Defend Our Coast Act, introduced by Rep. Deborah Ross (D-NC), which would permanently protect the Mid-Atlantic Outer Continental Shelf from offshore drilling exploration, development, and production;
    • The New England Coastal Protection Act, introduced by Sen. Sheldon Whitehouse (D-RI) and Rep. Seth Magaziner (D-RI), which would permanently protect the coasts of Maine, New Hampshire, Massachusetts, Rhode Island, and Connecticut, along with portions of the North Atlantic Outer Continental Shelf, from offshore drilling exploration, development, and production; and
    • Multiple bills to protect California’s coastline from offshore drilling.
    The bills would exclude all noted areas of the U.S. Outer Continental Shelf from future offshore oil and gas drilling by preventing their inclusion in the National Outer Continental Shelf Oil and Gas Leasing Program. Also called the Five-Year Plan, this program determines where the federal government will sell leases for offshore drilling over the next half-decade. The legislation would also prevent these areas from being included in new lease sales mandated by Congress. These bills would also prevent seismic airgun blasting, the harmful precursor to drilling. Seismic airguns, when used to search for oil and gas, create one of the loudest human-caused sounds in the ocean, and these blasts can injure and kill marine mammals. “It's time to end the threat of expanded drilling off America’s coasts forever,” said Oceana Campaign Director Joseph Gordon.

    “Oceana applauds these Congressional leaders for reintroducing pivotal legislation that would establish permanent protections from offshore oil and gas drilling for millions of acres of ocean. Earth Day is an important reminder that every coastal community deserves healthy oceans and oil-free beaches. This legislation is part of a national movement to safeguard our multi-billion-dollar coastal economies from dirty and dangerous offshore drilling. Congress must swiftly pass these bills into law and reject any expansion of drilling to protect our coasts." Presidents of both parties have used their authority under the Outer Continental Shelf Lands Act to withdraw vast areas of the coast from offshore drilling. These bills would permanently codify protections spanning the entire Atlantic Ocean, Pacific Ocean, eastern Gulf of Mexico, and parts of Alaska. Over the past decade, more than 390 municipalities, 60,000 businesses and 500,000 fishing families – as well as 2,200 elected officials from both parties – have opposed offshore drilling activities off their waters.

    For more information on Oceana’s campaign to prevent the expansion of offshore drilling, please click here.

    Background

    A poll released by Oceana in July 2024 revealed that two-thirds of American voters (64%) support their elected officials protecting U.S. coastlines from new offshore drilling, with similar support among registered voters in coastal states (66%). The poll also found this support grew among youth voters 18 to 29 years of age (70%). A 2021 analysis by Oceana found that ending new leasing could prevent more than $720 billion in damage to people, property, and the environment. The oil industry currently holds more than 2,000 leases, according to a 2023 Oceana report, with 75% of that ocean acreage currently unused.


    This content originally appeared on Common Dreams and was authored by Newswire Editor.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2025/04/22/oceana-celebrates-historic-bills-to-permanently-protect-u-s-coastlines-from-new-offshore-oil-and-gas-drilling/feed/ 0 528337
    Vijay Prashad: Historic 1955 Anti-Colonial Bandung Conference Inspired New Era in Global South https://www.radiofree.org/2025/04/22/vijay-prashad-historic-1955-anti-colonial-bandung-conference-inspired-new-era-in-global-south/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/04/22/vijay-prashad-historic-1955-anti-colonial-bandung-conference-inspired-new-era-in-global-south/#respond Tue, 22 Apr 2025 13:57:47 +0000 http://www.radiofree.org/?guid=fdb4a9ee1df6c42d5e501ced15ef7505
    This content originally appeared on Democracy Now! and was authored by Democracy Now!.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2025/04/22/vijay-prashad-historic-1955-anti-colonial-bandung-conference-inspired-new-era-in-global-south/feed/ 0 528284
    Vijay Prashad: Historic 1955 Anti-Colonial Bandung Conference Inspired New Era in Global South https://www.radiofree.org/2025/04/22/vijay-prashad-historic-1955-anti-colonial-bandung-conference-inspired-new-era-in-global-south-2/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/04/22/vijay-prashad-historic-1955-anti-colonial-bandung-conference-inspired-new-era-in-global-south-2/#respond Tue, 22 Apr 2025 12:45:12 +0000 http://www.radiofree.org/?guid=8577a2f993c8c99dd7cdd3782a1ad911 Seg3 bandung2

    This week marks the 70th anniversary of the Bandung Conference, when 29 nations from Asia and Africa gathered in Indonesia for a historic anti-colonial conference that was meant to chart a new path for developing countries amid a tide of decolonization sweeping the globe. The 1955 Bandung Conference announced the arrival on the world stage of peoples from the Global South, and it marked the birth of what would later become the Non-Aligned Movement at the height of the Cold War rivalry between the United States and the Soviet Union. Key nations participating included China, India, Pakistan, Egypt, Burma and Vietnam. The conference was hosted by Indonesian President Sukarno, a major anti-imperialist figure who would later be overthrown in a U.S.-backed coup.

    “They all gathered together because they understood their unity was very important, not only to create a new trade and development order — that was not the only part — but also to fight for peace,” says author and journalist Vijay Prashad, director of the Tricontinental think tank. “Bandung represented hope for hundreds of millions of people around the planet in 1955.”


    This content originally appeared on Democracy Now! and was authored by Democracy Now!.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2025/04/22/vijay-prashad-historic-1955-anti-colonial-bandung-conference-inspired-new-era-in-global-south-2/feed/ 0 528304
    New Law Increases Oversight of Arizona Sober Living Homes https://www.radiofree.org/2025/04/22/new-law-increases-oversight-of-arizona-sober-living-homes/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/04/22/new-law-increases-oversight-of-arizona-sober-living-homes/#respond Tue, 22 Apr 2025 10:00:00 +0000 https://www.propublica.org/article/arizona-sober-living-homes-oversight-law by Mary Hudetz

    ProPublica is a nonprofit newsroom that investigates abuses of power. Sign up for Dispatches, a newsletter that spotlights wrongdoing around the country, to receive our stories in your inbox every week.

    Arizona Gov. Katie Hobbs has signed legislation increasing oversight of sober living homes, two years after state officials announced that a Medicaid fraud scheme had targeted Native Americans seeking drug and alcohol treatment.

    The bill, sponsored by three Republicans, amends state law for the regulation and licensing of sober living homes. It places new demands on the Arizona Department of Health Services, though a lawmaker from the Navajo Nation expressed concern that the bill does not go far enough in addressing root causes of the fraud.

    Hobbs’ office announced late Friday that the bill, expected to take effect in the fall, was among dozens she had signed into law. The governor did not explain her decision to sign the legislation but she has been vocal in her support of reforms over the past two years to help authorities “go after bad actors.”

    The legislation’s passage comes after ProPublica and the Arizona Center for Investigative Reporting reported in January that former state Medicaid officials had failed for years to stem the $2 billion fraud scheme, despite repeated warnings. Starting around 2019, people were lured into substance abuse treatment programs and housed in sober living homes where operators often allowed patients to continue using drugs and alcohol, according to officials. Meanwhile, many providers excessively billed the state’s American Indian Health Program, Medicaid insurance available to tribal citizens, for treatment they did not deliver.

    At least 40 people died in sober living homes from the spring of 2022 to the summer of 2024 as the crisis escalated, Maricopa County Medical Examiner records reviewed by the news organizations showed. Victims’ advocates say they are certain the scheme’s toll is far higher. In interviews, victims’ relatives told ProPublica and AZCIR that they had been left in the dark about the circumstances of their loved ones’ deaths, including not knowing the names or addresses of the facilities where their family members had been staying because no one had informed them.

    “I believe that this bill will set standards,” Rep. Cesar Aguilar, a Democrat from Phoenix, said before voting for the measure. “It will force businesses to actually help the most vulnerable.”

    The League of Arizona Cities and Towns, a nonprofit that lobbies on behalf of municipalities and that supported the measure, said in a news release that a noteworthy component of the bill includes “mandating timely reporting” to the Arizona Department of Health Services — in addition to family members and emergency contacts — when a resident dies, overdoses or suffers severe harm in a facility. The health department will also be required to notify local governments when new licenses are issued to operators of sober living homes, which the league said will “improve transparency and community awareness.”

    Under the bill, the health department’s director will set standards and requirements for sober living homes to maintain a drug- and alcohol-free environment and promote health and addiction recovery. Health officials could revoke or suspend licenses depending on the severity of a violation or issue fines of up to $1,000 for each day that a violation goes unaddressed.

    At a minimum, the health department will conduct annual inspections of facilities and report to lawmakers on the number of complaints received regarding licensed or unlicensed facilities and how many resulted in investigations or other enforcement actions.

    The bill received bipartisan support. However, critics said it did not address additional factors that contributed to the fraud scheme: Many victims stayed in unlicensed facilities and, despite warnings, the Arizona Health Care Cost Containment System, the state’s Medicaid agency, was slow to grasp the scope of the fraud and stop it.

    It wasn’t until May 2023 that AHCCCS and the governor, who took office that year, announced a sweeping investigation of hundreds of facilities and launched a hotline to help victims who were recruited into fraudulent programs or displaced after AHCCCS suspended payments to the businesses. The agency has since enacted a series of reforms in response to the fraud. In an interview last year, a deputy director for AHCCCS also acknowledged that the agency’s American Indian Health Program lacked safeguards for fraud.

    Supporters of this year’s bill have touted support from tribes.

    Reva Stewart, who is Diné and an advocate for victims of the scheme and their families, opposed the bill. She anticipates the measure will make it more burdensome for licensed facilities to help people seeking treatment, while failing to stop the unlicensed homes, where most of the harm was done. ProPublica and AZCIR found that officials’ botched response to the crisis resulted in Native Americans losing access to behavioral health services that were being provided to them.

    Sen. Theresa Hatathlie, a Democrat from Coalmine Mesa on the Navajo Nation, was also critical of the legislation. She voted against it, noting that a bill she sponsored last session would have required more accountability not only from the health department related to its oversight of the homes but also from the Arizona Corporation Commission, where the businesses must be registered.

    Hatathlie, whose niece died in one of the homes, said this year’s Republican sponsors of sober home legislation did not include her in their discussions.

    “We’re actually not solving the problem,” she said during a Senate floor vote last month. “So to say it’s good enough now, when we still have people dying and getting lost in the system, is a disservice to human lives. These are my relatives. These are my family members.”

    Sen. Frank Carroll, the bill’s lead sponsor, didn’t immediately respond to an email and phone calls requesting comment.

    Maria Polletta, a senior reporter and associate editor at AZCIR, contributed reporting.


    This content originally appeared on ProPublica and was authored by by Mary Hudetz.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2025/04/22/new-law-increases-oversight-of-arizona-sober-living-homes/feed/ 0 528260
    China accuses US of new pressure campaign on global trade https://rfa.org/english/china/2025/04/21/china-us-trump-pressure-tariff-deal/ https://rfa.org/english/china/2025/04/21/china-us-trump-pressure-tariff-deal/#respond Mon, 21 Apr 2025 09:17:42 +0000 https://rfa.org/english/china/2025/04/21/china-us-trump-pressure-tariff-deal/ TAIPEI, Taiwan – Beijing accused the United States of “pressuring other countries” to curb trade, following media reports that the Trump administration will use tariff relief as leverage to push nations to scale back their economic ties with China.

    More than 70 countries have expressed interest in negotiating trade deals, according to the U.S., after U.S. President Donald Trump earlier this month announced a 90-day pause on his “reciprocal” tariffs on imports from dozens of countries.

    “China firmly opposes any party striking a deal at the expense of China’s interests,” a Chinese commerce ministry spokesperson said Monday, accusing the U.S. of using “reciprocity” as a cover to exert dominance in trade and economic matters.

    “Seeking tariff exemptions at the expense of others’ interests is like making a deal with the tiger for its skin – it will ultimately backfire and hurt all parties involved,” said the spokesperson, vowing “reciprocal countermeasures,” without elaborating.

    The ministry’s statement came after Bloomberg News last week reported that the Trump administration intended to push countries seeking relief from tariffs to reduce their trade with China.

    U.S. officials were discussing plans to pressure other nations to stop importing excess goods from China and impose duties on imports from specific countries with close ties to Beijing, Bloomberg reported, citing people familiar with the matter.

    The U.S. and China are waging a tit-for-tat trade battle, which threatens to stunt the global economy, after Trump announced new tariffs on most countries.

    Specifically, the Trump administration has ramped up its trade war with Beijing by hiking import taxes on Chinese goods to as high as 145%

    China, which has pledged to “fight to the end” if Washington continues to escalate the trade spat, has hit back by imposing duties of 125% on U.S. exports.

    Trump on Easter Sunday posted about a ‘non-tariff cheating’ list, warning trade partners of non-tariff-related offenses that could spoil relations with the United States. The eight-point list included currency manipulation, export subsidies, counterfeiting, and transshipping.

    “These non-tariff barriers are just as bad as tariffs – maybe worse,” Trump’s post on Truth Social read, drawing attention to practices such as currency manipulation, value-added taxes acting as export subsidies, product dumping and government-backed export incentives.

    He also named counterfeit goods, IP theft, protectionist technical standards, and transshipping to dodge tariffs as part of what he sees as a global playbook of economic sabotage.

    “Yeah, we’re talking to China. I would say they have reached out a number of times,” Trump told reporters last week, hinting at renewed negotiations with Beijing.

    He earlier said that Washington and Beijing were in talks on tariffs, expressing confidence that the world’s two largest economies would reach a deal over the next three to four weeks.

    Edited by Taejun Kang and Stephen Wright.


    This content originally appeared on Radio Free Asia and was authored by Alan Lu for RFA.

    ]]>
    https://rfa.org/english/china/2025/04/21/china-us-trump-pressure-tariff-deal/feed/ 0 527597
    Myanmar junta pardons prisoners to mark Burmese New Year https://www.radiofree.org/2025/04/18/myanmar-junta-pardons-prisoners-to-mark-burmese-new-year/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/04/18/myanmar-junta-pardons-prisoners-to-mark-burmese-new-year/#respond Fri, 18 Apr 2025 12:37:40 +0000 http://www.radiofree.org/?guid=59bdf4c93439ed0e21099e1d8c891da5
    This content originally appeared on Radio Free Asia and was authored by Radio Free Asia.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2025/04/18/myanmar-junta-pardons-prisoners-to-mark-burmese-new-year/feed/ 0 527204
    What was HMNZS Manawanui doing before it sank? Calls for greater transparency https://www.radiofree.org/2025/04/18/what-was-hmnzs-manawanui-doing-before-it-sank-calls-for-greater-transparency/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/04/18/what-was-hmnzs-manawanui-doing-before-it-sank-calls-for-greater-transparency/#respond Fri, 18 Apr 2025 09:49:16 +0000 https://asiapacificreport.nz/?p=113378 By Susana Leiataua, RNZ National presenter

    There are calls for greater transparency about what the HMNZS Manawanui was doing before it sank in Samoa last October — including whether the New Zealand warship was performing specific security for King Charles and Queen Camilla.

    The Manawanui grounded on the reef off the south coast of Upolu in bad weather on 5 October 2024 before catching fire and sinking. Its 75 crew and passengers were safely rescued.

    The Court of Inquiry’s final report released on 4 April 2025 found human error and a long list of “deficiencies” grounded the $100 million vessel on the Tafitoala Reef, south of Upolu, where it caught fire and sank.

    Equipment including weapons and ammunition continue to be removed from the vessel as its future hangs in the balance.

    The Court of Inquiry’s report explains the Royal New Zealand Navy was asked by “CHOGM Command” to conduct “a hydrographic survey of the area in the vicinity of Sinalei whilst en route to Samoa”.

    When it grounded on the Tafitoala Reef, the ship was following orders received from Headquarters Joint Forces New Zealand. The report incorrectly calls it the “Sinalei Reef”.

    Sinalei is the name of the resort which hosted King Charles and Queen Camilla for CHOGM — the Commonwealth Heads of Government Meeting — which began in Samoa 19 days after the Manawanui sank from 25-26 October 2024. The Royals arrived two days before CHOGM began.

    Support of CHOGM
    Speaking at the release of the court’s final report, Chief of Navy Rear Admiral Garin Golding described the Manawanui’s activity on the south coast of Upolu.

    “So the operation was done in support of CHOGM — a very high-profile security activity on behalf of a nation, so it wasn’t just a peacetime operation,” he said.

    “It was done in what we call rapid environmental assessment so we were going in and undertaking something that we had to do a quick turnaround of that information so it wasn’t a deliberate high grade survey. It was a rapid environmental assessment so it does come with additional complexity and it did have an operational outcome. It’s just, um you know, we we are operating in complex environments.

    “It doesn’t say that we did everything right and that’s what the report indicates and we just need to get after fixing those mistakes and improving.”

    Sinalei Reef Resort's new lagoon pavilion.
    Sinalei Resort . . . where the royal couple were hosted. Image: Dominic Godfrey/RNZ Pacific

    The report explained the Manawanui was tasked with “conducting the Sinalei survey task” “to survey a defined area of uncharted waters.” But Pacific security fellow at Victoria University’s Centre for Strategic Studies at Victoria University Iati Iati questions what is meant by “in support of the upcoming CHOGM”.

    “All we’ve been told in the report is that it was to support CHOGM. What that means is unclear. I think that needs to be explained. I think it also needs to be explained to the Samoan people, who initiated this.

    “Whether it was just a New Zealand initiative. Whether it was done for CHOGM by the CHOGM committee or whether it was something that involved the Samoa government,” Iati said.

    What-for questions
    “So a lot of the, you know, who was behind this and the what-for questions haven’t been answered.”

    Iati said CHOGM’s organising committee included representatives from Samoa as well as New Zealand.

    “But who exactly initiated that additional task which I think is on paragraph 37 of the report after the ship had sailed, the extra task was then confirmed. Who initiated that I’m not sure and I think that needs to be explained. Why it was confirmed after the sailing that also needs to be explained.

    “In terms of security, I guess the closest we can come to is the fact that you know King Charles was staying on that side and Sinalei Reef. It may have something to do with that but this is just really unclear at the moment and I think all those questions need to be addressed.”

    The wreck of the Manawanui lies 2.1 nautical miles — 3.89km — from the white sandy beach of the presidential suite at Sinalei Resort where King Charles and Queen Camilla stayed during CHOGM.

    Just over the fence from the Royals’ island residence, Royal New Zealand Navy divers were coming and going from the sunken vessel in the early days of their recovery operation, and now salvors and the navy continue to work from there.

    AUT Law School professor Paul Myburgh said the nature of the work the Manawanui was carrying out when it ran aground on the reef has implications for determining compensation for people impacted by its sinking.

    Sovereign immunity
    “Historically, if it was a naval vessel that was the end of the story. You could never be sued in normal courts about anything that happened on board a naval vessel. But nowadays, of course, governmental vessels are often involved in commercial activity as well,” he said.

    “So we now have what we call the restrictive theory of sovereign immunity which states that if you are involved in commercial or ordinary activity that is non-governmental you are subject to the jurisdiction of the courts, so this is why I’ve been wanting to get to the bottom of exactly what they were doing.

    “Who instructed whom and that sort of thing. And it seems to me that in line with the findings of the report all of this seems to have been done on a very adhoc basis.”

    RNZ first asked the New Zealand Defence Force detailed questions on Friday, April 11, but it declined to respond.

    This article is republished under a community partnership agreement with RNZ.


    This content originally appeared on Asia Pacific Report and was authored by APR editor.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2025/04/18/what-was-hmnzs-manawanui-doing-before-it-sank-calls-for-greater-transparency/feed/ 0 527180
    China appoints new trade negotiator as US tariff tensions mount https://rfa.org/english/china/2025/04/17/china-appoints-new-trade-negotiator/ https://rfa.org/english/china/2025/04/17/china-appoints-new-trade-negotiator/#respond Thu, 17 Apr 2025 09:13:33 +0000 https://rfa.org/english/china/2025/04/17/china-appoints-new-trade-negotiator/ TAIPEI, Taiwan – China appointed Li Chenggang as a new trade negotiator on Wednesday, a key figure in talks to resolve the escalating tariff war with the United States, replacing veteran negotiator Wang Shouwen.

    Li, 58, who previously served as assistant commerce minister during U.S. President Donald Trump’s first term, has been named as China’s International Trade Representative and Vice Minister of Commerce, according to China’s Ministry of Human Resources and Social Security.

    Li most recently represented China at the World Trade Organization.

    It was unclear if Wang, 59, who assumed the No. 2 role at the commerce ministry in 2022, had taken up a post elsewhere. His name was no longer on the ministry’s leadership team.

    The ministry did not immediately respond to a Radio Free Asia request for comment on the change.

    Li, who studied in Germany, previously served in senior roles at China’s Ministry of Commerce, including as Deputy Director-General in both the trade and legal departments. He became Assistant Minister of Commerce in 2016.

    In 2021, he was appointed China’s Ambassador to the World Trade Organization and also served as deputy representative to the U.N. in Geneva and other international bodies in Switzerland.

    “The unilateralist approach of the U.S. blatantly violates WTO rules, exacerbates economic uncertainty, disrupts global trade and may even subvert the rules-based multilateral trading system,” Li said at a February WTO meeting in Geneva.

    “China firmly opposes this and urges the United States to abolish its wrongful practices,” he said, warning that such moves have triggered “tariff shocks” to the world.

    The decision comes as trade tensions between the world’s two largest economies continue to escalate. Since early April, the U.S. and China have been locked in a cycle of retaliatory tariffs.

    On Wednesday, the White House announced that an “up to 245%” tariff has been imposed on Chinese imports due to China’s “retaliatory actions.”

    “The ball is in China’s court. China needs to deal with us. We don’t have to make a deal with them,” the White House press secretary Karoline Leavitt, said at a press briefing Wednesday.

    The appointment also comes amid Chinese President Xi Jinping’s Southeast Asia tour, where he ramped up rhetoric of unity in the face of protectionism and shocks to the global order.

    At a state dinner in Putrajaya with Malaysian Prime Minister Anwar Ibrahim, Xi said China would work with regional partners to counter global instability.

    “In the face of shocks to global order and economic globalization, China and Malaysia will stand with countries in the region to combat the undercurrents of geopolitical confrontation, as well as the counter-currents of unilateralism and protectionism,” Xi said.

    China promised, Xi said, to offer greater market access to Malaysia and Vietnam.

    “Together we will safeguard the bright prospects of our Asian family,” he said.

    Edited by Taejun Kang and Stephen Wright.


    This content originally appeared on Radio Free Asia and was authored by Alan Lu for RFA.

    ]]>
    https://rfa.org/english/china/2025/04/17/china-appoints-new-trade-negotiator/feed/ 0 526430
    Myanmar releases nearly 5,000 prisoners in New Year amnesty https://rfa.org/english/myanmar/2025/04/17/myanmar-new-year-amnesty-release/ https://rfa.org/english/myanmar/2025/04/17/myanmar-new-year-amnesty-release/#respond Thu, 17 Apr 2025 08:18:30 +0000 https://rfa.org/english/myanmar/2025/04/17/myanmar-new-year-amnesty-release/ Read RFA coverage of this topic in Burmese

    Myanmar released almost 5,000 prisoners for its Buddhist New Year’s amnesty, including 13 foreigners, on Thursday, the junta announced on state-owned broadcaster MRTV.

    But prominent political detainees – such as former State Counsellor Aung San Suu Kyi – remain behind bars or under house arrest. Suu Kyi has been held incommunicado since the early days of the 2021 coup, with her exact whereabouts still unknown.

    Other key figures from Suu Kyi’s ousted government, many of whom face politically motivated charges, were also excluded from this year’s amnesty.

    The junta’s annual amnesty is widely seen as a calculated political tool rather than a gesture of goodwill. By releasing select prisoners, the regime aims to project an image of leniency and normalcy to the international community. At the same time, it maintains tight control by excluding prominent political detainees and opposition figures, reinforcing its grip on power while attempting to deflect criticism over its ongoing human rights abuses.

    “Many of those released were due to be freed in a few months anyway. These lists are compiled selectively to meet political goals,” said a Yangon-based lawyer, who declined to be named for security reasons, suggesting the amnesty was designed to serve strategic interests.

    The junta also announced that some prisoners would have their sentences reduced to one-sixth, but explicitly excluded those convicted under a range of laws commonly used to target political opponents and resistance fighters. These include terrorism and unlawful association charges, as well as laws concerning explosives and firearms.

    A political analyst, who also asked to remain unnamed with security concerns, noted that such exclusions disproportionately affect members of the pro-democracy movement, ethnic armed groups, and former National League for Democracy officials – effectively preserving the regime’s grip on its most vocal critics.

    Several former politicians under the NLD, have died shortly after being released from prison, with their family members saying that they were denied healthcare for chronic conditions. Although junta leaders often grant amnesty to prisoners on public holidays, many are re-arrested just days later.

    In some prisons, no political detainees were released at all, the advocacy group Political Prisoners Network Myanmar said in a statement Thursday.

    The junta has been widely criticized for arresting citizens en masse for protests against its 2021 coup, speaking out against politicians online and other charges activists have claimed are trumped up and done through sham court trials. Similarly, the junta has arrested hundreds of members of the former civilian NLD administration ousted in the coup.

    From 2021 to April 11, 2025, more than 22,100 people have been charged by the junta and of them, more than 10,700 have been sentenced, according to the Assistance Association for Political Prisoners.

    Translated by Kiana Duncan. Edited by Taejun Kang.


    This content originally appeared on Radio Free Asia and was authored by RFA Burmese.

    ]]>
    https://rfa.org/english/myanmar/2025/04/17/myanmar-new-year-amnesty-release/feed/ 0 526414
    Trump Is Spending Billions on Border Security. Some Residents Living There Lack Basic Resources. https://www.radiofree.org/2025/04/16/trump-is-spending-billions-on-border-security-some-residents-living-there-lack-basic-resources/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/04/16/trump-is-spending-billions-on-border-security-some-residents-living-there-lack-basic-resources/#respond Wed, 16 Apr 2025 10:00:00 +0000 https://www.propublica.org/article/trump-border-security-spending-texas-arizona by Anjeanette Damon, ProPublica, and Perla Trevizo, ProPublica and The Texas Tribune, and photography by Cengiz Yar, ProPublica

    ProPublica is a nonprofit newsroom that investigates abuses of power. Sign up for Dispatches, a newsletter that spotlights wrongdoing around the country, to receive our stories in your inbox every week.

    This article is co-published with The Texas Tribune, a nonprofit, nonpartisan local newsroom that informs and engages with Texans. Sign up for The Brief Weekly to get up to speed on their essential coverage of Texas issues.

    Within hours of taking office, President Donald Trump declared an emergency on the U.S.-Mexico border, giving him authority to unilaterally spend billions on immigration enforcement and wall construction. He has since reportedly urged Congress to authorize an additional $175 billion for border security, far exceeding what was spent during his first term.

    In the coming months, border towns in Texas and Arizona will receive more grants to fund and equip police patrols. New wall construction projects will fill border communities with workers who eat at restaurants, shop in stores and rent space in RV parks. And National Guard deployments will add to local economies.

    But if the president asked Sandra Fuentes what the biggest need in her community on the Texas-Mexico border is, the answer would be safe drinking water, not more border security. And if Trump put the same question to Jose Grijalva, the Arizona mayor would say a hospital for his border city, which has struggled without one for a decade.

    Although billions of state and federal dollars flow into the majority-Latino communities along the nearly 2,000-mile U.S.-Mexico border, many remain among the poorest places in the nation. In many towns, unemployment is significantly higher and income much lower than their interior counterparts, with limited access to health care, underfunded infrastructure and lagging educational attainment. Security walls are erected next to neighborhoods without running water, and National Guard units deploy to towns without paved roads and hospitals.

    By some estimates, about 30,000 border residents in Texas lack access to reliable drinking water, among more than a million statewide. For 205,000 people living along Arizona’s border with Mexico, the nearest full-service hospital is hours away.

    Such struggles aren’t confined to the border. But the region offers perhaps the most striking disparity between the size of federal and state governments’ investment there and how little it’s reflected in the quality of life of residents.

    “The border security issue takes up all the oxygen and a lot of the resources in the room,” said state Rep. Mary González, a Democrat from El Paso County who has sponsored bills to address water needs. “It leaves very little space for all the other priorities, specifically water and wastewater infrastructure, because most people don’t understand what it’s like turning your faucet and there’ll be no water.”

    Here’s how residents in two border towns, Del Rio, Texas, and Douglas, Arizona, experience living in places where the government always seems ready to spend on border security while stubborn obstacles to their communities’ well-being remain.

    Nearly a fifth of the nearly 50,000 residents in Val Verde County, Texas, live in poverty, compared with the state’s 14% average.

    When Cierra Flores gives her daughter a bath at their home in Del Rio, she has to keep a close eye on the water level of the outdoor tank that supplies her house. Like any 6-year-old, her daughter likes to play in the running water. But Flores doesn’t have the luxury of leaving the tap open. When the tank runs dry, the household is out of water. That means not washing dishes, doing laundry or flushing the toilet until the trip can be made to get more water.

    Flores lives on a ranch in Escondido Estates, a neighborhood where many residents have gone decades without running water. Flores’ family has a well on their property. But during the summer and prolonged droughts, as the region is now experiencing, their well runs dry.

    At those times, the family relies on a neighbor who has a more dependable well and is willing to sell water. Flores’ husband makes hourlong trips twice on weekends to fill the family’s water tank. Their situation has felt even more tenuous lately, as her neighbor’s property was listed for sale, prompting worries about whether they’ll continue to have access to his well.

    “I have no idea where we would go here if that well wasn’t there,” Flores said. “It’s frustrating that we don’t have basic resources, especially in a place where they know when the summer comes it doesn’t rain. It doesn’t rain, we don’t have water.”

    Val Verde County, where Del Rio is located, is three times the size of Rhode Island and hours from a major city. About a fifth of its nearly 50,000 residents live in poverty, a rate nearly twice the national average. Some live in colonias — rural communities along the U.S.-Mexico border, including illegal subdivisions that lack access to water, sewers or adequate housing.

    The county has worked for years to bring water to residents, piecing together state and federal grants. Yet about 2,000 people — more than 4% of the county’s population — still lack running water, according to a database kept by the Texas Office of the Attorney General. For those residents, it means showering at fitness centers and doing the dishes once a week with water from plastic jugs.

    Some neighborhoods along the Mexican border on the outskirts of Del Rio, such as the area where Cierra Flores and her 6-year-old daughter, Olivia, live, still lack infrastructure like paved roads and access to safe drinking water.

    In the early 1990s, then-Gov. Ann Richards, a Democrat, toured some of the state’s colonias along the border to assess the living conditions. After stepping into the mud on an unpaved street, she’s said to have been so moved by the scene that she told a staffer, “Whatever they want, give it to them.”

    Fuentes, a community organizer, likes to tell that story because it drives home how long residents have fought for water and other improvements but been stymied by state and local politics and limited funds.

    “It’s going to be an uphill battle, but we are going to keep on battling,” she said. “What else is there to do?”

    Over the past 30 years, the state has provided more than $1 billion in grants and loans to bring drinking water and wastewater treatment to colonias and other economically distressed areas. Texas 2036, a nonpartisan public policy think tank, estimates Texas needs nearly $154 billion by 2050 to meet water demands across the state amid population growth, the ongoing drought and aging infrastructure.

    Texas state leaders said they are committed to investing in water projects and infrastructure. Gov. Greg Abbott’s office said he is calling on the Legislature to dedicate $1 billion a year for 10 years and is looking forward to working with lawmakers “to ensure Texans have a safe, reliable water supply for the next 50 years.”

    Kim Carmichael, a spokesperson for Texas House Speaker Dustin Burrows, a Republican from Lubbock, said, “Texas is at a critical juncture with its water supply, and every lawmaker recognizes the need to act decisively and meaningfully invest to further secure our water future.” The Texas House’s base budget proposes $2.5 billion for water infrastructure.

    One of the challenges — at the federal and state level — is that infrastructure needs often exceed available funds, said Olga Morales-Pate, chief executive officer of Rural Community Assistance Partnership, a national network of nonprofits that works with rural communities on access to safe drinking water and wastewater issues. “So it becomes a competitive process: Who gets there faster, who has a better application, who is shovel ready to get those funding opportunities out?” she said.

    Community organizer Karen Gonzalez is frustrated that residents of the Del Rio area still lack water access while state leaders focus on border security.

    The plight of people without water often gets overlooked, said Karen Gonzalez, an organizer who used to work with Fuentes. Even though she grew up in Del Rio, it wasn’t until she started to work with the community that she learned some county residents didn’t have water.

    “Every person that I come across that I tell that we’re working this issue is like, ‘There’s people that don’t have water?’” she said. “It’s not something that is known.”

    Unlike border security, which is constantly in the spotlight.

    During his inauguration, Trump praised Abbott as a “leader of the pack” on border security. In 2021, Abbott launched Operation Lone Star, a multibillion-dollar effort aimed at curbing illegal immigration and drug trafficking. As part of the operation, the state has awarded Val Verde County and the city of Del Rio more than $10 million in grants, state data obtained by The Texas Tribune shows.

    A state-funded border wall that has gone up in the county a short distance from the Rio Grande stretches in fits and starts, including next to a neighborhood without running water. As of November, about 5 miles of it had cost at least $162 million, according to the Tribune. The state Legislature’s proposed budget includes $6.5 billion to maintain “current border security operations.”

    Meanwhile, organizers, elected officials and residents say state and federal programs to fund water infrastructure will continue to fall short of the need. Last year, the state fund created by lawmakers in 1989 to help underserved areas access drinking water had $200 million in applications for assistance and only $100 million in available funding.

    When grants are awarded, water projects can take years to complete because of increasing costs and unforeseen construction difficulties — like hitting unexpected bedrock while laying pipe, said Val Verde County Judge Lewis Owens. Project delays — some of them, Owens acknowledged, the county’s fault — impede the ability to get future grants.

    Organizers like Fuentes and Karen Gonzalez said their frustration with the slow progress on water has grown as they’ve watched the border wall go up and billions more dollars spent to deploy state troopers and the National Guard to aid federal border security officers.

    “It’s just infuriating,” Karen Gonzalez said. She said she hopes elected officials “focus on what our actual border community needs are. And for us, I feel like it’s not border security.”

    Sections of the border wall are being built as part of Gov. Greg Abbott’s Operation Lone Star on the outskirts of Del Rio, near neighborhoods without access to safe drinking water.

    Watch video ➜

    As paramedics loaded her 8-year-old son into a helicopter in the Arizona border town of Douglas, Nina Nelson did her best to reassure him. Days earlier, Jacob and his father had been riding ATVs on their ranch in far southeastern Arizona, along the U.S.-Mexico border. Dust irritated Jacob’s lungs, and over the next few days his breathing deteriorated until Nelson could see him fight for every breath.

    He needed care that isn’t available in Douglas, a town of about 15,000. And he would have to make the trip without her.

    “Buddy, you’re gonna be OK,” she recalled telling him. She knew it would take more than twice as long to drive the 120 miles to Tucson and the nearest hospital that could provide the care he needed. “I’m gonna be racing up there. I’ll be there. I’m gonna find you,” she said.

    Douglas lost its hospital nearly a decade ago. Southeast Arizona Medical Center had struggled financially for years and by 2015 was staffed by out-of-state doctors. When it ran afoul of federal rules too many times, jeopardizing patient safety, the government pulled its ability to bill Medicare and Medicaid and it closed within a week.

    As her son’s breathing took a turn for the worse, Nelson considered the variables everyone in Douglas confronts in a medical emergency. Should she go to the town’s stand-alone emergency room, which treats only the most basic maladies? Drive the half hour to Bisbee or an hour to Sierra Vista for slightly higher levels of care? Or could Jacob endure the two hours it takes to drive to Tucson?

    “That is the kind of game you play: ‘How much time do I think I have?’” Nelson said.

    Nina Nelson’s son Jacob has been transported twice by helicopter to get medical care because Douglas lacks a full-service hospital.

    Arizona hasn’t been as aggressive as Texas in funding border security. But when concerns about the border surge, money often follows.

    In 2021, the state created the Border Security Fund and allocated $55 million to it. A year later, then-Gov. Doug Ducey asked state lawmakers for $50 million for border security. They gave him more than 10 times that amount, including $335 million for a border wall. The measure was proposed by Sen. David Gowan, a Republican who represents Douglas. In October 2022, crews began stacking shipping containers along the border in Cochise County, where Douglas is located. Gowan’s spokesperson said he wasn’t available for comment.

    The container wall wasn’t effective. Migrants slipped through gaps between containers, and a section toppled over. When the federal government sued, claiming the construction was trespassing on federal land, Ducey had the container wall removed.

    The cost of erecting, then disassembling the wall: $197 million. (The state recouped about $1.4 million by selling the containers.)

    Daniel Scarpinato, Ducey’s former chief of staff, said border security is a significant issue for nearby communities and requires resources, “especially given the failures of the federal government.” He noted that the Ducey administration didn’t ignore other needs in the area, including spending to attract doctors to rural Arizona. “But we will make no apologies for prioritizing public safety and security at our border,” he said.

    Southeast Arizona Medical Center closed in 2015, leaving the Douglas area without a full-service hospital.

    Grijalva, a Douglas native, was sworn in as mayor in December with a list of needs he is determined to make progress on: a community center, more food assistance for the growing number of hungry residents and a hospital. Money the state spent on the container wall would’ve been better used on those projects, he said. “I appreciate Doug Ducey trying that, but those resources could have gone into the community,” he said.

    The median income in Douglas is $39,000, about half the state’s median income, and almost a third of the town’s residents live in poverty. A shrinking tax base makes it difficult for Douglas to provide basic services. The town doesn’t have enough money for street repairs, let alone to reopen a hospital. The backlog of repaving projects has climbed to $67 million, while Douglas nets only $400,000 a year for street improvements.

    Money for wall construction or National Guard units gives a short-term boost to the economy, but those efforts can also interfere with the economic lifeblood of towns like Douglas: cross-border traffic.

    Both Trump and Arizona Gov. Katie Hobbs, a Democrat, have deployed hundreds of guard members and active military personnel to the border. None have shown up in Douglas yet, Grijalva said. When they do, they’ll spend money. But a couple dozen troops don’t compare to the 3.6 million people who cross the border each year. The Walmart in Douglas, a stone’s throw from the port of entry, is packed daily with shoppers from Agua Prieta, Sonora, Grijalva said. More troops on both sides of the port bottleneck traffic and raise people’s fears of being detained, which may discourage them from crossing, even when they are doing so legally, he said.

    Shortly after Trump’s inauguration, Grijalva declared a state of emergency, which could make the city eligible for federal aid if its economy takes a hit. “I know the executive orders didn’t do anything to stop the legal immigration, but it’s the perception,” Grijalva said. “If our economy dips in any way, they could give us some funding.”

    Douglas’ new mayor, Jose Grijalva, declared a state of emergency in January over concerns that Trump’s executive orders on border security and immigration will harm the border town’s fragile economy.

    Attracting a new hospital is a longer-term effort. Construction alone could cost upwards of $75 million. But then it would have to be staffed. In its final years, the hospital in Douglas suffered from the shortage of health care professionals plaguing much of rural America. The year it closed, it had no onsite physicians, said Dr. Dan Derksen, director of the Arizona Center for Rural Health. The state has programs to address that problem, including helping doctors in rural areas repay school loans. But the shortage has persisted. If a hospital were to open again in Douglas, it could cost as much as $775,000 to launch a residency program there, according to Derksen and Dr. Conrad Clemens, who heads graduate medical education for the University of Arizona.

    “There’s policy strategies that you can do at the state level that help, but there’s no single strategy that is a cure-all,” Derksen said. “You have to do a variety of strategies.”

    Border security funding, on the other hand, is easier to get.

    Cochise County Sheriff Mark Dannels is known for his aggressive border enforcement activities. His office soaks up state and federal grants to help with drug interdiction, human trafficking and surveillance equipment on the border. The state also awarded him $20 million for a new jail and $5 million to open a border security operations center, a base for various agencies enforcing the border, in Sierra Vista, about an hour from Douglas.

    At its grand opening in November, Dannels said all he had to do was ask for the money.

    “I was speaking with Gov. Ducey and the governor asked me, ‘What do you guys need?’” Dannels said. “I said, ‘We need a collective center that drives actions.’” Shortly after, the plan came together, he said.

    However, if Cochise Regional Hospital were still open, Dannels’ office would have one less security concern. The abandoned building, which is deteriorating in an isolated pocket of desert on the outskirts of Douglas, is a common waypoint for smugglers.

    Lexi Churchill of ProPublica and The Texas Tribune and Dan Keemahill of The Texas Tribune contributed research.


    This content originally appeared on ProPublica and was authored by .

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2025/04/16/trump-is-spending-billions-on-border-security-some-residents-living-there-lack-basic-resources/feed/ 0 526080
    NZ’s Palestine Forum calls on Luxon to take ‘firm stand’ over Israeli atrocities with temporary ban on visitors https://www.radiofree.org/2025/04/16/nzs-palestine-forum-calls-on-luxon-to-take-firm-stand-over-israeli-atrocities-with-temporary-ban-on-visitors/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/04/16/nzs-palestine-forum-calls-on-luxon-to-take-firm-stand-over-israeli-atrocities-with-temporary-ban-on-visitors/#respond Wed, 16 Apr 2025 08:55:35 +0000 https://asiapacificreport.nz/?p=113298 Asia Pacific Report

    A Palestinian advocacy group has called on NZ Prime Minister Christopher Luxon and Foreign Minister Winston Peters to take a firm stand for international law and human rights by following the Maldives with a ban on visiting Israelis.

    Maher Nazzal, chair of the Palestine Forum of New Zealand, said in an open letter sent to both NZ politicians that the “decisive decision” by the Maldives reflected a “growing international demand for accountability and justice”.

    He said such a measure would serve as a “peaceful protest against the ongoing violence” with more than 51,000 people — mostly women and children — being killed and more than 116,000 wounded by Israel’s brutal 18-month war on Gaza.

    Since Israel broke the ceasefire on March 18, at least 1630 people have been killed — including at least 500 children — and at least 4302 people have been wounded.

    The open letter said:

    “Dear Prime Minister Luxon and Minister Peters,

    “I am writing to express deep concern over the ongoing humanitarian crisis in Gaza and to urge the New Zealand government to take a firm stand in support of international law and human rights.

    Advocate Maher Nazzal at today's New Zealand rally for Gaza in Auckland
    Palestinian Forum of New Zealand chair Maher Nazzal at an Auckland pro-Palestinian rally . . . “New Zealand has a proud history of advocating for human rights and upholding international law.” Image: Asia Pacific Report

    “The Maldives has recently announced a ban on Israeli passport holders entering their country, citing solidarity with the Palestinian people and condemnation of the ongoing conflict in Gaza.

    “This decisive action reflects a growing international demand for accountability and justice.

    “New Zealand has a proud history of advocating for human rights and upholding international law. In line with this tradition, I respectfully request that the New Zealand government consider implementing a temporary suspension on the entry of Israeli passport holders. Such a measure would serve as a peaceful protest against the ongoing violence and a call for an immediate ceasefire and the protection of civilian lives.

    “I understand the complexities involved in international relations and the importance of maintaining diplomatic channels. However, taking a stand against actions that result in significant civilian casualties and potential violations of international law is imperative.

    “I appreciate your attention to this matter and urge you to consider this request seriously. New Zealand’s voice can contribute meaningfully to the global call for peace and justice.”

    Sincerely,
    Maher Nazzal
    Chair
    Palestine Forum of New Zealand

    The Middle East Eye reports that Maldives ban on Israelis from entering the country was a protest against Israel’s war on Gaza in “resolute solidarity” with the Palestinian people.

    President Mohamed Muizzu signed the legislation after it was passed on Monday by the People’s Majlis, the Maldivian parliament.

    Muizzu’s cabinet initially decided to ban all Israeli passport holders from the idyllic island nation in June 2024 until Israel stopped its attacks on Palestine, but progress on the legislation stalled.

    A bill was presented in May 2024 in the Maldivian parliament by Meekail Ahmed Naseem, a lawmaker from the main opposition, the Maldivian Democratic Party, which sought to amend the country’s Immigration Act.

    The cabinet then decided to change the country’s laws to ban Israeli passport holders, including dual citizens. After several amendments, it passed this week, more than 300 days later.

    “The ratification reflects the government’s firm stance in response to the continuing atrocities and ongoing acts of genocide committed by Israel against the Palestinian people,” Muizzu’s office said in a statement.

    Gaza’s Health Ministry said on Sunday that at least 1,613 Palestinians had been killed since 18 March, when a ceasefire collapsed, taking the overall death toll since Israel’s war on Gaza began in October 2023 to 50,983.

    The ban went into immediate effect.

    “The Maldives reaffirms its resolute solidarity with the Palestinian cause,” the statement added.

    Last year, in response to talk of a ban, Israel’s Foreign Ministry advised its citizens against travelling to the country.

    The Maldives, a popular tourist destination, has a population of more than 525,000 and about 11,000 Israeli tourists visited there in 2023 before the Israeli war on Gaza began.


    This content originally appeared on Asia Pacific Report and was authored by APR editor.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2025/04/16/nzs-palestine-forum-calls-on-luxon-to-take-firm-stand-over-israeli-atrocities-with-temporary-ban-on-visitors/feed/ 0 526065
    Why the shipping industry’s new carbon tax is a big deal — and still not enough https://grist.org/international/why-the-shipping-industrys-new-carbon-tax-is-a-big-deal-and-still-not-enough/ https://grist.org/international/why-the-shipping-industrys-new-carbon-tax-is-a-big-deal-and-still-not-enough/#respond Wed, 16 Apr 2025 08:30:00 +0000 https://grist.org/?p=663165 Each year, all the cargo ships that crisscross the oceans carrying cars, building materials, food, and other goods emit about 3 percent of the world’s climate pollution. That’s about as much as the aviation sector

    Driving down those emissions is complicated. Unlike, say, electricity generation, which happens within a nation’s borders, shipping is by definition global, so it takes international cooperation to decarbonize. The International Maritime Organization, part of the United Nations, has largely taken up this mantle. 

    Last week, the agency took a big step in the right direction with the introduction of the world’s first sector-wide carbon tax. More than 60 member states approved a complex system that requires shipping companies to meet certain greenhouse gas standards or pay for their shortfall. (The United States walked out of the discussions.)

    The plan has yet to be formally adopted — that’s expected to happen in October — and it doesn’t include the most ambitious proposals sought by island nations and environmental nonprofits, including a flat tax on all shipping emissions. But policy experts are calling it a “historic” development for global climate action.

    “It doesn’t meet the IMO’s climate targets, but it’s generally still a very welcome outcome for us,” said Nishatabbas Rehmatulla, a principal research fellow at the University College London Energy Institute.

    Created by a U.N. conference in 1948, the IMO has a broad remit to regulate the “safety, security, and environmental performance of international shipping.” With participation from its 176 member states, the agency writes treaties, conventions, and other legal instruments that are then incorporated into countries’ laws. Perhaps the best known of these is the 1973 International Convention for the Prevention of Pollution from Ships, called MARPOL (a portmanteau of “marine pollution”). 

    Some of the earliest regulations implemented by MARPOL sought to prevent oil-related pollution from routine operations and spills. Subsequent amendments to the convention have aimed to limit pollution from sewage and litter, and in 2005 a new annex restricted emissions of ozone-depleting gases like sulphur and nitrogen oxides. The IMO began to address climate change in 2011, when it added a chapter to the ozone regulation requiring ships to improve their energy efficiency.

    A large freight ship travels diagonally toward the camera, with blue sky in background.
    A container ship near the Port of Antwerp, in Belgium. Nicolas Tucat / AFP via Getty Images

    In 2018, the IMO set an intention to halve net-zero greenhouse gas emissions by 2050, using 2008 levels as a baseline. It updated that goal in 2023, shooting for net-zero “by or around, i.e., close to, 2050,” while also setting an interim target of cutting emissions by 20 to 30 percent by 2030. Last week’s meeting was part of the IMO’s work to develop a “basket of measures” to achieve those benchmarks and more forcefully transition the sector away from heavy fuel oil, a particularly carbon-intensive fuel that makes up the bulk of large ships’ energy source.

    Many environmental groups and island countries — which are more vulnerable to climate-driven sea level rise — had hoped that the IMO would implement a straightforward tax on all shipping emissions, with revenue directed broadly toward climate mitigation and adaptation projects in their regions. 

    That’s not quite what happened. Instead, the agreed-upon policy creates a complex mechanism to charge shipping companies for a portion of their vessels’ climate pollution, on the basis of their emissions intensity: the amount of climate pollution they emit per unit of energy used. The mechanism includes two intensity targets, which become more stringent over time. One is a “base target,” a minimum threshold that all ships are supposed to meet. The other is more ambitious and is confusingly dubbed a “direct compliance target.” 

    Ships that meet the more stringent target are the most fuel efficient. Based on how much cleaner they are than the target, their operators are awarded a credit they can sell to companies with less efficient boats. They can also bank these credits for use within the following two years, in case their performance dips and they need to make up for it.

    Vessels that don’t quite meet the stricter standard but are more efficient than the base target don’t get a reward. They must pay for their deficit below the direct compliance target with “remedial units” at a price of $100 per metric ton of CO2 equivalent. 

    Those that are below both targets have to buy remedial units to make up for the full amount of space between them. On top of that, they also have to buy a number of even more expensive units ($380 per ton of CO2 equivalent), based on how much less efficient than the base target they are. They can cover their shortfall with any credits they’ve banked, or by buying them from carriers with more efficient ships.

    Graph with emissions reduction factor on the Y axis and time on the X-axis
    Depending on how much they reduce their ships’ emissions intensity, companies may accrue “surplus units” or have to buy “remedial units.” In this graph, ships above the blue line are the least efficient; those below the orange line are the most efficient.
    Courtesy of Nishatabbas Rehmatulla

    Revenue raised from this system will go into a “net-zero fund,” which is intended to help pay for further decarbonization of the shipping sector, including the development of low- and zero-emissions fuels. A portion of this fund is explicitly intended to help poor countries and island states with fewer resources to make this transition.

    The strategy was approved by a vote — an uncommon occurrence in intergovernmental fora where decisions are usually made by consensus. Rehmatulla said the IMO has only held a vote like this once before, 15 years ago. 

    Sixty-three countries voted in favor of the measures, and 16 opposed. Another two dozen, including many small island states like Fiji and Tuvalu, chose to abstain. Tuvalu’s transport minister, Simon Kofe, told Climate Home News that the agreement “lacks the necessary incentives for industry to make the necessary shift to cleaner technologies.” Modeling by University College London suggests that the new pricing mechanism will only lead to an 8 to 10 percent reduction in shipping’s climate pollution by 2030, a far cry from the agency’s own goal of 20 to 30 percent.

    Leaders from other island nations, as well as climate advocates, also objected to restrictions on the net-zero fund that suggest it will only be used to finance shipping decarbonization; they wanted the fund to be available for climate mitigation and adaptation projects in any sector. In order to transition away from fossil fuels and safeguard themselves from climate disasters, developing countries need trillions of dollars more than what’s currently coming to them from the world’s biggest historical emitters of greenhouse gases.

    A climate minister from Vanuatu, Ralph Regenvanu, said in a statement the U.S., Saudi Arabia, and other oil-producing countries had “blocked progress” at the IMO talks, and that they had “turned away a proposal for a reliable source of revenue for those of us in dire need of finance to help with climate impacts.”

    University College London research also suggests that, while the system will make it too expensive to build new boats reliant on liquefied natural gas — a fossil fuel that drives climate change — it will not raise enough revenue to finance the development of zero- and near-zero-carbon shipping technologies like green ammonia. (Lower shipping speeds and wind propulsion — also known as sails — can also reduce shipping emissions).

    The United States did not participate in the negotiations. Its delegation left on day two, calling the proposed regulations “blatantly unfair” and threatening to retaliate with “reciprocal measures” if the IMO approved measures to restrict greenhouse gas emissions.

    The International Chamber of Shipping welcomed the agreement, saying it would level the playing field and give companies more confidence to decarbonize their fleets. “We are pleased that governments have understood the need to catalyse and support investment in zero-emission fuels, and it will be fundamental to the ultimate success of this IMO agreement that it will quickly deliver at the scale required,” said a statement from Guy Platten, the group’s secretary general.

    Antonio Santos, federal climate policy director for the nonprofit Pacific Environment, said the agreement was “momentous,” although he shared the disappointment of many small island states over its lack of ambition. “What was agreed to today is the floor,” he told Grist. “It’s lower than we would have wanted, but at least it sets us in a positive direction.”

    Revisions to the strategy are expected every five years, potentially leading to higher carbon prices and other measures to quicken decarbonization. But Santos said significant additional investment from governments and the private sector will still be needed. 

    IMO member states will reconvene in October to formally adopt the new regulations. Over the following 16 months, delegates will figure out how to implement the rules before they are finally entered into force in 2027. 

    This story was originally published by Grist with the headline Why the shipping industry’s new carbon tax is a big deal — and still not enough on Apr 16, 2025.


    This content originally appeared on Grist and was authored by Joseph Winters.

    ]]>
    https://grist.org/international/why-the-shipping-industrys-new-carbon-tax-is-a-big-deal-and-still-not-enough/feed/ 0 526057
    Trump and the New Eugenics Movement https://www.radiofree.org/2025/04/16/trump-and-the-new-eugenics-movement/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/04/16/trump-and-the-new-eugenics-movement/#respond Wed, 16 Apr 2025 05:55:37 +0000 https://www.counterpunch.org/?p=360756 Nearing the end of his first term, on September 18, 2020, Pres. Donald Trump invoked the “racehorse theory” at a campaign rally in Bemidji, MN, to claim that he and his followers had genetically superior bloodlines.  “You have good genes, you know that, right? You have good genes. A lot of it is about the genes, isn’t it? More

    The post Trump and the New Eugenics Movement appeared first on CounterPunch.org.

    ]]>

    Photograph Source: Xuthoria – CC BY-SA 4.0

    Nearing the end of his first term, on September 18, 2020, Pres. Donald Trump invoked the “racehorse theory” at a campaign rally in Bemidji, MN, to claim that he and his followers had genetically superior bloodlines.  “You have good genes, you know that, right? You have good genes. A lot of it is about the genes, isn’t it? Don’t you believe? The racehorse theory. You think we’re so different? You have good genes in Minnesota.”

    The “racehorse theory” is an idea adapted from horse breeding that believes that good bloodlines produce superior offspring.  It is also based on the early 20th century American eugenicists movement and the later by the German Nazis notion that selective breeding for racial purity can improve a country’s performance.

    Joseph A. Stramondo, a philosophy professor at San Diego State University, insists, “Trump uses eugenic rhetoric and plays on stereotypes around disability, race, and gender for political gain.”

    Two examples of how Trump has used notions of “blood” and “race” to score political points are very revealing.  During the 2024 presidential campaign he denounced Pres. Joe Biden and Vice Pres. Kamala Harris: “Joe Biden became mentally impaired. Kamala was born that way … If you think about it, only a mentally disabled person could have allowed this to happen to our country.” But most provocatively, in December 2023 he raged, immigrants were “poisoning the blood of our country,”

    Most disturbing, in its 2024 annual “American Vales Survey,” the Public Religion Research Institute (PRRI) found that one-third (34%) of Americans agreed with Trump’s statement that immigrants entering the country illegally were “poisoning the blood of our country.”  Looking deeper, it noted that six in 10 Republicans (61%), almost one-third (30%) of independents and even 13 percent of Democrats agreed with the statement.

    * * *

    Trump’s invocation of the notion of “genes” and “blood” recalls the earlier American eugenics movement and Nazi Germany.  However, the theory of race improvement was originally put forth in 1893 by the noted British scientist Francis Galton, a cousin of Charles Darwin, as the science of “eugenics.”  Galton argued: “Eugenics is the study of agencies under social control that may improve or impair the racial qualities of future generations, whether physically or mentally.”

    In the U.S., eugenics is an ideology of the first Gilded Age and its aftermath.  This was a period when the American elite championed a belief in Social Darwinism, a self-serving misreading of Darwin’s biological “survival of the fittest” hypothesis onto hierarchical social relations.  They believed that biology was destiny and that the white race sat atop the thrown of human evolution, of civilization itself.

    Not surprisingly, many of the Gilded Age elite also believed that those least “developed” were doomed by heredity to be not merely biological inferior but socially unfit.  Eugenics was espoused as the science of breeding, of race improvement for the betterment of civilization.  Galton wanted it to be a religion.

    An estimated 60,000 people were sterilized as biologically inferior humans in the seven decades that eugenics was in vogue in the U.S.  Stephen Jay Gould noted: “Sterilization could be imposed upon those judged insane, idiotic, imbecilic, or moronic, and upon convicted rapists or criminals when recommended by a board of experts.”  He fails to include the “feeble-minded,” promiscuous women and homosexuals.  Sterilization was most often imposed on youths, the poor, women and African Americans.

    Prenatal testing and genetic engineering were often used to allow doctors, insurance companies and prospective parents to determine whether the fetus in the womb was likely to be born as so-called “normal and healthy,” and which baby was likely to be born with a disability like Down syndrome or Autism Spectrum Disorder.

    Now, as America succumbs to a second Gilded Age, the call for new forms of eugenics can be heard.  Some racist and anti-immigrant groups raise the specter of the end of “white America.”  Between 1990 and 2023, the nation’s non-white population nearly doubled, from about 24.4 percent to 41.6 percent.  And the U.S. is expected to become a “minority majority” country around 2045.

    * * *

    The first legal state-sanctioned sterilization took place in Indiana in 1907 and by 1925 Utah was the 23rd state to legalize sterilization. In 1924, Virginia passed its sterilization law and, in 1927, Carrie Buck, a 17-year-old, became the state’s first person to be sterilized.  She was judged to be feeble-mined by a state-appointed authority that determined who was an imbecile or an epileptic.

    In 1927, the Supreme Court decided in Buck v. Bell that state-sanctioned sterilization was legal.  Justice Oliver Wendell Holmes ruled against Carrie Buck, writing most memorably: “It is better for all the world, if instead of waiting to execute degenerate offspring for crime or to let them starve for their imbecility, society can prevent those who are manifestly unfit from continuing their kind. … Three generations of imbeciles are enough.”

    The new law of the land led to the increased use of sterilization throughout the country.  Obviously, the definitions of imbecile and feeble-minded were essentially arbitrary, thus meaningless.

    The increased use of sterilization is illustrated in Utah. Between 1930 and 1935, the rate of sterilization was 6 per year.  However, the annual rate grew significantly after the opening of the Utah State Training School in 1935.  Between 1935 and the early-50s, about 33 persons were sterilized annually.  Sterilization ended in Utah in 1974, and a total of 830 people were sterilized, more than half of them (54%) women.

    The “science” of eugenics was founded on the shared belief among the white socially elite that human evolution culminated in the Anglo-Saxon “race.”  All other races lacked the spiritual, mental and physical capabilities of the white man!  This belief system and worldview was shared by the “leading” people of the day, whether politician, industrialist, minister, college professor, scientist, journalist, doctor or social activist.

    An often-stated corollary assumption that was equally shared by these esteemed citizens was that more “primitive” races were inferior mentally, physically and socially.  Most remarkable, both church and science concurred.  Many Protestant adherents of the Social Gospel saw the eugenics movement as a scientific method that would help usher in the Kingdom of God on earth.

    To appreciate just how deformed was the mindset of those advocating eugenics a century ago, it’s useful to cite one of their leading theorists on race purification.  In 1911, Dr. Charles Benedict Davenport authored the then-influential book, Heredity in Relation to Eugenics.  Shocked by the massive influx of Eastern and Southern Europeans to U.S. cities, Davenport warned: “[T]he population of the United States will, on account of the great influx of blood from South-eastern Europe, rapidly become darker in pigmentation, smaller in stature, more mercurial, more attached to music and art, [and] more given to crimes of larceny, kidnapping, assault, murder, rape and sex-immorality.”

    Most telling, he predicted, “the ratio of insanity in the population will rapidly increase.”   His analysis did not include the African Americans, Jews, Asians, Middle Easterners and Native-Americans who likely only further polluted the race pool.

    Eugenics was an ideology backed most enthusiastically by both the local and national gentry.  As the The New York Times points out, the North Carolina campaign was led by such notables as James Hanes, the hosiery magnet, and Dr. Charles Gamble, heir to the P&G fortune.  It also notes the strong support among notable progressives like Theodore Roosevelt, Woodrow Wilson and Margaret Sanger; Sanger had opened America’s first birth control clinic for Brooklyn immigrants in October 1916.  With backing from the Carnegie, Rockefeller and Harriman fortunes, eugenics was legitimized and used to justify the draconian Immigration Restriction Acts of 1921 and 1924.  Their efforts culminated in the 1927 Supreme Court decision approving forced sterilization.

    Often forgotten, as Paul Lombardo, law professor, Georgia State University, notes, “Many U.S. Presidents signed laws that were aligned with the eugenics movement or endorsed the movement. Teddy Roosevelt was one of the biggest proponents of eugenics.” He adds, “the public health movement was initially infused with eugenic thinking.”

    * * *

    The eugenics movement was as much a symptom of the first Gilded Age’s ruling-class arrogance as the real threats they perceived from a nation undergoing profound change.

    Between 1890 and 1920, America was transformed.  The population nearly doubled, jumping to 106 million from 62 million, reshaping the nation’s demographic character.  Some 23 million European immigrants, many of them Catholics and Jews, joined 2 million migrating southern African Americans and whites to recast the cities of the North and West.

    Black migration culminated in the legendary Harlem Renaissance.  However, migration was driven, in part, by punitive Jim Crow laws, the rise of the Ku Klux Klan and a series of lynchings, race riots and other violence that swept the nation in the years preceding and following the Great War.  This was also the era of “Scopes monkey trial” immortalized in Stanley Kramer’s classic 1960 movie, Inherit the Wind, and the rise of the “new woman” who earned a wage, wore a shorter skirt, put on lipstick and, with the passage of 19th Amendment in 1921, secured the vote.

    Today, the U.S. is again in the midst of a great transformation.  Globalization is restructuring the national economy; immigration is recasting the nation’s demographic makeup; and the widespread, popular demands for abortion rights, gay marriage, trans gender citizens and sex education are fueling yet another round of the four-centuries old culture wars.

    As the political climate heats up under Trump 2.0, Americans need to guard against the emergence of a new eugenics movement.  This one may likely seek new justifications for anti-immigrant policies, basing them on Trump-inspired notions of genes and race.  And Robert Kennedy, Jr., the new secretary of health, may discover new “scientific proof” of the collective inferiority of immigrants.  The administration-wide assault against “diversity, equality and inclusion” (DEI) seems to be providing a vehicle for white rage and a rationale for the regained tyranny by white men.

    Similarly, the policing of sex “predators” may involve the discovery of a new predator gene that both expands the category of those classified as predators and increases the number of those suffering indeterminate prison sentences.  And who knows, perhaps other, more old-fashioned, Social Darwinian efforts will be proposed by the Republican administration to control sexual excess; why not the forceful sterilization of teen girls who get pregnant?  Moral rectitude knows no limit.

    The post Trump and the New Eugenics Movement appeared first on CounterPunch.org.


    This content originally appeared on CounterPunch.org and was authored by David Rosen.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2025/04/16/trump-and-the-new-eugenics-movement/feed/ 0 526005
    A Welcome New Twist on America’s Tax Future https://www.radiofree.org/2025/04/16/a-welcome-new-twist-on-americas-tax-future/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/04/16/a-welcome-new-twist-on-americas-tax-future/#respond Wed, 16 Apr 2025 05:55:00 +0000 https://www.counterpunch.org/?p=360530 Republican leaders in Congress have been working feverishly over recent days to renew the rich people-friendly 2017 Trump tax cuts set to expire at this year’s end. Both the House and Senate have now passed bills that do that renewing — and also add in some assorted new goodies. All that remains before this latest More

    The post A Welcome New Twist on America’s Tax Future appeared first on CounterPunch.org.

    ]]>

    The post A Welcome New Twist on America’s Tax Future appeared first on CounterPunch.org.


    This content originally appeared on CounterPunch.org and was authored by Sam Pizzigati.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2025/04/16/a-welcome-new-twist-on-americas-tax-future/feed/ 0 526007
    The new Sykes-Picot in post-Assad Syria https://www.radiofree.org/2025/04/15/the-new-sykes-picot-in-post-assad-syria/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/04/15/the-new-sykes-picot-in-post-assad-syria/#respond Tue, 15 Apr 2025 16:54:30 +0000 http://www.radiofree.org/?guid=5983ce981790fc528b026eea04e300b9
    This content originally appeared on The Grayzone and was authored by The Grayzone.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2025/04/15/the-new-sykes-picot-in-post-assad-syria/feed/ 0 525878
    Cover-Up in Ecuador? Disputed Presidential Election Rocked by New Allegation from 2023 Assassination https://www.radiofree.org/2025/04/15/cover-up-in-ecuador-disputed-presidential-election-rocked-by-new-allegation-from-2023-assassination-2/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/04/15/cover-up-in-ecuador-disputed-presidential-election-rocked-by-new-allegation-from-2023-assassination-2/#respond Tue, 15 Apr 2025 15:07:55 +0000 http://www.radiofree.org/?guid=1ae1547e66ca3246f922ea987ba5b6fa
    This content originally appeared on Democracy Now! and was authored by Democracy Now!.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2025/04/15/cover-up-in-ecuador-disputed-presidential-election-rocked-by-new-allegation-from-2023-assassination-2/feed/ 0 525845
    Cover-Up in Ecuador? Disputed Presidential Election Rocked by New Allegation from 2023 Assassination https://www.radiofree.org/2025/04/15/cover-up-in-ecuador-disputed-presidential-election-rocked-by-new-allegation-from-2023-assassination/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/04/15/cover-up-in-ecuador-disputed-presidential-election-rocked-by-new-allegation-from-2023-assassination/#respond Tue, 15 Apr 2025 12:47:07 +0000 http://www.radiofree.org/?guid=520c99e5e9ed52610ee8b40c977621be Seg3 noboa villavicencio

    As Ecuador’s President Daniel Noboa claims victory in a contested election, Noboa’s leftist rival Luisa González is challenging the results, calling Noboa a “dictator” who committed election fraud to be reelected. The widow of former candidate Fernando Villavicencio also released a new video seemingly confirming allegations that Noboa had been involved in an attempt to frame a third candidate for Villavicencio’s assassination during the 2023 presidential election. Journalist José Olivares, who reported on the allegations for Drop Site, responds to the new video and the Noboa administration’s “cozying up” to Donald Trump and his allies, including the notorious private military contractor Erik Prince.


    This content originally appeared on Democracy Now! and was authored by Democracy Now!.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2025/04/15/cover-up-in-ecuador-disputed-presidential-election-rocked-by-new-allegation-from-2023-assassination/feed/ 0 525828
    Myanmar junta bombs five monasteries on Buddhist new year, killing monks https://rfa.org/english/myanmar/2025/04/15/myanmar-junta-monastery-attack-new-year/ https://rfa.org/english/myanmar/2025/04/15/myanmar-junta-monastery-attack-new-year/#respond Tue, 15 Apr 2025 09:48:47 +0000 https://rfa.org/english/myanmar/2025/04/15/myanmar-junta-monastery-attack-new-year/ Junta airstrikes during Myanmar’s New Year celebrations have killed five civilians and injured 26 others, including several monks, according to residents who spoke with Radio Free Asia.

    The attacks, which took place on Sunday and Monday, targeted monasteries at the start of Thingyan – Myanmar’s traditional New Year festival, a time of deep cultural, spiritual, and social importance for the Burmese people.

    Despite ceasefire announcements by both the junta and various resistance groups – some aligned with the exiled National Unity Government – fighting has continued. Rebel forces have claimed gains in new territories, prompting retaliatory airstrikes from the military, often resulting in heavy civilian casualties.

    Monasteries, which have become shelters for many of the country’s displaced people, have increasingly come under attack, drawing condemnation for the targeting of religious sites.

    In Sagaing region’s Kani township, for instance, junta’s aerial attack around 8 a.m on Monday targeted a monastery where people were due to arrive for the holiday, one resident said.

    “Of the novice monks in Tha Min Chan village, two died and two were critically injured,” he said, declining to be named for security reasons.

    “Because the bomb fell a bit early, it was only the monks in the monastery – those who came to make merit and perform duties for the monks had not arrived yet.”

    Another woman was critically injured when bombs fell on a nearby village, the Kani resident added.

    Separately, Indaw township, which was captured in part by the National Unity Government’s militia, faced additional attacks around 11 a.m. on Monday, residents said. The attack injured two people.

    On Sunday, junta attacks also hit monasteries in three townships in Sagaing region – Taze, Wuntho and Kawlin – killing one woman and injuring seven people, including a monk, according to the residents.

    In a separate attack in Kyauktaw township, Rakhine state, three civilians were wounded: 10-year-old Chit Hnin Wai, 27-year-old Kyi Kyi Win and 34-year-old Oo Than May, the residents added.

    In Mandalay region’s Natogyi township, airstrikes around six on Monday targeting another monastery injured three more monks, including a child, residents told RFA.

    In Thabeikkyin township, attacks on Sunday killed a man and a woman and injured eight others, said a member of the Pyinoolwin People’s Defense Force, one of the rebel groups.

    “Around 10:21 p.m., they dropped four bombs on Chaung Gyi village that were around 200 or 300 pounds each,” he said, declining to be named for security reasons.

    Junta spokesperson Maj. Gen. Zaw Min Tun has not responded to RFA’s request for comment.

    Translated by Kiana Duncan. Edited by Taejun Kang.


    This content originally appeared on Radio Free Asia and was authored by RFA Burmese.

    ]]>
    https://rfa.org/english/myanmar/2025/04/15/myanmar-junta-monastery-attack-new-year/feed/ 0 525788
    Myanmar quake victims mark new year camped amidst ruins https://www.radiofree.org/2025/04/15/myanmar-quake-victims-mark-new-year-camped-amidst-ruins/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/04/15/myanmar-quake-victims-mark-new-year-camped-amidst-ruins/#respond Tue, 15 Apr 2025 03:30:16 +0000 http://www.radiofree.org/?guid=e6489d574ed6112ed394dc8c05dd212a
    This content originally appeared on Radio Free Asia and was authored by Radio Free Asia.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2025/04/15/myanmar-quake-victims-mark-new-year-camped-amidst-ruins/feed/ 0 525722
    Myanmar celebrates Thingyan after earthquake; Thailand marks Songkran Buddhist New Year (RFA) https://www.radiofree.org/2025/04/15/myanmar-celebrates-thingyan-after-earthquake-thailand-marks-songkran-buddhist-new-year-rfa-2/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/04/15/myanmar-celebrates-thingyan-after-earthquake-thailand-marks-songkran-buddhist-new-year-rfa-2/#respond Tue, 15 Apr 2025 03:28:13 +0000 http://www.radiofree.org/?guid=de102c5519f45079c627407590b1cb27
    This content originally appeared on Radio Free Asia and was authored by Radio Free Asia.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2025/04/15/myanmar-celebrates-thingyan-after-earthquake-thailand-marks-songkran-buddhist-new-year-rfa-2/feed/ 0 525724
    Smiles for the boat ride home to Laos — Workers return for Buddhist New Year | Radio Free Asia (RFA) https://www.radiofree.org/2025/04/14/smiles-for-the-boat-ride-home-to-laos-workers-return-for-buddhist-new-year-radio-free-asia-rfa/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/04/14/smiles-for-the-boat-ride-home-to-laos-workers-return-for-buddhist-new-year-radio-free-asia-rfa/#respond Mon, 14 Apr 2025 22:10:26 +0000 http://www.radiofree.org/?guid=6243735bb72935671bd3712537830a62
    This content originally appeared on Radio Free Asia and was authored by Radio Free Asia.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2025/04/14/smiles-for-the-boat-ride-home-to-laos-workers-return-for-buddhist-new-year-radio-free-asia-rfa/feed/ 0 525680
    Myanmar celebrates Thingyan after earthquake; Thailand marks Songkran Buddhist New Year (RFA) https://www.radiofree.org/2025/04/14/myanmar-celebrates-thingyan-after-earthquake-thailand-marks-songkran-buddhist-new-year-rfa/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/04/14/myanmar-celebrates-thingyan-after-earthquake-thailand-marks-songkran-buddhist-new-year-rfa/#respond Mon, 14 Apr 2025 18:52:40 +0000 http://www.radiofree.org/?guid=caa7cee9971b09ff7b0567dd42344d9a
    This content originally appeared on Radio Free Asia and was authored by Radio Free Asia.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2025/04/14/myanmar-celebrates-thingyan-after-earthquake-thailand-marks-songkran-buddhist-new-year-rfa/feed/ 0 525651
    Leaked ‘working paper’ on New Caledonia’s political future sparks new concerns https://www.radiofree.org/2025/04/14/leaked-working-paper-on-new-caledonias-political-future-sparks-new-concerns/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/04/14/leaked-working-paper-on-new-caledonias-political-future-sparks-new-concerns/#respond Mon, 14 Apr 2025 10:41:38 +0000 https://asiapacificreport.nz/?p=113197 By Patrick Decloitre, RNZ Pacific correspondent French Pacific desk

    A leaked “working paper” on New Caledonia’s future political status is causing concern on the local stage and has prompted a “clarification” from the French government’s Minister for Overseas Manuel Valls.

    Details of the document, which was supposed to remain confidential, have been widely circulated online over the past few days.

    Valls said earlier the confidentiality of the document was supposed to ensure expected results of ongoing talks would not be jeopardised.

    However, following the leak, Valls said in a release on Friday that, for the time being, it was nothing more than a “working paper”.

    The document results from earlier rounds of talks when Valls was in Nouméa during his previous trips in February and March 2025.

    Valls is due to return to New Caledonia on April 29 for another round of talks and possibly “negotiations” and more political talks are ongoing behind closed doors.

    French Minister of Overseas Manuel Valls (front left) greets the New Caledonian territorial President Alcide Ponga (right)
    French Minister of Overseas Manuel Valls (front left) greets the New Caledonian territorial President Alcide Ponga (right) as Senator Georges Naturel looks on during his arrival for a military honours ceremony in Nouméa in February. Image: AFP/RNZ Pacific

    He has denied that it can be regarded as a “unilateral proposal” from Paris.

    The latest roundtable session was on Friday, April 11, held remotely via a video conference between Valls in Paris and all political stakeholders (both pro-France and pro-independence parties) in Nouméa.

    All tendencies across the political spectrum have reaffirmed their strong and sometimes “non-negotiable” respective stances.

    Parties opposed to independence, who regard New Caledonia as being part of France, have consistently maintained that the results of the latest three referendums on self-determination — held in 2018, 2020 and 2021 — should be respected. They reject the notion of independence.

    The last referendum in December 2021 was, however, largely boycotted by the pro-independence movement and indigenous Kanak voters.

    On the pro-independence side, the Kanak and Socialist National Liberation Front (FLNKS, dominated by the Union Calédonienne) is announcing a “convention” on April 26 — just three days before Valls’s return — to decide on whether it should now fully engage in negotiations proper.

    In a news conference last week, the FLNKS was critical of the French-suggested approach, saying it would only commit if they “see the benefits” and that the document was “patronising”.

    Two other pro-independence parties — the PALIKA (Kanak Liberation Party) and the UPM (Union Progressiste en Mélanésie) — have distanced themselves from the FLNKS, which they see as too radical under Union Calédonienne’s influence and dominance) and hold a more moderate view.

    PALIKA held a general meeting late last week to reaffirm that, while they too were regarding the path to sovereignty as their paramount goal, they were already committed to participating in future “negotiations” since “all topics have been taken into account” (in the working document).

    They are favour an “independence association” pathway.

    Carefully chosen words
    In his release on Friday, Valls said the main pillars of future negotiations were articulated around the themes of:

    • “democracy and the rule of law”, a “decolonisation process”, the right to self-determination, a future “fundamental law” that would seal New Caledonia’s future status (and would then, if locally approved, be ratified by French Parliament and later included in the French Constitution);
    • the powers of New Caledonia’s three provinces (including on tax and revenue collection matters); and
    • a future New Caledonia citizenship (and its conditions of eligibility) with the associated definition of who meets the requirements to vote at local elections.

    Citizenship
    On acquiring New Caledonia citizenship, a consensus seems to emerge on the minimum time of residence: it would be “10 to 15” years with other criteria such as an “exam” to ascertain the candidate’s knowledge and respect of cultural “values and specificities”.

    Every person born in New Caledonia, children and spouses of qualified citizens, would also automatically qualify for New Caledonia’s citizenship.

    Power-sharing
    On power-sharing, the draft also touches on the “sovereign” powers (international relations, defence, law and order, justice, currency) which would remain within the French realm, but in a stronger association for New Caledonia.

    All other powers, regarded as “non-sovereign”, would remain under direct control of New Caledonia as they have already been transferred, gradually, to New Caledonia, over the past 27 years, under the Nouméa Accord.

    New Caledonia would also be consulted on all negotiations related to the Pacific islands region and would get representation at European Union level.

    Local diplomats would also be trained under France’s Ministry of Europe and Foreign Affairs.

    Under the Nouméa Accord, the training process was already initiated more than 10 years ago with New Caledonian representatives appointed and hosted at French embassies in the region — Fiji, New Zealand, Australia.

    A local “strategic committee” would also be set up on defence matters.

    However, despite long-time FLNKS demands, this would not allow for a seat at the United Nations.

    In terms of currency, the present French Pacific Francs (CFP, XPF) would be abolished for a new currency that would remain pegged to the Euro, provided France’s other two Pacific territories (French Polynesia, Wallis-and-Futuna — which are also using the CFP) agree.

    Reinforced provincial powers
    A new proposal, in terms of reinforced provincial powers, would be to grant each of New Caledonia’s three provinces (North, South and Loyalty Islands) the capacity — currently held by New Caledonia’s government — to generate and collect its own taxes.

    Each province would then re-distribute their collected tax revenues to the central government and municipalities.

    This is also reported to be a sensitive point during the talks, since about 80 percent of New Caledonia’s wealth is located in the Southern Province, which also generates more than 90 percent of all of New Caledonia’s tax revenues.

    This is perceived as a concession to pro-France parties, which are calling for an “internal federation” model for New Caledonia, a prospect strongly opposed by pro-independence parties who are denouncing what they liken to some kind of “partition” for the French Pacific dependency.

    In the currently discussed project, the representation at the Congress (Parliament) of New Caledonia would be revised among the three provinces to better reflect their respective weight according to demographic changes.

    The representation would be re-assessed and possibly modified after each population census.

    Under the proposed text, New Caledonia’s government would remain based on the notion of “collegiality”.

    Future referendum — no more just ‘yes’ or ‘no’ to independence
    The current working paper, on the right to self-determination, suggests that any future referendum on self-determination no longer has a specified deadline, but should take place after a “stabilisation and reconstruction” phase.

    It would no longer ask the binary question of “yes” or “no” to independence and full sovereignty, but rather seek the approval of a “comprehensive project”.

    To activate a referendum, the approval of at least three fifths of New Caledonia’s 54-seat Congress would be needed.

    The Congress’s current makeup, almost equally split in two between pro-France and pro-independence parties, this 3/5th threshold could only be found if there is a consensual vote beyond party lines.

    Some of the FLNKS’s earlier demands, like having its president Christian Téin (elected in absentia in August 2024 ) part of the talks, now seem to have been dropped.

    Téin was arrested in June 2024 for alleged involvement in the May 2024 insurrectional riots that caused 14 dead (including two French gendarmes), hundreds of injured, thousands of jobless and the destruction of several hundred businesses for a total estimated damage of 2.2 billion euros (NZ$4.3 billion).

    Four days after his arrest, Téin was transferred from New Caledonia to mainland France.

    Although he is still remanded in custody pending his trial (for alleged involvement in organised criminal-related acts), his case was recently transferred from the jurisdiction of judges in Nouméa to mainland France magistrates.

    Union Calédonienne president and pro-independence front man Emmanuel Tjibaou told public broadcaster NC la 1ère yesterday he was in regular contact with Téin from his jail in Mulhouse (northeastern France).

    Another recent development that could also be perceived as a concession to the FLNKS is that last week, France announced the replacement of French High commissioner Louis Le Franc, France’s representative and man in charge in Nouméa during last year’s riots.

    ‘We are facing a decisive moment’, says Valls
    Valls said he remained hopeful that despite “all positions remaining at present still far from each other . . . evolutions are still possible”.

    “I reaffirm the (French) State’s full commitment to pursue this approach, in the spirit of the Matignon and Nouméa Accords (signed respectively in 1988 and 1998) to build together a united, appeased and prosperous New Caledonia,” Valls concluded.

    “We are facing a decisive moment for the future of New Caledonia, which is confronted with a particularly grave economic and social situation. Civil peace remains fragile.”

    The much sought-after agreement, which has been at the centre of political talks since they resumed in early 2025 after a three-year hiatus, is supposed to replace the Nouméa Accord from 1998.

    The 1998 pact, which outlines the notion of gradual transfer of sovereign powers from France to new Caledonia, but also the notion of “common destiny”, stipulates that after three referendums on self-determination resulting in a majority of “no”, then the political partners are to meet and “discuss the situation thus created”.

    Determination, anxiety and hope
    On all sides of the political landscape, ahead of any outcome for the crucial talks, the current atmosphere is a mix of determination, anxiety and hope, with a touch of disillusionment.

    The pro-independence movement’s Emmanuel Tjibaou has to manage a sometimes radical base.

    He told NC la 1ère that the main objective remained “the path to sovereignty”.

    Within the pro-France camp, there is also defiance towards Vall’s approach and expected results.

    Among their ranks, one lingering angst, founded or not, is to see an agreement being concluded that would not respond to their expectations of New Caledonia remaining part of France.

    This worst-case scenario, in their view, would bring back sad memories of Algeria’s pre-independence process decades ago.

    On 4 June 1958, in the midst of its war against Algeria’s National Liberation Front (FLN), French President General De Gaulle, while on a visit to Algiers, shouted a resounding “Je vous ai compris!” (“I have understood you”) to a crowd of cheering pro-France and French Algerians who were convinced at the time that their voice had been heard in favour of French Algeria.

    On 19 March 1962, after years of a bloody war, the Evian Accords were signed, paving the way for Algeria’s independence on July 3.

    “I had to take precautions, I had to proceed progressively and this is how we made it”, De Gaulle explained to the French daily Le Monde in 1966.

    In the meantime, in an atmosphere of fear and violence, an estimated 700,000 French citizens from Algeria were “repatriated” by boat to mainland France.

    As an alternative posed to French nationals at the time, FLN’s slogan was “la valise ou le cercueil” (“the suitcase or the coffin”).

    This article is republished under a community partnership agreement with RNZ.


    This content originally appeared on Asia Pacific Report and was authored by APR editor.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2025/04/14/leaked-working-paper-on-new-caledonias-political-future-sparks-new-concerns/feed/ 0 525556
    New Zealand’s humanity – does it include all of us, or only for some? https://www.radiofree.org/2025/04/14/new-zealands-humanity-does-it-include-all-of-us-or-only-for-some/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/04/14/new-zealands-humanity-does-it-include-all-of-us-or-only-for-some/#respond Mon, 14 Apr 2025 09:50:59 +0000 https://asiapacificreport.nz/?p=113208 COMMENTARY: By Katrina Mitchell-Kouttab

    “Wherever Palestinians have control is barbaric.” These were the words from New Zealand’s Chief Human Rights Commissioner Stephen Rainbow.

    During a meeting with Philippa Yasbek from Jewish Voices for Peace, Dr Rainbow allegedly told her that information from the NZ Security Intelligence Services (NZSIS) threat assessment asserted that Muslims were the biggest threat to the Jewish community. More so than white supremacists.

    But the NZSIS has not identified Muslims as the greatest threat to national security.

    In the 2023 threat environment report, NZSIS stated that it: “Does not single out any community as a threat to our country, and to do so would be a misinterpretation of the analysis.

    “White Identity-Motivated Violent Extremism (W-IMVE) continues to be the dominant IMVE ideology in New Zealand. Young people becoming involved in W-IMVE is a growing trend.”

    Religiously motivated violent extremism (RMVE) did not come from the Muslim community, as Dr Rainbow has also misrepresented.

    The more recent 2024 NZSIS report stated: “White identity-motivated violent extremism (W-IMVE) remains the dominant IMVE ideology in New Zealand. Terrorist attack-related material and propaganda, including the Christchurch terrorist’s manifesto and livestream footage, continue to be shared among IMVE adherents in New Zealand and abroad.”

    To implicate Muslims as being the greatest threat may highlight Dr Rainbow’s own biases, racist beliefs, and political agenda. These false narratives, that have recently been strongly pushed by the US and Israel, undermine social cohesion and lead to a rise in Islamophobia and anti-Palestinian racism.

    It is also deeply troubling that he has framed Muslim and Arab communities as potential sources of violent extremism while failing to acknowledge the very real and documented threats they have faced in Aotearoa.

    The Christchurch Mosque attacks — the most horrific act of mass violence in New Zealand’s modern history — were perpetrated not by Muslims, but against them, by an individual radicalised by white supremacist ideology.

    Chief Human Rights Commissioner Dr Stephen Rainbow
    Chief Human Rights Commissioner Dr Stephen Rainbow . . . “It is also deeply troubling that he has framed Muslim and Arab communities as potential sources of violent extremism while failing to acknowledge the very real and documented threats they have faced in Aotearoa.” Image: HRC

    Since that tragedy, there have been multiple threats made against mosques, Arab New Zealanders, and Palestinian communities, many of which have received insufficient public attention or institutional response.

    For a Human Rights Commissioner to overlook this context and effectively invert the victim-aggressor dynamic is not only factually inaccurate, but it also risks reinforcing harmful stereotypes and undermining the safety and dignity of communities who are already vulnerable.

    Such narratives are inconsistent with the Human Rights Commission’s mandate to protect all people in New Zealand from discrimination and hate.

    The dehumanisation of Muslims and Palestinians
    As part of Israel’s propaganda, anti-Muslim and Palestinian tropes are used to justify violence against Palestinians by framing us as barbaric, aggressive, and as a threat. We are dehumanised in order to normalise the harm they inflict on our communities which includes genocide, land theft, ethnic cleansing, apartheid policies, dispossession, and occupation.

    In October 2023, Dan Gillerman, a former Israeli Ambassador to the UN, described Palestinians as “horrible, inhuman animals” and was perplexed with the growing global concern for us.

    That same month Yoav Gallant, then Israeli Defence Minister, referred to Palestinians as “human animals” when he announced Israel’s illegal and horrific siege on Gaza that included blocking water, food, medicine, and shelter to an entire population, the majority of which are children.

    In making his own remarks about the Muslim community being a “threat” in New Zealand as a collective group, and labelling Palestinians being “barbaric”, Dr Stephen Rainbow has shattered the credibility of the Human Rights Commission. He has made it very clear that he is not impartial nor is he representing and protecting all communities.

    Instead, Dr Rainbow is exacerbating divisions within society. This is a worrying trend that we are witnessing around the world; the de-humanising of groups to serve political agendas, retain power, or seek public support for war crimes and crimes against humanity.

    Dr Rainbow’s appointment also points a spotlight onto this government’s commitment to neutrality and inclusiveness in its human rights policies. Allowing a high-ranking official to make discriminatory remarks undermines New Zealand’s commitment to the International Convention on the Elimination of All Forms of Racial Discrimination (ICERD) and the Universal Declaration of Human Rights.

    A high-ranking official should not be allowed to engage in Islamic and Palestinian racist rhetoric without consequence. The public should be questioning the morals, principles, and inclusivity of those currently in power. Our trust is being eroded.

    Dr Stephen Rainbow’s comments can also be seen as a breach of human rights principles, as he is supposed to uphold equality and non-discrimination. Yet his beliefs seem to be peppered with racism, often falsely based on religion, ethnicity, and race.

    Foreign influence in New Zealand
    This incident also shines accountability and concerns for foreign influence and propaganda seeping into New Zealand. The Israel Institute of New Zealand (IINZ) has published articles that some perceive as dehumanising toward Palestinians.

    In one article written by Dr Rainbow titled “With every chant Israel’s case grows stronger”, he says:

    “The Left has found a new underdog to replace the Jews — the Palestinians — in spite of the fact that the treatment of gay people, women, and political opponents wherever Palestinians have control is barbaric.”

    By publicising these comments, The Israel Institute of New Zealand signalled its support of these offensive and racist serotypes. Such statements risk reinforcing a narrative that portrays Palestinians as inherently violent, uncivilised, and unworthy of basic rights and dignity.

    This kind of rhetoric contributes to what many describe as anti-Arab and anti-Palestinian racism, and it warrants public scrutiny, especially when shared by organisations involved in shaping public discourse.

    Importantly, the NZSIS 2024 threat report stated that “Inflammatory and violent language online can target anyone, although most appears directed towards those from already marginalised minority communities, or those affected by globally significant conflicts or events, such as the Israel-Gaza conflict.”

    Other statements and reposts published online by the IINZ on their X account include:

    “Muslims are getting killed, is Israel involved? No. How many casualties? Under 100,00, who cares? Why is this even on the news? Over 100,000. Oh, that’s too bad, what’s for dinner?” (12 February 2024)

    “Fact. Gaza isn’t ‘ancestral Palestinian land’. We’ve been here long before them, and we’ll still be here long after the latest propaganda campaign.” (12 February 2024)

    Palestinian society was also described as being “a violent, terror-supporting, Jew-hating society with genocidal aspirations.” (16 February 2025)

    The “estimate of Hamas casualties, the civilian-to-combat death ratio could be as low as 1:1. This could be historically low for urban warfare.” (21 February 2025)

    “There has never been a country called Palestine.” (25 February 2025)

    Even showing a picture of Gaza before Israel’s bombing campaign with a caption saying, “Open air prison”. Next to it a picture of a completely destroyed Gaza with a caption that says “Victory.” (23 February 2025)

    “Palestinian society in Gaza is in my eyes little more than a death loving cult of murderers and criminals of the lowest kind.” (28 February 2025)

    Anti-Palestinian bias and racism
    Portraying Muslims and Palestinians as a threat and extremist reflects both Islamophobia and anti-Palestinian bias and potential racism. These statements risk dehumanising Palestinians and are typical of the settler colonial narrative used to erase indigenous populations by denying our history, identity and legal claim.

    The IINZ has published content that many see as mocking the deaths of Palestinian Muslims and Christians, which is not only ethically questionable but can be seen as a complete lack of empathy.

    And posting the horrific images of a completely destroyed Gaza, appears to revel in the suffering of others and contradicts basic ethical norms, such as decency and compassion.

    There also appears to be a common theme among pro-Israeli organisations, not just the IINZ, that cast negative connotations on our national symbols including our Palestinian flag and keffiyeh.

    In an article on the IINZ webpage, titled “A justified war”, they write “chorus of protesters wearing keffiyehs, waving their Palestinian and terrorist flags, and shouting about Israel’s alleged war crimes.”

    It seemingly places the Palestinian flag — an internationally recognised national symbol– alongside so-called “terrorist flags,” suggesting an equivalence between Palestinian identity and terrorism. Many view this language as dehumanising and inflammatory, erasing the legitimate national and cultural characteristics of Palestinians and feeding into harmful stereotypes.

    The Palestinian flag represents a people, their identity, and national aspirations.

    There is nothing wrong with our keffiyeh, it is part of our national dress. The negative connotations of Palestinian cultural symbols have to stop, including vilifying other MPs or supporters who wear it in solidarity.

    This is happening all too often in New Zealand and must be called out and addressed. Our keffiyeh is not just a scarf — it is a symbol of our Palestinian identity, our resistance, and our rich, historic and deeply rooted cultural heritage.

    Pro-Israeli groups attack it because they aim to delegitimise Palestinian identity and resistance by associating it with violence, terrorism, or extremism.

    In 2024, ISESCO and UNESCO both recognised the keffiyeh as an essential part of their Intangible Cultural Heritage lists as a way of safeguarding Palestinian cultural heritage and reinforcing its historical and symbolic importance.

    As a safeguarded cultural artifact, much like indigenous dress and other traditional attire, attempts to ban or demonize it are acts of cultural erasure and need to be called out as such and dealt with accordingly.

    In the same IINZ article titled “A Justified War”, the authors present arguments that appear to defend Israel’s military actions in Gaza, including the targeting of civilians.

    Many within the community (most of us have been affected), including survivors and those with direct ties to the region, have found the article deeply distressing and feel that it lacks compassion for the victims of the ongoing violence, and the framing and tone of the piece have raised serious ethical concerns, especially as some statements are factually incorrect.

    The New Zealand Palestinian communities affected by this unimaginable genocide are suffering. Our family members are being killed and are at threat daily from Israel’s aggression and illegal war.

    Unfortunately, much rhetoric from this organisation aligns with Israeli state narratives and includes statements that some view as racist or immoral, warranting further scrutiny from the government.

    There is growing public concern over the association of Human Rights Commissioner Dr Stephen Rainbow with the IINZ, which promotes itself as a research and advocacy body.

    A Human Rights Commissioner requires neutrality and a commitment to protecting all communities from discrimination; aligning with Israel and publishing harmful rhetoric may lead to bias in policy decisions and discrimination.

    It is also important to remember that we are not a monolithic group. Christian Palestinians exist (I am one) as well as Muslim and historically Jewish Palestinians. Christian communities have lived in Palestine for two thousand years.

    This is also not a religious conflict, as many pro-Israeli groups wish the world to believe, and it is not complex. It is one of colonialism, dispossession, and human rights. A history that New Zealand is all too familiar with.

    "A Human Rights Commissioner requires neutrality and a commitment to protecting all communities from discrimination"
    “A Human Rights Commissioner requires neutrality and a commitment to protecting all communities from discrimination; aligning with Israel and publishing harmful rhetoric may lead to bias in policy decisions and discrimination.” Image: HRC screenshot APR

    The need for accountability
    Justice Minister Paul Goldsmith’s inaction and disrespectful response, claiming that a staunchly pro-Israeli supporter can be impartial and will be “very careful” from now on, hints that he may also support some forms of racism, in this case against Muslims and Palestinians.

    Justice Minister Paul Goldsmith
    Justice Minister Paul Goldsmith . . . “There needs to be accountability for Goldsmith. Why has he not removed Dr Rainbow from office and acted appropriately?” Image: NZ Parliament

    You cannot address only some groups who are discriminated against but then ignore others, or accept excuses for racist, intolerable actions or statements. This is not justice.

    This is the application of selective principles, enforced and underpinned by political agendas, foreign influence, and racism. Does Goldsmith understand that justice is as much about human rights, fairness and accountability as it is about laws?

    Without accountability, there is no justice at all, or perhaps he too is confused or uncertain about his role, as much as Dr Rainbow seems oblivious to his?

    There needs to be accountability for Goldsmith. Why has he not removed Dr Rainbow from office and acted appropriately? If Dr Rainbow had said that Jews were the biggest threat to Muslims or that Israelis were the biggest threat to Palestinians, would this government and Goldsmith have sat back and said, “he didn’t mean it, it was a mistake, and he has apologised”?

    Questions New Zealanders should be asking are, what kind of Human Rights Commissioner speaks of entire peoples this way? What kind of minister, like Paul Goldsmith, looks at that and does very little?

    What kind of Government claims to champion justice, while turning a blind eye to genocide? This is betraying the very idea of human rights itself.

    Although we are a small country here in New Zealand, we have remained strong by upholding and standing by our principles. We said no to apartheid in South Africa. We said no to nuclear weapons in the Pacific. We said no to the invasion of Iraq in 2003.

    And we must now say no to dehumanisation — anywhere. Are we a nation that upholds justice or do we sit on the sidelines while the darkest times in modern history envelopes us all?

    The attacks against Palestinians, Arabs and Muslims must stop. We have already faced horrific acts of violence against us here in New Zealand and currently in Palestine. We need support and humanity, not dehumanisation, demonisation and cruelty. This is not what New Zealand is about, we must do better together.

    There needs to be a formal enquiry and policy review to see if structural biases exist in New Zealand’s Human Rights institutions. This should also be done across some government bodies, including the Ministry of Education and Immigration NZ, to determine if there has been discrimination or inequality in the handling of humanitarian visas and how the Education Ministry has handled the complaints of anti-Palestinian discrimination at schools.

    Communities have particular concern at how the curriculum in many schools deals with the creation of the state of Israel but is silent on Palestinian history.

    Public figures should be held to a higher standard, with consequences for spreading racially charged rhetoric.

    The Human Rights Commission needs to rebuild trust in our multicultural New Zealand society. The only way this can be done is through fair and just measures that include enforcement of anti-discrimination laws, true inclusivity and action when there is an absence of these.

    We are living in a moment where silence is complicity. Where apathy is betrayal.

    This is a test of whether New Zealand, Minister Goldsmith and this government truly uphold human rights for all, or only for some.

    Katrina Mitchell-Kouttab is a New Zealand Palestinian advocate and writer.


    This content originally appeared on Asia Pacific Report and was authored by APR editor.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2025/04/14/new-zealands-humanity-does-it-include-all-of-us-or-only-for-some/feed/ 0 525562
    New technologies are helping to regrow Arctic sea ice https://grist.org/climate/new-technologies-are-helping-to-regrow-arctic-sea-ice/ https://grist.org/climate/new-technologies-are-helping-to-regrow-arctic-sea-ice/#respond Mon, 14 Apr 2025 08:45:00 +0000 https://grist.org/?p=662757 In the dim twilight of an Arctic winter’s day, with the low sun stretching its orange fingers across the frozen sea, a group of researchers drill a hole through the ice and insert a hydrogen-powered pump. It looks unremarkable — a piece of pipe protruding from a metal cylinder — but it holds many hopes for protecting this landscape. Soon, it is sucking up seawater from below and spewing it onto the surface, flooding the area with a thin layer of water. Overnight this water will freeze, thickening what’s already there. 

    The hope is that the more robust the ice, the less likely it will be to disappear in the warm summer months. 

    Since 1979, when satellite records began, Arctic temperatures have risen nearly four times faster than the global average. Sea ice extent has decreased by about 40 percent, and the oldest and thickest ice has declined by a worrying 95 percent. What’s more, scientists recently estimated that as temperatures continue to climb, the Arctic’s first ice-free day could occur before 2030, in just five years’ time. 

    NASA

    The researchers are from Real Ice, a United Kingdom-based nonprofit on a mission to preserve this dwindling landscape. Their initial work has shown that pumping just 10 inches of ocean water on top of the ice also boosts growth from the bottom, thickening it by another 20 inches. This is because the flooding process removes the insulating snow layer, enabling more water to freeze. When the process is done, the patch of ice measured up to 80 inches thick — equal to the lower range of older, multi-year ice in the Arctic. “If that is proved to be true on a larger scale, we will show that with relatively little energy we can actually make a big gain through the winter,” said Andrea Ceccolini, co-CEO of Real Ice. Ceccolini and Cian Sherwin, his partner CEO, ultimately hope to develop an underwater drone that could swim between locations, detecting the thickness of the ice, pumping up water as necessary, then refueling and moving on to the next spot. 

    This winter, they carried out their largest field test yet: comparing the impact of eight pumps across nearly half a square mile off the coast of Cambridge Bay, a small town in the Kitikmeot Region of Nunavut, part of the Canadian Arctic. They now wait until June for the results.

    During a January 2024 field test, a hydrogen-powered pump sucks water from Cambridge Bay, Canada and spews it onto the surface. The water will freeze and thicken the existing ice. Video courtesy of Real Ice

    Their work is at the heart of a debate about how we mitigate the damage caused by global warming, and whether climate interventions such as this will cause more harm than good. 

    Loss of sea ice has consequences far beyond the Arctic. Today, the vast white expanse of this ice reflects 80 percent of the sun’s energy back into space. Without it, the dark open ocean will absorb this heat, further warming the planet. According to the Scripps Institution of Oceanography at the University of California, San Diego, if our sea ice disappears entirely, it will add the equivalent warming of 25 years of carbon dioxide emissions. There are also huge implications for our weather patterns: Diminishing sea ice is already changing ocean currents, increasing storms, and sending warmer, drier air to California, causing increased wildfires. Within the Arctic, loss of ice means loss of habitat and food security for the animals, microorganisms, and Indigenous communities that depend on it.

    “Personally I’m terrified,” said Talia Maksagak, Executive Director of the Kitikmeot Chamber of Commerce, about the changing sea ice. It’s freezing later and thinner each year, affecting her community’s ability to travel between islands. “People go missing, people are travelling and they fall through the ice,” she continues. They also rely on the ice for hunting, fishing, and harvests of wild caribou or musk ox, who migrate across the frozen ocean twice a year — although they, too, are increasingly falling through the thin ice and drowning

    Maksagak has been instrumental in helping Real Ice to consult with the local community about their research, and she is supportive of their work. “If Real Ice comes up with this genius plan to continue the ice freeze longer, I think that would be very beneficial for future generations.”

    Researchers get ready to connect their pump system to the hydrogen battery that powers it. Real Ice

    There are still many questions around the feasibility of Real Ice’s plan, both for critics and the Real Ice researchers themselves. First, they need to establish if the principle works scientifically — that the ice they’ve thickened does last longer, counteracting the speed of global warming’s impact on the region. At worst, adding salty seawater could potentially cause the ice to melt more quickly in the summer. But results from last year’s research suggest not: When testing its pilot ice three months later, Real Ice found its salinity was within normal bounds.

    If all goes well with this year’s tests, the next step will be an independent environmental risk assessment. Noise is one concern. According to WWF, industrial underwater noise significantly alters the behaviour of marine mammals, especially whales. Similarly, blue cod lay their eggs under the ice, algae grows on it, and larger mammals and birds migrate across it. How will they be impacted by Real Ice’s water pumps? “These are all questions that we need to ask,” said Shaun Fitzgerald, Director of the Center for Climate Repair at Cambridge University, which has partnered with Real Ice, “and they all need to be addressed before we can start evaluating whether or not we think this is a good idea.” 

    Fitzgerald predicts four more years of research are needed before the nonprofit can properly recommend the technology. For now, the Nunavut Impact Review Board, Nunavut’s environmental assessment agency, has deemed Real Ice’s research sites to cause no significant impact

    New ice forms on the surface of Cambridge Bay, Canada. Real Ice

    But critics of the idea argue the process won’t scale. “The numbers just don’t stack up,” said Martin Siegert, a British glaciologist and former co-chair of the Grantham Institute for Climate Change. He pointed to the size of the Arctic — 3.9 million square miles of sea ice on average — and how many pumps would likely be needed to freeze even 10 percent of that. More importantly, who is going to pay for it?

    Ceccolini is undaunted by the first question. Their technology is not complicated — “it’s technology from 50 years ago, we just need to assemble it in a new way” — and would cost an estimated $5,000 per autonomous pump. Their models predict that 500,000 pumps could rethicken about 386,000 square miles of sea ice each year, or an area half the size of Alaska. Assuming the thicker ice lasts several years, and by targeting different areas annually, Ceccolini estimates the technology could maintain the current summer sea ice levels of around 1.63 million square miles. “We’ve done much bigger things in humanity, much more complex than this,” he said.  

    As for who pays, that’s less clear. One idea is a global fund similar to what’s been proposed for tropical rainforests, where if a resource is globally beneficial, like the Amazon or the Arctic, then an international community contributes to its protection. Another idea is ‘cooling credits’, where organizations can pay for a certain amount of ice to be frozen as an offset against global warming. These are a controversial idea started by the California-based, geoengineering start-up Make Sunsets, which believes that stratospheric aerosol injections — releasing reflective particles high into the earth’s atmosphere — is another way to cool the planet. However its research comes with many risks and unknowns that has the scientific community worried, and has even been banned in Mexico. Meanwhile faith in the credits system has been undermined in recent years, with several investigations revealing a lack of integrity in the carbon credits industry. 

    A researcher looks out from a field site tent onto Cambridge Bay, Canada, where Real Ice ran back-to-back tests in 2024 and 2025. Real Ice

    Panganga Pungowiyi, climate geoengineering organizer for the Indigenous Environmental Network, a nonprofit for environmental and economic justice issues, is vehemently against cooling and carbon credits in principle, explaining that they are “totally against our [Indigenous] value system.” She explained that, “it’s essentially helping the fossil fuel industry escape accountability and cause harm in other Indigenous communities — more pain, more lung disease, more cancer.” 

    This gets to the heart of the debate — not whether a solution like this can be done, but whether it should be done. Inuit opinion is divided. Whilst Maksagak is supportive of Real Ice, Pungowiyi says the technology doesn’t align with Indigenous values, and is concerned about the potential harms of scaling it. In addition to the environmental concerns, Pungowiyi notes that new infrastructure in the Arctic has historically also brought outsiders, often men, and an increase of physical and sexual assault on Indigenous women, many who end up missing or murdered. Ceccolini and Sherwin are aware of such risks and they are clear that any scaling of their technology would be done in partnership with the local community. They hope the project will eventually be Indigenous-run.

    Scientists use augers to drill through Arctic ice to install the pumps. They do this work in the winter, with the hope that the thickened ice lasts longer during summer months. Real Ice

    “We don’t want to repeat the kind of mistakes that have been made by Western researchers and organizations in the past,” said Sherwin. 

    Real Ice is not the only company that wants to protect the Arctic. Arctic Reflections, a Dutch company, is conducting similar ice thickening research in Svalbard; the Arctic Ice Project is assessing if glass beads spread over the ice can increase its reflectivity and protect it from melting; and engineer Hugh Hunt’s Marine Cloud Brightening initiative aims to increase the reflectivity of clouds through sprayed particles of sea salt as a way to protect the ice.

    “I think these ideas are getting far too much prominence in relation to their credibility and maturity,” said Seigert, referring to conversations about Arctic preservation at annual United Nations climate change meetings, known as COP, and the World Economic Forum. It is not only that these technologies are currently unproven, Seigert noted, but that people are already making policy decisions based on their success. It’s an argument known as ‘moral hazard’ — the idea that developing climate engineering technologies will reduce people’s desire to cut emissions. “This is like a gift to the fossil fuel companies,” he said, allowing them to continue using oil, gas, and coal without change. “We have the way forward, decarbonization, and we need every effort to make that happen. Any distraction away from that is a problem.” 

    Freshly pumped seawater freezes to form layers of new ice in Cambridge Bay. Real Ice

    “It’s a strong argument,” agreed Fitzgerald, of Cambridge University, when asked about moral hazard. “I am concerned about it. It’s the one thing that probably does cause me to have sleepless nights. However, we need to look at the lesser of two evils, the risk of not doing this research.” 

    Or as Sherwin said: “What is the cost of inaction?”

    Those in support of climate intervention strategies stress that although decarbonization is vital it’s moving too slowly, and there is a lack of political will. Technologies like those being developed by Real Ice could buy ourselves more time. Paul Beckwith, a climate system analyst from the University of Ottawa, espouts a three-pronged approach: eliminating fossil fuels, removing carbon dioxide from the atmosphere, and protecting the Arctic. 

    “It should be less a conversation of one over the other and more how we run all three pillars at the same time,” said Sherwin. “Unfortunately we’re in a position now where if we don’t protect and restore ecosystems, we will face collapse.”

    This story was originally published by Grist with the headline New technologies are helping to regrow Arctic sea ice on Apr 14, 2025.


    This content originally appeared on Grist and was authored by Matilda Hay.

    ]]>
    https://grist.org/climate/new-technologies-are-helping-to-regrow-arctic-sea-ice/feed/ 0 525536
    Is 2025 the New 1984? https://www.radiofree.org/2025/04/14/is-2025-the-new-1984/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/04/14/is-2025-the-new-1984/#respond Mon, 14 Apr 2025 05:52:48 +0000 https://www.counterpunch.org/?p=360536 Most of us can remember at least a few troubling scenes from George Orwell’s dystopian novel 1984: the mandatory love demanded for the spectral dictator Big Brother; the malleability of facts at the Ministry of Truth; or the ruling party’s memorably grim slogans, “War is Peace, Freedom is Slavery.” But for me, the most disturbing image of all More

    The post Is 2025 the New 1984? appeared first on CounterPunch.org.

    ]]>

    Image by Markus Spiske.

    Most of us can remember at least a few troubling scenes from George Orwell’s dystopian novel 1984: the mandatory love demanded for the spectral dictator Big Brother; the malleability of facts at the Ministry of Truth; or the ruling party’s memorably grim slogans, “War is Peace, Freedom is Slavery.” But for me, the most disturbing image of all — and I first read the book in high school — was the “Two Minutes Hate,” aroused among the public by threatening images on giant video screens.

    Within just 30 seconds, Orwell wrote, “a hideous ecstasy of fear and vindictiveness, a desire to kill, to torture, to smash faces in with a sledgehammer, seemed to flow through the whole group of people like an electric current, turning one even against one’s will into a grimacing, screaming lunatic.” As those moments of hate continued, what appeared was “the figure of a Eurasian soldier who seemed to be advancing, huge and terrible, his sub-machine gun roaring, and seeming to spring out of the surface of the screen, so that some of the people in the front row actually flinched out of their seats.”

    Finally, as “row after row of solid-looking men with expressionless Asiatic faces… swam up to the screen” and brought those two minutes of Hate to their terrifying climax, the face of Big Brother appeared “full of power and mysterious calm,” prompting spectators to shout, “My Saviour!,” and to break into “a deep, slow, rhythmical chant of ‘B-B!… B-B!’ — over and over.”

    For, as Orwell explained, those people of Oceania were “at war with Eurasia and in alliance with Eastasia.” Officially, “Oceania had always been at war with Eurasia,” which “represented absolute evil.” Yet through some quirk of memory, the novel’s hero Winston “well knew, it was only four years since Oceania had been at war with Eastasia and in alliance with Eurasia.”

    That was, in some fashion, Orwell’s ultimate horror: a world divided into three great continental blocs, with humanity held in thrall to omnipotent leaders like Big Brother through endless wars against an ever-changing enemy. Even though he published1984 nearly 80 years ago in 1948, just two years before he died, more than three quarters of a century later, in the age of President Donald Trump, his fictional fantasy is fast becoming an unsettling simulacrum of our current geopolitical reality and that couldn’t be eerier (at least to me).

    A Tricontinental Strategy

    Amid a torrent of confusing, often contradictory foreign policy pronouncements pouring forth almost daily from the Trump White House, the overall design of his de facto geopolitical strategy has taken shape with surprising speed. Instead of maintaining mutual-security alliances like NATO, President Trump seems to prefer a globe divided into three major regional blocs, each headed by an empowered leader like himself — with Russia dominating its European periphery, China paramount in Asia, and the United States controlling, in a version of fortress America, all of North America (including, of course, the Panama Canal). Reflecting what his defense secretary called a “loathing of European freeloading” and his administration’s visceral disdain for the European Union, Trump is pursuing that tricontinental strategy at the expense of the traditional trans-Atlantic alliance, embodied by NATO, that has been the foundation for American foreign policy since the start of the Cold War.

    Trump’s desire for ultimate continental hegemony lends a certain geopolitical logic to his otherwise seemingly off-the-wall, quixotic overtures to claim Greenland as part of the United States, reclaim the Panama Canal, and make Canada “the 51st state.” On his sixth day in office, President Trump told reporters aboard Air Force One, “I think Greenland will be worked out with us. I think we’re going to have it.” He then added, “I don’t know really what claim Denmark has to it. But it would be a very unfriendly act if they didn’t allow that to happen because it’s for protection of the free world.” After Vice President J.D. Vance made a flying visit to a remote U.S. military base in Greenland and claimed its people “ultimately will partner with the United States,” Trump insisted that he would never take military force “off the table” when it came to claiming the largest island on this planet.

    Turning to his northern neighbor, Trump has repeatedly insisted that U.S. statehood would mean “the people of Canada would pay a much lower tax…They would have no military problems.” During his first weeks in office, he imposed a 25% duty on all imports from Canada and Mexico, which was quickly followed by a blizzard of similar tariffs that instantly sparked multiple trade wars with once-close allies. In response, Justin Trudeau, then Canada’s prime minister, whom Trump was already referring to as “governor” (as in the head of that 51st state), charged in an emotional speech that the American president wants “to see a total collapse of the Canadian economy, because that’ll make it easier to annex us.”

    In his inaugural address last January, President Trump also complained that “the Panama Canal… has foolishly been given to the country of Panama after the United States… spent more money than ever spent on a project before and lost 38,000 lives in the building of the Panama Canal.” He added that “we have been treated very badly from this foolish gift that should have never been made, and Panama’s promise to us has been broken… And above all, China is operating the Panama Canal.  And we didn’t give it to China.” To a burst of applause, he insisted, “We gave it to Panama, and we’re taking it back.” No surprise then that, on his very first trip as secretary of state, Marco Rubio stormed into Panama City where he pressured its president, José Raúl Mulino, to placate Trump by withdrawing from Beijing’s global Belt and Road Initiative.

    In its totality, Trump’s vision is of a continental Fortress America, formed by annexing the northern lands of Canada and Greenland, while sealing off Mexico for ethnic reasons as a separate but subordinate state. Then, sweeping aside what had long been a U.S. reliance on global multilateral defense pacts and, with the country’s Arctic approaches under its control, the administration would draw a defensive frontier around Greenland and through the North Atlantic Ocean, secure the Panama Canal as a southern bastion, and maintain military control over the entire Pacific Ocean. Every major component of such a strategy would, of course, be laden with the potential for conflict, particularly the administration’s plans for the Pacific, where the U.S. faces a continuing challenge from China.

    Demolishing a World Order

    Following his second inauguration in January 2025, President Trump has pursued this distinctive tricontinental strategy by working with remarkable speed to demolish the institutional pillars of the “rules-based international order” the U.S. had supported and tried to advance since the end of World War II. Standing in the Rose Garden on his April 2nd “liberation day,” Trump proclaimed a roster of tariffs reaching as high as 49% that, said Foreign Policy magazine, “will shatter the world economy” the U.S. has built since 1945, while the respected Economist observed that it “heralds America’s total abandonment of the world trading order.” After calling the United States Agency for International Development (USAID) “corrupt” and falsely claiming that he had “stopped $50 million being sent to Gaza to buy condoms for Hamas,” Trump abolished just about all the global humanitarian initiatives of that agency. He cut 5,800 programs that provided food rations for a million Rohingya refugees in Bangladesh, malaria prevention for 53 million people globally, and polio immunization for millions of children worldwide, among all too many other things. In a further flurry of executive orders, he also shut down the global broadcaster Voice of America, spuriously claiming that it was “radical” (though a judge has, for now, stopped that shutdown process), withdrew from the World Health Organization (WHO), and quit the Paris climate accords for a second time. Apart from the harm inflicted on poor communities across three continents, the closure of most USAID programs has crippled the key instrument of America’s “soft power,” ceding China the role as prime development partner in at least 40 countries worldwide.

    In junking that Paris climate agreement, Trump has ensured that the U.S. would abdicate any leadership role when it comes to the most consequential issue facing the international community, climate change and the potential devastation of the planet. In the process, he has left a void that China may readily fill by offering stable world climate leadership in contrast to the “aggressive unilateralism” of Trump’s “drill, baby, drill” second term.

    Reflecting his aversion to multilateral alliances, Trump’s first major foreign policy initiative was a unilateral attempt to negotiate an end to the Russia-Ukraine war. On February 12th, he launched peace talks through what he called a “lengthy and highly productive” phone call with Russian President Vladimir Putin, agreeing that “our respective teams start negotiations immediately.” By month’s end, tensions from that tilt toward Moscow had culminated in a televised Oval Office meeting in which Trump berated Ukrainian President Volodymyr Zelensky, saying, “You’re either going to make a deal or we’re out, and if we’re out, you’ll fight it out. I don’t think it’s going to be pretty.”

    That unilateral approach not only weakened Ukraine’s ability to defend itself, but also disregarded and even degraded NATO, which had, for the past three years, expanded its membership and military capacity by supporting Ukraine’s resistance to Russia’s invasion. Recoiling from the “initial shock” of that utterly unprecedented breach, Europeans quickly appropriated $160 billion to begin reinforcing their own arms industry in collaboration with both Canada (not eager to become the 51st state) and Ukraine, thereby aiming in the future to reduce their dependence on American weaponry. If his administration does not formally withdraw from NATO, Trump’s ongoing hostility, particularly toward its crucial mutual-defense clause, may yet serve to weaken if not eviscerate the alliance — even as, recently, Trump has also gotten “very angry” and “pissed off” at Russian President Vladimir Putin for not responding effusively enough to his gestures. Consider that an indication that American relations across much of Eurasia could soon prove all too unpredictably chaotic.

    Fighting for the Pacific Penumbra

    In the Asia-Pacific region, Trump’s new global strategy is already straining longstanding U.S. alliances. At the start of his second term, the American presence there rested on three sets of mutual-defense pacts: the AUKUS entente with Australia and Britain, the Quadrilateral Security Dialogue (with Australia, India, and Japan), and a chain of bilateral defense agreements stretching along the Pacific littoral from Japan to the Philippines. However, Trump’s disdain for military alliances, his penchant for abusing allies, and his imposition of ever more punitive tariffs on the exports of all too many of those allies will undoubtedly only weaken such ties and so American power in the region.

    Although his first administration famously waged a trade war with Beijing, Trump’s attitude toward the island of Taiwan has been ambiguous. “I think Taiwan should pay us for defense,” he said last June during the presidential campaign, adding, “You know, we’re no different than an insurance company.” Once in office, however, his defense secretary, Pete Hegseth, issued an interim strategic guidance stating that “denial of a Chinese fait accompli seizure of Taiwan… is the Department’s sole pacing scenario,” requiring that the U.S. shift some of its forces from Europe to Asia. In similar signs of a commitment to that island, the administration has noisily raised tariffs and technology controls on China, while quietly releasing $870 million in military aid for Taiwan. Should Beijing indeed attack Taiwan outright or, as appears more probable in the future, impose a crippling economic blockade on the island, Trump could find himself faced with a difficult choice between a strategic retreat or a devastating war with China.

    However it might happen, the loss of that island would break the U.S. position along the Pacific littoral, possibly pushing its naval forces back to a “second island chain” running from Japan to Guam, a major blow to America’s geopolitical position in the region. In short, even within Trump’s tricontinental strategy, the Western Pacific will remain at best a contested terrain between Beijing and Washington, fraught with the possibility of armed conflict in that continuing great-power rivalry, and war will remain a grim possibility.

    A Residue of Ruin

    With little chance of success, Trump’s attempt at a grand Fortress America strategy will likely leave a residue of ruin — corroding American global power, compromising the current world order, and harming countless millions worldwide who once benefitted from this country’s humanitarian aid. His attempt at consolidating control over North America has already encountered determined resistance in Ottawa, which responded to him with a strong bid to join Europe’s accelerated development of its own defense industries.

    While the Trump administration’s aversion to formal alliances and its imposition of protective tariffs will likely weaken diplomatic ties to traditional allies in Asia and Europe, both China and Russia are likely to gain greater influence in their respective regions. From a strategic perspective, this start of a staged U.S. retreat from its military bastions at the antipodes of Eurasia in Western Europe and eastern Asia will weaken its longstanding influence over that vast landmass, which remains the epicenter of geopolitical power globally. With its military alliances compromised and its trade relations roiled by tariff wars, Washington’s international influence will, in all probability, be significantly reduced (or worse) by the end of Trump’s second term in 2029.

    In the meantime, as he takes Americans on his own version of a succession of Two Minute Hates — of freeloading Europeans, prevaricating Panamanians, vile Venezuelans, Black South Africans, corrupt humanitarians, illegal immigrants, and lazy Federal workers — count on one thing: he’s leading us on a path eerily reminiscent of 1984. Unless, of course, like Orwell’s hero Winston, all too many of us somehow come to love Big Brother and so set aside our musty old Constitution and take Donald Trump’s often-repeated hints to elect him to a third term on a planet plunging headlong into a tempest of armed conflict, commercial chaos, and climate change.

    This piece first appeared on TomDispatch.

    The post Is 2025 the New 1984? appeared first on CounterPunch.org.


    This content originally appeared on CounterPunch.org and was authored by Alfred W. McCoy.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2025/04/14/is-2025-the-new-1984/feed/ 0 525501
    Fresh details emerge on Australia’s new climate migration visa for Tuvalu residents https://www.radiofree.org/2025/04/13/fresh-details-emerge-on-australias-new-climate-migration-visa-for-tuvalu-residents/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/04/13/fresh-details-emerge-on-australias-new-climate-migration-visa-for-tuvalu-residents/#respond Sun, 13 Apr 2025 11:10:23 +0000 https://asiapacificreport.nz/?p=113167 ANALYSIS: By Jane McAdam, UNSW Sydney

    The details of a new visa enabling Tuvaluan citizens to permanently migrate to Australia were released this week.

    The visa was created as part of a bilateral treaty Australia and Tuvalu signed in late 2023, which aims to protect the two countries’ shared interests in security, prosperity and stability, especially given the “existential threat posed by climate change”.

    The Australia–Tuvalu Falepili Union, as it is known, is the world’s first bilateral agreement to create a special visa like this in the context of climate change.

    Here’s what we know so far about why this special visa exists and how it will work.

    Why is this migration avenue important?
    The impacts of climate change are already contributing to displacement and migration around the world.

    As a low-lying atoll nation, Tuvalu is particularly exposed to rising sea levels, storm surges and coastal erosion.

    As Pacific leaders declared in a world-first regional framework on climate mobility in 2023, rights-based migration can “help people to move safely and on their own terms in the context of climate change.”

    And enhanced migration opportunities have clearly made a huge difference to development challenges in the Pacific, allowing people to access education and work and send money back home.

    As international development expert Professor Stephen Howes put it,

    Countries with greater migration opportunities in the Pacific generally do better.

    While Australia has a history of labour mobility schemes for Pacific peoples, this will not provide opportunities for everyone.

    Despite perennial calls for migration or relocation opportunities in the face of climate change, this is the first Australian visa to respond.

    How does the new visa work?
    The visa will enable up to 280 people from Tuvalu to move to Australia each year.

    On arrival in Australia, visa holders will receive, among other things, immediate access to:

    • education (at the same subsidisation as Australian citizens)
    • Medicare
    • the National Disability Insurance Scheme (NDIS)
    • family tax benefit
    • childcare subsidy
    • youth allowance.

    They will also have “freedom for unlimited travel” to and from Australia.

    This is rare. Normally, unlimited travel is capped at five years.

    According to some experts, these arrangements now mean Tuvalu has the “second closest migration relationship with Australia after New Zealand”.

    Reading the fine print
    The technical name of the visa is Subclass 192 (Pacific Engagement).

    The details of the visa, released this week, reveal some curiosities.

    First, it has been incorporated into the existing Pacific Engagement Visa category (subclass 192) rather than designed as a standalone visa.

    Presumably, this was a pragmatic decision to expedite its creation and overcome the significant costs of establishing a wholly new visa category.

    But unlike the Pacific Engagement Visa — a different, earlier visa, which is contingent on applicants having a job offer in Australia — this new visa is not employment-dependent.

    Secondly, the new visa does not specifically mention Tuvalu.

    This would make it simpler to extend it to other Pacific countries in the future.

    Who can apply, and how?

    To apply, eligible people must first register their interest for the visa online. Then, they must be selected through a random computer ballot to apply.

    The primary applicant must:

    • be at least 18 years of age
    • hold a Tuvaluan passport, and
    • have been born in Tuvalu — or had a parent or a grandparent born there.

    People with New Zealand citizenship cannot apply. Nor can anyone whose Tuvaluan citizenship was obtained through investment in the country.

    This indicates the underlying humanitarian nature of the visa; people with comparable opportunities in New Zealand or elsewhere are ineligible to apply for it.

    Applicants must also satisfy certain health and character requirements.

    Strikingly, the visa is open to those “with disabilities, special needs and chronic health conditions”. This is often a bar to acquiring an Australian visa.

    And the new visa isn’t contingent on people showing they face risks from the adverse impacts of climate change and disasters, even though climate change formed the backdrop to the scheme’s creation.

    Settlement support is crucial
    With the first visa holders expected to arrive later this year, questions remain about how well supported they will be.

    The Explanatory Memorandum to the treaty says:

    Australia would provide support for applicants to find work and to the growing Tuvaluan diaspora in Australia to maintain connection to culture and improve settlement outcomes.

    That’s promising, but it’s not yet clear how this will be done.

    A heavy burden often falls on diaspora communities to assist newcomers.

    For this scheme to work, there must be government investment over the immediate and longer-term to give people the best prospects of thriving.

    Drawing on experiences from refugee settlement, and from comparative experiences in New Zealand with respect to Pacific communities, will be instructive.

    Extensive and ongoing community consultation is also needed with Tuvalu and with the Tuvalu diaspora in Australia. This includes involving these communities in reviewing the scheme over time.The Conversation

    Dr Jane McAdam is Scientia professor and ARC laureate fellow, Kaldor Centre for International Refugee Law, UNSW Sydney. This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons licence. Read the original article.


    This content originally appeared on Asia Pacific Report and was authored by APR editor.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2025/04/13/fresh-details-emerge-on-australias-new-climate-migration-visa-for-tuvalu-residents/feed/ 0 525452
    "The Teacher": Director Farah Nabulsi and Actor Saleh Bakri on New Film Based in Occupied West Bank https://www.radiofree.org/2025/04/11/the-teacher-director-farah-nabulsi-and-actor-saleh-bakri-on-new-film-based-in-occupied-west-bank-2/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/04/11/the-teacher-director-farah-nabulsi-and-actor-saleh-bakri-on-new-film-based-in-occupied-west-bank-2/#respond Fri, 11 Apr 2025 14:53:30 +0000 http://www.radiofree.org/?guid=3e441ddd59550a8e3c5f44ba128dbbec
    This content originally appeared on Democracy Now! and was authored by Democracy Now!.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2025/04/11/the-teacher-director-farah-nabulsi-and-actor-saleh-bakri-on-new-film-based-in-occupied-west-bank-2/feed/ 0 525194
    “The Teacher”: Director Farah Nabulsi and Actor Saleh Bakri on New Film Based in Occupied West Bank https://www.radiofree.org/2025/04/11/the-teacher-director-farah-nabulsi-and-actor-saleh-bakri-on-new-film-based-in-occupied-west-bank/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/04/11/the-teacher-director-farah-nabulsi-and-actor-saleh-bakri-on-new-film-based-in-occupied-west-bank/#respond Fri, 11 Apr 2025 12:41:25 +0000 http://www.radiofree.org/?guid=b56be99739a7146c3bed82a0644b3249 Trifoldsplit

    A feature film about life in the occupied West Bank, The Teacher, opens in New York tonight and in theaters across the U.S. next week. The film, which is inspired by true events, centers a Palestinian schoolteacher who struggles to reconcile his commitment to political resistance with supporting his student. “It’s a fiction narrative, this film, but it is deeply, deeply rooted in reality,” says Farah Nabulsi, director of The Teacher, which is partially based on the 2011 prisoner exchange deal between Hamas and Israel, in which one Israeli soldier was exchanged for over 1,000 Palestinian prisoners. Nabulsi and Saleh Bakri, the acclaimed Palestinian actor who stars in The Teacher, speak to Democracy Now! about the resonance of the film in the midst of Israel’s genocide in Gaza. “The occupation wants us separated,” Bakri says. “I want to dismantle these checkpoints … I dream of Palestinians coming together again.”


    This content originally appeared on Democracy Now! and was authored by Democracy Now!.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2025/04/11/the-teacher-director-farah-nabulsi-and-actor-saleh-bakri-on-new-film-based-in-occupied-west-bank/feed/ 0 525183
    Poetic Interventions: Martín Espada’s New Collection and the Fight Against Fascism https://www.radiofree.org/2025/04/11/poetic-interventions-martin-espadas-new-collection-and-the-fight-against-fascism/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/04/11/poetic-interventions-martin-espadas-new-collection-and-the-fight-against-fascism/#respond Fri, 11 Apr 2025 05:48:34 +0000 https://www.counterpunch.org/?p=360318 One of the late Jacques Derrida’s most useful exercises in linguistic play was to hyphenate “represent.” The word that appears after the alteration, “re-present,” offers transformed definition and application. To re-present something, especially a memory, is to present it anew, but also to mark, mangle, and manufacture a different present. The present now, which is More

    The post Poetic Interventions: Martín Espada’s New Collection and the Fight Against Fascism appeared first on CounterPunch.org.

    ]]>
    One of the late Jacques Derrida’s most useful exercises in linguistic play was to hyphenate “represent.” The word that appears after the alteration, “re-present,” offers transformed definition and application. To re-present something, especially a memory, is to present it anew, but also to mark, mangle, and manufacture a different present. The present now, which is forever fleeting – already vanished at the instant that we can acknowledge it, moves according to the meaning and implications of the presentation. To “re-present” is to save memory from nostalgia. It is to promise life after death.

    Martín Espada, one of America’s most brilliant and courageous poets, is in the resurrection business. His poetry consistently seeks to resuscitate the lost, whether it is lost people, lost values, or lost hope of a flawed and fragile democracy. In one of the many beautiful poems for his father, he makes the plea, “Haunt me.” “I welcome the ghosts. I invite them in,” Espada once told me during an interview. With his new collection, Jailbreak of Sparrows, the poet assembles a gang of ghosts, re-presenting them with dramatic and powerful verse, while also re-presenting many ideas currently under the fires of fascism: the humanity of immigrants, the rights and dignity of the poor, the movement for justice on behalf of Puerto Ricans, and Latinos more broadly, and finally, the beauty of poetry. At precisely the moment that the United States is slouching toward an especially stupid form of authoritarian rule, Espada’s poetry resonates like a grace note.

    While political and corporate power subject immigrants to secret police detention, deportation without due process, and for all practical understanding of the term, terrorism, Espada spotlights their stories, taking from his own testimony as a Puerto Rican poet and former tenant lawyer, his late father, Frank Espada’s experience as a community organizer, and his observations as an activist. While foot soldiers for censorship, racism, and imposed ignorance remove books from the shelves of schools and libraries, and demand the closure of anything related to diversity, equity, and inclusion, Espada gives a tour of the nightside of the American myth – the apartments without central heating where tenants who struggle to speak English risk incineration with space heaters too close to the bed, the white neighborhoods where Puerto Rican teenagers endure harassment and ridicule. While bigoted comedians refer to Puerto Rico as a “floating island of garbage,” and bigoted politicians laugh, Espada showcases Puerto Rican pride. While autocratic imbeciles demean the value of the liberal arts in education, Espada writes poetry.

    And it is extraordinary poetry.

    Jailbreak of Sparrows begins with two memoiristic sections in which Espada leads the reader through his childhood, his undergraduate years at the University of Wisconsin, and his time as a tenant lawyer, mainly for Spanish-speaking Latinos, in Boston. The first poem provides the book with its title. In a five-page narrative poem covering Espada’s family history, and touching on topics ranging from colonial oppression of Puerto Ricans to disability and acts of protest, such as smuggling copies of a socialist newspaper, Espada refers to “verses that flew like a jailbreak of sparrows from the poet’s hands.”

    The reference is not to his own work. Instead, it becomes something of a mission statement. The jailbreak of sparrows flying out of Espada’s hands throughout the subsequent poems carry messages, large and small.

    It is only appropriate, albeit almost tragic, that the second poem, “My Father’s Practice Book,” charts a jailbreak of sparrows that, initially, failed to take flight. Frank Espada, a documentary photographer, sought to capture the Puerto Rican diaspora, travelling throughout the island and the United States after receiving a grant from the National Endowment for the Humanities. Working low wage jobs to pay the bills, Frank Espada believed that his book of photography, The Puerto Rican Diaspora: Themes in the Survival of a People, would save him, his family, and help to save the cause of Puerto Rican liberation. In painful detail, his poet son writes about how he kept a practice book to write his signature, trying to get it just right. It didn’t happen. The book never sold well. Years later, the Smithsonian, the Library of Congress, and Duke University would show and archive his work.

    “He would never hear about the box labeled Frank Espada at the Smithsonian American Art Museum…”, Martín Espada writes. Some ghosts do rise up.

    In the poem that follows, “Loot at This,” Espada recalls his father helping a homeless man in New York, stealthily handing him a twenty-dollar bill. “Look at this,” Frank Espada said when seeing the man. Martín Espada closes the poem, “Look at this was all he said, and all he had to say. Look.”

    Like a father commanding his son to look at the injustice and sadness of “a man with white hair and a white beard” reaching “into a dumpster” to “pluck out a bag of potato chips,” Espada tells readers to look – to look at punk white teenagers denigrating the memory of Robert Clemente, and adult professionals with the mindset of punk white teenagers denying housing rights and basic services to impoverished immigrants. Espada tells us to look at the unnamed, uncounted catastrophes that walk through our city streets.

    In “Your Card is the King of Rats,” Espada writers about he and other Legal Aid lawyers stating the case for donations at a luncheon of the Bar Association:

    “I dealt my magician’s deck of cards:

    Polaroids of rats in glue traps, roaches fatter and juicier than any raisin in the cereal box, the fountain of a toilet brimming a brown soup, snapshots we passed out to judges for injunctions to bless the landlords. How I wanted to call out and amaze all the lawyers at lunch: Is your card the king of rats? Is your card the queen of roaches? Is your card the ace of excrement?

    Espada’s poetry has evolved over the course of his multi-decade career, becoming more narrative-driven, even while the images have acquired inescapable vividity. The images are consistently striking, and often surprising, but never gratuitous. His acts of remembrance are “re-presentations” that demand attention to people, scenes, and stories that typically provoke indifference; images that are unable to break through America’s forcefield of apathy. For example, a scene in a law school classroom when Espada spies a white student writing in his notebook that all of the Puerto Rican and Black students are unqualified affirmative action admissions who white students have to pay to support, and then digs the paper out of the trash can to show his classmates of color, transforms from anecdote to epic. It illustrates the racism and white entitlement at the heart of American history. Espada, in the poem, does not merely uncrumple the paper. He is “smoothing the wrinkles like a man ironing his shirt.” Smoothing the wrinkles makes the shirt presentable, and like a shirt, the words are put on those they insult. Perhaps, the words are put on as a weight. Perhaps, they form an apparatus to straighten the back for a fight that continues into the present.

    Humor is a vital resource in any struggle, and Jailbreak of Sparrows offers several moments of amusement. Espada proves that he can write with a comedic touch about lighthearted moments. There is a funny poem about him waking up in laughter after having a dream that an unnamed, prestigious character actor is throwing Swedish meatballs at him in the middle of an awards banquet. In another poem, Espada recalls working as a bouncer, dealing with clever drunks, and finally, he turns the laughter on himself after catching his reflection in the mirror while grocery shopping in the middle of the Covid-19 pandemic. The KN95 mask makes him resemble a moa.

    “Love Song of the Moa” is one of the eight love poems he writes for his wife, Lauren Marie Espada, a former social worker, high school teacher, and great poet in her own right. A few of her heartbreaking stories from the wars of education in poor neighborhoods provide material for Espada’s poetry. He writes about Lauren Espada’s failed attempt to rescue one of her students from an abusive boyfriend, and her challenges tutoring illiterate adults.

    One constancy that is unavoidable is the realization that all of Espada’s subjects, including himself (a Puerto Rican poet and college professor) and Lauren Espada (a poet and public school teacher) are currently under attack. The severity of the attack ranges, as a National Book Award-winning writer is hardly in the same predicament as an undocumented migrant picking vegetables, but without exception, the people that Espada profiles in verse are those who the death cult in power has deemed expendable. The fascist myth that has arisen like a tornadic cloud over American society separates the saved and the damned. In the latter category are those who are not “real Americans,” either members of the “elite,” which includes community college instructors and print journalists, or pawns that the elite use to destroy the once great fatherland, such as undocumented workers, refugees, and poor Americans applying for government aid.

    Lest anyone forget the stakes, or the violence troubling not only abstractions like the “American soul,” but the actual lives of millions of people, Espada returns to remembrance in his final section of Jailbreak of Sorrows. America’s most poetic president employed the phrase, “mystic chords of memory.” Espada plays those chords, fusing together a sound coming out of communion with the dead and love for the living.

    In his new collection, Espada has poems paying tribute to a professor who became a mentor, a bookstore owner named after Eugene Debs, a Puerto Rican politician advocating for more just and equitable policies in Espada’s small hometown, victims of racial profiling and police brutality, and those who were murdered by an anti-Latino terrorist during a mass shooting in the El Paso Wal-Mart.

    It is often said that poetry takes the abstract and makes it concrete. Espada’s poems begin with the concrete – the all too real, all too painful concrete. He doesn’t transform the concrete into the abstract. Instead, he hurls the concrete into the world of self-serving abstraction. Like throwing down the photos of sewage seeping out of a toilet at a tony lunch, or pointing to a homeless man desperate for a few discarded chips, and saying, “Look,” Espada uses his sophisticated sense of artistry to place images, scenes, and stories in our faces. The poems confront our humanity, or lack thereof, demanding a response – sometimes the most immediate option is only silent contemplation.

    Martín Espada’s poetry demonstrates why politicians and voters operating according to the fascist impulse have targeted literature as part of their war on civil society and social justice. Espada’s work itself has been banned from a school system in Tucson, Arizona, and the penal system in Texas. The censors want to remove books from shelves, because for all of their ignorance, they, at least, understand that story and poetry activate empathy, while presenting an alternative vision of societal organization. When the president, the governor, the Fox News host, your neighbor says, “Don’t care,” as in don’t care about the migrant risking death to cross over into the United States with hopes of suitable employment and human rights, don’t care about the Latinos ducking bullets behind a clothing rack, don’t care about the grown man who can’t read, literature can say, “Look.” Espada says, “Look.” The poems represent and re-present them, demanding attention and inclusion, and not in the merely fashionable sense of the term, but as imposition on the formation of ideology; the ideology one takes into the voting booth, the street, the workplace, the classroom, everywhere.

    One of Espada’s closing poems is “The Snake.” With dripping contempt, Espada describes Donald Trump reciting “The Snake,” a fable that he tells his hate-blind crowd is a warning about immigration. A “tender” woman takes in a wounded snake, nursing it to health, only to find the snake has turned on her, giving her a venomous bite. When the woman asks for an explanation of the snake’s betrayal, the snake answers, “You knew damn well I was a snake before you took me in.”

    Racist, vile, preparation for deportation and execution: This is how the sitting president depicts his fellow human beings. This is what his audience applauds and adores.

    Espada ends the poem with the following:

    As they slept – the bikers and the cops, Uncle Sam and the State of Liberty, the millionaire on his magic pillow – adolescents from Guatemala scalded the killing floors at the slaughterhouse in Grand Island, Nebraska, their hoses like snakes spewing rivers that bubbled in the steam. Around them, the blades of skull splitters and bone saws waited for their fingers to slip, fangs lurking in the murk of early morning, in the daze behind the goggles on the faces of adolescents from Guatemala, sleeping the next day at Walnut Middle School, shaken awake by teachers who spotted the acid burns on their hands.

    Espada interrupts the fascist abstraction of human beings with charred flesh. His poetry does not observe. It intervenes.

    The post Poetic Interventions: Martín Espada’s New Collection and the Fight Against Fascism appeared first on CounterPunch.org.


    This content originally appeared on CounterPunch.org and was authored by David Masciotra.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2025/04/11/poetic-interventions-martin-espadas-new-collection-and-the-fight-against-fascism/feed/ 0 525170
    Beijing residents react as new US tariffs on Chinese goods take effect https://www.radiofree.org/2025/04/10/beijing-residents-react-as-new-us-tariffs-on-chinese-goods-take-effect/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/04/10/beijing-residents-react-as-new-us-tariffs-on-chinese-goods-take-effect/#respond Thu, 10 Apr 2025 22:30:28 +0000 http://www.radiofree.org/?guid=b4ee356862a5914eb4e17891efa8067b
    This content originally appeared on Radio Free Asia and was authored by Radio Free Asia.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2025/04/10/beijing-residents-react-as-new-us-tariffs-on-chinese-goods-take-effect/feed/ 0 524989
    New York City is making people compost — or pay up https://grist.org/food-and-agriculture/new-york-city-is-making-people-compost-or-pay-up/ https://grist.org/food-and-agriculture/new-york-city-is-making-people-compost-or-pay-up/#respond Thu, 10 Apr 2025 08:30:00 +0000 https://grist.org/?p=662544 Property owners and landlords in New York City can now be fined $25 or more if residents are found throwing a banana peel in the trash. As of April 1, all New Yorkers must separate organic waste — that includes food scraps, food-soiled paper (like empty pizza boxes), and leaf and yard waste — from the rest of their trash, similar to how metal, glass, paper, and plastic is set aside for recycling. 

    This is how the city is encouraging — or indeed, mandating — participation in its curbside composting program, where food waste is collected weekly by the sanitation department, same as the trash and recycling. Mandatory curbside composting is still relatively new in New York City; the program only rolled out in all five boroughs late last year. 

    The best use of food, of course, is to feed people. When it can’t do that, composting is one tool to help reduce emissions from organic waste — the methane released as food decays in landfills is a major driver of global warming. As a whole, the United States wastes as much food as it did nearly 10 years ago, despite setting an ambitious goal to cut food waste in half

    Getting New Yorkers onboard with composting will take time — and effort. When it comes to diverting food waste from landfills by composting it instead, New York lags far behind other large U.S. cities. The city recovered less than 5 percent of eligible households’ organic waste in the 2024 fiscal year. The fines announced this month are designed to boost compliance; in the first week of April, the New York City Department of Sanitation, or DSNY, issued nearly 2,000 tickets for allegedly failing to separate organics.  

    “That is only half the story: We picked up 2.5 million pounds of compostable material last week,” said Vincent Gragnani, press secretary for DSNY, “a 240 percent increase over the 737,000 pounds collected during the same week last year.”

    But critics say the city should focus more on educating residents on the benefits of composting. 

    “My concern is that, instead of doing outreach, we’re focusing on fear-mongering,” said Lou Reyes, a local composting advocate. During the COVID-19 pandemic, Reyes and his partner started a volunteer-run effort in Astoria, Queens, to collect and compost neighborhood food waste. He described the city’s recovery rate of organic waste prior to the rollout of fines as “pretty shameful.” 

    The lackluster participation in the city’s composting program may be a function of time — Seattle, for example, banned organics in the trash 10 years ago. In San Francisco, composting has been mandatory since 2009

    Still, experts say boosting food waste collection in New York, a metropolis with more than 8 million people, will also take dedicated education and outreach.

    “I would say our biggest tool that the department uses is education,” said Joseph Piasecki, the public affairs and policy coordinator for San Francisco’s environmental department. He mentioned that the city’s organics hauler works to notify residents and businesses of potential mix-ups before fining them. 

    “They will reach out, our department will reach out, we will call, we’ll put boots on the ground to go, like physically go, there, and be like, How can we help you be successful?” said Piasecki. 

    A worker walks past piles of yard waste at the New York City Department of Sanitation composting facility in Staten Island.
    A worker walks past piles of yard waste at the New York City Department of Sanitation composting facility in Staten Island. Angela Weiss / AFP via Getty Images

    At a preliminary budget hearing last month, DSNY said it has sent out citywide mailers about the composting fines; the department is also meeting with every community board and holding information sessions for residents and property managers to better educate the public about the program. And Piasecki stressed that San Francisco’s composting program should not serve as a direct comparison for New York’s. About 800,000 people live in San Francisco, roughly a tenth of the population of New York City. It also covers a much smaller geographic area: about 50 square miles compared to just over 300. A better comparison might be Los Angeles, a city of more than 3 million that just rolled out a mandatory curbside composting program two years ago.

    But adding to DSNY’s composting woes is that the agency has failed to reassure critics of the composting program, who argue the city is misleading residents about what happens to their food scraps while also creating an environmental justice issue.  

    As of now, food waste that gets picked up by DSNY will usually wind up in one of two places: a composting facility on Staten Island or a wastewater-treatment plant on the edge of Brooklyn and Queens. But last year, DSNY reported that only one-fifth of food waste collected actually makes it to the composting facility. The rest is sent to the wastewater-treatment plant in the Brooklyn neighborhood of Greenpoint. (Asked for updated figures, Gragnani said the department did not have a precise breakdown, as the numbers often fluctuate.) 

     At the wastewater-treatment plant, organic waste is mixed with sewage sludge and broken down in an anaerobic digester, where it produces methane and other gases. This cocktail of gases — known as biogas — can then serve multiple purposes: It can be used on-site to power the facility itself, or it could be refined into renewable natural gas and used to heat homes. Instead, the New York City plant has been blasted by locals for flaring off excess methane

    The solids leftover from this process — known as the digestate — could technically be used to enhance soils. However, advocates worry it may be too low-quality to be of any use to farmers and gardeners since it was originally mixed with city wastewater, which means it may ultimately end up in landfills, too. (Asked for comment, Gragnani directed Grist to New York state’s Department of Environmental Protection, which operates the digesters.) 

    In Los Angeles, the city’s guidance on curbside organics collection is clear about where it goes: Food scraps and yard waste collected are turned into compost that is then used by farmers to grow organic products. In San Francisco, according to Piasecki, some of the compost created by scraps is then used by Napa Valley wineries. He added that this could be a moment “for New York to develop that kind of story,” especially if compost from the city eventually helps rural communities throughout the state.

    A hauler moves a container of compostable materials in San Francisco, California.
    A hauler moves a container of compostable materials in San Francisco.
    Justin Sullivan / Getty Images

    For now, DSNY may have its hands full, answering to critics who say the anaerobic digestion process further entrenches the fossil fuel industry at a time when cities need instead to decarbonize.  

    For example, when biogas is converted into what’s known as renewable natural gas and then given to the local utility company for free, it’s “creating an incentive for rebuilding all the [gas] pipes and making the investments in this fossil fuel infrastructure,” said Eric Goldstein, the New York City environmental director for the Natural Resources Defense Council.

    Asked to respond to these criticisms, Gragnani, the press secretary for DSNY, said, “Would the ‘local environmental advocates’ you spoke with prefer that we use fracked gas to heat homes and businesses? Unfortunately, their rhetoric can discourage participation and send more food and yard waste to release methane in faraway landfills.”

    Anaerobic digestion can play an important role within food-waste reduction programs, said Marcel R. Howard, zero-waste program manager at the Global Alliance for Incinerator Alternatives. But he added that it “must be implemented within zero-waste and social justice frameworks to prevent environmental harm and prioritize community needs.” 

    In the end, New York City has its work cut out for it. Reyes said that he wants to see “real, legitimate” outreach from DSNY on why separating food waste matters. “I am a huge supporter of municipal organic recovery that actually works,” he said. That means having the community actually buy into the idea of keeping food out of landfills and ensuring environmental justice issues — like flaring methane in a populous neighborhood — are not created in the process.

    “Those are, I think, more acceptable and more dignified solutions than the mess that we have in New York City,” he added.

    This story was originally published by Grist with the headline New York City is making people compost — or pay up on Apr 10, 2025.


    This content originally appeared on Grist and was authored by Frida Garza.

    ]]>
    https://grist.org/food-and-agriculture/new-york-city-is-making-people-compost-or-pay-up/feed/ 0 524851
    New Trump administration executive order targeting state climate laws is a quid pro quo https://www.radiofree.org/2025/04/09/new-trump-administration-executive-order-targeting-state-climate-laws-is-a-quid-pro-quo/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/04/09/new-trump-administration-executive-order-targeting-state-climate-laws-is-a-quid-pro-quo/#respond Wed, 09 Apr 2025 20:34:36 +0000 https://www.commondreams.org/newswire/new-trump-administration-executive-order-targeting-state-climate-laws-is-a-quid-pro-quo In response to the Trump administration’s executive order directing the Department of Justice to take aim at state climate laws and lawsuits, John Noël, Greenpeace USA Deputy Climate Program Director, said: “This is a pathetic and dangerous attempt by a desperate industry to cling to power while communities suffer. From the Gulf Coast to the Los Angeles area, people are being slammed by floods, wildfires, and record heat. But instead of helping Americans, Trump is launching a political attack on states that are trying to create a livable future for their people.

    “This order isn’t about ‘freedom’ or ‘energy independence’ — it’s about Big Oil CEOs using the federal government to crush states’ rights when it aligns with their fossil fuel agenda. It's also a convenient distraction from the economic sabotage of working families and the fossil fuel industry’s covert push for blanket immunity in Congress from all climate accountability.

    “Fossil fuel companies have profited off the backs of everyday people for far too long and we have the chance to make them pay to clean up their mess. Right now, states should be leaning into climate superfund legislation, not away from it. Nothing in this order prevents states from doing so. And the many states that are already considering these types of bills, like California, should be passing them expeditiously.”


    This content originally appeared on Common Dreams and was authored by Newswire Editor.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2025/04/09/new-trump-administration-executive-order-targeting-state-climate-laws-is-a-quid-pro-quo/feed/ 0 524800
    France’s new high-speed train design has Americans asking: Why can’t we have that? https://grist.org/looking-forward/frances-new-high-speed-train-design-has-americans-asking-why-cant-we-have-that/ https://grist.org/looking-forward/frances-new-high-speed-train-design-has-americans-asking-why-cant-we-have-that/#respond Wed, 09 Apr 2025 14:54:28 +0000 http://www.radiofree.org/?guid=96cdf216031d138addb83b77503ca664

    Illustration of high-speed train zooming through a grassy landscape

    The spotlight

    Last month, France’s national railway operator released a glimpse of the designs for its upcoming fifth-generation high-speed train, the TGV Inoui. (TGV stands for train à grande vitesse, or “train of great speed.”) The glossy, well-lit photos show brightly colored interiors, cushiony seats, and sleek tables with rounded edges — even an eye-catching new table lamp, which has been described as adding “a touch of humor” to the space — as well as new accessibility features, like a platform for wheelchair users that will enable them to board without assistance. As for the train’s exterior, a press release from the operator claimed its aerodynamic design will make it 20 percent more energy efficient than its predecessors.

    The new trains will begin service in 2026, on the Paris-Lyon-Marseille route. But the designs have already turned quite a lot of heads, both at home in France and abroad. And one common sentiment from onlookers in the U.S. has been: Why can’t we have that?

    A photo shows a row of seats inside a train, with tables in the front and a bright yellow, mushroom-shaped table lamp

    The jaunty new lamp on the fifth-generation TGV Inoui. Yann Audic

    High-speed rail is a form of inter-city transportation that is more efficient than driving, more convenient than flying, and can offer significant carbon emissions savings. (There’s no standard definition of what constitutes “high-speed.” Generally, that designation starts at 120 miles per hour, which roughly translates to twice the speed of driving a car, but some place the bar even higher.) According to the climate organization Project Drawdown, the projected growth of high-speed rail over the next three decades has the potential to save 1.26 to 3.62 gigatons of CO2 by displacing flights. And, as the buzzworthy designs of the new TGV Inoui show, the experience of taking the train itself can also be desirable — even enviable.

    “I just thought it looked beautiful, and looked kind of different,” said Juan Buis, an Amsterdam-based design and UX specialist with a personal affinity for public transportation. “It’s kind of cool how they managed to make it both futuristic and retro at the same time,” he said. “Why wouldn’t you take the train, if it looks like this?”

    Buis posted the photos of the new TGV interior on X, gushing that the reveal was “incredible” and touting the “70s space age vibes.” His thread quickly racked up millions of views — two days after posting, he added a comment to the thread, saying: “15 million views for some pictures of a train, public transport is BACK.”

    Anecdotally, Buis said, many of the people who took an interest in his post were Americans “who were like, ‘Look at this, wow, we need more of this! Amtrak, what are you doing?’” he said. Some retweets of his post included comments like “Must be nice,” and “Could be us but you playin,” and even the wishful vision of “Taking one of these from Seattle to Missoula, Montana with a bucket of Miller Lite bottles.”

    A photo of a dining car in a train, with bright blue and red seats

    A view of the dining car on the new TGV Inoui. The reimagined bistro will feature classic French dishes and also offer vegan and vegetarian options. Yann Audic

    The United States does, of course, have a network of trains. Amtrak, in fact, set an all-time ridership record last year, with over 32 million customers using its lines. And the Acela, Amtrak’s flagship passenger train line, which runs from Washington, D.C. to Boston, is technically high-speed. For a portion of its route, it cruises at 150 miles per hour. (France’s TGV runs at speeds of up to 200 miles per hour. Several routes in China max out at 217 miles per hour.) The Acela even has its own incoming fleet of new-and-improved trains that are due to start service this spring and will reach up to 160 miles an hour, with added features like winged headrests and outlets at every seat.

    While the Acela is the fastest train in the country, “it’s not the truly transformative high-speed rail experience,” said Rick Harnish, executive director and co-founder of the High Speed Rail Alliance. Amtrak has been steadily making improvements to the line, but Congress hasn’t given it the money needed to really take its offerings to the next level, Harnish said. “The way Amtrak is structured, it is charged with doing way too much with way too little.”

    That’s unlikely to change, as Amtrak has come under scrutiny from the new Trump administration, while Elon Musk has suggested the federally chartered corporation should be privatized. Amtrak’s CEO, Stephen Gardner, resigned last month.

    Meanwhile, Transportation Secretary Sean Duffy has criticized a public high-speed rail initiative in California — the California High-Speed Rail project, which will connect the northern and southern parts of the state — while praising a privately owned project: Brightline West, which will link a suburb of L.A. with Las Vegas.

    The California High-Speed Rail project broke ground a decade ago, and was planned to start service between L.A. and San Francisco in 2020. But the project is behind schedule and has been plagued by funding shortages and difficulty acquiring land for the various segments of the proposed route. Last year, the project’s CEO, Brian Kelly, shared an updated business plan with state lawmakers and emphasized the need for continued federal support — something that now seems uncertain.

    Brightline, the company behind the L.A.-to-Las Vegas project, already operates railways in Florida. When it opened its first line there in 2018, between Miami and West Palm Beach, it was the first new privately owned passenger train in the U.S. in a century. The company’s line from Miami to Orlando, which opened in 2023, is the second-fastest train after the Acela, reaching speeds of 125 miles per hour.

    While its Florida lines were funded almost entirely by the company itself, Brightline did receive a $3 billion federal grant under the bipartisan infrastructure law for its high-speed project in the West.

    With construction due to start in earnest this spring, Brightline West is expected to be operational by the end of the decade. The company’s original aim was to have the train up and running in time for the 2028 summer Olympics in L.A., though officials have recently said the new goal is to open for service by the end of 2028. The all-electric trains are expected to reach 200 miles an hour, which could make them the first trains in the U.S. to match the speeds being reached overseas.

    “I think Brightline West could create a tipping point,” Harnish said — a first taste that could lead to a real appetite for building out a high-speed network in the U.S.

    Another piece of momentum behind that tipping point, he said, is American travelers getting to experience the convenience of high-speed rail in other countries. “You’ve got people who are taking trains all over the world,” he said. “I imagine there are high-powered CEOs that are going to their factories in China and taking bullet trains to get to them.”

    Harnish and Buis both highlighted several things about the high-speed rail experience that they find appealing. There’s the speed, of course — it beats driving, while also sparing the traveler from sitting in traffic, freeing them up to read a book, work on a laptop, or have a drink in the bar car. While trains can’t compete with planes as far as speed from Point A to Point B, there is time saved from avoiding airport security and travel time to the airport itself. Train stations are often situated in dense population centers, not outside them. The proximity of train stations and the lack of a long and cumbersome security line also means that travelers can be somewhat more spontaneous, buying a walk-on ticket and sitting down on a train within minutes.

    “The level of flexibility and convenience just isn’t matched,” said Harnish.

    A handful of years ago, Harnish was in Rome for a business meeting. “And the week before, I just happened to watch a movie about why pizza from Naples is the best in the world,” he said. After his meeting, he found himself walking up to the train station in downtown Rome. “Even though I hadn’t had a ticket, I was on a high-speed train within 15 minutes. Naples within an hour. Walked around Naples, bought pizza from one of the places that was in the movie, walked back to the train, got on the train, and I was back in Rome before 9 o’clock,” he recounted. “And what a wonderful pizza that was.”

    Buis noted that traveling on a train can also offer a sightseeing opportunity that travelers don’t get from the tiny windows on planes or while they’re driving a car. “In terms of user experience, you feel like you’re traveling more than when you take a plane — you see the landscapes fly by,” Buis said. “If you take the train from Paris to Marseille, for example, you have beautiful views. You can see mountains, you can see the sea. It’s really kind of magical in a way.”

    Although he sometimes pokes fun at Americans on social media for our lack of progress on modern railway systems, Buis is hopeful that the U.S. will begin to catch up with countries like France — perhaps one day, the U.S. will even have its own drool-worthy photos of flashy new train interiors to share. “There’s so much design talent in the U.S., there’s so much incredible manufacturing,” Buis said. “One day, it will happen.”

    — Claire Elise Thompson

    More exposure

    A parting shot

    The speediest high-speed train in the world is the Shanghai Maglev, pictured below, which connects the outskirts of Shanghai with the city’s international airport. The train, however, is not conventional steel on steel — in fact, it’s the world’s first commercial high-speed train using magnetic levitation (hence “maglev”). It operates at a staggering top speed of 286 miles per hour.

    A photo of a sleek-looking train at an indoor station

    This story was originally published by Grist with the headline France’s new high-speed train design has Americans asking: Why can’t we have that? on Apr 9, 2025.


    This content originally appeared on Grist and was authored by Claire Elise Thompson.

    ]]>
    https://grist.org/looking-forward/frances-new-high-speed-train-design-has-americans-asking-why-cant-we-have-that/feed/ 0 524693
    New mega-dam takes shape on the Mekong River in Laos https://rfa.org/english/laos/2025/04/08/laos-hydropower-dam-video-mekong-river-thai/ https://rfa.org/english/laos/2025/04/08/laos-hydropower-dam-video-mekong-river-thai/#respond Tue, 08 Apr 2025 16:55:45 +0000 https://rfa.org/english/laos/2025/04/08/laos-hydropower-dam-video-mekong-river-thai/ The headlong rush to dam the Mekong River in Southeast Asia has been highlighted by rare footage from a major dam under construction near the historic Lao city of Luang Prabang.

    The three-billion-dollar dam is one of seven new mainstream dams on this stretch of the Lower Mekong that Lao plans to build. But those three are a fraction of the 200 dams, that are already built, under construction or planned for the lower Mekong and its tributaries, mainly in Laos and Cambodia, according to the Stimson Center’s Mekong project.

    The 1,460 megawatt Luang Prabang hydro dam is the third in Laos to block the main artery of the lower Mekong. It is expected to be operating by 2027.The Pak Beng dam being built upstream, could be operating by 2029. The Xayaburi dam south of Luang Prabang was completed in 2019 and the Don Sahong dam, upstream from the Laos-Cambodian border, a year later.

    A video shot by a worker at the Luang Prabang dam about 25 kilometers (15 miles) north of the ancient city, which was provided to Radio Free Asia, shows that construction is proceeding rapidly.

    Experts have repeatedly warned that Mekong dams will destroy the freshwater fisheries that are a crucial source of calories for the region’s people.

    On the Mekong River near Luang Prabang, Laos.
    On the Mekong River near Luang Prabang, Laos.
    (RFA Lao)

    Built by a consortium of Thai and other companies, the Luang Prabang dam is part of Laos’s growing role as a regional electricity exporter.

    The government has pursued that strategy even as it fails to ensure a reliable electricity supply for its own citizens.

    Over a couple of decades, the cost of all the dams built or planned in Laos is about US$40 billion and largely financed by foreign banks, according to researcher Pon Souvannaseng.

    “Regional banks were able to continuously pump money into project after project after project because they didn’t adhere to international environmental standards,” she said last month.

    The dam construction is also hurting the tourism industry in Luang Prabang, a UNESCO World Heritage site.

    In a country ruled by a one-party communist state that does not tolerate dissent, a river guide spoke to RFA on condition we hide his identity.

    On the Mekong River near Luang Prabang, Laos.
    On the Mekong River near Luang Prabang, Laos.
    (RFA Lao)

    “Foreigners come here. They want to go on a boat trip, they want to see nature, they want to see trees, they want to see birds, they want to see cows, they want to see buffaloes along the riverbank, just like before.

    Now, with the Luang Prabang dam, the banks are collapsing.

    ”The partial blockage of the river as the dam is built makes it difficult for tourist boats to operate.

    Locals say the number of tourists visiting local attractions on the river has plummeted recently. Changes in the river flow have also caused river bank erosion.


    This content originally appeared on Radio Free Asia and was authored by Stephen Wright and Ginny Stein for RFA.

    ]]>
    https://rfa.org/english/laos/2025/04/08/laos-hydropower-dam-video-mekong-river-thai/feed/ 0 524514
    Nicaragua’s Opposition Media Welcome Trump’s New Tariffs – and Ignore How They Were Calculated https://www.radiofree.org/2025/04/08/nicaraguas-opposition-media-welcome-trumps-new-tariffs-and-ignore-how-they-were-calculated/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/04/08/nicaraguas-opposition-media-welcome-trumps-new-tariffs-and-ignore-how-they-were-calculated/#respond Tue, 08 Apr 2025 05:42:13 +0000 https://www.counterpunch.org/?p=359830 Five countries in Central America, together with the Dominican Republic in the Caribbean, have a free trade agreement with Washington, but this didn’t protect them from the punitive tariffs announced on President Trump’s “Liberation Day.” A minimum 10 per cent tariff on exports to the US will hit low-income countries throughout the region. But exports More

    The post Nicaragua’s Opposition Media Welcome Trump’s New Tariffs – and Ignore How They Were Calculated appeared first on CounterPunch.org.

    ]]>

    Photograph Source: The White House – Public Domain

    Five countries in Central America, together with the Dominican Republic in the Caribbean, have a free trade agreement with Washington, but this didn’t protect them from the punitive tariffs announced on President Trump’s “Liberation Day.”

    A minimum 10 per cent tariff on exports to the US will hit low-income countries throughout the region. But exports from Nicaragua have been saddled with an even higher tariff of 18 per cent. Delighted opponents of Nicaragua’s Sandinista government have blamed it, rather than Trump, for the country receiving this additional penalty. However, simple examination of the figures shows that Nicaragua’s tariff was calculated in the same way as every other country’s.

    Before examining the opposition media’s error-strewn reports, this article first explains the background: how the tariff was set, whether it is legitimate and how US-Nicaragua trade is changing. Then it turns to the opposition’s mistakes and explains how they are using Trump’s actions to bolster their attacks on Nicaragua’s government and people.

    How the tariffs were set

    Trump’s chart of tariffs has two sets of figures for each country: the “tariffs charged to the USA” and the “reciprocal tariffs” to be imposed this month. Bizarrely, the “tariffs charged to the USA” do not relate to actual tariffs charged on US imports. Instead, they are the product of a calculation based on each country’s trade gap with the US. For most countries, the value of these “tariffs charged” has been set at 10 per cent, on the basis that the US has no trade deficit with them, or only a small one. All of these countries (including Nicaragua’s neighbors) are hit with a “reciprocal tariff” of 10 per cent on their exports to the US, from this month onwards, even if they buy more from the US than they sell to it.

    However, a higher “tariff charged” is calculated for countries with which the US is judged to have a bigger trade deficit. For each country, the White House looked up the deficit for its trade with the US in goods for 2024, then divided that by the total value of the country’s exports to the US. Trump, to be “kind”, said he would offer a discount, so halved that figure. The calculation was distilled into a formula.

    For example, these are the figures for China:

    1) Goods trade deficit (exports from the US minus imports): – $291.9 billion

    2) Total goods imported to the US from China: $438.9 billion

    3) A ÷ B = – 0.67, or 67 per cent

    4) Half of this is 34 per cent, the new tariff being applied to China.

    Based on this formula, the small African country of Lesotho was saddled with the highest “reciprocal tariff” of 50 per cent, while several major SE Asian countries were also hit with very high tariffs.

    How Nicaragua’s tariff was calculated

    Nicaragua’s “reciprocal tariff” was calculated in the same way. According to US trade figures, in 2024 US goods exports to Nicaragua were $2.9 billion, while US goods imports from Nicaragua totaled $4.6 billion. The US goods trade deficit with Nicaragua was therefore – $1.7 billion in 2024.

    The calculation was therefore: trade deficit (- $1.7 billion) ÷ imports ($4.6 billion) = – 0.37, or 37 per cent, halved to produce a “reciprocal tariff” of 18 per cent.

    This means that from April 9, there will be a new tax of 18 per cent on Nicaraguan goods sent to the US, payable as a customs duty on their arrival by the company or agency importing the goods.

    How Nicaragua might contest the tariff

    It seems unlikely that Trump will bend to pressure on the tariffs. However, at least in theory, there are three ways in which Nicaragua might argue that the tariff is wrongly imposed:

    1) Nicaragua’s Central Bank shows a smaller trade gap with the US. According to the Central Bank’s figures for 2024, Nicaragua’s exports to the US totaled $3.7 billion, not $4.6 billion, while its imports from the US totaled $2.7 billion, giving a trade gap of $1 billion, not $1.7 billion. On the basis of Trump’s tariff formula, the result should have been a 14 per cent tariff, not 18 per cent, if Nicaragua’s trade figures are correct. (A possible explanation for the difference may be the way that goods, originating in Nicaragua, are processed in other Central American countries before arrival in the US.)

    2) Although most Central American countries import more from the US than they export to it, Costa Rica also has a trade surplus with the US, amounting to $2 billion, bigger than Nicaragua’s, yet it is only being penalized by the standard “reciprocal tariff” (10 per cent).

    3) Most importantly, as the Guatemalan government pointed out, under the CAFTA-DR trade treaty new tariffs are illegal (under both US federal and international law). The treaty prohibits new tariffs or customs duties between the seven member countries. Therefore, all six of the other countries that are parties to CAFTA-DR are entitled to challenge the US for breaching it.

    Action by CAFTA-DR members is complicated by the fact that Nicaragua is not only worst hit by the tariffs but is also a country that the US would like to exclude from the treaty completely, a point picked up below.

    Changing significance of Nicaraguan exports to the US

    Nicaragua’s Central Bank divides its trade figures between “merchandise” and products from free trade zones (principally, apparel). This, as we will see, confused the opposition media. This is the breakdown:

    + Exports of merchandise (e.g. gold, coffee, meat, etc.) totaled $4.2 billion in 2024, with the US accounting for 38.7 per cent of these, or $1.62 billion.

    + Exports from free trade zones were lower ($3.5 billion) but the proportion going to the US was much higher (59 per cent, or £2.08 billion).

    + Of Nicaragua’s total exports, at $7.7 billion, $3.7 billion went to the US (48 per cent).

    + Exports provide 39 per cent of Nicaragua’s annual income or GDP.

    + Exports to the US therefore account for a significant 18 per cent of GDP.

    These figures exclude services, such as tourism and transport, where trade between Nicaragua and the US is roughly in balance (unlike Guatemala and Honduras, with whom the US has a strong trade surplus in services).

    Exports to the US have fallen slowly from over 50 per cent of the total two years ago, as the government looks for other markets. Exports to the Republic of China, for example, were four times higher in 2024 than in 2022, but (at $68 million) are still a small proportion. There are other growing export markets, of which the most notable is Canada (now the second biggest buyer of Nicaraguan merchandise).

    The Nicaraguan government’s response to the tariffs is likely to involve continued efforts to diversify trade and keeping a watchful eye on the effects on different sectors of the economy. Producers of products like coffee and gold may be less affected as they already have diverse markets. On the other hand the apparel sector, which until this month enjoyed zero tariffs on its $2 billion exports to the US, is geared to the US market and might find greater difficulty in mitigating the tariff’s effects.

    Celebration and misinformation in opposition media

    Nicaragua’s opposition media, long financed by the US government, admit that they have been hit by Elon Musk’s cuts. How they are now funded is unclear. However, prominent opposition activists enjoy salaried employment in US universities and think tanks, where they call for sanctions that would hit poor Nicaraguans. Naturally, they welcomed Trump’s announcement.

    Errors in reporting on the tariffs showed opposition journalists’ unfamiliarity with Nicaragua’s economy. Confidencial, in a piece translated and reproduced in the Havana Times, claimed that the tariff imposed on Nicaragua ignored a trade surplus “of $484 million in favor of the US” which “has been growing in recent years.” This completely ignored exports to the US from the free trade zones. The same error was made a day later by Despacho 505.

    According to Confidencial, the reason for the higher tariff on Nicaragua (and on Venezuela, hit with a 15 per cent tariff) was to punish their authoritarian governments. In reality, the higher tariffs on both countries resulted from the application of Trump’s formula, but this deliberate misrepresentation was to be repeated.

    In an “analysis” for Confidencial on April 4, Manuel Orozco painted the 18 per cent tariff as specifically aimed at the Nicaraguan “dictatorship” (again, linking it with Venezuela). Orozco is a former Nicaraguan now living in Washington, working for the Inter-American Dialogue, an NGO funded by the US government and its arms industry. It is most unlikely that he was unaware of how the tariff was calculated; misleading his readers strengthened his argument that the higher tariff was a purely political move.

    Further articles in Despacho 505 and Articulo 66 also blamed political factors without explaining the arithmetic behind the tariff. In La Prensa, activist Felix Maradiaga wrongly remarked that the US accounts for over 60 per cent of Nicaragua’s exports. According to him, the supposed weakness of Nicaragua’s Sandinista government means the country will struggle to cope (he disregards its remarkable resilience in dealing with the much heavier economic consequences of the 2018 coup attempt and the 2020 pandemic).

    Then, also in Confidencial, opposition activist Juan Sebastián Chamorro made the claim that the new tariffs, which of course he welcomes, are entirely compatible with the CAFTA-DR trade treaty. He argued that Washington’s action is justified on grounds of “national security.” This echoes the absurd classification of Nicaragua (during the first Trump administration, continued by Biden) as “an unusual and extraordinary threat to the national security and foreign policy of the United States.”

    Opposition media are trying to present the new tariff as the first round of the stronger sanctions on Nicaragua that they have been urging Washington to adopt. They do this regardless of their illegality under the CAFTA-DR trade treaty or wider international law. The possibility of going further – excluding Nicaragua from the treaty – was trailed by Trump’s Latin America envoy, Mauricio Claver-Carone, in January, although he was careful to note the difficulties. But if this were to happen it would delight the opposition even further.

    Obsessed with promoting regime change in Managua, these anti-Sandinista activists disregard the effects of tariffs and trade sanctions on ordinary Nicaraguans. On “Liberation Day” Trump showed his indifference to the millions of people in low-income countries whose livelihoods depend on producing food and other products for export to the US. The likes of Orozco, Maradiaga and Chamorro behave in just the same way.

    The post Nicaragua’s Opposition Media Welcome Trump’s New Tariffs – and Ignore How They Were Calculated appeared first on CounterPunch.org.


    This content originally appeared on CounterPunch.org and was authored by John Perry.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2025/04/08/nicaraguas-opposition-media-welcome-trumps-new-tariffs-and-ignore-how-they-were-calculated/feed/ 0 524367
    As Republicans Move to Silence Judges Who Rule Against Trump, Stand Up America Warns of Another Threat: 22 New Trump Judges https://www.radiofree.org/2025/04/07/as-republicans-move-to-silence-judges-who-rule-against-trump-stand-up-america-warns-of-another-threat-22-new-trump-judges/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/04/07/as-republicans-move-to-silence-judges-who-rule-against-trump-stand-up-america-warns-of-another-threat-22-new-trump-judges/#respond Mon, 07 Apr 2025 19:23:02 +0000 https://www.commondreams.org/newswire/as-republicans-move-to-silence-judges-who-rule-against-trump-stand-up-america-warns-of-another-threat-22-new-trump-judges By relentlessly testing the limits of executive power, the Trump administration has placed unprecedented strain on our system of checks and balances. In this environment, federal judges are often the first – and sometimes only – defense against Trump’s overreach. So what are Republicans in Congress doing? Holding hearings and advancing legislation to undermine the power of the judiciary and the judges who check Trump’s abuses.

    But one of Republicans’ most dangerous efforts is flying under the radar: the JUDGES Act. This bill would give Trump the power to install 22 new federal judges—handpicked loyalists who would shield Trump from accountability and rubberstamp his extreme agenda, including his attempts to cut essential services like health care, food assistance, and education to fund a tax cut for his billionaire donors.

    Here’s what you need to know:

    TRUMP HAS ALREADY TRANSFORMED THE COURTS

    • During his first term, Trump appointed over 200 judges and packed the Supreme Court with three justices, solidifying the right-wing majority that has gutted abortion rights, weakened gun safety laws, and undermined our freedom to vote. Now, Republicans in Congress want to give him even more judicial seats to fill, cementing his impact on the federal judiciary for generations to come.

    TRUMP WANTS MORE JUDGES WHO WILL DO HIS BIDDING—AND THE JUDGES ACT WOULD LET HIM PICK 22.

    • H.R.1702 would create 66 new district judgeships between now and 2035. If passed, Trump would get to fill 22 of them before his term ends. That’s 22 opportunities to install loyalists like Judge Aileen Cannon, who twisted precedent to protect Trump in the Mar-a-Lago classified documents case—and later dismissed it entirely.
    • Trump isn’t even hiding what he’s doing. He calls judges “my judges,” demands loyalty, and recently called for a federal judge to be impeached after a ruling he didn’t like.

    THE TIMING OF THIS BILL IS NO COINCIDENCE—IT’S A POWER GRAB.

    • Last year, the Senate passed the JUDGES Act to give a future president new judgeships without knowing who would benefit. But House Republicans broke a long-standing tradition and refused to take action until after the 2024 election—when they knew Trump would be back and could stack the bench with MAGA loyalists.
    • Now, Trump and Congressional Republicans don’t like that the federal judiciary is standing in the way of Trump’s illegal power grab, so they want to install judges who will say yes to Trump.
    • Some Democrats are feeling pressure to support the bill to ease caseloads in their districts—but doing so would give Trump more unchecked power.

    To speak with a Stand Up America spokesperson about our campaign to defeat the JUDGES Act, please contact: press@standupamerica.com.


    This content originally appeared on Common Dreams and was authored by Newswire Editor.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2025/04/07/as-republicans-move-to-silence-judges-who-rule-against-trump-stand-up-america-warns-of-another-threat-22-new-trump-judges/feed/ 0 524360
    Nicaragua’s Opposition Media Welcome Trump’s New Tariffs https://www.radiofree.org/2025/04/07/nicaraguas-opposition-media-welcome-trumps-new-tariffs/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/04/07/nicaraguas-opposition-media-welcome-trumps-new-tariffs/#respond Mon, 07 Apr 2025 14:37:46 +0000 https://dissidentvoice.org/?p=157254 Five countries in Central America, together with the Dominican Republic in the Caribbean, have a free trade agreement with Washington, but this didn’t protect them from the punitive tariffs announced on President Trump’s “Liberation Day.” A minimum 10 per cent tariff on exports to the US will hit low-income countries throughout the region. But exports […]

    The post Nicaragua’s Opposition Media Welcome Trump’s New Tariffs first appeared on Dissident Voice.]]>

    Five countries in Central America, together with the Dominican Republic in the Caribbean, have a free trade agreement with Washington, but this didn’t protect them from the punitive tariffs announced on President Trump’s “Liberation Day.”

    A minimum 10 per cent tariff on exports to the US will hit low-income countries throughout the region. But exports from Nicaragua have been saddled with an even higher tariff of 18 per cent. Delighted opponents of Nicaragua’s Sandinista government have blamed it, rather than Trump, for the country receiving this additional penalty. However, simple examination of the figures shows that Nicaragua’s tariff was calculated in the same way as every other country’s.

    Before examining the opposition media’s error-strewn reports, this article first explains the background: how the tariff was set, whether it is legitimate and how US-Nicaragua trade is changing. Then it turns to the opposition’s mistakes and explains how they are using Trump’s actions to bolster their attacks on Nicaragua’s government and people.

    How the tariffs were set

    Trump’s chart of tariffs has two sets of figures for each country: the “tariffs charged to the USA” and the “reciprocal tariffs” to be imposed this month. Bizarrely, the “tariffs charged to the USA” do not relate to actual tariffs charged on US imports. Instead, they are the product of a calculation based on each country’s trade gap with the US. For most countries, the value of these “tariffs charged” has been set at 10 per cent, on the basis that the US has no trade deficit with them, or only a small one. All of these countries (including Nicaragua’s neighbors) are hit with a “reciprocal tariff” of 10 per cent on their exports to the US, from this month onwards, even if they buy more from the US than they sell to it.

    However, a higher “tariff charged” is calculated for countries with which the US is judged to have a bigger trade deficit. For each country, the White House looked up the deficit for its trade with the US in goods for 2024, then divided that by the total value of the country’s exports to the US. Trump, to be “kind”, said he would offer a discount, so halved that figure. The calculation was distilled into a formula.

    For example, these are the figures for China:

    1. Goods trade deficit (exports from the US minus imports): – $291.9 billion
    2. Total goods imported to the US from China: $438.9 billion
    3. A ÷ B = – 0.67, or 67 per cent
    4. Half of this is 34 per cent, the new tariff being applied to China.

    Based on this formula, the small African country of Lesotho was saddled with the highest “reciprocal tariff” of 50 per cent, while several major SE Asian countries were also hit with very high tariffs.

    How Nicaragua’s tariff was calculated

    Nicaragua’s “reciprocal tariff” was calculated in the same way. According to US trade figures, in 2024 US goods exports to Nicaragua were $2.9 billion, while US goods imports from Nicaragua totaled $4.6 billion. The US goods trade deficit with Nicaragua was therefore – $1.7 billion in 2024.

    The calculation was therefore: trade deficit (- $1.7 billion) ÷ imports ($4.6 billion) = – 0.37, or 37 per cent, halved to produce a “reciprocal tariff” of 18 per cent.

    This means that from April 9, there will be a new tax of 18 per cent on Nicaraguan goods sent to the US, payable as a customs duty on their arrival by the company or agency importing the goods.

    How Nicaragua might contest the tariff

    It seems unlikely that Trump will bend to pressure on the tariffs. However, at least in theory, there are three ways in which Nicaragua might argue that the tariff is wrongly imposed:

    1. Nicaragua’s Central Bank shows a smaller trade gap with the US. According to the Central Bank’s figures for 2024, Nicaragua’s exports to the US totaled $3.7 billion, not $4.6 billion, while its imports from the US totaled $2.7 billion, giving a trade gap of $1 billion, not $1.7 billion. On the basis of Trump’s tariff formula, the result should have been a 14 per cent tariff, not 18 per cent, if Nicaragua’s trade figures are correct. (A possible explanation for the difference may be the way that goods, originating in Nicaragua, are processed in other Central American countries before arrival in the US.)
    2. Although most Central American countries import more from the US than they export to it, Costa Rica also has a trade surplus with the US, amounting to $2 billion, bigger than Nicaragua’s, yet it is only being penalized by the standard “reciprocal tariff” (10 per cent).
    3. Most importantly, as the Guatemalan government pointed out, under the CAFTA-DR trade treaty new tariffs are illegal (under both US federal and international law). The treaty prohibits new tariffs or customs duties between the seven member countries. Therefore, all six of the other countries that are parties to CAFTA-DR are entitled to challenge the US for breaching it.

    Action by CAFTA-DR members is complicated by the fact that Nicaragua is not only worst hit by the tariffs but is also a country that the US would like to exclude from the treaty completely, a point picked up below.

    Changing significance of Nicaraguan exports to the US

    Nicaragua’s Central Bank divides its trade figures between “merchandise” and products from free trade zones (principally, apparel). This, as we will see, confused the opposition media. This is the breakdown:

    • Exports of merchandise (e.g. gold, coffee, meat, etc.) totaled $4.2 billion in 2024, with the US accounting for 38.7 per cent of these, or $1.62 billion.
    • Exports from free trade zones were lower ($3.5 billion) but the proportion going to the US was much higher (59 per cent, or £2.08 billion).
    • Of Nicaragua’s total exports, at $7.7 billion, $3.7 billion went to the US (48 per cent).
    • Exports provide 39 per cent of Nicaragua’s annual income or GDP.
    • Exports to the US therefore account for a significant 18 per cent of GDP.

    These figures exclude services, such as tourism and transport, where trade between Nicaragua and the US is roughly in balance (unlike Guatemala and Honduras, with whom the US has a strong trade surplus in services).

    Exports to the US have fallen slowly from over 50 per cent of the total two years ago, as the government looks for other markets. Exports to the Republic of China, for example, were four times higher in 2024 than in 2022, but (at $68 million) are still a small proportion. There are other growing export markets, of which the most notable is Canada (now the second biggest buyer of Nicaraguan merchandise).

    The Nicaraguan government’s response to the tariffs is likely to involve continued efforts to diversify trade and keeping a watchful eye on the effects on different sectors of the economy. Producers of products like coffee and gold may be less affected as they already have diverse markets. On the other hand the apparel sector, which until this month enjoyed zero tariffs on its $2 billion exports to the US, is geared to the US market and might find greater difficulty in mitigating the tariff’s effects.

    Celebration and misinformation in opposition media

    Nicaragua’s opposition media, long financed by the US government, admit that they have been hit by Elon Musk’s cuts. How they are now funded is unclear. However, prominent opposition activists enjoy salaried employment in US universities and think tanks, where they call for sanctions that would hit poor Nicaraguans. Naturally, they welcomed Trump’s announcement.

    Errors in reporting on the tariffs showed opposition journalists’ unfamiliarity with Nicaragua’s economy. Confidencial, in a piece translated and reproduced in the Havana Times, claimed that the tariff imposed on Nicaragua ignored a trade surplus “of $484 million in favor of the US” which “has been growing in recent years.” This completely ignored exports to the US from the free trade zones. The same error was made a day later by Despacho 505.

    According to Confidencial, the reason for the higher tariff on Nicaragua (and on Venezuela, hit with a 15 per cent tariff) was to punish their authoritarian governments. In reality, the higher tariffs on both countries resulted from the application of Trump’s formula, but this deliberate misrepresentation was to be repeated.

    In an “analysis” for Confidencial on April 4, Manuel Orozco painted the 18 per cent tariff as specifically aimed at the Nicaraguan “dictatorship” (again, linking it with Venezuela). Orozco is a former Nicaraguan now living in Washington, working for the Inter-American Dialogue, an NGO funded by the US government and its arms industry. It is most unlikely that he was unaware of how the tariff was calculated; misleading his readers strengthened his argument that the higher tariff was a purely political move.

    Further articles in Despacho 505 and Articulo 66 also blamed political factors without explaining the arithmetic behind the tariff. In La Prensa, activist Felix Maradiaga wrongly remarked that the US accounts for over 60 per cent of Nicaragua’s exports. According to him, the supposed weakness of Nicaragua’s Sandinista government means the country will struggle to cope (he disregards its remarkable resilience in dealing with the much heavier economic consequences of the 2018 coup attempt and the 2020 pandemic).

    Then, also in Confidencial, opposition activist Juan Sebastián Chamorro made the claim that the new tariffs, which of course he welcomes, are entirely compatible with the CAFTA-DR trade treaty. He argued that Washington’s action is justified on grounds of “national security.” This echoes the absurd classification of Nicaragua (during the first Trump administration, continued by Biden) as “an unusual and extraordinary threat to the national security and foreign policy of the United States.”

    Opposition media are trying to present the new tariff as the first round of the stronger sanctions on Nicaragua that they have been urging Washington to adopt. They do this regardless of their illegality under the CAFTA-DR trade treaty or wider international law. The possibility of going further – excluding Nicaragua from the treaty – was trailed by Trump’s Latin America envoy, Mauricio Claver-Carone, in January, although he was careful to note the difficulties. But if this were to happen it would delight the opposition even further.

    Obsessed with promoting regime change in Managua, these anti-Sandinista activists disregard the effects of tariffs and trade sanctions on ordinary Nicaraguans. On “Liberation Day” Trump showed his indifference to the millions of people in low-income countries whose livelihoods depend on producing food and other products for export to the US. The likes of Orozco, Maradiaga and Chamorro behave in just the same way.

  • Image credit: Trump on “Liberation Day” [Photo: White House]
  • The post Nicaragua’s Opposition Media Welcome Trump’s New Tariffs first appeared on Dissident Voice.


    This content originally appeared on Dissident Voice and was authored by John Perry.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2025/04/07/nicaraguas-opposition-media-welcome-trumps-new-tariffs/feed/ 0 524228
    In New England, Canadian hydropower has slowed to an ominous trickle https://grist.org/energy/in-new-england-canadian-hydropower-has-slowed-to-an-ominous-trickle/ https://grist.org/energy/in-new-england-canadian-hydropower-has-slowed-to-an-ominous-trickle/#respond Sun, 06 Apr 2025 13:00:00 +0000 https://grist.org/?p=662237 On March 6, at the start of the still-simmering trade war between the U.S. and Canada, hydropower generator Hydro‑Québec quietly stopped exporting electricity to New England.

    At a time of year when Canadian hydropower typically supplies up to a tenth of New England’s power, the region has instead gone almost a month with virtually no cross-border flow of electrons.

    Hydro‑Québec leaders say low prices in the New England market — not politics — are behind the decision to suspend sales. The disruption hasn’t affected power costs or reliability in the region yet, but some experts say it could if the cutoff extends into the summer cooling season. The situation also highlights a potential risk to state clean energy plans that count on Canadian hydropower to help offset fossil fuels.

    “This shows the potential for the region to be vulnerable to manipulations of the supply,” said Phelps Turner, director of clean grid for the Conservation Law Foundation.

    Hydro‑Québec’s main transmission line into New England, known as the Phase II line, stopped exporting any meaningful amount of power two days after President Donald Trump’s tariff on Canadian imports went into effect. Last March, by comparison, anywhere from a few hundred megawatts to more than 1,200 MW flowed along the line at any given time, making up between 5 percent and 10 percent of the region’s electricity use on average, Turner estimated.

    A bar chart showing declining imports of energy from Quebec to New England

    The longer that New England needs to replace the absent hydropower, the more often it will call on natural gas or oil power plants to fill the gap with dirtier and more expensive electricity, particularly as demand increases in the summer and again next winter.

    “Electrically, this is pretty much the most boring time of year, and certainly a much easier time of year to have a source go away or be on pause here,” said Dan Dolan, president of the New England Power Generators Association. ​“There is going to be both a cost and environmental consequence if we see this be a really durable situation.”

    The future of Canadian energy in New England

    In an email from a company spokesperson, Hydro‑Québec attributed its lack of exports to market conditions, saying milder spring weather has lowered demand and thus prices. Others have theorized the move is also a show of power aimed at the Trump administration.

    Hydro‑Québec has been sending signals for a while that it might be moving away from delivering power to New England at its historic levels. Last year, 5,560 gigawatt-hours of power traveled into the region over the Phase II line, less than half the amount exported in 2022. And in the last two forward capacity auctions run by grid operator ISO New England, Hydro‑Québec did not take on any obligation to provide power for 20 of the 24 months covered.

    This pullback is likely due, at least in part, to ongoing abnormally dry and drought conditions in much of Quebec, which mean less water flow to power the company’s generators. Hydro-Québec, therefore, faces choices about what to do with the power it can generate, whether that means holding out for higher prices on the New England market or selling it domestically to meet the province’s own growing demand as it too electrifies in pursuit of climate goals.

    “Hydro-Québec is proactively managing its energy reserves in the context of low runoff and, as such, will continue to limit its exports as it did in 2024,” said company spokesperson Lynn St-Laurent.

    The lack of exports from Hydro-Québec coupled with the specter of fluctuating tariffs and counter-tariffs brings into focus the need for the New England grid to develop more stateside power resources and expand the infrastructure required to get energy where it’s needed, experts said.

    “We’re going to need all the supply we can find, and part of that is going to come from Canadian hydro,” said Jeremy McDiarmid, managing director and general counsel at clean energy industry association Advanced Energy United. ​“We also need to be building things: We need to build transmission lines. We need to build new generation.”

    Some are also concerned that ISO New England is not properly accounting for the declines in Canadian hydro supply. The grid operator’s planning process still uses the assumption that neighboring regions — mostly Quebec, Dolan said — will be willing and able to send 2,000 MW into New England at moments of exceptionally high demand, an expectation Dolan said ​“doesn’t strike me as responsible or appropriate reliability planning,” given the trend in the Canadian firm’s exports.

    The situation has also raised questions about the New England Clean Energy Connect transmission line, a 145-mile project designed to import 1,200 MW of Hydro-Québec power into New England as part of a 20-year power purchase agreement with Massachusetts utilities. The line is expected to be operational starting in 2026, and a Hydro-Québec spokesperson said the company plans to deliver the power promised.

    Recent circumstances, however, have those in the industry combing over the contracts to determine how solid Hydro-Québec’s commitment to deliver that power actually is and how tariffs might affect the terms of the deal. One promising sign, they said: The company is still sending electricity into the U.S. over a second, smaller transmission line that ends in Vermont, which has an agreement to buy power from Hydro-Québec until 2038.

    “That does seem to suggest that [Hydro-Québec] is performing under existing contracts,” Turner said. ​“But every contract in every situation is different.”

    In the meantime, the region will just have to wait and see what Hydro-Québec does next, without much information to go on.

    “It’s hard to say what’s motivating the decision” to cut power flow, Turner said. ​“We just know it’s happening, but we don’t know why it’s happening.”

    This story was originally published by Grist with the headline In New England, Canadian hydropower has slowed to an ominous trickle on Apr 6, 2025.


    This content originally appeared on Grist and was authored by Sarah Shemkus, Canary Media.

    ]]>
    https://grist.org/energy/in-new-england-canadian-hydropower-has-slowed-to-an-ominous-trickle/feed/ 0 524051
    Trump says negotiation on TikTok as China announces new tariffs on US goods | Radio Free Asia (RFA) https://www.radiofree.org/2025/04/04/trump-says-negotiation-on-tiktok-as-china-announces-new-tariffs-on-us-goods-radio-free-asia-rfa/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/04/04/trump-says-negotiation-on-tiktok-as-china-announces-new-tariffs-on-us-goods-radio-free-asia-rfa/#respond Fri, 04 Apr 2025 19:57:00 +0000 http://www.radiofree.org/?guid=ac52d9ccbdf8aabc847bb7bcba5c7f2a
    This content originally appeared on Radio Free Asia and was authored by Radio Free Asia.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2025/04/04/trump-says-negotiation-on-tiktok-as-china-announces-new-tariffs-on-us-goods-radio-free-asia-rfa/feed/ 0 523856
    Conversation with Robert Jensen on his New Book, It’s Debatable https://www.radiofree.org/2025/04/04/conversation-with-robert-jensen-on-his-new-book-its-debatable/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/04/04/conversation-with-robert-jensen-on-his-new-book-its-debatable/#respond Fri, 04 Apr 2025 18:43:25 +0000 https://dissidentvoice.org/?p=157216 Host Faramarz Farbod interviews Robert Jensen, professor, journalist, activist, and author of many books, most recently It’s Debatable: Talking Authentically about Tricky Topics. They talk about how to think freely, speak responsibly, and live authentically in an uncertain world and end with a discussion of contemporary controversies like white supremacy, ecological sustainability, and trans ideology. […]

    The post Conversation with Robert Jensen on his New Book, It’s Debatable first appeared on Dissident Voice.]]>
    Host Faramarz Farbod interviews Robert Jensen, professor, journalist, activist, and author of many books, most recently It’s Debatable: Talking Authentically about Tricky Topics. They talk about how to think freely, speak responsibly, and live authentically in an uncertain world and end with a discussion of contemporary controversies like white supremacy, ecological sustainability, and trans ideology.

    Originally aired on BCTV: 7/9/24 For a full listing of BCTV’s live broadcast schedule.

    The post Conversation with Robert Jensen on his New Book, It’s Debatable first appeared on Dissident Voice.


    This content originally appeared on Dissident Voice and was authored by Faramarz Farbod.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2025/04/04/conversation-with-robert-jensen-on-his-new-book-its-debatable/feed/ 0 523832
    "Can’t Look Away": New Documentary Examines How Social Media Addiction Can Harm — Even Kill — Kids https://www.radiofree.org/2025/04/04/cant-look-away-new-documentary-examines-how-social-media-addiction-can-harm-even-kill-kids/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/04/04/cant-look-away-new-documentary-examines-how-social-media-addiction-can-harm-even-kill-kids/#respond Fri, 04 Apr 2025 14:21:20 +0000 http://www.radiofree.org/?guid=bb1c7e9ca118f7be1502b64b64379c4d
    This content originally appeared on Democracy Now! and was authored by Democracy Now!.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2025/04/04/cant-look-away-new-documentary-examines-how-social-media-addiction-can-harm-even-kill-kids/feed/ 0 523770
    China to impose new tariffs on US goods after Trump upended global trade status quo https://rfa.org/english/china/2025/04/04/china-new-tariff-us/ https://rfa.org/english/china/2025/04/04/china-new-tariff-us/#respond Fri, 04 Apr 2025 13:42:40 +0000 https://rfa.org/english/china/2025/04/04/china-new-tariff-us/ BANGKOK – China is imposing retaliatory tariffs on U.S. goods a day after President Donald Trump announced sweeping taxes on trade with most countries - the latest escalation of a trade war that could stunt economic growth worldwide.

    China’s State Council Tariff Commission said an additional 34% tariff on imports from the U.S. will be imposed from April 10 - matching the new U.S. tariff on China.

    “This practice of the U.S. is not in line with international trade rules, seriously undermines China’s legitimate rights and interests, and is a typical unilateral bullying practice,” the commission said in a statement announcing its retaliatory tariffs.

    China, the world’s second-largest economy after the U.S., was already subject to a 20% tariff the U.S. imposed earlier this year when Trump demanded the country buy more U.S. goods and stop the flow of the deadly synthetic opioid fentanyl.

    Stock markets have cratered worldwide after Trump’s tariff announcement, indicating fears of a global recession. U.S. stock futures predicted markets would fall further Friday following China’s announcement.

    Southeast Asian nations were some of the hardest hit by the new U.S. tariffs, at nearly 50% in some cases.

    Some corporations moved production to Southeast Asian nations such as Vietnam and Thailand from China after the first Trump administration, from 2016 to 2020, imposed tariffs on its global rival.

    When he announced the latest tariffs at a White House event, Trump singled out China as one of the “nations that treat us badly,” according to news agency reports.

    The U.S. has a higher trade deficit with China than with any other country – US$295.4 billion last year.

    Trump’s tariff shock therapy is aimed at encouraging a revival of American manufacturing, which fell as a share of the economy and employment over several decades of global free trade and competition from production in lower-cost countries.

    Any changes could take years as many U.S. corporations have made substantial investments in overseas production. Manufacturing in the U.S., like elsewhere, also is reliant on components produced in other countries.

    Edited by Taejun Kang.


    This content originally appeared on Radio Free Asia and was authored by Stephen Wright for RFA.

    ]]>
    https://rfa.org/english/china/2025/04/04/china-new-tariff-us/feed/ 0 523760
    “Can’t Look Away”: New Documentary Examines How Social Media Addiction Can Harm — Even Kill — Kids https://www.radiofree.org/2025/04/04/cant-look-away-new-documentary-examines-how-social-media-addiction-can-harm-even-kill-kids-2/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/04/04/cant-look-away-new-documentary-examines-how-social-media-addiction-can-harm-even-kill-kids-2/#respond Fri, 04 Apr 2025 12:43:56 +0000 http://www.radiofree.org/?guid=2d25e67de1ebc9e745c3e986f5775b86 Cantlookaway jolt

    Can’t Look Away: The Case Against Social Media is a new documentary that exposes the real-life consequences of the algorithms of big tech companies and their impact on children and teens. In 2022, social media companies made an estimated $11 billion advertising to minors in the U.S., where 95% of teenagers use social media. One in three teens uses social media almost constantly. “These products, they’re not designed to hook us, adults,” says Laura Marquez-Garrett, an attorney at the Social Media Victims Law Center in Seattle who is featured in Can’t Look Away. “They are designed to hook children.”


    This content originally appeared on Democracy Now! and was authored by Democracy Now!.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2025/04/04/cant-look-away-new-documentary-examines-how-social-media-addiction-can-harm-even-kill-kids-2/feed/ 0 523778
    “Can’t Look Away”: New Documentary on Online Safety Examines The Dark Side of Social Media https://www.radiofree.org/2025/04/04/cant-look-away-new-documentary-on-online-safety-examines-the-dark-side-of-social-media/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/04/04/cant-look-away-new-documentary-on-online-safety-examines-the-dark-side-of-social-media/#respond Fri, 04 Apr 2025 12:00:00 +0000 http://www.radiofree.org/?guid=c009d1694f1100bdeb0da97d8eb33ed2
    This content originally appeared on Democracy Now! Audio and was authored by Democracy Now!.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2025/04/04/cant-look-away-new-documentary-on-online-safety-examines-the-dark-side-of-social-media/feed/ 0 523801
    New York Times Throws Ukraine Under the Bus, Admits US Proxy War https://www.radiofree.org/2025/04/04/new-york-times-throws-ukraine-under-the-bus-admits-us-proxy-war/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/04/04/new-york-times-throws-ukraine-under-the-bus-admits-us-proxy-war/#respond Fri, 04 Apr 2025 05:58:48 +0000 https://www.counterpunch.org/?p=359353 In a practice that might seem quaint if it weren’t so murderous, the American uniparty is currently assigning party colors to its ‘boutique’ wars in Ukraine and West Asia. While these wars were arguably started by, and are being prosecuted by, the United States, the powers that be in the US have apparently determined that branding them by team color (Red v Blue) would effectively preclude the development of a national anti-war response. More

    The post New York Times Throws Ukraine Under the Bus, Admits US Proxy War appeared first on CounterPunch.org.

    ]]>

    Photograph Source: Ministry of Defense of Ukraine – CC BY-SA 2.0

    In a practice that might seem quaint if it weren’t so murderous, the American uniparty is currently assigning party colors to its ‘boutique’ wars in Ukraine and West Asia. While these wars were arguably started by, and are being prosecuted by, the United States, the powers that be in the US have apparently determined that branding them by team color (Red v Blue) would effectively preclude the development of a national anti-war response.

    In this light, the (New York) Times recently shat out the second installment of its ex-post recitation of CIA talking points crafted with a method that I call ‘cat-litter journalism.’ The focus of the new Times’ piece is the American war in Ukraine. Should this read as a misstatement to you, that maybe it is a war between Ukraine and Russia, tell it to the New York Times. The gist of the Times piece is that the Americans would have won the war if it hadn’t been for the Ukrainians.

    The phrase ‘cat-litter journalism’ refers to the near-random assemblage of earlier reporting by the Times that has been reassembled to convey the illusion that its ‘reporting’ ties to any determinable facts. Deference to authority is another way to describe the piece. Without footnotes and / or links, the assertions made in the piece are a compilation of the least plausible state propaganda of recent years crafted for the post-election political dynamic.

    ‘In some ways, Ukraine was, on a wider canvas, a rematch in a long history of U.S.-Russia proxy wars — Vietnam in the 1960s, Afghanistan in the 1980s, Syria three decades later.’ nytimes.com’ 3/29/25.

    For readers upset by the prospect of their favorite war losing its luster, fear not. The political logic of Donald Trump’s rapid policy dump upon entering office is the ethereal nature of Presidential power. For good and not-good reasons, Mr. Trump is about to hit a wall of institutional pushback. Further, his ‘peace through strength’ schtick (borrowed from Richard Nixon) is a serious misreading of the current political environment.

    The reason why New York Times reporters are acting like rats fleeing a sinking ship with respect to the CIA’s war in Ukraine is that the Ukraine ship is sinking. Don’t take my word for it. The new US Intelligence Assessment for 2025 states 1) that Ukraine (the CIA) has substantially lost the conflict, and 2) nothing that the West has at its disposal will turn the situation around. Having a chair to sit in when the music stops is the political needle being threaded.

    Russia in the past year has seized the upper hand in its full-scale invasion of Ukraine and is on a path to accrue greater leverage to press Kyiv and its Western backers to negotiate an end to the war that grants Moscow concessions it seeks. dni.gov.

    The political logic of parsing the war in Ukraine from the genocide in West Asia goes like this, 1) by US calculations, there is no way for the West to prevail in Ukraine, and 2) attending to the denouement in Ukraine when a promise of genocide has been sold to a foreign adversary (Israel) requires operational consolidation. Once the US moves outside of Gaza (it already has), Greater Israel begins to resemble Poland on August 31, 1939.

    For those who may have forgotten, here is the leader of the Blue Team telling us that ‘Putin has already lost the war’ in mid-2023. Two years later, the New York Times is belatedly informing us that it was the Ukrainians who lost the war; that the US is blameless, if not heroic, for its ‘support’ of Ukraine; and that maybe the US should have gotten one-million citizens of a more deserving nation killed for the privilege.

    That British ‘intelligence,’ MI6, was active in both the Russiagate fraud and in maintaining friendly relations with Ukrainian fascists from 1944 to the present so that they were available for service in Ukraine 2013 – present, argues for ending the Five-Eyes Alliance and criminally charging the Brits for interfering in American elections. The problem is that the Western ruling class has demonstrated itself to be immune from public sanction.

    That the leader of the Blue Team was the largest recipient of legal bribes from supporters of Israel in Congress unites him in a deep moral commitment to genocide with Donald J. However, in the American terms of discourse in 2025, Donald Trump ‘got the better deal.’ Miriam Adelson contributed $150 million to Mr. Trump’s 2024 campaign, with $100 million of it reportedly dedicated to improving the lives of Western arms dealers. Joe Biden only got four million dollars for his genocide.

    This ‘genocide for hire’ posture of America 2.0, where US foreign policy does the bidding of foreign adversaries in exchange for specific payments to specific politicians, might seem irredeemably corrupt. In fact, it is irredeemably corrupt. However, there is a political term— ‘imperialism,’ that rehabilitates corrupt acts under the nuevo-scriptural precept of ‘kick their ass and steal their gas’ that is emerging from the gold toilet crowd.

    Were it not for the earlier ‘coming-clean’ piece from the Times that began in the aftermath of the US – British coup in Ukraine in 2014, the US timeline found in the recent Times article would be inexplicable. How could the timelines match US state propaganda so perfectly given that between the two articles, pretty much everything that the Americans and Brits said about the conflict was later restated in materially different terms?

    Further, as the vile, offensive, and yes, fascistic, efforts by the Trump administration to quell domestic rebellion against corrupt acts by politicians taking money from adversarial foreign governments to commit genocide, the ship of state is struggling. Threatening Americans with deportation, imprisonment, and being disappeared for expressing their constitutionally protected right to object to these policies is profoundly anti-American under the existing terms of discourse.

    Ominously for we, the people, Donald Trump was able to extract far more money than Joe Biden was for a roughly equivalent genocide (thus far). Yes, under US law, American politicians can take money from adversarial foreign governments which personally benefits them, and not the United States, in exchange for the promise that the US will commit genocide against foreign nationals for the benefit of other foreign nationals. Question: where is MAGA on this?

    If any of this suggests a path out of the current mess through electoral politics, the evidence doesn’t support that conclusion. Here is one of the several pieces that I wrote in and around early 2019 where I correctly argued that were Joe Biden to be elected, he would fail to govern and that Donald Trump, or someone worse, would follow Biden. That is what happened. I was right, and the DNC just reelected Donald Trump.

    For those who don’t see it yet, Donald Trump is in the process of imploding politically. His economic policies, which share quite a bit with Bill Clinton, Barack Obama, and Ronald Reagan, are ideological— based on a group of like-minded people sitting around making shit up with no one to challenge them. He doesn’t understand basic economics well enough to avoid the catastrophe-in-the-making that his policies will produce.

    Firing tens of thousands of Federal workers without a coherent plan to reemploy them both raises the unemployment rate and lowers wages. As I’ve previously written, adding former Federal employees to the unemployment line increases the number of workers vying for a limited number of jobs, thereby leading the most desperate to accept lower wages. Rising unemployment and falling wages is a recipe for electoral defeat.

    With respect to liberal fears of a Fourth Reich, ex-CIA Larry Johnson and others familiar with military production argue that the lead time from cold start to having weapons in hand is a decade. When existing facilities can be used, this lead time can be reduced to three years. In its wisdom, the US began firing its skilled manufacturing workforce in the 1970s. Skilled work in 2025 is ‘influencing’ teenagers to buy Viagra for their pet gerbils on YouTube.

    When Mr. Trump references ‘peace through strength,’ he asserts that while his aim (‘peace’) is virtuous, his method will be the threatened or actual use of violence to achieve it. The social logic is that the party being threatened has a choice to surrender or be killed. This framing has been used by repressive power for millennia to claim that political repression maintained through violence is ‘peace.’ In so doing, the term is emptied of content. The definition of peace is reduced to ‘not death.’

    The political benefit of this approach for empires is that it frames repressive political power as a defense of peace, and its opponents as the instigators of violence. In history, the US is only two generations from the ‘Indian Wars,’ where innocent settlers ‘were overwhelmed and slaughtered by ignorant savages,’ for those who buy Hollywood’s version of the history. Howard Zinn’s A People’s History of the United States and Robert Hughes’ The Fatal Shore illustrate the genocidal versions of this view-from-power of ‘peace.’

    How the phrase (peace through strength) was heard on the campaign trail by Mr. Trump’s constituents was likely through the anti-historical fantasy that the US has won the wars that it has engaged in since WWII. As actual history has it, it was the Russians who won WWII. Richard Nixon used the term, combined with his claim that he had a ‘secret plan’ to end the US war in Vietnam. He didn’t. Nixon ended up expanding the war to Laos and Cambodia before the ignominious ‘fall of Saigon’ in 1975.

    With respect to the US proxy war in Ukraine, the precise social logic of Mr. Trump implying that the Biden administration was ‘weak’ in threatening imminent nuclear annihilation in the latter days of the administration begs the question of what the word means? Is ending the world a sign of strength? To whom? Who would be alive to judge the matter, and what would be the consequence of any such judgment?

    One might have imagined that Times readers previously burned by its fraudulent reporting regarding Iraq’s WMDs and Russiagate would have felt ‘twice bitten, thrice shy’ with respect to its Ukraine reporting. Implied in the steadfastness of its readership is that getting true information about the world isn’t— is not, why its readers read the Times. Or perhaps, Times readers like their news several years after the fact, when it can be found in the ‘corrections’ section.

    The residual purpose of the New York Times is to demonstrate that Pravda in the waning days of the Soviet Union is the model to which the American press aspires. But this is only a ‘press’ story to the extent that the volunteer state media in the US doesn’t require threats to carry water for power. They want to do so. It gives them purpose, and the occasional invitation to the right dinner party.

    I wrote early on in the US war in Ukraine that the Ukrainians ‘would rue the day that they ever heard of the United States.’ With the New York Times now blaming the Ukrainians for the American loss against Russia, they join the Palestinians in being tossed onto the garbage heap of empire. So are the Russians. The difference is that the Russians can take care of themselves. That is why American imperialists hate Russia so much. They don’t control it.

     

    The post New York Times Throws Ukraine Under the Bus, Admits US Proxy War appeared first on CounterPunch.org.


    This content originally appeared on CounterPunch.org and was authored by Rob Urie.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2025/04/04/new-york-times-throws-ukraine-under-the-bus-admits-us-proxy-war/feed/ 0 523617
    New modelling reveals full impact of Trump’s ‘Liberation Day’ tariffs – with US hit hardest https://www.radiofree.org/2025/04/03/new-modelling-reveals-full-impact-of-trumps-liberation-day-tariffs-with-us-hit-hardest/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/04/03/new-modelling-reveals-full-impact-of-trumps-liberation-day-tariffs-with-us-hit-hardest/#respond Thu, 03 Apr 2025 09:49:06 +0000 https://asiapacificreport.nz/?p=112899 ANALYSIS: By Niven Winchester, Auckland University of Technology

    We now have a clearer picture of Donald Trump’s “Liberation Day” tariffs and how they will affect other trading nations, including the United States itself.

    The US administration claims these tariffs on imports will reduce the US trade deficit and address what it views as unfair and non-reciprocal trade practices. Trump said this would

    forever be remembered as the day American industry was reborn, the day America’s destiny was reclaimed.

    The “reciprocal” tariffs are designed to impose charges on other countries equivalent to half the costs they supposedly inflict on US exporters through tariffs, currency manipulation and non-tariff barriers levied on US goods.

    Each nation received a tariff number that will apply to most goods. Notable sectors exempt include steel, aluminium and motor vehicles, which are already subject to new tariffs.

    The minimum baseline tariff for each country is 10 percent. But many countries received higher numbers, including Vietnam (46 percent), Thailand (36 percent), China (34 percent), Indonesia (32 percent), Taiwan (32 percent) and Switzerland (31 percent).

    The tariff number for China is in addition to an existing 20 percent tariff, so the total tariff applied to Chinese imports is 54 percent. Countries assigned 10 percent tariffs include Australia, New Zealand and the United Kingdom.

    Canada and Mexico are exempt from the reciprocal tariffs, for now, but goods from those nations are subject to a 25 percent tariff under a separate executive order.

    Although some countries do charge higher tariffs on US goods than the US imposes on their exports, and the “Liberation Day” tariffs are allegedly only half the full reciprocal rate, the calculations behind them are open to challenge.

    For example, non-tariff measures are notoriously difficult to estimate and “subject to much uncertainty”, according to one recent study.

    GDP impacts with retaliation
    Other countries are now likely to respond with retaliatory tariffs on US imports. Canada (the largest destination for US exports), the EU and China have all said they will respond in kind.

    To estimate the impacts of this tit-for-tat trade standoff, I use a global model of the production, trade and consumption of goods and services. Similar simulation tools — known as “computable general equilibrium models” — are widely used by governments, academics and consultancies to evaluate policy changes.

    The first model simulates a scenario in which the US imposes reciprocal and other new tariffs, and other countries respond with equivalent tariffs on US goods. Estimated changes in GDP due to US reciprocal tariffs and retaliatory tariffs by other nations are shown in the table below.



    The tariffs decrease US GDP by US$438.4 billion (1.45 percent). Divided among the nation’s 126 million households, GDP per household decreases by $3,487 per year. That is larger than the corresponding decreases in any other country. (All figures are in US dollars.)

    Proportional GDP decreases are largest in Mexico (2.24 percent) and Canada (1.65 percent) as these nations ship more than 75 percent of their exports to the US. Mexican households are worse off by $1,192 per year and Canadian households by $2,467.

    Other nations that experience relatively large decreases in GDP include Vietnam (0.99 percent) and Switzerland (0.32 percent).

    Some nations gain from the trade war. Typically, these face relatively low US tariffs (and consequently also impose relatively low tariffs on US goods). New Zealand (0.29 percent) and Brazil (0.28 percent) experience the largest increases in GDP. New Zealand households are better off by $397 per year.

    Aggregate GDP for the rest of the world (all nations except the US) decreases by $62 billion.

    At the global level, GDP decreases by $500 billion (0.43 percent). This result confirms the well-known rule that trade wars shrink the global economy.

    GDP impacts without retaliation
    In the second scenario, the modelling depicts what happens if other nations do not react to the US tariffs. The changes in the GDP of selected countries are presented in the table below.



    Countries that face relatively high US tariffs and ship a large proportion of their exports to the US experience the largest proportional decreases in GDP. These include Canada, Mexico, Vietnam, Thailand, Taiwan, Switzerland, South Korea and China.

    Countries that face relatively low new tariffs gain, with the UK experiencing the largest GDP increase.

    The tariffs decrease US GDP by $149 billion (0.49 percent) because the tariffs increase production costs and consumer prices in the US.

    Aggregate GDP for the rest of the world decreases by $155 billion, more than twice the corresponding decrease when there was retaliation. This indicates that the rest of the world can reduce losses by retaliating. At the same time, retaliation leads to a worse outcome for the US.

    Previous tariff announcements by the Trump administration dropped sand into the cogs of international trade. The reciprocal tariffs throw a spanner into the works. Ultimately, the US may face the largest damages.The Conversation

    Dr Niven Winchester is professor of economics, Auckland University of Technology. This article is republished from The Conversation under a Creative Commons licence. Read the original article.


    This content originally appeared on Asia Pacific Report and was authored by APR editor.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2025/04/03/new-modelling-reveals-full-impact-of-trumps-liberation-day-tariffs-with-us-hit-hardest/feed/ 0 523407
    Unseen Footage Reveals New Evidence of Bucha Mass Executions | RFE/RL Exclusive https://www.radiofree.org/2025/04/03/unseen-footage-reveals-new-evidence-of-bucha-mass-executions-rfe-rl-exclusive/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/04/03/unseen-footage-reveals-new-evidence-of-bucha-mass-executions-rfe-rl-exclusive/#respond Thu, 03 Apr 2025 07:00:27 +0000 http://www.radiofree.org/?guid=fc5e2c077fb95d518f385386b807e262
    This content originally appeared on Radio Free Europe/Radio Liberty and was authored by Radio Free Europe/Radio Liberty.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2025/04/03/unseen-footage-reveals-new-evidence-of-bucha-mass-executions-rfe-rl-exclusive/feed/ 0 523360
    Trump’s April 2 Deadline for New Tariffs is a Distraction from Deeper North American Trade Challenges https://www.radiofree.org/2025/04/03/trumps-april-2-deadline-for-new-tariffs-is-a-distraction-from-deeper-north-american-trade-challenges/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/04/03/trumps-april-2-deadline-for-new-tariffs-is-a-distraction-from-deeper-north-american-trade-challenges/#respond Thu, 03 Apr 2025 05:47:29 +0000 https://www.counterpunch.org/?p=359119 Mexicans have heaped massive praise on their president, Claudia Sheinbaum, for her negotiations against an increasingly frenzied and unpredictable Donald Trump.  She drew hundreds of thousands to Mexico City’s central square — Zócalo — on March 9 to rally for national sovereigntyafter Trump agreed to delay U.S. import tariffs on the country. And she is More

    The post Trump’s April 2 Deadline for New Tariffs is a Distraction from Deeper North American Trade Challenges appeared first on CounterPunch.org.

    ]]>

    The post Trump’s April 2 Deadline for New Tariffs is a Distraction from Deeper North American Trade Challenges appeared first on CounterPunch.org.


    This content originally appeared on CounterPunch.org and was authored by Manuel Perez-Rocha.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2025/04/03/trumps-april-2-deadline-for-new-tariffs-is-a-distraction-from-deeper-north-american-trade-challenges/feed/ 0 523342
    New Travel Company Launches: Africa without the Africans https://www.radiofree.org/2025/04/02/new-travel-company-launches-africa-without-the-africans/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/04/02/new-travel-company-launches-africa-without-the-africans/#respond Wed, 02 Apr 2025 13:38:40 +0000 https://dissidentvoice.org/?p=157123 Want to imagine that no Africans actually live in Africa? Want to go on safari and pretend that you’re not on Indigenous people’s lands? Then Colonial Holidays – supported by big conservation corporations – is for you. Photo by Fokke Baarssen via Pond5 A new travel company has launched today, offering stunning safari holidays with […]

    The post New Travel Company Launches: Africa without the Africans first appeared on Dissident Voice.]]>
    Safari cocktails

    Want to imagine that no Africans actually live in Africa? Want to go on safari and pretend that you’re not on Indigenous people’s lands? Then Colonial Holidays – supported by big conservation corporations – is for you. Photo by Fokke Baarssen via Pond5

    A new travel company has launched today, offering stunning safari holidays with a guarantee of no Africans to spoil the view.

    Colonial Holidays is a joint venture between exclusive tour operators and the conservation organizations WWF, WCS, The Nature Conservancy and African Parks.

    Specially trained rangers will ensure that any locals who may intrude are either beaten up or arrested.

    Colonial Holidays will offer safari tours to Kenya and Tanzania – both countries where, starting in the colonial era, Indigenous peoples have been swept aside to make way for wealthy outsiders.

    Tourists will visit various national parks and game reserves, each one policed by battalions of heavily-armed rangers financed by the big Western conservation organizations.

    Colonial Holidays’ CEO Weeno Best said today: “Many of the most popular safari destinations were once the home of Indigenous peoples. But no-one wants to look at people grazing cows, and their houses were a total eyesore. So we made sure they were evicted, and built luxury lodges and spa retreats instead.

    “Our holidays come with a cast-iron guarantee for all our guests: As you sip your sunset cocktail, you’ll see nothing but a magnificent African wilderness: there’ll be absolutely no Africans to get in the way, or remind you that people once lived here.

    “In fact, the only Africans you’ll see during your stay will be the cleaning staff and the waiters. Funnily enough, they’re the same people who used to live here, but they’re much happier now they’re in low-paid work with no job security, instead of self-sufficient and in control of their own lives.”

    Serengeti Tourist

    A tourist scans the Serengeti National Park, Tanzania, without an Indigenous African in sight. Photo by Matej Kastelic via Pond5

    The post New Travel Company Launches: Africa without the Africans first appeared on Dissident Voice.


    This content originally appeared on Dissident Voice and was authored by Survival International.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2025/04/02/new-travel-company-launches-africa-without-the-africans/feed/ 0 523204
    As Nuke Power Dies, Lithium Must Not Be the New Plutonium https://www.radiofree.org/2025/04/01/as-nuke-power-dies-lithium-must-not-be-the-new-plutonium/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/04/01/as-nuke-power-dies-lithium-must-not-be-the-new-plutonium/#respond Tue, 01 Apr 2025 04:01:55 +0000 https://www.counterpunch.org/?p=359148 Atomic Energy’s death spiral has spawned a run to green power. But the toxic mineral lithium has become a critical pitfall…with clear ways around it that demand attention. Humankind’s 400+ licensed large commercial reactors embody history’s most expensive technological failure. Once hyped as “too cheap to meter,” just three “Peaceful Atom” plants have opened in More

    The post As Nuke Power Dies, Lithium Must Not Be the New Plutonium appeared first on CounterPunch.org.

    ]]>

    Getty and Unsplash+.

    Atomic Energy’s death spiral has spawned a run to green power.

    But the toxic mineral lithium has become a critical pitfall…with clear ways around it that demand attention.

    Humankind’s 400+ licensed large commercial reactors embody history’s most expensive technological failure.

    Once hyped as “too cheap to meter,” just three “Peaceful Atom” plants have opened in the US since 1996, all of them very late and hugely over budget. Four at Japan’s Fukushima blew up in 2011, with ever-escalating economic, ecological and biological costs. Two in South Carolina are outright $9 billion failures. Projects in Georgia (US), Finland, France and the UK have come with catastrophic delays, overruns and cancellations. So have much-hyped Small Modular Reactors, and the taxpayer-funded idea of restarting nukes already dead.

    And in the post DeepSeek era, gargantuan projected power demands for Artificial Intelligence and crypto are coming back to Earth.

    Meanwhile the US now gets far more usable electricity from solar, wind and geothermal than from coal or nuclear. China’s wind/solar investments now dwarf its nukes, whose new construction plans are shrinking fast . Likewise those for the world as a whole (except among countries wanting to build nuclear weapons).

    Despite nearly seven decades of operation, commercial atomic power still can’t get comprehensive private insurance against the next Fukushima. The recent (likely Russian) February 24, 2025 explosion at Chernobyl warned that a single drone or military mis-hap could ignite yet another mega-radiation release.

    Amidst the resultant rush to renewables, the toxic, expensive mineral lithium is slated for millions of batteries worldwide.

    Some will be at the heart of electric cars. Others will back up solar and wind turbines for “when the sun doesn’t shine and the wind doesn’t blow.”

    Powerful, efficient, and relatively lightweight, lithium has been viewed as essential for use in electric vehicles and stationary storage. Billions of dollars have been invested in mining, milling and processing lithium, with far more to come. At its best, it has been envisioned at the core of any green-powered transition.

    But lithium is volatile, flammable, toxic, challenging to mine, sustain and re-cycle, with ecological, labor and health issues that must be addressed.

    On January 15 and February 18, 2025, fire devastated the 300mgw Moss Landing, California, battery storage facility, among the world’s largest. Faulty maintenance and major techno-failures set 80% of the plant ablaze, emitting massive toxic fallout. So have Tesla vehicles burned in accidents, wildfires and protests.

    Health impacts already reported by lithium downwinders tragically recall symptoms from poisonous disasters like Bhopal (India), East Palestine (Ohio), Three Mile Island (PA) and elsewhere. Lithium mining can be ecologically destructive, with significant health and labor issues.

    Thankfully, there are superior substitutes on the near horizon. Sodium Ion batteries are heavy, but can be far cheaper, cleaner to mine and easier to recycle than lithium. Chinese auto giant BYD now offers a sodium iron battery sedan cheaper than a lithium Tesla. Iron air, aqueous (water) metal ion, gallium nitride and other unexpected players are likely (sooner or later) to have their place.

    When it comes to the millions of solar panels poised to bury nuke power worldwide, activists concerned with electric/magnetic radiation warn that DC/AC “dirty” current must also be carefully managed, requiring updated filters, inverters, micro-grids and more. There are also the on-going problems of eco-destructive bio-fuel production and persistent turbine bird kills.

    Fossil/nuclear backers are forever happy to weaponize such techno-challenges. Solartopian advocates have no choice but to fully face them

    Lithium may be a long way from plutonium, high level radioactive waste, or the airborne fallout that cursed Hiroshima andNagasaki, Fukushima and Chernobyl. There are known solar solutions to EMF/inverter challenges. The kwh/bird kill problem has been steadily improving.

    While wind turbines don’t kill fish, fossil/nuke burners kill trillions. Agri-voltaics on solarized farmland can be hugely productive. Micro-grids are orders of magnitude safer, cleaner and more efficient than the utility power lines that ignite our forests and cities.

    But on a planet we must preserve, in a volatile political and ecological climate, mere “trade-offs” may not be good enough.

    With VERY significant economic realities on our side, green advocates can and must phase out not only King CONG (Coal, Oil, Nukes, Gas) but also lithium and other toxic elements, along with EMF emissions, poorly deployed inverters, bird kills, disrupted desert eco-systems, faulty grids, and more.

    Perfection may not always be possible…but we need to rapidly evolve to pretty damn close.

    Thankfully, unlike the forever escalating cost overruns, delays, techno-failures and eco-impacts of fossil/nuclear fuels, the barriers to overcome on the way to Solartopia seem largely curable, at prices that are sustainable and rewards that are essentially infinite.

    The post As Nuke Power Dies, Lithium Must Not Be the New Plutonium appeared first on CounterPunch.org.


    This content originally appeared on CounterPunch.org and was authored by Harvey Wasserman.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2025/04/01/as-nuke-power-dies-lithium-must-not-be-the-new-plutonium/feed/ 0 522845
    Pete Hegseth gets new anti-Islam tattoo https://www.radiofree.org/2025/04/01/pete-hegseth-gets-new-anti-islam-tattoo/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/04/01/pete-hegseth-gets-new-anti-islam-tattoo/#respond Tue, 01 Apr 2025 03:09:54 +0000 http://www.radiofree.org/?guid=284ffe63c987154bb68030c51b8cc9ee
    This content originally appeared on The Grayzone and was authored by The Grayzone.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2025/04/01/pete-hegseth-gets-new-anti-islam-tattoo/feed/ 0 522829
    With Section 230 Repeal, Dems and Media Offer Trump New Censorship Tools  https://www.radiofree.org/2025/03/31/with-section-230-repeal-dems-and-media-offer-trump-new-censorship-tools/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/03/31/with-section-230-repeal-dems-and-media-offer-trump-new-censorship-tools/#respond Mon, 31 Mar 2025 22:03:03 +0000 https://fair.org/?p=9044909  

    Verge: Lawmakers are trying to repeal Section 230 again

    Sen. Dick Durbin (Verge, 3/21/25): “I hope that for the sake of our nation’s kids, Congress finally acts.”

    In a move that threatens to constrain online communication, congressional Democrats are partnering with their Republican counterparts to repeal a niche but crucial internet law.

    According to tech trade publication the Information (3/21/25), Democratic Sen. Dick Durbin (Ill.) has allied with Republican Sen. Lindsey Graham (S.C.) to reintroduce a bill that would repeal Section 230, a provision of the 1996 Communications Decency Act. Section 230 dictates that when unlawful speech occurs online, the only party responsible is the speaker, not the hosting website or app or any party that shared the content in question.

    Section 230 grants platforms the ability to moderate without shouldering legal liability, a power that has historically had the effect of encouraging judicious content management (Techdirt, 6/23/20). Additionally, it indemnifies ordinary internet users against most civil suits for actions like forwarding email, sharing photos or videos, or hosting online reviews.

    Dissolving the provision would reassign legal responsibility to websites and third parties, empowering a Trump-helmed federal government to force online platforms to stifle, or promote, certain speech. While the ostensible purpose of the repeal, according to Durbin, is to “protect kids online,” it’s far more likely to give the Trump White House carte blanche to advance its ultra-reactionary political agenda.

    More power for MAGA

    Techdirt: Democratic Senators Team Up With MAGA To Hand Trump A Censorship Machine

    Mike Masnick (Techdirt, 3/21/25): “These senators don’t understand what Section 230 actually does—or how its repeal would make their stated goals harder to achieve.”

    The effort to repeal Section 230 isn’t the first of its kind. Lawmakers, namely Republicans Sen. Josh Hawley (Mo.), Lindsey Graham (S.C.) and former Florida senator and current Secretary of State Marco Rubio, have been making attempts to restrict or remove 230 for years, sometimes with explicitly censorial aims. But with a White House so hostile to dissent as to target and abduct anti-genocide activists (FAIR.org, 3/28/25; Zeteo, 3/29/25), abusing immigration law and violating constitutional rights in the process, the timing of the latest bill—complete with Democratic backing—is particularly alarming.

    To imagine what could become of a Section 230 repeal under the Trump administration, consider an example from July 2021, when the Covid-19 pandemic remained severe enough to be classified as a public-health emergency. Democratic Sen. Amy Klobuchar (Minn.)—now a co-sponsor of Durbin and Graham’s 2025 bill—introduced an amendment to 230 that would authorize the Health & Human Services Secretary to designate certain online content as “health misinformation.” The label would require websites to remove the content in question.

    News sources heralded the bill as a way to stem the “proliferation of falsehoods about vaccines, fake cures and other harmful health-related claims on their sites” (NPR, 7/22/21) and to “fight bogus medical claims online” (Politico, 7/22/21). While potentially true at the time, Klobuchar’s bill would now, by most indications, have the opposite effect. As Mike Masnick of Techdirt (3/21/25) explained:

    Today’s Health & Human Services secretary is Robert F. Kennedy Jr., a man who believes the solution to measles is to have more children die of measles. Under Klobuchar’s proposal, he would literally have the power to declare pro-vaccine information as “misinformation” and force it off the internet.

    ‘Save the Children’

    ACLU: How Online Censorship Harms Sex Workers and LGBTQ Communities

    ACLU (6/27/22): The Fight Online Sex Trafficking Act (FOSTA) “hasn’t meaningfully addressed sex trafficking. Instead, it has chilled speech, shut down online spaces, and made sex work more dangerous.”

    Since Klobuchar’s bill, Congress has drafted multiple pieces of bipartisan child “safety” legislation resembling Durbin and Graham’s bill, offering another glimpse into the perils of a Trump-era repeal.

    Consider 2023’s Kids Online Safety Act (KOSA), which the New York Times (2/17/22) welcomed as “sweeping legislation” that would “require online platforms to refrain from promoting harmful behavior.” KOSA enjoys robust bipartisan support, with three dozen Republican co-sponsors and nearly as many Democrats, as well as an endorsement from Joe Biden.

    Though KOSA doesn’t expressly call for the removal of 230, it would effectively create a carve-out that could easily be weaponized. MAGA-boosting Sen. Marsha Blackburn (R.-Tenn.), a lead sponsor, insinuated in 2023 that KOSA could be used to “protect” children “from the transgender [sic] in this culture and that influence” on platforms like Snapchat and Instagram (Techdirt, 9/6/23). In other words, lawmakers could invoke KOSA to throttle or eliminate content related to trans advocacy, should they deem it “harmful” to children.

    KOSA has drawn criticism from more than 90 organizations, including the ACLU and numerous LGBTQ groups, who fear that the bill masquerades as a child-safeguarding initiative while facilitating far-right censorship (CounterSpin, 6/9/23). This comes as little surprise, considering the decades-long history of “Save the Children” rhetoric as an anti-LGBTQ bludgeon, as well as the fact that these campaigns have been shown to harm children rather than protect them.

    Some outlets have rightfully included the bill’s opponents in their reportage (AP, 7/31/24), even if only to characterize it as “divisive” and “controversial” (NBC News, 7/31/24). Others, however, have expressed more confidence in the legislation. The New York Times (2/1/24), for instance, described KOSA as a means to “safeguard the internet’s youngest users.” Neither Blackburn’s publicly-broadcast intentions nor the protests against the bill seemed to capture the paper’s attention.

    Instead, the Times went on to cite the Stop Enabling Sex Traffickers Act (SESTA), a 2018 law that amended Section 230, in part to allow victims of sex trafficking to sue websites and online platforms, as a regulatory success. What the Times didn’t note is that, according to the ACLU, the Fight Online Sex Trafficking Act (FOSTA), which is included in SESTA, “hasn’t meaningfully addressed sex trafficking,” and could be interpreted by courts as justification to “censor more online speech—especially materials about sex, youth health, LGBTQ identity and other important concerns.”

    False anti-corporate appeals

    WSJ: Sunset of Section 230 Would Force Big Tech’s Hand

    A bipartisan pair of lawmakers argue in the Wall Street Journal (5/12/24) that repealing Section 230 would mean tech companies couldn’t “manipulate and profit from Americans’ free-speech protections”—which is true only  in the sense that platforms would be forced to assume that their users do not have free-speech protections.

    Protecting kids isn’t the only promise made by 230 repeal proponents. In a statement made earlier this year, Durbin vowed to “make the tech industry legally accountable for the damage they cause.” It’s a popular refrain for government officials. The Senate Judiciary Democrats pledged to “remove Big Tech’s legal immunity,” and Trump himself has called 230 a “liability shielding gift from the US to ‘Big Tech’”—a point echoed by one of his many acolytes, Josh Hawley.

    And in a Wall Street Journal op-ed (5/12/24) headlined “Sunset of Section 230 Would Force Big Tech’s Hand,” former Washington Rep. Cathy McMorris Rodgers, a Republican, and New Jersey Rep. Frank Pallone, Jr., a Democrat, argued:

    We must act because Big Tech is profiting from children, developing algorithms that push harmful content on to our kids’ feeds and refusing to strengthen their platforms’ protections against predators, drug dealers, sex traffickers, extortioners and cyberbullies.

    These soft anti-corporate appeals might resonate with an audience who believes Big Tech wields too much power and influence. But there’s no guarantee that dismantling Section 230 would rein in Big Tech.

    In fact, Section 230 actually confers an advantage upon the largest tech companies—which at least one of them has recognized. In 2021, Meta’s Mark Zuckerberg proposed reforms to 230 that would increase and intensify legal requirements for content moderation (NBC News, 3/24/21). The apparent logic: monopolistic giants like Facebook and Google can more easily fund expensive content-moderation systems and legal battles than can smaller platforms, lending the major players far more long-term viability.

    But regardless of Meta’s machinations, the fundamental problem would remain: Democrats have embraced the MAGA vision for online governance, creating the conditions not for a safer internet, but a more dangerous one.


    This content originally appeared on FAIR and was authored by Julianne Tveten.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2025/03/31/with-section-230-repeal-dems-and-media-offer-trump-new-censorship-tools/feed/ 0 522894
    Columbia’s Profile in Cowardice is Nothing New https://www.radiofree.org/2025/03/30/columbias-profile-in-cowardice-is-nothing-new/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/03/30/columbias-profile-in-cowardice-is-nothing-new/#respond Sun, 30 Mar 2025 06:43:19 +0000 https://www.counterpunch.org/?p=358724 Image by Duncan Shaffer. Image by Duncan Shaffer. Image by Duncan Shaffer. Image by Duncan Shaffer. Image by Duncan Shaffer. Image by Duncan Shaffer. Image by Duncan Shaffer. Image by Duncan Shaffer. Image by Duncan Shaffer. Image by Duncan Shaffer. Image by Duncan Shaffer. Image by Duncan Shaffer. Image by Duncan Shaffer. Image by Duncan […]

    To read this article, log in here or subscribe here.

    If you are logged in but can't read CP+ articles, check the status of your access here

    In order to read CP+ articles, your web browser must be set to accept cookies.

    More

    The post Columbia’s Profile in Cowardice is Nothing New appeared first on CounterPunch.org.

    ]]>
    Image by Duncan Shaffer. Image by Duncan Shaffer. Image by Duncan Shaffer. Image by Duncan Shaffer. Image by Duncan Shaffer. Image by Duncan Shaffer. Image by Duncan Shaffer. Image by Duncan Shaffer. Image by Duncan Shaffer. Image by Duncan Shaffer. Image by Duncan Shaffer. Image by Duncan Shaffer. Image by Duncan Shaffer. Image by Duncan […]

    To read this article, log in here or subscribe here.
    If you are logged in but can't read CP+ articles, check the status of your access here
    In order to read CP+ articles, your web browser must be set to accept cookies.

    The post Columbia’s Profile in Cowardice is Nothing New appeared first on CounterPunch.org.


    This content originally appeared on CounterPunch.org and was authored by Pete Dolack.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2025/03/30/columbias-profile-in-cowardice-is-nothing-new/feed/ 0 522531
    NEW: Poll of Democratic Voters Finds Dissatisfaction With The Party, No Clear Party Leader https://www.radiofree.org/2025/03/28/new-poll-of-democratic-voters-finds-dissatisfaction-with-the-party-no-clear-party-leader/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/03/28/new-poll-of-democratic-voters-finds-dissatisfaction-with-the-party-no-clear-party-leader/#respond Fri, 28 Mar 2025 15:34:50 +0000 https://www.commondreams.org/newswire/new-poll-of-democratic-voters-finds-dissatisfaction-with-the-party-no-clear-party-leader Two new Data for Progress surveys find that Democratic voters are deeply dissatisfied with party leadership and favor a more combative approach to opposing President Donald Trump. When asked to grade the Democratic Party’s response to Trump, 70% of Democratic voters gave the party a C or below, with 21% giving it an F.

    The surveys, conducted among Democrats and Independents who lean Democratic, find that voters want a party leadership focused on fighting back against Trump and advocating for working-class Americans.

    A strong majority of Democratic voters (61%) say Senate Minority Leader Chuck Schumer is not doing enough to oppose Trump, and 51% believe he lacks a clear, long-term strategy. After reading about Schumer’s vote in favor of the Republican spending bill, a majority (51%) of Democratic voters believe Senate Democrats should select a new leader, compared to just 34% who think Schumer should remain in his role.

    "Democratic voters are sending a clear message: they want leaders who will fight Trump and put working people first,” said Danielle Deiseroth, Executive Director of Data for Progress. “The base is tired of weak opposition and business-as-usual politics. This level of discontent is unsustainable for a Party looking to build back in the wake of major losses — at a certain point, Democratic leaders will need to show voters that they are taking a stronger stance against Trump, or step aside for someone who will.”

    Additional key findings:

    • Democratic voters are divided on who they believe leads the party, with 17% naming Vice President Kamala Harris, followed by Senate Minority Leader Chuck Schumer (15%), former President Barack Obama (15%), House Minority Leader Hakeem Jeffries (11%), and "no one" (11%).
    • 66% of Democratic voters prefer a Senate leader who will fight harder against Trump and the Republican agenda, while only 14% prioritize bipartisan compromise.
    • By a +44-point margin, Democratic voters support older leaders retiring to make way for the next generation.
    • Democratic voters overwhelmingly support funding programs like health care and housing, even if it increases the deficit (63%-34%), and prioritize fighting for the working class over corporate interests.
    • While Democratic voters strongly support legal challenges (81%), public engagement, and voter registration drives to oppose Trump, they are less supportive of tactics such as interrupting major Republican speeches.
    Read the full polls here

    .


    This content originally appeared on Common Dreams and was authored by Newswire Editor.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2025/03/28/new-poll-of-democratic-voters-finds-dissatisfaction-with-the-party-no-clear-party-leader/feed/ 0 522235
    "The Encampments": New Film on Mahmoud Khalil & Columbia Students Who Sparked Gaza Campus Protests https://www.radiofree.org/2025/03/28/the-encampments-new-film-on-mahmoud-khalil-columbia-students-who-sparked-gaza-campus-protests/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/03/28/the-encampments-new-film-on-mahmoud-khalil-columbia-students-who-sparked-gaza-campus-protests/#respond Fri, 28 Mar 2025 14:45:00 +0000 http://www.radiofree.org/?guid=18e36ce1cfe9d4012cdc5f8402ccd85c
    This content originally appeared on Democracy Now! and was authored by Democracy Now!.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2025/03/28/the-encampments-new-film-on-mahmoud-khalil-columbia-students-who-sparked-gaza-campus-protests/feed/ 0 522214
    Hip-Hop Star Macklemore on New Film "The Encampments" & Why He Opposes Israel’s War on Gaza https://www.radiofree.org/2025/03/28/hip-hop-star-macklemore-on-new-film-the-encampments-why-he-opposes-israels-war-on-gaza/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/03/28/hip-hop-star-macklemore-on-new-film-the-encampments-why-he-opposes-israels-war-on-gaza/#respond Fri, 28 Mar 2025 14:37:22 +0000 http://www.radiofree.org/?guid=4cb4bae642b6c42dd355a718c64e0cce
    This content originally appeared on Democracy Now! and was authored by Democracy Now!.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2025/03/28/hip-hop-star-macklemore-on-new-film-the-encampments-why-he-opposes-israels-war-on-gaza/feed/ 0 522217
    “The Encampments”: New Film on Mahmoud Khalil & Columbia Students Who Sparked Gaza Campus Protests https://www.radiofree.org/2025/03/28/the-encampments-new-film-on-mahmoud-khalil-columbia-students-who-sparked-gaza-campus-protests-2/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/03/28/the-encampments-new-film-on-mahmoud-khalil-columbia-students-who-sparked-gaza-campus-protests-2/#respond Fri, 28 Mar 2025 12:40:00 +0000 http://www.radiofree.org/?guid=74ae3e87959eb8720f19464177f2fb10 Mahmoudkhalil theencampments

    The new documentary The Encampments, produced by Watermelon Pictures and BreakThrough News, is an insider’s look at the student protest movement to demand divestment from the U.S. and Israeli weapons industry and an end to the genocide in Gaza. The film focuses on last year’s student encampment at Columbia University and features student leaders including Mahmoud Khalil, who was chosen by the university as a liaison between the administration and students. Khalil, a U.S. permanent resident, has since been arrested and detained by immigration enforcement as part of the Trump administration’s attempt to deport immigrants who exercise their right to free speech and protest. “Columbia has gone to every extent to try to censor this movement,” says Munir Atalla, a producer for the film and a former film professor at Columbia.

    We speak with Atalla; Sueda Polat, a Columbia graduate student and fellow campus negotiator with Khalil; and Grant Miner, a former Columbia graduate student and president of the student workers’ union who was expelled from the school over his participation in the protests. “Functionally, I was expelled for speaking out against genocide,” he says. All three of our guests emphasize their continued commitment to pro-Palestine activism even in the face of increasing institutional repression. The Encampments is opening nationwide in April.


    This content originally appeared on Democracy Now! and was authored by Democracy Now!.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2025/03/28/the-encampments-new-film-on-mahmoud-khalil-columbia-students-who-sparked-gaza-campus-protests-2/feed/ 0 522241
    Hip-Hop Star Macklemore on New Film “The Encampments” & Why He Speaks Out Against Israel’s War on Gaza https://www.radiofree.org/2025/03/28/hip-hop-star-macklemore-on-new-film-the-encampments-why-he-speaks-out-against-israels-war-on-gaza/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/03/28/hip-hop-star-macklemore-on-new-film-the-encampments-why-he-speaks-out-against-israels-war-on-gaza/#respond Fri, 28 Mar 2025 12:20:00 +0000 http://www.radiofree.org/?guid=c36036637015a13183bc49152e3c5f0a Seg1 encampments

    We’re joined by the four-time Grammy-winning musician Macklemore, a vocal proponent of Palestinian rights and critic of U.S. foreign policy. He serves as executive producer for the new documentary The Encampments, which follows last year’s student occupations of college campuses to protest U.S. backing of Israel’s genocidal assault on Gaza. He tells Democracy Now! why he got involved with the film and the roots of his own activism, including the making of his song “Hind’s Hall,” named after the Columbia student occupation of the campus building Hamilton Hall, which itself was named in honor of the 5-year-old Palestinian child Hind Rajab. Rajab made headlines last year when audio of her pleading for help from emergency services in Gaza was released shortly before she was discovered killed by Israeli forces. “We are in urgent, dire times that require us as human beings coming together and fighting against fascism, fighting against genocide, and the only way to do that is by opening up the heart and realizing that collective liberation is the only solution,” Macklemore says.


    This content originally appeared on Democracy Now! and was authored by Democracy Now!.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2025/03/28/hip-hop-star-macklemore-on-new-film-the-encampments-why-he-speaks-out-against-israels-war-on-gaza/feed/ 0 522243
    Troubling crackdown on Ugandan journalists ahead of 2026 elections https://www.radiofree.org/2025/03/27/troubling-crackdown-on-ugandan-journalists-ahead-of-2026-elections/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/03/27/troubling-crackdown-on-ugandan-journalists-ahead-of-2026-elections/#respond Thu, 27 Mar 2025 18:53:03 +0000 https://cpj.org/?p=467017 Kampala, Uganda, March 27, 2025—After two weeks of attacks by masked anti-terrorism agents, police, and soldiers on Ugandan journalists covering an upcoming by-election, voting day proved even worse — forcing three major media houses to pull their reporters from the day’s top story.

    “We have taken the difficult decision to temporarily withdraw our @Daily Monitor @ntvuganda journalists from covering the Kawempe North by-election for their safety because they are being targeted and attacked by armed soldiers and undercover security operatives,” Daniel Kalinaki, a general manager at Nation Media Group (NMG), East Africa’s largest independent media company, posted on the social media platform X on March 13.

    Two Luganda-language broadcasters, Radio Simba and BBS Terefayina, followed suit, reacting to security agencies’ assault, harassment, and arrest of dozens of journalists reporting on the by-election in the capital Kampala.

    In response to Pearl FM’s reports on vote-rigging allegations, the regulatory Uganda Communications Commission suspended the privately owned outlet on March 12 for airing “unsubstantiated statements that were sensational, alarmist, and capable of inciting violence.”

    Uganda is due to hold general elections in January 2026, in which 80-year-old President Yoweri Museveni is expected to seek to extend his 38-year rule. Given the country’s history of electoral violence against journalists, events in Kawempe North have triggered anxiety about the 2026 poll.

    ‘Alarmingly dangerous’ election coverage

    “Covering elections has always been an alarmingly dangerous task for Ugandan journalists,” said CPJ Africa Regional Director, Angela Quintal, in New York. “As the January 2026 elections approach, breaking free from this troubling history is essential for the integrity of the democratic process. Ugandan authorities must ensure that those who target journalists are held fully accountable.”

    Kawempe North was won by a candidate from the opposition National Unity Platform (NUP), a party headed by Robert Kyagulanyi, commonly known as Bobi Wine. In Uganda’s last general election in 2021, at least 50 people died in protests over the pop star-turned-politician’s repeated arrest and Kyagulanyi was severely beaten. Museveni’s previous presidential challenger, Kizza Besigye, who lost to the former soldier four times, is facing the death sentence for treason.

    In relation to the Kawempe North by-election, CPJ documented the following incidents:

    ●      On February 26, Joint Anti-Terrorism Task Force (JAT) officers assaulted Top TV reporter Ibrahim Miracle as he covered the arrest and assault of the NUP nominee. He sustained severe facial injuries.

    ●      NMG camera operator Stephen Kibwiika told CPJ that JAT officers beat him on March 3 with batons while he was reporting near the NUP headquarters despite wearing a “Press” vest. He said that he sustained ankle injuries and was unable to walk properly for several days.

    ●      NMG reporter Steven Mbidde told CPJ that on March 4 about eight officers restrained him and dragged him to the ground while he was live reporting the detention of NUP supporters.

    ●      On March 12, security officers struck Kibwiika on his head with a baton and kicked his groin while he covered allegations of ballot stuffing. Kibwiika told CPJ he was unable to walk, suffered intense headaches, and was hospitalized for three days.

    Security personnel ride past civilians in Kawempe North during the by-election in March 2025. (Screenshot: NTV Uganda/YouTube)

    On March 13:

    ●      Masked soldiers attacked state-owned New Vision newspaper reporter Ibrahim Ruhweza with batons and gun butts before briefly detaining him and his colleague Isaac Nuwagaba in an unmarked vehicle. Ruhweza told CPJ they were forced to delete their footage and photos.

    ●      Hasifah Nanvuma, a reporter with NMG’s Spark TV, told CPJ that several soldiers beat her on the back and arms while she was reporting from a polling station. At the time, she was wearing a “Press” vest.

    ●      Soldiers detained NMG’s photojournalist Abubaker Lubowa, camera operator Denis Kabugo, and reporter Raymond Tamale, in an unmarked vehicle for four hours. Lubowa told CPJ that they were blindfolded and beaten on their heads, arms, legs, and ribs. Lubowa told CPJ that the soldiers took their phones and watches and destroyed their cameras.

    ●      Privately owned NBS TV said security personnel assaulted and intimidated its photojournalist Francis Isano, camera operator Hassan Wasswa, and reporter Hakim Wampamba. Isano had to be carried into a hospital where he was admitted for several days.

    ●      Unknown assailants struck state-owned Uganda Broadcasting Corporation’s camera operator Jahiem Jamil Ssekajja with electrical wires while he was filming at a polling station. Ssekajja told CPJ he sustained welts on his body and developed a fever.

    Security personnel assaulted and intimidated NBS TV photojournalist Francis Isano, camera operator Hassan Wasswa, and reporter Hakim Wampamba on March 13, 2025. Isano is seen at the Uganda Human Rights Commission a few days later. (Screenshot: NTV/YouTube)

    Acting military spokesperson Chris Magezi said in a statement that the armed forces were investigating reports of assaults and confiscation of journalists’ equipment.

    In a March 27 statement to CPJ sent via messaging app, Magezi said a committee had been set up to investigate and make recommendations on “ways to harmonize and collaborate with media players better.”

    Kampala Metropolitan Police spokesperson Patrick Onyango referred CPJ to national police spokesperson Rusoke Kituuma to request comment but he did not immediately answer CPJ’s calls.


    This content originally appeared on Committee to Protect Journalists and was authored by CPJ Staff.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2025/03/27/troubling-crackdown-on-ugandan-journalists-ahead-of-2026-elections/feed/ 0 521962
    New Utah Law Seeks to Crack Down on Life Coaches Offering Therapy Without a License https://www.radiofree.org/2025/03/27/new-utah-law-seeks-to-crack-down-on-life-coaches-offering-therapy-without-a-license/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/03/27/new-utah-law-seeks-to-crack-down-on-life-coaches-offering-therapy-without-a-license/#respond Thu, 27 Mar 2025 14:35:00 +0000 https://www.propublica.org/article/utah-life-coaches-mental-health-therapy-law by Jessica Schreifels, The Salt Lake Tribune

    This article was produced for ProPublica’s Local Reporting Network in partnership with The Salt Lake Tribune. Sign up for Dispatches to get stories like this one as soon as they are published.

    Utah legislators this session took aim at life coaches who harm their clients’ mental health, but the law that the governor signed Wednesday stops short of prescribing minimum standards or ethical guidelines for the burgeoning profession.

    Anyone can call themselves a life coach, which, unlike being a mental health therapist, does not require any kind of education, training or license.

    In Utah, one state agency found that dozens of life coaches are advertising their ability to treat mental health issues even though the vast majority are not trained or permitted to work as therapists. State licensors say they field an average of one complaint each month about life coaches.

    The new law strengthens existing regulations that forbid anyone who isn’t a licensed therapist from treating mental health conditions. By clearly defining what only therapists are allowed to do, licensors can more readily cite and fine life coaches who treat mental health, according to state Sen. Mike McKell, the bill’s sponsor.

    But the new law does not designate any money to immediately hire more investigators to probe potential problems.

    An investigation last year by The Salt Lake Tribune and ProPublica showed that about a third of the 43 Utah therapists whose licenses had been revoked or denied since 2010, or who allowed their suspended licenses to expire, appear to have continued to work in the mental health field. Some rebranded as “life coaches.”

    McKell said the new law targets life coaches who had lost their therapist licenses because the state deemed them unsafe to work with patients.

    Utahns have struggled to get mental health help, largely due to a shortage of available therapists, according to a recent report from the Utah Behavioral Health Coalition.

    In that gap, life coaching has emerged as an unregulated alternative, according to the Utah Office of Professional Licensure Review. At the request of lawmakers, the state office studied life coaching and whether it should be licensed, and found that Utah life coaches advertise using more than 100 titles, including “executive coach,” “relationship specialist” and “soul-sourced consultant,” according to a November 2024 report.

    State researchers looked at online advertisements for roughly 220 Utah life coaches and concluded that about 40% may be offering therapy. These coaches say they specialize in addressing mental health struggles, the state found, with some claiming the ability to “conquer” their client’s mental health conditions.

    As part of the review, the state office also surveyed Utah’s therapists in an effort to better understand potential risks associated with life coaches. Of the more than 3,500 who responded, a third said they have had at least one client tell them that they were harmed by a life coach.

    The state report quoted one unnamed therapist who described treating patients who had hired life coaches: “All 5 reported life coaches had them ‘deep dive’ into their trauma, which sent them into an emotional spiral and then did not provide them with any skills to cope with the emotional distress. 4 of them ended up being hospitalized with severe suicidal ideation.”

    Sarah Stroup, a licensed therapist who is on the legislative committee for the Utah Association for Marriage and Family Therapy, said the new law is a starting point “in ensuring that Utahns are receiving ethical care.”

    “Our goal from the beginning was to advocate for guardrails to be put in place so that life coaches weren’t providing mental health treatment,” she said, “and therapists who had lost their license couldn’t continue practicing under the guise of life coaching.”

    A High-Profile Case of Abuse

    Mental health professionals and some lawmakers have pushed for more stringent oversight of life coaches in Utah in the wake of the high-profile 2023 conviction of Jodi Hildebrandt, who is in prison for abusing the children of her life coaching business partner.

    Hildebrandt was a licensed clinical mental health counselor, but she had removed references to being a therapist from her website and instead marketed herself as a life coach in the years prior to her conviction. One of her former clients previously told The Tribune and ProPublica that Hildebrandt had said she became a life coach as a way to get around the ethical rules therapists are required to follow. (Hildebrandt’s attorney did not respond to requests for comment.)

    Kevin Franke, the father of the children abused by Hildebrandt and his ex-wife, has advocated for more oversight of life coaches since the two women were sent to prison. He said he thinks there should be a state registry where the public can see whether a life coach has had complaints made against them or whether they were ever disciplined, and he hopes the state will eventually mandate standards for life coaches, including a code of ethics.

    Kevin Franke, right, has called for more regulations governing life coaches after his ex-wife and their life coach were sent to prison for abusing two of his children. (Francisco Kjolseth/The Salt Lake Tribune)

    “I’m particularly concerned with life coaches who effectively impersonate a therapist or present themselves as some cheaper alternative to a licensed mental health professional,” he said.

    While Utah legislators last year floated the idea of requiring life coaches to be licensed— something no other state in the country has done — the new law does not take that step. Utah’s Office of Professional Licensure Review found that licensing life coaches would be challenging given the wide-ranging services they offer and the ambiguity of the titles they use.

    The new law, however, clarifies that only licensed therapists can present themselves as having the skills, experience and training to address mental illness and “emotional disorders.”

    McKell, the Republican who sponsored the legislation, said that by better defining in state law what a therapist can do, he hopes that licensors can more easily penalize life coaches who harm their clients.

    “Instead of trying to create regulation for life coaching, I am drawing this fence around mental health and what mental health professionals do at the exclusion of everyone else,” McKell said.

    But some have questioned how effective the new law can be, given the small amount of money that is likely to be allocated to the effort.

    The law creates an enforcement fund that will be collected from fines that the state’s licensing division issues to anyone who practices mental health therapy without a license. McKell said the fund signals to licensors that the Legislature wants them to take this issue seriously.

    But previous reporting from The Tribune and ProPublica shows these types of citations are rare and unlikely to generate significant revenue: Over the last decade, the licensing department has cited just 25 people for “unauthorized practice” in the mental health field, according to a review of citations and other records. Those citations amounted to just over $10,000.

    And last year, while licensors cited nearly 1,000 people, not a single new citation was given to anyone identified as working in the mental health field, according to a review of citations published monthly.

    Melanie Hall, spokesperson for the Division of Professional Licensing, acknowledged that the law does not guarantee an influx of resources but said even a small amount of money could help fund social media campaigns to encourage the public to report bad behavior. If the fund grows larger, she said, that money could be used to conduct more investigations or pay for experts to weigh in on complex cases with high public harm.

    At the same time, some Utah life coaches say the bill has already gone too far and could restrict their ability to help clients.

    Heather Frazier, who advertises her expertise as a “parent-teen connection life coach,” said in a public hearing that restricting the treatment of “interpersonal dysfunction” to just therapists risks putting life coaches out of business. Life coaches can help struggling clients who don’t have a diagnosed mental illness learn how to better communicate with family members, she said.

    “Without coaching, they will have to go to a therapist, which is already an overburdened, overworked part of our state,” Frazier said.


    This content originally appeared on ProPublica and was authored by by Jessica Schreifels, The Salt Lake Tribune.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2025/03/27/new-utah-law-seeks-to-crack-down-on-life-coaches-offering-therapy-without-a-license/feed/ 0 521901
    Alaska Supreme Court Places New Limits on Pretrial Delays https://www.radiofree.org/2025/03/27/alaska-supreme-court-places-new-limits-on-pretrial-delays/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/03/27/alaska-supreme-court-places-new-limits-on-pretrial-delays/#respond Thu, 27 Mar 2025 11:00:00 +0000 https://www.propublica.org/article/alaska-supreme-court-limits-pretrial-delays by Kyle Hopkins, Anchorage Daily News

    This article was produced for ProPublica’s Local Reporting Network in partnership with the Anchorage Daily News. Sign up for Dispatches to get stories like this one as soon as they are published.

    Alaska’s Supreme Court has placed new limits on how long criminal cases can be postponed, part of an effort to reduce the time many criminal defendants wait to face trial in the state.

    The court’s order, which takes effect May 12, directs state judges to allow no more than 270 days of new delays for criminal cases filed in 2022 or before. Court system data shows that about 800 active cases fall into that category, making each one more than 800 days old and counting.

    The move to reduce delays follows an investigation by ProPublica and the Anchorage Daily News that found some cases have taken as long as a decade to reach juries, potentially violating the rights of victims and defendants alike.

    The time to resolve Alaska’s most serious felony cases, such as murder and sexual assault, has nearly tripled over the past decade. Victims rights advocates had long complained that judges rubber-stamped delays, particularly in Anchorage, where about half of the cases impacted by the Supreme Court order are pending. Some cases dragged on so long that victims or witnesses had died in the meantime.

    In addition to capping the duration of delays, the state Supreme Court’s order says judges must explain why they’ve allowed any request for delay.

    “It’s a positive step by the court to be able to work with the lawyers to move cases along,” said state Sen. Matt Claman, D-Anchorage, chair of the Judiciary Committee, which held a hearing on pretrial delays in February.

    Alaska Court System spokesperson Rebecca Koford said the new Supreme Court order, issued on March 12, tackles the “most pressing concern.”

    The time needed to close out the oldest cases “is exceedingly long,” she said, “and we need to get them resolved.”

    The Supreme Court order said judges in pre-2023 cases are to allow only 90 days of new delays at the request of the defense, 90 days for prosecutors and 90 days for “other periods of delay for good cause.”

    Koford said that an example of why a case might be delayed for good cause would be when a witness is temporarily unavailable to testify. Additional efforts are in the works to reduce the time it takes cases to get to trial, she said.

    “We do not view it as the solution; it is part of the solution,” Koford said.

    Alaska criminal rules grant defendants the right to a trial within 120 days of being charged with a crime. Crime victims have the right to the “timely disposition” of their case under the state constitution.

    The 120-day deadline is rarely met. One sexual assault case highlighted by the Daily News and ProPublica was filed in 2014 and has been delayed more than 70 times. That case has now been set for trial on April 1.

    Several high-ranking state officials have spoken of the need to rein in delays since the news organizations highlighted the issue in January.

    Chief Justice Susan M. Carney told state lawmakers on Feb. 12 that the court system was working to curb delays, noting recent news coverage of the issue. The Senate Judiciary Committee held a hearing focused on pretrial delays later that month, when court system General Counsel Nancy Meade told legislators that the cases recently highlighted in news stories were unacceptable but were outliers among criminal cases.

    “The time it takes to resolve cases now is certainly longer than it was 20 years ago. Nobody is happy about that,” Meade testified.

    The new order signed by Carney and other Alaska Supreme Court justices said that a 2023 judicial order had led to “some decrease” in what the court characterized as “persistent backlogs.” The current order, the court said, “is intended to facilitate the further reduction in the time to disposition of these older criminal cases without undue delay.”

    The order also addresses delays caused when attorneys fail to provide evidence to the opposing party in a timely manner. It says that judges should consider sanctions, including dismissing the charges, when prosecutors fail to provide evidence or banning the missing evidence from being used at trial.


    This content originally appeared on ProPublica and was authored by by Kyle Hopkins, Anchorage Daily News.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2025/03/27/alaska-supreme-court-places-new-limits-on-pretrial-delays/feed/ 0 521859
    New Frontlines and an Uncertain Future for Mine Clearance in Colombia https://www.radiofree.org/2025/03/26/new-frontlines-and-an-uncertain-future-for-mine-clearance-in-colombia/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/03/26/new-frontlines-and-an-uncertain-future-for-mine-clearance-in-colombia/#respond Wed, 26 Mar 2025 20:07:11 +0000 https://progressive.org/latest/new-frontlines-and-an-uncertain-future-for-mine-clearance-in-colombia-khaikin-20250326/
    This content originally appeared on The Progressive — A voice for peace, social justice, and the common good and was authored by Lital Khaikin.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2025/03/26/new-frontlines-and-an-uncertain-future-for-mine-clearance-in-colombia/feed/ 0 521715
    New Yorker writer subpoenaed ahead of Massachusetts murder trial https://www.radiofree.org/2025/03/26/new-yorker-writer-subpoenaed-ahead-of-massachusetts-murder-trial/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/03/26/new-yorker-writer-subpoenaed-ahead-of-massachusetts-murder-trial/#respond Wed, 26 Mar 2025 19:58:50 +0000 https://pressfreedomtracker.us/all-incidents/new-yorker-writer-subpoenaed-ahead-of-massachusetts-murder-trial/

    New Yorker contributing writer Eren Orbey and the magazine’s publisher, Condé Nast, were subpoenaed on Dec. 18, 2024, for copies of on- and off-the-record interviews and communications in connection with a murder trial in Brockton, Massachusetts. The magazine has requested the order be struck down.

    In 2023 and 2024, Orbey extensively interviewed Patrick Clancy, whose wife, Lindsay Clancy, stands charged for the murder of their three children in January 2023. Orbey also spoke with Patrick Clancy’s parents, sister and numerous family friends, ultimately authoring a lengthy October 2024 profile titled, “A husband in the aftermath of his wife’s unfathomable act.”

    In December, prosecutors attempted to compel the disclosure of the journalist’s notes and recordings from all of the interviews he conducted for the piece, including those that were off the record. The Commonwealth also requested all emails, texts and voicemails between Orbey and the interviewees, according to court records reviewed by the U.S. Press Freedom Tracker.

    “All of these individuals provided direct information to Orbey/Conde Nast related to how Lindsay’s demeanor, attitudes, and mental health appeared both before and after the murders,” Assistant District Attorney Jennifer Sprague wrote. “These statements and observations are directly relevant to the defendant’s criminal responsibility as the article itself was framed to portray the defendant as suffering a mental health crisis when she killed her children.”

    Plymouth County Superior Court Judge William Sulivan granted the prosecution’s request on Feb. 7, 2025, and ordered Orbey or Condé Nast to provide the requested materials by March 14.

    That day, Condé Nast instead filed a motion to quash the records request, arguing that not only does New York’s reporter shield law protect the magazine from disclosing newsgathering materials, but that the request itself is a clear “fishing expedition.”

    “The New Yorker’s sympathies are not on trial here. In fact, even a cursory reading of the piece shows The New Yorker’s reporting is complex and nuanced, and is hardly ‘in support’ of the defense,” attorney Jonathan Albano wrote. “But even if it were, the notion that the government could seek presumptively privileged, unpublished information from any news outlet that expresses sympathy for a criminal defendant is chilling and directly contrary to the First Amendment.”

    Albano also highlighted that while only some of the sources for the article were confidential, all of the sources Orbey spoke with were sensitive about speaking to the press, largely out of a concern for causing further emotional distress to distraught family members.

    “The forced disclosure of confidential and unpublished journalistic work product not only would breach the trust of the sources here,” Albano wrote, “but also would significantly interfere with The New Yorker’s future reporting efforts by sending a signal to all sources that speaking to the magazine is the equivalent of speaking to the government, all to the detriment of the informing the public on matters of public concern.”

    A hearing on Condé Nast’s motion is scheduled for May 28, according to the court docket.

    In a statement shared with the Tracker, a New Yorker spokesperson said, “We’ve filed our opposition to this subpoena. These sorts of subpoenas that seek to turn independent journalists into tools of law enforcement violate basic First Amendment values.”


    This content originally appeared on U.S. Press Freedom Tracker: Incident Database and was authored by U.S. Press Freedom Tracker: Incident Database.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2025/03/26/new-yorker-writer-subpoenaed-ahead-of-massachusetts-murder-trial/feed/ 0 521734
    Out of ashes, victory: How New York’s garment workers rebirthed the US labor movement https://www.radiofree.org/2025/03/26/out-of-ashes-victory-how-new-yorks-garment-workers-rebirthed-the-us-labor-movement/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/03/26/out-of-ashes-victory-how-new-yorks-garment-workers-rebirthed-the-us-labor-movement/#respond Wed, 26 Mar 2025 16:56:54 +0000 https://therealnews.com/?p=332663 Demonstrators mourn for the deaths of victims of the Triangle Shirtwaist Factory fire, New York, New York, 1911. Photo by PhotoQuest/Getty ImagesAfter the deadly Triangle Shirtwaist Factory Fire, the Progressive Era kicked into high gear. What can the working class of today learn from our predecessors?]]> Demonstrators mourn for the deaths of victims of the Triangle Shirtwaist Factory fire, New York, New York, 1911. Photo by PhotoQuest/Getty Images

    As we’ve mentioned many times before on the show, movements today are a part of a legacy of extraordinary actions taken by ordinary people. Tapping into our own labor history provides us with a blueprint for action in today’s turbulent world.

    On March 25th, 1911, a fire began in the scrap bins under a cutter’s table on the 8th floor of the Triangle Shirtwaist Factory in New York City. Within minutes, the entire floor was engulfed in flames, spreading to the ninth floor and 10th floors–where 200+ workers were just finishing up to go home for the night. By the time workers were alerted to the conflagration, options for escaping the fire were few. By the time the fire was brought under control, 146 workers were dead. New York City saw sweeping reforms in the aftermath of the fire, catapulting some pro-reform lobbyists like Francis Perkins all the way to the highest halls of government with the introduction of the New Deal 20 years later. 

    Near the 114th anniversary of this tragedy, Mel sat down with labor historian Dr. Erik Loomis, professor at the University of Rhode Island and author of his forthcoming book, Organizing America: Stories of Americans Who Fought for Justice to talk about the struggle for better working conditions in the garment industry in New York City, the fire itself and the reforms enacted afterwards, and why it’s important to learn from our own labor history in this current moment.

    Additional links/info:

    Permanent links below…

    Featured Music…

    • Jules Taylor, “Working People” Theme Song

    Studio Production: Mel Buer
    Post-Production: Jules Taylor


    Transcript

    The following is a rushed transcript and may contain errors. A proofread version will be made available as soon as possible.

    Mel Buer:

    Welcome everyone to Working People, a podcast about the lives, jobs, dreams, and struggles of the working class today. Working People is a proud member of the Labor Radio Podcast Network and is brought to you in partnership within these Times Magazine and the Real News Network. This show is produced by Jules Taylor and made possible by the support of listeners like you. My name is Mel Buer and I’ve been your host for the month of March. Next week, max will be back at the helm for the month of April, bringing you more stories from the working class today for the last episode of this month, we’re taking a moment to train an eye on the past. As I’ve mentioned many times before, movements today are part of a legacy of extraordinary actions taken by ordinary people. Tapping into our own labor history provides us with a blueprint for action in today’s turbulent world.

    With that in mind, we’re talking about the triangle shirt, waist Factory fire. Today on March 25th, 1911, a fire began in the scrap bins under a cutter’s table on the eighth floor of the Triangle Shirt Waist Factory in New York City. Within minutes, the entire floor was engulfed in flames spreading to the ninth and 10th floors where 200 plus workers were just finishing up to go home for the night. By the time workers were alerted to the conflagration options for escaping the fire were few, by the time the fire was brought under control, 146 workers were dead. New York City saw sweeping reforms in the aftermath of the fire, even catapulting some pro reform lobbyists like Francis Perkins all the way to the highest halls of government. With the introduction of the New Deal, 20 years later near the a hundred and 14th anniversary of this tragedy, I’m sitting down with labor historian Dr. Erik Loomis, professor at the University of Rhode Island, an author of his forthcoming book, organizing America Stories of Americans who Fought for Justice to talk about the struggle for better working conditions in the garment industry in New York City, the fire itself and the reforms enacted afterwards, and why it’s important to learn from our own labor history in this current moment. Thanks for coming on the show, Dr. Loomis. I really appreciate you taking some time this morning to talk about a very important piece of our labor history.

    Erik Loomis:

    Thanks for having me. I’m very happy to be here.

    Mel Buer:

    To start off this conversation, I just want to give our listeners a little bit of a chance to get to know you and who you are. So who are you, where do you teach? What kind of work do you do?

    Erik Loomis:

    Sure. So my name is Erik Loomis. I am a history professor at the University of Rhode Island. I focus on labor history. I’m also environmental history, so I teach a lot of courses at my university. I kind of cover a lot of ground in US history that people don’t necessarily otherwise would be able to take. So I try to offer things that students need or want, but I make sure I teach a lot of labor history. I’m teaching labor history right now and super awesome, a great group of students, and so that’s been a lot of fun. And then I write about these issues in any number of different ways. Everything from I write at the liberal blog, lawyers, guns of Money, a lot of that’s about labor history. I have this day labor history series that I started there that I also syndicate do threads on Blue Sky to give a lesson almost every day. Not quite every day, but almost every day I have a lesson about labor history that’s out there. So yeah, so I do what I can to publicize our labor history basically.

    Mel Buer:

    Yeah, I think that’s actually a good place to start with our conversation. One thing that I like to do when I am hosting this podcast is sort of pull back the curtain on what it means to organize within the labor movement and to kind of give folks a sense of the nuts and bolts of what that looks like, but also to really help our listeners tap into the legacy of organizing in the United States, which is long storied, often violent, and really important to ground ourselves in this space. So to start this conversation, let’s just talk about what it means to learn about our own labor and movement history. And as a historian, why is it important to pay attention to and learn about this?

    Erik Loomis:

    Yeah, I have a lot of thoughts about that and this book have coming out in the fall or I guess late summer Organizing America kind of gets into this a lot because I am very interested in sort of like what do we do with our past? Every American, everybody probably in the world tell stories about the past for themselves, and those stories often reflect what they need in the present. So why do we could tell all of these different stories about all of these different moments in time, and that includes in our labor history. So triangle is a horrible fire, one of the worst things that have ever happened. Of course, we’re going to get into this, but it’s far from the only mass death incident in American labor history. Why do we tell that story? So I’m really interested in why do we tell these stories that we tell and what do they do for us?

    And for me anyway as a labor historian, and I think different historians would have different answers for this question. I don’t represent the historical community on this. For me, there’s a combination of things. Some of it’s inspiration, and I think that would be something a lot of people would say, right? We could be inspired by these movements in the past. And I agree with that. But I also think, and maybe we’ll get into this as we talk about triangle, that sometimes when we tell stories that are strictly inspirational, we actually lose something that I have this idea of our movement history and the way we teach it is a Mount Rushmore sort of thing, which in my world is not a compliment. It’s like I know how I have a great idea how to represent the past. Let’s blow some faces into a mountain in South Dakota.

    What a great idea. And everybody could come gaze, and I’m like, oh, it George Washington. Oh, he’s so wonderful. But we kind of do that with our movement history. We sort of gaze up as Malcolm and King and Chavez and Rosa and Debs, and we kind of look up. It was like, wow, if only we could have those leaders today. And I would try to counter that a little bit because if you get into the details of what they were doing, they didn’t really know what they were doing at the time either. And I think in some ways learning our labor history is really useful to sort of ground ourselves not only in what they achieved, but the fact that we’re not really that different than them. We can be them. We can become that person. And I think that’s a really important piece of it that I really try to emphasize is the humanity, the mistakes and the realization that there’s not that big of a difference between our struggles and the struggles that they had.

    Mel Buer:

    And we’ll talk about this a little bit later in the conversation, but I read David Re’s Triangle in preparation of this episode and beyond the book, the book itself is kind of a monumental achievement in really kind of laying out the conditions leading up to the fire, the minute by minute details of the fire, which are harrowing and horrifying, and the reform movement that was born out of the fire plus the manslaughter trial. And we’ll talk all about this here in a moment, but the thing that strikes me the most about reading these books, and this is something that I come across often when I read labor history, is that good historians, good journalists through their archive work, resurrect these people in a way that makes them far more real than just a photo on a labor website or a story about these monumental achievements.

    As you say, these are human beings who could have at another time been my neighbor or I could have been sitting next to them at a factory table, and their lives are full of the same sort of quiet dignity and indignities that we suffer and enjoy as working class people today. So I feel my background is in, I have a master’s degree and in literature, I did a lot of work within archives for my own work research when I was in grad school. And I’m always struck by the ability to take what is just a little short newspaper clipping or a receipt or some sort of bit of detritus that makes its way forward into our current moment and to really kind of build life from it and depth from it and memory and to sort of share in that humanity. And so I agree, I think that especially with labor history, not only does it provide the playbook for how to potentially tackle some of these similar problems that we are experiencing with Triangle and with the shirt, waist Factory workers strike that happened a year prior to the fire, they’re going up against the same sort of political machine that we have now.

    They’re going up against the same sort of exploitation and indignities that workers are experiencing now. And you can learn a lot from the ways in which they organized and often their failures to be able to have a sense of what you can do in this moment.

    Erik Loomis:

    Yeah, and I think it’s also worth noting, while you don’t want to overdraw the lessons from the past, I mean the past and the present are not exactly the same thing, but within, we live just thinking here of American labor history, we live in a society that is shaped by a series of political and economic constructs, and by looking at our labor history, we can also get a sense of in our present debates around anything from the relationship of labor unions to democratic party or issues of democratic unionism or strikes or whatever it may be, a really deep dive examination into our labor history can really do a lot to suggest the potentials or limits of various contemporary issues that we’re talking about. Again, not that the past necessarily is a restriction on what’s possible in the present, but the basic structure of our economy and government has not changed a lot over the centuries. And even with Trumpism, I mean, everything that’s happening right now is basically a return to the conditions of the Triangle fire that we’re talking about. And some of those strategies used back then may become more valuable again with the destruction of labor law and the other horrible things that are happening right now. So I think that those deeper dives into our labor history, real discussions of our labor history as opposed to just snippets, but really help us move conversations at the contemporary labor and movement building world forward in some very concrete and useful ways.

    Mel Buer:

    Right. Well, I think that’s a good segue into getting into the meat of the discussion today, which is to talk about the triangle shirt, waste Factory Fire, which happened on March 25th, 1911. First, I kind of want to put it in a bit of wider context about what was going on in New York City at the time. So in the early 20th century, garment production was the largest manufacturing business in America. In the decades leading up to the early 20th century, there was this popularization of standardized off the rack fashion during the Industrial Revolution. It meant that instead of making clothing at home or via various sort of cottage industries, the Industrial Revolution standardized that entire process and turned it into the ability to walk into a clothing store like Nordstrom’s or something and to pull a sized garment off the rack. And prior to more mechanized processes that didn’t require as many hands in the process, these garment production factories were staffed by hundreds and thousands of workers. And the largest piece of that was in New York City, in the east end of the city. So just to give our readers, our listeners a sense here, what do these conditions look like for workers at the time who worked in specifically the garment industry in New York?

    Erik Loomis:

    Sure. Yeah, it’s rough work. You had a mostly immigrant workforce, particularly Jewish immigrants, some Italians as well. And that was working in clothing was something that quite a few of these immigrants had brought over from particularly Russia where there had been a lot of tailors and cutters and things like this. They enter into a growing American garment workforce that you accurately described, and that is happening at a moment in the late 19th and into the early 20th century. We’re beginning to see a shift so that a lot of the early sweatshop industry in New York was home-based. Basically, this contractor would move things out through these subcontracting systems and put things in people’s homes. And so you think about a tiny little New York apartment on say the Lower East side where a lot of this was taking place and people might complain today of their studio apartment, how small it’s, but there could be 10 to 15 people living in that at the time.

    And then during the day, they’re working in it right there. They’re basically moving, what they have is for furniture to the side and putting the sewing machines in there. By the 1905 or so, that’s beginning to shift pretty heavily to what we would think of more of as a modern sweatshop, that it becomes more efficient for contractors to have the work in a particular place such as the location of the factory that would become notable for the triangle fire. And that was a very exploitative workforce. They hired mostly women thinking that they could control ’em. Work weeks could be 65 to 75 hours a week, but also tremendously unstable. And so you’d be working those 65, 75 hours a week if there was work, but then if the orders dried up, you went to nothing. So rather than have a consistent 40 hour week or even more than that, but consistent, it was either all the time or nothing at all. The women worked basically between three to $10 a week for all of these hours, which was poverty wages, even at that higher level. And factory owners really tried to control workers’ movements. Locking doors was super common. Fear of these workers stealing cloth and things like that would lead to searches requesting permission to use very unsanitary and disgusting bathrooms, fines all the time at work being required, supply your own supplies such as needles and things like this. Sexual harassment of these workers was a real problem. It’s a rough way to work,

    Mel Buer:

    And I kind of want to draw a parallel. It’s not a one-to-one, but I do want to draw a parallel from these sort of sweat up conditions that lead into this sort of wider factories that come through in the mid 19 aughts to sort of gig work that we see in some industries today where it is truly a race to the bottom in terms of payment wages and conditions and in these sort of sweatshop conditions. Absolutely. You would find that these contractors were a dime a dozen, and if you were the type of person who wanted to ask more for more wages for what you were working, they could throw you out and find someone within 15 minutes by walking to a market down the street. We see these conditions a lot in the sort of gig economy, certainly in some of the white collar industries like writing or things of that nature where people are making pennies on the dollar for some of the work that they do. And you can sort of see those parallels. And it didn’t just because these factories then establish themselves within a garment district and start employing 500 to a thousand workers per factory or what have you, doesn’t necessarily mean that those conditions improved much.

    Erik Loomis:

    Oh, absolutely not. I mean, in many cases they became worse. I mean, homework is not a great thing by any stretch of the imagination, but you had a certain control over your, no one’s sexually harassing you, no one’s locking the door, no one’s saying you can’t go to the bathroom. So conditions were probably even worse. I mean, the whole point of centralizing it is of course to maximize profit and you are continuing to maximize profit by exploiting this very frankly, easily exploited workforce for the reason that you discuss in that you have masses and masses of people coming to the United States at this time. And there was a lot of people desperate for work.

    Mel Buer:

    I think I read a statistic that was like Ellis Island was processing upwards of like 5,000 people a week at the height of peak of that piece of immigration. So you can imagine streams of individuals coming in after spending a week in the bow of a ship, making it through the sort of gauntlet that is Ellis Island and then ending up in the streets of New York and wanting to engage in some sort of employment that they can have skills for.

    Erik Loomis:

    And a lot of times part of the reason they’re willing to accept these horrible wages other than not having a whole lot of other options is that the first thing they’re trying to do is get their families over.

    And so the more people that are working even in exploitative conditions, the more money they can save to get the cousins over or get, A lot of times a father would go first, save money, get their family over, and then they’d kind of collectively get that extended family over. And given that these were Jewish immigrants in Russia at this time, a lot of that is desperately escaping the state sponsored antisemitism that’s going on at that time. So there was very real reasons for these workers to sacrifice a lot, even knowing that they’re working in a terrible job because they had higher calling at that point.

    Mel Buer:

    Right. Well, and this kind of brings us to a remarkable sort of labor action that happened in 1909. So we have at this point 20 to 40,000 garment workers in New York City who are working in various factories, the triangle fame factory, I think they had what four other locations that were making various items. They’re called shirt waste. They’re, or essentially blouses varying sort of degrees of fashion with lace and other things. But there were also factories all over the lower East side and the east side of New York that were doing some of the same stuff. And in 1909, in response to worsening conditions, there was a massive strike in the garment district that lasted close to a year, I believe, that was led primarily by women over 20,000 garment workers took to the streets and they walked out of dozens of factories in the garment district on strike.

    And something that kind of gets missed a little bit in history, maybe this is just me loving a good name for it, but they called it the uprising of the 20,000 and it was considered an opening salvo and a new struggle for better working conditions in the industrialized sort of industries in New York City. So maybe we can kind of start with the strike itself and really kind of underscore how revolutionary it was to see a militant fighting union of primarily women leading this particular labor action and sort of how those impacts reverberated into the following years and decades.

    Erik Loomis:

    The union they had that was in that industry, it was called the International Ladies Garment Workers Union, or the ILG as it’s commonly known. But ironically, the leadership of the union was basically all men and men had taken over that union, and a lot of these men were skilled cutters and things like this. And even despite the name, they weren’t really that comfortable with masses of women in the workforce. I mean, they brought over gender ideologies as well. And so in New York, you have in those weeks and months leading up to this strike, which begins in November of 1909, you have young organizers, again, mostly Jewish women, some of whom who will become pretty famous in the future, Clara Lemick, Roche Schneiderman, Pauly Newman, all of which will become pretty famous names in American labor and reform history are organizing and the factories to say, we don’t have to live this way.

    It’s not necessary that our conditions are so exploitative. Some of them came from families who had brought radical politics with them, which was a growing thing in the Jewish communities in Eastern Europe at the time through the Jewish fund. Others did not. Lelet came from quite politically conservative families who were outraged that their daughter was engaging in such radical activities. But it all begins to come to a head that fall. And there’s a big meeting in New York, I think a Cooper Union. And the point of the meeting in part is for labor leaders to try to cut the strike off. So the ILG member, the president’s there and other leading figures are there, American Federation of Labor Head, Samuel GOPer shows up and basically urges caution. And you have these, you can almost imagine it, it’s like two hours of these guys getting up and talking and going on and on and trying to kill time and trying to really undermine what they saw as a rebellion of low skilled workers that they feared would undermine the very limited gains that they had made in other parts of the garment industry.

    And finally, after listening to this Lemick, who is this very small woman, the very tiny young woman gets up and basically marches up to the stage. And in Yiddish says, and I’m going to quote what she says here, I am a working girl, one of those who are on strike against intolerable conditions. I am tired of listening to speakers. You talk in general terms, what we are here to decide is whether we shall or shall not strike. I offer a resolution that a general strike be declared now. And she simply overwhelmed all those men on the stage. The workers walked out the day

    Mel Buer:

    Right standing ovation for that, the whole place just, and they had overflow for that as well. It was a very, very large meeting of workers, I think. And Clara Lemick specifically is unique in that she is probably in my reading over the last couple of years of labor history, a really solid example of what happens when you can successfully salt workplaces. She would hop from factory to factory, get hired on and salt the crap out of the workplace, organize those workers and bring them out on strike. And inevitably for some reason, she would either leave the job or get fired from the job and she would move on to the next one. And her organizing was so dangerous to the factory owners that they actually had her followed and she got the crap beaten out of her in the street and the next day and for the following weeks, you could see her on street corners displaying the bruises on her face. And using that as a rhetorical sort of example to say, we’re onto something, join us. And I dunno, as a woman in the labor movement, I find those examples to be really meaningful to anyone who’s listening to these sort of stories is that you may not even know who Clara Le is, but she is truly a revolutionary spirit in the labor movement.

    Erik Loomis:

    And I think that learning about people like that, I think there’s this whole, people like to say history repeats itself, which it doesn’t. Don’t ever say that to a historian, but there is these lessons out there. There are these people out there that you can be like, wow, they really did this amazing work and they suffered for it. I mean, getting the shit beat out of you is not a great story. That sucks. And she will be during the strike itself, lime Lake is beaten by a cop and suffer six broken ribs. She’s arrested 17 times during the strike. So it’s not, and these stories from the past, it’s not great. But I think that in a moment in which I think you see a lot of activism out there, or the beginnings of whatever we’re trying to do to stop Trump and all this horrible stuff. And there seems to me to be a lot of, I want something to happen, but I don’t actually want anything to happen to me.

    I’m scared of something happening to me. And the reality is things are probably going to be happening to us. And learning that you can take that and build from it, I think is a critically important thing. It is a little bit of a side note, but I was just, yesterday in my labor history class, we were reading oral history from Harry Bridges, the great organizer of the longshoreman. And my students were struck because he talks in this oral history. He’s like, yeah, every day the cops would beat the shit out of us, and then the next day we would just come back and keep doing the same thing. And it blew their mind that you could do that. And I think these are the things that are important to understand, to bring from that past to the present. Lelet can be very inspiring this way.

    Mel Buer:

    So what was the outcome of the strike? So they were on strike for quite some time. A lot of these young women were arrested, sent to the workhouse for a brief period of time. You had some really interesting cross class solidarity and fundraising. Even JP Morgan’s own daughter was fundraising for the strike at one point. Funnily enough, they kind of moved away from support of the strike after some pretty hefty socialism and socialist rhetoric entered the sort of demand structure of the strike. But what was the outcome? What happened to these workers?

    Erik Loomis:

    Yeah, I mean, the answer is in a sense, it is both a win and a lush. I mean, the cross class stuff is fascinating. These wealthy women come out, some of which would be big players in the future. I mean Francis Perkins, we’ll get into later is one of them, right? And this is a moment, this progressive era is a moment in which middle and upper class, particularly younger people are looking at society and they’re saying the things our fathers created in this era of uncontrolled capitalism, they’re just way out of control. And maybe these workers have a point. So there’d be these tentative alliances, which as you described, it’s one of the things that happen. What will happen to the strike itself is that by and large, the owners very much including the men who would own the triangle fire, were definitely there to resist as much as they could.

    And after about 11 weeks, workers begin to, they start trickling back. I mean, because the international, the ILG, they still didn’t really support the strike, and they didn’t have the ability to have a big strike fund or anything like that anyway, so they don’t win a union shop. They don’t win a lot of workplace safety gains. But the manufacturers do agree to some real concessions. The work week drops to 52 hours in most of these factories that were four paid holidays a year. You don’t have to buy your own work materials anymore. And there’s kind of a vague agreement to negotiate pay rates, which is not really followed that much in the aftermath, but there were real material wins. What there was not were material wins about the conditions of work, which will be a huge problem going forward for the union, though that ILG local, local 25 really expands to become a big power player in New York for the next several years. And so the workers themselves feel very empowered by what happened to them. It’s a victory,

    Mel Buer:

    Right? And many of these workers who picketed outside the Triangle Factory are some of the ones who walked into work on March 25th, the 1911 and did not come out. And now on to sort of the hard conversation here. So this is a year after the strike workers have gone back to work. March 25th, 1911 workers walk into the ASH building, the Lower East Side. They took the elevators up to the upper floors to the triangle shirt, waist factory, which occupies the eighth, ninth, and 10th floors of the Ash building, which is now owned by cuny, right? It’s a science building, university science building.

    Erik Loomis:

    I think it’s N-Y-U-N-Y-U,

    Mel Buer:

    Yeah,

    Erik Loomis:

    NYU.

    Mel Buer:

    Yeah. So as I said earlier, I read Triangle, which is a very good book that kind of digs into the conditions of the garment workers, and it gives a minute by minute accounting of the triangle fire itself. I’d never really taken the time to learn the details of the fire. I found that there’s those sections of the book to be frankly harrowing, openly crying while reading it. It is, I don’t want to get into really the hardcore details of it because it is really upsetting and maybe for a lot of folks, but suffice to say, so the conditions in these couple of floors, eight and nine are floors where the factory work is being done. The 10th floor is kind of where the owners sit. They have a showroom. There is some tables for packaging and shipping the items that are put together, but the vast majority of materials are being worked on on those two lower floors.

    So the fire begins right around the time of the closing bell. Folks were getting up to leave right around what 5:00 PM And something to note about these particular setups is that the cutters who are the ones who do the sort of precision cutting of the materials that are then sewn together in a sort of assembly line style at various parts in the factory are dropping scraps of highly flammable cotton materials into a bin underneath their cutting tables. And we learn later during the manslaughter trial that those bins are only emptied like four times a year. And so you can imagine that what’s underneath these tables is tons and tons of extremely flammable cotton and lace materials that just pile up. And obviously there’s a no smoking sign in every floor because this is a highly flammable workplace environment. Some of these cutters still smoked at the tables. And on the evening of March 25th, we’re not quite sure exactly what got thrown into the bucket, but it was probably a still lit match or a cigarette butt or a cigar butt that gets thrown into one of the buckets under the table and it lights a fire within what, I think it’s like less than 10 minutes. That entire floor is on fire.

    Erik Loomis:

    Yeah, I mean, so it starts on the eighth floor

    And everybody on the eighth floor gets out. They call up to the 10th floor as you point out that the office or the owners are, and those guys are all able to get out. You have those close New York buildings and you can kind of hot from building to building in that area, but in the panic sort of people forgot to call the ninth floor. And within just a few minutes, you have this raging fire on the eighth floor smoke coming up to the ninth, and the doors are locked to get out and there’s an elevator and some workers do get out via the elevator. About a hundred are able to get out in those few minutes before the elevator becomes non-functional. But then you have 146 workers still stuck up there and there’s nothing that they can do. They try to open the door, they’re looking for the key, nobody can find it, and they end up facing a choice of burning the death or jumping from the ninth floor,

    And then they all die. So you have 146 dead workers. This was not particularly uncommon. I mean the numbers were high, but you had more workers than that die in coal mines pretty frequently. And you also had other garment fires that were hardly uncommon. There had just been one the year before in Newark, across the bay from New York, but no one sees that. The thing about these sweatshops is that it’s a very low capital industry. All you really need is some sewing machines and a few other things. So you can set these up anywhere. So as you pointed out, it’s an afternoon. It is a nice day. We’re in March right now, and there’s been a couple of nice days, and everyone including myself is like, oh my God, I’m so happy to be outside. It’s sunny, including I look outside the day. It’s a beautiful day here in Rhode Island. And so that’s how people were, right? And so it’s late afternoon. People are strolling around. It’s the lower East side, but it’s kind of on the border of more prosperous areas. So people are just walking around and all of a sudden plumes of smoke will rise up and all these people head over to see what’s up and what’s up is a mass death incident.

    And what made this different was honestly for our American history is not the numbers, it’s the fact that this became a public event. People saw this, people saw the people making their clothes die, and that makes an enormous difference in the response of a nation that had traditionally been quite indifferent to workplace death.

    Mel Buer:

    And there were a number of things that might have made this less of a mass casualty sort of incident. The owners of the Triangle Factory could have at any time updated their factories with fire suppression systems. This was not something that was particularly new. Fire safe factories had been a thing for a number of decades prior to this horrible tragedy. There is an interesting note in Von Dre’s book that suggests that perhaps the two owners were setting fire to their previous, trying to essentially commit insurance fraud in order to get rid of some of their previous stock in previous years. There’s no indication that this was anything other than accident. I want to make that clear. But the way that the building was designed was not designed very well for escape. There were no fire drills that were happening with any sort of regularity that would’ve made it easier for workers to have a direction to go.

    And yes, there is. There were two exits, two doors. One door was kept locked in order to reduce the amount of stealing that was happening. Whether that’s true or not, doesn’t really matter. Folks had to go through essentially a carousel at the other door in order to get their things searched before they could leave, which obviously is leading to serious bottlenecking in times of panic. And even the fire escape didn’t really have, it wasn’t really a fire escape. It wasn’t quite rated for the amount of people to run down the steps, and it did not lead to anywhere. There was no clear egress to the street at the bottom of the fire escape. And unfortunately, it was just a rickety thing and it collapsed. And 35 people died plunging to their desks because the fire escape collapsed. So we have all of these things, these things that contributed to a really horrendous workplace accident.

    And you’re right, tens of thousands of folks were on the streets watching on buildings nearby. There’s dozens and dozens of sort of accounts of the fire. And even Francis Perkins, who figures a little bit later was standing on the street watching this happen, and they’re watching workers hold each other outside of the windows of the ninth floor and drop their friends onto the concrete, and they’re seeing others who are flying out of the windows on fire. This is a really horrendous thing for a lot of people to witness. And to your point, there is a testament to how affecting it was for folks to witness this and hear about this happening in the days after the event when they lined the victims up for identification at the pier, sort of a coroner’s warehouse. There were tens of thousands of people there who were thousands of people who just wanted to walk through and potentially pay their respects, but also family members who were trying to find their loved ones. And even in the days afterward during these funeral processions, you have folks standing out for hours in the rain watching these funeral processions as folks are identified and then taken to various cemeteries around the city. So we can kind of start there in terms of just beyond the real sort of impact of this and how this moved into answering the question, what are we going to do about this in the years leading after the tragedy?

    Erik Loomis:

    Yeah. Well, it’s a mixed bag. I mean, first as you point out, the owners blanket Harris were incredibly negligent. They had been really the most anti-union of all of the major garment worker owners or garment factory owners in the uprising. They really don’t get any serious legal punishment for it. In fact, they just, what? They kind of disappeared from the record, but we know that they at least attempt to open up another factory. They don’t even seem to care after all these workers die. They’re really indifferent. But part of the legacy of Triangle, we’re moving in that direction. And it is interesting because it kind of shifts from a worker story to a middle class performer story

    Because Perkins is there and she’s already involved in some of these issues, but she gets really motivated to become a much more active labor reformer, and of course later will become the first female cabinet member Secretary of Labor under FDR for his 12 years. And really a truly remarkable human being. But the changes that come are not really about workplace activism. What happens is that Perkins, Robert Wagner, who’s a rising politician in the New York legislature who will later be the sponsor of the National Labor Relations Act, that creates the system of labor negotiation that we sort of still have today, although it’s probably disappearing soon, thanks to our lovely Supreme Court. But the union election process is something that kind of has some things that come out of this. But in the immediate aftermath, there’s serious investigations that happen. And what it leads to are important things around fire safety, building safety, things like this.

    So the New York Fire Department could only really handle fires up to the seventh floor of a building. This starts on the eighth floor. There’s changes around that. There’s changes around the kinds of conditions that are allowed in a workplace around issues of flammability, for instance. And these are truly important advances. And New York becomes a leader in creating a safer workplace. But the flip side of that is that at almost the very same time that’s happening, the textile industry begins to leave places like New York, and so they don’t have to deal with Claral LEC anymore. They begin to move to North Carolina, to Alabama, to Tennessee. And you have a whole nother generation of, because again, I mean part of the reason that people like Blank and Harris don’t hardly care where you had other industries that are taking these issues more seriously is that the capital investment needed to open a sweatshop is so they’re not protecting a serious level of investment. And so you could recreate these factories in east Tennessee and Western North Carolina and avoid immigrants, avoid socialists, avoid any union traditions. And so by the twenties and thirties, that’s all shifted down there and you have a new generation of labor organizing that takes place down there, new generations of violence in a industry that proves quite resistant to changing its fundamental ways that it operates, including to the present.

    Mel Buer:

    Right. So I mean, what’s the sort of antidote to that? I mean, I know that particularly with Francis Perkins and the sort of committees that were born out of the Triangle Fire, they didn’t just stop with garment factories is my understanding. They spent a lot of time, energy, and they had the political will because Tammany’s political machine sort of backed this as they’re moving into the mid-teens to really sort of begin to look at places like candy factories and bakeries and the various sort of industrial places that are also in need of reform. And so we see this sort of new decade or so of real, the political will is there essentially to support these sort of this reform movement that then brings us into what ultimately becomes FDRs new deal and things of that nature. But I guess my question is if the political will didn’t exist, if Tammany wasn’t willing to back these sort of plays because they are sort of seeing the writing on the wall, they’re seeing that there is enormous among voters, enormous need and want for increased oversight things, more progressive working conditions, things of that nature, would we have the same sort of, I guess you could call them policy wins within the labor movement?

    Erik Loomis:

    Probably not. I mean, I think the political atmosphere is very, very important. And I think that we sometimes ignore that in our contemporary conversations too, our peril. It really is a matter of kind of a combination of worker activism and a particular moment in time in which the politics are ready to act, in which people who have more access to power are willing to do what workers want them to do, either because they support it genuinely or they’re afraid of the worker power.

    And this really leads into the New Deal. I mean, these things, the rise of Perkins and the creation of National Labor Relations Act and all of this is a part of two decades, really 25 years by that point, consistent working class struggle to try to pressure the political world to create these changes. Tammany needed to do it because Tammany was relying on working class voters as its core. They had a heavy, they were very heavily involved in the immigrant communities and providing services and things like that. And if those people weren’t going to come out and vote for Tammany politicians, then Tammany was potentially going to lose out. It was in their interest to see this through. New York had a far from universal, but it had a lot of capital, progressive politicians like these middle class people who saw needs for legitimate reform. And that begins to, of course, then influence the Democratic Party.

    The Republican party remains tremendously hostile to almost all of this and create, thanks to the Great Depression and other conditions, the ability of this to go relatively national in 1930s, the rise of Perkins, the rise of Wagner, the passage of the National Labor Relations Act, all of that stuff is super critical. So yes, I mean the political side of it is real. And this is the thing is you see other worker struggles. It’s not like when these factories say textiles move to Tennessee and North Carolina that all workers acquiesce to this system, they struggle too. But the problem there is that the governors are just willing to call the National Guard to shoot them, and there’s not the political will there. And that is still a problem that we see in when we’re talking even before we get into issues of globalization, which if we’re talking about this industry, we have to talk about the reality is that the United States, even today, the politics of New York or the politics of Tennessee, let’s just say they’re a little different, and workers have a lot more power in a place like New York City in part because politicians will listen to them. We’re in Tennessee where I used to live as well and was working in labor issues. They don’t care what you have to say.

    Mel Buer:

    How do you get folks to have such, to have a heel turn on that? How do you start to begin to pull those threats in service of the labor movement? What are some ways in your experience that workers can kind of with a clear eye see as a sort of pathway towards really engendering more political will for better worker legislation?

    Erik Loomis:

    Honestly, I think a lot of it has to, I think there needs to be a lot more internal political organizing within unions. I think this is a serious problem in the contemporary framework is that a lot of unions are not really doing a lot of political education in their rank and file. And we see this in the kinds of the ways in which Trump has made inroads in the working class and things like this. At the time back then you had the level of political education. If you read union newsletters just as an example, they’re engaging. It could be even relatively conservative unions like say the Carpenter’s Union.

    They’re engaging in very significant political education, like helping workers understand their position in society, helping them figure out how they’re going, what their proper action is. As a carpenter or as a wobbly or as a member of a communist union later, it really goes across the political spectrum. What is your role as a worker in this society? And that was in states where those conditions kind of lent themselves to that could lead to serious political action supporting candidates. And that’s going to become really crucial. So if we’re thinking if we move forward to the thirties and we think about the Flint Sitdown strike, a big reason why the Flint Sitdown Strike Succeeds is that the governor of Michigan, Frank Murphy, has been elected by workers and had pledged as part of his platform to never use the national guard against workers. So workers had elected this person who then does what he says he’s going to do, will not forcibly evict these sit down strikers from that GM plant in Flynn and in GM at that point has no other options. They were relying on state power to crush those workers, which had been the standard way of the past.

    And so that stuff can make just an enormous serious difference. But in some ways, it has to start with unions doing the work themselves to be like, we are going to engage in a serious political education aspect for our members. And that does not just mean showing up two weeks before the election and telling you who to vote for, but actually building worker power by getting an everyday person who’s a busy person, who’s got kids and soccer practice or wants to hang out at the bar or whatever they want to do to get them to take that time that they don’t really have and to understand their position in society. And I think that’s really critical.

    Mel Buer:

    I think as we kind of round out this conversation, I think also are living in a time where there’s like what 9% union density we are and have been for quite some time sort of fighting this rear guard battle against the interests of capital and the exploitation of the workforce. And rightfully, I think a lot of unions have spent a lot of their time and energy and money on trying to continue to bring in new organizing is a way to stop the slow bleed that is union organizing in this country. The problem is it feels like this needs to be, this is becoming or has always been a sort of multi-front fight struggle here. And in the last couple of years, especially as I’ve been working as a labor reporter, I’ve been feeling pretty heartened by the amount of new independent organizing that has been happening. And I really hope that it’ll continue and there’s ways in which we can kind of maybe begin to become more militant in a new generation and to allow these more militant, younger folks to really kind of push forward policy and education that they’re bringing into as the sort of shot in the arm to the labor movement. But yeah, we have an uphill battle quite a bit.

    Erik Loomis:

    Well, I think it’s worth noting Claire Lemick had an uphill battle too, right? I mean, what you’re describing is a lot of what Lemick and Newman and Schneiderman and these other leaders were facing, right? A union leadership that was pretty fat and happy with what they had. They were really nervous about young people coming and taking over the movement and they didn’t really support them when they did, and it just didn’t matter, right? Lemlich did it anyway, and she spent the rest of her life as this incredible organizer doing all sorts of things, ending her life, actually helping the nursing home workers out in California where she was by the time she was an older woman, helping them organize into their own union and forcing the nursing home to honor the United Farm workers. Great boycott. So she continued organizing forever, but never really, actually never with the support of the international lady garment workers union leadership, I mean, she had to fight for a pension from them in the fifties and they were like, oh no, it’s that woman again.

    I think it’s important to understand for younger organizers that the idea that the power structure, even within the labor movement’s just going to roll over for you. They’re not going to do that. You just do it anyway. They just create a scenario where they don’t actually matter anymore. And I think that’s important. And we’ve seen that to some extent. I mean, some of the things that say that the Starbucks workers have done, for example, which is regenerated a lot of energy, but at the same time, because of these larger political conditions, has not led to a growth in the actual overall labor movement, which is part of our story too.

    Mel Buer:

    Yeah. Well, thank you so much for coming on the show, Eric. We’re going to have to end it here. Please come back on anytime to talk about your forthcoming book, come back anytime to talk about history. I mean, I’ll be doing some history episodes when I come back here to host in May and hoping to do one on the Memorial Day massacre here in Chicago and hopefully something about Mayday. So if you’d like to come back on and chat about that, I’d love to have you.

    Erik Loomis:

    I’m always happy to chat about labor history, so anytime you want.

    Mel Buer:

    Great. Thank you so much.

    Erik Loomis:

    Hey, thank you.

    Mel Buer:

    That’s it for us here at Working People. We’ll see you back here next week for another episode, and if you can’t wait that long, then go explore all the great work we’re doing at the Real News Network where we do grassroots journalism, lifting up the voices and stories from the front lines of struggle. Sign up for the Real News newsletter so you never miss a story and help us do more work like this by going to the real news.com/donate and becoming a supporter today. It really makes a difference. I’m Mel Buer and thanks so much for sticking around. We’ll see you next time.


    This content originally appeared on The Real News Network and was authored by Mel Buer.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2025/03/26/out-of-ashes-victory-how-new-yorks-garment-workers-rebirthed-the-us-labor-movement/feed/ 0 521687
    Beneath Greenland’s ice lies a climate solution — and a new geopolitical battleground https://grist.org/energy/greenland-rare-earths-mining-geopolitics-china-us/ https://grist.org/energy/greenland-rare-earths-mining-geopolitics-china-us/#respond Wed, 26 Mar 2025 08:43:00 +0000 https://grist.org/?p=661081 Greenland’s massive cap of ice, containing enough fresh water to raise sea levels by 23 feet, is in serious trouble. Between 2002 and 2023, Greenland lost 270 billion tons of frozen water each year as winter snowfall failed to compensate for ever-fiercer summer temperatures. That’s a significant contributor of sea level rise globally, which is now at a quarter of an inch a year.

    But underneath all that melting ice is something the whole world wants: the rare earth elements that make modern society — and the clean energy revolution — possible. That could soon turn Greenland, which has a population size similar to that of Casper, Wyoming, into a mining mecca. 

    Greenland’s dominant industry has long been fishing, but its government is now looking to diversify its economy. While the island has opened up a handful of mines, like for gold and rubies, its built and natural environment makes drilling a nightmare — freezing conditions on remote sites without railways or highways for access. The country’s rich reserves of rare earths and geopolitical conflict, however, are making the island look increasingly enticing to mining companies, Arctic conditions be damned.

    Meltwater drips from glacier ice in Disco Bay, Greenland, revealing bare earth beneath. Science Photo Library / Getty Images

    When President Donald Trump talks about the United States acquiring Greenland, it’s partly for its strategic trade and military location in the Arctic, but also for its mineral resources. According to one Greenland official, the island “possesses 39 of the 50 minerals that the United States has classified as critical to national security and economic stability.” While the island, an autonomous territory of Denmark, has made clear it is not for sale, its government is signaling it is open to business, particularly in the minerals sector. Earlier this month, Greenland’s elections saw the ascendance of the pro-business Demokraatit Party, which has promised to accelerate the development of the country’s minerals and other resources. At the same time, the party’s leadership is pushing back hard against Trump’s rhetoric.

    Rare earth elements are fundamental to daily life: These words you are reading on a screen are made of the ones and zeroes of binary code. But they’re also made of rare earth elements, such as the terbium in LED screens, praseodymium in batteries, and neodymium in a phone’s vibration unit. Depending on where you live, the electricity powering this screen may have even come from the dysprosium in wind turbines. 

    These minerals helped build the modern world — and will be in increasing demand going forward. “They sit at the heart of pretty much every electric vehicle, cruise missile, advanced magnet,” said Adam Lajeunesse, a public policy expert at Canada’s St. Francis Xavier University. “All of these different minerals are absolutely required to build almost everything that we do in our high-tech environment.”

    Greenland’s vanishing ice

    Sea ice extent, 1979 vs 2023

    Arctic sea route
    1979
    2023

    To the increasing alarm of Western powers, China now has a stranglehold on the market for rare earth elements, responsible for 70 percent of production globally. As the renewables revolution unfolds, and as more EVs hit the road, the world will demand ever more of these metals: Between 2020 and 2022, the total value of rare earths used in the energy transition each year quadrupled. That is projected to go up another tenfold by 2035. According to the European Commission’s Joint Research Centre, by 2030, Greenland could provide nearly 10,000 tons of rare earth oxides to the global economy. 

    One way to meet that demand, and for the world to diversify control over the rare earths market and speed up clean energy adoption, is to mine in Greenland. (In other words, the way to avoid future ice melt may, ironically, mean capitalizing on the riches revealed by climate-driven ice loss.) On the land currently exposed along the island’s edges, mining companies are starting to drill, and the U.S. doesn’t want to be left out of the action. 

    But anyone gung-ho on immediately turning Greenland into a rare earths bonanza is in for a rude awakening. More so than elsewhere on the planet, mining the island is an extremely complicated, and lengthy, proposition — logistically, geopolitically, and economically. And most importantly for the people of Greenland, mining of any kind comes with inevitable environmental consequences, like pollution and disruptions to wildlife.

    A plane with the word 'TRUMP' on it sitting at an icy airport with village and water in the background
    An aircraft carrying President Trump’s son, businessman Donald Trump Jr., arrives in Nuuk, Greenland, on January 7.
    Emil Stach / Ritzau Scanpix / AFP / Denmark OUT via Getty Images

    The Trump administration’s aggressive language has spooked Indigenous Greenlanders in particular, who make up 90 percent of the population and have endured a long history of brutal colonization, from deadly waves of disease and displacement to forced sterilization. “It’s been a shock for Greenland,” said Aqqaluk Lynge, former president of the Inuit Circumpolar Council and co-founder of Greenland’s Inuit Ataqatigiit political party. “They are looking at us as people that you just can throw out.”

    Lacking the resources to directly invest in mining for rare earths, the Greenland government is approving licenses for exploration. “We have all the critical minerals. Everyone wants them,” said Jørgen T. Hammeken-Holm, permanent secretary for mineral resources in the Greenland government. “The geology is so exciting, but there are a lot of ‘buts.’”


    TThe funny thing about rare earth elements is that they’re not particularly rare. Planet Earth is loaded with them — only in an annoyingly distributed manner. Miners have to process a lot of rock to pluck out small amounts of praseodymium, neodymium, and the 15 other rare earth elements. That makes the minerals very difficult and dirty to mine and then refine: For every ton of rare earths dug up, 2,000 tons of toxic waste are generated.

    China’s government cornered the market on rare earths by both subsidizing the industry and streamlining regulations. “If you can purchase something from a Chinese company which does not have the same labor regulations, human rights considerations, environmental considerations as you would in Australia or California, you’ll buy it more cheaply on the Chinese market,” Lajeunesse said. Many critical minerals that are mined elsewhere in the world still go back to China, because the country has spent decades building up its refining capacity.

    The race is on

    Count of active rare earth exploration licenses in Greenland by country

    China has used the rare earths market as an economic and political weapon. In 2010, the so-called Rare Earths Trade Dispute broke out, when China refused to ship the minerals to Japan — a country famous for its manufacturing of technologies. (However, some researchers question whether this was a deliberate embargo or a Chinese effort to reduce rare earth exports generally.) More subtly, China can manipulate the market on rare earths by, say, increasing production to drive down prices. This makes it less economically feasible for other mining outfits to get into the game, given the cost and difficulty of extracting the minerals, solidifying China’s grip on rare earths. 

    “They control every stage — the mining of it, and then the intermediate processing, and then the more sophisticated final product processing,” said Heather Exner-Pirot, director of energy, natural resources, and environment at the Macdonald-Laurier Institute, a think tank in Canada. “So they can intervene in the market at all these levels.”

    This is a precarious monopoly for Western economies and governments to navigate. Military aircraft and drones use permanent magnets made of terbium and dysprosium. Medical imaging equipment also relies on rare earths, as do flatscreens and electric motors. It’s not just the energy transition that needs a steady supply of these minerals, but modern life itself.

    Meltwater flows from the Russell Glacier near Kangerlussuaq, Greenland
    Meltwater flows from the Russell Glacier near Kangerlussuaq, Greenland. Juan Maria Coy Vergara / Getty Images

    As a result, all eyes are turning toward Greenland’s rich deposits of rare earths. The island contains 18 percent of the global reserves for neodymium, praseodymium, dysprosium, and terbium, according to the European Commission’s Joint Research Centre. Even a decade ago, scientists reported that the island could meet a quarter of the global demand for rare earths.


    TThe question is whether mining companies can overcome the headaches inherent in extracting rare earths from Greenland’s ice-free yet still frigid edges. An outfit would have to ship in all their equipment and build their own city at a remote mining site at considerable cost. On top of that, it would be difficult to actually hire enough workers from the island’s population of laborers, so a mining company may need to hire internationally and bring them in. Greenland has a population of 57,000, just 65 of whom were involved in mining as of 2020, so the requisite experience just isn’t there. “Labor laws are much more strict than they would be in a Chinese rare earth mine in Mongolia,” Lajeunesse said. “All of those things factor together to make Arctic development very expensive.”

    Still, the geopolitical pressure from China’s domination of the rare earths market has opened Greenland to exploration. No one needs to wait for further deterioration of the island’s ice sheet to get to work, as there’s enough ice-free land along these edges to dig through. Around 40 mining companies have exploration, prospecting, and exploitation licenses in Greenland, with the majority of the firms based in Australia, Canada, and the United Kingdom. “We can give you these minerals,” Hammeken-Holm said, “but you need to come to Greenland and do the exploration.”

    China dominates the rare earths

    Annual processed rare earth production, metric tons

    One of those companies is Critical Metals Corp., which in September drilled 14 holes on the coast of southern Greenland, about 16 miles from the town of Qaqortoq. The New York-based company says it’s found one of the world’s highest concentrations of gallium, which isn’t technically a rare earth element but is still essential in the manufacturing of computer chips.

    Dramatic change on and around the island, though, could make mining for rare earths even more complicated. While the loss of floating ice in the waters around the island makes it easier and safer for ships to navigate, more chunks of glaciers will drop into the ocean as the world warms, which could become especially hazardous for ships, à la the Titanic. 

    Even given the rapid loss of Greenland’s 650,000-square-mile ice sheet, though, it would take a long while to lose it all — it’s 1.4 miles thick on average. The Earth itself is also frozen in parts of the island, known as permafrost, which will thaw in the nearer term as temperatures rise. “That's going to give you certainly instability in terms of building access roads and such,” said Paul Bierman, a geologist at the University of Vermont and author of the book When the Ice Is Gone: What a Greenland Ice Core Reveals About Earth's Tumultuous History and Perilous Future. “The climate is changing, so I think it's going to be a very dynamic environment in which to extract minerals.” 

    Mining pollution, too, is a major concern: The accessible land along the island’s ice-free edges is also where humans live. As mining equipment and ships burn fossil fuels, they produce black carbon. When this settles on ice, it darkens the surface, which then absorbs more sunlight — think of how much hotter you get wearing a black shirt than a white shirt on a summer day. This could further accelerate the melting of Greenland’s precarious ice sheet. A 2022 study also found that three legacy mines in Greenland heavily polluted the local environment with metals, like lead and zinc, due to the lack of environmental studies and regulation prior to the 1970s. But it also found no significant pollution at mines established in the last 20 years. 

    A more immediate problem with mining is the potentially toxic dust generated by so much machinery, said Niels Henrik Hooge, a campaigner at NOAH, the Danish chapter of the environmental organization Friends of the Earth. “That's a concern, because all the mining projects are located in areas where people live, or potentially could live,” Hooge said. “Everything is a bit different in the Arctic, because the environment does not recover very quickly when polluted.”

    The coast is clear

    Greenland's active rare earth licenses

    Rare earth element exploration license
    Mineral deposit

    Lynge says that a win-win for Greenlanders would be to support mining but insist that it’s run on hydropower instead of fossil fuels. The island has huge potential for hydropower, and indeed has been approving more projects and expanding another existing facility. Still, no amount of hydropower can negate the impact of mining on the landscape. “There's no sustainable mining in the world,” Lynge said. “The question is if we can do it a little bit better.”

    Critical Metals Corp., for its part, says that it expects to produce minimal harmful products at its site. Like other mining projects in Greenland, it will need to pass an environmental review. “We expect to provide more updates about our plans to reduce our environmental footprint as we get closer to mining operations,” said Tony Sage, the company’s CEO and executive chairman, in a statement provided to Grist. “With that, we believe it is important to keep in mind that rare earth elements are critical materials for cleaner applications, which will help us build a greener planet in the future.” 

    Still, wherever there’s mining activity, there’s potential for spills. There’s also potential for a lot of noise: Ships in particular fill the ocean around Greenland with a din that can stress and disorient fishes and marine mammals, like narwhals, seals, and whales. For vocalizing species, it can disrupt their communication. 

    There’s a lot at stake here economically and politically, too: Fishing is Greenland’s predominant industry, accounting for 95 percent of the island’s exports. Rare earth mining, then, is the island’s play to diversify its economy, which could help it wean off the subsidies it gets from the Danish government. That, in turn, could help it win independence.

    hands hold glasses in front of a map of Greenland with color-coded mineral deposits
    A geologist points to discoveries of rare minerals and precious metals on a survey map at the University of Greenland during on March 5.
    Odd Andersen / AFP via Getty Images

    Thus far, the mining business has been a bit rocky in Greenland. In 2021, the government banned uranium mining, halting the development of a project by the Australian outfit Greenland Minerals, which would have also produced rare earths at the site. (Greenland Minerals did not respond to multiple requests to comment for this story.) The China-linked company is now suing the Greenland government for $11 billion — potentially spooking other would-be prospectors and the investors already worried about the profitability of mining for rare earths in the far north.

    “When we talk to them, they understand the situation, and they're not afraid,” said Hammeken-Holm. He added that Greenland maintains a dialogue with mining outfits about the challenges, and prospects, of exploration. “It is difficult to get private finance for these projects, but we are not alone,” he said. “That's a worldwide situation.”


    The growing demand and geopolitical fervor around rare earths may well make Greenland irresistible for mining companies, regardless of the logistical challenges. Hammeken-Holm says that a major discovery, like an especially rich deposit of a given rare earth element, might be the extra boost the country needs to transform itself into an indispensable provider of the critical minerals.

    Both Exner-Pirot, of the Macdonald-Laurier Institute, and Lajeunesse, the public policy expert, say that Western powers might get to the point where they intervene aggressively in the market. Like China’s state-sponsored rare earths industry, the U.S., Canada, Australia, or the European Union — which entered into a strategic partnership with Greenland in 2023 to develop critical raw materials — might band together to guarantee a steady flow of the minerals that make modern militaries, consumerism, and the energy transition possible. Subsidies, for instance, would help make the industry more profitable — and palatable for investors. “You'd have to accept that you're purchasing and developing minerals for more than the market price,” Lajeunesse said. “But over the long term, it's about developing a security of supply.”

    Already a land of rapid climatological change, Greenland could soon grow richer — and more powerful on the world stage. Ton by ton, its disappearing ice will reveal more of the mineral solutions to the world’s woes.

    Tom Vaillant contributed research and reporting.

    Read the full mining issue

    This story was originally published by Grist with the headline Beneath Greenland’s ice lies a climate solution — and a new geopolitical battleground on Mar 26, 2025.


    This content originally appeared on Grist and was authored by Matt Simon.

    ]]>
    https://grist.org/energy/greenland-rare-earths-mining-geopolitics-china-us/feed/ 0 521572
    A New Balkan Dystopia: Lithium Mines and Migrant Camps? https://www.radiofree.org/2025/03/26/a-new-balkan-dystopia-lithium-mines-and-migrant-camps/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/03/26/a-new-balkan-dystopia-lithium-mines-and-migrant-camps/#respond Wed, 26 Mar 2025 05:42:46 +0000 https://www.counterpunch.org/?p=358379 According to The Times, citing sources within the British government, the United Kingdom is considering relocating migrants whose asylum applications have been rejected to Balkan countries — namely Albania, Serbia, Bosnia and Herzegovina, and North Macedonia. What’s more, Britain hopes that EU member states will join this initiative. This shift in UK policy towards migrants comes More

    The post A New Balkan Dystopia: Lithium Mines and Migrant Camps? appeared first on CounterPunch.org.

    ]]>
    According to The Times, citing sources within the British government, the United Kingdom is considering relocating migrants whose asylum applications have been rejected to Balkan countries — namely Albania, Serbia, Bosnia and Herzegovina, and North Macedonia. What’s more, Britain hopes that EU member states will join this initiative.

    This shift in UK policy towards migrants comes amid years of intensive lobbying by the notorious Anglo-Australian mining giant Rio Tinto, targeting both the Serbian government and the intricate power structures of Bosnia and Herzegovina. The goal? To fast-track lithium extraction at major sites in Jadar (Serbia) and Lopare (Republika Srpska/Bosnia and Herzegovina) — a move that poses a looming ecological disaster of unimaginable scale, as both sites lie dangerously close to major rivers: the Drina and the Sava.

    Adding to the picture is a key development that slipped under the radar amid the usual political squabbles over state and entity jurisdiction: in March 2024, the first “strategic raw materials” mine (lead, zinc, and barite) was officially opened in Vareš (Bosnia and Herzegovina), under the management of Adriatic Metals. The ceremony was attended by numerous dignitaries, including British Ambassador to Sarajevo, Julian Reilly — effectively paving the way for further large-scale projects aimed at exploiting Bosnia and Herzegovina’s vast mineral wealth.

    Almost unnoticed by the public, a significant legislative shift has taken place in one of Bosnia and Herzegovina’s two highly autonomous entities — Republika Srpska. In 2024, a new Law on Geological Exploration was passed, stripping local communities of their say in decision-making processes related to mining projects.

    At a session held on February 26, 2025 — just a month before the outbreak of the most severe political crisis since the signing of the Dayton Peace Agreement — the Constitutional Court of Republika Srpska rejected a motion to assess the constitutionality of amendments to the Law on Geological Exploration.

    Given that potential lithium deposits in Bosnia and Herzegovina are located in Motajnica, Prosara, across Central Bosnia, and in the country’s east — including the areas around Čajniče, Foča, Goražde, and Srebrenica — it is clear that lobbying pressure from Rio Tinto and other mining corporations, channeled through Western European governments, will intensify on the authorities in both Serbia and BiH.

    All of this points to one grim conclusion: the listed Balkan countries — from which Montenegro can certainly not be excluded — are being simultaneously designated as future mining colonies and as geographic zones for concentration camps, where the so-called “civilized world” will relocate unwanted ethnic groups, primarily desperate refugees fleeing wars in the Middle East. Wars, it bears repeating, sparked by the imperialist interventionist policies of the United States and the European Union — refugees who have now become an unbearable burden these same powers no longer wish to carry.

    In this context, future generations of Serbs, Bosniaks, and Macedonians are being offered two “promising” career paths: to work in a lithium mine for a pittance while taking part in the irreversible ecological devastation of their own land, or to serve as guards at a concentration camp. Much of what seemed illogical in the political rhetoric of post-Yugoslav comprador elites — such as their failure to grasp that chauvinistic and hate-filled discourse is self-destructive for small, kin-related peoples who are naturally interdependent — now appears entirely logical.

    Predatory privatization, the giveaway of national resources, an economy reduced to a futile cycle of debt and dependency — from borrowing money to subsidize foreign investors, to building infrastructure solely to ease the transport of extracted wealth; the fragmentation and grotesque caricaturization of social relations; the debasement and ridicule of moral and ethical values; the absence of any serious cultural policy; the reduction of nationalism to vulgarity and pathological lying — all of it has served one purpose: to cultivate despair so profound that the colonized individual will willingly accept their role, either in the mine or behind barbed wire, because the only alternative would be even worse.

    Frantz Fanon observed a similar pattern among colonized Algerians and other African peoples:

    “When we consider all the effort that has gone into achieving the kind of cultural alienation so central to the colonial period, it becomes clear that nothing was left to chance — that the ultimate goal of colonial domination was consciously to convince the native that colonialism had lifted him out of darkness, and that the departure of the colonizer would mean a return to barbarism, to the life of the horde, of the pack. Colonialism did not seek to be seen in the subconscious of the colonized as a benevolent mother protecting her child from the surrounding enemies — but rather as a mother constantly restraining her sickly child from committing suicide, from succumbing to his own malicious instincts.”

    In the Balkans — in the post-Yugoslav states now re-colonized — the situation is even more dire. The comprador political class has so thoroughly embraced the colonizer’s game that they deliberately manufacture “malignant instincts” in order to better serve foreign powers, even when the general sentiment among the people is overwhelmingly anti-colonial. This is clearly reflected in the magnificent student demonstrations against the colonial regime of President Vučić, as well as in the mass mobilization of hundreds of thousands across Serbia protesting the government’s intention to grant Rio Tinto concession rights over the Jadar valley and other potential sites across the country.

    Amid the most severe political crisis in Bosnia and Herzegovina since the signing of the Dayton Accords — a crisis stirred both by the German colonial viceroy and by domestic actors within the Federation of BiH and Republika Srpska — a major rally was held in Lopare (Republika Srpska), uniting residents from Lopare, Bijeljina, Čelić, and Tuzla — in other words, from both entities — under the banner “Defending Majevica from the Lithium Mine.”

    Among the speakers was the mayor of Bijeljina (Republika Srpska), Ljubiša Petrović, who emphasized that the struggle is only just beginning and that the Ministry of Mining and Energy of Republika Srpska is withholding key information from the public. “We are not divided into Bosniaks, Croats, and Serbs — we are divided into those who truly love this land and want to preserve its beauty for future generations, and those who do not love it and want to drill it, poison it, plunder it, and drive its people from their ancestral homes,” he declared in a truly anti-colonial tone.

    In this context, the unification of mass protests against corruption and corporate lithium mining in Serbia with the same rising sentiments in Bosnia and Herzegovina represents the only real hope of resisting the evident colonial schemes to transform the entire region into a dystopian wasteland dotted with holding centers for the unfortunate — those of the “wrong” faith or skin color.

    How strikingly relevant, in this light, are the words of Serbian political thinker and fierce opponent of chauvinism, Dimitrije Tucović, written over a century ago:

    “The Balkan peoples, each for themselves, divided, have always been nothing more than a straw in the whirlwind of conquest on the Balkan Peninsula. Fragmented, they have always fallen victim to such invasions, whether coming from the south to the north or from the north to the south. And they will continue to be, for as long as they remain divided — even hostile toward one another, as has sadly so often been the case to this day, despite one profound and self-evident lesson history has given us. That lesson is this: for all of us in the Balkans, salvation lies only in the closest of unions, in the most intimate of alliances.

    Only then would we be able to rationally exploit the riches of the Balkans for our own benefit, instead of handing them over to the mercy — and the cruelty — of the plundering exploitation of French, German, English, Austrian and other capital. And those riches are by no means insignificant. They are vast, they are diverse, they are immeasurable.”

    It is not yet too late to learn this lesson — but there will be no chance for a retake.

    The post A New Balkan Dystopia: Lithium Mines and Migrant Camps? appeared first on CounterPunch.org.


    This content originally appeared on CounterPunch.org and was authored by Vuk Bačanović.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2025/03/26/a-new-balkan-dystopia-lithium-mines-and-migrant-camps/feed/ 0 521542
    PNG’s Marape and NZ’s Luxon sign new partnership marking 50 years https://www.radiofree.org/2025/03/25/pngs-marape-and-nzs-luxon-sign-new-partnership-marking-50-years/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/03/25/pngs-marape-and-nzs-luxon-sign-new-partnership-marking-50-years/#respond Tue, 25 Mar 2025 23:22:51 +0000 https://asiapacificreport.nz/?p=112696 RNZ News

    The prime ministers of New Zealand and Papua New Guinea have signed a new statement of partnership marking 50 years of bilateral relations between the two countries.

    The document — which focuses on education, trade, security, agriculture and fisheries — was signed by Christopher Luxon and James Marape at the Beehive in Wellington last night.

    It will govern the relationship between the two countries through until 2029 and replaces the last agreement signed by Marape in 2021 with then-Prime Minister Jacinda Ardern.

    Marking the signing, Luxon announced $1 million would be allocated in response to Papua New Guinea’s aspirations to strengthen public sector institutions.

    “That funding will be able to support initiatives like strengthen cooperation between disaster preparedness institutions and also exchanging expertise in the governance of state owned enterprises in particular,” Luxon said.

    In his response Marape acknowledged the long enduring relationship between the government and peoples of New Zealand and Papua New Guinea.

    He said the new statement of partnership was an important blueprint on how the two countries would progress their relationship into the future.

    “Papua New Guinea brings to the table, as far as our relationship is concerned, our close proximity to Asia. We straddle the Pacific and Southeast Asia, we have an affinity to as much as our own affinity with our relations in the Pacific,” Marape said.

    “Our dual presence at APEC continues to ring [sic] home the fact that we belong to a family of nations and we work back to back on many fronts.”

    Meeting Peters
    Today, Marape will meet with Foreign Affairs Minister Winston Peters and leader of the opposition Chris Hipkins.

    Later in the week, Marape is scheduled to travel to Hamilton where he will meet with the NZ Papua New Guinea Business Council and with Papua New Guinea scholarship recipients at Waikato University.

    James Marape is accompanied by his spouse Rachael Marape and a ministerial delegation including Foreign Minister Justin Tkatchenko, Trade Minister Richard Maru, Minister for Livestock Seki Agisa and Higher Education Minister Kinoka Feo.

    This is Marape’s first official visit to New Zealand following his re-election as prime minister in the last national elections in 2022.

    According to the PNG government, the visit signals a growing relationship between the two countries, especially in trade and investment, cultural exchange, and the newly-added Recognised Seasonal Employer (RSE) scheme that New Zealand has extended to Papua New Guineans to work in Aotearoa.

    This article is republished under a community partnership agreement with RNZ.


    This content originally appeared on Asia Pacific Report and was authored by APR editor.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2025/03/25/pngs-marape-and-nzs-luxon-sign-new-partnership-marking-50-years/feed/ 0 521485
    PNG’s Marape and NZ’s Luxon sign new partnership marking 50 years https://www.radiofree.org/2025/03/25/pngs-marape-and-nzs-luxon-sign-new-partnership-marking-50-years-2/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/03/25/pngs-marape-and-nzs-luxon-sign-new-partnership-marking-50-years-2/#respond Tue, 25 Mar 2025 23:22:51 +0000 https://asiapacificreport.nz/?p=112696 RNZ News

    The prime ministers of New Zealand and Papua New Guinea have signed a new statement of partnership marking 50 years of bilateral relations between the two countries.

    The document — which focuses on education, trade, security, agriculture and fisheries — was signed by Christopher Luxon and James Marape at the Beehive in Wellington last night.

    It will govern the relationship between the two countries through until 2029 and replaces the last agreement signed by Marape in 2021 with then-Prime Minister Jacinda Ardern.

    Marking the signing, Luxon announced $1 million would be allocated in response to Papua New Guinea’s aspirations to strengthen public sector institutions.

    “That funding will be able to support initiatives like strengthen cooperation between disaster preparedness institutions and also exchanging expertise in the governance of state owned enterprises in particular,” Luxon said.

    In his response Marape acknowledged the long enduring relationship between the government and peoples of New Zealand and Papua New Guinea.

    He said the new statement of partnership was an important blueprint on how the two countries would progress their relationship into the future.

    “Papua New Guinea brings to the table, as far as our relationship is concerned, our close proximity to Asia. We straddle the Pacific and Southeast Asia, we have an affinity to as much as our own affinity with our relations in the Pacific,” Marape said.

    “Our dual presence at APEC continues to ring [sic] home the fact that we belong to a family of nations and we work back to back on many fronts.”

    Meeting Peters
    Today, Marape will meet with Foreign Affairs Minister Winston Peters and leader of the opposition Chris Hipkins.

    Later in the week, Marape is scheduled to travel to Hamilton where he will meet with the NZ Papua New Guinea Business Council and with Papua New Guinea scholarship recipients at Waikato University.

    James Marape is accompanied by his spouse Rachael Marape and a ministerial delegation including Foreign Minister Justin Tkatchenko, Trade Minister Richard Maru, Minister for Livestock Seki Agisa and Higher Education Minister Kinoka Feo.

    This is Marape’s first official visit to New Zealand following his re-election as prime minister in the last national elections in 2022.

    According to the PNG government, the visit signals a growing relationship between the two countries, especially in trade and investment, cultural exchange, and the newly-added Recognised Seasonal Employer (RSE) scheme that New Zealand has extended to Papua New Guineans to work in Aotearoa.

    This article is republished under a community partnership agreement with RNZ.


    This content originally appeared on Asia Pacific Report and was authored by APR editor.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2025/03/25/pngs-marape-and-nzs-luxon-sign-new-partnership-marking-50-years-2/feed/ 0 521486
    The Fraud of Endless War https://www.radiofree.org/2025/03/25/the-fraud-of-endless-war/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/03/25/the-fraud-of-endless-war/#respond Tue, 25 Mar 2025 14:12:14 +0000 https://dissidentvoice.org/?p=156903 There is not a single war or serious military confrontation since WWII involving the U.S. that needed to be fought. Every conflict where soldiers and civilians suffered death or injury was — and is in the case of the ongoing fighting — unnecessary. These battles for territory, control, resources, subjugation, spite, are the direct result of […]

    The post The Fraud of Endless War first appeared on Dissident Voice.]]>
    There is not a single war or serious military confrontation since WWII involving the U.S. that needed to be fought. Every conflict where soldiers and civilians suffered death or injury was — and is in the case of the ongoing fighting — unnecessary. These battles for territory, control, resources, subjugation, spite, are the direct result of greed, hubris, racist arrogance, ideological fanaticism, sometimes just pure ego. Predictably, we hear high sounding rhetoric in every instance about spreading democracy, safeguarding freedom, responsibility to protect, defending our national interests, rules-based international order, yakkety yak blah blah blah. It’s all just spin to manufacture acquiescence and consent, to get us sheeple to stand down and let the warmongers and empire builders, the MIC and the war industry, have their way.

    Those in the peace movement know the specific details rendered with this next graphic well. People who are preoccupied with living life and overcoming its many obstacles might dismiss it as fake news. But very tragically, it’s entirely factual. The U.S. just can’t stop attacking others.

    There are three fundamental reasons why the U.S. is a belligerent, bullying aggressor, or as Martin Luther King, Jr. famously summed it up, “The greatest purveyor of violence in the world: my own government.”

    Thus there are three reasons we are perpetually at war. These are …

    Ideological Drivers of Endless War

    There has never been a shortage in recorded history of master race ideologies. We find them even enshrined in religious texts. The U.S. has its share of such doctrinal canons, each couched in marvelous language and noble-sounding rhetoric, promoted by a host of noted individuals and organizations, e.g. Paul Wolfowitz, Zbigniew Brzezinski, Council on Foreign Relations, Project for the New American Century, all anointing the U.S. as the indispensable nation, the world’s rightful heir as the master overlord. There is no ambiguity or nuance here. America has formally declared itself as the supreme authority over the entire planet. The latest buzz phrase is “rules-based order”, which effectively means the U.S. will make the rules to establish the order in the world, everyone else will obey or face the consequences. Those consequences take the form of economic or military terrorism, buttressed by the U.S. dollar as the world reserve currency and the awesome might of the largest military in the history of the world.

    Social and Political Control Drivers of Endless War

    Defending the homeland and war command our attention. They focus our energy, steel our resolve, unify us, add purpose and drama to otherwise mundane day-to-day life. They play on our most basic instincts for survival and protection of what’s dear to us. But on the flip side, they also shut down critical faculties, create a visceral bond with the worst aspects of human nature, and open the door for tyrannical control and elimination of basic freedoms and rights. War unites us alright — in fear, suffering, misery, deprivation, shame, anger, suspicion, hate, paranoia, dehumanization and death.

    Economic Drivers of Endless War

    There are huge fortunes to be made with war. Conquered nations can be plundered. At home, those who invest in war industries will see magnificent returns. The more war, the greater the profits. It’s no secret that military conflict is encouraged, in fact driven, by profiteers on Wall Street and from within the defense contractors themselves. There’s a rotating door between those who head up defense companies and those who sit at the seats of power shaping policy and making the decisions which countries will be demonized, intimidated and attacked. Our current economic/political model incentivizes an unruly, aggressive, confrontational foreign policy and generously rewards the creation of war zones and arenas of conflict.

    It is often said that the U.S. cannot be without an enemy. This is only partially accurate. More to the point, it is the military-industrial complex that can’t be without an enemy. NATO’s massive bureaucracy and whole reason for existing cannot be without an enemy. What’s the point of the enormously bloated U.S. military, with its 800+ overseas bases, its vast fleets of battle ships and submarines, its vast array of military satellites and surveillance centers, its psyops and special ops and secret ops, its carving up the entire world into combatant command zones if there isn’t an enemy? Here’s how the U.S. sees the world.

    Let’s bear in mind what all of this means by looking at the big picture.


    The entire Imperial Project — world rule by the U.S. as a self-declared hegemon — is at its core and at every layer anti-democratic. It replaces self-determination in the countries we dominate with our authoritarian control — a polite phrase for totalitarian subjugation — making it ironic and odiously cynical that the U.S. claims to spread democracy in the world, when it regularly overthrows democratically-elected governments, then replaces them with despots which do our bidding.

    Just as tragically, the decision to be an empire, the entire program of global domination, mocks the idea of democracy in America itself. It was conceived of and initiated by a tiny minority of power-drunk, monomaniacal, avaricious psychopaths, supported by a ruling elite which sees conquest and plunder as just another day at the office. Put simply and directly: We as citizens never voted for any of this. And if we understood the true nature and agenda of the Imperial Project, we would without hesitation or equivocation entirely reject it and the misery and impoverishment it ultimately entails, both domestically and overseas.

    Right here at home, the Imperial Project by forcing its agenda on U.S. citizens, obliging us to underwrite it every single day of our lives with in-kind and out-of-pocket cash payments of our hard-earned dollars, coupled with the loss of freedom and opportunity, a complete silencing of the voice and priorities of everyday citizens, is at its core and at every layer anti-democratic, despotic, and exploitative. We as citizens have become an ATM machine for the warmongering lunatics trouncing other countries across the globe. We are indentured slaves to a militarized economy which requires war to function, frightened subjects of a regime that creates enemies everywhere, pawns of a power game and calculated strategy to set us against one another, a social-political climate intentionally engineered to maintain “total spectrum domination”, meaning totalitarian control even within our own borders.

    Maybe the idea of a benevolent, enlightened, inspired and visionary U.S. leading the world into a new age of affluence and harmony, guided by the best principles of democracy and driven by shared humanitarian values seems appealing. But it’s an illusion. It’s an illusion fostered by massive deceptions, propaganda, brainwashing, engineered for our compliance and complicity in the madness that has overtaken our governing institutions. Read the speeches of the mentors for this type of hyper-nationalistic insanity, the architects of the Third Reich, and see how closely they align with the promises of our current batch of make-America-great-again demagogues. Creepily, ‘Aryan super race’ and ‘American exceptionalism’ are bedfellows, the spawn of the same lunatic delusions. ‘Indispensable’ is nothing but code for ‘1000 year Reich’.

    Yes, that avuncular icon at the top, embraced, lauded, and emulated by the patronizers of a naive, trusting and gullible citizenry, is pointing at us, you and I, entreating us to be a part of a sinister plan to take over the world.

    We better make the right choice … while we still can make a choice.

    Time is running out.

  • Official Peace Dividend Project Website.
  • The post The Fraud of Endless War first appeared on Dissident Voice.


    This content originally appeared on Dissident Voice and was authored by John Rachel.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2025/03/25/the-fraud-of-endless-war/feed/ 0 521360
    Can cities ban natural gas in new buildings? A federal judge just said yes. https://grist.org/buildings/natural-gas-in-new-buildings-nyc-berkeley-lawsuits/ https://grist.org/buildings/natural-gas-in-new-buildings-nyc-berkeley-lawsuits/#respond Tue, 25 Mar 2025 08:30:00 +0000 https://grist.org/?p=661128 Cities looking to eliminate fossil fuels in buildings have notched a decisive court victory. Last week, a federal judge dismissed a lawsuit brought by plumbing and building trade groups against a New York City ban on natural gas in new buildings. The decision is the first to explicitly disagree with a previous ruling that struck down Berkeley, California’s first-in-the-nation gas ban. That order, issued by the 9th U.S. Circuit Court of Appeals in 2023 and upheld again last year, prompted cities across the country to withdraw or delay laws modeled after the Berkeley ordinance. 

    While New York City’s law functions differently from Berkeley’s, legal experts say that this month’s decision provides strong legal footing for all types of local policies to phase out gas in buildings — and could encourage cities to once again take ambitious action.

    “It’s a clear win in that regard, because the 9th Circuit decision has had a really chilling effect on local governments,” said Amy Turner, director of the Cities Climate Law Initiative at Columbia University’s Sabin Center for Climate Change Law. “Now there’s something else to point to, and a good reason for hope for local governments that may have back-burnered their building electrification plans to bring those to the forefront again.”

    In 2021, New York City adopted Local Law 154, which sets an air emissions limit for indoor combustion of fuels within new buildings. Under the law, the burning of “any substance that emits 25 kilograms or more of carbon dioxide per million British thermal units of energy” is prohibited. That standard effectively bans gas-burning stoves, furnaces, and water heaters, and any other fossil-fuel powered appliances. Instead, real estate developers have to install electric appliances, like induction stoves and heat pumps. The policy went into effect in 2024 for buildings under seven stories, and will apply to taller buildings starting in 2027.

    Berkeley’s law, on the other hand, banned the installation of gas piping in new construction. The first-of-its-kind policy was passed in 2019 and inspired nearly a hundred local governments across the country to introduce similar laws. But the ordinance quickly faced a lawsuit by the California Restaurant Association, which argued that gas stoves were essential for the food service industry. In April 2023, the 9th Circuit court ruled in favor of the restaurant industry, holding that federal energy efficiency standards preempted Berkeley’s policy. In January 2024, a petition by the city of Berkeley to rehear the case on the 9th Circuit was denied.  

    A gray wall with a thick maze of pipes running horizontally and vertically in front of it
    Berkeley’s law, which was struck down by the 9th U.S. Circuit Court of Appeals, banned the installation of gas piping in new construction.
    Robert Nickelsberg / Getty Images

    Last year’s denial of a rehearing included a detailed dissent by eight of the 29 judges on the 9th Circuit, who argued that the court’s ruling had been decided “erroneously” and “urge[d] any future court” considering the same argument “not to repeat the panel opinion’s mistakes.” Writing a dissent at all is unusual for an action as procedural as denying a rehearing, Turner noted. “It was clearly drafted to give a road map to other courts to find differently than the 9th Circuit did.” 

    One year later, that’s exactly what happened. In the New York City lawsuit, building industry groups and a union whose members work on gas infrastructure used the same logic that prevailed in the Berkeley case, arguing that the city’s electrification law is preempted by energy efficiency standards under the federal Energy Policy Conservation Act of 1975, or EPCA. This law sets national efficiency standards for major household appliances like furnaces, stoves, and clothes dryers. Under the law, states and cities can’t set their own energy conservation standards that would contradict federal ones. The trade groups argued that EPCA should also preempt any local laws, like New York’s, that would prevent the use of fossil-fuel powered appliances that meet national standards. 

    “By design, the city set that level so low as to ban all gas and oil appliances,” the groups wrote in their complaint. “The city’s gas ban thus prohibits all fuel gas appliances, violating federal law” and “presents a significant threat for businesses in New York City that sell, install, and service gas plumbing and infrastructure.”

    A person holds the handle of a skillet from which flames are emerging, on top of a large industrial range
    Berkeley’s gas ban lost a lawsuit filed by the California Restaurant Association, which argued that gas stoves were essential for the food service industry.
    Franco Origlia / Getty Images

    Citing the 9th Circuit’s dissent, the U.S. District Court for the Southern District of New York dismissed those claims. The plaintiffs’ argument broadens the scope of EPCA beyond reasonable bounds, District Judge Ronnie Abrams wrote in the court’s opinion. Regulating fuel use within certain buildings is standard practice in states and cities, she noted: New York City, for example, has banned the indoor use of kerosene space heaters for decades. “Were plaintiffs correct about the scope of EPCA, these vital safety regulations would likewise be preempted — an absurd result that the court must avoid,” Abrams wrote.

    The decision could help reassure some states and cities that withdrew electrification plans after the Berkeley case, said Dror Ladin, a senior attorney at Earthjustice, a nonprofit that submitted an amicus brief on behalf of local environmental groups in the lawsuit. “This ruling demonstrates that there’s absolutely no reason to interpret the Berkeley decision so broadly,” he said. The argument brought forth by trade groups “is one that would bar a whole host of health and safety regulations, and alter the power of cities and states in a way that we’ve never seen in this country.”

    By agreeing with the 9th Circuit dissent’s interpretation of EPCA, last week’s decision bolsters all types of electrification policies, including the one in New York City and those modeled after Berkeley, Turner noted. “This decision we’ve just gotten from the Southern District is more broadly protective,” she said. “Even if the air emissions route is not right for a city for whatever reason, other variations of a building electrification requirement or incentive could pass muster.”

    The trade groups behind the lawsuit have said they will appeal the decision. Meanwhile, legal challenges using the same arguments brought against Berkeley’s gas ban have been launched against New York’s statewide building code and electrification policies in places like Denver, Montgomery County, Maryland, and Washington, D.C

    Judges in those cases will inevitably refer to the Berkeley decision and last week’s ruling by the Southern District of New York, said Ladin — and he hopes they’ll give more weight to the latter. “Berkeley is not a well-reasoned decision, and this judge saw right through it, and I think many other judges will see through it too.”

    This story was originally published by Grist with the headline Can cities ban natural gas in new buildings? A federal judge just said yes. on Mar 25, 2025.


    This content originally appeared on Grist and was authored by Akielly Hu.

    ]]>
    https://grist.org/buildings/natural-gas-in-new-buildings-nyc-berkeley-lawsuits/feed/ 0 521315
    Trump launches new fake ‘war on terror’ for Israel https://www.radiofree.org/2025/03/24/trump-launches-new-fake-war-on-terror-for-israel/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/03/24/trump-launches-new-fake-war-on-terror-for-israel/#respond Mon, 24 Mar 2025 14:55:06 +0000 http://www.radiofree.org/?guid=d17cfac375318f1ea22920308336e7c1
    This content originally appeared on The Grayzone and was authored by The Grayzone.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2025/03/24/trump-launches-new-fake-war-on-terror-for-israel/feed/ 0 521103
    Trump announces costly war in Yemen, needless new weapons system https://www.radiofree.org/2025/03/24/trump-announces-costly-war-in-yemen-needless-new-weapons-system/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/03/24/trump-announces-costly-war-in-yemen-needless-new-weapons-system/#respond Mon, 24 Mar 2025 14:47:03 +0000 http://www.radiofree.org/?guid=d7fd64347b9ff6d34b177c7aeb6aa8d7
    This content originally appeared on The Grayzone and was authored by The Grayzone.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2025/03/24/trump-announces-costly-war-in-yemen-needless-new-weapons-system/feed/ 0 521107
    A Guide to Seeing in the Dark in the New Dark Ages https://www.radiofree.org/2025/03/21/a-guide-to-seeing-in-the-dark-in-the-new-dark-ages/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/03/21/a-guide-to-seeing-in-the-dark-in-the-new-dark-ages/#respond Fri, 21 Mar 2025 16:34:05 +0000 https://dissidentvoice.org/?p=156779 John Martin (1789-1854), Pandemonium (1823-27) No light, but rather darkness visible Served only to discover sights of woe — John Milton, Paradise Lost I wrote the following shortly after the birth of my son, now age 12: When questioned by the youth of future generations, those born into the world created by our myopic choices, […]

    The post A Guide to Seeing in the Dark in the New Dark Ages first appeared on Dissident Voice.]]>

    John Martin (1789-1854), Pandemonium (1823-27)

    No light, but rather darkness visible
    Served only to discover sights of woe
    — John Milton, Paradise Lost

    I wrote the following shortly after the birth of my son, now age 12:

    When questioned by the youth of future generations, those born into the world created by our myopic choices, about how you responded when the earth was burning, will you reply that you went to the mall, sat in public places staring at a glowing electronic box, engaged in cretinous palaver about the private lives of sub-cretinous celebrities and the dim machinations of reality show jerk-rockets?” [One of whom is in his second term as president of the US.]

    “At this critical juncture, one’s individual calling will be interwoven with the fate of the earth and the collective destiny of all of humankind. The age of elitist narcissists is drawing to a close. [Man o’ man, that declaration was a humbling display of wishful thinking.] The time for dreamers, visionaries and activists has arrived, and their time of arrival is long past due.” [I know, we are still waiting.]

    While we wait, in the dimming light of a dark age, as Yeats’ averred in verse:

    The world is full of magic things,
    patiently waiting for our senses to grow sharper.
    — W.B. Yeats

    One’s eyes will adjust to a dimming of light; the phenomenon presents an option: to go nocturnal in mindset. The much and wrongly maligned wolf sees in the dark and displays fierceness regarding love for its pack. The archetypal story goes, a wolf will raise a cast out child. The orphaned soul of our troubled, dark times is in desperate need of a nurturing based fierceness of the heart. Dark times can become the ally of those bold in imagination.

    We grow accustomed to the Dark –
    When Light is put away –
    As when the Neighbor holds the Lamp
    To witness her Goodbye […]
    — Emily Dickinson, “We Grow Accustomed to the Dark”

    Yet: It is always darkest, right before…it goes completely black. Sometimes, it takes total darkness for certain individuals to search within for an internal source of illumination.

    If not, primal fears, rooted in the archaic subregions of mind, rise as mindless animus when political and economic dynamics devolve into ossified structures, noxious to the common good. As their structures of self-interest decay from corruption, the elite beneficiaries of the system engage in campaigns deploying demagogic fear-mongering with the agenda of blame-shifting the reasons for the rising miseries of the many. As a result, dark, dangerous energies borne of the stress-fragmented collective mind surge through the culture. There is a darkness (invisible) propelling event in a tragic trajectory.

    I had a dream, which was not all a dream.The bright sun was extinguish’d, and the stars
    Did wander darkling in the eternal space,
    Rayless, and pathless, and the icy earth
    Swung blind and blackening in the moonless air;
    Morn came and went—and came, and brought no day
    — “Darkness,” Lord Bryon

    Vincent Van Gogh - Skull of a Skeleton with Burning Cigarette, 1885–86
    Vincent Van Gogh, “Skull of a Skeleton with Burning Cigarette,” 1885

    The darkest places in hell are reserved for those who maintain their neutrality in times of moral crisis.
    — Dante Alighieri, “The Inferno”

    Hence, seeing through into the depths of hidden regions of the psyche, personal and collective, becomes crucial; the gaining of political intelligence, rooted in soul-making, must be in place for those choosing to act as a force of resistance.

    Moreover, political intelligence involves more than recognizing, then citing unwelcome facts to the willfully and belligerently obtuse fuckwits, and more is required than, cathartic as it is, positing outrage based on honest feelings. Accurate apprehensions and probing insights also must be freighted with the rigorous imagination attendant to descent into, and contemplation of, the dark regions of the self. (How else is it possible to understand the darkness within others?) Thus a transforming element has been delivered to the psyche, a type of soul-making alchemy arriving from the thoughts of the heart, even as it suffers anguish witnessing the noxious inanity of the times.

    Dismal, painful times can create an opening — a pathway to inner, revitalizing reservoirs of vital imagination, even, and in particular, as the trajectory of the world careens through a drought-stricken wasteland of the collective heart. In these times, avoid retreating, by reflex, into the bland tyranny of comfort zones. Yes, viewing the prevailing abomination is mortifying. Yet mortification can transmute into a type of desperation known as courage.

    One is greater than one’s comfort zones. So is the imagination. Rigorous imagination does not shut out the world; it gathers the world inside, gathers and alchemizes life’s laughter and tears, love and hatred, darkness and light, grandeur and everyday yearning, thus transforming one’s worldview.

    We are not dealing in self-involved, self-reinforcing vanities and banal agendas. The imagination reveals, it is not all personal. There is more to you and to me than we know; therefore, there is more to the world than we are allowing ourselves to apprehend.

    As the old order falls away, a new world is brooding within. True, bad news is the order of the day. The good news: You carry within you seeds of a new perspective on the world.

    “Sometimes you have to play a long time to be able to play like yourself.”
    Miles Davis

    Long before there came into existence a materialist view of the world, there was the image-rich mind, withal, the thoughts of the soul, a perspective that apprehended all things in the world and the heavens to be alive.

    Why, in our time, as opposed to previous eras, does wisdom not come with age? Instead, for example, insofar as the US political class aging begets regression – flat out childishness — as all the while, under the class stratification inherent to capitalism, the citizenry lapses into bitterness due to a lack of opportunity to not only live fulfilling lives but the constant and pummeling angst of losing everything. Wisdom arriving with age is not possible when the individuals in question are ego-driven tools or the powerless mass in the thrall of the pathologies of a greed-rancid system that only proffers palliatives of rage displacement and depth-devoid distractions.

    Beneath the disorder of the current political structure seethes pathology needing to be examined and untangled. Its sick institutions reflect pathos suppressed from the collective mind of capitalist imperium, and, as a result, has festered into societal afflictions.

    As a politically aware, critically thinking person, you have evolved past, for example, reactionary shitwits, authority-worshipping ambulatory head wounds, and humor-deficient dogmatists. Now the crucial question becomes, and it is a dilemma of heart, mind and soul, one in which I, for one, am engaged in near constant struggle: Can you evolve past yourself?

    One must take in and recognize and respect the immensity of it all. Embrace — try not to shrink before — the unfathomable hugeness extant in life. In this way we grow by becoming part of what is immense as opposed to being stricken and paralyzed by the fact of our smallness before the inexorable movement of events.

    A collapse is coming to pass. Decay is a chorus of warning; collapse is a dark angel devoid of mercy. The question reveals itself: How do we navigate such a dark, forbidden terrain? We listen to our heart, mind, and gut about who can be our allies in struggle. What viewpoints can act as midwives of rebirth? We connect our pain with the pain of our besieged and exploited planet. We engaged in the act of soul-making hence there comes the possibility the furies (Erinyes) of the age will be transformed into kindly protectors (Eumenides) of polis and republic.

    20. Wisdom shouts in the streets.
    21. She cries out in the public square.
    She calls to the crowds along the main street, to those gathered in front of the city gate:
    22. How long, you simpletons, will you insist on being simpleminded?
    How long will you mockers relish your mocking?
    How long will you fools hate knowledge?
    — Proverbs 1:20-22

    Cruelty, blithe indifference, and witnessing the worst among us prosper by means of heartless agendas can pummel the spirit, can wound the soul, can shatter the mind. A sense of dislocation grips consciousness; perception becomes a heap of fragmented images.

    blakethomas01
    William Blake (1757–1827), “Satan Arousing the Rebel Angels”

    Yet the spirit has wings. The soul is deathless. And the mind, once the understanding is internalized, becomes focused because a new but ancient state of being is glimpsed in the hope and healing attendant to larger, more imaginative order arriving upon the ruins of the failed and fallen system. Descend within as you rise on the integrity of your wings: you are more resilient than you know for you are contained within the soul of the world’s immense order.

    How does it come to be? In an era of manic acceleration, stage a personal protest movement by the act of slowing down. When everything is in the thrall of mindless motion, it becomes urgent to think things through, to see past the recklessness of the age and take in and bask in the treeline at the edge of the mind.

    Why the extant surge of cultural mania? The capitalist order is fraying; its structures, as well as the collective psyches of its beneficiaries, are coming undone. They are desperately attempting to hold it all together. They are looting the contents of the national treasury and shunting the loot into their private concerns because the old order is sinking under the weight of its own excess. We are bearing witness to a duck tape economy. Yet mania cannot be sustained. Mania engenders collapse. Beneath the surface, all concerned long for its end. Even the economic and political elite, lifelong denizens of corruption, cannot abide the emptiness howling from the location within where their soul should be located.

    O dark dark dark. They all go into the dark,
    The vacant interstellar spaces, the vacant into the vacant,
    The captains, merchant bankers, eminent men of letters,
    The generous patrons of art, the statesmen and the rulers,
    Distinguished civil servants, chairmen of many committees,
    Industrial lords and petty contractors, all go into the dark,
    And dark the Sun and Moon, and the Almanach de Gotha
    And the Stock Exchange Gazette, the Directory of Directors,
    And cold the sense and lost the motive of action.
    And we all go with them, into the silent funeral,
    Nobody’s funeral, for there is no one to bury.
    — T.S. Eliot, Four Quartets, East Coker

    Remember this: Nothing turns to dung as quickly as the past’s insistence as to what the future should be.

    There can be a type of joy in navigating grim times. Have you noticed: Those who have lied, crawled, clamored, and clawed their way to the top of the capitalist order have ascended to a collapsing tower constructed of dried dung – and they reek of it? The thought occurs to me: We can stand on the green hills of the heart and witness their dung heap of the lying mind collapse.


    The Dung Heap, Charles Gogin

    As noted, throughout this musing, we are shambling through a dark age. Therefore individuals with whom it is possible to engage with depth and resonance appear to be scattered and far flung. Yet when I engage in discourse with others, I try to remain open to the possibility of the occurrence of: the unfolding of everyday speech bearing the sublime.

    The seeds of indomitable imagination brood in the compost of this dark age. Cultivate them within and then you, and then the world, have the possibility of being transformed.

    The stirring up of conflict is a Luciferian virtue in the true sense of the word. Conflict engenders fire, the fire of affects and emotions, and like every other fire it has two aspects, that of combustion and that of creating light. On the one hand, emotion is the alchemical fire whose warmth brings everything into existence and whose heat burns all superfluities to ashes. But on the other hand, emotion is the moment when steel meets flint and a spark is struck forth, for emotion is the chief source of consciousness. There is no change from darkness to light or from inertia to movement without emotion.
    — C.G. Jung, Four Archetypes: Mother, Rebirth, Spirit, and Trickster

    Théodore Géricault, Raft of the Medusa, 1818–19, oil on canvas, 4.91 x 7.16m (Musée du Louvre, Paris)
    Théodore Géricault, Raft of the Medusa, 1818–19

    The post A Guide to Seeing in the Dark in the New Dark Ages first appeared on Dissident Voice.


    This content originally appeared on Dissident Voice and was authored by Phil Rockstroh.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2025/03/21/a-guide-to-seeing-in-the-dark-in-the-new-dark-ages/feed/ 0 520699
    The climate movement is talking about carbon all wrong, a new book argues https://grist.org/language/paul-hawken-book-climate-movement-carbon/ https://grist.org/language/paul-hawken-book-climate-movement-carbon/#respond Fri, 21 Mar 2025 08:15:00 +0000 https://grist.org/?p=660870 Burning oil, gas, and coal — literal fossil fuels, made from the compressed remains of ancient plants and plankton — has released carbon into Earth’s atmosphere, where it traps heat and alters the climate. That process has caused massive destruction and loss of life, and it will continue to do so. As a result, carbon came to be seen as something to “fight,” “combat,” and “capture.” 

    Paul Hawken, the author of the new book Carbon: The Book of Life, argues that the climate movement is thinking about its work, and messaging, all wrong. “Those who call carbon a pollutant might want to lay down their word processor,” Hawken writes. Carbon, he notes, is after all the building block of life, the animating force behind trees, rhinos, eyelashes, hormones, bamboo, and so much more. Without it, Earth would just be a lonely, dead rock. So much for decarbonizing. 

    Hawken has come to believe that treating carbon as something to tackle, liquefy, and pump into geological formations not only reflects the same mindset that caused climate change in the first place, but also further alienates people from the living world. There is no “climate crisis,” he argues, but a crisis of human thinking and behavior that’s degrading the soil, wiping out entire species, and changing the weather faster than people can adapt. “From a planetary view,” he writes in Carbon, “the warming atmosphere is a response, an adjustment, a teaching.”

    Viking / Jasmine Scaelsciani Hawken

    The book records a shift in his thinking. In 2017, Hawken published Drawdown: The Most Comprehensive Plan Ever Proposed to Reverse Global Warming, a book that ranked 100 climate solutions by how much they could reduce carbon emissions, from refrigerant leaks to food waste. The nonprofit Project Drawdown, which he launched, continues to implement these kinds of fixes around the world. But now, Hawken is forgoing straightforward metrics to focus on what he sees as a deeper cultural problem. “The living world is a complex interactive system and doesn’t lend itself to simple solutions,” he said.

    The new book frames carbon as a flow — a cycle that moves through the atmosphere, oceans, soil, with the element absorbed by growing plants and exhaled in every animal breath. Hawken’s book is a lesson in what’s sometimes called “unlearning,” or letting go of old assumptions, like the idea that nature is something to fix or control. The book explores ways to repair a broken relationship with the natural world, drawing inspiration from Indigenous cultures and new scientific discoveries. Hawken marvels at how much remains unknown about carbon, which he dubs “the most mysterious element of all.”

    The book’s poetic language offers a stark contrast to the warlike terms climate advocates tend to use to describe carbon. Hawken argues that the typical metaphors are not only inaccurate — how exactly do you battle an element? — but also provide fuel for right-wing narratives that carbon has been unfairly demonized. Last week, E&E News reported that the Trump administration is planning a federal report making the case that a warming world would be a good thing, a pretext for weakening climate regulations. 

    “Carbon dioxide is not an evil gas,” David Legates, a former Trump official, said in a recent video put out by the Heartland Institute, a conservative think tank. “Rather, it’s a gas beneficial to life on Earth. It’ll increase temperatures slightly, and warmer temperatures are certainly better than colder temperatures.” 

    Hawken wants a broad shift in how people talk about the natural world, though, not just a rethinking of the climate movement’s metaphors. He points to how financial institutions increasingly refer to nature as a commodity. In January, BlackRock, the world’s largest asset manager, declared “natural capital” an investment priority. In February, Goldman Sachs launched a “biodiversity bond fund” turning ecosystems into investment products. The jargon used in scientific reports and global climate conferences also creates a sense of detachment that dulls the living things it refers to. Hawken describes the word “biodiversity” as “a bloodless term” and “carbon neutrality” as an absurd “biophysical impossibility.” 

    “We are numbed by the science, puzzled by jargon, paralyzed by predictions, confused about what actions to take, stressed as we scramble to care for our family, or simply impoverished, overworked, and tired,” Hawken writes. “Most of humanity doesn’t talk about climate change because we do not know what to say.”

    Even plainspoken terms like “nature” are suspect, in Hawken’s view: The concept only seems to exist to mark a separation between humans and the rest of the world. He points out that the Chicham language of the Achuar people in the Amazon doesn’t have a word for nature, nor do other Indigenous languages. “Such words would only be needed if the Achuar experienced nature as distinct from the self,” he writes. English, by contrast, he describes as a “rootless” language, borrowing terms from so many places that it struggles to teach the kind of deep, reciprocal relationships that are born from living in one place and caring for it over many generations. 

    Hawken hopes to mend that separation by helping people discover the flow of carbon in their daily lives and kindle a sense of wonder about it. Carbon delves into mind-bending scientific discoveries about the kind of marvels that carbon makes possible. Bees, with their two-milligram brains, appear able to count, learn by observation, feel pain and pleasure, and even recognize their own knowledge. The rye plant senses the world around it with more than 14 million roots and root hairs, a network that one plant neurobiologist described as a type of brain. Hawken’s book is a reminder that carbon — despite all the problems caused by releasing too much of it into the atmosphere — is actually a gift.

    The goal of Carbon isn’t to map out a plan for saving the Earth, but to rekindle a sense of relationship with it. 

    Where Hawken lives in California, his community recently restored a salmon stream, breaking down a concrete barrier under a bridge that had blocked the fish on their final journey up the stream to spawn. “The core of it is about care, and kindness, and connection, and compassion, and generosity,” Hawken said. “That’s where regeneration starts.”

    This story was originally published by Grist with the headline The climate movement is talking about carbon all wrong, a new book argues on Mar 21, 2025.


    This content originally appeared on Grist and was authored by Kate Yoder.

    ]]>
    https://grist.org/language/paul-hawken-book-climate-movement-carbon/feed/ 0 520589
    Back to Tried Failures: The New Offensive on Gaza https://www.radiofree.org/2025/03/21/back-to-tried-failures-the-new-offensive-on-gaza/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/03/21/back-to-tried-failures-the-new-offensive-on-gaza/#respond Fri, 21 Mar 2025 07:15:05 +0000 https://dissidentvoice.org/?p=156788 If at first you don’t succeed, failure may be your only option. This is proving very much to be the case with the resumption of savagely lethal strikes on Gaza by the Israeli Air Force on March 19. In a matter of hours, over 400 Palestinians were slaughtered. The resumption of the attacks by Israel […]

    The post Back to Tried Failures: The New Offensive on Gaza first appeared on Dissident Voice.]]>
    If at first you don’t succeed, failure may be your only option. This is proving very much to be the case with the resumption of savagely lethal strikes on Gaza by the Israeli Air Force on March 19. In a matter of hours, over 400 Palestinians were slaughtered. The resumption of the attacks by Israel terminated a fragile, often qualified cease-fire that had seen the first phase hold, for the most part, through March. Attempts to negotiate the freeing of the surviving Israeli hostages, and further Palestinian prisoners, and concluding the conflict with a lasting ceasefire and the withdrawal of Israeli forces from Gaza, however, proved fruitless.

    Israel and the United States have justified the resumption of hostilities on Hamas’ reluctance to release more hostages prior to commencing negotiations on ending the war. This consisted of a US proposal in which Hamas would release half the remaining Israeli hostages in return for a seven-week prolongation of the truce, with a nebulous undertaking to launch negotiations over a more durable ceasefire. This did not form the basis of the original ceasefire agreement, though it did lead to Hamas offering to return the bodies of four hostages and the American-Israeli soldier, Edan Alexander. Rather predictably, Israel has also accused Hamas of readying itself for further attacks, though evidence of this is scanty at best.

    Israeli Prime Minister Benjamin Netanyahu has always been lukewarm to any notion of a durable ceasefire agreement. “We are committed,” he explained in an interview last June, “to continuing the war after a pause, in order to complete the goal of eliminating Hamas. I’m not willing to give up on that.” On January 18, just as the guns were meant to fall silent, Netanyahu was adamant that Israel reserved “the right to return to war if necessary with the backing of the United States.”

    The approach taken by Netanyahu has therefore been one of bombing while simultaneously negotiating with Hamas. It’s a recipe that is idiosyncratic and irreconcilable, suggesting a holding pattern of failure. While the PM promises that “This is just the beginning,” and that, “We will keep fighting to achieve all of the war’s objectives”, it remains questionable how many of these have been achieved. Hamas, however weakened, continues to operate in the Gaza strip. Palestinian civilians continue to be butchered.

    For Netanyahu, a sense of crisis is important. Peace would be dangerous for him, allowing the wheels of Israeli justice to conclude legal proceedings against him on charges of fraud, bribery and breach of trust. War is his reassurance, instability an antidote. Alon Pinkas, former Israeli ambassador and consul general in New York, reasoned on Al Jazeera that the new round of attacks on Gaza was a matter of “survival politics” and had “zero military significance [and] no political end.”

    Giving him an incentive to resist talks of peace in favour of an annihilatory agenda are also such individuals of the far-right as Finance Minister Bezalel Smotrich. The waspish politician has repeatedly threatened to leave the coalition if further negotiations with Hamas are pursued instead of resuming the war.

    Similarly, Itamar Ben-Gvir of Otzma Yehudit (Jewish Power) and former national security minister has rejoined the coalition government after exiting in protest at the ceasefire agreement in January. This took place despite concerns at his conduct as cabinet minister, notably expressed by Attorney General Gali Baharav-Miara.

    The return of the extreme pro-settler group to the fold prompted a lamentation from from Knesset member Naama Lazimi (The Democrats): “It’s a strange world. A faction resigns from the government because lives are being saved, and the same party returns to the government when they are being abandoned.”

    Netanyahu’s savouring of a good crisis is also evident in his desire to remove Shin Bet chief Ronen Bar, the first instance in Israeli history of a government seeking to fire the head of a security agency. “The prime minister’s expectation of a duty of personal loyalty, the purpose of which contradicts the public interest,” Bar observed in a statement, “is a fundamentally illegitimate expectation. It is contrary to the Shin Bet law and contrary to the patriotic values that guide the Shin Bet and its members.” True to authoritarian form, this effort has been undertaken without the necessary recommendation of the Senior Appointments Advisory Committee. It has also prompted protests across the country.

    In Israel, those seeking the release of the hostages are aggrieved. Yet again, their position remains subordinate to the whim and cynicism of Netanyahu. But beyond that, the basis for an even more murderous phase in the conflict against the Palestinians, one encouraged by the United States, has begun.

    The post Back to Tried Failures: The New Offensive on Gaza first appeared on Dissident Voice.


    This content originally appeared on Dissident Voice and was authored by Binoy Kampmark.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2025/03/21/back-to-tried-failures-the-new-offensive-on-gaza/feed/ 0 520524
    The New York Times’ Bret Stephens, Hasbarist https://www.radiofree.org/2025/03/21/the-new-york-times-bret-stephens-hasbarist-2/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/03/21/the-new-york-times-bret-stephens-hasbarist-2/#respond Fri, 21 Mar 2025 06:00:12 +0000 https://www.counterpunch.org/?p=357900 On October 15, 2023, a week after Hamas’s attack on Israel and in the early days of an indiscriminate Israeli response, New York Times editorialist Bret Stephens wrote a column titled “Hamas Bears the Blame for Every Death in This War.”

    After allowing that “[r]easonable people can criticize Israel for not allowing enough time for civilians to get out of harm’s way,” Stephens, having rhetorically covered himself, endorses the impending ground invasion and arrives at the conclusion inscribed in the column’s title. “The central cause of Gaza’s misery is Hamas,” he writes. “It alone bears the blame for the suffering it has inflicted on Israel and knowingly invited against Palestinians.” More

    The post The New York Times’ Bret Stephens, Hasbarist appeared first on CounterPunch.org.

    ]]>

    Bret Stephens speaking at the 92nd Street Y, Youtube screenshot.

    This article was originally published on CounterPunch+ in March 2024. For more investigations like this and to support our efforts, please consider subscribing today.

    On October 15, 2023, a week after Hamas’s attack on Israel and in the early days of an indiscriminate Israeli response, New York Times editorialist Bret Stephens wrote a column titled “Hamas Bears the Blame for Every Death in This War.”

    After allowing that “[r]easonable people can criticize Israel for not allowing enough time for civilians to get out of harm’s way,” Stephens, having rhetorically covered himself, endorses the impending ground invasion and arrives at the conclusion inscribed in the column’s title. “The central cause of Gaza’s misery is Hamas,” he writes. “It alone bears the blame for the suffering it has inflicted on Israel and knowingly invited against Palestinians.”

    After five months of war, at least 30,000 Palestinians dead (12,000 children, certainly an undercount), innumerable documented atrocities, a partial indictment for genocide, and the prospect of a spiraling Middle East conflagration, you might think his tune would have shifted, even a little. After all, even Tom Friedman has managed to squeeze out some criticism of Israel.

    Not Bret. As the horror of the assault has ballooned and the genocidal logic underlying it become clearer than ever, Stephens hasn’t budged, calling for the permanent defunding of UNRWAattacking the UN investigation into allegations of genocide, even approvingly citing his October 15 essay in a late-January column blaming Hamas’s tunnel-building for the dismal state of the territory that has been blockaded for nearly two decades.

    In doing so, he has arrived at something like the capstone of his career, two plus decades in media defending and cheerleading Israel and helping to prep the ground for genocide in what may be the most violent assault of the twenty-first century. Hats off to Bret, then, whose long career as Israeli propagandist could only lead him here.

    A Brief History of Bret Stephens

    Let’s go back to 2017, when editorial page editor James Bennet brought Stephens over from The Wall Street Journal as seeming correction for the Times’ myopia in the lead-up to the 2016 election. This was an odd choice, given that blind dismissal of Trump really lay in failing to understand a revolt against calcified elite consensus—a consensus few people in media embodied better than Bret Stephens, who grew up and entered media via extraordinary privilege.

    Stephens’ ostensible “diversity” as a hire was in being a never-Trumper, but then so was everyone else at NYT; his public views—climate skepticism, anti-Arab racism, libertarian tax policies—were just particularly reprehensible. Fundamentally Stephens reflected an antiquated Bush-era neoconservatism, retrenchment rather than novelty in the Trump era, which made his hiring especially senseless.

    He immediately leaned into the role: his first column for the paper offered half-baked climate denial which ultimately required a correction for factual inaccuracies, and led publisher Arthur Sulzberger to email frustrated former subscribers asking them to return. (Stephens has since lightly retracted these views on climate change; an exciting, one assumes all-expenses-paid junket to Greenland to see glaciers melting did the trick. Sounds fun!)

    In subsequent years Bret has dutifully covered other ground. He endorsed Trump’s 2017 trickle-down tax bill. He claimed that masks to prevent Covid transmission didn’t work. He wrote a particularly galling column entitled “20 Years On, I Don’t Regret Supporting the Iraq War” in which he essentially claimed that Iraqis, not the United States, were to blame for the violence of the insurgency, and that even if nukes or chemical factories weren’t found Saddam Hussein himself was a weapon of mass destruction (throughout failing to make any of mention of the million-plus dead or forced to flee due to the war).

    Nevertheless—perhaps Bret can see things others cannot? In another memorable column—“The Secrets of Jewish Genius”—he wrote about the genetic superiority of Ashkenazi Jews, citing as evidence a paper which had appeared in a eugenics journal (this column also required a correction and a long editors’ note, which reads, in a darkly comic way: “After publication Mr. Stephens and his editors learned that one of the paper’s authors, who died in 2016, promoted racist views”).

    Zionist Ideologue

    But nowhere has Stephens been so vociferous as on the issue of Israel.

    The one-time editor-in-chief of The Jerusalem Post—a job he took in 2002 because he felt that post-9/11 media was insufficiently supportive of Israel (“Insofar as getting the story right helps Israel, I guess you could say I’m trying to help Israel,” he said)—who once wrote that antisemitism was a “disease of the Arab mind,” has repeatedly, aggressively, and unequivocally defended the Israeli state.

    In 2018 he defended the passage of the Israeli nation-state law, a racist provision that legally elevated Jews over non-Jewish minorities in the country and established “Jewish settlement as a national value.” Running a particular kind of cover for Israel—an enduring theme—Stephens specifically implored liberal Jews not to “[give] up on Israel on account of an overhyped, underwhelming law whose effects would be mostly invisible if they hadn’t been so loudly debated.”

    In 2021 he attacked a small handful of progressive Democrats for trying to block funding for Israel’s Iron Dome, in the process arguing that the missile defense system “very likely saves Palestinian lives by vastly reducing the political pressure on Israeli leaders to rapidly eliminate Hamas’s vast rocket arsenal by ordering a ground invasion.” (How did that work out?) He also called Jamaal Bowman, Pramila Jayapal, and Rashida Tlaib antisemitic—this sort of smear being another pattern of his.

    The congressional vote to which Stephens refers, of course, came a few months after Israel’s May 2021 assault on Gaza, which killed at least 260 people and wounded 2000, a war Bret enthusiastically endorsed in a column titled “For the Sake of Peace, Israel Must Rout Hamas.”

    But in that case Hamas had launched rockets; how might Bret respond to explicitly nonviolent protest? Similarly, it turns out: in 2018–2019 he wrote columns denouncing the Great March of Return, during which Israeli solders killed over 200 Palestinians near the Gaza fence and injured nearly 10,000 in a particularly sadistic bout of violence. “If Palestinians want to build a worthy, proud and prosperous nation, they could do worse than try to learn from the one next door,” Bret wrote.

    Increasing Fanaticism after 10/7

    Unsurprisingly, Stephens’ writing since October 7 has gotten even worse, as he has adopted a genocidal enthusiasm and one-sidedness extraordinary even by American media standards.

    In his second column after the attack, Stephens scolded leftists and Palestinian supporters for being, in his recurring refrain, antisemitic—blaming “a much broader swath of the left that looks in heartfelt horror at what happened on Saturday but rarely stops to wonder whether it played any role in creating the moral and intellectual climate for what has unfolded.” In this attempt to guilt them one also reads a call for a return to Zionism—another theme in his writing, particularly after 10/7.

    His next column (“Hamas Bears the Blame for Every Death in This War,” mentioned above), preemptively blamed Hamas for what would obviously be an inconceivable death toll; a week later, “The Palestinian Republic of Fear and Misinformation” cast doubt on that very death toll (“It’s bad enough that Hamas tyrannizes Palestinians and terrorizes Israelis. We don’t need it misinforming the rest of us,” he wrote).

    These themes have persisted over the last several months: unmitigated defense of Israel, attacks on anti-Zionists (including Jews), blaming Palestinians, and arrogant and baseless accusations of antisemitism. In “For America’s Jews, Every Day Must Be Oct. 8” (does he write his own headlines?), Bret reminds Jews—presumably, American Jews—not just to remember what happened on October 7, but to remember that “[o]n Oct. 8, Jews woke up to discover who are friends are not.”

    Who, exactly, are these enemies? Bret names Black Lives Matter, Jewish Voice for Peace (whose members, he condescendingly writes, are “being used as Jewish beards for aggressive antisemites”), and American universities—and for good measure, again casts doubt on the almost certainly vastly undercounted Gaza death toll.

    But the heart of it comes at the end. “What can Oct. 8 Jews do? We can stop being embarrassed, equivocal or defensive about Zionism, which is, after all, one of the world’s most successful movements of national liberation,” Bret writes. “We can call out anti-Zionism for what it is: a rebranded version of antisemitism, based on the same set of libels and conspiracy theories.”

    Pro-Israel Side Gig

    Stephens’ obsessive propagandizing on behalf of Israel—and his recurring conflation of Israel with Judaism—is surely attractive to those powerful interests who stalwartly support the Middle Eastern state. Israel has one of the most powerful PR machines in the world, devoted to Hasbara, a particular kind of Israeli propaganda directed at an external, largely Western audience.

    So it’s interesting to note that while Bret’s main gig these days is at the Times, he also holds a side job working as editor in chief of a new journal called Sapir, a role he began when the publication was founded in 2021.

    Sapir describes itself as “a journal exploring the future of the American Jewish community and its intersection with cultural, social, and political issues,” but a cursory look at its coverage belies this neutral description: it is avowedly pro-Israel, quick to throw around allegations of antisemitism, and despite branding itself as a “quarterly journal of ideas for a thriving Jewish future” has little room for American Jews critical of Zionism (it partners with the right-wing news site Jewish Insider for digital distribution).

    Sapir is published and funded by the Maimonides Fund, which raises more questions than it answers. Maimonides Fund describes itself as “a private grantmaking organization that funds in North America and Israel,” but this also-mild descriptor obfuscates the organization’s status as a dark-money fund with unknown donors, as Eric Alterman noted in columns in The American Prospect.

    But Maimonides evidently has money: a recent listing for a full-time program manager at the Sapir Institute offered a $120,000–$140,000 salary with competitive benefits (the Sapir Institute was established in 2023 to turn ideas in the flagship journal into “viable plans of action”).

    It is challenging to find out much more about the organization. According to another self-description, “Maimonides Fund aims to connect Jews to their people and their heritage, and to contribute to the vitality of the State of Israel.” Other projects they’ve contributed to include a Jewish storytelling organization co-launched by Steven Spielberg, to which they gave $1 million; Fuente Latina, a nonprofit that “seeks to bring pro-Israel information to Spanish-language media”; and Birthright Israel, where they are listed in the $500,000–$999,999 range for the 2022 annual campaign, right next to Haim and Cheryl Saban.

    The fund’s evident agenda raises questions about Bret’s role at Sapir and its relation to his work at the Times. Presumably Bret gets paid for his editorial direction by this well-funded organization? And if he is indeed compensated by an organization that aims to “contribute to the vitality of the State of Israel,” should a disclaimer be put on the numerous columns he writes on the war in Gaza, or on Israeli–Palestinian issues more generally? When Tom Friedman wrote a column supporting Michael Bloomberg for president, he disclosed that his wife had received funding from Bloomberg—why is something similar not the case for Bret?

    When Alterman asked the Times about this, spokesperson Danielle Rhoades Ha told him this had been deemed unnecessary, the implication presumably that Stephens is so pretenaturally pro-Israel that there could be no conflict of interest in his work for Sapir. In a media environment already so heavily weighted in favor of pro-Israel coverage, this is a weak explanation.

    What is absolutely clear is the posture at Sapir toward the war in Gaza. The contents of their recent special issue on what they call the “War in Israel” are ominous: titles like “Anti-Zionist Committees of the American Public,” “The Road to a Second Kristallnacht” (penned by Stephens), “The Palestinian Problem Is a Religious Problem,” “To Jewish College Students Who Are Scared,” “The War Against the Jews,” and a ten-part diary of an IDF soldier.

    Bret’s leading editorial—“‘We Are Alone’: Reflections on the Jewish-American Response to October 7”—is a dismissive and contemptuous piece that pretty well sums up his general attitude, opening with an attack on writer Joshua Leifer, who wrote a piece for what Bret describes as “far-Left publication Jewish Currents.”

    Leifer, Stephens writes, and other progressive Jews were deluded to believe in any genuine peace process; they were in fact “useful idiots” to think they could escape something like eternal antisemitism (particularly on the left), and they—not decades of a cruel occupation—have served to mainstream anti-Zionism.

    Now, Bret says, the wise ones will have to make a break and return to Zionism—it’s the only way.

    The “Bret Stephens Policy”

    Not content to simply convey his views by print column in the most important newspaper in the United States, Stephens also has a habit of directly targeting and smearing critics.

    In 2019, Stephens was ridiculed—and ultimately left Twitter—after emailing GWU professor David Karpf in response to a tweet Karpf wrote about a bedbug infestation at the Times office (“The bedbugs are a metaphor. The bedbugs are Bret Stephens.”)

    Shortly thereafter, Stephens emailed Karpf (and cc’d his provost, Forrest Maltzman), writing: “Someone just pointed out a tweet you wrote about me, calling me a ‘bedbug’… I would welcome the opportunity for you to come to my home, meet my wife and kids, talk to us for for a few minutes, and then call me a ‘bedbug’ to my face.”

    While the petulant response was risible, as Karpf (who is Jewish) pointed out in a subsequent editorial, Bret’s intent was not. In cc’ing his boss, he was plainly trying to get Karpf in trouble, “to impose a social penalty… for making jokes about him online.” (Two days after Karpf’s op-ed was published, Bret wrote a column lamenting vague uncivil speech, noting how Nazis called Jews “bedbugs.”)

    As Karpf also pointed out, only months earlier Bret had done something similar, ambiguously threatening journalist Samer Kalaf, who had sent him an angry email over one of his columns on the Great March of Return.

    But this behavior is apparently not limited only to those outside the paper. In 2020, New York Times contributor Wajahat Ali posted a Twitter thread that went viral in which he outlined the “Bret Stephens policy,” the seeming exception to criticism to which Stephens was entitled at the paper.

    “So many have been contacted by editors because Brett has whined or complained,” Ali wrote. “This is so common there’s now a community of us writers & editors whom Bret has narced on bc he was upset they were critical of one of his many terrible takes… As a result many walk on eggshells when it comes to him. There’s a simmering resentment and feelings of a very real double standard. People fear for their jobs so remain quiet.”

    Reached by phone, Ali expanded on his experience.

    “I think I quote-tweet responded to [one of Bret Stephens’ articles] and said something like, you know, racist garbage. And I thought nothing of it,” Ali said, describing how the incident started.

    And then he got a call from a Times editor.

    “I could tell from his voice that he did not want to make that phone call. He said hey, there’s some terms and conditions of, you know, how we behave with fellow employees and… maybe you referring to Bret this way is not appropriate,” Ali said.

    Later, Ali said, other writers reached out to share that they’d had the same experience.

    “There’s several writers he’s done this to, overwhelmingly women and people of color, who like me were kind of infuriated that they even had to tolerate this call from management on behalf of Bret Stephens and his aggrieved feelings,” Ali added. “But nobody was willing to go on the record because they believed that the old boys network would retaliate against them. So they just kept quiet.”

    New York Times Frontman

    An obfuscator of Israeli crimes, extreme anti-Palestinian bias, a shady pro-Israel side gig, nasty interpersonal relations with media workers—how does Bret Stephens keep his job with the New York Times?

    Something like an answer might be found in his March 5 column, “The New Rape Denialism.” In it, Bret attacks critics—again, particularly left-leaning critics of Israel—who have voiced skepticism about the allegations that Hamas committed mass rape on October 7, attacking them as dishonest, and yet again, as antisemitic.

    But it’s a curious piece: if you follow the hyperlinks, a nondescript link in the fourth paragraph to “one recent article” takes you to the major story that ran in The Intercept on February 28, which meticulously picked apart the Times’ enormously impactful story of December 28, “Screams Without Words.”

    The NYT story, landing when it did, was not, as Stephens seems to suggest, a mere account of the horrors of October 7. The story specifically argued that there was a “broader pattern of gender-based violence on Oct. 7” and arrived at both an apparently concerted campaign to spread the narrative of mass sexual violence and a rising international backlash to the devastation in Gaza.

    As The Intercept painstakingly breaks down, the Times’ reporting—along with a host of supplementary information, including previous interviews by supposed witnesses, and the podcast comments of the unusual freelancer at the heart of the story, Anat Schwartz—does not convincingly back up that allegation of a pervasive pattern.

    While The Intercept is careful to note that this does not mean sexual violence didn’t occur on October 7—and a UN report from early March does support the notion that some did, while also examining allegations of sexual violence against Palestinians in Israeli custody—the February 28 story emphasizes that the accusation of a pattern lent a very specific kind of legitimacy to Israel’s incessant assault.

    And so here Bret gets clever, dismissing the disturbing problems with the Times report to blur everything under the broad brush of antisemitism—“If, God forbid, a gang of Proud Boys were to descend on Los Angeles to carry out the kinds of atrocities Hamas carried out in Israeli communities, I’m pretty sure no one on the left would devote any energy trying to poke holes in who got raped”—and going so far as to compare The Intercept’s careful parsing of problematic story to Holocaust denial.

    But then, isn’t this precisely why Bret keeps his job? It’s why he has this job, and it’s why he can—in fact, is paid to—say whatever he wants about Israel. Stephens may be a cartoonish fundamentalist, but he is not an aberration at The New York Times; he is an expression of the paper’s underlying biases. He is unlikely to be censured because his job is to be an Israeli propagandist. As Gaza descends into famine, this never-ending assault may be the preeminent test of how good he is at it.

    Addendum

    Two days after this piece ran, Stephens published another column, “Israel Has No Choice but to Fight On.” It’s a doozy. In it, Stephens holds an imaginary conversation with himself, or what he characterizes as a hypothetical “intelligent critic” of Israel’s war on Gaza. Obviously intended to shore up US support (an almost inexplicable goal, as it’s been limitless), Stephens ends up convincing himself that, yes, Israel must see this war through to its mythic end. At one point, Bret asks himself, “Do you have any specific suggestions for how Israel can defeat Hamas while being more sparing of civilians?” to which his imagined critic replies, “I’m not a military expert.” Brave stuff. One wonders why Bret couldn’t speak to one of the hundreds or thousands of real-life intelligent critics—perhaps even a Palestinian? Probably because his insipid and lazy commentary crumbles under even the most minimal pushback—plus, it would require actually doing a bit of work. Bret’s response, when his critic asks how he can justify starvation, which via an entirely manmade famine created by Israel’s siege, is daily killing children throughout Gaza? “Like all wars, this one is horrible and heartbreaking. But I blame Hamas, not Israel, for the devastation.”

    The post The New York Times’ Bret Stephens, Hasbarist appeared first on CounterPunch.org.


    This content originally appeared on CounterPunch.org and was authored by Will Solomon.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2025/03/21/the-new-york-times-bret-stephens-hasbarist-2/feed/ 0 520505
    We Need A New Progressive Program, And We Need It Now! https://www.radiofree.org/2025/03/21/we-need-a-new-progressive-program-and-we-need-it-now/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/03/21/we-need-a-new-progressive-program-and-we-need-it-now/#respond Fri, 21 Mar 2025 05:57:25 +0000 https://www.counterpunch.org/?p=357861 Progressives, put aside your justifiable detestation of Donald Trump and his Musky minions for one second, and answer this question: Q: What’s the most important difference between MAGA Republicans and Democrats? A: MAGA Republicans have a program for change. Yes, it’s a terrible program: a toxic mix of pro-oligarchy economic policy, tribal-nationalist politics, patriarchal social More

    The post We Need A New Progressive Program, And We Need It Now! appeared first on CounterPunch.org.

    ]]>

    Photograph by Nathaniel St. Clair

    Progressives, put aside your justifiable detestation of Donald Trump and his Musky minions for one second, and answer this question:

    Q: What’s the most important difference between MAGA Republicans and Democrats?

    A: MAGA Republicans have a program for change.

    Yes, it’s a terrible program: a toxic mix of pro-oligarchy economic policy, tribal-nationalist politics, patriarchal social values, and hatred of the public sector.  But MAGA policies are based on a relatively coherent ideology that identifies what right-wingers consider the main sources of oppression – the administrative state, left-leaning universities and news media, undocumented immigrants, street criminals, and foreign competitors – and that promises to eliminate or transform them.

    MAGA leaders believe that the American system is broken and that they know how to rebuild it.  Therefore, once in power, they implement immediate measures to change existing institutions. True, these initiatives tend to be poorly thought through, arbitrary, and inhumane, and they generate legal challenges to the authority of the President and other executive officials.  But social movements with a program for change frequently strain or violate existing norms.  Furthermore, their advocates tend to take strong action, while defenders of the established status quo seem content just to talk.

    Talk about role reversals!  By acting as change-agents, the MAGA-pols have maneuvered the Democrats into the position of acting as backward-looking defenders of the Establishment.  The anti-Trumpers mean well, but all their handwringing about the President’s authoritarianism, venality, and cruelty will not change the fact that his forces have a program for change, and they do not.

    Most Democratic politicians do not think that the system is broken, only that it needs minor repairs.  As a result, the policies and public actions they envision for the future differ hardly at all from those of a Joe Biden or a Bill Clinton. Most of them embrace a mishmash of liberal (but not too liberal) attitudes regarding domestic political issues and militaristic flag-waving (which they call “American global leadership”) in foreign affairs.  Raise the minimum wage they say – but not too high, and don’t even think about altering the established system of private financial power and “management rights.”  Tax the rich, but not too severely, and never talk about redistributing wealth to poor and near-poor working people.  Support clean energy and environmental protection – but protect the fossil fuel industries!  Work for international peace – but don’t antagonize the military-industrial complex!

    This sort of vacuous, passive thinking, not just the benighted views of the MAGA base, were responsible for the disastrous decline in Democratic votes in the last election and, therefore, for the Trump victory.  On the other side, MAGA leaders working through right-wing think tanks like the Heritage Foundation and correctly assessing the high degree of civic discontent developed radical policies purporting to solve working people’s problems.  That these policies made no sense was politically irrelevant.  In 2024, there was no leftist alternative to the rightists and their Project 2025.  When there is no Left, and when the existing system fails to satisfy people’s basic needs, discontented voters predictably turn Right.

    The Urgent Need for New Discussions and Organization

    What would a genuinely progressive program look like?  I have a few ideas about this – and I’m sure you do, too – but we desperately need discussions starting immediately and continuing through the year to surface key ideas, assess their effectiveness and practicality, and convert them into workable policy proposals. Think tanks can sponsor some of these exchanges, but people of all ages and backgrounds can meet in churches and clubs, high schools and universities, town halls, popular bars, and other public forums to let their views be known.

    One goal crucial to these deliberations is the need to unite key sectors of the population that Trump and MAGA-ism have divided: in particular, workers in high tech and public service industries and those in older industries and occupations.  Note that the need for unity does NOT require that we become more “moderate.”  On the contrary, it means developing problem-solving solutions radical enough to make problems based on unnecessary scarcities and manipulated insecurities disappear, and to change key elements of a dysfunctional market-driven system.

    Here are a few of the specific issues that I would raise at a public discussion. But make up your own list – the more, the merrier!

    Problem: The Oligarchy.  Solution: Redistribute wealth and power.  Like drunks after a bad night before, pretty much all the Dems now declare themselves allies of the People against the Bad Oligarchs. But raising the minimum wage and taxing the rich a bit more will not change the system that has produced fifty years of wage stagnation, deep urban poverty, rural decay, and gross inequality.  

    Why not consider a 100% income tax on incomes over $1 million, and a wealth tax designed to lessen our exploding social disparities?  Why not talk about nationalizing Big Pharma and the high-tech giants that depend on government grants and research to survive?  Oligarchical capitalism inevitably produces authoritarian politics designed to serve the billionaires’ interests by crippling the labor movement and privatizing social services. Why not reverse Citizens United, finance election campaigns publicly, and stop the legalized bribery of American politicians?  How about slashing the administrative state’s vast corporate welfare programs instead of the public interest programs that MAGA hates?

    Problem: Unnecessary scarcities. Solution: Democratic planning.  Politicians of both major parties spend most of their time arguing about conflicts that need not exist at all if the scarcities that generate them could be eliminated.  But it takes planning to reduce scarcity, and to all Reps and most Dems planning is a dirty, “socialist” word.

    Isn’t this absurd?  Since economic planning is tabooed, deep poverty persists, along with the street crime and mass incarceration that it generates.  Because Trump hates industrial policy, he relies on tariffs (i.e., corporate welfare) to stimulate domestic industry and gives us — ta dah! — trade wars.  With a modicum of community-controlled planning we could develop a rational, humane immigration policy – but the politicians would rather play anti-immigrant games.  In one of the world’s richest countries, marginalized social groups compete against slightly better-off groups for jobs and college admissions.  Why fight over DEI, when with popular control over our economy we could easily create enough jobs and college slots for everyone?

    Problem: The American Empire and its endless wars. Solution: Positive peace.  Many of Trump’s opponents are enraged by his apparent unwillingness to maintain the system of “global order” instituted by regimes since World War II – a system designed to maintain American hegemony as the world’s leading military power and international decision-maker.  They don’t seem to understand that most of the world’s people consider Trump’s weird mix of selective imperialism, nuclear militarism, and “America First” isolationism an improvement over Biden-era warmongering.

    The progressive opposition needs to consider what America’s foreign policy should be other than a revival liberal gun-running masquerading as democracy promotion.  What does genuine internationalism look like in an era of increasing nationalist prejudice and threats of war?  How can peaceful conflict resolution leading to positive peace become the chief driver of U.S. global policy?  Reducing the trillion-dollar U.S. military budget by at least half would open the door to secure funding of social security and other needed public services.  In international as well as national politics, there is nothing to fear but fear itself.

    It’s time to talk together about all these issues – and many, many others.  Some influential liberals will no doubt warn that “divisive” discussions are dangerous since they could split the party and strengthen Trump – but listening to this sort of “wise advice” is what got us where we now are.  By contrast, right-wing ideologues like Steve Bannon risked splitting the Republican party to give it a philosophy and program reflecting their values and capable of energizing a mass base.  On the strategic level, the left-hating Bannon understands Marx and Lenin a good deal better than most of those declaring themselves leftists! To prevent Trump and his successors from consolidating a permanent dictatorship of the oligarchs, the Democratic Party needs to become a force for systemic change – or else yield to those capable of forming a genuinely progressive party.

    This is why we need discussions now.  Reacting to every Trumpian initiative with anger and despair, while refusing to formulate an alternative program to change a broken system, simply plays the MAGA game.  I don’t want to hear any more denunciations of Trump by outraged Congresspeople or cable news anchors longing for a return to power by the “good” oligarchs and “responsible” generals and spy chiefs.  You don’t defeat the Far Right by sentimentalizing the Respectable Center.

    We need to learn from our mistakes.  We need a genuine people’s party.  And a people’s party needs a credible program for positive change.  Let’s stop obsessing over the Demagogue-in-Chief and get on with the business of creating that program.

    The post We Need A New Progressive Program, And We Need It Now! appeared first on CounterPunch.org.


    This content originally appeared on CounterPunch.org and was authored by Richard Rubenstein.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2025/03/21/we-need-a-new-progressive-program-and-we-need-it-now/feed/ 0 520511
    Thousands of Families Experience Stillbirth. Three Moms Tell Their Stories in a New Documentary. https://www.radiofree.org/2025/03/20/thousands-of-families-experience-stillbirth-three-moms-tell-their-stories-in-a-new-documentary/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/03/20/thousands-of-families-experience-stillbirth-three-moms-tell-their-stories-in-a-new-documentary/#respond Thu, 20 Mar 2025 12:00:00 +0000 https://www.propublica.org/article/before-a-breath-stillbirth-documentary by Nadia Sussman, Liz Moughon, Duaa Eldeib, Margaret Cheatham Williams and Lisa Riordan Seville

    THE FILM

    Intimate, infuriating and ultimately hopeful, “Before a Breath” braids together the stories of three mothers determined to make pregnancy safer after losing children to stillbirth.

    After the loss of her daughter Autumn, Debbie Haine Vijayvergiya discovers that more than 20,000 stillbirths occur every year in the U.S. — and at least 1 in 4 is likely preventable. She goes to Washington, battling political inertia as she fights to make stillbirth research and prevention a federal priority. Kanika Harris, a maternal health advocate and doula, tells the story of her twins, Kodjo and Zindzi, as she trains a new generation of Black birth workers. And Stephanie Lee, a nurse leader at a Manhattan hospital, seeks answers about what might have led to her daughter Elodie’s stillbirth as she takes a leap of faith and becomes pregnant again.

    Inspired by ProPublica’s groundbreaking reporting on the stillbirth crisis, which was a finalist for a 2023 Pulitzer Prize, the film is a powerful story of grief, healing and three mothers demanding that the U.S. do better by expecting parents.

    Watch “Before a Breath” on YouTube

    FEATURING Debbie Haine Vijayvergiya is a stillbirth parent advocate and the mother behind the SHINE for Autumn Act, named in honor of her daughter, Autumn, who was stillborn in 2011.

    Watch video ➜

    Kanika Harris is a birth justice advocate and doula. She holds a doctorate in health behavior and health education and is the executive director of the National Association to Advance Black Birth.

    Watch video ➜

    Stephanie Lee is an associate director of nursing in critical care at a New York City hospital. She was also a patient at the Rainbow Clinic at Mount Sinai.

    Watch video ➜

    JOIN THE CONVERSATION

    “Before a Breath” is free to stream on YouTube. If you’d like to host a screening or conversation in your community, please sign up here and use these guides to help you get started.

    Download the guide for a community screening

    Download the guide for health professionals

    WATCH MORE

    You can find our trailer, sneak peek scenes and additional videos on the “Before a Breath” playlist on YouTube.

    LEARN MORE

    Read ProPublica’s reporting and participate in our stillbirth memorial.

    Get more information about stillbirths and care for parents of loss.

    • The Rainbow Clinic at Mount Sinai is one of several clinics opening around the country that care for pregnant patients with a history of perinatal loss.
    • The University of Utah recently opened a Stillbirth Center of Excellence, a hub of efforts to end preventable stillbirths in the U.S.
    • The International Stillbirth Alliance promotes collaboration for the prevention of stillbirth and newborn death worldwide.
    • Bereavement support groups for families of loss are available around the country and online. Your local hospitals and birth centers may suggest some.

    STAY IN TOUCH

    FILM TEAM
    • Nadia Sussman, Director and Producer
    • Liz Moughon, Director of Photography and Producer
    • Duaa Eldeib, Reporter and Producer
    • Lisa Riordan Seville, Producer
    • Margaret Cheatham Williams, Editor
    • Mahdokht Mahmoudabadi, Additional Editor
    • Mandy Hoffman, Composer
    • Almudena Toral, Executive Producer


    This content originally appeared on ProPublica and was authored by .

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2025/03/20/thousands-of-families-experience-stillbirth-three-moms-tell-their-stories-in-a-new-documentary/feed/ 0 520320
    Thousands of Families Experience Stillbirth. Three Moms Tell Their Stories in a New Documentary. https://www.radiofree.org/2025/03/20/thousands-of-families-experience-stillbirth-three-moms-tell-their-stories-in-a-new-documentary-2/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/03/20/thousands-of-families-experience-stillbirth-three-moms-tell-their-stories-in-a-new-documentary-2/#respond Thu, 20 Mar 2025 12:00:00 +0000 https://www.propublica.org/article/before-a-breath-stillbirth-documentary by Nadia Sussman, Liz Moughon, Duaa Eldeib, Margaret Cheatham Williams and Lisa Riordan Seville

    THE FILM

    Intimate, infuriating and ultimately hopeful, “Before a Breath” braids together the stories of three mothers determined to make pregnancy safer after losing children to stillbirth.

    After the loss of her daughter Autumn, Debbie Haine Vijayvergiya discovers that more than 20,000 stillbirths occur every year in the U.S. — and at least 1 in 4 is likely preventable. She goes to Washington, battling political inertia as she fights to make stillbirth research and prevention a federal priority. Kanika Harris, a maternal health advocate and doula, tells the story of her twins, Kodjo and Zindzi, as she trains a new generation of Black birth workers. And Stephanie Lee, a nurse leader at a Manhattan hospital, seeks answers about what might have led to her daughter Elodie’s stillbirth as she takes a leap of faith and becomes pregnant again.

    Inspired by ProPublica’s groundbreaking reporting on the stillbirth crisis, which was a finalist for a 2023 Pulitzer Prize, the film is a powerful story of grief, healing and three mothers demanding that the U.S. do better by expecting parents.

    Watch “Before a Breath” on YouTube

    FEATURING Debbie Haine Vijayvergiya is a stillbirth parent advocate and the mother behind the SHINE for Autumn Act, named in honor of her daughter, Autumn, who was stillborn in 2011.

    Watch video ➜

    Kanika Harris is a birth justice advocate and doula. She holds a doctorate in health behavior and health education and is the executive director of the National Association to Advance Black Birth.

    Watch video ➜

    Stephanie Lee is an associate director of nursing in critical care at a New York City hospital. She was also a patient at the Rainbow Clinic at Mount Sinai.

    Watch video ➜

    JOIN THE CONVERSATION

    “Before a Breath” is free to stream on YouTube. If you’d like to host a screening or conversation in your community, please sign up here and use these guides to help you get started.

    Download the guide for a community screening

    Download the guide for health professionals

    WATCH MORE

    You can find our trailer, sneak peek scenes and additional videos on the “Before a Breath” playlist on YouTube.

    LEARN MORE

    Read ProPublica’s reporting and participate in our stillbirth memorial.

    Get more information about stillbirths and care for parents of loss.

    • The Rainbow Clinic at Mount Sinai is one of several clinics opening around the country that care for pregnant patients with a history of perinatal loss.
    • The University of Utah recently opened a Stillbirth Center of Excellence, a hub of efforts to end preventable stillbirths in the U.S.
    • The International Stillbirth Alliance promotes collaboration for the prevention of stillbirth and newborn death worldwide.
    • Bereavement support groups for families of loss are available around the country and online. Your local hospitals and birth centers may suggest some.

    STAY IN TOUCH

    FILM TEAM
    • Nadia Sussman, Director and Producer
    • Liz Moughon, Director of Photography and Producer
    • Duaa Eldeib, Reporter and Producer
    • Lisa Riordan Seville, Producer
    • Margaret Cheatham Williams, Editor
    • Mahdokht Mahmoudabadi, Additional Editor
    • Mandy Hoffman, Composer
    • Almudena Toral, Executive Producer


    This content originally appeared on ProPublica and was authored by .

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2025/03/20/thousands-of-families-experience-stillbirth-three-moms-tell-their-stories-in-a-new-documentary-2/feed/ 0 520321
    New Bill to Recognize Legal Rights of All Water Bodies in New York State https://www.radiofree.org/2025/03/19/new-bill-to-recognize-legal-rights-of-all-water-bodies-in-new-york-state/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/03/19/new-bill-to-recognize-legal-rights-of-all-water-bodies-in-new-york-state/#respond Wed, 19 Mar 2025 20:56:50 +0000 https://www.commondreams.org/newswire/new-bill-to-recognize-legal-rights-of-all-water-bodies-in-new-york-state What if bodies of water were guaranteed the kinds of legal rights that would criminalize their destruction? What if communities had the authority to enact laws that prevented pollution, extraction, and waste-dumping?

    This would be the case under a new bill introduced into the New York State Assembly by Patrick Burke on Friday. If it becomes law, New York Assembly Bill AO5156A, the Great Lakes and State Waters Bill of Rights, would recognize “unalienable and fundamental rights to exist, persist, flourish, naturally evolve, regenerate and be restored” for the Great Lakes and other watersheds and ecosystems throughout New York State.

    "All people deserve healthy ecosystems and clean water, and recognizing the inherent rights of nature to exist and flourish is the best way to protect this,” says Assemblyman Burke. “Protecting one watershed or regulating toxins one at a time isn't enough. All New Yorkers are connected through our water, and so this bill protects all of us."

    Representative Burke previously introduced an earlier draft of this bill in 2022. The new version incorporates feedback from the community and expands ecological rights beyond the Great Lakes watershed to include all the waters of New York.

    It also empowers municipalities and counties to democratically enact rights of nature laws for their local ecosystems. Many states have forbidden this practice. In addition, the new bill contains provisions to protect treaty rights for indigenous people and tribal nations in New York.

    Burke represents New York’s 142nd district, made up of South Buffalo and the surrounding areas on and near the shore of Lake Erie. Buffalo is located less than 5 miles south of Lake Ontario.

    This measure received overwhelming support in Burke’s constituent survey, including from Dr. Kirk Scirto, who received his medical doctorate at the University of Buffalo, teaches public health in the United States and internationally, and works as a clinician for the Tonawanda Seneca Nation.

    "This bill means communities having the freedom to finally decide what corporations can and can't do in their backyards,” Dr. Scirto says. “It means communities having the power to say ‘No!’ to outsiders who'd steal their resources and leave behind only contamination. It means having the ability to protect our waters--and therefore our health. It means justice!"

    “For States to take action could be a game-changer”

    The law was drafted with the assistance of the Community Environmental Legal Defense Fund (CELDF) which has been at the forefront of the rights of nature movement for more than 20 years, and incorporates input from constituents and tribal members living in the NY and Great Lakes ecosystems. Since writing the first law to recognize legal rights of ecosystems in 2006, CELDF has partnered with more than 200 communities across the United States to enact community rights and rights of nature laws.

    “The rights of nature movement is gaining momentum around the world as global warming, species extinction, fresh water scarcity, and climate-driven migration are all getting worse,” says CELDF’s Education Director Ben Price, who helped draft the law. “Meanwhile, the U.S. is being left behind. For states to take on these issues in the absence of federal action could be a game-changer, as it was for women's suffrage when the states led the way for years.”

    The bill would also enshrine the right to a clean and healthy environment for all people and ecosystems within the State, the right to freedom from “toxic trespass,” and would prohibit the monetization of the waters of New York State.

    The bill is of cross-border interest, and will be part of an upcoming symposium on the health of the Great Lakes in Toronto in March where CELDF will be presenting.

    “Serious threats” to the waters of New York

    Lake Erie and Lake Ontario provide drinking water to 6.2 million New Yorkers. All told, the Great Lakes provide drinking water for more than 40 million people, contain 95% of all the surface freshwater in the United States, and make up the largest freshwater ecosystem on the planet.

    But this ecosystem is struggling. According to experts, billions of gallons of raw sewage entering the lakes, increasing toxic algae blooms, invasive species, global warming, and both historic and ongoing industrial pollution represent serious threats to the ecosystem and human health.

    According to Dr. Sherri Mason from Gannon University in Erie Pennsylvania over 22 million pounds of plastic are dumped in the Great Lakes annually.

    Experts such as Daniel Macfarlane, Professor of Environment and Sustainability at Western Michigan University, say that the people of the U.S. have become “complacent” after early efforts to clean up the Great Lakes curtailed obvious issues such as the Cuyahoga, Buffalo, and Chicago rivers catching fire due to petrochemical waste dumping in the 1960’s.

    In August 2014, a toxic algae bloom in Lake Erie linked to fertilizer and excrement from industrial farms shut down the drinking water supply to the city of Toledo, Ohio, home to 270,000 people, for 3 days.

    This led to the community to overwhelmingly vote to pass a similar law to the one introduced by Assemblyman Burke called the Lake Erie Bill of Rights, which was also drafted by CELDF. The story of the pollution entering Lake Erie, the 2014 water shutdown, and the effort to protect the lake was profiled in a 2024 documentary produced by artist Andrea Bowers and titled What We Do to Nature, We Do to Ourselves.

    The Rights of Nature movement

    Recognizing the legal rights of nature is becoming increasingly popular around the world. Since CELDF assisted the people of Ecuador to amend their constitution to include rights of nature in 2008, the movement has seen hundreds of other laws passed in countries like Columbia, New Zealand, and Canada.

    Just days ago, the Lewes District Council in East Sussex, England affirmed the Ouse River Charter, recognizing for the first time the rights of an English river.

    The U.S. is lagging behind these international efforts, with only local communities asserting the rights of nature thus far. CELDF’s consulting director Tish O’Dell has worked with many of these communities.

    “Brave people and communities have attempted to promote the new idea of rights of nature and challenge the current system, but we have never found a state legislator courageous enough to introduce such a law at the state level,” she says. “Representative Burke is the first to build on this grassroots movement for change.”


    This content originally appeared on Common Dreams and was authored by Newswire Editor.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2025/03/19/new-bill-to-recognize-legal-rights-of-all-water-bodies-in-new-york-state/feed/ 0 520181
    Court Rules Mahmoud Khalil’s Lawsuit Challenging His Unlawful Detention by ICE Should Move Forward in New Jersey https://www.radiofree.org/2025/03/19/court-rules-mahmoud-khalils-lawsuit-challenging-his-unlawful-detention-by-ice-should-move-forward-in-new-jersey/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/03/19/court-rules-mahmoud-khalils-lawsuit-challenging-his-unlawful-detention-by-ice-should-move-forward-in-new-jersey/#respond Wed, 19 Mar 2025 18:09:43 +0000 https://www.commondreams.org/newswire/court-rules-mahmoud-khalils-lawsuit-challenging-his-unlawful-detention-by-ice-should-move-forward-in-new-jersey The Southern District Court of New York ruled that the case challenging ICE’s unlawful detention of Mahmoud Khalil, a recent Columbia graduate student and lawful permanent resident, should be transferred to New Jersey. The Trump administration had sought to transfer the case to Louisiana. The judge also reaffirmed a previous ruling that blocked Mr. Khalil’s deportation in the absence of a court order.

    “This is a first step, but we need to continue to demand justice for Mahmoud. His unlawful and unjust detention cannot stand. We will not stop fighting until he is home with me,” said Dr. Noor Abdalla, the wife of Mahmoud Khalil.

    Mr. Khalil’s legal team had argued that if the court allowed this case to play out in Louisiana, it would be rewarding the Trump administration’s unlawful attempt to manipulate jurisdiction by transferring Mr. Khalil across state lines in the middle of the night.

    In the early morning hours after his arrest, Khalil’s attorneys filed a petition for a writ of habeas corpus alleging that ICE’s arrest and detention of Khalil on the basis of his speech and activism for Palestinian human rights violates the Due Process Clause and the First Amendment of the U.S. Constitution. Right before his habeas petition was filed, he was transferred under ICE custody to a facility in New Jersey, before being sent to Louisiana.

    In a letter written from the Louisiana detention center yesterday, Mahmoud Khalil shared: “In the weeks ahead, students, advocates, and elected officials must unite to defend the right to protest for Palestine. At stake are not just our voices, but the fundamental civil liberties of all. Knowing fully that this moment transcends my individual circumstances, I hope nonetheless to be free to witness the birth of my first-born child.”

    The case can now proceed expeditiously to two pending motions that seek Mr. Khalil’s release from custody. Today’s order states that these motions remain pending on the same schedule originally issued. Mr. Khalil’s legal team has sought his release on bail, and submitted reams of letters in support of that request and a declaration from his wife, Dr. Noor Abdalla.

    His lawyers are also urging the court to issue a preliminary injunction that would immediately release him from detention and block the Trump administration’s invocation of the foreign policy bar, a vague, rarely-used provision of the 1952 Immigration and Nationality Act. The foreign policy bar authorizes the government to exclude or remove noncitizens whom the U.S. secretary of state designates as foreign policy concerns. The administration is invoking the provision to revoke the visas and green cards of noncitizens who have engaged in speech in support of Palestinian rights. As the filings document, the administration is abusing the INA’s foreign policy provision to retaliate against the constitutionally protected expression of views the administration opposes.

    Mr. Khalil is represented by Amy Greer from Dratel & Lewis, the Center for Constitutional Rights, CLEAR, the New York Civil Liberties Union (NYCLU), the American Civil Liberties Union, and Alina Das, co-director of the Immigrant Rights Clinic at New York University (NYU) School of Law.

    The following are quotes from Mr. Khalil’s legal team:

    Samah Sisay, staff attorney at the Center for Constitutional Rights:
    “The government transferred Mr. Khalil to a remote private prison in Louisiana hours after his arrest and the filing of his original habeas petition – an intentional and retaliatory attempt to silence his speech in support of Palestinian rights and interfere with the jurisdiction of the New York and New Jersey Courts. Mr. Khalil should be free and home with his wife awaiting the birth of their first child, and we will continue to do everything possible to make that happen.”

    Brett Max Kaufman, senior staff attorney at the American Civil Liberties Union:

    “This is just the beginning, but it is a moment to celebrate. The court’s ruling sends a critical message to courts across the country, who are sure to face similar unprecedented challenges to their authority in the days that come, that the judiciary must not shy from its constitutional role. And no judicial role is more important than acting as a check on executive abuses the Trump administration has made the defining feature of its first 60 days. After this first step, we will eagerly and aggressively seek to get Mahmoud out, bring him home, and then defend his and others’ right to speak freely about Palestine or any other issue without fear of detention and deportation.”

    Ramzi Kassem, Professor of Law at the City University of New York and Co-Director of CLEAR, a legal non-profit and clinic:
    “The government first moved Mahmoud to Louisiana, then it tried to move his federal case there, too, hoping for better odds in court. The judge rightly rejected that approach and transferred the case to a court in the greater New York City area, close to Mahmoud’s home, where the case and, most importantly, Mahmoud himself, belong.”

    Donna Lieberman, executive director of the New York Civil Liberties Union:

    “With this decision, the Court rightfully rejected the Trump administration’s cruel ploy to move Mahmoud Khalil’s case to Louisiana. This ruling sends a message loud and clear that Trump and his MAGA cronies cannot just manipulate and abuse the judiciary as they please to suppress the speech of activists for Palestinian rights. This is an important step toward ensuring that the administration's unconstitutional practices are stopped in their tracks and that Mr. Khalil is reunited with his family in New York. We are ready to defend Mr. Khalil’s rights in New Jersey to secure his immediate release.”

    Amy Greer, associate attorney at Dratel + Lewis:

    “We are ready to fight just as hard for Mr. Khalil in the district of New Jersey. He was taken by plainclothes federal agents, transferred in the middle of the night across state lines, and has been detained for over a week now, all because of his advocacy for Palestinian freedom. We will not stop working until Mr. Khalil is home with his wife."


    This content originally appeared on Common Dreams and was authored by Newswire Editor.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2025/03/19/court-rules-mahmoud-khalils-lawsuit-challenging-his-unlawful-detention-by-ice-should-move-forward-in-new-jersey/feed/ 0 520185
    Netanyahu commits a new ‘bloodbath in Gaza’ to save himself https://www.radiofree.org/2025/03/19/netanyahu-commits-a-new-bloodbath-in-gaza-to-save-himself/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/03/19/netanyahu-commits-a-new-bloodbath-in-gaza-to-save-himself/#respond Wed, 19 Mar 2025 04:40:11 +0000 https://asiapacificreport.nz/?p=112422 Asia Pacific Report

    At least 400 people have been killed after a surprise Israeli attack on Gaza in the early hours of Tuesday.

    The Israeli government vows to continue escalating these military attacks, claiming it is in response to Hamas’ refusal to extend the ceasefire, which has been in place since January 19.

    But is this the real reason for pre-dawn attack? Or is there a much more cynical explanation — one tied to the political fate of Prime Minister Benjamin Netanyahu?

    This week, New Zealand journalist Mohamed Hassan, host of the Middle East Eye’s weekly Big Picture podcast, speaks to Daniel Levy, the president of the US/Middle East Project and a former Israeli peace negotiator.


    Ceasefire broken: Netanyahu is exposed.   Video: Middle East Eye


    This content originally appeared on Asia Pacific Report and was authored by Pacific Media Watch.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2025/03/19/netanyahu-commits-a-new-bloodbath-in-gaza-to-save-himself/feed/ 0 519966
    New Analysis: Congress Considering Creating an Unprecedented Tax Shelter to Steer Billions to Private K-12 School Vouchers and Wealthy Individuals https://www.radiofree.org/2025/03/18/new-analysis-congress-considering-creating-an-unprecedented-tax-shelter-to-steer-billions-to-private-k-12-school-vouchers-and-wealthy-individuals/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/03/18/new-analysis-congress-considering-creating-an-unprecedented-tax-shelter-to-steer-billions-to-private-k-12-school-vouchers-and-wealthy-individuals/#respond Tue, 18 Mar 2025 21:10:35 +0000 https://www.commondreams.org/newswire/new-analysis-congress-considering-creating-an-unprecedented-tax-shelter-to-steer-billions-to-private-k-12-school-vouchers-and-wealthy-individuals A bill introduced in Congress would create an unprecedented 100% tax credit for donations to nonprofits that give out private K-12 school vouchers and create a lucrative tax shelter that would further enrich some of America’s wealthiest individuals. If passed, the Educational Choice for Children Act of 2025 (ECCA) would cost $136.3 billion in revenue over the next decade, according to an analysis released today by the Institute on Taxation and Economic Policy.

    “This is indefensible tax policy, and wasteful to the core,” said Carl Davis, research director at ITEP and author of the report. “If this bill were enacted, opportunists would flock to use this profitable tax shelter regardless of whether they had any actual interest in supporting private K-12 school vouchers. That’s the inevitable result of the government agreeing to pay out $136 billion in tax cuts in return for $126 billion of contributions to voucher funds. This is an egregious attempt to harness wealthy families’ interest in tax avoidance and personal profit as a means of driving interest in a cause that remains unpopular with the public.”

    Other key findings:

    • The 100% tax credit under this bill is a sharp departure from how the federal government treats most types of contributions to nonprofits. Typically, people contributing to nonprofits that support wounded veterans, survivors of domestic violence, victims of natural disasters, or other nonprofit endeavors receive, at most, a tax deduction valued at 37% of their contribution.
    • Of the $136.3 billion in lost revenue over the next decade, $134 billion would be federal revenue and $2.3 billion would be spread across the states. The analysis has state-by-state numbers to show the local impact. California stands to lose the most over the decade ($877 million), followed by New York ($431 million), Massachusetts ($146 million), New Jersey ($103 million), and Illinois ($79 million).
    • The money would flow from the public to three main groups of beneficiaries: private schools would receive 85% ($115.7 billion), voucher-bundling organizations would receive 7% ($10.1 billion), and wealthy donors would receive 8% ($10.5 billion) as personal profit.
    • The personal profit element is enabled by the legislation allowing donors to give corporate stock and avoid capital gains taxes. ECCA’s supporters appear to be counting on this tax shelter as a means of driving donor interest in the program among wealthy investors.
    • The nation’s wealthiest families would enjoy substantial tax avoidance opportunities under ECCA. For example, if ECCA had been in effect a few years ago, voucher-proponents Betsy DeVos and Jeffrey Yass would likely have claimed annual tax credits of $11.2 million and $130 million per year, respectively. Capital gains tax avoidance would have come on top of these tax credits and could be expected to result in roughly $1.4 million of annual profit for DeVos and $13.3 million of annual profit for Yass.

    The Educational Choice for Children Act of 2025 has been introduced in the U.S. House of Representatives as H.R. 833 and in the U.S. Senate as S. 292. In the House it is sponsored by Rep. Adrian Smith and is currently co-sponsored by 51 Republican members of the House. In the Senate it is sponsored by Sen. Bill Cassidy and is currently co-sponsored by 32 Republican Senators. During the last Congress, the legislation was advanced out of the House Ways & Means Committee on a party-line vote; lawmakers on that committee also explicitly voted against an amendment that would have stripped the tax shelter provision from the bill.


    This content originally appeared on Common Dreams and was authored by Newswire Editor.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2025/03/18/new-analysis-congress-considering-creating-an-unprecedented-tax-shelter-to-steer-billions-to-private-k-12-school-vouchers-and-wealthy-individuals/feed/ 0 519877
    Some Americans Have Already Been Caught in Trump’s Immigration Dragnet. More Will Be. https://www.radiofree.org/2025/03/18/some-americans-have-already-been-caught-in-trumps-immigration-dragnet-more-will-be/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/03/18/some-americans-have-already-been-caught-in-trumps-immigration-dragnet-more-will-be/#respond Tue, 18 Mar 2025 18:05:00 +0000 https://www.propublica.org/article/more-americans-will-be-caught-up-trump-immigration-raids by Nicole Foy

    ProPublica is a nonprofit newsroom that investigates abuses of power. Sign up to receive our biggest stories as soon as they’re published.

    About a week after President Donald Trump took office, Jonathan Guerrero was sitting at the Philadelphia car wash where he works when immigration agents burst in.

    The agents didn’t say why they were there and didn’t show their badges, Guerrero recalled. So the 21-year-old didn’t get a chance to explain that although his parents were from Mexico, he had been born right there in Philadelphia.

    “They looked at me and made me put my hands up without letting me explain that I’m from here,” Guerrero said.

    An agent pointed his gun at Guerrero and handcuffed him. Then they brought in other car wash workers, including Guerrero’s father, who is undocumented. When agents began checking IDs, they finally noticed that Guerrero was a citizen and quickly let him go.

    “I said, ‘Look, man, I don’t know who these guys are and what they’re doing,” said Guerrero. “With anything law-related, I just stay quiet.”

    Less than two months into the new Trump administration, there has been a small but steady beat of reported cases like Guerrero’s.

    In Utah, agents pulled over and detained a 20-year-old American after he honked at them. In New Mexico, a member of the Mescalero Apache nation more than two hours from the border was questioned by agents who demanded to see their passport. Earlier this month, a Trump voter in Virginia was pulled over and handcuffed by gun-wielding immigration agents.

    In Texas, a 10-year-old citizen recovering from brain cancer was detained at a Border Patrol checkpoint and eventually deported to Mexico with her undocumented parents and other citizen siblings in February. The family said it was rushing her to an emergency checkup in Houston when Border Patrol agents ignored a hospital letter that the family had used to go through checkpoints before. An agency spokesperson said the family’s account was inaccurate but declined to provide specifics.

    It’s unclear exactly how many citizens have faced the Trump administration’s dragnet so far. And while previous administrations have mistakenly held Americans too, there’s no firm count of those incidents either.

    The government does not release figures on citizens who have been held by immigration authorities. Neither Border Patrol nor Immigration and Customs Enforcement, which handles interior immigration enforcement, would provide numbers to ProPublica on how many Americans have been mistakenly detained.

    Experts and advocates say that what is clear to them is that Trump’s aggressive immigration policies — such as arrest quotas for enforcement agents — make it likely that more citizens will get caught up in immigration sweeps.

    “It’s really everyone — not just noncitizens or undocumented people — who are in danger of having their liberty violated in this kind of mass deportation machinery,” said Cody Wofsy, the deputy director of the Immigrants’ Rights Project at the American Civil Liberties Union.

    Asked about reports of Americans getting caught up in administration’s enforcement policies, an ICE spokesperson told ProPublica in a written statement that agents are allowed to ask for citizens’ identification: “Any US immigration officer has authority to question, without warrant, any alien or person believed to be an alien concerning his or her right to be, or to remain, in the United States.” The agency did not respond to questions about specific cases.

    The U.S. has gone through spasms of detaining and even deporting large numbers of citizens. In the 1930s and 1940s, federal and local authorities forcibly exiled an estimated 1 million Mexican Americans, including hundreds of thousands of American-born children.

    Relatives and friends wave goodbye to a train carrying 1,500 people being expelled from Los Angeles to Mexico in August 1931. (NY Daily News Archive/Getty Images/Public Domain)

    Spanning both Obama administrations, an NPR investigation found, immigration authorities asked local authorities to detain about 700 Americans. Meanwhile, a U.S. Government Accountability Office report found that immigration authorities asked to hold roughly 600 likely citizens during Trump’s first term. The GAO also found that Trump actually deported about 70 likely citizens.

    The GAO report did not get into any individual cases. But lawsuits brought against federal immigration agencies detail dozens of cases where plaintiffs received a settlement.

    When local deputies in Pierce County, Washington, arrested Carlos Rios on suspicion of drunken driving in 2019, not even the fact that he had his U.S. passport could convince the deputies — or the ICE agents who took him into federal custody — that he was a citizen.

    Rios, who immigrated from Mexico in the 1980s and became a citizen in 2000, often carried his passport with him in case he picked up a welding job on a Coast Guard ship or a commercial fishing job that took him into international waters. But no one listened to him when Rios insisted repeatedly that he was a citizen and begged Pierce County jail officials and ICE officers to check his bag. Rios ended up being held for a week. ICE did not comment on the case.

    Rios received a $125,000 settlement but is still haunted by his time in detention.

    “I don’t even have to close my eyes,” Rios said. “I remember every single second.”

    There are other, more recent instances too. This January, in the last days of President Joseph Biden’s time in office, Border Patrol conducted raids in Kern County, California, more than four hours from the border.

    Among those detained was Ernesto Campos, a U.S. citizen and owner of a Bakersfield landscaping company. Agents stopped Campos’ truck and slashed his tires when he refused to hand over his keys.

    At that point, Campos began recording on his phone and protested that he is a U.S. citizen.

    In the video, agents said they were arresting Campos for “alien smuggling.” (His undocumented employee was in the truck with Campos.) Border Patrol told a local TV station that agents were also concerned about human trafficking.

    Campos has still not been charged. His lawyer said he was held for four hours.

    Campos’ case is mentioned in a recent lawsuit by the ACLU of Southern California and the United Farm Workers contending that agents in the same operation detained and handcuffed a 56-year-old grandmother who is a legal permanent resident. The suit argues that Border Patrol agents “went on a fishing expedition” that profiled Latinos and farmworkers.

    Asked about Campos’ case and the lawsuit, Border Patrol said it does not comment on ongoing litigation.

    While there are a number of fixes the government could make to limit the wrongful detention of citizens, immigration authorities have often failed to follow through.

    After a series of lawsuits against the Obama administration, ICE began requiring officers to consult with supervisors before detaining someone who claims to be a citizen, and to not arrest someone if the evidence of citizenship “outweighs evidence to the contrary.” But the GAO report on mistaken detention of citizens noted that ICE wasn’t actually training officers to follow the policy. (In response to the GAO report, ICE said it revised its training materials. It told ProPublica that agents are still following those policies for determining citizenship)

    Border Patrol and ICE are not even required to track how often they hold citizens on immigration charges, the GAO found. While ICE agents could note in their database if someone they’ve investigated turns out to be a citizen, the GAO found that they are not required to do so. As a result, records are often wrong and left uncorrected even after agents have been told of a mistake. Someone flagged incorrectly in an ICE database once may be forced to deal with questions about their citizenship for years.

    Peter Sean Brown, another U.S. citizen born in Philadelphia, was mistaken more than 20 years ago for a Jamaican national living in the U.S. illegally. When he was later arrested in 2018 for a probation violation, immigration officials requested he be held, despite their own records documenting the case of mistaken identity, his lawyer said.

    Brown repeatedly insisted he was a citizen, a claim agents are supposed to immediately review.

    “I’M TRYING TO OBTAIN INFORMATION CONCERNING A UNVALID ICE HOLD,” Brown wrote to guards on April 19, 2018, while still detained at the Monroe County jail in Florida. “IM A US CITIZEN…HOW IS THIS EVEN POSSIBLE?”

    ICE eventually released him — after three weeks in detention.

    Pratheek Rebala contributed research.


    This content originally appeared on ProPublica and was authored by by Nicole Foy.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2025/03/18/some-americans-have-already-been-caught-in-trumps-immigration-dragnet-more-will-be/feed/ 0 519835
    He escaped China. Harassment followed him to a New York courtroom https://rfa.org/english/special-reports/china-lawfare-transnational-repression/ https://rfa.org/english/special-reports/china-lawfare-transnational-repression/#respond Tue, 18 Mar 2025 15:16:27 +0000 https://rfa.org/english/special-reports/china-lawfare-transnational-repression/ The knock on Christmas Eve

    LONG ISLAND, New York — Ma Ju was in the kitchen making dinner on Christmas Eve 2023 when he heard a knock. The woman on the doorstep of his two-story suburban Long Island home held a manila envelope in her hand. “Mr. Ju Ma?” she asked. “Yes,” he said.

    She told him she was a lawyer from Nassau County, asked for his signature, and handed him the document.

    “My eyesight isn’t great,” Ma recalled with a weary chuckle. “I glanced at it briefly and thought, ‘Huh? Who’s suing me?’” He paused, his smile fading. “At the time, I thought it might be a joke.”


    This content originally appeared on Radio Free Asia and was authored by Marie Tsai RFA Investigative.

    ]]>
    https://rfa.org/english/special-reports/china-lawfare-transnational-repression/feed/ 0 519777
    He escaped China. Harassment followed him to a New York courtroom https://rfa.org/english/special-reports/china-lawfare-transnational-repression/ https://rfa.org/english/special-reports/china-lawfare-transnational-repression/#respond Tue, 18 Mar 2025 15:16:27 +0000 https://rfa.org/english/special-reports/china-lawfare-transnational-repression/ The knock on Christmas Eve

    LONG ISLAND, New York — Ma Ju was in the kitchen making dinner on Christmas Eve 2023 when he heard a knock. The woman on the doorstep of his two-story suburban Long Island home held a manila envelope in her hand. “Mr. Ju Ma?” she asked. “Yes,” he said.

    She told him she was a lawyer from Nassau County, asked for his signature, and handed him the document.

    “My eyesight isn’t great,” Ma recalled with a weary chuckle. “I glanced at it briefly and thought, ‘Huh? Who’s suing me?’” He paused, his smile fading. “At the time, I thought it might be a joke.”


    This content originally appeared on Radio Free Asia and was authored by Marie Tsai RFA Investigative.

    ]]>
    https://rfa.org/english/special-reports/china-lawfare-transnational-repression/feed/ 0 519778
    New Zealand and Gaza: Confronting and not confronting the unspeakable https://www.radiofree.org/2025/03/17/new-zealand-and-gaza-confronting-and-not-confronting-the-unspeakable/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/03/17/new-zealand-and-gaza-confronting-and-not-confronting-the-unspeakable/#respond Mon, 17 Mar 2025 22:37:23 +0000 https://asiapacificreport.nz/?p=112337 ANALYSIS: By Robert Patman

    New Zealand’s National-led coalition government’s policy on Gaza seems caught between a desire for a two-state diplomatic solution to the Israeli-Palestinian conflict and closer alignment with the US, which supports a Netanyahu government strongly opposed to a Palestinian state

    In the last 17 months, Gaza has been the scene of what Thomas Merton once called the unspeakable — human wrongdoing on a scale and a depth that seems to go beyond the capacity of words to adequately describe.

    The latest Gaza conflict began with a horrific Hamas terrorist attack on Israel on 7 October 2023 that prompted a relentless Israel ground and air offensive in Gaza with full financial, logistical and diplomatic backing from the Biden administration.

    During this period, around 50,000 people – 48,903 Palestinians and 1706 Israelis – have been reported killed in the Gaza conflict, according to the official figures of the Gaza Health Ministry, as well as 166 journalists and media workers, 120 academics,and more than 224 humanitarian aid workers.

    Moreover, a fragile ceasefire between Israel and Hamas, signed in mid-January, seems to be hanging by a thread.

    Israel has resumed its blockade of humanitarian aid to Gaza and cut off electricity after Hamas rejected an Israeli proposal to extend phase 1 of the ceasefire deal (to release more Israeli hostages) without any commitment to implement phase 2 (that envisaged ending the conflict in Gaza and Israel withdrawing its troops from the territory).

    Hamas insists on negotiating phase 2 as signed by both parties in the January ceasefire agreement

    Over the weekend, Israel reportedly launched air-strikes in Gaza and the Trump administration unleashed a wave of attacks on Houthi rebel positions in Yemen after the Houthis warned Israel not to restart the war in Gaza.

    New Zealand and the Gaza conflict
    Although distant in geographic terms, the Gaza crisis represents a major moral and legal challenge to New Zealand’s self-image and its worldview based on the strengthening of an international rules-based order.

    New Zealand’s founding document, the 1840 Treaty of Waitangi, emphasised partnership and cooperation between indigenous Māori and European settlers in nation-building.

    While the aspirations of the Treaty have yet to be fully realised, the credibility of its vision of reconciliation at home depends on New Zealand’s willingness to uphold respect for human rights and the rule of law in the international arena, particularly in states like Israel where tensions persist between the settler population and Palestinians in occupied territories like the West Bank.

    New Zealand’s declaratory stance towards Gaza
    In 2023 and 2024, New Zealand consistently backed calls in the UN General Assembly for humanitarian truces or ceasefires in Gaza. It also joined Australia and Canada in February and July last year to demand an end to hostilities.

    The New Zealand Foreign Minister, Winston Peters, told the General Assembly in April 2024 that the Security Council had failed in its responsibility “to maintain international peace and security”.

    He was right. The Biden administration used its UN Security Council veto four times to perpetuate this brutal onslaught in Gaza for nearly 15 months.

    In addition, Peters has repeatedly said there can be no military resolution of a political problem in Gaza that can only be resolved through affirming the Palestinian right to self-determination within the framework of a two-state solution to the Israeli-Palestinian dispute.

    The limitations of New Zealand’s Gaza approach
    Despite considerable disagreement with Netanyahu’s policy of “mighty vengeance” in Gaza, the National-led coalition government had few qualms about sending a small Defence Force deployment to the Red Sea in January 2024 as part of a US-led coalition effort to counter Houthi rebel attacks on commercial shipping there.

    While such attacks are clearly illegal, they are basically part of the fallout from a prolonged international failure to stop the US-enabled carnage in Gaza.

    In particular, the NZDF’s Red Sea deployment did not sit comfortably with New Zealand’s acceptance in September 2024 of the ICJ’s ruling that Israel’s continued presence in the occupied Palestinian territory (East Jerusalem, the West Bank and Gaza) was “unlawful”.

    At the same time, the National-led coalition government’s silence on US President Donald Trump’s controversial proposal to “own” Gaza, displace two million Palestinian residents and make the territory the “Riviera” of the Middle East was deafening.

    Furthermore, while Wellington announced travel bans on violent Israeli settlers in the West Bank in February 2024, it has had little to say publicly about the Netanyahu government’s plans to annex the West Bank in 2025. Such a development would gravely undermine the two-state solution, violate international law, and further fuel regional tensions.

    New Zealand’s low-key policy
    On balance, the National-led coalition government’s policy towards Gaza appears to be ambivalent and lacking moral and legal clarity in a context in which war crimes have been regularly committed since October 7.

    Peters was absolutely correct to condemn the UNSC for failing to deliver the ceasefire that New Zealand and the overwhelming majority of states in the UN General Assembly had wanted from the first month of this crisis.

    But the New Zealand government has had no words of criticism for the US, which used its power of veto in the UNSC for more than a year to thwart the prospect of a ceasefire and provided blanket support for an Israeli military campaign that killed huge numbers of Palestinian civilians in Gaza.

    By cooperating with the Biden administration against Houthi rebels and adopting a quietly-quietly approach to Trump’s provocative comments on Gaza and his apparent willingness to do whatever it takes to help Israel “to get the job done’, New Zealand has revealed a selective approach to upholding international law and human rights in the desperate conditions facing Gaza

    Professor Robert G. Patman is an Inaugural Sesquicentennial Distinguished Chair and his research interests concern international relations, global security, US foreign policy, great powers, and the Horn of Africa. This article was first published by The Spinoff and is republished here with the author’s permission.


    This content originally appeared on Asia Pacific Report and was authored by APR editor.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2025/03/17/new-zealand-and-gaza-confronting-and-not-confronting-the-unspeakable/feed/ 0 519655
    New York Officials Call for Criminal Prosecution of Fossil Fuel Companies and CEOs https://www.radiofree.org/2025/03/17/new-york-officials-call-for-criminal-prosecution-of-fossil-fuel-companies-and-ceos/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/03/17/new-york-officials-call-for-criminal-prosecution-of-fossil-fuel-companies-and-ceos/#respond Mon, 17 Mar 2025 20:37:52 +0000 https://www.projectcensored.org/?p=46004 In October 2024, New York prosecutors set the groundwork for filing criminal charges against major fossil fuel companies for their significant role in contributing to the climate crisis. A fifty-page report released by Public Citizen and endorsed by New York officials detailed “admissible evidence, possible charges, and legal issues” pertaining…

    The post New York Officials Call for Criminal Prosecution of Fossil Fuel Companies and CEOs appeared first on Project Censored.


    This content originally appeared on Project Censored and was authored by Kate Horgan.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2025/03/17/new-york-officials-call-for-criminal-prosecution-of-fossil-fuel-companies-and-ceos/feed/ 0 519646
    Should Schumer Step Down? Calls Grow for New Dem Leadership After He Voted for Trump Spending Bill https://www.radiofree.org/2025/03/17/should-schumer-step-down-calls-grow-for-new-dem-leadership-after-he-voted-for-trump-spending-bill/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/03/17/should-schumer-step-down-calls-grow-for-new-dem-leadership-after-he-voted-for-trump-spending-bill/#respond Mon, 17 Mar 2025 14:17:28 +0000 http://www.radiofree.org/?guid=45f6286d8c7f0cf2a7f551b25c26fe51
    This content originally appeared on Democracy Now! and was authored by Democracy Now!.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2025/03/17/should-schumer-step-down-calls-grow-for-new-dem-leadership-after-he-voted-for-trump-spending-bill/feed/ 0 519537
    Should Schumer Step Down? Calls Grow for New Dem Leadership After He Voted for Trump Spending Bill https://www.radiofree.org/2025/03/17/should-schumer-step-down-calls-grow-for-new-dem-leadership-after-he-voted-for-trump-spending-bill-2/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/03/17/should-schumer-step-down-calls-grow-for-new-dem-leadership-after-he-voted-for-trump-spending-bill-2/#respond Mon, 17 Mar 2025 12:51:24 +0000 http://www.radiofree.org/?guid=591145e43986ba2d31a516df5a435a48 Seg3 schumer2

    Senate Minority Leader Chuck Schumer is facing mounting calls to step down after he voted in favor of the Republicans’ spending package Friday. The Republican bill has been described as a “blank check” for the White House to keep defunding and dismantling government services and agencies. Calls have been mounting for New York Congressmember Alexandria Ocasio-Cortez to primary Schumer, who was joined by eight other Democratic senators in voting for the bill. “This was one of the most utterly embarrassing strategic blunders on behalf of the Democrats that I’ve seen,” says Democratic strategist Waleed Shahid. He criticizes Schumer for “his surrender” to Trump and Elon Musk’s drastic defunding of the federal government after Schumer himself had warned against it. “You don’t say there’s a fire, and then you give the arsonist a match and gasoline. And that’s effectively what Chuck Schumer did.”


    This content originally appeared on Democracy Now! and was authored by Democracy Now!.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2025/03/17/should-schumer-step-down-calls-grow-for-new-dem-leadership-after-he-voted-for-trump-spending-bill-2/feed/ 0 519546
    New Rumblings in Aztlán: Has Trump’s mass deportation sparked a Chicano Power resurgence? https://www.radiofree.org/2025/03/14/new-rumblings-in-aztlan-has-trumps-mass-deportation-sparked-a-chicano-power-resurgence/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/03/14/new-rumblings-in-aztlan-has-trumps-mass-deportation-sparked-a-chicano-power-resurgence/#respond Fri, 14 Mar 2025 23:07:39 +0000 https://therealnews.com/?p=332394 A network of organizations across Southern California is building people power against ICE—and many of these groups draw on a rich history of Chicano activism.]]>

    In response to President Donald Trump’s promises to increase deportation of undocumented immigrants living in the United States, activist groups in Los Angeles have set up complex “community defense” networks. ‘La migra patrols’ look for Immigration and Customs Enforcement (ICE) officers, students walk out of public schools, and volunteers canvass neighborhoods with flyers informing people of how to assert their rights if approached by ICE officers. Many of those groups draw on a rich, decades-long history of “community self-defense” and Chicano activism within Los Angeles.

    Two women carrying “mass deportation now” signs outside of the Republican National Convention in Milwaukee, WI.
    Women carrying “mass deportation now” signs outside of the Republican National Convention in Milwaukee, WI. Photo by Sean Beckner-Carmitchel.

    During his 2024 reelection bid, President Donald Trump not only promised increased immigration enforcement along the US border, but used the slogan “mass deportations now” regularly on the campaign trail. Once Trump entered office on Jan. 20, he appointed Tom Homan as border czar, who announced his focus would be to deport “as many as we can.”

    Almost immediately after his inauguration, Trump threatened to pull federal funding for sanctuary cities and pushed for immigration enforcement agents to be allowed to enter churches and schools to make arrests. Los Angeles officially declared its status as “sanctuary city” in December. 

    Protests against the threat of mass deportation began quickly. On Feb. 2, a large group marched through downtown LA and took to the 101 freeway. Hundreds of students left their schools and walked Cesar Chavez Avenue in protest two days later. Students from nearby middle and high schools denounced the ramp-up of deportations, walking out again on Feb. 20 to Mariachi Plaza in Boyle Heights.

    Members of the Brown Berets and the American Indian Movement direct traffic outside of a protest.
    Members of the Brown Berets and the American Indian Movement direct traffic outside of a protest. Photo by Sean Beckner-Carmitchel.

    This current wave of protests often references Los Angeles’ past of Chicano revolt. Call-and-response chants of “Chicano power” ring occasionally throughout the crowds. Brown Beret chapters from throughout Southern California have attended the protests to provide security. Indigenous dance groups often attend, and dance in step with drums.

    The Chicano Moratorium on Aug. 29, 1970, looms large within immigrant rights groups in Los Angeles. On that day, as many as 30,000 activists marched through Whittier Boulevard in East Los Angeles to protest the Vietnam War and draft. The Los Angeles Sheriff’s Department broke up the rally violently; they claimed they had received reports that a nearby liquor store was being robbed. They chased the “suspects” into Laguna Park, and promptly declared the gathering of thousands to be an illegal assembly. More than 150 were arrested. Three people were killed: Lyn Ward, a medic and Brown Beret, Angel Gilberto Díaz, a Brown Beret from Pico Rivera, and Rubén Salazar, a Los Angeles Times journalist and columnist. Laguna Park was later renamed to Salazar Park in honor of the journalist.

    The Chicano Moratorium on Aug. 29, 1970, looms large within immigrant rights groups in Los Angeles.

    Though the brutality in response to the Aug. 29, 1970, Chicano Moratorium Against the Vietnam War has led to it getting a large share of attention, there were actually three Chicano Moratorium rallies from 1969 to 1970. Years later, public records requests provided concrete evidence that the FBI had infiltrated them in an attempt to suppress their goals.

    The Brown Berets emerged as a pro-Chicano organization in the late 1960s, and were central to organizing the Aug. 29 march. The group had been working for educational reform and farmworkers’ rights. They also worked against police brutality and the Vietnam War. Brown Berets began to operate under the motto “To Serve, Observe, and Protect,” and formed what they referred to as “community self-defense.” Often, they were outwardly in opposition to the Los Angeles Police Department, whose motto is “To Protect And To Serve.”

    Carlos Montes was a co-founder of the Brown Berets and an organizer of the first rally of the Chicano Moratorium in 1969. He recalled moving to Los Angeles as a boy from Juarez, Mexico, and spending most of his life fighting what he called “the nightmare of US racism.” He said that, alongside others, he’d “organized the Brown Berets with the young, angry men and women. Angry Chicanos. We wanted to express our identity of being proud Chicanos, and we took on the struggle for better education.”

    By the early 1970s, most Brown Beret groups had disbanded. Federal and state law enforcement infiltrated the group. Sexism allegations led women to resign en masse. The “East LA 13,” including Montes, faced 66 years in prison before they were acquitted on charges stemming from student walkout organizing. Montes fled underground to Mexico in 1970 with his wife, due to “heavy repression and threats.” Eustacio Martinez, an employee of the Alcohol, Tobacco, and Firearms Division of the US Treasury Department, had acted as an agent provocateur; he wreaked havoc on relations between pro-Chicano groups. 

    In 1994, California passed Proposition 187, which  restricted undocumented immigrants from accessing public services, including education and healthcare. Just weeks later, a federal judge ruled an injunction after immigrant rights groups challenged it in court. Ultimately, courts sided with immigrant rights groups and ruled it unconstitutional under the 14th amendment. 

    In response to Proposition 187, and rising anti-immigrant sentiment, the Brown Berets began to reform. Today, female leadership and organizers are often at the helm of chapters. At ra, the majority of the voices saying “Ya Basta!” are often women.

    Activists march from Calle Olvera in Los Angeles.
    Activists march from Calle Olvera in Los Angeles. Photo by Sean Beckner-Carmitchel.

    Calle Olvera and its adjoining plaza filled with pro-immigrant speakers and organizations on Feb. 17 of this year. More than 100 people gathered. More than 70 different activist organizations were present. Those organizations have agreed to march as the Community Self-Defense Coalition.

    Rosalio Muñoz was present at the Calle Olvera protest carrying a sign; he’d been an organizer for the 1970 Chicano Moratorium. Muñoz was the first Chicano student president at UCLA. He won 60% of the vote on a platform that supported the work of the United Farm Workers, as well as organized against police brutality and US involvement in Vietnam.

    Montes was there in Calle Olvera as well. He now works with Centro CSO, one of the groups that participated in the Feb. 17 march. The group organizes for immigrant rights, public education, and “supporting, in solidarity, other communities seeking social justice,” according to their website. The group is also helping to organize against threats of mass deportation, particularly in the Boyle Heights neighborhood of Los Angeles.

    Carlos Montes looks at a stencil reading “Chicano Power” in Boyle Heights.
    Carlos Montes looks at a stencil reading “Chicano Power” in Boyle Heights. Photo by Sean Beckner-Carmitchel.

    In early February, Los Angeles Times revealed that ICE had plans for a “large scale” immigration operation. Further details were sparse, though rumors the operation would begin on Feb. 23 would ultimately prove correct.

    Activist groups began to ramp up work behind the scenes to form ad-hoc community defense. Via Signal, an encrypted messaging service application, group chats were used for communication between different organizations and affinity groups. Dozens of “Know Your Rights” seminars have been held at community centers, churches, parks; many of them broadcast live on social media.

    Unión del Barrio is another activist group involved in the Community Self-Defense Coalition. Since the 11th anniversary of the 1970 Chicano Moratorium in 1981, Unión del Barrio has “led struggles to resist migra and police violence; defend the rights of workers, prisoners, mujeres, and youth; and even launched numerous independent electoral campaigns.” Ahead of the Feb. 23 date, they called for additional volunteers in a widely circulated social media post. It read, in part, “Los Angeles: Who is willing to patrol their community tomorrow to look for ICE activities? Let’s protect each other by participating in this form of Community Self-Defense!”

    Centro CSO organizes for immigrant rights, public education, and “supporting, in solidarity, other communities seeking social justice,” according to their website.

    Unión del Barrio formed their patrols in 1992. On their website, they say they’re “a means of building community-based power that will challenge police and migra attacks. These agencies are trained to profile, harass, detain, arrest, and brutalize our people.”

    Today, groups like Unión del Barrio train volunteers to look out for potential signs of ICE agents. They look out especially for Ford Explorers, Dodge Durangos, and Chevy Impalas—all vehicles they say are often used by immigration enforcement officers.

    Lupe Carrasco Cardona, a member of the Association of Raza Educators (ARE), often patrols in neighborhoods of Los Angeles before she begins her workday as an educator for Los Angeles Unified School District. She says the group is about “communicating self defense, to defend the rights of the people whether they have documents or not.”

    ARE has existed since 1994, and was originally founded in San Diego’s Barrio Logan neighborhood as a response to Proposition 187’s attempts to remove undocumented children from public schools. They have since expanded throughout California and have chapters in San Diego, Los Angeles, Santa Barbara and Sacramento. In their mission statement, ARE says that they “believe that education is the first step in creating consciousness that leads to action. In these turbulent times, we know that it’s just not enough to teach about social justice, we have to practice social justice in every face [of] our lives.”

    Carrasco Cardona said that she’s seen mental health issues rise among her students. From what she has seen as an educator in LAUSD, “students are very afraid. Students are not going to school; they’re coming to school with anxiety. It is really impacting their education.” The patrols are partially designed also to calm those fears, according to Carrasco Cardona. She continued, “We’re all here saying we see you, we love you, we are not going to let them just come and take you. We have to get to a point where the people defend themselves.”

    Carrasco Cardona described how community self-defense works. “We divide major streets from north to south, and then everyone with a partner goes in a vehicle. We have radios and we have megaphones.” She said that if they find ICE officers, they respond with noise and alert nearby neighbors: “…We put them on notice that we see them. We make noise for people in the community so they know not to open their doors, and we radio the other community self defense units to come and support us [with backup].”

    On Feb. 23, there were patrols on the lookout for immigration officials throughout the 4,084 square mile area of Los Angeles County, including in South Los Angeles, Skid Row, West Adams, Lennox, Boyle Heights, and East Los Angeles. 

    Members of “la migra patrols” in Boyle Heights.
    Members of “la migra patrols” in Boyle Heights. Photo by Sean Beckner-Carmitchel.

    In Boyle Heights, a sign commemorates the neighborhood’s “tradition of activism.” Erected by the city of Los Angeles, it describes the neighborhood as “often viewed by longstanding residents as a district too easily marginalized by the city’s political and economic elite…” The sign describes an era from the 1920s to the 1940s, when Yiddish pro-labor organizations and mutual aid groups were harassed by LAPD’s anti-leftist “Red Squad.” In 1947, a chapter of the Community Service Organization was founded in Boyle Heights; Cesar Chavez began his tenure as national director there. The sign mentions walkouts in the 1960s, and refers to the East LA 13. 

    Just one block away from the sign, several members of Centro CSO filed into vehicles around 5AM on Feb. 23, beginning their “la migra” patrol. They used Signal and walkie talkies to communicate with others on patrol. Four people arrived in a black vehicle. While talking with The Real News Network, occasional updates came in via group chats. Updates came from patrols in other neighborhoods reported where there was no ICE presence.

    The patrols are partially designed also to calm those fears, according to Carrasco Cardona. … “We’re all here saying we see you, we love you, we are not going to let them just come and take you.”

    Between various check-ins, Montes described his life of activism. He described being represented in the East LA 13 trials by Oscar Z. Acosta, the boisterous inspiration for Hunter S. Thompson’s Dr. Gonzo in Fear & Loathing in Las Vegas. He checks in with others via walkie talkie. He moves onto various law enforcement raids on his home throughout his life. Then, he checks in again via walkie talkie. Eventually, he begins to talk about how some of the members of the Chicano movement in the 1960s have become labor organizers or politicians.

    ICE agents passed by a Catholic church on 4th street in Boyle Heights. A short discussion of when the last time members attended mass followed. Several used to attend that church. One of the patrol members looked nervous; others looked focused and ready to respond if ICE agents stopped in the neighborhood.

    Occasionally, as residents of the neighborhood walked past, the patrol was greeted in Spanish. The patrol offered business cards with phone numbers of immigrant rights groups and legal assistance.

    A separate patrol spotted ICE agents in a parking lot in front of a Target in Alhambra. Broadcasting live from her phone on social media, Carrasco Cardona screamed: “You should be ashamed of yourself!” Within minutes of Carraso Cardona pointing them out they began to separate and drive to different areas of the county, and were gone.

    When the Boyle Heights patrol heard that Carrasco Cardona had found ICE agents, they quickly filed into their vehicles. They kept in communication; other nearby patrols tracked the ICE vehicles exiting the parking lot, marking where they turned on freeways throughout Los Angeles. Eventually, reports of the vehicles from other patrols slowed down and stopped for the day.

    Since the Feb. 23 raids, ICE operations have continued in Los Angeles; protests popping up in response have continued as well. Volunteers continue to patrol neighborhoods and canvas neighborhoods like Boyle Heights with flyers and small red cards informing Angelenos of immigrant rights.

    Plans are materializing from activists for a Chicano Summit in Boyle Heights in mid-April. Gabriel, an organizer with Centro CSO, told The Real News that there could be dozens of pro-Chicano groups from throughout Southern California, and possibly the country, there.

    When asked about seeing protests and imagery drawing from the Chicano Movement of his youth, Montes said: “Some of the students have been yelling ‘Chicano power!’ When hundreds if not thousands of people are chanting. It’s pretty powerful.” He smiled, and quietly recited the chant, then said the resurgence “takes me back, you know? From the decade of the Chicano power movement. ’65 to ’75, more or less. We never die, you know.”


    This content originally appeared on The Real News Network and was authored by Sean Beckner-Carmitchel.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2025/03/14/new-rumblings-in-aztlan-has-trumps-mass-deportation-sparked-a-chicano-power-resurgence/feed/ 0 519218
    Dramatic growth of NZ’s Māori economy highlights new report https://www.radiofree.org/2025/03/14/dramatic-growth-of-nzs-maori-economy-highlights-new-report/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/03/14/dramatic-growth-of-nzs-maori-economy-highlights-new-report/#respond Fri, 14 Mar 2025 09:56:49 +0000 https://asiapacificreport.nz/?p=112169 By Emma Andrews, RNZ Henare te Ua Māori journalism intern

    Māori contributions to the Aotearoa New Zealand economy have far surpassed the projected goal of “$100 billion by 2030”, a new report has revealed.

    The report conducted by the Ministry of Business, Innovation and Employment’s (MBIE) and Te Puni Kōkiri, Te Ōhanga Māori 2023, shows Māori entities have grown from contributing $17 billion to New Zealand’s GDP in 2018 to $32 billion in 2023, turning a 6.5 percent contribution to GDP into 8.9 percent.

    The Māori asset base has grown from $69 billion in 2018 to $126 billion in 2023 — an increase of 83 percent.

    Of that sum, there is $66 billion in assets for Māori businesses and employers, $19 billion in assets for self-employed Māori and $41 billion in assets for Māori trusts, incorporations, and other Māori collectives including post settlement entities.

    In 2018, $4.2 billion of New Zealand’s economy came from agriculture, forestry, and fishing which made it the main contributor.

    Now, administrative, support, and professional services have taken the lead contributing $5.1 billion in 2023.

    However, Māori collectives own around half of all of New Zealand’s agriculture, forestry, and fishing assets and remain the highest asset-rich sector.

    Focused on need
    Te Rūnanga o Toa Rangatira manages political and public interests on behalf of Ngāti Toa, including political interests, treaty claims, fisheries, health and social services, and environmental kaitiakitanga.

    Tumu Whakarae chief executive Helmut Modlik said they were not focused on making money, but on “those who need it most”.

    Te Rūnanga o Toa Rangatira tumu whakarae (CEO) Helmut Karewa Modlik.
    Te Rūnanga o Toa Rangatira tumu whakarae chief executive Helmut Karewa Modlik . . . “We focus on long-term benefits rather than short-term gains.” Image: Alicia Scott/RNZ

    Ngāti Toa invested in water infrastructure and environmental projects, with a drive to replenish the whenua and improve community health. Like many iwi, they also invest in enterprises that deliver essential services such as health, housing and education.

    “We focus on long-term benefits rather than short-term gains, ensuring that our investments contribute to the sustainable development of our community,” Modlik said.

    Between the covid-19 lockdown and 2023, the iwi grew their assets from $220 million to $850 million and increased their staff from 120 to over 600.

    Pou Ōhanga (chief economic development and investment officer) Boyd Scirkovich said they took a “people first” approach to decision making.

    “We focused on building local capacity and ensuring that our people had the resources and support they needed to navigate the challenges of the pandemic.”

    The kinds of jobs Māori are working are also changing.

    Māori workers now hold more high-skilled jobs than low-skilled jobs with 46 percent in high-skilled jobs, 14 percent in skilled jobs, and 40 percent in low-skilled jobs.

    That is compared to 2018 when 37 percent of Māori were in high-skilled jobs and 51 percent in low-skilled jobs.

    This article is republished under a community partnership agreement with RNZ.


    This content originally appeared on Asia Pacific Report and was authored by APR editor.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2025/03/14/dramatic-growth-of-nzs-maori-economy-highlights-new-report/feed/ 0 519210
    Gavin Ellis: Canadian billionaire must explain his designs on NZME – now! https://www.radiofree.org/2025/03/14/gavin-ellis-canadian-billionaire-must-explain-his-designs-on-nzme-now/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/03/14/gavin-ellis-canadian-billionaire-must-explain-his-designs-on-nzme-now/#respond Fri, 14 Mar 2025 06:03:44 +0000 https://asiapacificreport.nz/?p=112143 COMMENTARY: By Gavin Ellis

    New Zealand-based Canadian billionaire James Grenon owes the people of this country an immediate explanation of his intentions regarding media conglomerate NZME. This cannot wait until a shareholders’ meeting at the end of April.

    Is his investment in the owner of The New Zealand Herald and NewstalkZB nothing more than a money-making venture to realise the value of its real estate marketing subsidiary? Has he no more interest than putting his share of the proceeds from spinning off OneRoof into a concealed safe in his $15 million Takapuna mansion?

    Or does he intent to leverage his 9.6 percent holding and the support of other investors to take over the board (if not the company) in order to dictate the editorial direction of the country’s largest newspaper and its number one commercial radio station?

    Grenon has said little beyond the barest of announcements that have been released by the New Zealand Stock Exchange. While he must exercise care to avoid triggering statutory takeover obligations, he cannot simply treat NZME as another of the private equity projects that have made him very wealthy. He is dealing with an entity whose influence and obligations extend far beyond the crude world of finance.

    While I do not presume for one moment that he reads this column each week, let me suspend disbelief for a moment and speak directly to him.

    Come clean and tell the people of New Zealand what you are doing and, more importantly, why.

    Over the past week there has been considerable speculation over the answers to those questions. Much of it has drawn on what little we know of James Grenon. And it is precious little beyond two facts.

    Backed right-wing Centrist
    The first is that he put money behind the launch of a right-wing New Zealand news aggregation website, The Centrist, although he apparently no longer has a financial interest in it.

    The second fact is that he provided financial support for conservative activists taking legal action against New Zealand media.

    When I contacted a well-connected friend in Canada to ask about Grenon the response was short: “Never heard of him . . . and there aren’t that many Canadian billionaires.”

    In short, the man who potentially may hold sway over the board of one of our biggest media companies has a very low profile indeed. That is a luxury to which he can no longer lay claim.

    It may be that his interest is, after all, a financial one based on his undoubted investment skills. He may see a lucrative opportunity in OneRoof. After all, Fairfax’s public listing and subsequent sale of its Australian equivalent, Domain, provided not only a useful cash boost for shareholders but the creation of a stand-alone entity that now has a market cap of about $A2.8 billion.

    Perhaps he wants a board cleanout to guarantee a OneRoof float.

    If so, say so.

    Similar transactions
    Although spinning off OneRoof could have dire consequences for the viability of what would be left of NZME, that is a decision no different to similar transactions made by many companies in the financial interests of shareholders.

    There is a world of difference, however, between seizing an investment opportunity and seeking to secure influence by dictating the editorial direction of a significant portion of our news media.

    If the speculation is correct — and the billionaire is seeking to steer NZME on an editorial course to the right — New Zealand has a problem.

    Communications minister Paul Goldsmith gave a lamely neoliberal response reported by Stuff last week: He was “happy to take some advice” on the development, but NZME was a “private company” and ultimately it was up to its shareholders to determine how it operated.

    Let me repeat my earlier point: NZME is an entity whose influence and obligations extend far beyond the crude world of finance (and the outworn concept that the market can rule). Its stewardship of the vehicles at the forefront of news dissemination and opinion formation means it must meet higher obligation than what we expect of an ordinary “private company”.

    The most fundamental of those obligations is the independence of editorial decision-making and direction.

    I became editor of The New Zealand Herald shortly after Wilson & Horton was sold to Irish businessman Tony O’Reilly. On my appointment the then chief executive of O’Reilly’s Independent News & Media, Liam Healy, said the board had only one editorial requirement of me: That I would not advocate the use of violence as a legitimate means to a political end.

    Only direction echoed Mandela
    Coming from a man who had witnessed the effects of such violence in Northern Ireland, I had no difficulty in acceding to his request. And throughout my entire editorship, the only “request” made of me by O’Reilly himself was that I would support the distribution of generic Aids drugs in Africa. It followed a meeting he had had with Nelson Mandela. I had no other direction from the board.

    Yes, I had to bat away requests by management personnel (who should have known better) to “do this” or “not do that” but, without exception, the attempts were commercially driven — they did not want to upset advertisers. There was never a political or ideological motive behind them. Nor were such requests limited to me.

    I doubt there is an editor in the country who has not had a manager asking for something to please an advertiser. Disappointment hasn’t deterred their trying.

    In this column last week, I wrote of the dangers of a rich owner (in that case Washington Post owner Jeff Bezos) dictating editorial policy. The dangers if James Grenon has similar intentions would be even greater, given NZME’s share of the news market.

    The journalists’ union, E tu, has already concluded that the Canadian’s intention is to gain right-wing influence. Its director, Michael Wood, issued a statement in which he said: “The idea that a shadowy cabal, backed by extreme wealth, is planning to take over such an important institution in our democratic fabric should be of concern to all New Zealanders.”

    He called on the current NZME board to re-affirm a commitment to editorial independence.

    Michael Wood reflects the fears that are rightly held by NZME’s journalists. They, too, will doubtless be looking for assurances of editorial independence.

    ‘Cast-iron’ guarantees?
    Such assurances are vital, but those journalists should look back to some “cast-iron” guarantees given by other rich new owners if they are to avoid history repeating itself.

    I investigated such guarantees in a book I wrote titled Trust Ownership and the Future of News: Media Moguls and White Knights. In it I noted that 20 years before Rupert Murdoch purchased The Times of London, there was a warning that the newspaper’s editor “far from having his independence guaranteed, is on paper entirely in the hands of the Chief Proprietors who are specifically empowered by the Articles of Association to control editorial policy”, although there was provision for a “committee of notables” to veto the transfer of shares into undesirable hands.

    To satisfy the British government, Murdoch gave guarantees of editorial independence and a “court of appeal” role for independent directors. Neither proved worth the paper they were written on.

    In contrast, the constitution of the company that owns The Economist does not permit any individual or organisation to gain a majority shareholding. The editor exercises independent editorial control and is appointed by trustees, who are independent of commercial, political and proprietorial influences.

    There are no such protections in the constitution, board charter, or code of conduct and ethics governing NZME. And it is doubtful that any cast-iron guarantees could be inserted in advance of the company’s annual general meeting.

    If James Grenon does, in fact, have designs on the editorial direction of NZME, it is difficult to see how he might be prevented from achieving his aim.

    Statutory guarantees would be unprecedented and, in any case, sit well outside the mindset of a coalition government that has shown no inclination to intervene in a deteriorating media market. Nonetheless, Minister Goldsmith would be well advised to address the issue with a good deal more urgency.

    He might, at the very least, press the Canadian billionaire on his intentions.

    And if the coalition thinks a swing to the right in our news media would be no bad thing, it should be very careful what it wishes for.

    If the Canadian’s intentions are as Michael Wood suspects, perhaps the only hope will lie with those shareholders who see that it will be in their own financial interests to ensure that, in aggregate, NZME’s news assets continue to steer a (relatively) middle course. For proof, they need look only at the declining subscriber base of The Washington Post.

    Postscipt
    On Wednesday, The New Zealand Herald stated James Grenon had provided further detail, of his intentions. It is clear that he does, in fact, intend to play a role in the editorial side of NZME.

    Just how hands-on he would be remains to be seen. However, he told the Herald that, if successful in making it on to the NZME board, he expected an editorial board would be established “with representation from both sides of the spectrum”.

    On the surface that looks reassuring but editorial boards elsewhere have also been used to serve the ends of a proprietor while giving the appearance of independence.

    And just what role would an editorial board play? Would it determine the editorial direction that an editor would have to slavishly follow? Or would it be a shield protecting the editor’s independence?

    Only time will tell.

    Devil in the detail
    Media Insider columnist Shayne Currie, writing in the Weekend Herald, stated that “the Herald’s dominance has come through once again in quarterly Nielsen readership results . . . ” That is perfectly true: The newspaper’s average issue readership is more than four times that of its closest competitor.

    What the Insider did not say was that the Herald’s readership had declined by 32,000 over the past year — from 531,000 to 499,000 — and by 14,000 since the last quarterly survey.

    The Waikato Times, The Post and the Otago Daily Times were relatively stable while The Press was down 11,000 year-on-year but only 1000 since the last survey.

    In the weekend market, the Sunday Star Times was down 1000 readers year-on-year to stand at 180,000 and up slightly on the last survey. The Herald on Sunday was down 6000 year-on-year to sit at 302,000.

    There was a little good news in the weekly magazine market. The New Zealand Listener has gained 5000 readers year-on-year and now has a readership of 207,000. In the monthly market, Mindfood increased its readership by 15,000 over the same period and now sits at 222,000.

    The New Zealand Woman’s Weekly continues to dominate the women’s magazine market. It was slightly up on the last survey but well down year-on-year, dropping from 458,000 to 408,000. Woman’s Day had an even greater annual decline, falling from 380,000 to 317,000.

    Dr Gavin Ellis holds a PhD in political studies. He is a media consultant, researcher and a committee member of APMN. A former editor-in-chief of The New Zealand Herald, he has a background in journalism and communications — covering both editorial and management roles — that spans more than half a century. This article was published first on his Knightly Views website on 11 March 2025 and is republished with permission.


    This content originally appeared on Asia Pacific Report and was authored by Pacific Media Watch.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2025/03/14/gavin-ellis-canadian-billionaire-must-explain-his-designs-on-nzme-now/feed/ 0 518895
    MSM’s Contradictions Regarding the New Syrian Government https://www.radiofree.org/2025/03/14/msms-contradictions-regarding-the-new-syrian-government/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/03/14/msms-contradictions-regarding-the-new-syrian-government/#respond Fri, 14 Mar 2025 05:50:35 +0000 https://www.counterpunch.org/?p=357343 The American mainstream media may have some ability to get away from government policy talking points when covering domestic news. But when it covers international news, it strictly toes the line of US foreign policy. Nowhere in the contemporary world has this led to more layers of contradiction than in Syria, following the fall of More

    The post MSM’s Contradictions Regarding the New Syrian Government appeared first on CounterPunch.org.

    ]]>

    Image by Mahmoud Sulaiman.

    The American mainstream media may have some ability to get away from government policy talking points when covering domestic news. But when it covers international news, it strictly toes the line of US foreign policy.

    Nowhere in the contemporary world has this led to more layers of contradiction than in Syria, following the fall of Bashar al-Assad.

    After 13 years of civil war and, in recent years, relatively diminished fighting, Syrian President Bashar al-Assad was deposed in December 2024. Thanks in large part to Turkish backing, the former Salafist group Hayat Tahrir al-Sham (HTS), an anti-Shia, former Al Qaeda affiliate, descended south at lightning speed and took over Damascus.

    Because Israel has been a longtime Assad enemy and Assad helped transfer weapons from Iran to Hizbollah, the US MSM celebrated the US-designated terrorist organization HTS coming to power. Within days, Israel bombed hundreds of Syrian military installations in the country, moved into the Syrian Golan Heights and began creeping closer to the Damascus suburbs.

    The glaring contradiction is that since the US MSM celebrated the new Syrian government’s rise to power and if the main elements within it – HTS – have truly “reformed” and shed its jihadist elements, why not call out Israel for bombing the Syrian military and invading its sovereign territory? It would seem such actions would be rather detrimental to a new government.

    The answer is simple.

    As seen in Gaza, the West Bank, southern Lebanon, Israel can do whatever it likes. This is despite the fact that it has its most extremist government in history and has arguably acted more aggressively than throughout its settler-imperialist history. Now, although the Assad regime has fallen, Israel has taken full advantage of the new Syrian government – which, by the way, seems to hate Shias, Alawites and other minorities more than incursions into its sovereign land or attacks on its own military. The goal of Israel is to ensure that Syria is feeble, in case Assad returns to power or if the former terrorist government starts growing a spine and stops attacking minorities and begins defending its territory from external aggressors.

    As alluded to more recently, there have been clashes between government security forces and minority groups. Over the past week or so, this has been a developing situation, so it is hard to know the entire picture. However, initially in the south, there were skirmishes between government forces and Druzes. Later, over the past week, former regime supporters allegedly attacked government security forces in the Alawite northwest, causing severe retaliation by security forces and vigilantes. The dead are mostly Alawites in what has been considered the largest massacre since Assad used chemical weapons in 2013. There are some outlets, such as the Grayzone alleging that this attack on Alawites was unprovoked and a reflection of the former terrorist government’s anti-Shia (anti-“apostate”) stand, which harkens back to HTS’s and ISIS’s actions during the Syrian Civil War.

    In response to the skirmishes between Druze and Syrian government forces, Netanyahu said Israeli forces were prepared to protect Druze in southern Damascus suburbs.

    There are a few major contradictions here.

    Again, this new celebrated Syrian government’s targeting of minorities, which Assad had protected, reflects HTS’s behavior during the civil war. Yet the MSM has celebrated this new government and the fall of Assad in depicting the “cautious optimism” and “hope” of the Syrian people. What gives?

    The other contradiction is that the US MSM is taking Israel’s claim of preparing for military intervention near Damascus to protect Druzes at face value, as if Israel were a country acting only on universal human rights and international law, rather than a country that has trammeled such universal human rights in its Gaza genocide and in its attack on the West Bank and Lebanon. As if Israel’s imperial goal were anything other than ingesting territory to build a Greater Israel and keeping Syria weak, as stated. Furthermore, the US MSM ignores calls by Druzes of Syria for Israel not to interfere.

    The situation in Syria over the past week or so and even, perhaps, the past 13 years has been a little muddled. Bashar al-Assad was a brutal ruler who killed thousands of his own people and had opponents tortured in secret prisons. Yet, ISIS, al-Nusra and HTS were engaged in torture, mass murder, and extreme human rights abuses. Now HTS has taken over what was a secular Syria. The US MSM celebrated because this was in Israel’s interest and, therefore America’s. Yet if one is celebrating the new government, why not call out Israel’s taking over its sovereign territory, its bombing of Syria’s military and threats to demilitarize its southern provinces, swallowing up its entire south? The American MSM’s answer is simple: Israel can do whatever the hell it wants. In the American MSM acting as cheerleaders for a “former” terrorist group taking power in Syria because it suits Israel is particularly hypocritical and contradictory. Even for them.

    The post MSM’s Contradictions Regarding the New Syrian Government appeared first on CounterPunch.org.


    This content originally appeared on CounterPunch.org and was authored by Peter Crowley.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2025/03/14/msms-contradictions-regarding-the-new-syrian-government/feed/ 0 518956
    New Turkish law criminalizes ‘false’ reporting on cybersecurity-related data leaks https://www.radiofree.org/2025/03/13/new-turkish-law-criminalizes-false-reporting-on-cybersecurity-related-data-leaks/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/03/13/new-turkish-law-criminalizes-false-reporting-on-cybersecurity-related-data-leaks/#respond Thu, 13 Mar 2025 19:00:21 +0000 https://cpj.org/?p=463586 March 13, 2025—Turkey’s new cybersecurity law could criminalize legitimate reporting on cybersecurity incidents because of its overly broad and vague language, the Committee to Protect Journalists said Thursday.

    The law, passed on Wednesday, criminalizes reporting about an online data leak or sharing that report unless the authorities have confirmed the incident.

    It imposes a prison sentence of two to five years for anyone who knowingly creates or spreads “false” content claiming that there is a cybersecurity data leak “in order to create anxiety, fear, and panic among the public, or to target institutions or individuals.”

    “Turkey’s new cybersecurity law could not only stifle reporting on cybersecurity-related data leaks, but empowering the government to decide whether a leak actually occurred or not raises the risk of broader censorship,” said Özgür Öğret, CPJ’s Turkey representative. “Turkish authorities should revise the law to ensure that it does not threaten to undermine press freedom.”

    The law also establishes a new cybersecurity authority and cybersecurity commission, which have legal access to any kind of digital information stored in Turkey when approved by a court order. An earlier draft of the bill proposed giving the newly founded bodies this authority without a court order.

    The law’s passage follows an admission by Turkey’s online authority BTK in September 2024 that the personal data of 108 million people had been stolen from government servers.

    Turkey’s opposition parties are preparing to apply to the Constitutional Court for an annulment of the law.

    In 2022, Turkey passed a law that criminalized “spreading disinformation,” which has persistently been used against the media. Turkish authorities briefly arrested reporter İbrahim Haskoloğlu in 2022 due to reporting on an alleged data leak.

    CPJ emailed the Presidential Directorate of Communications for comment but received no reply.


    This content originally appeared on Committee to Protect Journalists and was authored by CPJ Staff.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2025/03/13/new-turkish-law-criminalizes-false-reporting-on-cybersecurity-related-data-leaks/feed/ 0 518827
    New Grounds For Impeachment Proceedings: Trump Administration Violates The Constitution By Refusing To Comply With Court Orders https://www.radiofree.org/2025/03/12/new-grounds-for-impeachment-proceedings-trump-administration-violates-the-constitution-by-refusing-to-comply-with-court-orders/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/03/12/new-grounds-for-impeachment-proceedings-trump-administration-violates-the-constitution-by-refusing-to-comply-with-court-orders/#respond Wed, 12 Mar 2025 20:33:44 +0000 https://www.commondreams.org/newswire/new-grounds-for-impeachment-proceedings-trump-administration-violates-the-constitution-by-refusing-to-comply-with-court-orders Impeach Trump Again, a non-partisan campaign led by Free Speech For People, added the Trump Administration's blatant disregard for the judiciary branch as a new ground for an impeachment investigation against President Trump.

    Some of the Trump administration’s oversteps of the judiciary branch include: refusing to release $2 billion in foreign aid in defiance of multiple court orders; refusing to adhere to court orders that prohibit the Office of Management and Budget from implementing a freeze on all federal assistance; and refusing to adhere to a court order requiring U.S. Office of Personnel Management (OPM) Charles Ezell to testify in person on March 13, 2025, in a lawsuit challenging Ezell and OPM’s termination of thousands of employees.

    “The checks and balances of our three-branch government is a cornerstone of our democracy, created by our country’s founders because they were rightfully afraid of how quickly, in the absence of a balanced system, our democracy might become a tyranny. Trump has usurped the powers of the legislature and now tramples on the authority of the judiciary,” said Courtney Hostetler, Legal Director of Free Speech For People.

    “In just one month, he has repeatedly ignored court rulings that have and must restrain his unlawful abuses of power. He, like all Presidents, must abide by the rule of law—and because he has not, Congress must adhere to its own obligations to carry out an impeachment investigation.”

    Impeach Trump Again, a nonpartisan campaign led by Free Speech For People, had already collected over 250,000 petition signatures in support of an impeachment investigation of President Trump before these recent actions. Rep. Al Green recently announced on the House Floor that he plans to bring articles of impeachment against the president.

    Since Inauguration Day, the campaign has documented multiple abuses of power President Trump has already committed, including: planning the forced removal of Palestinians from Gaza; abusing his power to seek retributions against perceived adversaries, co-opting and dismantling independent government oversight; unconstitutionally usurping Congress’s powers; receiving foreign and domestic emoluments; depriving citizens of their birthright citizenship; corruptly dismissing criminal charges against Eric Adams; abusing the pardon power; abusing the emergency power; blocking efforts to secure U.S. elections; unconstitutionally usurping local and state authority; and engaging in unlawful, corrupt practices during the 2024 presidential election campaign.

    For more information on the campaign, please visit impeachtrumpagain.org.


    This content originally appeared on Common Dreams and was authored by Newswire Editor.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2025/03/12/new-grounds-for-impeachment-proceedings-trump-administration-violates-the-constitution-by-refusing-to-comply-with-court-orders/feed/ 0 518495
    U.S. Egg Prices Hit New High: Near $6/Dozen https://www.radiofree.org/2025/03/12/u-s-egg-prices-hit-new-high-near-6-dozen/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/03/12/u-s-egg-prices-hit-new-high-near-6-dozen/#respond Wed, 12 Mar 2025 20:27:00 +0000 https://www.commondreams.org/newswire/u-s-egg-prices-hit-new-high-near-6-dozen Average U.S. egg prices have hit a record high of $5.90 per dozen, according to the latest monthly consumer price index, released today. This eclipses the previous record high of $4.95/dozen in January. The U.S. Department of Agriculture forecasts egg prices could jump another 41% this year.

    Just last week, the consumer advocacy group Food & Water Watch released a new report — “The Economic Cost of Food Monopolies: The Rotten Egg Oligarchy” — detailing how the U.S.’s largest egg producer has reaped tremendous profits during the yearslong bird flu outbreak at consumer expense. The U.S. Department of Justice opened an investigation into price-fixing by the nation’s largest egg corporations just last week.

    Food & Water Watch Research Director Amanda Starbuck issued the following statement:

    “Record-high egg prices have everything to do with corporate greed. While skyrocketing prices transform eggs into a luxury item, the food monopolies are seeing green. President Trump needs to get serious about lowering American food prices — starting with cracking down on the food monopolies exploiting the worsening bird flu crisis for profit.”

    The Food & Water Watch report finds that Cal-Maine, the nation’s largest egg corporation, raised prices during the early bird flu outbreak to rake in $1 billion in windfall profits in its FY 2023, while not experiencing a single flock outbreak of its own that fiscal year. These trends were echoed nationwide, as national and regional prices spiked despite a relatively stable egg supply.


    This content originally appeared on Common Dreams and was authored by Newswire Editor.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2025/03/12/u-s-egg-prices-hit-new-high-near-6-dozen/feed/ 0 518497
    Trump’s Pressure on Countries and International Organizations Erodes Protections for Asylum-Seekers https://www.radiofree.org/2025/03/12/trumps-pressure-on-countries-and-international-organizations-erodes-protections-for-asylum-seekers/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/03/12/trumps-pressure-on-countries-and-international-organizations-erodes-protections-for-asylum-seekers/#respond Wed, 12 Mar 2025 16:01:00 +0000 https://www.propublica.org/article/trump-deportations-panama-asylum-aid-groups by Lomi Kriel, Perla Trevizo and Mica Rosenberg

    ProPublica is a nonprofit newsroom that investigates abuses of power. Sign up to receive our biggest stories as soon as they’re published.

    The text came from inside a Panamanian government outpost, set hours away from the country’s capital, on the edge of the Darien jungle.

    It had been written by a migrant who’d managed to smuggle a cellphone into the facility by hiding it in his shorts. He said authorities had detained him without providing him access to a lawyer or any means to communicate with relatives. He was hungry because all he was being fed were small portions of bread and rice. His cellphone was all he had to try to get help.

    I am Hayatullah Omagh, from Afghanistan, 29 years old.

    I arrived in February, 07 in USA.

    They took me to the San Diego detention center and on Feb, 12 they deported to Panama.

    Now we are like prisoners.

    He was one of the lucky ones. Most of the hundred or so other migrants who were being detained with him had no way to communicate with the outside world. They’d been sent to Panama as part of President Donald Trump’s high-profile campaign to ramp up deportations. In addition to Afghanistan, the migrants had traveled to the U.S. from Iran, Uzbekistan, Nepal, Vietnam, India and China, among other countries. Some told reporters that they had only recently crossed the U.S.-Mexico border when they were detained, and that they were hoping to seek asylum. But, they said, American authorities refused to hear their pleas and then treated them like criminals, putting them in shackles, loading them onto military airplanes and flying them from California to Panama.

    Three flights, carrying a total of 299 migrants, including children as young as 5, landed in Panama in mid-February. For the following three weeks, amid an international outcry over what critics described as a stunning breach of U.S. and international law, the migrants who had not committed any crimes were held against their will. As public pressure on Panama mounted and immigrant advocates filed suit against that country, authorities there released the migrants over the weekend, on the condition that they agree to make their own arrangements to leave within 90 days.

    Their release has hardly settled matters, however, among those groups that consider themselves part of the international safety net charged with providing migrants humanitarian support. Among them is the International Organization for Migration, which helped Panama return migrants who chose to go home rather than remain in detention. The IOM said it participated in the effort because it believes that without its presence the situation for migrants would be “far worse.” Critics charge that the group’s role shows how much the safety net relies on the United States and as a result can easily come undone.

    “I appreciate that some individuals hold the view that providing a more humane detention and deportation or voluntary return is better than a less humane version of those unequivocal rights violations,” said Hannah Flamm, an attorney with the International Refugee Assistance Project, a legal advocacy group in New York. “But in the context of egregious unlawful conduct by the Trump administration, this is a moment that calls for deep introspection on where the line of complicity lies.”

    She added, “If everybody abided by their legal and ethical obligations not to violate the rights of people seeking protection in the U.S., these third-country removals could not happen.”

    Since taking office, Trump has signed several executive orders that eliminated options for seeking asylum at the border and deemed all crossings illegal, broadly authorizing the removal of migrants encountered there. The American Civil Liberties Union and other advocacy groups sued over the orders. The United States has not responded to the lawsuit in court. The proceedings against Panama, in the Inter-American Commission on Human Rights, are not conducted in public. But at a press conference on the day after the first planeload of migrants landed last month, the country’s president dodged, reassuring the public that the migrants were only passing through Panama on their way elsewhere. Their stay would be brief and cost nothing, he said, and added that it had all been “organized and paid for by the International Organization for Migration.”

    The IOM, founded in the aftermath of World War II and now part of the United Nations, typically plays a critical, but low-profile, role helping migrants including those who, when faced with deportation, seek instead to voluntarily return to their homes. It provides everything from advice to governments managing sudden mass refugee movements to travel documents, food and lodging for individual migrants. And its mission statement charges it with upholding the rights of people on the move.

    However, its role in support of sending home asylum-seekers who’d been expelled from the United States without the opportunity to make a case for protection from persecution has exposed just how easily the safety net can come undone.

    In response to the Trump administration’s litany of threats against Mexico and Central America — including imposing tariffs, cutting off aid and, in Panama’s case, seizing its canal — those governments have taken extraordinary steps that upend international and diplomatic norms by agreeing to allow the Trump administration to turn their countries into extensions of the U.S. immigration enforcement system. President Rodrigo Chaves Robles of Costa Rica, whose government has historically gone to great lengths to uphold itself as neutral in regional conflicts and strife, also allowed U.S. migrant flights to land in his country. In a public event last month, he made the stakes plain.

    “We’re helping our powerful economic brother in the north,” he said, “because if they impose a tax on our export zones, we’re screwed.”

    Meanwhile, groups like the IOM are just as vulnerable to U.S. pressure. Some 40% of the donations that have funded its work come from the United States. And in recent weeks, the organization was forced to lay off thousands of workers after Trump froze billions of dollars in foreign aid. What that means, according to a former Biden administration official who worked on migration issues, is that when the United States makes a request, even ones that risk going against the IOM’s mission, “there is not a lot of space to say no.”

    Speaking of the IOM, the official added that it “almost can’t exist without the U.S.”

    Without the legal protections established under international law, asylum-seekers like those that the United States transported to Panama have been left to fend for themselves. By the time many of them had made it to the United States, they had little more than the clothes on their backs and the money in their pockets. And U.S. authorities expelled them exactly as they’d come. Upon landing in Panama, authorities confiscated any cellphones they found in the migrants’ possession. Omagh was one of the few who’d managed to keep his phone from being discovered.

    The situation in the Darien Forest is extremely difficult. There are security guards everywhere and they are very vigilant. They even watch us when we go to the bathroom.

    Distressed texts like those provided the only information about what the migrants were going through while they were in detention. Before being sent to the Darien camp, Panamanian authorities kept the migrants under 24-hour watch by armed guards at a hotel in downtown Panama City. But when scenes of them standing in the hotel windows with handwritten pleas for help, some scrawled in toothpaste on the glass, triggered an international outcry, IOM officials quickly moved to fly out more than half of the migrants who agreed to be sent home and the Panamanian government shuttled the rest to the remote Darien camp.

    On at least two occasions, Panamanian officials offered to allow journalists into the camp to speak with the detainees, but they canceled both times without explanation. Since then, they have declined multiple requests for interviews. Panamanian lawyers said they were also denied access to the migrants.

    Migrants deported by the U.S. to Panama who decided to accept an offer to voluntarily go home with the assistance of the IOM were initially held at a hotel in Panama City while their travel arrangements were made. (Alejandro Cegarra for ProPublica)

    Secret cellphone chatter filled the void, offering glimpses of the conditions inside the camp. Migrants wrote that bathrooms and showers had no doors for privacy, and that they were held in sweltering temperatures without air conditioning. One migrant had gone on a hunger strike for seven days. Omagh wrote that when he and others complained about the quantity and quality of the food, authorities offered to buy more if the detainees paid for it.

    We immigrants, each of us, have no more than $100, and some don’t even have a single dollar. How long can we buy ourselves?

    On Friday, the Panamanian government announced it would release the 112 migrants left. The authorities said that those migrants who stayed beyond the three-month time limit risked being deported. Migrants said they were also told they would only be allowed to leave the camp if they agreed to sign a document saying they had not been mistreated — potentially making it hard for them to file legal claims later.

    The following day, IOM and Panamanian officials entered the camp again and told the migrants that they would be asked to vacate the premises in a matter of hours, setting off a new wave of pandemonium and anxiety among the detainees, most of whom speak no Spanish and have no contacts or places to stay in Panama. Omagh, who understood what was happening because he’d picked up some Spanish when he migrated to the United States through Mexico, texted about the upheaval.

    I asked, if we go to Panama City, what will happen there? We are refugees. We don’t have money. We do not have nothing. The IOM told me ‘it is your responsibility.’

    I don’t know what will happen there, but I’m sure that IOM, they will not help us.

    When asked about these comments, the IOM said that because its staff helped Panamanian officials with interpretation, migrants in the camp often confuse who is who. Jorge Gallo, a regional spokesperson for the IOM in Latin America and the Caribbean, defended his group’s involvement in Panama. He said the agency’s work “empowering migrants to make informed decisions, even in the face of constrained options, is preferable to no choice at all.”

    He and other IOM officials said the organization helps migrants find “safe alternatives,” including helping them go to other countries where they can obtain a legal status if they don’t choose to go home.

    IOM officials say their only involvement with the migrants the U.S. expelled to Panama is to help those who wish to return home. (Alejandro Cegarra for ProPublica)

    The State Department and Department of Homeland Security did not respond to detailed questions about the expulsions. However, a State Department spokesperson expressed gratitude to those countries that had agreed to cooperate, saying they showed that they are “committed to ending the crisis of illegal immigration to the United States.”

    Within the human rights community, advocates are at odds with one another about what to do. As the Panamanian government prepared to move migrants out of the Darien camp, IOM officials reached out to faith-based shelter managers seeking places for the migrants to stay. Elías Cornejo, migrant services coordinator for the Jesuit ministry Fe y Alegría in Panama City, said some of the managers hesitated because they worried that anything that gave the appearance that they were advancing policies that run contrary to the law could taint their reputation.

    “It’s Like They Want to Delete Us” Hayatullah Omagh sent this voice message to ProPublica’s reporters while he was detained in Panama.

    The IOM, Cornejo said, might be trying to do the right thing, but its actions can have unintended consequences that would be hard to undo. He said the agency was “whitewashing” Panama’s collusion and “dirtying its own hands” by participating in an improvised effort “without control and without the possibility of doing something good for the people.”

    Hayatullah Omagh, a 29-year-old immigrant from Afghanistan, tries to figure out what to do after Panamanian authorities released him from detention and gave him up to 90 days to leave the country. (Matias Delacroix/AP Images)

    As the migrants at the Darien camp scrambled to figure out what they’d do after leaving, they felt free to openly use their phones and to share them with one another.

    Tatiana Nikitina got a message from her 28-year-old brother, who’d migrated to the United States from Russia. He had been detained after crossing the border near San Diego, but her family hadn’t heard from him for days and was panicked that he might be forced to return home. Not knowing where to turn for answers about his whereabouts, his sister sought information in public chat groups and then began communicating with ProPublica about her desperate search for him.

    Her brother, Nikita Gaponov, using Omagh’s phone, also communicated with ProPublica and explained why he fled home.

    I am LGBT. My country harass these people.

    I cannot live a normal life in my country. It’s impossible for me.

    He said he spoke with IOM representatives about his fears.

    They said, We are sorry we cannot help you.

    I also do not know my USA status like it was deportation or not

    In USA they show me zero documents. No protocols or nothing.

    Omagh, too, said he was terrified about the prospect of returning to Afghanistan. He said he is from an ethnic minority group that is systematically persecuted by the ruling Taliban and that he’d been briefly jailed.

    They will execute me without hesitation.

    I want to apply for asylum, but I don’t know where I can apply for asylum, in which country, and how.

    I cannot go back to my country, never, never, never.

    Lexi Churchill contributed research.


    This content originally appeared on ProPublica and was authored by by Lomi Kriel, Perla Trevizo and Mica Rosenberg.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2025/03/12/trumps-pressure-on-countries-and-international-organizations-erodes-protections-for-asylum-seekers/feed/ 0 518465
    New York approved a major gas pipeline expansion. What does it mean for its climate goals? https://grist.org/energy/new-york-approved-a-major-gas-pipeline-expansion-what-does-it-mean-for-its-climate-goals/ https://grist.org/energy/new-york-approved-a-major-gas-pipeline-expansion-what-does-it-mean-for-its-climate-goals/#respond Wed, 12 Mar 2025 13:00:00 +0000 https://grist.org/?p=659751 The United States is facing a pivotal moment in its fight against climate change as President Donald Trump carries out plans to roll back those efforts.

    In 2019, when New York passed its landmark Climate Leadership and Community Protection Act, or CLCPA, it became a shining example of national climate action. The law established a roadmap for the state to mostly phase out planet-warming fossil fuels like gas by 2050, and transition to clean energy instead.

    But 96 percent of the downstate region is still powered by fossil fuels, through pipelines for natural gas. In total, only about 29 percent of the Empire State’s electricity comes from renewable sources. 

    Since the CLCPA was passed, gas suppliers have made 10 attempts to increase the flow of gas across the state. But none secured New York permits to move forward, until now. 

    On February 7, the state greenlit an enhancement project by Iroquois Pipeline Company, which will boost the capacity of four facilities that compress gas to push more of it into the city.

    A woman with short dark hair wearing a scarf and jacket stands in a marble hallway
    Athens resident Lisa Thomas at the New York State Capitol last December telling lawmakers that the Iroquois Pipeline’s enhancement project isn’t welcome.
    Adi Talwar/City Limits

    The approval of Iroquois’ project, which utility companies argue is needed to heat New Yorkers’ homes in the coldest months, amps up planet-warming pollution—and signals that the state’s commitment to reaching its climate goals is faltering, critics say.

    The Iroquois project alone could generate $3.78 billion in climate damages through 2050 and add the equivalent of 186,000 passenger cars to the road in planet-warming gasses. It will also spew pollution into communities like Athens, a town in southeast central New York that filmmaker Lisa Thomas calls home.

    ‘Right under your nose’

    When Lisa Thomas first moved out of New York City’s bustling concrete jungle 23 years ago for the quiet town of Athens, she was looking for a peaceful place to settle down. She believed her new 16-acre property, surrounded by trees, was it.

    “I wanted to have a place that I could call home and feel safe in. But somehow now it feels like that’s in jeopardy,” Thomas said.

    Nearly two years ago, Thomas learned that the multinational gas supplier, the Iroquois Pipeline Company, had plans to more than double the capacity of a compressor station a few miles down the road from her home. 

    Compressor stations, which make gas smaller so more of it can get pushed through the system, are widely regarded as health hazards. They spew air pollutants that can contribute to preterm births, asthma, heart disease, strokes, and a shorter lifespan, environmentalists say. And emissions released by compressor stations in New York contained 39 cancer inducing chemicals, one study found. 

    “A lot of times the most dangerous things are actually happening right under your nose, and you don’t even know it,” Thomas said.

    Athens isn’t the only town where Iroquois was granted air permits from New York’s Department of Environmental Conservation (DEC) to enhance its infrastructure. Another compressor station in Dover, a town in the southeastern tip of the state, will get a boost too. And the company hopes to do the same in two facilities in Connecticut, although permits for those are yet to be issued.

    The venture, known as the ExC Project, aims to push an extra 125 million cubic feet per day of gas into New York City. To make it happen, 48,000 horsepower of new compression will be added to the four compressor stations along Iroquois’ pipeline, which starts in Canada and stretches all the way to the Big Apple.

    A map of the northeast US with gas projects running through the states
    Map of Gas New York’s gas pipeline projects developed by Patrick Spauster. Patrick Spauster

    Until ExC got New York’s seal of approval, the Empire State had denied all post-CLCPA requests from fossil fuel suppliers to secure permits for expansion. 

    The move signals that the state’s commitment to phasing out fossil fuels is waning, environmentalists say. Deadlines laid out by the climate act, to have 70 percent of the state’s energy come from renewable sources by 2030, have already been pushed back by three years. 

    Utility companies National Grid and Con Edison argue their New York City customers need the added supply, especially in the colder months. “Issuing the permits for the Iroquois ExC project is essential for maintaining a safe, adequate, and reliable gas supply for downstate New York customers,” DEC agreed in an email.

    But the approval tightens the grip of dependency on fossil fuels in a state where gas-fired power plants generated twice as much electricity as any other fuel source in 2023. It will also increase pollution in towns like Athens, critics say, and add to the national carbon footprint at a time when President Trump is scaling back efforts to fight climate change.

    The project has the potential to generate $3.78 billion in climate damages over the next 25 years, according to an analysis put together by the Environmental Protection Agency when Iroquois sought federal permits for the venture.

    “[New York’s administration] is leaning into the wave of conservative policy. It just feels really tone deaf to what most New Yorkers actually care about and want,” said Emily Skydel, New York Hudson Valley senior organizer at Food & Water Watch.

    ‘A political problem’

    When New York first passed the Climate Act, the state’s commitment to reducing greenhouse gas emissions appeared unwavering. Government officials were shutting down bids to bring more gas into the state left and right.

    Gas supplier Williams Transco, which sought to build a massive pipeline stretching from Pennsylvania to New York City’s Rockaways, had its third request for a state permit rejected in the spring of 2020. A year later, the state also denied attempts by Danskammer and Astoria Gas Turbine Power to turn peaker plants—used only during times of peak demand for gas—into full service facilities.

    Each time, DEC gave the same reason for the rejections: the projects generated too many planet-warming emissions, making them “inconsistent with the requirements of the Climate Act.”

    A group of people in suits stand around a table in front of an audience while clapping
    Governor Andrew Cuomo signs New York’s Climate Leadership and Community Protection Act in July of 2019. Kevin P. Coughlin/Office of Governor Andrew M. Cuomo

    But since then, officials’ tone has changed.

    In an interview last summer, Governor Kathy Hochul said that New York will probably “miss” hitting the goals set by the CLCPA “by a couple of years.”

    “The goals are still worthy. But we have to think about the collateral damage of all of our major decisions,” Hochul said, citing concerns about the transition to clean energy still being too costly for consumers. “You either mitigate them or you have to rethink them.”

    Seven months later, Iroquois’ compressor station expansion was approved even though the amount of climate pollution the project is set to emit exceeds limits the DEC previously considered inconsistent with the climate law.

    Astoria Gas Turbine Power’s buildout, for instance, was set to launch 723,872 tons of the potent greenhouse gas carbon dioxide equivalent (CO2e) into the atmosphere per year. The amount, the DEC said at the time, was “substantial” as it would “interfere” with achieving the statewide emission limits set for 2030.

    Meanwhile, Iroquois’ ExC project, which is projected to generate 859,057 tons of CO2e annually, did get DEC’s stamp of approval. The amount is comparable to adding 186,000 passenger cars to the road, the environmental group Sierra Club says.

    As a condition for issuing the permits, however, DEC said Iroquois is required to invest $5 million in “mitigation efforts” to “minimize emissions.” That will include investing in electric vehicle charging stations or establishing a program for heat pumps, a clean electric solution to heating homes.

    But efforts like these just don’t add up, environmentalists argue. 

    A group of protestors with signs stand while one woman reads from a sheet of paper
    Protestors at New York’s Capitol last December urging the State to stop Iroquois’ enhancement project. Adi Talwar/City Limits

    “Green lighting projects that have a tiny marginal impact in lowering emissions are not good enough,” said Josh Berman, an attorney at Sierra Club’s Environmental Law Program.

    Berman points out that the state is only marginally below 1990 greenhouse gas emissions levels, even though the climate act says it’s supposed to be 40 percent below those levels in just five years.

    “We need to be doing things that are fundamentally lower-emitting and much cleaner,” Berman added.

    Just 29 percent of the state’s electricity currently comes from renewable energy like solar and wind, a far cry from the goal set by the climate law, which calls for 70 percent by 2030. A state report issued last year admitted that the Empire State would probably only hit this goal by 2033.

    “I think that it’s very much down to a failure of leadership by Governor [Kathy Hochul] to take seriously our legal mandate to hit our climate goals,” said Michael Paulson, co-chair of the Public Power Coalition, an environmental group that supports the shift to renewable energy.

    “It is a political problem and a problem of leadership,” Paulson added.

    The governor did sign legislation last year that would force big oil companies to pay for climate change destruction, and banned fracking for gas with a new technique that uses carbon dioxide. Plus she invested $1 billion “in clean energy projects in this year’s budget,” her office pointed out in an email. 

    “Governor Hochul has demonstrated a clear commitment to an affordable and reliable transition to a clean energy economy,” Hochul’s Deputy Communications Director Paul DeMichele added.

    Inconsistent funding, long timelines for the completion of large scale renewable energy ventures and cancelled contracts have delayed the shift to renewables, the state comptroller’s office said.

    In the meantime, the gas industry has quietly sought to expand by building out several existing facilities.

    A map of locations of compressor stations in New York state
    Map of proposed compressor station build outs in New York State. Patrick Spauster

    More gas is already being funneled into New York’s Westchester County thanks to compressor station expansions in neighboring states that concluded last year. The plan, carried out by the Tennessee Gas Pipeline company, brought a new compressor station and the enhancement of two others to New Jersey and Pennsylvania.

    Within the last five years, pipeline companies have proposed eight compressor station buildouts to bring more gas into New York, a City Limits review of public filings show. Of those, three were approved by neighboring states. 

    “This is a strategy used by the fossil fuel industry to expand their infrastructure in a way that makes it look like they’re not really doing it,” Skydel from Food & Water Watch said.

    “What people need to understand is that this is still adding gas into the system. It’s increasing air pollution and it’s still doing serious harm to our climate, to our health.” 

    A necessary evil?

    For the nearly 4,000 people who live in the village of Athens, the approval of the Iroquois pipeline’s ExC project is not welcome news, Mayor Amy Serrago says.

    “For Athens there’s really no community benefit. It’s all downsides,” argued Serrago.

    Environmentalists say compressor stations, which operate on high pressure to boost more gas through the system, are accident-prone facilities. Weymouth compressor station in Massachusetts is a case in point, as the facility has reportedly had at least three unplanned leaks.

    Athens is already deemed a disadvantaged community under the state’s climate criteria because it faces economic, health and environmental challenges; the town is home to large scale industrial activity like the Athens Generating plant.

    “We need to find another solution to [New York’s] energy problem. I know it’s not an easy overnight fix, but we can’t keep piling these things onto our rural communities,” Serrago said. 

    A group of people holding signs that say stop the Iroquois pipeline expansion march in a gilded hallway
    Protestors at New York’s Capitol last December urging the State to stop Iroquois’ enhancement project. Adi Talwar/City Limits

    The Iroquois Pipeline Company told DEC that the project “will not disproportionately burden” Athens or “negatively impact human health.” 

    “The proposed project would not have a significant adverse impact on the environment or on individuals living in the vicinity of the project facilities, including environmental justice communities,” the Federal Energy Regulatory Commission (FERC) agreed during proceedings that greenlit the project on the federal level. 

    But when it comes to the environment, the Iroquois Pipeline Company doesn’t have the best track record. In the spring of 1996, it pleaded guilty to four felonies for violating federal environmental laws. (Ironically, the company carries the name of the group of six Native American nations that were displaced from their territories in the 17th and 18th centuries.) 

    Still, fears that there won’t be enough renewable energy to heat the homes of New York residents permeate, especially in the New York City region, where dependence on fossil fuels has increased over the last five years. 

    In 2021, the state shut down the nuclear power plant at Indian Point, long regarded by some as an environmental health hazard. But it also supplied a large chunk of carbon-free electricity downstate. 

    After it began ceasing operations in the spring of 2020, downstate fossil fuel generation increased from 69 percent in 2019 to 96 percent in 2022, according to New York Independent System Operator (NYISO) reports analyzed by electrical engineer Keith Schue. Schue is part of the New York Energy and Climate Advocates, which  champions the use of nuclear energy.

    A slight increase in renewable energy reduced downstate dependency on fossil fuels to 94 percent last year, according to NYISO’s most recent report. But that’s still falling short of what’s needed to move off gas.

    A woman in a red scarf and blue coat stands at a podium surrounded by several people
    Governor Hochul briefs New Yorkers in Queens about Winter Storm Elliott.
    Darren McGee/Office of Governor Kathy Hochul

    For Schue, the state is caught in a conundrum: while it wants to support the shift away from fossil fuels, it doesn’t have enough clean energy to do it. So it’s forced to approve projects like Iroquois to keep electricity flowing.

    “People want to demonize Governor Hochul right now about this decision. But I don’t think that’s fair because ultimately we can’t let the lights go out. You can’t let people not have energy in their homes. So she’s stuck between a rock and a hard place,” Shue said.

    Utility companies National Grid and Con Edison, which turn a profit by selling Iroquois’ gas to New York City residents, also say more capacity is needed.

    The added supply will “significantly increase deliverability into capacity-constrained downstate New York,” National Grid said in a document issued to FERC. The utility “expects its demand growth to remain steady in coming years due to population and economic growth as well as continued oil-to-gas conversions.” Their priority, the company said in an email, is ensuring “customers have access to the energy they need.”

    Con Edison agreed, adding that it needs the boost in capacity to “meet our customers’ demand on the coldest expected winter day.” A spokesperson also noted that “the approval of these permits is a step toward enhancing the reliability of our gas supply from interstate pipelines.”

    The Department of Public Service (DPS), the agency that oversees utilities in New York, said in an email that it was “firmly committed” to transitioning to “cleaner and renewable energy sources.” 

    But it also painted the project as a necessary evil. The agency pointed out that New York came close to a “wide scale gas outage” in December of 2022, when Winter Storm Elliott led to a sudden reliance on electric generators, spiking demand for gas.

    “This project is strictly about solving a safety and reliability issue on the system as it currently exists. The safety of New Yorkers during extreme cold weather is paramount, and we cannot compromise on the reliability of the state’s utility systems,” DPS said in an emailed statement.

    ‘Fear mongering’

    Members of the environmental community, however, strongly disagree.

    “One of the main tactics of the oil and gas industries is to fear monger with regards to public safety and the reliability of electricity,” said Niki Cross, an attorney at the nonprofit New York Lawyers for the Public Interest (NYLPI).

    “They point to scenarios like Winter Storm Elliott and say that we were close to having an emergency breakdown of the system. But in fact, we didn’t and those storms are less and less likely to happen because of the warming climate,” they added.

    New York City, once considered a humid continental climate, was redefined five years ago as a humid subtropical climate zone by the National Climate Assessment.

    Plus, the amount of gas that utility companies National Grid and Con Edison say they need is based on unrealistic demand, environmentalists argue.

    Both utilities use “65 Heating Degree Days” to measure how much energy is needed to heat buildings. This measure is equivalent to the temperature at Central Park reaching zero degrees over the course of an entire day. The last time that happened in New York was in 1934, experts say.

    The forecasts, known as “design day demand,” are based on “extremely cold temperature conditions that occurred 90 years ago and have occurred only twice in the last 120 years,” Cross said.

    A series of upcoming environmental laws are expected to further lessen New York’s need for fossil fuels. A state prohibition on the use of gas equipment in new construction takes effect in 2026 for new buildings of seven stories or less, and in 2029 for larger buildings. New York City’s own version of this law started last year. And starting this year, the city’s Local Law 97 will fine buildings larger than 25,000 square feet that fail to reduce their carbon emissions through energy efficiency upgrades.

    Still, the state’s utility regulator, DPS, said that although these recent policies “reduced the overall growth of gas demand in New York City,” the demand for gas has “continued to grow, albeit at a slower pace” in a portion of ConEd and National Grid territory. 

    But a third party study commissioned by DPS itself begs to differ. After 2027, “no additional supply assets” like adding “additional capacity” to pipelines “will be required” to meet National Grid and ConEd’s “design day demands,” the 2023 report found.

    “The question is: can you meet those design day goals with a portion of electrification? If you electrify 10 percent of [utility] customers, then you have 10 percent excess supply that you could use to cover greater demand during a winter peak,” said Michael Bloomberg, managing partner at the energy consulting firm Groundwork Data.

    “You could do the same thing just through building efficiency. You don’t necessarily need to do it through added supply,” he argued.

    Nationally, Trump’s “drill, baby, drill” agenda promises to increase the use of fossil fuels, as government incentives and federal permits needed for clean energy initiatives have already begun to unravel.

    The Trump administration paused new leases and halted new permits for projects that generate clean energy using offshore wind farms. And it threatened to revoke federal approval for New York’s congestion pricing program, a toll that encourages Manhattan commuters to swap their cars for less carbon-emitting public transit. 

    “In New York we’re going to be facing a lot of headwinds coming from the federal government,” said Daniel Zarrilli, former chief climate policy advisor at the New York City Mayor’s Office.

    “State governments need to be as bold as they can at this moment,” he added. “And so I would hope that New York would be at the leading edge on that. But there’s a lot of pressure pushing the other way right now.”

    This story was originally published by Grist with the headline New York approved a major gas pipeline expansion. What does it mean for its climate goals? on Mar 12, 2025.


    This content originally appeared on Grist and was authored by Mariana Simões, City Limits.

    ]]>
    https://grist.org/energy/new-york-approved-a-major-gas-pipeline-expansion-what-does-it-mean-for-its-climate-goals/feed/ 0 518379
    New Laws Implicitly Sanction Trump and Musk’s Violation of Existing Laws https://www.radiofree.org/2025/03/12/new-laws-implicitly-sanction-trump-and-musks-violation-of-existing-laws/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/03/12/new-laws-implicitly-sanction-trump-and-musks-violation-of-existing-laws/#respond Wed, 12 Mar 2025 12:49:58 +0000 https://www.commondreams.org/newswire/new-laws-implicitly-sanction-trump-and-musks-violation-of-existing-laws With Congress moving to vote on a government spending bill despite the Trump administration’s ongoing and explicit refusal to honor existing appropriations levels, Revolving Door Project Executive Director Jeff Hauser issued the following statement:

    “Negotiating an unsatisfactory continuing resolution in order to maintain the status quo might make sense in ordinary times, but these are far from ordinary times. For weeks now the Trump administration has been flagrantly ignoring existing appropriations; there is no reason to believe they will treat new appropriations levels with any more respect. The public and the courts alike need to know that the U.S. Congress does not accept Donald Trump and Elon Musk shredding the core precepts of our Constitution's separation of powers. Congress—not the president, and not the president’s top donor—has the power of the purse.”

    The Revolving Door Project is continually monitoring the ongoing assault on the capacity of the federal government, including tracking the administration’s failures to comply with court orders, the DOGE agents carrying out Musk’s mission to dismantle public services, and the agencies they’re illegally gutting.


    This content originally appeared on Common Dreams and was authored by Newswire Editor.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2025/03/12/new-laws-implicitly-sanction-trump-and-musks-violation-of-existing-laws/feed/ 0 518507
    Not “Illegal” Nor “Rapists” – The Urgency for New Stories About Poor Countries https://www.radiofree.org/2025/03/12/not-illegal-nor-rapists-the-urgency-for-new-stories-about-poor-countries/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/03/12/not-illegal-nor-rapists-the-urgency-for-new-stories-about-poor-countries/#respond Wed, 12 Mar 2025 05:53:51 +0000 https://www.counterpunch.org/?p=356993 When the world was turned upside down … Zimbabweans, Bolivians, Guatemalans, and Haitians went on cruises around the Australian coast. Venezuelan, Iranian, and Honduran journalists observed the presidential elections in the US, and reported for the global media networks on all the abnormalities and undemocratic elements. Senegalese people went to France to teach locals how More

    The post Not “Illegal” Nor “Rapists” – The Urgency for New Stories About Poor Countries appeared first on CounterPunch.org.

    ]]>

    Gerry and Unsplash+.

    When the world was turned upside down … Zimbabweans, Bolivians, Guatemalans, and Haitians went on cruises around the Australian coast. Venezuelan, Iranian, and Honduran journalists observed the presidential elections in the US, and reported for the global media networks on all the abnormalities and undemocratic elements. Senegalese people went to France to teach locals how to repair their roofs and to take photos with little French children.

    – Excerpt from The Eyes of the Earth

    In the empire’s story of poverty, global inequality just came to be. Whole continents just happen to have flaky infrastructure, food stress, and conflict. The colonization of Palestine never happened. No one is responsible for the droughts and flooding. Charity and armies will save Haiti.

    And as Trump and much of the media and other politicians continue to stir up hate and discrimination towards migrants and refugees that are fleeing or have fled Global South countries, using language like “flooding” “illegals” and portraying them as criminals, “killers, rapists, and drug dealers” and worse, these empire stories take on the form of real policy and horrific suffering.

    Refugees are fleeing cartels, organized crime, death threats, extreme poverty, discrimination, and more, only to be denied their right to request asylum at the US-Mexico border.

    Writing can seem insufficient in the face of all such deliberate injustice. And yet, if the empire has its stories, we too have ours. And our story of how global inequality came to be, is also our story of its undoing.

    Empire’s bombs

    According to the story about the Global South – Africa, Latin America, the Middle East and Asia – that permeates the media, movies, and schools, like invisible but hazardous pollution, people are weak and pitied victims and the Global North – the US, Canada, Europe, Australia, and New Zealand – is the natural savior of the world. There, lives are more comfortable because people are better. The weapon-hoarding imperialist governments just happen to have a monopoly on democracy and decency and the other countries are barbaric failures.

    It seems, the global inequality of food, infrastructure, technology, dignity, and voice is not only natural, but also acceptable. And without any acknowledged causes or responsibility, charity is presented as the only remedy.

    The story is apathetic and lazy. It omits the ongoing looting of the Global South through unfair trade arrangements, the deliberate and extreme wage inequality, and the debts that have been paid over and over. It overlooks the brilliant artists and intellectuals in Africa and Latin America. It violently minimizes the contributions of the Global South and dehumanizes its inhabitants. The story normalizes corporate and military invasions. The agony of billions is standard protocol.

    “How has the United States survived its terrible past and emerged smelling so sweet? Not by owning up to it, not by making reparations, not by apologizing to Black Americans or native Americans, and certainly not by changing its ways (it exports its cruelties now). Like most other countries, the United States has rewritten its history. But what sets the United States apart from other countries, and puts it ahead in the race, is that it has enlisted the services of the most powerful, most successful publicity firm in the world: Hollywood.”

    ― Arundhati Roy, An Ordinary Person’s Guide to Empire

    How the bombs are dropped

    Movies made in Hollywood often use a yellow filter to portray countries like Mexico, Palestine, and India, media analyst Maureen Heydt notes. Rather than bright, sunny, and functioning, the filter makes the countries look dry, dirty, dangerous, and nightmarish. The U.S. and European heroes are brave for venturing into such hellish regions of the world.

    Even though the Global South accounts for 83% of the world’s population, content from the Global North dominates platforms like Netflix, and Hollywood possesses between 60% and 75% of shares of the international film market. World news sections from outlets like the Guardian cover Europe and the U.S. at least 10 times more than other regions.

    In academia, Global South experts face huge material obstacles, and their research is considered to be peripheral, at most supporting the “leading” research coming out of the Global North. The perception is that expertise originates in the Global North and trickles down to the inferiors below.

    “Nations themselves are narrations,” wrote Edward Said, in Culture and Imperialism. The storytellers in mainstream industries construct and describe the world from Euro- and US-centric perspectives.

    “Novels, memoirs, paintings, sculptures, statues, monuments, films, miniseries, advertisements, and journalism all order our reality… The arts tell us what is possible and what is not, because, among other things, they tell us who is human and who is not,” wrote Ta-Nehisi Coates, in The Message.

    After death

    “The shoes of dead people who were never buried detached themselves and took flight, high into the sky. They banded together, and from a distance were often mistaken for flocks of plovers, pigeons, or starlings.

    “The murmurations were the earth’s grief ripples.”

    -Excerpt from The Eyes of the Earth

    Consequences

    Everything changes when the story changes; when you go from a story of people walking for weeks and crossing impossible oceans so they can keep their children free from danger, to “illegal” migrants “invading”. The news changes, the policies change, who is protected, who is respected, who is feared, who is the enemy – it all changes. The consumers of empire’s stories adjust their expectations for how members of humanity should care for each other, and they see and experience a dog-eat-dog world of borders, racism, and arms tech.

    And in these stories we find ourselves. How we have handled danger, and how we’ve responded when someone else needed help. We locate ourselves in relation to humanity, to history, and we define the kinds of courage we admire. Stories leave us wanting to play the role of prince or princesses or scientist, invader, or movement leader. Do the fairy tales and television series leave us despising the downtrodden or identifying with them and fighting for them? How do we distribute our empathy? Who are our heroes: the invaders and the elites, or those who strive for a greater good?

    Narratives can reinforce an entitlement to bomb, destroy, deport, and sanction, or they can challenge that modus operandi. The stories we subscribe to are the lens through which we see the world, they are the nature of our sensitivity, the amount of pain and harm we tolerate and allow, our mentality. Stories that glorify invasion don’t just provide moral support for violent wars and for economic hegemony, they also support an invasive mentality, where dominant classes like business owners, men, or white people conquer and control others.

    This violent narrative is the vocal idea-system that supports and propels actual violence. Nothing going on right now, from fossil fuel transnationals’ impunity through to genocide, could occur without thick handbooks of word-architecture and prejudiced stereotypes and distortions to incite and sustain them.

    “Miguelito pointed the dentist’s mirror that could see inside things at the things he wanted to understand. He aimed it at the rays of sunlight squeezing through the market tarpaulins and settling upon his knees, and he saw big affection from the sky. He touched it to a series of bronze commemorative plaques on buildings, and he saw history bookmarks. He aimed it at cowardice and saw a yellowish retreat away from life and into oneself and excessive safety. He learned that most things had some kind of internal map and began to see the components and objects of life differently.”

    – Excerpt from The Eyes of the Earth

    Remember how strange and soft we are

    Stories, though, are one of the most wonderful things humans create. That they have sometimes been used to justify heinous crimes demonstrates their power and potential, not their quality and essential function. More often, stories are our language of connection, exploration, values, and identity. They are a beautiful, rich, indulgence in life, and can remind us that most humans are soft and strange and worth fighting for.

    Stories, novels, poems, songs, spoken word – are one of the key ways we challenge the putrid and abusive definitions that roll off the tongues of elites. In our stories, we can rescue resistance, change out the boring white men heroes, name in boldness and crude accuracy the true perpetrators of injustice, and dream and map out paths to a kind and fairer world.

    In novels, we can reveal, in delicate colours, the trauma and history in bones, find patterns in how the super wealthy are elected over and over even though they are the least able to represent the majority, decode power structures, and extract, with poetic precision, the essence of life. We paint pain and exhaustion, and remember that family is more than just who a home is shared with, but also whom we share land and water and anxiety with.

    To bring about a better world, we must first unravel the whole human system; identify its mechanisms, understand how it works in our brain, but also in our heart. My novel, The Eyes of The Earth, is an attempt to contribute to that, while also contemplating how that human system relates to the environment.

    The thing about being a journalist-activist and writer, is that our work: our articles, our marches, our forums, can feel like whispers that quickly disappear into the inundation of Internet clutter. Narratives can feel utterly inadequate. But our movements are made of many pieces, including campaigns, strikes, and slogans. New ways of seeing are what we need to sustain us.

    Books that decode injustice

    The Eyes of the Earth is about an old woman refugee who, in broken Mexico city, longs for a bed. But as she navigates a world controlled by the oppressive System of Monsters, which criminalizes migrants, limits housing access, and destroys people and forests, she is forced to choose between her loyalty to a friend, and the help of a man with power. The book aims to unravel the relationships between rich and poor countries, and how those are embodied in the lives of the refugee and her tourist friend.

    The novel decodes climate and global issues, and shouts, in the most magical terms, for rectification. It asks questions about exploitation, land abuse, and the right to safety and sleep. I hope to have created memorable new symbols for the trauma of imperialism, and a compelling portrait of Mexico, where I live.

    Few people have read Global South authors or books located in the Global South, but there are an abundance of incredible, poignant ones that are worth diving into. The Last Gift of the Master Artists by Ben Okri is about life and creativity in Africa just before the slavers. Standing Heavy, by GauZ’ takes on France’s colonialism from a different perspective; migrant workers. The Map of Salt and Stars by Zeyn Joukhadar features a Syrian refugee girl and her journey to safety.

    The post Not “Illegal” Nor “Rapists” – The Urgency for New Stories About Poor Countries appeared first on CounterPunch.org.


    This content originally appeared on CounterPunch.org and was authored by Tamara Pearson.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2025/03/12/not-illegal-nor-rapists-the-urgency-for-new-stories-about-poor-countries/feed/ 0 518319
    How New Zealand is venturing down the road of political upheaval https://www.radiofree.org/2025/03/11/how-new-zealand-is-venturing-down-the-road-of-political-upheaval/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/03/11/how-new-zealand-is-venturing-down-the-road-of-political-upheaval/#respond Tue, 11 Mar 2025 21:29:16 +0000 https://asiapacificreport.nz/?p=112034

    ANALYSIS: By Peter Davis

    With the sudden departure of New Zealand’s Reserve Bank Governor, one has to ask whether there is a pattern here — of a succession of public sector leaders leaving their posts in uncertain circumstances and a series of decisions being made without much regard for due process.

    It brings to mind the current spectacle of federal government politics playing out in the United States. Four years ago, we observed a concerted attempt by a raucous and determined crowd to storm the Capitol.

    Now a smaller, more disciplined and just as determined band is entering federal offices in Washington almost unhindered, to close agencies and programmes and to evict and terminate the employment of thousands of staff.

    This could never happen here. Or could it? Or has it and is it happening here? After all, we had an occupation of parliament, we had a rapid unravelling of a previous government’s legislative programme, and we have experienced the removal of CEOs and downgrading of key public agencies such as Kāinga Ora on slender pretexts, and the rapid and marked downsizing of the core public service establishment.

    Similarly, while the incoming Trump administration is targeting any federal diversity agenda, in New Zealand the incoming government has sought to curb the advancement of Māori interests, even to the extent of questioning elements of our basic constitutional framework.

    In other words, there are parallels, but also differences. This has mostly been conducted in a typical New Zealand low-key fashion, with more regard for legal niceties and less of the histrionics we see in Washington — yet it still bears comparison and probably reflects similar political dynamics.

    Nevertheless, the departure in quick succession of three health sector leaders and the targeting of Pharmac’s CEO suggest the agenda may be getting out of hand. In my experience of close contact with the DHB system the management and leadership teams at the top echelon were nothing short of outstanding.

    The Auckland District Health Board, as it then was, is the largest single organisation in Auckland — and the top management had to be up to the task. And they were.

    Value for money
    As for Pharmac, it is a standout agency for achieving value for money in the public sector. So why target it? The organisation has made cumulative savings of at least a billion dollars, equivalent to 5 percent of the annual health budget. Those monies have been reinvested elsewhere in the health sector. Furthermore, by distancing politicians from sometimes controversial funding decisions on a limited budget it shields them from public blowback.

    Unfortunately, Pharmac is the victim of its own success: the reinvestment of funds in the wider health sector has gone unheralded, and the shielding of politicians is rarely acknowledged.

    The job as CEO at Pharmac has got much harder with a limited budget, more expensive drugs targeting smaller groups, more vociferous patient groups — sometimes funded in part by drug companies — easy media stories (individuals being denied “lifesaving” treatments), and, more recently, less sympathetic political masters.

    Perhaps it was time for a changing of the guard, but the ungracious manner of it follows a similar pattern of other departures.

    The arrival of Sir Brian Roche as the new Public Service Commissioner may herald a more considered approach to public sector reform, rather than the slightly “wild west” New Zealand style with the unexplained abolition of the Productivity Commission, the premature ending of an expensive pumped hydro study, disbandment of sector industry groups, and the alleged cancellation of a large ferry contract by text, among other examples of a rather casual approach to due process.

    The danger we run is that the current cleaning out of public sector leaders is more than an expected turnover with a change of government, and rather a curbing of independent advice and thought. Will our public media agencies — TVNZ and RNZ — be next in line for the current thrust of popular and political attention?

    Major redundancies
    Taken together with the abolition of the Productivity Commission, major redundancies in the public sector, the removal of research funding for the humanities and the social sciences, a campaign by the Free Speech Union against university autonomy, the growing reliance on business lobbyists and lobby groups to determine decision-making, and the recent re-orientation of The New Zealand Herald towards a more populist stance, we could well be witnessing a concerted rebalancing of the ecosystem of advice and thought.

    In half a century of observing policy and politics from the relative safety of the university, I have never witnessed such a concerted campaign as we are experiencing. Not even in the turmoil of the 1990s.

    We need to change the national conversation before it is too late and we lose more of the key elements of the independence of advice and thought that we have established in the state and allied and quasi-autonomous agencies, as well as in the universities and the creative industries, and that lie at the heart of liberal democracy.

    Dr Peter Davis is emeritus professor of population health and social science at Auckland University, and a former elected member of the Auckland District Health Board. This article was first published by The Post and is republished with the author’s permission


    This content originally appeared on Asia Pacific Report and was authored by APR editor.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2025/03/11/how-new-zealand-is-venturing-down-the-road-of-political-upheaval/feed/ 0 518220
    How New Zealand is venturing down the road of political upheaval https://www.radiofree.org/2025/03/11/how-new-zealand-is-venturing-down-the-road-of-political-upheaval-2/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/03/11/how-new-zealand-is-venturing-down-the-road-of-political-upheaval-2/#respond Tue, 11 Mar 2025 21:29:16 +0000 https://asiapacificreport.nz/?p=112034

    ANALYSIS: By Peter Davis

    With the sudden departure of New Zealand’s Reserve Bank Governor, one has to ask whether there is a pattern here — of a succession of public sector leaders leaving their posts in uncertain circumstances and a series of decisions being made without much regard for due process.

    It brings to mind the current spectacle of federal government politics playing out in the United States. Four years ago, we observed a concerted attempt by a raucous and determined crowd to storm the Capitol.

    Now a smaller, more disciplined and just as determined band is entering federal offices in Washington almost unhindered, to close agencies and programmes and to evict and terminate the employment of thousands of staff.

    This could never happen here. Or could it? Or has it and is it happening here? After all, we had an occupation of parliament, we had a rapid unravelling of a previous government’s legislative programme, and we have experienced the removal of CEOs and downgrading of key public agencies such as Kāinga Ora on slender pretexts, and the rapid and marked downsizing of the core public service establishment.

    Similarly, while the incoming Trump administration is targeting any federal diversity agenda, in New Zealand the incoming government has sought to curb the advancement of Māori interests, even to the extent of questioning elements of our basic constitutional framework.

    In other words, there are parallels, but also differences. This has mostly been conducted in a typical New Zealand low-key fashion, with more regard for legal niceties and less of the histrionics we see in Washington — yet it still bears comparison and probably reflects similar political dynamics.

    Nevertheless, the departure in quick succession of three health sector leaders and the targeting of Pharmac’s CEO suggest the agenda may be getting out of hand. In my experience of close contact with the DHB system the management and leadership teams at the top echelon were nothing short of outstanding.

    The Auckland District Health Board, as it then was, is the largest single organisation in Auckland — and the top management had to be up to the task. And they were.

    Value for money
    As for Pharmac, it is a standout agency for achieving value for money in the public sector. So why target it? The organisation has made cumulative savings of at least a billion dollars, equivalent to 5 percent of the annual health budget. Those monies have been reinvested elsewhere in the health sector. Furthermore, by distancing politicians from sometimes controversial funding decisions on a limited budget it shields them from public blowback.

    Unfortunately, Pharmac is the victim of its own success: the reinvestment of funds in the wider health sector has gone unheralded, and the shielding of politicians is rarely acknowledged.

    The job as CEO at Pharmac has got much harder with a limited budget, more expensive drugs targeting smaller groups, more vociferous patient groups — sometimes funded in part by drug companies — easy media stories (individuals being denied “lifesaving” treatments), and, more recently, less sympathetic political masters.

    Perhaps it was time for a changing of the guard, but the ungracious manner of it follows a similar pattern of other departures.

    The arrival of Sir Brian Roche as the new Public Service Commissioner may herald a more considered approach to public sector reform, rather than the slightly “wild west” New Zealand style with the unexplained abolition of the Productivity Commission, the premature ending of an expensive pumped hydro study, disbandment of sector industry groups, and the alleged cancellation of a large ferry contract by text, among other examples of a rather casual approach to due process.

    The danger we run is that the current cleaning out of public sector leaders is more than an expected turnover with a change of government, and rather a curbing of independent advice and thought. Will our public media agencies — TVNZ and RNZ — be next in line for the current thrust of popular and political attention?

    Major redundancies
    Taken together with the abolition of the Productivity Commission, major redundancies in the public sector, the removal of research funding for the humanities and the social sciences, a campaign by the Free Speech Union against university autonomy, the growing reliance on business lobbyists and lobby groups to determine decision-making, and the recent re-orientation of The New Zealand Herald towards a more populist stance, we could well be witnessing a concerted rebalancing of the ecosystem of advice and thought.

    In half a century of observing policy and politics from the relative safety of the university, I have never witnessed such a concerted campaign as we are experiencing. Not even in the turmoil of the 1990s.

    We need to change the national conversation before it is too late and we lose more of the key elements of the independence of advice and thought that we have established in the state and allied and quasi-autonomous agencies, as well as in the universities and the creative industries, and that lie at the heart of liberal democracy.

    Dr Peter Davis is emeritus professor of population health and social science at Auckland University, and a former elected member of the Auckland District Health Board. This article was first published by The Post and is republished with the author’s permission


    This content originally appeared on Asia Pacific Report and was authored by APR editor.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2025/03/11/how-new-zealand-is-venturing-down-the-road-of-political-upheaval-2/feed/ 0 518221
    How New Zealand is venturing down the road of political upheaval https://www.radiofree.org/2025/03/11/how-new-zealand-is-venturing-down-the-road-of-political-upheaval-3/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/03/11/how-new-zealand-is-venturing-down-the-road-of-political-upheaval-3/#respond Tue, 11 Mar 2025 21:29:16 +0000 https://asiapacificreport.nz/?p=112034

    ANALYSIS: By Peter Davis

    With the sudden departure of New Zealand’s Reserve Bank Governor, one has to ask whether there is a pattern here — of a succession of public sector leaders leaving their posts in uncertain circumstances and a series of decisions being made without much regard for due process.

    It brings to mind the current spectacle of federal government politics playing out in the United States. Four years ago, we observed a concerted attempt by a raucous and determined crowd to storm the Capitol.

    Now a smaller, more disciplined and just as determined band is entering federal offices in Washington almost unhindered, to close agencies and programmes and to evict and terminate the employment of thousands of staff.

    This could never happen here. Or could it? Or has it and is it happening here? After all, we had an occupation of parliament, we had a rapid unravelling of a previous government’s legislative programme, and we have experienced the removal of CEOs and downgrading of key public agencies such as Kāinga Ora on slender pretexts, and the rapid and marked downsizing of the core public service establishment.

    Similarly, while the incoming Trump administration is targeting any federal diversity agenda, in New Zealand the incoming government has sought to curb the advancement of Māori interests, even to the extent of questioning elements of our basic constitutional framework.

    In other words, there are parallels, but also differences. This has mostly been conducted in a typical New Zealand low-key fashion, with more regard for legal niceties and less of the histrionics we see in Washington — yet it still bears comparison and probably reflects similar political dynamics.

    Nevertheless, the departure in quick succession of three health sector leaders and the targeting of Pharmac’s CEO suggest the agenda may be getting out of hand. In my experience of close contact with the DHB system the management and leadership teams at the top echelon were nothing short of outstanding.

    The Auckland District Health Board, as it then was, is the largest single organisation in Auckland — and the top management had to be up to the task. And they were.

    Value for money
    As for Pharmac, it is a standout agency for achieving value for money in the public sector. So why target it? The organisation has made cumulative savings of at least a billion dollars, equivalent to 5 percent of the annual health budget. Those monies have been reinvested elsewhere in the health sector. Furthermore, by distancing politicians from sometimes controversial funding decisions on a limited budget it shields them from public blowback.

    Unfortunately, Pharmac is the victim of its own success: the reinvestment of funds in the wider health sector has gone unheralded, and the shielding of politicians is rarely acknowledged.

    The job as CEO at Pharmac has got much harder with a limited budget, more expensive drugs targeting smaller groups, more vociferous patient groups — sometimes funded in part by drug companies — easy media stories (individuals being denied “lifesaving” treatments), and, more recently, less sympathetic political masters.

    Perhaps it was time for a changing of the guard, but the ungracious manner of it follows a similar pattern of other departures.

    The arrival of Sir Brian Roche as the new Public Service Commissioner may herald a more considered approach to public sector reform, rather than the slightly “wild west” New Zealand style with the unexplained abolition of the Productivity Commission, the premature ending of an expensive pumped hydro study, disbandment of sector industry groups, and the alleged cancellation of a large ferry contract by text, among other examples of a rather casual approach to due process.

    The danger we run is that the current cleaning out of public sector leaders is more than an expected turnover with a change of government, and rather a curbing of independent advice and thought. Will our public media agencies — TVNZ and RNZ — be next in line for the current thrust of popular and political attention?

    Major redundancies
    Taken together with the abolition of the Productivity Commission, major redundancies in the public sector, the removal of research funding for the humanities and the social sciences, a campaign by the Free Speech Union against university autonomy, the growing reliance on business lobbyists and lobby groups to determine decision-making, and the recent re-orientation of The New Zealand Herald towards a more populist stance, we could well be witnessing a concerted rebalancing of the ecosystem of advice and thought.

    In half a century of observing policy and politics from the relative safety of the university, I have never witnessed such a concerted campaign as we are experiencing. Not even in the turmoil of the 1990s.

    We need to change the national conversation before it is too late and we lose more of the key elements of the independence of advice and thought that we have established in the state and allied and quasi-autonomous agencies, as well as in the universities and the creative industries, and that lie at the heart of liberal democracy.

    Dr Peter Davis is emeritus professor of population health and social science at Auckland University, and a former elected member of the Auckland District Health Board. This article was first published by The Post and is republished with the author’s permission


    This content originally appeared on Asia Pacific Report and was authored by APR editor.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2025/03/11/how-new-zealand-is-venturing-down-the-road-of-political-upheaval-3/feed/ 0 518222
    In Trump’s new purge of climate language, even ‘resilience’ isn’t safe https://grist.org/language/trump-delete-climate-change-words-resilience-order/ https://grist.org/language/trump-delete-climate-change-words-resilience-order/#respond Tue, 11 Mar 2025 08:45:00 +0000 https://grist.org/?p=660099 In his first hours back in the White House in January, President Donald Trump signed an executive order titled “Restoring Freedom of Speech and Ending Federal Censorship.” Yet it was immediately clear he was in fact imposing rules on language, ordering the government to recognize only two genders and shut down any diversity equity and inclusion programs. In one executive order, he redefined “energy” to exclude solar and wind power.

    Within days, not just “diversity,” but also “clean energy” and “climate change” began vanishing from federal websites. Other institutions and organizations started scrubbing their websites. Scientists who receive federal funding were told to end any activities that contradicted Trump’s executive orders. Government employees — at least, the ones who hadn’t been fired — began finding ways to take their climate work underground, worried that even acknowledging the existence of global warming could put their jobs at risk.

    The Trump administration’s crackdown on words tied to progressive causes reflects the rise of what’s been called the “woke right,” a reactionary movement with its own language rules in opposition to “woke” terms that have become more prevalent in recent years. Since Trump took office, federal agencies have deleted climate change information from more than 200 government websites, according to the Environmental Data and Governance Initiative, a network that tracks these changes. These shifts in language lay the groundwork for how people understand what’s real and true, widening the deepening divide between how Republicans and Democrats understand the world.

    “I think that all powerful individuals and all powerful entities are in some sense trying to bend reality to favor them, to play for their own interests,” said Norma Mendoza-Denton, an anthropology professor at the University of California, Los Angeles, who co-edited a book about Trump’s use of language. “So it’s not unique, but definitely the scope at which it’s happening, the way it’s happening, the speed of it right now, is unprecedented.”

    Gretchen Gehrke, who monitors federal websites for the Environmental Data and Governance Initiative, says that government sites are one of the few sources the public trusts for authoritative, reliable information, which is why removing facts about climate change from them is such a problem. 

    “It really does alter our ability as a collective society to be able to identify and discuss reality,” Gehrke said. “If we only are dealing with the information that we’re receiving via social media, we’re literally operating in different realities.” 

    Institutions that fail to follow Trump’s executive orders have already faced consequences. After Trump rechristened the Gulf of Mexico “the Gulf of America,” for instance, the Associated Press stood by the original, centuries-old name in its coverage — and its reporters lost access to the White House as a result. The effects of these language mandates have reverberated across society, with university researchers, nonprofits, and business executives searching for MAGA-friendly phrases to stay out of the administration’s crosshairs. The solar industry is no longer talking about climate change, for instance, but “American energy dominance,” echoing Trump’s platform.

    The new language rules are expected to limit what many scientists are permitted to research. “It’s going to make it really hard to do the climate justice work,” said Amanda Fencl, director of climate science at the Union of Concerned Scientists, referring to the field that studies how a warming planet affects people unequally. The National Science Foundation, which accounts for about a quarter of federal support to universities, has been flagging studies that might violate Trump’s executive orders on gender and diversity initiatives based on a search for words such as “female,” “institutional,” “biases,” “marginalized,” and “trauma.” “I do think that deleting information and repressing and silencing scientists, it just has a chilling effect,” Fencl said. “It’s really demoralizing.”

    During Trump’s first term, references to climate change disappeared from federal environmental websites, with the use of the term declining by roughly 38 percent between 2016 and 2020, only to reappear under the Biden administration. Trump’s second term appears to be taking a much more aggressive stance on wiping out words used by left-leaning organizations, scientists, and the broader public, likely with more to come. Last summer, a leaked video from Project 2025 — a policy agenda organized by The Heritage Foundation, a conservative think tank — revealed a former Trump official declaring that political appointees would have to “eradicate climate change references from absolutely everywhere.”

    Some government employees are finding ways to continue their climate work, despite the hostile atmosphere. The Atlantic reported in February that one team of federal workers at an unnamed agency had sealed itself off in a technology-free room to conduct meetings related to climate change, with employees using encrypted Signal messages instead of email. “All I have ever wanted to do was help the American people become more resilient to climate change,” an anonymous source at the agency reportedly said. “Now I am being treated like a criminal.”

    The last time Trump was in office, federal employees replaced many references to “climate change” with softer phrases like “sustainability” and “resilience.” Now, many of those vague, previously safe terms are disappearing from websites, too, leaving fewer and fewer options for raising concerns about the environment. “You really cannot address a problem that you can’t identify,” Gehrke said. A study in the journal Ecological Economics in 2022 examined euphemisms for climate change used under the previous Trump administration and argued that the avoidance of clear language could undermine efforts to raise awareness for taking action to reduce greenhouse gas emissions. 

    Yet using more palatable synonyms could also be viewed as a way for scientists and government employees to continue doing important work. For example, when the Federal Emergency Management Agency rebranded its “Climate Resilience” site to “Future Conditions” in January, it stripped references to climate change from its main landing page while leaving them in subpages. “To me, that reads as trying to fly under the radar,” Gehrke said.

    Of course, the reality of the changing climate won’t disappear, even if the phrase itself goes into hiding. Florida’s Republican governor, Ron DeSantis, who last year signed a bill deleting most mentions of climate change from Florida state law, is still dealing with the consequences of a warming planet, continuing to approve funding for coastal communities to adapt to flooding and protect themselves against hurricanes. He just calls it “strengthening and fortifying Florida” without any mention of climate change.

    “You can ban a word if you want,” Mendoza-Denton said, “but the concept still needs to be talked about.”

    This story was originally published by Grist with the headline In Trump’s new purge of climate language, even ‘resilience’ isn’t safe on Mar 11, 2025.


    This content originally appeared on Grist and was authored by Kate Yoder.

    ]]>
    https://grist.org/language/trump-delete-climate-change-words-resilience-order/feed/ 0 517988
    Is This the Beginning or the End of a New Cold War? https://www.radiofree.org/2025/03/11/is-this-the-beginning-or-the-end-of-a-new-cold-war-2/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/03/11/is-this-the-beginning-or-the-end-of-a-new-cold-war-2/#respond Tue, 11 Mar 2025 05:52:29 +0000 https://www.counterpunch.org/?p=356958 When European Union leaders met in Brussels on February 6th to discuss the war in Ukraine, French President Emmanuel Macron called this time “a turning point in history.” Western leaders agree that this is an historic moment when decisive action is needed, but what kind of action depends on their interpretation of the nature of More

    The post Is This the Beginning or the End of a New Cold War? appeared first on CounterPunch.org.

    ]]>

    When European Union leaders met in Brussels on February 6th to discuss the war in Ukraine, French President Emmanuel Macron called this time “a turning point in history.” Western leaders agree that this is an historic moment when decisive action is needed, but what kind of action depends on their interpretation of the nature of this moment.

    Is this the beginning of a new Cold War between the U.S., NATO and Russia or the end of one? Will Russia and the West remain implacable enemies for the foreseeable future, with a new iron curtain between them through what was once the heart of Ukraine? Or can the United States and Russia resolve the disputes and hostility that led to this war in the first place, so as to leave Ukraine with a stable and lasting peace?

    Some European leaders see this moment as the beginning of a long struggle with Russia, akin to the beginning of the Cold War in 1946, when Winston Churchill warned that “an iron curtain has descended” across Europe.

    On March 2nd, echoing Churchill, European Council President Ursula von der Leyen declared that Europe must turn Ukraine into a “steel porcupine.” President Zelenskyy has said he wants up to 200,000 European troops on the eventual ceasefire line between Russia and Ukraine to “guarantee” any peace agreement, and insists that the United States must provide a “backstop,” meaning a commitment to send U.S. forces to fight in Ukraine if war breaks out again.

    Russia has repeatedly said it won’t agree to NATO forces being based in Ukraine under any guise. “We explained today that the appearance of armed forces from the same NATO countries, but under a false flag, under the flag of the European Union or under national flags, does not change anything in this regard,” Foreign Minister Sergei Lavrov said on February 18. “Of course this is unacceptable to us.”

    But the U.K. is persisting in a campaign to recruit a “coalition of the willing,” the same term the U.S. and U.K. coined for the list of countries they persuaded to support the illegal invasion of Iraq in 2003. In that case, only Australia, Denmark and Poland took small parts in the invasion, Costa Rica publicly insisted on being removed from the list, and the term was widely lampooned as the “coalition of the billing” because the U.S. recruited so many countries to join it by promising them lucrative foreign aid deals.

    Far from the start of a new Cold War, President Trump and other leaders see this moment as more akin to the end of the original Cold War, when U.S. President Ronald Reagan and Soviet Premier Mikhail Gorbachev met in Reykjavik in Iceland in 1986 and began to bridge the divisions caused by 40 years of Cold War hostility.

    Like Trump and Putin today, Reagan and Gorbachev were unlikely peacemakers. Gorbachev had risen through the ranks of the Soviet Communist Party to become its General Secretary and Soviet Premier in March 1985, in the midst of the Soviet war in Afghanistan, and he didn’t begin to withdraw Soviet forces from Afghanistan until 1988. Reagan oversaw an unprecedented Cold War arms build-up, a U.S.-backed genocide in Guatemala and covert and proxy wars throughout Central America. And yet Gorbachev and Reagan are now widely remembered as peacemakers.

    While Democrats deride Trump as a Putin stooge, in his first term in office Trump was actually responsible for escalating the Cold War with Russia. After the Pentagon had milked its absurd, self-fulfilling “War on Terror” for trillions of dollars, it was Trump and his psychopathic Defense Secretary, General “Mad Dog” Mattis, who declared the shift back to strategic competition with Russia and China as the Pentagon’s new gravy train in their 2018 National Defense Strategy. It was also Trump who lifted President Obama’s restrictions on sending offensive weapons to Ukraine.

    Trump’s head-spinning about-turn in U.S. policy has left its European allies with whiplash and reversed the roles they each have played for generations. France and Germany have traditionally been the diplomats and peacemakers in the Western alliance, while the U.S. and U.K. have been infected with a chronic case of war fever that has proven resistant to a long string of military defeats and catastrophic impacts on every country that has fallen prey to their warmongering.

    In 2003, France’s Foreign Minister Dominique de Villepin led the opposition to the invasion of Iraq in the UN Security Council. France, Germany and Russia issued a joint statement to say that they would “not let a proposed resolution pass that would authorize the use of force. Russia and France, as permanent members of the Security Council, will assume all their responsibilities on this point.”

    At a press conference in Paris with German Chancellor Gerhard Schröder, French President Jacques Chirac said, “Everything must be done to avoid war… As far as we’re concerned, war always means failure.”

    As recently as 2022, after Russia invaded Ukraine, it was once again the U.S. and U.K. that rejected and blocked peace negotiations in favor of a long war, while France, Germany and Italy continued to call for new negotiations, even as they gradually fell in line with the U.S. long war policy.

    Former German Chancellor Schröder took part in the peace negotiations in Turkey in March and April 2022, and flew to Moscow at Ukraine’s request to meet with Putin. In an interview with Berliner Zeitung in 2023, Schröder confirmed that the peace talks only failed “because everything was decided in Washington.”

    With Biden still blocking new negotiations in 2023, one of the interviewers asked Schröder “Do you think you can resume your peace plan?”

    Schröder replied, “Yes, and the only ones who can initiate this are France and Germany… Macron and Scholz are the only ones who can talk to Putin. Chirac and I did the same in the Iraq war. Why can’t support for Ukraine be combined with an offer of talks to Russia? The arms deliveries are not a solution for eternity. But no one wants to talk. Everyone sits in trenches. How many more people have to die?”

    Since 2022, President Macron and a Thatcherite team of iron ladies – European Council President von der Leyen; former German Foreign Minister Analena Baerbock; and Estonia’s former prime minister Kaja Kallas, now the EU’s foreign policy chief – have promoted a new militarization of Europe, egged on from behind the scenes by European and U.S. arms manufacturers.

    Has the passage of time, the passing of the World War II generation and the distortion of history washed away the historical memory of two world wars from a continent that was destroyed by war only 80 years ago? Where is the next generation of French and German diplomats in the tradition of de Villepin and Schröder today? How can sending German tanks to fight in Ukraine, and now in Russia itself, fail to remind Russians of previous German invasions and solidify support for the war? And won’t the call for Europe to confront Russia by moving from a “welfare state to a warfare state” only feed the rise of the European hard right?

    So are the new European militarists reading the historical moment correctly? Or are they jumping on the bandwagon of a disastrous Cold War that could, as Biden and Trump have warned, lead to World War III?

    When Trump’s foreign policy team met with their Russian counterparts in Saudi Arabia on February 18, ending the war in Ukraine was the second part of the three-part plan they agreed on. The first was to restore full diplomatic relations between the United States and Russia, and the third was to work on a series of other problems in U.S.-Russian relations.

    The order of these three stages is interesting, because, as Secretary of State Marco Rubio noted, it means that the negotiations over Ukraine will be the first test of restored relations between the U.S. and Russia.

    If the negotiations for peace in Ukraine are successful, they can lead to further negotiations over restoring arms control treaties, nuclear disarmament and cooperation on other global problems that have been impossible to resolve in a world stuck in a zombie-like Cold War that powerful interests would not allow to die.

    It was a welcome change to hear Secretary Rubio say that the post-Cold War unipolar world was an anomaly and that now we have to adjust to the reality of a multipolar world. But if Trump and his hawkish advisers are just trying to restore U.S. relations with Russia as part of a “reverse Kissinger” scheme to isolate China, as some analysts have suggested, that would perpetuate America’s debilitating geopolitical crisis instead of solving it.

    The United States and our friends in Europe have a new chance to make a clean break from the three-way geopolitical power struggle between the United States, Russia and China that has hamstrung the world since the 1970s, and to find new roles and priorities for our countries in the emerging multipolar world of the 21st Century.

    We hope that Trump and European leaders can recognize the crossroads at which they are standing, and the chance history is giving them to choose the path of peace. France and Germany in particular should remember the wisdom of Dominique de Villepin, Jacques Chirac and Gerhard Schröder in the face of U.S. and British plans for aggression against Iraq in 2003.

    This could be the beginning of the end of the permanent state of war and Cold War that has held the world in its grip for more than a century. Ending it would allow us to finally prioritize the progress and cooperation we so desperately need to solve the other critical problems the whole world is facing in the 21st Century. As General Milley said back in November 2022 when he called for negotiations between Ukraine and Russia, we must “seize the moment.”

    The post Is This the Beginning or the End of a New Cold War? appeared first on CounterPunch.org.


    This content originally appeared on CounterPunch.org and was authored by Medea Benjamin - Nicolas J. S. Davies.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2025/03/11/is-this-the-beginning-or-the-end-of-a-new-cold-war-2/feed/ 0 517958
    Is This the Beginning or the End of a New Cold War? https://www.radiofree.org/2025/03/10/is-this-the-beginning-or-the-end-of-a-new-cold-war/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/03/10/is-this-the-beginning-or-the-end-of-a-new-cold-war/#respond Mon, 10 Mar 2025 16:10:59 +0000 https://dissidentvoice.org/?p=156500 Woman at rally supporting peace negotiations between Russia and Ukraine in Berlin, Germany.  (Photo: Reuters) When European Union leaders met in Brussels on February 6 to discuss the war in Ukraine, French President Emmanuel Macron called this time “a turning point in history.” Western leaders agree that this is an historic moment when decisive action is needed, but […]

    The post Is This the Beginning or the End of a New Cold War? first appeared on Dissident Voice.]]>

    Woman at rally supporting peace negotiations between Russia and Ukraine in Berlin, Germany.  (Photo: Reuters)

    When European Union leaders met in Brussels on February 6 to discuss the war in Ukraine, French President Emmanuel Macron called this time “a turning point in history.” Western leaders agree that this is an historic moment when decisive action is needed, but what kind of action depends on their interpretation of the nature of this moment.

    Is this the beginning of a new Cold War between the U.S., NATO and Russia or the end of one? Will Russia and the West remain implacable enemies for the foreseeable future, with a new iron curtain between them through what was once the heart of Ukraine? Or can the United States and Russia resolve the disputes and hostility that led to this war in the first place, so as to leave Ukraine with a stable and lasting peace?

    Some European leaders see this moment as the beginning of a long struggle with Russia, akin to the beginning of the Cold War in 1946, when Winston Churchill warned that “an iron curtain has descended” across Europe.

    On March 2, echoing Churchill, European Council President Ursula von der Leyen declared that Europe must turn Ukraine into a “steel porcupine.” President Zelenskyy has said he wants up to 200,000 European troops on the eventual ceasefire line between Russia and Ukraine to “guarantee” any peace agreement, and insists that the United States must provide a “backstop,” meaning a commitment to send U.S. forces to fight in Ukraine if war breaks out again.

    Russia has repeatedly said it won’t agree to NATO forces being based in Ukraine under any guise. “We explained today that the appearance of armed forces from the same NATO countries, but under a false flag, under the flag of the European Union or under national flags, does not change anything in this regard,” Foreign Minister Sergei Lavrov said on February 18. “Of course this is unacceptable to us.”

    But the U.K. is persisting in a campaign to recruit a “coalition of the willing,” the same term the U.S. and U.K. coined for the list of countries they persuaded to support the illegal invasion of Iraq in 2003. In that case, only Australia, Denmark and Poland took small parts in the invasion, Costa Rica publicly insisted on being removed from the list, and the term was widely lampooned as the “coalition of the billing” because the U.S. recruited so many countries to join it by promising them lucrative foreign aid deals.

    Far from the start of a new Cold War, President Trump and other leaders see this moment as more akin to the end of the original Cold War, when U.S. President Ronald Reagan and Soviet Premier Mikhail Gorbachev met in Reykjavik in Iceland in 1986 and began to bridge the divisions caused by 40 years of Cold War hostility.

    Like Trump and Putin today, Reagan and Gorbachev were unlikely peacemakers. Gorbachev had risen through the ranks of the Soviet Communist Party to become its General Secretary and Soviet Premier in March 1985, in the midst of the Soviet war in Afghanistan, and he didn’t begin to withdraw Soviet forces from Afghanistan until 1988. Reagan oversaw an unprecedented Cold War arms build-up, a U.S.-backed genocide in Guatemala and covert and proxy wars throughout Central America. And yet Gorbachev and Reagan are now widely remembered as peacemakers.

    While Democrats deride Trump as a Putin stooge, in his first term in office Trump was actually responsible for escalating the Cold War with Russia. After the Pentagon had milked its absurd, self-fulfilling “War on Terror” for trillions of dollars, it was Trump and his psychopathic Defense Secretary, General “Mad Dog” Mattis, who declared the shift back to strategic competition with Russia and China as the Pentagon’s new gravy train in their 2018 National Defense Strategy. It was also Trump who lifted President Obama’s restrictions on sending offensive weapons to Ukraine.

    Trump’s head-spinning about-turn in U.S. policy has left its European allies with whiplash and reversed the roles they each have played for generations. France and Germany have traditionally been the diplomats and peacemakers in the Western alliance, while the U.S. and U.K. have been infected with a chronic case of war fever that has proven resistant to a long string of military defeats and catastrophic impacts on every country that has fallen prey to their warmongering.

    In 2003, France’s Foreign Minister Dominique de Villepin led the opposition to the invasion of Iraq in the UN Security Council. France, Germany and Russia issued a joint statement to say that they would “not let a proposed resolution pass that would authorize the use of force. Russia and France, as permanent members of the Security Council, will assume all their responsibilities on this point.”

    At a press conference in Paris with German Chancellor Gerhard Schröder, French President Jacques Chirac said, “Everything must be done to avoid war… As far as we’re concerned, war always means failure.”

    As recently as 2022, after Russia invaded Ukraine, it was once again the U.S. and U.K. that rejected and blocked peace negotiations in favor of a long war, while FranceGermany and Italy continued to call for new negotiations, even as they gradually fell in line with the U.S. long war policy.

    Former German Chancellor Schröder took part in the peace negotiations in Turkey in March and April 2022, and flew to Moscow at Ukraine’s request to meet with Putin. In an interview with Berliner Zeitung in 2023, Schröder confirmed that the peace talks only failed “because everything was decided in Washington.”

    With Biden still blocking new negotiations in 2023, one of the interviewers asked Schröder “Do you think you can resume your peace plan?”

    Schröder replied, “Yes, and the only ones who can initiate this are France and Germany… Macron and Scholz are the only ones who can talk to Putin. Chirac and I did the same in the Iraq war. Why can’t support for Ukraine be combined with an offer of talks to Russia? The arms deliveries are not a solution for eternity. But no one wants to talk. Everyone sits in trenches. How many more people have to die?”

    Since 2022, President Macron and a Thatcherite team of iron ladies – European Council President von der Leyen; former German Foreign Minister Annalena Baerbock; and Estonia’s former prime minister Kaja Kallas, now the EU’s foreign policy chief – have promoted a new militarization of Europe, egged on from behind the scenes by European and U.S. arms manufacturers.

    Has the passage of time, the passing of the World War II generation and the distortion of history washed away the historical memory of two world wars from a continent that was destroyed by war only 80 years ago? Where is the next generation of French and German diplomats in the tradition of de Villepin and Schröder today? How can sending German tanks to fight in Ukraine, and now in Russia itself, fail to remind Russians of previous German invasions and solidify support for the war? And won’t the call for Europe to confront Russia by moving from a “welfare state to a warfare state” only feed the rise of the European hard right?

    So are the new European militarists reading the historical moment correctly? Or are they jumping on the bandwagon of a disastrous Cold War that could, as Biden and Trump have warned, lead to World War III?

    When Trump’s foreign policy team met with their Russian counterparts in Saudi Arabia on February 18, ending the war in Ukraine was the second part of the three-part plan they agreed on. The first was to restore full diplomatic relations between the United States and Russia, and the third was to work on a series of other problems in U.S.-Russian relations.

    The order of these three stages is interesting, because, as Secretary of State Marco Rubio noted, it means that the negotiations over Ukraine will be the first test of restored relations between the U.S. and Russia.

    If the negotiations for peace in Ukraine are successful, they can lead to further negotiations over restoring arms control treaties, nuclear disarmament and cooperation on other global problems that have been impossible to resolve in a world stuck in a zombie-like Cold War that powerful interests would not allow to die.

    It was a welcome change to hear Secretary Rubio say that the post-Cold War unipolar world was an anomaly and that now we have to adjust to the reality of a multipolar world. But if Trump and his hawkish advisers are just trying to restore U.S. relations with Russia as part of a “reverse Kissinger” scheme to isolate China, as some analysts have suggested, that would perpetuate America’s debilitating geopolitical crisis instead of solving it.

    The United States and our friends in Europe have a new chance to make a clean break from the three-way geopolitical power struggle between the United States, Russia and China that has hamstrung the world since the 1970s, and to find new roles and priorities for our countries in the emerging multipolar world of the 21st Century.

    We hope that Trump and European leaders can recognize the crossroads at which they are standing, and the chance history is giving them to choose the path of peace. France and Germany in particular should remember the wisdom of Dominique de Villepin, Jacques Chirac and Gerhard Schröder in the face of U.S. and British plans for aggression against Iraq in 2003.

    This could be the beginning of the end of the permanent state of war and Cold War that has held the world in its grip for more than a century. Ending it would allow us to finally prioritize the progress and cooperation we so desperately need to solve the other critical problems the whole world is facing in the 21st Century. As General Milley said back in November 2022 when he called for negotiations between Ukraine and Russia, we must “seize the moment.”

    The post Is This the Beginning or the End of a New Cold War? first appeared on Dissident Voice.


    This content originally appeared on Dissident Voice and was authored by Medea Benjamin and Nicolas J.S. Davies.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2025/03/10/is-this-the-beginning-or-the-end-of-a-new-cold-war/feed/ 0 517835
    New BBC Documentary “The Road to 7th October” is an Utter Travesty https://www.radiofree.org/2025/03/10/new-bbc-documentary-the-road-to-7th-october-is-an-utter-travesty/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/03/10/new-bbc-documentary-the-road-to-7th-october-is-an-utter-travesty/#respond Mon, 10 Mar 2025 15:50:45 +0000 https://dissidentvoice.org/?p=156496 There has been a prolonged furore over the BBC’s craven decision to ban a documentary on life in Gaza under Israel’s bombs after it incensed Israel and its lobbyists by, uniquely, humanising the enclave’s children. The English-speaking child narrator, 13-year-old Abdullah, who became the all-too-visible pretext for pulling the film Gaza: How to Survive a […]

    The post New BBC Documentary “The Road to 7th October” is an Utter Travesty first appeared on Dissident Voice.]]>
    There has been a prolonged furore over the BBC’s craven decision to ban a documentary on life in Gaza under Israel’s bombs after it incensed Israel and its lobbyists by, uniquely, humanising the enclave’s children.

    The English-speaking child narrator, 13-year-old Abdullah, who became the all-too-visible pretext for pulling the film Gaza: How to Survive a Warzone because his father is a technocrat in the enclave’s Hamas government, hit back last week.

    He warned that the BBC had betrayed him and Gaza’s other children, and that the state broadcaster would be responsible were anything to happen to him

    His fears are well-founded, given that Israel has a long track record of executing those with the most tenuous of connections to Hamas – as well as the enclave’s children, often with small, armed drones that swarm through its airspace.

    The noisy clamour over How to Survive a Warzone has dominated headlines, overshadowing another new BBC documentary on Gaza – this one a three-part, blockbuster series on the history of Israel and Palestine – that has received none of the controversy.

    And for good reason.

    Israel and the Palestinians: The Road to 7th October, whose final episode airs this Monday, is such a travesty, so discredited by the very historical events it promises to explain, that it earns a glowing, five-star review from the Guardian.

    It “speaks to everyone that matters”, the liberal daily gushes. And that’s precisely the problem.

    What we get, as a result, is the very worst in BBC establishment TV: talking heads reading from the same implausibly simplistic script, edited and curated to present western officials and their allies in the most sympathetic light possible.

    Which is no mean feat, given the subject matter: nearly eight decades of Israel’s ethnic cleansing, dispossession, military occupation and siege of the Palestinian people, supported by the United States.

    But this documentary series on the region’s history should be far more controversial than the film about Gaza’s children. Because this one breathes life back into a racist western narrative – one that made the genocide in Gaza possible, and justifies Israel’s return this month to using mass starvation as a weapon of war against the Palestinian people.

    ‘Honest broker’ fiction

    The Road to 7th October presents an all-too-familiar story.

    The Palestinians are divided geographically and ideologically – how or why is never properly grappled with – between the incompetent, corrupt leadership of Fatah under Mahmoud Abbas in the West Bank, and the militant, terrorist leadership of Hamas in Gaza.

    Israel tries various peace initiatives under leaders Ariel Sharon and Ehud Olmert. These failures propel the more hardline Benjamin Netanyahu to power.

    The United States is the star of the show, of course. Its officials tell a story of Washington desperately trying to bring together the two parties, Israel and Fatah (the third party, Hamas, is intentionally sidelined), but finds itself constantly hamstrung by bad luck and the intransigence of those involved.

    Yes, you read that right. This documentary really does resurrect the Washington as “honest broker” fiction – a myth that was supposed to have been laid to rest a quarter of a century ago, after the Oslo accords collapsed.

    The film-makers are so lost to the reality in Israel and Palestine that they imagine they can credibly keep Washington perched on a pedestal even after we have all spent the past 16 months watching, first, President Biden arm Israel’s “plausible” genocide in Gaza, killing many tens of thousands of Palestinians, and then President Trump formulate an illegal plan to ethnically cleanse the enclave of its surviving Palestinian population to develop it as a luxury “waterfront property”.

    A viewing of a short, Trump-endorsed, AI-generated promo video for a glitzy, Palestinian-free “Trump Gaza”, built on the crushed bodies of the enclave’s children, should be enough to dispel any remaining illusions about Washington’s neutrality on the matter.

    Enduring mystery

    This documentary, like its BBC predecessors – most notably on Russia and Ukraine, and the implosion of Yugoslavia – excels at offering a detailed examination of tree bark without ever stepping back far enough to see the shape of the forest.

    The words “apartheid”, “siege” and “colonialism” – the main lenses through which one can explain what has been happening to the Palestinian people for a century or more – do not figure at all.

    There is a single allusion to the events of 1948, when a self-declared Jewish state was violently founded as a colonial project on the ruins of the Palestinians’ homeland.

    Or as the documentary delicately puts it: “Millions of their people [the Palestinians] had been made refugees by decades of conflict.”

    As ever, when the plight of the Palestinians is discussed, the passive voice is put to sterling use. Millions of Palestinians were accidentally ethnically cleansed, it seems. Who was responsible is a mystery.

    In fact, most of Gaza’s population are descended from Palestinian families expelled by the newly declared state of Israel from their homes in 1948. They were penned up in a tiny piece of land by European colonisers in the same manner as earlier generations of European colonisers confined the Native Americans to reservations.

    Even when the term “occupation” appears, as it does on the odd occasion, it is presented as some vague, unexamined, security-related problem the US, Israel and the Fatah leadership are engaged in trying to fix.

    The settlements are mentioned too, but only as the backdrop to land-for-peace calculations that never come to fruition as the basis for an elusive “peace”.

    In other words, this is the reheating of a phoney tale that Israel and the US have been trying to sell to western publics for many decades.

    It was holed well below the water line last year by the International Court of Justice (ICJ), the highest court in the world. It ruled that Israel’s occupation of the West Bank, Gaza and East Jerusalem was illegal, that Israeli rule over the Palestinians was a form of apartheid, and that its illegal settlements needed to be dismantled immediately.

    That is the forest all the documentary’s furious bark-studying is designed to avoid.

    Path to genocide

    The makers of Israel and the Palestinians: The Road to 7th October choose to begin their time line on an obscure date: 19 August 2003, when a Palestinian suicide bomber blows up a bus in Jerusalem, killing 23 Israelis.

    Why then?

    The programme, despite its title, is not really about the “Palestinians”. Note that the BBC dares not refer to “Palestine”.

    The true focus is on Hamas and its rise to power in Gaza, as viewed chiefly by the other parties: the US, Israel and Fatah.

    Starting the story in 2003 with a bus bombing, the programme can navigate “The Road to 7thOctober” in ways that assist the self-serving narratives those other parties wish to tell.

    On the Palestinian side, the story opens with a terror attack. On Israel’s side, it opens with Sharon deciding, in response, to dismantle the illegal settlements in Gaza and withdraw Israeli troops from the enclave.

    This entirely arbitrary date allows the programme makers to create an entirely misleading narrative arc: of Israel supposedly ending the occupation and trying to make peace, while being met with ever greater terrorism from Hamas, culminating in the 7 October attack.

    In short, it perpetuates the long-standing colonial narrative – contrary to all evidence – of Israel as the good guys, and the Palestinians as the bad guys.

    In an alternate universe, the BBC might have offered us a far more informative, relevant documentary called Israel and Palestine: The Path to Genocide.

    Don’t hold your breath waiting for that one to air.

    Dystopian movie

    In fact, Sharon’s so-called Disengagement Plan of 2005 had nothing to do with ending the occupation or peace-making. It was a trap laid for the Palestinians.

    The disengagement did not end the occupation of Gaza, as the ICJ noted in its ruling last year. It simply reformulated it.

    Israeli soldiers pulled back to the perimeter of the enclave – what Israeli and US officials like to falsely term its “borders” – where Israel had previously established a highly fortified wall with armed watchtowers.

    Stationed along this perimeter, the Israeli army instituted an oppressive Medieval-style siege, blockading access to Gaza by land, sea and air. The enclave was monitored 24/7 with drones patrolling the skies.

    Even before Hamas won legislative elections in 2006 and came to power in Gaza, the tiny coastal strip of land looked like it was the backdrop for a dystopian Hollywood movie.

    But after Hamas’ victory, as the talking heads cheerily explain, the gloves really came off. What that meant in practice is not spelled out – and for good reason.

    The Israeli army put Gaza on “rations”, carefully counting the calories entering the enclave to create widespread hunger and malnutrition, especially among Gaza’s children.

    The Israeli official behind the scheme explained the reasoning at the time: “The idea is to put the Palestinians on a diet, but not to make them die of hunger.”

    That official – Dov Weisglass, Olmert’s main adviser – is one of the central talking heads in episode one. And yet strangely, he is never asked about Gaza’s “diet”.

    ‘Die more quietly’

    Stephen Hadley, George W Bush’s deputy national security adviser, claims – unchallenged – that Sharon’s disengagement was “a downpayment on a Palestinian state. … They [the Palestinians] would have an opportunity to build and show the world that they were ready to live side by side in peace with Israel”.

    Israel’s real goal, all too evident then and impossible to ignore now, was something else entirely.

    Yes, withdrawing from Gaza allowed Israel to falsely claim the occupation in Gaza had ended and focus instead on the colonisation of the West Bank, as the documentary briefly grants.

    Yes, it split geographically the main territories forming the basis of a future Palestinian state and encouraged irreconciliable leaderships in each – divide and rule on steroids.

    But even more importantly, by making Gaza effectively a giant concentration camp, blockaded on all sides, Israel ensured that the accommodationists of Fatah would lose credibility in the enclave and militant resistance movements led by Hamas would gain ascendancy.

    That was the trap.

    Hamas, and the people of Gaza, were denied any legitimacy so long as they insisted on a right – enshrined in international law – to resist their occupation and besiegement by Israel.

    It was a message – a warning – directed at Fatah and the West Bank too. Resistance is futile. Keep your heads down or you’ll be next.

    Which is exactly the lesson Abbas learnt, soon characterising his security forces’ collusion with the Israeli occupation as “sacred”.

    For Gaza, the US notion of living in “peace alongside Israel” meant surviving just barely and quietly, inside their cage, accepting the diet Olmert and Weisglass had put them on.

    Making any noise – such as by firing rockets out of the concentration camp, or massing at the heavily armed walls of their cage in protest – was terrorism. Die more quietly, Israel and the international community demanded.

    Perversely, much of episiode one is dedicated to US officals spinning their conspiracy to foil the results of the 2006 Palestinian election, won by Hamas, as democracy promotion.

    They demanded Hamas give up armed resistance or the 2 million people of Gaza, half of them children, would face a continuing blockade and starvation diet – that is, illegal collective punishment.

    Or as Robert Danin, a US State Department official, puts it, the plan was “either Hamas would reform and become a legitimate political party or it would remain isolated”. Not just Hamas isolated, but all of Gaza. Die more quietly.

    The hope, he adds, was that by immiserating the population “Gazans would throw off the yoke of Hamas” – that is, accept their fate to live as little more than “human animals” in an Israeli-run zoo.

    ‘Mowing the lawn’

    Hamas, both its proto-army and its proto-government, learnt ways to adapt.

    It built tunnels under the enclave’s one, short border with Egypt to resist Israel’s siege by trading with the neighbouring population in Sinai and keeping the local economy just barely afloat.

    It fired primitive rockets, which rarely killed anyone in Israel, but achieved other goals.

    The rocket fire created a sense of fear in Israeli communities near Gaza, which Hamas occasionally managed to leverage for minor concessions from Israel, such as an easing of the blockade – but only when Israel didn’t prefer, as it usually did, to respond with more violence.

    The rockets also prevented Gaza and its suffering from disappearing completely from international news coverage – the “Die more quietly” agenda pursued by Israel – even if the price was that the western media could denounce Hamas even more noisily as terrorists.

    And the rockets offered a strategic alternative – armed resistance, its nature shaped by Hamas’ confinement in the Gaza concentration camp – to Fatah’s quietist, behind-the-scenes diplomacy seeking negotiations that were never forthcoming.

    Finally, confronted with the permanent illegitimacy trap set for it by Israel and the US, Hamas approved in 2018 mass, civil disobedience protests at the perimeter fence of the concentration camp it was supposedly “ruling”.

    Israel, backed by the US, responded with increased structural violence to all these forms of resistance.

    In the last two programmes, Israeli and US officials set out the challenges and technical solutions they came up with to prevent their victims from breaking out of their “isolation” – the concentration camp that Gaza had been turned into.

    Underground barriers were installed to make tunnelling more difficult.

    Rocket fire was met with bouts of “mowing the lawn” – that is, carpet-bombing Gaza, indifferent to the Palestinian death toll.

    And thousands of the ordinary Palestinians who massed for months on end at the perimeter fence in protest were either executed or shot in the knee by Israeli snipers.

    Or as the documentary’s narrator characterises it: “At the border with Israel, protesters clashed with Israeli forces, and dozens of Palestinians were killed.”

    Blink, and you might miss it.

    Nothing learnt

    Only by looking beneath the surface of this facile documentary can be found a meaningful answer to the question of what led to the attack on 7 October.

    Israel’s strategy of “isolation” – the blockade and diet – compounded by intermittent episodes of “mowing the lawn” was always doomed to failure. Predictably, the Palestinians’ desire to end their imprisonment in a concentration camp could not be so easily subdued.

    The human impulse for freedom and for the right to live with dignity kept surfacing.

    Ultimately, it would culminate in the 7 October attack. Like most breakouts from barbaric systems of oppression, including slave revolts in the pre-civil rights US, Hamas’ operation ended up mirroring many of the crimes and atrocities inflicted by the oppressor.

    Israel and the US, of course, learnt nothing. They have responded since with intensified, even more obscene levels of violence – so grave that the world’s highest court has put Israel on trial for genocide.

    Obscured by The Road to 7th October is the reality that Israel has always viewed the Palestinians as “human animals”. It just needed the right moment to sell that script to western publics, so that genocide could be recast as self-defence.

    The 7th October attack offered the cover story Israel needed. And the western media, most especially the BBC, played a vital part in amplifying that genocide-justifying narrative through its dehumanisation of the Palestinian people.

    Its one break with that policy – its humanising portrait of Gaza’s children in How to Survive a Warzone – caused an uproar that has echoed for weeks and seen the BBC’s director general, Tim Davie, dragged before a parliamentary committee.

    But in truth, we ought to be appalled that this is the only attempt the BBC has made, after 17 months of genocide, to present an intimate view of life for the people of Gaza, especially its children, under Israel’s bombs. The state broadcaster only dared doing so after stripping away the politics of Gaza’s story, reducing decades of the Palestinian people’s oppression by Israel to a largely author-less “humanitarian crisis”.

    Not only is the programme never likely to see the light of day again on the BBC but, after all this commotion, the corporation is unlikely ever again to commission a similarly humanising programme about the Palestinian people.

    There is a good reason why there has been no comparable clamour for the BBC to pull Israel and the Palestinians: The Road to 7th October.

    The historical and political context offered by the documentary does nothing to challenge a decades-old, bogus narrative on Israel and Palestine – one that has long helped conceal Israel’s turning of Gaza into a concentration camp, one that made something like the 7 October breakout almost inevitable, and one that legitimised months of genocide.

    The Road to 7th October seeks to rehabilitate a narrative that should be entirely discredited by now.

    In doing so, the BBC is assisting Israel in reviving a political climate in which the genocide in Gaza can resume, with Netanyahu re-instituting mass starvation as a weapon of war and spreading Israel’s ethnic cleansing operations to the West Bank.

    We don’t need more official narratives about the most misrepresented “conflict” in history. We need journalistic courage and integrity. Don’t look to the BBC for either.

    The post New BBC Documentary “The Road to 7th October” is an Utter Travesty first appeared on Dissident Voice.


    This content originally appeared on Dissident Voice and was authored by Jonathan Cook.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2025/03/10/new-bbc-documentary-the-road-to-7th-october-is-an-utter-travesty/feed/ 0 517819
    Trump Threatens Russia with New Sanctions https://www.radiofree.org/2025/03/08/trump-threatens-russia-with-new-sanctions/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/03/08/trump-threatens-russia-with-new-sanctions/#respond Sat, 08 Mar 2025 16:19:33 +0000 https://dissidentvoice.org/?p=156469 FILE PHOTO: US President Donald Trump ©  Global Look Press / CNP / Al Drago US President Donald Trump has threatened Moscow with a new round of “large-scale” sanctions until a Ukraine ceasefire is reached. The restrictions would target the Russian banking sector and include tariffs on the country’s foreign trade, he announced in a […]

    The post Trump Threatens Russia with New Sanctions first appeared on Dissident Voice.]]>
    Trump threatens Russia with new sanctions

    FILE PHOTO: US President Donald Trump ©  Global Look Press / CNP / Al Drago

    US President Donald Trump has threatened Moscow with a new round of “large-scale” sanctions until a Ukraine ceasefire is reached. The restrictions would target the Russian banking sector and include tariffs on the country’s foreign trade, he announced in a post on Truth Social on Friday.

    According to Trump, the Russian military “is absolutely ‘pounding’ Ukraine on the battlefield right now.” Based on that, he said he was “strongly considering” slapping Moscow with another round of sanctions until “a cease fire and final settlement agreement on peace is reached” in the Ukraine conflict. The US president demanded that both Moscow and Kiev “get to the [negotiating] table right now, before it is too late.”

    This comes after US Treasury Secretary Scott Bessent called the sanctions imposed under Trump’s predecessor, Joe Biden, “egregiously weak.” Washington is prepared to tighten them, the official told the Economic Club of New York on Thursday. The Trump administration “will not hesitate to go ‘all in’ should it provide leverage in peace negotiations,” Bessent said.

    In February, Trump extended certain sanctions against Moscow for another year. He then suggested that they could be lifted “at some point” during peace talks. US Secretary of State Marco Rubio has said that Western nations might need to reconsider the restrictions imposed against Russia to secure an “enduring, sustainable” resolution to the Ukraine conflict.

    On Friday, the American Chamber of Commerce in Russia called on Washington to ease sanctions on Russia, particularly in the fields of aviation, investment, and banking, claiming that they have been harming both Russian and American businesses.

    The Kremlin also said this week that Western sanctions against Moscow would have to be lifted to mend relations between the US and Russia. Both nations agreed to work on restoring ties following a high-level meeting in Saudi Arabia last month.

    Russia has repeatedly stated that it was open for peace talks, but has opposed a temporary ceasefire with Kiev, arguing that a true settlement of the conflict requires a permanent long-term solution addressing its root causes.

    Russia demands that Ukraine demilitarize, denazify, adhere to a position of neutrality, and recognize the territorial “realities on the ground.” It also opposes any NATO presence on Ukrainian soil.

    The post Trump Threatens Russia with New Sanctions first appeared on Dissident Voice.


    This content originally appeared on Dissident Voice and was authored by RT.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2025/03/08/trump-threatens-russia-with-new-sanctions/feed/ 0 517518
    Syria’s new rulers roll over for Israel https://www.radiofree.org/2025/03/08/syrias-new-rulers-roll-over-for-israel/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/03/08/syrias-new-rulers-roll-over-for-israel/#respond Sat, 08 Mar 2025 06:18:27 +0000 http://www.radiofree.org/?guid=7b9e73c9fde5bf8cbb094442cec6984a
    This content originally appeared on The Grayzone and was authored by The Grayzone.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2025/03/08/syrias-new-rulers-roll-over-for-israel/feed/ 0 517399
    New Report: Working-Class Americans Can Expect to Die at Least 7 Years Earlier than the Wealthy https://www.radiofree.org/2025/03/07/new-report-working-class-americans-can-expect-to-die-at-least-7-years-earlier-than-the-wealthy/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/03/07/new-report-working-class-americans-can-expect-to-die-at-least-7-years-earlier-than-the-wealthy/#respond Fri, 07 Mar 2025 18:52:13 +0000 https://www.commondreams.org/newswire/new-report-working-class-americans-can-expect-to-die-at-least-7-years-earlier-than-the-wealthy Sen. Bernie Sanders (I-Vt.), Ranking Member of the Senate Committee on Health, Education, Labor, and Pensions (HELP), today released a new report exposing the stark disparities in life expectancy based on income, education, race and geography. The findings show that working class people in America die much younger than the wealthiest people in our country.

    The new analysis reveals that people living in the top 1% of counties ranked by median household income live seven years longer, on average, than Americans living in the bottom 50% of counties.

    “The massive income and wealth inequality that exists in America today is not just an economic issue, it is literally a matter of life and death,” said Sanders. “In America today, the bottom 50% of our population can expect to live seven years shorter lives than the top 1%. Even worse, Americans who live in working-class, rural counties can expect to die 10 years younger than people who live in wealthier neighborhoods across the country. The enormous stress of living paycheck to paycheck not only causes far too many Americans to die much quicker than they should, but also leads to higher levels of anxiety, depression, cardiovascular disease and poor health. This is an issue that Congress must address.”

    Here are the key findings from the report:

    • Wealthy Americans live longer than the working class. People living in the top 1% of counties ranked by median household income live an average of 84.3 years, while people living in the bottom 50% of counties ranked by median household income live an average of 77.4 years – a difference of 7 years.
    • Rural counties face the greatest disparities. Urban and suburban counties with a median household income of $100,000 have an average life expectancy of 81.6 years, while small rural counties with a median household income of $30,000 have an average life expectancy of 71.7 years – a 10-year gap.
    • Geographic disparities persist. In Loudoun County, Virginia, the highest-earning county in the U.S., life expectancy is 84 years. Just 350 miles away, in McDowell County, West Virginia, one of the lowest-earning counties in the U.S., the life expectancy is 69 years – a 15-year difference.
    • Higher incomes translate to longer lives. Among rural counties, a $10,000 increase in median annual household income is associated with an additional 2.6 years of life expectancy. Among lower- and lower-middle income populations in urban and suburban counties, the same income increase is associated with a 2.1-year gain in life expectancy.

    Through a survey shared on social media, Sanders recently asked working people how stress impacts their lives. The response was overwhelming. Americans shared stories that paint a picture of daily hardship: the stress of affording health care, food, and gas; the anxiety of living paycheck to paycheck; and the feeling of hopelessness that comes from constant financial strain.

    Here are just two of those responses.

    Edwardo from Texas said: “We struggle to get sleep. Our diets fluctuate, and we get sick from spoiled food from the donation pantry. Working long hours I was recently injured and am struggling, unable to pay for care to help heal.”

    Caitlan from Colorado said: “Stress isn’t just an inconvenience for me—it’s a direct threat to my heart. Living with a congenital heart defect and multiple mechanical valves means that every surge of anxiety, every sleepless night worrying about bills, isn’t just mentally exhausting—it physically wears on my heart. Stress triggers palpitations, spikes my blood pressure, and leaves me drained, knowing that too much of it could lead to serious complications. Managing it is a daily battle.”

    The report released today also describes policy solutions that would support working Americans and make progress toward closing the life expectancy gap, including:

    • Raising the minimum wage to at least $17 an hour to ensure workers can earn a living wage.
    • Guaranteeing health care as a human right by enacting Medicare for All.
    • Ending the international embarrassment of the United States being the only major country on earth not to guarantee paid family and medical leave.
    • Making education from child care to trade school and graduate school available to everyone regardless of their income or ZIP code.
    • Expanding Social Security and restoring defined benefit pension plans so that every senior in America can retire with dignity.
    Read the report here

    .


    This content originally appeared on Common Dreams and was authored by Newswire Editor.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2025/03/07/new-report-working-class-americans-can-expect-to-die-at-least-7-years-earlier-than-the-wealthy/feed/ 0 517349
    CPJ joins call for Nepal to revise new media council, social media bill https://www.radiofree.org/2025/03/07/cpj-joins-call-for-nepal-to-revise-new-media-council-social-media-bill/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/03/07/cpj-joins-call-for-nepal-to-revise-new-media-council-social-media-bill/#respond Fri, 07 Mar 2025 17:29:49 +0000 https://cpj.org/?p=462468 The Committee to Protect Journalists joined more than two dozen media and civil society groups in a joint statement on March 5, urging the Nepalese government and parliament to revise a recently proposed social media bill and the newly established Media Council. The statement noted that the bill granted the government “overreaching powers” that could threaten press freedom.

    The statement said the bill’s “overbroad and vague provisions” could be misused to target human rights defenders, journalists, and critics. It noted that parliament introduced the bill and founded the council within weeks of each other, raising “serious concerns about the government’s move to exert control over freedom of expression and access to information.”

    Read the full statement here.


    This content originally appeared on Committee to Protect Journalists and was authored by CPJ Staff.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2025/03/07/cpj-joins-call-for-nepal-to-revise-new-media-council-social-media-bill/feed/ 0 517294
    Civil Workers, Uncivil Problem: The 1934 Civil Works Administration Strike in Utica, New York https://www.radiofree.org/2025/03/07/civil-workers-uncivil-problem-the-1934-civil-works-administration-strike-in-utica-new-york/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/03/07/civil-workers-uncivil-problem-the-1934-civil-works-administration-strike-in-utica-new-york/#respond Fri, 07 Mar 2025 15:29:56 +0000 https://dissidentvoice.org/?p=156412 The history of the labor movement in the Mohawk Valley is an extremely rich yet untapped field. This is not to say that there’s no labor historiography of the region, but it seems lacking compared to other areas of New York. Utica itself has experienced or been adjacently involved with a number of strikes since […]

    The post Civil Workers, Uncivil Problem: The 1934 Civil Works Administration Strike in Utica, New York first appeared on Dissident Voice.]]>
    The history of the labor movement in the Mohawk Valley is an extremely rich yet untapped field. This is not to say that there’s no labor historiography of the region, but it seems lacking compared to other areas of New York. Utica itself has experienced or been adjacently involved with a number of strikes since at least the mid-19th century. The textile strike of 1919, the newspaper strike of 1967, the teachers strike of 1971, these are only a few of the likely dozens if not hundreds of strikes that have occurred in this city, let alone the whole of the Mohawk Valley. I’ve made it my mission as a historian to highlight the hidden radical kernels of the Mohawk Valley, including community action, politics, and of course, the labor movement. One piece of labor history that’s gone unseen is the 1934 strike held by workers employed by the Civil Works Administration program.

    On March 12, 1934, employees of the Civil Works Administration (CWA), a New Deal project designed for job creation to alleviate symptoms of the Great Depression, initiated a strike after facing a reduction in wages. Projects involving the CWA around Utica were put to a screeching halt when a reported 2,000 workers out of 2,500 organized to protest their wages being cut from fifty cents an hour to forty cents, in addition to a reduction of their weekly hours from thirty hours a week to twenty-four. The following day, between 600 and 700 workers representing the strike embarked on a march through the city headed for the office the city’s CWA director’s office. The goal of this march was simply to speak with the program’s director, one Howard Graburn, and demand “a square deal.” Seven workers, part of a “grievance committee,” met with Graburn. As stated at this meeting:

    They told him they could not live on $9.60 a week, the amount to be provided on the basis of an order last week from Washington. Until that order came, the men hard earned $15 a week.

    The CWA strike shares similarities with several other strikes before, during, and after it in that the police immediately labeled the workers as agitators and demonized their fight as one based on violent tactics. Then-Police Chief Timothy D. McCarthy even believed the idea that the workers were going to the director’s office to “tear the building down.” McCarthy even went as far as sending an emergency squad to the CWA office where one Captain Denis Jankiewicz urged the office to dismiss clerical staff and put the building under lockdown. Jankiewicz’s suggestion was rejected by Chester Smith, the associate director of the Utica office. Of course, this wasn’t the case. The march went off without a single reported incident of violence or use of inflammatory, agitative rhetoric. Patrick McCabe, one of the leaders of this strike, asserted that there would be no violence on the part of him or his fellow workers.

    McCabe was integral in providing a voice for his disgruntled comrades. As one of the leaders he signed highly important telegrams sent out to the heads of the CWA in both Washington and New York State. According to one paper, the telegrams go as follows:

    The several hundred employees of the CWA here in Utica have quietly left their work and have protested the cut in wages and hours because the same is not keeping up with the spirit of this work as directed by our noble president, Franklin Delano Roosevelt.

    We ask that we be given thirty hours a week and fifty cents an hour which was paid at the beginning of this work.

    Accusations of violence from the police here parallel the experiences of striking workers during the Little Falls Textile Strike of 1912-1913. Despite assertions from figures in the strike such as George R. Lunn, Helen Schloss, and several others for the strikers to utilize non-violent tactics in their fight, the police continuously painted the strikers and their supporters in the Socialist Party of America (SPA) and the Industrial Workers of the World (IWW) as agitators who would only bring violence to Little Falls. The strikers faced constant accusations of violence and disruptiveness, but several accounts show that any violence was instigated by the police and the privately hired deputies brought in by the mill owners.

    CWA workers in Utica held further grievances with the fact that the white-collar sector of the CWA offices were spared from the cuts that the blue-collar sector faced. A textbook example of classism, leaders of the Utica protests presented a demand for the publication of the names and salaries of the clerical staff who for some reason weren’t thrown into the same perils that they were.

    Part of what makes the CWA strikers’ plight so intriguing is that it held valley-wide and national implications. According to one paper, when the strikers presented their issues to Graburn, the director announced that: “…all the strikers might return to work in the morning with the exception of 200 who had been working on protecting walls in a creek project.”

    Though they reportedly were spared from these cuts branches of the CWA in the nearby towns of New York Mills, Whitesboro, and Yorkville told McCabe that there was serious consideration to initiate a “sympathy strike” in solidarity with their fellow workingmen. This proposed sympathy strike wouldn’t end up materializing, but the threat of a mass uprising of workers in the Mohawk Valley was present even if only for a very brief period. In the same vein, workers in numerous other cities throughout the country went on strike due to these cuts coming from the federal level. One article highlights strikes in Boston, Massachusetts, in addition to both Bristol and Allenton, Pennsylvania with various motivations, ranging from demanding a return to their previous wages to the reinstating of laid off workers.

    Just two days after flooding the streets of Utica, the CWA workers’ demands were officially met on Wednesday the 14th, at least partially. One article from The Daily Sentinel in Rome states that the Utica workers would be regaining both their fifty cents an hour and their thirty-hour workweek, however this is only mentioned in part of the article’s title. Two pieces from The Glens Falls Times point only to the return to the fifty cents. One piece from the paper has no mention of a return to thirty hours, and one published on March 15 states that although the pay would return to normal, the hours would not. Despite the apparent compromise basically thrusted upon the workers, McCabe was met with a roaring applause when he announced to his comrades that they would be able to return to work on Thursday with their original wages.

    The Civil Works Administration program would be retired at the end of March, meaning that in retrospect the fight of those in Utica only seemed to delay the inevitable. That being said though, the strike is still of great significance in that it exemplifies the power of organized labor in defending the interests of the working class, in addition to shedding light on the radical history of the Mohawk Valley. May we be inspired by history and use this history of struggle to help us understand how to approach the problems of our day.

    The post Civil Workers, Uncivil Problem: The 1934 Civil Works Administration Strike in Utica, New York first appeared on Dissident Voice.


    This content originally appeared on Dissident Voice and was authored by J.N. Cheney.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2025/03/07/civil-workers-uncivil-problem-the-1934-civil-works-administration-strike-in-utica-new-york/feed/ 0 517224
    Vietnam receives 6 new Czech aircraft as it seeks to rely less on Russia https://rfa.org/english/vietnam/2025/03/07/vietnam-south-china-sea-czech-aircraft-sky-fox/ https://rfa.org/english/vietnam/2025/03/07/vietnam-south-china-sea-czech-aircraft-sky-fox/#respond Fri, 07 Mar 2025 08:52:10 +0000 https://rfa.org/english/vietnam/2025/03/07/vietnam-south-china-sea-czech-aircraft-sky-fox/ Czech manufacturers Aero Vodochody and Omnipol have completed the delivery of six L-39 Skyfox training aircraft to the Vietnamese air force, Aero Vodochody said.

    Vietnam – the first foreign customer for the aircraft – had already received the first batch of six aircraft last August. It now has a fleet of 12 advanced jet trainers that can also operate as light combat aircraft.

    In order to modernize and strengthen its air force to deal with rising security challenges, especially tension in the South China Sea, Vietnam has been looking to buy planes and equipment from countries other than traditional partner Russia.

    Buying weapons from Russia could also isolate Vietnam from its Western allies as Russia’s arms manufacturers face sanctions following its invasion of Ukraine.

    Vietnam ordered the 12 trainers from Aero Vodochody in 2021. Omnipol, a strategic partner in the project, became a minority owner of Aero the same year.

    Also in 2021, Vietnam signed a contract to buy 12 new U.S.-made T-6C Texan II aircraft, five of which were delivered last November. The Beechcraft trainers were the first military aircraft sold directly by the U.S. to Vietnam.

    Two years earlier, Vietnam bought 12 Yak-130 jet trainers from Russia.

    Aero Vodochody said that the Vietnamese air force received a theoretical and practical training kit with the completed aircraft, including a simulation training system for pilots and mechanics.

    An on-the-aircraft training course will be held this year in the Czech Republic for Vietnamese pilots.

    Adaptable, versatile aircraft

    L-39 Skyfox is a turbofan-powered military trainer. Originally called L-39NG, the Czech manufacturers renamed the aircraft Skyfox last October saying the name fox “is perfectly suited to the aircraft due to its nature and behavior.”

    “It may not be the strongest animal in the forest, but it is extremely adaptable, persistent, resourceful, takes care of its young like an airplane takes care of its pilots, and when it comes down to it, it can bite hard,” Aero said.

    L-39 Skyfox aircraft with Vietnamese air force markings at an unidentified military airport in Vietnam, March 2025.
    L-39 Skyfox aircraft with Vietnamese air force markings at an unidentified military airport in Vietnam, March 2025.
    (Aero Vodochody)

    The aircraft, originally designed to support the training of pilots for Russian-made front-line combat aircraft, can also be used for training pilots of 4th and 5th generation aircraft such as the U.S.’s F-16 and F-35, it said.

    The manufacturer said the L-39 Skyfox is also suitable for light combat as it can be equipped with rockets, missiles, bombs and guns with a total payload capacity of up to 1,640 kilograms (1.8 tons).

    With a little adaptation such as by mounting sensors, it can be deployed for intelligence, surveillance, and reconnaissance operations, border and maritime patrolling.

    This week, Israeli media reported that Vietnam intended to buy two surveillance satellites worth US$680 million from Israel to “address China’s provocations against its neighbors in the South China Sea.”

    The L-39 Skyfox reportedly cost less than US$10 million per plane to procure, according to Janes, the military intelligence company.

    Edited by Mike Firn.


    This content originally appeared on Radio Free Asia and was authored by RFA Staff.

    ]]>
    https://rfa.org/english/vietnam/2025/03/07/vietnam-south-china-sea-czech-aircraft-sky-fox/feed/ 0 517183
    Service Not Servitude:  Be A New Type of Saint https://www.radiofree.org/2025/03/07/service-not-servitude-be-a-new-type-of-saint/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/03/07/service-not-servitude-be-a-new-type-of-saint/#respond Fri, 07 Mar 2025 06:52:50 +0000 https://www.counterpunch.org/?p=356600 [T]he practical proof that worldly wisdom may be safely transcended is the saint’s magic gift to humankind….he(sic) is an effective ferment for goodness, a slow transmuter of the earthly into a more heavenly order.…[T]he Utopian dreams of social justice in which many contemporary socialists and anarchists indulge are, in spite of their impracticality and non-adaptation More

    The post Service Not Servitude:  Be A New Type of Saint appeared first on CounterPunch.org.

    ]]>

    Cover art for the book The Varieties of Religious Experience: A Study in Human Nature by William James

    [T]he practical proof that worldly wisdom may be safely transcended is the saint’s magic gift to humankind….he(sic) is an effective ferment for goodness, a slow transmuter of the earthly into a more heavenly order.…[T]he Utopian dreams of social justice in which many contemporary socialists and anarchists indulge are, in spite of their impracticality and non-adaptation to present …conditions, analogous to the saint’s belief in an existent kingdom of heaven.  They help to break the edge of the general reign of hardness and are slow leavens of a better order.     

    What we now need to discover in the social realm is the moral equivalent of war: something heroic that will speak to men as universally as war does, and yet will be compatible with their spiritual selves as war…is incompatible. …[O]ne wonders whether a revival of the belief that poverty is a worthy religious vocation may not be…the spiritual reform which our time stands  most in need of.

    – William James, The Varieties of Religious Experience(1902)

    I like stories about turning points. I  suppose they’re all variations of coming-of-age stories,  telling about the transformation from child to adult.  When I was a teenager this change seemed to me about nothing more “strenuous” (a favorite word of William James’s) than getting the keys to the car or an  I.D. for getting proofed in bars. Liberal society provides no clues for the kind of transformation that is in effect spiritual enlargement, or “conversion.”

    Last week, we watched  a very good coming-of-age story.  The Starling Girl (2023, dir. Laurel Parmet) is set in a fundamentalist Christian community in Kentucky, its children raised strictly according to patriarchal biblical interpretation.  Thus the girl Jem’s growing up was not complicated by alcohol or drugs, boyfriends and dating, by rock concerts, social dancing or social media, only by fundamentalist orthodoxy: at 17 she’s considered of marriageable age, ready to be courted by a boy selected by her parents and the pastor. While it seems to be – and is – a story about a Romeo and Juliet “forbidden love,”  (apologies for the spoiler – the movie is beautifully made and worth watching even if you know) the real crisis is deeper; its “resolution” in her solitary, ecstatic dance in her soul’s Mecca of a Memphis bar.

    In a talk at The Other Side in Utica,  in late February, film scholar “Everett” told us about the turning point in his life, in the 1970’s, during the time of his earlier career as a literature scholar.  Bob Dylan was on his mind – he’d just seen A Complete Unknown 4 times – in particular, he mentioned the song called You Gotta Serve Somebody.  His watershed moment occurred in conjunction with a failed marriage and a new relationship; it evolved, that is, from crisis.  In coming out of it, he chose to “serve” avant garde films and film makers for which he’d discovered he had a passion, and to abandon the more secure career path he’d been on.   With his expertise and his connections in this avant garde niche, he found steady employment teaching film part-time at several prestigious eastern colleges and finally full time at elite Hamilton College, making him almost a poster boy for “following one’s bliss.”

    These days, in the vacuum left by the loss of our Cafe, the “heavenward” good which Orin and I served for nearly 22 years, I envy Everett – or anyone –  whose bliss-following led to a real-world good, a clear vocation.  My life’s turning point, which I have written about many times, was not toward a specific calling.  Unless I failed to interpret correctly which is possible, it was solely a transformation of imagination. Though it laid the spiritual foundation for the Cafe a few years later, the turning point had no this-world destiny attached.

    What I had learned from my crisis, was entirely subjective;  the experience, though matching the experiences described over and over in James’s famous book, seemed to take me away from religion, or I interpreted it that way; it fact,  it happened after my conversion to Catholicism a couple of years earlier, seemingly a “correction” to it.  Apparently I needed an experience in the darkness of my own soul;  my turning point was the connection with my imagination.   My experience, like the ones William James writes about, was life changing; where there had been no sense or meaning, suddenly there was! Indeed, “only connect,” as E.M. Forster wrote.  For me, this  illumination was sufficient in itself.  I was then as now a writer; the experience added a sense of purpose to my writing –  the supreme message, to me, like Jem Starling’s, was express yourself.  I was outside of some kind of cage that had kept me in –  of which I’d not even been aware.

    But my writing, however necessary,  never seemed to me like a vocation; I was neither poet nor novelist. It was more an act of personal prayer, keeping the life-changing, soul-deep experience, the divine visitation, alive. I was not prepared, like Lauren Olamina  in Octavia Butler’s Parable of the Sower to replicate a religion, although I could feel a glimmer of motivation in that direction!   The most direct this-world consequence of this second conversion was the “Temenos talks” I began a a few years after we opened our Cafe, in which I read aloud a completed essay, then followed with discussion and often a poem from Orin or someone else. These tiny gatherings felt, always, to me like a secret hidden cell of aliveness, occurring beneath the great “hardness”  all around, a kind of council fire that was lit apparently by my words as if people were just waiting for this perspective to be spoken.

    For better or worse,  although I’m clear this “perspective” doesn’t come from my normal consciousness, I was never comfortable claiming I spoke for God, or defining God as Butler’s character does. However, I conceive of what I do as speaking to a real – however unacknowledged – thirst for God – i.e.,  for the reassurance that connection-unity-inclusivity are ultimate truth.  That is, I can point, but the experience – to slake the thirst – is left to individual experience as it must be.

    I can call the ‘whom” I serve through my writing  “She who speaks through my imagination.”  Because of the distinct otherness of the voice I scribe for, there’s a continuous struggle to believe in this other who speaks solely to me,  whom only I recognize.  Though she surely enlarges me, expands me beyond my ordinary “street” self, she is available to me only in my solitude.  Thus my writing, always,  reflects this struggle with unbelief, that is, the struggle is with liberal, rational, secular, higher education-edified totality.  Even with all its tolerance, all its permissiveness, the liberal totality functions for me – with no socialists or unionists in my family tree, no ethnics or outlaws to assist me –  in effect like the Christian fundamentalists in the movie; serving the dominant egoic reality, it stifles imagination. And my ego –  particularly its self-negating, passivity-inducing function –  just doesn’t want to give up.

    So in the end – or so far –  this splitness that fuels all my writing is I believe, or hope, what makes it possible to speak to the souls of others who, like me,  have adjusted decently to liberal society, at whatever cost to the soul.  The cost of a ticket out of splitness is high; definitely painful, it can be crisis-inducing, even hazardous to your health.  It is indeed “strenuous” but we are talking here about our co-responsibility for the dreadful civilization we sustain by our actions, a problem not for guilt but for greater expectation of joy.

    Because liberalism is a totality I need help with my discernment, which is why I need the maverick truth-tellers – to which list I now add philosopher/psychologist William James who found his own non-judgmental  way to speak up for religious consciousness as a moral necessity.   I need help to see through liberalism’s laissez faire laxity, its best-of-all-possible-world sedation, the cover-ups that keep the spectacle going.  The “split” is so important to talk about for the very reason that so few actually traverse the path from child to adult, from being dependent upon the care of others to protecting the vulnerables – the heart of the world – even though the soul calls in every person.  The consequences of this refusal of “strenuousness” are all around us in the disheartening conditions of the world that produced Donald Trump. It’s not neoliberal capitalism that’s going down the tubes under Donald Trump, it’s the last shreds of the effort to put a decent face on a system that is barbarous at heart.   Which is why I cannot share the shock and dismay, the “this is not my country” expressed by so many liberals who seemingly do not notice the inward split I’m talking about.

    But as I see it, what gave the Temenos gatherings the sense of a sacred council fire was just that among us the contrast between  “normal shared liberal consciousness”  and the outsider-anarchistic soul’s truth was clear.   No mistake, Christian fascism is evil. But it does us no good to know that, but not know the completely normalized sedation of liberal reality, its koolaid-induced belief in progress, the faith that keeps everybody locked in to keeping the one project – civilization – going instead of making our own individual lives the stuff of heroism, instead of being slow leavens for a better social order.

    For complex reasons, cowardice maybe being one, I never took the Temenos to the “next step” which whatever it was,  would have been my venture alone.  But,  teamed with Orin,   the turning point and the desire to serve a this-world good had already led to the Cafe Domenico.  This enterprise that took both our energies,  that people could see, be enchanted by, patronize and love was surely my calling.   During the 21 years of the Cafe’s existence,  I knew what I served!

    Only now in its aftermath do I see an unintended consequence of this certainty.  In running our dream as a business,  no matter how anarchist/utopian-inspired, the truth of its mystical origins had to remain underground.  Though my soul was in love with the Cafe, her prophetic truth was not allowed its full voice.  Even though it was the saint-like idealism that awakened that same love in the souls of others, as the many written and spoken communications to us testify, an avowedly anarchist/utopianist coffeeshop in Utica – or maybe anywhere in the world –  would not sell enough coffee to keep its doors open.

    ********

    In this time of personal and also national and global stress, my feeling toward the life choices I’ve made in line with my conscience,  that deviate so from the “norm,”   are always vulnerable to demons of self-negation:   The choice to live in this redstate region of NYS, where “public interest” is practically limited to jobs, crime, restaurants, and “heroism” to soldiers and policemen and firemen injured in the line of duty;  to resist gadgets and screens;  to never follow a career; to live in modified poverty, stranded outside the virtually connected universe – these can so easily be twisted into accusations against myself.

    I have to remind myself, it was exactly these choices, including the choice to live in the city, lured by its symbolic meaning as place of inclusivity, change, exchange, of ethnicities and races as well as creative freedom  –  that brought the Cafe Domenico into existence. The city exemplified the truth of wholeness that includes, rather than denies, the darkness.  It was the union of our inclusive souls with Utica’s inclusive soul. It was the funky Utica we could love and relate to.  Entirely something of our imagination, helped along by the many “saints” whose words and deeds we had read and admired, many of whose images adorned Cafe walls.

    Were these weird choices saint-like?  If so, they did not seem to me like asceticism, though in a way they were sacrificial. If saint-like, I confess I’m a wretched backslider of a saint! But also, I must ask as I have always done, is not something like this – i.e, making lifeway choices based upon a different – “heaven-ward-” based model what is asked of those of us who truly long for the better in-common world?  I can’t think of anybody I know who thinks the idea of being a saint is a good one!  And, while letting go of belief in a moral absolute makes sense compared to the rigidly patriarchal fundamentalist Christian culture portrayed in The Starling Girl, it may be those of us captive in liberal reality are in need precisely of a moral absolute.   Ours, however must be the one authorized in mystical, subjective experience that is intrinsically, as William James points out,  reconciling and unifying and, I would add, ecstatic.

    Giving one’s soul its expression – art-as-prayer, prayer-as-art –  places one naturally at odds with the logic of “worldly wisdom” – its divisiveness,  hierarchy and rankings, its discounting of human beings and biological/organic life; that is, politically,  it pits one profoundly against the lies of dominant neoliberal “reality” with – as Mr. James pointed out –  its overweening fear of poverty,  its true God, money.   But one does not provide the soul its expression in order to be right, which is a move of ego.  One does it for the reason each soul calls one to one’s creativity because it is the only way it can express itself.  Who am I to obstruct this truth that, for all I will know of God, is God’s truth? And all my soul asks of me are two things, not actually separable: that I serve it by committing to my self-expression (my bliss), and that I “reach out of sight” into darkness, that is, to the root of the chronic unhappiness that is the wounding of the soul, the trauma, denial of which denies the whole soul its truth.

    +++

    Sitting in the waiting room of the Boonville medical office last week I was so happy the screen was showing health tips instead of the usual Fox News that I looked up from my book a few times.  A quotation from Oscar Wilde came up: “Be yourself: Everyone else is taken.” The sign does not say being yourself is a transgressive act, which Wilde surely knew.  It is to be the slow leaven, an anarchist, a Utopian, a new kind of hero.  I’d like to think our Temenos is an incubator for this kind of saint, my this-world service perhaps to be mama hen.

    The post Service Not Servitude:  Be A New Type of Saint appeared first on CounterPunch.org.


    This content originally appeared on CounterPunch.org and was authored by Kim C. Domenico.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2025/03/07/service-not-servitude-be-a-new-type-of-saint/feed/ 0 517150
    New Report Warns of Increasing Nuclear Dangers https://www.radiofree.org/2025/03/07/new-report-warns-of-increasing-nuclear-dangers/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/03/07/new-report-warns-of-increasing-nuclear-dangers/#respond Fri, 07 Mar 2025 06:13:28 +0000 https://www.counterpunch.org/?p=356552 Once again the ‘Gloomsday’ Machine is reporting the awful news about the growing nuclear threats, the widening nuclear proliferation, and ongoing modernization and development of new weapons most recently in the Nuclear Weapons Ban Monitor which defines itself as “a research project managed by Norwegian People’s Aid with contributions from a broad range of external experts More

    The post New Report Warns of Increasing Nuclear Dangers appeared first on CounterPunch.org.

    ]]>

    Image courtesy CODEPINK.

    Once again the ‘Gloomsday’ Machine is reporting the awful news about the growing nuclear threats, the widening nuclear proliferation, and ongoing modernization and development of new weapons most recently in the Nuclear Weapons Ban Monitor which defines itself as “a research project managed by Norwegian People’s Aid with contributions from a broad range of external experts and institutions, including the Federation of American Scientists and the Norwegian Academy of International Law”.

    There is never any attempt to make people aware of how the nuclear arms race and new forms of proliferation are being driven and the many missed opportunities, over the 80-year course of the nuclear age to reverse the Doomsday machine and move forward to a new world at peace.

    A simple study of history would make it apparent that it is the United States, the only country to actually drop the bomb in the tragic annihilation of Hiroshima and Nagasaki, which has been driving the nuclear arms race from the very beginning of the nuclear age.

    It began when US President Harry Truman turned down USSR Prime Minister Joseph Stalin’s proposal to turn the bomb over to United Nations, which was formed “to end the scourge of war” with its first resolution calling for nuclear disarmament. After the US refusal, Russia then went ahead to get its own nuclear bomb, and the arms race was off and running!

    One need only recall the sorry history of rejected agreements, broken treaties, conditions that would have moved nuclear abolition forward, to know that something’s amiss in how the establishment is talking about nuclear dangers, merely assailing us with reports that the numbers of nuclear weapons available for use is continuously increasing and new countries are considering acquiring these deadly weapons.

    Nor are we reading about how Reagan rejected Gorbachev’s offer to give up Star Wars as a condition for both countries to eliminate all their nuclear weapons when the wall came down. Nor are we hearing about the repeated motions from China and Russia in the UN for the Prevention of an Arms Race in Outer Space, opposed by the US,  as well as their draft treaty proposals tabled in 2008 and 2014 in the consensus-bound Committee on Disarmament in Geneva for negotiations on a space weapons ban, vetoed by the United States, which refused to permit even discussion on a space weapons ban treaty.

    The Gloomsday bunch never mention how Putin was turned down by Obama when he asked the US to negotiate a Cyberwar Ban Treaty after the US and Israel hacked Iran’s nuclear enrichment facility with the Stuxnet virus, or that China and Russia support UN resolutions for such a treaty which the US opposes.

    Nor are we hearing about how Bush walked out of the 1972 Anti-Ballistic Treaty which required the US and the USSR to have only one anti-ballistic missile base in each nation, and since that time, the US has now put new missile bases in Romania and Poland.

    And while we hear of Putin having recently placed Russian nuclear weapons in Belarus, during the Ukraine war, it is never mentioned together with the fact that the US has had nuclear weapons for years in Germany, Italy, Belgium, the Netherlands and Turkey as part of its NATO agreement to use our nuclear weapons on their behalf!

    Indeed, at a recent Bulletin of Atomic Scientists webinar announcing the world’s closest advance to doomsday, a speaker mentioned that Russia walked out of the CTBT, but he never mentioned that the US never joined the treaty.  Although Clinton signed the treaty, the US, unlike Russia never ratified it.

    If we’re going to ban the bomb and get nuclear weapons states to support the new Treaty for the Prohibition of Nuclear Weapons, we have to tell the truth about who is the perpetrator in the ever expanding nuclear arms race!  For another way to talk about the bomb, see Code Pink’s Peace Clock. Peace Clock – CODEPINK – Women for Peace.

    The post New Report Warns of Increasing Nuclear Dangers appeared first on CounterPunch.org.


    This content originally appeared on CounterPunch.org and was authored by Alice Slater.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2025/03/07/new-report-warns-of-increasing-nuclear-dangers/feed/ 0 517057
    Nuclear Abolition is Focus of UN Meetings in New York https://www.radiofree.org/2025/03/06/nuclear-abolition-is-focus-of-un-meetings-in-new-york/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/03/06/nuclear-abolition-is-focus-of-un-meetings-in-new-york/#respond Thu, 06 Mar 2025 06:50:30 +0000 https://www.counterpunch.org/?p=356395 All this week, professional dreamers who insist on the abolition of nuclear weapons have been meeting at the United Nations in New York. The very upbeat gathering was the 3rd “Meeting of States Parties,” a treaty-speak for the 73 UN member states that ratified the 2017 Treaty on the Prohibition of Nuclear Weapons (TPNW). What’s More

    The post Nuclear Abolition is Focus of UN Meetings in New York appeared first on CounterPunch.org.

    ]]>

    Photograph Source: xiquinhosilva – CC BY 2.0

    All this week, professional dreamers who insist on the abolition of nuclear weapons have been meeting at the United Nations in New York. The very upbeat gathering was the 3rd “Meeting of States Parties,” a treaty-speak for the 73 UN member states that ratified the 2017 Treaty on the Prohibition of Nuclear Weapons (TPNW).

    What’s so extraordinary about the TPNW, in the words of the International Campaign to Abolish Nuclear Weapons which helped shepherd the treaty through the UN negotiating process and won a Nobel Prize for it, is that “it is the first globally applicable treaty that categorically prohibits the most destructive, inhumane instruments of war ever created.”

    The prohibition applies only to states that ratify, so the U.S. can continue its 80-year H-bomb frenzy of radioactive pollution and global bomb threats — known quaintly as “deterrence” — a collapsed charade of terror and unimaginable risk-taking that most of the world has renounced.

    Among the 73 “states parties” at this week’s meetings are major players on the world stage including Brazil. There are also over a dozen treaty “signatory states” from the Americas — putting the USA’s absence to shame — including Mexico, Costa Rica, Guatemala, Honduras, Nicaragua, Panama, Paraguay, Peru, Ecuador, El Salvador, Chile, Bolivia, Cuba, Uruguay, and Venezuela.

    Combined, the TPNW’s parties and signers total 94, one-half of the United Nations’ 193 members. This treaty is a colossal accomplishment of common sense, defogging and popular good will which has triumphed over relentless public and private pressure, threats and backroom villainy by nuclear weapons states that pretend their doomsday devices still serve a necessary function.

    While 122 UN member voted in 2017 to adopt the TPNW, nicknamed the “nuclear ban treaty,” and global enthusiasm for it is most pronounced in the developing world whose economies, environments, and health statistics would improve following the renunciation of their civilization-ending weapons by the increasingly isolated nuclear-armed states.

    The treaty’s international appeal can be understood by reading its preamble:

    Reaffirming that any use of nuclear weapons would be abhorrent to the principles of humanity and the dictates of public conscience…

    Cognizant that the catastrophic consequences of nuclear weapons cannot be adequately addressed, transcend national borders, pose grave implications for human survival, the environment, socioeconomic development, the global economy, food security and the health of current and future generations, and have a disproportionate impact on women and girls, including as a result of ionizing radiation.…

    This year, Nukewatch co-director Kelly Lundeen is in New York leading a small delegation of colleagues. Their particular focus among NGO side events is Article 6 of the treaty, which requires providing adequate medical care, rehabilitation and psychological support for individuals affected by the use or testing of nuclear weapons. Widespread radioactive fallout from Bomb testing has harmed millions of individuals in the Marshall Islands and Nevada (bombed by the US), Australia (UK), Algeria (France), Kazakhstan (USSR), and Lop Nor in the Gobi desert (China).

    Article 6 is partly where the 3rd MSP’s dreaming comes in, because the governments responsible for the bomb testing’s radioactive poisoning, maiming, and debilitation of individuals even in their own countries, have so far refused to sign on.

    This belligerent scofflaw gangsterism on the part of nuclear weapons states grows more odious, fraudulent, and transparently absurd with every new ascension of another TPNW state party.

    Today, D. Trump shoots his mouth off about nuclear disarmament, so the craziness of what Rex Tillerson called the “fucking moron” might accidentally result in something with a shred of value.

    Does anyone still believe that “nuclear deterrence” policy retains validity? Considering just the Russian invasion of Ukraine, one knows Western nuclear weapons have always been rationalized as the “deterrent” that kept Russia from taking military action in Europe. This fraud can be abandoned.

    Another grim and mortifying reason that nuclear weapons can be abandoned is that they are unnecessary for war-making powers bent on mass destruction. Today’s photographs of a rubblized Gaza, and 2003 photos of the rubblized streets of Baghdad, show nuclear bomb-like devastation caused by modern Israeli and U.S. “conventional” explosives. The new chemical bombs are so devastating that nuclear attacks are stupidly redundant, only make the rubble bounce, and can be trashed.

    The post Nuclear Abolition is Focus of UN Meetings in New York appeared first on CounterPunch.org.


    This content originally appeared on CounterPunch.org and was authored by John Laforge.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2025/03/06/nuclear-abolition-is-focus-of-un-meetings-in-new-york/feed/ 0 516805
    Union wary of Canadian billionaire Jim Grenon’s NZ media influence https://www.radiofree.org/2025/03/06/union-wary-of-canadian-billionaire-jim-grenons-nz-media-influence/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/03/06/union-wary-of-canadian-billionaire-jim-grenons-nz-media-influence/#respond Thu, 06 Mar 2025 05:58:00 +0000 https://asiapacificreport.nz/?p=111698 By Susan Edmunds, RNZ News money correspondent

    The Aotearoa New Zealand union representing many of NZME’s journalists says it is “deeply worried” by a billionaire’s plans to take over its board.

    Auckland-based Canadian billionaire Jim Grenon is leading a move to dump the board of media company NZME, owners of The New Zealand Herald and NewsTalk ZB.

    He has told the company’s board he wants to remove most of the current directors, replace them with himself and three others, and choose one existing director to stay on.

    He took a nearly 10 percent stake in the business earlier in the week.

    Michael Wood, negotiation specialist at E tū, the union that represents NZME’s journalists, said he had grave concerns.

    “We see a pattern that has been incredibly unhealthy in other countries, of billionaire oligarchs moving into media ownership roles to be able to promote their own particular view of the word,” he said.

    “Secondly, we have a situation here where when Mr Grenon purchased holdings in NZME he was at pains to make it sound like an innocent manoeuvre with no broader agenda . . .  within a few days he is aggressively pursuing board positions.”

    What unsaid agendas?
    Wood said Grenon had a track record of trying to influence media discourse in New Zealand.

    “We are deeply concerned about this, about what unsaid agendas lie behind a billionaire oligarch trying to take ownership of one of our biggest media companies.”

    James Grenon.
    Canadian billionaire James Grenon . . . track record of trying to influence media discourse in New Zealand. Image: TOM Capital Management/RNZ

    “We are deeply concerned about this, about what unsaid agendas lie behind a billionaire oligarch trying to take ownership of one of our biggest media companies.”

    He said it would be important for New Zealand not to follow the example of the US, where media outlets had become “the mouthpiece for the rich and powerful”.

    E tū would consult its national delegate committee of journalists, he said.

    Grenon has been linked with alternative news sites, including The Centrist, serving as the company’s director up to August 2023.

    The Centrist claims to present under-served perspectives and reason-based analysis, “even if it might be too hot for the mainstream media to handle”.

    Grenon has been approached for comment by RNZ.

    Preoccupations with trans rights, treaty issues
    Duncan Greive, founder of The Spinoff and media commentator, said he was a reader of Grenon’s site The Centrist.

    “The main thing we know about him is that publication,” Greive said.

    “It’s largely news aggregation but it has very specific preoccupations around trans rights, treaty issues and particularly vaccine injury and efficacy.

    “A lot of the time it’s aggregating from mainstream news sites but there’s a definite feel that things are under-covered or under-emphasised at mainstream news organisations.

    “If he is looking to gain greater control and exert influence on the publishing and editorial aspects of the business, you’ve got to think there is a belief that those things are under-covered and the editorial direction of The Herald isn’t what he would like it to be.”

    Duncan Grieve
    The Spinoff founder and media commentator Duncan Greive . . . Investors “would be excited about the sale of OneRoof”. Image: RNZ News

    Greive said the move could be connected to the NZME announcement in its annual results that it was exploring options for the sale of its real estate platform OneRoof.

    “There are a lot of investors who believe OneRoof is being held back by proximity to the ‘legacy media’ assets of NZME and if it could be pulled out of there the two businesses would be more valuable separate than together.

    “If you look at the shareholder book of NZME, you don’t image a lot of these institutional investors who hold the bulk of the shares are going to be as excited about editorial direction and issues as Grenon would be . . .  but they would be excited about the sale of OneRoof.”

    Wanting the publishing side
    Greive said he could imagine a scenario where Grenon told shareholders he wanted the publishing side, at a reduced value, and the OneRoof business could be separated off.

    “From a pure value realisation, maximisation of shareholder value point of view, that makes sense to me.”

    Greive said attention would now go on the 37 percent of shareholders whom Grenon said had been consulted in confidence about his plans.

    “It will become clear pretty quickly and they will be under pressure to say why they are involved in this and it will become clear pretty quickly whether my theory is correct.”

    This article is republished under a community partnership agreement with RNZ.


    This content originally appeared on Asia Pacific Report and was authored by Pacific Media Watch.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2025/03/06/union-wary-of-canadian-billionaire-jim-grenons-nz-media-influence/feed/ 0 516777
    A New Missouri Bill Would Let Residents Donate to Anti-Abortion Centers Instead of Paying Any Taxes https://www.radiofree.org/2025/03/05/a-new-missouri-bill-would-let-residents-donate-to-anti-abortion-centers-instead-of-paying-any-taxes/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/03/05/a-new-missouri-bill-would-let-residents-donate-to-anti-abortion-centers-instead-of-paying-any-taxes/#respond Wed, 05 Mar 2025 10:00:00 +0000 https://www.propublica.org/article/missouri-pregnancy-resource-centers-anti-abortion-tax-credit-bill by Jeremy Kohler

    ProPublica is a nonprofit newsroom that investigates abuses of power. Sign up for Dispatches, a newsletter that spotlights wrongdoing around the country, to receive our stories in your inbox every week.

    In an unprecedented move to funnel more public tax dollars toward groups that oppose abortion, Republican lawmakers in Missouri are advancing a plan to allow residents to donate to pregnancy resource centers instead of paying any state income taxes.

    The proposal would establish a 100% tax credit, up from 70%, and a $50,000 annual cap per taxpayer. The result: Nearly all Missouri households — except those with the highest incomes — could fully satisfy their state tax bill by redirecting their payment from the state to pregnancy centers.

    The move comes four months after Missouri voters reversed one of the nation’s strictest abortion bans, and just as clinics have begun performing the procedure again after overcoming Republican obstacles.

    Supporters of the bill, which last month cleared a key legislative hurdle in the state House, say it gives taxpayers more control over where their tax dollars go and allows them to support organizations that help pregnant women and provide alternatives to abortion. Alissa Gross, CEO of Resource Health Services, which runs four pregnancy resource centers in the Kansas City area, told the committee in written testimony that tax credits have led to a surge in donations to her organization and that a 100% tax credit could bring in even more.

    “Our ability to impact more men and women for life as well as build healthy families has been substantial,” she said.

    Critics argue the state’s support for pregnancy resource centers, also known as crisis pregnancy centers, diverts tax revenue away from essential services such as health care and public education and becomes a funding stream for anti-abortion advocacy. They say many centers do little to actually help women; instead, they say they merely discourage women from getting abortions.

    “A 70 percent tax credit with no cap was excessive. A 100 percent tax credit is absurd,” Katie Baylie, a lawyer and reproductive rights advocate based in the Kansas City area, wrote in testimony submitted to the committee. “It is an insult to Missourians that our lawmakers are spending time even considering this bill.”

    Experts in tax policy and philanthropy said a dollar-for-dollar tax credit — for any purpose — is rare and could be much costlier for the state than intended, especially if pregnancy centers actively promote it.

    There is a big psychological difference for donors between a 100% tax credit and a 70% credit, the experts said. At 70%, donors still have to pay some taxes, but at 100%, there is no reason to make a donation less than their tax liability.

    “I could imagine a possibility where there’s a big publicity campaign by these centers, or a viral campaign, and massive numbers of conservative Missourians decide to effectively defund state government in favor of these pregnancy resource centers,” said David Gamage, a professor of tax law and policy at the University of Missouri law school.

    However, expansion of tax credits clashes with another Republican push to eliminate Missouri’s income tax altogether. Two proposals to replace it with a higher sales tax recently advanced in the state Senate, although it was unclear whether they could pass. If Missouri were to abolish state income taxes, tax credits would become meaningless.

    The bill represents one more expansion of a measure Missouri lawmakers have been growing for several years. Until 2021, Missouri taxpayers who donated to pregnancy resource centers were able to claim a 50% tax credit for their donations, meaning for every $1,000 in donations, a taxpayer’s bill dropped by $500. That’s when an expansion approved by the legislature in 2019 took effect and raised the rate to 70%. That shifted more of the cost of those contributions to the state, since tax credits work by directly reducing the amount of money a taxpayer owes to the state. Unlike deductions, which lower taxable income, tax credits are a dollar-for-dollar reduction in tax liability. When these credits are redeemed, they prevent the state from collecting that revenue, effectively reducing the total income available for public services.

    The legislature also removed a $3.5 million-per-year cap on the program and removed its expiration date.

    At the time, the change drew little attention because it was tucked into the same legislation that created Missouri’s trigger law to ban abortion if Roe v. Wade were overturned — a move that dominated headlines. And there were few warnings about how much it could cost.

    The bill’s official cost estimate, prepared by nonpartisan legislative oversight staff, projected only a modest increase in taxpayer expense. Raising the tax credit to 70% was expected to increase annual tax credits from $3.5 million to $4.9 million. That estimate assumed donations would remain steady.

    But they didn’t. The program has grown significantly, with $11.8 million in tax credits authorized in the past year alone. Still, it remains a small fraction of Missouri’s overall budget; Gov. Mike Kehoe has proposed a $54 billion spending plan for next year.

    Once again, legislative research is downplaying the potential impact on Missouri’s budget. The fiscal note for the bill accounts only for the jump from a 70% to a 100% tax credit, without considering the likely surge in donations that such an incentive would trigger — even though increasing giving is the entire point of the policy.

    The note says that it was “unclear” whether the enhanced tax credit would encourage more people to contribute and claim the credit, which would lead to more foregone tax revenue for the state.

    The legislative research staffer who authored the impact statement declined to comment, and the bill’s House sponsor, Rep. Christopher Warwick, did not respond to questions from ProPublica.

    Warwick, a Republican from Bolivar, in southwest Missouri, told the tax reform committee that his proposal empowers taxpayers to support important work without the state “trying to verify what programs work.” He said, too, that he would oppose requirements for pregnancy resource centers to report how they spend the money, saying he wanted to “limit the bureaucracy.”

    Warwick’s bill would also increase the tax credit for donations to maternity homes from 70% to 100% and for diaper banks from 50% to 100%. The state has not yet studied the impact of those changes.

    A matching bill has been introduced in the Senate but has not yet advanced.

    Rep. Steve Butz, a Democrat from St. Louis, argued the tax credit would effectively shift charitable giving from individuals to the state.

    “This will be the fourth bill I’ve heard that will reduce revenue, which I guess is clearly your goal here — to reduce the revenue to the state,” Butz told Warwick during a legislative hearing on the bill. He argued that if donors receive a full tax credit for their contributions, they aren’t really giving their own money — rather, the state is effectively making the donation for them. “So I don’t know that I’d consider that much charitable giving.”

    In an interview, Butz said he considers himself pro-life and has donated to pregnancy resource centers, receiving the 70% tax credit. However, he said he does not believe the program should take priority over others that receive less or no tax incentives for giving.

    Missouri’s approach to crisis pregnancy centers reflects a growing divide between red and blue states. While Republican-led states such as Florida, Texas and Tennessee have ramped up funding for pregnancy resource centers, states led by Democrats, including Massachusetts and California, have warned residents the centers mislead patients by posing as medical clinics while steering them away from abortion.

    Missouri is among the national leaders in per capita spending on pregnancy resource centers even before tax credits are factored in, according to data from states that fund them. Kehoe has proposed increasing direct state funding by almost 50% to more than $12 million in the fiscal year that starts July 1.

    In a statement, Gabby Picard, communications director in Kehoe’s office, said the governor “is committed to supporting services that help women choose to carry their unborn child to term, which is why his budget recommends increased funding” for abortion alternatives, including pregnancy resource centers.

    Missouri was the first state to use tax credits to fund pregnancy centers, becoming a model for other states looking to support the anti-abortion movement. One public health expert who has tracked the impact of pregnancy centers said Missouri has been a leader and innovator in this effort. “What Missouri is proposing really makes them an outlier at the top of the game,” said Andrea Swartzendruber, an associate professor of epidemiology and biostatistics at the University of Georgia.

    Warwick’s initiative follows sweeping changes to Missouri’s abortion laws.

    In November, voters approved a constitutional amendment guaranteeing the right to abortion and other reproductive health decisions, effectively nullifying a near-total ban that had been in place since 2022, when the U.S. Supreme Court overturned Roe v. Wade.

    The first abortion performed under the new amendment took place in Kansas City on Feb. 15, after a judge struck down restrictive licensing rules that had prevented providers like Planned Parenthood from resuming services in the state.

    In response, Republican lawmakers have introduced a wave of bills aimed at limiting the amendment’s impact. Among the measures is another proposed constitutional amendment that would restrict abortion and ban gender-affirming care for minors — an effort to combine something that voters support with something they don’t in the hopes it’ll turn off abortion-rights supporters.

    Some abortion-rights advocates in the legislature see the expanded tax credit as part of a broader push by anti-abortion lawmakers stung by the repeal of the abortion ban. After the amendment passed, those legislators “needed some wins,” said Rep. Kemp Strickler, a Democrat from the Kansas City suburbs.

    “But even if the amendment had lost,” Strickler said, “they probably would have been coming forward with these kinds of things.”


    This content originally appeared on ProPublica and was authored by by Jeremy Kohler.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2025/03/05/a-new-missouri-bill-would-let-residents-donate-to-anti-abortion-centers-instead-of-paying-any-taxes/feed/ 0 516511
    ‘Family, a home and basic rights’ – North Korean POW in Ukraine dreams of new life https://rfa.org/english/korea/2025/03/05/north-korea-soldier-pow-ukraine-interview/ https://rfa.org/english/korea/2025/03/05/north-korea-soldier-pow-ukraine-interview/#respond Wed, 05 Mar 2025 04:19:06 +0000 https://rfa.org/english/korea/2025/03/05/north-korea-soldier-pow-ukraine-interview/ TAIPEI, Taiwan – A North Korean soldier captured in Russia has once again expressed his determination to defect to South Korea, painting a vision of a life where he can finally have “family, a home, and basic rights.”

    The soldier, identified as Ri, was among an estimated 12,000 North Korean soldiers deployed to Russia’s Kursk region to fight Ukrainian forces who occupied parts of the area in August. Neither Russia nor North Korea has acknowledged their presence.

    “I really want to go to South Korea,” said Ri, during an interview released by South Korean lawmaker Yoo Yong-won, who recently visited Ukraine.

    “If I go to Korea, will I be able to live the way I want, according to the rights I hope for? Having a home and a family,” Ri asked Yoo.

    “I’m from North Korea and also a prisoner. Would that make it too difficult for me to have a family?”

    Yoo said that Ri had sustained a gunshot wound to the jaw so severe that it impaired his ability to speak clearly. He added that Ri asked whether he could undergo another operation on his jaw upon arriving in the South.

    Another North Korean soldier, identified as Baek who was captured alongside Ri, told Yoo that he was still deciding whether he wanted to defect to the South.

    “Just in case I cannot return home … I feel like I can decide soon … I will keep thinking about it,” said Baek.

    A North Korean soldier (L), identified as Baek, captured in Kursk and now at an identified detention center in Ukraine. Part of the image has been blurred by South Korean lawmaker Yoo Yong-won (R) who interviewed the soldier.
    A North Korean soldier (L), identified as Baek, captured in Kursk and now at an identified detention center in Ukraine. Part of the image has been blurred by South Korean lawmaker Yoo Yong-won (R) who interviewed the soldier.
    (Yoo Yong-won)

    When asked whether North Korean soldiers would choose to commit suicide if about to be captured by Ukrainian forces, Baek said he witnessed it many times and thought about doing it to himself when he was wounded and collapsed.

    White House National Security Council spokesperson John Kirby said in December that the U.S. had reports of North Korean soldiers taking their own lives rather than surrendering to Ukrainian forces, likely out of fear of reprisal against their families in North Korea in the event that they were captured.

    “There’s no official training in the military instructing us to do so, but soldiers believe that being captured by the enemy is a betrayal of the homeland, so they make that decision on their own,” Baek explained.

    Yoo said captured North Korean soldiers should not be forced to return to their homeland.

    “I urge our diplomatic authorities to do everything in their power to prevent the tragic forced repatriation of North Korean soldiers captured as prisoners of war in Ukraine,” said Yoo.

    “Sending them back to North Korea would essentially be a death sentence. They are constitutionally recognized as citizens of South Korea so that must be protected.”

    South Korea’s foreign ministry reaffirmed on Wednesday that it would accept Ri and Baek if they chose to defect to the South.

    “We will provide the necessary protection and support in accordance with the fundamental principle and relevant laws that ensure the acceptance of all individuals requesting to go to South Korea,” said a ministry spokesperson, adding that it would work with the Ukrainian authorities.

    RELATED STORIES

    North Korea sending more troops to Russia, South confirms

    EXPLAINED: North Korean POW in Ukraine wants to defect to South. What’s next?

    ‘I want to defect to South’: North Korean soldier captured in Kursk breaks silence

    Yoo’s interview with North Korean soldiers came amid reports that the North was preparing to send more troops to Russia despite increasing casualties.

    South Korea’s main spy agency confirmed last week that North Korea had deployed more troops to Russia amid casualties, with media reports estimating the number at more than 1,000.

    Ukraine said earlier that about 4,000 North Korean troops in Russia had been killed or wounded, with its leader Volodymyr Zelenskyy estimating that an additional 20,000 to 25,000 North Korean soldiers could be sent to Russia.

    Edited by Mike Firn.


    This content originally appeared on Radio Free Asia and was authored by Taejun Kang for RFA.

    ]]>
    https://rfa.org/english/korea/2025/03/05/north-korea-soldier-pow-ukraine-interview/feed/ 0 516258
    🎶 "There are a lot of places I like, but I like New Orleans better." – Bob Dylan 🌟 #mardigras https://www.radiofree.org/2025/03/04/%f0%9f%8e%b6-there-are-a-lot-of-places-i-like-but-i-like-new-orleans-better-bob-dylan-%f0%9f%8c%9f-mardigras/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/03/04/%f0%9f%8e%b6-there-are-a-lot-of-places-i-like-but-i-like-new-orleans-better-bob-dylan-%f0%9f%8c%9f-mardigras/#respond Tue, 04 Mar 2025 21:00:31 +0000 http://www.radiofree.org/?guid=417b328d657f490085b1dc3c4f92d5a6
    This content originally appeared on Playing For Change and was authored by Playing For Change.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2025/03/04/%f0%9f%8e%b6-there-are-a-lot-of-places-i-like-but-i-like-new-orleans-better-bob-dylan-%f0%9f%8c%9f-mardigras/feed/ 0 516152
    Meet Trump’s New Best Friend https://www.radiofree.org/2025/03/04/meet-trumps-new-best-friend/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/03/04/meet-trumps-new-best-friend/#respond Tue, 04 Mar 2025 06:35:41 +0000 https://www.counterpunch.org/?p=356233 Donald Trump’s attacks on Ukrainian President Volodymyr Zelensky are a gift to Russian President Vladimir Putin. Trump is dividing the Western alliance, and undermining Ukraine’s defense against Russia’s invasion. His actions may prolong the war by convincing Putin he can manipulate Trump into a deal with concessions he couldn’t win on the battlefield. Trump is More

    The post Meet Trump’s New Best Friend appeared first on CounterPunch.org.

    ]]>

    Photograph Source: Sami Rautiainen from Vantaa, Finland – CC BY 2.0

    Donald Trump’s attacks on Ukrainian President Volodymyr Zelensky are a gift to Russian President Vladimir Putin. Trump is dividing the Western alliance, and undermining Ukraine’s defense against Russia’s invasion. His actions may prolong the war by convincing Putin he can manipulate Trump into a deal with concessions he couldn’t win on the battlefield.

    Trump is cozying up to Vladimir Putin – so, who is Putin?

    Putin is a former Soviet spy who spent 16 years in the KGB, where he learned how to manipulate people by playing on their egos, greed and fears. After the end of the Cold War, Putin was named head of the FSB, Russia’s post-KGB intelligence agency. In 1999, Putin was named Prime Minister, becoming president when former President Yeltsin unexpectedly resigned. Putin has ruled Russia ever since.

    At the heart of Putin’s rule are two forces: corruption and violence.

    As Russia’s new leader, Putin, who is now believed to be one of the wealthiest people on earth, consolidated power at home by reining in Russia’s powerful oligarchs. He offered them a simple deal: If they granted him absolute power and shared the spoils, he would let them steal as much as they wanted from the Russian people. The result: while the vast majority of the Russian population struggles economically, Putin and his fellow oligarchs stashed trillions of dollars in offshore tax havens. In the process, Putin crushed Russia’s brief movement toward democracy. He eliminated rivals, cracked down on freedom of speech, and strangled the free media. Political dissidents, investigative journalists, and opposition leaders started turning up dead.

    Today, 26 years after he took power, Putin is the absolute ruler of Russia. Russian elections are blatantly fraudulent, with Putin’s lackeys barely hiding their ballot-stuffing. In the last sham election, Putin won 88 percent of the “vote” against carefully screened opposition candidates.

    That is Putin’s Russia. There is no freedom of speech. Protests are violently suppressed. Tens of thousands of people are in imprisoned for speaking out against his rule. The bravest and most prominent dissidents – people like Alexei Navalny, Boris Nemtsov and Sergei Magnitsky – are murdered outright. And the billionaire oligarchs become even richer.

    That is the leader Trump defends and admires.

    But it’s not just repression at home. Putin has also engaged in four brutal wars: in Chechnya, Georgia, Syria and Ukraine (twice). In Chechnya, his forces targeted civilians and medical personnel, flattening entire cities. Against Georgia, he launched an unprovoked invasion and annexed 20 percent the country. In Syria, Russian aircraft bombed schools, hospitals and crowded markets, killing thousands of civilians to prop up the brutal dictator Bashar al-Assad. And in Ukraine, Putin has invaded twice, first in 2014 and then again in 2022.

    Right now, Russia occupies about 20 percent of Ukraine. Because of Putin’s invasion, over one million people have been killed or injured. Every single day, Russia rains down hundreds of missiles and drones on Ukrainian cities. Putin’s forces have massacred civilians and kidnapped thousands of Ukrainian children, bringing them back to Russian “re-education” camps. These atrocities led the International Criminal Court to issue an arrest warrant for Putin in 2023 as a war criminal.

    Putin has also directly attacked the United States and its allies, repeatedly hacking our computer systems, attempting to sabotage critical infrastructure, meddling in our elections and harassing our diplomats.

    That is Donald Trump’s new best friend, Vladimir Putin.

    Every American – regardless of his or her political views – should see the current reality clearly. For the first time in American history, we have a president who is prepared to turn his back on our democratic allies and democratic values to align himself with one of the world’s most brutal dictators.

    For 250 years, people all over the world have looked to the United States, the longest existing democracy on earth, as a source of inspiration. In many countries, democratic leaders have studied our Declaration of Independence and our Constitution for guidance as to how to form governments of the people, by the people, and for the people. In this difficult historical moment, we cannot let them down. More importantly, we cannot let ourselves down. We cannot turn our backs on democracy and our own history.

    We must not allow authoritarians and oligarchs to rule the world.

    The post Meet Trump’s New Best Friend appeared first on CounterPunch.org.


    This content originally appeared on CounterPunch.org and was authored by Bernie Sanders.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2025/03/04/meet-trumps-new-best-friend/feed/ 0 516457
    Pro-Palestinian Student Protests Are Nothing New https://www.radiofree.org/2025/03/03/pro-palestinian-student-protests-are-nothing-new/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/03/03/pro-palestinian-student-protests-are-nothing-new/#respond Mon, 03 Mar 2025 22:12:51 +0000 https://progressive.org/latest/pro-palestinian-student-protests-are-nothing-new-duda-20250303/
    This content originally appeared on The Progressive — A voice for peace, social justice, and the common good and was authored by Nyki Duda.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2025/03/03/pro-palestinian-student-protests-are-nothing-new/feed/ 0 516105
    Illinois Has Virtually No Homeschooling Rules. A New Bill Aims to Change That. https://www.radiofree.org/2025/03/03/illinois-has-virtually-no-homeschooling-rules-a-new-bill-aims-to-change-that/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/03/03/illinois-has-virtually-no-homeschooling-rules-a-new-bill-aims-to-change-that/#respond Mon, 03 Mar 2025 12:00:00 +0000 https://www.propublica.org/article/illinois-homeschool-regulations-bill by Molly Parker and Beth Hundsdorfer, Capitol News Illinois

    This article was produced for ProPublica’s Local Reporting Network in partnership with Capitol News Illinois. Sign up for Dispatches to get stories like this one as soon as they are published.

    A new Illinois bill aims to add some oversight of families who homeschool their children, a response to concerns that the state does little to ensure these students receive an education and are protected from harm.

    The measure, known as the Homeschool Act, comes after an investigation by Capitol News Illinois and ProPublica last year found that Illinois is among a small number of states that place virtually no rules on parents who homeschool their children. Parents don’t have to register with any state agency or school district, and authorities cannot compel them to track attendance, demonstrate their teaching methods or show student progress.

    Under the new bill, families would be required to tell their school districts when they decide to homeschool their children, and the parents or guardians would need to have a high school diploma or equivalent. If education authorities have concerns that children are receiving inadequate schooling, they could require parents to share evidence of teaching materials and student work.

    Illinois Rep. Terra Costa Howard, a Democrat from a Chicago suburb who is sponsoring the legislation, said she began meeting with education and child welfare officials in response to the news organizations’ investigation, which detailed how some parents claimed to be removing their children from school to homeschool but then failed to educate them.

    The investigation documented the case of L.J., a 9-year-old whose parents decided to homeschool him after he missed so much school that he faced the prospect of repeating third grade. He told child welfare authorities that he was beaten and denied food for several years while out of public school and that he received almost no education. In December 2022, on L.J.’s 11th birthday, the state took custody of him and his younger siblings; soon after, he was enrolled in public school.

    “We need to know that children exist,” said Costa Howard, vice chair of the Illinois House’s child welfare committee. The legislation is more urgent because the number of homeschooled children has grown since the pandemic began, she said. “Illinois has zero regulations regarding homeschooling — we are not the norm at all.”

    The most recent numbers available at the time of the news organizations’ investigation showed nearly 4,500 children were recorded as withdrawn from public school for homeschooling in 2022 — a number that had doubled over a decade. But there is no way to determine the precise number of students who are homeschooled in Illinois, because the state doesn’t require parents to register.

    The bill would require the state to collect data on homeschooling families. Regional Offices of Education would gather the information, and the state board would compile an annual report with details on the number, grade level and gender of homeschooled students within each region.

    Homeschool families and advocates said they will fight the measure, which they argue would infringe on parental rights. Past proposals to increase oversight also have met swift resistance. The sponsor of a 2011 bill that would have required homeschool registration withdrew it after hundreds of people protested at the Illinois State Capitol. In 2019, a different lawmaker abandoned her bill after similar opposition to rules that would have required curriculum reviews and inspections by child welfare officials.

    The Home School Legal Defense Association, which describes itself as a Christian organization that advocates for homeschool freedom, said it plans to host virtual meetings to educate families on the bill and ways they can lobby against it.

    Kathy Wentz of the Illinois Homeschool Association, which is against homeschool regulations, said she is concerned about the provision that would allow the state to review education materials, called a “portfolio review” in the legislation. She said visits from education officials could be disruptive to teaching.

    “There is nothing in this bill to protect a family’s time so they can actually homeschool without interruptions,” Wentz said. She pointed to a 1950 Illinois Supreme Court ruling establishing that homeschooling qualified as a form of private education and that the schools were not required to register students with the state.

    The bill would require all private schools to register with the state.

    The Capitol News Illinois and ProPublica investigation found that it’s all but impossible for education officials to intervene when parents claim they are homeschooling. The state’s child welfare agency, the Department of Children and Family Services, doesn’t investigate schooling matters.

    Under the proposed law, if the department has concerns about a family that says it is homeschooling, the agency could request that education officials conduct a more thorough investigation of the child’s schooling. The new law would then allow education officials to check whether the family notified its district about its decision to homeschool and compel parents to turn over homeschool materials for review.

    The increased oversight also aims to help reduce truancy and protect homeschooled students who lose daily contact with teachers and others who are mandated to report abuse and neglect, Costa Howard said. Some truancy officials said that under existing law they have no recourse to compel attendance or review what students are learning at home when a family says they are homeschooling.

    Jonah Stewart, research director for the Coalition for Responsible Home Education, a national organization of homeschool alumni that advocates for homeschooling regulation, said the lack of oversight in Illinois puts children at risk. “This bill is a commonsense measure and is critical not only to address educational neglect but also child safety,” Stewart said.


    This content originally appeared on ProPublica and was authored by by Molly Parker and Beth Hundsdorfer, Capitol News Illinois.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2025/03/03/illinois-has-virtually-no-homeschooling-rules-a-new-bill-aims-to-change-that/feed/ 0 515904
    French minister wraps up key talks in New Caledonia, returning late March https://www.radiofree.org/2025/03/03/french-minister-wraps-up-key-talks-in-new-caledonia-returning-late-march/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/03/03/french-minister-wraps-up-key-talks-in-new-caledonia-returning-late-march/#respond Mon, 03 Mar 2025 10:10:13 +0000 https://asiapacificreport.nz/?p=111535 By Patrick Decloitre, RNZ Pacific correspondent French Pacific desk

    French Minister for Overseas Manuel Valls left New Caledonia at the weekend after a one-week stay which was marked by the resumption of inclusive political talks on the French territory’s future.

    He has now submitted a “synthetical” working document to be discussed further and promised he would return later this month.

    During his week-long visit, Valls had taken time to meet New Caledonia’s main stakeholders, including political, economic, education, health, and civil society leaders.

    He has confirmed France’s main pillars for its assistance to New Caledonia, nine months after deadly and destructive riots broke out, leaving 14 dead, several hundred businesses destroyed, and thousands of job losses for a total estimated damage of 2.2 billion euros (NZ$4 billion).

    The French aid confirmed so far mainly consisted of a loan of up to 1 billion euros (NZ$1.8 billion) as well as grants to rebuild all damaged schools and some public buildings.

    Valls also announced French funding to pay unemployment benefits (which were to expire at the end of this month) were now to be extended until the end of June.

    However, the main feature of his stay, widely regarded as the major achievement, was to manage to gather all political tendencies (both pro-independence and those in favour of New Caledonia remaining a part of France) around the same table.

    The initial talks were first held at New Caledonia’s Congress on February 24.

    Two days later, talks resumed at the French High Commission between Wednesday and Friday last week, in the form of “tripartite” discussions between pro-France, pro-independence local parties and the French State.

    As some, especially the pro-independence umbrella FLNKS (Kanak and Socialist National Liberation Front), insisted that those sessions were “discussions”, not “negotiations”, there was a general feeling that all participants now seemed to recognise the virtues of the exchanges and that they had at least managed to openly and frankly confront their respective views.

    Valls, who shared a feeling of relative success in view of what he described as a sense of “historic responsibility” from political stakeholders, even extended his stay by 24 hours.

    Speaking at the weekend, he said he had now left all parties with a document that was now supposed to synthesise all views expressed and the main items remaining to be further discussed.

    New Caledonia’s parties begin talks at the French High Commission in Nouméa – 26 February 2025 – PHOTO RRB
    New Caledonia’s parties begin talks at the French High Commission in Nouméa last Wednesday. Image: RNZ Pacific/RRB

    ‘A situation no longer sustainable’
    “Political deadlocks, economic and social stagnation, violence, fear, and the lack of prospects for the territory’s inhabitants create a situation that is no longer sustainable. Everyone agrees on this observation,” the document states.

    A cautiously hopeful Valls said views would continue to be exchanged, sometimes by video conference.

    Taking part in the same visit last week was Eric Thiers, a special adviser to French Prime Minister François Bayrou.

    Valls also stressed he would return to New Caledonia sometime later this month, maybe March 22-23, depending on how talks and remote exchanges were going to evolve.

    In the meantime, the shared document would be subjected to many amendments and suggestions in order to take the shape of a fit-enough basis for a compromise acceptable by all.

    The work-in-progress document details a wide range of subjects, such as self-determination, the relationship with France, the transfer of powers, who would be in charge of international relations, independence, a future system of governance (including the organisation of the three provinces), the electoral roll for local elections, the notion of citizenship (with a proposed system of “points-based” accession system), all these under the generic notion of “shared destiny”.

    There was also a form of consensus on the fact that if a future text was to be submitted to popular approval by way of a referendum, it should not be based on a binary “yes” or “no” alternative, but on a comprehensive, wide-ranging “project”.

    On each of those topics, the draft takes into account the different and sometimes opposing views expressed and enumerates a number of possible options and scenarios.

    Based on this draft working document, the next round of talks would lead to a new agreement that is supposed to replace and offer a continuation to the ageing Nouméa Accord, signed in 1998 and install a new roadmap for New Caledonia’s future.

    As part of discussions, another topic was the future of New Caledonia’s great council of chiefs, the Customary Senate, and possible changes from its until-now consultative status to a more executive role to turn New Caledonia’s legislative system from a Congress-only system to a bicameral one (Congress-Parliament and a chiefly Senate).

    Struggling nickel mining industry
    The very sensitive question of New Caledonia’s nickel mining industry was also discussed, as the crucial industry, a very significant pillar of the economy, is undergoing its worst crisis.

    Since August 2024, one of its three factories and smelters, Koniambo (KNS) in the north of the main island has been mothballed and is still up for sale after its majority stakeholder, Anglo-Swiss Glencore, decided to withdraw after more than a decade of losses (more than 13 billion euros — NZ$24 billion).

    Another nickel-producing unit, in the South, Prony, is currently engaged in negotiations with potential investment companies, one South African, one from  the United Arab Emirates and the other Indian.

    New Caledonia’s historic nickel miner, Société le Nickel (SLN, a subsidiary of French giant Eramet), is still facing major hurdles to resume operations as it struggles to regain access to its mining sites.

    The situation was compounded by a changing competition pattern on the world scale, New Caledonia’s production prices being too high and Indonesia now clearly emerging as a world leader, producing much cheaper first-class nickel and in greater quantities.

    ‘A new nickel strategy is needed’, Valls says
    While political parties involved in the talks (all parties represented at the Congress) remained tight-lipped and media-elusive throughout last week, they recognised a spirit of “constructive talks” with a shared goal of “listening to each other”.

    However,  the views remain radically opposed, even irreconcilable — pro-independence supporters’ most clear-cut position (notably that from the Union Calédonienne) consists of a demand for a quick, full independence, with a “Kanaky Accord” to be signed this year, to be followed by a five-year “transition” period.

    On the pro-France side, one of the main bones of contention defended by the two main parties (Les Loyalistes and Rassemblement-LR) is to affirm that their determination to maintain New Caledonia as a part of France has been confirmed by three referenda (in 2018, 2020 and 2021) on self-determination.

    Pro-independence parties argue, however, that the third and last referendum, in December 2021, was boycotted by the pro-independence movement and that it was not legitimate, even though it was ruled by the courts as valid.

    They are also advocating for significant changes to be made in the way the three provinces are managed, a system described as “internal federalism” but decried by opponents as a form of separatism.

    In the pro-France camp, the Calédonie Ensemble party holds relatively more open views.

    In between are the more moderate pro-independence parties, PALIKA and UMP, which favour of a future status revolving around the notion of “independence in association with France”.

    ‘At least no one slammed the door’
    “At least no one slammed the door and that, already, is a good thing,” said pro-France leader and French MP Nicolas Metzdorf.

    “We’re still a long way away from a political compromise, but we have stopped moving further away from it,” he added, giving credit to Vall’s approach.

    On his part, Valls stressed that he did not want to rush things in order to “maintain the thread” of talks, but that provincial elections were scheduled to take place no later than 30 October 2025.

    “I don’t want to force things, I don’t want to break the thread . . . sometimes, we wanted to rush things, and that’s why it didn’t work,” he elaborated, in a direct reference to numerous and unsuccessful attempts by previous French governments, since 2022, to kick-start the comprehensive talks.

    “Some work will be done by video conference. I will always take my responsibilities, because we have to move forward”, Valls told public broadcaster NC la 1ère.

    He said France would then return with its proposals and offers.

    “And we will take our responsibilities. The debate cannot last for months and months. We respect everyone, but we have to move forward. There is no deadline, but we all know that there are provincial elections.”

    Those elections — initially scheduled in May 2024 and then in December 2024 — have already been postponed twice.

    They are supposed to elect the members of New Caledonia’s three provinces (North, South and Loyalty Islands), which in turn makes up the territory’s Congress and the proportional makeup of the government and election of President.

    All parties involved will now to consult with their respective supporters to get their go-ahead and a mandate to embark on full negotiations.

    This article is republished under a community partnership agreement with RNZ.


    This content originally appeared on Asia Pacific Report and was authored by APR editor.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2025/03/03/french-minister-wraps-up-key-talks-in-new-caledonia-returning-late-march/feed/ 0 515905
    Big banks abandoned a voluntary climate alliance. Now, critics are calling for new laws. https://grist.org/accountability/big-banks-abandoned-a-voluntary-climate-alliance-now-critics-are-calling-for-new-laws/ https://grist.org/accountability/big-banks-abandoned-a-voluntary-climate-alliance-now-critics-are-calling-for-new-laws/#respond Mon, 03 Mar 2025 09:45:00 +0000 https://grist.org/?p=659682 In the lead-up to Inauguration Day, all six of the United States’ largest banks backed away from a United Nations-sponsored climate initiative amid attacks from conservative lawmakers and regulators.  

    Bank of America, Citigroup, Goldman Sachs, JP Morgan, Morgan Stanley, and Wells Fargo left the Net Zero Banking Alliance between December and January in what was perceived to be a concession to right-wing criticism of so-called ESG — decision-making driven by environmental, social, and corporate governance considerations. Nineteen Republican attorneys general had issued “civil investigative demands” to those banks in 2022, demanding that they turn over information about their ESG practices. They argued that the alliance was beholden to “the woke climate agenda” and that it violated antitrust laws.

    While the banks’ exodus from the alliance certainly looks like a setback for the banking sector’s climate progress, environmental advocates say it is a reminder that voluntary initiatives have never been sufficient to drive the sector’s decarbonization.

    “There are other levers that we can use to hold banks accountable,” said Allison Fajans-Turner, a senior energy finance campaigner at the nonprofit Rainforest Action Network, which publishes an annual report on how much money banks commit to fossil fuel projects. In light of the Trump administration’s pro-oil and gas agenda, she said that over the next four years activists and policymakers will have to keep the pressure on and, critically, push for stricter legislation at the state and international levels.

    “It is quite clear that major U.S. banks will not police themselves,” she added.

    The Net Zero Banking Alliance, or NZBA, launched in 2021 under the aegis of the United Nations Environment Programme Finance Initiative and has about 140 members after the six American banks — and four Canadian ones — exited. The alliance asks member banks to commit to achieving net-zero greenhouse emissions across their operations and “lending and investment portfolios” by 2050, and to set intermediary emissions reduction targets for 2030 and every five years thereafter. It also asks banks to disclose their annual emissions, and sets some recommendations to limit the application of carbon offsets toward banks’ climate goals.

    Exterior of a Bank of America building, with blurred people walking outside of it.
    A Bank of American branch in Chicago. Beata Zawrzel / NurPhoto via Getty Images

    However, much like the Paris Agreement to limit global warming, the NZBA relies on voluntary participation and compliance, and does not have any enforcement authority. It’s been criticized for not asking enough from its members, which are allowed to participate even if they continue underwriting the expansion of oil and gas infrastructure. U.N. proposals that would tighten its requirements — particularly around financing of fossil fuels — faced strong opposition from recently departed banks like JP Morgan and Bank of America.

    Even some of the NZBA banks themselves have acknowledged the alliance’s limitations in the face of government inaction. In 2023, Amalgamated Bank’s chief sustainability officer, Ivan Frishberg, told the business publication Responsible Investor that NZBA signatories were “being left alone at the altar” as governments around the world failed to legislate a transition away from fossil fuels. GLS Bank, based in Germany, quit the alliance that same year in protest of other NZBA members’ support for fossil fuel projects in Africa.

    Wells Fargo declined to comment on the rationale behind its departure from the NZBA. Goldman Sachs said it had made “significant progress” on its net-zero goals but did not explain why it left the alliance. The other four recently departed banks did not respond to inquiries from Grist. 

    Unlike voluntary initiatives, governments have the authority to ensure that banks live up to their stated climate promises and to push them to do more. At an event in New York City last November — notably, even before the NZBA shakeup — the former deputy secretary to the U.S. Treasury, Sarah Bloom Raskin, suggested that states should take on this role.

    States “have a unique opportunity to lead,” she said, noting the incoming presidential administration’s hostility to climate action. At the time, California had already passed two laws requiring large businesses, including banks, to report their greenhouse gas emissions annually and disclose their climate-related financial risks biannually. Those laws recently survived a legal challenge from the U.S. Chamber of Commerce, and New York state lawmakers introduced similar bills in January. A Democratic state representative in Illinois introduced a disclosure bill last month. 

    Sarah Bloom Raskin leans into a microphone.
    Former deputy secretary to the U.S. Treasury, Sarah Bloom Raskin, speaks in front of a Senate committee on banking, housing, and urban affairs in 2022. Ken Cedeno-Pool / Getty Images

    Danielle Fugere, president and chief counsel for the shareholder advocacy nonprofit As You Sow, said disclosure is a prerequisite for holding banks to their climate goals. ”We want to understand what it is they’re doing,” she said. Laws like California’s bring to light the financial instability wrought by fossil fuel-driven climate change and — in theory, at least — discourage financing that would exacerbate it.

    Of course, merely requiring that banks disclose their emissions and climate-related risks isn’t likely to prevent the worst impacts of global warming. According to a landmark 2021 report from the International Energy Agency, no new oil, gas, and coal infrastructure can be built if the world is to limit global warming to 1.5 degrees Celsius (2.7 degrees Fahrenheit). That’s why Patrick McCully, a senior energy transition analyst for the French nonprofit Reclaim Finance, which advocates for a more sustainable banking sector, said legislators should be “pushing the banks to reduce their financing of fossil fuels.” 

    “These companies are acting against the interests of humanity, and we need to stop them,” he told Grist.

    Fajans-Turner, however, said a policy of this nature would be difficult to write into law and would likely face legal challenges even in the most progressive states, where natural gas bans on new construction have been beaten back by industry groups

    Ann Lipton, a business law professor at Tulane University, said a better way for policymakers to limit new fossil fuel projects is to look beyond the banking sector. For instance, lawmakers could require insurance companies to factor in climate-related financial risks when designing their policies — which could make it harder for fossil fuel projects to get coverage. “We would love banks to stop financing risky activities, but at the end of the day the job of a bank is to finance things that are predictably profitable,” she said. “It’s the job of the rest of society to make that [thing] not profitable.”

    Another strategy is to require that banks publish a clear decarbonization plan, which can, in theory, be a sort of back door to blocking new fossil fuel investments. “Implicit in having a target is that the bank is taking some kind of action to ensure that it meets that target,” Fugere said. If a plan mentions “net-zero” by a certain date, then to be credible it must involve some sort of scaling back of fossil fuel financing. If it claims to align with a pathway to limit global warming to 1.5 degrees C, then it must not enable the expansion of fossil fuels. 

    Exterior of a brick building with the Wells Fargo logo visible. Tree branches brush the building.
    A Wells Fargo building in Walnut Creek, California. Smith Collection / Gado / Getty Images

    In the U.S., investors like As You Sow have pressured several big banks into voluntarily offering more information about their plans to reduce greenhouse gas emissions, but requests for greater detail were rebuffed last year. (At least one bank, Wells Fargo, has done an about-face, recently dropping its net-zero target altogether.) 

    Legislation to require detailed decarbonization plans has seen more success on the international stage. The European Union, for instance, is beginning to use two corporate sustainability directives approved by its parliament to require financial institutions to adopt a “transition plan for climate change mitigation.” The laws require institutions to make their “best efforts” to ensure that their plans are compatible with a pathway toward achieving climate neutrality by 2050 and limiting global warming to 1.5 degrees C.

    McCully said these regulations are promising but noted growing opposition to them from right-wing governments in Europe. “We need to defeat that pushback to make sure that legislation is going to be able to survive,” he said. 

    Even as they push for stronger government oversight of the banking industry, organizations like the Rainforest Action Network and Reclaim Finance say they plan to continue drawing connections between the financing of fossil fuel projects and the harm these projects may cause to communities — whether directly, because of the risk of oil spills and explosions, or indirectly because of accelerating climate change. Mass demonstrations and research publications like Rainforest Action Network’s annual report can theoretically increase the public’s appetite for state, national, and international regulation.

    “It’s hard to be optimistic,” said Quentin Aubineau, a policy analyst at the nonprofit BankTrack, which does research and advocacy around banks’ role in the climate crisis and human rights violations. “But we have a lot of people working on the ground, doing a lot of research, and putting a lot of effort together to try to make a change. I think we will get there, even if it’s not the best environment to work in at the moment.”

    This story was originally published by Grist with the headline Big banks abandoned a voluntary climate alliance. Now, critics are calling for new laws. on Mar 3, 2025.


    This content originally appeared on Grist and was authored by Joseph Winters.

    ]]>
    https://grist.org/accountability/big-banks-abandoned-a-voluntary-climate-alliance-now-critics-are-calling-for-new-laws/feed/ 0 515906
    Indonesia’s bullion banks, new mining policies pose threat to West Papuan sovereignty https://www.radiofree.org/2025/03/02/indonesias-bullion-banks-new-mining-policies-pose-threat-to-west-papuan-sovereignty/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/03/02/indonesias-bullion-banks-new-mining-policies-pose-threat-to-west-papuan-sovereignty/#respond Sun, 02 Mar 2025 02:07:45 +0000 https://asiapacificreport.nz/?p=111426 ANALYSIS: By Ali Mirin

    Last week, on 26 February 2025, President Prabowo Subianto officially launched Indonesia’s first bullion banks, marking a significant shift in the country’s approach to gold and precious metal management.

    This initiative aims to strengthen Indonesia’s control over its gold reserves, improve financial stability, and reduce reliance on foreign institutions for gold transactions.

    Bullion banks specialise in buying, selling, storing, and trading gold and other precious metals. They allow both the government and private sector to manage gold-related financial transactions, including hedging, lending, and investment in the global gold market.

    Although bullion banks focus on gold, this move signals a broader trend of Indonesia tightening control over its natural resources. This could have a significant impact on West Papua’s coal industry.

    With the government already enforcing benchmark coal prices (HBA) starting this month, the success of bullion banks could pave the way for a similar centralised system for coal and other minerals.

    Indonesia also may apply similar regulations to other strategic resources, including coal, nickel, and copper. This could mean tighter government control over mining in West Papua.

    If Indonesia expands national control over mining, it could lead to increased exploitation in resource-rich regions like West Papua, raising concerns about land rights, deforestation, and indigenous displacement.

    Indonesia joined BRICS earlier this year and is now focusing on strengthening economic ties with other BRICS countries.

    In the mining sector, Indonesia is using its membership to increase exports, particularly to key markets such as China and India. These countries are large consumers of coal and mineral resources, providing an opportunity for Indonesia to expand its export market and attract foreign direct investment in resource extraction.

    India eyes coal in West Papua
    India has shown interest in tapping into the coal reserves of the West Papua region, aiming to diversify its energy sources and secure coal supplies for its growing energy needs.

    This initiative involves potential collaboration between the Indian government and Indonesian authorities to explore and develop previously unexploited coal deposits in West Papuan Indigenous lands.

    However, the details of such projects are still under negotiation, with discussions focusing on the terms of investment and operational control.

    Notably, India has sought special privileges, including no-bid contracts, in exchange for financing geological surveys — a proposition that raises concerns about compliance with Indonesia’s anti-corruption laws.

    The prospect of coal mining in West Papua has drawn mixed reactions. While the Indonesian government is keen to attract foreign investment to boost economic development in its easternmost provinces, local communities and environmental groups express apprehension.

    The primary concerns revolve around potential environmental degradation, disruption of local ecosystems, and the displacement of indigenous populations.

    Moreover, there is scepticism about whether the economic benefits from such projects would trickle down to local communities or primarily serve external interests.

    Navigating ethical, legal issues
    As India seeks to secure energy resources to meet its domestic demands, it must navigate the ethical and legal implications of its investments abroad. Simultaneously, Indonesia faces the challenge of balancing economic development with environmental preservation and the rights of its indigenous populations.

    While foreign investment in Indonesia’s mining sector is welcome, there are strict regulations in place to protect national interests.

    In particular, foreign mining companies must sell at least 51 percent of their shares to Indonesian stakeholders within 10 years of starting production. This policy is designed to ensure that Indonesia retains greater control over its natural resources, while still allowing international investors to participate in the growth of the industry.

    India is reportedly interested in mining coal in West Papua to diversify its fuel sources.

    Indonesia’s energy ministry is hoping for economic benefits and a potential boost to the local steel industry. But environmentalists and social activists are sounding the alarm about the potential negative impacts of new mining operations.

    During project discussions, India has shown an interest in securing special privileges, such as no-bid contracts, which could conflict with Indonesia’s anti-corruption laws.

    Implications for West Papua
    Indonesia, a country with a population of nearly 300 million, aims to industrialise. By joining BRICS (primarily Brasil, Russia, India, and China), it hopes to unlock new growth opportunities.

    However, this path to industrialisation comes at a significant cost. It will continue to profoundly affect people’s lives and lead to environmental degradation, destroying wildlife and natural habitats.

    These challenges echo the changes that began with the Industrial Revolution in England, where coal-powered advances drastically reshaped human life and the natural world.

    West Papua has experienced a significant decline in its indigenous population due to Indonesia’s transmigration policy. This policy involves relocating large numbers of Muslim Indonesians to areas where Christian Papuans are the majority.

    These newcomers settle on vast tracts of indigenous Papuan land. Military operations also continue.

    One of the major problems resulting from these developments is the spread of torture, abuse, disease, and death, which, if not addressed soon, will reduce the Papuans to numbers too small to fight and reclaim their land.

    Mining of any kind in West Papua is closely linked to, and in fact, is the main cause of, the dire situation in West Papua.

    Large-scale exploitation
    Since the late 1900s, the area’s rich coal and mineral resources have attracted both foreign and local investors. Large international companies, particularly from Western countries, have partnered with the Indonesian government in large-scale mining operations.

    While the exploitation of West Papua’s resources has boosted Indonesia’s economy, it has also caused significant environmental damage and disruption to indigenous Papuan communities.

    Mining has damaged local ecosystems, polluted water sources and reduced biodiversity. Indigenous Papuans have been displaced from their ancestral lands, leading to economic hardship and cultural erosion.

    Although the government has tried to promote sustainable mining practices, the benefits have largely bypassed local communities. Most of the revenue from mining goes to Jakarta and large corporations, with minimal reinvestment in local infrastructure, health and education.

    For more than 63 years, West Papua has faced exploitation and abuse similar to that which occurred when British law considered Australia to be terra nullius — “land that belongs to no one.” This legal fiction allowed the British to disregard the existence of indigenous people as the rightful owners and custodians of the land.

    Similarly, West Papua has been treated as if it were empty, with indigenous communities portrayed in degrading ways to justify taking their land and clearing it for settlers.

    Indonesia’s collective view of West Papua as a wild, uninhabited frontier has allowed settlers and colonial authorities to freely exploit the region’s rich resources.

    Plundering with impunity
    This is why almost anyone hungry for West Papua’s riches goes there and plunders with impunity. They cut down millions of trees, mine minerals, hunt rare animals and collect precious resources such as gold.

    These activities are carried out under the control of the military or by bribing and intimidating local landowners.

    The Indonesian government’s decision to grant mining licences to universities and religious groups will add more headaches for Papuans. It simply means that more entities have been given licences to exploit its resources — driving West Papuans toward extinction and destroying their ancestral homeland.

    An example is the PT Megapura Prima Industri, an Indonesian coal mining company operating in Sorong on the western tip of West Papua. According to the local news media Jubi, the company has already violated rules and regulations designed to protect local Papuans and the environment.

    Allowing India to enter West Papua, will have unprecedented and disastrous consequences for West Papua, including environmental degradation, displacement of indigenous communities, and human rights abuses.

    As the BRICS nations continue to expand their economic footprint, Indonesia’s evolving mining landscape is likely to become a focal point of international investment discourse in the coming years.

    Natural resources ultimate target
    This means that West Papua’s vast natural resources will be the ultimate target and will continue to be a geopolitical pawn between superpowers, while indigenous Papuans remain marginalised and excluded from decision-making processes in their own land.

    Regardless of policy changes on resource extraction, human rights, education, health, or any other facet, “Indonesia cannot and will not save West Papua” because “Indonesia’s presence in the sovereign territory of West Papua is the primary cause of the genocide of Papuans and the destruction of their homeland”.

    As long as West Papua remains Indonesia’s frontier settler colony, backed by an intensive military presence, the entire Indonesian enterprise in West Papua effectively condemns both the Papuan people and their fragile ecosystem to a catastrophic fate, one that can only be avoided through a process of decolonisation and self-determination.

    Restoring West Papua’s sovereignty, arbitrarily taken by Indonesia, is the best solution so that indigenous Papuans can engage with their world on their own terms, using the rich resources they have, and determining their own future and development pathway.

    Ali Mirin is a West Papuan academic and writer from the Kimyal tribe of the highlands bordering the Star mountain region of Papua New Guinea. He lives in Australia and contributes articles to Asia Pacific Report.


    This content originally appeared on Asia Pacific Report and was authored by APR editor.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2025/03/02/indonesias-bullion-banks-new-mining-policies-pose-threat-to-west-papuan-sovereignty/feed/ 0 515816
    Four decades after Rongelap evacuation, Greenpeace makes new plea for nuclear justice by US https://www.radiofree.org/2025/03/01/four-decades-after-rongelap-evacuation-greenpeace-makes-new-plea-for-nuclear-justice-by-us/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/03/01/four-decades-after-rongelap-evacuation-greenpeace-makes-new-plea-for-nuclear-justice-by-us/#respond Sat, 01 Mar 2025 01:00:04 +0000 https://asiapacificreport.nz/?p=111371 Asia Pacific Report

    In the year marking 40 years since the bombing of the Rainbow Warrior by French secret agents and 71 years since the most powerful nuclear weapons tested by the United States, Greenpeace is calling on Washington to comply with demands by the Marshall Islands for nuclear justice.

    “The Marshall Islands bears the deepest scars of a dark legacy — nuclear contamination, forced displacement, and premeditated human experimentation at the hands of the US government,” said Greenpeace spokesperson Shiva Gounden.

    To mark the Marshall Islands’ Remembrance Day today, the Greenpeace flagship Rainbow Warrior is flying the republic’s flag at halfmast in solidarity with those who lost their lives and are suffering ongoing trauma as a result of US nuclear weapons testing in the Pacific.

    On 1 March 1954, the Castle Bravo nuclear bomb was detonated on Bikini Atoll with a blast 1000 times more powerful than the Hiroshima bomb.

    On Rongelap Atoll, 150 km away, radioactive fallout rained onto the inhabited island, with children mistaking it as snow.

    The Rainbow Warrior is sailing to the Marshall Islands where a mission led by Greenpeace will conduct independent scientific research across the country, the results of which will eventually be given to the National Nuclear Commission to support the Marshall Islands government’s ongoing legal proceedings with the US and at the UN.

    The voyage also marks 40 years since Greenpeace’s original Rainbow Warrior evacuated the people of Rongelap after toxic nuclear fallout rendered their ancestral land uninhabitable.

    Still enduring fallout
    Marshall Islands communities still endure the physical, economic, and cultural fallout of the nuclear tests — compensation from the US has fallen far short of expectations of the islanders who are yet to receive an apology.

    And the accelerating impacts of the climate crisis threaten further displacement of communities.


    Former Marshall Islands Foreign Minister Tony deBrum’s “nuclear justice” speech as Right Livelihood Award Winner in 2009. Video: Voices Rising

    “To this day, Marshall Islanders continue to grapple with this injustice while standing on the frontlines of the climate crisis — facing yet another wave of displacement and devastation for a catastrophe they did not create,” Gounden said.

    “But the Marshallese people and their government are not just survivors — they are warriors for justice, among the most powerful voices demanding bold action, accountability, and reparations on the global stage.

    “Those who have inflicted unimaginable harm on the Marshallese must be held to account and made to pay for the devastation they caused.

    “Greenpeace stands unwaveringly beside Marshallese communities in their fight for justice. Jimwe im Maron.”

    The Rainbow Warrior crew members hold the Marshall Islands flag
    Rainbow Warrior crew members holding the Marshall Islands flag . . . remembering the anniversary of the devastating Castle Bravo nuclear test – 1000 times more powerful than Hiroshima – on 1 March 1954. Image: Greenpeace International
    Chair of the Marshall Islands National Nuclear Commission Ariana Tibon-Kilma
    Chair of the Marshall Islands National Nuclear Commission Ariana Tibon-Kilma . . . “the trauma of Bravo continues for the remaining survivors and their descendents.” Image: UN Human Rights Council

    Ariana Tibon Kilma, chair of the Marshall Islands National Nuclear Commission, said that the immediate effects of the Bravo bomb on March 1 were “harrowing”.

    “Hours after exposure, many people fell ill — skin peeling off, burning sensation in their eyes, their stomachs were churning in pain. Mothers watched as their children’s hair fell to the ground and blisters devoured their bodies overnight,” she said.

    “Without their consent, the United States government enrolled them as ‘test subjects’ in a top secret medical study on the effects of radiation on human beings — a study that continued for 40 years.

    “Today on Remembrance Day the trauma of Bravo continues for the remaining survivors and their descendents — this is a legacy not only of suffering, loss, and frustration, but also of strength, unity, and unwavering commitment to justice, truth and accountability.”

    The new Rainbow Warrior will arrive in the Marshall Islands early this month.

    Alongside the government of the Marshall Islands, Greenpeace will lead an independent scientific mission into the ongoing impacts of the US weapons testing programme.

    Travelling across the country, Greenpeace will reaffirm its solidarity with the Marshallese people — now facing further harm and displacement from the climate crisis, and the emerging threat of deep sea mining in the Pacific.


    This content originally appeared on Asia Pacific Report and was authored by APR editor.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2025/03/01/four-decades-after-rongelap-evacuation-greenpeace-makes-new-plea-for-nuclear-justice-by-us/feed/ 0 515720
    Trump Is Sending Migrants From Around the World to Guantanamo. One Mother Speaks Out About Her Son’s Detention. https://www.radiofree.org/2025/02/28/trump-is-sending-migrants-from-around-the-world-to-guantanamo-one-mother-speaks-out-about-her-sons-detention/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/02/28/trump-is-sending-migrants-from-around-the-world-to-guantanamo-one-mother-speaks-out-about-her-sons-detention/#respond Fri, 28 Feb 2025 16:56:00 +0000 https://www.propublica.org/article/trump-guantanamo-bay-venezuelan-migrant-mom by Gerardo del Valle, Perla Trevizo and Mica Rosenberg

    ProPublica is a nonprofit newsroom that investigates abuses of power. Sign up to receive our biggest stories as soon as they’re published.

    This video is co-published with The Texas Tribune, a nonprofit, nonpartisan local newsroom that informs and engages with Texans. Sign up for The Brief Weekly to get up to speed on their essential coverage of Texas issues.

    Less than a week after deporting Venezuelans detained at Guantanamo Bay, the Trump administration has again flown about two dozen migrants to the U.S. naval base in Cuba. This time, however, the migrants are from countries across the world, including from places that are willing to take them back, which has raised additional questions about whom the government is choosing to send there and why.

    ProPublica and The Texas Tribune interviewed Angela Sequera, the mother of one of the first migrants sent to Guantanamo. She described her fear and desperation upon learning that her son, Yoiker Sequera, had been transferred to the facility, which she knew only as a place where terrorists were held and tortured after the 9/11 attacks.

    On Feb. 9, Sequera was waiting for her daily phone call from Yoiker, who had been in an El Paso immigration detention facility since he was charged with entering the U.S. illegally late last year. When the phone finally rang, it wasn’t her son but another detainee who told her that Yoiker had been taken to Guantanamo.

    “It hit me like a bucket of cold water. I asked the man: ‘Why? Why? Why?’” Sequera recalled. She said the detainee told her that the federal government was trying to link Yoiker to Tren de Aragua, a notorious Venezuelan gang known for migrant smuggling and other crimes in Latin America.

    She panicked. She couldn't understand why this was happening. She and some of the relatives of 178 Venezuelans who were among the first migrants transferred to Guantanamo by the U.S. government scrambled to try to establish contact with their loved ones, scoured the internet and exchanged messages on an impromptu WhatsApp group.

    ProPublica and The Texas Tribune obtained records about Yoiker and two other Venezuelans taken to Guantanamo. A search of U.S. federal court records found that Yoiker and another man had no crimes except for illegal entry, while a third had been convicted for assaulting a federal officer during a riot while in detention. “My son is not a criminal. He has no record. He has nothing to do with gangs. He does not belong to any Tren de Aragua,” said Sequera, who shared documentation from Venezuelan authorities that stated he did not have a criminal history.

    On Feb. 21, after 13 days without hearing from her son, Sequera got a call from Yoiker. He had been released and was back in Venezuela, but he refused to discuss the time he spent detained at the naval base. “I think he does it to not make me worry,” said Sequera, who is among the plaintiffs named in a lawsuit filed by immigrants’ rights advocates seeking legal access to the migrants in Guantanamo.

    A spokesperson for the U.S. Department of Homeland Security said this week that nearly half of the Venezuelans originally detained at Guantanamo were members of the Tren de Aragua gang and that many had serious criminal records. DHS did not provide evidence to support that assertion.

    DHS also said in court filings this month that Guantanamo will continue to “temporarily house” migrants before they are “removed to their home country or a safe third country.”

    Migrants on recent flights to Guantanamo have come from El Salvador, Nicaragua, Egypt, Ecuador, Guatemala, Honduras, Guinea, Vietnam, Cambodia and Senegal, according to government data shared with ProPublica and the Tribune. DHS did not respond to multiple requests for comment about the most recent transfers.

    “We continue to know very little about the conditions there, who the government is sending there and why this is happening,” said Zoe Bowman, an attorney with the El Paso-based Las Americas Immigrant Advocacy Center, which is also a plaintiff in the lawsuit.

    Watch the video: Mother Speaks Out Against Trump’s Detention of Her Son at Guantanamo

    Mauricio Rodríguez Pons contributed to the production.


    This content originally appeared on ProPublica and was authored by by Gerardo del Valle, Perla Trevizo and Mica Rosenberg.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2025/02/28/trump-is-sending-migrants-from-around-the-world-to-guantanamo-one-mother-speaks-out-about-her-sons-detention/feed/ 0 515645
    How to Fight the New World Order https://www.radiofree.org/2025/02/27/how-to-fight-the-new-world-order/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/02/27/how-to-fight-the-new-world-order/#respond Thu, 27 Feb 2025 16:03:20 +0000 https://dissidentvoice.org/?p=156216 How effective are petitions at influencing governments? An article in EPJ Data Science concludes “that the vast majority of petitions do not achieve any measure of success; over 99 percent fail to get the 10,000 signatures required for an official response and only 0.1 percent attain the 100,000 required for a parliamentary debate (0.7 percent […]

    The post How to Fight the New World Order first appeared on Dissident Voice.]]>

    How effective are petitions at influencing governments?

    An article in EPJ Data Science concludes “that the vast majority of petitions do not achieve any measure of success; over 99 percent fail to get the 10,000 signatures required for an official response and only 0.1 percent attain the 100,000 required for a parliamentary debate (0.7 percent in the US).”

    Rapid rise and decay in petition signing.”

    The post How to Fight the New World Order first appeared on Dissident Voice.


    This content originally appeared on Dissident Voice and was authored by Allen Forrest.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2025/02/27/how-to-fight-the-new-world-order/feed/ 0 515588
    The old world order couldn’t stop wars in Ukraine and Gaza; the new world order will accelerate more wars like them https://www.radiofree.org/2025/02/24/the-old-world-order-couldnt-stop-wars-in-ukraine-and-gaza-the-new-world-order-will-accelerate-more-wars-like-them/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/02/24/the-old-world-order-couldnt-stop-wars-in-ukraine-and-gaza-the-new-world-order-will-accelerate-more-wars-like-them/#respond Mon, 24 Feb 2025 21:54:21 +0000 https://therealnews.com/?p=332046 Ukraine and Palestine flag together via Getty ImagesEven the fiction of the US-enforced “rules-based international order” has collapsed, and a new, terrifying world disorder—one that more closely resembles the geopolitical periods preceding World Wars I and II—is emerging. What does global working-class solidarity look like in this new era?]]> Ukraine and Palestine flag together via Getty Images

    As we cross the third anniversary of Russia’s invasion of Ukraine on Feb. 24, 2022, Russia has launched its largest drone attack in Ukraine to date, and Israeli tanks are rolling into the Occupied West Bank for the first time in decades. US President Donald Trump has issued repeated threats to “take over” and “own” Gaza, “buy” Greenland, and “absorb” Canada as the “51st state.” Even the fiction of the US-enforced “rules-based international order” has collapsed, and a new, terrifying world disorder—one that more closely resembles the geopolitical periods preceding World Wars I and II—is emerging. 

    This new era is characterized by heightening inter-imperial conflicts between great powers like the US, Russia, and China, and emerging regional powers, the rise of far-right and authoritarian governments around the globe, and the accelerated drive of those governments to annex and take over other countries, deny their populations the right to self-determination, and plunder their resources. But this tectonic shift in 21st-century geopolitics has, in turn, provoked growing struggles for self-determination and national liberation. From Palestine to Puerto Rico, from Ukraine to Xinjiang, how can working-class people in the United States and beyond fight for a different future and an alternative world order founded not on imperial conquest, war, and capitalist domination, but on solidarity without exception among all poor, working-class, and oppressed peoples who yearn to live freely and peacefully? 

    This is Solidarity without Exception, a new podcast series brought to you by The Real News Network, in partnership with the Ukraine Solidarity Network, hosted by Blanca Missé and Ashley Smith. In the inaugural episode of this series, TRNN Editor-in-Chief Maximillian Alvarez joins Missé and Smith to dissect how the world order has changed in the three years since Russia’s invasion of Ukraine, and how the simultaneous unfolding of the war in Ukraine and Israel’s US-backed genocidal war on Palestine has revealed both the centrality of anti-occupation struggles for self-determination in the 21st century, and the need for global working-class solidarity with all oppressed peoples waging those struggles.

    Pre-Production: Maximillian Alvarez, Blanca Missé, Kayla Rivara, Ashley Smith
    Studio Production: David Hebden
    Audio Post-Production: Alina Nehlich

    Music Credits: 
    Venticinque Aprile (“Bella Ciao” Orchestral Cover) by Savfk | https://www.youtube.com/savfkmusic
    Music promoted by https://www.free-stock-music.com Creative Commons / Attribution 4.0 International (CC BY 4.0) https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/


    Transcript

    [CLIP BEGINS]

    Rafael Bernabe:  My support for the Ukrainian people to self-determination doesn’t mean that I necessarily support the policies or even support the government of Zelenskyy. What it means is that it is up to the Ukrainian people to decide what government they have — Not for Putin to decide that or anybody else but the Ukrainian people. That’s what self-determination means. They decide what kind of government they want to have, which is what we are also fighting for in Puerto Rico, which is what we are also fighting for in Palestine and everywhere else.

    [CLIP ENDS]

    [THEME MUSIC]

    Maximillian Alvarez:  This is Solidarity Without Exception, a new podcast series brought to you by The Real News Network in partnership with the Ukraine Solidarity Network. I’m Maximillian Alvarez. I’m the editor-in-chief here at The Real News, and I’m sending my love and solidarity to you, to all poor and oppressed people around the world, and to all who yearn and fight to live freely.

    Blanca Missé:  And I’m Blanca Missé. I teach at San Francisco State University. I’m with the Ukraine Solidarity Network and the Labor for Palestine National Network, and I also organize with Workers’ Voice. I’m really excited to start this podcast because we see the old world order crumbling, and we need to figure out how to put forward principle politics to defend working people’s rights and struggles in the US and all over the world. And we want to share with you all the discussions we’ve been having with Ukraine activists, Palestine solidarity activists, immigrant rights activists, and labor folks in the US.

    Ashley Smith:  I’m Ashley Smith. I’m a member of the Ukraine Solidarity Network and also a member of the Tempest Collective. I think this podcast is incredibly significant, especially with Donald Trump’s assumption of power in Washington DC, because I think it’s accelerating the development of what we could call a new world disorder; of a stagnant world economy; heightening interimperial conflicts, especially between the US, China, and Russia; and a rise of far-right governments and authoritarian governments all around the world, which is accelerating an annexationist drive to take over countries, deny them the right of self-determination, which is provoking struggles for self-determination and national liberation in response.

    So the questions that we want to address in this podcast is how do we oppose all imperialisms from the US to Russia to China, but most importantly in the US, how we oppose US imperialism without extending support to its rival imperialisms? How do we build solidarity with all oppressed peoples and nations fighting for self-determination, from Puerto Rico to Ukraine to Xinjiang? That is, how do we build solidarity without exception, not only with struggles of national liberation, but also struggles of working-class people and oppressed people from below throughout the world.

    [CLIP BEGINS]

    Reporter 1:  Good evening, and we’re coming on the air at this hour with breaking news. After the US warned all day of a full-scale Russian invasion of Ukraine, that it was imminent, Vladimir Putin has just addressed the Russian people moments ago, announcing what Putin called the start of a military special operation, in his words, to demilitarize Ukraine.

    Reporter 2:  The Russian president says A military operation is now underway in Eastern Ukraine. Ukraine has declared a state of emergency.

    Reporter 3:  The full-scale invasion that intelligence officials had been warning about for weeks is now underway, and there are reports of explosions and attacks at several major Ukrainian cities.

    Reporter 4:  Ukraine’s president has been calling on civilians to fight, appealing for help while this assault is unfolding across Ukraine. Global leaders are responding with stronger sanctions.

    [CLIP ENDS]

    Maximillian Alvarez:  February of 2022 was an intense time in the world, and there was a lot going on in the world before Russia invaded Ukraine on the 24th of February. Here at The Real News in January through February of 2022, we were covering stories like the electoral victory of Chile’s leftist President Gabriel Borich and the Canada “trucker convoy”. We were covering this incredible story of Mexican autoworkers at a GM plant in Silao, using the provisions of the renegotiated NAFTA to wage this heroic effort to vote out their old, corrupt union and vote in a new, independent union. And I was interviewing folks involved in that struggle from Mexico.

    The Starbucks union wave was really kicking into high gear at that point. I was interviewing workers at stores here in Baltimore and around the United States. And I had just conducted what would become my first of many, many interviews with railroad workers here in the United States — And that was after I learned that a US district court judge had blocked 17,000 railroad workers at BNSF railway from striking on Feb. 1.

    So that’s where I was and where we were as a news network leading into Russia’s invasion of Ukraine on Feb. 24. But when that invasion happened, there was this real chilling sense of history, that something was changing, something irrevocable had been broken, and that things were never going to be what they were on Feb. 23, 2022.

    Ashley Smith:  I guess I was shocked but not at all surprised, because, I think, if you go back now three years, it was really clear that the world was changing rapidly. And I did a lot of on-the-ground organizing through all the years Trump was in power. And then we were a year into the Biden administration. And what really struck me is this massive wave of struggle that swept through the United States under Trump, lots of it was co-opted, neutralized, and taken over by the Democratic Party, and the movements collapsed around us.

    In particular, Black Lives Matter really went from one of the biggest social uprisings in US history to dissipating before our eyes. The Democratic Party successfully co-opted that big, enormous wave of struggles behind a project that I saw as hardcore imperialist in its very nature, a project to rebuild US capitalism and rally Washington’s allies for a great power confrontation, in particular with China and Russia.

    And during that time, I was writing a book about all of this with several co-authors called China and Global Capitalism that was an attempt to explain this developing period in history that we were living through. And we were writing that book right when China and Russia struck their friendship without limits agreement. And that showed from the other side of the interimperial rivalries that another camp was forming in opposition to the US.

    So then when Russia invaded Ukraine soon after that friendship pact, I really wasn’t surprised by it at all. And really because the war had been going on since 2014, the actual beginning of the war wasn’t three years ago in 2022, it was back in 2014 when Russia took over the sections of Donbas and the Crimea and had been trying to figure out how to annex the rest of the country.

    And Putin was doing this for clear reasons that had to do, in part, with response to NATO expansion into Eastern Europe, but more importantly, I think, in response to the democratic uprising within Russia itself, the pro-democracy movement, the attempt to address the class and social inequalities inside Russia itself. And so Putin turned to increasing authoritarianism at home and an explicit imperialist project abroad to reclaim not the Soviet Union’s project, but the great czarist project of the 19th century. It’s not an accident that his big heroes are czars of that period.

    And I totally agree, Max, I think the Russian invasion of Ukraine ushered in an epochal shift in world politics that has shaped everything in every corner of our globe all the way through till today. That is a new epic of annexation imperialism which is coming from Russia, from China, from the US, smaller regional powers. And in response to that, it’s triggering a new epic of struggles for national liberation and self-determination, which are going to be at the heart of all international political discussions.

    Blanca Missé:  When I tried to rewind to February, 2022, many of us here were, I mean at least I was coming out of a big fight against austerity measures in my university after COVID. The preunfolding of what we’re seeing a little bit with this massive attack to the Department of Education, to public universities, there’s been a long time coming of a restructuring of social services and an attack on free speech, academic freedom.

    So I have to say I was shocked and stunned by the February invasion. I agree with Ashley that the war technically had started in 2014. But I’m from Europe, I’m Catalan, and I’m in conversation with my family in Barcelona, friends in France, in Italy, in Portugal, and for all of us Europeans from the old world to see tanks back invading territory and trench building and alarms for bombs and people going into the refuges, it sounded like a real situation, like we’re back to the 20th century wars, which a lot of the US propaganda in Hollywood is telling us that the wars are going to be driven by drones and precision weapons, and there you have all this huge human capital and life being murdered, slaughtered at the front.

    That was a huge shock to me, and I started rethinking what is happening. Many of the first explanations were Putin has gone crazy. This guy is out of control. And this explanation of one person just being crazy in power, it does not hold long enough to explain this war. And you see, it’s pretty clear that since Putin arrived to power, he radically transformed the Russian state. He turned the Russian state into an imperial state. He concentrated all of the power, all of the industries, he squashed all of the opposition, and he needed to preserve this area of influence to sell its gas, its oil, to extract resources, to submit all of these areas of Belarus, the Baltic states, Ukraine, with huge debt deals. And any attempts to contest that, like it was in Maidan in Ukraine, or even the beginning of the opposition in Russia, prompted him to invade Ukraine.

    When you start understanding more the geopolitical, social, economic history of this part of the world, then the invasion makes total sense. I thought there was a beginning and an after because this war kept going on and on, and many of us thought this is going to just be two, three months and they’re going to negotiate. And we’re in year three of this war. And this was compounded also with the ongoing genocide in Palestine, which was restarted last year after the October events.

    And so I do agree fully with Ashley that the way I was processing this, first I joined the Ukraine Solidarity Network. It was crucial for many of us active to have conversations with Ukrainians and with Russians who were also educating us and exchanging with us their views about what’s happening in the world. So we were trying to form a collective, internationalist viewpoint so we could process things across countries.

    And also I started reading a lot of history, maybe because I’m a nerd, and I realized that our world right now is not anymore this “stable” US hegemonic world. As Ashley was saying, it looks more and more like the pre-World War II world with rising empires competing with each other and trying to steal land and colonies — At the time they were colonies, today they’re not, they’re supposedly independent countries — But they’re trying to annex them to put them under their thumb for control of their resources, of their markets, of their populations.

    So I am still processing the war, and the war is getting more and more complicated because it is enmeshed in this world mess. How could you explain that we have North Korean troops fighting today on the Russian front? We need to be able to unpack all of this mess and be able to explain it clearly to working people so we can find a sense of direction, a sense of understanding of our history, and a sense of agency. And I think the goal of our podcast and also doing this reflection is how we can win back agency in this country to stand up for our rights.

    Maximillian Alvarez:  I think that’s beautifully and powerfully put, and it is very much the soul of this podcast series. That really is our goal here, is to help you all navigate what has become such an unnavigable, or seemingly unnavigable, terrain, where you have these competing allegiances and things pulling at your heartstrings, when we want to lead with a basic humanitarian principle of defending life, defending people’s right to national sovereignty.

    I wanted to take us back down to February of 2022 and what people were seeing and what was making sense and what wasn’t at that time. For most people — And the national polling really bore this out at the time — The question of who the bad guys were here, who the good guys were, and what the evil deeds were seemed pretty apparent on its face: Russia violating the national sovereignty of Ukraine, Russian troops entering Ukrainian territory, opening fire on Ukrainians, and committing the basic war crime of invading another country. And again, on its face, this is what people were seeing, this is what was being reported, and the question of who deserved our solidarity and why was seemingly pretty clear cut.

    But as you guys already alluded to, there was an immediate discourse battle unfolding here where a lot of complicating factors were being introduced, whether they be the role of NATO expansionism and the US involvement in the 2014 coup, where you guys pointed out this war really started in 2014. The US had a lot of direct involvement in that. There were facts circulating about the far right neo-Nazis. Putin himself was claiming that this was a campaign of de-Nazification in Ukraine.

    And so all of these interceding points start coming into the basic vision of your average person who’s seeing a sovereign country being invaded by its powerful neighbor. And these interceding factors served, at best, to complicate the official US narrative about the war. But at worst, they served to justify what Russia was doing. And I think somewhere in the middle, for many, the point was to essentially justify a lack of solidarity with Ukraine and a basic conviction that this was not our problem.

    Ashley Smith:  I think the surface, gut-level response of most people to seeing a country invaded was of solidarity with the victims of such an invasion. And I think it’s very important to affirm that gut instinct of solidarity because that provides a guiding light for people through the points of confusion about the origins of the war, the nature of Ukraine, the politics of Ukraine, and the nature of its struggle for self-determination.

    And a few things about that. There is no doubt that NATO expansion set the stage for this, in part. But as I said earlier, the motivations of Putin were laid out numerous times in speeches that he gave over and over and over again that said this war was about proclaiming and reclaiming a Russian empire, and that entailed the eradication of an entire national state and national people: the Ukrainian people.

    Now, those Ukrainian people rose up in resistance, legitimately so — Not just the government but the vast majority of the people — All the way back in 2014 and then again in 2022. And one of the things that’s very important to say about the so-called coup in 2014 was that it wasn’t a coup, that this was a national popular uprising of the vast majority of people against a government that was essentially aligning itself with Russia, and therefore threatened the people in Ukraine with an authoritarian regime that they fundamentally rejected.

    And when the government attempted to crush the protests in opposition and brutalize the population, it transformed into a national popular uprising that drove the government from power. Which to Russia felt like a threat because what it showed is the agency of people to fight for their rights against an authoritarian regime, which, back in Russia, was ominous for Putin. So Putin had the ambition from the very beginning to set an example for the Russian people that if you rise up against the dictates and program and project of Putin’s regime, it will be crushed in blood.

    And the more you read about Ukraine, the more clear it becomes that this is a genuine progressive struggle for national liberation. Now, that doesn’t mean that there are not lots of complexities within Ukraine, but frankly, there’s lots of complexities in every single nation state around the world.

    And sometimes when I heard people talk about the right in Ukraine, I was like, oh my God, we live in the United States where we had Donald Trump, so it was a bit rich to hear people pick points about the politics of Ukraine. And the more you read about the actual politics inside the country, the more marginal, actually, the right is in the society. That doesn’t mean it’s not a threat, but it’s the Ukrainian people’s fight to deal with their own right wing, which is our responsibility here in the United States to deal with our own right wing.

    And the final thing I’ll say about this is you don’t have to have perfect victims to grant solidarity to people. And I think this is a very important point that Mohammed El-Kurd makes in his new book, Perfect Victims, about the Palestinian people’s struggle for national liberation, because they don’t have to be perfect victims to have solidarity extended to them, nor should Ukrainians. We should be in solidarity with Ukraine’s struggle and Palestine’s struggle for self-determination, with all the complexities of their societies recognized, and understanding that only Ukrainians and Palestinians can deal with those problems, and it shouldn’t mean that we deny them our solidarity.

    Blanca Missé:  When you see a country being invaded, you have your gut reaction to say, I side with them. And I think in the United States we have several added complexities. I think we have maybe different guts or different ways of feeling that are compounded because, on the one hand, most of the folks who maybe are indifferent or are questioning whether we should support Ukraine, they don’t deny that what is happening to Ukrainian people is horrible.

    The hesitations come from the fact that, in the United States, we have such a long history of our US government leading wars at home and abroad. So then suddenly when they see a bad actor doing a bad thing, but they see the US government taking the side of the victim, they’re saying, maybe there is something fishy here. And that is an understandable conflict.

    And then because one logic would be the enemy of my enemy is my friend, and that’s something we’re trying to unpack here. The enemy of your enemy doesn’t have to be your friend. It can also be another enemy that is going to come after you.

    And so this very mechanical gut reaction when you have these two competing things, I think — And that was a case for all the racialized populations in the United States, that they were feeling maybe less identified with the plea of the Ukrainian people, not because they’re not human, but because they were suddenly surprised and, actually, angry that their own government, who has been oppressing their communities and their own people at home, suddenly wanted to drop everything and find money that supposedly we don’t have; we don’t have money for schools, we don’t have money for social services, we don’t have money for healthcare, and then send all of this money to Ukrainians. So that didn’t help.

    And so this is why it’s so important, and it has been so important for our Ukraine Solidarity Network work to do everything from a standpoint of independence from the US government, independence from the Trump and Biden administrations, because we’re not here about backing any government or state. We’re here about building working-class solidarity from below, direct worker-to-worker, people-to-people connections.

    And the other thing I want to add here, when there was this reaction of not a problem, most of the time working people in the US — And this is particularly white people — It’s not their problem what happens in the world, right? It is their problem when it comes to their pockets. But there is a socialization about we around the world, we are the ones who deserve all the wealth, and we can extract the wealth of the rest of the world and make all these cheap products abroad for slavery wages, and plunder the resources of the world so we can have a way of living. [This] makes it that we don’t care about what happens in the rest of the world because in everyday life we have to care about what happens to the working class in the world. We could not sleep for the nightmares that we would have about what our standards of living and our consumption conditions require.

    So there is also something, there’s two perverse ways in which the US capitalist system and the US state has socialized us and desensitized us not to care. One is because we are US-centric, born and raised to be US-centric and not care about the rest of the world and not spend money abroad when there are needs at home. And the other thing is that we also have a lot of folks who have been so much damaged, tortured, aggressed, harmed, hurt by the US empire, that their first gut reaction is to be against any cause the US government supports.

    And we have to deal with all of this mess, of all of this. And it’s important to call it gut reactions and say how we start unpacking, validating the way people think, of course, but then start showing them the way other people are feeling and thinking, and trying to put these two things together so we can build internationalism and solidarity for below.

    It is difficult work, but this is why we’re doing this podcast, because we think this work must be done, and it can be done together if we have productive conversations across the different sectors of our class internationally.

    Maximillian Alvarez:  Another condition that your average working person in America is in, living in the heart of empire, being subject to a capitalist dominated society and an imperial war machine installed in our government. People, over ,get really, really tired of getting jerked around and lied to and feeling duped. And the better angels of their nature are being exploited by the people in power to justify doing awful things. And I think that that’s where also you get this malaise that so many of us feel.

    One of the, I think, other factors to consider is that, for your average person, the decision about what to think about this was also broken into two choices: Is my duty here to do something to stop this, or is it to have the right position on it? And I think that that’s actually symptomatic of the broad powerlessness that we are raised to feel in this country when we sense that we have so little influence over the power structure that we are finding out has had a hand in NATO expansion, that has had a hand in creating the crisis that we’re watching unfold on our televisions, our impulse is just throw our hands up and say, I don’t want to associate myself with this crap. And in that position, you can gravitate towards the one thing you do have, which is the righteousness of your own perspective.

    And so when you’re in that mode, you latch onto these reasons to not care, to not give your heart so willingly to a cause like we did after 9/11, like we did in Vietnam, like we did in Desert Storm. People remember what it felt like to learn how wrong we were in those days gone by, and we don’t want to make that same mistake again.

    And so when we hear that there are far-right Nazis in parts of Ukraine, that’s enough of an excuse to write off an entire population. When we hear that, once again, the US has had a strong hand over years and decades in creating the crisis that is unfolding now, we throw up our hands and say it’s the US’s fault. We don’t want to deal with it.

    So I think that that reaction from a lot of folks is more symptomatic of our learned powerlessness in a craven, imperialist society that is constantly looking for our emotional validation of its imperial exploits and people refusing to give it, but doing so by writing off an entire population that needs our solidarity.

    Ashley Smith:  I think what you’re saying, Max, is really important because there’s a healthy knee-jerk suspicion of the US government that is the legacy of the absolutely criminal history of US imperialism, all the way back to the 19th century, from the Spanish-American war to today, in which they lie, cheat, and steal to make profit through plunder of other countries and military dominance and manipulation of debt and gunboat diplomacy and fake alibis for wars, et cetera. So there’s a good knee-jerk suspicion of the US government, and I think that’s particularly concentrated, rightly so, among progressives.

    But then it can lead to the kinds of problems that you’re describing, of not thinking our lives are bound up with people in Ukraine, and that the Ukrainian people don’t deserve our solidarity and support.

    And I always come back to Martin Luther King’s famous statement as part of his opposition to the Vietnam War when he said that a threat to justice anywhere is a threat to justice everywhere. And I think we have to internalize that because I think we need a healthy knee-jerk anti-imperialism towards the US government, but also towards other governments and imperial powers throughout the world.

    In this case in particular Russia, because I think Russia set a precedent that is now spreading, that is that you can have an imperialist war to annex and eradicate an entire country that first started in Europe, the first ground war in Europe since World War II. Now you’re seeing that spread with Israel and its using a logic of colonial annexation that’s eerily familiar from what Russia said about Ukraine. Because if you put what Netanyahu says right next to what Putin says about each country they’re annexing and colonizing, they’re eerily similar. And if you look at what Trump is now saying about Gaza, the ethnic cleansing and seizure of Gaza — Not only Gaza but Greenland, Panama, and if God can believe it, Canada as the 51st state.

    So there’s a whole logic of a territorial imperialism and annexation that Russia’s war initiated globally, and it’s why our interests as working people and progressives here in the United States are bound up with Ukrainian people’s struggle for self-determination. Because if they lose in their struggle, that sets a precedent for powers to go after other subject peoples and nations all around the world.

    And what’s most eerie right now is that Trump is rewarding Russia’s aggression and saying, sure, you can have 20% of Ukraine. That’s fine. We’ll sit down and make a deal over the heads and without the involvement of Ukraine’s government, let alone its people. That is eerie. That’s what Netanyahu and Trump are doing about Palestine. Who knows what’s going to happen between Xi Jinping and Donald Trump about Taiwan. Who knows what’s going to happen in Latin America and Panama and Greenland. We’re entering a very ominous phase, and it began, really, with the invasion of Ukraine. That’s why, whether we like it or not, our lives and destinies are bound up with the struggle of the Ukrainian people.

    Maximillian Alvarez:  Exactly. And to even look backwards at the Biden administration’s handling of this, again, I think what you’re describing with Trump still puts your average American in a similar position because we had just clearly stated evidence that, under the Biden administration, that while we may, from our gut impulse, want to support Ukrainians fighting against this imperialist aggression, defending their national sovereignty, their lives, their communities, and that was the official line that we were hearing from Washington, DC, throughout the media. But then you also get these media clips from then Defense Secretary Lloyd Austin, who, in April 2022, told reporters:

    [CLIP BEGINS]

    Defense Secretary Lloyd Austin:  We want to see Ukraine remain a sovereign country, a democratic country able to protect its sovereign territory. We want to see Russia weakened to the degree that it can’t do the kinds of things that it has done in invading Ukraine.

    [CLIP ENDS]

    Maximillian Alvarez:  So right there you have, in the center of those two statements, you have your average working person trying to square that contradiction: Is this about supporting Ukrainians fight for their lives or is this about putting them in the firing line as cannon fodder so that our enemy Russia weakens itself slaughtering the people that we are in solidarity with? What is your average person supposed to do in that situation? What are they supposed to think?

    And so you have those contradictions swirling around in general, but you also have other contradictions that clash, I think, are the deeply held principles of people who might describe themselves as on the left or having more leftist and progressive principles that they try to live by that are in seeming conflict in a situation like this and our clear-cut principal opposition to Nazis anywhere. So yes, of course if there are and where there are Nazis in Russia, Ukraine, anywhere, fuck them. But they are not the entire population, just like the Nazis who are literally marching on the street right now in the United States of America do not represent the entirety of the US population.

    But you also had, for instance, within Ukraine, necessary critiques of the Zelenskyy government, of the wartime policies that have squashed labor rights, that have sold off more resources and terrain within Ukraine to other countries and private firms that are looking to take advantage of this situation. And so again, if you are, say, someone more on the left than not and you support unions and workers’ rights, and you are seeing them be violated in Ukraine by its own government, you have this difficult question to untangle. And I actually thought that in this great interview that Bill Fletcher did for us at The Real News in September of 2023 where he spoke with Olesia Briazgunova, the international secretary of the Confederation of Free Trade Unions of Ukraine, she actually puts this into great perspective. Let’s play that clip.

    [CLIP BEGINS]

    Bill Fletcher Jr.:  I’d like you to explain to US workers who might say something like this: The Zelenskyy government is neoliberal, it’s reactionary. Yes, I don’t agree with the Russian aggression, but I don’t agree with the Zelenskyy government. I don’t think we should give any support to anybody. What would you say to someone that raises that?

    Olesia Briazgunova:  I want to emphasize that there are two different issues: Issues of war, genocidal war that includes massive killings of people, mass graves, torture, killing of children, deportation of children, people who are activists, human rights and labor activists under the threat of captivity in the occupied territories. So it’s two different issues. Yes, we need the support in this direction of fighting for decent work and labor standards. We need your solidarity. But to fight for workers’ rights, we need to survive. We need to survive and ensure that workers’ right to life is ensured. And then, of course, we will fight for better working conditions and decent work. And maybe in peaceful time, it would be more easy to promote our agenda within the social dialogue.

    [CLIP ENDS]

    Blanca Missé:  The US government, the Biden administration has been weaponizing the principle solidarity American people felt for Ukraine, to actually use it against Putin, the Russian state, and weakening it. But it is even more perverse than that because all of these aid packages that were presented in Congress, which supposedly is money that we are sending to support Ukraine, if you look at the fine print, a third of each of these packages was just to restock the US military with more advanced weapons, giving huge contracts to the major war corporations. Another third was to boost NATO, to boost the CIA, to boost international surveillance. Only a third of what remained was to send material aid to Ukraine, which mostly what they send are the old weapons that are not really useful so much in combat today. Not the most advanced ones, not the airplanes, the ones they need to discard.

    So they have been using the Ukraine war in two ways. One is, as you were saying, Max, to use the lives of Ukrainians as cannon fodder to weaken the Russian economy. They have also weaponized the war to impose sanctions on Russia to make it more difficult for Russia to upgrade its industry, its military production. But they also have been lying to American working-class people, telling them that this is about Ukraine [when] this is about boosting their own war machine.

    And we have to be honest, we have to explain what’s happening. That does not mean we do not stand in solidarity with the Ukrainian working class. That does not mean we oppose material aid. But we need to explain the aims of this material aid. We need to explain the strings that come attached while we are on the material military side of the Ukrainians, and we fully agree that they need airplanes, weapons, tanks, anything they need to protect the sovereignty of the territory.

    As Denys Bondar said in Episode 1, you cannot fight an invasion with pillows. You need weapons. That’s absolutely true. I think the perversity of the US imperial agenda went a step further, and we’ll talk about it later today when we talk about what happened once we combined what’s happening in Ukraine, what is happening with Palestine. Because the last aid package for Ukraine that was proposed by Biden was proposing the same package with aid for Israel and for the militarization of the border to further criminalize and repress immigrants in the United States. So the cruelty, the cynicism, the twisted mindset of the US empire that is supposedly here to support Ukraine, but is, in fact, using this war and the Ukrainian people and the working-class folks in the US to further its imperial aims, it’s absolutely disgusting and outrageous, and we need to be able to denounce it while we build solidarity for Ukraine.

    And one of these things you were saying, Max, about this split between being a commentator of what’s happening versus being actively involved, we see that in a lot of the movements here, and I think it has to do with the fact that working people in the US feel really politically disempowered. I think the biggest manifestation of that is in what is supposed to be the most democratic country in the world, the political life is dominated, since the Civil War, by two huge parties which are controlled by money and by major corporate America, and working people don’t have an outlet. There is not a worker’s party. There’s no independent political parties. You go anywhere in the world, you run for elections, you have 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 10 parties. You have coalition governments. Here in the US, folks have kind of accepted that they have to be ruled by one of the two evils.

    And when you have interiorized that there is no good that could come from politics, that you have no political agency, that we cannot be in charge of running our country, but we have to defer to one of the two evils, it is logic that the mentality of the lesser of two evils gets applied to read the rest of the struggles, always speaking the less of the two evils.

    And I think that’s important to remind ourselves that when we’re doing all of this work to stand in solidarity without exceptions, the first duty we have in the US is to stand in solidarity with ourselves, with working people in the US, to start challenging this imposed hegemony of the bipartisan system in our country so we can finally begin to articulate, one day, independent working-class politics for working people in the US too, not only for the struggles of the oppressed abroad.

    I think these things are connected. Our incapacity, most of the time, in the US to read and understand the complexities and the class struggle dynamics of the wars and the conflicts and the national liberation movements and the democratic movements abroad is linked to our conditions here in the US and our political life in the US, which is really poor, and is made poor by the US state to make sure that we do not have a rich political life of debate or struggle of experience with the system so we can eventually liberate ourselves one day.

    Ashley Smith:  We should never underestimate the cynicism of the US government, whichever party is in power. I always think of the great quote from the American socialist John Reed who said, Uncle Sam never gives you something for nothing. He comes with a sack of hay in one hand and a whip in the other, and the price will be paid in blood, sweat, and tears by the oppressed.

    I think we should keep that in mind always when we talk about the US government because the quote you read from the general, Austin, explains very clearly what the US is about, which is totally different than what the Ukraine Solidarity Network and movement is about. The US wants to use Ukraine for its own purposes to weaken Russia and to impose its agenda on Ukraine, which is not in the interest of the Ukrainian people. Because one of the things, to add to what Blanca said about the aid packages, they all came with debt attached to them, and the price of neoliberal restructuring and privatization of the Ukrainian people’s government, social services, and economy, and opening it to the plunder of multinationals, including US multinationals, which Donald Trump drew the logical conclusion by saying that he wants to buy half the country’s minerals — Or not even buy it, just get it through plunder.

    So I think there’s the cynicism of what the US is up to we need to be clear-eyed about. Because as we oppose Russian imperialism and its annexationist drive in Ukraine, we should have absolutely no illusions of what the US government is about in Ukraine or anywhere on the planet. They don’t respect the sovereignty of Ukraine, whether under Biden or Trump. They’re after their own interests, not the interests of the Ukrainian people. And they have supported Zelenskyy, who is a neoliberal, who wants privatization, restructuring, and has agreed to all these debt deals for his own corporate backers’ interests.

    And that’s why our solidarity is always with working people, with oppressed people in Ukraine and everywhere on the earth, because they have a different project than the capitalist governments and corporate rulers and far-right governments that rule over them, and that’s about liberation. And so our project is collective liberation from below with no illusions in any imperial power or in any existing government anywhere on the planet.

    Maximillian Alvarez:  I think that you both really importantly hit upon one of the common causes of our intellectual incapacity to see the world for what it is and see what’s right in front of our eyes. We reduce entire populations to the figureheads in their state houses and the official policies reported in the media, and we lose all ability to see things like class, to see the different power structures in a given society that don’t mean that because Zelenskyy said X every Ukrainian believes it and is undeserving of our solidarity. This top-down enforced hypocrisy has been so viciously on display from the time that Russia invaded Ukraine till now, and even before.

    And before we head into the break, I wanted to play this clip from then President Biden, which was from April of 2022, that really makes the point here.

    [CLIPS BEGIN]

    President Joe Biden:  I called it genocide because it becomes clearer and clearer that Putin is just trying to wipe out the idea of even being able to be a Ukrainian. And the evidence is mounting. It’s different than it was last week, the more evidence is coming out of literally the horrible things that the Russians have done in Ukraine. And we’re going to only learn more and more about the devastation. And we’ll let the lawyers decide internationally whether or not it qualifies, but it sure seems that way to me.

    Reporter 5:  Good evening, and thank you for joining us. At dawn local time, Hamas militants launched an unprecedented and large-scale surprise attack targeting dozens of locations in Israel. Right now, Israeli authorities say at least 200 people in Israel have been killed. The Gaza Health Ministry says 232 Palestinians are dead.

    Reporter 6:  The death toll across Israel and Gaza has topped 1,300 as the bloody conflict stretches into its third day. Israel today announced a total blockade on Gaza, including food, water, electricity, and fuel. Over 800 people have been killed in Israel, over 500 in Gaza. Thousands more have been injured on both sides of the separation barrier. Hamas says it’s taken over a hundred hostages, including civilians and Israeli army officers. The Israeli prime minister has told Gazans to leave, though it’s unclear where they’d be able to go, vowing to all but decimate the besieged territory.

    [CLIPS END]

    Maximillian Alvarez:  Now, we’ve already mentioned earlier in this discussion Israel’s genocidal war on Palestinians, particularly on the besieged open-air prison of Gaza, which really rose to new heights after the Oct. 7 attacks in Israel. We are going to discuss that in more depth in the second part of this episode, and it’s going to be baked into everything that we’re discussing over the course of this series, which itself will end on the anniversary of Oct. 7 with an episode concluding this series focused on Gaza-Palestine.

    Right now, in this episode and in this series, we’re trying to walk ourselves and our listeners from the Russian invasion on Feb. 24, 2022, all the way up to present day. And in that vein, I think in the period between Feb. 24, 2022, and before Oct. 7, 2023, we were already seeing, and many were calling out, the apparent double standards and the political and humanitarian inconsistencies that would really come to a head when both of these wars were playing out simultaneously in front of the global public.

    And from the jump, these double standards were blisteringly, almost shockingly apparent in the way that many mainstream news outlets were covering the Russian invasion of Ukraine. Of course, there was the infamous example when Charlie D’Agata of CBS News really said the quiet part out loud in the early days of the invasion:

    [CLIP BEGINS]

    Charlie D’Agata:  But this isn’t a place, with all due respect, like Iraq or Afghanistan that has seen conflict raging for decades. This is a relatively civilized, relatively European — I have to choose those words carefully, too — City where you wouldn’t expect that or hope that it’s going to happen.

    [CLIP ENDS]

    Maximillian Alvarez:  And that was by no means an exception. This was a pervasive, racist double standard that was so taken for granted that the people expressing it apparently felt no reserve or shame in just saying these “quiet parts” out loud. Like Daniel Hannan, as well, of The Telegraph, who wrote at the time, “They — ” Meaning Ukrainians — “seem so like us. That is what makes it so shocking. […] War is no longer something visited upon impoverished and remote populations. It can happen to anyone.”

    Now, of course, these double standards were being called out immediately. And in fact, the Arab and Middle Eastern Journalists Association released a blistering response to this pervasive coverage that we were seeing at the time. And that statement reads, in part, “AMEJA condemns and categorically rejects orientalist and racist implications that any population or country is ‘uncivilized’ or bears economic factors that make it worthy of conflict. This type of commentary reflects the pervasive mentality in Western journalism of normalizing tragedy in parts of the world such as the Middle East, Africa, South Asia, and Latin America. It dehumanizes and renders their experience with war as somehow normal and expected. 

    “Newsrooms must not make comparisons that weigh the significance or imply justification of one conflict over another — Civilian casualties and displacement in other countries are equally as abhorrent as they are in Ukraine.”

    This double standard was pervasive not just in mainstream media, but it was even leaking into social media and the discourse that we were having at the time of the Russian invasion before the Oct. 7 attacks in Israel and Israel’s genocidal, scorched earth response.

    You even had viral videos of a young Palestinian, of the famous Ahed Tamimi, who was arrested at age 16 in an altercation with an IDF soldier. That took place in 2017, she was actually in prison for eight months in Israel after that. But you saw a viral video, which was viewed more than 12 million times on TikTok alone, of Tamimi confronting this IDF soldier, but people were showing it as a Ukrainian girl standing up to Russian troops. And that also highlighted not just the racist double standard in the mainstream media, but the media illiteracy of users of social media who couldn’t even understand the double standard that they were embodying in holding up a Palestinian woman as an example of a Ukrainian standing up to Russians.

    But it wasn’t just the media, of course. The racist double standards that were really coming to the fore after Russia’s invasion and before Oct. 7 were also made grimly apparent in the treatment of Ukrainian and non-Ukrainian refugees who were fleeing the war.

    Just to give you a few examples, in March of 2022, we republished this piece by Adam Bychawski, which was titled “’19th-century Racism’ at Ukrainian Border” and reads, and I quote, “Indian students in Ukraine who spent days stranded at the Polish border have told of ‘19th-century racism’ as they watched Ukrainians’ pets allowed to cross before they were. ‘It all comes back to black and white’ said medical student Muhammad, speaking from a hostel in Lviv on Tuesday. ‘They are Europeans and we are just Indians.’ Muhammad, originally from New Delhi, said he and hundreds of other foreign students had been denied access to the Polish border and forced to return to the city, 40 miles away, a few days earlier.”

    There was also this example from another piece that we published at The Real News in March of 2022 by the great Molly Shah who wrote about Yemeni students who were fleeing Ukraine. And she writes, “The journey out of Ukraine for both Ahmed and [Mohammed Talat] Al-Bukari was incredibly difficult. They faced racist discrimination at many points during the journey, something that Jarhum — ” Who works with the group Yemenis and Ukraine — “says is a common thread running through most of the stories from Yemenis she worked with. ‘The discrimination on the border was… crazy,’ she said. ‘They prioritized women and children and Ukrainians over all other nationalities.’

    “After a 26-hour bus ride from Kharkiv to Lviv, followed by a six-hour bus ride to the border, Ahmed was shocked when he was told he would not be allowed to cross. ‘They asked us if there were Ukrainians in the bus and there were no Ukrainians, [so] they forced us back seven kilometers to the gas station where non-Ukrainians congregate,’ he said, describing the Kafka-esque series of steps he went through before finally being permitted to cross the Polish border. ‘We waited in line for 18 hours, no sleep and no bathroom.'”

    And of course, it wasn’t just people trying to enter Poland and nearby countries to Ukraine. NPR reported from here in the States in July of 2022 “Thousands of Afghans that were promised US visas remain on the run from the Taliban. The Biden administration, however, quickly cleared red tape for Ukrainians after Russia invaded Ukraine.” Highlighting again the horrific, racist, and hypocritical actions of our government to selectively sympathize with white Ukrainian refugees while leaving the Afghans that the US had already promised visas to, leaving them out in the cold while seizing on the political opportunity to welcome Ukrainians, thus again pitting people’s natural solidarity for one over the other.

    Blanca Missé:  I want to say something about this double standard because double standard in the media, it’s a nice way to put it. I want to go back to what I mentioned about the second aid package for Ukraine that was conditioning aid to Ukraine to aid to Israel and aid to the border. Because, in fact, it’s not just a double standard like, oh, we give money to these, but we don’t give money to them. It is even more perverse and cruel. It is if you want to save the Ukrainian people, you need to sacrifice Palestinian lives and immigrant lives. It’s the lives of those ones in exchange for the lives of these ones. And that is, in a nutshell, the core of imperialism, the core of the politics of any imperial state that is not only putting populations in competition but is asking those who are in need, if you want my help, it needs to come at the expense and sacrifice of these other parts of the population.

    And so it’s not only the divide and conquer, it’s as if we need to become each other’s the transactional tool to legitimize the genocide of another people to prevent the genocide of one people. This is also the logic of austerity. This is a zero-sum game. There is not [enough] for everybody.

    And what we’re trying to say all over and over is that, yes, we can save everyone. Yes, we need to stop all of the wars. Yes, we need to stop all of the genocides. But the system makes it impossible for us to do that because to stop all of the wars, all of the genocides, and have resources for everybody, will require that we working people take control of the system so we can dismantle it, so we can be in the driving seat.

    And so in order to even prevent this question from being raised, the framing is a framing of double standard, but even worse, one in exchange of the other. It’s either this, either that. And I think that’s exactly the logic that we are trying to fight back against so we can put forward a true logic of solidarity without exceptions.

    Ashley Smith:  I just wanted to add to what Blanca was saying about the hypocrisy of the United States and Joe Biden, the idea that, at the same time he’s posturing as in favor of a rules-based order that he’s defending, in the case of Ukraine, he’s enforcing, collaborating in a joint genocidal war against Palestine. And what I think that blows up is the idea that we have anything that could be called a rules-based international order. If you really think about it, the US rules-based international order had Vietnam, had the countless invasions of independent countries by the United States: Panama, Haiti — Many times in Haiti — The war on terror, the invasions of Iraq and Afghanistan. And what the US has done in Palestine in particular is such an obscenity and has really delegitimized anything that could be called a rules-based international order.

    And imperialists and autocrats all around the world are taking advantage of that and display a similar kind of hypocrisy and double standard. So if you think about Russia posturing as against what is being done in Palestine while it does the same thing in Ukraine, all the powers of the world have these systematic examples of hypocrisy.

    And I think the worst is around the question of migration. The racism of the border regime cannot be overstated. It’s impossible to overstate. You look at what the US is doing on the US-Mexico border and the selective treatment of Ukrainians versus the treatment of people from all over the world, especially from Global South countries and, in particular, racialized countries. The racist double standards are there for all to see. The European Union does the same thing. If you look at what the European Union does in the Mediterranean, it’s guilty of mass murder of North African refugees fleeing for sanctuary.

    One of the things that struck me most powerfully is when I did an interview with Guerline Jozef, who’s a leader of the Haitian Bridge Alliance, and she looked at the double standard that the US applied between Ukrainians and Haitians on the US-Mexico border, and she said very simply, of course Ukrainians should be let in, but so should Haitians. We should be treated with the same standards of respect and dignity of every other human being. And the conclusion of that is the border regime should be smashed. We should have open borders and the free movement of people until we can really challenge what is a fact, is the free movement of capital at the expense of workers of the world.

    Maximillian Alvarez:  I think that’s beautifully put, Ashley, and beautifully put by Guerline. Again, the response to seeing this racist double standard by which white Ukrainians are welcomed into the country while Haitian migrants, Latino migrants, migrants who are not white Ukrainians are treated horrifically and counted as lesser than human. The response is not to then say Ukrainians should be treated that way too, it’s that we should all be treated to the same universal standard of humanity. That should be the conclusion, but so often we are pushed and prodded and encouraged to feel the opposite.

    And I think, honestly, that is the way that the United States and Israel, at the top echelons of their imperial governments, were expecting people to react after the Oct. 7 attacks and Israel’s genocidal onslaught on Gaza that has been going on ever since. They were probably, I think, expecting that Americans especially would feel the same way towards Palestinians and Israelis as we’ve always been taught to feel. But that, of course, is not how things went.

    And so I want to ask by way of getting us up to Oct. 7 and up to present day, how you guys feel the unfolding of the war in Ukraine, the unfolding and public display of these racist double standards, how do you think all of that set the stage for how people were going to perceive what was to happen in Palestine, in Israel in October of 2023?

    Blanca Missé:  In the particular case of Palestine and Israel, the US state had been funding the state of Israel since its inception, and socializing among the US population the fact that we are identified with Israeli people, they’re a legitimate people too, in a state, they are a nationality there, and they’re one of us. They’re the only democracy in the Middle East. We keep hearing this and this. There’s coded language: They’re the only white people like us in the Middle East.

    So we are already predisposed by all of these layers of ideology, of discourse, of double standards to immediately extend our solidarity with any Israeli victims and deny humanity and solidarity to Palestinian victims and survivors. The very fact that we are already, even before the Oct. 7 attacks and what happened, we have been supporting the war machine, the occupation, the apartheid regime, and the genocide, the ongoing, slow genocide that Israel has conducted on Palestinian people without ever having any qualms or any major public debate in the US.

    When the US was supporting the war in Vietnam, there was a big discussion in the US started by the anti-war movement about who the US should privilege and support. But this discussion has never really happened at the mass level in the United States. There has been a Palestinian solidarity movement that has been reinvigorated since the Second Intifada with the radicalization of youth around the creation of the Students for Justice in Palestine chapters, the tremendous success of the BDS campaigns. So there has been a beginning of an incipient resistance among specifically younger people who have been questioning these double standards.

    But we cannot see that the majority of the US population has been seeing this as a double standard. They have rather considered that almost an Israeli is closer even to them than a Ukrainian. And I think that was the framework that was already in place, that people were, again, having these gut reactions to what happened on Oct. 7.

    Ashley Smith:  I think that there have been two responses to Israel’s genocidal war. There’s been the establishment response: bipartisan lockstep support for the eradication of the Palestinian people. This is a genocidal war, it’s a joint genocidal war by the US corporate military imperial establishment and Israel’s state, and there has been no debate about it across the political spectrum at the top, or only a handful of people dissenting.

    Down below, I think we’ve seen a sea change within the US population towards Palestine, and I think it’s the expression of 15 years of radicalization that people have undergone at the base of society in opposition to all the problems: Occupy, Black Lives Matter, The [Red State Revolt], solidarity with Standing Rock, another wave of Black Lives Matter, and all the Palestine solidarity that kept flashing up through that period from the Second Intifada on and the BDS movement, all of this converged.

    And, I think, in particular, Black Lives Matter and the growing consciousness among a new layer of Black radicals about the Black Palestine solidarity that has gotten organized, intellectual expression, people like Angela Davis writing books, drawing attention to it.

    So there were the preconditions among a new generation that has been born of the radicalization since the great financial crisis of 2008. That was the preconditions for the explosion of solidarity with Palestine.

    The other thing is the deep cynicism about the US government and what it does in the world born of the Iraq and Afghanistan wars. The deep suspicion among working-class people too, because the number of people that came back maimed, wounded, permanently impacted, and their families permanently impacted by the tens of thousands of soldiers deployed to that war meant there was a bedrock of suspicion.

    And so people could see the hypocrisy. Not in the majority, as Blanca rightly says, but a surprising, much larger minority including of Democratic Party voters under a Democratic Party administration that was for a ceasefire. So I think there were preconditions that were built up from below that challenged the establishment’s commitment to this genocidal war, and it gives you tremendous hope.

    The thing that’s striking is that there was very little crossover in terms of mass popular consciousness of sympathy with Palestine and sympathy with Ukraine because people saw the manipulation that the US was doing in the case of Ukraine and were suspicious of it in the case of Palestine. They saw the manipulation and fundamentally opposed it. And I think what we’re trying to do in this podcast is get people to see across that division and see the common bounds of solidarity between all oppressed, occupied, and terrorized populations, from Ukraine to Palestine.

    So really I think the Palestine radicalization is one of the things that has torn the cover off of US imperialism and torn the cover off of the so-called democracy in the United States. Look at what has happened to Palestine solidarity activists on campuses, in cities, and communities across the country. We are being criminalized because of the threat this movement poses to the US government’s sponsorship of the genocide and its use of Israel as its local cop to police the Middle East to make sure that the US controls the spigot of the world’s largest reserves of oil in the world.

    So I see the Palestine solidarity movement as one of the tremendous hopes for anti-imperialism in the world, but not without challenges politically that we need to overcome, in particular on overcoming any selective solidarity within the movement, and instead winning a method of solidarity without exception.

    Maximillian Alvarez:  Let’s talk about that a little more by way of bringing us around the final turn here, and talk about how the need for this podcast series itself really came roaring out of the contradictions that we were feeling, seeing, hearing, experiencing in the moment that we’ve been in over the past two years, when Israel’s genocidal war on Gaza and Russia’s imperialist invasion and war on Ukraine have been occurring simultaneously on the same timeline in the world that we inhabit. Because this is, again, made complicated for your average person who may be seeing and hearing on the news quotes like this from President Volodymyr Zelenskyy speaking to the NATO Parliamentary Assembly in Copenhagen on Oct. 9 of 2023:

    [CLIP BEGINS]

    President Volodymyr Zelenskyy:  These days, our attention is focused on the Middle East. No one can ever forget what the terrorists did in Israel, thousands of missiles against peaceful cities, shooting people in cars on the roads, men, women, children. No one was spared, streets covered in blood. Israelis themselves, Israeli journalists who were here in Ukraine, who were in Bucha, now seeing that they saw the same evil where Russia came. The same evil. And the only difference is that there is a terrorist organization that attacked Israel, and here is a terrorist state that attacked Ukraine. The intentions declared are different, but the essence is the same. You see it, you see the same blood on the streets, you see the same civilian cars shot up. You see the same bodies of people who have been tortured.

    [CLIP ENDS]

    Maximillian Alvarez:  Now, of course, there’s a political reality here where Ukraine is dependent on US support to maintain its war effort to stop the Russian invasion. And so by default, if not by ideology, the Ukrainian government is going to have to jump on whatever side it thinks that the United States is going to be on in this Israel-Palestine “conflict” so that it doesn’t mess up its one lifeline to keep fighting its fight against the Russians. And so we want to name, there are multiple reasons why Zelenskyy would make this claim.

    But for your average person who’s hearing that claim, again, it forces your soul into this sort of your car stalling out and you don’t know where to go because you have the president of Ukraine effectively trying to square this circle and compare the plight of Ukrainians fighting against the Russian invasion with the plight of Israelis who are, in Zelenskyy’s own terms, the ones who are being victimized by this terrorist invasion coming from Gaza, coming from Palestine.

    And perhaps in years past that may have been an easier sell, but it wasn’t this time. That was not a line that, in fact, like you guys were saying, a lot of regular people were not buying this comparison.

    Ashley Smith:  I think the shortest thing to say about Zelenskyy’s statement is he has it precisely upside down and backwards because the analogy is between Ukraine and Palestine, not between Ukraine and Israel. The analogy on the other side is Russia and Israel. Those are the annexation aggressors in this circumstance. Russia on its own invading and annexing and occupying Ukraine, and in the case of Palestine, the US and Israel invading in a genocidal war against the Palestinian people. So the analogy and the solidarity is the exact opposite of what Zelenskyy said.

    It’s important for us in the Ukraine Solidarity Movement to say that because Zelenskyy did a disservice to international anti-imperialism by making it that upside down and backward analogy. If he had said the right thing, then there would’ve been more sympathy with Ukraine’s plight from the insurgent movement from below. And that points to the importance that our solidarity is not with Zelenskyy’s government, but with the people in Ukraine.

    And that said, I think there are a couple of things that we have to do to explain where Zelenskyy’s position comes from. First of all, he’s Jewish, and that’s important for all this stuff about Ukraine being a Nazi country. It’s got an elected Jewish leader of the government, so there’s a predisposition to identify with Israel and Zionism. There’s also the fact of a large migrant population, settler community of Ukrainians in Israel, one of a large population there.

    That said, Ukraine traditionally has respected the sovereignty in the UN of Palestine and has advocated, whatever you think of it, a two-state solution for Palestine. That’s been the official position of Ukraine — Which I disagree with. I think we should have a secular democratic state from the river to the sea with equal rights for all and the right of Palestinians to return.

    I think the most important thing, though, is what the Ukrainian left did in response to this, which was to issue a statement of solidarity and opposition to the genocidal war conducted by Israel. And Commons Journal produced that, distributed, large numbers of Ukrainian intellectuals, trade unionists, and activists, and leftists signed onto that, and they did webinars to try and articulate a different position that gets the bonds of solidarity correct between Ukrainians and Palestinians against the aggressors that they face.

    But that just shows that politics is not simple. You’ve got to work at it, and you’ve got to orient people and win arguments. And there’s a live debate in Ukraine about all this that has gotten better over time as the war in Gaza has exposed itself to the Ukrainian population. More people in Ukraine are more sympathetic with Palestine than at the start of the war when Zelenskyy made this upside down and backward statement.

    Blanca Missé:  Actually in the US, our Ukraine Solidarity Network put out a statement in solidarity with Palestine. And actually, we didn’t put only one statement, I think we [put out] three or four statements. And the importance of that is that as we saw the use of this country rising against the genocide, taking tremendous risks in the campuses, including on my campus, the only condition for us to link up the struggles is to assert from the beginning solidarity with without exceptions.

    And the first question the Palestinian movement is going to ask is, OK, I will support your fight against Russian invasion, but will you support my fight for Palestinian liberation? Will you support our demand to end all USAID to Israel now? If you want aid for Ukraine, will you support the demand to end all USAID to Israel now? Because in the same way your people are dying under the bombs of Putin, our people are dying under the bombs of Netanyahu. But the crime is that the bombs of Netanyahu, they’re paid for by the United States, they’re fabricated, they’re built in the United States, many in the state of California where I work and live.

    So to be able to, as Ashley says, in many ways, move away from these very top-down, simplistic, opportunistic narratives, to rebuild a more complex, but in the end, also connecting what we were saying with a universal and simple feeling of solidarity. There is a lot of unpacking to do, but most of the unpacking we need to do is to destroy and undo the compartmentalization of struggles that has been put in our heads and reconnect with some fundamental feeling and sense of solidarity, of compassion, of being together and say, I see you struggle. You see my struggle. We might not speak the same language, we might not have the same appearance, but we do understand that we’re going through each other.

    What Zelenskyy said and did, it’s tremendously opportunistic, but he’s not the first leader to do that. It might seem as a shock to us, but during the Japanese invasion of China during World War II, there were also opportunistic sectors of the petty bourgeois elite, the Black elite here who were rooting for Japan because they wanted to be against the US. But rooting for Japan meant sacrificing the national liberation movement of the Chinese, and we had a huge Chinese immigration community in the US. So that position was also separating the Black movement from the Asian movement.

    Or even worse, during World War II, the Egyptian elites were trying to figure out whether they will support the Nazis or they will support the British because they were calculating who might win the war. But those were opportunistic self-interest positions of these national leaders, elites, economic elites who, like our imperialist governments, they don’t believe in solidarity without exceptions. Nobody from below could in their right mind say, fine, let’s side with the Nazis. Fine, let’s side with Putin’s invasion. Fine, let’s side with Israel’s genocide. That will not be a defensible position ever. But these elites are training us to be calculating.

    And again, I go back to this thing: can we save our lives at the expense of these others? Is this a trade we’re willing to make? And this calculating mindset is the number one mortal enemy of the struggles of solidarity. And that’s the point we’re trying to make over and over in our movements. And that’s also the main reason behind this podcast. Instead of calculating, let’s start thinking and let’s start feeling what we have in common to fight for a common liberation.

    Maximillian Alvarez:  Well, and as you both said, in so many ways, the need for that message, the need for this series and the need for folks to hear the voices they’re going to hear, the discussions they’re going to hear over the course of this podcast series really emerged out of not only the conflict between people’s solidarity with Ukrainians that was not being equally applied to Palestinians after Oct. 7, but also in the other direction within the growing movement of folks who were in solidarity with Gaza, with Palestinians, was not equally applied back to Ukrainians. And so that itself presented a clear case for why we needed to talk about this and figure out why.

    But on that note, I think one thing that we’ve mentioned here that maybe we don’t have time to go into in as much depth on this episode, but has clearly been a major factor over the past two years in public opinion shifting on Israel and really shifting towards solidarity with Palestinians. A lot of that we saw happen in real time.

    We saw mainstream Western journalists who were all stationed in Israel while all the Palestinian journalists were being slaughtered in Gaza, and journalists were not being let into Gaza. And so you had this Iron Dome attempt to maintain the long hegemonic narrative of Israel as the only democracy in the Middle East, as the United States’s permanent ally, as Palestinians and Arabs and Muslims in general as less than human, the terrorist aggressors who hate us and hate democracy because of who they are. You saw that line be enforced and reinforced in the ways that the media was covering the Oct. 7 attacks, the lies that were spread all the way from our White House down the Hasbara propaganda that was being unthinkingly regurgitated through Western outlets, through the mouths of Western diplomats and politicians.

    But it didn’t hold, it didn’t have the command over the public mind that it would have in years past. And a big part of that was because regular people were seeing the counter evidence on their phones over social media. They were seeing the livestreamed genocide unfolding in Gaza, on TikTok, on Twitter, on Facebook, you name it.

    But there really were insurgent realities, insurgent narratives, like breaking apart that US-Israel media-enforced consensus over the past two years. And when people in this country, people I know, people I grew up with, people like myself who, for years, for our entire lives, never questioned that line about Israel, about its rightness, about its right to defend itself, all that stuff. Here in the United States, you had so many members of the population finally be ready to ask about the other side, to learn about the other side in a way that we’ve never been before.

    And when we were ready to finally see that other side, to finally admit that perhaps we did not know the whole situation, people had a wealth of literature, of interviews, of coverage of BDS and Palestine solidarity movements to learn from when they were finally ready to take advantage of them. I don’t think that folks had that when it came to Ukraine as readily available to us if and when we started asking similar questions.

    But all of that is to say that in the two years since both Israel’s genocidal onslaught on Gaza and Russia’s continued war in Ukraine have been occurring simultaneously, in as much as the openings that have presented the opportunity for people to feel more solidarity with their fellow workers and human beings in Palestine, what does that look like for Ukraine? What does that look like for Haiti? What does that look like for other parts of the world where the story’s not going to be the same?

    And in fact, there was, I think, a really important point made by Daria Savrova in a panel, a Haymarket panel on Ukrainians who were in solidarity with Palestinians, asserting that we do not need equivalence for solidarity. We don’t need the situation in Ukraine to be exactly like the one in Palestine to feel that solidarity.

    Ashley Smith:  Yeah, I think, Max, you’re entirely right. There doesn’t need to be an equivalent experience of exploited and oppressed people to have the basis of solidarity. I think that point that Daria made is really important because if you look at what Russia has done in Ukraine, it’s horrific, like the mass murder in Bucha, the destruction of an entire city of Mariupol, the bombing of hospitals, the bombing of schools, that’s horrific. It’s not on the scale of what Israel has done in Palestine. And a lot of other wars and other experiences of countries under national oppression and experiencing exploitation aren’t identical, but you don’t need to have the identical experience to identify with people undergoing exploitation and oppression.

    And in fact, that’s the hope of humanity, is that those of us down below among the working-class majority, the oppressed majority of the world, we have a basis for solidarity and common struggle and common identification. That’s the only way we’re going to get out of this catastrophic moment in global capitalism that we’re living in, in which the scale of the crises and the problems and the wars from Ukraine to Palestine to Congo to Sudan to you name it. We are in an existential moment, and we have to have the hope and the trust in the workers of the world, the majority of the world’s population, that we can forge bonds of solidarity that can challenge all the governments that stand above and enforce this order. In particular, the big powers, the Europeans, the US, China, Russia that stand atop this mess. But that’s the hope of humanity is the bonds of solidarity which don’t require equivalence and identical experience.

    Maximillian Alvarez:  Well, and as we’ve already said in this episode, the need for that robust sense of solidarity, that durable sense of solidarity, the ability to know what we’re fighting for in a world that is spinning increasingly out of control is more necessary now than ever because we are living in that existential moment, as you said, Ashley, where it is a new and terrifying era in which the violability of national sovereignty is fully back on the table — And that’s not to say that it was off the table before. The US has been violating countries’ national sovereignty since our settler ancestors came here and genocided the Natives who were here, to say nothing of the wars in Iraq, the wars in Vietnam, the coups in Latin America, all across the world. We’re not negating that.

    But we are saying that we are definitively in a new geopolitical era in which even the fiction of the US-enforced international rules-based order has fully collapsed. We are living in a time where Donald Trump can say that he wants to absorb Canada as the 51st state, that he wants to take over Greenland from Denmark, that he wants to turn Gaza into a real estate development, that he wants to retake the Panama Canal. Again, it is not just the United States that is making these kinds of proclamations, it is a world breaking apart under multiple competing imperialisms. This is the reality of what we call living in a multipolar world.

    But for that reason, the question of what national sovereignty, what the right to it and the right to defend ourselves and our lands really means in a time like this. I wanted to ask if you guys could say a little more about what listeners who are living through this monstrous moment that we all are living through, what they’re going to get out of this series and why it’s important.

    Blanca Missé:  We are in a new world order that is still evolving and reconfiguring itself. It’s not like we know the shape it’s going to have, but we know there’s a huge geopolitical crisis. And I think in the midst of this turmoil, we need to be able to resist against all the regressive politics, the wars, the genocides, our own government, the US government, is going to carry out at home and abroad, and at the same time oppose all the regressive politics, wars, genocides that rival powers like China and Russia are going to carry out. And not only China and Russia — We also have the rise of regional powers that are collaborating with them and also oppressing people abroad.

    And so when we talk about solidarity without exceptions, first, we need to have an understanding of what brings us together and how to articulate this solidarity. And more importantly here in the US, we need to also provide avenues for working people in the US to stand in solidarity with other struggles without relying on their government, without siding with their government. Obviously refusing to side with sponsoring wars, genocides, sanctions, tariff wars, but also being suspicious of some supposed aid packages and good aims they might have abroad. And the only way to do that is by developing a mutual understanding from below of what solidarity means.

    And this is why we’re going to be bringing guests who are international guests, some of them are US-based, who are knowledgeable about the struggles of liberation, who have been active in the struggles of liberation, and also have been thinking through the complexities of developing solidarity without exceptions. And we’re all going to be learning together how, in the midst of this turmoil, how to collectively rethink from below what international solidarity is with a working-class perspective.

    Ashley Smith:  I want to go back to the moment that we’re in, because I think Trump has ushered us into a whole new phase of geopolitics, that he’s declared an American-first imperialism, a kind of unilateral annexationist, frankly, colonial imperialism that we haven’t heard articulated from the White House in a long, long time. And it’s not isolationist, it’s certainly not pacifist. It’s essentially saying might makes right — The US is going to use its hard power all around the world to get its way in an authoritarian fashion at home and a brutal, unilateral imperialist fashion abroad.

    Max went through the list that Trump ticked off. He does want to annex Panama, Greenland, make Canada the 51st state, take over Gaza. These are not just idle threats. He’s really trying to implement them as policies. And this kind of authoritarianism is growing in every country all around the world, particularly in the historic great powers and the new powers. We are really headed for a global clusterfuck of interimperialist antagonisms unlike we’ve seen except in the run-up to World War I and World War II. More annexation, more war, more conflict, more militarism, increased military budgets all around the world. That’s going to produce increasing authoritarianism at home against our rights as working-class people and oppressed people like we’re seeing under Donald Trump, and more aggression abroad like we’re seeing under Trump. But not only Trump, all the other powers are doing the same kinds of things.

    And what we’re going to be exploring is how we can bind together through a politics of solidarity, the national liberation struggles, the struggles for self-determination of oppressed peoples, and the struggles of working-class people politically throughout the world. So we’ll be exploring all these themes.

    In the first round of episodes we’ll be talking about Ukraine, which we’ve been discussing today in detail, but we’ll do it with special guests from Ukraine about Ukraine’s struggle. We’ll also be then following up with Puerto Rico and then with Syria, with people who’ve actually just come back from the Syrian people’s victorious toppling of the Assad regime. But these episodes are going to be a part of many unfolding over the next year that are going to explore the politics of solidarity and solidarity without exception, which I think has to be the bedrock, the first principle of our collective liberation globally.

    Maximillian Alvarez:  Hell yeah. Well, I cannot wait to listen to them. And Ashley and Blanca, it is such an honor and a privilege to be producing this series with y’all. For everyone listening, you can find new episodes of Solidarity Without Exception right here on The Real News Network podcast feed. Get it anywhere you get your podcasts. Keep an eye out for those new episodes that Ashley mentioned, which will be coming out every two weeks from now.

    And then we’re going to take a little break, and then we’re going to bring you a new batch of episodes. But again, this series is going to be continuing over the course of this year. Please let us know what you think of it. Please share it with everyone that you know, and please support the work that we’re doing here at The Real News Network so we can keep bringing you more important coverage, conversations, and series just like this. Ashley, Blanca, solidarity to you.

    [THEME MUSIC]


    This content originally appeared on The Real News Network and was authored by Ashley Smith, Blanca Missé and Maximillian Alvarez.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2025/02/24/the-old-world-order-couldnt-stop-wars-in-ukraine-and-gaza-the-new-world-order-will-accelerate-more-wars-like-them/feed/ 0 518231
    Can the Progressive Caucus Take Democrats in a New Direction? https://www.radiofree.org/2025/02/24/can-the-progressive-caucus-take-democrats-in-a-new-direction/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/02/24/can-the-progressive-caucus-take-democrats-in-a-new-direction/#respond Mon, 24 Feb 2025 21:30:53 +0000 https://progressive.org/magazine/can-the-progressive-caucus-take-democrats-in-a-new-direction-cook-20250224/
    This content originally appeared on The Progressive — A voice for peace, social justice, and the common good and was authored by Christopher D. Cook.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2025/02/24/can-the-progressive-caucus-take-democrats-in-a-new-direction/feed/ 0 515044
    Valls faces Kanak ‘first people’ clash with loyalists over independence talks https://www.radiofree.org/2025/02/24/valls-faces-kanak-first-people-clash-with-loyalists-over-independence-talks/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/02/24/valls-faces-kanak-first-people-clash-with-loyalists-over-independence-talks/#respond Mon, 24 Feb 2025 00:48:24 +0000 https://asiapacificreport.nz/?p=111220 By Patrick Decloitre, RNZ Pacific correspondent French Pacific desk

    French Minister for Overseas Manuel Valls’ first two days in New Caledonia have been marred by several clashes with local pro-France, anti-independence movements, who feared he would side with their pro-independence opponents.

    However, he remained confident that all stakeholders would eventually come and sit together at the table for negotiations.

    Valls arrived in the French Pacific territory on Saturday with a necessary resumption of crucial political talks regarding New Caledonia’s political future high on his agenda, nine months after the deadly May 2024 civil unrest.

    His visit comes as tensions have risen in the past few days against a backdrop of verbal escalations and rhetoric, the pro-France camp opposing independence stressing that three referendums had resulted in three rejections of independence in 2018, 2020, and 2021.

    But the third referendum in December 2021 was boycotted by a large part of the pro-independence, mainly Kanak community, and they have since disputed the validity of its result (even though it was deemed valid in court rulings).

    On Saturday, the first day of his visit to the Greater Nouméa city of Mont-Dore, during a ceremony paying homage to a French gendarme who was killed at the height of the riots last year, Valls and one of the main pro-France leaders, French MP Nicolas Metzdorf, had a heated and public argument.

    ‘First Nation’ controversy
    Metzdorf, who was flanked by Sonia Backès, another major pro-France local leader, said Valls had “insulted” the pro-France camp because he had mentioned the indigenous Kanak people as being the “first people” in New Caledonia — equivalent to the notion of “First Nation” people.

    Hours before, Valls had just met New Caledonia’s Custom Senate (a traditional gathering of Kanak chiefs) and told them that “nothing can happen in New Caledonia without a profound respect towards [for] the Melanesian people, the Kanak people, and the first people”.

    Nicolas Metzdorf, Manuel Valls and Sonia Backès (L to R) during a public and filmed heated argument on Saturday 22 February 2025 in the city of Mont-Dore – PHOTO NC la 1ère
    French Minister for Overseas Manuel Valls (second from left) meets pro-France supporters as he arrives in New Caledonia on Saturday as French High Commissioner Louis Le Franc looks on. Image: NC la 1ère

    Metzdorf told Valls in an exchange that was filmed on the road and later aired on public broadcaster NC la 1ère: “When you say there are first people, you don’t respect us! Your statements are insulting.”

    “If there are first peoples, it means there are second peoples and that some are more important than others.”

    To which Valls replied: “When you are toying with these kinds of concepts, you are making a mistake.”

    Every word counts
    The 1998 Nouméa Accord’s preamble is largely devoted to the recognition of New Caledonia’s indigenous community (autochtone/indigenous).

    On several occasions, Valls faced large groups of pro-France supporters with French tricolour flags and banners (some in the Spanish language, a reference to Valls’s Spanish double heritage), asking him to “respect their democratic (referendum) choice”.

    Some were also chanting slogans in Spanish (“No pasaran”), or with a Spanish accent.

    “I’m asking for just one thing: for respect towards citizens and those representing the government,” an irate Valls told the crowd.

    Questions have since been raised from local organisations and members of the general public as to why and how an estimated 500 pro-France supporters had been allowed to gather while the French High Commissioner still maintains a ban on all public gatherings and demonstrations in Nouméa and its greater area.

    “We voted three times no. No means no,” some supporters told the visiting minister, asking him not to “let them down”.

    “You shouldn’t believe what you’ve been told. Why wouldn’t you remain French?”, Valls told protesters.

    “I think the minister must state very clearly that he respects those three referendums and then we’ll find a solution on that basis,” said Backès.

    However, both Metzdorf and Backès reaffirmed that they would take part in “negotiations” scheduled to take place this week.

    “We are ready to make compromises”, said Backès.

    Valls carried on schedule
    Minister Valls travelled to Northern parts and outer islands of New Caledonia to pay homage to the victims during previous insurrections in New Caledonia, including French gendarmes and Kanak militants who died on Ouvéa Island (Loyalty group) in the cave massacre in 1988.

    During those trips, he also repeatedly advocated for rebuilding New Caledonia and for every stakeholder to “reconcile memories” and sit at the negotiation table “without hatred”.

    Valls believes ‘everyone will be at the table’
    In an interview with local public broadcaster NC la 1ère yesterday, the French minister said he was confident “everyone will be at the table”.

    The first plenary meeting is to be held this afternoon.

    It will be devoted to agreeing on a “method”.

    “I believe everyone will be there,” he said.

    “All groups, political, economic, social, all New Caledonians, I’m convinced, are a majority who wish to keep a strong link within France,” he said.

    He also reiterated that following New Caledonia’s Matignon (1988) and Nouméa (1998) peace accords, the French Pacific territory’s envisaged future was to follow a path to “full sovereignty”.

    “The Nouméa Accord is the foundation. Undeniably, there have been three referendums. And then there was May 13.

    “There is a before and and after [the riots]. My responsibility is to find a way. We have the opportunity of these negotiations, let’s be careful of the words we use,” he said, asking every stakeholder for “restraint”.

    “I’ve also seen some pro-independence leaders say that [their] people’s sacrifice and death were necessary to access independence. And this, also, is not on.”

    Valls also said the highly sensitive issue of “unfreezing” New Caledonia’s special voters’ roll for local elections (a reform attempt that triggered the May 2024 riots) was “possible”, but it will be part of a wider, comprehensive agreement on the French Pacific entity’s political future.

    A mix of ‘fear and hatred’
    Apart from the planned political negotiations, Valls also intends to devote significant time to New Caledonia’s dire economic situation, in post-riot circumstances that have not only caused 14 dead, but also several hundred job losses and total damage estimated at some 2.2 billion euros (NZ$4 billion).

    A first, much-expected economic announcement also came yesterday: Valls said the State-funded unemployment benefits (which were supposed to cease in the coming days) woud now be extended until June 30.

    For the hundreds of businesses which were destroyed last year, he said a return to confidence was essential and a prerequisite to any political deal . . .  And vice-versa.

    “If there’s no political agreement, there won’t be any economic investment.

    “This may cause the return of fresh unrest, a form of civil war. I have heard those words coming back, just like I’ve heard the words racism, hatred . . . I can feel hope and at the same time a fear of violence.

    “I feel all the ferments of a confrontation,” he said.

    This article is republished under a community partnership agreement with RNZ.


    This content originally appeared on Asia Pacific Report and was authored by APR editor.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2025/02/24/valls-faces-kanak-first-people-clash-with-loyalists-over-independence-talks/feed/ 0 514921
    Rural New England needs EV chargers for tourism. The Trump administration is making it harder to build them.  https://grist.org/transportation/rural-new-england-needs-ev-chargers-to-keep-tourism-revenue-flowing-the-trump-administration-is-making-it-harder-to-build-them/ https://grist.org/transportation/rural-new-england-needs-ev-chargers-to-keep-tourism-revenue-flowing-the-trump-administration-is-making-it-harder-to-build-them/#respond Sun, 23 Feb 2025 14:00:00 +0000 https://grist.org/?p=659154 When Charyl Reardon needs to charge her electric vehicle quickly, she has to leave her home in New Hampshire’s White Mountains region and drive 65 miles south on the interstate highway until she reaches the capital city of Concord. 

    For those like Reardon, a resident of the Lincoln Woodstock community in northern New Hampshire, this kind of routine is not uncommon. Public charging stations for electric vehicles, or EVs, are scarce in rural parts of the state. Compared to the rest of New England, which includes Connecticut, Maine, Massachusetts, New Hampshire, Rhode Island and Vermont, the Granite State has lagged in its rollout of public EV infrastructure. 

    “They’re kind of sprinkled along parts around the White Mountains,” said Reardon. “You don’t often see fast chargers by any means.”

    Some businesses and municipalities in the state are looking to ramp up the construction of public EV charging stations to meet growing demand. But a recent move by President Donald Trump’s administration could make doing so more difficult. On February 6, 2025, the Federal Highway Administration released a memo suspending the $5 billion National Electric Vehicle Infrastructure (NEVI) program, a resource supporting the construction of public EV infrastructure in states. The two phases of the program, spread over five years, award competitive grants of up to 80 percent federal funding for EV infrastructure projects along major roadways and in communities across the country. States are required to contribute the other 20 percent of costs, often through private investment. 

    Reardon is the president of the White Mountains Attractions Association, which operates a visitor center at the entrance to the region in North Woodstock, New Hampshire. Travel and tourism make up the second largest sector in the state’s economy, and most visitors arrive by car. But New Hampshire’s slow approach to building public EV infrastructure could cost the state more than $1.4 billion in tourism revenue by 2031, Clean Energy NH and Ski NH found in a January 2025 study

    EV charging stations at Loon Mountain Resort in New Hampshire’s White Mountains region. Julia Tilton

    The region that will be hardest hit is the White Mountains, which is projected to lose $353 million by 2031, according to the study, which was supported by the Environmental Defense Fund. 

    With EVs projected to approach 30 percent of the cars on New England roads between now and the early 2030s, the study found that New Hampshire will fall behind neighboring Vermont and Maine—its key competitors in the regional tourism market—should it continue to lag in developing EV infrastructure. For Reardon, the need is already clear. Fast chargers are in the works at the visitor center where Reardon is based, located off Interstate 93, which connects Boston to the White Mountains. 

    The memo from the Federal Highway Administration has caused confusion and concern among states and contractors hired to install projects, said Loren McDonald, chief analyst at Paren, an EV data platform tracking how states use federal funds for EV infrastructure. 

    “There is no legal basis and authority to do this,” said McDonald. “It is all about creating havoc.” 

    The NEVI program was established under the Inflation Reduction Act, a piece of legislation passed by Congress in 2022. To fundamentally change the NEVI program, Congress will need to revise the law. McDonald said he expects state attorneys general to prepare lawsuits against the memo in coordination with their departments of transportation and energy, which funnel NEVI funds to projects at the local level. 

    In the meantime, states are pausing parts of their NEVI programs. While New Hampshire has already been awarded $2.8 million in NEVI funding to build charging stations along major EV corridors as part of the program’s first phase, it is unclear whether it will see any funding for phase two of the program to build EV infrastructure in communities. 

    A spokesman from New Hampshire’s Department of Transportation confirmed to the Daily Yonder that the state will continue with phase one NEVI sites as planned. The spokesman said phase two NEVI development is “on hold” until the state receives further guidance and direction from its federal partners.

    Beyond phase one NEVI funding the Granite State has already invested into projects in the White Mountains and other regions, close to $30 million in federal funding has been greenlit for building public charging infrastructure along major roadways and in communities. That funding comes through the rest of the NEVI program and the Charging and Fueling Infrastructure Grant Program, which was created by the Bipartisan Infrastructure Law. 

    While the February 6 memo from the Federal Highway Administration says that reimbursement of “existing obligations” will be allowed, there is uncertainty as to which projects are considered to be “obligated,” given that the memo also suspends approvals for all plans for all years of the program. This comes as all states that have submitted their annual NEVI plans have received approval and obligation for four out of the program’s five years, McDonald said. 

    “It’s a real head scratcher, because on one hand it’s saying, we’re going to reimburse for existing obligations, but it’s also saying we’re throwing out the first four years of the plans,” McDonald said.

    ‘Here in New England, people drive’

    The White Mountain Attraction Association tallies 51 charging stations in the region, most of which are located at restaurants and lodging facilities. Ski areas like Loon Mountain Resort and Cranmore Mountain Resort have also invested in EV infrastructure, which tends to be more open to the public, Reardon said. 

    “The North Country we often refer to as a charging desert, or ‘the donut hole,’” said Jessyca Keeler, president of Ski NH, one of the organizations associated with the tourism impact study. 

    In a region known for its year-round recreational activities such as skiing, biking, and hiking, this poses a challenge for meeting visitors’ needs. 

    “This is important for our industry because here in New England, people drive,” Keeler said.

    In 2022, Massachusetts and Connecticut sent more than 4 million tourists to the Granite State out of 14.3 million total overnight visitors that year. Massachusetts sends the most visitors to the state of any place of origin, and in the winter, roughly half of all skiers come from the Bay State.

    Drivers in Massachusetts and Connecticut are also adopting EVs faster than their New Hampshire counterparts. Compared to New Hampshire’s small but growing population of EV drivers, 77 percent of all EVs in New England were operated by Massachusetts and Connecticut drivers in 2023, according to the study released by Clean Energy NH and Ski NH. By 2033, Massachusetts is expected to have 1.7 million EVs on the road while Connecticut is expected to have 600,000, compared to 200,000 vehicles projected in New Hampshire, the study found.

    Assuming a “baseline scenario” where the Granite State installs 30 percent of the EV chargers needed to support tourism by early next decade, the study found that nearly 4 in 10 EV drivers and would-be tourists might not travel to the state due to “inadequate” charging infrastructure. This shortfall is behind the projected loss of  $1.4 billion in cumulative revenue that the study found could hit the state’s economy by 2031. 

    That number is equivalent to losing an entire season of tourism, said Sam Evans-Brown, the executive director of Clean Energy NH. 

    “Imagine if during one summer, no tourists came to New Hampshire at all,” said Evans-Brown. “That would be the biggest headline you would see.”

    Evans-Brown and Keeler agree that at the state’s current pace, it will not be prepared to meet the demand for chargers from EV drivers coming from both in- and out-of-state. Both said they are prepared to advocate in favor of state-level policy changes to lower barriers for building the necessary public EV infrastructure for the tourism market. 

    “When we’re talking to our legislators in this state, it’s really important to show the business case,” Keeler said. “When you start talking dollars and cents and the economy and tax revenues and those kinds of things, people listen on both sides of the fence.”

    In a state known for its purple politics, ideological differences over EVs have slowed the state from adopting policies that would make charging infrastructure more affordable for businesses and small communities, Evans-Brown said. Meanwhile, neighboring states like Massachusetts have expanded incentives to build public charging stations through “Make-Ready” programs that anticipate a surge in EV drivers over the next decade. 

    Loading alternative fueling station locator…

    Evans-Brown said that Massachusetts justified its program by demonstrating that public EV infrastructure would help the state reach its climate goals. New Hampshire’s 2024 Priority Climate Action Plan references financing to support the development of public EV charging stations, though the state has yet to enact a “Make-Ready” program. 

    If the state were to consider the number of EVs expected to be on the road in the early 2030s—given that adoption rates are projected to continue growing over the next ten years—Evans-Brown said the financial benefit would become clear. While the tourism impact study that Keeler and Evans-Brown worked on demonstrates how the Granite State’s economy could suffer from failing to install public EV infrastructure, a comprehensive look at what the state stands to gain has yet to be done. 

    “You can justify these programs just on a cost basis if you do that kind of analysis,” Evans-Brown said. “But we haven’t gotten there yet.”

    ‘You build it and they will come’ 

    In the state’s southwest corner, four spots in the Monadnock Food Co-op’s parking lot are now reserved for EV drivers looking to charge. Located in Keene, New Hampshire, some twenty minutes from both the Massachusetts and Vermont borders, the cooperatively-owned grocery store installed the chargers with the help of state funding in the spring of 2024.

    “It just seemed like a perfect pairing for an EV driver to be able to use these charging stations while doing some grocery shopping or getting lunch or dinner, for example,” said Michael Faber, the co-op’s general manager.

    The approximately $233,000 project to deploy the store’s chargers was financed by New Hampshire’s $30.9 million share of the Volkswagen Mitigation Trust. That pool of funding was established after Volkswagen settled with the federal government for its violations of the Clean Air Act in the 2010s. 

    Since installing the charging station last year, Faber said the use has continued to grow. Travelers and locals alike have expressed appreciation for them, Faber said, as there are not many fast-charging options in the rural Monadnock region. 

    “You build it, and they will come,” said James Penfold, director of eMobility Solutions at ReVision Energy, the solar and EV charger installation company that the Monadnock Food Co-op partnered with on the charging station. 

    Penfold, who has worked with organizations across northern New England on EV infrastructure, said that projects are often cost-prohibitive to install without government assistance. Level two chargers, which can fill a car to full charge in several hours, cost thousands of dollars. Level three fast chargers, which let drivers plug in for 20-30 minutes before driving away, start in the tens of thousands of dollars. Labor and installation with the utility adds to the total cost of deployment. 

    “Even level twos, they’re relatively expensive to install, so it’s really disappointing for the state right now that there are no incentives to be able to encourage them and help defray some of that cost,” Penfold said.

    In the northern part of the state, Charyl Reardon expressed a similar sentiment. She said the upfront costs to install public EV chargers are unfeasible for many local businesses and municipalities in the White Mountains, even if they recoup the money later. 

    For New Hampshire’s rural communities, uncertainties about the future of federal funding loom over plans to build EV infrastructure. Most of the grants at the state level, like the $2.8 million in NEVI funding or the award from the Volkswagen Mitigation Trust, originate from the federal government. 

    The Trump administration’s attempts to freeze federal spending—which continue to be challenged in courts—has left the future of that funding unclear. 

    This story was originally published by Grist with the headline Rural New England needs EV chargers for tourism. The Trump administration is making it harder to build them.  on Feb 23, 2025.


    This content originally appeared on Grist and was authored by Julia Tilton, The Daily Yonder.

    ]]>
    https://grist.org/transportation/rural-new-england-needs-ev-chargers-to-keep-tourism-revenue-flowing-the-trump-administration-is-making-it-harder-to-build-them/feed/ 0 514887
    California introduces new bill to pay incarcerated firefighters the same wage as non-incarcerated firefighters https://www.radiofree.org/2025/02/21/california-introduces-new-bill-to-pay-incarcerated-firefighters-the-same-wage-as-non-incarcerated-firefighters/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/02/21/california-introduces-new-bill-to-pay-incarcerated-firefighters-the-same-wage-as-non-incarcerated-firefighters/#respond Fri, 21 Feb 2025 21:01:12 +0000 https://therealnews.com/?p=331980 An inmate crew led by firefighters light backfires as they fight the Hughes Fire near Castaic, a northwestern neighborhood of Los Angeles County, California, January 22, 2025. Photo by ROBYN BECK/AFP via Getty Images30% of California’s firefighters are incarcerated, and many make as little as $6 a day.]]> An inmate crew led by firefighters light backfires as they fight the Hughes Fire near Castaic, a northwestern neighborhood of Los Angeles County, California, January 22, 2025. Photo by ROBYN BECK/AFP via Getty Images

    Last June, months before her release date, Paula Drake remembers getting called to fight the Gorman Fire in Los Angeles County, California. She was part of the California Department of Corrections and Rehabilitation’s Malibu Conservation Camp #13, which is jointly operated by CDCR and the Los Angeles County Fire Department (LACFD).

    When her crew arrived at the fire, she remembers, it covered about 500 acres, but by the next day, it had spread to 15,000 acres. Drake knew how to hike through the mountains with a 40-pound bag on her back and run a chainsaw through the rugged terrain — skills that made it possible to help contain the fire. Out of that experience, she felt pride and camaraderie with her crew. 

    Drake remembers “just feeling like you’re a part of something bigger and being able to give back to a community that has deemed us unredeemable, and being able to be like a productive member of society.” She returned home in November and is pursuing a career in firefighting.

    “The experience there was absolutely amazing,” she said. “It was amazing enough to where I decided, coming home, that this is something that I would like to do with my life, and be able to grow in the firefighter industry, and hopefully make it a career.”

    Incarcerated firefighters make up 30% of California’s firefighting crews, and those who participate in the program are able to live at one of the many conservation camps or fire stations outside of prison, where they are given training and work alongside the California Department of Forestry and Fire Protection (CAL Fire) or the LACFD. Drake said that, while it is still a prison program, the fire camps allowed her to have more freedom.

    Drake said she would make about six dollars a day, and an additional dollar per hour she was working a fire. A seasonal CAL Fire firefighter gets paid a salary of more than $50,000 a year.

    “Society has deemed us these dangerous criminals that shouldn’t be allowed to have their freedom, yet, here we are running chainsaws and given these tools that are highly dangerous, so is it really even necessary for people like us to be somewhere where we’re stripped of our freedom?” Drake said. “I just think that people don’t realize what an impact it has on us and the community.”

    While versions of the CDCR firefighting program have been around in California for over a century, they became the subject of headlines earlier this year when several fires broke out across California and over 1,100 incarcerated firefighters were deployed to fight the Eaton Fire, Hughes Fire, and Palisades Fire in Los Angeles County, which destroyed hundreds of homes and businesses. These firefighters were out for days at a time, and had no contact with their families. However, many reported a sense of pride that they were helping the community.

    Even though they put their lives at risk and do the same jobs as any other fire crew, those who are incarcerated get paid between five to ten dollars a day by CDCR, plus an extra dollar an hour by CAL Fire when they are deployed to an active fire. As she worked second saw—a position where she helped clear the terrain with a chainsaw—in the fire crew, Drake said she would make about six dollars a day, and an additional dollar per hour she was working a fire. A seasonal CAL Fire firefighter gets paid a salary of more than $50,000 a year.

    “You’ve got paid crew members working right next to you, doing the same exact job, but getting paid a hell of a lot more, and we interact with these crews, we cut lines with them,” Drake said. “We’re putting ourselves at risk. The compensation doesn’t really match up with the job that we’re doing.  

    In many cases, incarcerated firefighters are saving lives. Eduardo Herrera, who was a firefighter while incarcerated, remembers being called to a traffic collision in Los Angeles County. He was assigned what the LACFD calls “landing zone coordination” to arrange for a helicopter to pick up victims. At that time, while awaiting transport, a victim went unconscious, so Herrera had to perform CPR. He later found out that the individual that he was performing CPR on was a deputy sheriff of 27 years on his way to work. 

    “I was an incarcerated municipal firefighter, so not only was I serving the community, I actually helped save lives of our law enforcement, which is a very unique situation,” Herrera said.

    He remembers other police officers and military members thanking him for his work and shaking his hand.

    Herrera described his experience as “something that most of the public are not aware of. I think that that’s just another story of the capacity of change and what we’re capable of doing in spite of our circumstances.”

    During the two years he worked in this program, Herrera, who was released in 2020, resided at a fire station in Mule Creek. He remembers being deployed to residential structure fires, rescues, traffic collisions, medical calls, and vegetation and wildlife fires. He said that participating in the program reduced his sentence by just under three years.

    Hererra said that he is glad that the public is becoming more aware of the important work of firefighters who are incarcerated—people who “have maybe made a mistake in their lives, but they’re no longer defined by that mistake and wanting to pay it forward and make a difference.” He said it is important the public know what change looks like and what it can be and what it can mean for their communities. 

    “I’m glad that now we’re having this dialogue, and the narrative is starting to be changed in regards to seeing the capacity that we have to serve the community,” Herrera said. “It gives people hope. I believe the public wants to hear stories of hope and redemption.”

    Herrera is now a firefighter with CAL Fire in the Riverside unit. He said that while he was incarcerated, he did not make as much as he makes now.

    “The discussion about pay is always going to be a discussion, because we definitely didn’t make what your normal firefighter that’s out here makes,” Herrera said. “At the end of the day, we’re the hard workers, we work two times harder, if not more, than anybody else, because we had more to prove, and there was a sense of pride that went with it.”

    “Incarcerated firefighters are on the frontlines saving lives,” Bryan said in an email. “They are heroes just like everybody else on the frontlines and they deserve to be paid like it.”

    Last month, Assembly Member Isaac Bryan introduced a bill, AB 247, which would ensure incarcerated firefighters are paid an hourly wage equal to the lowest nonincarcerated firefighter in the state for the time that they are actively fighting a fire. 

    “Incarcerated firefighters are on the frontlines saving lives,” Bryan said in an email. “They are heroes just like everybody else on the frontlines and they deserve to be paid like it.”

    Sam Lewis, executive director of the Anti-Recidivism Coalition—which helped write and introduce AB 247—said that incarcerated firefighters have returned to their fire camps and have been in good spirits about the job they did. He said that the ARC, who owns the Pine Grove Youth Conservation Camp for incarcerated youth, provided more microwaves, an air conditioning unit, new boots, and sporting equipment for the youth who returned from fighting fires. Through donations, they were also able to give all of them hygiene packages that include new toothbrushes, lotion, deodorant, nice soap—things he said they might not normally be able to get while incarcerated.

    In the time that passed since the fire, Lewis said six youth at the camp who were fighting the fires have been released and received a $2,500 scholarship as they transition out of incarceration into training to become full-fledged firefighters. Lewis said the work they are doing to save homes and lives is important, and that they should be paid the same as the lowest paid firefighters on any other crew. 

    “The fact that they get paid basically $10 is not equitable, it’s not fair,” Lewis said. “They’re putting their lives on the line too. Why wouldn’t they be paid for something that they’re providing that’s needed, desperately needing in the state of California? So it was a simple question of equity.”

    Lewis said that people who are incarcerated often want to demonstrate that they’ve changed and be able to give back to their communities, and participating in the program has been a way for people to transform their lives.

    “Sometimes people end up in jails or prisons with the belief that they don’t have value, and it’s clear that every human being has value once you find out what your purpose is,” Lewis said. “In many instances, people who have an opportunity to go to these fire camps find that their purpose is to be of service to their communities in this way, and so it’s a way of them being able to demonstrate their commitment to their communities, but also to find their pathway to redemption.”


    This content originally appeared on The Real News Network and was authored by Victoria Valenzuela.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2025/02/21/california-introduces-new-bill-to-pay-incarcerated-firefighters-the-same-wage-as-non-incarcerated-firefighters/feed/ 0 518237
    The uncertain future of the Green New Deal https://grist.org/protest/the-uncertain-future-of-the-green-new-deal/ https://grist.org/protest/the-uncertain-future-of-the-green-new-deal/#respond Fri, 21 Feb 2025 09:45:00 +0000 https://grist.org/?p=659145 Since the first day of President Donald Trump’s second term, three little words keep coming up.

    In one of his first executive orders, the president instructed agencies to terminate the so-called “Green New Deal,” which he has described as “ridiculous” and “incredibly wasteful.” The administration’s disdain for the concept is clear, with Trump and press secretary Karoline Leavitt referring to it as “the Green New Scam.”

    In reality, there is no Green New Deal law in effect in the United States today, despite previous attempts to pass one in Congress. What Trump actually paused funding for in his executive order was the 2022 Inflation Reduction Act: a spending bill passed under former president Joe Biden and the largest investment in clean energy in U.S. history. 

    The Inflation Reduction Act, or IRA, was heralded as a major win for climate organizers — but most of them don’t think the law lives up to their original vision of a transition to renewable energy that creates good, well-paying jobs. In the face of rollbacks, these activists are questioning whether their calls for a Green New Deal have been effective or have divided voters. After Trump won the popular vote in November, some climate advocates are searching for new ways to talk about the changes they want to see, ones that might resonate more broadly across the political spectrum. 

    “This is a live question of debate,” said Dejah Powell, membership director of the Sunrise Movement. Some organizers worry the climate movement has failed to move the public, she said, partly because “[w]e actually are missing a total, compelling vision that touches on the undercurrent of where we are in society.”

    If you had to pinpoint the moment when the Green New Deal burst into the public consciousness, it would be shortly after the 2018 midterms, when more than 200 young people with the Sunrise Movement orchestrated a sit-in outside Senator Nancy Pelosi’s office on Capitol Hill. The newly elected representative Alexandria Ocasio-Cortez joined the protesters, who urged Pelosi, the House’s Democratic leader, to pass stringent action on climate change. They came prepared with a draft resolution of what they called the “Green New Deal.” It was a reference to the New Deal of the 1930s, a series of ambitious initiatives and reforms — including the Civilian Conservation Corps, Social Security Act, and Works Progress Administration — that President Franklin D. Roosevelt launched to provide economic relief during the Great Depression.

    Sunrise Movement youth organizers in black t-shirts take over Nancy Pelosi's office, holding signs that say "Green New Deal" and "Do your job"
    Police attempt crowd control as Sunrise Movement organizers demanding a climate deal occupy Nancy Pelosi’s office in 2018.
    Bill Clark / CQ Roll Call / Getty Images

    In February 2019, Ocasio-Cortez, joined by Senator Ed Markey, a Democrat from Massachusetts, introduced resolutions for a Green New Deal in both the House and the Senate. The plan called for a large-scale mobilization “not seen since World War II” to completely transform the economy, eliminate U.S. greenhouse gas emissions, and create millions of jobs. At the time, people laughed at the idea, Markey said on a mass organizing call last month hosted by more than 50 climate organizations. The measure was largely symbolic: These were non-binding resolutions, meaning that even if they passed a vote in Congress, they would not become law. Either way, opponents made their disapproval known. The resolution failed in a Senate vote mere months later, and a second attempt in 2021 also went nowhere. 

    “But you know what we knew?” Markey said. “That we were building a movement that was going to build the momentum that was going to wind up with the IRA being passed.” Since the original resolution, Democrats have introduced a range of more targeted Green New Deal bills, focused on issues ranging from health to urban infrastructure to public housing to public schools. None of these bills made it out of committee.

    Many credit the enthusiasm the Green New Deal generated for pushing Biden to prioritize climate change during his presidency, even if it didn’t result in exactly what they were calling for. The IRA is sometimes talked about as a mini Green New Deal — but there are key differences between the two. While both support reducing emissions, the Green New Deal resolutions in Congress called for a massive mobilization effort to reach net-zero emissions and transition to 100 percent renewable energy in 10 years. The IRA was far less ambitious, seeking only to reduce emissions by 40 percent by 2030.  

    There is common ground between the two initiatives: Both framed the energy transition as an opportunity to create new jobs. And both placed a unique focus on these being good-paying, ideally union jobs. But here too, the Green New Deal aimed higher, calling for the creation of millions of these jobs, while the IRA was projected to support around 1 million jobs over a decade. (A recent estimate found that the IRA created just under 350,000 jobs in its first two years.) Rather than envision a full-scale transformation of the economy, the IRA focused more on incentivizing decarbonization through tax credits for clean and renewable energy projects. It also offered subsidies for households to install heat pumps and solar panels and buy electric vehicles. This targeted approach also missed some bigger-picture goals of the Green New Deal, like ensuring clean air, water, and access to healthy food for all. 

    Even after the IRA, some lawmakers haven’t given up on a Green New Deal — even if it’s bound to go nowhere under Trump. On the call with climate organizers last month, Representative Delia Ramirez, a Democrat from Illinois, said she plans to reintroduce a version of the Green New Deal focused on public housing. “Now, I’m not naive,” she told attendees. “You and I both know that a bill like this will not pass this Congress.” Ramirez hopes that in four years, assuming Democrats regain control of Congress, those demands will become law. 

    Congresswoman Alexandria Ocasio-Cortez delivers a speech behind a podium with the sign "Green New Deal for Public Housing", with Senator Bernie Sanders to her left and the White House in the background
    Representative Alexandria Ocasio-Cortez delivers a speech at a press conference to reintroduce the “Green New Deal for Public Housing Act.”
    Win McNamee / Getty Images

    Grace Adcox, the senior climate strategist at the progressive think tank Data for Progress, said the Green New Deal is still a powerful motivator for those who are part of the climate movement. In the organization’s most recent survey, from last January, 65 percent of voters expressed support for a Green New Deal that would create jobs, modernize infrastructure, and protect vulnerable communities. “I don’t think that there’s an argument to move away from it altogether,” Adcox said, even though the phrase is less effective for people who have heard it “being thrown around negatively.”

    According to Josh Freed, senior vice president for climate and energy at the center-left think tank Third Way, the Green New Deal catchphrase wasn’t designed to build a broad consensus beyond the left. 

    “The proposals in the Green New Deal have never matched the values of anywhere close to a majority of Americans,” he said. “Republicans continue to bring it up as a prop to scare voters, because it’s not popular with voters.” Freed argued that some policies organizations embrace as part of the platform, like banning new fossil fuel projects or declaring a climate emergency, repel the voters that Democrats are trying to win back after losing both houses of Congress and the White House last November.

    Freed acknowledged that the idea of well-paying jobs and addressing climate change sounds good in the abstract — “who doesn’t like puppies and candy?” he wrote in a recent blog post. But he said that a Green New Deal becomes less popular when voters learn about the cost. For years, Fox News has harped on the price tag of the Green New Deal, pointing to an analysis that it would cost upwards of $90 trillion. (There’s been plenty of debate over that number.) Of course, the price of inaction is also high. The federal government has calculated that failing to address climate change could cost it $2 trillion a year by 2100 and shrink U.S. gross domestic product by as much as 10 percent.

    Ahead of the 2024 election, the economy ranked highest among issues concerning voters, according to Gallup polling. Climate change, meanwhile, was near the bottom of the list of 22 issues. This difference in priorities is something the climate movement is still learning to incorporate into its talking points. 

    “Increasingly, we’ve been leaning into this framing of climate as a story about the economy,” Adcox said, pointing to how failing to act on climate change can lead to higher prices for home insurance and groceries. The story of global warming “is a story about costs, and it’s a story that people are facing every day.”

    A protest sign saying "Jobs. Justice. Climate Action. Green New Deal" is held up by an audience member at a press conference
    Posters at a press conference for the five-year anniversary of the Green New Deal.
    Celal Gunes / Anadolu via Getty Images

    Within the Sunrise Movement, which has over 100 local chapters and groups across the country, Powell said members are wondering how to evolve the organization’s messaging — and potentially expand their demands. The idea of a “Green Reconstruction” has been floated as a way to connect the climate crisis to other social and economic injustices, said Powell, like threats to U.S. democracy and the rising cost of living. The name alludes to two eras in U.S. history: the Reconstruction that took place after the American Civil War, and the Second Reconstruction, the name sometimes given to the Civil Rights Movement of the 1960s and ’70s. Both were times of deep social and political upheaval, when calls for racial justice faced violence and backlash. Under this framework, said Powell, the climate group could push for “reconstructing our entire economy in every sector to address the climate crisis.” But not everyone is convinced: “Some people are like, you know, it’s hard to put on a banner.”

    Despite climate activists’ efforts to gin up enthusiasm for a greener, more equitable economy, Trump has consistently painted climate policy as restrictive, designed to take something away from voters. These kinds of talking points are an effective way to activate voters’ fears, according to John Marshall, the CEO of Potential Energy Coalition, a nonpartisan marketing firm focused on climate action. Trump has said that now that he’s killed the Green New Deal — read, the IRA — Americans can “buy the car they want to buy.” With this framing, he’s simultaneously attacking both the actual bill Biden signed into law and any future climate resolutions progressives may introduce. 

    Marshall said that approaches that emphasize slow, gradual change poll better than those that call for a complete transformation overnight. Whether or not that’s useful advice to organizers is another story. Daniel Aldana Cohen, who co-wrote the book A Planet to Win: Why We Need a Green New Deal, argued that progressives need to be clear about the scale of the climate crisis and not concede too much to conservatives and others who want to downplay its impacts. And he believes tying climate equity to large-scale public investment is still the right move: “You can’t fundamentally transform the economy in secret,” he said, so the movement might as well talk about it.

    Cohen said he doesn’t know exactly what the best message will be. But he said progressives should continue advocating for climate policy “you can touch, like literally touch.” The climate movement has an opportunity, said Cohen, to now demand “not just green jobs and green careers or some, but quality of life for everyone.”

    This story was originally published by Grist with the headline The uncertain future of the Green New Deal on Feb 21, 2025.


    This content originally appeared on Grist and was authored by Frida Garza.

    ]]>
    https://grist.org/protest/the-uncertain-future-of-the-green-new-deal/feed/ 0 514609
    France’s Minister Valls faces tough talks in New Caledonia over future https://www.radiofree.org/2025/02/21/frances-minister-valls-faces-tough-talks-in-new-caledonia-over-future/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/02/21/frances-minister-valls-faces-tough-talks-in-new-caledonia-over-future/#respond Fri, 21 Feb 2025 01:03:40 +0000 https://asiapacificreport.nz/?p=111135 By Patrick Decloitre, RNZ Pacific correspondent French Pacific desk

    As French Minister for Overseas Manuel Valls lands in New Caledonia tomorrow to pursue talks on its political future, the situation on the ground has again gained tension over the past few days.

    The local political spectrum is deeply divided between the two main opposing camps, the pro-independence and those wanting New Caledonia to remain part of France.

    The rift has already culminated in May 2024 with rioting resulting in 14 deaths, several hundreds injured, thousands of job losses due to the destruction, burning and looting of businesses, and a material cost of over 2 billion euros (NZ$3.7 billion).

    Valls hosted talks in Paris with every party represented in New Caledonia’s Congress on February 4-9.

    Those talks, held in “bilateral” mode, led to his decision to travel to Nouméa and attempt to bring everyone to the same negotiating table.

    It is all about finding an agreement that would allow an exit from the Nouméa Accord and to draw a fresh roadmap for New Caledonia’s political future.

    However, in the face of radically different and opposing views, the challenge is huge.

    The two main blocs, even though they acknowledged the Paris talks may have been helpful, still hold very clear-cut and antagonistic positions.

    Each camp seems to have their own interpretation of the 1998 Nouméa Accord, which has until now defined a roadmap for further autonomy and a gradual transfer of powers.

    The main bloc within the pro-independence side, Union Calédonienne (UC), which since last year de facto controls the wider FLNKS (Kanak Socialist National Liberation Front), has been repeatedly placing as its target a new “Kanaky Agreement” to be signed by 24 September 2025 and, from that date, a five-year “transition period” to attain full independence from France.

    Within the pro-independence camp, more moderate parties, such as PALIKA (Kanak Liberation Party) and UPM (Progressist Union in Melanesia), have distanced themselves from a UC-dominated FLNKS, and are favourable to some kind of “independence in association with France”.

    On the pro-France side, the two main components, the Les Loyalistes and the Rassemblement-LR, have shown a united front. One of their main arguments is based on the fact that in 2018, 2020 and 2021, three successive referenda on self-determination have resulted in three votes, each of those producing a majority rejecting independence.

    However, the third and latest poll in December 2021 was boycotted by most of the pro-independence voters.

    The pro-independence parties have since challenged the 2021 poll result, even though it has been ruled by the courts as valid.

    Pro-France parties are also advocating for a change in the political system to give each of New Caledonia’s three provinces more powers, a move they described as an “internal federalism” but that critics have decried, saying this amounted to a kind of apartheid.

    Talks required since 2022
    The bipartisan talks became necessary after the three referendums were held.

    The Nouméa Accord stipulated that in the event that three consecutive referendums rejected independence, then all political stakeholders should “meet and examine the situation”.

    There have been earlier attempts to bring about those talks, but some components of the pro-independence movement, notably the UC, have consistently declined.

    Under a previous government, French Minister for Home Affairs and Overseas territories Gérald Darmanin, after half a dozen inconclusive trips to New Caledonia, tried to push some of the most urgent parts of the political agreement through a constitutional reform process, especially on a change to New Caledonia’s list of eligible registered voters at local elections.

    This was supposed to allow citizens who have resided in New Caledonia for at least ten uninterrupted years to finally cast their votes. Until now, the electoral roll has been “frozen” since 2009 — only those residing before 1998 had the right to vote.

    Pro-independence parties protested, saying this was a way of “diluting” the indigenous Kanak votes.

    The protest — in the name of “Kanak existential identity” — gained momentum and on 13 May 2024 erupted into riots.

    Now the sensitive electoral roll issue is back on the agenda, only it will no longer be tackled separately, but will be part of a wider and comprehensive scope of talks regarding New Caledonia’s political future.

    Heavy schedule for Valls
    On Thursday, Valls unveiled his programme for what is scheduled to be a six-day stay in New Caledonia from 22-26 February 2025.

    During this time, he will spend a significant amount of time in the capital Nouméa, holding talks with political parties, economic stakeholders and representatives of the civil society and law and order agencies.

    He will also travel to rural parts of New Caledonia.

    In the capital, two solid days have been earmarked for “negotiations” at the Congress, with the aim of finding the best way to achieve a political agreement, if all parties agree to meet and talk.

    On Tuesday, February 25, Valls also intends to pay homage and lay wreaths on independence leader Jean-Marie Tjibaou and anti-independence leader Jacques Lafleur’s graves.

    They were the leaders of FLNKS and (pro-France) RPCR, who eventually signed the Matignon Accords in 1998 and shook hands after half a decade of quasi civil war, during the previous civil unrest in the second half of the 1980s.

    Valls was then a young member of French Prime Minister Michel Rocard (Socialist) who enabled the Matignon agreement.

    On several occasions, over the past few days, Valls has stressed the grave situation New Caledonia has been facing since the riots, the “devastated” economy and the need to restore a bipartisan dialogue.

    He told public broadcaster NC La Première that since the unrest started had France had provided financial support to sustain New Caledonia’s economy.

    ‘Fractures and deep wounds within New Caledonia’s society’
    “But blood has been shed . . . there have been deaths, injuries, there are fractures and deep wounds within New Caledonia’s society,” Valls said.

    “And to get out of this, dialogue is needed, to find a compromise . . . to prevent violence from coming back. I still believe those (opposing) positions are reconcilable, even though they’re quite far apart,” he said.

    “I’m very much aware of the difficulties . . . but we have to find an agreement, a compromise.”

    One clear indication that during his visit to New Caledonia the French minister will be walking on shaky ground came a few days ago.

    When, speaking to French national daily Le Monde, he recalled the Nouméa Accord included a wide range of possible perspectives from “a shared sovereignty” to a “full sovereignty”, there was an immediate outcry from the pro-French parties, who steadfastly brandished the three recent referendums opposing independence and urging the minister to respect those “democratic” results.

    “Respecting the Nouméa Accord means respecting the choice of New Caledonians”, said Les Loyalistes-Le Rassemblement-LR in a media release.

    “Shared sovereignty is the current situation. It’s all in the Nouméa Accord, which itself is enshrined in the French Constitution”, Valls replied.

    Over the past six months, several notions have emerged in terms of a political future for New Caledonia.

    It all comes down to wording: from independence-association (Cook Islands style), to outright “independence” or “shared sovereignty” (as suggested by French Senate President Gérard Larcher during his visit in October 2024).

    A former justice minister under Socialist President François Hollande, Jean-Jacques Urvoas, well-versed in New Caledonian affairs, suggested an innovative wording which, he believed, could bring about some form of consensus — the term “associated state”, could be slightly modified into “associated country” (“country” being one of the ways to describe New Caledonia, also described as a sui generis entity under French Law).

    Urvoas said this would make the notion more palatable.

    Pro-France meetings indoors
    On Wednesday evening, in an indoor multi-purpose hall in Nouméa, an estimated 2000 sympathisers of pro-France Rassemblement and Loyalists gathered to hear and support their leaders who had come to explain what was discussed in Paris and reiterate the pro-France bloc’s position.

    “We told [Valls] the ‘bilaterals’ are over. Now we want plenary discussions or nothing,” pro-France Virginie Ruffenach told the crowd.

    “We will tell him: Manuel, your full sovereignty is No Pasaran! (in Spanish ‘Will not pass’, a reference to Valls’s Spanish heritage),” said Nicolas Metzdorf, who is also one of the two New Caledonian MPs in the French National Assembly, speaking to supporters brandishing blue, white and red French flags.

    Metzdorf said he hoped that supporters would show up during the minister’s visit with the same flags “to remind him of three “no” votes in the three referenda.

    A ban on all open-air public meetings is still in force in Nouméa and its greater area.

    The two-flag driving licence declared illegal.
    The two-flag driving licence declared illegal. Image: New Caledonia govt

    Double flags banned on driving licences
    Adding to the current tensions, an announcement also came earlier this week regarding a court ruling on another highly sensitive issue — the flag.

    The ruling came in an appeal case from the Paris Administrative Court.

    It overturned a ruling made in 2023 by the former New Caledonian (pro-independence) territorial government to add the Kanak flag to the local driving licence, next to the French flag.

    In its February 14 ruling, the Appeal Court stated that the Kanak flag could not be used on such official documents because “it is not the official flag” of New Caledonia.

    The court once again referred to the Nouméa Accord, which said the Kanak flag, even though it was often used alongside the French flag, had not been formally endorsed as New Caledonia’s “identity symbol”.

    The tribunal also urged the new government to make the necessary changes and to re-circulate the former one-flag version “without delay”.

    Meanwhile, the government is bearing the cost of a fine of 100, 000 French Pacific francs (about US$875) a day, which currently totals over US$43,000 since January 1.

    The “identity symbols”, as defined by the Nouméa Accord, also include a motto (the wording ‘Terre de Parole, Terre de Partage’ — Land of Words, Land of Sharing’ was chosen) and even a national anthem.

    But despite several attempts since 1998, no agreement has yet been reached on a common flag.

    This week, hours after the court ruling, an image is being circulated on social media declaring: “If this flags disturbs you, I’ll help you pack your suitcase” (“Si ce drapeau te dérange, je t’aide à faire tes valises”).

    This article is republished under a community partnership agreement with RNZ.


    This content originally appeared on Asia Pacific Report and was authored by APR editor.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2025/02/21/frances-minister-valls-faces-tough-talks-in-new-caledonia-over-future/feed/ 0 514554
    Should Ukraine Hold New Elections? Ukrainians React https://www.radiofree.org/2025/02/20/ukrainians-share-doubts-about-holding-elections-and-concerns-over-tensions-with-u-s/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/02/20/ukrainians-share-doubts-about-holding-elections-and-concerns-over-tensions-with-u-s/#respond Thu, 20 Feb 2025 23:25:37 +0000 http://www.radiofree.org/?guid=0572caa6da12f81dcc7ea80deb07253e
    This content originally appeared on Radio Free Europe/Radio Liberty and was authored by Radio Free Europe/Radio Liberty.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2025/02/20/ukrainians-share-doubts-about-holding-elections-and-concerns-over-tensions-with-u-s/feed/ 0 514556
    A new future for a former South Carolina plantation #shorts https://www.radiofree.org/2025/02/19/a-new-future-for-a-former-south-carolina-plantation-shorts/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/02/19/a-new-future-for-a-former-south-carolina-plantation-shorts/#respond Wed, 19 Feb 2025 22:01:15 +0000 http://www.radiofree.org/?guid=8cf743dc9deab0e0869f2f3b925d5427
    This content originally appeared on Laura Flanders & Friends and was authored by Laura Flanders & Friends.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2025/02/19/a-new-future-for-a-former-south-carolina-plantation-shorts/feed/ 0 514390
    Taiwan negotiating new arms deal with US: media https://rfa.org/english/china/2025/02/18/us-taiwan-china-attack-weapons/ https://rfa.org/english/china/2025/02/18/us-taiwan-china-attack-weapons/#respond Tue, 18 Feb 2025 08:30:09 +0000 https://rfa.org/english/china/2025/02/18/us-taiwan-china-attack-weapons/ TAIPEI, Taiwan – Taiwan is in the process of negotiating a new arms deal worth billions of dollars with the United States, Reuters news agency reported, citing unidentified sources.

    Meanwhile, the top US military commander in the Indo-Pacific, Adm. Samuel Paparo, has warned that Chinese military drills around Taiwan were actually “rehearsals” for an attack on the island.

    Three sources familiar with the situation, who wished to stay anonymous due to the sensitivity of the topic, told Reuters that Taipei was “in talks with Washington” about an arms purchase worth between US$7 billion and US$10 billion and that the package could include coastal defense cruise missiles and high mobility artillery rocket systems, or HIMARS.

    Taiwan’s ministry of defense declined to confirm the news but said Taipei was committed to strengthening national defense.

    Defense ministry spokesperson Sun Li-fang told reporters in Taipei that all defense budgets follow government policy and that plans would be disclosed to the public when they had been finalized.

    There was no confirmation from Washington either.

    There remains still a large backlog of arms sales from the U.S. to Taiwan. According to the Cato Institute think tank, the backlog is valued at US$21.95 billion, mostly of traditional weapons such as tanks and aircraft.

    At the annual Munich Security Conference on Saturday, U.S. Secretary of State Marco Rubio, Japan Foreign Minister Takeshi Iwaya and South Korea Foreign Minister Cho Tae-yul “emphasized the importance of maintaining peace and stability across the Taiwan Strait as an indispensable element of security and prosperity for the international community,” they said in a joint statement.

    They said their countries supported Taiwan’s “meaningful participation” in appropriate international organizations, and encouraged the peaceful resolution of cross-Strait issues, and “opposed any attempts to unilaterally force or coerce changes to the status quo.”

    RELATED STORIES

    China condemns US ships in Taiwan transit, conducts drills

    Taiwan to scale up annual military drill as China tensions mount

    China rehearses attacks

    The top commander of the U.S. Indo-Pacific Command warned at a security forum in Hawaii last week that China’s increased military activity around Taiwan were not exercises but “rehearsals for the forced unification of Taiwan to the mainland.”

    U.S. Indo-Pacific Command Admiral Samuel Paparo attends the International Military Law and Operations Conference, in the Philippines, Aug. 27, 2024. (REUTERS/Lisa Marie David)
    U.S. Indo-Pacific Command Admiral Samuel Paparo attends the International Military Law and Operations Conference, in the Philippines, Aug. 27, 2024. (REUTERS/Lisa Marie David)
    (Lisa Marie David/Reuters)

    “We’re very close to that [point] where on a daily basis the fig leaf of an exercise could very well hide operational warning,” Adm. Samuel Paparo said.

    The Chinese People’s Liberation Army, or PLA, has been conducting regular military drills around Taiwan, especially at the times of heightened tensions on the island such as major political events or during visits by senior U.S. officials.

    Between Jan. 28 and Feb. 12, the PLA’s Eastern Theater Command held so-called combat patrols with aircraft and warships around Taiwan, the same time as U.S. Navy destroyer USS Ralph Johnson and oceanographic survey ship USNS Bowditch made a north-to-south passage through the Taiwan Strait.

    Paparo said that the U.S. must move quickly to close military capability gaps with China.

    “Our magazines run low. Our maintenance backlogs grow longer each month ... We operate on increasingly thin margins for error,” he said, calling for reforms of the Pentagon’s procurement system.

    The Taiwanese ministry of national defense, meanwhile, stated that the island’s army “will continue to work hard to build up the army and prepare for war, and enhance asymmetric deterrence capabilities.”

    The ministry said in a statement to the media that it would “use joint intelligence, surveillance and reconnaissance methods to closely monitor the dynamics of the sea and airspace around the Taiwan Strait, and dispatch appropriate troops to respond, and have the ability, determination and confidence to ensure national defense security.”

    Edited by Mike Firn.


    This content originally appeared on Radio Free Asia and was authored by RFA Staff.

    ]]>
    https://rfa.org/english/china/2025/02/18/us-taiwan-china-attack-weapons/feed/ 0 514164
    Meta’s new content policies risk fueling more mass violence and genocide https://www.radiofree.org/2025/02/17/metas-new-content-policies-risk-fueling-more-mass-violence-and-genocide/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/02/17/metas-new-content-policies-risk-fueling-more-mass-violence-and-genocide/#respond Mon, 17 Feb 2025 20:13:19 +0000 https://www.commondreams.org/newswire/metas-new-content-policies-risk-fueling-more-mass-violence-and-genocide Recent content policy announcements by Meta pose a grave threat to vulnerable communities globally and drastically increase the risk that the company will yet again contribute to mass violence and gross human rights abuses – just like it did in Myanmar in 2017. The company’s significant contribution to the atrocities suffered by the Rohingya people is the subject of a new whistleblower complaint that has just been filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC).

    On January 7, founder and CEO Mark Zuckerberg announced a raft of changes to Meta’s content policies, seemingly aimed at currying favor with the new Trump administration. These include the lifting of prohibitions on previously banned speech, such as the denigration and harassment of racialized minorities. Zuckerberg also announced a drastic shift in content moderation practices – with automated content moderation being significantly rolled back. While these changes have been initially implemented in the US, Meta has signaled that they may be rolled out internationally. This shift marks a clear retreat from the company’s previously stated commitments to responsible content governance.

    “I really think this is a precursor for genocide […] We’ve seen it happen. Real people’s lives are actually going to be endangered.
    A former Meta employee recently speaking to the platformer

    As has been well-documented by Amnesty International and others, Meta’s algorithms prioritize and amplify some of the most harmful content, including advocacy of hatred, misinformation, and content inciting racial violence – all in the name of maximizing ‘user engagement,’ and by extension, profit. Research has shown that these algorithms consistently elevate content that generates strong emotional reactions, often at the cost of human rights and safety. With the removal of existing content safeguards, this situation looks set to go from bad to worse.

    As one former Meta employee recently told Platformer, “I really think this is a precursor for genocide […] We’ve seen it happen. Real people’s lives are actually going to be endangered.” This statement echoes the warnings from various human rights experts who have raised concerns about Meta’s role in fuelling mass violence in fragile and conflict-affected societies.

    We have seen the horrific consequences of Meta’s recklessness before. In 2017, Myanmar security forces undertook a brutal campaign of ethnic cleansing against Rohingya Muslims. A UN Independent Fact-Finding Commission concluded in 2018 that Myanmar had committed genocide. In the years leading up to these attacks, Facebook had become an echo chamber of virulent anti-Rohingya hatred. The mass dissemination of dehumanizing anti-Rohingya content poured fuel on the fire of long-standing discrimination and helped to create an enabling environment for mass violence. In the absence of appropriate safeguards, Facebook’s toxic algorithms intensified a storm of hatred against the Rohingya, which contributed to these atrocities. According to a report by the United Nations, Facebook was instrumental in the radicalization of local populations and the incitement of violence against the Rohingya.

    Rather than learning from its reckless contributions to mass violence in countries including Myanmar and Ethiopia, Meta is instead stripping away important protections that were aimed at preventing any recurrence of such harms.

    In enacting these changes, Meta has effectively declared an open season for hate and harassment targeting its most vulnerable and at-risk people, including trans people, migrants, and refugees.

    Meta claims to be enacting these changes to advance freedom of expression. While it is true that Meta has wrongfully restricted legitimate content in many cases, this drastic abandonment of existing safeguards is not the answer. The company must take a balanced approach that allows for free expression while safeguarding vulnerable populations.

    All companies, including Meta, have clear responsibilities to respect all human rights in line with international human rights standards. Billionaire CEOs cannot simply pick and choose which rights to respect while flagrantly disregarding others and recklessly endangering the rights of millions.

    Rather than learning from its reckless contributions to mass violence in countries including Myanmar and Ethiopia, Meta is instead stripping away important protections that were aimed at preventing any recurrence of such harms.
    Pat de Brún is Head of Big Tech Accountability at Amnesty International

    An investigation by Amnesty International in 2021 found that Meta had “substantially contributed” to the atrocities perpetrated against the Rohingya, and that the company bears a responsibility to provide an effective remedy to the community. However, Meta has made it clear it will take no such action.

    Rohingya communities — most of whom were forced from their homes eight years ago and still reside in sprawling refugee camps in neighboring Bangladesh — have also made requests to Meta to remediate them by funding a $1 million education project in the refugee camps. The sum represents just 0.0007% of Meta’s 2023 profits of $134 billion. Despite this, Meta rejected the request. This refusal further demonstrates the company’s lack of accountability and commitment to profit over human dignity.

    That is why we – Rohingya atrocity survivor Maung Sawyeddollah, with the support of Amnesty International, the Open Society Justice Initiative, and Victim Advocates International – on January 23, 2025, filed a whistleblower complaint with the SEC. The complaint outlines Meta’s failure to heed multiple civil society warnings from 2013 to 2017 regarding Facebook’s role in fueling violence against the Rohingya. We are asking the agency to investigate Meta for alleged violations of securities laws stemming from the company’s misrepresentations to shareholders in relation to its contribution to the atrocities suffered by the Rohingya in 2017.

    Between 2015 and 2017, Meta executives told shareholders that Facebook’s algorithms did not result in polarization, despite warnings that its platform was actively proliferating anti-Rohingya content in Myanmar. At the same time, Meta did not fully disclose to shareholders the risks the company’s operations in Myanmar entailed. Instead, in 2015 and 2016, Meta objected to shareholder proposals to conduct a human rights impact assessment and to set up an internal committee to oversee the company’s policies and practices on international public policy issues, including human rights.

    With Zuckerberg and other tech CEOs lining up (literally, in the case of the recent inauguration) behind the new administration’s wide-ranging attacks on human rights, Meta shareholders need to step up and hold the company’s leadership to account to prevent Meta from yet again becoming a conduit for mass violence, or even genocide.

    Similarly, legislators and lawmakers in the US must ensure that the SEC retains its neutrality, properly investigate legitimate complaints – such as the one we recently filed, and ensure those who abuse human rights face justice.

    Globally, governments and regional bodies such as the EU must redouble their efforts to hold Meta and other Big Tech companies to account for their human rights impacts. As we have seen before, countless human lives could be at risk if companies like Meta are left to their own devices.


    This content originally appeared on Common Dreams and was authored by Newswire Editor.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2025/02/17/metas-new-content-policies-risk-fueling-more-mass-violence-and-genocide/feed/ 0 514114
    “Soundtrack to a Coup d’Etat”: Full Interview with Director of New Film on Jazz & Cold War Propaganda https://www.radiofree.org/2025/02/17/soundtrack-to-a-coup-detat-full-interview-with-director-of-new-film-on-jazz-cold-war-propaganda/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/02/17/soundtrack-to-a-coup-detat-full-interview-with-director-of-new-film-on-jazz-cold-war-propaganda/#respond Mon, 17 Feb 2025 13:00:00 +0000 http://www.radiofree.org/?guid=26c5d1ceda3ae3da98cad73f5a1e1057
    This content originally appeared on Democracy Now! Audio and was authored by Democracy Now!.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2025/02/17/soundtrack-to-a-coup-detat-full-interview-with-director-of-new-film-on-jazz-cold-war-propaganda/feed/ 0 514101
    Has the US changed its official policy towards Taiwan under new government? https://rfa.org/english/factcheck/2025/02/14/afcl-us-taiwan-rumors/ https://rfa.org/english/factcheck/2025/02/14/afcl-us-taiwan-rumors/#respond Fri, 14 Feb 2025 13:08:19 +0000 https://rfa.org/english/factcheck/2025/02/14/afcl-us-taiwan-rumors/ Since the second term of U.S. President Donald Trump began, multiple claims have circulated online suggesting that the U.S. has changed its policy toward Taiwan.

    Given Taiwan’s role in U.S.-China relations, any perceived policy shift can fuel uncertainty, influence public opinion, and escalate regional tensions. Misinterpretations or deliberate misinformation could shape global narratives, making such rumors highly significant.

    China views Taiwan as a breakaway province that must be reunified. The U.S. acknowledges China’s claim but supports Taiwan militarily without recognizing it as a sovereign state. Taiwan sees itself as de facto independent, with most citizens favoring the status quo or formal independence.

    Below is what AFCL found.

    Did the U.S. State Department remove Taiwan from its website?

    Some Chinese online users claimed that the U.S. Department of State removed a page dedicated to Taiwan from its website, citing an image as evidence.

    Some users said it reflected a decision by President Donald Trump to “abandon” Taiwan.

    Some Chinese-language social media posts claim that the U.S. State Department deleted content about Taiwan from its official website.
    Some Chinese-language social media posts claim that the U.S. State Department deleted content about Taiwan from its official website.
    (Weibo and YouTube)

    But the claim is false. As of Feb. 14, the webpage for Taiwan on the department’s website was live.

    A review of archived webpages shows that the last major revision of the page occurred during the former administration of President Joe Biden.

    An archived version of the State Department’s page on Taiwan during the  Biden administration from February 2024 (left and top right) matches the department’s current information about the island. Slight changes were found in the archived site from February 2023 (bottom right).
    An archived version of the State Department’s page on Taiwan during the Biden administration from February 2024 (left and top right) matches the department’s current information about the island. Slight changes were found in the archived site from February 2023 (bottom right).
    (Department of State website and Internet Archive)

    Does the US Defense Department support China annexing Taiwan?

    A Weibo user claimed that the U.S. Department of Defense, or DOD, now supports the annexation of Taiwan by China.

    A video attached to the post as evidence specifies that the DOD “suddenly changed its stance” on Jan. 30.

    A Weibo user claimed the DOD now supports China’s annexation of Taiwan.
    A Weibo user claimed the DOD now supports China’s annexation of Taiwan.
    (Weibo)

    However, AFCL found no evidence to support this claim.

    Keyword searches found no credible reports or official statement regarding the claim.

    AFCL found that incoming Secretary of Defense Pete Hegseth answered a question about a U.S. response to Chinese threats against Taiwan during his Congressional nomination hearing on Jan. 13, before he took office, by reiterating past U.S. commitments to the island.

    He did not express support for Beijing annexing Taiwan.

    Has the Trump administration decided to recognize Taiwan as a country?

    Some Chinese-speaking online users said the U.S. Citizenship and Immigration Services, or USCIS, added “Taiwan” as a nationality option and this reflected a Trump administration policy shift to recognize Taiwan as a country.

    Some Chinese-speaking online users said the U.S. Citizenship and Immigration Services, or USCIS, added “Taiwan” as a nationality option and this reflected a Trump administration policy shift to recognize Taiwan as a country.
    Some Chinese-speaking online users said the U.S. Citizenship and Immigration Services, or USCIS, added “Taiwan” as a nationality option and this reflected a Trump administration policy shift to recognize Taiwan as a country.
    (Facebook)

    But the claim is misleading.

    A review of USCIS’s website found that the claim about listing “Taiwan” as a nationality on USCIS forms is accurate. However, this policy did not start under Trump’s current term.

    A review using the Wayback Machine shows that the same rule was in place in 2019, and the wording remained unchanged after former US President Joe Biden took office in 2020.

    Taiwan is not widely recognized as a country. Only a few countries maintain formal diplomatic ties with it, while most, including the U.S., following a One-China Policy and recognizing Beijing but engaging with Taiwan unofficially.

    As for the U.S. it is required by its Taiwan Relations Act to provide the island with the means to defend itself, but it has long followed a policy of “strategic ambiguity” on whether it would intervene militarily to protect it in the event of a Chinese attack.

    U.S. diplomatic engagement with the island is conducted through the American Institute in Taiwan, which is the de facto U.S. embassy, providing support to counter Chinese pressure while balancing deterrence and stability in the region.

    Taiwan is excluded from the U.N. and major global organizations due to China’s insistence that it not be recognized as a country but it operates as a de facto independent nation with its own government, military, and economy.

    Translated by Shen Ke. Edited by Taejun Kang.

    Asia Fact Check Lab (AFCL) was established to counter disinformation in today’s complex media environment. We publish fact-checks, media-watches and in-depth reports that aim to sharpen and deepen our readers’ understanding of current affairs and public issues. If you like our content, you can also follow us on Facebook, Instagram and X.


    This content originally appeared on Radio Free Asia and was authored by Rita Cheng, Zhuang Jing and Alan Lu for Asia Fact Check Lab.

    ]]>
    https://rfa.org/english/factcheck/2025/02/14/afcl-us-taiwan-rumors/feed/ 0 513727
    France’s top diplomat confirms ‘unfreezing’ of New Caledonia’s electoral roll back on table https://www.radiofree.org/2025/02/14/frances-top-diplomat-confirms-unfreezing-of-new-caledonias-electoral-roll-back-on-table/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/02/14/frances-top-diplomat-confirms-unfreezing-of-new-caledonias-electoral-roll-back-on-table/#respond Fri, 14 Feb 2025 10:08:21 +0000 https://asiapacificreport.nz/?p=110878 By Lydia Lewis, RNZ Pacific Presenter/Bulletin editor

    France’s top diplomat in the Pacific region says talks around the “unfreezing” of New Caledonia’s highly controversial electoral roll are back on the table.

    The French government intended to make a constitutional amendment that would lift restrictions prescribed under the Nouméa Accord, which disqualified around 20,000 French citizens who had not resided in the territory before 1998 from voting in the provincial elections.

    The restrictions were viewed as a step to ensure indigenous Kanaks were not at risk of becoming a minority in their own country.

    However, the Paris decision by Paris to move ahead with the changes last year triggered five months of civil unrest that has cost the New Caledonian economy more than 2.2 billion euros (NZ$4 billion).

    The constitutional reforms were initially suspended in June, before the former Prime Minister Michel Barnier abandoned them.

    However, this week, France’s Ambassador to the Pacific, Véronique Roger-Lacan, confirmed that the French Overseas Minister Manuel Valls is set to discuss the issue during next week’s high-level visit to Nouméa.

    She said a date for the provincial elections, to be held at the end of this year, is also in the works.

    Unfreezing of lists
    “The provincial elections were due in December last year, and because there was discussion on the unfreezing of the electoral lists, the whole process was stopped,” Roger-Lacan said at a press briefing in Wellington.

    “The discussion on the unfreezing of the electoral list for the provincial elections continues.”

    She said in a normal democratic system, everyone who pays taxes has the right to vote.

    “Because when you pay taxes to a government, you have the choice of the government [to whom] you give your money. [In New Caledonia] there is a discrepancy,” she said.

    “This was one point of contention that led to the riots.”

    She said the French constitution states that if any of its overseas territories want self-determination, “they can have it”.

    Self-determination is defined by the United Nations as either independence, state association (as in the Cook Islands), or integration within an already independent country, which is the case in New Caledonia, she said.

    Peaceful choice
    “They can choose peacefully among those three solutions. But no riots, no insurrection.”

    Roger-Lacan pointed out that there was a “strong split” within the pro-independence groups in New Caledonia.

    She said there was a part of the pro-independence FLNKS (Kanak and Socialist National Liberation Front) who realised that “this discussion on the unfreezing of the electoral list does not make sense”.

    “They agree that the unfreezing of this electoral list is the way to go. What are the criteria for the deferring of this electoral listing are a case of discussion.”

    Roger-Lacan added that the provincial elections must take place before Christmas Day.

    “The question is: with what type of electoral list they will take place.”

    This article is republished under a community partnership agreement with RNZ.


    This content originally appeared on Asia Pacific Report and was authored by APR editor.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2025/02/14/frances-top-diplomat-confirms-unfreezing-of-new-caledonias-electoral-roll-back-on-table/feed/ 0 513708
    China confirms ‘in-depth exchange’ with Cook Islands as New Zealand faces criticism for bullying https://www.radiofree.org/2025/02/13/china-confirms-in-depth-exchange-with-cook-islands-as-new-zealand-faces-criticism-for-bullying/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/02/13/china-confirms-in-depth-exchange-with-cook-islands-as-new-zealand-faces-criticism-for-bullying/#respond Thu, 13 Feb 2025 22:47:28 +0000 https://asiapacificreport.nz/?p=110843 By Caleb Fotheringham, RNZ Pacific journalist in Avarua, Rarotonga

    China has confirmed details of its meeting with Cook Islands Prime Minister Mark Brown for the first time, saying Beijing “stands ready to have an in-depth exchange” with the island nation.

    Chinese Foreign Ministry spokesperson Guo Jiakun told reporters during his regular press conference that Brown’s itinerary, from February 10-16, would include attending the closing ceremony of the Asian Winter Games in Harbin as well as meeting with Premier of the State Council Li Qiang.

    Guo also confirmed that Brown and his delegation had visited Shanghai and Shandong as part of the state visit.

    “The Cook Islands is China’s cooperation partner in the South Pacific,” he said.

    “Since the establishment of diplomatic ties, the two countries have respected each other, treated each other as equals, and sought common development.”

    Guo told reporters that the relationship between the two countries was elevated to comprehensive strategic partnership in 2018.

    “Our friendly cooperation is rooted in profound public support and delivers tangibly to the two peoples.

    ‘New progress in bilateral relations’
    “Through Prime Minister Brown’s visit, China stands ready to have an in-depth exchange of views with the Cook Islands on our relations and work for new progress in bilateral relations.”

    Brown said on Wednesday that he was aware of the strong interest in the outcomes of his visit, which has created significant debate on the relationship with Cook Islands and New Zealand.

    He has said that the “comprehensive strategic partnership” deal with China is expected to be signed today, and does not include a security component.

    While on one hand, the New Zealand government has been urged not to overreact, on the other the Cook Islands opposition want Brown and his government out.

    Locals in Rarotonga have accused New Zealand Foreign Minister Winston Peters of being a “bully”, while others are planning to protest against Brown’s leadership.

    A local resident, Tim Buchanan, said Peters has “been a bit bullying”.

    He said Peters had overacted and the whole issue had been “majorly” blown out of proportion.

    ‘It doesn’t involve security’
    “It does not involve our national security, it does not involve borrowing a shit load of money, so what is your concern about?

    “Why do we need to consult him? We have been a sovereign nation for 60 years, and all of a sudden he’s up in arms and wanted to know everything that we’re doing”

    Brown previously told RNZ Pacific that he had assured Wellington “over and over” that there “will be no impact on our relationship and there certainly will be no surprises”.

    However, New Zealand said it should have seen the text prior to Brown leaving for China.

    Cook Islands opposition MP and leader of the Cook Islands United Party Teariki Heather filed a vote filed a vote of no confidence motion against the Prime Minister
    Cook Islands opposition MP and leader of the Cook Islands United Party Teariki Heather . . . he has filed a vote filed a vote of no confidence motion against Prime Minister Mark Brown. Image: Caleb Fotheringham/RNZ Pacific

    Vote of no confidence
    Cook Islands opposition MP Teariki Heather said he did not want anything to change with New Zealand.

    “The response from the government and Winston Peters and the Prime Minister of New Zealand, that’s really what concerns us, because they are furious,” said Heather, who is the leader of Cook Islands United Party.

    Heather has filed a no confidence motion against the Prime Minister and has been the main organiser for a protest against Brown’s leadership that will take place on Monday morning local time.

    He is expecting about 1000 people to turn up, about one in every 15 people who reside in the country.

    Opposition leader Tina Browne is backing the motion and will be at the protest which is also about the Prime Minister’s push for a local passport, which he has since dropped.

    With only eight opposition members in the 24-seat parliament, Browne said the motion of no confidence is not about the numbers.

    “It is about what are we the politicians, the members of Parliament, going to do about the two issues and for us, the best way to demonstrate our disapproval is to vote against it in Parliament, whether the members of Parliament join us or not that’s entirely up to them.”

    The 2001 document argument
    Browne said that after reading the constitution and the 2001 Joint Centenary Declaration, she agreed with Peters that the Cook Islands should have first consulted New Zealand on the China deal.

    “Our prime minister has stated that the agreement does not affect anything that he is obligated to consult with New Zealand. I’m very suspicious of that because if there is nothing offensive, why the secrecy then?

    “I would have thought, irrespective, putting aside everything, that our 60 year relationship with New Zealand, who’s been our main partner warrants us to keep that line open for consultation and that’s even if it wasn’t in [the Joint Centenary Declaration].”

    Other locals have been concerned by the lack of transparency from their government to the Cook Islands people.

    But Cook Islands’ Foreign Minister Tingika Elikana said that is not how these deals were done.

    “I think the people have to understand that in regards to agreements of this nature, there’s a lot of negotiations until the final day when it is signed and the Prime Minister is very open that the agreements will be made available publicly and then people can look at it.”

    Cook Islands Foreign Minister Tingika Elikana
    Cook Islands Foreign Minister Tingika Elikana . . . Image: Caleb Fotheringham/RNZ Pacific

    New Zealand Prime Minister Christopher Luxon said the government would wait to see what was in the agreement before deciding if any punishment should be imposed.

    With the waiting, Elikana said he was concerned.

    “We are worried but we want to see what will be their response and we’ve always reiterated that our relationship is important to us and our citizenship is really important to us, and we will try our best to remain and retain that,” Elikana said.

    He did not speculate about the vote of no confidence motion.

    “I think we just leave it to the day but I’m very confident in our team and very confident in our Prime Minister.”

    ‘Cook Islands does a lot for New Zealand’
    Cultural leader and carver Mike Tavioni said he did not know why everyone was so afraid of the Asian superpower.

    “I do not know why there is an issue with the Cook Islands and New Zealand, as long as Mark [Brown] does not commit this country to a deal with China with strings attached to it,” he said.

    Tavioni said the Cook Islands does a lot for New Zealand also, with about 80,000 Cook Islanders living in New Zealand and contributing to it’s economy.

    “The thing about consulting, asking for permission, it does not go down well because our relationship with Aotearoa should be taken into consideration.”

    This article is republished under a community partnership agreement with RNZ.


    This content originally appeared on Asia Pacific Report and was authored by APR editor.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2025/02/13/china-confirms-in-depth-exchange-with-cook-islands-as-new-zealand-faces-criticism-for-bullying/feed/ 0 513641
    U.S. Claims Immigrants Held at Guantanamo Are “Worst of the Worst.” Their Families Say They’re Being Unfairly Targeted. https://www.radiofree.org/2025/02/13/u-s-claims-immigrants-held-at-guantanamo-are-worst-of-the-worst-their-families-say-theyre-being-unfairly-targeted/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/02/13/u-s-claims-immigrants-held-at-guantanamo-are-worst-of-the-worst-their-families-say-theyre-being-unfairly-targeted/#respond Thu, 13 Feb 2025 19:20:00 +0000 https://www.propublica.org/article/trump-administration-migrants-guantanamo-bay by Perla Trevizo and Mica Rosenberg, ProPublica and The Texas Tribune

    ProPublica is a nonprofit newsroom that investigates abuses of power. Sign up to receive our biggest stories as soon as they’re published.

    This article is co-published with The Texas Tribune, a nonprofit, nonpartisan local newsroom that informs and engages with Texans. Sign up for The Brief Weekly to get up to speed on their essential coverage of Texas issues.

    The military planes departed from Texas in quick succession, eight flights in as many days. Each one carried more than a dozen immigrants that the U.S. alleged are the “worst of the worst” kinds of criminals, including members of a violent Venezuelan street gang.

    Since Feb. 4, the Trump administration has flown about 100 immigrant detainees to the U.S. naval base in Guantanamo Bay, Cuba, a facility better known for having held those suspected of plotting the 9/11 terrorist attacks. Officials have widely touted the flights as a demonstration of President Donald Trump’s commitment to one of the central promises of his campaign, and they’ve distributed photos of some of the immigrants at both takeoff and landing. But they have not released the names of those they’re holding or provided details about their alleged crimes.

    In recent days, however, information about the flights and the people on them has emerged that calls the government’s narrative into question. ProPublica and The Texas Tribune have identified nearly a dozen Venezuelan immigrants who have been transferred to Guantanamo. The New York Times published a larger list with some, but not all, of the same names.

    For three of the Guantanamo detainees who had been held at an immigration detention center in El Paso, Texas, ProPublica and the Tribune obtained records about their criminal histories and spoke to their families. The three men are all Venezuelan. Each had been detained by immigration authorities soon after crossing the U.S.-Mexico border and was being held in custody, awaiting deportation. In some cases, they had been languishing for months because Venezuela, until recently, was largely not accepting deportees. According to U.S. federal court records, two of them had no crimes on their records except for illegal entry. The third had picked up an additional charge while in detention, for kicking an officer while being restrained during a riot.

    Relatives of the three men said in interviews on Tuesday that they have been left entirely in the dark about their loved ones. They all said that their relatives were not criminals, and two provided records from the Venezuelan Interior Ministry and other documents to support their statements. They said the U.S. government has given them neither information about the detainees’ whereabouts nor the ability to speak with them.

    Attorneys say they have also been denied access. The American Civil Liberties Union filed a lawsuit on Wednesday, arguing that the U.S. Constitution gives the detainees rights to legal representation that shouldn’t be stripped away just because they have been moved to Guantanamo.

    “Never before have people been taken from U.S. soil and sent to Guantanamo, and then denied access to lawyers and the outside world,” said Lee Gelernt, the lead attorney in the ACLU case. “It is difficult to think of anything so flagrantly at odds with the fundamental principles on which our country was built.”

    Yesika Palma sobbed as she spoke about her brother Jose Daniel Simancas, a 30-year-old construction worker, and how it felt to think of him being treated like a terrorist when all he’d done was attempt to come to the United States in pursuit of a decent job. Angela Sequera was distraught about not being able to speak to her son, Yoiker Sequera, who’d worked as a barber in Venezuela.

    Michel Duran expressed the same dismay about his son, Mayfreed Duran, who also worked as a barber. “To me it’s the desperation, the frustration that I know nothing of him,” he said in a phone interview in Spanish from his home in Venezuela. “It’s a terrible anguish. I don’t sleep.”

    In response to questions about the Guantanamo detentions, officials at the Department of Homeland Security insisted, without pointing to any evidence, that some — but not all — of the immigrants they have transferred to Guantanamo are violent gang members and others are “high-threat” criminals. “All these individuals committed a crime by entering the United States illegally,” an agency official said in a statement. Some detainees are being held in Guantanamo’s maximum-security prison while others are in the Migrant Operations Center that in the past has been used to house those intercepted at sea.

    DHS spokesperson Tricia McLaughlin, responding to the ACLU lawsuit, said in an email that there was a phone system that detainees could use to reach attorneys. Writing in all caps for emphasis, she added, “If the AMERICAN Civil Liberties Union cares more about highly dangerous criminal aliens including murders & vicious gang members than they do about American citizens — they should change their name.”

    In the past, the U.S. government has withheld information about cases that it says involve a threat to national security. In those cases, the authorities say, information they’re using to make custody determinations is confidential. The government said some of the people sent to Guantanamo are tied to the Tren de Aragua criminal organization, which Trump designated a terrorist group when he took office. Among the things law enforcement has used to identify members of the group have been certain tattoos, including stars, roses and crowns, though there’s disagreement on whether the practice is reliable. Lawyers have expressed concern that the government sometimes uses national security concerns as a pretext to avoid scrutiny.

    The Guantanamo detentions may be among the highest-profile moves the Trump administration has made as part of its mass deportation campaign, but federal agents have also fanned out across the country over the last several weeks to conduct raids in neighborhoods and workplaces. Data obtained by ProPublica and the Tribune shows that from Jan. 20 through the first days of February, there have been at least 14,000 immigration arrests. Around 44% of them were of people with criminal convictions, and of those, close to half were convicted of misdemeanors. Still, Trump’s border czar, Tom Homan, has said that he’s not satisfied with the pace of enforcement.

    Government data obtained by the news organizations shows that the Trump administration has averaged about 500 deportations per day, well short of the more than 2,100 per day during the 2024 fiscal year under former President Joe Biden. However, the difference could be attributed to lower numbers of border crossings, which have been dropping since last year.

    Trump directed the departments of Defense and Homeland Security last month to prepare 30,000 beds at Guantanamo and later said the site was for “criminal illegal aliens threatening the American people.”

    Mayfreed Duran, left, Yoiker Sequera, center, and Jose Daniel Simancas are among the roughly 100 people the U.S. government has flown to a detention facility in Guantanamo Bay. (Edited by ProPublica, source images courtesy of Duran’s, Sequera’s and Simancas’ families)

    Relatives of three of those currently detained in Guantanamo said the immigrants all had tattoos. And one of them, Simancas, was from Aragua, the state where Tren de Aragua was born. The detainees’ relatives dispute that their loved ones have anything to do with the group. “This doesn’t make sense. He’s a family man,” Palma said in Spanish of her brother. “Having tattoos is not a sin.”

    Palma, who is currently living in Ecuador, said her brother left Venezuela years ago, first living for a time in Ecuador and then in Costa Rica. He decided to try his luck in the United States last year, crossing with a group that included his wife and cousin, who were soon released into the U.S. to pursue asylum claims, they both said in interviews. All three women said Simancas was proud of his work on construction sites and shared TikTok videos he made showing the progress of some of his projects, set to music. Simancas called his cousin on Feb. 7 saying he was being taken to Guantanamo. “It is truly distressing,” his sister said. “I have to have faith because if I break down I can’t help him.”

    Duran’s father only learned of his son’s potential whereabouts after recognizing his face in a TikTok video with some of the images released by the U.S. government of men in gray sweats and shackles being led into military planes in El Paso.

    Duran had left Venezuela hoping to one day open his own barbershop in Chicago, where he had relatives. He described his son, who has a toddler, as a jokester and a dedicated worker. Duran was detained in July 2023 on his third attempt crossing the border, his father said. He remained in detention following a conviction for assaulting a federal officer during a riot at the immigration center in El Paso in August, about a month after his arrival. He’d called his father on Feb. 6, asking him to gather documentation that could prove he had no criminal record in Venezuela because officials were trying to tie him to Tren de Aragua. That was the last his father heard of him.

    Angela Sequera was used to talking to her son every day on the phone while he was detained in El Paso, but then she abruptly stopped hearing from him. On Sunday she got a call from a detainee inside the El Paso center telling her that her son Yoiker had been transferred, but she wasn’t able to speak to him; when she looked him up online, it still showed him as being at the border.

    She’d last heard from him a day earlier. “Estoy cansado,” I’m exhausted, she said he told her in Spanish. “It’s unfair that I’m still detained.” He’d been held inside the detention center in El Paso since September, after turning himself in to the Border Patrol in Presidio, nearly four hours south of El Paso.

    Yoiker Sequera, who was first identified by the online publication Migrant Insider, is among the three Venezuelans named in the lawsuit filed by the ACLU. The 25-year-old had wanted to be a barber ever since he was a boy, his mother said, just like his uncle. That’s how he made a living wherever he went, in Venezuela, Ecuador, Colombia. He continued to cut hair along the migrant route, as he was trying last year to make his way to his family in California, and inside the detention center.

    Angela Sequera said her son had planned on crossing the border and trying to seek asylum in the United States. “Now they want to tie him to criminal gangs. Everything that’s happening is so unfair.”

    We are still reporting. Do you have information about the U.S. immigration system you want to share? You can reach our tip line on Signal at 917-512-0201. Please be as specific, detailed and clear as you can.

    Pratheek Rebala contributed reporting.


    This content originally appeared on ProPublica and was authored by by Perla Trevizo and Mica Rosenberg, ProPublica and The Texas Tribune.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2025/02/13/u-s-claims-immigrants-held-at-guantanamo-are-worst-of-the-worst-their-families-say-theyre-being-unfairly-targeted/feed/ 0 513623
    In-Depth Interview with Tariq Ali on His New Book, “You Can’t Please All: Memoirs 1980-2024” https://www.radiofree.org/2025/02/13/in-depth-interview-with-tariq-ali-on-his-new-book-you-cant-please-all-memoirs-1980-2024/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/02/13/in-depth-interview-with-tariq-ali-on-his-new-book-you-cant-please-all-memoirs-1980-2024/#respond Thu, 13 Feb 2025 13:00:00 +0000 http://www.radiofree.org/?guid=ccefd42d1877ce155d4b91c57e02ec42
    This content originally appeared on Democracy Now! Audio and was authored by Democracy Now!.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2025/02/13/in-depth-interview-with-tariq-ali-on-his-new-book-you-cant-please-all-memoirs-1980-2024/feed/ 0 513580
    Will New Zealand invade the Cook Islands to stop China? Seriously https://www.radiofree.org/2025/02/13/will-new-zealand-invade-the-cook-islands-to-stop-china-seriously/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/02/13/will-new-zealand-invade-the-cook-islands-to-stop-china-seriously/#respond Thu, 13 Feb 2025 09:56:08 +0000 https://asiapacificreport.nz/?p=110810

    COMMENTARY: By Eugene Doyle

    The country’s leading daily newspaper, The New Zealand Herald, screamed out this online headline by a columnist on February 10: “Should New Zealand invade the Cook Islands?”

    The New Zealand government and the mainstream media have gone ballistic (thankfully not literally just yet) over the move by the small Pacific nation to sign a strategic partnership with China in Beijing this week.

    It is the latest in a string of island nations that have signalled a closer relationship with China, something that rattles nerves and sabres in Wellington and Canberra.

    The Chinese have politely told the Kiwis to back off.  Foreign Ministry spokesperson Guo Jiakun told reporters that China and the Cook Islands have had diplomatic relations since 1997 which “should not be disrupted or restrained by any third party”.

    “New Zealand is rightly furious about it,” a TVNZ Pacific affairs writer editorialised to the nation. The deal and the lack of prior consultation was described by various journalists as “damaging”, “of significant concern”, “trouble in paradise”, an act by a “renegade government”.

    Foreign Minister Winston Peters, not without cause, railed at what he saw as the Cook Islands government going against long-standing agreements to consult over defence and security issues.

    "Should New Zealand invade the Cook islands?"
    “Should New Zealand invade the Cook islands?” . . . New Zealand Herald columnist Matthew Hooton’s view in an “oxygen-starved media environment” amid rattled nerves. Image: New Zealand Herald screenshot APR

    ‘Clearly about secession’
    Matthew Hooton, who penned the article in The Herald, is a major commentator on various platforms.

    “Cook Islands Prime Minister Mark Brown’s dealings with China are clearly about secession from the realm of New Zealand,” Hooton said without substantiation but with considerable colonial hauteur.

    “His illegal moves cannot stand. It would be a relatively straightforward military operation for our SAS to secure all key government buildings in the Cook Islands’ capital, Avarua.”

    This could be written off as the hyperventilating screeching of someone trying to drum up readers but he was given a major platform to do so and New Zealanders live in an oxygen-starved media environment where alternative analysis is hard to find.

    The Cook Islands, with one of the largest Exclusive Economic Zones in the world — a whopping 2 million sq km — is considered part of New Zealand’s backyard, albeit over 3000 km to the northeast.  The deal with China is focused on economics not security issues, according to Cooks Prime Minister Mark Brown.

    Deep sea mining may be on the list of projects as well as trade cooperation, climate, tourism, and infrastructure.

    The Cook Islands seafloor is believed to have billions of tons of polymetallic nodules of cobalt, copper, nickel and manganese, something that has even caught the attention of US Secretary of State Marco Rubio. Various players have their eyes on it.

    Glen Johnson, writing in Le Monde Diplomatique, reported last year:

    “Environmentalists have raised major concerns, particularly over the destruction of deep-sea habitats and the vast, choking sediment plumes that excavation would produce.”

    All will be revealed
    Even Cook Island’s citizens have not been consulted on the details of the deal, including deep sea mining.  Clearly, this should not be the case. All will be revealed shortly.

    New Zealand and the Cook Islands have had formal relations since 1901 when the British “transferred” the islands to New Zealand.  Cook Islanders have a curious status: they hold New Zealand passports but are recognised as their own country. The US government went a step further on September 25, 2023. President Joe Biden said:

    “Today I am proud to announce that the United States recognises the Cook Islands as a sovereign and independent state and will establish diplomatic relations between our two nations.”

    A move to create their own passports was undermined by New Zealand officials who successfully stymied the plan.

    New Zealand has taken an increasingly hostile stance vis-a-vis China, with PM Luxon describing the country as a “strategic competitor” while at the same time depending on China as our biggest trading partner.  The government and a compliant mainstream media sing as one choir when it comes to China: it is seen as a threat, a looming pretender to be South Pacific hegemon, replacing the flip-flopping, increasingly incoherent USA.

    Climate change looms large for island nations. Much of the Cooks’ tourism infrastructure is vulnerable to coastal inundation and precious reefs are being destroyed by heating sea temperatures.

    “One thing that New Zealand has got to get its head round is the fact that the Trump administration has withdrawn from the Paris Climate Accord,” Dr Robert Patman, professor of international relations at Otago University, says. “And this is a big deal for most Pacific Island states — and that means that the Cook Islands nation may well be looking for greater assistance elsewhere.”

    Diplomatic spat with global coverage
    The story of the diplomatic spat has been covered in the Middle East, Europe and Asia.  Eyebrows are rising as yet again New Zealand, a close ally of Israel and a participant in the US Operation Prosperity Guardian to lift the Houthi Red Sea blockade of Israel, shows its Western mindset.

    Matthew Hooton’s article is the kind of colonialist fantasy masquerading as geopolitical analysis that damages New Zealand’s reputation as a friend to the smaller nations of our region.

    Yes, the Chinese have an interest in our neck of the woods — China is second only to Australia in supplying much-needed development assistance to the region.

    It is sound policy not insurrection for small nations to diversify economic partnerships and secure development opportunities for their people. That said, serious questions should be posed and deserve to be answered.

    Geopolitical analyst Dr Geoffrey Miller made a useful contribution to the debate saying there was potential for all three parties to work together:

    “There is no reason why New Zealand can’t get together with China and the Cook Islands and develop some projects together,” Dr Miller says. “Pacific states are the winners here because there is a lot of competition for them”.

    I think New Zealand and Australia could combine more effectively with a host of South Pacific island nations and form a more effective regional voice with which to engage with the wider world and collectively resist efforts by the US and China to turn the region into a theatre of competition.

    We throw the toys out
    We throw the toys out of the cot when the Cooks don’t consult with us but shrug when Pasifika elders like former Tuvalu PM Enele Sopoaga call us out for ignoring them.

    In Wellington last year, I heard him challenge the bigger powers, particularly Australia and New Zealand, to remember that the existential threat faced by Pacific nations comes first from climate change. He also reminded New Zealanders of the commitment to keeping the South Pacific nuclear-free.

    To succeed, a “Pacific for the peoples of the Pacific” approach would suggest our ministries of foreign affairs should halt their drift to being little more than branch offices of the Pentagon and that our governments should not sign up to US Great Power competition with China.

    Ditching the misguided anti-China AUKUS project would be a good start.

    Friends to all, enemies of none. Keep the Pacific peaceful, neutral and nuclear-free.

    Eugene Doyle is a community organiser and activist in Wellington, New Zealand. He received an Absolutely Positively Wellingtonian award in 2023 for community service. His first demonstration was at the age of 12 against the Vietnam War. This article was first published at his public policy website Solidarity and is republished here with permission.


    This content originally appeared on Asia Pacific Report and was authored by APR editor.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2025/02/13/will-new-zealand-invade-the-cook-islands-to-stop-china-seriously/feed/ 0 513538
    Another casualty of Trump’s funding freeze: New Orleans’ tree canopy https://grist.org/cities/trump-stops-tree-replacement-new-orleans/ https://grist.org/cities/trump-stops-tree-replacement-new-orleans/#respond Thu, 13 Feb 2025 09:00:00 +0000 https://grist.org/?p=658762 A sudden surge in tree planting across New Orleans has come to an even more sudden halt. 

    When President Donald Trump issued a series of orders that froze billions of dollars in federal climate funding late last month, he also slammed the brakes on the most ambitious replanting initiative in New Orleans since Hurricane Katrina wiped out more than 200,000 trees across the city. The blocked funding could also spell the end of the nonprofit group spearheading the restoration of New Orleans’ tree canopy, which has suffered an almost 30 percent decrease over the past 20 years. 

    “Overnight, our operations were paralyzed,” said Susannah Burley, executive director of Sustaining Our Urban Landscape, also known as SOUL Nola. “We can’t afford to wait this out. We only have enough funding to keep operating until mid-April.”

    Former President Joe Biden’s signature climate law, the Inflation Reduction Act, earmarked $1.5 billion for urban and community-based forestry initiatives across the nation, an amount the U.S. Forest Service called an “historic level of investment.” The money was directed to hundreds of nonprofits, schools and city and state governments. A large share of the funding is now in doubt.

    The IRA had budgeted $3.5 million to support a sharp rise in SOUL’s city-wide planting efforts, amounting to 80 percent of the group’s budget over the next five years. SOUL had been ramping up operations when Trump’s orders ground everything to a halt. 

    SOUL was adding staff, increasing the number of volunteer planting events and had set a goal of nearly doubling its output to about 3,000 trees per year. The IRA funding was passing to SOUL via the Arbor Day Foundation, which allocated $1 million, and the New Orleans Office of Resilience and Sustainability, which planned to give SOUL $2.5 million to help the city meet climate action goals that rely heavily on trees and other carbon offsets to reach net-zero carbon emissions by 2050. 

    Federal judges have in recent days ordered the Trump administration to unfreeze the IRA and other federal funding. But the administration is digging in, refusing to release the pent-up funds and triggering what many legal experts are calling a constitutional crisis.

    Trump has derided the IRA, which was approved by Congress in late 2022, as a “green new scam” that the country can ill afford. His decision to put an immediate hold on disbursements has thrown many nonprofits into crisis. Some groups are worried about having to lay off staff, cancel contracts, delay projects or close down entirely. 

    Burley had to nix a $20,000 order with a North Shore tree farm and contract with a delivery company. She also had to take back a job offer and put a hold on a new position she planned to advertise in the coming weeks. SOUL’s four remaining staff jobs are on shaky ground. 

    “It took me eight years to build the team we have, and they’re impeccable at what they do,” Burley said. “If I lost them because I had to put them on furlough, I can’t start over. I’m too old, too tired. I don’t have the energy or the flexibility in my life to rebuild SOUL.”

    New Orleans’ lack of trees makes the city less able to cope with heavier rainfall, rising temperatures and other challenges from climate change. Trees offer shade, reducing ambient air temperatures and air conditioning costs. They also lower flood risk by absorbing water and altering the soil, making it more spongy. That’s crucial for a city shaped like a bowl, where more than half its area sits below sea level

    The monumental task of replanting the city has fallen largely on nonprofits like SOUL and the NOLA Tree Project. The groups, which depend on volunteer labor and donations, have together planted more than 80,000 trees since Katrina, but the city’s tree canopy isn’t nearly what it was before 2005 and doesn’t come close to comparable cities. 

    “New Orleans has one of the lowest tree canopy coverage rates in the country,” said Chris Potter, a former NASA scientist who uses satellite imagery to study urban development. “It’s a special case because of all the floods and hurricanes and particularly the Katrina impact.”

    New Orleans’ tree coverage ranked last among 10 comparable cities in the South, according to a report SOUL produced for the city in 2022. While most of the cities, including Atlanta, Memphis, Tenn. and Jacksonville, Fla., had tree coverage of more than 30 percent, New Orleans’ coverage was only 18 percent. 

    Remove two unusually large wooded areas in New Orleans — City Park and Bayou Sauvage Urban National Wildlife Refuge — and the coverage rate falls to about 10 percent. The park and Bayou Sauvage, one of the country’s largest urban refuges, do little to reduce heat and flooding in other parts of the city, especially the many neighborhoods that were subjected to discriminatory, race-based housing practices, according to Burley. 

    “The neighborhoods that were historically redlined are often more flood-prone, hotter and they have less trees,” she said. 

    SOUL has focused most of its efforts on low-income neighborhoods. The group had planned to finish planting the Lower 9th Ward and much of Gentilly, and were getting ready for a big push in Hollygrove. All three areas are majority Black and have large numbers of low-income residents. The Lower 9th, for instance, is 90 percent Black and has an average household income of $49,000 — less than half the U.S. average, according to the Data Center

    Alex Dunn, president of the Algiers Riverview Association, credited SOUL with “completely transforming the canopy and aesthetics” of his neighborhood.

    “They do this work more efficiently and cost-effectively than the city or its contractors ever could,” he said. “Losing SOUL would be a major setback for our city.”

    Some supporters have offered donations, but Burley said the group’s needs are likely beyond the scope of New Orleans alone.  

    “We have only one Fortune 500 company and Entergy already gives to us,” she said of the New Orleans-based power company. 

    Instead, SOUL has urged supporters to lobby Louisiana’s mostly Republican congressional delegation and Gov. Jeff Landry, who could, in turn, push the Trump administration to restore IRA funding. 

    Burley knows it was risky to tie so much of SOUL’s growth to one federal source. 

    “I put all our eggs in one basket, and that’s never wise,” she said. “But we’ve never had the chance to have funding at that level before. We had to try because we could have done so much good with it.”

    This story was originally published by Grist with the headline Another casualty of Trump’s funding freeze: New Orleans’ tree canopy on Feb 13, 2025.


    This content originally appeared on Grist and was authored by Tristan Baurick.

    ]]>
    https://grist.org/cities/trump-stops-tree-replacement-new-orleans/feed/ 0 513574
    A New Mexico District Says It’s Reduced Harsh Discipline of Native Students. But the Data Provided Is Incomplete. https://www.radiofree.org/2025/02/12/a-new-mexico-district-says-its-reduced-harsh-discipline-of-native-students-but-the-data-provided-is-incomplete/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/02/12/a-new-mexico-district-says-its-reduced-harsh-discipline-of-native-students-but-the-data-provided-is-incomplete/#respond Wed, 12 Feb 2025 12:00:00 +0000 https://www.propublica.org/article/gallup-mckinley-native-student-discipline-improvement-data by Bryant Furlow, New Mexico In Depth

    This article was produced by New Mexico In Depth, which has twice been a member of ProPublica’s Local Reporting Network. Sign up for Dispatches to get stories like this one as soon as they are published.

    A New Mexico school district that was disproportionately issuing harsh punishments to Indigenous students says it has dramatically reduced its long-term suspensions.

    Two years ago, New Mexico In Depth and ProPublica reported that Indigenous children in New Mexico were facing higher rates of harsh school punishment, triggering a state Department of Justice civil rights inquiry into the discipline practices of the school district largely responsible for the disparity.

    According to a January email from Gallup-McKinley County Schools Superintendent Mike Hyatt, the number of students kicked out of the district for 90 days or longer dropped from 21 children during the 2021-22 school year to six the following year and just one last year. Of those 28 long-term removals, 86%, or 24 cases, involved Native students.

    But the state refused to provide New Mexico In Depth with complete, unredacted discipline data for the years in question, citing federal public records law governing educational records, making it impossible to independently verify those claims.

    The district now appears to be more judicious in imposing long-term removals, reserving them for serious, potentially dangerous infractions.

    As an example: From 2016-17 to 2019-20, before the changes, Gallup-McKinley reported that long-term removals were being used as punishment for disruptive behavior (“disorderly conduct”). But in all the cases Hyatt listed for 2021-22 to 2023-24, long-term removals were used only for more serious infractions, including repeated drug possession, drug distribution, assault, armed battery, theft and weapons possession, including firearms cases, he wrote.

    In addition to the data, Hyatt said the district has made policy changes to better engage with students and prevent behavioral problems. It has replaced the district administrator in charge of student discipline, who has since retired, he said.

    In 2022, the news organizations undertook a detailed analysis of statewide school discipline rates that showed Indigenous students disproportionately experience the harshest forms of punishment: exclusions from school for 90 days or more and referrals to law enforcement.

    Using district discipline reports obtained from the state Public Education Department, the news organizations found that Gallup-McKinley, which boasts the largest Native student body in the nation, was the epicenter of a statewide trend toward Indigenous children being pushed out of classrooms at higher rates than other students between 2016 and 2020. At the time, the district’s superintendent called the findings “completely false,” but the district’s own data contradicted that claim.

    New Mexico Attorney General Raúl Torrez, who heads the state’s Department of Justice and its new Civil Rights Division, initiated a review of the matter in late 2023. His investigators were also unable to obtain complete, unredacted data from the education department, according to emails between the agencies that New Mexico In Depth reviewed.

    The state’s Department of Justice inquiry also faced delays as it tried to obtain student discipline data from Gallup-McKinley, emails show. In two, from Aug. 21, 2024, and Oct. 17, 2024, investigators took the school district to task for violating a statutory deadline in responding to their Inspection of Public Records Act requests.

    Other emails in 2023 and 2024 reflected investigators’ frustration over repeated efforts to get meetings with state education officials who could provide more detailed data and answer questions.

    In early June 2024, state Department of Justice Special Counsel Sean Sullivan urgently requested an in-person meeting with education department officials to discuss student discipline data. The meeting occurred June 20. But by July 1, Sullivan noted investigators still needed more detailed data. And in August, Sullivan repeatedly sought answers about missing data from the education department’s data manager.

    State Department of Justice spokesperson Lauren Rodriguez told New Mexico In Depth in late January that the agency’s civil rights investigation is ongoing. Hyatt said he believed his office had fulfilled the department’s requests.

    In a January email exchange with a reporter, Hyatt pushed back on New Mexico In Depth and ProPublica’s reporting, asserting discipline practices at Gallup-McKinley were not as harsh as the district’s past reports to the state suggested.

    He said that after news headlines in 2022, an internal review identified extensive data entry errors in the district’s quarterly student discipline reports to the state. Specifically, he said punishments reported to the state as expulsions should instead have been logged as suspensions. (The district also changed its definition of expulsion in a way that would reduce the count of the harshest penalty: At the time of the newsrooms’ analyses, the district defined expulsions as removals of 90 days or longer; expulsion is now defined as permanent removals.)

    But New Mexico In Depth and ProPublica found that student removals from school for 90 days or longer — regardless of what those removals are called — remained far higher for Gallup-McKinley than the rest of the state.

    After meeting with Torrez about the state Department of Justice’s inquiry in September 2023, Hyatt contracted with a Kentucky-based financial consulting contractor, Unbridled Advisory. The contractor’s report showed that Native students’ discipline rates were modestly higher than other students, but not high enough in their view to be significant.

    However, the company’s assessment did not include expulsions and did not conduct a specific analysis of the harshest forms of punishment, like the one carried out by the news organizations.


    This content originally appeared on ProPublica and was authored by by Bryant Furlow, New Mexico In Depth.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2025/02/12/a-new-mexico-district-says-its-reduced-harsh-discipline-of-native-students-but-the-data-provided-is-incomplete/feed/ 0 513373
    French Overseas Minister Manuel Valls to visit Nouméa for key political talks https://www.radiofree.org/2025/02/12/french-overseas-minister-manuel-valls-to-visit-noumea-for-key-political-talks/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/02/12/french-overseas-minister-manuel-valls-to-visit-noumea-for-key-political-talks/#respond Wed, 12 Feb 2025 03:00:37 +0000 https://asiapacificreport.nz/?p=110750 By Patrick Decloitre, RNZ Pacific correspondent French Pacific desk

    French Minister for Overseas Manuel Valls has announced he will travel to New Caledonia later this month to pursue talks on the French territory’s political future.

    These discussions on February 22 follow preliminary talks held last week in Paris in “bilateral” mode with a wide range of political stakeholders.

    The talks, which included pro-independence and pro-France parties, were said to have “allowed to restore a climate of trust between France and New Caledonia’s politicians”.

    Those meetings contributed to “a better understanding” of “everyone’s expectations” and “clarify everyone’s respective projects”, Valls said.

    Between February 4 and 9, Valls said he had met “at least twice” with delegations from all six parties and movements represented in New Caledonia’s Congress.

    The main goal was to resume the political process and allow everyone to “project themselves into the future” after the May 2024 riots.

    The riots caused 14 dead, hundreds of injured, arson and looting of hundreds of businesses and an estimated damage of some 2.2 billion euros (NZ$4 billion).

    ‘Touched all topics’
    “We have touched on all topics, extensively and without any taboo, including the events related to the riots that broke out in New Caledonia in May 2024.”

    Valls said in this post-riot situation, “everyone bears their own responsibilities, but the French State may also have a part of responsibility for what happened a few months ago”.

    New Caledonia’s key economic leaders Mimsy Daly and David Guyenne with French Minister for Overseas Manuel Valls – 8 February 2025 - PHOTO MEDEF NC
    New Caledonia’s key economic leaders Mimsy Daly and David Guyenne with French Minister for Overseas Manuel Valls. Image: MEDEF NC/RNZ

    At the weekend, as part of the week-long talks, Valls and French Public Accounts Minister Amélie de Montchalin hosted a three-hour session dedicated to New Caledonia’s “devastated” economy.

    High on the agenda of the conference were crucial subjects, such as France’s assistance package, the need to reform and reduce costs in New Caledonia (including in the public service workforce) — as well as key sectors such as the health, tourism sectors and the nickel mining and processing industry — which has been facing an unprecedented crisis for the past two years.

    Unemployment benefits
    There was also a significant chapter dedicated to the duration of special unemployment benefits for those who have lost their jobs due to the riots’ destruction.

    Another sensitive point raised was the long and difficult process for businesses (especially very small, small and medium) damaged and destroyed for the same reasons to get insurance companies to pay compensation.

    Most insurance companies represented in New Caledonia have, since the May 2024 riots, cancelled the “riot risk” from their insurance coverage.

    This has so far made it impossible for riot-damaged businesses to renew their insurance cover under the same terms as before.

    French assistance to post-riot recovery in New Caledonia includes a 1 billion euros (NZ$1.8 billion) loan ceiling and a special fund of some 192 million euros (NZ$350 million) dedicated to the reconstruction of public buildings, mainly schools.

    New Caledonia’s students are returning to school next week as part of the new academic year.

    French public accounts Minister Amélie de Montchalin speaking
    French Public Accounts Minister Amélie de Montchalin speaking from Paris to New Caledonia audience via a vision conference during the Economic Forum last Saturday. Image: NC la 1ère TV/RNZ

    Economy and politics closely intertwined
    Valls stressed once again that “there cannot be an economic recovery without a political compromise, just like there cannot be any lasting political solution without economic recovery”.

    “(France) needs to be there so that the economic slump (caused by the riots) does not turn into a social disaster which, in turn, would exacerbate political fractures”.

    “The government of France will be on your side. No matter what happens. We are absolutely taking charge of our responsibilities.”

    The “economic Forum” was also the first time delegations from all political tendencies, even though they did not talk to each other directly, were at least sitting in the same room.

    “Thank you all for being here, this is a beautiful picture of New Caledonia. Maybe the economy can do more than politics”, Valls told the Economic Forum last Saturday.

    Next step: ‘trilateral’ meetings
    The next step, in New Caledonia, is for Valls to attempt holding “trilateral” meetings (involving all parties, pro and anti-independence and France) around the same table, which was not the case in Paris last week.

    The format of those Nouméa talks, however, “remains to be determined”.

    Valls said he could stay in New Caledonia for as long as one week because, he said, “I want to take time”, including to not only meet politicians, but also economic and civil society stakeholders.

    The 62-year-old French minister, who is also a former Prime Minister, as a political adviser to the then French Socialist Prime Minister Michel Rocard, was involved in the signing of the Matignon Accord, signed in 1988 between France, pro-independence and pro-France parties, which effectively put an end to half a decade of quasi civil war in the French Pacific archipelago.

    He also stressed that any future discussion would be based on the “foundation and basis” of the Matignon and Nouméa Accords which, he said, was “the only possible way”.

    The Nouméa Accord, signed in 1998 between the same parties, paved the way for a gradual transfer of powers from France to New Caledonia as well as a status of wider autonomy, often described in the legal jargon as “sui generis”.

    Until now, under the Nouméa Accord, the key powers remaining to be transferred by France were foreign affairs (shared with New Caledonia), currency, law and order, defence and justice.

    New Caledonia’s authorities have not requested the implementation of the transfer for another three portfolios: higher education, research, audiovisual communication and the administration of communes.

    An exit protocol
    But the 1998 deal also included an exit protocol, depending on the results of three referendums on self-determination.

    Those referendums were held in 2018, 2020 and 2021 and they all yielded a majority of votes against independence.

    However, New Caledonia’s pro-independence movement largely boycotted the third poll and has since contested its validity.

    Pro-France and pro-independence camps hold radically different views on how New Caledonia should evolve in its post-Nouméa Accord (1998) future status.

    The options mentioned so far by local parties range from a quick independence (a five-year process to begin in September 2025 following the anticipated signature of a “Kanaky Accord”) to some sort of yet undefined “shared sovereignty” that could imply an “independence-association”, or a status of “associated state” for New Caledonia.

    Pro-France parties, however, have previously stated they were determined to push for New Caledonia to remain part of France and, in corollary, that New Caledonia’s three provinces (North, South and Loyalty Islands) should be granted more separate powers, a formula sometimes described as “internal federalism” but criticised by pro-independence parties as a form of “apartheid”.

    Complicating factor
    Another complicating factor is that both sides — pro-independence and pro-France camps — are also divided between moderate and radical components.

    Last week, during question time in Parliament, Valls expressed concern at the current polarised situation: “People talk about racism, civil war. A common and shared project can only be built through dialogue.

    “The (previously signed, respectively in 1988 and 1998) Matignon and Nouméa Accords, both bearing the prospect of a decolonisation process, are the foundation of our discussions. I would even say they are part of my DNA,” the minister said.

    Referring to any future outcome of the current talks, he said they will have to be “inventive, ambitious, bold in order to build a compromise and do away with any radical position, all radical positions, in order to offer a common project for New Caledonia, for its youth, for concord and for peace”.

    This article is republished under a community partnership agreement with RNZ.


    This content originally appeared on Asia Pacific Report and was authored by APR editor.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2025/02/12/french-overseas-minister-manuel-valls-to-visit-noumea-for-key-political-talks/feed/ 0 513361
    Russia preps to block income of ‘foreign agent’ journalists https://www.radiofree.org/2025/02/11/russia-preps-to-block-income-of-foreign-agent-journalists/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/02/11/russia-preps-to-block-income-of-foreign-agent-journalists/#respond Tue, 11 Feb 2025 18:18:16 +0000 https://cpj.org/?p=451500 Berlin, February 11, 2025—After a year that saw Russia increase its pressure on independent media and journalists, authorities are seeking to tighten the squeeze on dissenting voices from March 1 by blocking those designated as “foreign agents’” from access to their earnings.

    The 2025 law requires those listed by the justice ministry as “persons under foreign influence” to open special ruble accounts into which all their income from creative or intellectual activities, as well as the sale or rental of real estate, vehicles, dividends, and interest on deposits, must be paid.

    So-called foreign agents will not be allowed to withdraw their earnings unless they are removed from the register. However, the government can withdraw money from agents’ accounts to pay fines imposed for failing to apply that label to their published material or to report on their activities and expenses to the government — a legal requirement since 2020.

    While the new law’s full impact remains to be seen, it looms as yet another threat for exiled media outlets already rattled by the prospect of losing funding after U.S. President Donald Trump’s freezing of U.S. foreign aid.

    “It is clear that the legal pressure on journalists who stay in Russia — and those who have relocated — will increase,” Mikhail Danilovich, director of The New Tab, an exiled online magazine founded in May 2022, which has been blocked inside Russia due to its coverage of the country’s full-scale invasion of Ukraine, told CPJ.

    Digging in

    In addition to the new law, a parliamentary commission proposed on January 28 an increase in foreign agent fines and a ban on their teaching or taking part in educational activities, such as hosting lectures or seminars.

    These moves signal an ongoing determination to crack down on independent journalists already grappling with a plethora of sanctions, from fines to arrest warrants and jail terms.

    While hundreds have fled Russia due to authorities’ suppression of critical coverage of the Ukraine war, others continue to report from inside the country. Nadezhda Prusenkova, head of Moscow-based Novaya Gazeta’s press department, estimated that about half of the journalists designated foreign agents still live in Russia.

    “We saw a greater focus on pressure on independent media and journalists in 2024, including pressure related to the legislation on foreign agents,” Dmitrii Anisimov, spokesperson for the human rights news site OVD-Info, told CPJ.   

    Since Russia’s full-scale invasion of Ukraine on February 24, 2022, CPJ has documented 247 journalists and media outlets branded as foreign agents and six exiled journalists sentenced in absentia to jail terms ranging from 7½ to 11 years on fake news charges.  

    Although none of the journalists outside Russia have been taken into custody, the campaign against exiles has left many fearing for their safety – especially after three journalists who wrote critically about the war in Ukraine suffered symptoms of poisoning in 2022 and 2023.

    Impact of the new law

    'Foreign agent' journalist and Mediazona editor-in-chief Sergey Smirnov in court in 2021 prior to spending 15 days in jail for retweeting someone else's joke on social media.
    Mediazona editor-in-chief Sergey Smirnov in court in 2021, prior to being jailed for retweeting someone else’s joke on social media. He could face jail again for failing to note on his content that he is designated a “foreign agent.” (Screenshot: Mediazona/YouTube)

    Senior members of five independent media outlets that work with people designated as foreign agents told CPJ that it was unclear about how the new law will affect their journalists. 

    Novaya Gazeta’s Prusenkova said that the newspaper had “very few” designated foreign agents on its staff, and Latvia-based Novaya Gazeta Europe CEO Maria Epifanova told CPJ that her exiled staff accessed their earnings from Western bank accounts. However, there were worries about losing revenue from the sale or rental of homes they left behind, she said.

    Ivan Kolpakov, editor-in-chief of the Latvia-based independent outlet Meduza and one of the first Russians to be labeled as a foreign agent, told CPJ that, “Frankly speaking, we have not complied with foreign agent legislation in any form since 2023 [when Meduza was banned as an “undesirable” organization.]”  

    Meduza is not alone in refusing to comply with the law, despite the risk of criminal prosecution. Media analysis of Russia’s judicial records found that only one-sixth of 620 fines issued in 2023 and the first half of 2024 were paid — 4 million rubles (US$40,453) out of a total of 25.8 million rubles (US$260,954). 

    Sergey Smirnov, the exiled editor-in-chief of the popular outlet Mediazona, could be jailed for two years if convicted in a criminal case opened against him in December 2024 on charges of failing to note on his content that he was designated a foreign agent. Smirnov, who fled to Lithuania from Russia in 2022 after being jailed for a tweet the previous year, is one of 18 journalists — 16 of whom live in exile — prosecuted or fined under the foreign agent legislation in the last quarter of 2024.

    “It’s very simple: I’m not paying,” Smirnov told CPJ, undeterred by the potential consequences on his assets back home. “Technically, they could seize the apartment I co-own.”

    ‘Plague-stricken’

    The situation for such exiles can be perilous. In late 2024, Russian authorities continued their cross-border retaliation against the media by ordering the arrests in absentia of exiled journalists Tatyana Felgenhauer and Kirill Martynov.

    Some media veterans say they have become too desensitized to focus on their government’s latest legal maneuvers.

    “I’m not following these new developments,” said Roman Anin, exiled founder of the Latvia-based investigative website IStories, who is facing arrest for spreading “false information” about Russia’s armed forces in Ukraine.

    “I’m already on the wanted list, and IStories has been declared an undesirable organization, which is much worse than being labeled a foreign agent — a status both I and IStories already have,” he told CPJ.

    “Russia today is like a plague-stricken part of the world, similar to places like North Korea. There’s no point in seriously discussing what the so-called lawmakers in this system have come up with now.”


    This content originally appeared on Committee to Protect Journalists and was authored by Committee to Protect Journalists.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2025/02/11/russia-preps-to-block-income-of-foreign-agent-journalists/feed/ 0 513264
    “This Is Not a Moment to Settle”: Media Outlets Cave to Trump’s Threats as FCC Launches New Probes https://www.radiofree.org/2025/02/11/this-is-not-a-moment-to-settle-media-outlets-cave-to-trumps-threats-as-fcc-launches-new-probes/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/02/11/this-is-not-a-moment-to-settle-media-outlets-cave-to-trumps-threats-as-fcc-launches-new-probes/#respond Tue, 11 Feb 2025 13:13:45 +0000 http://www.radiofree.org/?guid=8ad2f3356d9fa3c2d7be7aeab511686b Seg1 jameel abc

    We look at the Trump administration’s escalating attacks on press freedom, and how the media has responded with bended knee in some cases, with Jameel Jaffer, director of the Knight First Amendment Institute at Columbia University. The Trump administration has threatened journalists and media outlets for their coverage, and the Federal Communications Commission is investigating PBS and NPR over its funding sources. Meanwhile, a number of major news organizations face accusations of surrendering to Trump’s threats. In December, ABC settled a defamation suit brought by Trump by making a $15 million donation to his future presidential library. CBS’s parent company Paramount is reportedly in talks to settle a multibillion-dollar lawsuit filed by Trump, who accused 60 Minutes of deceptively editing an interview with Kamala Harris. Trump initially sought $10 billion in the lawsuit and is now seeking $20 billion. “What I see here is media organizations that have the power to fight back against Trump but aren’t doing it. I think that’s a failure of courage,” says Jaffer. “Every time one of those media organizations settles a case, the next organization finds it more difficult to resist Trump.”


    This content originally appeared on Democracy Now! and was authored by Democracy Now!.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2025/02/11/this-is-not-a-moment-to-settle-media-outlets-cave-to-trumps-threats-as-fcc-launches-new-probes/feed/ 0 513323
    Vanuatu parliament elects Jotham Napat as new prime minister https://www.radiofree.org/2025/02/11/vanuatu-parliament-elects-jotham-napat-as-new-prime-minister/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/02/11/vanuatu-parliament-elects-jotham-napat-as-new-prime-minister/#respond Tue, 11 Feb 2025 09:47:01 +0000 https://asiapacificreport.nz/?p=110710 RNZ Pacific

    Jotham Napat has been elected as the new prime minister of Vanuatu.

    Napat was elected unopposed in Port Vila today, receiving 50 votes with two void votes.

    He is the country’s fifth prime minister in four years and will lead a coalition government made up of five political parties — Leaders Party, Vanua’aku Party, Graon Mo Jastis Party, Reunification Movement for Change, and the Iauko Group.

    Napat is president of the Leaders Party, which secured the most seats in the House after the snap election last month.

    The former prime minister Charlot Salwai nominated Napat for the top job.

    The nomination was seconded by Ralph Regenvanu, president of the Graon Mo Jastis Pati, before the MP for Tanna and president of the Leaders Party accepted the nomination.

    The MP for Port Vila and leader of the Union of Moderate Parties, Ishmael Kalsakau, congratulated Napat on his nomination and said there would be no other nomination for prime minister.

    Who is Jotham Napat?
    Napat, 52, is an MP for Tanna Constituency and is the president of the Leaders Party which emerged from the January 16 snap election with nine seats making it the largest party in Parliament.

    He was born on Tanna in August 1972.

    He heads a five party coalition government with more micro parties likely to affiliate to his administration in the coming days and weeks.

    More than 30 MPs were seated on the government side of the House for today’s Parliament sitting.

    Napat was first elected to the house in 2016.

    He was re-elected in 2020 and again in the snap elections of 2022 and 2025.

    Before entering Parliament he chaired the National Disaster Committee in the aftermath of the devastating Cyclone Pam.

    New government facing many challenges
    The incoming government will have a long list of urgent priorities to attend to, including the 2025 Budget and the ongoing rebuild of the central business district in the capital Port Vila after a 7.3 magnitude earthquake in December.

    That quake claimed 14 lives, injured more than 200 people, and displaced thousands.

    One voter who spoke to RNZ Pacific during last month’s election said they wanted leaders with good ideas for Vanuatu’s future.

    “And not just the vision to run the government and the nation but also who has leadership qualities and is transparent.

    “People who can work with communities and who don’t just think about themselves.”

    This article is republished under a community partnership agreement with RNZ.


    This content originally appeared on Asia Pacific Report and was authored by APR editor.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2025/02/11/vanuatu-parliament-elects-jotham-napat-as-new-prime-minister/feed/ 0 513205
    New Thai rule gives Myanmar junta greater power to block workers: activists https://rfa.org/english/myanmar/2025/02/11/myanmar-thai-re-registration-02112025/ https://rfa.org/english/myanmar/2025/02/11/myanmar-thai-re-registration-02112025/#respond Tue, 11 Feb 2025 07:20:58 +0000 https://rfa.org/english/myanmar/2025/02/11/myanmar-thai-re-registration-02112025/ MAE SOT, Thailand – Thailand’s latest labor documentation rule requiring Myanmar government approval has raised concern among migrant worker advocates, who warn the policy could expose millions of Myanmar workers to conscription risks from their country’s military regime.

    Thai lawmakers periodically change the procedure to enable migrant workers – both new arrivals applying for the first time and those already in the country – to get the documents they need to work legally.

    The new process requires Thai employers or agents to “prepare documents for submission to Myanmar officials” for their employees from Myanmar and would require their embassy in Bangkok to “examine and endorse” the documents, according to Thailand’s Department of Employment.

    But migrant worker advocates believe involving the Myanmar embassy is unnecessary and effectively gives the junta veto power over workers, which could give those who fled their war-torn country little choice but to go home to the risk of conscription and repression.

    The result could be that Myanmar migrant workers in Thailand give up efforts to get legally registered.

    “Most people who are opting to stay outside of the system are doing so because they are fearful of repercussions from the Burmese government, either to themselves and their families,” said Brahm Press, director of the Migrant Assistance Program, referring to Myanmar.

    “Especially people who have been escaping conscription, anyone who was part of the People’s Defense Forces or the Civil Disobedience Movement,” he added, referring to anti-junta militias and a protest campaign by civil workers who quit their jobs to protest against a military coup four years ago.

    Myanmar migrant workers outside their accommodations in Thailand’s Samut Sakhon province on Jan. 26, 2025.
    Myanmar migrant workers outside their accommodations in Thailand’s Samut Sakhon province on Jan. 26, 2025.
    (Lillian Suwanrumpha/AFP)

    After the Myanmar military enacted conscription laws in early 2024, tens of thousands of people flooded into Thailand in a matter of months, both in search of better economic opportunities and to escape being arrested and forced to fight in a war against those trying to end military rule.

    More than 21,000 political prisoners have been detained by the junta since the 2021 coup, according to the Assistance Association for Political Prisoners.

    Radio Free Asia tried to telephone Somchai Morakotsriwan, Thailand’s director general of the Job Employment Department, for more information on the new rules for Myanmar migrant workers but he did not respond by the time of publication.

    Workers in the lurch

    As many as 3,000 workers in Mae Sot, a western Thai district on the Myanmar border, are expected to choose not to complete the first registration step in order to protect their identity from the junta by a Feb. 13 deadline despite the drawbacks, according to the Yaung Chi Oo Workers’ Association, which helps Myanmar nationals working on the border.

    But being undocumented has big drawbacks for workers, said the association’s joint secretary, Moe Kyaw.

    “When they get injured, when they are sick, they have no access to the social security fund. And also their right to travel is limited without legal documents – they can’t travel to other provinces,” he added. “They are not allowed to open or create bank accounts, they can’t get a driver’s license.”

    Press of the Migrant Assistance Program also pointed to the risks.

    “Leaving populations undocumented, with little access to formal services like healthcare, can lead to increases in malaria, tuberculosis and other communicable diseases,” Press said.

    “With more of this invisible population circulating, I think that there will be some effects, because people won’t have access to health services, the health system, testing – they’ll be scared to expose themselves.”

    An outdoor market frequented by Myanmar migrant workers in Thailand’s Samut Sakhon province on Jan. 26, 2025.
    An outdoor market frequented by Myanmar migrant workers in Thailand’s Samut Sakhon province on Jan. 26, 2025.
    (Lillian Suwanrumpha/AFP)

    Growing pressure

    The new Thai regulation is the latest action by Thailand to make life more complicated for Myanmar workers, which migrants and rights activists say bolsters the junta’s effort to get young people home to join the military.

    In July, Thailand closed seven offices issuing identity documents for Myanmar migrants, forcing them to use their embassy to complete the paperwork instead, and thereby giving the embassy the power to block people from Thai employment.

    Myanmar’s exiled parallel National Unity Government has called on Thailand to end the junta’s growing control of its overseas workers.

    In Myanmar, the military regime has also placed further restrictions on its workers trying to go overseas, while squeezing those already abroad for desperately needed foreign income to support a tanking Myanmar economy.

    In January, Myanmar’s Ministry of Labor required agencies sending workers overseas to ensure their Thai employers agree that migrant workers can be sent home to serve in the military, and later that month, the ministry changed its rules to prevent men of enlistment age from signing contracts with agencies sending workers abroad.

    RELATED STORIES

    Tide of Myanmar war refugees tests Thailand’s welcome mat for migrants

    Myanmar junta can order migrant workers home to fight, agency says

    Thailand to grant citizenship to nearly 500,000 people

    Myanmar workers in Laos and Thailand who register with the Myanmar embassy are also required to pay mandatory remittances through junta-owned banks as well as taxes, which workers say they are reluctant to pay.

    Thailand needs migrant workers for its growing economy and is wary of chaos in its western neighbor, with which it shares a 2,400-kilometer (1,500 miles) border.

    Thai political analyst and former government adviser Panitan Wattanayagorn said he suspected the Myanmar junta was pressing Thailand to support its polices.

    “Thai officials here are also under the pressure to work more with the government of Myanmar,” said Panitan.

    “I think that the pressure is official from the labor department of Myanmar to our labor department and also maybe indirect pressure from the agencies that are working for the Myanmar government, so they may apply pressure to the different channels.”

    Edited by Taejun Kang.


    This content originally appeared on Radio Free Asia and was authored by Kiana Duncan for RFA.

    ]]>
    https://rfa.org/english/myanmar/2025/02/11/myanmar-thai-re-registration-02112025/feed/ 0 513191
    New traffic edict is Vietnamese communists’ ‘mission civilisatrice’ https://rfa.org/english/vietnam/2025/02/09/opinion-vietnam-traffic-edict/ https://rfa.org/english/vietnam/2025/02/09/opinion-vietnam-traffic-edict/#respond Sun, 09 Feb 2025 19:07:30 +0000 https://rfa.org/english/vietnam/2025/02/09/opinion-vietnam-traffic-edict/ A commentary by David Hutt

    As one theory goes, as a country becomes wealthier, its streets should become more orderly and safe. Or to use the favored word of the Vietnamese Communist Party, the roads need to become more “civilized.” Any visitor to Hanoi or Saigon, however, cannot help but notice that economic development hasn’t been coupled with vehicular orderliness. At least, that was until the authorities introduced a new edict at the beginning of January. Traffic fines have since risen tenfold, with the biggest tickets over US$1,500. Cars that don’t stop at red lights can be fined US$780, up from US$230 last year. Fines have also been increased for drunk drivers, those who park on the pavement, those speeding, etc, etc. According to local media, opening a car door in an unsafe manner will now result in a penalty of US$860, up from US$23.

    A bread vendor cycles past motorists waiting at a traffic light in Hanoi on June 2, 2021.
    A bread vendor cycles past motorists waiting at a traffic light in Hanoi on June 2, 2021.
    (Nhac Nguyen/AFP)

    One hears that this is having the desired effect, although some newspapers have given copious inches to the grumblers. Most complaints are about the congestion the changes have naturally produced, notably because many motorists are now being over-cautious. Yet there are also accusations that the authorities are simply trying to funnel more “tea money” into the pockets of the underpaid police. “The police just want to take as much money as they can,” a moto-taxi driver told the New York Times. This clearly wasn’t the motivation behind the edict, although it’s certain to be a consequence, so the authorities will struggle to convince nay-sayers of the distinction between causation and correlation. It is true that the fines are too expensive, which means they can only be temporary. And the Communist Party’s claims that this scheme isn’t a draconian crackdown haven’t been helped by the authorities arresting numerous social media users for making rather bland criticisms of the new edict.

    ‘Civil society by motorbike’

    On the other side of the ledger, several Vietnamese acquaintances have told me that they’re rather pleased with the increased fines if they decrease the odds of being knocked down when crossing the road or when walking along a pavement. Many say they would be happy to sit in traffic for slightly longer if it means their children are less likely to die on a scooter. One correspondent reckons that success on the roads might be followed up by the authorities cleaning up the pavements and store fronts, removing the weeds and repainting the walls. Indeed, for all the negativity, one ought not to romanticize disorder and uncleanliness. That said, like with the occupant of an illegally built shanty staring down a local council’s bulldozers, one feels an instinctual sympathy for a people who are now being punished for having previously been forced to make up their own rules at a time when the politicians and elites had no interest in doing so. Civil society by motorbike; a public square of Honda Waves. Yes, Vietnam’s city streets may have been somewhat lawless, but they were far from anarchic. They were self-policed by informal rules, a social pact between drivers unmediated by the state, which everyone understood and which made driving bearable.

    RELATED STORIES

    Residents of Vietnam’s capital object to planned hike in traffic fines

    Hanoi considers doubling traffic fines

    Vietnamese man fined for social media comments on new hefty traffic fines

    If the communist government now says it wants to “civilize” the streets, the average road user is justified in asking where the authorities were for the past four decades. Why were the police content to collect petty bribes and not properly enforce the laws up until now? Why has almost every public transport project been dogged by chronic delays and graft? As for the people themselves, the middle classes may want the streets to be safer and cleaner and can afford the delays and fines needed to manufacture this, yet for those for whom an extra ten minutes in traffic means the difference between eating two or three meals a day, the manifestation of “civilization” may simply mean being more hungry. The Communist Party still has visions of a classless society, but class divisions will only become more pronounced as the rich grow richer and the poor must suffer the consequence of the rich’s changing mores and desires.

    Moreover, if I were Vietnamese, I would be peeved by the tone of the Communist authorities. Making traffic orderly is, they say, a fundamental part of the Communist Party’s efforts to make society more “civilized.” But, for the most part, this mission civilisatrice — a term used to describe the political rationale for the colonization of an indigenous group — seems to be for foreign consumption and foreign comparison. “In the past, many countries faced chaotic traffic and widespread littering … Vietnam is now following a similar path to build a more civilized society,” Tuoi Tre, a newspaper, informs us. Accepted, but the howl of ‘Why can’t we be more like Singapore?’ is always preceded by a self-loathing motive.

    Change from the bottom up

    Whatever the motivation, though, it is uncertain whether the Vietnamese authorities can actually “civilize” the motorists. For decades, Vietnam’s traffic has been something of a parable not only of the country’s from-the-gutter-up species of capitalism, but also of the gulf between how its authorities and those of other authoritarian states deal with disorder. As the Economist noted a few years ago, “Whereas smog-fighters in Beijing have begun closing factories and restricting car usage, bigwigs in Hanoi still struggle to prevent scooter-riders from parking on the pavements.” Vietnam may be a one-party state, and an increasingly repressive one, but the sight of self-governed and un-policed streets has long been an indication that the authorities are laissez-faire over areas where they are weak. Indeed, a history of Vietnamese capitalism would have to include the thesis that much of the development happened in opposition to government edicts.

    Vehicles wait at a red light at an intersection in Hanoi on January 8, 2025.
    Vehicles wait at a red light at an intersection in Hanoi on January 8, 2025.
    (Nhac Nguyen/AFP)

    One question is how to tell whether the latest traffic edict has been a success or not. By the reduction in traffic-related accidents or deaths? By the severity of the fines imposed? A danger is that it becomes a numbers game. On the other hand, there’s a risk that conformity with the law only lasts for as long as the police keep issuing crippling penalties, which may not be for too long. I hear the police in Ho Chi Minh City are again allowing motorists to turn right at red lights at some intersections. When, in 2007, the government introduced a regulation requiring motorbike drivers to wear helmets, most responded with ironic obedience—they wore cheap, light-weight baseball-cap headgear that were in keeping with the letter of the law but not the spirit.

    No country’s police can enforce traffic regulations alone; it requires a majority of drivers to accept that laws about speeding or stopping at traffic lights or parking only in parking zones are more beneficial for the whole than the informal codes that regarded these as suggestions to be ignored when convenient. As has always been the case in Vietnam, any lasting change will have to come from the bottom up.

    David Hutt is a research fellow at the Central European Institute of Asian Studies (CEIAS) and the Southeast Asia Columnist at the Diplomat. The views expressed here are his own and do not reflect the position of RFA.


    This content originally appeared on Radio Free Asia and was authored by David Hutt.

    ]]>
    https://rfa.org/english/vietnam/2025/02/09/opinion-vietnam-traffic-edict/feed/ 0 513028
    Police swarm New Orleans ahead of Super Bowl LIX https://www.radiofree.org/2025/02/07/police-swarm-new-orleans-ahead-of-super-bowl-lix/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/02/07/police-swarm-new-orleans-ahead-of-super-bowl-lix/#respond Fri, 07 Feb 2025 21:57:55 +0000 http://www.radiofree.org/?guid=0ce501ab0e398e22649789e18e301d3d
    This content originally appeared on The Real News Network and was authored by The Real News Network.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2025/02/07/police-swarm-new-orleans-ahead-of-super-bowl-lix/feed/ 0 512847
    U.S. and Japan agree to new LNG exports https://www.radiofree.org/2025/02/07/u-s-and-japan-agree-to-new-lng-exports/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/02/07/u-s-and-japan-agree-to-new-lng-exports/#respond Fri, 07 Feb 2025 20:59:39 +0000 https://www.commondreams.org/newswire/u-s-and-japan-agree-to-new-lng-exports Japanese Prime Minister Shigeru Ishiba and U.S. President Donald Trump met today at the White House and announced plans for Japan to import more U.S. LNG, or fossil gas.

    Fossil gas causes devastating impacts on communities and the planet, starting from when a hole is drilled in the ground to the LNG export terminals in the Gulf South to Japanese import facilities. Last week, a delegation of community leaders from the U.S. visited Japan to expose the destructive impacts of Japanese financing for U.S. LNG-related facilities.

    Manning Rollerson, Black community rights activist and founder of Freeport Haven Project for Environmental Justice, says:

    “I have watched our Texas Gulf South community transform into what can only be described as a sacrifice zone. Buying more LNG from the U.S. means Japan contributes to the destruction of communities and the planet. In my backyard, the Freeport LNG terminal that Japanese energy giant JERA invested in exploded in 2022. Japan must not buy any more LNG from the U.S.”

    The impact of LNG is not starting from the terminal but it starts when extracted from the ground. Sharon Wilson, founder of Oilfield Witness has been documenting the invisible pollutions from the oil and gas facilities for many years with an Optical Gas Imaging (OGI) camera and showed us how dirty the industry is.

    “Prime Minister Ishiba, I have taken my OGI camera to LNG power plants and import facilities in your country.” says Sharon Wilson. “As expected, these sites emitted alarming amounts of methane. Prime Minister, they lied to you about LNG being a viable ‘transition fuel.’ The industry cannot be trusted. Trump cannot be trusted.”

    Roishetta Ozane, the founder of Vessel Project of Louisiana and a coordinator of the Gulf Finance Hub, says:

    “Prime Minister Ishiba, as a resident of Sulphur, L.A., a community plagued by pollution, I see firsthand the dangers of an over-reliance on LNG. My children suffer from health issues directly linked to this environmental crisis. The harmful policies and actions from leaders like Trump only exacerbate our plight, threatening our air, our health, and our future. We must take immediate action to prioritize clean energy and protect our communities from further harm.”

    Susanne Wong, Asia Program Manager of Oil Change International, says:
    “Trump is once again putting fossil fuel industry profits over people’s lives – the same industry that poured hundreds of millions into electing him. Financing U.S. LNG poses serious risks for Japanese investors and jeopardizes a liveable future for our communities. These deals aren’t about energy security – they’re about enriching fossil fuel billionaires at the expense of frontline communities and our climate. In spite of this announcement, the future of U.S. LNG expansion is uncertain because of strong community opposition, legal challenges, and the difficulties of securing financing and buyers for the gas.

    Hiroki Osada, campaigner at Friends of the Earth Japan, says:

    “The Japanese government says the LNG is for energy security but Japanese companies are reselling their LNG to other countries, and the volume of reselling is actually more than its biggest LNG exporter, Australia. . Volatile LNG price has been suffering both Japanese reselling companies and consumers. Buying more LNG makes no sense in every sense: economy, climate change, and energy security.”

    Trump and Ishiba also discussed Japanese support for Alaska LNG projects. Kate DeAngelis, Economic Policy Deputy Director of Friends of the Earth US says “President Trump is pushing forward with the extraction and export of gas in Alaska despite the negative impacts on protected lands and Indigenous Peoples. The Japanese government should not allow Trump to use it as its puppet in financing projects that are a bad deal for both the Japanese and American people.”


    This content originally appeared on Common Dreams and was authored by Newswire Editor.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2025/02/07/u-s-and-japan-agree-to-new-lng-exports/feed/ 0 512901
    New Federal Vehicle Charging Funds Halted https://www.radiofree.org/2025/02/07/new-federal-vehicle-charging-funds-halted/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/02/07/new-federal-vehicle-charging-funds-halted/#respond Fri, 07 Feb 2025 20:51:45 +0000 https://www.commondreams.org/newswire/new-federal-vehicle-charging-funds-halted Late yesterday, the Federal Highway Administration halted new funding for state programs to install tens of thousands of new vehicle chargers along highways and at rest stops across the nation.

    A key part of the 2022 bipartisan infrastructure law, all 50 states have federally approved plans to build these fast chargers, which will allow more drivers to access fast, convenient charging when they are on long trips.

    The highway department said existing state plans would be scrapped, and that it would take months to review and restart the process. Consequently, the deployment of the federally funded electric vehicle charging network will be paused indefinitely.

    The following is a comment from Beth Hammon, a senior vehicle charging advocate at NRDC (Natural Resources Defense Council):

    "On a bipartisan basis, Congress funded this program to build a new vehicle charging network nationwide. The Trump administration does not have the authority to halt it capriciously.

    “Stopping funding midstream will result in chaos and delays in states across the nation. It will throw state efforts into turmoil, wreak havoc with the companies that install the chargers and risk the jobs of their workers. The only winner from this chaos is the oil industry.

    “This should not stand. Courts have already blocked the Trump administration’s other illegal attempts to halt legally mandated funding.

    “Congress needs to stand up for itself: This move and many others from the Trump administration steals away its Constitutionally established spending authority."


    This content originally appeared on Common Dreams and was authored by Newswire Editor.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2025/02/07/new-federal-vehicle-charging-funds-halted/feed/ 0 512996
    Four Years in a Day https://www.radiofree.org/2025/02/07/four-years-in-a-day/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/02/07/four-years-in-a-day/#respond Fri, 07 Feb 2025 11:00:00 +0000 https://www.propublica.org/article/donald-trump-immigration-executive-orders by Mica Rosenberg, and Perla Trevizo, design by Zisiga Mukulu

    ProPublica is a nonprofit newsroom that investigates abuses of power. Sign up to receive our biggest stories as soon as they’re published.

    This article is co-published with The Texas Tribune, a nonprofit, nonpartisan local newsroom that informs and engages with Texans. Sign up for The Brief Weekly to get up to speed on their essential coverage of Texas issues.

    President Donald Trump promised a radical reset on immigration, and he didn’t waste any time getting started. Just hours after being sworn in on Jan. 20, he was seated in the Oval Office with a black permanent marker and a stack of leather-bound executive orders. By the end of Day 1, he’d revived many of the same programs and policies he’d previously carried out over four years during his first administration.

    There were 10 orders related to immigration in all. And within them lay dozens of policy changes that, if implemented, would upend the immigration system and the lives of millions.

    The blitz of executive order signing has continued, so fast and sweeping that it’s been hard to keep up, much less gauge its potential future impact. Trump has paused the resettlement of tens of thousands of refugees who’d already been vetted and approved to relocate to the United States, including as many as 15,000 Afghans. He ended humanitarian parole for immigrants from Cuba, Haiti, Venezuela and Nicaragua leaving more than 500,000 already living here in legal limbo. He launched his promised effort to round up and remove millions of unauthorized immigrants starting with those accused of violent crimes, though less than half of the approximately 8,200 people arrested from Jan. 20 through Feb. 2 so far have criminal convictions, according to government data obtained by ProPublica and The Texas Tribune.

    Taken individually, many of the measures could be considered controversial, said Andrew Selee, president of the nonpartisan Migration Policy Institute, but by the time experts get their mind around one new initiative, they learn there’s been another. “It’s really hard for outside organizations, politicians or the public in general to focus on any one of them,” he said.

    In the meantime, some pushback has begun. Two federal judges swiftly blocked an order seeking to end birthright citizenship, calling it unconstitutional, while about a dozen other lawsuits have been filed by civil rights groups, religious organizations and states. Advocates sued this week to reverse an order that declared migrants were invading the country and that authorized the president to use extraordinary powers to stop them. The White House did not respond to a request for comment.

    In order to provide a glimpse of the enormity of the changes that are underway, ProPublica and the Tribune identified nearly three dozen of the most impactful policy changes set in motion by the orders signed on the first day. Most were pulled from the playbook of Trump’s previous presidency. Others are unprecedented.

    Trump Tried It Before

    Some of the measures in the executive orders revived policies from Trump’s first administration, including several blocked in court or rescinded following national outcry. Others are expansions of practices that have been carried out by various administrations, both Republican and Democratic.

    1. Declare a national emergency at the border

    Invokes special presidential powers that allow Trump, among other things, to circumvent Congress to unlock federal funding to build additional border barriers, as well as to deploy the military as needed.

    HISTORY

    Trump was the first president to declare a national emergency in relation to the border in 2019 to tap into funding to build border barriers after Congress stymied his efforts. The order was legally challenged, and President Joe Biden rescinded it upon taking office.

    SOURCE

    2. Halt refugee admissions

    Temporarily suspends refugee admissions into the United States.

    HISTORY

    Trump initially paused the refugee resettlement program when he first took office in 2017. He then capped the number of refugees allowed into the country at 18,000, the lowest number in the more than 40-year history of the program.

    WHAT’S HAPPENED SINCE

    Thousands of refugees who already had their travel booked saw their plans canceled. Trump also suspended federal funding to all groups who assist refugees already in the United States, including helping them with housing, finding work and other needs.

    SOURCE

    3. End “catch and release”

    Seeks to end the practice of releasing some immigrants from detention while they await immigration court proceedings.

    HISTORY

    For years, federal officials under Republicans and Democrats have released certain immigrants they can’t detain, either because of capacity or health or humanitarian concerns. During his first term, Trump ordered an end to “catch and release” practices. But, as did his predecessors, the president had to release tens of thousands of family members and unaccompanied minors because of judges' rulings and laws that ban prolonged detentions for minors, as well as a lack of family detention space.

    WHAT’S HAPPENED SINCE

    A U.S. Customs and Border Protection spokesperson said the agency is detaining everyone who crosses the border and holding them until they can be processed or transferred to Immigration and Customs Enforcement.

    SOURCE

    4. Make asylum seekers wait in Mexico for U.S. hearings

    Orders most non-Mexican immigrants and asylum seekers to wait in Mexico as their cases go through the U.S. immigration court system.

    HISTORY

    Trump first launched the policy known as the Migration Protection Protocols in 2019 to deter unauthorized crossings. Under the program, the administration returned about 70,000 people to Mexico. Biden sought to end the policy when he first took office, saying it was dangerous and inhumane. A federal judge ordered the Biden administration to restart it, resulting in around 15,000 more immigrants to be placed in the program until the judge's order was eventually overturned by the U.S. Supreme Court.

    WHAT’S HAPPENED SINCE

    The Department of Homeland Security announced on Jan. 21 that it was immediately restarting the practice, but it’s unclear how it would be applied since other Trump orders have suspended asylum at the border.

    SOURCE

    5. Promotes third-country asylum agreements

    Allows the U.S. government to reach agreements with other governments to send back immigrants to places other than their home countries where they can seek asylum.

    HISTORY

    While Trump reached what they called Asylum Cooperative Agreements with El Salvador, Honduras and Guatemala during his first term, only the Guatemalan policy went into effect, with 945 asylum seekers being transferred to the Central American country over a year.

    WHAT’S HAPPENED SINCE

    Trump’s secretary of state, Marco Rubio, reached an agreement with El Salvador that would allow the U.S. to send deported immigrants from other countries to the Central American nation.

    SOURCE

    6. DNA testing of some immigrants

    Requires the DNA testing of some unauthorized immigrants and asylum seekers, in particular families.

    HISTORY

    During his first term, Trump required that the Department of Homeland Security collect DNA samples from immigrant families, which was later expanded to include others in its custody. The Biden administration revoked the DNA testing contract in 2023.

    SOURCE

    7. Expanding who is targeted for deportation

    Expands the focus of arrests of immigrants beyond those who pose a security threat to include anyone who is in the country illegally.

    HISTORY

    ICE during the Biden administration was instructed to focus the arrests of immigrants on those in the country illegally who posed threats to the country, border security or public safety. Due to limited resources, agents could decline to take action when there were mitigating factors like age, health, military status, length of time in the country or pending humanitarian applications. Those priorities were challenged and ultimately upheld by the Supreme Court.

    WHAT’S HAPPENED SINCE

    On Jan. 21, Acting Department of Homeland Security Secretary Benjamine Huffman issued a directive rescinding ICE guidelines, in place since 2011, that required officers to get prior approval to conduct arrests at certain “sensitive locations” such as schools, hospitals and churches. Media reports have already detailed some ICE arrests near churches. A group of Quakers sued over the policy, saying it violates the First Amendment.

    SOURCE

    8. Focus Homeland Security Investigations on immigration enforcement

    Calls for the “primary mission” of the investigative arm of the Homeland Security Department to be enforcing laws related to illegal immigration, rather than its broad mandate to tackle human trafficking, drug smuggling, child sexual abuse and a host of other complex crimes.

    HISTORY

    A 2019 ProPublica investigation found that the Department of Homeland Security had shifted money away from more complex investigations to support Trump’s push to arrest and deport unauthorized immigrants during his first term, including reassigning hundreds of agents to low-level enforcement tasks.

    SOURCE

    9. Expansion of expedited removal

    Expands fast-track deportation proceedings for people who cannot prove they have been in the country for more than two years.

    HISTORY

    In 2019, Trump implemented a similar policy to expand the fast-track deportation proceedings, known as “expedited removal.” Before, the practice only applied to people apprehended within 100 miles of a land border who couldn’t prove they had been in the United States for 14 days, as opposed to the broader time frame of two years. Immigrant advocates sued the previous Trump administration over the rule, but the case became moot after Biden reversed the policy.

    WHAT’S HAPPENED SINCE

    A Jan. 24 Federal Register notice put the policy into effect. The American Civil Liberties Union and other advocacy groups have already filed a lawsuit challenging the policy.

    SOURCE

    10. Put pressure on “recalcitrant countries” to take back deportees

    Pushes foreign governments to accept the deportation of their own nationals.

    HISTORY

    For years, the U.S. has kept track of “recalcitrant countries,” such as Venezuela and Cuba, whose governments have refused to take back their own nationals, hampering deportation efforts. Trump’s first administration issued visa sanctions against Cambodia, Eritrea, Guinea and Sierra Leone for failing to accept deportees.

    WHAT’S HAPPENED SINCE

    In a brief diplomatic blow-up, the president of Colombia refused to accept two U.S. military planes carrying deportees, citing concerns about the migrants’ treatment. Trump responded by threatening to impose retaliatory tariffs and visa restrictions on officials and members of the president's family, and the U.S. Embassy in Bogota cancelled visa appointments. Colombia in turn promised to levy its own tariffs on U.S. imports but then backed down and agreed to accept the flights.

    SOURCE

    11. Create an office to assist victims of crimes committed by immigrants

    Establishes a hotline for people to inform the government about immigrants involved in crimes.

    HISTORY

    The order reestablished the Victims of Immigration Crime Engagement Office, which Trump created in his first administration. Biden dismantled the office and established what he called the Victims Engagement and Services Line to support all crime victims regardless of immigration status. It also included information about reporting abuses inside immigration detention facilities and immigration benefits for crime or trafficking victims.

    SOURCE

    12. Limit Temporary Protected Status

    Says that the legal status that temporarily protects some immigrants from deportation should be “limited in scope.”

    HISTORY

    Trump in the first administration sought to end Temporary Protected Status for thousands of immigrants living in the country legally, impacting some 400,000 people from El Salvador, Haiti, Honduras, Nepal, Nicaragua and Sudan. The ACLU and other advocacy organizations won a lawsuit challenging the policy. The Biden administration extended TPS to hundreds of thousands of people, including Venezuelans.

    WHAT’S HAPPENED SINCE

    The Trump administration revoked deportation protections for more than 300,000 Venezuelans that Biden had granted before leaving office.

    SOURCE

    13. Increasing scrutiny of work permits

    Says the administration will ensure employment authorization is provided in a manner consistent with immigration law. Does not provide many specifics.

    HISTORY

    Various Trump-era rules tried to make it more difficult for asylum-seekers to access work authorizations while they waited — sometimes for years — for their claims to be resolved in immigration court. Several nonprofit organizations sued over the policies, later vacated by a federal judge.

    SOURCE

    14. Target sanctuary jurisdictions

    Bars so-called sanctuary jurisdictions that don’t cooperate with immigration enforcement from accessing federal funds and instructs the attorney general to take civil or criminal action against them.

    HISTORY

    The measure goes further than similar attempts in Trump’s first term to halt some specific law enforcement grants to targeted localities. From the first day of his previous administration, Trump battled against local jurisdictions that refused to cooperate with parts of his immigration crackdown by threatening to limit Department of Justice law enforcement grants as well as suing California over its sanctuary law.

    WHAT’S HAPPENED SINCE On Jan. 21, the Justice Department instructed U.S. attorneys offices to investigate and prosecute noncompliance with immigration enforcement initiatives.

    SOURCE

    15. Information sharing

    Ensures more information is shared with the Department of Homeland Security for law enforcement or immigration status verification and anti-human trafficking efforts.

    HISTORY Unaccompanied migrant children who arrive at the border and are taken into custody have protections under U.S. law and a long-standing legal settlement that says they are supposed to be released to sponsors — usually parents or relatives — in the U.S. In the first Trump administration, the agency in charge of their care began sharing information with ICE and expanded the collection of fingerprints from people in the sponsor’s household to aid in the arrest and deportation of those in the country illegally. Congress moved to place some limitations on the practice. Cases have emerged of migrant children working illegally, sometimes in dangerous jobs, after being released from federal custody to sponsors.

    WHAT’S HAPPENED SINCE

    ProPublica reported that a longtime immigration enforcement official has been tapped to run the agency responsible for managing unaccompanied migrant children, in a move that has alarmed experts and advocates who are concerned about further information-sharing between the two agencies. ICE has been granted access to a database with information on unaccompanied kids, according to media reports and a former government source who spoke on the condition of anonymity because of continued relationships with the government.

    SOURCE

    16. Denying public benefits to unauthorized immigrants

    Revokes the eligibility for public benefits of immigrants living in the country illegally.

    HISTORY

    Unauthorized immigrants are already ineligible for many public benefits. The first Trump administration introduced a new rule that said immigrants likely to become a “public charge” would be ineligible for admission into the country or unable to adjust their immigration status once here. The rule was subject to litigation and blocked in court.

    SOURCE

    17. Travel bans

    Seeks to identify countries considered to have “vetting and screening information” that is “deficient” in order to determine whether it is fully or partially suspending entry of those nations’ citizens to the U.S.

    HISTORY

    Soon after taking office, Trump issued a sweeping travel ban that barred nearly all travelers from five mainly Muslim countries as well as North Korea and Venezuela. The order was immediately challenged in court. After several revisions, the U.S. Supreme Court eventually upheld a third version of the order.

    SOURCE

    18. Denaturalizing U.S. citizens

    Puts resources toward revoking U.S. citizenship for certain offenses.

    HISTORY

    The first Trump administration launched an effort to strip a large number of Americans of their citizenship, including a new section created by the Department of Justice in 2020 dedicated to these cases. According to the ACLU, under past administrations, those targeted for denaturalization were often Nazis and other war criminals, but the first Trump administration included a broader swath of people.

    SOURCE

    19. Expulsion based on public health concerns

    Suspends or restricts entry of immigrants who pose a public health risk.

    HISTORY

    In March 2020, in the early days of the COVID-19 pandemic, the Trump administration implemented a public health rule, known as Title 42, that rapidly expelled back to Mexico almost all migrants without giving them a chance to seek asylum. Biden continued that policy for two years before ending it.

    SOURCE

    20. Deploy military troops to the border

    Tasks the secretary of defense with deploying troops to help secure the southern border.

    HISTORY

    During his first term in office, Trump ordered the deployment of more than 5,000 troops to help secure the U.S.-Mexico border, something both Presidents George W. Bush and Barack Obama did during their administrations. Military bases have also been used in the past to temporarily house migrants.

    WHAT’S HAPPENED SINCE

    The Defense Department has sent 1,500 additional active-duty service members to the border, on top of the 2,500 members already in the region. U.S. military aircraft have also started flying undocumented immigrants out of the country, and a base in Colorado will be used to process immigrants arrested in enforcement operations.

    SOURCE

    21. Build border barriers

    Orders the secretaries of defense and homeland security to build additional border barriers and to coordinate with state governors willing to assist.

    HISTORY

    Trump first ordered the erection of a border wall in 2017 and used a national emergency declaration to divert military funds for its construction. By the end of his first term, his administration had built about 450 miles, most of it replacing existing structures. Border barriers had mostly been in place since 1996, their construction happening under Democratic and Republican administrations.

    SOURCE

    22. Land acquisition for border barriers

    Allows the attorney general to seize land adjacent or near the border to build barriers or for other uses.

    HISTORY

    The Department of Justice used eminent domain to speed up the construction of border barriers during Trump’s first term, an issue he campaigned on and that was later the subject of an executive order he signed. The federal government previously used the legal maneuver after President George W. Bush signed the Secure Fence Act in 2006.

    SOURCE

    23. Ramping up criminal prosecutions of people crossing the border illegally

    Directs U.S. agencies to prioritize the prosecution of entering and reentering the country illegally, which under U.S. law is a crime.

    HISTORY

    In Trump’s first term, Attorney General Jeff Sessions implemented a zero-tolerance policy to prosecute all border crossers, which led to family separations affecting thousands of children. The Biden administration formed a task force to reunite families that remained separated years later, but on Day 1 Trump disbanded it.

    SOURCE

    24. Expanding detention

    Calls for the Homeland Security Department to “take all appropriate action” to expand facilities to detain immigrants.

    HISTORY

    Trump early in his first term also pledged through executive action to expand detentions. And while space to hold people is limited and dependent on funding from Congress, his administration opened new facilities. Detentions also grew under Obama, who expanded family detention.

    WHAT’S HAPPENED SINCE

    The Washington Post reported that ICE is preparing to more than double its detention capacity by opening four new 10,000-bed facilities and 14 smaller sites with space for 700 to 1,000 people, with the Department of Defense potentially using military bases. The White House also said it would expand capacity at Guantanamo Bay, Cuba, to detain some unauthorized immigrants with serious criminal backgrounds.

    SOURCE

    25. Local cooperation for immigration enforcement

    Authorizes state and local law enforcement officials to perform the functions of immigration officers under the supervision of the Department of Homeland Security and through so-called 287(g) cooperation agreements.

    HISTORY

    In his first term, Trump also moved to expand 287(g) agreements, which have been around since the early 2000s. Biden kept many of them in place and as of December 2024, there were dozens of local law enforcement agencies participating in them across the country. Critics say the program has been costly for localities and has led in the past to racial profiling and caused distrust between police and local communities.

    WHAT’S HAPPENED SINCE

    Following the order, the Texas attorney general entered into an agreement with the administration to help with immigration enforcement, and Gov. Greg Abbott gave the state’s National Guard the authority to arrest immigrants at the border, which they weren’t allowed to do before. Experts say Texas, which already has gone further than any other states on immigration, could serve as a model under this order.

    SOURCE

    26. Increase immigration agent hiring

    Increases the number of ICE and border agents.

    HISTORY

    Trump in his first term also pledged to hire 15,000 new Border Patrol agents and immigration officers, but those plans fell short. Previous administrations have also pledged to hire more customs officers and border agents, but the agencies have struggled to find and retain qualified personnel.

    SOURCE

    27. Enhanced vetting

    Pledges to ensure that all migrants seeking entry into the United States “are vetted and screened to the maximum degree possible.”

    HISTORY

    During Trump’s first term, he also promised “extreme vetting” and early on began collecting social media handles from visa applicants and refugees, even though refugees have long been one of the most thoroughly vetted categories of people entering the country. Immigrant advocates sued over some of these changes when they alleged it resulted in blanket denials of refugee admissions.

    SOURCE

    Policies He Hasn’t Tried Before

    Some of Trump’s measures have never been tried before, like his bid to end birthright citizenship. Others, if implemented, would push the powers of the presidency much further. Orders that declare an invasion of migrants on the border or designate drug cartels and certain transnational gangs as terrorists could have wide-reaching implications that are not yet completely clear.

    1. Defines situation at the border as an “invasion”

    Suspends the entry of immigrants across the southern border until Trump determines the “invasion” has concluded. Cites a lack of capacity to properly screen people’s criminal history and a public health risk at the border due to the large number of border apprehensions in recent years.

    WHAT’S HAPPENED SINCE

    On Jan. 23, the acting homeland security secretary used the invocation of an invasion to call on states and local governments to help the federal government with immigration enforcement. The ACLU and a coalition of immigrant rights advocates sued to block the order, arguing it cuts off access to asylum in violation of U.S. law.

    SOURCE

    2. Make the border a military priority

    States that it is the mission of the U.S. Armed Forces to seal the borders and maintain the “sovereignty, territorial integrity, and security of the United States.” Until now, immigration has not been part of the military’s core mission.

    SOURCE

    3. Seeks to end birthright citizenship

    Attempts to end birthright citizenship of children born to parents either illegally in the United States or under a temporary legal status, something Trump had only said he wanted to do in his first term.

    WHAT’S HAPPENED SINCE

    Two federal judges immediately blocked the order after at least two dozen Democratic-led states and immigrant rights groups filed multiple lawsuits seeking a temporary restraining order.

    SOURCE

    4. End Biden-era humanitarian programs at the border

    Ends programs that had allowed some immigrants and asylum-seekers to legally enter and work in the United States temporarily.

    HISTORY Under the programs put in place by Biden, Cubans, Nicaraguans, Haitians and Venezuelans could apply for humanitarian parole from abroad and fly to the U.S. if approved, while migrants waiting in Mexico could apply to enter the U.S. through a cellphone app known as CBP One and then seek asylum.

    WHAT’S HAPPENED SINCE

    A Jan. 23 Department of Homeland Security memo gives immigration officials the power to quickly deport more than a million immigrants who were allowed into the country under the two Biden-era programs. Migrants who had pending appointments to approach the border on the CBP One app saw them abruptly canceled.

    SOURCE

    5. Immigrant registration

    Invokes a law that requires all noncitizens to register and present their fingerprints to the U.S. government or be subject to criminal penalties.

    WHAT’S HAPPENED SINCE

    A Jan. 21 Justice Department memo mentions it could prosecute and fine immigrants in the country who fail to register with the government.

    SOURCE

    6. Ending and clawing back funding from organizations that support migrants

    Seeks to stop or limit money to nongovernmental organizations that provide shelter and services to migrants released at the border, as well as legal orientation programs for people in immigration proceedings.

    HISTORY

    The Biden administration distributed hundreds of millions of dollars to support these programs. During the first Trump administration, Department of Justice officials told providers it was halting its legal orientation program, but then Attorney General Jeff Sessions reversed course after pushback from Congress and advocates.

    WHAT’S HAPPENED SINCE

    The Department of Justice told legal service providers who receive federal funding to stop holding legal orientation and other programs with immigrants. Legal service providers sued to reestablish the services in detention centers. Some services reportedly have been restored following a ruling in a separate lawsuit.

    SOURCE

    7. Designating international drug cartels, gangs as terrorists

    Starts a process to designate drug cartels, the Central American gang MS-13 and the Venezuelan gang Tren de Aragua as foreign terrorist organizations. Also threatens to invoke the Alien Enemies Act of 1798, which experts said would have the effect of allowing people suspected of being members of those organizations to be deported even if they had legal status in the U.S.

    SOURCE

    Help ProPublica Reporters Investigate the Immigration System


    This content originally appeared on ProPublica and was authored by by Mica Rosenberg, and Perla Trevizo, design by Zisiga Mukulu.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2025/02/07/four-years-in-a-day/feed/ 0 512767
    Jesse Hagopian on the “New McCarthyism”: As More Educators Self-Censor, Others Vow to Teach the Truth https://www.radiofree.org/2025/02/06/jesse-hagopian-on-the-new-mccarthyism-as-more-educators-self-censor-others-vow-to-teach-the-truth/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/02/06/jesse-hagopian-on-the-new-mccarthyism-as-more-educators-self-censor-others-vow-to-teach-the-truth/#respond Thu, 06 Feb 2025 13:00:00 +0000 http://www.radiofree.org/?guid=541f28809508c6ccdca00d2b32efd437
    This content originally appeared on Democracy Now! Audio and was authored by Democracy Now!.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2025/02/06/jesse-hagopian-on-the-new-mccarthyism-as-more-educators-self-censor-others-vow-to-teach-the-truth/feed/ 0 512712
    Rice paddies, like cows, spew methane. A new variety makes them a lot less gassy. https://grist.org/food-and-agriculture/rice-paddies-methane-new-variety/ https://grist.org/food-and-agriculture/rice-paddies-methane-new-variety/#respond Thu, 06 Feb 2025 09:15:00 +0000 https://grist.org/?p=658413 The poor things can’t help it, but cows are really gassy, and that’s really bad for the planet: Microbes in their guts produce methane — a greenhouse gas up to 80 times more powerful than carbon dioxide — which comes out as burps. Consequently, livestock is responsible for 30 percent of humanity’s methane emissions. But it’s not just bovine belching that makes agriculture drive so much warming. Rice cultivation, surprisingly enough, accounts for another 12 percent of humanity’s global methane emissions.

    As with cows, the problem is burps — lots and lots of tiny burps. Growing rice requires flooding fields, called paddies, with staggering quantities of water. Microbes known as archaea multiply in the wet, oxygen-poor conditions, releasing methane. One way to reduce those emissions is to inundate the fields less often, but that’s not always feasible given local irrigation infrastructure, and less water can lead to reduced yields. That’s a precarious situation, given that half the world’s population relies on rice, with current production at 500 million metric tons annually on average.

    Now, though, scientists have gone to the source, announcing a breakthrough in breeding a variety of rice they say reduces methane emissions by 70 percent — while delivering yields nearly twice the global average. “The only drawback is that it cannot be cultivated throughout the whole of China, because the climate is so different in the different regions,” said Anna Schnürer, a microbiologist at the Swedish University of Agricultural Sciences and coauthor of the paper published in the journal Molecular Plant. “We are still working on finding additional varieties that can handle different temperatures.”

    The rice plant and soil microorganisms have a collaborative relationship. The plant releases organic carbon through its roots, which feeds the microbes, which release nutrients that sustain the rice. A separate group of methane-releasing archaea, known as methanogens, feed on compounds produced by those microbes interacting with the plant.

    In this new study, researchers led by Schnürer and Yunkai Jin, a plant biologist at China’s Hunan Agricultural University, compared a non-genetically-modified cultivar of rice, which had average methane emissions, and a genetically modified variety with low emissions. They found that the engineered strain produced significantly less fumarate, an organic compound. And the less fumarate the plants were secreting, the fewer methanogens living in the soil. 

    The researchers also discovered that the low-methane GMO rice released much more ethanol, an alcohol. When they applied ethanol to soils where rice plants were growing, that alone reduced methane emissions. “That turned out to be an inhibitor for the methanogens,” Schnürer said. “So it was two factors: Both fumarate and ethanol play a role in the reduction of methane.” They also applied another chemical, oxantel, to the soils, which significantly reduced methane emissions as well.

    With all that in mind, the researchers crossbred — without genetic modification — a high-yield rice variety and a low-methane variety, which produces less fumarate and more ethanol. (The less gassy kind is an old type that is no longer used commercially because it isn’t high-yielding.) The result is a new, non-GMO plant that generates 70 percent less methane while still generating plenty of grains: The global average yield of rice is 4.71 tons per hectare, while this new variety manages 8.96 tons. 

    As is required for any new rice entering the market, the team has started registering its creation with China and other governments. It also wants to further research whether it might help to apply ethanol or oxantel to paddies to reduce methanogens without harming the crops or the beneficial microbes the plants rely on. 

    The tricky part is the incentive: Reducing methane emissions probably isn’t top of mind for a farmer who’s prioritizing yields. But governments are trying to reduce their greenhouse gas emissions to meet climate targets, and could potentially mandate a switch to low-methane rice — so long as the yields hold steady or improve.

    The other tricky bit is that no two soils are alike, both in their chemistry and diversity of their microbes. “One plant species will not necessarily perform very well in terms of yield in all soil types, and also, of course, the methane emissions can be more or less regulated depending on the microbial community,” said Cécile Gubry-Rangin, a microbial ecologist at the University of Aberdeen who studies methanogens but wasn’t involved in the paper. “I think a nice follow-up for this study would be to do a larger-scale study to really analyze the effect.”

    Still, the new plant could end up putting a major dent in methane emissions from global rice production, said Timothy D. Searchinger, a senior research scholar at Princeton University who studies agricultural methane emissions but wasn’t involved in this research. The alternative is to just wet the fields less often, which brings down populations of methanogenic microbes. But that requires reliable irrigation — a farmer wouldn’t want to drain a field and not be able to flood it again. 

    “There are real challenges in doing this in the real world,” Searchinger said. “So if you can come up with a low-emitting rice variety that reduces emissions by 70 percent, that is a big freaking deal.”

    This story was originally published by Grist with the headline Rice paddies, like cows, spew methane. A new variety makes them a lot less gassy. on Feb 6, 2025.


    This content originally appeared on Grist and was authored by Matt Simon.

    ]]>
    https://grist.org/food-and-agriculture/rice-paddies-methane-new-variety/feed/ 0 512855
    "I Will Go to Jail to Defend Your Care": New York Doctor Vows to Keep Helping Trans Youth Patients https://www.radiofree.org/2025/02/05/i-will-go-to-jail-to-defend-your-care-new-york-doctor-vows-to-keep-helping-trans-youth-patients/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/02/05/i-will-go-to-jail-to-defend-your-care-new-york-doctor-vows-to-keep-helping-trans-youth-patients/#respond Wed, 05 Feb 2025 15:22:50 +0000 http://www.radiofree.org/?guid=e79457a46e3853ceba95359686220e6f
    This content originally appeared on Democracy Now! and was authored by Democracy Now!.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2025/02/05/i-will-go-to-jail-to-defend-your-care-new-york-doctor-vows-to-keep-helping-trans-youth-patients/feed/ 0 512483
    “I Will Go to Jail to Defend Your Care”: New York Doctor Vows to Keep Helping Trans Youth Patients https://www.radiofree.org/2025/02/05/i-will-go-to-jail-to-defend-your-care-new-york-doctor-vows-to-keep-helping-trans-youth-patients-2/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/02/05/i-will-go-to-jail-to-defend-your-care-new-york-doctor-vows-to-keep-helping-trans-youth-patients-2/#respond Wed, 05 Feb 2025 13:43:33 +0000 http://www.radiofree.org/?guid=3f41da7e269efd29540f50f2e53ba53b Seg2 doctorandprotestor

    The Trump administration claims an order to withhold funds from hospitals that offer gender-affirming care to transgender youth is “already having its intended effect” as hospitals announce a halt to gender-affirming care for trans patients. The American Civil Liberties Union, Lambda Legal and others filed a lawsuit Tuesday on behalf of transgender youth who say the order is depriving them of medical care “solely on the basis of their sex and transgender status.” ACLU lawyer Chase Strangio says the situation is “catastrophic for transgender people of all ages, particularly transgender youth,” and notes Trump’s near-daily attacks are targeting a community that makes up less than 1% of the U.S. population. “We need to see people standing up.” We are also joined by pediatrician Dr. Jeffrey Birnbaum, who has vowed to keep working with transgender youth patients in New York. “Keep politics out of science,” says Dr. Birnbaum.


    This content originally appeared on Democracy Now! and was authored by Democracy Now!.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2025/02/05/i-will-go-to-jail-to-defend-your-care-new-york-doctor-vows-to-keep-helping-trans-youth-patients-2/feed/ 0 512486
    Exxon is quietly planning a new $8.6 billion plastics plant in Texas https://grist.org/accountability/exxon-plastics-plant-point-comfort-texas/ https://grist.org/accountability/exxon-plastics-plant-point-comfort-texas/#respond Wed, 05 Feb 2025 09:30:00 +0000 https://grist.org/?p=658291 Diane Wilson had heard rumors for months that Exxon might be coming to Point Comfort, Texas, which sits on the Gulf Coast south of Galveston. She recalls whispers about the global behemoth hiring local electricians and negotiating railroad access. Two days before Christmas, the first confirmation quietly arrived: an application for tax subsidies to build an $8.6 billion plastics manufacturing plant.

    Wilson found the news particularly alarming. She has spent years fighting to clean up pollution from another petrochemical plant and won a $50 million settlement against its owners, Formosa, in 2019. Exxon would build its proposed facility across from that factory and discharge waste into the same waterways Wilson has spent decades fighting to protect.

    “We have been cleaning the piss out of [Cox Creek], and this is the very place where Exxon is going to try to put its plastics plant,” Wilson, who lives in nearby Seadrift, said of the facility’s potential location. “You see this nightmare of another plant, trying to do the very same thing.”

    Exxon’s proposal calls for a steam cracker, a facility that uses oil and natural gas to make ethylene and propylene — the chemical building blocks of plastic. Factories like this produce and sell plastic pellets, called nurdles, to other manufacturers who turn them into intermediary or final goods, like bottles and packaging. Besides ethylene and propylene, steam crackers produce climate pollution and hazardous chemicals like ammonia, benzene, toluene, and methanol.

    “It looks like a big facility,” Alexandra Shaykevich, research manager for the Environmental Integrity Project, which tracks fossil fuel development, said of the plan Exxon has dubbed the Coastal Plain Project. But she said that because much of the application was redacted and the company hasn’t made a public announcement, few details are available. “We’re going to be looking at this one closely.”  

    Beyond the Formosa plant, Point Comfort is home to a nitrile factory, a plastics facility, and a Superfund site. Several other industrial sites dot the coast around Galveston. Many of them sit alongside communities, and previous analyses have shown that steam crackers in particular are disproportionately sited near marginalized groups. According to an environmental justice mapping tool from the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, more than half of Point Comfort residents are people of color, more than half have less than a high school diploma, and more than half of households speak limited English.

    “They talk about a sacrifice zone — this is the real deal,” said Wilson.

    Exxon filed for tax subsidies from the Calhoun County Independent School District under the state’s Jobs, Energy, Technology and Innovation, or JETI, Act, which uses tax incentives to lure businesses to the state. Lawmakers passed that law in 2023 to replace an earlier tax-break program that critics said undermined school finances and amounted to “corporate welfare.” 

    cattle eat grass with large plastics facility in background
    Cattle graze outside the Formosa Plastics facility in Point Comfort, Texas. The operation has long released pollution into the air and a nearby creek, and some in town worry the factory Exxon may build there will do the same.
    Courtesy of Diane Wilson

    Exxon wrote in its application that it plans to apply for more abatements from the county, groundwater conservation district, and port authority. In return, it argued, the facility would create 300 jobs during its first five years in operation. Construction would begin next year and, once it’s operating at full capacity in 2032, Exxon says the operation will raise the state’s economic output by $3.6 billion a year.

    “These tax incentives have become one of the early battles in these facilities,” said Robin Schneider, executive director Texas Campaign for the Environment, an advocacy organization. She estimates that Exxon could get about $250 million in local tax breaks over a 10-year period — almost $1 million per job. 

    “Why is this massively profitable business getting this money from taxpayers?” she asked. Exxon brought in $33.7 billion last year, on record-high production, and distributed more money to shareholders than ever before.

    School district officials did not respond to requests for comment and, in an email, County Judge (the title given to county administrators in Texas) Vern Lyssy did not answer specific questions, only repeated the language used in Exxon’s statement. A county commissioner, Joel Behrens, expressed support for Exxon and the economic development it could bring, comparing the opportunity to his positive experiences with Formosa. “If they were to pick this area to come to, they’d probably be just as good a neighbor as Formosa,” he said. “They’ve helped the county out when the county needed help.”

    Exxon did not respond to questions about the pollution a new steam cracker might create. Company spokesperson Lauren Kight said the application for tax subsidies in Calhoun County does not mean Exxon has committed to building there. The company indicated in its JETI filing that its focus was on “the U.S. Gulf Coast” but that it is still considering other locations, including abroad. “The Gulf Coast presents tremendous advantages,” said Kight, but it’s “very early in our evaluation process.”  

    The proposal comes at a time of booming growth for the plastics industry, and for the pollution that it inevitably creates. The world produces about 57 million metric tons of plastic pollution every year, according to a study published in September in the journal Nature. World leaders have spent the past two and a half years negotiating a United Nations treaty to “end plastic pollution,” and at least 69 countries say they want to do that by limiting how much is created in the first place.

    Plants like the one Exxon is planning are “the absolute opposite direction we should be going,” said Judith Enck, a former Environmental Protection Agency official and president of the nonprofit Beyond Plastics. She worries that this facility, like others, would spew pollution for decades. “Once these things are built, it’s hard to get them to stop operating.”

    Setting aside the environmental argument, financial analysts say it’s imprudent to invest in more plastic production. All three credit rating agencies have issued warnings over expanding fossil fuel and plastics infrastructure, including one from Standard & Poor’s in 2021 that cited oversupply of petrochemicals, protests from local residents, and “surging global pressure to reduce carbon emissions as well as chemical and plastic pollution worldwide.”

    Plastic pellets floating on the surface of water
    Nurdles in Cox Creek, behind a Formosa Plastics facility. Courtesy of Diane Wilson

    Abhishek Sinha, an energy finance analyst for the nonprofit Institute for Environmental Economics and Financial Analysis, said that while the Trump administration may be ushering in a period of lax regulation for polluting industries, the petrochemical sector is in “structural decline” — as shown by the poor returns Shell’s chemicals division and Formosa Plastics recently reported.

    “I think it’s going to be the same story that’s being told again and again,” Sinha said, referring to Exxon’s proposed steam cracker. “This is not going to be a positive value-add project for them; it’s going to be detrimental to the equity holders in the long run.”   

    Kight did not directly address these concerns but said that Exxon would “continue to evaluate the market conditions before we make a decision.”

    For Wilson, Exxon’s proposal feels like déjà vu. More than three decades ago, the Taiwanese petrochemical conglomerate Formosa proposed its plant, just miles from the Gulf of Mexico, where Wilson’s family had been shrimpers for generations. Her fight against the company started with hunger strikes to protest its permits and eventually became a lawsuit over the exact outcomes she had feared.

    Wilson and local environmental groups collected tens of thousands of nurdles from Lavaca Bay and nearby waterways like Cox Creek, and alleged that Formosa had illegally dumped them along with other pollutants. Her $50 million settlement is the largest award in a citizen suit against an industrial polluter in the history of the federal Clean Water Act.

    The settlement funded dozens of projects, including cleaning up waterways, and provided $20 million for a fishing cooperative aimed at helping rebuild that battered industry. But Wilson worries another mega-factory coming to the area would undermine that work.

    “Where Exxon is going to put their bloody plant is smack-dab in front of one of the largest oyster farms in Texas,” said Wilson, who is not convinced that any plastics factory can operate without polluting. She noted that Formosa has already violated its settlement agreement nearly 800 times, racking up over $25 million in fines. “Exxon is going to be exactly like Formosa.”

    Wilson considers the fact that Exxon could still decide not to build in Calhoun County an opportunity to resist, and plans to fight the company at every step of the process.

    “A lot of people over the years have asked me what my one regret is, and I always say: ‘I didn’t try hard enough to stop Formosa,’” reflected Wilson. This time, she said, “I will do everything I can, for as long as I live, to stop that plant from coming in.”

    This story was originally published by Grist with the headline Exxon is quietly planning a new $8.6 billion plastics plant in Texas on Feb 5, 2025.


    This content originally appeared on Grist and was authored by Tik Root.

    ]]>
    https://grist.org/accountability/exxon-plastics-plant-point-comfort-texas/feed/ 0 512450
    Does a video show a New Year’s dance party on a Taiwan’s navy vessel? https://rfa.org/english/factcheck/2025/02/05/afcl-taiwan-ship-new-year-party/ https://rfa.org/english/factcheck/2025/02/05/afcl-taiwan-ship-new-year-party/#respond Wed, 05 Feb 2025 08:11:49 +0000 https://rfa.org/english/factcheck/2025/02/05/afcl-taiwan-ship-new-year-party/ A video has been circulated in Chinese-language social media posts that claim it shows a New Year’s dance party on the Taiwanese navy ship ROCS Ma Kong.

    But the claim is false. The video was taken at a club in Bangkok, Thailand, in September 2024. Taiwan’s Ministry of National Defense also said the video was not taken at the ROCS Ma Kong.

    The video was shared on X on Jan. 5, 2025.

    “New Year’s dance party of Taiwan’s ROCS Ma Kong,” the caption of the video reads.

    The 44-second video shows a group of people dressed in what appears to be navy uniforms dancing to music.

    Some Chinese social media users claimed a video showed Taiwanese sailors partying aboard Taiwan’s ROCS Ma Kong on New Year’s Eve.
    Some Chinese social media users claimed a video showed Taiwanese sailors partying aboard Taiwan’s ROCS Ma Kong on New Year’s Eve.
    (X and YouTube)

    ROCS Ma Kong is a Kee Lung-class guided-missile destroyer in active service in Taiwan’s navy.

    The Ma Kong has been involved in monitoring and responding to Chinese military activities near Taiwan. For instance, during the Joint Sword-2024A military exercise conducted by China around Taiwan, a Taiwanese sailor aboard the Ma Kong was photographed monitoring the movements of the Chinese destroyer Xian in waters near Taiwan.

    In a 2022 incident, a recording featured a voice identifying the vessel as the Ma Kong, warning another ship that it was approaching the outer edge of Taiwan’s contiguous zone, 44.5 kilometers (27.6 miles) from the baseline.

    However, the claim about the video taken in Ma Kong is false.

    Club in Bangkok

    Some X users said in the comment section of the post that the video was taken at a club in Bangkok, named “BEEF.BKK.”

    A keyword search found that the club hosted a sailor-themed event in September 2024.

    A clip of the event posted by one of the partygoers on Instagram shows that both the ceiling decorations and DJ booth in the club are very similar to those seen in the video posted on X.

    The ceiling design in the Thai nightclub BEEF.BKK (left) matches that of the location shown in the video (right).
    The ceiling design in the Thai nightclub BEEF.BKK (left) matches that of the location shown in the video (right).
    (Instagram and X)

    A closer look at the video shows people in the video are wearing red bows around their necks, instead of the blue neckerchiefs with two white suns that are a part of standard Taiwanese navy uniforms.

    The men in the video (right) are not wearing standard Taiwanese navy uniforms (left).
    The men in the video (right) are not wearing standard Taiwanese navy uniforms (left).
    (Taiwan’s Navy Command website and X)

    Officials from Taiwan’s Ministry of National Defense also dismissed the claim.

    Translated by Shen Ke. Edited by Taejun Kang.

    Asia Fact Check Lab (AFCL) was established to counter disinformation in today’s complex media environment. We publish fact-checks, media-watches and in-depth reports that aim to sharpen and deepen our readers’ understanding of current affairs and public issues. If you like our content, you can also follow us on Facebook, Instagram and X.


    This content originally appeared on Radio Free Asia and was authored by Alan Lu and Dong Zhe for Asia Fact Check Lab.

    ]]>
    https://rfa.org/english/factcheck/2025/02/05/afcl-taiwan-ship-new-year-party/feed/ 0 512420
    “Unlawful and corrupt empowerment and enrichment of Elon Musk” Impeach Trump Again Campaign Adds New Grounds for Impeachment Investigation https://www.radiofree.org/2025/02/04/unlawful-and-corrupt-empowerment-and-enrichment-of-elon-musk-impeach-trump-again-campaign-adds-new-grounds-for-impeachment-investigation/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/02/04/unlawful-and-corrupt-empowerment-and-enrichment-of-elon-musk-impeach-trump-again-campaign-adds-new-grounds-for-impeachment-investigation/#respond Tue, 04 Feb 2025 21:38:57 +0000 https://www.commondreams.org/newswire/unlawful-and-corrupt-empowerment-and-enrichment-of-elon-musk-impeach-trump-again-campaign-adds-new-grounds-for-impeachment-investigation Impeach Trump Again, a nonpartisan campaign led by Free Speech For People, announced today that the “unlawful and corrupt empowerment and enrichment of Elon Musk and the Department of Government Efficiency (DOGE)” constitutes a new ground for an impeachment investigation against Donald Trump.

    The campaign urges Congress to investigate the process by which Musk was granted authority, along with his abuses of power and emolument violations as the head of DOGE.

    Explaining the new grounds, the campaign writes: “As head of DOGE—which operates without any congressional authorization or oversight—Musk and his DOGE-affiliated agents demanded and were granted access to sensitive personal and financial information of millions held by the Department of Treasury, in violation of federal law that prohibits improper disclosure and misuse of this data. And Musk is in receipt of unconstitutional emoluments via lucrative government contracts with Musk’s companies.”

    Launched on Inauguration Day, the campaign has already garnered nearly 200,000 petition signatures supporting the impeachment investigation of offenses Donald Trump has already committed. These offenses include: violating the Emoluments Clauses from his first day in office by refusing to sell his ownership stake in companies receiving substantial payments from foreign governments; engaging in unlawful and corrupt conduct during the 2024 election campaign; abusing the pardon power; unconstitutionally stripping U.S. citizens of citizenship; dismantling independent government oversight; unlawfully firing Inspector Generals; unlawfully firing members of the U.S. Equal Employment Opportunity Commission and the National Labor Relations Board; abusing his power to seek retributions against perceived adversaries; abusing emergency powers; unconstitutionally usurping local and state authority, and unconstitutionally usurping legislative powers.


    This content originally appeared on Common Dreams and was authored by Newswire Editor.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2025/02/04/unlawful-and-corrupt-empowerment-and-enrichment-of-elon-musk-impeach-trump-again-campaign-adds-new-grounds-for-impeachment-investigation/feed/ 0 512383
    China hits back with new tariffs on U.S. goods | Radio Free Asia (RFA) #china https://www.radiofree.org/2025/02/04/china-hits-back-with-new-tariffs-on-u-s-goods-radio-free-asia-rfa-china/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/02/04/china-hits-back-with-new-tariffs-on-u-s-goods-radio-free-asia-rfa-china/#respond Tue, 04 Feb 2025 20:16:17 +0000 http://www.radiofree.org/?guid=bcdf8aa73dce16b9f27821bd35aafb4d
    This content originally appeared on Radio Free Asia and was authored by Radio Free Asia.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2025/02/04/china-hits-back-with-new-tariffs-on-u-s-goods-radio-free-asia-rfa-china/feed/ 0 512389
    China hits back with new tariffs on U.S. goods | Radio Free Asia (RFA) https://www.radiofree.org/2025/02/04/china-hits-back-with-new-tariffs-on-u-s-goods-radio-free-asia-rfa/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/02/04/china-hits-back-with-new-tariffs-on-u-s-goods-radio-free-asia-rfa/#respond Tue, 04 Feb 2025 19:42:24 +0000 http://www.radiofree.org/?guid=476abab99fea17dd88852e081be92546
    This content originally appeared on Radio Free Asia and was authored by Radio Free Asia.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2025/02/04/china-hits-back-with-new-tariffs-on-u-s-goods-radio-free-asia-rfa/feed/ 0 512441
    Books banned in Hong Kong crackdown find new home in democratic Taiwan https://rfa.org/english/china/2025/02/04/china-hong-kong-taiwan-banned-books/ https://rfa.org/english/china/2025/02/04/china-hong-kong-taiwan-banned-books/#respond Tue, 04 Feb 2025 16:04:36 +0000 https://rfa.org/english/china/2025/02/04/china-hong-kong-taiwan-banned-books/ Libraries in democratic Taiwan are stocking books removed from the shelves by authorities in Hong Kong, who are waging a war on politically “sensitive” content amid an ongoing crackdown on public dissent, a recent investigation by RFA Cantonese revealed.

    Hong Kong’s bookstores once drew Chinese-language bibliophiles from far and wide in pursuit of some of the city’s most off-beat, salacious and politically radical writings, coupled with cute or alternative takes on art and culture.

    But even before the 2020 National Security Law ushered in a crackdown on public criticism of the authorities, the Chinese government had been positioning itself to take control of the city’s main publishing imprints and bookstore chains, squeezing out dozens of independent stores as it did so.

    As the political crackdown gathered momentum, libraries also made lists of books likely to run afoul of the new law, and pulled them from the shelves.

    But Taiwan’s libraries now stock tens of thousands of banned books, possibly driven in part by demand from Hong Kongers living in exile there.

    A recent search of the library catalog by RFA Cantonese, and interviews with experts, suggest that democratic Taiwan continues to act as a protective outlet for Hong Kong’s Cantonese culture, despite the ongoing crackdown.

    A catalog search of the National Taiwan Library, Taipei City Library and Academia Sinica Library for 144 books that have been removed from libraries in Hong Kong, according to local media reports, found that 107 of the titles is now available in one of these libraries.

    Among the banned titles on offer are We Were Chosen by the Times and Every Umbrella, compilations of interviews with non-prominent participants in the 2014 Umbrella Movement for fully democratic elections, now removed from the Hong Kong Central Library.

    Farewell to Cynicism: the Crisis of Liberalism in Hong Kong, Parallel Space and Time I : An International Perspective Based on Locality, and Hong Kong, a Restless Homeland, a history of the city from a local perspective, once-lauded titles freely available in Hong Kong, have also found new homes in Taiwan, the catalog showed.

    Readers can also choose among 17 business-related titles penned by jailed pro-democracy media mogul Jimmy Lai, now stocked at the National Taiwan Library, Taipei City Library and Academia Sinica Library.

    The Taipei City Library also houses the most extensive collection of books about the 1989 Tiananmen massacre, the 2019 Hong Kong protests and the Umbrella Movement.

    Public demand

    Hong Kong historian Eric Tsui told RFA Cantonese he was surprised to see some of his banned books on the shelves of libraries in Taiwan.

    “The fact that you can find these books in public libraries in Taiwan, suggests that the Taiwanese public cares about Hong Kong, and that public libraries are stocking these books due to public demand,” Tsui said.

    Taipei City Library Director Hung Shih-chang said the library has added an average of 1,500 to 2,000 Hong Kong publications a year in recent years.

    Taiwanese sociologist Jieh-min Wu in an undated photo.
    Taiwanese sociologist Jieh-min Wu in an undated photo.
    (RFA)

    “Hong Kong books are mainly obtained through exchange and donations, particularly donations,” Hung told RFA Cantonese in a recent interview.

    Public demand and purchases are definitely also a factor.

    “If the public requests Hong Kong publications that aren’t available in Taiwan, we will purchase them,” Hung said. “There may be people who have moved from Hong Kong to Taipei in recent years who want to read some books published in Hong Kong, so they may make some recommendations, and then the numbers go up a bit.”

    RELATED STORIES

    Hong Kong removes hundreds of politically sensitive books from public libraries

    Censored back home, Hong Kong authors are publishing in Taiwan

    Censorship in Hong Kong has led to ‘war’ on libraries and publishers

    “One of the most important purposes of a public library is to provide information to our readers freely and to ensure fair access to all kinds of information,” he said, adding that censorship in democratic Taiwan is “very unlikely” to happen.

    “We will try our best to meet the needs of diverse interests in the collection and provision of library materials.”

    In this case, a service that was once provided to Hong Kongers in their own city has effectively moved offshore.

    Promoting national thought

    “The mission of every national public library should be to collect all the works of local citizens and become a resource for national thought, so that citizens of a place can share [ideas] with each other,” Tsui said.

    “Now, because of the China factor, you are afraid of offending China and deprive Hong Kongers of their public property,” he said.

    Taiwanese sociologist Jieh-min Wu said Taiwan still has memories of its recent, authoritarian past.

    “A lot of books were banned during the authoritarian period [here], just as they are in Hong Kong today,” Wu said.

    “Libraries removed books from the shelves, but they didn’t have a list of banned books. They just quietly removed them.”

    “From my research perspective, Hong Kong is going through a similar period to martial law [in Taiwan, which ended in July 1987]; a time where there are very strict controls on political topics,” Wu told RFA Cantonese in a recent interview.

    He said pro-democracy organizations in exile played an important role in “preserving information and then transmitting it back” home during the authoritarian rule of the Kuomintang under Chiang Kai-shek and his son Chiang Ching-kuo.

    Taiwan began a transition to democracy following the death of President Chiang Ching-kuo, in January 1988, starting with direct elections to the legislature in the early 1990s and culminating in the first direct election of the island’s president, Lee Teng-hui, in 1996.

    While China insists on eventual “unification” with Taiwan -- by armed invasion if necessary -- the majority of Taiwan’s 23 million people have no wish to give up their democratic way of life to submit to Communist Party rule.

    China has threatened the death penalty for supporters of Taiwan independence, while Taipei says Beijing has no jurisdiction over the actions of its citizens.

    A recent public opinion poll from the Institute for National Defense and Security Research showed that 67.8% of respondents were willing to fight to defend Taiwan in the event of a Chinese invasion.

    Translated by Luisetta Mudie. Edited by Eugene Whong


    This content originally appeared on Radio Free Asia and was authored by Alice Yam for RFA Cantonese.

    ]]>
    https://rfa.org/english/china/2025/02/04/china-hong-kong-taiwan-banned-books/feed/ 0 512319
    AAP shares AI-generated video calling it PM Modi’s new residence ‘Rajmahal’ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/02/04/aap-shares-ai-generated-video-calling-it-pm-modis-new-residence-rajmahal/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/02/04/aap-shares-ai-generated-video-calling-it-pm-modis-new-residence-rajmahal/#respond Tue, 04 Feb 2025 15:06:58 +0000 https://www.altnews.in/?p=294746 With Delhi assembly elections knocking on doors, the Bharatiya Janata Party shared a video and accused the national convener of Aam Aadmi Party Arvind Kejriwal of cheating the residents of...

    The post AAP shares AI-generated video calling it PM Modi’s new residence ‘Rajmahal’ appeared first on Alt News.

    ]]>
    With Delhi assembly elections knocking on doors, the Bharatiya Janata Party shared a video and accused the national convener of Aam Aadmi Party Arvind Kejriwal of cheating the residents of Delhi and living a luxurious life in a ‘five-star palace’.

    In response, the Aam Aadmi Party shared a video on its social media accounts including Instagram, Facebook, YouTube and X. In this video, expensive luxury chandeliers, furniture and shoes are seen inside a luxurious bungalow. The footage was being circulated as the first look inside the residence of Prime Minister Narendra Modi proposed as part of the Central Vista Project. The accompanying caption states, “The video of the royal palace has been shown to the people for the first time. Could this be why its doors are not open to the public?” (Archived link 1, link 2, link 3, link 4)

    Fact Check

    Alt News looked at the design of the Pradhan Mantri Awas being constructed under the Central Vista Project to verify the Aam Aadmi Party’s claim. We did not find any video similar to the one shown in the viral video.

    Upon closer inspection of the unnatural lighting, the interiors, and the objects and their design in the viral video, we noticed discrepancies that indicated that the clip had been altered or entirely made with the help of artificial intelligence.

    We found several differences in the design of the building and the garden area seen at the beginning and end of the viral video. These have been highlighted below.

    Readers can also take a look at the shoe circled in red at the 0:32 mark in the video. It clearly appears to be created by AI.

    In addition, at the 1:06 mark, an unnatural transition is seen in the tap of the kitchen wash basin. This inconsistent change can also be seen on the glasses, flowers placed on the table, etc.

    Alt News observed that the video contains a watermark of Sora, a video creation tool by Open AI, visible at the 2:12 and 2:32 mark. It has been highlighted with a red arrow in the picture below. This confirms that the video was created using Sora.

    Further, we uploaded several keyframes of the video to Hive AI Image Detector and tested it. The report scored it against AI video generator sites like Sora, Pika, Stable Diffusion, and Flux and came to the conclusion that the video to be AI generated.

    To sum up, the Aam Aadmi Party falsely shared an AI ​​generated video and claimed that it depicted scenes from the residence of Prime Minister Narendra Modi.

    AI generated videos or photos are being used a lot these days to make false and misleading claims. Here are some easy ways to identify them:

    • If you look closely at the AI ​​generated photos/videos, the unnatural texture of the eyes and smooth skin of the person featured in them is clearly visible.
    • The shadow created by the light falling on a person or object also helps in identifying AI generated photos and videos.
    • Apart from this, we can also check and verify AI generated photo videos with the help of Hive Moderation, Optic AI or Not and Google’s AI Detector Tool.

    The post AAP shares AI-generated video calling it PM Modi’s new residence ‘Rajmahal’ appeared first on Alt News.


    This content originally appeared on Alt News and was authored by Pawan Kumar.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2025/02/04/aap-shares-ai-generated-video-calling-it-pm-modis-new-residence-rajmahal/feed/ 0 512360
    Trump slaps new tariffs on China, Beijing vows retaliation | Radio Free Asia (RFA) #china https://www.radiofree.org/2025/02/03/trump-slaps-new-tariffs-on-china-beijing-vows-retaliation-radio-free-asia-rfa-china/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/02/03/trump-slaps-new-tariffs-on-china-beijing-vows-retaliation-radio-free-asia-rfa-china/#respond Mon, 03 Feb 2025 21:25:47 +0000 http://www.radiofree.org/?guid=f782d66253be049fe0d752fa964daaaf
    This content originally appeared on Radio Free Asia and was authored by Radio Free Asia.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2025/02/03/trump-slaps-new-tariffs-on-china-beijing-vows-retaliation-radio-free-asia-rfa-china/feed/ 0 512201
    Trump slaps new tariffs on China, Beijing vows retaliation | Radio Free Asia (RFA) https://www.radiofree.org/2025/02/03/trump-slaps-new-tariffs-on-china-beijing-vows-retaliation-radio-free-asia-rfa/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/02/03/trump-slaps-new-tariffs-on-china-beijing-vows-retaliation-radio-free-asia-rfa/#respond Mon, 03 Feb 2025 20:45:04 +0000 http://www.radiofree.org/?guid=2a7a8c735bd830fa02b603a0971699f4
    This content originally appeared on Radio Free Asia and was authored by Radio Free Asia.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2025/02/03/trump-slaps-new-tariffs-on-china-beijing-vows-retaliation-radio-free-asia-rfa/feed/ 0 512209
    Vietnam community in New Orleans celebrates ‘Tet Fest’ for Lunar New Year | Radio Free Asia (RFA) https://www.radiofree.org/2025/02/03/vietnam-community-in-new-orleans-celebrates-tet-fest-for-lunar-new-year-radio-free-asia-rfa/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/02/03/vietnam-community-in-new-orleans-celebrates-tet-fest-for-lunar-new-year-radio-free-asia-rfa/#respond Mon, 03 Feb 2025 17:38:18 +0000 http://www.radiofree.org/?guid=9b62080f25b6cd3da5fc9ec7f3e6bc13
    This content originally appeared on Radio Free Asia and was authored by Radio Free Asia.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2025/02/03/vietnam-community-in-new-orleans-celebrates-tet-fest-for-lunar-new-year-radio-free-asia-rfa/feed/ 0 512174
    Troubled road in New Caledonia fully reopens after eight-month closure https://www.radiofree.org/2025/02/03/troubled-road-in-new-caledonia-fully-reopens-after-eight-month-closure/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/02/03/troubled-road-in-new-caledonia-fully-reopens-after-eight-month-closure/#respond Mon, 03 Feb 2025 10:11:53 +0000 https://asiapacificreport.nz/?p=110535 By Patrick Decloitre, RNZ Pacific correspondent French Pacific desk

    The main provincial road linking New Caledonia’s capital, Nouméa, to the south of the main island will be fully reopened to motorists after almost eight months.

    Route Provinciale 1 (RP1), which passes through Saint Louis, had been the scene of violent acts — theft, assault, carjackings — against passing motorists and deemed too dangerous to remain open to the public.

    Instead, since the violent riots that started in mid-May 2024, residents of nearby Mont-Dore had to take special sea ferries to travel to Nouméa, while police and gendarmes gradually organised protected convoys at specific hours.

    The rest of the time, motorists and pedestrians were “filtered” by law enforcement officers, with two “locks” located at each side of the Saint Louis village.

    The troubled road was even fully closed to traffic in July 2024 after tensions and violence in Saint Louis peaked.

    Last Friday, January 31, French High Commissioner Louis Le Franc announced that the RP1 would be fully reopened to traffic from today.

    Gendarme patrols stay
    The French High Commission, however, stressed that the law enforcement setup and gendarme patrols would remain posted “as long as it takes to ensure everyone’s safety”.

    “Should any problem arise, the high commission reserves the right to immediately reduce traffic hours,” a media release warned.

    The RP1’s reopening coincides with the beginning, this week, of crucial talks in Paris between pro-independence, pro-France camps and the French state on New Caledonia’s political future status.

    This article is republished under a community partnership agreement with RNZ.


    This content originally appeared on Asia Pacific Report and was authored by APR editor.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2025/02/03/troubled-road-in-new-caledonia-fully-reopens-after-eight-month-closure/feed/ 0 512130
    Congo fighting threatens civilians and rights; Democrats mull last election as they choose new leader – January 31, 2025 https://www.radiofree.org/2025/01/31/congo-fighting-threatens-civilians-and-rights-democrats-mull-last-election-as-they-choose-new-leader-january-31-2025/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/01/31/congo-fighting-threatens-civilians-and-rights-democrats-mull-last-election-as-they-choose-new-leader-january-31-2025/#respond Fri, 31 Jan 2025 18:00:00 +0000 http://www.radiofree.org/?guid=7c7d455ebbb2e359def43377a2928a68 Comprehensive coverage of the day’s news with a focus on war and peace; social, environmental and economic justice.

    The post Congo fighting threatens civilians and rights; Democrats mull last election as they choose new leader – January 31, 2025 appeared first on KPFA.


    This content originally appeared on KPFA - The Pacifica Evening News, Weekdays and was authored by KPFA.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2025/01/31/congo-fighting-threatens-civilians-and-rights-democrats-mull-last-election-as-they-choose-new-leader-january-31-2025/feed/ 0 511881
    Boxed Up: A Portrait of an Immigrant Community Living Under Threat of Deportation https://www.radiofree.org/2025/01/31/boxed-up-a-portrait-of-an-immigrant-community-living-under-threat-of-deportation/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/01/31/boxed-up-a-portrait-of-an-immigrant-community-living-under-threat-of-deportation/#respond Fri, 31 Jan 2025 10:00:00 +0000 https://www.propublica.org/article/immigration-wisconsin-trump-mass-deportations-nicaragua by Melissa Sanchez, photography by Benjamin Rasmussen for ProPublica

    ProPublica is a nonprofit newsroom that investigates abuses of power. Sign up for Dispatches, a newsletter that spotlights wrongdoing around the country, to receive our stories in your inbox every week.

    A blender, still in its box, won at a grocery store raffle. Framed photos from a child’s birthday party. A rabbit-hair felt sombrero and a pair of brown leather boots that cost more than half a week’s pay.

    Box by box, the Nicaraguans who milk the cows and clean the pens on Wisconsin's dairy farms, who wash dishes at its restaurants and fill lines on its factory floors, are sending home their most prized possessions, bracing for the impact of President Donald Trump’s mass deportations.

    In the contents of the boxes is a portrait of a community under pressure. The Nicaraguans are as consumed as everyone else by the unfolding of Trump 2.0, wondering whether the bluster about deporting millions of people, most of whom live quiet lives far from the southern border, is going to mean anything in the Wisconsin towns where they’ve settled. For now, many are staying in their homes, behind drawn curtains, trying to be as inconspicuous as possible as they travel to and from work or pick up their kids from school. Few have given up on their lives in America, but they’re realistic about what may be coming. Methodically, they have begun packing their most cherished belongings into boxes and barrels and shipping them to relatives back in Nicaragua, ahead of their own anticipated deportations.

    “We don’t have much, but what we do have is important,” said Joaquín, the man with the love of western boots and sombreros. He’s 35 years old and has worked over the last three years as a cook at the restaurant below his apartment. “We have worked so hard and sacrificed so much in order to acquire these things,” he added.

    The packing is happening all across Wisconsin, a state that in recent years has become a top destination for Nicaraguans who say they are fleeing poverty and government repression. And it is happening among immigrants of varying legal statuses. There are the undocumented dairy workers who came more than a decade ago and were the first from their rural communities to settle in Wisconsin. And there are the more recent arrivals, including asylum-seekers who have permission to live and work in the U.S. as they await their day in immigration court.

    Nobody feels safe from Trump and his promises; in just his first week back in office, the president moved to end birthright citizenship, sent hundreds of military troops to the southern border and launched a flashy, multi-agency operation to find and detain immigrants in Chicago, only a few hundred miles away.

    Yesenia Meza, a community health worker in central Wisconsin, began hearing from families soon after Trump’s election; they wanted help obtaining the documents they might need if they have to suddenly leave the country with their U.S.-born children, or have those children sent to them if they are deported. When she visited their apartments, Meza said, she was stunned to discover they had spent hundreds of dollars on refrigerator-sized boxes and blue plastic barrels that they’d stuffed with nearly “everything that they own, their most precious belongings” and were shipping to their home country.

    At one home, she watched an immigrant mother climb into a half-packed box and announce, “I’m going to mail myself.” Meza knew she was joking. But some of the immigrants she knew had already left. And if more people go, she wonders what impact their departures — whether voluntary or forced — will have on the local economy. Immigrants in the area work on farms, in cheese-processing factories and in a chicken plant — the kind of jobs, she said, that nobody else wants. She’s talked to some of the employers before and knows “they’re always short-staffed,” Meza said. “They’re going to be more short-staffed now when people start going back home.”

    Last week, on the eve of Trump’s inauguration, I traveled to Wisconsin along with photographer Benjamin Rasmussen to capture what sounded like the beginning of a community coming undone. We talked to Nicaraguans in their kitchens and bedrooms, and in restaurants and grocery stores that have sprung up to cater to them. Many of the people we met either were packing themselves or knew someone else who was, or both.

    Some were almost embarrassed to show us what they were packing — items that might have been considered frivolous or extravagant back home. Nicaragua was already one of the poorest countries in the hemisphere before its government took a turn toward authoritarianism and repression, further sinking the economy. But thanks to their working-class jobs at American factories and restaurants, they could afford these things, and they were determined to hold on to them. Some of their belongings carried memories of loved ones or of special occasions. Other items were more practical, tools that might help them get started again in Nicaragua.

    From the stories these immigrants told about their belongings emerged others, stories about what had brought them to this country and what they have been able to achieve here. They spoke about the panic that now traps them in their homes and keeps them up at night. And they shared their hopes and fears about what it might mean to start over in a country they fled.

    Yaceth plans to send a plastic barrel filled with shoes to her mother in Nicaragua for safekeeping. What’s in the Boxes

    Yaceth’s guilty pleasure is shoes. The 38-year-old left Nicaragua nearly three years ago and works in the same restaurant kitchen as Joaquín. Her wages allowed her to buy a pair or so a month on Amazon, mostly Keds lace-up sneakers, though she also owns glittery stilettos and knee-high red boots. The boxes fill the top half of her closet. Some pairs have never been worn.

    We stood along the edge of her bed, admiring her collection. “I’m a bit of an aficionado,” she said sheepishly. Like the other immigrants we spoke with, Yaceth asked not to be identified by her full name to lessen the risk of deportation.

    Yaceth said she stopped buying shoes after Trump’s election, uncertain how her life, not to mention her finances, might change once he took office. By the time we met, she had already packed one box of belongings and sent it to her mother in Estelí, a city in northwestern Nicaragua. In the corner of her already crowded bedroom, she kept a blue plastic barrel, which is where she’d planned to put the shoes, hoping it would keep them dry and undamaged during the shipping. If she goes, they’re going, too.

    She rents a room in the apartment of another family. They, too, are thinking about what it might look like to return to Nicaragua. Hugo, 33, is setting aside items that might help him make a living back in his hometown of Somoto, about an hour and a half north of Estelí. This includes a Cuisinart digital air fryer he bought with his wages from a sheet-metal factory. Hugo used to sell hot dogs and hamburgers at a fast food stand in Somoto. If he has to return, he envisions starting another food business. The air fryer would help.

    Hugo plans to send an air fryer to Nicaragua in the hopes of using it to start a business if he’s deported.

    We visited a new Nicaraguan restaurant in Waunakee, a village in Dane County that’s seen significant numbers of Nicaraguan arrivals in recent years. One diner, a 49-year-old undocumented dairy worker, told me he plans to send barber trimmers and other supplies for the barbershop he’d like to open up if he’s deported. As we spoke, his dinner companion called a friend who lives a few towns away and handed me the phone; that man, also a dairy worker, told me he is sending back power tools he bought on Facebook Marketplace that are expensive and difficult to find in Nicaragua.

    Other immigrants expressed deep uncertainty about whether they might face jail time or worse if they are deported, due to their previous involvement in political activities against the Nicaraguan government. If you don’t toe the party line, said Uriel, a former high school teacher, “they turn you into an enemy of the state.”

    Uriel, 36, said he never participated in any anti-government marches. But he worried that local party leaders had been watching him, that they knew how he spoke about democracy and free speech in the classroom.

    Uriel bought a plastic barrel to send belongings, like a guitar he was given, to his wife and children in Nicaragua.

    He said he left Nicaragua almost four years ago both because of the political situation and because he knew he could make more money in the U.S. He has an ongoing asylum case, a work permit and a job at a bread factory. His wages have allowed him to buy a plot of land for his wife and two children, still in Nicaragua, and begin construction on a house there.

    He’d hoped to stay in Wisconsin long enough to pay to finish it. But bracing for the inevitable, he’s got a barrel too. Soon, he plans to pack and send a used Yamaha guitar he was given as a gift a few years earlier. Uriel learned to play the instrument by watching YouTube videos and now plays Christian hymns that he said make him feel good inside.

    This summer, he plans to return as well. His children have been growing up without him. He has been told his 6-year-old daughter points to planes in the sky and wonders whether her father is inside. He worries that his son, 11, will grow up believing he has been abandoned.

    It has been hard to be separated from his children, he said. But he left in order to provide them a life he didn’t believe he could have if he had stayed — a reality he thought was missing from so much of the new president’s rhetoric on immigration. “We are not anybody’s enemy,” Uriel said. “We simply are looking for a way to make a living, to help our families.”

    Joaquín plans to send his clothing to family in Nicaragua. He’s afraid it will end up in a landfill if he’s deported. A Life in Hiding

    It used to be that on Sundays, his day off, Joaquín would pull on his favorite boots and sombrero to drive somewhere — to a restaurant or to visit family and friends who had settled in south-central Wisconsin. But ever since Trump’s election, he doesn’t leave his apartment unless he has to. Some days, he says, he feels like a mouse, scurrying downstairs to work and upstairs to sleep and back downstairs again to work, always alert and full of dread.

    The gray 2016 Toyota 4Runner that he bought last year, his pride and joy, sits mostly unused behind his apartment building. He’s too afraid of driving and getting pulled over by police officers who, by randomly checking his vehicle’s plates, could discover he doesn’t have a driver’s license. Joaquín doesn’t have the documents he needs to qualify for one. He worries that drawing the attention of police, even for the smallest of infractions, could get him swept into the immigration detention system and deported. “What’s happening now is a persecution,” he said.

    On a recent Sunday, his apartment was filled with the sweet, warm smell of home-baked goods. Joaquín said he spent two hours making traditional Nicaraguan cookies called rosquillas and hojaldras, one savory and the other sweet. We talked over coffee and the cornmeal cookies. Half of his living room floor was covered with piles of clothes and shoes, and one tall, empty box. There were shirts, pants and sneakers for each of his three children, who remain in Nicaragua. Most of the clothes belonged to Joaquín: a crisp pair of tan Lee jeans, rarely worn; several pairs of boots; a box of sombreros.

    Joaquín said he plans to send all of it to relatives in Nicaragua in February. It pains him to imagine being trotted onto a deportation flight and leaving everything he owns here to get tossed in a landfill somewhere.

    Another day, I spoke by phone with an immigrant named Luz, 26. Like Joaquín, she said she rarely leaves her apartment anymore. The week Trump was inaugurated, she stopped going to her job at a nearby cheese factory, afraid of workplace raids. She now stays home with their 1-year-old son. A woman she knows picks up the family’s groceries so they don’t have to risk being out on the street.

    Like many of her friends and relatives, Luz came to the U.S. as an asylum-seeker almost three years ago. She missed an immigration court hearing while pregnant with her son and now worries she has “no legal status here.”

    “Those of us who work milking cows, we can’t afford to hire a lawyer,” she said. “We don’t even know what’s happening with our cases.”

    After Trump’s election, she began packing some of the things she’d accumulated in her time in Wisconsin, including some used children’s clothes she’d received from Meza, the community health worker. She packed most everything in her kitchen: most of her pots and pans, some plates and cups, knives, an iron and “even chocolates,” she said, almost laughing. “It is a big box.”

    Luz said she wants all of her household items to be in Nicaragua when she returns with her family. They hope to leave in March. “I don’t want to live in hiding like this,” she said.

    Isabel sent her 14-month-old son’s toys and stuffed animals in a cardboard box to Nicaragua. Family Separation Redux

    Isabel’s son cried as she filled her box. In went the shiny red car, big enough for the 14-month-old to sit in and drive. It had been a gift from his godfather on his first birthday. She added other, smaller cars and planes and stuffed animals. A stroller. A framed photo from the birthday party, the chubby-cheeked boy surrounded by balloons.

    The 26-year-old mother knew her son was too young to understand. But she hoped he would if the dreaded time came when they had to return to Nicaragua.

    And to make sure she wouldn't be separated from him, she applied for his passport early last fall, when she became convinced that Trump would win the election. She could see his lawn signs all around her in the rural community in the middle of the state where she lives. Her husband, who works on a dairy farm, told her he’d begun feeling uncomfortable with the way people glared at him at Walmart. Sometimes, they shouted things he didn’t understand, but in a tone that was unmistakably hostile.

    Their son was born in the U.S. to noncitizen parents — exactly the kind of child Trump says does not deserve citizenship here. Isabel got his passport both to secure his rights as an American citizen and to secure her rights to him. She wants to make sure there is no mistaking who the boy belongs to if she gets sent away.

    We met Isabel about a week after she’d shipped off the box with her son’s red toy car to her mother’s home in southern Nicaragua. It was the morning of Trump’s inauguration, and Isabel welcomed us into her apartment, her eyes still red and bleary from an overnight shift at a nearby cheese-processing factory.

    She said they were ready to go “if things get ugly” and the people around her start getting picked up and sent back. But there was another box, still flat and unpacked, propped up against a wall in the living room. That one, she explained, belonged to a neighbor with the same game plan.

    I ask her what happens if they don’t get deported, but their most precious belongings are gone. Won’t they miss those things? “Yes,” she said. But it would be even worse to go back to Nicaragua and have nothing.


    This content originally appeared on ProPublica and was authored by by Melissa Sanchez, photography by Benjamin Rasmussen for ProPublica.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2025/01/31/boxed-up-a-portrait-of-an-immigrant-community-living-under-threat-of-deportation/feed/ 0 511753
    As Donald Trump plays God in Gaza, Israel acts like spoiled brat https://www.radiofree.org/2025/01/31/as-donald-trump-plays-god-in-gaza-israel-acts-like-spoiled-brat/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/01/31/as-donald-trump-plays-god-in-gaza-israel-acts-like-spoiled-brat/#respond Fri, 31 Jan 2025 06:00:58 +0000 https://asiapacificreport.nz/?p=110364 The Gaza ceasefire deal proves that Israeli politics can only survive if it’s engaged in perpetual war.

    COMMENTARY: By Abdelhalim Abdelrahman

    US President Donald Trump has unsettled Arab leaders with his obscene suggestion that Egypt and Jordan absorb Palestinians from Gaza.

    Both Egypt and Jordan have stated that this is a non-starter and will not happen.

    Israeli extremists have welcomed Trump’s comments with the hope that the forced expulsion of Palestinians would pave the way for Jewish settlements in Gaza.

    But the truth is that Israeli leaders likely feel deceived by Trump more than anything else. Benjamin Netanyahu and most of Israeli society were once clamouring for Donald Trump.

    All that has changed since President Trump sent his top Middle East envoy Steve Witkoff to Israel in which Witkoff reportedly lambasted Benjamin Netanyahu and forced him to accept a ceasefire agreement.

    Since then, Israeli leaders and Israeli society, are seemingly taken aback by Trump’s more restrained approach toward the Middle East and desire for a ceasefire.

    While the current ceasefire in place is a precarious endeavour at best, Israeli reactions to the cessation of hostilities highlight a profound point: not only did Netanyahu misread Trump’s intentions, but the entire Israeli political system itself seemingly only thrives during conflict in which the US provides it with unfettered military and diplomatic support.

    Geostrategic calculus
    Firstly, Israel believed that Trump’s second term would likely be a continuation of his first — where the US based its geostrategic calculus in the Middle East around Israel’s interests. This gave Israeli leaders the impression that Trump would give them the green light to attack Iran, resettle and starve Gaza, and formally annex the West Bank.

    However, Benjamin Netanyahu and his extremist ilk failed to take into consideration that Trump likely views blanket Israeli interests as liabilities to both the United States and Trump’s vision for the Middle East.

    Trump blessing an Israel-Iran showdown seems to be off the table. Trump himself stated this and is backing up his words by appointing Washington-based analyst Mike DiMino as a top Department of Defence advisor.

    DiMino, a former fellow at the non-interventionist think tank Defense Priorities, is against war with Iran and has been highly critical of US involvement in the Middle East. Steve Witkoff will also be leading negotiations with Iran.

    The appointment of DiMino and Witkoff has enraged the Washington neoconservative establishment and is a signal to Tel Aviv that Trump will not capitulate to Israel’s hawkish ambitions.

    The Trump effect
    As it pertains to his vision for the Middle East, Trump has been adamant about expanding the Abraham Accords, deepening US military ties with Saudi Arabia, and possibly pioneering Saudi-Israeli “normalisation”.

    The Saudi government has condemned Israel’s actions in Gaza, calling it a genocide and also made it clear that they will not normalise relations with Israel without the creation of a Palestinian state.

    While there is an explicit pro-Israel angle to all these components, none of Trump’s objectives for the Middle East would be feasible if the genocide in Gaza continued or if the US allowed Israel to formally annex the occupied West Bank, something Trump stopped during his first term.

    It is unlikely that a Palestinian state will arise under Trump’s administration; however, Trump has been in contact with Palestinian Authority (PA) President Mahmoud Abbas.

    Trump’s Middle East Adviser Massad Boulos has also facilitated talks between Abbas and Trump. Steve Witkoff has also met with PA official Hussein al-Sheikh in Saudi Arabia to discuss where the PA fits into a post-October 7 Gaza and a possible pathway to a Palestinian state.

    Witkoff’s willingness to meet with PA, along with the quiet yet growing relationship between Trump and Abbas, was likely something Netanyahu did not anticipate and may have also factored into Netanyahu’s acquiescence in Gaza.

    Of equal importance, the Gaza ceasefire deal proves that Israeli politics can only survive if it’s engaged in perpetual war.

    Brutal occupation
    This is evidenced by its brutal occupation of the Palestinians, destroying Gaza, and attacking its neighbours in Syria and Lebanon. Now that Israel is forced to stop its genocide in Gaza, at least for the time being, fissures within the Israeli government are already growing.

    Jewish extremist Itamar Ben Gvir resigned from Netanyahu’s coalition due to the ceasefire after serving as Israel’s national security minister. Finance Minister Bezalel Smotrich also threatened to leave if a ceasefire was enacted.

    Such dynamics within the Israeli government and its necessity for conflict are only possible because the US allows it to happen.

    In providing Israel with unfettered military and diplomatic support, the US allows Israel to torment the Palestinian people. Now that Israel cannot punish Gaza, it has shifted their focus to the West Bank.

    Since the ceasefire’s implementation, the Israeli army has engaged in deadly raids in the Jenin refugee camp which had displaced over 2000 Palestinians. The Israeli army has also imposed a complete siege on the West Bank, shutting down checkpoints to severely restrict the movement of Palestinians.

    All of Israel’s genocidal practices are a direct result of the impunity granted to them by the Biden administration; who willingly refused to impose any consequences for Israel’s blatant violation of US law.

    Joe Biden could have enforced either the Leahy Law or Section 620 I of the Foreign Assistance Act at any time, which would ban weapons from flowing to Israel due to their impediment of humanitarian aid into Gaza and use of US weapons to facilitate grave human rights abuses in Gaza.

    Instead, he chose to undermine US laws to ensure that Israel had everything it facilitate their mass slaughter of Palestinians in Gaza.

    The United States has always held all the cards when it comes to Israel’s hawkish political composition. Israel was simply the executioner of the US’s devastating policies towards Gaza and the broader Palestinian national movement.

    Abdelhalim Abdelrahman is a freelance Palestinian journalist. His work has appeared in The New Arab, The Hill, MSN, and La Razon. Tis article was first published by The New Arab and is republished under Creative Commons.


    This content originally appeared on Asia Pacific Report and was authored by APR editor.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2025/01/31/as-donald-trump-plays-god-in-gaza-israel-acts-like-spoiled-brat/feed/ 0 511767
    Sir Julius Chan, one of Papua New Guinea’s founding fathers, dies aged 85 https://www.radiofree.org/2025/01/30/sir-julius-chan-one-of-papua-new-guineas-founding-fathers-dies-aged-85/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/01/30/sir-julius-chan-one-of-papua-new-guineas-founding-fathers-dies-aged-85/#respond Thu, 30 Jan 2025 21:57:26 +0000 https://asiapacificreport.nz/?p=110298 OBITUARY: By Scott Waide, RNZ Pacific correspondent in Papua New Guinea and Neville Choi

    Papua New Guineans have launched an outpouring of grief and appreciation for the life of one of their national founding fathers — Sir Julius Chan.

    Sir Julius, 85, died in his home province of New Ireland just after midday yesterday, marking an end to a long political career spanning half a century.

    Papua New Guineans dubbed him the “Last Man Standing,” as he was last of the founding members of Parliament from the Independence era.

    Papua New Guinea’s Prime Minister James Marape informed members of cabinet of Sir Julius Chan’s passing.

    “It is with great sadness that I announce the passing of the Last Man Standing. While Sir Michael Somare was the father of our country, the late Sir Julius was the father of our modern economy,” he said.

    “He conceived the kina and toea. He was our country’s first finance minister and our second Prime Minister.”

    Marape has declared a week of national mourning to honour the life and legacy Sir Julius Chan, and announced plans for a state funeral and low key celebrations for the country’s 50th independence anniversary in September.

    In the annals of Papua New Guinea’s political history, few figures loom as large — or as controversially — as Sir Julius Chan. A statesman whose career spans five decades, his legacy is etched with bold decisions that sparked both admiration and outrage.

    From deploying troops to a Pacific neighbour to facing global criticism for being the Prime Minister who hired foreign mercenaries in a bid to end a civil war, his leadership tested the boundaries of convention and reshaped the nation’s trajectory.

    Governor of PNG's New Ireland Sir Julius Chan.
    Sir Julius was seen as a tactician, weaving through the complexities of tribal and national politics and seizing opportunities when available. Image: Peter Kinjap/RNZ

    Start of a long political career
    He entered politics in the twilight of colonial rule. He was elected to the House of Assembly in 1968. By 1976, as PNG’s first finance minister, he navigated the economic turbulence of independence, advocating for foreign investment and resource development.

    Within PNG politics, Sir Julius was seen as a tactician, weaving through the complexities of tribal and national politics and seizing opportunities when available.

    In 1980, he initiated the first-ever vote of no confidence motion against close friend and Prime Minister Michael Somare, ousting him on the floor of Parliament.

    His first term as prime minister from 1980 to 1982, solidified his reputation as a pragmatist.

    Facing fiscal strain, he championed austerity, infrastructure projects and devalued the PNG currency.

    But it was a foreign policy move that drew regional attention.


    A Tok Piksa tribute to Sir Julius Chan.  Video: EMTV

    Vanuatu 1980: A controversial intervention
    In 1980, he authorised the deployment of PNG troops on its first international deployment: Vanuatu.

    The mission was aimed at quelling a rebellion against Vanuatu’s newly independent government.

    In Parliament, he argued that the deployment was necessary for regional stability and stamped PNG’s role as an important player in the Pacific.

    Critics called it overreach as PNG was not even past its first decade as an independent country. However, the deployment earned PNG the respect from Vanuatu and its Pacific neighbours — for the first time in a young nation’s budding history, that standing up for a Pacific brother when no one else would, was enough for a new regional respect for PNG.

    The operation ended swiftly, but the precedent set by PNG’s military would reverberate for decades.

    The Bougainville crisis and the mercenary gamble
    His second term as prime minister from 1994 to 1997, collided with PNG’s most protracted conflict: the Bougainville Civil War.

    By 1996, the crisis had claimed 20,000 lives, crippled the economy, and exposed the PNG Defence Force’s limitations.

    Desperate to break the stalemate, his government signed a secretive $36 million contract with Sandline International, a UK-based private mercenary group, to crush the Bougainville Revolutionary Army (BRA).

    When the deal leaked in 1997, public fury erupted.

    The PNGDF, led by Brigadier-General Jerry Singirok, arrested the mercenaries and demanded Chan’s resignation.

    Sir Julius stood defiant. Critics, however, saw betrayal with many saying hiring outsiders was an affront to sovereignty.

    Under pressure, he stepped aside pending an inquiry. Though exonerated of corruption, his political capital evaporated. The Sandline Affair became a cautionary tale of desperation and overreach.

    Resilience and redemption
    His career, however, refused to end in scandal. After a decade in the political wilderness, he returned as New Ireland Governor in 2007, championing provincial autonomy and education reforms.

    In 2015, he published his memoir, confronting the Sandline chapter head-on.

    His peers acknowledged his tenacity with founding Prime Minister Sir Michael Somare, before his passing, pointing out how both men had separated politics from their personal friendship for over 50 years.

    Culture as foundation
    Despite rising to political leadership at the national level, and having a strong hand in the formation of our country’s economic and financial stability, and using its young military force to nurture Pacific solidarity, Sir Julius will always be remembered for his respect of culture and tradition.

    His elevation and acknowledgment of the MaiMai, New Ireland’s Chieftan System as a recognised decision-making body within the New Ireland Provincial Government and the Provincial Assembly, was testament to Sir Julius’ own devotion and respect for traditional New Ireland culture.

    His creation of a pension for the wisened population of his home province, not only assured him continuous support from New Ireland’s older population at every election, but it set an example of the importance of traditional systems of governance and decision-making.

    To the world, he was a new country’s financial whiz kid, growing up in an environment rooted in traditional culture, and navigating a young Papua New Guinea as a mixed race leader saw him become one of PNG’s finest leaders.

    To the country, he will always be remembered as the “Last Man Standing”.

    But to his people of New Ireland, he will, over the coming weeks, be accorded the highest of traditional and customary acknowledgements that only the people of New Ireland will be able to bestow on such a Great Man. A Great Chief. A Great Leader.

    They will say for one last time: ‘Lapun i go nau. Wok bilong em i pinis.’ (The old man has left, his work here is done).

    This article is republished under a community partnership agreement with RNZ.


    This content originally appeared on Asia Pacific Report and was authored by APR editor.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2025/01/30/sir-julius-chan-one-of-papua-new-guineas-founding-fathers-dies-aged-85/feed/ 0 511672
    Chinese humanoid robots showcase folk dance skills ahead of Lunar New Year https://www.radiofree.org/2025/01/29/chinese-humanoid-robots-showcase-folk-dance-skills-ahead-of-lunar-new-year/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/01/29/chinese-humanoid-robots-showcase-folk-dance-skills-ahead-of-lunar-new-year/#respond Wed, 29 Jan 2025 20:56:33 +0000 http://www.radiofree.org/?guid=ee37e18ea1653f70f3ec496c7c6e3035
    This content originally appeared on Radio Free Asia and was authored by Radio Free Asia.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2025/01/29/chinese-humanoid-robots-showcase-folk-dance-skills-ahead-of-lunar-new-year/feed/ 0 511528
    Tech overlords flaunt new control at Trump inauguration https://www.radiofree.org/2025/01/29/tech-overlords-flaunt-new-control-at-trump-inauguration/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/01/29/tech-overlords-flaunt-new-control-at-trump-inauguration/#respond Wed, 29 Jan 2025 05:29:21 +0000 http://www.radiofree.org/?guid=496f2ef2ac9865b9d905b840739005e0
    This content originally appeared on The Grayzone and was authored by The Grayzone.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2025/01/29/tech-overlords-flaunt-new-control-at-trump-inauguration/feed/ 0 511506
    Moveable feasts: Asia offers many ways – and dates – to celebrate the New Year https://rfa.org/english/asia/2025/01/28/lunar-new-year-2025-china-korea-vietnam-tibet-laos-cambodia-myanmar/ https://rfa.org/english/asia/2025/01/28/lunar-new-year-2025-china-korea-vietnam-tibet-laos-cambodia-myanmar/#respond Tue, 28 Jan 2025 22:22:10 +0000 https://rfa.org/english/asia/2025/01/28/lunar-new-year-2025-china-korea-vietnam-tibet-laos-cambodia-myanmar/ Hundreds of millions of people in China and other parts of East Asia are on the move this week to celebrate New Year’s with family gatherings, feasts and traditional activities honoring ancestors and hoping to bring good fortune.

    Colloquially known as “Chinese New Year,” the Lunar New Year falls on Jan. 29 this year, but it can come as early as Jan. 21 or as late as Feb. 20. In 2026, the holiday falls on Feb. 17.

    The variation is the result of using a lunar calendar based on the phases of the moon, modified into a lunisolar calendar that addresses leap years to keep it roughly in line with the solar year of the Western, or Gregorian, calendar.

    Most East Asian nations adopted the Gregorian calendar in the late 19th or early 20th centuries, and the lunisolar calendar is used for cultural events, religious ceremonies, and for some people, birthdays.

    Worshipers burn incense at Wong Tai Sin Temple to welcome the Lunar New Year of the Snake in Hong Kong, Jan. 29, 2025.
    Worshipers burn incense at Wong Tai Sin Temple to welcome the Lunar New Year of the Snake in Hong Kong, Jan. 29, 2025.
    (Chan Long Hei/AP)

    Lunar New Year traditions vary greatly among the nine countries or territories covered by Radio Free Asia.

    Most of China’s 1.4 billion people -– as well as people in Hong Kong, Taiwan and Chinese communities around the world, observe the Lunar New Year, known as Chunjie, or Spring Festival.

    In China, the holiday brings a two-week vacation and a large mass migration of people back to their hometowns, where extended families reunite for feasts of special dishes believed to bring good luck.

    Red envelopes and fireworks

    Honoring ancestors is a key part of the festivities, but many of the rituals are forward-looking, symbolizing new beginnings and the hope of good fortune and health in the new year.

    Children and youth are given red envelopes full of cash, and families clean their houses and try to pay off their debts to clean the slate. Masses of fireworks are set off to scare away demons that may haunt the new year.

    When China was poor, the Spring Festival meant a rare opportunity to eat meat and other quality foods and wear new clothes. Now, many younger Chinese use the break to fly off to Japan to ski or to tour Southeast Asian countries.

    A Chinese woman lights a prayer candle during the Chinese New Year's Eve service at Dhanagun Vihara in Bogor, West Java,  Jan. 28, 2025, on the eve of the Lunar New Year of the Snake.
    A Chinese woman lights a prayer candle during the Chinese New Year's Eve service at Dhanagun Vihara in Bogor, West Java, Jan. 28, 2025, on the eve of the Lunar New Year of the Snake.
    (ADITYA AJI, Aditya Aji/AFP)

    The reason “Chinese New Year” is a misnomer is that the holiday is also observed on the same date in South Korea and Vietnam –- two neighbors of China that were heavily influenced by Chinese culture centuries ago. Like China, they will ring in the Year of the Snake on Wednesday.

    In South Korea, the holiday is called Seollal and features a return to hometowns, the wearing of traditional hanbok attire, playing folk games, and performing rites and offering food to deceased relatives to honor the family lineage.

    Young people bow deeply before their elders and receive gifts and money, and rice cake soup is a main treat for the holiday, which is a three-day affair.

    Kim Dynasty and Tet

    North Korea, separated from the South in the wake of World War II in a division cemented by the 1950-53 Korean War, returned to the practice of celebrating the Lunar New Year in 1989, and made it an official holiday in 2003.

    But the most important holidays in North Korea focus on the birthdates of founder Kim Il Sung and his son Kim Jong Il, the father of current leader Kim Jong Un. Even Lunar New Year is observed mainly by visits to statues of the two elder Kims.

    A woman holds her granddaughter as they visit the Lunar New Year
    A woman holds her granddaughter as they visit the Lunar New Year "Tet" market in Hanoi, Vietnam, Jan. 27, 2025.
    (Hau Dinh, Hau Dinh/AP)

    Vietnam, which moved from the lunar calendar to the Gregorian one when it was a colony of France in the late 19th century, calls the holiday Tết Nguyên Đán, or Tết for short. As in China, the Vietnamese will clean their homes and pay off debts, cook special dishes and make offerings to ancestors.

    While Vietnam will ring in the Year of the Snake this year, they don’t follow all 12 signs of the Chinese zodiac. When China observes the Year of the Rabbit, Vietnam honors the cat, while the Chinese Year of the Ox is instead the Year of the Buffalo.

    Special dumplings and Buddhist chants

    Tibet, which was annexed by China in 1950, calls its new year Losar, which falls in February or March, and very occasionally coincides with China’s Lunar New Year. This year, Losar, one of the most important festivals, falls on Feb. 28 and runs for 15 days.

    A highly religious holiday, Losar features a special noodle dish called Guthuk, containing dumplings made of different ingredients such as salt or rice that are seen as good omens.

    Tibetan women prepare for a ritual dance as they celebrate the Losar, or Tibetan New Year in Kathmandu, Nepal, Feb. 23, 2023.
    Tibetan women prepare for a ritual dance as they celebrate the Losar, or Tibetan New Year in Kathmandu, Nepal, Feb. 23, 2023.
    (Bikram Rai/AP)

    The ceremony Monlam (“Wish Path”) held at major monasteries of the Gelug sect of Tibetan Buddhism entails monks chanting and praying to bring peace and good fortune to their Himalayan region.

    The Uyghurs of the Xinjiang region, annexed by China in 1949-50, celebrate Nowruz, the Persian New Year. It falls on or near the Spring Equinox and will be observed on March 20 this year.

    The holiday is observed by various ethnic groups in countries along the Silk Road, including Afghanistan, Azerbaijan, India, Iran, Iraq, central Asian states and Turkey.

    For the Uyghurs, facing repression under Chinese rule and heavy-handed assimilation policies, there is a strong emphasis on preserving cultural identity through gatherings, feasts of special food, music and dance.

    RELATED STORIES

    Cash-strapped Chinese take the slow train home for Lunar New Year

    China swamped with respiratory infections ahead of Lunar New Year travel rush

    In song and dance, Uyghurs forced to celebrate Lunar New Year

    Splashing water, Buddhist rites

    In Southeast Asia, while Vietnam follows the Chinese-inspired calendar and traditions, the traditionally Buddhist nations of Cambodia, Laos and Myanmar mark the solar new year in mid-April, when the sun enters the sign of Aries the Ram.

    A reveler plays with water as he celebrates the Songkran holiday, which marks the Thai New Year in Bangkok, Thailand, April 14, 2024.
    A reveler plays with water as he celebrates the Songkran holiday, which marks the Thai New Year in Bangkok, Thailand, April 14, 2024.
    (Chalinee Thirasupa/Reuters)

    Many rites and practices are similar to those of Thailand, with water festivals aimed at cleansing and renewal, as well as traditional food, games, music and dancing. The festival comes in the hottest month of the year, just after the harvest and before the rainy season.

    In Cambodia, the Khmer New Year – known variously as Chaul Chnam Thmey, Moha Sangkran or Sangkran – runs from April 14-16 this year. It is a time of family reunions, religious ceremonies and giving alms to the poor.

    In next-door Laos, the New Year is known as Pi Mai or Boun Pimay, and this will run from April 13-16. During the festivities, people splash water on each other to bring good luck and peace throughout the coming year.

    Revelers take part in mass water fights on the first day of Songkran, or Thai New Year, in Bangkok on April 13, 2024.
    Revelers take part in mass water fights on the first day of Songkran, or Thai New Year, in Bangkok on April 13, 2024.
    (Lillian Suwanrumpha/AFP)

    The people of Myanmar celebrate the Burmese New Year, called Thingyan, or Water Festival, by throwing buckets of water on each other and on Buddha images as an act of prayer to wash away misfortunes to welcome the new year. It falls on April 13-16 this year.

    Edited by Malcolm Foster.


    This content originally appeared on Radio Free Asia and was authored by Paul Eckert.

    ]]>
    https://rfa.org/english/asia/2025/01/28/lunar-new-year-2025-china-korea-vietnam-tibet-laos-cambodia-myanmar/feed/ 0 511381
    ‘The Killing Fields of East New York’ Exposes the Slippery Slope of White-Collar Crime https://www.radiofree.org/2025/01/28/the-killing-fields-of-east-new-york-exposes-the-slippery-slope-of-white-collar-crime/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/01/28/the-killing-fields-of-east-new-york-exposes-the-slippery-slope-of-white-collar-crime/#respond Tue, 28 Jan 2025 15:36:04 +0000 https://progressive.org/latest/the-killing-fields-of-east-new-york-exposes-the-slippery-slope-of-white-collar-crime-cords-20250128/
    This content originally appeared on The Progressive — A voice for peace, social justice, and the common good and was authored by Sarah Cords.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2025/01/28/the-killing-fields-of-east-new-york-exposes-the-slippery-slope-of-white-collar-crime/feed/ 0 511337
    PNG media policy ‘new era journalism’ draft law ready, says Masiu https://www.radiofree.org/2025/01/27/png-media-policy-new-era-journalism-draft-law-ready-says-masiu/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/01/27/png-media-policy-new-era-journalism-draft-law-ready-says-masiu/#respond Mon, 27 Jan 2025 22:51:38 +0000 https://asiapacificreport.nz/?p=110142 NBC News in Port Moresby

    Papua New Guinea’s cabinet has officially given the green light to the PNG media policy, which will soon be presented to Parliament for formal enactment.

    Minister for Information and Communication Technology (ICT) Timothy Masiu believes this policy will address ongoing concerns about sensationalism, ethical standards, and the portrayal of violence in the media.

    In an interview with NBC News in Port Moresby, Masiu outlined the urgent need for a shift in the nation’s media practices.

    PNG's Information and Communication Technology Minister Timothy Masiu
    PNG’s Information and Communication Technology Minister Timothy Masiu . . . “It’s time for Papua New Guinea’s media to evolve and reflect the values that truly define us.” Image: NBC News

    “We must be more responsible in how we report and portray the issues that matter most to our country. It’s time for Papua New Guinea’s media to evolve and reflect the values that truly define us,” he said.

    “Sensational headlines, graphic images of violence, and depictions of suffering do nothing to build our national identity. They only hurt our reputation globally.”

    Minister Masiu said the policy aimed to regulate sensitive contents and shift towards “more constructive and informative” coverage.

    According to Masiu, the policy’s long-term goal was to protect the public from harmful content while empowering journalists to play a positive role in nation-building.

    “This policy isn’t about stifling press freedom. It’s about ensuring that media in Papua New Guinea serves the public good by upholding the highest standards of integrity and professionalism,” Masiu said.

    Meanwhile, the policy also acknowledged the media’s significant influence on public opinion and its role in national development.

    Masiu added that once the policy was passed into law, it would become a guiding framework for media institutions across the nation, laying the foundation for a new era of journalism in Papua New Guinea.

    Republished from NBC News.

    Persistent criticism
    Pacific Media Watch reports that the draft media policy law and consultation process have been controversial and faced persistent criticisms from journalists, the PNG Media Council (MCPNG) and Transparency international PNG.

    Version 5 of the policy is here, but it is not clear whether that is the version Masiu says is ready.

    PNG dropped 32 places to 91st out of 180 countries in the 2024 RSF World Press Freedom Index and the Paris-based world press freedom watchdog RSF called on the Marape government to withdraw the draft law in February 2023.

    Civicus references an incident last August when a PNG journalist was barred from a press briefing by the visiting Indonesian president-elect Prabowo Subianto and said this came “amid growing concern about the government’s plan to regulate the press under its so-called media development policy”.


    This content originally appeared on Asia Pacific Report and was authored by Pacific Media Watch.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2025/01/27/png-media-policy-new-era-journalism-draft-law-ready-says-masiu/feed/ 0 511268
    Experimental musician, director, and performance artist Alan Poma on inventing new futures https://www.radiofree.org/2025/01/27/experimental-musician-director-and-performance-artist-alan-poma-on-inventing-new-futures/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/01/27/experimental-musician-director-and-performance-artist-alan-poma-on-inventing-new-futures/#respond Mon, 27 Jan 2025 08:00:00 +0000 https://thecreativeindependent.com/people/experimental-musician-director-and-performance-artist-alan-poma-on-inventing-new-futures I’m curious about when you first decided you wanted to become an artist. Tell me a little bit about your background.

    I started as a musician. I’ve been working in the experimental music scene in Peru since 2001. Back then, people who played experimental music didn’t necessarily think of themselves as artists. Because I organized so many events and experimental operas—always starting with sound and then developing them into multimedia projects—people began to recognize me as an experimental opera director.

    At one point, I applied for a residency at the Delfina Foundation in London, where my project was to create an experimental opera. When I returned, the gallery that supported my residency told me, “We don’t want an opera. We have a gallery, and we need to fill it with your work for three months.”

    So I said, “Okay, I’m going to combine the language of the visual arts with my sound practices.” I decided to create an installation, which I called an opera without actors. On the day of the opening, when the museum director introduced me, he said, “I want to introduce the artist, Alan Poma.” That was the moment I became an artist.

    You’re constantly working on so many different projects—you’ve written the Andean Futurist Text Manifesto, you teach, you do these lectures on Indigenous art, you’re also developing a new opera. How do you balance all of these different projects?

    There are two important things. First of all is that they are all connected through Andean Futurism. Through it, I’m building up a practice and a concept at the same time. It doesn’t matter what my practice is now, it’s all related with this concept—Andean Futurism, which sometimes feels external to me. It needs to be filled up with ideas, with creativity, with love.

    It’s also tied to the concept of the artist within Andean Futurism: a person who makes things come alive, who brings life into the world. So everything I do—whether I’m writing, teaching, or working on an artistic project or performance—is a way to share that kind of energy.

    Could you talk about the inspiration for the Andean Futurism Manifesto and your process of writing the text?

    It was a long journey. Before I wrote the Andean Futurism Manifesto, I first developed the concept of Andean Futurism itself. At that time, if you searched for Andean Futurism on Google, nothing would come up—it was a concept I had to build from the ground up.

    I developed it through a practice I had worked on for about seven years: my adaptation of the Russian Cubo-Futurist opera, The Victory Over the Sun. That experience allowed me to finally put my ideas into words. I was inspired by the Russian Cubo-Futurist Manifestos, particularly how they embraced collaboration. If you look at Russian Futurist books, they are collaborations between painters, designers, and poets. I wanted to do something similar—a project that brought together artists from Lima.

    And I was thinking about the people around me back in 2019. Many of them were feeling really depressed. I wanted to create something that could help people feel proud—something that said, “We have a history, but it’s not frozen in museums. We can engage with these ancient paths, recreate them, and build something for the future. Just because we don’t have an ancient written language doesn’t mean we didn’t develop our own tradition of aesthetics or philosophical ideas.”

    I think you’re such an interesting artist because you engage with the ancient in your work in such an immediate way. Would you encourage other artists to and engage with the ancient, or even the pre-written?

    I think I’m related with the ancient, but I think it’s more related with time. So I think that in the manifesto, I encourage people to invent futures. Mark Fisher said that Western civilization are not able to make futures. We are living in dystopic futures because Western civilization is unable to imagine something good.

    And so I responded to that. I wasn’t reading this from the UK, or LA. I was reading this in Peru, in the Andes. So what’s my response to this? And I said, “Okay, Mark Fisher, you’re amazing, but I want you challenge me, and I want to develop a tool to create Andean futures.” So what I tried to propose to the people or suggest people do is to imagine Andean futures.

    And you grew up in Peru, and now you live in LA and you go to residencies. Could you talk a little bit about your relationship to place and where you are affects your work?

    Yeah. As part of the methodology of Andean Futurism, there’s the idea of diving deep into the past and reimagining it into the future. My initial connection with California was geographical. If you look at the San Andreas Fault, you can trace a line that connects directly to the Andes. I wouldn’t say it’s the same mountain range, but it feels like they’re all connected in some way. I learned that the ancient llama was actually found in California.

    Really?

    Yes. And even more fascinating, DNA studies of ancient burials on the northern islands of California show connections to the Southern Andes—specifically to ancient peoples from Chile and Bolivia. That realization made me think about the nomadic nature of existence—not just of humans, but of all of nature. That nomadism led me to feel that my ancestors moved through this part of the world.

    That’s how I first connected with California. But in a broader sense, as you mentioned, I also went to a residency in St. Louis, Missouri, where I visited Cahokia. There, I saw how Indigenous ancient traditions form a vast network, connecting North America with the ancient traditions of Central and South America. I connect to these places through the air, through the soil, through the sound, through the light. That’s how I feel the connection.

    What have your experiences been like sharing Andean cultural narratives in an academic setting outside of Peru, namely, I guess, in the United States?

    First, I feel very surprised because, in the academic world that surrounds me or that I observe, if you talk about Andean cultures, people don’t know much about them. But when I explain the concepts and ideas—because I’ve been teaching both artists and scholars—they approach these concepts differently. Artists tend to engage with them in a more practical way, while scholars or art historians focus more on the conceptual.

    However, I think both approaches connect. For example, when I talk to students or artists from other parts of the world—Asia, Europe, or North America—and I share the ancient traditions of the Andes or practices related to art, they feel connected because their cultures have similar traditions.

    This shows that words are sometimes used to build walls, to separate ideas or people. It’s as if only South American or Indigenous people can relate to these concepts. But that’s not true. Even in Western civilization, even within Christianity, there are magical elements—like the wine becoming blood during mass. That’s not so far removed from these ideas, and people can understand it. In this way, I think people feel deeply connected. Students and scholars alike are also searching for alternatives to the Western ideal of the future.

    You lectured at Human Resources Gallery in LA about the importance of parties to indigenous culture, but also to radical political movements. Could you talk a little bit about that?

    Yeah, I think a lot about the idea of the party, and I also think about noise. If there’s noise, it’s because there is silence. So I ask myself, “What is that silence?” In our societies, minorities are often silenced. Noise is something that breaks out of the status quo—it starts to appear.

    You can see this in certain types of popular culture, but at parties, it’s different. Parties are spaces where things are out of control. In that permissive environment that society gives you—to party, to get drunk—you can say things you normally wouldn’t. There’s a kind of energy that rises up; you feel free. You start to dance. You begin to unlock those repressive feelings that people carry in their daily lives as they work and function within society.

    So I think the party is related to that: the creation of a possibility, a space where something unexpected can happen—where creativity opens up. You can say, “I’ll do a satire. I’ll become something else. I’ll transform my body. I’ll be someone else tonight. Or I’ll become an animal tonight.”

    That connects to a concept in the manifesto: transrationality. It’s about accessing a way of understanding that goes beyond the rational—something more connected to the senses, to our basic human need to express and communicate.

    Going off of that answer, the party is a good metaphor for creativity in general, this freedom. And living in today’s age surrounded by technology, which a lot of people would say, limits our freedom or stunts this free expression. Would you agree with that—do you think that technology in any way limits the artists of today in a way that they didn’t in the past?

    Sometimes I try to expand the concept of technology and think of it in broader terms. For example, if we consider ancient technologies—like the ability to predict whether the next year will bring a rainy season—this knowledge comes from observing the stars. These kinds of practices are still alive in the Andes today. I know some people might read this and say, “No way, that’s impossible.” But that is a form of technology, because by observing, you are able to say, “Okay, this is going to happen next.” It’s like, you try and there’s an error, and you try and there’s an error. Eventually, you come to know that if you see something in the sky, or if you notice an animal underground, you can predict rain or other events in the environment. It’s about listening to nature, to the environment.

    This kind of relationship with technology is important, particularly in the communities I work with in Peru—the Andean communities. My approach to technology, when I really think about it, is both engaged and critical.

    For example, there’s a type of technology designed to kill—like weapons—and that is often tied to ideas from Italian Futurism. Italian Futurists embraced technology as a path to the future, celebrating war, destruction, and chaos. But history shows us that this approach led to disaster. I want to approach technology differently—through a poetic lens. I’m interested in the historical weight of technology, how it intersects with poetry, and how that, in turn, is tied to politics. That’s what I find interesting. Your question made me think about a performance I recently attended, which explored Indigenous relationships to AI and technology. I went with a couple of friends, and afterward, one of them said, “I don’t understand how these people are making performances about AI when AI is going to kill them.”

    Would you say you’re hopeful or maybe tentatively suspending any judgment on AI until we see what happens next, because we always treat technology suspiciously at first?

    But in terms of technology, for example, how you could transform the technology through Andean Futurism? Or if some people are related with these creative things for good, again, not for destruction or worse, or hate, it will be good to work with AI. The problem is not the AI. The problem is the people.

    Do you think it’s hard to be an artist today? What are the biggest difficulties facing you and your students as artists?

    I think there’s a lot of hope in Peru. Life is difficult for artists, but I still see hope—in students who are searching for new ways to understand reality or to reconnect with something they feel has been lost. It’s also significant [for me] how people from the Andean diaspora connect with my work, with Andean Futurism. I find that very interesting, and I feel deeply grateful for that connection.

    Alan Poma recommends:

    Sampoña sonica from the composer Edgar Valcarcel

    La nación clandestina (1989) by Jorge Sanjines

    Huinaipacha (2017)
    by Óscar Catacora

    Aji de gallina from your local Peruvian restaurant

    Pez de Oro by Galamiel Churata


    This content originally appeared on The Creative Independent and was authored by Lucia Ahrensdorf.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2025/01/27/experimental-musician-director-and-performance-artist-alan-poma-on-inventing-new-futures/feed/ 0 511193
    Exiled Myanmar musicians find new voices after coup https://rfa.org/english/myanmar/2025/01/26/myanmar-music/ https://rfa.org/english/myanmar/2025/01/26/myanmar-music/#respond Sun, 26 Jan 2025 13:35:48 +0000 https://rfa.org/english/myanmar/2025/01/26/myanmar-music/ Once a full-time musician who toured throughout Myanmar, indie-pop star Linnith now finds himself in vastly different circumstances –- just like so many other celebrities who fled the country after the 2021 military coup d’etat.

    From his new home in Maryland in the United States, Linnith told Radio Free Asia about working as an Uber driver and trying to experiment with new music, but also generally “feeling lost.”

    “In my country, I don’t have to work like this – 50 hours a week, or something like that,” he said last week.

    After the coup, Linnith and many other artists took to the streets in protest. They also wrote music and posted on social media against the military dictatorship.

    Subsequent crackdowns by the junta left hundreds dead and thousands in police custody as censorship and threats of violence forced many artists into hiding.

    (Rebel Pepper illustration/RFA)

    But the aftermath of the coup has also brought underground and ethnic artists into the spotlight, as widely popular anti-coup music proliferates both online and off and artists navigate a new music industry with unique challenges.

    “Everything is different now, it’s not only the production, literally everything,” Linnith said, adding that he’s had to transition from making music in a major studio with a team and professional equipment to working independently.

    “After the coup, I can make music in my bedroom with my laptop with one cheap mic. I don’t even have a soundproof room, you know? That’s it.”

    Others are embracing the new underground nature of the music industry, where online platforms have given rise to popularity of new artists.

    “My priority is politics, so I write down all these things that I think about politics that I think about in my rap,” said an underground rapper asking to be identified as T.G. “I talk about the military coup and how we should unite and fight them back to get democracy for our generation.”

    New challenges

    But addressing politics can be a matter of life and death.

    At least three hip-hop artists have been arrested for their role in anti-junta movements, two later dying at the hands of the junta. Yangon-based 39-year-old Byu Har was arrested in 2023 for criticizing the military’s Ministry of Electricity and Energy on social media, and later sentenced to 20 years in prison.

    But others have met worse fates. Rapper and member of parliament for the ousted National League for Democracy party Phyo Zayar Thaw was executed in 2022. Similarly, San Linn San, a 29-year-old former rapper and singer, died after being denied medical treatment for a head injury sustained in prison linked to alleged torture, according to a family member.

    Many others have been injured protesting the dictatorship.

    Like many fleeing the country to avoid political persecution and to find work, much of the music industry has also shifted outside of Myanmar.

    A former Yangon-based rapper who asked to be identified as her stage name, Youth Thu, for security reasons moved to Thailand when she saw her main job in e-commerce being affected by the coup and economic downturn.

    “When I came here, I was trying to stay with my friends because I have no deposit money to get a room because I need to get a job first,” said a singer asking to be identified as her stage name, Youth Thu, for security reasons.

    Now working at a bar in Bangkok, she’s starting to incorporate her experiences into music that will resonate with others in the Myanmar diaspora.

    “I never expected these things. I never expected to be broke as [expletive deleted]. I never expected to live in that kind of hostel,” she said.

    “Especially migrants from Myanmar who are struggling here, I’m representing that group so my songs will be coming out saying all my experiences.”

    For those left inside the country, economic factors are also taking a toll on music production, Linnith said.

    “Because of inflation, the exchange rates are horrible… All the gear, the prices are going so high, like two or three times what it was,” Linnith said. “So most people can’t upgrade their gear or if something is wrong, they can’t buy a new thing.”

    Starting again

    The challenges have also ushered in new music and different tastes from audiences, as well as a boom in the underground industry and in rap and grime, a type of electronic dance, artists told RFA.

    T.G. said he’s seen a new appreciation for ethnic music coming from the country’s border regions, where languages other than Burmese dominate the music scene and everyday life. He’s also seen a revival of revolutionary music popularized in 1988, when student protests across Myanmar ended in a violent military coup that has drawn comparisons to the junta’s 2021 seizure of power.

    “After the [2021] coup, a lot of people from the mainland, a lot of people are going to the ethnic places like Shan, Kachin, Karen and then, Karenni,” he said. “They started to realize there are a lot of people willing to have democracy, so they started to realize that ethnic people are also important for the country.”

    Artists are also dealing with new feelings on a personal level. Depressed, anxious and struggling to cope with changing realities, Linnith and others have found new feelings to draw from.

    “The lyrics are literally ‘I give everything, I don’t believe in anything. I’m lost.’ That’s the kind of feeling I’ve got at the moment…I wrote it in my head while I was driving, again and again and again,” he said.

    “This is perfect timing, a perfect song for me…. Not just a perfect song, but the best song. It came from real feelings, real pain.”

    Youth Thu says while her music isn’t inherently political, she is also writing about her new life in ways she hopes will resonate with her audience.

    “I got to meet with other girls who are coming to Thailand to survive too. We have different goals, but still we are sharing lunch, sharing rooms, sharing the hostel – and they have no voice,” she said.

    “I have a voice – voice means the songs. I can write a song, I can say I’m not afraid in the songs and include all these things.”

    Edited by Matt Reed.


    This content originally appeared on Radio Free Asia and was authored by Kiana Duncan for RFA.

    ]]>
    https://rfa.org/english/myanmar/2025/01/26/myanmar-music/feed/ 0 511163
    Media Hype Set Up Tren de Aragua to Serve as Trump’s New Bogeyman https://www.radiofree.org/2025/01/25/media-hype-set-up-tren-de-aragua-to-serve-as-trumps-new-bogeyman/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/01/25/media-hype-set-up-tren-de-aragua-to-serve-as-trumps-new-bogeyman/#respond Sat, 25 Jan 2025 18:27:39 +0000 https://fair.org/?p=9043926  

    CNN: This is the dangerous Venezuelan gang infiltrating the US that you probably know nothing about but should

    CNN (6/10/24) on Tren de Aragua: “The scale of its operations is unknown, but crimes attributed to alleged members of the gang have worried elected officials.”

    A CNN headline (6/10/24) last June menacingly warned readers about the United States’s latest dial-a-bogeyman, guaranteed to further whip up anti-immigrant vitriol in the country and justify ever more punitive border fortification: “This Is the Dangerous Venezuelan Gang Infiltrating the US That You Probably Know Nothing About But Should.”

    The gang in question was Tren de Aragua, which formed in Tocorón prison in the Venezuelan state of Aragua, and spread to various South American countries before allegedly setting its sights on the US. Now the organization that you probably knew nothing about has achieved such a level of notoriety that President Donald Trump issued an executive order on his first day of returning to office, declaring the group (along with other regional drug cartels and gangs) to be a “foreign terrorist organization.”

    Although there is approximately zero evidence of a smoking gun on the old terror front, the corporate media are doing their best to bring fantasy to life. And as usual, it’s the average refuge seeker who will suffer for it.

    ‘Invading criminal army’

    Fox: Tren de Aragua gang members arrested in NYC apartment next to daycare facility

    Fox News (12/20/24): “The vicious gang has taken advantage of a lax southern border under the Biden-Harris administration, with many of its foot soldiers swarming the US and unleashing hell on unsuspecting communities.”

    In the course of educating its audience about the little-known peril last year, CNN quoted a March letter to then-President Joe Biden from a group of Republican congressmembers, led by Florida’s Marco Rubio and María Elvira Salazar (incorrectly identified by CNN as Ana María Salazar). The letter sounded the alarm that the “invading criminal army” Tren de Aragua was positioned to “unleash an unprecedented reign of terror” across the US.

    Rubio—the xenophobic son of Cuban immigrants to the United States and Trump’s new Secretary of State—took to social media (X, 6/17/24) to declare that Tren de Aragua was already “causing terror across America as a result of President Biden’s open border policy.” Rubio linked to Salazar’s post from the same day, in which she cast the outfit as a “vicious gang that the dictator Maduro is dumping into America through our open southern border”—a reference to current Venezuelan president and US enemy extraordinaire Nicolás Maduro. Maduro has himself accused the exiled right-wing Venezuelan politician Leopoldo López of being behind the gang.

    Of course, the fact that Biden deported more migrants than Donald Trump did during his first term undermines the whole “open border” argument. Then again, racist propaganda has always been more useful than reality in crafting US policy. In July, the Biden administration bowed to pressure from Rubio et al. and designated Tren de Aragua a transnational criminal organization, thus elevating the gang “you probably know nothing about but should” into a supposed existential threat to the homeland.

    In the months following the designation, the US corporate media fell into line with breathless reports on the “bloodthirsty” Tren de Aragua, as Fox News (12/20/24) put it in a December would-be exposé on how the gang has allegedly “immersed itself among the general population in the sanctuary city” of New York. As per Fox’s calculations, “many” of Tren de Aragua’s “foot soldiers” have also busied themselves by “swarming the US and unleashing hell on unsuspecting communities.” The article vaguely accused the gang of “all sorts of violent crime,” including (nonfatal) shootings of police officers and “gun smuggling into migrant shelters.”

    ‘Feared criminal organization’

    NYT: Venezuelan Gang’s Path to U.S. Stokes Fear, Crime and Border Politics

    “Its widening presence in the United States has become a political lightning rod for Republicans,” the New York Times (9/22/24) reported, “as they seek to blame the Biden administration’s border policy for allowing criminals into the country”—and the Times was happy to help them out by running a feature on a group responsible for 50 arrests nationwide, in a country that arrests 7 million people a year.

    But it’s not just the predictable likes of Fox News that have permitted the Tren de Aragua hype to fuel a general persecution of migrants by implying that migrant shelters are gang hotbeds and that any undocumented person could be an “immersed” foot soldier. In back-to-back items in September, the New York Times (9/22/24, 9/23/24) explored how, in New York City, Tren de Aragua—a “feared criminal organization focused on sex trafficking, human smuggling and the drug trade”—is “believed to recruit Tren de Aragua members arriving in the United States from inside the city’s migrant shelters,” where gang members also reportedly “live, or have lived.” According to New York City police,

    one of the largest challenges…is how quickly gang members have blended into the city’s fabric, not just among asylum seekers in shelters, but also by posing as delivery drivers on mopeds, in some cases transporting firearms inside food delivery packs.

    The Times reported that Tren de Aragua members are said to “have similar identifying marks,” such as tattoos with clocks, anchors or crowns, as well as “Michael Jordan brand clothing and Chicago Bulls apparel.”

    Given the widespread popularity of such apparel among certain demographics, and the NYPD’s notorious track record of racial profiling and selective stop-and-frisk harassment, such wardrobe analysis is a pretty good recipe for the further trampling of civil liberties. I myself have observed a disproportionate affinity for Jordan and the Chicago Bulls among young Venezuelan refuge seekers I personally know, all of whom happen to be quite opposed to Tren de Aragua—for reasons including the blanket vilification of Venezuelan immigrants that has attended the hullabaloo over the gang.

    But what, precisely, does Tren de Aragua’s “unprecedented reign of terror” consist of? Well, the Times tells us that the NYPD

    says the gang has primarily focused on snatching cellphones; retail thefts, especially high-end merchandise in department stores; and dealing a pink, powdery synthetic drug, known as Tusi.

    Plus, in June, a 19-year-old Venezuelan migrant who might have been affiliated with Tren de Aragua was accused of shooting two police officers, who survived.

    ‘Expanding its deadly reach’

    WSJ: A Venezuelan Gang Is Expanding Its Deadly Reach to the U.S.

    Wall Street Journal (9/12/24): “Tren de Aragua members are difficult to identify and track because they have entered the US through the southern border”—as opposed to gang members who are either homegrown or entered through the Canadian border, who are apparently easy to identify and track.

    A September Wall Street Journal article (9/12/24), headlined “A Venezuelan Gang Is Expanding Its Deadly Reach to the US,” similarly warned that Tren de Aragua is

    accused of robberies at Macy’s, Sunglass Hut and upscale stores, and moped-riding gang members also have been blamed for snatching phones from unsuspecting pedestrians.

    While it is certainly shitty to have your phone stolen, it is quite a bit less “deadly” than the behavior exhibited by many police officers in the US, who can’t seem to kick the habit of killing Black people and Native Americans.

    Never mind, too, that there are plenty of things it’s more rational to be afraid of in the land of the free than Tren de Aragua, such as the regularity of mass shootings in schools and the lethal for-profit healthcare system. A 2023 University of California, Riverside paper published in the Journal of the AMA (4/17/23) found poverty to be the fourth leading cause of death in the United States—hence the political utility, perhaps, of distracting Americans from actual problems with visions of marauding Venezuelan gangbangers.

    Tempered by disclaimers

    CBS: Venezuelan gangs are trying to recruit children from migrant families. Here's what the NYPD is doing to stop them.

    CBS New York (11/24/24): “Undocumented criminals as young as 11 years old are carrying out retail robberies and committing crimes on scooters.”

    In reporting on Tren de Aragua, many media outlets purport to temper their sensationalism with the disclaimer that they are not in fact participating in a universal indictment of migrants. A November CBS New York intervention (11/24/24) on Tren de Aragua’s alleged attempts “to recruit children from migrant families” in shelters, while “blend[ing] in with the asylum seekers who began to arrive in the Big Apple in 2022,” held the following information until the very last line: “[Police] say it’s important to know that only a small portion of the migrant community is committing the majority of the crimes.”

    In the midst of its own fearmongering, the New York Times (9/23/24) cautioned that “it’s important to note that overall crime in New York City has gone down as the number of migrants in the city has gone up.” NBC News (6/12/24) buried the observation that “criminologists have consistently found that immigrants commit crimes at a lower rate than native-born Americans” at the tail end of its June rant on “‘Ghost Criminals’: How Venezuelan Gang Members Are Slipping Into the US.”

    In the NBC piece, journalists Laura Strickler, Julia Ainsley, Didi Martinez and Tom Winter complained that “the cases involving the Tren de Aragua gang show how hard it is for US border agents to vet the criminal backgrounds of migrants from countries like Venezuela that won’t give the US any help” in providing individual criminal records. The huffiness of such statements might be amusing, were the US itself not guilty of a quite lengthy criminal background in Venezuela itself; ongoing US sanctions against the South American nation are literally deadly, and in 2017–18 alone reportedly caused more than 40,000 deaths, according to a study by the Washington, DC–based Center for Economic and Policy Research.

    Sanctions are also a key driver of the migration from Venezuela to the US. But the preponderant role of US efforts to financially asphyxiate Venezuela in fueling mass Venezuelan migration is not a subject corporate media like to dwell on (FAIR.org, 6/13/22)—and even less, it seems, in reporting on their new favorite bogeyman. A fleeting reference to the relevance of US machinations appears in the Wall Street Journal piece on the “deadly reach” of Tren de Aragua:

    The gang is looking for better opportunities than those in Venezuela, where the economy has capsized under Maduro’s rule, leading to hyperinflation and poverty made worse by US sanctions.

    Given that poverty and economic oppression are traditionally known to be driving forces behind gang membership, the sanctions factor would seem to merit a bit more journalistic investigation—that is, were the US politico-media establishment interested in explaining criminal phenomena rather than casting gang members as organically and inexplicably savage.

    The New York Times (9/22/24) lamented that, as Venezuela’s economic woes intensified, Tren de Aragua “began to profit off the millions of fleeing Venezuelans, exploiting, extorting and silencing vulnerable migrants.” Of course, such opportunities for profit would not exist if not for the twin US policies of sowing havoc worldwide while simultaneously criminalizing migration—but, again, revealing to readers how the world works is not the objective here.

    ‘Violent animals of MS-13’

    FAIR: Key Fact Obscured in Immigration Coverage: MS-13 Was Made in USA

    Justin Anderson (FAIR.org, 7/22/18): The growth of MS-13 “from a small street gang in the US to a transnational criminal organization…provides an illuminating case study of how US foreign policy choices can backfire spectacularly.”

    The media’s decontextualized coverage of Tren de Aragua brings back memories of the apocalyptic hype surrounding the presence in the US of the predominantly Salvadoran gang Mara Salvatrucha, or MS-13, which reached a peak during Trump’s first term and was aided by apparent mediatic amnesia as to how it was that MS-13 came to exist.

    As Justin Anderson wrote in a 2018 article for FAIR (7/22/18), the gang had “become a major scapegoat for Donald Trump and right-wing media in rationalizing harsh immigration policies.” Anderson wasn’t exaggerating; that same year, the White House released a handy memo titled “What You Need to Know About the Violent Animals of MS-13,” in which the word “animals” appeared no fewer than nine times—as though a country responsible for bombing and otherwise terrorizing civilians across the globe were the arbiters of humanity. But as Anderson detailed, media coverage of the immigration debate largely obscured the fact that MS-13 was “Made in USA” in the first place.

    Indeed, the origins of MS-13 are pretty straightforward. Once upon a Salvadoran civil war, which killed more than 75,000 people from 1979–92, the US in typical fashion backed the right-wing military that was ultimately responsible—along with allied paramilitary groups and death squads—for the overwhelming majority of “serious acts of violence,” as per the United Nations Truth Commission on El Salvador.

    Fleeing this violence, many Salvadorans ended up in Los Angeles and environs, where the going was not exactly easy, either; as Anderson noted, LA

    was at the time in the midst of violent gang turf wars stemming from the crack cocaine epidemic—itself partially the product of plummeting cocaine prices as the result of drug-smuggling by the CIA-backed Nicaraguan Contra rebels.

    In the Salvadoran community, gangs formed as a means of communal self-defense.

    Following the end of the civil war, the US decided to deport a mass of prison-hardened gang members back to a country it had just helped destroy, where the ensuing US-backed neoliberal assault left many Salvadorans with few options for economic and social survival aside from gang membership. The double whammy of neoliberal violence and gang violence in turn fueled more US-bound migration, and voilà: Enter the “violent animals of MS-13” to make xenophobia great again, and justify any and all sociopathic border-fortification measures.

    As Anderson pointed out at FAIR, the media could scarcely be bothered to delve into such relevant history—although

    one article in the DC Metro Weekend section [of the Washington Post] (6/14/18) did mention immigration in relation to the civil war, but only in the context of where to get some tasty Salvadoran food in Maryland.

    Perhaps some future article on Venezuelan arepa establishments will offer an insight or two as to Washington’s outsized hand in Venezuela’s decimation. In the meantime, a 2023 infographic on the “deadly consequences” of US-led sanctions on the country—published by the Venezuelanalysis website, using statistics from the US Government Accountability Office, the UN Food and Agriculture Organization and other sources—revealed that coercive economic measures had thus far made some 2.5 million people food insecure. As of 2020, more than 100,000 deaths were attributed to sanctions.

    ‘Total elimination’

    WaPo: Police dispute claims — echoed by Trump — that gang controls Colorado complex

    As with fabricated claims that immigrants were eating pets, the idea that Tren de Aragua had taken over a Colorado housing project didn’t have to be true to have a political impact (Washington Post, 9/6/24).

    At an October rally in New York, Trump announced that, if elected president, he would “expedite removals of Tren de Aragua and other savage gangs like MS-13, which is equally vicious.” Earlier that month, he had expanded on rumors that Tren de Aragua had taken over an apartment complex in Aurora, Colorado, a suburb of Denver: “I will rescue Aurora and every town that has been invaded and conquered.”

    Now that America is safely back in Trump’s hands, a surge in Tren de Aragua–centered propaganda will no doubt facilitate his pledge to carry out the “largest deportation operation in American history.” The brand-new designation of Tren de Aragua, MS-13 and other outfits as foreign terrorist organizations was accompanied by Trump’s declaration that it is the “policy of the United States to ensure the total elimination of these organizations’ presence in the United States”—whatever sort of action, military or otherwise, that may entail. The accompanying media offensive will surely be streamlined with the help of the reductionist “terrorist” label that has now been added to the linguistic arsenal.

    Meanwhile, over on the frontlines of the invasion in Aurora, the Washington Post reported in September (9/6/24) that “some tenants” of the apartments in question had

    held a news conference…and disputed the notion that the gang has taken over the complex. Instead, they said, the problem is that the apartment block has fallen into disrepair and is infested with bedbugs, cockroaches and rats.


    This content originally appeared on FAIR and was authored by Belén Fernández.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2025/01/25/media-hype-set-up-tren-de-aragua-to-serve-as-trumps-new-bogeyman/feed/ 0 511109
    New Report Shows That Work Requirements for Safety Net Programs Fail to Boost Employment https://www.radiofree.org/2025/01/24/new-report-shows-that-work-requirements-for-safety-net-programs-fail-to-boost-employment/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/01/24/new-report-shows-that-work-requirements-for-safety-net-programs-fail-to-boost-employment/#respond Fri, 24 Jan 2025 16:19:47 +0000 https://www.commondreams.org/newswire/new-report-shows-that-work-requirements-for-safety-net-programs-fail-to-boost-employment As Republican policymakers push for work requirements for Medicaid recipients and consider stricter ones for food stamp recipients, a new EPI report surveys the available evidence and finds that work requirements do not meaningfully increase employment. Work requirements—and the burdensome paperwork that will need to be completed to apply for the benefits—do, however, shut out deserving families needing food assistance and health care.

    Work requirements have largely failed to boost employment in significant ways because these requirements do not attack the core barriers to work, such as weak macroeconomic conditions, the volatile nature of low-wage employment, and caregiving responsibilities.

    In fact, the primary barrier to work for low-income adults who want steady hours of employment is the state of the macroeconomy—conditions that are far beyond their control. Low-income adults’ employment rises when overall unemployment is low, and they work more hours and earn more as a result. When unemployment is high, however, low-income adults are often the first to lose their jobs and see large hour declines as well.

    The report also compares the demographic and safety net profile of all adults ages 18 to 59 and adults who are on the Supplemental Nutrition Assistance Program (SNAP, or food stamps) and Medicaid. Those receiving SNAP and Medicaid are disproportionately likely to be women and nonwhite, and they are also less likely to have a college education—only 15% of adults on SNAP and Medicaid have a bachelor’s degree or higher. Further, adults on SNAP and Medicaid are much more likely to have an elderly person in the household.

    “Work requirements for safety net programs are a punitive solution that solves no real problem. They do not reliably increase employment, but they do kick people off essential benefits like food assistance and health care,” said Hilary Wething, EPI economist and author of the report. “If policymakers are genuinely concerned about improving access to work, they should support policies like affordable child and elder care.”


    This content originally appeared on Common Dreams and was authored by Newswire Editor.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2025/01/24/new-report-shows-that-work-requirements-for-safety-net-programs-fail-to-boost-employment/feed/ 0 511112
    Vietnamese corruption campaigner arrested for criticizing new traffic rules https://rfa.org/english/vietnam/2025/01/24/decree-168-traffic-rules-campaigner-arrested/ https://rfa.org/english/vietnam/2025/01/24/decree-168-traffic-rules-campaigner-arrested/#respond Fri, 24 Jan 2025 05:25:41 +0000 https://rfa.org/english/vietnam/2025/01/24/decree-168-traffic-rules-campaigner-arrested/ Read more on this topic in Vietnamese.

    Dau Thanh Tam, a Vietnamese campaigner against corruption in hospitals, has been arrested for criticizing strict new traffic rules, state media reported.

    Tam was charged Thursday with “abusing democratic freedoms to post false information” under Article 331 of the criminal code for her social media posts, the first arrest since the rules were introduced at the start of the year, the Tuoi Tre news site said.

    The Hanoi Police Internal Political Security Department said Tam frequently posted video clips on TikTok and Facebook criticizing treatment at Hanoi hospitals but had recently started posting clips about the new traffic rules under Decree 168.

    Dau Thanh Tam at the police station in Hanoi on Jan. 23, 2025.
    Dau Thanh Tam at the police station in Hanoi on Jan. 23, 2025.
    (Hanoi City Police)

    The police accused Tam of inciting people to protest against Decree 168 which faces widespread public criticism because fines have risen sharply and stricter rules are making life tougher for taxi, delivery and long distance freight drivers, while traffic conditions have not improved.

    “Dau Thanh Tam is one of the people who really trusts [Communist Party General Secretary] To Lam and is hoping to work with the party and the state to change shortcomings so that people can have a better life,” former prisoner of conscience Dang Thi Hue told Radio Free Asia. “She is not completely a dissident, or fighting for social change like other dissidents.”

    The Facebook page Thanh Tam Dau has 43,000 followers. Posts include video clips in which Tam talks about topics such as environmental pollution caused by garbage incineration, or criticizes Deputy Prime Minister Tran Hong Ha’s failure to deliver justice to those who suffered from the effects of pollution caused by a 2016 spill at a steel plant operated by the Formosa Plastics Group.

    In a video clip posted on Jan. 12, Tam said thousands of people who visited her Facebook and TikTok pages opposed Decree 168 because the high fines were not appropriate given people’s income and living standards, and the poor state of transport infrastructure. State-controlled Vietnam Television reported that “99% of people agreed” when the decree was issued.

    RELATED STORIES

    Vietnam punishes social media poster for complaining about traffic rules

    Vietnamese man fined for social media comments on new hefty traffic fines

    Tough new traffic fines anger Vietnamese

    The government has said Decree 168 would restore traffic safety. The deputy director of the Traffic Police Department at the Ministry of Public Security, Col. Pham Quang Huy, told state media that three weeks after the new rules were introduced the number of accidents, injuries and deaths had fallen.

    Although Tam is the first person to be arrested for criticizing the rules at least two people have been questioned by police, forced to delete social media posts, fined and ordered to sign pledges not to reoffend.

    “All voices that criticize Decree 168 are considered hostile and they use national security laws to punish them,” said lawyer Nguyen Van Dai who lives in exile in Germany. “The arrest of Dau Thanh Tam is also part of the program to suppress all critical voices.”

    New restrictions

    On Thursday, Project88 – which monitors human rights in Vietnam – released a report titled New restrictions on freedom of expression in Vietnam.

    The group said that after taking control of the Communist Party in 2016, hardliners issued numerous resolutions to maintain the party’s political monopoly, establishing a nationwide network of opinion-shapers to control online discourse.

    The government has been quick to act, passing laws such as the Cybersecurity Law, the Press Law, the Information Technology Law, and the Telecommunications Law, and many decrees to control online speech and traditional media.

    These laws built on an existing framework of criminal penalties under Articles 117, 155, 156, 200 and 331 of the criminal code.

    Project88 argues that many of the new policies violate human rights law, are too broad, and contain vague language that allows government officials to decide which topics are off-limits.

    Although Vietnam is a member of the United Nations Human Rights Council and publicly commits to protecting freedom of expression in its constitution and in numerous human rights agreements, “Vietnam has stepped up efforts to suppress freedom of expression,” Project88 said.

    Translated by RFA Vietnamese. Edited by Mike Firn.


    This content originally appeared on Radio Free Asia and was authored by RFA Vietnamese.

    ]]>
    https://rfa.org/english/vietnam/2025/01/24/decree-168-traffic-rules-campaigner-arrested/feed/ 0 510876
    Deadly Lunar New Year gift stampede in Cambodia | Radio Free Asia (RFA) https://www.radiofree.org/2025/01/23/deadly-lunar-new-year-gift-stampede-in-cambodia-radio-free-asia-rfa/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/01/23/deadly-lunar-new-year-gift-stampede-in-cambodia-radio-free-asia-rfa/#respond Thu, 23 Jan 2025 20:58:55 +0000 http://www.radiofree.org/?guid=c4b0247d8f12cf042ff27d03078164e7
    This content originally appeared on Radio Free Asia and was authored by Radio Free Asia.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2025/01/23/deadly-lunar-new-year-gift-stampede-in-cambodia-radio-free-asia-rfa/feed/ 0 510832
    Deadly Lunar New Year gift stampede in Cambodia | Radio Free Asia (RFA) https://www.radiofree.org/2025/01/23/deadly-lunar-new-year-gift-stampede-in-cambodia-radio-free-asia-rfa-2/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/01/23/deadly-lunar-new-year-gift-stampede-in-cambodia-radio-free-asia-rfa-2/#respond Thu, 23 Jan 2025 20:42:18 +0000 http://www.radiofree.org/?guid=67cfba107119ab21541793492c7e7dc5
    This content originally appeared on Radio Free Asia and was authored by Radio Free Asia.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2025/01/23/deadly-lunar-new-year-gift-stampede-in-cambodia-radio-free-asia-rfa-2/feed/ 0 510901
    Is a New Mississippi Law Decreasing Jailings of People Awaiting Mental Health Treatment? The State Doesn’t Know. https://www.radiofree.org/2025/01/23/is-a-new-mississippi-law-decreasing-jailings-of-people-awaiting-mental-health-treatment-the-state-doesnt-know/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/01/23/is-a-new-mississippi-law-decreasing-jailings-of-people-awaiting-mental-health-treatment-the-state-doesnt-know/#respond Thu, 23 Jan 2025 10:00:00 +0000 https://www.propublica.org/article/mississippi-law-mental-health-jailings-data by Gwen Dilworth, Mississippi Today

    This article was produced by Mississippi Today, which was a member of ProPublica’s Local Reporting Network in 2023-24. Sign up for Dispatches to get stories like this one as soon as they are published.

    Last year, Mississippi passed a new law aimed at decreasing the number of people being jailed solely because they need mental health treatment. Officials say it has led to fewer people with serious mental illness detained in jails.

    But the data submitted by different entities is contradictory and incomplete, making it impossible to know if the numbers are really going down.

    “It’s been inconsistent. It’s been sometimes just absent in different parts of the state,” said Rep. Sam Creekmore IV, a Republican from New Albany who chairs the Public Health and Human Services Committee and who sponsored legislation related to civil commitment during the last two sessions. “And so it’s really hard for us to evaluate how well or how bad we’re doing when the numbers aren’t consistent.”

    The Legislature approved changes to the state’s civil commitment law last year after reporting by Mississippi Today and ProPublica revealed that hundreds of people with no criminal charges were held in Mississippi jails each year as they awaited involuntary mental health evaluation and treatment. They frequently received no mental health care in jail and were treated like criminal defendants. The investigation found that since 2006, at least 17 people have died after being jailed during this process; and a nationwide survey as part of that series found that Mississippi is unique among states in its heavy use of jails for people who are civilly committed.

    Under the new law, which went into effect in July, a person cannot be held in jail unless all other options for care have been exhausted and unless they are “actively violent”; and they can never be held for more than 48 hours. The new law also requires that people in crisis see mental health professionals first, who can recommend commitment or suggest voluntary treatment options that are more suitable, avoiding the civil commitment process entirely.

    In the first three months that the law was in effect, more than 1,300 people were screened statewide for possible civil commitment, and over 500 were diverted to a less-restrictive treatment option, according to community mental health center reports. But during the same period, from July to September 2024, a state agency, counties and community mental health centers all reported vastly different numbers of people who spent time in jail during the process.

    Community mental health centers reported that 43 people were jailed in that period, less than half the number the Department of Mental Health reported: 102 people. And the department’s figure is likely an undercount because it only includes people who were admitted to a state hospital after their time in jail. Department of Mental Health spokesperson Adam Moore told Mississippi Today he couldn’t explain the discrepancy.

    And only 43 of Mississippi’s 82 chancery court clerks submitted data during the same period, despite a law from 2023 that required the courts to report psychiatric commitment data to the state. Those counties reported a total of 25 people being held in jail from July to September 2024 while in the civil commitment process.

    Creekmore said he plans to propose a bill this year that would ensure more counties submit mandatory data.

    “It really makes it impossible to legislate changes to (the new civil commitment laws) when our data is not complete,” he said.

    Last year, Creekmore said the Department of Mental Health would “police” counties to ensure compliance. But the agency itself said something different: Moore told Mississippi Today and ProPublica that it would educate county officials and mental health workers on the new law but wouldn’t enforce it.

    The Department of Mental Health sends quarterly reminders to clerks about reporting deadlines, has provided access to training videos and written instructions, and established a help desk for technical questions, Moore said.

    Most states do not regularly hold people in jail without charges during the psychiatric civil commitment process. At least 12 states and the District of Columbia prohibit the practice entirely. And only one Mississippi jail was certified by the state to house people awaiting court-ordered psychiatric treatment in 2023.

    Sheriffs, who have long decried the burden of housing people with mental health concerns in jails as inappropriate and unsafe, have been largely supportive of changes to the law.

    “It’s fantastic for the sheriffs, because the sheriffs don’t want people that are sick in the jail,” said Will Allen, the attorney for the Mississippi Sheriffs’ Association. “They certainly don’t want people who have not committed a crime in the jail.”

    But implementing the law has proved challenging for areas of the state with limited resources, particularly those without nearby crisis stabilization units, which provide short-term treatment to people in psychiatric crises.

    And even in well-resourced areas, limited crisis beds can force counties to transport patients or house them in a nearby private treatment facility at the counties’ expense.

    The restrictions on housing people in jail have proved to be a “nightmare” for Calhoun County, which is more than 30 miles away from the nearest crisis stabilization unit, Chancery Clerk Kathy Poynor said.

    “We don’t have anywhere else to put them,” she said. “We can’t afford a psychiatric cell. Rural counties just can’t meet the financial obligations.”

    Some advocates say the law’s stipulations should be more stringently supervised by the state.

    Greta Martin, the litigation director for Disability Rights Mississippi, said the lack of oversight in the law is concerning.

    “If you are enacting legislation with a 48-hour cap on people being held in county jail and you do not provide any oversight ensuring that county jails are adhering to that, what’s the point of the legislation?” she said.


    This content originally appeared on ProPublica and was authored by by Gwen Dilworth, Mississippi Today.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2025/01/23/is-a-new-mississippi-law-decreasing-jailings-of-people-awaiting-mental-health-treatment-the-state-doesnt-know/feed/ 0 510759
    Vietnamese man fined for social media comments on new hefty traffic fines https://rfa.org/english/vietnam/2025/01/22/vietnam-168-criticism-fine/ https://rfa.org/english/vietnam/2025/01/22/vietnam-168-criticism-fine/#respond Wed, 22 Jan 2025 21:24:12 +0000 https://rfa.org/english/vietnam/2025/01/22/vietnam-168-criticism-fine/ Please read a version of this story in Vietnamese

    A Vietnamese man has been fined US$200 for posting a question on social media about a hugely unpopular law allowing for hefty fines for traffic violations.

    The government mandate, called Decree 168, which went into effect in the new year, has prompted police to crack down on seemingly minor traffic violations, arousing widespread anger among Vietnam’s millions of drivers and motorcycle riders

    A truck driver known as N.V.D. posted a comment on TikTok in October asking anyone who “opposes draft Decree 168, please share your thoughts.”

    His comments were about a draft form of Decree 168, which was proposed last year, approved in December and implemented on Jan. 1, People’s Public Security reported.

    “Is this law for the people, or someone else?” he asked.

    Police ordered him to pay 5 million Vietnamese dong (US$200) for “the act of providing, sharing fabricated information, causing confusion among people about Decree 168,” according to the People’s Public Security newspaper, which noted that N.V.D. has over 17,500 followers.

    The Cyber Security and High-tech Crime Prevention Division in central Dak Nong province also ordered N.V.D. to delete three other posts about the decree.

    Screenshot of N.V.D.'s TikTok video in which he states
    Screenshot of N.V.D.'s TikTok video in which he states "please share your thoughts” and is being used by the police as a basis for punishment for opposing draft Decree 168.
    (CAND)

    He is the second person to be fined for perceived criticism of the law.

    Last week, Hanoi resident Dang Hoang Ha was questioned by Ministry of Public Security officials for critical comments he made on his Facebook page and was fined 7.5 million Vietnamese dong (US$300).

    The ministry said the comments included “Saigon people took to the streets to protest because of Decree 168” and “Traffic police are out in force, blocking the streets.”

    Ha admitted to criticizing the new fines using provocative and misleading words and promised not to do it again, according to the ministry.

    In recent years the government has cracked down on social media posts it saw as a threat, jailing critics for “propaganda against the state,” under Article 117 of the criminal code and “abusing democratic freedoms,” under Article 331.

    Unpopular fines

    The effort over the last few weeks to discipline drivers who run red lights or ride their motorbikes on sidewalks has changed driver behavior for the better but has also led to more traffic jams, a Hanoi taxi driver told Radio Free Asia earlier this month.

    The initiative has also proven to be unpopular with social media commentators, many of whom have complained about the higher fine amounts.

    Fines for car drivers running red lights, for example, have risen from 4 million Vietnamese dong (US$157) to 18 million Vietnamese dong ($709), while fines for the same offense for motorcyclists went from 1 million Vietnamese dong ($39) to 4 million Vietnamese dong ($157).

    RELATED STORIES

    Vietnam punishes social media poster for complaining about traffic rules

    Tough new traffic fines anger Vietnamese

    In bid to reduce traffic jams, Vietnam mulls congestion fees

    N.V.D.’s comments in October included a remark that said anyone who committed a violation could lose half a year’s salary, which was “nothing short of strangling people,” according to a screenshot published by People’s Public Security.

    A source familiar with the matter, speaking to RFA on condition of anonymity for safety reasons, said N.V.D. was offering feedback on the draft decree because of his experience as a long-haul truck driver who transported agricultural products from the Mekong Delta to various provinces and cities.

    However, since Decree 168 took effect, N.V.D. has stopped accepting long-haul jobs because one of its regulations requires drivers to take a break after every four hours and limits drivers to a maximum of 10 hours per day and 48 hours per week.

    Many drivers told RFA that Decree 168’s restrictions on driving hours were unreasonable and would lead to increased transportation costs and reduced driver income.

    Translated by Anna Vu. Edited by Matt Reed and Malcolm Foster.


    This content originally appeared on Radio Free Asia and was authored by RFA Vietnamese.

    ]]>
    https://rfa.org/english/vietnam/2025/01/22/vietnam-168-criticism-fine/feed/ 0 510671
    Cash-strapped Chinese take the slow train home for Lunar New Year https://rfa.org/english/china/2025/01/22/china-lunar-new-year-slow-train-economic-downturn/ https://rfa.org/english/china/2025/01/22/china-lunar-new-year-slow-train-economic-downturn/#respond Wed, 22 Jan 2025 15:39:17 +0000 https://rfa.org/english/china/2025/01/22/china-lunar-new-year-slow-train-economic-downturn/ Ordinary Chinese are taking to trains, planes and automobiles amid the Lunar New Year travel rush that will see hundreds of millions head home to usher in the Year of the Snake, but the economic downturn is biting deep, sending many to the bottom of the ladder.

    Many are taking to the older, slower “green trains,” rather than those on the country’s formidable high-speed rail network, as social media users traded money-saving tips ahead of China’s biggest annual festival.

    Many of the high-speed trains are noticeably empty, with people piling onto slower trains in search of cheaper tickets, residents told RFA Mandarin in recent interviews.

    “This is the carriage during the Spring Festival travel rush this year,” user @Guangzhou_photographer said in a social media post with a video clip. “Where is everyone?”

    Chinese state media describe the rush as “the world’s largest annual human migration,” and the authorities are expecting some 9 billion trips over the 40-day travel period, which includes the Lunar New Year on Jan. 29 and the subsequent public holiday that ends Feb. 22.

    “More electric car owners and foreign tourists are expected to join the annual travel frenzy, traditionally featuring millions of migrant workers and others living far from their hometowns who head back to reunite with family and celebrate China’s most important festival,” state news agency Xinhua reported on Jan. 14.

    “Are people not going home ... this year, or are you all walking or jogging home instead?” they said, using the official government name for the Lunar New Year celebration.

    People use a ticket machine at a train station in Beijing, Jan. 20, 2025.
    People use a ticket machine at a train station in Beijing, Jan. 20, 2025.
    (ADEK BERRY/AFP)

    A resident of the southern city of Guangzhou who gave only the surname Hu for fear of reprisals said that he and a lot of his friends are sticking to the older, slower “green train” network this year, as high-speed rail tickets are several times the price of regular trains.

    “It takes nine hours to get from Guangzhou to Changsha on the green train, for just 100 yuan (US$13) or a little more,” Hu said. “The high-speed rail would cost nearly 400 yuan (US$55), which is three or four times the cost of the green train.”

    “There are a lot more people taking green trains this year than in previous years, and they are packed out with people and luggage in the aisles and the space by the doors, a lot of people using the toilets,” he said.

    He said that despite the flagging economy leaving many struggling financially, the government has slashed the number of green trains in recent years, making them even more crowded.

    ‘You have to tighten your belt’

    While China’s state media continues to pump out positive stories of economic recovery, many ordinary people in China are struggling to get by, and those who speak out about the situation are quickly silenced.

    Last month, censors took down a speech that went viral from economist Dong Shanwen, who warned that youth unemployment was tanking the economy, and that official growth figures had hugely underestimated the problem.

    RELATED STORIES

    Xi Jinping’s talk of ‘rainbows’ belies simmering public anger over China’s economy

    EXPLAINED: How China hopes to kickstart its flagging economy

    INTERVIEWS: ‘I can’t even afford to eat any more’

    “You can really tell that the economy’s not doing well,” Hu said, adding that people are cutting back on traditional gifts and “red envelopes” containing cash that are often handed out to younger members of the family.

    “People are going out less and spending less, and not giving out so many red envelopes,” he said.

    A Beijing resident who gave only the surname Huang for fear of reprisals said it’s nevertheless embarrassing to have to make such cuts to cash gifts.

    “Chinese people care so much about face, and in the cities, you can’t just give out 20 yuan [in a red envelope],” he said. “You have to give 100 yuan at least.”

    “I have to give red envelopes, despite the pain, because it’s a tradition, so I only give them to about 10 people now, which is within my budget,” he said. “You have to tighten your belt if you’re making less.”

    People crowd a railway station in Hangzhou, in China's eastern Zhejiang province, Jan. 22, 2025, as millions of people across China head to their hometowns ahead of Lunar New Year celebrations.
    People crowd a railway station in Hangzhou, in China's eastern Zhejiang province, Jan. 22, 2025, as millions of people across China head to their hometowns ahead of Lunar New Year celebrations.
    (STR/AFP)

    He said the mood on the streets of Beijing is noticeably less cheerful than in previous years.

    “There are noticeably fewer people on the streets,” he said. “A lot of people I know are complaining how hard it is to make money, and nobody is saying that business is good.”

    “Some people have no money ... and some are relying on their savings to get by.”

    ‘A civilized and rational Lunar New Year’

    Current affairs commentator Ji Feng said the government has been calling on departments and state-owned enterprises to curb lavish spending on festivities this year, which in turn has hit revenues at major food and drink manufacturers.

    “No one is buying Moutai this year,” Ji said, in a reference to China’s most famous fiery spirit. “The price has dropped to 2,000 yuan (US$275) [a bottle].”

    “A friend of mine who owns a distillery said business isn’t good this year, with not many customers, whereas it used to be overcrowded around Lunar New Year,” he said.

    He said government directives to “spend a civilized and rational Lunar New Year” was an indicator of the economic hardship faced by many in China, including cash-strapped local governments.

    “There’s no money, so we should spend less, but they have to find a high-sounding reason,” Ji said.

    “We’re not poor, but we should celebrate New Year like revolutionaries,” he quipped.

    People visit a new year's fair inside a shopping center in Beijing, Jan. 17, 2025.
    People visit a new year's fair inside a shopping center in Beijing, Jan. 17, 2025.
    (JADE GAO/AFP)

    Economic commentator Si Ling said the state media continues to sing the praises of China’s “economic recovery,” however.

    “But actually, the Chinese government is well aware that the pockets of ... the working classes and migrant workers, who make up 70% of China’s population, just aren’t very full this year,” Si said.

    “They try to guide public opinion by issuing directives warning against excessive consumption, but the subtext is that nobody has any money,” he said.

    At the end of last year, the Ministry of Civil Affairs ordered cash-strapped governments at every level to issue one-off payouts to the nation’s poorest people over the New Year holiday.

    All local governments are required to identify the poorest families, including those who hadn’t met previous criteria for needing state assistance, state media reported.

    Translated by Luisetta Mudie. Edited by Joshua Lipes.


    This content originally appeared on Radio Free Asia and was authored by Chen Zifei.

    ]]>
    https://rfa.org/english/china/2025/01/22/china-lunar-new-year-slow-train-economic-downturn/feed/ 0 510645
    Azerbaijani authorities bring new charges against Toplum TV, arrest another journalist https://www.radiofree.org/2025/01/21/azerbaijani-authorities-bring-new-charges-against-toplum-tv-arrest-another-journalist/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/01/21/azerbaijani-authorities-bring-new-charges-against-toplum-tv-arrest-another-journalist/#respond Tue, 21 Jan 2025 19:14:58 +0000 https://cpj.org/?p=447832 New York, January 21, 2025—The Committee to Protect Journalists condemns a decision by Azerbaijani authorities to bring six new charges against four Toplum TV journalists and the Friday arrest of the independent news outlet’s reporter Farid Ismayilov, who was remanded into pretrial custody. 

    “The new charges against Toplum TV underscores an unprecedented media crackdown waged by Azerbaijani authorities,” said Gulnoza Said, CPJ’s Europe and Central Asia program coordinator, in New York. “The jailing of Farid Ismayilov despite serious health issues is particularly concerning. He and all unjustly jailed Azerbaijani journalists should be immediately released.”

    Police raided Toplum TV’s office in March 2024 and charged the outlet’s founder Alasgar Mammadli, video editor Mushfig Jabbar, social media manager Elmir Abbasov, and Ismayilov with currency smuggling, releasing Abbasov and Ismayilov under travel bans.

    The Toplum TV staff are among 18 journalists and media workers from some of Azerbaijan’s largest independent media charged with major financial crimes over alleged Western donor funding amid a decline in relations between Azerbaijan and the West

    The charges increase the potential jail time facing the journalists from a maximum of eight to 12 years. The journalists denied the charges and alleged they were retaliatory, Toplum TV reported.

    Ismayilov’s lawyer, Zibeyda Sadygova, called the journalist’s pretrial detention unjustified and told CPJ that he is frail, requiring frequent medical care following lung surgery last year.

    CPJ’s annual prison census found that Azerbaijan was among the world’s top 10 jailers of journalists in 2024.

    Separately, on January 11, border guards at Baku International Airport, in the capital, prevented independent journalist Khanim Mustafayeva from boarding a flight and informed her that she was under a travel ban, without providing more information. 

    On January 16 Azerbaijani authorities interrogated Ulviyya Ali, a reporter with U.S. Congress-funded broadcaster Voice of America, in connection with a currency smuggling case against Germany-based independent outlet Meydan TV and told her that she was under a travel ban. 

    CPJ emailed the Ministry of Internal Affairs of Azerbaijan, which oversees the police, for comment but did not immediately receive a reply.


    This content originally appeared on Committee to Protect Journalists and was authored by CPJ Staff.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2025/01/21/azerbaijani-authorities-bring-new-charges-against-toplum-tv-arrest-another-journalist/feed/ 0 510539
    Writer and art critic Emmalea Russo on opening up new ways of thinking https://www.radiofree.org/2025/01/21/writer-and-art-critic-emmalea-russo-on-opening-up-new-ways-of-thinking/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/01/21/writer-and-art-critic-emmalea-russo-on-opening-up-new-ways-of-thinking/#respond Tue, 21 Jan 2025 08:00:00 +0000 https://thecreativeindependent.com/people/writer-and-art-critic-emmalea-russo-on-opening-up-new-ways-of-thinking Vivienne Volker, the fictional protagonist of your debut novel Vivienne, is the widow of Hans Bellmer. Although Volker is a fictional character, Bellmer was very real. What made you decide to zero in on his life and work, and the work of the Surrealists in general?

    I’m interested in his strange, discombobulated doll sculptures, which he’s most famous for. They’re gross and disturbing; some say he saw them as a reaction against the Nazi regime and the idea of the perfect body. I wanted to create this alternate universe around that. I’m also very interested in the uncanny, so the notion that this real artist would be in the book, but also that he would have this alternative existence felt appropriate. I wanted people to be able to read [the book] and then deep-dive into his work, but at the same time, not necessarily have to know who the hell he is or who any of the artists that I mentioned are in order to have fun reading.

    I thought it was interesting that you decided to invent a fictional art world controversy that tangentially involved a real artist rather than creating a totally fictional scenario—or, alternatively, focusing on a real controversy.

    I wanted to anchor the story, but at the same time, deform it—almost like Bellmer’s dolls—because I think of Vivienne as being set a little to the side of this world.

    Passages of the novel are composed of social media posts and comments sections. I noticed that many of the comments, even though they take on typical internet lingo, abandon traditional syntax and structures of meaning and start to sound almost poetic. I was reading your interview with Margaret Welsh, where you described poetry as an “alternative language.” In giving these passages a sense of disarray or discombobulation, were you intending to highlight social media speak as an alternative language as well?

    Yes—I was trying to highlight social media speak as an alternative language that can be deadening and repetitive and awful, but also have this potential for poetry or a dreamlike, otherworldly quality. It’s kind of absurdist because there are, I think, very realistic “comments” or social media lingo, and then there’s some that are straight-up poetry. But when you cruise around in comments sections long enough, there are some really poetic comments.

    I read Internet comments a lot, but [while researching this book] specifically, [I sought out] comments on “controversial” female figures, because Vivienne needed to be this icon that people had a lot to say about and had conflicting views on. I looked at comments on [posts] of people like Kate Moss, Carolyn Bessette-Kennedy, and Camille Paglia—canceled or controversial people—and video tributes to dead icons.

    Do you remember any comments that stood out to you as particularly striking or weird?

    I don’t know if there’s a specific one, but when a comment opens up into its own world—when you get a sense for what’s going on in that person’s life, and it gets very personal or sad—that can be quite moving. There are a few places in the novel where people are expressing their torment with the world [through social media comments], and then they find these intimate connections with other commenters.

    What’s your own relationship with social media, both as an artist and as a consumer of art?

    It’s tormented. I think social media is a pharmakon—it can be both healing and poisonous. I try to be pretty distanced from it. I don’t post a lot about my personal life, but I use it for research and I like to know what’s going on, so I don’t like to divorce myself from it entirely. It can be evil and it can be good, and I tried to explore that in the book. I’m addicted to it like everyone, I guess. I don’t have Twitter, but I do haunt it.

    Twitter can be a total time suck. I had to delete the app from my phone.

    I feel like everything is becoming social media now. There’s a social media-fication of life, in the sense that we’re in constant conversation with other people. Whether that’s actually a way for us to be more intimate and to know more about each other, or whether that’s a cover or a distraction [remains uncertain]. It could be both.

    Your character Vesta is super precocious for her age; she cites famous artists and watches Ingmar Bergman films, even though she’s just in grade school. Were you similarly surrounded by art from a young age?

    No, I was not. Vesta’s annoyingly precocious at times. I feel tenderly towards her, but I didn’t grow up around art myself.

    I was endlessly curious as a child. My mother says I was a 20-year-old five-year-old, so I think I based a little bit of her demeanor on mine. She’s a bit of an alien and a worrier. But I didn’t come to people like Hans Bellmer until much later—I would say, late teens or twenties. Still, it was very fun to imagine a child growing up surrounded by these berserk images and this family lineage.

    How did you eventually gravitate toward those areas of interest?

    My parents and the people I grew up with, even though they’re not artists, per se, are interesting and strange. I started to write because I was curious about the world and wanted a way to try to understand what was happening. I don’t have an origin story in that way; [Vivienne isn’t] autofiction at all.

    You do have a background in the art world—you’ve been an art critic before, and you’ve taught courses at different universities. I’d love to hear about how your study of art has influenced your practice as a writer—not just in terms of subject matter, but also whether it’s shaped your artistic philosophy in any way.

    I think there’s something very visual and cinematic about the way I write. When I was writing Vivienne specifically, I was looking at a lot of different images, trying to saturate myself in as much text and image as possible to have it feel illusory or dream-like. I like to travel between different worlds. I don’t think I’m fully in any one of them, but I’ve worked with different art magazines, publishing houses, and gallerists, and Vivienne certainly parodies that arena.

    On the note of bouncing between different worlds—before Vivienne, you published several volumes of poetry. What was it like making the shift from verse to more traditional, narrative prose?

    Well, I don’t think I would have if this story hadn’t come to me. Vivienne and her story came to me and I realized, “The proper form for this is not poetry or visual art; it has to be a novel.” Crafting a narrative arc feels like a totally different thing than writing a poem. Writing a poem feels closer to making a piece of visual art—[you’re capturing] a moment or a burst of energy. [Writing a novel] was quite a change and it felt rather trippy. I think the only reason I was able to do it is because I used the unit of the line as a touchstone [via] the social media poetry and Vivienne’s poetry.

    In terms of plotting, do you create an outline or follow any routine, or do you just dive in?

    No. I’m a bit of a chaotic writer—but I will say because Vivienne came to me so quickly, I had a sense of where the story was going to go. I did create a very loose outline so I knew what I was writing towards, although the end came after everything was done. I didn’t know that would be the end—and then I had a lightbulb moment and crafted it later.

    Vivienne deals with themes of cancellation and how people in the art world decide who they want to associate with or work with. Your poetry book Magenta was pulled from a small press because of supposed associations you had. [Note: Emmalea Russo had written several articles on film for Compact Magazine, which had published conservative op-eds by other writers.] I’m curious—amidst all the noise, how do you decide who to trust with your work and who to collaborate with?

    That’s a really good question. How do I decide who to trust with my work and collaborate with? I think it’s trial and error, but typically I would rather take the risk. If someone reaches out and wants to collaborate or wants to talk to me about my work, I usually will say yes because I’m a very curious person. My problem with the association phobia we have now is that I think artists, just like any other human being, should talk to absolutely anyone, in public or not. Maybe that is kind of risky or dangerous, but I don’t understand how else to relate to the world.

    In another poetry book, Confetti, you write about The Texas Chainsaw Massacre. There’s this pull toward the uncanny, like you mentioned before. Some of the surreal images described in Vivienne also have an uncanny or potentially disturbing quality—for example, Dorothea Tanning’s Tableau Vivant. What’s your fascination with these kinds of images?

    I love horror movies. I think that because horror images take us to an edge or an extreme, there can be something almost sacred about them. Because they’re so disquieting, they’re almost like barometers. And I think I am most interested in the uncanny moments, which are often not the straight-up gory, disgusting, in-your-face horror, but something that is slightly tilted or a different version of itself. And with Vivienne, I focused on that because a lot of it takes place in the home, so I wanted there to be a feeling of familiar and home-like comforts alongside strange occurrences like the weird sculpture in the basement or even eerie resonances in the internet comments. Those things, to me, are the “scary” things that open into a whole other way of thinking.

    **I like what you said about certain images taking on this almost sacred quality. Fear of the unfamiliar is a very pure emotion, and that’s what makes these images so universally resonant. **

    You teach a course called Psycho Cosmos, which draws connections between astrology and artistic discovery. How has your work as an astrologer and researcher of the occult intersected with your creative process?

    Astrology is built on the idea of synchronicity or meaningful coincidences. It’s not that the planets are causing something to happen, but rather that there is a relationship between something that’s going on on earth and something that’s happening in the stars. This idea of correspondence between times and places heavily influenced Vivienne because a lot of scenes are happening in simultaneity. I’m really interested in things that are happening at the same time, and how those events might tell us something about the quality or the atmosphere of a certain moment.

    Last but not least: the exhibition that Vivienne’s work appears in is called “Forgotten Women Surrealists,” Who are some forgotten artists, regardless of gender or discipline, who have inspired you?

    I don’t know if she’s really forgotten, but one of the artists that Vivienne was partially inspired by, [the poet and visual artist] Unica Zürn, is really interesting. She was a lover and a long-term partner of Hans Bellmer, and she committed suicide by jumping out a window. A lot of Vivienne’s story is based on this question of, “What if there was this woman who came after her and was with Hans Bellmer in those final weird days of his life?”

    Emmalea Russo recommends:

    Walking in the woods every day.

    Simone Weil, a mystic and philosopher whose grounded, supernatural, heterodox writings are like a salve for our hyper-online, reactive times.

    Angel by Thierry Mugler. Carnivalesque, weird, earthy. Very 90s.

    Asbury Book Cooperative, my favorite bookstore down the shore.

    The Megyn Kelly Show. Whatever your political persuasion, she’s feisty, entertaining, and informative. A great listen during your daily walk in the woods.


    This content originally appeared on The Creative Independent and was authored by Brittany Menjivar.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2025/01/21/writer-and-art-critic-emmalea-russo-on-opening-up-new-ways-of-thinking/feed/ 0 510452
    Trump’s inauguration will set new record https://www.radiofree.org/2025/01/18/trumps-inauguration-will-set-new-record/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/01/18/trumps-inauguration-will-set-new-record/#respond Sat, 18 Jan 2025 22:15:00 +0000 http://www.radiofree.org/?guid=78dff53a72a5a5c965013987e39eaa9f
    This content originally appeared on Democracy Now! and was authored by Democracy Now!.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2025/01/18/trumps-inauguration-will-set-new-record/feed/ 0 510260
    Following a Series of Government Hacks, Biden Closes Out His Administration With New Cybersecurity Order https://www.radiofree.org/2025/01/17/following-a-series-of-government-hacks-biden-closes-out-his-administration-with-new-cybersecurity-order/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/01/17/following-a-series-of-government-hacks-biden-closes-out-his-administration-with-new-cybersecurity-order/#respond Fri, 17 Jan 2025 21:25:00 +0000 https://www.propublica.org/article/biden-executive-order-cybersecurity-microsoft-solarwinds-hack by Renee Dudley

    ProPublica is a nonprofit newsroom that investigates abuses of power. Sign up to receive our biggest stories as soon as they’re published.

    On Thursday, in his final week in office, President Joe Biden issued an executive order intended to strengthen the nation’s cyber defenses, in part by requiring software providers like Microsoft to provide proof that they meet certain security standards before they can sell their products to the federal government.

    The action follows an onslaught of cyberattacks in recent years in which hackers linked to Russia, China and other adversaries have exploited software vulnerabilities to steal sensitive documents from federal agencies.

    In demanding more accountability from software makers, Biden pointed to instances in which contractors “commit to following cybersecurity practices, yet do not fix well-known exploitable vulnerabilities in their software, which puts the Government at risk of compromise.”

    In June, ProPublica reported on such a case involving Microsoft, the largest IT vendor to the federal government. In the so-called SolarWinds attack, which was discovered shortly before Biden took office, Russian state-sponsored hackers exploited a weakness in a Microsoft product to steal sensitive data from the National Nuclear Security Administration and other agencies. ProPublica found that, for years, Microsoft leaders ignored warnings about the flaw from one of their own engineers because they feared that publicly acknowledging it would alienate the federal government and cause the company to lose ground to competitors.

    That profit-over-security culture was driven in large part by the rush to gain ground in the multibillion-dollar cloud computing market, the news organization reported. One former Microsoft supervisor described the attitude as, “Do whatever it frickin’ takes to win because you have to win.”

    Microsoft has defended its decision not to address the flaw, telling ProPublica in June that the company’s assessment at the time involved “multiple reviews” and that it considers several factors when making security decisions, including “potential customer disruption, exploitability, and available mitigations.” But in the months and years following the SolarWinds hack, Microsoft’s security lapses contributed to other attacks on the government, including one in 2023 in which hackers connected to the Chinese government gained access to top U.S. officials’ emails. The federal Cyber Safety Review Board later found that the company had deprioritized security investments and risk management, resulting in a “cascade of … avoidable errors.”

    Microsoft has pledged to put security “above all else.”

    To be sure, Microsoft is not the only company whose products have provided hackers entree to government networks. Russian hackers in the SolarWinds attack gained access to victim networks through tainted software updates provided by the Texas-based SolarWinds company before exploiting the flawed Microsoft product.

    To help prevent future hacks, the government wants IT companies to provide proof that they use “secure software development practices to reduce the number and severity of vulnerabilities” in their products, according to the order. In addition, the government “needs to adopt more rigorous third-party risk management practices” to verify the use of such practices, Biden said. He asked for changes to the Federal Acquisition Regulation, the rules for government contracting, to implement his recommendations. If fully enacted, violators of the new requirements could be referred to the attorney general for legal action.

    Biden also said that strengthening the security of federal “identity management systems” was “especially critical” to improving the nation’s cybersecurity. Indeed, the Microsoft product that was the focus of ProPublica’s June article was a so-called “identity” product that allowed users to access nearly every program used at work with a single logon. By exploiting the weakness in the identity product during the SolarWinds attack, the Russian hackers were able to swiftly vacuum up emails from victim networks.

    In November, ProPublica reported that Microsoft capitalized on SolarWinds in the wake of the attack, offering federal agencies free trials of its cybersecurity products. The move effectively locked those agencies in to more expensive software licenses and vastly expanded Microsoft’s footprint across the federal government. The company told ProPublica that its offer was a direct response to “an urgent request by the Administration to enhance the security posture of federal agencies.” In his executive order, Biden addressed the fallout of that 2021 request, directing the federal government to mitigate the risks presented by the “concentration of IT vendors and services,” a veiled reference to Washington’s increased dependence on Microsoft, which some lawmakers have referred to as a “cybersecurity monoculture.”

    Though the order marks a firmer stance with the technology companies supplying the government, enforcement will fall to the Trump administration. It’s unclear whether the incoming president will see the changes in the executive order through. President-elect Donald Trump has emphasized deregulation even as he has indicated that his administration will take a tough stance on China, one of the nation’s top cyber adversaries.

    Neither Microsoft nor the Trump transition team responded to requests for comment on the order.

    Thursday’s executive order was the latest in a series of regulatory efforts impacting Microsoft in the waning days of the Biden administration. Last month, ProPublica reported that the Federal Trade Commission is investigating the company in a probe that will examine whether the company’s business practices have run afoul of antitrust laws. FTC attorneys have been conducting interviews and setting up meetings with Microsoft competitors, and one key area of interest is how the company packages popular Office products together with cybersecurity and cloud computing services.

    This so-called bundling was the subject of ProPublica’s November investigation, which detailed how, beginning in 2021, Microsoft used the practice to box competitors out of lucrative federal contracts. The FTC views the fact that Microsoft has won more federal business even as it left the government vulnerable to hacks as an example of the company’s problematic power over the market, a person familiar with the probe told ProPublica.

    Microsoft has declined to comment on the specifics of the investigation but told the news organization last month that the FTC’s recent demand for information is “broad, wide ranging, and requests things that are out of the realm of possibility to even be logical.”

    The commission’s new leadership, chosen by Trump, will decide the future of that investigation.


    This content originally appeared on ProPublica and was authored by by Renee Dudley.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2025/01/17/following-a-series-of-government-hacks-biden-closes-out-his-administration-with-new-cybersecurity-order/feed/ 0 510131
    Pacific media perspectives featured by authors in new communication book https://www.radiofree.org/2025/01/17/pacific-media-perspectives-featured-by-authors-in-new-communication-book/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/01/17/pacific-media-perspectives-featured-by-authors-in-new-communication-book/#respond Fri, 17 Jan 2025 02:53:25 +0000 https://asiapacificreport.nz/?p=109506 Asia Pacific Report

    Four researchers and authors from the Asia-Pacific region have provided diverse perspectives on the media in a new global book on intercultural communication.

    The Sage Handbook of Intercultural Communication published this week offers a global, interdisciplinary, and contextual approach to understanding the complexities of intercultural communication in our diverse and interconnected world.

    It features University of Queensland academic Dr Mairead MacKinnon; founding director of the Pacific Media Centre professor David Robie; University of Ottawa’s Dr Marie M’Balla-Ndi Oelgemoeller; and University of the South Pacific journalism coordinator associate professor Shailendra Singh.

    Featuring contributions from 56 leading and emerging scholars across multiple disciplines, including communication studies, psychology, applied linguistics, sociology, education, and business, the handbook covers research spanning geographical locations across Europe, Africa, Oceania, North America, South America, and the Asia Pacific.

    It focuses on specific contexts such as the workplace, education, family, media, crisis, and intergroup interactions. Each chapter takes a contextual approach to examine theories and applications, providing insights into the dynamic interplay between culture, communication, and society.

    One of the co-editors, University of Queensland’s associate professor Levi Obijiofor, says the book provides an overview of scholarship, outlining significant theories and research paradigms, and highlighting major debates and areas for further research in intercultural communication.

    “Each chapter stands on its own and could be used as a teaching or research resource. Overall, the book fills a gap in the field by exploring new ideas, critical perspectives, and innovative methods,” he says.

    Refugees to sustaining journalism
    Dr MacKinnon writes about media’s impact on refugee perspectives of belonging in Australia; Dr Robie on how intercultural communication influences Pacific media models; Dr M’Balla-Ndi Oelgemoeller examines accounting for race in journalism education; and Dr Singh unpacks sustaining journalism in “uncertain times” in Pacific island states.

    Dr Singh says that in research terms the book is important for contributing to global understandings about the nature of Pacific media.

    The Sage Handbook of Intercultural Communication cover
    The Sage Handbook of Intercultural Communication cover. Image: Sage Books

    “The Pacific papers address a major gap in international scholarship on Pacific media. In terms of professional practice, the papers address structural problems in the regional media sector, thereby providing a clearer idea of long term solutions, as opposed to big measures and knee-jerk reactions, such as harsher legislation.”

    Dr Robie, who is also editor of Asia Pacific Report and pioneered some new ways of examining Pacific media and intercultural inclusiveness in the Asia-Pacific region, says it is an important and comprehensive collection of essays and ought to be in every communication school library.

    He refers to his “talanoa journalism” model, saying it “outlines a more culturally appropriate benchmark than monocultural media templates.

    “Hopefully, this cross-cultural model would encourage more Pacific-based approaches in revisiting the role of the media to fit local contexts.”

    Comprehensive exploration
    The handbook brings together established theories, methodologies, and practices and provides a comprehensive exploration of intercultural communication in response to the challenges and opportunities presented by the global society.

    From managing cultural diversity in the workplace to creating culturally inclusive learning environments in educational settings, from navigating intercultural relationships within families to understanding the role of media in shaping cultural perceptions, this handbook delves into diverse topics with depth and breadth.

    It addresses contemporary issues such as hate speech, environmental communication, and communication strategies in times of crisis.

    It also offers theoretical insights and practical recommendations for researchers, practitioners, policymakers, educators, and students.

    The handbook is structured into seven parts, beginning with the theoretical and methodological development of the field before delving into specific contexts of intercultural communication.

    Each part provides a rich exploration of key themes, supported by cutting-edge research and innovative approaches.

    With its state-of-the-art content and forward-looking perspectives, this Sage Handbook of Intercultural Communication serves as an indispensable resource for understanding and navigating the complexities of intercultural communication in our increasingly interconnected world.


    This content originally appeared on Asia Pacific Report and was authored by Pacific Media Watch.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2025/01/17/pacific-media-perspectives-featured-by-authors-in-new-communication-book/feed/ 0 509996
    Tough new traffic fines anger Vietnamese drivers | Radio Free Asia (RFA) https://www.radiofree.org/2025/01/16/tough-new-traffic-fines-anger-vietnamese-drivers-radio-free-asia-rfa/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/01/16/tough-new-traffic-fines-anger-vietnamese-drivers-radio-free-asia-rfa/#respond Thu, 16 Jan 2025 20:09:18 +0000 http://www.radiofree.org/?guid=d71e5fa2baf42134699a924de4d7d388
    This content originally appeared on Radio Free Asia and was authored by Radio Free Asia.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2025/01/16/tough-new-traffic-fines-anger-vietnamese-drivers-radio-free-asia-rfa/feed/ 0 509944
    Tough new traffic fines anger Vietnamese drivers | Radio Free Asia (RFA) https://www.radiofree.org/2025/01/16/tough-new-traffic-fines-anger-vietnamese-drivers-radio-free-asia-rfa-2/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/01/16/tough-new-traffic-fines-anger-vietnamese-drivers-radio-free-asia-rfa-2/#respond Thu, 16 Jan 2025 19:46:20 +0000 http://www.radiofree.org/?guid=10054c20095794751665ecb20aa27cf9
    This content originally appeared on Radio Free Asia and was authored by Radio Free Asia.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2025/01/16/tough-new-traffic-fines-anger-vietnamese-drivers-radio-free-asia-rfa-2/feed/ 0 509964
    ProPublica Releases New Private School Demographics Lookup https://www.radiofree.org/2025/01/16/propublica-releases-new-private-school-demographics-lookup/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/01/16/propublica-releases-new-private-school-demographics-lookup/#respond Thu, 16 Jan 2025 17:45:00 +0000 https://www.propublica.org/article/propublica-private-school-demographics-lookup by Sergio Hernández, Nat Lash and Ken Schwencke

    ProPublica is a nonprofit newsroom that investigates abuses of power. Sign up to receive our biggest stories as soon as they’re published.

    Join us Jan. 31 at 3 p.m. Eastern for a live demonstration of this database’s features.

    Private schools in the United States are, on the whole, whiter than public schools, with fewer Black, Hispanic or Latino students. This may not be a surprising statistic because private schools can often be expensive and exclusionary, but it’s not a simple one to pin down. There is no central list of private schools in the country, and the only demographic data about them comes from a little-known voluntary survey administered by the federal government.

    While reporting our project on Segregation Academies in the South last year, we relied on that survey to find private schools founded during desegregation and analyzed their demographics compared to local public school districts. Our analysis of that survey revealed, among other things, Amite County, Mississippi, where about 900 children attend the local public schools — which, as of 2021, were 16% white. By comparison, the two private schools in the county, with more than 600 children, were 96% white.

    In the course of our reporting, we realized that this data and analysis were illuminating and useful — even outside the South. We decided to create a database to allow anyone to look up a school and view years worth of data.

    Today, we are releasing the Private School Demographics database. This is the first time anyone has taken past surveys and made them this easy to explore. Moreover, we’ve matched these schools to the surrounding public school districts, enabling parents, researchers and journalists to directly compare the makeup of private schools to local public systems.

    Until now, much of this data was difficult to analyze: While the National Center for Education Statistics, which collects the data, provides a tool to view the most recent year of Private School Universe Survey data, there was no easy way to examine historical trends without wrangling large, unwieldy text files.

    As debates over school choice, vouchers and privatization of education intensify, making this repository of private school data accessible is more important than ever. The information is self-reported, but we have attempted to flag or correct some obvious inaccuracies wherever possible.

    How to Use the App

    Searching: You can search for private schools or public school districts by name and drill down on results using several filter options.

    For schools, you can filter results by state, religious affiliation, school type and enrollment range. For some schools, you can also filter by founding year. By default, we only show results for schools that have responded to the survey at least once in the last few years, but you can turn off this filter to also include older data in your search results.

    For public school districts, users can filter by state and sort results to see where the most students are attending private schools, as well as the gap between the district’s largest racial group and the school’s share of those same students. Because private schools can draw students from different districts, comparing their racial composition to a single district’s public schools is imperfect. Still, these comparisons can offer valuable insights into broader patterns of segregation and access.

    Looking up a private school: On each private school’s page, you’ll find basic information about the school (its name; location; the type of school and its religious affiliation, if any; and what grades it teaches), and we’ve also included a summary and visualization of how the school’s demographics compare to the public school district’s.

    There’s also a compilation of the demographic data the school provided to the survey, which you can download for your own analysis:

    Exploring a district or state: On district and state pages, you’ll find more general information about private schools in those areas. (Search for districts here, and see links for each state here.)

    You can find areas where private schools aren’t out of step demographically with their nearby public schools. In Osceola County, Florida, south of Orlando, both the local public school district and the private schools are mostly Hispanic or Latino.

    Both state and district pages include breakdowns of private schools by religious orientation and school type, and a list of all private schools in the state or district. State pages also show a list of all school districts in the state.

    District pages include some additional features, such as:

    • A searchable map of private schools in the district’s boundaries, color coded by the predominant race of each school’s student body. (Use the lookup tool next to the map to search for schools by name, or click on the “Use Your Current Location” button to zoom in on schools near you. Clicking on a school’s address will fly the map to its location, and clicking on a school’s name will take you to that school’s page.)

    • An interactive line chart that shows how public and private school enrollment have changed over time for each race category. Use the dropdown to change race categories and explore trends for different groups.

    If you find something notable, we’d love to hear about it. We’d also like to hear your ideas for improving the app, including new features or data you’d like to see. And if you spot something you believe is an error, each page has a button you can use to report that to us.


    This content originally appeared on ProPublica and was authored by by Sergio Hernández, Nat Lash and Ken Schwencke.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2025/01/16/propublica-releases-new-private-school-demographics-lookup/feed/ 0 509935
    Report from Gaza: Ceasefire Announcement Raises Hopes, But Israel Kills 81 in New Attacks https://www.radiofree.org/2025/01/16/report-from-gaza-ceasefire-announcement-raises-hopes-but-israel-kills-81-in-new-attacks-2/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/01/16/report-from-gaza-ceasefire-announcement-raises-hopes-but-israel-kills-81-in-new-attacks-2/#respond Thu, 16 Jan 2025 15:06:09 +0000 http://www.radiofree.org/?guid=3aab5b995c274d1ba6ddc4e5587fe312
    This content originally appeared on Democracy Now! and was authored by Democracy Now!.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2025/01/16/report-from-gaza-ceasefire-announcement-raises-hopes-but-israel-kills-81-in-new-attacks-2/feed/ 0 510020
    Tunisia uses new cybercrime law to jail record number of journalists https://www.radiofree.org/2025/01/16/tunisia-uses-new-cybercrime-law-to-jail-record-number-of-journalists/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/01/16/tunisia-uses-new-cybercrime-law-to-jail-record-number-of-journalists/#respond Thu, 16 Jan 2025 14:30:00 +0000 https://cpj.org/?p=444382

    Tunisia has reached a troubling milestone, with at least five journalists behind bars in CPJ’s December 1, 2024, prison census, the highest number since the organization began keeping track in 1992. Once hailed as a beacon of freedom in the Arab world after the 2011 revolution that sparked the Arab Spring, Tunisia is now erasing the gains it made as it stifles dissent and hampers the work of the press.

    The government’s main tool against the media is Decree 54, a cybercrime law introduced by President Kais Saied in 2022 following his 2021 power grab in which he dissolved parliament, took control of the judiciary, and gave himself powers to rule by decree. The law makes it illegal to “to produce, spread, disseminate, send or write false news with the aim of infringing the rights of others, harming public safety or national defense or sowing terror among the population.” Today, four out of the five journalists imprisoned in Tunisia were convicted of violating the decree over their social media posts or commentary.

    “Decree 54 has now turned every journalist into a suspect. It treats every journalist as if they are conditionally released from jail pending investigation, because they can be summoned for questioning at any time over anything they post online,” Ziad Debbar, president of local trade union the National Syndicate of Tunisian Journalists (SNJT), told CPJ.

    Local journalists believe that authorities are using Decree 54 to quash investigative and critical journalism, and that many in the media are reverting to self-censorship.

    “Decree 54 has been excessively applied to journalists, bloggers, and political commentators in the media,” Lofti Hajji, a founding member of SNJT, told CPJ. “This has led to a huge decline in political television and radio programs that once in abundance offered in-depth analysis of current political issues.” He said that journalists are loath to cover or speak out about the law, for fear that they will be charged under it.

    Tunisia’s President Kais Saied, who conducted a sweeping power grab in 2021, attends his swearing-in ceremony before the National Assembly in Tunis after his 2024 reelection. (Photo: AFP/Fethi Belaid)

    Tunisian authorities stepped up prosecutions of journalists under the law ahead of last year’s October 6 elections, which Saied won by a landslide after jailing his opponents. On May 11, Tunisian authorities made three high profile media arrests. Sonia Dahmani, a lawyer and political commentator, was arrested when masked police officers raided the Tunisian bar association, where she had sought refuge after she sarcastically called Tunisia an “extraordinary country” attracting migrants on a television program. Dahmani was sentenced to one year in prison on false news charges under Decree 54. The sentence was later reduced to eight months on appeal, but she was subsequently sentenced to an additional two years in a separate conviction under the decree.

    Dahmani’s colleagues, IFM radio journalists Mourad Zghidi and Borhen Bsaies, were arrested the same day last May. Bsaies was imprisoned under Decree 54 in connection with his television and radio commentary critical of the president and Zghidi over his social media posts in solidarity with journalist Mohamed Boughaleb. Both were sentenced to one year in prison after they were convicted of defamation and false news. Authorities have continued to pile on charges, investigating Zghidi and Bsaies for money laundering.

    Prior to Saied’s 2021 power grab, journalists in Tunisia were protected by the press law, Decree 115, which abolished prison sentences for defamation and insult and enshrined protection of journalistic sources, and the 2014 constitution, which ensured freedom of expression. Local journalists say that journalists are vulnerable in new ways since the press law is no longer enforced and the freedom of expression clause of the constitution is not respected. Tunisia’s media regulator, the Independent High Authority for Audiovisual Communication, was hailed for its promotion of media independence, but  Saied’s government forced the authority’s president, Nouri Lajmi, into retirement and suspended its activities in 2023.

    Without a media regulator, the Tunisian election monitor, the Independent High Authority for Elections has stepped into its place, hampering the work of the press seeking to cover politics. In August, the monitor revoked the press accreditation of journalist Khaoula Boukrim, editor-in-chief of independent news website Tumedia, over her online coverage of the elections. As of early 2025, Boukrim’s press accreditation was still revoked. The monitor also filed dozens of legal complaints against media organizations and bloggers, and prevented some journalists from covering a press conference in September announcing the final presidential candidates in the 2024 race.

    “The [election monitor] functioning as a media regulator during the elections was just utter nonsense,” said Debbar. He said the monitor “referred many journalists [to authorities] to be prosecuted under Decree 54 to punish them for their coverage of the elections.”

    In 2025, Tunisian journalists are having a hard time envisioning a future of press freedom under Saied’s new term. Zghidi’s sister, Mariam Zghidi, told CPJ that when she visited her brother in prison that he defended his work – even though it had come at an extraordinary price.

    “During my first visit to Mourad in prison, he said to me; ‘I am not a political activist, I am a journalist. And my job entails that I will show public support regarding some topics, but it also entails that I will be critical regarding others, which is my right as a journalist’,” said Mariam. “This is why he is in prison, because he was doing his job.”


    This content originally appeared on Committee to Protect Journalists and was authored by CPJ Middle East and North Africa Program.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2025/01/16/tunisia-uses-new-cybercrime-law-to-jail-record-number-of-journalists/feed/ 0 510243
    Report from Gaza: Ceasefire Announcement Raises Hopes, But Israel Kills 81 in New Attacks https://www.radiofree.org/2025/01/16/report-from-gaza-ceasefire-announcement-raises-hopes-but-israel-kills-81-in-new-attacks/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/01/16/report-from-gaza-ceasefire-announcement-raises-hopes-but-israel-kills-81-in-new-attacks/#respond Thu, 16 Jan 2025 13:11:03 +0000 http://www.radiofree.org/?guid=b1fe77c89810e9979200d3c6731e29ae Seg shrouq celebrate gaza flag

    We go first to Gaza for reaction from Palestinians to the long-awaited ceasefire deal between Israel and Hamas announced Wednesday. When implemented, the deal would mark the first pause in Israel’s relentless attack on the Gaza Strip in over a year. The ceasefire is expected to go into effect Sunday, but Israeli Prime Minister Benjamin Netanyahu has postponed a Cabinet vote required to approve it. Meanwhile, Israeli forces continue to strike civilian-dense areas in Gaza. “The bloodshed is not stopping since the announcement,” reports journalist Shrouq Aila, on the ground in Deir al-Balah. “Nobody knows what the future holds.”


    This content originally appeared on Democracy Now! and was authored by Democracy Now!.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2025/01/16/report-from-gaza-ceasefire-announcement-raises-hopes-but-israel-kills-81-in-new-attacks/feed/ 0 510007
    A new frontier in the voluntary carbon market: Old, leaky oil wells https://grist.org/solutions/voluntary-carbon-market-orphan-oil-wells/ https://grist.org/solutions/voluntary-carbon-market-orphan-oil-wells/#respond Thu, 16 Jan 2025 09:30:00 +0000 https://grist.org/?p=657021 The environmental harm of oil and gas wells doesn’t end when the pumping stops. If disused wells remain unplugged — the term of art for closing them up with concrete and remediating the environment around them — they can leach toxic chemicals and spew planet-warming methane into the air. Some 3 million such wells dot the U.S., and the companies responsible for them have often fled the scene. In recent years, Congress has poured billions of dollars into cleaning up the mess, giving rise to a niche industry of hardscrabble well pluggers across the country.

    But all that money still isn’t anywhere close to enough, which is why carbon credit developers are also getting in on the action. A handful of private companies and nonprofits are now attempting to use the voluntary carbon market — which sells emissions-reducing schemes to institutions attempting to meet their climate goals by cutting down on carbon pollution other than their own, essentially — as a source of funding for cleanups of these orphan wells.

    Here’s how it’s supposed to work: The amount of methane leaking out of a given well can vary dramatically, so carbon credit developers first identify high emitters. They secure access to the well from landowners, obtain the right to operate and plug the well from regulators, measure the amount of methane being released, plug the well, and estimate the amount of emissions avoided as a result of their work.

    The methodology for this last, crucial calculation varies depending on the standards that the developer decides to adhere to. If the standard setter requires independent verification, the developer also hires a certification firm to audit the emissions calculation. Once the developer clears these hurdles, the standard setter issues the equivalent carbon credits into the voluntary carbon market where companies — think data centers, automobile manufacturers, and any corporate actor making promises to green their operations — can purchase them.

    Nearly 5 million credits have been generated since the first project was issued in the summer of 2023. While it’s unclear exactly if and how much these credits sold for, experts told Grist it’s reasonable to assume that they can fetch at least $10 to $30 per credit, each of which constitutes 1 metric ton of avoided carbon dioxide emissions.

    There’s clearly money to be made through the voluntary carbon market for orphan well cleanups, but the exact environmental benefits are less certain. For one, the amount of methane emissions avoided as a result of plugging a well is difficult to estimate, in part because leakage rates decline at an uncertain pace over time, as more natural gas escapes from a well and the pressure underground decreases. Some wells leak significant amounts in short bursts, while others pollute gradually. And even when a well is plugged, it’s not entirely clear that the methane will remain trapped underground. In some cases, it could bubble up from neighboring leaky wells. 

    “There are a lot of hurdles that you have to get over in order for those [carbon] credits to be any good,” said Adam Peltz, a director and senior attorney at the nonprofit Environmental Defense Fund. “And some of those hurdles require a lot of thinking and vigilance.”

    When it comes to verifying the credibility of carbon offsets, the American Carbon Registry is the most prominent standard setter. The program, founded in 1996, has developed a methodology for estimating the climate benefits of reducing emissions from landfills, restoring wetlands, and planting trees, among other activities. Since establishing a set of standards for evaluating oil and gas well pluggings in May 2023, the Registry has issued more than half of the nearly 5 million credits generated by the industry so far. The other major standard setters are CarbonPath and BCarbon.

    As for calculating the amount of methane pollution avoided when a leaky well is plugged, each standard setter has a different approach. This leads to different assessments of the number of credits that can be issued for a particular project. A key difference lies in each setter’s assessment of methane’s potential to heat the planet. Once it’s in the atmosphere, methane degrades into less potent greenhouse gases in about a decade. That means that its warming power, compared to that of carbon dioxide, is highly dependent on the timescale one chooses: Methane’s warming potential is about 80 times greater than carbon dioxide’s over a 20-year timeframe, but roughly 27 times greater over a 100-year timeframe. In calculating methane’s potential to warm the planet, BCarbon uses a 20-year timeframe while the Registry and CarbonPath use a 100-year timeframe. Because it’s using a shorter time horizon, BCarbon issues more credits.

    The standard setters also use different time horizons to estimate the period over which methane emissions are avoided as a result of a well plugging. CarbonPath assumes that by plugging a well, the developer helped protect the planet from up to 50 years of methane emissions. The other two standard setters use a period of 20 years. 

    Brad Handler, a researcher and program director of the Energy Finance Lab​ at the Colorado School of Mines, suggested that the methodologies might come closer together as more data is gathered. “I can’t sit here and tell you that one is wrong,” he said. “As buyers get more educated about all of it, the methodology may be refined.”

    In the meantime, it’s entirely possible that developers are overestimating the planetary benefits of plugging wells — and in turn helping corporations overstate their progress on their climate goals. Peltz, the Environmental Defense Fund attorney, said there was little reasoning behind assuming that emissions were avoided over 50 years rather than 20 years. “I’m hard-pressed to see a basis other than generating more credits for the same activity,” he said. 

    Concerns about overcrediting are already circulating about at least one project. Last year, a company called Rebellion Energy Solutions plugged six orphaned wells in Oklahoma and estimated that the wells leaked between 2.7 and 285 kilograms of methane per hour. Based on two measurements taken 30 days apart, Rebellion calculated an average methane leak rate of 68 kilograms per hour. Those numbers are orders of magnitude higher than the values measured by researchers. Most studies have found that unplugged orphan wells emit 10 to 30 grams of methane per hour. One study in Colorado estimated an average leak rate of 586 grams per hour and identified one instance of a super-emitting well releasing 76 kilograms per hour. 

    Rebellion issued nearly 1.9 million credits for the project — more than a third of all credits issued so far. BeZero Carbon, a global carbon credits rating agency, found that the project likely overestimated the amount of methane released. (A spokesperson for BeZero said the firm doesn’t comment on specific ratings.)

    “The values recorded by the project may reflect the worst-case-scenario baseline; a scenario that may not come to pass,” the ratings firm noted, adding that the project “faces significant over-crediting risk as a result of uncertainties regarding the project’s modeling of baseline methane leakage rates.”

    But Staci Taruscio, Rebellion’s CEO, said that the high leakage rate in the pool of wells they’ve plugged so far is in part because the company spends significant time and resources to identify high emitters. Rebellion staff conduct analyses to select wells that have historically produced natural gas and are likely to hold reserves underground that can leak. They also sign agreements with landowners giving them access to wells that academics typically can’t reach when collecting standard measurements. The company measured methane levels at roughly 3,000 wells before selecting the dozen or so highest emitters that they’ve plugged so far, said Taruscio, who worked most of her career in the oil and gas industry.

    “We have a lot of tools in our tool belt to identify those [high-emitting wells],” she said. “If you think of the oil and gas industry, our entire existence depends upon finding reservoirs with energy. That’s all we’re doing.”

    Taruscio said she was “shocked” by BeZero Carbon’s rating and has submitted the methane measurements from the other 3,000 wells for the agency to reconsider its finding. “We realized a big part of their rating was because they haven’t seen all the wells that weren’t included,” she said.

    Taruscio said that, given the novel nature of carbon credits for plugging wells, developers, standard setters, certifiers, and rating agencies are all still moving up the learning curve. 

    “There are bad actors out there,” she said. “So everybody just has to be really cautious at this point so that we don’t let bad projects through.”

    Editor’s note: The Environmental Defense Fund is an advertiser with Grist. Advertisers have no role in Grist’s editorial decisions.

    This story was originally published by Grist with the headline A new frontier in the voluntary carbon market: Old, leaky oil wells on Jan 16, 2025.


    This content originally appeared on Grist and was authored by Naveena Sadasivam.

    ]]>
    https://grist.org/solutions/voluntary-carbon-market-orphan-oil-wells/feed/ 0 509883
    Japan to raise South China Sea issue with new Trump administration https://rfa.org/english/southchinasea/2025/01/15/japan-us-trump/ https://rfa.org/english/southchinasea/2025/01/15/japan-us-trump/#respond Wed, 15 Jan 2025 23:34:16 +0000 https://rfa.org/english/southchinasea/2025/01/15/japan-us-trump/ MANILA -- Visiting Japanese Foreign Minister Takeshi Iwaya said his government hoped to impress upon incoming U.S. leader Donald Trump how important the South China Sea issue is to peace in Asia.

    Iwaya visited Manila on Wednesday as part of a high-profile diplomatic push by Tokyo in Southeast Asian countries that border the strategic waterway. Last week, Japanese Prime Minister Shigeru Ishiba traveled to Malaysia and Indonesia to promote deeper defense and economic ties.

    In Manila, Foreign Minister Iwaya met with his Filipino counterpart, Enrique Manalo.

    Overlapping claims in the South China Sea “is a legitimate concern for the international community because it directly links to regional peace and stability,” Iwaya told a press briefing afterward.

    “Southeast Asia is located at a strategic pivot in the Indo-Pacific and is a world growth center, thus partnership with Southeast Asia is vital for regional peace and stability,” Iwaya said through an interpreter.

    “We will approach the next U.S. administration to convey that constructive commitment of the United States in this region is important, also for the United States itself.”

    The South China Sea, which is potentially mineral-rich and a crucial corridor for international shipping, has become one of the most perilous geopolitical hot spots in recent years. China claims almost the entire waterway while the Philippines, as well as Brunei, Vietnam, Malaysia, and Taiwan have overlapping claims to parts of it.

    Over the past few months, Manila and Beijing have faced off in high-stakes confrontations in the disputed waters.

    Iwaya said he was expected to attend Trump’s inauguration in Washington on Jan. 20, during which he would seek to build momentum on a trilateral arrangement that the Philippines and Japan forged with the outgoing Biden administration.

    Iwaya said Tokyo “strongly opposes any attempt to unilaterally change the status quo by force” in the South China Sea, where an increasingly bold China has been intruding into the Philippines’ exclusive economic zone.

    China has maintained its claim in the sea region, saying that the activities of its coast guard vessels there were lawful and “fully justified.”

    Manalo, the Philippines’ top diplomat, said Chinese and Philippine officials were set to discuss their dispute in their latest bilateral meeting in the Chinese city of Xiamen on Thursday.

    Both sides are likely to discuss recent developments in the waterway, including the presence of China’s biggest coast guard ship – and the world’s largest – at the contested Scarborough Shoal.

    RELATED STORIES

    Philippines on Chinese incursions: Not ruling out another South China Sea lawsuit

    South China Sea: 5 things to watch in 2025

    US presidential elections: Implications for Manila-Washington alliance, South China Sea

    During the news briefing on Wednesday, Manalo said that Manila and Tokyo had made “significant strides” in defense and security cooperation.

    Japan does not have territorial claims that overlap with China’s expansive ones in the South China Sea, but Tokyo faces a separate territorial challenge from Beijing in the East China Sea.

    “As neighbors, we face similar challenges in our common pursuit of regional peace and stability. Thus, we are working together to improve resilience and enhance adaptive capacity in the face of the evolving geopolitical landscape in the Indo-Pacific region,” Manalo said.

    Last month, the Philippine Senate ratified a so-called Reciprocal Access Agreement (RAA) with Japan, allowing the two allied nations to deploy troops on each other’s soil for military exercises.

    U.S. Vice President Kamala Harris (left) visits a fishing community in Tagburos village on Palawan island, a frontline territory in the Philippines’ dispute with Beijing over the South China Sea, Nov. 22, 2022.
    U.S. Vice President Kamala Harris (left) visits a fishing community in Tagburos village on Palawan island, a frontline territory in the Philippines’ dispute with Beijing over the South China Sea, Nov. 22, 2022.
    (Jason Gutierrez/BenarNews)

    Also on Wednesday, in an exit telephone call to Marcos, outgoing U.S. Vice President Kamala Harris emphasized the need for the two countries to carry on with their alliance after the presidential transfer of power and “in the face of provocations from the People’s Republic of China.”

    She noted that Washington “must stand with the Philippines in the face of such provocations and the enduring nature of the U.S. defense commitments to the Philippines,” her office said in a statement.

    Marcos and Harris had enjoyed a close working relationship and met six times during her term. In November 2022, the American vice president visited Palawan, the Philippine island on the frontline of Manila’s territorial dispute with Beijing in the South China Sea.

    The U.S. and the Philippines are bound by a 1951 Mutual Defense Treaty that calls on both nations to come to each other’s aid in times of aggression by a third party.

    The Biden administration has indicated it would help the Philippines defend itself in the event of an armed attack “anywhere in the South China Sea.”

    Jeoffrey Maitem in Manila contributed to this report.

    BenarNews is an RFA-affiliated online news organization.


    This content originally appeared on Radio Free Asia and was authored by Jason Gutierrez for BenarNews.

    ]]>
    https://rfa.org/english/southchinasea/2025/01/15/japan-us-trump/feed/ 0 509830
    They All Are Lord of the Flies Children at Heart https://www.radiofree.org/2025/01/15/they-all-are-lord-of-the-flies-children-at-heart/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/01/15/they-all-are-lord-of-the-flies-children-at-heart/#respond Wed, 15 Jan 2025 16:53:17 +0000 https://dissidentvoice.org/?p=140647 forty hard years of lobotomizing, dumbdowning, infantilizing, and deploying this multilayered PSYOPS of direct and covert operations have been brought to us, partially, by the Edward Bernays of the World … now we are here: Fear and Loathing in Our Delusional and Self-Incriminating Selves! (Haeder, May 28, 2023) Trillions for Ukraine. Christ, this is 2019, […]

    The post They All Are Lord of the Flies Children at Heart first appeared on Dissident Voice.]]>

    forty hard years of lobotomizing, dumbdowning, infantilizing, and deploying this multilayered PSYOPS of direct and covert operations have been brought to us, partially, by the Edward Bernays of the World … now we are here: Fear and Loathing in Our Delusional and Self-Incriminating Selves! (Haeder, May 28, 2023)

    Trillions for Ukraine. Christ, this is 2019, from The Nation, not exactly a radical rag : Neo-Nazis and the Far Right Are On the March in Ukraine/ Five years after the Maidan uprising, anti-Semitism and fascist-inflected ultranationalism are rampant. By Lev Golinkin

    ukraine-far-right-rtr-img

    Versus:

    Before the Russian invasion, CIA reports linked him to an oligarch so dirty and so mired in “significant corruption” that the State Department banned him from entering the U.S.

    But now CIA propaganda portrays Zelensky as nobler than Winston Churchill and saintlier than Mother Theresa.

    Will the Real Volodymyr Zelensky Please Stand Up (source)

    Now now, I know we can’t in PC/PAEC (Politically Approved by Elites Correct) society point out a spade from a diamond. Ahh, even after Nakba 75? Who stopped it, a celebration-remembrance-sadness of that genocide?

    Sorry, but it does matter who controls the levers of power, the narrative, the engines of Press-Propaganda-Entertainment. As well as, politics, marketing, education? Nakba is a lie. You don’t see a pattern here?

    In a statement Monday, Israeli Foreign Minister Eli Cohen said, “We will fight the ‘Nakba’ lie with full strength and we won’t allow the Palestinians to continue to spread lies and distort history.”

    Ahh, this commemoration, by the UN, of all organizations, is despicable, according to another Jew, and that is a-okay language, no?

    In a recorded statement, Israel’s ambassador to the U.N., Gilad Erdan, said that the organization’s decision was “shameful” and would harm any efforts to find a peaceful solution to the generations-old conflict between the state of Israel and the Palestinian people.

    Asking other U.N. representatives to boycott the commemoration, he said, “[A]ttending this despicable event means destroying any chance of peace by adopting the Palestinian narrative calling the establishment of the state of Israel a disaster while ignoring Palestinian hate, incitement, terror and refusal to accept the legitimacy of a Jewish state.”

    Palestinians react during a rally as they mark the 75th anniversary of Nakba in Ramallah in the Israeli-occupied West Bank May 15,2023.

    UN Recognition of Palestinian Displacement Angers Israel” — One headline, and just replace, “…angers Israel” with, “…. angers Christians, Zionists, Israel-Firsters, Members of Congress, Members of the MSM, politicians, AIPAC, etc., et. …”

    Shit, recognition of that Liberty, that United States SHIP, and more poison arrows launched by the Isra-Hellions:

    Shit, that crime memorial is coming up, June 8 = The USS Liberty incident was an attack on a United States Navy technical research ship, USS Liberty, by Israeli Air Force jet fighter aircraft and Israeli Navy motor torpedo boats, on 8 June 1967, during the Six-Day War.

    Ahh, can we protest that other anniversary? By virtue of General Assembly Resolution 273, Israel was admitted to membership in the United Nations on 11 May 1949.  In the three years following the 1948 Palestine war , about 700,000 Jews immigrated to Israel, residing mainly along the borders and in former Arab lands.

    Can we remember June 8 without being smeared?

    For more information on Israel’s crimes, and the USS Liberty, go here: IAK.

    Now transitioning to more racism and bigotry and Big Brother-ism by Jewish leaders, ZioCryptos, and the like, let’s scour the WWW for those attacks on Pink Floyd’s front man: Jews will attack Roger Waters, of Pink Floyd, and they will get countless thousands of lies published in countless broken media outfits immediately. Just Google-Gulag search: “Roger Waters and Berlin Fascism.” Hate, pure lies, and the hasbara and powerful Jewish hatred of thinking Rogers is an antisemite!

    Again, a concert, and Israel speaks up.

    Israel’s foreign ministry later criticized Waters on social media, tweeting on May 24: “Good morning to everyone but Roger Waters who spent the evening in Berlin (Yes Berlin) desecrating the memory of Anne Frank and the 6 million Jews murdered in the Holocaust.”

     

    Roger Waters performs at Berlin concert in a Nazi-style uniform.

    I am sorry to say that the Jewish folk I have been reading about, listening to, and researching throughout my decades, even from day one of college onward, many (not all)  are indeed a clear and present danger to straight-up research and critical thinking. Then, just move over to the fact in my humble opinion, many powerful Jews hate Russia, Russians, and anyone who might dare question the UkroNazi Proxy War with Russia, started, oh, hell, way before 2014.

    Self-proclaimed Jewish criminal, Kolomoyskyi is the dirty banker and the dirty funder of Zelensky:

     

    A picture containing text, person, posing, crowd Description automatically generated

    [Photo: On the left, Zelensky in circle behind Kholomoisky. On the right, Zelensky on the campaign trail is followed by one of Kholomoisky’s bodyguards.]

    But, read this Jewish rag in Isra-Hell, Haaretz | World News/

    Ukraine Enlists Jewish Leaders to Lobby Israel for Arms”

    Ukraine recently requested air defense systems and training from Israel, saying that Iran would use the deployment of its weapons systems in Europe to refine their capabilities. Still, Israel maintains that it would not send military assistance to Ukraine

    A senior Ukrainian official close to President Volodymyr Zelenskyy called on world Jewry to push Jerusalem to arm his country with defensive weapons on Wednesday, only two days after Moscow warned Israel that supplying military equipment to Ukraine would “destroy the political relations between the two countries.”

    Of course, I am disgusted by any racist group calling on “all Jews worldwide to continue the murder of Russians and Ukrainians in Donbass, and now, throughout Ukraine and into Russia.

    This is merchant of death war mongering, and it has to stop, stop first by beginning to call a Jewish Fascist a Jewish Fascist when you come in contact with him or her or them: Here, more lies, blatant valorizing of a corrupt and criminal man, Zelensky!

    1. The most important Jewish leader in the world (source)

    The past week has turned us all into experts on Ukraine, now at the center of every conversation. Did you know how big it is? (When you lay it over the U.S. map, it stretches from New York to Chicago.) Who knew that we were actually using the Russian city names and not the Ukrainian ones (it’s Kyiv, not Kiev; Lviv, not Lvov; and Kharkiv, not Kharkov). And their president—did you know that he is Jewish?

    Volodymyr Zelensky is probably the most admired Jewish leader the world has to offer right now. Before entering politics in 2018, Zelensky was a popular comedian (and you can’t get any more Jewish than that); he does not often speak about his Jewish identity, but he has never tried to hide it. In a country like Ukraine, which is still struggling with a painful legacy of antisemitism, Zelensky’s Jewishness has always been present.

    For Jews across the world, Zelensky is now a source of pride: a young, inexperienced leader who is putting his life at risk for his people by leading a nation of 40 million people in opposing a ruthless Russian aggressor.

    In his inauguration speech, Zelensky famously told lawmakers not to hang his portrait on their walls. “I do not want my picture in your offices: The president is not an icon, an idol or a portrait. Hang your kids’ photos instead, and look at them each time you are making a decision.”

    True to form, Zelensky maintained his unassuming, direct style when crisis hit. His video messages, posted several times a day, have been helping reassure the Ukrainian people. He spoke from his office and from the streets of Kyiv, even as Russian troops closed in on the capital, and when the fighting intensified, Zelensky candidly shared with all Ukrainians the fact that he has been marked by the Russians as “target number one” and that his family is “target number two.” But when the U.S. offered to evacuate him from Kyiv to somewhere safer, he responded: “The fight is here; I need ammunition, not a ride.”

    I’m writing this column on Sunday, as Russian forces, bogged down and weakened by courageous Ukrainians armed with AK-47s, Molotov cocktails, or sometimes just a large pole they picked up on the side of the street, still threaten the capital. Zelensky is leading the effort to save his nation, though most foreign intelligence services still think he’s fighting a losing battle.

    So, this POS war crimes leader, Zelensky, *elensky because the letter “Z” has been outlawed, and Ukraine and Zelensky with the one-two-three punch of US and UK, with their Kill List, you have to imagine that in the USA and Canada and UK and EU and Europe, all brains have been thrown out the window, or the voice of reason has gone where?

    Read Caitlin: “Most Propaganda Looks Nothing Like This”

    Propaganda is administered in western nations, by western nations, across the political spectrum — and the really blatant and well-known examples of its existence make up only a small sliver of the propaganda that our civilization is continuously marinating in.

    The most common articles of propaganda — and by far the most consequential — are not the glaring, memorable instances that live in infamy among the critically minded. They’re the mundane messages, distortions and lies-by-omission that people are fed day in and day out to normalize the status quo and lay the foundation for more propaganda to be administered in the future.

    […]

    One of the forms this takes is the way the western political/media class manipulates the Overton window of acceptable political opinion.

    It’s propaganda in multiple ways: it excludes voices that are critical of the established status quo from being heard and influencing people, it amplifies voices (many of whom have packing foam for brains) which support the status quo, andmost importantly, it creates the illusion that the range of political opinions presented are the only reasonable political opinions to have.

    Then there’s the ideological herding funnel we discussed recently, which herds the population into two mainstream factions of equal size which both prevent all meaningful change and serve the interests of the powerful.

    Maybe the most consequential of all the mundane, routine ways we’re propagandized is the way the mass media manufacture the illusion of normality in a dystopia so disturbing that we would all scream our lungs out if we could see it with fresh eyes.

    Another of the mundane, almost-invisible ways the public is propagandized from day to day is described in a recent video by Second Thought titled “You’re Not Immune To Propaganda“. We’re continually fed messages by the capitalist machine that we must work hard for employers and accept whatever standards and compensation they see fit to offer, and if we have difficulty thriving in this unjust system the fault lies with us and not with the system. Poor? That’s your fault. Miserable? Your fault. Unemployed? Your fault. Overworked? Your fault.

    Another related method of manipulation is agenda-setting — the way the press shapes public thinking by emphasising some subjects and not others. In placing importance on some matters over others simply by giving disproportionate coverage to them, the mass media (who are propagandists first and news reporters second) give the false impression that those topics are more important and the de-emphasised subjects are less so.

    But then, this is another form — of propaganda . . . denial, and denigration and plain ignoring alternative views, even those that are consistent and repeated:

    Grayzone journalists added to Ukraine 'kill list' - YouTube

    Ukraine puts NBC reporter on kill list - YouTube

    But it’s the 74th Anniversary of an illegitimate state, apartheid and ethnic cleansing one albet>  This is how ZioAzovLensky rolls, and even the corrupt CIA-controlled Wikipedia has some facts here on the murderous Jews, Zelenksy’s mother ship, historical grounding, who called themselves Zionists, but I know very few Jews who are not ZIONISTS, overtly or covertly:

    A successful paramilitary campaign was carried out by Zionist underground groups against British rule in Mandatory Palestine from 1944 to 1948. The tensions between the Zionist underground and the British mandatory authorities rose from 1938 and intensified with the publication of the White Paper of 1939. The Paper outlined new government policies to place further restrictions on Jewish immigration and land purchases, and declared the intention of giving independence to Palestine, with an Arab majority, within ten years. Though World War II brought relative calm, tensions again escalated into an armed struggle towards the end of the war, when it became clear that the Axis powers were close to defeat.

    The Haganah, the largest of the Jewish underground militias, which was under the control of the officially recognised Jewish leadership of Palestine, remained cooperative with the British. But in 1944 the Irgun, an offshoot of the Haganah, launched a rebellion against British rule, thus joining Lehi, which had been active against the authorities throughout the war. Both were small, dissident militias of the right-wing Revisionist movement. They attacked police and government targets in response to British immigration restrictions. They intentionally avoided military targets, to ensure that they would not hamper the British war effort against their common enemy, Nazi Germany.

    The armed conflict escalated during the final phase of World War II, when the Irgun declared a revolt in February 1944, ending the hiatus in operations it had begun in 1940. Starting from the assassination of Baron Moyne by Lehi in 1944, the Haganah actively opposed the Irgun and Lehi, in a period of inter-Jewish fighting known as the Hunting Season, effectively halting the insurrection. However, in autumn 1945, following the end of World War II in both Europe (April–May 1945) and Asia (September, 1945), when it became clear that the British would not permit significant Jewish immigration and had no intention of immediately establishing a Jewish state, the Haganah began a period of co-operation with the other two underground organisations. They jointly formed the Jewish Resistance Movement.

    The Haganah refrained from direct confrontation with British forces, and concentrated its efforts on attacking British immigration control, while Irgun and Lehi attacked military and police targets.[6] The Resistance Movement dissolved amidst recriminations in July 1946, following the King David Hotel bombing. The Irgun and Lehi started acting independently, while the main underground militia, Haganah, continued acting mainly in supporting Jewish immigration. The Haganah again briefly worked to suppress Irgun and Lehi operations, due to the presence of a United Nations investigative committee in Palestine. After the UN Partition Plan resolution was passed on 29 November 1947, the civil war between Palestinian Jews and Arabs eclipsed the previous tensions of both with the British. However, British and Zionist forces continued to clash throughout the period of the civil war up to the termination of the British Mandate for Palestine and the Israeli Declaration of Independence on 14 May 1948.

    Within the United Kingdom there were deep divisions over Palestine policy. Dozens of British soldiers, Jewish militants, and civilians died during the campaigns of insurgency. The conflict led to heightened antisemitism in the United Kingdom. In August 1947, after the hanging of two abducted British sergeants, there was widespread anti-Jewish rioting across the United Kingdom. The conflict caused tensions in the United Kingdom–United States relations.

    Putin and Russians and those of us who actually want Russia to have a safe border, peace, and zero NATO interference, see Zelensky and his Jewish Lords — Kagan Familias, Nuland, Blinken, Yellen, Sherman, Garland, and hundreds of others in the Biden White House and thousands of others in the Military Industrial Expanded (finance, computing, surveillence) Complex and millions more in the world of turning a dollar on death — as the ENEMY. Murderous, conniving, hateful, slick enemies numero uno, those espousing war with China and war with Russia.

    I know Dissident Voice is reluctant to publish voices that might lean toward a Pepe Escobar critique of the Israel Hell unleashed on the world. I get it. But, the fact is violence and terror, those are right up Zelensky’s alley, and this war that UK and USA and Five Eyes and EU have unleashed will not end soon, because Ukraine in the minds of many is Israel 2.0. An added “benefit” for these monsters: Expect those weapons that USA taxpayer footed the bill for to bring down some commercial airlines in a neighborhood near-by soon.

     

    We are a soiled Western Culture, and we have seeded the rest of the world with our feces — high tech, low tech, money, land theft, pollution, exploitation, consumerism, throw-away mentality, sanctions, blood lust, coups, supporting despots, money laundering and gold theft and assets removal. Loans from Hell, and alas, here we are, in a putrid world, a day before the big Monday Holiday, Memorial Day, and we are straddled by syphilitic monsters running the world and our own populous generally marked for death, marked as marks, these, the billionaires, the fleecers and many left and right, Jewish or not, they are Zionists and Israel-Firsters who have sold us down the Ukrainian toilet.

    Israeli newspapers point out the victories?

     

     

    These are THEIR graphics, and by me point these out, I am deplatformed, stopped from teaching, pushed to the excrement posts of publishing my books anywhere

    But leave it to the Paranoid Former Nazis and the disgusting ADL and AIPAC and Mossad loving Israelis to attack us all attacking them:

    Pink Floyd’s Roger Waters says Berlin gig controversy a ‘smear’

    “The depiction of an unhinged fascist demagogue has been a feature of my shows since Pink Floyd’s ‘The Wall’ in 1980,” Roger Waters said.

    “I have spent my entire life speaking out against authoritarianism and oppression where I set it… My parents fought the Nazis in World War II, with my father paying the ultimate price,” he said.

    “Regardless of the consequences of the attacks against me, I will continue to condemn injustice and all those who perpetrate it.”

    Waters is a well-known pro-Palestinian activist who has been accused of holding anti-Jewish views. He has floated an inflatable pig emblazoned with the Star of David at his concerts. The singer denies the anti-Semitism accusations, saying he was protesting against Israeli policies, not Jewish people.

    Ah, those old days, which now would be both considered hate speech and also ground down by the ugly media and the uglier mainstream fools in college, in towns, every where.

    Yep, it is a piece of shit piece of cloth for many, representing so so much death, murder, hate, and racism. Cloth, man, and alas, a symbol, for those who cry crocodile tears when they hear the National Anthem, and then for others, it is the greed and murder and Empire of Chaos-Lies-Terror in every red and white strip, every star and bar:

     

    Demonstrators burn flag in downtown Los Angeles to protest death of George Floyd | The Hill

    This stuff is not allowed on campuses, and not just Guantanamo Desantis’s Florida.

     

    Rizzo Ford | Explore Tumblr Posts and Blogs | Tumgik

    Corporations Kill - Mickey Mouse – Post Modern Vandal

    Corporate Murder | thissideofthetruth

    Top Stories - If Supreme Court Says Corporations have same Rights as Humans, Can they be Charged with Murder? - AllGov - News
    Ahh, if we are the biggest war profiteers, then we’ll be letting China take first place. Yep, that’s the modern college student’s response.
    The biggest war profiteer—US. Graphic: Deng Zijun/GT
    ACAB" Poster for Sale by dgorbov | Redbubble
    Read the transcript: with the reason the poster was made, the soldier who was in the massacre!
    Q. And babies?" "A. And babies." | sodapop

    Partial transcriptof the Mike Wallace interview with Paul Meadlo in which Meadlo describes his participation in the My Lai massacre:

    Q. So you fired something like sixty-seven shots?
    A. Right.
    Q. And you killed how many? At that time?
    A. Well, I fired them automatic, so you can’t – You just spray the area on them and so you can’t know how many you killed ‘cause they were going fast. So I might have killed ten or fifteen of them.
    Q. Men, women, and children?
    A. Men, women, and children.
    Q. And babies?
    A. And babies.
    Apartheid state': Israel's fears over image in US are coming to pass | Israel | The Guardian
    Anti Vietnam War Posters - Fine Art America

    Asked whether students or professors ever have ethical objections to working on projects funded by the Defense Department, Zuber said that “no professor has to take money from DoD.”

    “We’re a bottom-up organization,” she said. “Professors make those choices.”

    She also said that “if there are students who have a feeling that they don’t want to work on defense-related issues, they certainly don’t have to.” But, she added, “a whole lot seem to want to.”

    Like MIT, the Association of American Universities, an alliance of 62 of the leading research institutions in the United States and Canada, advocates defense research funding.

     

    130130_harvard_university_ap_328.jpg

    [Photo: Universities chase defense dollars]

     

    When Vietnam Veterans Were Called Baby Killers And Spit On Upon Returning Home Why Didn't They Hit The People Doing It? Quora | annadesignstuff.com
    This sign? These youth? Their message? Their no war and stop the escalation and disarmament now, ahh, then, of couse, it’s triple bad, since they are free thinkers and align with New York Young Communist League.
    NYStaxtherich.jpg
    The Communist Party's position on Russia's war in Ukraine – People's World

    Hood Communist?

     

     

    So many more organizations working on it, working on it — no more NATO, no more Arms.

    Back to the Jewish thing in Ukraine: And, well, and, who writes the narrative of Ukraine, of Zelensky, of the Jewish Apartheid State supporting the Nazis under Zelensky?

    There is no way in hell you will read this story, objectively, anywhere:

    The Jews are the ones behind the Russian invasion of Ukraine, and their goal is to create a new Jewish state to replace the failing Zionist project of Israel, Palestinian Islamic scholar Mraweh Nassar has claimed, as reported by the Middle East Media Research Institute (MEMRI).

    Nassar, whom MEMRI identified as the secretary-general of the Jerusalem Committee of the International Union of Muslims Scholars, made his claims on March 22 while speaking with Channel 9, an Arabic-language TV station in Turkey that the media watchdog says is affiliated with the Muslim Brotherhood.

     

    Now now, Dan Shapiro (New Atlanticist, err, Atlantic Council) wrote this one, and again, it’s the NARRATIVE and the MEDIUM is the MESSAGE driver, and then who gets to tell the stories and how the algorithms benefit the propagandists, shit dog, need we look further?.

    Speaking to reporters this week, Ukrainian President Volodymyr Zelenskyy described the future he sees for his country in unusual terms: as “a big Israel.”

    Gone, he said, are hopes for “an absolutely liberal” state—replaced by the likely reality of armed defense forces patrolling movie theaters and supermarkets. “I’m confident that our security will be the number-one issue over the next ten years,” Zelenskyy added.

    With Russian forces having withdrawn from around Kyiv, suggesting that Ukraine successfully repulsed the first phase of the Kremlin’s invasion, the time is right for Zelenskyy to contemplate how to prepare for the next—and potentially much longer—phase of this conflict.

    But what does he mean by “a big Israel”? With a population more than four times smaller, and vastly less territory, the Jewish state might not seem like the most fitting comparison. Yet consider the regional security threats it faces, as well as its highly mobilized population: The two embattled countries share more than you might think.

    So if Zelenskyy really does have Israel in mind as a model for Ukraine, here are some of the key features he might consider for adoption (some of which are already applicable today):

    • Security first: Every Israeli government promises, first and foremost, that it will deliver security—and knows it will be judged on this pledge. Ordinary citizens, not just politicians, pay close attention to security threats—both from across borders and from internal sources— and much of the public chooses who to elect by that metric alone.

    • The whole population plays a role: The Israeli model goes further than Zelenskyy’s vision of security services deployed to civilian spaces: Most young Israeli adults serve in the military, and many are employed in security-related professions following their service. A common purpose unites the citizenry, making them ready to endure shared sacrific

    I ask, “Will one vapid bought-and-brainwashed media person get on with some rejiggering their knowledge:

    Here, over at Dissident Voice: “Journey to St. Petersburg, Moscow, and Crimea” by Dan Kovalik and Rick Sterling / May 25th, 2023

    The post They All Are Lord of the Flies Children at Heart first appeared on Dissident Voice.


    This content originally appeared on Dissident Voice and was authored by Paul Haeder.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2025/01/15/they-all-are-lord-of-the-flies-children-at-heart/feed/ 0 509783
    New York Attorney General Launches Investigation of Guardianship Providers https://www.radiofree.org/2025/01/15/new-york-attorney-general-launches-investigation-of-guardianship-providers/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/01/15/new-york-attorney-general-launches-investigation-of-guardianship-providers/#respond Wed, 15 Jan 2025 12:00:00 +0000 https://www.propublica.org/article/new-york-guardianship-investigation-letitia-james-nygs by Jake Pearson

    ProPublica is a nonprofit newsroom that investigates abuses of power. Sign up to receive our biggest stories as soon as they’re published.

    New York Attorney General Letitia James is investigating about a half dozen guardianship organizations and how they manage the health and financial affairs of hundreds of elderly and infirm New Yorkers deemed incapable of looking after themselves, according to people familiar with the matter.

    The inquiry, which is being conducted by lawyers in the office’s charities bureau, follows a yearlong series by ProPublica that revealed how some guardians neglected the vulnerable clients entrusted to their care, while others used their court-appointed positions to enrich themselves at their wards’ expense.

    Judges often rely on guardianship companies to care for the so-called unbefriended, people who don’t have friends or family able to look after them. Oversight of these guardians, however, is scant, with officials rarely visiting wards to check on their care. Meanwhile, the courts that appoint the guardians rely largely on financial paperwork to determine a person’s well-being. That dynamic, the news organization found, has resulted in fraud, abuse and neglect of the state’s most vulnerable.

    Among the groups investigators are scrutinizing is New York Guardianship Services, which was featured in ProPublica’s work, said one of the people familiar with the state probe, who, like others, spoke on the condition of anonymity to discuss a sensitive law enforcement action.

    ProPublica found NYGS had failed to meet the needs of more than a dozen people entrusted to its care, including an elderly woman whom the company placed in a dilapidated home with rats, bedbugs and a lack of heat. NYGS collected $450 a month in compensation from the woman’s limited income while stating in reports to the court that her living situation was “appropriate” — even as internal company records and her own emails showed that she’d repeatedly complained about the conditions.

    After ProPublica’s first story was published, a judge ordered NYGS to pay back that ward $5,400, representing about a year’s worth of fees, writing that the company had provided “minimal services, if any” during that time.

    In another instance, ProPubica reported that the company collected monthly fees from an elderly man even after he’d left the country — and also after he died.

    Company executives have declined to answer questions about specific clients but previously told ProPublica that NYGS was accountable to the court and that its work was scrutinized by examiners, who are empowered to raise any issues.

    But ProPublica’s investigation found that there are too few examiners in the system to provide timely and thorough oversight. There are just 157 examiners responsible for reviewing the reports of 17,411 New York City wards, according to the court’s most recent data. And there are roughly a dozen judges to check their work. As a result, ProPublica found that annual assessments detailing wards’ finances and care can take years to complete, depriving judges of critical information about people’s welfare.

    The courts have similarly taken a light touch to vetting guardianship providers. ProPublica found that though NYGS presented itself as a nonprofit, it hadn’t registered as such with state and federal authorities.

    The attorney general’s investigation is not the office’s first foray into the guardianship world. A decade ago, the same unit investigated a nonprofit guardian called Integral Guardianship Services, ultimately finding the group had improperly loaned its top officials hundreds of thousands of dollars while its wards unnecessarily sat in nursing homes, according to court records. To settle the case, Integral agreed to various reforms, paid back the loans and brought on a management consultant, the Harvard Business School Club of New York, to review its systems, operations and finances.

    Even so, Integral shut down just a few years later, stranding hundreds of wards whose cases were absorbed by other nonprofit groups and private lawyers. Among them was NYGS, which was founded, in part, by Integral’s former director of judicial compliance, Sam Blau, who wasn’t named in the attorney general’s lawsuit. Other Integral employees also remained in the guardianship business, starting their own groups or working as court-appointed fiduciaries, court and tax records show.

    Some of those successor businesses are now among the entities state investigators are examining, the people familiar with the attorney general’s investigation said.

    NYGS executives Sam and David Blau did not respond to an email seeking comment. Neither did the attorney general’s office.

    News of the attorney general’s investigation comes as court administrators and Albany legislators face increased pressure to fix the guardianship system. Court officials have said they need more money to address the problems and announced last fall that they were appointing a dedicated special counsel, as well as a statewide coordinating judge, to oversee reforms.

    Advocacy groups have mounted their own lobbying campaign, pressing Gov. Kathy Hochul and legislative leaders to commit $15 million annually to support a statewide network of nonprofits experienced in handling government contracts to serve the unbefriended. Another proposal, put forth by an advisory committee to the state court system, has advocated for the creation of a $72 million independent statewide agency to serve as a public guardian.

    It’s not clear what Hochul, a Democrat, foresees for guardianship ahead of the upcoming legislative session. She’ll present the executive budget later this month. Last year’s $229 billion spending plan included just $1 million to fund a statewide guardianship hotline. A spokesperson for her office did not respond to questions about her funding plans or for comment on the AG’s probe.

    Guillermo Kiuhan, an attorney for the former NYGS ward who has since died, said he was encouraged to hear the company may have to answer for what he said was outright theft. He has been trying to get NYGS to reimburse the ward’s heirs for the thousands of dollars the company took as compensation while his family provided for his care in Colombia. So far, the efforts have been unsuccessful. The Blaus didn’t respond to questions about Kiuhan’s claims.

    “We are very frustrated,” he said in an interview. “Hopefully this is an opportunity to get the authorities involved … and not have more people with the same problem.”


    This content originally appeared on ProPublica and was authored by by Jake Pearson.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2025/01/15/new-york-attorney-general-launches-investigation-of-guardianship-providers/feed/ 0 509737
    New US aircraft carriers to be named after Clinton and Bush https://rfa.org/english/world/2025/01/14/us-aircraft-carriers-clinton-bush/ https://rfa.org/english/world/2025/01/14/us-aircraft-carriers-clinton-bush/#respond Tue, 14 Jan 2025 20:36:10 +0000 https://rfa.org/english/world/2025/01/14/us-aircraft-carriers-clinton-bush/ In his last week in office, U.S. President Joe Biden has named two aircraft carriers being built after former presidents – the USS William J. Clinton and USS George W. Bush, the White House said in a statement.

    Construction of the two carriers will begin “in the years ahead,” it said. “When complete, they will join the most capable, flexible, and professional Navy that has ever put to sea.”

    The new carriers are part of a plan to boost American naval power.

    The U.S. Navy has 11 aircraft carriers, all nuclear-powered, by far the largest fleet in the world. Rivals China and Russia have three and one, respectively.

    With about 290 ships now, the U.S. Navy wants to expand the total fleet to 381 in coming years, according to the Council on Foreign Relations.

    The Biden Administration has not explicitly endorsed that 381-ship objective.

    “When I personally delivered the news to Bill and George, they were deeply humbled,” said Biden in the statement. “Each knows first-hand the weight of the responsibilities that come with being commander-in-chief.”

    Named after presidents

    Most U.S. aircraft carriers are named after former presidents. Bill Clinton was the 42nd U.S. president, serving two terms from 1993 to 2001.

    During his time in office, Clinton ordered a naval deployment to respond to the Third Taiwan crisis in 1996, as well as air strikes against Iraq in 1998 to degrade its capabilities to manufacture weapons of mass destruction.

    His successor, Bush, launched a global effort against terrorism following the Sept. 11, 2001, attacks on the United States and waged wars in Afghanistan and Iraq to defeat what Washington considered “two of the world’s most brutal and aggressive regimes.”

    There is already a carrier named after Bush’s father, George W.H. Bush, who was president from 1989-1992.

    US aircraft carriers

    The U.S. Navy regularly deploys two or three carriers in the Indo-Pacific amid rising regional tensions.

    “Aircraft carriers are the centerpiece of America’s naval forces,” said Defense Secretary Lloyd Austin in response to the naming of the two carriers.

    “They ensure that the United States can project power and deliver combat capability anytime, anywhere in defense of our democracy.”

    A Congressional Research Service’s report on the Ford-class aircraft carrier program said that the scheduled deliveries of several shipbuilding programs would be delayed approximately 18 to 26 months.

    Edited by Mike Firn and Malcolm Foster.


    This content originally appeared on Radio Free Asia and was authored by RFA Staff.

    ]]>
    https://rfa.org/english/world/2025/01/14/us-aircraft-carriers-clinton-bush/feed/ 0 509634
    New Report Exposes Toyota’s Years-Long Effort to Fund Climate Deniers and Block Climate Action https://www.radiofree.org/2025/01/14/new-report-exposes-toyotas-years-long-effort-to-fund-climate-deniers-and-block-climate-action/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/01/14/new-report-exposes-toyotas-years-long-effort-to-fund-climate-deniers-and-block-climate-action/#respond Tue, 14 Jan 2025 15:21:35 +0000 https://www.commondreams.org/newswire/new-report-exposes-toyotas-years-long-effort-to-fund-climate-deniers-and-block-climate-action By the end of the 2024 election cycle, Toyota Motor Corp. had donated to over four times as many climate change denying members of Congress as Ford Motor Company and nearly twice as many as General Motors, according to a new report released today by Public Citizen.

    According to the report, over the last three electoral cycles, Toyota has emerged as the top auto industry financier of climate deniers, financing 207 of their congressional campaigns.

    “The world’s largest automaker has quietly spent the past several years building a powerful U.S. influence operation in an effort to delay the transition to electric vehicles,” said Adam Zuckerman, senior clean vehicles campaigner with Public Citizen’s Climate Program, and author of the report. “Funding a small army of climate denying lawmakers, while lobbying aggressively against stronger emissions and fuel economy standards, is a volatile combination intended to roll back policies that protect our communities and planet.”

    In the three congressional election cycles between 2020 and 2024, Toyota’s political action committee donated $808,500 to the campaigns of Congressional candidates that deny or question the existence of climate change.

    Days after Donald Trump won his reelection bid, Toyota Motor North America COO Jack Hollis slammed clean air rules adopted by California and other states, effectively painting a target on the policies intended to clean up air and water. After the press conference, Hollis penned a Wall Street Journal op-ed entitled “Trump Can Get EVs Back on Track,” calling on the new administration to dismantle the Biden-era policies that encourage automakers to reduce emissions, complaining that “unrealistic regulations favor one carbon-reducing option over, and at the expense of, all others.”

    “Toyota wants to continue to make dirty, polluting vehicles and align itself with climate deniers in a futile effort to hold onto internal combustion and fossil fuels,” said Zuckerman. “But EVs are the future of the automotive industry, and if it fails to evolve, Toyota risks becoming the next Kodak or Blockbuster, corporate giants that fought innovation and paid the price for it. It is a risky strategy that has left Toyota vulnerable to an influx of competitors who have leapfrogged the auto giant to build the next generation of vehicles.”


    This content originally appeared on Common Dreams and was authored by Newswire Editor.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2025/01/14/new-report-exposes-toyotas-years-long-effort-to-fund-climate-deniers-and-block-climate-action/feed/ 0 509650
    CPJ, partners urge new Sri Lankan president to protect press freedom https://www.radiofree.org/2025/01/13/cpj-partners-urge-new-sri-lankan-president-to-protect-press-freedom/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/01/13/cpj-partners-urge-new-sri-lankan-president-to-protect-press-freedom/#respond Mon, 13 Jan 2025 02:00:00 +0000 https://cpj.org/?p=444081 The Committee to Protect Journalists on Monday, January 13 joined 24 civil society organizations in urging recently elected Sri Lankan President Anura Kumara Dissanayake to uphold press freedom.

    CPJ has documented a persistent pattern of impunity for murders and attacks against journalists in Sri Lanka, including dozens that occurred during and in the aftermath of the country’s 26-year civil war that ended in 2009.

    Read the full letter here.


    This content originally appeared on Committee to Protect Journalists and was authored by CPJ Staff.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2025/01/13/cpj-partners-urge-new-sri-lankan-president-to-protect-press-freedom/feed/ 0 509396
    Mothballed northern New Caledonia nickel company appoints new chair https://www.radiofree.org/2025/01/13/mothballed-northern-new-caledonia-nickel-company-appoints-new-chair/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/01/13/mothballed-northern-new-caledonia-nickel-company-appoints-new-chair/#respond Mon, 13 Jan 2025 00:36:47 +0000 https://asiapacificreport.nz/?p=109294 By Patrick Decloitre, RNZ Pacific correspondent French Pacific desk

    New Caledonia’s mothballed northern nickel plant, Koniambo Nickel (KNS), has appointed a new chairman to steer a shareholding transfer amid the territory’s industry troubles.

    He is Alexandre Rousseau, who was until now the company’s vice-president.

    The company said in a release it had this month replaced Neil Meadows, who has held the position for the past three years.

    Alexandre Rousseau is the new Chairman of New Caledonia’s Koniambo nickel – PHOTO NC la1ère
    Alexandre Rousseau . . . new chair of New Caledonia’s Koniambo nickel plant. Image: NC la 1ère/RNZ Pacific

    Rousseau has been with the company for the past 15 years.

    Like his predecessor, his main task will be to supervise the company’s main shareholder Anglo-Swiss Glencore’s transfer of shares to a yet-to-be-identified buyer.

    The nickel plant, located in the north of New Caledonia’s main island, was mothballed in late August 2024, leaving about 1200 employees unemployed.

    Glencore announced early last year its decision to withdraw from the venture, which had accumulated a staggering loss of 13.7 billion euros (NZ$25 billion) in 10 years of operation.

    Seeking potential buyers
    KNS has since been searching for potential buyers for Glencore’s 49 percent shares.

    Koniambo Nickel logo
    Koniambo Nickel logo. Image: KNS

    The majority shareholder (51 percent) remains Société Minière du Sud Pacifique (SMSP), which is the financial arm of New Caledonia’s Northern Province.

    KNS said talks were ongoing with at least two interested international companies, which had sent inspection delegations on site during the last quarter of 2024.

    Another nickel mining plant, Prony Resource, in the south of New Caledonia’s main island, is also seeking potential buyers for parts of its stock.

    The most advanced talks are with South Africa’s precious metals producer Sibanye-Stillwater, which said it was considering Prony as a possible source for battery-grade nickel.

    While Prony had to cease production for several months due to New Caledonia’s insurrection last year, it managed to gradually resume operations last month.

    This is in view of a planned inspection visit from a Sibanye-Stillwater delegation, who want to see a functioning factory.

    This article is republished under a community partnership agreement with RNZ.


    This content originally appeared on Asia Pacific Report and was authored by APR editor.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2025/01/13/mothballed-northern-new-caledonia-nickel-company-appoints-new-chair/feed/ 0 509379
    North Korean launch of ‘new’ missile fires up Guam security debate https://rfa.org/english/pacific/2025/01/11/guam-us-north-korea-missile-launch-defense/ https://rfa.org/english/pacific/2025/01/11/guam-us-north-korea-missile-launch-defense/#respond Sat, 11 Jan 2025 14:30:08 +0000 https://rfa.org/english/pacific/2025/01/11/guam-us-north-korea-missile-launch-defense/ Read this story on BenarNews

    HAGATNA, Guam — North Korea’s launch of a “new” intermediate range ballistic missile earlier this week that “will reliably contain any rivals in the Pacific” has fired up debate about the U.S. military’s ability to defend Guam from potential attack.

    The Asian country’s first major test launch of the year was a “new” weapon with a hypersonic warhead that flew about 1,000 miles (1,500 kilometers), North Korean state media reported.

    Last year China launched its first long-range missile in 40-years into the Pacific and the U.S. has conducted several, including its first successful test missile intercept from Guam last month.

    “I have full confidence in the readiness and capabilities of our armed forces and the strategic defenses of our island and the region,” local Republican Sen. Jesse Lujan told BenarNews.

    While acknowledging that Pyongyang’s “threat is concerning,” Lujan dismissed it as a “sideshow.”

    This image released by the North Korean government shows leader Kim Jong Un and his daughter Ju Ae watching the launch of a hypersonic missile at an undisclosed location in North Korea on Jan. 6, 2025.
    This image released by the North Korean government shows leader Kim Jong Un and his daughter Ju Ae watching the launch of a hypersonic missile at an undisclosed location in North Korea on Jan. 6, 2025.
    (KCNA via AFP)

    North Korea’s leader Kim Jong Un oversaw Monday’s launch. He was quoted by the state-run Korean Central News Agency as hailing the test for putting the “country’s nuclear war deterrent on an advanced basis” with a “weapon system to which no one can respond.”

    “The hypersonic missile system will reliably contain any rivals in the Pacific region that can affect the security of our state.”

    RELATED STORIES

    Missile test, Marine redeployment, US new milestones in Guam

    US missile test intercepts, downs ballistic target from Guam

    Taiwan president’s visit to Guam stokes fears of being targeted by China

    The United States and its allies denounced North Korea at a U.N. Security Council meeting on Wednesday.

    North Korea responded that it has the right to self-defence against “nuclear-based” enemies.

    In 2017, when then U.S. President Donald Trump threatened to bring “fire and fury” down on North Korea, Pyongyang responded that it was “carefully examining the operational plan for making an enveloping fire at the areas around Guam.”

    The U.S. Department of Defense is proposing to build a US$1.8 billion missile defense system on Guam to counter threats from China and North Korea.

    “The real focus must remain on preparing for China’s growing influence and capabilities,” Lujan said. “By strengthening our defenses and alliances to address that challenge, we will inherently be prepared for anything North Korea does.”

    Strategic location

    Located closer to Beijing than Hawaii, the U.S. territory serves as a key strategic asset and is known as the “tip of the spear” with 10,000 military personnel on the island, a base for F-35 fighters and B-2 bombers and home port for Virginia-class nuclear submarines.

    Another 5,000 Marines are due to relocate to Guam from Okinawa in Japan starting this year.

    China’s short- and mid-range missiles cannot reach Guam, but its intermediate-range missiles, including DF-26, nicknamed the “Guam Express,” can.
    China’s short- and mid-range missiles cannot reach Guam, but its intermediate-range missiles, including DF-26, nicknamed the “Guam Express,” can.
    (Vijdan Mohammad Kawoosa/Reuters)

    A local think tank has warned the arms race in the region exposes Guam to the perils of war, but the civilian sector has been left out of security and survival planning.

    “The Missile Defense Agency’s proposal for an [Enhanced integrated Air Missile Defense System] in Guam is overstated in its effectiveness and understated in the real and potential damaging repercussions to the Guam community,” said Robert Underwood, chair of the Pacific Center for Island Security, said in a statement.

    On Wednesday, public submissions closed on the MDA’s draft environmental impact statement for the proposed missile defense architecture.

    The PCIS submission said “there remained significant questions about the ability of the system to function as proposed.”

    It pointed out that the defense department has marked areas in the Pacific region that would serve as “alternative operating locations” if Guam became incapacitated.

    “This indicates that even DoD planners do not anticipate the EIAMDS will defend the entirety of Guam,’” the group said.

    A man in Seoul walks past a screen showing a news report on North Korea firing a ballistic missile Jan. 6, 2025.
    A man in Seoul walks past a screen showing a news report on North Korea firing a ballistic missile Jan. 6, 2025.
    (Kim Hong-Ji /Reuters)

    Residents expressed mixed feelings about the North Korean test. Rubyjane Buhain-Redila told BenarNews she wasn’t scared and it is the “same old, I’m desensitized already.”

    Others like Kyle Mandapat are concerned and want the civilian population to be better informed “in the event of an attack, much like we prepare for tsunamis, typhoons and earthquakes.”

    Fellow resident Debbie Quinata was critical of elected officials for providing “no bunkers for the public, we’re sitting ducks.”

    Guam’s Chamber of Commerce supports the enhancement of the island’s defensive capabilities, which will potentially bring billions of dollars in new investments and economic opportunities

    “We must rely on our military partners ensuring that we have the necessary measures in place to protect our island and the nation’s home front,” Ernie Galito, chair of the GCC board of directors, told BenarNews.

    China in September test fired an ICBM that flew over Guam to land on the high seas near Kiribati’s territorial waters.

    Last October, North Korea launched what it claimed was its most advanced and powerful solid-fuel intercontinental ballistic missile - called the Hwasong-19 - with an estimated range of over 9,000 miles and capable of striking the U.S. mainland.

    Last November, the United States fired an unarmed ICBM from its Vandenberg Air Force Base in California that splashed down 4,200 miles away at Republic of Marshall Islands’ Kwajalein Atoll. More than 300 similar U.S. tests have been conducted.

    BenarNews is an RFA-affiliated news organization.


    This content originally appeared on Radio Free Asia and was authored by Mar-Vic Cagurangan for BenarNews.

    ]]>
    https://rfa.org/english/pacific/2025/01/11/guam-us-north-korea-missile-launch-defense/feed/ 0 509276
    How New Haven is Preparing to Defend Immigrants Against Trump’s Deportation Threats https://www.radiofree.org/2025/01/10/how-new-haven-is-preparing-to-defend-immigrants-against-trumps-deportation-threats/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/01/10/how-new-haven-is-preparing-to-defend-immigrants-against-trumps-deportation-threats/#respond Fri, 10 Jan 2025 20:25:33 +0000 https://progressive.org/latest/how-new-haven-is-preparing-to-defend-immigrants-against-trump-deportation-threats-tuhus-20250110/
    This content originally appeared on The Progressive — A voice for peace, social justice, and the common good and was authored by Melinda Tuhus.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2025/01/10/how-new-haven-is-preparing-to-defend-immigrants-against-trumps-deportation-threats/feed/ 0 509165
    Pro-France Alcide Ponga elected as New Caledonia’s new president https://www.radiofree.org/2025/01/08/pro-france-alcide-ponga-elected-as-new-caledonias-new-president/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/01/08/pro-france-alcide-ponga-elected-as-new-caledonias-new-president/#respond Wed, 08 Jan 2025 21:31:50 +0000 https://asiapacificreport.nz/?p=109155 By Patrick Decloitre, RNZ Pacific correspondent French Pacific desk

    New Caledonia’s newly-installed government has elected pro-France Alcide Ponga as territorial President.

    Ponga, 49, is also the first indigenous Kanak president of the pro-France Le Rassemblement-Les Républicains (LR) party.

    His election came after the first attempt to elect a President, on Tuesday, failed to bring out a sufficient majority within the 11-member cabinet.

    Yesterday, during a meeting convened by the French High Commission, Ponga received the support of six of the 11 government members.

    These include the four government members from his caucus (Les Loyalistes-Rassemblement), plus the decisive votes from moderate pro-France Calédonie Ensemble’s Jérémie Katidjo-Monnier and Petelo Sao from the Eveil Océanien.

    Samuel Hnepeune, the candidate supported by the pro-independence camp, received three votes, from Union Calédonienne (UC)-FLNKS.

    Two other agenda items
    A more moderate component of the pro-independence group, Union National pour l’Indépendance (UNI) and its two government members, chose to abstain.

    However, two other outstanding items on the new government’s agenda remain: the election of a vice-president and the allotment of the government’s portfolios for each minister.

    Under the principle of a “collegial” cabinet, the pro-independence camp should get the position of vice-president. But the two main pro-independence groups represented in the government (UNI and UC) said they needed more time to agree on a common candidate.

    Under the organic law of New Caledonia, even if the vice-president’s position is not filled, the new government is deemed to be fully operational within seven days following the election of its members.

    Who is Alcide Ponga?
    Alcide Ponga comes from a historically pro-France (“loyalist”) indigenous Kanak lineage and family which includes his father, mother and uncle having held high political positions in New Caledonia’s institutions, all under the then prominent pro-France Rassemblement pour la République (RPCR) headed by historic figure Jacques Lafleur.

    His uncle, Maurice Ponga, was also an MP in the European Parliament.

    With this family background, Alcide Ponga, who holds a Master in Political Science, joined politics in 2013.

    Since 2014, he has been and remains the Mayor of New Caledonia’s small town of Kouaoua, a nickel-mining settlement where he was born.

    He became president of the Rassemblement-LR in April 2024.

    In June 2024, he was one of the candidates at the French snap general elections, but lost to pro-independence Emmanuel Tjibaou (who won with 57.12 percent of the vote in New Caledonia’s second constituency).

    In the private sector, he has also held high positions in the nickel mining industry, including at the Northern Province’s Koniambo Nickel (KNS) company (2010-2024) and before that at the French Société Le Nickel (SLN).

    New Caledonia’s 18th government was elected on Tuesday by the French Pacific territory’s Congress.

    The new Cabinet
    The new 11-seat Cabinet is made up of:

    • 4 members from the Loyalistes/Rassemblement (LR) caucus — Alcide Ponga, Isabelle Champmoreau, Christopher Gygès and Thierry Santa
    • 3 members from the Union Calédonienne-FLNKS caucus — Gilbert Tyuienon, Mickaël Forrest and Samuel Hnepeune
    • 2 members from the Union Nationale pour l’Indépendance (UNI) caucus — Adolphe Digoué and Claude Gambey
    • 2 members from the Calédonie Ensemble/Éveil Océanien caucus — Jérémie Katidjo-Monnier (Calédonie Ensemble) and Petelo Sao (Éveil Océanien)

    Ponga replaces pro-independence Louis Mapou, whose government fell just before Christmas.

    During his tenure (July 2021 – December 2024), Mapou faced several challenges, including the covid pandemic crisis, the near collapse of New Caledonia’s nickel sector and, more recently, the insurrection riots that erupted on 13 May 2024, and its social and economic consequences.

    There has been an estimated 2.2 billion euros (NZ$4 billion) in damage, as well as hundreds of businesses destroyed and/or looted, and the subsequent loss of thousands of jobs.

    Speaking to local media just after his election, Ponga said one of his priorities was to restore a spirit of cooperation between New Caledonia’s Congress and his government.

    This article is republished under a community partnership agreement with RNZ.


    This content originally appeared on Asia Pacific Report and was authored by APR editor.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2025/01/08/pro-france-alcide-ponga-elected-as-new-caledonias-new-president/feed/ 0 508893
    China creates 2 new counties in disputed mountainous area claimed by India https://rfa.org/english/uyghur/2025/01/08/new-counties-hotan-disputed-territory-india/ https://rfa.org/english/uyghur/2025/01/08/new-counties-hotan-disputed-territory-india/#respond Wed, 08 Jan 2025 16:29:27 +0000 https://rfa.org/english/uyghur/2025/01/08/new-counties-hotan-disputed-territory-india/ Read RFA coverage of this story in Uyghur.

    China has created two new counties in southwestern Xinjiang in disputed territory also claimed by India, a move analysts say is aimed at strengthening Beijing’s control over the area -- and will likely exacerbate tension with India.

    The two new counties — Hekang and He’an — are in Aksai Chin, a rugged, high-altitude desert area that China took from India in 1962 during the Sino-Indian War. It is the easternmost part of the larger Kashmir region claimed by India as part of its Nubra district in Ladakh.

    “The two new counties show that China is consolidating its control over Aksai Chin,” said Anders Corr, principal of the New York-based political risk firm Corr Analytics.

    “The move will further inflame tensions with India, which might seek to retake the Aksai Chin if there is a war with China over Taiwan, for example,” he said.

    India objected by lodging an official protest with Beijing, according to Indian media reports.

    The decision to create the two new counties was approved by the Chinese Communist Party’s Central Committee and the State Council, according to a Dec. 27 announcement on the Xinjiang Uyghur Autonomous Region government’s website.

    The He’an county government will be located in Yulghun township, or Hongliu in Chinese, of Hotan county, while the Hekang county government will be located in Shaydulla township of Guma county, the announcement said.

    Renaming locations

    In other spots along its border with India, China has renamed locations to reflect its desire for territorial expansion and to normalize its occupation of disputed areas.

    Last year, Beijing issued Chinese names for 30 locations in India’s Arunachal Pradesh to bolster its claims to that territory.

    Speaking to reporters on Jan. 3, Randhir Jaiswal, spokesman for India’s Ministry of External Affairs, said India never accepted China’s “illegal occupation of Indian territory in this area,” The Hindu reported.

    “The creation of new counties will neither have a bearing on India’s long-standing and consistent position regarding our sovereignty over the area nor lend legitimacy to China’s illegal and forcible occupation of the same,” he was quoted as saying.

    Jaiswal also said India conveyed its concerns to Beijing about the planned construction of a mega hydropower project — which would be the world’s largest such dam — on the Yarlung Tsangpo River, the Tibetan name of Brahmaputra River, which flows through Arunachal Pradesh and Assam.

    ‘Break apart India’

    China had expressed its willingness to cooperate with India on border issues, and on Dec. 18, Indian National Security Advisor Ajit Doval met with Chinese Foreign Minister Wang Yi in Beijing for the 23rd round of boundary negotiations.

    Chinese President Xi Jinping (right) meets with Indian Prime Minister Narendra Modi at the BRICS summit in Kazan, Russia, Oct. 23, 2024.
    Chinese President Xi Jinping (right) meets with Indian Prime Minister Narendra Modi at the BRICS summit in Kazan, Russia, Oct. 23, 2024.
    (Reuters)

    But just 10 days later, China announced the creation of the two counties — which U.S. political analyst Gordon G. Chang said could be a negotiating ploy.

    “After all, the Chinese are talking to the Indians about territorial matters,” he said. “But we have to step back and understand that China is seeking to break apart India. It has for decades. This establishment of counties is just another tactic in a very long series of tactics of China to break apart India.”

    Erkin Ekrem, a professor at Hacettepe University in Ankara, Turkey, said the move is part of Beijing’s pressure tactics against India.

    “The aim is to pressure India with a viewpoint or policy that claims this region has historically been Chinese territory in order to resolve the border dispute, and they have been trying to gain control of whatever border they desire,” he said.

    Ekrem predicted that China would try to relocate Uyghurs living in the Aksai Chin area and bring in Han Chinese settlers.

    He said this is what occurred nine years ago when Chinese authorities established the city of Qurumqash, or Kunyu in Chinese, in Xinjiang, when they brought in many Han Chinese with the Bingtuan, a state-run economic and paramilitary organization that develops land and secures borders.

    Leveraging infrastructure

    Major infrastructure projects in Xinjiang and neighboring Tibet are positioning China to have the upper hand in territorial disputes and other disagreements that could escalate, Ekrem said.

    The creation of a massive reservoir in Tibet, for instance, not only secures China’s water resources but also gives the Chinese leverage over India and other bordering countries, he said.

    Recent upgrades to Hotan’s dual-use airport mean that the air field can be used by the military in the event of a conflict with India, and extensive railway networks built by the Chinese in Tibet can facilitate rapid troop deployment, he said.

    “Through these infrastructure developments in both East Turkestan and Tibet, China has created a strategic advantage from military and defense perspectives,” Ekrem said, using Uyghurs’ preferred name for Xinjiang.

    “These regions can serve as a rear base in any potential conflict with India, allowing China to potentially gain control of the region,” he said. “This strategic positioning explains the significance of these new construction projects and establishment of the counties.”

    Translated by RFA Uyghur. Edited by Roseanne Gerin and Malcolm Foster.


    This content originally appeared on Radio Free Asia and was authored by Uyghar for RFA Uyghur.

    ]]>
    https://rfa.org/english/uyghur/2025/01/08/new-counties-hotan-disputed-territory-india/feed/ 0 508832
    New York Times rejects Quaker ad for calling Israel’s actions “genocide” https://www.radiofree.org/2025/01/08/new-york-times-rejects-quaker-ad-for-calling-israels-actions-genocide/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/01/08/new-york-times-rejects-quaker-ad-for-calling-israels-actions-genocide/#respond Wed, 08 Jan 2025 16:14:35 +0000 https://www.commondreams.org/newswire/new-york-times-rejects-quaker-ad-for-calling-israels-actions-genocide The American Friends Service Committee (AFSC) – a Quaker organization that has worked for peace and justice for over a century – has cancelled planned advertising with the New York Times after the paper refused to allow an ad that referred to Israel’s genocide in Gaza. The ad read: "Tell Congress to stop arming Israel's genocide in Gaza now! As a Quaker organization, we work for peace. Join us. Tell the President and Congress to stop the killing and starvation in Gaza.”

    “The refusal of The New York Times to run paid digital ads that call for an end to Israel’s genocide in Gaza is an outrageous attempt to sidestep the truth,” said Joyce Ajlouny, General Secretary for AFSC. “Palestinians and allies have been silenced and marginalized in the media for decades as these institutions choose silence over accountability. It is only by challenging this reality that we can hope to forge a path toward a more just and equitable world.”

    After receiving the text for the ad quoted above, a representative from the advertising team suggested AFSC use the word “war” instead of “genocide” – a word with an entirely different meaning both colloquially and under international law. When AFSC rejected this approach, the New York Times Ad Acceptability Team sent an email that read in part: “Various international bodies, human rights organizations, and governments have differing views on the situation. In line with our commitment to factual accuracy and adherence to legal standards, we must ensure that all advertising content complies with these widely applied definitions.”

    Many human rights organizations, legal scholars, genocide and holocaust scholars, and UN bodies have determined that Israel is committing genocide or genocidal acts in Gaza. This includes U.S.-based organizations like the Center for Constitutional Rights and the University Network for Human Rights, international human rights organizations Amnesty International and Human Rights Watch, and several Palestinian human rights groups. The New York Times regularly looks to several of these organizations as sources for its own reporting.

    In January of 2024, the International Court of Justice (ICJ) issued a provisional ruling that Israel’s actions in Gaza were “plausibly genocidal.” The case was brought by South Africa, and now has the support of 14 countries. The same week that the New York Times rejected AFSC’s ad, the Washington Post ran an advertisement from Amnesty International that used the language of genocide.

    “The suggestion that the New York Times couldn’t run an ad against Israel’s genocide in Gaza because there are ‘differing views’ is absurd,” said Layne Mullett, Director of Media Relations for AFSC. “The New York Times advertises a wide variety of products and advocacy messages on which there are differing views. Why is it not acceptable to publicize the meticulously documented atrocities committed by Israel and paid for by the United States?”

    AFSC has been supporting humanitarian efforts in Gaza since 1948 and currently has staff in Gaza, Ramallah, and Jerusalem. Since October of 2023, AFSC staff in Gaza have provided 1.5 million meals, hygiene kits, and other units of humanitarian aid to more than 1.5 million internally displaced people. In the U.S., AFSC programs are working to put pressure on the Biden administration and Congress to call for a permanent cease-fire, full humanitarian access, release of all who are held captive, and an end to U.S. military funding for Israel.

    “Our courageous staff members in Gaza witness daily horrors and continue to provide vital support despite Israel’s relentless attacks on their homes and families,” said Joyce Ajlouny. “Our ad campaign aims to shed light on these atrocities while urging people in the U.S. to pressure the President and Congress to halt weapons shipments to Israel and advocate for an end to the genocide.”

    ###


    This content originally appeared on Common Dreams and was authored by Newswire Editor.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2025/01/08/new-york-times-rejects-quaker-ad-for-calling-israels-actions-genocide/feed/ 0 508945
    China swamped with respiratory infections ahead of Lunar New Year travel rush https://rfa.org/english/china/2025/01/08/china-influenza-respiratory-disease-metapneumovirus/ https://rfa.org/english/china/2025/01/08/china-influenza-respiratory-disease-metapneumovirus/#respond Wed, 08 Jan 2025 15:46:40 +0000 https://rfa.org/english/china/2025/01/08/china-influenza-respiratory-disease-metapneumovirus/ Health officials in China are calling on people to wear masks and open the windows to help reduce a wave of respiratory infections that has left hospitals across the country swamped with patients ahead of the Lunar New Year travel rush.

    “Influenza is peaking in our city, with influenza A (H1N1) as the main virus,” the Beijing Center for Disease Control and Prevention said in a recent statement warning people to take precautions ahead of the Jan. 29 Lunar New Year holiday, known as Spring Festival in mainland China.

    The warning came as social media users posted video clips of crowded waiting rooms with masked parents cradling children and people on drips and lying on gurneys in corridors.

    “This year’s influenza is pretty severe,” Douyin user @watchthistolearnaboutBeijing said in a video filmed from the Luhe Hospital in Beijing’s Tongzhou district on Jan. 6.

    “The emergency rooms can’t see everyone, and are just handing out medicines or telling people to stay home.”

    “H1N1 influenza in Shanghai is causing mayhem! The hospitals are overcrowded. Parents, please protect your children. Try to avoid crowded places!” one parent said in a video filmed at one of the city’s hospitals.

    “I caught the influenza A virus which caused pneumonia, and my fever was so high that I was delirious, with a temperature of around 40C (104F),” another user said from the central province of Henan.

    Worst still to come

    Officials said the worst of the wave could still be to come.

    “With the coming of the ... Spring Festival holidays, there will be more personal travel and visits to relatives and friends,” Beijing CDC said in a notice published by the Beijing News. “You should wear a mask correctly when taking public transportation or going to crowded and relatively closed places.”

    “Open the windows for ventilation 2-3 times a day, each time for no less than 30 minutes, to keep the indoor air fresh,” said the notice, which came as the Chinese Center for Disease Control and Prevention reported a sharp increase in respiratory viral infections, including human metapneumovirus, in northern China starting last month.

    RELATED STORIES

    WHO calls on China to release all data on COVID-19 origins

    Photos of kids doing homework while on a drip spark horror in China

    Chinese hospitals swamped with severe child pneumonia cases

    The European Centre for Disease Prevention and Control said it was monitoring the situation for potential threats to European countries, but said there was no immediate cause for concern.

    “The current epidemiological situation in China reflects a seasonal rise in respiratory infections caused by common respiratory pathogens and does not pose any specific concern [for countries in the European Economic Area or the European Union],” it said.

    Meanwhile, authorities in Beijing said thats recent Mycoplasma pneumoniae, human metapneumovirus and adenovirus outbreaks had “fallen significantly,” and along with COVID-19 infections were “currently at a low level.”

    State broadcaster CCTV called on schools and childcare facilities to keep classrooms ventilated and maintain good hand hygiene, and implement “prevention and control measures” in the event of a clustered outbreak.

    Treatment challenges

    A resident of Shanghai who gave only the pseudonym Peng for fear of reprisals said his daughter is still sick with flu-like symptoms after several trips to the hospital.

    “It seems there are a whole lot of different viruses going around right now, and even the doctors don’t know what it is,” Peng said.

    A resident of the eastern province of Shandong who gave only the pseudonym Liu for fear of reprisals said his area had also been hard-hit.

    “They said it was influenza A I think, but we thought it could be a variant of COVID-19,” Liu said.

    A resident of the central city of Wuhan who gave only the pseudonym Gu said hospitals large and small are packed with respiratory patients in that city too.

    “A lot of people are going to the hospital to get IV fluids, but the seats to get IV fluids are all full in the community hospitals,” she said.

    People wearing masks wait at an outpatient area of the respiratory department of a hospital in Beijing on Jan. 8, 2025.
    People wearing masks wait at an outpatient area of the respiratory department of a hospital in Beijing on Jan. 8, 2025.
    (JADE GAO/AFP)

    She said it’s also getting harder to find medicines to treat oneself at home.

    “This morning, I went to the pharmacy next door to buy a few packs of cold medicine, but they were still sold out,” she said, adding that nobody could get hold of the antiviral Mabaloxavir, while the medicines being given by hospitals “did nothing to cure the illness.”

    More effective medicines like antivirals were “too expensive, and can’t be prescribed,” she said. ‘You can buy them at your own expense, but they’re not covered by medical insurance."

    Main virus unclear

    Lin Xiaoxu, director of the Protovirus Laboratory at the U.S. Army Research Institute, said it was unclear exactly which viruses are driving the current wave of respiratory illness in China.

    “It’s possible that there are other, more serious, respiratory viruses in China, but the government hasn’t highlighted them in their testing or their public service announcements,” Lin said.

    “Instead, the media have all been focusing on human metapneumovirus [as a recent issue].”

    Meanwhile, there are signs that many could struggle to afford any medical care at all.

    China’s hospitals are still reeling from the financial impact of the COVID-19 pandemic, and some are trying to claw back revenue by refusing to take insurance cards and insisting that patients pay out of pocket for their treatment, according to recent reports from specialist healthcare bloggers.

    “We went to one hospital [for a family member] and they told us ... that they couldn’t accept our medical insurance card, so we had to pay out of pocket,” Shanghai resident Peng told RFA Mandarin. “It’s the same for me; a lot of the medicines I take for my current condition are paid for out of pocket, and the price is very high.”

    Translated with additional reporting by Luisetta Mudie.


    This content originally appeared on Radio Free Asia and was authored by Kitty Wang for RFA Mandarin.

    ]]>
    https://rfa.org/english/china/2025/01/08/china-influenza-respiratory-disease-metapneumovirus/feed/ 0 508849
    Happy New Year! https://www.radiofree.org/2025/01/08/happy-new-year/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/01/08/happy-new-year/#respond Wed, 08 Jan 2025 14:28:24 +0000 http://www.radiofree.org/?guid=b33f86549b005d1a51975a952089f97e
    This content originally appeared on Amnesty International and was authored by Amnesty International.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2025/01/08/happy-new-year/feed/ 0 508818
    The promises and challenges of the Philippines’ new climate-resilient city https://grist.org/cities/the-promises-and-challenges-of-the-philippines-new-climate-resilient-city/ https://grist.org/cities/the-promises-and-challenges-of-the-philippines-new-climate-resilient-city/#respond Wed, 08 Jan 2025 09:45:00 +0000 https://grist.org/?p=655973 The highway approaching New Clark City is wide — four lanes each way in places — but carries little traffic. Newly installed streetlamps, powered by sunlight, dot the median. Construction equipment and recently finished buildings rise ahead, where the Philippine government is building a metropolis designed to withstand the threats of a hotter, less predictable world.

    Once completed in 2065, this climate-resilient city, which has already attracted nearly $2.5 billion in investment, could teem with 1.2 million people and serve as a backup capital should Manila, about 70 miles to the south, be incapacitated by disaster. 

    Metropolitan Manila, the world’s most densely populated urban area, lies on a floodplain vulnerable to rising seas and violent typhoons. New Clark City, on the other hand, sits between two mountain ranges, land chosen for its ability to withstand extreme weather. The plan includes commercial and residential neighborhoods, public transit, and ample green space. Although most official functions will remain in Manila, some government agencies will move north.

    “New Clark City is the first smart, green, resilient metropolis in the Philippines,” said Lucky Niño Baula of the Bases Conversion and Development Authority, or BCDA, the government entity leading the project. Joshua Bingcang, the agency’s president and CEO, has an expansive vision of the city’s role: It will, he hopes, “help with nation-building and create space for economic development.”

    New Clark City is one of many urban experiments being planned in response to climate change. But unlike, say, the floating community in South Korea called Oceanix or Saudi Arabia’s wall-like “linear city,” which as designed would be 105 miles long and just one-eighth of a mile wide, New Clark City is based on a technologically viable plan. Yet the Philippine project has challenges of its own, and some of its biggest promises may not fully materialize. There are questions about its ability to withstand a climate catastrophe, for example, and about how many people will want, or be able, to move there. Other major infrastructure projects elsewhere in the country cast doubt on the government’s stated commitment to resilient and inclusive development.

    But what troubles some critics most is New Clark City seems to prioritize the desires of a few over the needs of many. It stands on land taken without consent or compensation from the Indigenous Ayta people, and a dearth of affordable housing risks creating a haven for elites rather than a place where all can enjoy the benefits of the country’s growing economy.


    Metropolitan Manila, which covers an area smaller than New York City, is home to 14.5 million people. Cars, trucks, motorcycles, and a hodgepodge of public transit crowd narrow streets, and it can take hours to drive even a mile or two. The city — an average of 43 feet above sea level — floods regularly, and there is precious little green space.

    New Clark City is meant to alleviate those challenges. It sits on a site about half the size of Washington, D.C. that was once part of Clark Air Base, an American military site created in 1903, when the Philippines was a U.S. colony. Arnel Casanova, a businessperson and urban planner who led the Bases Conversion and Development Authority, or BCDA, under former president Noynoy Aquino, conceived of the project in 2012. The devastation wrought by Typhoon Ketsana in 2009 (and, later, Typhoon Haiyan in 2013) convinced him of the need to build cities on higher ground. 

    People walk along a flooded street in Manila on July 24, 2024 amid heavy rains brought by Typhoon Gaemi.
    New Clark City is meant to alleviate many of the challenges Manila faces, including frequent flooding. The city was inundated by heavy rains brought by Typhoon Gaemi in July 2024.
    Jam Sta Rosa / AFP via Getty Images

    Casanova hoped a planned metropolis would provide abundant green space, prevent congestion by incorporating mass transit from the start, and avoid Manila’s economic segregation, something he is keenly aware of. When he arrived there as a student, Casanova could not afford an apartment and lived in one of the city’s many informal settlements — unregulated neighborhoods, often built in hazardous areas, that lack basic services like running water. New Clark City, he said, recognizes “how important it is for human beings to have their physical space designed and developed in such a way that human dignity and community can be promoted and upheld.”

    The project has enjoyed strong support from three presidents. Aquino is from the region, which helped explain his enthusiasm for it. His successor, President Rodrigo Duterte, made New Clark City a flagship of his administration. Although the city has been less important to President Bongbong Marcos, in part because of other priorities (including an affordable housing project critics call unrealistic), he remains committed and has expressed hope that it will become “a mecca for tourists, a magnet of investments, and a market of goods and services.”

    Casanova envisioned New Clark City in broad strokes, with the details to emerge over time. Construction will unfold in five phases over 40 years, but the government has not made its master plan or budget public. Private investors are expected to foot most of the bill, with more than 100 U.S. companies reportedly among those interested in backing the effort.

    Construction started in 2016. Beginning in April 2018, crews labored around the clock for 18 months to complete a stadium, an aquatic center, and other structures for the 2019 Southeast Asian Games. They have since erected the National Government Administrative Center — designed to house 3,000 government employees — and a 516-unit apartment complex. Yet apart from 229 students attending the National Academy of Sports, no one has moved in permanently. Of the 80-odd apartments sold thus far, most have gone to high-level officials and business executives who use them as vacation homes, according to the building’s manager.

    Construction is entering its second phase, with plans for expanded residential, commercial, and industrial development; government offices; and a golf course. Several schools, including the University of the Philippines, are building campuses as well.

    This view from an apartment building shows the track and aquatic center built for the 2019 Southeast Asian Games. The National Government Administrative Center is in the background on the right.
    Maggie Wang / Grist

    For now, the city remains relatively quiet. Roads are mostly empty, and few people live there, although BCDA employees, construction workers, and others involved in its planning and creation are a regular presence. Driving down freshly paved streets or strolling through a park along the Cutcut River, it is possible to imagine the place bustling with activity within the next decade or so.

    Its location — inland, flanked by mountains, and more than 170 feet above sea level at its lowest point — bolsters the development authority’s argument that the site provides ample protection against the worst impacts of climate change. Seen from the Administrative Center, currently the tallest building, the distant peaks suggest a measure of invulnerability. 


    New Clark City sits in Central Luzon, a low-lying area of plains and paddies sometimes known as “the rice granary of the Philippines.” The region is laced by rivers and ringed by mountains, including Mount Pinatubo. Because it is flat, the area between Manila and New Clark City occasionally floods. In 1972, Typhoon Rita — known among Filipinos as Typhoon Gloring — caused more than a week of inundation and destroyed the homes of around 2 million people. Gerry Bagtasa, an atmospheric physicist at the University of the Philippines Diliman, said similar occurrences are possible in an era of increasingly violent storms and rising seas. Bases Conversion and Development Authority officials insist New Clark City is immune to flooding: “No, it won’t happen,” they say, citing the ample drainage, green space, and “no-build” zones they’re confident can manage rainfall. Such claims have merit, but the city faces other dangers. Mount Pinatubo erupted with catastrophic results in 1991, and a major fault line runs through the area. 

    Climate change will not significantly increase the likelihood of eruptions or earthquakes. But Harold Aquino, a civil engineer and disaster resilience researcher at Massey University of New Zealand, said such risks “have to be on our radar.” He, Bagtasa, and others who study the hazards wrought by a warming world find it unrealistic to think any location in a country already experiencing the impacts of climate change will be immune to its threats. Moreover, Aquino points out that New Clark City will shape the local environment: “When you start building a new community, you alter the topography of the area, and therefore you also alter the way water flows.”

    New Clark City also may not be as green as promised. Just 30 percent of its energy is slated to come from renewable sources. That speaks to the Philippines’ overwhelming reliance on fossil fuels, which account for around 75 percent of its electricity generation. The country is attempting to expand its clean energy capacity, but officials at the Philippine Department of Energy said it could be decades before New Clark City can rely upon renewables for most of its power. A recent proposal to build a 91.4-acre solar farm there failed to garner even a single bid. 

    The government’s vision for New Clark City, which includes wide sidewalks, ample bike lanes, and bus lines, improves on Metro Manila’s much-maligned transportation infrastructure. But the city will still rely heavily on automobiles. And even as the government calls New Clark City a model of climate-forward thinking, it is pursuing projects in Manila that undermine efforts to foster climate resilience. They include the Pasig River Expressway, a six-lane elevated highway that critics argue will increase congestion, adversely impact the river for which it is named and contribute to the urban heat island effect; and New Manila International Airport, which is being built on land reclaimed from Manila Bay.

    Development authority officials believe concerns about New Clark City’s sustainability are either overblown or can be overcome through technological innovation. Casanova believes most of the development has remained faithful to his vision of a sustainable and resilient city. “There’s just one thing that I feel is being violated,” he said. “They’ve begun to accept golf courses. I’m a golfer. But to me, a golf course is really destructive environmentally.”


    Such an amenity is indicative of a larger problem, said Sheilah Napalang, a professor of urban planning at the University of the Philippines Diliman: A lack of affordable housing could make New Clark City a haven for the affluent. “For it to be truly sustainable,” she said, “you have to have housing opportunities with a range of prices.”

    Napalang, a former assistant secretary of transportation under President Duterte, said the Bases Conversion and Development Authority has a lackluster record on affordable housing. Prices in its other flagship project, a district in Metro Manila called Bonifacio Global City, are five to 10 times higher than elsewhere in the city. Most of the district’s residents are corporate executives, and workers endure long commutes to get there.

    Lucky Niño Baula of the BCDA said the development authority recognizes the need for affordable housing, and the agency has announced plans to build 2,000 to 3,000 units for “low- to middle-income” workers. Still, it has not offered any details on how much housing will be widely affordable in a country where the average annual household income is about $6,000. 

    Moreover, New Clark City is being built on the ancestral land of the Indigenous Ayta people, thousands of whom may be displaced by the construction. Although the government is legally required to include Indigenous peoples in any discussions about development on their land — a process called free, prior, and informed consent — critics like Carlo Manalansan say this never happened with New Clark City.

    Manalansan, a community organizer at the International Accountability Project, has worked with the Ayta to raise awareness about violations of their rights. He described the situation bluntly: “They are corrupt,” he said of the National Commission on Indigenous Peoples, or NCIP, the government agency responsible for safeguarding Indigenous rights.

    Representatives of the Ayta community could not be reached, but Filipino journalists have reported that hundreds of families were evicted during the first phase of construction and as many as 65,000 people, including 18,000 Ayta, in 12 villages could be pushed out as New Clark City is built. Roland Calde, the NCIP official in charge of Indigenous affairs in the area, said he was unfamiliar with the project despite its pursuit by three presidential administrations. Another NCIP official, Rhodex Valenciano, attributed the displacements to construction of a nearby dam, said the displaced are not Indigenous, and blamed the Ayta for claiming too much land in their title application, which, if successful, would allow them to prevent encroachment by any infrastructure projects. “They are a population of around 500, and now they are applying for [title to] half of the municipality of Capas,” Valenciano said. “Imagine that! It’s an abuse of the rights of the IPs [Indigenous peoples].”

    Joshua Bingcang, the president and CEO of the Bases Conversion and Development Authority, says the agency has provided $738 million to those affected by construction. “We had trouble with our Commission on Audit before,” he says, referring to the government’s independent oversight agency. “We had to defend why we are giving so much financial assistance to them.”

    Critics like Manalansan largely agree that the government needs to invest in climate resilience, and that must include reimagining Philippine cities. But they argue that the government’s current path will not lead to a more resilient future because it risks leaving people behind. Rather than upholding the rights of Indigenous peoples, they say, BCDA has marginalized them. Instead of establishing job opportunities and services that would attract those of all socioeconomic classes, it has emphasized policies that threaten to exclude all but the affluent. One analysis called this approach internal colonialism and warns that it will “result in negative consequences for local and Indigenous communities.”

    Some critics view the endeavor as a continuation of former President Ferdinand Marcos’ penchant for white elephants — large projects, like the Bataan Nuclear Power Plant built in the 1980s but never used — whose cost far exceeds their usefulness. But there is still time to address these problems. Aquino, the Massey University professor, suggests that the government come up with a concrete plan for managing and mitigating the city’s impacts on the Ayta population and give them a role in its planning. 

    “Resilience is not just infrastructural or physical resilience, but also social resilience and trying to protect Ayta culture,” he said. What’s more, the government “could benefit from their first-hand experience of how climate has impacted the area. We can leverage Indigenous and local knowledge when it comes to climate-proofing the area.”

    In addition to respecting the Ayta’s status as primary stakeholders in the land, making New Clark City a model of sustainability and equity will require building more affordable housing and providing economic opportunities for Filipinos of all backgrounds. The government also needs to aggressively build out renewable energy, develop robust public transportation, and ensure green spaces are accessible to all. In Aquino’s words, “We have to think about who we’re making the city or the community resilient for.” 

    This story was originally published by Grist with the headline The promises and challenges of the Philippines’ new climate-resilient city on Jan 8, 2025.


    This content originally appeared on Grist and was authored by Maggie Wang.

    ]]>
    https://grist.org/cities/the-promises-and-challenges-of-the-philippines-new-climate-resilient-city/feed/ 0 508780
    New national monuments honor California tribes; scandal-plagued Antioch Police pick interim chief – January 7, 2025 https://www.radiofree.org/2025/01/07/new-national-monuments-honor-california-tribes-scandal-plagued-antioch-police-pick-interim-chief-january-7-2025/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/01/07/new-national-monuments-honor-california-tribes-scandal-plagued-antioch-police-pick-interim-chief-january-7-2025/#respond Tue, 07 Jan 2025 18:00:00 +0000 http://www.radiofree.org/?guid=5d91fd00f28b07b9c4625a341d7ea13b Comprehensive coverage of the day’s news with a focus on war and peace; social, environmental and economic justice.

    President-elect Trump wants to take over Panama Canal, Canada and Greenland, and re-name the Gulf of Mexico as Gulf of America.

    A YOUNG PALESTINIAN MOTHER STRUGGLES WITH CANCER AND RAISING HER CHILDREN IN GAZA.

    W.H.O. ISSUES REPORT ABOUT GROWING INFECTIONS OF H.M.P.V. PATHOGEN.

    PRESIDENT BIDEN HONORS NATIVE AMERICANS WITH TRIBAL MONUMENTS IN CALIFORNIA.

    Scandal-plagued Antioch police get new interim chief in wake of racist texting controversy.

     

    The post New national monuments honor California tribes; scandal-plagued Antioch Police pick interim chief – January 7, 2025 appeared first on KPFA.


    This content originally appeared on KPFA - The Pacifica Evening News, Weekdays and was authored by KPFA.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2025/01/07/new-national-monuments-honor-california-tribes-scandal-plagued-antioch-police-pick-interim-chief-january-7-2025/feed/ 0 508754
    Fourth death from Hawai’i fireworks explosion highlights illegal trade https://www.radiofree.org/2025/01/07/fourth-death-from-hawaii-fireworks-explosion-highlights-illegal-trade/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/01/07/fourth-death-from-hawaii-fireworks-explosion-highlights-illegal-trade/#respond Tue, 07 Jan 2025 00:35:34 +0000 https://asiapacificreport.nz/?p=109093 RNZ Pacific

    Honolulu police have announced the death of a fourth person due to the New Year’s Eve fireworks explosion in Aliamanu, Hawai’i — a 3-year-old boy who has died in hospital.

    Six people with severe burn injuries from the explosion were flown to Arizona on the US mainland for further treatment.

    “We’re angry, frustrated and deeply saddened at this uneccessary loss of life and suffering,” Honolulu Mayor Rick Blangiardi told a news conference.

    Three people died on New Year's Eve due to a Honolulu fireworks explosion.
    Three people died on New Year’s Eve after a Honolulu fireworks explosion. Image: Hawaii Governor/Josh Green FB

    “No one should have to endure such pain due to reckless and illegal activity.”

    He said this incident was a painful reminder of the danger posed by illegal fireworks.

    “They put lives at risk, they drain our first responders, and they disrupt our neighbourhoods.

    “Every aerial firework is illegal and this means we need to shut down the root cause — shutting down the pipeline of illegal fireworks entering our islands.”

    Problem for lawmakers
    Civil Beat reported that Hawai’i’s thirst for illegal fireworks displays were a perennial problem for lawmakers, resulting in dozens of bills introduced by the Legislature that do not pass.

    The Illegal Fireworks Task Force seized 103,000 kilos of fireworks in the last year and a half, yet those cases have resulted in zero criminal charges.

    Hawaii News Now obtained the state’s illegal fireworks task force’s 2025 report to lawmakers, revealing the big financial windfall for those who deal in illegal aerials.

    The report said “the return on investment for those who smuggle illegal fireworks into Hawai’i is a rate of five to one”.

    It also said law enforcement doesn’t have enough money or staff to interdict smuggling at points of entry.

    It added that: “the task force is part-time and members have a primary job they must do in addition to task force work.”

    The investigation into the explosion continues.

    A fifth person died after a separate fireworks blast in Kalihi on New Year’s Eve.

    He sustained multiple traumatic injuries, including a severe arm injury, according to Emergency Medical Services.

    Meanwhile, five people died across Germany and a police officer was seriously injured from accidents linked to the powerful fireworks Germans traditionally set off to celebrate the new year, police said.

    This article is republished under a community partnership agreement with RNZ.


    This content originally appeared on Asia Pacific Report and was authored by APR editor.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2025/01/07/fourth-death-from-hawaii-fireworks-explosion-highlights-illegal-trade/feed/ 0 508615
    Ukraine’s New Surprise Attack In Russia’s Kursk Region https://www.radiofree.org/2025/01/06/ukraines-new-surprise-attack-in-russias-kursk-region/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/01/06/ukraines-new-surprise-attack-in-russias-kursk-region/#respond Mon, 06 Jan 2025 15:27:49 +0000 http://www.radiofree.org/?guid=57b318cdf2de74b785c8c3cf47636595
    This content originally appeared on Radio Free Europe/Radio Liberty and was authored by Radio Free Europe/Radio Liberty.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2025/01/06/ukraines-new-surprise-attack-in-russias-kursk-region/feed/ 0 508559
    ‘Ghost of Suharto’ marks Prabowo’s new phase in West Papua occupation https://www.radiofree.org/2025/01/06/ghost-of-suharto-marks-prabowos-new-phase-in-west-papua-occupation/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/01/06/ghost-of-suharto-marks-prabowos-new-phase-in-west-papua-occupation/#respond Mon, 06 Jan 2025 01:35:20 +0000 https://asiapacificreport.nz/?p=109055 SPECIAL REPORT: By Paul Gregoire

    United Liberation Movement for West Papua (ULMWP) provisional government interim president Benny Wenda has warned that since Indonesian President Prabowo Subianto took office in October, he has been proven right in having remarked, after the politician’s last February election, that his coming marks the return of “the ghost of Suharto” — the brutal dictator who ruled over the nation for three decades.

    Wenda, an exiled West Papuan leader, outlined in a December 16 statement that at that moment the Indonesian forces were carrying out ethnic cleansing in multiple regencies, as thousands of West Papuans were being forced out of their villages and into the bush by soldiers.

    The entire regency of Oksop had been emptied, with more than 1200 West Papuans displaced since an escalation began in Nduga regency in 2018.

    Prabowo coming to top office has a particular foreboding for the West Papuans, who have been occupied by Indonesia since 1963, as over his military career — which spanned from 1970 to 1998 and saw rise him to the position of general, as well as mainly serve in Kopassus (special forces) — the current president perpetrated multiple alleged atrocities across East Timor and West Papua.

    According to Wenda, the incumbent Indonesian president can “never clean the blood from his hands for his crimes as a general in West Papua and East Timor”. He further makes clear that Prabowo’s acts since taking office reveal that he is set on “creating a new regime of brutality” in the country of his birth.

    Enhancing the occupation
    “Foreign governments should not be fooled by Prabowo’s PR campaign,” Wenda made certain in mid-December.

    “He is desperately seeking international legitimacy through his international tour, empty environmental pledges and the amnesty offered to various prisoners, including 18 West Papuans and the remaining imprisoned members of the Bali Nine.”

    Former Indonesian President Suharto ruled over the Southeast Asian nation with an iron fist from 1967 until 1998.

    In the years prior to his officially taking office, General Suharto oversaw the mass murder of up to 1 million local Communists, he further rigged the 1969 referendum on self-determination for West Papua, so that it failed and he invaded East Timor in 1975.

    Indonesian President Prabowo Subianto (left) and West Papuan exiled leader Benny Wenda
    Indonesian President Prabowo Subianto (left) and West Papuan exiled leader Benny Wenda . . . “Foreign governments should not be fooled by Prabowo’s PR campaign.” Image: SCL montage

    Wenda maintains that the proof Prabowo is something of an apparition of Suharto is that he has set about forging “mass displacement, increased militarisation” and “increased deforestation” in the Melanesian region of West Papua.

    And he has further restarted the transmigration programme of the Suharto days, which involves Indonesians being moved to West Papua to populate the region.

    As Wenda advised in 2015, the initial transmigration programme resulted in West Papuans, who made up 96 percent of the population in 1971, only comprising 49 percent of those living in their own homelands at that current time.

    Wenda considers the “occupation was entering a new phase”, when former Indonesian president Joko Widodo split the region of West Papua into five provinces in mid-2022.

    Oksop displaced villagers
    Oksop displaced villagers seeking refuge in West Papua. Image: ULMWP

    And the West Papuan leader advises that Prabowo is set to establish separate military commands in each province, which will provide “a new, more thorough and far-reaching system of occupation”.

    West Papua was previously split into two regions, which the West Papuan people did not recognise, as these and the current five provinces are actually Indonesian administrative zones.

    “By establishing new administrative divisions, Indonesia creates the pretext for new military posts and checkpoints,” Wenda underscores.

    “The result is the deployment of thousands more soldiers, curfews, arbitrary arrests and human rights abuses. West Papua is under martial law.”

    Ecocide on a formidable scale
    Prabowo paid his first official visit to West Papua as President in November, visiting the Merauke district in South Papua province, which is the site of the world’s largest deforestation project, with clearing beginning in mid-2024, and it will eventually comprise of 2 million deforested hectares turned into giant sugarcane plantations, via the destruction of forests, wetlands and grasslands.

    Five consortiums, including Indonesian and foreign companies, are involved in the project, with the first seedlings having been planted in July. And despite promises that the megaproject would not harm existing forests, these areas are being torn down regardless.

    And part of this deforestation includes the razing of forest that had previously been declared protected by the government.

    A similar programme was established in Merauke district in 2011, by Widodo’s predecessor President Susilo Bambang Yudhoyono, who established rice and sugarcane plantations in the region, aiming to turn it into a “future breadbasket for Indonesia”.

    However, the plan was a failure, and the project was rather used as a cover to establish hazardous palm oil and pulpwood plantations.

    “It is not a coincidence Prabowo has announced a new transmigration programme at the same time as their ecocidal deforestation regime intensifies,” Wenda said in a November 2024 statement. “These twin agendas represent the two sides of Indonesian colonialism in West Papua: exploitation and settlement.”

    Wenda added that Jakarta is only interested in West Papuan land and resources, and in exchange, Indonesia has killed at least half a million West Papuans since 1963.

    And while the occupying nation is funding other projects via the profits it has been making on West Papuan palm oil, gold and natural gas, the West Papuan provinces are the poorest in the Southeast Asian nation.

    Indonesian military forces on patrol in the Oksop regency of the West Papua region
    Indonesian military forces on patrol in the Oksop regency of the West Papua region. Image: ULMWP

    Independence is still key
    The 1962 New York Agreement involved the Netherlands, West Papua’s former colonial rulers, signing over the region to Indonesia. A brief United Nations administrative period was to be followed by Jakarta assuming control of the region on 1 May 1963.

    And part of the agreement was that West Papuans undertake the Act of Free Choice, or a 1969 referendum on self-determination.

    So, if the West Papuans did not vote to become an autonomous nation, then Indonesian administration would continue.

    However, the UN brokered referendum is now referred to as the Act of “No Choice”, as it only involved 1026 West Papuans, handpicked by Indonesia. And under threat of violence, all of these men voted to stick with their colonial oppressors.

    Wenda presented The People’s Petition to the UN Human Rights High Commissioner in January 2019, which calls for a new internationally supervised vote on self-determination for the people of West Papua, and it included the signatures of 1.8 million West Papuans, or 70 percent of the Indigenous population.

    The exiled West Papuan leader further announced the formation of the West Papua provisional government on 1 December 2020, which involved the establishment of entire departments of government with heads of staff appointed on the ground in the Melanesian province, and Wenda was also named the president of the body.

    But with the coming of Prabowo and the recent developments in West Papua, it appears the West Papuan struggle is about to intensify at the same time as the movement for independence becomes increasingly more prominent on the global stage.

    “Every element of West Papua is being systematically destroyed: our land, our people, our Melanesian culture identity,” Wenda said in November, in response to the recommencement of Indonesia’s transmigration programme and the massive environment devastation in Merauke.

    “This is why it is not enough to speak about the Act of No Choice in 1969: the violation of our self-determination is continuous, renewed with every new settlement programme, police crackdown, or ecocidal development.”

    Paul Gregoire is a Sydney-based journalist and writer. He is the winner of the 2021 NSW Council for Civil Liberties Award For Excellence In Civil Liberties Journalism. Prior to Sydney Criminal Lawyers®, Paul wrote for VICE and was news editor at Sydney’s City Hub.


    This content originally appeared on Asia Pacific Report and was authored by APR editor.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2025/01/06/ghost-of-suharto-marks-prabowos-new-phase-in-west-papua-occupation/feed/ 0 508506
    Uncle Kim Jong Un? Possible niece, nephew revealed at North Korea New Year celebration https://www.radiofree.org/2025/01/03/uncle-kim-jong-un-possible-niece-nephew-revealed-at-north-korea-new-year-celebration/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/01/03/uncle-kim-jong-un-possible-niece-nephew-revealed-at-north-korea-new-year-celebration/#respond Fri, 03 Jan 2025 20:37:19 +0000 http://www.radiofree.org/?guid=3b6f6841896ef5d1629330d0dfcc89d0
    This content originally appeared on Radio Free Asia and was authored by Radio Free Asia.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2025/01/03/uncle-kim-jong-un-possible-niece-nephew-revealed-at-north-korea-new-year-celebration/feed/ 0 508334
    Huabobo: The Art of Tradition for Chinese New Year | Radio Free Asia (RFA) #china https://www.radiofree.org/2025/01/03/huabobo-the-art-of-tradition-for-chinese-new-year-radio-free-asia-rfa-china/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/01/03/huabobo-the-art-of-tradition-for-chinese-new-year-radio-free-asia-rfa-china/#respond Fri, 03 Jan 2025 20:03:43 +0000 http://www.radiofree.org/?guid=56bb0ac1228c9e80f848de21421a56b0
    This content originally appeared on Radio Free Asia and was authored by Radio Free Asia.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2025/01/03/huabobo-the-art-of-tradition-for-chinese-new-year-radio-free-asia-rfa-china/feed/ 0 508328
    Huabobo: The art of tradition for Chinese new year | Radio Free Asia (RFA) https://www.radiofree.org/2025/01/03/huabobo-the-art-of-tradition-for-chinese-new-year-radio-free-asia-rfa/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/01/03/huabobo-the-art-of-tradition-for-chinese-new-year-radio-free-asia-rfa/#respond Fri, 03 Jan 2025 19:59:33 +0000 http://www.radiofree.org/?guid=1c70e362e1bb3a5980d29e980138ac83
    This content originally appeared on Radio Free Asia and was authored by Radio Free Asia.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2025/01/03/huabobo-the-art-of-tradition-for-chinese-new-year-radio-free-asia-rfa/feed/ 0 508513
    More Than 300 Organizations Urge New Congress to Protect and Strengthen Medicaid https://www.radiofree.org/2025/01/03/more-than-300-organizations-urge-new-congress-to-protect-and-strengthen-medicaid/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/01/03/more-than-300-organizations-urge-new-congress-to-protect-and-strengthen-medicaid/#respond Fri, 03 Jan 2025 17:34:24 +0000 https://www.commondreams.org/newswire/more-than-300-organizations-urge-new-congress-to-protect-and-strengthen-medicaid As the 119th Congress is sworn in today, 334 national, state and local organizations called on Congressional leadership to protect, preserve and strengthen Medicaid, which covers 80 million Americans and is the backbone of the health system on which we all rely. While President-elect Trump said, including in an NBC interview last month and elsewhere, that he would not cut entitlements like Medicaid, Medicare or Social Security, the consumer advocacy organization Families USA spearheaded the letter in response to some House and Senate Republicans proposing to restrict, cut or cap Medicaid coverage in order to pay for extending tax cuts.

    After an election where Americans sent a clear message to lower costs — for groceries, rent and health care, the letter argues that the last thing Congress should do is to cut or cap Medicaid, which would raise costs and limit access to health care for the millions of Americans who need it.

    “During the 2024 election cycle, cutting Medicaid was not a budget solution that American families asked for — and doing so now would betray your constituents of all political affiliations who are seeking more economic security, not less,” stated the organizations in their letter. “Cutting Medicaid would shift costs and administrative burdens onto working class families, states and health systems.”

    They continued, “Proposals to cap funding, reduce the federal share of Medicaid spending, establish block grants, institute work reporting and community engagement requirements, cut state revenue from provider taxes or otherwise undermine the fundamental structure of the Medicaid program all have the same effect: If instituted, Americans will lose access to lifesaving services, states will be strapped with massive budget holes, hospitals and clinics will lose revenues and be forced to scale back services, and American families and workers will be unable to afford essential care and get sicker — leading to a loss in productivity and the economy suffering as a result.”

    Medicaid serves nearly 80 million Americans, including 37 million children, and covers 40% of all births. Medicaid provides health and economic security for patients, families, and communities. Ensuring continuous coverage through Medicaid keeps people healthy, enabling them to work and contribute to their communities and to the overall economy. Medicaid is also a major funding source for hospitals and clinics that we all rely on.

    Families USA along with the undersigned stand ready to work together on those solutions that will provide relief to those struggling with health costs, but shredding the health care safety-net would have the opposite impact on American families.


    This content originally appeared on Common Dreams and was authored by Newswire Editor.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2025/01/03/more-than-300-organizations-urge-new-congress-to-protect-and-strengthen-medicaid/feed/ 0 508318
    New Year’s Day attacks: Does militarism fuel violence in the U.S.? https://www.radiofree.org/2025/01/03/new-years-day-attacks-does-militarism-fuel-violence-in-the-u-s/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/01/03/new-years-day-attacks-does-militarism-fuel-violence-in-the-u-s/#respond Fri, 03 Jan 2025 17:16:40 +0000 http://www.radiofree.org/?guid=626ce1e35136d20efe646e3bdadcc6a0
    This content originally appeared on Democracy Now! and was authored by Democracy Now!.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2025/01/03/new-years-day-attacks-does-militarism-fuel-violence-in-the-u-s/feed/ 0 508322
    New Year’s Attacks by Green Beret & Army Veteran: Does U.S. Militarism Abroad Fuel Violence at Home? https://www.radiofree.org/2025/01/03/new-years-attacks-by-green-beret-army-veteran-does-u-s-militarism-abroad-fuel-violence-at-home-2/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/01/03/new-years-attacks-by-green-beret-army-veteran-does-u-s-militarism-abroad-fuel-violence-at-home-2/#respond Fri, 03 Jan 2025 15:34:37 +0000 http://www.radiofree.org/?guid=50baff2d8e4f832e1dfec6f9aa0e0bf3
    This content originally appeared on Democracy Now! and was authored by Democracy Now!.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2025/01/03/new-years-attacks-by-green-beret-army-veteran-does-u-s-militarism-abroad-fuel-violence-at-home-2/feed/ 0 508383
    New Year’s Attacks by Green Beret & Army Veteran: Does U.S. Militarism Abroad Fuel Violence at Home? https://www.radiofree.org/2025/01/03/new-years-attacks-by-green-beret-army-veteran-does-u-s-militarism-abroad-fuel-violence-at-home/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/01/03/new-years-attacks-by-green-beret-army-veteran-does-u-s-militarism-abroad-fuel-violence-at-home/#respond Fri, 03 Jan 2025 13:13:21 +0000 http://www.radiofree.org/?guid=086093edc73d694767d890921e17821d Seg1 mikeprysner left split2

    We look at what we know about two deadly incidents that unfolded in the United States on New Year’s Day: a truck attack in New Orleans in which a driver killed at least 14 people before being shot dead by police, and the explosion of a Tesla Cybertruck outside a Trump hotel in Las Vegas, part of an apparent suicide. The FBI has identified the New Orleans suspect as 42-year-old U.S. Army veteran Shamsud-Din Jabbar, who had posted videos to social media before the attack pledging allegiance to the Islamic State militant group. In the Las Vegas case, the driver was 37-year-old Matthew Livelsberger of Colorado, an active-duty Army Green Beret, who is believed to have shot himself before the blast. Investigators say they have not found a link between the two incidents despite both men being connected to the military, but Army veteran and antiwar organizer Mike Prysner says “military service is now the number one predictor of becoming what is called a mass casualty offender, surpassing even mental health issues.” Prysner says the U.S. military depends on social problems like alienation and inequality in order to gain new recruits, then “spits them back out” in often worse shape, with people exposed to violence sometimes turning to extremism. “We have these deep-rooted problems in our society that give rise to these incidents of mass violence. Service members and veterans … can actually be a part of changing society and getting to the root of those issues and moving society forward,” he says, citing uniformed resistance to the Vietnam and Iraq wars as examples.


    This content originally appeared on Democracy Now! and was authored by Democracy Now!.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2025/01/03/new-years-attacks-by-green-beret-army-veteran-does-u-s-militarism-abroad-fuel-violence-at-home/feed/ 0 508368
    Five Pacific region geopolitical ‘betrayals’ in 2024 https://www.radiofree.org/2025/01/03/five-pacific-region-geopolitical-betrayals-in-2024/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/01/03/five-pacific-region-geopolitical-betrayals-in-2024/#respond Fri, 03 Jan 2025 07:58:15 +0000 https://asiapacificreport.nz/?p=109074 COMMENTARY: By David Robie, editor of Asia Pacific Report

    With the door now shut on 2024, many will heave a sigh of relief and hope for better things this year.

    Decolonisation issues involving the future of Kanaky New Caledonia and West Papua –- and also in the Middle East with controversial United Nations votes by some Pacific nations in the middle of a livestreamed genocide — figured high on the agenda in the past year along with the global climate crisis and inadequate funding rescue packages.

    Asia Pacific Report looks at some of the issues and developments during the year that were regarded by critics as “betrayals”:

    1. Fiji and PNG ‘betrayal’ UN votes over Palestine
    Just two weeks before Christmas, the UN General Assembly voted overwhelmingly to demand an immediate ceasefire in the Gaza Strip under attack from Israel — but three of the isolated nine countries that voted against were Pacific island states, including Papua New Guinea.

    The assembly passed a resolution on December 11 demanding an immediate, unconditional and permanent ceasefire in Gaza, which was adopted with 158 votes in favour from the 193-member assembly and nine votes against with 13 abstentions.

    Of the nine countries voting against, the three Pacific nations that sided with Israel and its relentless backer United States were Nauru, Papua New Guinea and Tonga.

    The other countries that voted against were Argentina, Czech Republic, Hungary and Paraguay.

    Thirteen abstentions included Fiji, which had previously controversially voted with Israel, Micronesia, and Palau. Supporters of the resolution in the Pacific region included Australia, New Zealand, and Timor-Leste.

    Ironically, it was announced a day before the UNGA vote that the United States will spend more than US$864 million (3.5 billion kina) on infrastructure and military training in Papua New Guinea over 10 years under a defence deal signed between the two nations in 2023, according to PNG’s Foreign Minister Justin Tkatchenko.

    Any connection? Your guess is as good as mine. Certainly it is very revealing how realpolitik is playing out in the region with an “Indo-Pacific buffer” against China.

    However, the deal actually originated almost two years earlier, in May 2023, with the size of the package reflecting a growing US security engagement with Pacific island nations as it seeks to counter China’s inroads in the vast ocean region.

    Noted BenarNews, a US soft power news service in the region, the planned investment is part of a defence cooperation agreement granting the US military “unimpeded access” to develop and deploy forces from six ports and airports, including Lombrum Naval Base.

    Two months before PNG’s vote, the UNGA overwhelmingly passed a resolution demanding that the Israeli government end its occupation of Palestinian territories within 12 months — but half of the 14 countries that voted against were from the Pacific.

    Affirming an International Court of Justice (ICJ) opinion requested by the UN that deemed the decades-long occupation unlawful, the opposition from seven Pacific nations further marginalised the island region from world opinion against Israel.

    Several UN experts and officials warned against Israel becoming a global “pariah” state over its 15 month genocidal war on Gaza.

    The final vote tally was 124 member states in favour and 14 against, with 43 nations abstaining. The Pacific countries that voted with Israel and its main ally and arms-supplier United States against the Palestinian resolution were Federated States of Micronesia, Fiji, Nauru, Papua New Guinea, Palau, Tonga and Tuvalu.

    Flags of decolonisation in Suva, Fiji
    Flags of decolonisation in Suva, Fiji . . . the Morning Star flag of West Papua (colonised by Indonesia) and the flag of Palestine (militarily occupied illegally and under attack from Israel). Image: APR

    In February, Fiji faced widespread condemnation after it joined the US as one of the only two countries — branded as the “outliers” — to support Israel’s occupation of the Palestinian territory in an UNGA vote over an International Court of Justice (ICJ) advisory opinion over Israel’s policies in the occupied territories.

    Condemning the US and Fiji, Palestinian Foreign Minister Riyad al-Maliki declared: “Ending Israel’s impunity is a moral, political and legal imperative.”

    Fiji’s envoy at the UN, retired Colonel Filipo Tarakinikini, defended the country’s stance, saying the court “fails to take account of the complexity of this dispute, and misrepresents the legal, historical, and political context”.

    However, Fiji NGOs condemned the Fiji vote as supporting “settler colonialism” and long-standing Fijian diplomats such as Kaliopate Tavola and Robin Nair said Fiji had crossed the line by breaking with its established foreign policy of “friends-to-all-and-enemies-to-none”.

    Indonesian military forces on patrol in the Oksop regency of the West Papua region. Image: ULMWP

    2. West Papuan self-determination left in limbo
    For the past decade, Pacific Island Forum countries have been trying to get a fact-finding human mission deployed to West Papua. But they have encountered zero progress with continuous roadblocks being placed by Jakarta.

    This year was no different in spite of the appointment of Fiji and Papua New Guinea’s prime ministers to negotiate such a visit.

    Pacific leaders have asked for the UN’s involvement over reported abuses as the Indonesian military continues its battles with West Papuan independence fighters.

    A highly critical UN Human Right Committee report on Indonesia released in May highlighted “systematic reports about the use of torture” and “extrajudicial killings and enforced disappearances of Indigenous Papuan people”.

    But the situation is worse now since President Prabowo Subianto, the former general who has a cloud of human rights violations hanging over his head, took office in October.

    Fiji’s Sitiveni Rabuka and Papua New Guinea’s James Marape were appointed by the Melanesian Spearhead Group in 2023 as special envoys to push for the UN High Commissioner for Human Rights’ visit directly with Indonesia’s president.

    Prabowo taking up the top job in Jakarta has filled West Papuan advocates and activists with dread as this is seen as marking a return of “the ghost of Suharto” because of his history of alleged atrocities in West Papua, and also in Timor-Leste before independence.

    Already Prabowo’s acts since becoming president with restoring the controversial transmigration policies, reinforcing and intensifying the military occupation, fuelling an aggressive “anti-environment” development strategy, have heralded a new “regime of brutality”.

    And Marape and Rabuka, who pledged to exiled indigenous leader Benny Wenda in Suva in February 2023 that he would support the Papuans “because they are Melanesians”, have been accused of failing the West Papuan cause.

    Protesters at Molodoï, Strasbourg, demanding the release of Kanak indigenous political prisoners being detained in France
    Protesters at Molodoï, Strasbourg, demanding the release of Kanak indigenous political prisoners being detained in France pending trial for their alleged role in the pro-independence riots in May 2024. Image: @67Kanaky
    /X

    3. France rolls back almost four decades of decolonisation ‘progress’
    When pro-independence protests erupted into violent rioting in Kanaky New Caledonia on May 13, creating havoc and destruction in the capital of Nouméa and across the French Pacific territory with 14 people dead (mostly indigenous Kanaks), intransigent French policies were blamed for having betrayed Kanak aspirations for independence.

    I was quoted at the time by The New Zealand Herald and RNZ Pacific of blaming France for having “lost the plot” since 2020.

    While acknowledging the goodwill and progress that had been made since the 1988 Matignon accords and the Nouméa pact a decade later following the bloody 1980s insurrection, the French government lost the self-determination trajectory after two narrowly defeated independence referendums and a third vote boycotted by Kanaks because of the covid pandemic.

    This third vote with less than half the electorate taking part had no credibility, but Paris insisted on bulldozing constitutional electoral changes that would have severely disenfranchised the indigenous vote. More than 36 years of constructive progress had been wiped out.

    “It’s really three decades of hard work by a lot of people to build, sort of like a future for Kanaky New Caledonia, which is part of the Pacific rather than part of France,” I was quoted as saying.

    France had had three prime ministers since 2020 and none of them seemed to have any “real affinity” for indigenous issues, particularly in the South Pacific, in contrast to some previous leaders.

    In the wake of a snap general election in mainland France, when President Emmanuel Macron lost his centrist mandate and is now squeezed between the polarised far right National Rally and the left coalition New Popular Front, the controversial electoral reform was quietly scrapped.

    New French Overseas Minister Manual Valls has heralded a new era of negotiation over self-determination. In November, he criticised Macron’s “stubbornness’ in an interview with the French national daily Le Parisien, blaming him for “ruining 36 years of dialogue, of progress”.

    But New Caledonia is not the only headache for France while pushing for its own version of an “Indo-Pacific” strategy. Pro-independence French Polynesian President Moetai Brotherson and civil society leaders have called on the UN to bring Paris to negotiations over a timetable for decolonisation.

    West Papuan leader Benny Wenda (left) and Fiji Prime Minister Sitiveni Rabuka
    West Papuan leader Benny Wenda (left) and Fiji Prime Minister Sitiveni Rabuka . . . “We will support them [ULMWP] because they are Melanesians.” Rabuka also had a Pacific role with New Caledonia. Image: Fiji govt/RNZ Pacific
    4. Pacific Islands Forum also fails Kanak aspirations
    Kanaks and the Pacific’s pro-decolonisation activists had hoped that an intervention by the Pacific Islands Forum in support of the Kanak and Socialist National Liberation Front (FLNKS) would enhance their self-determination stocks.

    However, they were disappointed. And their own internal political divisions have not made things any easier.

    On the eve of the three-day fact-finding delegation to the territory in October, Fiji’s Rabuka was already warning the local government (led by pro-independence Louis Mapou to “be reasonable” in its demands from Paris.

    In other words, back off on the independence demands. Rabuka was quoted by RNZ Pacific reporter Lydia Lewis as saying, “look, don’t slap the hand that has fed you”.

    Rabuka and Cook Islands Prime Minister Mark Brown and then Tongan counterpart Hu’akavameiliku Siaosi Sovaleni visited the French territory not to “interfere” but to “lower the temperature”.

    But an Australian proposal for a peacekeeping force under the Australian-backed Pacific Policing Initiative (PPI) fell flat, and the mission was generally considered a failure for Kanak indigenous aspirations.

    Taking the world's biggest problem to the world’s highest court for global climate justice
    Taking the planet’s biggest problem to the world’s highest court for global climate justice. Image: X/@ciel_tweets

    5. Climate crisis — the real issue and geopolitics
    In spite of the geopolitical pressures from countries, such as the US, Australia and France, in the region in the face of growing Chinese influence, the real issue for the Pacific remains climate crisis and what to do about it.

    Controversy marked an A$140 million aid pact signed between Australia and Nauru last month in what was being touted as a key example of the geopolitical tightrope being forced on vulnerable Pacific countries.

    This agreement offers Nauru direct budgetary support, banking services and assistance with policing and security. The strings attached? Australia has been granted the right to veto any agreement with a third country such as China.

    Critics have compared this power of veto to another agreement signed between Australia and Tuvalu in 2023 which provided Australian residency opportunities and support for climate mitigation. However, in return Australia was handed guarantees over security.

    The previous month, November, was another disappointment for the Pacific when it was “once again ignored” at the UN COP29 climate summit in the capital Baku of oil and natural gas-rich Azerbaijan.

    The Suva-based Pacific Islands Climate Action Network (PICAN) condemned the outcomes as another betrayal, saying that the “richest nations turned their backs on their legal and moral obligations” at what had been billed as the “finance COP”.

    The new climate finance pledge of a US$300 billion annual target by 2035 for the global fight against climate change was well short of the requested US$1 trillion in aid.

    Climate campaigners and activist groups branded it as a “shameful failure of leadership” that forced Pacific nations to accept the “token pledge” to prevent the negotiations from collapsing.

    Much depends on a climate justice breakthrough with Vanuatu’s landmark case before the International Court of Justice (ICJ) arguing that those harming the climate are breaking international law.

    The case seeks an advisory opinion from the court on the legal responsibilities of countries over the climate crisis, and many nations in support of Vanuatu made oral submissions last month and are now awaiting adjudication.

    Given the primacy of climate crisis and vital need for funding for adaptation, mitigation and loss and damage faced by vulnerable Pacific countries, former Pacific Islands Forum Secretary-General Meg Taylor delivered a warning:

    “Pacific leaders are being side-lined in major geopolitical decisions affecting their region and they need to start raising their voices for the sake of their citizens.”


    This content originally appeared on Asia Pacific Report and was authored by APR editor.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2025/01/03/five-pacific-region-geopolitical-betrayals-in-2024/feed/ 0 508567
    China places new restrictions on Tibetan students during winter school break https://rfa.org/english/tibet/2025/01/02/tibet-china-enforces-restrictions-students/ https://rfa.org/english/tibet/2025/01/02/tibet-china-enforces-restrictions-students/#respond Thu, 02 Jan 2025 20:15:19 +0000 https://rfa.org/english/tibet/2025/01/02/tibet-china-enforces-restrictions-students/ With the start of winter school break in Tibet, Chinese authorities have implemented new restrictions on Tibetan children, banning private Tibetan-language lessons and requiring ones that focus on Mandarin skills and Chinese political topics, two sources with knowledge of the situation said.

    In some areas, they are even forbidding children from wearing religious symbols or participating in religious activities, since the winter break began on Dec. 30, said the sources who requested anonymity for safety reasons.

    The restrictions are the latest moves that appear to be part of Beijing’s wider goal to suppress and even erase the Tibetan language and culture and subsume everything under Han Chinese culture and the Mandarin language.

    During the two-month-long winter break, Tibetan students in the capital Lhasa and across Tibet are prohibited from receiving tutorials outside of school-planned assignments or taking private lessons in the Tibetan language, they said.

    Instead, authorities have instructed students to focus on improving their Mandarin-language skills by taking lessons to further enhance their proficiency, the sources said.

    Tibetan students learn Tibetan writing in a first-grade class at the Shangri-La Key Boarding School in Dabpa county, Kardze Prefecture, Sichuan province, China, Sept. 5, 2023.
    Tibetan students learn Tibetan writing in a first-grade class at the Shangri-La Key Boarding School in Dabpa county, Kardze Prefecture, Sichuan province, China, Sept. 5, 2023.
    (Andy Wong/AP)

    In Dzoge (Zoige in Chinese) and Ngaba (Aba) counties in Aba Tibetan Qiang Autonomous Prefecture in Sichuan province, authorities have restricted children from wearing clothing with Tibetan religious symbols, one of the sources said.

    This comes along with a ban on Tibetan-language tutoring and a prohibition on parents from taking their children to monasteries or letting them participate in religious activities during the vacation. Teaching any academic modules beyond the Chinese state-approved curriculum is strictly prohibited, the sources said.

    Vacation assignments

    The restrictions are being enforced across various Tibetan areas such as Golog (Guoluo) Tibetan Autonomous Prefecture in Qinghai province and Dzoge, Ngaba, and Kardze in Sichuan province, they added.

    The Chinese government has specifically prohibited the teaching of Tibetan language during the winter break, mandating that students focus on school homework based on Chinese government political education only.

    “In Golog, for example, the Qinghai Provincial Education Department has issued specific vacation assignments focusing on the improvement of the Mandarin language alongside the ban on learning Tibetan language and culture in the area,” the second source said.

    Tibetan students line up at the Shangri-La Key Boarding School in Dabpa county, Kardze Prefecture, Sichuan province, China, Sept. 5, 2023.
    Tibetan students line up at the Shangri-La Key Boarding School in Dabpa county, Kardze Prefecture, Sichuan province, China, Sept. 5, 2023.
    (Andy Wong/AP)

    These so-called vacation assignments require both parents and students to jointly study Chinese political education, including Xi Jinping’s ideology, he added.

    Additional restrictions have been imposed in Lhasa and other Tibetan regions, where Chinese authorities have issued notices mandating the strict surveillance of students and prohibiting them from joining online groups or community activities, sources said.

    In 2021, Chinese authorities in various Tibetan areas began prohibiting Tibetan children from taking informal Tibetan-language classes or workshops during their winter holidays, a move that local Tibetans and parents of affected children said would negatively impact the children’s connection to their native language.

    In late 2023 and in early 2024, Chinese authorities stepped up efforts to enforce the ban on children taking private lessons and participating in religious activities by going door-to-door to conduct random checks in residential areas and commercial establishments, RFA learned at the time from sources.

    Translated by Dawa Dolma for RFA Tibetan. Edited by Tenzin Pema for RFA Tibetan, and by Roseanne Gerin and Malcolm Foster.


    This content originally appeared on Radio Free Asia and was authored by RFA Tibetan.

    ]]>
    https://rfa.org/english/tibet/2025/01/02/tibet-china-enforces-restrictions-students/feed/ 0 508227
    Taipei hits back over Chinese military’s New Year propaganda video https://rfa.org/english/china/2025/01/02/china-taiwan-pla-new-year-propaganda-video/ https://rfa.org/english/china/2025/01/02/china-taiwan-pla-new-year-propaganda-video/#respond Thu, 02 Jan 2025 19:19:10 +0000 https://rfa.org/english/china/2025/01/02/china-taiwan-pla-new-year-propaganda-video/ Taiwan’s government on Thursday hit back at a New Year’s propaganda video created by China’s People’s Liberation Army in which President Xi Jinping reiterated Beijing’s claims on the democratic island.

    The video, set to the song “Chinese People” by veteran Hong Kong pop star Andy Lau, features Chinese warships and planes, and what appeared to be a Chinese fighter jet flying near a P-8 Poseidon patrol aircraft that the United States sometimes sends through the Taiwan Strait.

    The accompanying Weibo post read: “The officers and soldiers in the war zone are ready to fight at any time and resolutely safeguard the reunification of the motherland.”

    In a Jan. 1 address to the nation, Xi vowed to unify Taiwan with the mainland.

    “We Chinese on both sides of the Taiwan Strait belong to one and the same family,” Xi declared. “No one can ever sever the bond of kinship between us, and no one will ever stop China’s unification.”

    Taiwan has never been ruled by Beijing, nor formed part of the People’s Republic of China. It is governed by the Republic of China government, formed after the 1911 fall of the Qing Dynasty under Sun Yat-sen, that fled to Taipei in 1949 after losing the civil war to Mao Zedong’s communists.

    Psychological warfare

    Taiwanese Foreign Minister Lin Chia-lung told reporters that the video is an example of China’s United Front propaganda targeting the island’s 23 million people, and aimed to intimidate them with an “illusion” of unity.

    “It is the People’s Liberation Army showing its intimidation of Taiwan,” Lin said, adding that the video was a form of psychological warfare.

    A music video published by the People's Liberation Army's Eastern Theater Command shows China as ready to invade democratic Taiwan, Jan. 1, 2025.
    A music video published by the People's Liberation Army's Eastern Theater Command shows China as ready to invade democratic Taiwan, Jan. 1, 2025.
    (PLA Eastern Theater via Weibo)

    While China insists on eventual “unification” with Taiwan -- by armed invasion if necessary -- the majority of Taiwan’s 23 million people have no wish to give up their democratic way of life to submit to Communist Party rule.

    China has threatened the death penalty for supporters of Taiwan independence, while Taipei says Beijing has no jurisdiction over the actions of its citizens.

    A recent public opinion poll from the Institute for National Defense and Security Research showed that 67.8% of respondents were willing to fight to defend Taiwan in the event of a Chinese invasion.

    RELATED STORIES

    EXPLAINED: What is China’s United Front and how does it operate?

    Taiwanese students shout pro-democracy slogans at Chinese delegation

    A tale of two National Days: Artists pick sides across Taiwan Strait

    The video came as Chinese warplanes and ships carried out the first “combat patrol” around Taiwan in 2025. The island’s defense ministry said it had detected 22 Chinese military aircraft including J-16 fighter jets, carrying out a “joint combat readiness patrol” around Taiwan in conjunction with Chinese warships starting Jan. 2.

    The People’s Liberation Army video also included images of Chinese students visiting Taiwan late last year at the invitation of former president Ma Ying-jeou, who has been criticized by many in Taiwan for undermining its government.

    It omits footage of Taiwanese students shouting and waving pro-democracy slogans at the Chinese delegation, however.

    ‘No discounts on freedom’

    Taiwanese President Lai Ching-te said his government would boost defense spending this year to keep up its defenses and protect it’s democratic way of life.

    “Taiwan needs to prepare for danger in times of peace,” Lai said in his Jan. 1 address. “We must continue increasing our national defense budget, bolster our national defense capabilities, and show our determination to protect our country.”

    He called on the island’s people to build resilience, vowing to “combat information and cognitive warfare, so that the populace rejects threats and enticements and jointly guards against malicious infiltration by external forces.”

    He warned people not to be enticed by Chinese ID card schemes or junkets to China, quoting a Taiwanese saying: “Nothing costs more than a freebie.”

    “Democracy is priceless, and there are no discounts on freedom,” Lai warned. “A wrong step today could mean a far higher price to pay in future.”

    Stealth fighter

    Across the Taiwan Strait, state media said the People’s Liberation Army video showed “the determination, will and ability of officers and soldiers in the theater to stay vigilant, remain ready to fight at any time and resolutely safeguard the reunification of the motherland.”

    The nationalistic Global Times newspaper quoted military experts as saying that the video also highlighted China’s latest military equipment, including references to the “ginkgo leaf” sixth-generation stealth fighter jet and the Type 076 amphibious assault ship.

    A music video published by the People's Liberation Army's Eastern Theater Command shows Chinese celebrities visiting democratic Taiwan, Jan. 1, 2025.
    A music video published by the People's Liberation Army's Eastern Theater Command shows Chinese celebrities visiting democratic Taiwan, Jan. 1, 2025.
    (PLA Eastern Theater via Weibo)

    “The PLA Eastern Theater Command’s release of the video on the first day of the New Year also issued a stern warning to the separatist forces of ‘Taiwan independence’,” the paper reported on Thursday.

    It quoted Chinese military expert Zhang Junshe as saying that it showed China would “resolutely fight back and ... will never allow any forces to split the island of Taiwan from China’s sovereign territory.”

    Zhu Fenglian, spokesperson for Beijing’s Taiwan Affairs Office, said the song reminded people in Taiwan that they are “all Chinese.”

    Taiwan’s Mainland Affairs Council responded: “Taiwanese people should be more alert to China’s United Front propaganda targeting Taiwan and strengthen their understanding of cross-strait relations.”

    Andy Lau

    Hong Kong current affairs commentator Sang Pu said Lau was a shrewd choice to act as Beijing’s mouthpiece, given his huge fan-base across the sinophone world.

    “People who love freedom and democracy definitely won’t like Andy Lau, but he’s a very good United Front tool when it comes to centrists, or the politically apathetic,” Sang said. “He can be used as leverage.”

    He said Lau, who is also a movie actor, holds a number of official posts in the Chinese Communist Party regime, including vice chairman of the China Film Association and visiting professor at the Sichuan Opera School.

    Sang called on Taiwan to ban him from performing there, following a visit in November where Lau performed “Chinese People” on Taiwanese soil.

    Former Hong Kong district councilor Lee Man-ho said Hong Kongers have known Lau is a mouthpiece for Chinese propaganda for years.

    “A few years ago he made a video promoting the ‘Tomorrow’s Lantau’ [development] project, which was an attempt at United Front brainwashing in Hong Kong,” Lee, who now lives in Taiwan, told RFA Cantonese.

    “But nobody fell for it. Everyone in Hong Kong has seen through Andy Lau.”

    Lee said that back in the 1990s, Lau had been a staunch supporter of Taiwan, and used to make a point of celebrating the Republic of China’s national day on Oct. 10, instead of the Chinese Communist Party’s national day on Oct. 1.

    “But after 30 years of manipulation by the United Front Work Department of the Chinese Communist Party, he has totally changed,” he said.

    Translated by Luisetta Mudie. Edited by Malcolm Foster.


    This content originally appeared on Radio Free Asia and was authored by Yam Chi Yau for RFA Cantonese.

    ]]>
    https://rfa.org/english/china/2025/01/02/china-taiwan-pla-new-year-propaganda-video/feed/ 0 508220
    The Pacifica Evening News, Weekdays – January 2, 2025 FBI says Islamic State inspired New Year’s Day New Orleans attacker acted alone. https://www.radiofree.org/2025/01/02/the-pacifica-evening-news-weekdays-january-2-2025-fbi-says-islamic-state-inspired-new-years-day-new-orleans-attacker-acted-alone/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/01/02/the-pacifica-evening-news-weekdays-january-2-2025-fbi-says-islamic-state-inspired-new-years-day-new-orleans-attacker-acted-alone/#respond Thu, 02 Jan 2025 18:00:00 +0000 http://www.radiofree.org/?guid=cd115bf0181786b5c8f52bb3da4cdc36 Comprehensive coverage of the day’s news with a focus on war and peace; social, environmental and economic justice.

    The post The Pacifica Evening News, Weekdays – January 2, 2025 FBI says Islamic State inspired New Year’s Day New Orleans attacker acted alone. appeared first on KPFA.


    This content originally appeared on KPFA - The Pacifica Evening News, Weekdays and was authored by KPFA.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2025/01/02/the-pacifica-evening-news-weekdays-january-2-2025-fbi-says-islamic-state-inspired-new-years-day-new-orleans-attacker-acted-alone/feed/ 0 508256
    Kim Jong Un’s niece and nephew revealed at North Korea New Year celebration? | Radio Free Asia (RFA) https://www.radiofree.org/2025/01/02/kim-jong-uns-niece-and-nephew-revealed-at-north-korea-new-year-celebration-radio-free-asia-rfa/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/01/02/kim-jong-uns-niece-and-nephew-revealed-at-north-korea-new-year-celebration-radio-free-asia-rfa/#respond Thu, 02 Jan 2025 14:31:31 +0000 http://www.radiofree.org/?guid=60525276722ba2d505fd8ac4171b7aac
    This content originally appeared on Radio Free Asia and was authored by Radio Free Asia.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2025/01/02/kim-jong-uns-niece-and-nephew-revealed-at-north-korea-new-year-celebration-radio-free-asia-rfa/feed/ 0 508198
    Trump Has Promised to Build More Ships. He May Deport the Workers Who Help Make Them. https://www.radiofree.org/2025/01/02/trump-has-promised-to-build-more-ships-he-may-deport-the-workers-who-help-make-them/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/01/02/trump-has-promised-to-build-more-ships-he-may-deport-the-workers-who-help-make-them/#respond Thu, 02 Jan 2025 10:00:00 +0000 https://www.propublica.org/article/us-navy-shipbuilding-donald-trump by Nicole Foy

    ProPublica is a nonprofit newsroom that investigates abuses of power. Sign up to receive our biggest stories as soon as they’re published.

    Early last year, President-elect Donald Trump promised that when he got back into the Oval Office, he’d authorize the U.S. Navy to build more ships. “It’s very important,” he said, “because it’s jobs, great jobs.”

    However, the companies that build ships for the government are already having trouble finding enough workers to fill those jobs. And Trump may make it even harder if he follows through on another pledge he’s made: to clamp down on immigration.

    The president-elect has told his supporters he would impose new limits on the numbers of immigrants allowed into the country and stage the largest mass deportation campaign in history. Meanwhile the shipbuilding industry, which he also says he supports and which has given significant financial support to Republican causes, is struggling to overcome an acute worker shortage. Immigrants have been critical to helping fill the gaps.

    According to a Navy report from last year, several major shipbuilding programs are years behind schedule, owing largely to a lack of workers. The shortfall is so severe that warship production is down to its lowest level in a quarter century.

    Shipbuilders and the government have poured millions of dollars into training and recruiting American workers, and, as part of a bipartisan bill just introduced in the Senate, they have proposed to spend even more. Last year the Navy awarded nearly $1 billion in a no-bid contract to a Texas nonprofit to modernize the industry with more advanced technology in a way that will make it more attractive to workers. The nonprofit has already produced splashy TV ads for submarine jobs. One of its goals is to help the submarine industry hire 140,000 new workers in the next 10 years. “We build giants,” one of its ads beckons. “It takes one to build one.”

    Still, experts say that these robust efforts have so far resulted in nowhere near enough workers for current needs, let alone a workforce large enough to handle expanded production. “We’re trying to get blood from a turnip,” said Shelby Oakley, an analyst at the Government Accountability Office. “The domestic workforce is just not there.”

    In the meantime, the industry is relying on immigrants for a range of shipyard duties, with many working jobs similar to those on a construction site, including on cleanup crews and as welders, painters and pipefitters. And executives worry that any future immigration crackdown or restrictions on legal immigration, including limits on asylum or temporary protected status programs, could cause disruptions that would further harm their capacity for production.

    Ron Wille, the president and chief operating officer of All American Marine in Washington state, said that his company was “clawing” for workers. And Peter Duclos, the president of Gladding-Hearn Shipbuilding in Somerset, Massachusetts, said the current immigration system is “so broken” that he was already having trouble holding onto valuable workers and finding more.

    There is no publicly available data that shows how much the shipbuilding industry relies on immigrant labor, particularly undocumented immigrant labor. Both Willie and Duclos said that they do not employ undocumented workers, and industry experts say undocumented workers are unlikely to be working on projects requiring security clearances. However, reporting by ProPublica last year found that some shipbuilders with government contracts have used such workers. That reporting focused on a major Louisiana shipyard run by a company called Thoma-Sea, where undocumented immigrants have often been hired through third-party subcontractors.

    The story reported on a young undocumented Guatemalan immigrant who was helping build an $89 million U.S. government ship for tracking hurricanes. When he died on the job after working at Thoma-Sea for two years, neither the company nor the subcontractor paid death benefits to his partner and young son.

    ProPublica also reported that executives at Thoma-Sea, which declined to comment, had made tens of thousands of dollars in campaign contributions to Republican candidates. However, if Trump’s last time in office is any guide, the shipbuilding industry wouldn’t be exempted from any future crackdown. One of the final workplace raids under Trump’s first administration was conducted at an even larger shipbuilder in Louisiana called Bollinger.

    In July 2020, federal immigration agents arrested 19 “unlawfully present foreign nationals” at Bollinger’s Lockport shipyard, according to a story in the Times-Picayune/New Orleans Advocate. Immigration and Customs Enforcement refused to provide information on the raid. According to Bollinger’s website, that yard produces U.S. Coast Guard and Navy patrol boats. Five of the workers arrested were sent to an ICE detention center and 14 were released with pending deportation cases, according to the news report.

    Bollinger denied any wrongdoing following the raid. Four years later, there’s no evidence in publicly available federal court records that Bollinger executives faced any charges in connection to it. Meanwhile, federal electoral records show that the company’s executives donated hundreds of thousands of dollars to Republican elected officials last year, including Speaker of the House Mike Johnson and House Majority Leader Steve Scalise, both Republicans from Louisiana. The company did not respond to ProPublica’s requests for comment.

    President Joe Biden’s administration ended workplace raids like the one at Bollinger, saying that it would instead focus on “unscrupulous employers.” Department of Homeland Security officials did not answer questions or provide data on how many employers had been prosecuted since then. However, Trump’s designated “border czar,” Tom Homan, has signaled that the incoming administration will return to carrying out the raids. When asked how the second Trump administration will increase shipbuilding while limiting immigration, a spokesperson for Trump’s transition team only doubled down on the president-elect’s deportation promises, saying they would focus enforcement on “illegal criminals, drug dealers, and human traffickers.”

    A few days after Trump won the election, a group of undocumented shipyard welders leaving a Hispanic grocery store near the port in Houma, Louisiana, expressed a dim view when asked what they thought lay ahead. One man, who declined to provide his name, broke into a nervous laugh and blurted, “Well, we could be deported.” Another man, a welder from the Mexican state of Coahuila who’d been working in the U.S. for about two years, also declined to give his name but said he worried about losing the life he’d managed to build in this country.

    “When they grab you,” he said, “they’ll take you, and you’ll have to leave everything behind.”

    Do You Have a Tip for ProPublica? Help Us Do Journalism.

    Do you have information about undocumented immigrants in the workforce? Contact nicole.foy@propublica.org or reach her on Signal 661-549-0572.


    This content originally appeared on ProPublica and was authored by by Nicole Foy.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2025/01/02/trump-has-promised-to-build-more-ships-he-may-deport-the-workers-who-help-make-them/feed/ 0 508172
    Trump Has Promised to Build More Ships. He May Deport the Workers Who Help Make Them. https://www.radiofree.org/2025/01/02/trump-has-promised-to-build-more-ships-he-may-deport-the-workers-who-help-make-them/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/01/02/trump-has-promised-to-build-more-ships-he-may-deport-the-workers-who-help-make-them/#respond Thu, 02 Jan 2025 10:00:00 +0000 https://www.propublica.org/article/us-navy-shipbuilding-donald-trump by Nicole Foy

    ProPublica is a nonprofit newsroom that investigates abuses of power. Sign up to receive our biggest stories as soon as they’re published.

    Early last year, President-elect Donald Trump promised that when he got back into the Oval Office, he’d authorize the U.S. Navy to build more ships. “It’s very important,” he said, “because it’s jobs, great jobs.”

    However, the companies that build ships for the government are already having trouble finding enough workers to fill those jobs. And Trump may make it even harder if he follows through on another pledge he’s made: to clamp down on immigration.

    The president-elect has told his supporters he would impose new limits on the numbers of immigrants allowed into the country and stage the largest mass deportation campaign in history. Meanwhile the shipbuilding industry, which he also says he supports and which has given significant financial support to Republican causes, is struggling to overcome an acute worker shortage. Immigrants have been critical to helping fill the gaps.

    According to a Navy report from last year, several major shipbuilding programs are years behind schedule, owing largely to a lack of workers. The shortfall is so severe that warship production is down to its lowest level in a quarter century.

    Shipbuilders and the government have poured millions of dollars into training and recruiting American workers, and, as part of a bipartisan bill just introduced in the Senate, they have proposed to spend even more. Last year the Navy awarded nearly $1 billion in a no-bid contract to a Texas nonprofit to modernize the industry with more advanced technology in a way that will make it more attractive to workers. The nonprofit has already produced splashy TV ads for submarine jobs. One of its goals is to help the submarine industry hire 140,000 new workers in the next 10 years. “We build giants,” one of its ads beckons. “It takes one to build one.”

    Still, experts say that these robust efforts have so far resulted in nowhere near enough workers for current needs, let alone a workforce large enough to handle expanded production. “We’re trying to get blood from a turnip,” said Shelby Oakley, an analyst at the Government Accountability Office. “The domestic workforce is just not there.”

    In the meantime, the industry is relying on immigrants for a range of shipyard duties, with many working jobs similar to those on a construction site, including on cleanup crews and as welders, painters and pipefitters. And executives worry that any future immigration crackdown or restrictions on legal immigration, including limits on asylum or temporary protected status programs, could cause disruptions that would further harm their capacity for production.

    Ron Wille, the president and chief operating officer of All American Marine in Washington state, said that his company was “clawing” for workers. And Peter Duclos, the president of Gladding-Hearn Shipbuilding in Somerset, Massachusetts, said the current immigration system is “so broken” that he was already having trouble holding onto valuable workers and finding more.

    There is no publicly available data that shows how much the shipbuilding industry relies on immigrant labor, particularly undocumented immigrant labor. Both Willie and Duclos said that they do not employ undocumented workers, and industry experts say undocumented workers are unlikely to be working on projects requiring security clearances. However, reporting by ProPublica last year found that some shipbuilders with government contracts have used such workers. That reporting focused on a major Louisiana shipyard run by a company called Thoma-Sea, where undocumented immigrants have often been hired through third-party subcontractors.

    The story reported on a young undocumented Guatemalan immigrant who was helping build an $89 million U.S. government ship for tracking hurricanes. When he died on the job after working at Thoma-Sea for two years, neither the company nor the subcontractor paid death benefits to his partner and young son.

    ProPublica also reported that executives at Thoma-Sea, which declined to comment, had made tens of thousands of dollars in campaign contributions to Republican candidates. However, if Trump’s last time in office is any guide, the shipbuilding industry wouldn’t be exempted from any future crackdown. One of the final workplace raids under Trump’s first administration was conducted at an even larger shipbuilder in Louisiana called Bollinger.

    In July 2020, federal immigration agents arrested 19 “unlawfully present foreign nationals” at Bollinger’s Lockport shipyard, according to a story in the Times-Picayune/New Orleans Advocate. Immigration and Customs Enforcement refused to provide information on the raid. According to Bollinger’s website, that yard produces U.S. Coast Guard and Navy patrol boats. Five of the workers arrested were sent to an ICE detention center and 14 were released with pending deportation cases, according to the news report.

    Bollinger denied any wrongdoing following the raid. Four years later, there’s no evidence in publicly available federal court records that Bollinger executives faced any charges in connection to it. Meanwhile, federal electoral records show that the company’s executives donated hundreds of thousands of dollars to Republican elected officials last year, including Speaker of the House Mike Johnson and House Majority Leader Steve Scalise, both Republicans from Louisiana. The company did not respond to ProPublica’s requests for comment.

    President Joe Biden’s administration ended workplace raids like the one at Bollinger, saying that it would instead focus on “unscrupulous employers.” Department of Homeland Security officials did not answer questions or provide data on how many employers had been prosecuted since then. However, Trump’s designated “border czar,” Tom Homan, has signaled that the incoming administration will return to carrying out the raids. When asked how the second Trump administration will increase shipbuilding while limiting immigration, a spokesperson for Trump’s transition team only doubled down on the president-elect’s deportation promises, saying they would focus enforcement on “illegal criminals, drug dealers, and human traffickers.”

    A few days after Trump won the election, a group of undocumented shipyard welders leaving a Hispanic grocery store near the port in Houma, Louisiana, expressed a dim view when asked what they thought lay ahead. One man, who declined to provide his name, broke into a nervous laugh and blurted, “Well, we could be deported.” Another man, a welder from the Mexican state of Coahuila who’d been working in the U.S. for about two years, also declined to give his name but said he worried about losing the life he’d managed to build in this country.

    “When they grab you,” he said, “they’ll take you, and you’ll have to leave everything behind.”

    Do You Have a Tip for ProPublica? Help Us Do Journalism.

    Do you have information about undocumented immigrants in the workforce? Contact nicole.foy@propublica.org or reach her on Signal 661-549-0572.


    This content originally appeared on ProPublica and was authored by by Nicole Foy.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2025/01/02/trump-has-promised-to-build-more-ships-he-may-deport-the-workers-who-help-make-them/feed/ 0 508173
    Chicago keeps its New Year’s resolution: All city buildings now use 100 percent clean power https://grist.org/cities/chicago-renewable-energy-black-diamond-solar/ https://grist.org/cities/chicago-renewable-energy-black-diamond-solar/#respond Thu, 02 Jan 2025 09:45:00 +0000 https://grist.org/?p=655889 This coverage is made possible through a partnership between Grist and WBEZ, a public radio station serving the Chicago metropolitan region.

    It takes approximately 700,000 megawatt hours of electricity to power Chicago’s more than 400 municipal buildings every year. As of January 1, every single one of them — including 98 fire stations, two international airports, and two of the largest water treatment plants on the planet — is running on renewable energy, thanks largely to Illinois’ newest and largest solar farm.

    The move is projected to cut the carbon footprint of the country’s third-largest city by approximately 290,000 metric tons of carbon dioxide each year — the equivalent of taking 62,000 cars off the road, according to the city. Local decarbonization efforts like Chicago’s are taking on increasing significance as President-elect Donald Trump promises to reduce federal support for climate action. With the outgoing Biden administration doubling down on an international pledge to get the U.S. to net zero emissions by 2050, cities, states, and private-sector players across the country will have to pick up the slack.

    Chicago is one of several U.S. cities that are taking advantage of their bulk-buying power to spur new carbon-free energy development. 

    “It’s a plan that gets the city to take action on climate and also leverages our buying power to generate new opportunities for Chicagoans and the state,” said Angela Tovar, Chicago’s chief sustainability officer. “There’s opportunities everywhere.”

    Chicago’s switch to renewable energy has been almost a decade in the making. The goal of sourcing the city’s power purely from carbon-free sources was first established by Mayor Rahm Emanuel in 2017. His successor, Mayor Lori Lightfoot, struck a 2022 deal with Constellation, an electricity supplier, to purchase the city’s energy from the developer Swift Current Energy beginning in 2025. 

    Swift Current began construction on the 3,800-acre, 593-megawatt solar farm in central Illinois as part of the same five-year, $422 million agreement. Straddling two counties in central Illinois, the Double Black Diamond Solar project is now the largest solar installation east of the Mississippi River. It can produce enough electricity to power more than 100,000 homes, according to Swift Current’s vice president of origination, Caroline Mann. 

    Chicago alone has agreed to purchase approximately half the installation’s total output, which will cover about 70 percent of its municipal buildings’ electricity needs. City officials plan to cover the remaining 30 percent through the purchase of renewable energy credits. 

    “That’s really a feature and not a bug of our plan,” said Deputy Chief Sustainability Officer Jared Policicchio. He added that he hopes the city’s demand for 100 percent renewable energy will encourage additional clean energy development locally, albeit on a much smaller scale, which will create new sources of power that the city can then purchase directly, in lieu of credits. “Our goal over the next several years is that we reach a point where we’re not buying renewable energy credits.” 

    More than 700 other U.S. cities and towns have signed similar purchasing agreements since 2015, according to a 2022 study from the World Resources Institute. Only one city, Houston, has a larger renewable energy deal than Chicago, according to Matthew Popkin, the cities and communities U.S. program manager at Rocky Mountain Institute, a nonprofit whose research focuses on decarbonization. However, he added, no other contract has added as much new renewable power to the grid as Chicago’s.

    “Part of Chicago’s goal was what’s called additionality: bringing new resources into the market and onto the grid here,” said Popkin. 

    Chicago also secured a $400,000 annual commitment from Constellation and Swift Current for clean energy workforce training, including training via Chicago Women in Trades, a nonprofit aiming to increase the number of women in union construction and manufacturing jobs. 

    The economic benefits extend past the city’s limits: According to Swift Current, approximately $100 million in new tax revenue is projected to flow into Sangamon County and Morgan County, which are home to the Double Black Diamond Solar site, over the project’s operational life. 

    “Cities and other local governments just don’t appreciate their ability to not just support their residents but also shape markets,” said Popkin. “Chicago is demonstrating directly how cities can lead by example, implement ambitious goals amidst evolving state and federal policy changes, and leverage their purchasing power to support a more equitable renewable energy future.”

    Alex Dane, the World Resource Institute’s senior manager for clean energy innovation and partnerships in the U.S. energy program, said many cities have set two renewable energy goals: one for municipal operations and a second goal for the community at large. Even though the latter is “a little bit harder to get to, and the timeline is a little bit further out,” said Dane, the community-side goals begin to seem less lofty once a city has decarbonized the assets it directly controls.

    Indeed, Chicago’s new milestone is the first step in a broader goal to source the energy for all buildings in the city from renewables by 2035. That would make it the largest city in the country to do so, according to the Sierra Club.

    Dane said it will be increasingly important for cities, towns, and states to drive their own efforts to reduce emissions, build greener economies, and meet local climate goals. He said moves like Chicago’s prove that they are capable, no matter what’s on the horizon at the federal level. 

    “That is an imperative thing to know, that state, city, county action is a durable pathway, even under the next administration, and [it] needs to happen,” said Dane. “The juice is definitely still worth the squeeze.”

    This story was originally published by Grist with the headline Chicago keeps its New Year’s resolution: All city buildings now use 100 percent clean power on Jan 2, 2025.


    This content originally appeared on Grist and was authored by Juanpablo Ramirez-Franco.

    ]]>
    https://grist.org/cities/chicago-renewable-energy-black-diamond-solar/feed/ 0 508166
    New Caledonia political crisis costs one third of multi-million French package https://www.radiofree.org/2025/01/01/new-caledonia-political-crisis-costs-one-third-of-multi-million-french-package/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/01/01/new-caledonia-political-crisis-costs-one-third-of-multi-million-french-package/#respond Wed, 01 Jan 2025 23:01:26 +0000 https://asiapacificreport.nz/?p=108848 By Patrick Decloitre, RNZ Pacific correspondent French Pacific desk

    An emergency 231 million euro (NZ$428 million) French aid package for New Caledonia has been reduced by one third because of the French Pacific territory’s current political crisis.

    The initial French package was endorsed in early December 2024, in an 11th-hour vote at the French National Assembly, minutes before French Prime Minister Michel Barnier and his government fell in a motion of no confidence.

    The “end of management 2024” bill amounted to 231 million euros, specifically to allow New Caledonia’s essential public services to keep operating in the next few weeks.

    But the financial package was pre-conditioned to New Caledonia’s Congress endorsing reforms before the end of the year.

    Out of the three tranches of the total aid, the Congress managed, during its December 23, 2024, sitting, to endorse two.

    Then, on Christmas Eve, New Caledonia’s government fell, due to a resignation by one of its members, Calédonie Ensemble.

    Domino effect
    Since the government led by Louis Mapou was toppled on Christmas Eve, pro-independence MPs at the Congress refused to take part in further votes.

    They did not turn up on the Boxing Day sitting on Thursday, December 26.

    This made it impossible for Congress to endorse the third and last tranche of the reforms, which were a precondition to the last third of the French aid package.

    Outgoing New Caledonia President Louis Mapou
    Outgoing New Caledonia President Louis Mapou . . . tensions have come to a head between the territory’s Congress and government since the deadly pro-independence riots began in May. Image: New Caledonia govt/RNZ Pacific

    Letter from Bayrou and Valls
    In a letter received by New Caledonia’s MPs at the weekend, both new French Prime Minister François Bayrou and his new Minister for Overseas Manuel Valls explained the failure for New Caledonia’s Congress to endorse the last third of the demanded reform package.

    It means the whole package of 231 million euros will not be paid in full, and that one third of the total will have to wait until this year.

    French Prime Minister Manuel Valls.
    French Minister for Overseas Manuel Valls . . . letter of explanation. Image: RNZ Pacific

    The confirmed amount, for the time being, is now 154 million euros (NZ$285 million) which will go towards New Caledonia’s Provinces and municipalities (125 million euros — NZ$231 million).

    The remaining 29 million euros (NZ$54 million) will be paid and used for the payment of New Caledonia’s unemployment benefits and to allow the French Pacific territory’s power company, ENERCAL, which is on the brink of collapse without immediate assistance.

    77 million euros withheld
    “The last third of the initial 231 million euros package for New Caledonia (77 million euros [NZ$143 million]) will be released in 2025, once the pre-condition as stipulated in the initial agreement, regarding a reform of the TGC (General Consumption Tax, a local equivalent of a VAT) is adopted by (New Caledonia’s) Congress. Failing that, it will not,” Bayrou and Valls explained in the same letter.

    They further wrote that those reforms were “indispensable” to ensure “visibility and stability” for New Caledonia’s “economic stakeholders and more generally to all of New Caledonians at a time when a dialogue is supposed to take place on its institutional future.”

    The bloc resignation from Calédonie Ensemble entails that the whole government of New Caledonia is deemed to have resigned and acts in a caretaker mode until the inception of a new government.

    New Caledonia’s Congress has been convened for a special sitting next week on 7 January 2025 to elect a new government, under the principle of proportional representation and a spirit of “collegiality”.

    One particular point of contention was Mapou’s efforts to secure a loan of up to 1 billion euros from France, under a ‘PS2R’ (reconstruction, refoundation and salvage) plan to rebuild New Caledonia after the riots’ damage (estimated at some 2.2 billion euros) and the subsequent thousands of job losses.

    This article is republished under a community partnership agreement with RNZ.


    This content originally appeared on Asia Pacific Report and was authored by APR editor.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2025/01/01/new-caledonia-political-crisis-costs-one-third-of-multi-million-french-package/feed/ 0 508138
    A Spy in Your Pocket? Ronan Farrow Exposes Secrets of High-Tech Spyware in New Film “Surveilled” https://www.radiofree.org/2025/01/01/a-spy-in-your-pocket-ronan-farrow-exposes-secrets-of-high-tech-spyware-in-new-film-surveilled-3/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/01/01/a-spy-in-your-pocket-ronan-farrow-exposes-secrets-of-high-tech-spyware-in-new-film-surveilled-3/#respond Wed, 01 Jan 2025 13:01:35 +0000 http://www.radiofree.org/?guid=98e6b0159e10aad1f063e445199fb61b Seg2 surveilled

    Is that a spy in your pocket? In a holiday special we speak to Pulitzer Prize-winning journalist Ronan Farrow and filmmaker Matthew O’Neill about Surveilled, their new HBO documentary looking at how high-tech surveillance spyware is threatening democracy across the globe. As part of the reporting for the documentary, Farrow traveled to Israel for a rare interview with a former employee of NSO Group, the Israeli software company that makes Pegasus. He warns that it’s not just “repressive governments” that abuse Pegasus and other surveillance technology, but also a growing number of democratic states like Greece, Poland and Spain. U.S. law enforcement and intelligence agencies under both the Biden and Trump administrations have also considered such spyware, although the extent to which these tools have been used is not fully known. “Surveillance technology has historically always been abused. Now the technology is more advanced and more frightening than ever, and more available than ever, so abuse is more possible,” says Farrow.


    This content originally appeared on Democracy Now! and was authored by Democracy Now!.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2025/01/01/a-spy-in-your-pocket-ronan-farrow-exposes-secrets-of-high-tech-spyware-in-new-film-surveilled-3/feed/ 0 508125
    A Spy in Your Pocket? Ronan Farrow Exposes Secrets of High-Tech Spyware in New Film “Surveilled” https://www.radiofree.org/2025/01/01/a-spy-in-your-pocket-ronan-farrow-exposes-secrets-of-high-tech-spyware-in-new-film-surveilled-4/ https://www.radiofree.org/2025/01/01/a-spy-in-your-pocket-ronan-farrow-exposes-secrets-of-high-tech-spyware-in-new-film-surveilled-4/#respond Wed, 01 Jan 2025 13:00:29 +0000 http://www.radiofree.org/?guid=cff9c42a5901b83dc45c24ddbcb61fbe
    This content originally appeared on Democracy Now! and was authored by Democracy Now!.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2025/01/01/a-spy-in-your-pocket-ronan-farrow-exposes-secrets-of-high-tech-spyware-in-new-film-surveilled-4/feed/ 0 508148
    Photos: Asia rings in the new year https://rfa.org/english/asia/2024/12/31/new-year-eve-celebration-asia/ https://rfa.org/english/asia/2024/12/31/new-year-eve-celebration-asia/#respond Tue, 31 Dec 2024 20:14:21 +0000 https://rfa.org/english/asia/2024/12/31/new-year-eve-celebration-asia/ Across Asia, communities welcomed 2025 with spectacular fireworks shows, special events and cheering crowds.

    Fireworks light up the sky over Victoria Harbour in Hong Kong on Jan. 1, 2025.
    Fireworks light up the sky over Victoria Harbour in Hong Kong on Jan. 1, 2025.
    (MAY JAMES, May James/AFP)
    Dancers perform during the
    Dancers perform during the "Celebrating Cambodia" event in front of Royal Palace in Phnom Penh, Dec. 31, 2024.
    (Heng Sinith, Heng Sinith, Heng Sinith, Heng Sinith, Heng Sinith/AP)
    Residents watch fireworks at Ancol Beach in Jakarta on Jan. 1, 2025.
    Residents watch fireworks at Ancol Beach in Jakarta on Jan. 1, 2025.
    (Yasuyoshi Chiba/AFP)
    People gesture to make hearts at the Bosingak pavilion in central Seoul on Jan. 1, 2025.
    People gesture to make hearts at the Bosingak pavilion in central Seoul on Jan. 1, 2025.
    (Jung Yeon-je/AFP)
    Fireworks mark the New Year in Bangkok on Jan. 1, 2025.
    Fireworks mark the New Year in Bangkok on Jan. 1, 2025.
    (Patipat Janthong, Patipat Janthong/Reuters)
    A woman watches the fireworks at the Petronas Towers in Kuala Lumpur, Malaysia, Dec. 31, 2024.
    A woman watches the fireworks at the Petronas Towers in Kuala Lumpur, Malaysia, Dec. 31, 2024.
    (Andy Wong, Andy Wong/AP)
    Fireworks blast out from the Taipei 101 skyscraper in Taipei on Jan. 1, 2025.
    Fireworks blast out from the Taipei 101 skyscraper in Taipei on Jan. 1, 2025.
    (ChiangYing-ying, Chiang Ying-ying, Chiang Ying-ying, Chiang Ying-ying/AP)
    Ethnic Karen people gather at the National Races Village in Yangon for their traditional New Year’s celebration Dec. 30, 2024.
    Ethnic Karen people gather at the National Races Village in Yangon for their traditional New Year’s celebration Dec. 30, 2024.
    (Thein Zaw, Thein Zaw, Thein Zaw/AP)
    Two boys play in front of a billboard welcoming the New Year 2025 in Ho Chi Minh on Dec.31, 2024.
    Two boys play in front of a billboard welcoming the New Year 2025 in Ho Chi Minh on Dec.31, 2024.
    (Hau Dinh/AP)


    This content originally appeared on Radio Free Asia and was authored by Paul Nelson.

    ]]>
    https://rfa.org/english/asia/2024/12/31/new-year-eve-celebration-asia/feed/ 0 508055
    Xi Jinping speaks on Taiwan ‘reunification’ in New Year’s speech | Radio Free Asia (RFA) https://www.radiofree.org/2024/12/31/xi-jinping-speaks-on-taiwan-reunification-in-new-years-speech-radio-free-asia-rfa/ https://www.radiofree.org/2024/12/31/xi-jinping-speaks-on-taiwan-reunification-in-new-years-speech-radio-free-asia-rfa/#respond Tue, 31 Dec 2024 19:45:55 +0000 http://www.radiofree.org/?guid=afe99f618b2298e43d56fbdab8194e93
    This content originally appeared on Radio Free Asia and was authored by Radio Free Asia.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2024/12/31/xi-jinping-speaks-on-taiwan-reunification-in-new-years-speech-radio-free-asia-rfa/feed/ 0 508067
    Xi Jinping speaks on Taiwan ‘reunification’ in New Year’s speech | Radio Free Asia (RFA) https://www.radiofree.org/2024/12/31/xi-jinping-speaks-on-taiwan-reunification-in-new-years-speech-radio-free-asia-rfa-2/ https://www.radiofree.org/2024/12/31/xi-jinping-speaks-on-taiwan-reunification-in-new-years-speech-radio-free-asia-rfa-2/#respond Tue, 31 Dec 2024 19:24:08 +0000 http://www.radiofree.org/?guid=d7f09704620e5971eaa009b6bd162256
    This content originally appeared on Radio Free Asia and was authored by Radio Free Asia.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2024/12/31/xi-jinping-speaks-on-taiwan-reunification-in-new-years-speech-radio-free-asia-rfa-2/feed/ 0 508086
    Ukraine Faces a "Cold, Dark Winter" as Russia Strikes Energy Infrastructure; Biden to Send New Aid https://www.radiofree.org/2024/12/31/ukraine-faces-a-cold-dark-winter-as-russia-strikes-energy-infrastructure-biden-to-send-new-aid-2/ https://www.radiofree.org/2024/12/31/ukraine-faces-a-cold-dark-winter-as-russia-strikes-energy-infrastructure-biden-to-send-new-aid-2/#respond Tue, 31 Dec 2024 16:08:35 +0000 http://www.radiofree.org/?guid=822d331665e702ec903bbfa54ec830cb
    This content originally appeared on Democracy Now! and was authored by Democracy Now!.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2024/12/31/ukraine-faces-a-cold-dark-winter-as-russia-strikes-energy-infrastructure-biden-to-send-new-aid-2/feed/ 0 508071
    New Year celebrations by ethnic Karen in Myanmar | Radio Free Asia (RFA) https://www.radiofree.org/2024/12/31/new-year-celebrations-by-ethnic-karen-in-myanmar-radio-free-asia-rfa/ https://www.radiofree.org/2024/12/31/new-year-celebrations-by-ethnic-karen-in-myanmar-radio-free-asia-rfa/#respond Tue, 31 Dec 2024 13:53:01 +0000 http://www.radiofree.org/?guid=84a285eb5d10b7b165d8e0600a50f431
    This content originally appeared on Radio Free Asia and was authored by Radio Free Asia.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2024/12/31/new-year-celebrations-by-ethnic-karen-in-myanmar-radio-free-asia-rfa/feed/ 0 508009
    Ukraine Faces a “Cold, Dark Winter” as Russia Strikes Energy Infrastructure; Biden to Send New Aid https://www.radiofree.org/2024/12/31/ukraine-faces-a-cold-dark-winter-as-russia-strikes-energy-infrastructure-biden-to-send-new-aid/ https://www.radiofree.org/2024/12/31/ukraine-faces-a-cold-dark-winter-as-russia-strikes-energy-infrastructure-biden-to-send-new-aid/#respond Tue, 31 Dec 2024 13:12:18 +0000 http://www.radiofree.org/?guid=7aa4f030ee311b0c381b0a7564d53422 Seg1 guestukraine

    Russian missile and drone attacks are continuing across Ukraine as the country already faces a cold, dark winter after Russia’s strikes destroyed about half of the country’s energy infrastructure. This comes as Russia and Ukraine completed a prisoner swap, repatriating more than 300 prisoners of war in a deal brokered by the United Arab Emirates ahead of the new year. The Biden administration, meanwhile, has approved billions more in military and economic assistance to Ukraine before President-elect Donald Trump returns to office with a pledge to curtail aid and end the war. Since Russia’s invasion nearly three years ago, Congress has approved $175 billion in total assistance to Ukraine. “Putin doesn’t want peace,” says Oleksandra Matviichuk, a leading Ukrainian human rights lawyer, who says Russia’s goal is to restore its empire by force. “Russian occupation means torture, rapes, enforced disappearances, denial of your own identity, forcible adoption of your children, filtration camps and mass graves,” she says.


    This content originally appeared on Democracy Now! and was authored by Democracy Now!.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2024/12/31/ukraine-faces-a-cold-dark-winter-as-russia-strikes-energy-infrastructure-biden-to-send-new-aid/feed/ 0 508057
    New Mekong dam project sparks concern in Laos and Thailand https://rfa.org/english/laos/2024/12/30/laos-sanakham-hydropower-dam-mekong/ https://rfa.org/english/laos/2024/12/30/laos-sanakham-hydropower-dam-mekong/#respond Mon, 30 Dec 2024 21:34:32 +0000 https://rfa.org/english/laos/2024/12/30/laos-sanakham-hydropower-dam-mekong/ Plans to proceed with a benefits-and-risks review of a proposed hydropower dam on the Mekong River has sparked concern in both Laos and Thailand about the impact on communities and the ecosystem.

    The US$2-billion, 12-turbine Sanakham hydropower dam will be built about 155 kilometers (100 miles) west of the Lao capital of Vientiane, and 25 km (15 miles) upstream from Sanakham district of Vientiane province, near the Thai-Lao border.

    More than 62,500 people in Thailand and Laos will be forced to relocate due to rising waters, according to submitted documents.

    Lao residents say they have hardly had a chance to give feedback on the project.

    “I’m so concerned that we’ll have to move to another village,” a Sanakham district resident told Radio Free Asia. “They [the government] did not clearly explain it to us at all.”

    Dozens of hydropower dams have already been built on the Mekong and its tributaries, and there are plans to build scores more in the coming years. The Lao government wants to harness their power generation to boost the economy, which has been battered by soaring inflation and a weakening currency.

    Electricity generated by the dam, to be built by China-owned Datang (Lao) Sanakham Hydropower Co. Ltd. and Thailand’s Gulf Energy Development Public Co. Ltd., will mainly be exported to Thailand.

    Thailand’s Office of National Water Resources said on Dec. 17 that it would begin the consultation process during which Mekong River Commission member countries and other stakeholders review proposed projects to try to reach a consensus on whether or not they should proceed.

    The Thai National Mekong Commission is holding four public information forums about the dam for residents living in the eight Thai provinces along the Mekong River during the coming weeks.

    ‘Rushed ahead’

    International Rivers, a group acting to protect rivers and the communities that depend on them, said there there has been little up-to-date information publicly available about the project.

    “It appears this process is being rushed ahead, with little regard for the needs of local residents to be able to make arrangements to attend the forums, let alone prepare and develop informed opinions about the project specifics,” the group said in a Dec. 21 statement.

    Villagers who will be affected by the dam don’t want to move, a resident of Kenethao district in Xayaburi province said.

    “They don’t want to relocate at all [because] here they have their livelihoods,” he said. “If they moved somewhere far away, what would happen to their lives? If they have no choice but to move, then they should get more compensation.”

    Phonepaseuth Phouliphanh, secretary general of the Lao National Mekong Committee, told Radio Free Asia that the project developer will take into consideration concerns raised about the dam.

    RELATED STORIES

    Planned Lao dam raises concerns in Thailand over impacts on shared border

    Laos pushes ahead with large dam projects, despite uncertainty of power purchases

    Thailand threatens to reject electricity from Laos’ Sanakham Dam over environmental and security concerns

    Thai NGOs urge government not to buy power from Sanakham Dam in Laos

    “All project developments have both good and bad impacts which we cannot avoid,” he told Radio Free Asia. “We have done research to ensure the impact is as little as possible.”

    After hearing the concerns from people in areas to be affected by the dam, the Lao government or the project developer will review and correct issues that may occur, he added.

    Thai concerns

    Meanwhile, some Thai residents and advocacy groups also oppose the construction of the dam.

    Channarong Wongla, a member of the Chiang Khan Conservation Group and Local Fisheries Group in Chiang Khan, a district in Thailand that will be affected by the dam, said other hydropower projects have already altered water routes and islands and caused erosion.

    With hydropower projects in the past, including Laos’ Xayaburi Dam, developers moved ahead with their projects regardless of the concerns raised by residents, he told International Rivers.

    “Most importantly, for the Sanakham Dam project, the [Thai] ombudsman and the National Human Rights Commission have already provided a clear basis for a more precautionary approach recognizing the serious impacts on local people and ecosystems,” he was quoted as saying.

    A report by the ombudsman said there “was still a serious lack of information on the transboundary impacts of the dam project and that clear commitments of accountability are required from both the developers and government agencies in Thailand,” he said.

    Construction of the Sanakham Dam was expected to begin in 2020, but was put on hold when government officials from Thailand’s National Mekong Commission raised questions about the impacts of the project and called for comprehensive technical studies on its environmental, social and transboundary effects, according to International Rivers.

    The “snap decision” to schedule expedited public information sessions for the Sanakham Dam marked a distinct shift in the Thai government’s approach to the project, the group said.

    Translated by RFA Lao. Edited by Roseanne Gerin and Malcolm Foster.


    This content originally appeared on Radio Free Asia and was authored by RFA Lao.

    ]]>
    https://rfa.org/english/laos/2024/12/30/laos-sanakham-hydropower-dam-mekong/feed/ 0 507964
    Palestine protest group condemns NZ’s ‘normalisation of apartheid’ over Israeli tennis player https://www.radiofree.org/2024/12/30/palestine-protest-group-condemns-nzs-normalisation-of-apartheid-over-israeli-tennis-player/ https://www.radiofree.org/2024/12/30/palestine-protest-group-condemns-nzs-normalisation-of-apartheid-over-israeli-tennis-player/#respond Mon, 30 Dec 2024 00:24:19 +0000 https://asiapacificreport.nz/?p=108794 Asia Pacific Report

    A Palestine solidarity group has protested over the participation of Israeli tennis player Lina Glushko in New Zealand’s ASB Tennis Classic in Auckland this week, saying such competition raises serious concerns about the normalisation of systemic oppression and apartheid.

    The Palestine Forum of New Zealand said in a statement that by taking part in the event Glushko, a former Israeli Defence Forces (IDF) soldier, was sending a “troubling message that undermines the values of justice, equality, and human rights”.

    In the past 15 months, Israel’s military has killed almost 45,500 people in the besieged enclave of Gaza, mostly women and children.

    The International Court of Justice (ICJ) has declared the occupation of Palestine, including Gaza, illegal, and Israel should end settlements as soon as possible.

    Since the court ruling in July, Israel has intensified attacks on the civilian population in Gaza and their natural resources and infrastructure, including hospitals and health clinics.

    “Welcoming Israeli athletes to Aotearoa is not a neutral act. It normalises the systemic injustices perpetrated by the Israeli state against Palestinians,” said Maher Nazzal of the Palestine Forum.

    “Just as the international sports community united to oppose South Africa’s apartheid in the 20th century, we must now stand firm against Israel’s ongoing violations of international law and human rights.”

    Implements apartheid policies
    He said former soldier Glushko symbolised a regime that:

    • Implements apartheid policies: As documented by leading organisations such as Amnesty International and Human Rights Watch;
    • Operates under leadership accused of war crimes: With an International Criminal Court (ICC) warrant issued against Israeli officials; and
    • Continues its illegal occupation of Palestine: In direct violation of international law and countless United Nations resolutions.

    The statement said: “While sports often aim to transcend politics, they cannot be isolated from the realities of injustice and oppression.

    “By welcoming athletes representing an apartheid regime, we risk ignoring the voices of the oppressed and allowing sports to be used as a tool for whitewashing human rights abuses.

    “We urge the international and local sports community to remain consistent in their principles by refusing to host representatives of regimes that perpetuate apartheid.

    “The global boycott of South African athletes during apartheid proved that sports can be a powerful force for change. The same principle must apply today.”


    This content originally appeared on Asia Pacific Report and was authored by APR editor.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2024/12/30/palestine-protest-group-condemns-nzs-normalisation-of-apartheid-over-israeli-tennis-player/feed/ 0 507858
    Shaken Baby Syndrome Has Found New Life in Courts as Abusive Head Trauma. One Family Is Fighting Their Son’s Diagnosis. https://www.radiofree.org/2024/12/29/shaken-baby-syndrome-has-found-new-life-in-courts-as-abusive-head-trauma-one-family-is-fighting-their-sons-diagnosis/ https://www.radiofree.org/2024/12/29/shaken-baby-syndrome-has-found-new-life-in-courts-as-abusive-head-trauma-one-family-is-fighting-their-sons-diagnosis/#respond Sun, 29 Dec 2024 10:00:00 +0000 https://www.propublica.org/article/shaken-baby-syndrome-abusive-head-trauma-controversy by Pamela Colloff

    ProPublica is a nonprofit newsroom that investigates abuses of power. Sign up to receive our biggest stories as soon as they’re published.

    On the 911 call, Nick Flannery’s voice was frantic as he tried to revive his infant son. “Come on, buddy,” he pleaded with the 2-month-old, who had gone limp. “Come on, buddy. Breathe.”

    Nick, who was on paternity leave from his IT job, had been caring for his two boys while his wife, Felecia, was at a doctor’s appointment. Not long before he called 911, on Sept. 7, 2023, his baby, Arlo, vomited while being given a bottle. Nick, who was cradling him, turned him over to ensure that he did not choke, then changed him into fresh clothes and put him in his bouncy seat. Suddenly, Arlo’s eyes rolled back and his body stiffened. Then he went still.

    Paramedics rushed to the Flannerys’ house in Blue Ash, Ohio, a suburb of Cincinnati. They revived the infant, but his breathing remained shallow. Felecia, who returned home to find emergency medical workers swarming her driveway, staggered across the front yard toward her family, uncomprehending.

    In the emergency room at Cincinnati Children’s Hospital Medical Center, the Flannerys looked on as doctors worked to save their son. Soon, a social worker took them aside. She explained that a CT scan revealed the presence of subdural hematomas, or bleeding between the brain and the skull: a symptom, she said, commonly seen in abuse cases. Nick and Felecia were dumbfounded.

    More tests still needed to be run, she told the Flannerys, but mandatory reporting laws required that the police and child welfare officials be alerted. Nick and Felecia, upset but certain that any concerns would be allayed once doctors gathered more information, said they understood.

    Detectives arrived, and the attending physician told them that subdural hematomas could indicate an underlying medical condition — or that the baby had been shaken. It was the latter scenario that Felecia remembers the doctor mentioning to her that evening. “I’ll never forget him telling me, ‘You would probably know this as shaken baby syndrome,’” she says. Felecia, having once listened to a podcast that characterized the diagnosis as controversial, grew alarmed.

    No outward signs suggested Arlo had endured harm. (Arlo is a nickname his parents asked that I use to protect his privacy.) He had no bruises, scratches or cuts. No external evidence of head trauma, like a scalp injury or a skull fracture. No broken bones. No symptoms of neglect or malnutrition. Nick and Felecia were his sole caregivers, and neither of them had any prior interaction with child protective services or a criminal history.

    The next day, as they sat at their son’s bedside in the pediatric ICU, they were visited by two doctors with the hospital’s child abuse team. Dr. Steven Pham, who was halfway through a three-year fellowship in childhood pediatrics, and Dr. Pratima Shanbhag, a child abuse pediatrician, each examined Arlo. Child abuse pediatrics is a relatively new subspecialty whose practitioners work closely with police officers and social workers to investigate potential cases of intentional harm. These physicians are entrusted with a profound responsibility: deciding whether a child’s symptoms indicate abuse or are due to an unrelated medical issue. Their findings often determine whether parents face criminal charges and whether children are separated from their families.

    Pham asked the Flannerys whether anything had happened to their son — a fall? a car accident? — that might account for the bleeding on his brain. More tests still needed to be performed, he said, but the absence of any reasonable explanation for Arlo’s symptoms suggested that the infant had suffered abusive head trauma.

    Pham was using the term that the American Academy of Pediatrics has recommended physicians employ since 2009 instead of “shaken baby syndrome.” That year, the AAP endorsed the use of the more comprehensive term “abusive head trauma” to describe not only brain, skull and spinal injuries that result from shaking but also those resulting from blunt impact or a combination of the two.

    The name change came amid controversy over whether shaken baby syndrome’s signature symptoms — brain swelling and bleeding around the brain and from the retina — were always evidence of abuse. Once believed to be proof of shaking, the symptoms had by then been shown to have other causes, including accidental falls, illness, infection and congenital disorders. The courts took notice, and in 2008, a Wisconsin appeals court held that “a shift in mainstream medical opinion” raised questions about the diagnosis’s core assumptions.

    It was in the wake of the Wisconsin decision that the AAP’s Committee on Child Abuse and Neglect, a small group of child abuse specialists, spearheaded the name change. The committee’s work came at a time when confidence was eroding in a diagnosis that the child protection community saw as vital to safeguarding children. The new name, abusive head trauma, was not only more precise, according to its 2009 consensus statement on the matter, it would also shore up credibility in the courts. “Legal challenges to the term ‘shaken baby syndrome’ can distract from the more important questions of accountability of the perpetrator and the safety of the victim,” the statement read.

    Fifteen years later, the diagnosis is still shaping criminal prosecutions and child welfare investigations. Child abuse pediatricians say they do rigorous workups to rule out the possibilities of both natural and accidental causes before they settle on the diagnosis. But doctors — and the police, prosecutors and judges who look to them for guidance — don’t always get it right. Thirty-five people whose convictions rested on the diagnosis are currently listed on the National Registry of Exonerations. Not yet counted is Joshua Burns, whose wrongful conviction was vacated by a Michigan court in November.

    This year, convictions that hinged on the diagnosis were overturned in California, Minnesota and Kentucky. In Texas, doubts about the guilt of a death row inmate, Robert Roberson, galvanized a bipartisan group of lawmakers to call for a wholesale reappraisal of the evidence; the legal battle that followed succeeded in postponing his scheduled execution in October. In a similar case in Arkansas, another father, Cody Webb, was acquitted of capital murder. Some judges, meanwhile, have started looking at the diagnosis with more skepticism. Last year, a New Jersey appellate court backed a lower-court judge who pronounced the diagnosis “akin to junk science.”

    That tension — between child abuse pediatricians who stand by their ability to identify abuse from telltale symptoms and a mounting number of criminal cases that point to the fallability of the diagnosis — leaves families like the Flannerys vulnerable. “The rebranding of shaken baby syndrome preserved the diagnosis and allowed it to live on with less scrutiny,” says Randy Papetti, an Arizona trial attorney and author of the 2018 book “The Forensic Unreliability of the Shaken Baby Syndrome.” “Shaken baby syndrome is alive and well but mostly operates under an alias.”

    Felecia and Nick (Anne Vetter)

    Nick and Felecia had been together ever since they were juniors in high school in Troy, Ohio — he, earnest and mild-mannered, with chunky black glasses that channeled Buddy Holly; she, warm and unguarded, with a mane of red hair. They were strivers, intent on muscling their way out of what Nick called “the bottom end of the lower middle class.” He enlisted in the Army to pay for college, serving a combat deployment to Afghanistan, and Felecia worked her way into management at a national retail chain. They were intentional about starting a family, waiting until they were financially secure enough, in their late 20s, for Felecia to stay at home when they had their first child, Arlo’s older brother, in 2021. They built a house in a good school district, with room for a big family, and painted it a cheerful lavender.

    The Flannerys did not hire a lawyer when the specter of abuse was first raised by doctors. They remained singularly focused on their infant son, who lay intubated in the pediatric ICU, his tiny body dwarfed by medical machinery. Before his hospitalization, they had told his pediatrician how he slept so much that Felecia often had to wake him for feedings, but their pediatrician had not been overly concerned; Arlo was meeting all his milestones and appeared to be thriving. Three days after he arrived at the hospital, he underwent surgery to relieve the excess fluid that had been building up inside his head. Nick and Felecia were relieved to see that he gradually improved with each day that followed.

    In a report that Pham forwarded to the Blue Ash Police Department a week after the operation, he wrote that Arlo’s symptoms — which a recent exam had shown included retinal hemorrhages — raised a “concern” for abusive head trauma. Further testing, he noted, had not turned up any evidence of a genetic condition or a bleeding disorder that could explain his symptoms. Though it was not a definitive diagnosis, it was enough to set in motion a chain of events that would upend the Flannerys’ lives.

    Two days later, on Sept. 20, 2023, a social worker came to their home to inform them that Hamilton County Job and Family Services, which oversees child protective services for the area, was filing for temporary custody of their children. Moments later, Blue Ash police detectives served a search warrant, demanding that the Flannerys allow them entry and turn over their phones.

    Police body cameras captured the Flannerys’ anguish: Nick buckled, nearly falling to his knees. Felecia, wide-eyed, stared back at the officers’ hardened expressions.

    What followed was a grinding bureaucratic journey that stripped them of everything they had worked so hard to build. They were forbidden from bringing Arlo home when he was released after a two-week stay at the hospital; a court order mandated that he and his brother live with Felecia’s aunt. Limited to supervised interactions with their children, Nick and Felecia did everything they could to maintain a sense of normalcy, arriving at the aunt’s house each morning before dawn, so they could be there when the boys awoke, and caring for them throughout the day, until Felecia nursed Arlo to sleep. Barred from spending the night, they returned home each evening to an empty house.

    Desperate to be a family again, and hoping that voluntarily submitting to an extra degree of scrutiny might convince the authorities they had nothing to hide, the Flannerys had cameras installed in every room of their house. At a hearing in Hamilton County Juvenile Court that October, Magistrate Nicholas Varney offered a tentative path forward: The children could return home, but under strict conditions. Nick and Felecia were barred from being alone with them, and the boys’ grandmothers, who had come to court and volunteered to help, agreed to take turns and maintain a constant presence.

    The threat of losing their children never went away. A caseworker would appear unannounced, entering their home and probing whether the Flannerys had deviated in any way from the court order. Their original caseworker, and then her replacement, often sought to get Felecia alone, pressing her to accept that her husband was an abuser. “I was not seen as protective of my children because I did not believe that Nick hurt our son,” she told me. In a November hearing, a prosecuting attorney put the county’s objectives plainly: “We maintain that the Flannery children would be at imminent risk of harm were they to continue to reside in their parents’ home today and were custody not to be granted to Job and Family Services.”

    Then, on Jan. 3, Blue Ash police detectives made an unannounced visit, arresting Nick on assault and child endangerment charges. Nick, who was handcuffed in front of his older son, was careful not to react. “I knew they wanted to see me as this horrible, violent person with a hairpin trigger,” he says. From that moment onward, the Flannerys found themselves in parallel legal battles: one in juvenile court over custody of their children, and another in criminal court, where Nick faced prosecution.

    Two days after his arrest, when he was set to be released on bond, the Flannerys’ caseworker arrived at the house without warning. Though Nick was within his rights to return home — the court had not imposed a no-contact order — the caseworker removed the infant and toddler that afternoon.

    Felecia hurriedly nursed Arlo before he was taken away. “I was sitting on the stairs, just crying and crying,” Felecia told me. “My toddler started wiping my tears away, and I remember thinking, ‘I have to get it together, because this might be the last time I ever see them.’”

    The boys were not placed in foster care, as she had been told was a possibility — they went to her aunt — and they were returned home the following week at the direction of the juvenile court. But the knowledge that her children could be taken from her at any moment left her unmoored. Stalked by the fear of what might happen if one of the boys fell or hurt themselves, she rarely left home, trusting the cameras she had installed to document her every interaction with her children. She and Nick scrupulously followed the court’s order to have an approved family member present around the clock, but she began losing sleep over any possible breach — even imagined — that could cost them custody. “I started having nightmares,” she says, “where the nightmare was that I was found alone with my children.”

    The Flannerys felt certain there was a logical explanation for Arlo’s symptoms, and they began to piece together what they knew, starting with his difficult delivery, which had ended in an emergency cesarean section. More than 24 hours of labor — augmented with Pitocin, to make contractions stronger — had left a deep hollow above his forehead. The Flannerys had been assured that this was a normal consequence of a challenging delivery, and the indentation, though conspicuous, had eventually gone away. In retrospect, they wondered if this had anything to do with the bleeding on his brain.

    Also notable, looking back, was the dramatic increase in Arlo’s head circumference in the weeks after his birth. By one month, his medical records showed, he had leapt from the 81st percentile for head size to the 99th, which was a possible cause for concern. The Flannerys had been told that his head growth would have to be monitored, and that if it continued to expand at the same rate, that he would be referred to a specialist for evaluation. (His next head measurement was scheduled to be taken the day after Nick called 911.)

    Nick holds Arlo the day he was born. A difficult delivery left a deep hollow above his forehead. (Courtesy of Flannery Family)

    As their questions multiplied, the Flannerys consulted three doctors: a pediatrician who was qualified to testify in court as a child abuse expert, a pediatric neurologist and a radiologist. After studying Arlo’s medical records and imaging, they each concluded that he had not suffered a sudden trauma just before he was rushed to the ER. In written reports, and later testimony given in juvenile court by two of the experts, they laid out their findings. Arlo, they determined, had a preexisting health condition: the bleeding on his brain was chronic, likely originating at birth. Fluid had then collected between his brain and skull, and pressure built, eventually triggering seizures. This explained Arlo’s rapid head growth and the excessive sleepiness that the Flannerys had reported to their pediatrician.

    In his report, Pham dismissed the idea that Arlo’s birth was to blame, pointing to the baby’s sudden collapse a full two months after he was born. Pham made no mention of the details in Arlo’s medical records that noted the baby’s head circumference at one month or the unusual rate of growth that his pediatrician had flagged for further monitoring.

    But several facts in the medical record suggested an ongoing condition: In addition to his quickly expanding head circumference, there was his pronounced sleepiness — possibly a symptom of seizures related to fluid around the brain. There were also the post-operative notes of Arlo’s neurosurgeon, which described the subdural hematomas as “chronic,” suggesting they had been present for an indeterminate period of time. The blood on the infant’s brain was straw-colored, the surgeon had observed, not the pink or red typically associated with acute trauma. During a 2023 juvenile court hearing, Pham acknowledged speaking with the neurosurgeon and reviewing the surgical notes, but he said he did not include them in his report because he focused on other indicators, such as Arlo’s rapid decline. “The thing that I focused on is his acute presentation,” Pham said.

    I wanted to better understand Pham’s perspective and that of the pediatrician who had examined Arlo with him, Shanbhag. The Flannerys agreed to provide a letter authorizing the doctors to talk to me about their son’s protected health information, but a spokesperson for Cincinnati Children’s declined to make them available for an interview. The hospital also did not respond to a detailed list of questions.

    The Flannerys believed the new expert opinions provided by the three doctors would exonerate Nick. “I thought investigators would consult the doctors we were talking to, and this whole misunderstanding would be swept away,” Felecia says.

    But the suspicion of abusive head trauma, once raised, is hard to undo. Kristina Kerlus, a Las Vegas mother I spoke with, whose 2-month-old, Jocai Davis, was rushed to the hospital in 2018 in cardiac arrest, told me that doctors developed “tunnel vision” after finding that her son had the diagnosis’s signature symptoms. Jocai died three days later, and she was charged with murder. It took years of legal wrangling — during which her three other children were removed from her custody — for Kerlus to be vindicated. Prosecutors dropped charges in 2022 after the defense’s medical experts determined that Jocai had died from complications of sickle cell trait, an inherited blood disorder.

    Even if accused parents challenge an abusive head trauma diagnosis with medical experts of their own, prosecutors tend to view these witnesses cynically. Their distrust stems from a core belief among some child advocates that physicians who question the diagnosis — whom some dismiss as “denialists” — are bad actors. “Denialists persist in generating false controversy against the diagnosis of AHT and unwarranted skepticism about shaking being an important mechanism of AHT,” states an opinion piece co-authored by three prominent child abuse experts that appeared last year in JAMA Pediatrics, a journal of the American Medical Association. “Misinformation generated by science denialists may harm children.”

    Dr. Cindy Christian, a lead author of the American Academy of Pediatrics’s 2009 statement, called it “cynical” to suggest that the shift to abusive head trauma was made to evade scrutiny of the diagnosis. Rather, she wrote in an email, the name change ensured “that physicians were using correct terminology in medical records and in courts.” The controversy around shaken baby syndrome, she added, is largely contained to the legal arena. “The diagnosis is not controversial in children’s hospitals around the world,” she wrote. “The courtroom is not designed to be the arbiter of scientific truth.”

    In its most recent policy statement about the diagnosis, the AAP said in 2020 that the name change to abusive head trauma “was misinterpreted by some in the legal and medical communities as an indication of some doubt in or invalidation of the diagnosis and the mechanism of shaking as a cause of injury.” The AAP “continues to embrace the ‘shaken baby syndrome’ diagnosis as a valid subset of the AHT diagnosis.”

    The antipathy for physicians who challenge the diagnosis was hard to miss at the International Conference on Shaken Baby Syndrome/Abusive Head Trauma, held in Salt Lake City this September. The conference — which draws child abuse pediatricians, social workers, police and prosecutors — featured multiple presentations that cast doctors who testify for the defense as both ill-informed and mercenary. During a keynote presentation, a Milwaukee prosecutor, Deputy District Attorney Matthew Torbenson, questioned whether doctors operate in good faith when they rebut an abusive head trauma diagnosis. “Is that practicing medicine,” he asked a sympathetic crowd, “or is that providing reasonable doubt for sale?”

    The expert opinions of doctors from outside the field of child abuse pediatrics who weigh in on these cases — including radiologists, neurologists and pathologists — are rarely given the same deference by the courts, one reason most legal efforts to counter the diagnosis fail. In July, I chronicled the efforts of prosecutors at the Nashville DA’s office to overturn the 2004 shaken-baby conviction of Russell Maze; though seven medical experts concluded that his son’s death was the result of natural causes, the presiding judge refused to grant a new trial.

    For the Flannerys, having three physicians who provided an alternate explanation for Arlo’s symptoms did not prove to be enough. During a hearing in juvenile court in March, Shanbhag took the stand to dismiss the notion that a birth injury could explain the infant’s presentation at the ER, emphasizing that abusive head trauma was the only possible cause. “There was no other medical condition that could account for those injuries,” she said.

    After hearing from both sides, Varney, the magistrate, handed down a ruling late this summer in which he leaned heavily on Shanbhag’s testimony, finding that the infant had been abused. Still, the magistrate was careful to state that due to doctors’ differing opinions, both “the origin and cause of the injuries” remained “unknown.” The attorneys whom the Flannerys retained to represent them in juvenile court, James Whitfield and Aaron Rapier, criticized this conclusion as logically inconsistent with a finding of abuse and the equivalent of claiming there “may be ‘abuse’ without any ‘abuser.’” The guardian ad litem — the attorney appointed by the court to represent Arlo’s interests — opposed the magistrate’s ruling that abuse had occurred, noting that such a conclusion was “not supported by the manifest weight of the evidence.”

    Protective orders remain in place, requiring the Flannerys to keep living under the watchful eyes of family members, cameras and caseworkers. They have done everything the court has asked — taking parenting classes, submitting to mental health evaluations, complying with the safety plan — but more than a year after their boys were returned home, they are still living in limbo. “We’ve asked our caseworker, ‘So what comes next?’” Felecia says. “And the answer is that they are still pursuing custody. They offer us no plan — just that we need to say that Nick harmed Arlo.” (A spokesperson for Hamilton County Job and Family Services declined to comment on pending litigation.)

    Felecia longs for their old life, unencumbered by the quiet terror of an abuse investigation. She looks at other mothers at the grocery store — mothers who are unaware that their lives can be turned upside down in an instant — and she feels “like a different species, like an alien,” she told me. Nick speaks of what feels like a primal wound: “the shame and stigma of being called an unfit parent.”

    Still, the Flannerys know they are lucky. Unlike other parents who have faced the same kinds of accusations, they had the means to post bond and get Nick out of jail. They had family members who were able to serve as caregivers, which prevented Arlo and his brother from being put in foster care. Their friends stuck by them. Nick did not lose his job. And they did not suffer the worst possible outcome: Their baby lived. Arlo, now a healthy 1 1/2-year-old, has enjoyed a full recovery; ever since the surgery that relieved the excess fluid on his brain, he has not needed any medical interventions.

    Yet the future is filled with uncertainty. Nick, who is expected to stand trial next year, faces up to 12 years in prison if convicted. Felecia once wanted to fill their lavender house with children, but she no longer thinks beyond the present. “We used to have plans and dreams,” she told me. “And now our future is a huge question mark.”

    Arlo (Anne Vetter)


    This content originally appeared on ProPublica and was authored by by Pamela Colloff.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2024/12/29/shaken-baby-syndrome-has-found-new-life-in-courts-as-abusive-head-trauma-one-family-is-fighting-their-sons-diagnosis/feed/ 0 507832
    Hui, protests, kotahitanga, and a new Kuini – a historic year for Māoridom https://www.radiofree.org/2024/12/29/hui-protests-kotahitanga-and-a-new-kuini-a-historic-year-for-maoridom/ https://www.radiofree.org/2024/12/29/hui-protests-kotahitanga-and-a-new-kuini-a-historic-year-for-maoridom/#respond Sun, 29 Dec 2024 09:58:53 +0000 https://asiapacificreport.nz/?p=108770 By Ella Stewart, (Ngāpuhi, Te Māhurehure, Ngāti Manu), RNZ longform journalist, Te Ao Māori

    On a sticky day in January, dozens of nannies and aunties from Tainui shook and waved fronds of greenery as they called manuhiri onto Tuurangawaewae Marae.

    More than 10,000 people had responded to a rare call for unity from the Māori King to discuss what the new government’s policies meant for Māori. It set the scene for what became a massive year for te ao Māori.

    A few months beforehand, just in time for Christmas 2023, the newly formed government had announced its coalition agreements.

    The agreements included either rolling back previous initiatives considered progressive for Māori or creating new policies that many in Māoridom and beyond perceived to be an attack on Māori rights and te Tiriti o Waitangi.

    So as the rest of the country wound down for the year, te ao Māori went to work, planning for the year ahead.

    This year saw everything from controversial debates about the place of New Zealand’s founding document to mourning the loss of the Māori king, and a viral haka.

    A call for unity — how 2024 started
    The Hui-aa-motu in January was the first sign of the year to come.

    Iwi from across the motu arrived at Tūrangawaewae, including Ngāpuhi, an iwi which doesn’t typically follow the Kiingitanga, suggesting a growing sense of shared purpose in Māoridom.

    At the centre of the discussions was the ACT Party’s Treaty Principles Bill, which aims to redefine the principles of the Treaty of Waitangi and enshrine them in law.

    Māori also expressed their concerns over the axing of Te Aka Whai Ora, (the Māori Health Authority), the re-introduction of referenda on Māori wards, removing references to Tiriti o Waitangi in legislation, and policies related to the use and funding of te reo Māori.

    The day was overwhelmingly positive. Visitors were treated with manaakitanga, all receiving packed lunches and ice blocks to ward off the heat.

    Raising some eyebrows, Prime Minister Christopher Luxon chose not to attend, sending newly-appointed Māori-Crown Relations Minister Tama Potaka and Māori Affairs select committee chair Dan Bidois instead.

    Kiingi Tuuheitia speaks to the crowd at hui-aa-motu.
    Kiingi Tuheitia Pootatau te Wherowhero VII addresses the crowd at Hui-ā-Motu last January. Image: Ella Stewart/RNZ

    Other than the sheer number of people who showed up, the hui was memorable for these words, spoken by Kiingi Tuheitia as he addressed the crowds, and quoted repeatedly as the year progressed:

    “The best protest we can make right now is being Māori. Be who we are. Live our values. Speak our reo. Care for our mokopuna, our awa, our maunga.

    “Just be Māori. Be Māori all day, every day. We are here. We are strong.”

    The momentum continued, with the mauri of Hui-ā-Motu passed to Rātana pā next, and then to Waitangi in February.

    The largest Waitangi in years
    Waitangi Day has long been a place of activism and discussion, and this year was no exception.

    February saw the most well-attended Waitangi in years. Traffic in and out of Paihia was at a standstill for hours as people flocked to the historic town, to discuss, protest, and commemorate the country’s founding document.

    Veteran Māori activist and previous MP Hone Harawira addresses members of the coalition government at Waitangi Treaty Grounds: "You and your shitty ass bill are going down the toilet."
    Māori activist and former MP for Te Tai Tokerau, Hone Harawira. Image: Angus Dreaver/RNZ

    Veteran Māori activist Hone Harawira addressed David Seymour, the architect of the controversial Treaty Principles Bill and ACT Party Leader, directly.

    “You want to gut the treaty? In front of all of these people? Hell no! You and your shitty-arse bill are going down the toilet.”

    A new activist group, ‘Toitū te Tiriti’, also seized the moment to make themselves known.

    Organisers Eru Kapa-Kingi and Hohepa Thompson led two dozen protesters onto the atea (courtyard) of Te Whare Rūnanga during the pōwhiri for government officials, peacefully singing over David Seymour’s speech.

    “Whakarongo, e noho . . .” they began — “Listen, sit down”.

    Activist Eru Kapa-Kingi at Waitangi who spoke before Prime Minister Christopher Luxon.
    Hīkoi organiser and spokesperson for activist group Toitū te Tiriti, Eru Kapa-Kingi at Waitangi commemorations in February 2024. Image: Angus Dreaver/RNZ

    It was just the start of a movement which led to a nationwide hīkoi from the top of the North Island to Wellington.

    Record number of urgent Waitangi Tribunal claims
    In the past year, the government’s policies have faced significant formal scrutiny too, with a record number of urgent claims heard before the Waitangi Tribunal in such a short period of time.

    The claims have been wide-ranging and contentious, including:

    • the disestablishment of the Māori Health Authority,
    • ACT’s Treaty Principles Bill,
    • limiting te reo Māori use,
    • reinstating referendums for Māori wards, and
    • the repeal of smokefree legislation.

    Seymour has also criticised the function of the tribunal itself. In May, he argued it had become “increasing activist”, going “well beyond its brief”.

    “The tribunal appears to regard itself as a parallel government that can intervene in the actual government’s policy-making process,” Seymour said.

    The government has made no secret of its plan to review the tribunal’s future role, a coalition promise.

    The review is expected to refocus the tribunal’s scope, purpose and nature back to its “original intent”. While the government has not yet released any specific details about the review, it’s anticipated that Māori Development Minister Tama Potaka will oversee it.

    Te Kiingi o te Kōtahitanga — mourning the loss of Kiingi Tuheitia
    In August, when the seas were choppy, te ao Māori lost a rangatira.

    Te iwi Māori were shocked and saddened by the death of Kiingi Tuheitia Pootatau te Wherowhero VII, who just days before had celebrated his 18th year on the throne.

    Once again, thousands arrived outside the bright-red, ornately-carved gates of Tuurangawaewae, waiting to say one last goodbye.

    The tangi, which lasted five days, saw tears, laughter and plenty of stories about Tuheitia, who has been called “Te Kiingi o Te Kōtahitanga”, the King of Unity.

    Kiingi Tuheitia Pootatau Te Wherowhero VII's body is transferred to a hearse.
    Kiingi Tuheitia Pootatau Te Wherowhero VII’s body is transferred to a hearse. Image: Layla Bailey-McDowell/RNZ

    On the final day, led by Kaihaka, his body was driven the two blocks in a black hearse to the banks of Waikato River. He was placed on a waka specially crafted for him, and made the journey to his final resting place at the top of Taupiri Maunga, alongside his tūpuna.

    Just hours before, Tuheitia’s youngest child and only daughter, Nga wai hono i te po was announced as the new monarch of the Kiingitanga. The news was met with applause and tears from the crowd.

    At just 27 years old, the new Kuini signals a societal shift, where a new generation of rangatahi who know their whakapapa, their reo, and are strong in their identity as Māori, are now stepping up.

    The new generation of Māori activists
    An example of this “kohanga generation” is Aotearoa’s youngest MP, Hana-Rawhiti Maipi-Clarke.

    Elected in 2023, the 22-year-old gained international attention after a video of her leading a haka in Parliament and tearing up a copy of the Treaty Principles Bill made headlines around the world.

    Te Pāti Māori MP Hana-Rawhiti Maipa-Clarke was among those to perform a haka, at Parliament, after the first reading of the Treaty Principles Bill, on 14 November, 2024.
    Te Pāti Māori MP Hana-Rawhiti Maipi-Clarke won the Hauraki-Waikato seat over Labour MP Nanaia Mahuta in 2023. Image: Samuel Rillstone/RNZ

    Maipi-Clarke and several other opposition MPs performed the Ka Mate haka in response to the Treaty Principles Bill, a move that cost her a 24-hour suspension from the debating chamber.

    At the same time, another up-and-coming leader within Māoridom, Eru Kapa-Kingi, led a hīkoi from the top of the North Island to Wellington, in what is believed to be the largest protest to ever arrive at Parliament.

    The hīkoi mō te Tiriti was the culmination of a year of action, and organisers predicted it would be big. But almost no one anticipated the true scale of the crowd.

    Prime Minister Christopher Luxon has announced that he will not be travelling to the Treaty grounds in Northland for Waitangi Day commemorations in February next year, opting to attend events elsewhere.

    Māori met the decision with mixed emotions — some calling it a missed opportunity, and others pleased.

    We’re set for a big year to come, with submissions on the Treaty Principles Bill closing on January 7, the ensuing select committee process will be sure to dominate the conversation at Waitangi 2025 and beyond.

    This article is republished under a community partnership agreement with RNZ.


    This content originally appeared on Asia Pacific Report and was authored by APR editor.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2024/12/29/hui-protests-kotahitanga-and-a-new-kuini-a-historic-year-for-maoridom/feed/ 0 507829
    Valls hopes to tackle New Caledonia in Rocard-style ‘spirit of dialogue’ https://www.radiofree.org/2024/12/29/valls-hopes-to-tackle-new-caledonia-in-rocard-style-spirit-of-dialogue/ https://www.radiofree.org/2024/12/29/valls-hopes-to-tackle-new-caledonia-in-rocard-style-spirit-of-dialogue/#respond Sun, 29 Dec 2024 09:00:49 +0000 https://asiapacificreport.nz/?p=108782 By Patrick Decloitre, RNZ Pacific correspondent French Pacific desk

    New Overseas Minister Manuel Valls, who was appointed yesterday as part of the new French government of Prime Minister François Bayrou, intends to tackle New Caledonia’s numerous issues in the spirit of dialogue of former Socialist Prime Minister Michel Rocard.

    Rocard is credited as the main French negotiator in talks between pro-France and pro-independence leaders that led in 1988 to the “Matignon-Oudinot” agreements that put an end to half a decade of quasi-civil war.

    At the time 26 years old, Valls was a young adviser in Rocard’s team.

    Valls said Rocard’s dialogue-based approach remained his “political DNA”.

    36 years later, now 62, he told French national broadcasters France Inter and Outre-mer la Première that the two priorities were economic recovery (after destructive riots and damage in May 2024, estimated at some 2.2 billion Euros), as well as resuming political dialogue between local antagonistic parties concerning New Caledonia’s political future.

    On the economic side, short-lived former Prime Minister Michel Barnier had committed up to one billion Euros in loans for New Caledonia’s recovery.

    But France’s Parliament has not yet endorsed its 2025 budget, “which poses a number of problems regarding commitments made by (Barnier).

    On the political talks that were expected to start a lead to a comprehensive and inclusive agreement between France, the pro-independence and pro-France camps, Valls said his approach was “dialogue” with the view of “going forward.”

    “We don’t have much time (…) We have to find a common path”, he said, adding future political solutions should be “innovative” for the French Pacific archipelago.

    Initial schedules for those talks to take place foresaw an agreement to arrive some time at the end of March 2025.

    But no talks have started yet.

    The Union Calédonienne (UC), one of the main components of the pro-independence Kanak and Socialist National Liberation Front (FLNKS), said nothing could happen until it holds its annual congress, sometime during the “second half of January 2025”.

    This article is republished under a community partnership agreement with RNZ.


    This content originally appeared on Asia Pacific Report and was authored by APR editor.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2024/12/29/valls-hopes-to-tackle-new-caledonia-in-rocard-style-spirit-of-dialogue/feed/ 0 507834
    West welcomes Syria’s frightening new govt of warlords https://www.radiofree.org/2024/12/27/west-welcomes-syrias-frightening-new-govt-of-warlords/ https://www.radiofree.org/2024/12/27/west-welcomes-syrias-frightening-new-govt-of-warlords/#respond Fri, 27 Dec 2024 06:40:39 +0000 http://www.radiofree.org/?guid=74d35ff7abe6d47320a0bfe17f968dfe
    This content originally appeared on The Grayzone and was authored by The Grayzone.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2024/12/27/west-welcomes-syrias-frightening-new-govt-of-warlords/feed/ 0 507681
    ‘Block’ resignation over riots recovery plan topples New Caledonia’s government https://www.radiofree.org/2024/12/26/block-resignation-over-riots-recovery-plan-topples-new-caledonias-government/ https://www.radiofree.org/2024/12/26/block-resignation-over-riots-recovery-plan-topples-new-caledonias-government/#respond Thu, 26 Dec 2024 22:21:10 +0000 https://asiapacificreport.nz/?p=108714 By Patrick Decloitre, RNZ Pacific correspondent, French Pacific desk

    New Caledonia’s territorial government has been toppled on Christmas Eve, due to a mass resignation within its ranks.

    Environment and Sustainable Development Minister Jérémie Katidjo-Monnier said he was resigning from the cabinet, with immediate effect.

    Katidjo-Monnier was the sole representative from Calédonie Ensemble (a moderately pro-France party), one of the parties represented at the Congress.

    He also said in a letter that all other people from his party’s list who could have replaced him, had also resigned as a block.

    The letter was sent to government President Louis Mapou and copied to the French Pacific territory’s Congress President Veylma Falaeo.

    The government of New Caledonia is made up of the parties represented at the Congress, under a proportional principle of “collegiality” — implying that all of its members and the parties they represent are supposed to work together.

    In his letter, Katidjo-Monnier elaborated on growing tensions between Mapou’s government and the Congress MPs.

    The tensions came to a head over the past few months, following the deadly pro-independence riots that started on May 13.

    One particular point of contention was Mapou’s efforts to secure a loan of up to €1 billion (NZ$1.9 billion) from France, under a “PS2R” (reconstruction, refoundation and salvage) plan to rebuild New Caledonia after the riots damage estimated at some €2.2 billion (NZ$4 billion) and the subsequent thousands of job losses.

    New Caledonia government President Louis Mapou (centre) holding a press conference with some of his ministers late November 2024 – PHOTO Gouvernement de la Nouvelle-Calédonie
    New Caledonia President Louis Mapou (centre) holding a press conference with some of his ministers in late November 2024. Image: New Caledonia govt/RNZ Pacific

    Congress vs government: two opposing recovery plans
    At the same time, the Congress has been advocating for a different approach: a five-year reconstruction plan to secure funds from France.

    A bipartisan delegation was last month sent to Paris to advocate for the plan — not in the form of reimbursable loans, but non-refundable grants.

    The bipartisan delegation’s “grant” approach was said to be supported not only by Congress, but also by provincial assemblies and New Caledonia’s elected MPs in both houses of the French Parliament

    The delegation was concerned that the loan would bring New Caledonia’s debt to unprecedented and unsustainable levels; and that at the same time, funds for the “PS2R” would be tied to a number of pre-conditioned reforms deemed necessary by France.

    Katidjo-Monnier said neither the “obligation” for Congress and the government to act in “solidarity”, nor the “spirit of the Nouméa Accord”, had been respected.

    Approached by local media on Tuesday, Mapou declined to comment.

    ‘Lack of solidarity’
    The block resignation from Calédonie Ensemble entails that the whole government of New Caledonia is deemed to have resigned and should now act in a caretaker mode until a new government is installed.

    The election of a new government must take place within 15 days.

    One of the initial stages of the process is for the Congress to convene a special sitting to choose how many members should make up this new government (between five and 11) and then to proceed with their election.

    The cabinet then elects a president.

    Several governments have fallen under similar mass resignation circumstances and this “mass block resignation” ploy.

    It has now been used 11 times since 1999, each time causing the downfall of the government.

    Louis Mapou’s government was the 17th since New Caledonia’s autonomous government system was introduced in 1999.

    He came to office in July 2021, months after the list of government members was chosen on 17 February 2021.

    This was the first time a local territorial government’s leader belonged to the pro-independence camp.

    This article is republished under a community partnership agreement with RNZ.


    This content originally appeared on Asia Pacific Report and was authored by APR editor.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2024/12/26/block-resignation-over-riots-recovery-plan-topples-new-caledonias-government/feed/ 0 507591
    The Pacifica Evening News, Weekdays – December 23, 2024 Man accused of killing health insurance executive pleads not guilty today in New York courtroom. https://www.radiofree.org/2024/12/23/the-pacifica-evening-news-weekdays-december-23-2024-man-accused-of-killing-health-insurance-executive-pleads-not-guilty-today-in-new-york-courtroom/ https://www.radiofree.org/2024/12/23/the-pacifica-evening-news-weekdays-december-23-2024-man-accused-of-killing-health-insurance-executive-pleads-not-guilty-today-in-new-york-courtroom/#respond Mon, 23 Dec 2024 18:00:00 +0000 http://www.radiofree.org/?guid=839b5f7c94a3a714c770a6e82e2fbbcf Comprehensive coverage of the day’s news with a focus on war and peace; social, environmental and economic justice.

     

    The post The Pacifica Evening News, Weekdays – December 23, 2024 Man accused of killing health insurance executive pleads not guilty today in New York courtroom. appeared first on KPFA.


    This content originally appeared on KPFA - The Pacifica Evening News, Weekdays and was authored by KPFA.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2024/12/23/the-pacifica-evening-news-weekdays-december-23-2024-man-accused-of-killing-health-insurance-executive-pleads-not-guilty-today-in-new-york-courtroom/feed/ 0 507323
    Quake-shocked New Caledonian children repatriated from Vanuatu https://www.radiofree.org/2024/12/21/quake-shocked-new-caledonian-children-repatriated-from-vanuatu/ https://www.radiofree.org/2024/12/21/quake-shocked-new-caledonian-children-repatriated-from-vanuatu/#respond Sat, 21 Dec 2024 23:05:23 +0000 https://asiapacificreport.nz/?p=108577 By Patrick Decloitre, RNZ Pacific correspondent French Pacific desk

    Twenty New Caledonian children who suffered the shock of Port Vila’s 7.3 magnitude earthquake have been repatriated from Vanuatu on board a French military CASA aircraft.

    The special operation was conducted on Thursday, as part of relief operations conducted by the Nouméa-based French Armed Forces in New Caledonia in response to the destructive quake that shook the Vanuatu capital, where several buildings have collapsed.

    The group of children, from northern New Caledonia (Népoui, Koné, Pouembout, and Poia), are aged between 8 and 14.

    They were visiting Vanuatu as part of a holiday camp organised by their sports association.

    They were supervised by four adults.

    One of them, Melissa Rangassamy, told local Radio Rythme Bleu upon arrival in Nouméa that the group was having a picnic on a Port Vila beach when the ground started to shake violently.

    “Children were falling to the ground, everyone was falling all around, it was panic. We told the children not to move. At the time, they were in shock.

    “We gathered them all, put them on the buses, and went straight up to a higher place,” she said.

    “It’s so good to come back home.”

    More evacuation flights
    The French High Commission in New Caledonia said a special psychological assistance unit was available to anyone who should need help.

    More flights to evacuate French nationals would be carried out of Port Vila to New Caledonia, French Ambassador to Vanuatu Jean-Baptiste Jeangène Vilmer said.

    Vanuatu hosts a significant French community, estimated at more than 3300 French citizens, including from New Caledonia.

    New Caledonia is also home to a strong ni-Vanuatu community of about 5000.

    French forces deliver hygiene kits at the Port Vila airport after a massive quake in Vanuatu.
    French forces deliver hygiene kits at the Port Vila airport after last week’s massive earthquake in Vanuatu. Image: French Embassy in Vanuatu/RNZ Pacific

    One French national confirmed among fatalities
    A Vanuatu-born French citizen has been confirmed dead.

    He was found under the rubble of one of the hardest-hit buildings in central Port Vila.

    He has been identified as Vincent Goiset, who belongs to a long-established, affluent Vanuatu family of Vietnamese origin.

    The total death toll from the December 17 earthquake stood at 15 on Friday, but was still likely to rise.

    France, Australia and New Zealand: 100 percent ‘FRANZ’
    Both Australia and New Zealand, through their armed forces, have deployed relief — including urban search and rescue teams — in a bid to find survivors under the collapsed buildings.

    The two countries are part of a tripartite set-up called “FRANZ” (France, Australia, New Zealand).

    Signed in 1992, the agreement enforces a policy of systematic coordination between the three armed forces when they operate to bring assistance to Pacific island countries affected by a natural disaster.

    As part of the FRANZ set-up, the French contribution included an initial reconnaissance flight from its Nouméa-based Falcon-200 jet (known as the Gardian) at daybreak on Wednesday, mostly to assess the Bauerfield airport.

    Port Vila is only 500km away from Nouméa.

    Later that day, a French PUMA helicopter transported emergency relief and personnel (including experts in buildings structural assessment, telecom and essential supplies such as water and electricity) to Port Vila to further assess the situation.

    The small military CASA aircraft also operated a number of rotations between Nouméa and Port Vila, bringing more relief supplies (including food rations, water, and IT equipment) and returning with evacuees.

    The French High Commission also said if needed, a Nouméa-based surveillance frigate Vendémiaire and the overseas assistance vessel d’Entrecasteaux were placed on stand-by mode “ready to set sail from Nouméa to Vanuatu within 72 and 96 hours, respectively”.

    Embassies ‘flattened’
    Following the Tuesday quake, four embassies in Port Vila (New Zealand, United Kingdom, the United States and France), all under the same roof, had been temporarily relocated to their respective chiefs of mission.

    Their offices, once located in a three-storey building, collapsed and were “flattened”, the French ambassador said.

    Vanuatu’s caretaker Prime Minister Charlot Salwaï has announced a state of emergency at least until Christmas and the Vanuatu snap election has been postponed from January 14 to 16.

    This article is republished under a community partnership agreement with RNZ.


    This content originally appeared on Asia Pacific Report and was authored by APR editor.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2024/12/21/quake-shocked-new-caledonian-children-repatriated-from-vanuatu/feed/ 0 507037
    Amazon Workers Launch Historic Strike to Demand New Contracts & End Unsafe Labor Practices https://www.radiofree.org/2024/12/20/amazon-workers-launch-historic-strike-to-demand-new-contracts-end-unsafe-labor-practices-2/ https://www.radiofree.org/2024/12/20/amazon-workers-launch-historic-strike-to-demand-new-contracts-end-unsafe-labor-practices-2/#respond Fri, 20 Dec 2024 15:52:44 +0000 http://www.radiofree.org/?guid=87801bab993266812a0d8b34dbb40333
    This content originally appeared on Democracy Now! and was authored by Democracy Now!.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2024/12/20/amazon-workers-launch-historic-strike-to-demand-new-contracts-end-unsafe-labor-practices-2/feed/ 0 507214
    Amazon Workers Launch Historic Strike to Demand New Contracts & End Unsafe Labor Practices https://www.radiofree.org/2024/12/20/amazon-workers-launch-historic-strike-to-demand-new-contracts-end-unsafe-labor-practices/ https://www.radiofree.org/2024/12/20/amazon-workers-launch-historic-strike-to-demand-new-contracts-end-unsafe-labor-practices/#respond Fri, 20 Dec 2024 13:13:36 +0000 http://www.radiofree.org/?guid=2f42249fba5a9eacffe8915bfcf4e7e4 Seg1 3splits

    Thousands of Amazon workers on Thursday launched the largest strike against the retail giant in U.S. history, pressuring the company at the height of the holiday period to follow the law and bargain with those who have organized with the Teamsters union. The strike includes warehouse workers and drivers at seven distribution centers in some of Amazon’s largest markets, including New York, Atlanta and San Francisco; Teamsters have also set up picket lines at many other warehouses nationwide. “We’re engaging in a coordinated action to try to put the pressure on Amazon to stop breaking the law, come to the table,” says Connor Spence, president of Amazon Labor Union-IBT Local 1, which represents workers in New York. “This is an unfair labor practice strike over their refusal to bargain.” We also speak with Ronald Sewell, an Amazon associate in Georgia, who says workplace safety is a major driver of worker discontent, including insufficient access to water and overheating. “The danger is real. It’s not something that we’re making up,” says Sewell.


    This content originally appeared on Democracy Now! and was authored by Democracy Now!.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2024/12/20/amazon-workers-launch-historic-strike-to-demand-new-contracts-end-unsafe-labor-practices/feed/ 0 507055
    Myanmar appoints new defense minister as army struggles https://rfa.org/english/myanmar/2024/12/19/new-defense-minister/ https://rfa.org/english/myanmar/2024/12/19/new-defense-minister/#respond Thu, 19 Dec 2024 11:23:27 +0000 https://rfa.org/english/myanmar/2024/12/19/new-defense-minister/ Read RFA coverage of this topic in Burmese.

    Myanmar’s junta appointed a new minister of defense, state-controlled media reported, in the wake of significant insurgent advances across the county that have put the military under unprecedented pressure.

    Gen. Maung Maung Aye, who has been chief of general staff, was appointed minister in place of Gen. Tin Aung San, who retained his position as deputy prime minister, media reported.

    State media did not give a reason for the change in its reports on Wednesday but the military has suffered major setbacks at the hands of insurgent forces over the past year.

    RFA called junta spokesperson Maj. Gen. Zaw Min Tun for comment, but he did not respond by time of publication.

    A defense official in a parallel government in exile, the National Unity Government, or NUG, said the junta would be determined to change the trajectory of the war.

    “Across the whole country, the army is obviously losing very badly, so this could be to redeem themselves or change that,” said NUG defense official Aung San Sha.

    The new defense minister will have to deal immediately with a crisis in Rakhine state in the west, where ethnic minority Arakan Army insurgents are closing in on the military’s Western Command headquarters in the town of Ann.

    The loss of the base will be a major setback for the army against one of Myanmar’s most powerful guerrilla forces.

    Ethnic Kachin insurgents are battling to capture the northern town of Bhamo, while fighters in the northwest, central areas and the east have also made advances.

    RELATED STORIES

    Junta chief vows to complete Myanmar census by year-end -- then hold elections

    Myanmar rebels capture last military post on Bangladesh border

    Myanmar military presses offensive after two groups agree to talk

    In Shan state in the northeast, insurgents captured the town of Lashio, on an important trade route to the nearby border with China, in August and have held on to it despite a relentless campaign of airstrikes by the military.

    China has pressed two insurgent armies in Shan state to talk peace with the junta but it is not clear if the rebels will withdraw from the places they have captured, including Lashio.

    The new minister will be responsible for providing security for an election expected next year, which the junta hopes will boost its legitimacy, both at home and abroad, even though the opposition has rejected the vote as meaningless when their leaders, including Aung San Suu Kyi, are in prison.

    A former soldier who defected to the ranks of the junta’s opponents said the outgoing minister was also paying the price for implementing a deeply unpopular campaign of conscripting young people, with nothing to show for it.

    “All over the country the military is suffering – they’re recruiting and aren’t succeeding,” said the defector, Naung Ro. “It’s also because of this that Tin Aung San has been replaced,”

    Maung Maung Aye will be the third defense minister appointed by the junta that seized power with the ouster of an elected government in February 2021.

    Translated by Kiana Duncan. Edited by RFA Staff.


    This content originally appeared on Radio Free Asia and was authored by RFA Burmese.

    ]]>
    https://rfa.org/english/myanmar/2024/12/19/new-defense-minister/feed/ 0 506682
    Biden just set a big new climate goal. Can the U.S. achieve it? https://grist.org/climate/biden-just-set-a-big-new-climate-goal-can-the-u-s-achieve-it/ https://grist.org/climate/biden-just-set-a-big-new-climate-goal-can-the-u-s-achieve-it/#respond Thu, 19 Dec 2024 10:00:00 +0000 https://grist.org/?p=655336 With just a month left in office, the Biden administration is setting a bold new target for U.S. climate action. On Thursday, the White House announced a national goal that would see the country’s greenhouse gas emissions drop 61 to 66 percent below 2005 levels by 2035. That would keep the United States on a “straight line” trajectory toward Biden’s ultimate goal of hitting net zero emissions by 2050, officials said. If that happens, it would mean the country is only emitting as much carbon as it’s simultaneously sequestering through techniques like restoring forests and wetlands — in other words, that it’s no longer playing any part in warming the planet.

    The announcement is the latest in a series of climate-related actions Biden is taking during his final months in office. In the last week alone, his administration pushed for an international deal to limit global fossil fuel finance and published a study that cautioned against new export infrastructure for liquefied natural gas. These actions are designed to shore up environmental action ahead of president-elect Donald Trump’s inauguration in January. 

    Just as he did during his first term, Trump is promising to boost fossil fuels when he takes office next year. He’s also pledged to claw back funding from Biden’s landmark climate legislation, the Inflation Reduction Act, which provides billions of dollars in subsidies and tax breaks to supercharge renewable energy adoption, and to once again pull the United States out of the landmark Paris climate agreement, the 2015 United Nations accord intended to limit global warming to under 2 degrees Celsius compared to preindustrial levels. (That withdrawal process took years when Trump first tried it, but it will likely move much faster this time.)

    “The Biden-Harris administration may be about to leave office, but we’re confident in America’s ability to rally around this new climate program,” said John Podesta, the administration’s senior climate advisor, on a call with reporters. “While the United States federal government under President Trump may put climate action on the back burner, the work to contain climate change is going to continue in the United States with commitment and passion and belief.”

    Podesta maintained that the Inflation Reduction Act, or IRA, and other federal policies have created enough momentum that emissions will continue to decline without further federal encouragement. He noted that the private sector has announced $450 billion in investments in clean energy projects over the past four years, much of which was stimulated by the IRA, and more investment is likely to follow even under Trump’s tenure. A study from Princeton University found that the law will be enough to reduce U.S. emissions by as much as 48 percent by 2035 — a good portion of the way toward the new goal, but not all the way there.

    Much of the work will fall on states, who regulate their own utilities and can promote the switch to renewable energy sources. Cities run their own public transportation systems and set energy-efficiency building codes. Governors and mayors have long collaborated on more ambitious goals than the federal government, even under Democratic administrations.

    “Across the country,” White House National Climate Advisor Ali Zaidi said in the press call Wednesday, “we see decarbonization efforts to reduce our emissions in many ways achieving escape velocity, an inexorable path, a place from which we will not turn back.” 

    A wide coalition of governors, mayors, tribes, and companies has pledged to continue climate progress over the next four years under Trump, and more than 200 of these entities have laid out their own climate plans. They can attempt their own decarbonization efforts, as New York state plans to do through its new congesting pricing policy in Manhattan, or by litigating against Trump’s emissions-boosting policies, as California Governor Gavin Newsom has said he plans to do.

    Fundamental market forces are also at work. The prices of renewables like solar panels and wind turbines, plus the batteries to store that energy, have been plummeting. That’s partly why Texas — not exactly a bastion of climate action — now generates more renewable energy than any other state. And heat pumps — which move heat into a home using electricity instead of fossil fuels — now outsell gas furnaces in the U.S.

    “Pioneering offshore wind farms are delivering clean power,” Zaidi said. “Retired nuclear plants are coming back online. America is racing forward on solar and batteries. Not just the deployment, but also the means to stamp those products ‘Made in America.’”

    The new plan places particular emphasis on efforts to reduce emissions of methane, a powerful greenhouse gas that warms the earth around 80 times as fast as carbon dioxide but lingers in the atmosphere for a shorter time period. Biden has rolled out regulations designed to penalize the huge share of methane emissions that come from the oil and gas sector, a move that even ExxonMobil CEO Darren Woods has asked Trump not to repeal. Last month, at the United Nations’ international climate meeting, COP29, the U.S. announced a partnership with China to track methane leakage from oil infrastructure and develop technologies to mitigate it. The administration said it expects methane emissions to fall by 35 percent over the next decade if the nation meets its broader climate target.

    The United States is submitting its new target as part of its requirements under the Paris Agreement. The treaty calls on every country to outline its climate ambitions every five years in documents known as “nationally determined contributions,” or NDCs. When he took office in 2021, Biden set a national pledge to reduce the country’s greenhouse gas emissions by 50 to 52 percent from 2005 levels by 2030. The new 61-66 percent target for 2035 puts the U.S. in the middle of the pack when it comes to this round of Paris climate plans, which are due from all countries in February. The United Kingdom announced a much more ambitious 81 percent reduction target at COP29 in Baku, Azerbaijan, last month, while the United Arab Emirates has only committed to a 47 percent reduction over the same period. Brazil, which is hosting COP30 next year, has a goal that is similar to Biden’s. 

    Some advocacy organizations chastised Biden for not setting an even more ambitious target, one in line with that of the United Kingdom.

    “With a climate denier about to enter the White House, the Biden administration’s new national climate plan represents the bare minimum floor for climate action,” said Ashfaq Khalfan, the climate justice director at Oxfam America, the U.S. chapter of the global anti-poverty advocacy organization. “It falls far short of the U.S.’s fair share of emissions reduction as the world’s largest historical polluter.”

    But others praised Biden for trying to ratchet up climate ambition despite the dark short-term outlook. Rachel Cleetus, the climate policy director at the Union of Concerned Scientists, said other nations would appreciate that the outgoing government had set a realistic target for the nation’s climate ambition. 

    “I think the international community will welcome the U.S. showing it understands the importance of doing its part to meet global climate goals,” she said. “There will be challenges, for sure, but what’s not reasonable is letting political winds dictate the future of the planet and the safety of people now and for generations to come.”

    This story was originally published by Grist with the headline Biden just set a big new climate goal. Can the U.S. achieve it? on Dec 19, 2024.


    This content originally appeared on Grist and was authored by Jake Bittle.

    ]]>
    https://grist.org/climate/biden-just-set-a-big-new-climate-goal-can-the-u-s-achieve-it/feed/ 0 506672
    New data shows just how bad the climate insurance crisis has become https://grist.org/economics/new-data-shows-just-how-bad-the-climate-insurance-crisis-has-become/ https://grist.org/economics/new-data-shows-just-how-bad-the-climate-insurance-crisis-has-become/#respond Thu, 19 Dec 2024 09:30:00 +0000 https://grist.org/?p=655283 Five hurricanes made landfall in the United States this year, causing half a trillion dollars in damages. Flooding devastated mountain towns along the East Coast. Scores of wildfires burned almost 8 million acres nationwide. As such events grow more common, and more devastating, homeowners are seeing their insurance premiums spike — or insurers ditch them all together. 

    An analysis released Wednesday by the Senate Committee on the Budget found that the rate at which insurance contracts are being dropped rose significantly in recent years, particularly in states most exposed to climate risks. In all, 1.9 million policies were not renewed.

    “Climate change is no longer just an environmental problem,” Senator Sheldon Whitehouse, a Democrat from Rhode Island, who chairs the budget committee, said at a hearing on the matter Wednesday. “It is an economic threat, and it is an affordability issue that we should not ignore.”

    For those with insurance, premiums rose 44 percent between 2011 and 2021, and another 11 percent last year, according to a report the congressional Joint Economic Committee also released this week. A Democratic analyst on the Joint Economic Committee, or JEC, who requested anonymity to comment publicly, said, “The model of insurance as it stands right now isn’t working.”

    Clayton Aldern / Grist

    The JEC report included a state-by-state breakdown of premium increases and risk ranking based on climate perils. Florida topped the list on both fronts, and saw a whopping $1,272 climb in annual premiums between 2020 and 2023. Michigan saw the smallest increase at $136. No state saw a decrease over that time. 

    “This isn’t a red or blue state issue,” said the analyst. “It’s widely applicable across the nation.” 

    Florida also topped the list when it comes to the number of non-renewals, according to the Senate committee report that examined state and county level data. The rate nearly tripled between 2018 and 2023. Nationwide, in 2023, 48 of the top 50 counties — and 82 of the top 100 counties — with the highest rates of non-renewal were either flood-prone, faced elevated wildfire risk, or both.

    Climate-exacerbated disasters can batter insurance markets because those events create massive financial liabilities for insurance providers, and the companies, called re-insurers, that underwrite them. “Ultimately, all those groups are raising their prices and it’s the homeowners who have to pay in the end,” said Phillip Mulder, an economist and expert on risk and insurance at the Wisconsin School of Business. He was a co-author of the state-level dataset that helped underpin the JEC’s work.

    Not everyone at the Senate hearing agreed on the role climate change plays in insurance markets. 

    “The insurance industry is not in the midst of a climate-driven crisis, nor is it about to fall,” Robert Hartwig, an economist and associate professor at the University of South Carolina, told lawmakers. “Climate risk is an important determinant in the cost of insurance, but there has been a tendency, however, to over attribute the impact of climate change when describing the state of insurance markets.”

    What is clear is that costly natural disasters are becoming more frequent, with the average time between billion-dollar events dropping from four months in 1980 to approximately three weeks today. As those risks grow, some insurers are pulling out states entirely. For example, State Farm and Allstate have left California, and dozens of smaller companies have collapsed or fled Florida and Louisiana

    When that happens, homeowners must turn to government-backed insurers of last resort, which are available in just 26 states and typically cost more than private coverage. Enrollment in those state-run plans have skyrocketed, the JEC report notes, and they now cover more than $1 trillion in assets. 

    “It all falls on the states,” Rob Moore, director of the Water & Climate Team at the Natural Resources Defense Council, said of the current regulatory set up. “The federal government has very little role to play on the insurance market.”

    The JEC report outlines a number of steps Congress could take to give itself a greater role in addressing the problem. For example, it highlights the need for more data collection through initiatives like the Wildfire Insurance Coverage Study Act to better understand the problem. It also points to the proposed Shelter Act, which would provide homeowners with a tax credit covering 25 percent of disaster mitigation improvements that bolster their property’s resilience, reduce the risk of catastrophic damage, and, consequently, lower their premiums. 

    Moore agreed that adapting old homes, and future-proofing new ones, will be key to righting insurance markets. “The real long term problem is we’re trying to ensure structures that were never built for the risks and vulnerabilities that they now face,” he said. “If you want an insurable structure 30 years from now, we have to build it today.”

    Another shift the report mentions is the possibility of the federal government becoming a re-insurer that backstops climate-stressed insurance markets, something the proposed INSURE Act calls for. France, Japan, and New Zealand have such programs, and the report argues that such a move in the U.S. “could simplify a complicated insurance sector and transfer risks associated with catastrophes to the Federal government.”

    For now, though, none of those initiatives have progressed in Congress and all of them are sponsored by Democrats. With Republicans taking control of the House, Senate, and presidency, it remains unclear whether the bills have much of a future. 

    “That’s a question everyone’s thinking about,” the committee analyst said, noting that taking a dollars-and-cents approach could make the issue resonate across the political spectrum. “Wildfires are raging and we’re seeing more and more flooding. This issue isn’t going away.”

    This story was originally published by Grist with the headline New data shows just how bad the climate insurance crisis has become on Dec 19, 2024.


    This content originally appeared on Grist and was authored by Tik Root.

    ]]>
    https://grist.org/economics/new-data-shows-just-how-bad-the-climate-insurance-crisis-has-become/feed/ 0 506686
    Massive new Tibetan dictionary to help protect against Chinese encroachment https://rfa.org/english/tibet/2024/12/18/tibet-dictionary-library-of-congress/ https://rfa.org/english/tibet/2024/12/18/tibet-dictionary-library-of-congress/#respond Wed, 18 Dec 2024 22:03:52 +0000 https://rfa.org/english/tibet/2024/12/18/tibet-dictionary-library-of-congress/ Read RFA coverage of the story in Tibetan.

    A new 223-volume Tibetan dictionary containing definitions of over 300,000 words presented to the Library of Congress last week will play a key role in preserving the Tibetan language amid China’s assimilation policies in the region, U.S. lawmakers and advocates said.

    The Monlam Grand Tibetan Dictionary project, which began in 2012 under the advice and guidance of the Dalai Lama, Tibetan Buddhism’s spiritual leader, took 150 people working over nine years to complete. It is one of the largest dictionaries in the world.

    The project was overseen by the Monlam Tibetan IT Research Centre in Dharamsala, India. The education software development firm founded in 2012 is funded by The Dalai Lama Trust, The Tibet Fund and the United States Agency for International Development.

    The dictionary is written entirely in the Tibetan script.

    US Rep. Jim McGovern addresses the ceremony where the Tibetan Grand Monlam Dictionary is presented to the Library of Congress in Washington, Dec. 12, 2024.
    US Rep. Jim McGovern addresses the ceremony where the Tibetan Grand Monlam Dictionary is presented to the Library of Congress in Washington, Dec. 12, 2024.
    (RFA)

    All 223 volumes in hardback format were presented to the Library of Congress in Washington DC on Dec. 12 as a “gift to the U.S. government and the American people.”

    A free digital version of the dictionary is accessible for all on various iOS and Android apps.

    ‘An incredible resource’

    U.S. Congressman Jim McGovern, a Massachusetts Democrat who was at the ceremony, called it “an incredible resource that will help preserve the Tibetan language for future generations” while highlighting China’s attempts to phase out Tibetan, such as forcing Tibetan children to attend Mandarin-only boarding schools.

    Geshe Lobsang Monlam, founder and chief executive officer of Monlam Tibetan IT Research Centre, said the project was a “true community effort.”

    It “involved the participation of many editors, scholars and heads of different Tibetan Buddhist religious traditions, which is why I take great pride in saying that this dictionary is truly representative of Tibetan culture,” Monlam told RFA Tibetan on the sidelines of the event.

    “It will benefit not just the Tibetan people in our preservation of our language but also others, including in the U.S. and China, in imparting our ancient knowledge and culture,” he said.

    Geshe Lobsang Monlam, founder and CEO of Monlam Tibetan IT Research Center, addresses the gathering at the Library of Congress during the presentation of the 223-volume Tibetan Grand Monlam Dictionary to the Library, Dec. 12, 2004.
    Geshe Lobsang Monlam, founder and CEO of Monlam Tibetan IT Research Center, addresses the gathering at the Library of Congress during the presentation of the 223-volume Tibetan Grand Monlam Dictionary to the Library, Dec. 12, 2004.
    (Palden Gyal /RFA)

    The dictionary was given to the Library of Congress because “Tibetans have shared a long friendship and shared values with the American people,” he said. “We have also enjoyed the support of the U.S. government in the preservation of our culture, language and religious traditions.”

    “This dictionary serves as proof of the fruits of that relationship and support,” he said.

    Other speakers and guests at the Dec. 12 event included Tibetan government-in-exile leader Sikyong Penpa Tsering, International Campaign for Tibet President Tencho Gyatso, and representative Namgyal Choedup of the Office of Tibet in North America.

    Bridging the gap

    The dictionary project began as an effort to bridge the gap between the modern and ancient by developing the vocabulary and terminologies necessary in the Tibetan language to keep pace with the changing world and technological advancements, Monlam said.

    The dictionary preserves the unique lexicographical system in Tibetan while incorporating the standard principles and the practices of modern dictionaries from other countries, said Monlam, a Buddhist monk, scholar and IT innovator.

    Sikyong Penpa Tsering (2nd from L), Rep. Jim McGovern (3rd from R), Geshe Lobsang Monlam (2nd from R) and others hold volumes of the Tibetan Grand Monlam Dictionary during a ceremony when the dictionary was presented to the Library of Congress in Washington, Dec. 12, 2024.
    Sikyong Penpa Tsering (2nd from L), Rep. Jim McGovern (3rd from R), Geshe Lobsang Monlam (2nd from R) and others hold volumes of the Tibetan Grand Monlam Dictionary during a ceremony when the dictionary was presented to the Library of Congress in Washington, Dec. 12, 2024.
    (Palden Gyal /RFA)

    The Monlam Tibetan IT Research Centre has been on the cutting edge of preserving the language. In 2023, it created software that uses AI to translate written and spoken Tibetan into English, Chinese and other languages faster and more accurately than any existing translation software.

    Work on the dictionary is expected to continue for the next decade as the team continues to update it.

    The Library of Congress’s Tibetan Collection, established in 1901, is one of the largest in the West, including the entire corpus of Tibetan literature from the 8th century to the present.

    These include Buddhist and Bon-po philosophical texts and their commentaries, historical biographies, musical notations, the collected works of over 200 major Tibetan authors, bibliographies, and texts on linguistics, modern science, the social sciences and modern literature.

    The library’s Tibetan Collection currently holds 17,000 treatises, 3,600 rare volumes, 57 different periodicals and over 15,000 photographic prints.

    Additional reporting by Palden Gyal and Yeshi Tashi. Edited by Tenzin Pema for RFA Tibetan, and by Roseanne Gerin and Malcolm Foster.


    This content originally appeared on Radio Free Asia and was authored by Chakmo Tso for RFA Tibetan.

    ]]>
    https://rfa.org/english/tibet/2024/12/18/tibet-dictionary-library-of-congress/feed/ 0 506640
    New York man pleads guilty to helping run ‘secret Chinese police station’ https://rfa.org/english/china/2024/12/18/secret-police-station-chen-jinping-guilty-new-york/ https://rfa.org/english/china/2024/12/18/secret-police-station-chen-jinping-guilty-new-york/#respond Wed, 18 Dec 2024 18:50:40 +0000 https://rfa.org/english/china/2024/12/18/secret-police-station-chen-jinping-guilty-new-york/ NEW YORK and WASHINGTON D.C.- Manhattan resident Chen Jinping has pleaded guilty to a charge in federal court related to running a secret Chinese police station in New York.

    Chen Jinping, a U.S. citizen, had assisted with administrative tasks at the hidden outpost in Manhattan’s Chinatown in 2022.

    According to U.S. prosecutors, it was set up by officials at China’s Fuzhou Municipal Public Security Bureau, a branch of its Ministry of Public Security, and was used to intimidate and silence critics of the Chinese government in New York.

    Chen’s plea in Brooklyn on Wednesday is the first time a person involved in one of these overseas outposts has been held to account in court.

    More than 100 of the Chinese police outposts have apparently been opened in cities around the world.

    Chen, 61, admitted to conspiring to act as a foreign government agent, for which he faces up to five years in prison.

    The existence of the police station in Chinatown and in other locations around the world was first reported in a 2022 report by the Spain-based human-rights group, Safeguard Defenders.

    The former office of the America ChangLe Association, described by U.S. authorities as a Chinese “secret police station,” is seen on the fourth floor of the Royal East Plaza building in the Chinatown neighborhood of New York, April 17, 2023.
    The former office of the America ChangLe Association, described by U.S. authorities as a Chinese “secret police station,” is seen on the fourth floor of the Royal East Plaza building in the Chinatown neighborhood of New York, April 17, 2023.
    (BING GUAN, Bing Guan/Reuters)

    “I hope the outcome of cases like this will encourage victims of the PRC’s transnational repression to come forward in greater numbers,” Laura Harth, the campaign director of Safeguard Defenders, told RFA, referring to the People’s Republic of China.

    “I also hope that the 53 countries where ‘overseas police stations’ have been uncovered take note and take action. This case serves as a warning to anyone considering assisting the CCP in its covert operations: there is no advantage in doing so,” she said, using an acronym for the Chinese Communist Party.

    Chen Jinping was arrested in April 2023. He was charged with conspiracy and obstruction of justice. He did not plead guilty to the second charge. He will be sentenced on May 30, 2025.

    Chen Jinping, a home health aide, wore a dark blue suit and a red tie to appear before Judge Nina Morrison of the Eastern District of New York.

    Rising to address the court, he read from a sheet of paper. “I knowingly acted as a foreign agent,” he said in Mandarin. An interpreter from Fujian Province translated.

    When RFA asked later how he felt after pleading guilty, he only smiled.

    RELATED STORIES

    ‘Secret’ New York police station is mere sliver of Beijing’s U.S. harassment push

    Historian. Activist. Spy?

    EXCLUSIVE: Alleged Chinese spy tied to Prince Andrew is businessman Yang Tengbo

    According to prosecutors, Chen and another man who was also charged, Lu Jianwang, worked at the outpost set up within the confines of the nonprofit American Chang Le Association in Chinatown.

    RFA visited the association last year, and members of the Chinese community in New York disclosed that while the association had helped some in the diaspora with paperwork and logistics, it had also played a role in harassing others.

    Responding to Chen’s plea Wednesday, Zhou Fengsuo, a community leader, told RFA: “This is a representative case for the U.S. system, in which justice is served and evil is punished.”

    “We hope that more overseas police stations will be closed and investigated so that Chinese people living abroad will face less oppression and threats from the CCP,” he added.

    Lu is due in court in 2025.

    The Chinese embassy in Washington did not return a request for comment by press time, but the Chinese Foreign Affairs Ministry has previously denied the existence of overseas police stations.

    Edited by Boer Deng


    This content originally appeared on Radio Free Asia and was authored by Jane Tang, Tara McKelvey.

    ]]>
    https://rfa.org/english/china/2024/12/18/secret-police-station-chen-jinping-guilty-new-york/feed/ 0 506604
    The Pacifica Evening News, Weekdays – December 18, 2024 Government funding agreement in Congress collapses as Trump makes new demands before shutdown. https://www.radiofree.org/2024/12/18/the-pacifica-evening-news-weekdays-december-18-2024-government-funding-agreement-in-congress-collapses-as-trump-makes-new-demands-before-shutdown/ https://www.radiofree.org/2024/12/18/the-pacifica-evening-news-weekdays-december-18-2024-government-funding-agreement-in-congress-collapses-as-trump-makes-new-demands-before-shutdown/#respond Wed, 18 Dec 2024 18:00:00 +0000 http://www.radiofree.org/?guid=d6aac6b6248cecdb736e569e6c514e6c Comprehensive coverage of the day’s news with a focus on war and peace; social, environmental and economic justice.

    The post The Pacifica Evening News, Weekdays – December 18, 2024 Government funding agreement in Congress collapses as Trump makes new demands before shutdown. appeared first on KPFA.


    This content originally appeared on KPFA - The Pacifica Evening News, Weekdays and was authored by KPFA.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2024/12/18/the-pacifica-evening-news-weekdays-december-18-2024-government-funding-agreement-in-congress-collapses-as-trump-makes-new-demands-before-shutdown/feed/ 0 506638
    Civil society groups call on NZ to bar new Israeli envoy over ‘flagrant’ Gaza genocide https://www.radiofree.org/2024/12/17/civil-society-groups-call-on-nz-to-bar-new-israeli-envoy-over-flagrant-gaza-genocide/ https://www.radiofree.org/2024/12/17/civil-society-groups-call-on-nz-to-bar-new-israeli-envoy-over-flagrant-gaza-genocide/#respond Tue, 17 Dec 2024 23:53:08 +0000 https://asiapacificreport.nz/?p=108428 Asia Pacific Report

    A broad coalition of civil society organisations in Aotearoa New Zealand have signed an open letter to Foreign Affairs Minister Winston Peters urging the coalition government to refuse to accept the credentials of a new Israeli ambassador while the state continues to disregard international law and to commit war crimes.

    The term of Israel’s ambassador to New Zealand, Ran Yaakoby, has ended as the Israeli military continues its more than 14-month genocide in Gaza, the International Criminal Court (ICC) has issued arrest warrants for Israel’s Prime Minister Benjamin Netanyahu and former Defence Minister Yoav Gallant for crimes against humanity and war crimes, and the International Court of Justice (ICJ) has declared Israel’s occupation of Palestine illegal.

    About 40 civil society organisations and prominent individuals at institutions have signed the open letter.

    The ICJ has made it clear that all states parties — including New Zealand — have obligations not to recognise, and not to render aid or assistance in maintaining the situation created by measures that are illegal under international law.

    The international community has failed to hold Israel to account for its actions.

    Kate Stone from Justice for Palestine, one of the signatory organisations, said in a statement: “As we say in the letter, while ambassadors usually provide an important avenue for dialogue, it is clear that the Israeli regime is not prepared to respond to the concerns of the New Zealand government, or the international community more broadly, and intends to continue to disregard international law.

    “This is about demonstrating that there are consequences for Israel’s actions in breach of international law, and at the expense of Palestinian human rights.”

    Just this week, the Israeli government announced its decision to close its embassy in Dublin, citing Ireland’s decision to join the ICJ case considering whether Israel is committing genocide in Gaza.

    Clearly, Israel is not prepared to maintain diplomatic relations with states that seek to uphold international law.

    Those who have signed the letter are urging the New Zealand government to not maintain diplomatic relations with Israel until it is prepared to comply with international law.

    “New Zealand should stand with those seeking to uphold international law and human rights, not with those seeking to avoid accountability for their actions which have resulted in the deaths of over 40,000 Palestinians.” said Kate Stone.

    Open letter

    16 December 2024

    Tēnā koe Minister,

    We are aware that the term of the current Israeli ambassador is coming to an end. We, the undersigned organisations, urge you, on behalf of the New Zealand government, to refuse to accept the credentials of a replacement ambassador while Israel continues to disregard international law.

    The Israeli regime is currently committing a genocide in Gaza and the International Criminal Court has issued warrants for the arrest of Prime Minister Benjamin Netanyahu and former Defence Minister Yoav Gallant for crimes against humanity and war crimes. The International Court of Justice’s advisory opinion from July 2024 declared Israel’s occupation of Palestine illegal and identified numerous international law obligations that Israel is violating, manifesting in systematic breaches of Palestinians’ fundamental human rights.

    The current Israeli regime, and any representative of that regime, is flagrantly flouting international law and has ignored all calls for it to cease its illegal activities in Gaza and the wider Occupied Palestinian Territories. It is quite clear that Israel intends to continue expanding its illegal settlements in the West Bank and East Jerusalem, and to re-settle Gaza — changing the facts on the ground to such an extent that a two-state solution, or any just solution, becomes an impossibility.

    The ICJ makes it clear that all states parties — including New Zealand – have obligations not to recognize, and not to render aid or assistance in maintaining the situation created by measures that are illegal under international law. The failure of the international community to hold Israel to account for its actions is undermining the integrity of the rules-based international order that New Zealand relies upon.

    While ordinarily a diplomatic mission provides an avenue for dialogue, it is clear that the Israeli regime is not prepared to respond to the concerns of the New Zealand government.

    Therefore, we urge you to announce that New Zealand will not maintain diplomatic relations with Israel until it demonstrates that it is prepared to comply with its international obligations. Please do not accept diplomatic credentials from a regime carrying out war crimes.

    Nā mātou noa, nā

    Justice for Palestine

    ActionStation

    Alternative Jewish Voices (NZ)

    Aotearoa Christians for Peace in Palestine

    Aotearoa Healthcare Workers for Palestine

    Asians Supporting Tino Rangatiratanga

    Auckland Action Against Poverty

    Auckland Peace Action

    The Basket Hauraki – Social and Environmental Justice

    Ceasefire Now Hawkes Bay

    Dayenu: New Zealand Jews Against Occupation

    DECOL Collective Whanganui

    Falastin Tea Collective

    First Union – Dennis Maga, General Secretary, on behalf of First Union Kaiāwhina Tāmaki

    Matika mō Paretinia

    Mauri o te Moana

    NZCTU – Te Kauae Kaimahi

    Otago Staff for Palestine

    Otago Students for Justice in Palestine

    Palestine Solidarity Network Aotearoa

    Palestine Solidarity Network Aotearoa Whanganui

    Palestine Solidarity Network Whangārei

    Palestine Solidarity Taranaki

    Palestine Human Rights Campaign Waikato

    Peace Action Wellington

    Peace Movement Aotearoa

    People Against Prisons Aotearoa

    Professor Richard Jackson, Co-Director Te Ao O Rongomaraeroa – The National Centre for Peace and Conflict Studies, University of Otago

    Protect Pūtiki

    Rainbow Youth

    Reanga Taketake

    Satellites

    Stand with Palestine Waiheke

    Student Justice for Palestine Pōneke

    Students for Justice in Palestine Canterbury

    Tauranga Moana for Palestine

    Te Kuaka

    Te Tau Ihu Palestine Solidarity

    University of Auckland Student Justice for Palestine


    This content originally appeared on Asia Pacific Report and was authored by APR editor.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2024/12/17/civil-society-groups-call-on-nz-to-bar-new-israeli-envoy-over-flagrant-gaza-genocide/feed/ 0 506622
    Killing to stay in power: New film explores Benjamin Netanyahu’s corruption scandal https://www.radiofree.org/2024/12/17/killing-to-stay-in-power-new-film-explores-benjamin-netanyahus-corruption-scandal/ https://www.radiofree.org/2024/12/17/killing-to-stay-in-power-new-film-explores-benjamin-netanyahus-corruption-scandal/#respond Tue, 17 Dec 2024 17:29:42 +0000 http://www.radiofree.org/?guid=e6800defd887b09df95f8ebfce820873
    This content originally appeared on Democracy Now! and was authored by Democracy Now!.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2024/12/17/killing-to-stay-in-power-new-film-explores-benjamin-netanyahus-corruption-scandal/feed/ 0 506489
    New decree keeps associations under control of Vietnam’s Communist Party: Project 88 https://rfa.org/english/vietnam/2024/12/16/vietnam-new-decree-on-associations/ https://rfa.org/english/vietnam/2024/12/16/vietnam-new-decree-on-associations/#respond Mon, 16 Dec 2024 21:53:16 +0000 https://rfa.org/english/vietnam/2024/12/16/vietnam-new-decree-on-associations/ A recently decree that increases restrictions on associations in Vietnam is aimed at ensuring they stay under the control and do not threaten the absolute power of the ruling Communist Party, a new report said Monday.

    On Nov. 26, Vietnam’s government enacted Decree 126, which makes it more difficult to establish an association and gives the government more power to control and monitor the activities and funding sources of associations once they are up and running.

    Decree 126 replaces an earlier decree known as Decree 45 and grants the government the power to suspend and dissolve associations in Vietnam — a power it did not have previously.

    Ben Swanton, co-director of human rights group Project 88, said in a statement accompanying an analysis of the new decree that it is part of “a new wave of repression that is shaping policymaking in a way that will further suppress civil society.”

    RELATED STORIES

    Vietnamese NGOs shy from UN engagement fearing government reprisal

    NGOs Ask EU Parliament to Vote Against EU-Vietnam FTA And IPA Over Human Rights Issues

    NGOs speak out against Vietnam’s hopes of election to the UN Human Rights Council

    In issuing Decree 126, Vietnam’s government said the additional restrictions were needed to “ensure party control over associations,” “prevent foreign influence on domestic affairs,” and “clarify the role of associations in policymaking.”

    “Taken together, the government’s reasons for replacing Decree 45 paint a picture of paranoid leaders who want to tighten their chokehold on associations in the country,” Project 88 said.

    On July 13, 2023, the Communist Party issued Directive 24, which labels foreign influence a threat to Vietnam’s national security and orders further restrictions on local organizations. The Ministry of Home Affairs named Directive 24 as a driving force behind the need to replace Decree 45 with Decree 126.

    According to the Ministry of Home Affairs, as of December 2022, there were 71,669 registered associations operating in Vietnam. Student groups, community organizations, and civil society advocacy coalitions, as well as artistic collectives and social clubs, fall within the parameters of the decree, Project 88 said.

    Contradictions

    Project 88 said in its analysis that the new decree contradicts both Vietnam’s constitution and international law.

    “Vietnamese citizens have a constitutional right to free association, which is also guaranteed under international law,” the group said. “But Decree 126 grants the government unfettered authority to stop people from forming associations and to stop associations from operating independently.”

    The new decree also introduces new controls over the activities of associations, which “can only engage in policy advocacy at the request of the state.”

    “They must abide by all government regulations, and cannot do anything to harm national security, social order, morality, or the cultural identity of the nation,” Project 88 said. “None of these terms are defined by the decree, leaving it up to the discretion of public officials to determine what precisely constitutes a harm to one of these government interests.”

    Project 88 said that Decree 126 establishes a database to track the members and activities of all associations permitted to operate in the country, and gives authorities the right to request unlimited information of associations.

    Latest policy targeting associations

    The decree is the latest in a series of policy measures targeting associations in Vietnam, Project 88 said.

    In addition to Directive 24, earlier policies imposed onerous requirements for those that receive foreign funding and required government approval to host a conference related to national sovereignty, security, human rights, ethnicity, or religion.

    “The fears of the communist party towards an independent civil society have been known for some time,” the report said. “In various fora, the party has expressed concern about the potential for an independent Vietnamese civil society to interfere with the [party’s] control over the country’s internal affairs, particularly with regards to setting government policy.”

    The group said that a major goal of Decree 126 is “to ensure that associations in Vietnam will remain under state control.”

    “A related objective is to tighten control over associations as the country further integrates with the international community,” it said.

    Project 88 called on the Vietnamese government to repeal Decree 126 and Directive 24, and “stop enacting policies ... that impose onerous requirements on associations.”

    The group also urged the government to stop forcibly closing associations, ensure that associations can engage in policy advocacy without fear of intimidation, and develop training programs to improve the knowledge of officials about freedom of association.

    Edited by Joshua Lipes and Malcolm Foster.


    This content originally appeared on Radio Free Asia and was authored by RFA Vietnamese.

    ]]>
    https://rfa.org/english/vietnam/2024/12/16/vietnam-new-decree-on-associations/feed/ 0 506303
    US hits North Korea with new sanctions https://rfa.org/english/korea/2024/12/16/north-korea-sanctions-missile-russia-ukraine/ https://rfa.org/english/korea/2024/12/16/north-korea-sanctions-missile-russia-ukraine/#respond Mon, 16 Dec 2024 19:55:17 +0000 https://rfa.org/english/korea/2024/12/16/north-korea-sanctions-missile-russia-ukraine/ WASHINGTON - The United States on Monday announced new sanctions tied to both North Korea’s missile-building program and its deployment of troops to Ukraine, coming amid reports of casualties of North Korean troops along Russia’s border with Ukraine.

    The targeted entities include the Golden Triangle Bank, which allows people visiting North Korea to convert their foreign money into the local currency for use while in the country, as well as the Korea Mandal Credit Bank, which operates banks across neighboring China.

    Both institutions were helping to finance Pyongyang’s intercontinental missile building program, according to a statement released by the U.S. Treasury, which described the efforts as “destabilizing.”

    A test-fire of the Hwasong-19 intercontinental ballistic missile, at an undisclosed location in North Korea, Oct. 31, 2024.
    A test-fire of the Hwasong-19 intercontinental ballistic missile, at an undisclosed location in North Korea, Oct. 31, 2024.
    (KCNA via KNS/AFP Photo)

    North Korea has for years aimed to build missiles capable of carrying nuclear weapons to the continental United States, and regularly tests shorter-range missiles in waters around Japan and South Korea.

    Also sanctioned on Monday were Ri Chang Ho, who is the director of North Korea’s Reconnaissance General Bureau, and Kim Yong Bok, a senior military general. Both are “known” to be involved in Pyongyang’s deployment of troops to Russia, the U.S. Treasury statement said.

    North Korean Defense Minister Ro Kwang Chol and Kim Geum Cheol, the president of the locally prestigious Kim Il Sung Military University, were also sanctioned –- as were Ju Chang Il, the head of North Korea’s Propaganda and Agitation Department, and Pak Jong Chon, a senior official who often appears at events involving ballistic missiles.

    A mobile launcher awaiting the order to launch a Hwasongpho-18 intercontinental ballistic missile at an undisclosed location in North Korea, Dec. 19, 2023.
    A mobile launcher awaiting the order to launch a Hwasongpho-18 intercontinental ballistic missile at an undisclosed location in North Korea, Dec. 19, 2023.
    (KCNA via KNS/AFP Photo)

    “The Kim regime’s continued provocative actions — including its most recent ICBM test and its deepening military support to Russia — undermine the stability of the region and sustain Putin’s continued aggression in Ukraine,” said Bradley Smith, the acting under secretary of the treasury for terrorism and financial intelligence.

    Casualties emerge

    The sanctions came amid reports of the first casualties of North Korean troops sent by Pyongyang to help Russia in its invasion of Ukraine.

    Ukrainian President Volodymyr Zelenskiy said Saturday that Russian forces had for the first time used North Korean troops in significant numbers to attack Ukrainian positions. Ukraine’s military later released drone images of what it said were dead North Koreans.

    April 26, 2024 North Korea's leader Kim Jong Un (C)  visits the Kim Il Sung Military University in Pyongyang, April 26, 2024.
    April 26, 2024 North Korea's leader Kim Jong Un (C) visits the Kim Il Sung Military University in Pyongyang, April 26, 2024.
    (KCNA via KNS/AFP)

    Ukraine’s military also said that the “language barrier” had led some North Korean troops to attack Chechen troops working with Russia.

    Separately Monday, the foreign ministers of ten countries and the European Union released a joint statement denouncing North Korea’s deployment of troops “as a dangerous expansion of the conflict, with serious consequences for European and Indo-Pacific security.”

    RELATED STORIES

    Ukraine military releases images of North Korean casualties in Kursk

    US offers $5 million bounty for information on North Korean IT firms

    North Korea says ‘lies’ by South’s Yoon about a ‘threat’ led to impeachment

    Signed by the foreign ministers of Australia, Canada, France, Germany, Italy, Japan, New Zealand, South Korea, the United Kingdom and the United States, the statement condemned “in the strongest possible terms” the growing cooperation between Pyongyang and Moscow.

    “We are deeply concerned about any political, military, or economic support that Russia may be providing to the DPRK’s illegal weapons programs, including weapons of mass destruction and their means of delivery,” the statement said, using an acronym for North Korea.

    The statement also called for North Korea to “cease immediately all assistance for Russia’s war of aggression against Ukraine, including by withdrawing its troops” and for Russia to end its invasion of Ukraine.

    Edited by Malcolm Foster


    This content originally appeared on Radio Free Asia and was authored by Alex Willemyns.

    ]]>
    https://rfa.org/english/korea/2024/12/16/north-korea-sanctions-missile-russia-ukraine/feed/ 0 506285
    Missile test, first Marine redeployment give US new milestones in Guam https://rfa.org/english/southchinasea/2024/12/16/guam-marines-missiles/ https://rfa.org/english/southchinasea/2024/12/16/guam-marines-missiles/#respond Mon, 16 Dec 2024 18:08:58 +0000 https://rfa.org/english/southchinasea/2024/12/16/guam-marines-missiles/ The U.S. is advancing the fortification of its territory closest to China with the arrival of the first Marines from Okinawa and its first interceptor missile test in Guam last week.

    About 100 Marines from Japan landed on Saturday, the vanguard of about 5,000 due to be relocated to Guam under a security treaty with the U.S.

    The U.S. successfully downed one of its own unarmed ballistic missiles last Tuesday in what will be a regular occurrence in the territory over the next decade.

    The milestones come as the House of Representatives last week also passed the 2025 National Defense Authorization Act - with more than US$2 billion in spending for Guam - that now goes to the Senate for approval.

    Nicknamed the “tip of the spear” due to its proximity to China, Guam is considered a potential target in any conflict between the two nations. The island has no bomb shelters and the unprecedented military build-up continues to divide residents.

    “The intensity of the build-up is overwhelming for citizens and public agencies trying to keep track and respond to military plans as they unfold,” said Robert Underwood, chairman of the Guam-based Pacific Center for Island Security.

    “A master plan is needed for understanding by all concerned. One must exist and we are not privy to it,” he told BenarNews.

    The arrival of the first troops lays the groundwork for preparing Marine Corps Base Camp Blaz to receive thousands more.

    “Relocations will take place in a phased approach, and no unit headquarters will be moving during this iteration,” a U.S. Marine Corps press release said on Saturday.

    “Forward presence and routine engagement with allies and partners are essential to the United States’ ability to deter attempts to change the status quo by force or coercion and respond to crises in the region, to include providing humanitarian assistance and disaster relief when necessary,” the USMC said.

    A Standard Missile-3 Block IIA is launched by the Aegis Guam System during the U.S. Missile Defense Agency's Flight Experiment Mission-02 test, at Andersen Air Force Base, Guam, Dec.10, 2024.
    A Standard Missile-3 Block IIA is launched by the Aegis Guam System during the U.S. Missile Defense Agency's Flight Experiment Mission-02 test, at Andersen Air Force Base, Guam, Dec.10, 2024.
    (DVIDS/Reuters)

    Japan will pay US$2.8 billion to fund some of the infrastructure projects on Naval Base Guam, Andersen Air Force Base and Camp Blaz.

    The Missile Defense Agency last Tuesday tested its Aegis system, firing off an interceptor from Andersen Air Force to down an unarmed, medium-range ballistic missile more than 200 nautical miles north-east of Guam.

    “The event marked a pivotal step taken in the defense of Guam and provides critical support to the overall concept for the future Guam defense system,” deputy Pentagon press secretary Sabrina Singh said in a press briefing on Dec. 11.

    The launch was the first in a series of twice-yearly missile defense tests on Guam over the next 10 years.

    The U.S. Indo-Pacific Command plans to build a missile defense system with 16 sites, touted to provide 360-degree protection for Guam.

    The urgency was highlighted after China conducted a rare ballistic missile test with a dummy warhead in September. Its flight path crossed near Guam, Federated States of Micronesia and Marshall Islands before falling into the ocean in the vicinity of Kiribati.

    In July, U.S. military officials had announced that the first missile defense test was set to take place in Guam “by the end of the year,” but did not provide the exact date.

    Nanette Reyes-Senior, a resident of Maina village, said she was “extremely surprised” that the MDA launched the flight test “without prior notice to the public - unless there was notice that I missed.”

    Underwood has called for greater transparency about the missile defense of Guam.

    “The missile testing had already been announced… but no specific week, let alone date was announced,” Underwood said.

    Taiwan's President Lai Ching-te, center, receives a bouquet of flowers from a young boy as he is greeted by members of local Taiwanese community in Tumon, Guam, Dec. 4, 2024.
    Taiwan's President Lai Ching-te, center, receives a bouquet of flowers from a young boy as he is greeted by members of local Taiwanese community in Tumon, Guam, Dec. 4, 2024.
    (Taiwan Presidential Office via AFP)

    With more tests to be launched in the coming years, Underwood said “the general public should be given advanced notice and especially land owners.”

    After public consultation earlier this year, the Missile Defense Agency decided the planned tests would not significantly impact humans or the natural environment.

    President of the Pacific Association of Radiation Survivors Robert Celestial welcomed the U.S. missile defense test.

    “China had 2,3000 ballistic missiles, numerous ICBM missiles and 320 nuclear warheads. It is evident that we are preparing for war, so we should at least prepare to protect the civilian population from a nuclear attack,” he told BenarNews.

    “Growing up in the 60s we had duck-and-cover drills. I feel better prepared now than [to] suffer later.”

    Guam is no stranger to war, being part of the Pacific campaign during World War II.

    Taiwanese President Lai Ching-te’s visit to Guam earlier this month to strengthen ties has raised residents’ fears of the territory being further targeted in escalating tensions between Washington and Beijing.

    Shelly Vargas-Calvo, a senator-elect who will assume her seat in the Guam legislature next month, said the growing tensions in the region will take Guam into the path of war.

    “I applaud the successful test launch,” she said. “It is imperative to show power and capability despite having a small footprint in the region to send a message that we and our allies are not to be messed around with.”

    BenarNews is an RFA-affiliated online news organization.


    This content originally appeared on Radio Free Asia and was authored by Mar-Vic Cagurangan for BenarNews.

    ]]>
    https://rfa.org/english/southchinasea/2024/12/16/guam-marines-missiles/feed/ 0 506272
    Mekong treasures: tiny shrew mole, fanged furry hedgehog among new discoveries https://rfa.org/english/environment/2024/12/16/environment-meking-mole-hedgehog/ https://rfa.org/english/environment/2024/12/16/environment-meking-mole-hedgehog/#respond Mon, 16 Dec 2024 08:17:17 +0000 https://rfa.org/english/environment/2024/12/16/environment-meking-mole-hedgehog/ BANGKOK – An eight gram “shrew mole” that’s one of the tiniest mammals on earth and a fanged furry hedgehog are among the more than 200 animal and plant species newly discovered in Southeast Asia’s Mekong River region.

    The discoveries covering Vietnam, Myanmar, Cambodia, Laos and Thailand highlight the region’s rich flora and fauna, researchers say, and the importance of conserving it in the face of threats from the wildlife trade and unfettered development such as industrial agriculture, mass tourism and hydropower dams.

    Scientific recognition of some of the species is the result of fieldwork in remote locations and analysis including genomic studies while one of the mammals identified had gathered dust in museums for decades until identified by researchers.

    The Greater Mekong chapter of World Wide Fund for Nature, or WWF, which collated the 234 discoveries, said they show that the region home to Southeast Asia’s longest river is still a fertile ground for scientific exploration and a global hotspot of species diversity.

    “But they also remind us of what we stand to lose if unsustainable development activities continue to disregard the value of nature,” it said in a statement.

    “Many species are likely to go extinct before they are even discovered, driven by habitat destruction, diseases spread by human activities, competition with invasive species and the devastating wildlife trade.”

    This undated photo released by World Wide Fund for Nature shows a Laos karst dragon lizard camouflaged on a jagged limestone pinnacle. The species is only found on limestone pinnacles 50-70 meters high.
    This undated photo released by World Wide Fund for Nature shows a Laos karst dragon lizard camouflaged on a jagged limestone pinnacle. The species is only found on limestone pinnacles 50-70 meters high.

    The environmental group added that new species can be the key to discovering life-saving pharmaceuticals and genetic variation that could increase resilience to climate change.

    The plants identified included a fern that grows underwater and a delicate leafless orchid only known to exist near one village in northern Vietnam.

    This undated photo released by World Wide Fund for Nature shows the recently discovered and critically endangered leafless orchid, Chiloschista quangdangii, that is only found near one village in northern Vietnam.
    This undated photo released by World Wide Fund for Nature shows the recently discovered and critically endangered leafless orchid, Chiloschista quangdangii, that is only found near one village in northern Vietnam.

    The diminutive shrew mole, which is just 14 centimeters in length [5.5 inches] including a six centimeter tail, was discovered by scientists at nearly 3,000 meters [9,840 feet] above sea level on Mt. Fansipan in northwestern Vietnam.

    It’s a member of the mole family but resembles a shrew with its long snout, thin tail and petite forefeet. Weighing in at eight grams [0.3 ounces], it ranks among the 10 smallest terrestrial mammals, WWF said.

    Researchers said the Mt. Fansipan shrew mole is outwardly similar to shrew moles found in the southernmost Himalayas, but has significant genetic variations and differences in bone structure.

    Isolation in a mountainous “sky island” is likely the reason it diverged from other shrew mole species, according to WWF’s report.

    ‘Many more’ may be discovered

    In the mountains of northeastern Laos, sonographic analysis of mating calls helped identify a new species of bright grass-green tree frog.

    Researchers, who dubbed the amphibian mountain jade, said the male’s distinctive “advertising call” consisting of clicking sounds and a series of notes, each exactly 0.28 seconds in duration, marked it out as a new species. That finding was backed up by morphological and molecular analysis.

    “There are likely to be many more undescribed species in the region. The mountains of northern Laos, in particular, are a crucial centre for amphibian diversity with high rates of endemism, but are among the least studied areas in Asia,” the researchers said.

    This undated photo released by World Wide Fund for Nature shows Zhangixalus melanoleucus, a medium-sized tree frog discovered living in forest at more than 2,000 meters above sea level on Phou Samsoun mountain in northeastern Laos.
    This undated photo released by World Wide Fund for Nature shows Zhangixalus melanoleucus, a medium-sized tree frog discovered living in forest at more than 2,000 meters above sea level on Phou Samsoun mountain in northeastern Laos.

    The discovery that Vietnam has a hitherto unknown species of fanged gymnure – furry members of the hedgehog family – partly occurred 8,300 miles away in the bowels of the Smithsonian National Museum of Natural History in Washington DC.

    Specimens of the macarong – Vietnamese for vampire – had been in the Smithsonian since the 1960s, “highlighting the potential of mining museums for new species,” said Arlo Hinckley Boned, an expert on tropical East Asian mammals at the Smithsonian.

    They were genetically compared to even older specimens held in museums in six countries and dating back to the 1930s.

    This undated photo released by World Wide Fund for Nature shows Hylomys macarong, a fanged furry hedgehog species found in Vietnam that was formally described from a specimen in the collection of the Smithsonian National Museum of Natural History.
    This undated photo released by World Wide Fund for Nature shows Hylomys macarong, a fanged furry hedgehog species found in Vietnam that was formally described from a specimen in the collection of the Smithsonian National Museum of Natural History.

    Boned said identifying a new mammal species that has taken millions of years to evolve is something like the discovery of an unknown Picasso or an important archaeological site.

    By chance, Russian and Vietnamese scientists had suspected that a macarong specimen they collected in southern Vietnam in 2009 was a new species.

    “We found this distinct species in Vietnam more than 10 years ago, but we took too long to describe it and were too late,” said Alexei Abramov, from the Zoological Institute of the Russian Academy of Sciences.

    WWF said the discoveries recognized in 2023 included 173 plants, 26 reptiles, 17 amphibians, 15 fish and three mammals. It brings the total number of species discovered in the Greater Mekong since the late 1990s to more than 3,600.

    This undated photo released by World Wildlife Fund shows a tiny leaf-nosed bat, Hipposideros kingstonae, that is found in southern Thailand, Malaysia and Borneo.
    This undated photo released by World Wildlife Fund shows a tiny leaf-nosed bat, Hipposideros kingstonae, that is found in southern Thailand, Malaysia and Borneo.

    “Although these species were just described by science last year, they have been living in the unique habitats of our region for many millennia,” said Chris Hallam, a wildlife expert at WWF Asia Pacific.

    “Each of these species is a critical piece of a functioning, healthy ecosystem and a jewel in the region’s rich natural heritage. And the researchers are equally as precious,” he said.

    Edited by Taejun Kang.


    This content originally appeared on Radio Free Asia and was authored by Stephen Wright for RFA.

    ]]>
    https://rfa.org/english/environment/2024/12/16/environment-meking-mole-hedgehog/feed/ 0 506219
    Money link to illegal Israeli settlements ignites divestment battle in NZ city https://www.radiofree.org/2024/12/12/money-link-to-illegal-israeli-settlements-ignites-divestment-battle-in-nz-city/ https://www.radiofree.org/2024/12/12/money-link-to-illegal-israeli-settlements-ignites-divestment-battle-in-nz-city/#respond Thu, 12 Dec 2024 22:39:16 +0000 https://asiapacificreport.nz/?p=108157 By Craig Ashworth, Local Democracy Reporter

    New Plymouth has admitted it has investments in companies active in illegal Israeli settlements on occupied Palestinian land, contrary to New Zealand government foreign policy and United Nations rulings.

    The revelation comes a week after Mayor Neil Holdom refused a request from Parihaka Pā and all the district’s iwi to make sure the council was not invested in companies profiting from the settlements.

    The shareholdings sparked a hostile debate with Holdom accusing councillor Bali Haque of politicising the district’s nest-egg for virtue signalling, and Haque in turn questioning the mayor’s honesty and integrity.

    Local Democracy Reporting
    LOCAL DEMOCRACY REPORTING

    The investments were made from New Plymouth District Council’s $400 million Perpetual Investment Fund (PIF).

    The money is managed by Mercer in a passive fund, which automatically follows an index of companies and chooses which shares to buy.

    Eight companies invested in by Mercer have been named by the UN as enabling and profiting from the expansion of Israeli settlements in Palestinian Occupied Territories:

    • Motorola Solutions — the security arm of the mobile phone maker.
    • Travel companies Expedia, Airbnb, and Booking Holdings which owns Booking.com and other sites.
    • French multinational railways manufacturer Alstom
    • Three Israeli banks, including the country’s first and third biggest — which often offer concessionary loans to settlers.

    Less than $1m involved
    Less than a million dollars is involved, just a quarter of one percent of New Plymouth’s PIF.

    Haque wanted Mercer to be told that NPDC strongly disagrees with investing in companies active in the settlements and wants the investments ended as soon as possible.

    He also proposed that the council-owned company overseeing the fund — the PIF Guardians — bring more advice on the process and cost of divestment if Mercer did not act.

    “We need to do something,” Haque said.

    “It’s small, I understand less than a million we’re talking about, but it is significant in terms of the impact . . .  This is something we can actually do and control.”

    Mayor Neil Holdom repeated his explanation to the Parihaka delegation for opposing any action.

    “Given the deeply sensitive and complex nature of the Israeli-Palestine conflict we’ve gotta approach this with a great deal of care and it’s my view that supporting this could be seen as taking a position in a dispute that has profound emotional and personal significance for members of our community on both sides.”

    ‘A terrible conflict’
    The Mayor then turned to Haque.

    “It is clear councillor Haque cares deeply about this issue and wants this debate and in the desperation to signal his personal conviction now wants to start playing politics with the PIF.

    “It’s a terrible conflict, it’s a disaster for everybody involved but now someone wants to drag our community’s $400 million investment fund into this and make it a political football, to make a political point.”

    Haque, clearly shocked, said it was Holdom himself who had told him to bring the motion to the Council Controlled Organisations committee.

    “I’m staggered that now you have now done an about face and turned the tables . . .  You were the very person who encouraged me to put this very motion to this committee and now you are attacking me personally for actually acting on the basis of what you asked me to do.

    “So my respect — with respect — has declined in your honesty and integrity.”

    Neil Holdom: “Wow! Wow, unbelievable.”

    Chair Marie Pearce: “Yeah”

    Councillor Murray Chong “He didn’t attack you at all

    Councillor Anneke Carlson Mathews: “That was a full-on attack!”

    Pearce barely kept control of the meeting.

    ‘Getting out of hand’
    “This is getting totally out of hand.”

    Tomorrow's Schools taskforce chair Bali Haque. 7 December 2018
    Councillor Bali Haque is questioning the mayor’s integrity over the council’s treatment of investments. Image: RNZ/John Gerritsen

    Once tempers cooled, the Mayor explained that advice from the PIF Guardians was that the low-cost passive fund offered no control over Mercer’s decision and putting the funds in different management could cost up to $3.2 million a year in higher fees.

    Holdom said he had told Haque of the advice.

    Haque said that he had adjusted his proposal in response and read Holdom’s text message advising him to bring a proposal to instruct Mercer to comply with UN resolutions.

    “We heard that it might be expensive but I’d quite like to know what it is we’re up for if Mercer decides not to act on the basis of what we’re saying,” said Haque.

    Councillors Haque, Carson Matthews, and Bryan Vickery voted for Haque’s proposal.

    They were defeated by Mayor Holdom and councillors Pearce, Murray Chong and Max Brough.

    Councillor David Bublitz abstained, wanting the PIF to divest shares linked to any conflict anywhere in the world.

    NZ co-sponsored Resolution 2334
    New Zealand in 2016 co-sponsored UN Security Council Resolution 2334, declaring Israeli settlements in Palestine a violation of international law.

    The resolution obliges states and entities “to withdraw all recognition, aid and assistance to Israel’s illegal presence in the occupied Palestine territory.”

    In July this year, the International Court of Justice (ICJ) ruled that Israel’s settlements in Gaza and West Bank are illegal and ordered Israel to stop building new settlements and evacuate existing ones.

    In September, the UN General Assembly — including Foreign Minister Winston Peters — called on all States to make sure their people, companies and entities and authorities “do not act in any way that would entail recognition or provide aid or assistance in maintaining the situation created by Israel’s illegal presence in the Occupied Palestinian Territory.”

    LDR is local body journalism co-funded by RNZ and NZ On Air. Asia Pacific Report is a community partner of both RNZ and LDR.


    This content originally appeared on Asia Pacific Report and was authored by APR editor.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2024/12/12/money-link-to-illegal-israeli-settlements-ignites-divestment-battle-in-nz-city/feed/ 0 505825
    Maine Public Housing Tenants Face Eviction at High Rates. A New Program to Keep Renters Housed Excludes Them. https://www.radiofree.org/2024/12/12/maine-public-housing-tenants-face-eviction-at-high-rates-a-new-program-to-keep-renters-housed-excludes-them/ https://www.radiofree.org/2024/12/12/maine-public-housing-tenants-face-eviction-at-high-rates-a-new-program-to-keep-renters-housed-excludes-them/#respond Thu, 12 Dec 2024 06:00:00 +0000 https://www.propublica.org/article/maine-eviction-prevention-program-public-housing by Sawyer Loftus, Bangor Daily News

    This article was produced for ProPublica’s Local Reporting Network in partnership with the Bangor Daily News. Sign up for Dispatches to get stories like this one as soon as they are published.

    Public housing helped bring an end to Linda Gallagher-Garcia’s three years of intermittent homelessness in her hometown of Presque Isle, Maine, in 2020. With $200 in secondhand furniture, she made the apartment feel like home for her and her dog, Tex.

    But when she fell behind on her rent and was evicted two years later, the fact that she was in public housing made her future more dire: Maine public housing authorities’ rules bar evicted tenants from returning to government-subsidized units and from receiving other benefits that could help them relocate.

    Gallagher-Garcia had moved back to her hometown in northern Maine in 2017 after her husband died. She was working as a home health aide and struggled to earn enough to afford a place to live; then, when she got COVID-19 and had to take time off from her job, she fell behind on her rent. The Presque Isle Housing Authority evicted her in 2022. “I was sick,” she said. “It didn’t matter to them.” Citing confidentiality rules, the housing authority said it could not comment on her case.

    Last spring, Maine lawmakers had a chance to help public housing tenants at risk of losing their homes when they created a fund to prevent evictions. But instead of doing what nearby Massachusetts and Connecticut did, and making public housing tenants eligible for the program, Maine did the opposite and specifically excluded them. That left public housing residents — who are more likely than others to become homeless after eviction — ineligible for the aid.

    Those who crafted the law said they didn’t realize people in public housing might need such help. Gallagher-Garcia’s story shows why they do.

    She owed just $955 in back rent and utilities when she got her eviction notice — an amount the new eviction prevention program could have covered if it had been in place and if she had been living in a privately owned apartment. Instead, at age 59, Gallagher-Garcia checked into the local emergency shelter where she stayed for two years. In total, state and federal dollars paid about $55,000 for her to stay there.

    Gallagher-Garcia outside her old apartment at the Presque Isle Housing Authority’s elderly and disabled section. She lived there for two years before being evicted in 2022. (Linda Coan O’Kresik/Bangor Daily News)

    Maine’s pilot eviction prevention program, called the Stable Home Fund, opened to applications in October. It provides eligible households with up to $800 a month for up to one year, with additional funds available to cover back rent.

    The creators of the Stable Home Fund thought that public housing tenants already had enough aid. Public housing, which is funded with federal dollars, is supposed to be affordable for low-income families, the elderly and people with disabilities, with rent typically capped at 30% of household income. Public housing tenants, however, can still struggle to afford rent and be evicted just like tenants in private apartments.

    In fact, in 2023, Maine’s public housing authorities filed a disproportionately high share of eviction cases, according to an analysis of court data obtained by the Bangor Daily News and ProPublica. The eviction filing rate for public housing authorities was more than twice as high as the rate for all rental housing: 10 eviction filings per 100 units for public housing compared with four filings per 100 units for all rental housing.

    The cause of most public housing eviction filings in Maine was nonpayment of rent, based on a separate review of court data collected by Pine Tree Legal Assistance, Maine’s largest legal aid group.

    Because of public housing rules forbidding tenants from returning after an eviction, and because public housing tenants are generally poorer than other renters, both publicly and privately owned properties become out of reach. (By contrast, people who have been evicted from privately owned housing are still eligible to live in public housing.)

    As a result, the consequence of being evicted from public housing “is almost certainly homelessness and extreme housing instability for already vulnerable families,” said Marie Claire Tran-Leung, director of the National Housing Law Project’s evictions initiative.

    That homelessness comes with a financial cost to state and local governments. A 2009 Maine study found that governments spent about one-and-a-half times more in services for a homeless person in the six months before they were placed in subsidized housing and given supportive services than in the six months after.

    Aroostook County in Maine. Three-quarters of the state’s 2023 low-income eviction cases were in its rural 2nd Congressional District, which includes Presque Isle. (Linda Coan O’Kresik/Bangor Daily News) Public Housing Gets Excluded

    Little is known about evictions in Maine, in part because the state’s paper-based court system makes it hard to obtain data. In 2023, Pine Tree Legal, a nonprofit that provides civil legal services to people with low incomes, spent a year traveling around the state to review eviction filings to understand why landlords try to remove tenants, how often renters don’t show up in court and how frequently they have representation. The Bangor Daily News and ProPublica analyzed the data, which covered about 40% of cases filed between 2019 and 2022. The newsrooms also obtained further data from the state court system on every eviction case filed by a public housing authority from January 2019 through August 2024.

    Taken together, the data provides a window into a little-noticed aspect of Maine’s housing crisis. Since 2019, public housing authorities, which had a combined total of 3,299 units last year, went to court to evict low-income tenants about 1,300 times.

    In 2023, their cases made up 5% of all eviction filings, despite the authorities having just 2% of the state’s rental units. Of the public housing cases, three-quarters were in the rural 2nd Congressional District, which covers most of the state outside the populous southern coastal region and includes Gallagher-Garcia’s hometown of Presque Isle.

    The Presque Isle Housing Authority, where she lived, is in the geographically largest county east of the Mississippi River and has a population of just 67,000 residents. The housing authority filed nearly one eviction suit for every five of its public housing units in 2023, the highest rate of any housing authority in Maine, the Bangor Daily News and ProPublica found. The vast majority of cases in Presque Isle were for nonpayment of rent.

    The housing authority said that a small minority of its cases resulted in actual eviction orders. (The state of Maine, however, does not track the number of people who leave after being threatened with eviction but before their cases are completed.)

    The housing authority’s executive director, Jennifer Sweetser, explained that evictions are necessary because the agency’s budget relies on consistent rental payments. She also said that the housing authority doesn’t grant individual exceptions to eviction, which could be unfair or discriminatory. Instead, she said, the eviction process gives tenants a “neutral” way to resolve issues.

    Farther south in the 2nd Congressional District, the Bangor housing authority filed more than twice as many eviction cases as the housing authority in Maine’s biggest city, Portland, located in the state’s other congressional district, even though Portland has many more public housing units.

    This issue isn’t unique to Maine. Eviction Lab, a research organization based at Princeton University, has found that some public housing authorities around the country use evictions as a rent collection tactic, sometimes at higher rates than private landlords.

    Victoria Morales runs the Quality Housing Coalition, based in Portland, and was the architect of the eviction prevention program that launched this year. She said she didn’t know how often Maine public housing tenants faced eviction until the Bangor Daily News and ProPublica shared their findings, as her organization doesn’t usually work with people in public housing. “I think it is hard to see that this exists if you’re not in it,” Morales said.

    Morales excluded tenants in public housing from the fund because she said their rent is already supposed to be affordable. The goal was to help people facing eviction who were not already receiving some type of aid, she said. (In the end, however, the program allowed renters to apply who were receiving other types of housing assistance — just not those living in public housing or who had a federal Section 8 voucher.)

    The program’s cost to the state was also a factor in limiting who was eligible, said state Rep. Rebecca Millett, D-Cape Elizabeth, who sponsored the legislation that spurred the fund. “We had to get it through the appropriation process when we were competing with all the other really important needs that our state is facing,” Millett said. Although Millett’s 2023 bill didn’t pass, a year later lawmakers decided to create and fund the rent relief program with $18 million through the supplemental budget process.

    MaineHousing, a quasi-state agency that awarded a contract to Morales’ organization to run the program, estimated that 1,000 households could benefit over two years. In the first month, the program received 1,400 applications and had to start putting people on a waiting list.

    Even with the high demand, two national housing experts said the Stable Home Fund could help more people if tenants of public housing could participate. That’s because monthly rent in public housing is much lower than on the private market.

    Those experts said they don’t know of another eviction prevention program that excludes people in public housing. Kevin Connor, a spokesperson for the agency that runs Massachusetts’ program, said it is open to any household because the state wants to prevent homelessness, “whether they are in a house they own, an apartment they rent or a subsidized unit.”

    Morales did not say whether she planned to advocate for public housing tenants to be included in the program in the future, but she said she would support the change if the state decided it was a priority.

    Millett said she’d like to see the program expanded to help every Mainer who needs assistance, including people in public housing. But she will not be around when lawmakers convene in January; after 12 years in the Legislature, she didn’t run for reelection. Without Millett, and with no guarantee of future funding, the program’s longevity remains an open question.

    After her eviction, Gallagher-Garcia was forced to move back into a shelter. (Linda Coan O’Kresik/Bangor Daily News) Evicted From Public Housing

    Public housing delivered Gallagher-Garcia from homelessness. But being evicted from public housing pitched her right back into it.

    One cool day in April 2022, her nieces and nephews helped her empty out her apartment, throwing her furniture into a dumpster. “Basically, I didn’t have anything,” she said, in the same matter-of-fact way that she described many of the other challenges she’s faced, including battling cancer. When she checked into the shelter, it ended her longest period of housing stability since 2017.

    She couldn’t move in with her sister, Nancy Gallagher, who also lives in the housing authority, because the authority bars people who have been evicted from staying with other residents. She had to stay near Presque Isle because that’s where her job was. So Gallagher-Garcia went to the shelter. “I just didn’t have time to find anywhere else to go,” she said.

    Gallagher-Garcia spends an afternoon at the apartment of her sister, Nancy Gallagher, in the Presque Isle Housing Authority. (Linda Coan O’Kresik/Bangor Daily News)

    Her dog, Tex, went to the kennel in Caribou, the next town up the road. Under the shelter’s rules, Gallagher-Garcia had to leave her metal crochet needles behind at her sister’s apartment because they could be used as weapons. She also was required to leave the shelter every morning; when she didn’t have to go to work or see a doctor, she spent the day in her sister’s living room calling around for apartments.

    In her second year at the shelter, in 2023, her health started to decline — first a hernia, then ovarian cancer. With that diagnosis came more tests, surgeries and chemotherapy. “January, February, March, three months behind each other, not even giving my body time to heal or anything, one surgery after another,” she said. She made frequent trips to see specialists as far away as Portland, four and a half hours away.

    Living in a room at the shelter with three to four women, she had little privacy when nurses came to check on her surgical wounds. When other residents started asking what was going on, she decided to tell them. “I didn’t sugarcoat it,” she said about her discussion with a boy in the shelter. “I said, you know, I could go to sleep and not wake up.”

    In July 2023, she returned to work part time despite continued chemotherapy treatments, so she could save up enough to leave the shelter. She didn’t like sitting around, she said: “I wanted to go back to work and have something to do for myself.”

    Finally, in June, after two years in the shelter, she moved into a motel. She was glad to have a quiet place to stay, and she got her dog back after paying a fee. But it cost $1,000 a month, twice as much as her apartment at the public housing complex. After about nine months, she fell behind on her rent, and the motel kicked her out, too, she said.

    As of early December, Gallagher-Garcia was still at the local homeless shelter, looking for a place of her own. Every week, she said, she called landlords, looking for someone to accept her despite her financial struggles and prior evictions.

    Then, she found something: a hotel room for $1,200 a month. That’s more than the last place, which she couldn’t afford. But she just turned 62, and now she can draw Social Security. Between that and her job, she hopes she can make it work.

    This story was supported in part by a grant from the Fund for Investigative Journalism.

    Bangor Daily News reporter Sawyer Loftus may be reached at sloftus@bangordailynews.com.


    This content originally appeared on ProPublica and was authored by by Sawyer Loftus, Bangor Daily News.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2024/12/12/maine-public-housing-tenants-face-eviction-at-high-rates-a-new-program-to-keep-renters-housed-excludes-them/feed/ 0 505713
    Papua New Guinea reveals defense deal with US worth $864 million https://rfa.org/english/pacific/2024/12/11/png-us-defense-deal-military-pacific/ https://rfa.org/english/pacific/2024/12/11/png-us-defense-deal-military-pacific/#respond Wed, 11 Dec 2024 17:41:09 +0000 https://rfa.org/english/pacific/2024/12/11/png-us-defense-deal-military-pacific/ Read this story on BenarNews

    SYDNEY — The United States will spend more than $864 million on infrastructure and military training in Papua New Guinea over 10 years under a defense deal signed between the two nations in 2023, PNG’s foreign minister has said.

    No figure putting a value on the agreement has previously been publicly released.

    The size of the package reflects increasing U.S. security engagement with Pacific island nations as it seeks to counter China’s inroads in the vast ocean region.

    The proposed investment is part of a defense cooperation agreement, signed in May 2023, that gives the U.S. military “unimpeded access” to develop and deploy forces from six ports and airports, including the Lombrum Naval Base.

    Papua New Guinea's Foreign Minister Justin Tkatchenko, left, and China's Foreign Minister Wang Yi in Port Moresby, April 20, 2024.
    Papua New Guinea's Foreign Minister Justin Tkatchenko, left, and China's Foreign Minister Wang Yi in Port Moresby, April 20, 2024.

    “The agreement is over 3.5 billion [kina] in investment in infrastructure development, training, equipment for the benefit of security in our region,” PNG Foreign Minister Justin Tkatchenko said in a speech on Monday in the Australian city of Sydney.

    “It shows you the commitment that the United States now has directly with PNG. Before they used to allow Australia, for example, to look after the region. Now, the United States has taken the lead itself to deal with our Pacific island countries.”

    A spokesperson from the U.S. Embassy Port Moresby said the agreement “does not have a dollar amount associated with it,” but was aimed at addressing shared defense and security challenges.

    In PNG’s 2025 national budget, released last month, 441.9 million kina (US$109.2 million) was set aside for defense spending, which is projected to fall to around 400 million kina in the coming years.

    Australia has for decades been PNG’s leading security partner under a bilateral program that contributed US$31.8 million in 2022–23, according to the Australia Army Research Center.

    The poor state of PNG defense forces has been a long-running concern for both the PNG and Australian governments.

    Mihai Sora, director of the Pacific islands program at the Lowy Institute, said the amount suggested by Tkatchenko was substantial, and would be “commensurate with PNG’s scale as by far the largest Pacific country” and the high level of external support needed for security and law enforcement.

    But he said it was important not to lose sight of the scope and scale of Australian assistance to PNG over the last few decades.

    “The U.S.’s recent contributions, though laudable, don’t really compare,” he told BenarNews. “And there’s the question of how much of what the U.S. has announced will it be able to actually get through Congress and will we see on the ground in PNG or elsewhere in the Pacific.

    “Given both Australia and the U.S. have security agreements with PNG, all three countries will be coordinating on national and regional security very closely into the future.”

    Although Donald Trump’s election victory has prompted questions around the world about whether the U.S. will be a less reliable ally, Tkatchenko said he was confident the defense relationship would endure.

    “We would like to ensure that the DCA continues because the work has already started,” he said. “Runways are being constructed, wharfs are being constructed. Fuel storage facilities are now being constructed as we speak, and many, many other programs.”

    PNG, the most populous Pacific island country, is rich in natural resources and strategically located with “one foot in Southeast Asia and one foot in the Pacific,” Tkatchenko said.

    Its proximity to Guam – the main U.S. military hub in the Western Pacific – and Australia also makes it a critical point from which American forces and material can be staged and deployed in the event of a regional conflict, including in East Asia.

    The 15-year defense cooperation agreement allows for the transit, maintenance and refueling of U.S. aircraft and vessels, and prepositioning of personnel and disaster relief materials. Some facilities identified in the deal, or parts of them, can be used exclusively by U.S. forces, which have permission to refurbish them.

    Papua New Guinea's Prime Minister James Marape shakes hands with US Secretary of Defense Lloyd Austin in Port Moresby, July 27, 2023.
    Papua New Guinea's Prime Minister James Marape shakes hands with US Secretary of Defense Lloyd Austin in Port Moresby, July 27, 2023.

    During a visit to Port Morseby last year, U.S. Defense Secretary Lloyd Austin said Washington is not seeking a permanent military base in the country. But America’s security footprint is growing.

    Ann Marie Yastishock, the U.S. ambassador to PNG, Solomon Islands and Vanuatu, said defense exercises in the Pacific nation had increased by 25% between 2023-24, from four to five.

    Visits by U.S. Navy and Coast Guard vessels to PNG’s waters had grown by 27% over the same period, from 11 to 14, she said at the same investment event in Sydney.

    The U.S. military had also finished building a bunkhouse at Igam Barracks, near Lae, and would award three more small-scale infrastructure projects this year, with work to begin in 2025.

    “We will continue to exercise with the Papua New Guinea Defense Force in bilateral and multilateral exercises,” she said. “We also have additional plans of small incremental increases in Department of Defense personnel in the country, as well as looking for additional training opportunities.”

    Following decades of neglect, U.S. interest in the Pacific was galvanized in early 2022 after Beijing and the Solomon Islands signed a security pact. Washington and allies such as Canberra feared it could lead to a Chinese military presence in a region they consider crucial to their defense and security.

    China has also emerged as a key development partner for many economically-lagging Pacific nations as it seeks to isolate Taiwan diplomatically and reshape global institutions in its favor.

    Beijing was “a friend of PNG” and an important economic partner, Tkatchenko said, but “at the end of the day … we keep to our traditional security partners.”

    BenarNews is an RFA-affiliated online news organization.


    This content originally appeared on Radio Free Asia and was authored by Harry Pearl for BenarNews.

    ]]>
    https://rfa.org/english/pacific/2024/12/11/png-us-defense-deal-military-pacific/feed/ 0 505616
    CPJ calls on new Syrian leaders to protect journalist safety, hold Assad’s media persecutors to account  https://www.radiofree.org/2024/12/11/cpj-calls-on-new-syrian-leaders-to-protect-journalist-safety-hold-assads-media-persecutors-to-account/ https://www.radiofree.org/2024/12/11/cpj-calls-on-new-syrian-leaders-to-protect-journalist-safety-hold-assads-media-persecutors-to-account/#respond Wed, 11 Dec 2024 11:57:06 +0000 https://cpj.org/?p=439933 As Syria transitions to a new government following the December 8 toppling of Bashar al-Assad, the Committee to Protect Journalists calls on authorities to take decisive action to ensure the safety of all journalists and hold accountable those responsible for the killing, imprisonment, and silencing of members of the media during the country’s 13-year civil war.

    “Scenes of journalists rushing to cover Syria’s post-Assad regime raise hope for the start of a new chapter for the country’s media workers,” said CPJ Program Director Carlos Martinez de la Serna. “While we wait for the missing to return and the imprisoned to be released, we call on the new authorities to hold the perpetrators to account for the crimes of killing, abducting, or jailing reporters.”

    CPJ is also urging Syria’s new leaders to allow journalists and media workers safe access to information and locations to cover events, without risking being detained or questioned for their work.

    Syria has long been one of the world’s deadliest and riskiest areas for journalists, with CPJ documenting 141 journalists killed there between 2011 and 2024. This figure includes 23 murders and at least six deaths in government custody.

    At least five journalists were imprisoned in Syria at the time of CPJ’s 2023 prison census. One of them, Tal al-Mallohi, a Syrian blogger detained since 2009, was released after the ousting of Assad and was reportedly with her family in Homs, according to media reports and the Syrian Center for Media and Freedom of Expression.

    The fate of other prisoners, including U.S. journalist Austin Tice – abducted in Syria in mid-August 2012 – remains unknown. The U.S. special envoy for hostages, Roger Carstens, has traveled to Beirut to coordinate efforts to find Tice, senior U.S. officials told The Washington Post.

    Syria has one of the world’s worst track records in punishing murderers of journalists, featuring prominently on CPJ’s Global Impunity Index for the last 11 years, including as the top offender in 2023. Journalists working there faced harsh conditions even before the start of the civil war, including censorship and retaliation for challenging the authorities.


    This content originally appeared on Committee to Protect Journalists and was authored by Committee to Protect Journalists.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2024/12/11/cpj-calls-on-new-syrian-leaders-to-protect-journalist-safety-hold-assads-media-persecutors-to-account/feed/ 0 505578
    Vanuatu becomes first country to partner with new UN climate loss funding network https://www.radiofree.org/2024/12/10/vanuatu-becomes-first-country-to-partner-with-new-un-climate-loss-funding-network/ https://www.radiofree.org/2024/12/10/vanuatu-becomes-first-country-to-partner-with-new-un-climate-loss-funding-network/#respond Tue, 10 Dec 2024 21:34:46 +0000 https://asiapacificreport.nz/?p=108060 By Anita Roberts in Port Vila

    Vanuatu has reaffirmed its global leadership in climate action as the first country to launch a technical assistance programme under the Santiago Network for Loss and Damage.

    This historical achievement has been announced by the UN Office for Disaster Risk Reduction (UNDRR) and the UN Office for Project Services (UNOPS), according to a statement from the Department of Climate Change (DoCC) and the National Advisory Board (NAB) on Climate Change.

    “Vanuatu will benefit from US$330,000 from the new Santiago Network to design a loss and damage country programme as a first step towards getting money directly into the hands of people who are suffering climate harm and communities taking action to address the unavoidable and irreversible impacts on agriculture, fisheries, biodiversity infrastructure, water supply, tourism, and other critical livelihood activities. With such a L&D programme,” the statement said.

    “Vanuatu aims to be first in line to receive a large grant from the new UN Fund for responding to Loss and Damage holding US$700 million which has yet to be used.

    “Loss and damage is a consequence of the worsening climate impacts being felt across Vanuatu’s islands, and driven by increases in Greenhouse Gas (GHG) concentrations which are caused primarily by fossil fuels and industry.

    “Vanuatu is not responsible for climate change, and has contributed less than 0.0016 percent of global historical greenhouse gas emissions.

    “Vanuatu’s climate vulnerability is one of the highest in the world.

    “Despite best efforts by domestic communities, civil society, the private sector and government, Vanuatu’s climate vulnerability stems from insufficient global mitigation efforts, its direct exposure to a range of climate and non-climate risks, as well as inadequate levels of action and support for adaptation provided to Vanuatu as an unfulfilled obligation of rich developed countries under the UN Climate Treaty.”

    The Santiago Network was recently set up under the Warsaw International Mechanism for loss and damage (WIM) of the UN Framework Convention on Climate Change (UNFCC) to enable technical assistance to avert, minimise and address loss and damage associated with the adverse effects of climate change at the local, national and regional level.

    The technical assistance is intended for developing countries that are particularly vulnerable to the adverse effects of climate change.

    The statement said that because Vanuatu’s negotiators were instrumental in the establishment of the Santiago Network, the DoCC had worked quickly to ensure direct benefits begin to flow to communities who are suffering climate loss and damage now.

    “Now that an official call for proposals to support Vanuatu has been published on the Santiago Network website www.santiago-network.org, there is an opportunity for Vanuatu’s local Non-Governmental Organisations (NGOs), private sector, academic institutions, community associations, churches and even individuals to put in a bid to respond to the request,” the statement said.

    “The only requirement for local entities to submit a bid is to become a member of the Santiago Network, with membership open to a huge range of Organisations, Bodies, Networks and Experts (OBNEs).

    “Specifically defined, organisations are independent legal entities. Bodies are groups that are not necessarily independent legal entities. Networks ate interconnected groups of organisations or individuals that collaborate, share resources, or coordinate activities to achieve common goals.

    “These networks can vary in structure, purpose, and scope but do not necessarily have legally established arrangements such as consortiums. Experts – individuals who are recognised specialists in a specific field.”

    According to the statement, to become a member, a potential OBNE has to complete a simple form outlining their expertise, experience and commitment to the principles of the Santiago Network.

    “The membership submissions are reviewed on a rolling basis, and once approved, OBNEs can make a formal bid to develop Vanuatu’s Loss and Damage programme for the UN Fund for responding to L&D,” the joint DoCC and NAB statement said.

    “Vanuatu’s Ministry of Climate Change prefers that Pacific based OBNEs apply to provide this TA because they have deep cultural understanding and strong community ties, enabling them to design and implement context-specific, culturally appropriate solutions. Additionally, local and regional OBNEs have been shown to invest in strengthening national skills and knowledge, leaving behind lasting capacities that contribute to long-term resilience, and build strong local ownership and sustainability.”

    The deadline for OBNEs to submit their bids is 5 January 2025.

    There will be an open and transparent selection process taken by the UN to determine the best service provider to help Vanuatu and its people most effectively address growing climate losses and damages.

    In addition to Vanuatu’s historic engagement with the Santiago Network on Loss and Damage, Vanuatu will also hold a board seat on the new Fund for Responding to L&D, as well as leading climate loss and damage initiatives at the International Criminal Court, the International Court of Justice, advocating for a new Fossil Fuel Non Proliferation Treaty, developing a national Loss and Damage Policy Framework, undertaking community-led Loss and Damage Policy Labs and establishing a national Climate Change Fund to provide loss and damage finance to vulnerable people across the country.

    Republished from the Vanuatu Daily Post with permission.


    This content originally appeared on Asia Pacific Report and was authored by APR editor.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2024/12/10/vanuatu-becomes-first-country-to-partner-with-new-un-climate-loss-funding-network/feed/ 0 505502
    New report: U.S. food retail sector faces $219 billion risk from pesticides https://www.radiofree.org/2024/12/10/new-report-u-s-food-retail-sector-faces-219-billion-risk-from-pesticides/ https://www.radiofree.org/2024/12/10/new-report-u-s-food-retail-sector-faces-219-billion-risk-from-pesticides/#respond Tue, 10 Dec 2024 16:44:38 +0000 https://www.commondreams.org/newswire/new-report-u-s-food-retail-sector-faces-219-billion-risk-from-pesticides A new report commissioned by Friends of the Earth and carried out by Netherlands-based research group Profundo finds that the U.S. food retail sector’s use of pesticides on just four crops could result in $219 billion in financial, climate, and biodiversity risks between now and 2050. The report was released alongside Friends of the Earth’s 2024 annual retailer scorecard. The scorecard finds that companies have not done nearly enough to reduce their use of toxic pesticides while also highlighting industry leadership — Whole Foods [NASDAQ: AMZN], Kroger [NYSE: KR], and Meijer have released meaningful pesticide policies in the past year.

    Given the vulnerability of food production to environmental disruption and likely further deregulation under the incoming Trump administration, these climate and biodiversity risks are significant not only for the companies themselves, but for Americans’ food security. As pesticide use kills off pollinators and devastates soil health, and climate change’s extreme droughts and floods harm farmland, growing crops may become more and more expensive — making it more and more difficult for Americans to afford basic foods. Without government action, the responsibility lies with companies to protect their own bottom lines and the U.S. food supply.

    The new report analyzes the risks associated with continued pesticide use through 2050 on four crops that are embedded in products that generate an estimated 55% of U.S. food retailers’ sales: corn, soy, apples, and almonds. Apples and almonds are among the top crops sold directly to consumers. Corn and soy are the top crops processed into packaged foods and livestock feed for meat, dairy, and eggs.

    By assessing potential losses in operations, financing, and reputation as well as external harms to the climate and biodiversity, Profundo finds that a value equal to nearly one-third (32%) of U.S. food retailers’ current equity — the total value of stock available to shareholders — would be lost if food retailers were held fully accountable for the risks. “A major part of the risk food retailers’ face is loss of reputation as reliable suppliers of healthy food for consumers — a risk which shareholders should take notice of,” said Gerard Rijk, equity analyst at Profundo.

    The estimated costs include $4.5 billion in climate damage from the CO2-equivalent emissions associated with the production and use of pesticides. These findings signal the magnitude of harm but are likely an underestimate given that it is not possible to assess the full scope of damage nor the intrinsic value of a stable climate and biodiversity.

    The report also identified $34 billion in biodiversity risks associated with pollinator-harming pesticides. Friends of the Earth’s 2024 Bee-Friendly Retailer Scorecard shows that major U.S. food retailers are increasingly acknowledging the role pesticides play in biodiversity loss. Since 2018, thirteen of the retailers ranked on the scorecard have established policies aimed at reducing toxic pesticides in their supply chains. Yet, despite this promising industry trend, efforts fall far short of what is needed to address this massive liability.

    “Under the incoming Trump administration, the Environmental Protection Agency will likely do even less to mitigate the damage of pesticides, putting even more onus on companies to address the escalating risks,” said Kendra Klein, PhD, deputy director of science at Friends of the Earth. “Food retailers must urgently reduce their use of pesticides and advance organic and other ecologically regenerative approaches. They have the opportunity to lead in the fight against biodiversity collapse and climate change, helping to ensure Americans have continued access to healthy food.

    The food sector is among the most vulnerable to the converging crises of biodiversity loss and climate change, and it is also a major contributor. Pesticides — a term that encompasses insecticides, herbicides, and fungicides — used in food retailer supply chains contribute directly to both crises. They are responsible for widespread harm to biodiversity, including pollinators, which are required to maintain a third of the food supply, and soil organisms, which are central to building healthy soil, sequestering carbon, conserving water, and improving farmers’ climate resilience. What’s more, pesticides are fossil fuels, the production and use of which are significant drivers of agriculture-related greenhouse gas emissions.

    The report indicates three strategies food retailers can take to meaningfully address the risks that pesticides pose: support the expansion of organic farming in the US and beyond, support the non-organic growers they source from to eliminate use of pollinator-harming and highly hazardous pesticides by shifting to ecological farming methods that reduce the need for pesticides, and make agrochemical input reduction a central pillar of all “regenerative” and “climate-smart” agriculture initiatives.


    This content originally appeared on Common Dreams and was authored by Newswire Editor.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2024/12/10/new-report-u-s-food-retail-sector-faces-219-billion-risk-from-pesticides/feed/ 0 507846
    Tonga’s Speaker confirms new PM to be chosen on Christmas Eve https://www.radiofree.org/2024/12/09/tongas-speaker-confirms-new-pm-to-be-chosen-on-christmas-eve/ https://www.radiofree.org/2024/12/09/tongas-speaker-confirms-new-pm-to-be-chosen-on-christmas-eve/#respond Mon, 09 Dec 2024 22:14:41 +0000 https://asiapacificreport.nz/?p=107997

    RNZ Pacific

    Parliamentarians in Tonga will meet on Christmas Eve to select the kingdom’s new prime minister, Speaker of the House Lord Fakafanua has confirmed.

    He told RNZ Pacific that Hu’akavameiliku Siaosi Sovaleni’s resignation on Monday ahead of a second motion of no confidence was unprecedented.

    However, he said the Tongan constitution was clear on what happens next.

    Parliament will issue letters to its 26 MPs on Tuesday calling for their nominations for leader.

    These must be submitted by December 23 and the election of the prime minister will be conducted by secret ballot on Christmas Eve.

    To win, candidates will need to secure a simple majority of the total number of MPs eligible to vote.

    This number is 13 if it is determined the Speaker has the casting vote. But 14 if it is decided he will vote as an ordinary MP.

    Post-election scenarios
    The constitution is unclear on this point as the rules for election of prime minister are based on a post-election scenario, where the King appoints an interim Speaker to oversee the election who is not an elected MP.

    The current Speaker Lord Fakafanua is an MP. They have yet to make a decision on this point.

    Hu’akavameiliku quit on Monday after delivering a teary-eyed statement in Parliament.

    He told RNZ Pacific it was “better to leave”.

    “Whoever the new prime minister is going to be will do a great job given that we only have another 10 months before the [next] elections,” he said.

    This article is republished under a community partnership agreement with RNZ.


    This content originally appeared on Asia Pacific Report and was authored by APR editor.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2024/12/09/tongas-speaker-confirms-new-pm-to-be-chosen-on-christmas-eve/feed/ 0 505373
    Sign Up to Screen Our New Documentary About Stillbirths https://www.radiofree.org/2024/12/09/sign-up-to-screen-our-new-documentary-about-stillbirths/ https://www.radiofree.org/2024/12/09/sign-up-to-screen-our-new-documentary-about-stillbirths/#respond Mon, 09 Dec 2024 11:00:00 +0000 https://www.propublica.org/getinvolved/before-a-breath-stillbirth-documentary-callout by Nadia Sussman, Duaa Eldeib, Liz Moughon and Lisa Riordan Seville

    More than 20,000 pregnancies in the United States end in stillbirth each year. These losses are not inevitable. At least 1 in 4 U.S. stillbirths is likely preventable, according to a key study, and in pregnancies that last 37 weeks or more, nearly half of stillbirths may be preventable.

    “Before a Breath,” a new feature documentary from ProPublica, weaves together the stories of three mothers who have lost children to stillbirth and are now striving to make pregnancy safer. Inspired by Duaa Eldeib’s groundbreaking reporting, which was a finalist for a Pulitzer Prize, this intimate, infuriating and ultimately hopeful film shines a light on the aftermath of stillbirth.

    A Sneak Peek of “Before a Breath”

    Other wealthy countries, including the Netherlands, Ireland and Australia, have made major strides in reducing their stillbirth rates. But a dearth of data, awareness, autopsies and research in the U.S. has hindered efforts at prevention.

    “Before a Breath” breaks the silence around the U.S. stillbirth crisis and demonstrates that change is possible. We hope it will be a catalyst for critical conversations among expecting parents, medical providers, policymakers and bereaved families.

    Starting in early 2025, we will roll out the film with screenings across the country. If you or someone you know wants to take part — by attending or hosting a screening, bringing the film to your college, medical school or hospital, or collaborating in other ways — we want to hear from you. We’re incredibly grateful to the many families, medical providers, researchers and advocates who have made our work possible. Now, we need your and your communities’ help to spread the word.

    Please fill out the form below and tell us how you would like to share the film. In the following weeks, we’ll respond with details on how to do so and a guide for planning your screening or event. In the meantime, you can head to ProPublica’s YouTube channel to check out sneak peeks of “Before a Breath” and meet Kanika Harris, Stephanie Lee and Debbie Haine Vijayvergiya.

    We’ll be in touch.


    This content originally appeared on ProPublica and was authored by by Nadia Sussman, Duaa Eldeib, Liz Moughon and Lisa Riordan Seville.

    ]]>
    https://www.radiofree.org/2024/12/09/sign-up-to-screen-our-new-documentary-about-stillbirths/feed/ 0 505252